Doch ihr, ich bitte euch, wollt nicht in Zorn verfallen,
Denn alle Kreatur braucht Hilf von allen.
Bertolt Brecht
(Therefore, I pray you, not to fall into anger; all creatures need help from all.)
Basic Summary
The great human problem, throughout all history, is the tendency of people to move from fear and stress to hate, and from hate to displacing the hate downward onto weaker groups.
Shady or downright evil politicians and super-rich corporate entities find it expedient to whip up such hatred as a way to get and hold power. It divides the public, allowing the politicians to extract wealth for themselves and their core supporters.
The United States has now succumbed so thoroughly to this dynamic that democracy and the rule of law have been abandoned by the federal government and most of the states. Democracy and the rule of law could be restored, but it will require responsibility and respect on the part of the people, and major leadership from those morally committed.
Abstract
All animals possess a fight-flight-freeze response
All mammals will fight to defend their young.
Social mammals fight to defend their social groups.
Humans are different in that their groups are far larger, more complex, and usually overlapping. Identity groups and reference groups can be defined by anything, from skin color to clothing, but the most extreme defensiveness is often connected to basic beliefs, such as religion, nationalism, and ideology.
Humans start as helpless infants and grow slowly, allowing a long time for immature defenses, conditioned on weakness, to develop. These include such things as passive aggression and constant complaining, but the most serious is displacement of aggression and anger onto weaker individuals or groups.
Violence toward weaker groups is thus a constant theme in human bad acting.
Politicians have taken advantage of this throughout history.
Giant primary-production interests, from landlords to aristocrats to church hierarchies to modern giant firms, have backed politicians—often extremist ones—in setting groups against each other, especially setting majorities against weak minority groups.
The current United States situation is an extreme case. Giant fossil fuel firms and allies, including agribusiness, mining, and chemicals, have been the core funding for Trump and his agenda.
They have thus backed a shady character who has surrounded himself with other shady characters. The United States has become a kleptocracy, run to a great extent as a giant money source, with taxes being streamed to the most corrupt and shady members of the rich.
This agenda has little (if anything) to offer except hatred, repression, and cruelty toward weaker groups.
The Trump universe has found immigrants to be the ideal target, but “racial” minorities, liberals of all sorts, religious minorities, and any other available targets have all been attacked.
This has involved abandonment of the rule of law and resort to rule by an individual and his chosen few.
It also involves abandonment of responsibility, including the government functions that helped ordinary citizens. This has reached a point of eliminating lifesaving functions, from foreign aid to health care, and random murder of innocent civilians in the United States and in Caribbean waters.
The only cure is to follow the basic civic guidelines of empathy, cooperation, and tolerance. We must learn to learn to work together, responsibly.
We now can succeed in restoring American society only by returning to the United States Constitution, because it is the only guide most people will agree to.
Restoring America will also involve not only return to education and science, but far more investment in them and attention to their findings.
It will also involve returning to the concept of investment, especially in public goods, as a government function.
Also, last and far from least, it will involve attention to human lives.
Introduction
This skeletal paper is a summary of my work in the last few years, especially Confronting Bad Trouble (2025), which is hard to find. The book and earlier works by my wife and myself (Anderson and Anderson 2022, 2020, 2013) provide the documentation and discussion that is left out of the present short paper.
The United States is falling under fascist dictatorship. It will soon be a full autocracy, with mass murder, unless something is done soon. Meanwhile, longer-term crises are building up: global warming and attendant disasters, depletion of fresh water, building up and desertification of farmland, elimination of tropical forests and of biodiversity, and depletion of resources in general, from fisheries to phosphorus (Sutton and Anderson 2024). We simply cannot handle these crises without a return to democracy and the rule of law. Autocracies have time and again proved their utter inability to handle resource depletion. The present work provides some understanding of the problem, and what can be done about it.
THE HUMAN ANIMAL
Consider the constant, minor scuffles in my backyard: Hummingbirds fight over flowers, mockingbirds squabble over territory, lizards chase each other. Such conflicts end immediately with the flight of the weaker or less committed animal. They keep the system going, unchanged. Rarely, the loser mounts a real challenge. This threatens the established order. A fight results.
Conflicts arise over disparate wants, but also simply to maintain control. Most conflicts are, in fact, strictly about maintenance of control over one’s space or resources.
All higher animals fight their rivals, both individual rivals and threatening groups. The more social they are, the more they fight and sacrifice to defend the group. Chimnpanzees, for instance, kill each other at rates around 500-600 per hundred thousand; human murder rates range about 1 to 100, but in war and genocide rates can go far higher, up to 1 in 10 or more.
Humans are no different from other social mammals in the causes and outcomes of rivalry and conflict. The fight-flight-freeze response is deeply embedded in the brain, and is similar across all. In humans, culture allows far more awareness of rivalry and far more to fight about, and society gives us far larger groups to indulge in battle. Nonhuman mammals may fight over burrows and dens. Humans fight over the entire world. Nonhuman social groups conflict with their neighbors. Humans hate any group they can remotely imagine as presenting a threat.
Hate is generally associated with such fear of rivalry. There is nothing wrong with competition and rivalry; the problem comes when weak, scared animals, including humans, have enough power to crush their rivals with extreme emotionality and viciousness.
Animal Heritage
Humans are basically a social animal, dependent on their social groups. They normally support each other. Reciprocity and generosity are normal and expected within groups. The main thing people have going for them is sociability. It bonds them and makes them learn from each other. The main cost is the stark terror of rejection. Another cost is abject conformity, especially when it is conformity to social hatreds.
We are hypersocial. Of all animals, they form not only the largest social groups, but the most complex and the most solidary animal societies. Few, if any, other animals die for perfect strangers, and none other than humans will die for a cause or an abstraction. Only humans can die for a god, a flag, or a dream.
Love and care are usually reserved for family, and secondarily for close friends and neighbors, but social learning and long contact can make people live and die for wider groups and for adopted kin and friends. Love and care fade quickly with social distance, but people will still work happily and reliably with others, even strangers from utterly different backgrounds. We extend trust by default, as Malcolm Gladwell points out in Talking to Strangers (2021). We trust not only strangers’ words, but also their good faith in business, defense, and other pursuits, unless we have learned when to doubt. Newborn babies are suspicious and stressed by strangers, but not very much so, and they seem wired to trust. This allows conmen and cheats to flourish, but that is the price of ultrasociety.
We accept that helping others is good, unless mistaken and misdirected, while gratuitously harming them is evil. Staying isolated is neutral, an opposite to both.
Even so, conflicts arise. Typical humans love and care for a few close social others, hate and fear a very large but usually poorly defined set of groups, and are indifferent to the vast majority of humanity. Hate and fear are socially learned, but also come from experience, and above all from personal insecurity.
Humans are not much different from other higher animals in their conflicts, except that we have knives, guns, bombs, drones, and the rest. Most of our conflicts are over control of other people, or control of resources such as money or land.
The human condition is one of dealing with challenges, all the way from weeds in the flower patch up to world war. One can meet challenge in two ways: work with others to manage, or fight to destroy the challenge. These are not mutually exclusive. War is the type case: one joins with one’s people (whoever they are) to fight the enemies (whoever they are).
Stress and fear lead in animals to a fight-flight-freeze response. The alternatives to fight-flight-freeze are negotiating, ignoring, putting up with it, obeying, and working together to fix the whole situation. Fighting back is now usually through law, or the like, rather than actual fighting. Actual fighting remains common.
We can distinguish three levels of competition. Adam Smith argued that the butcher and the baker compete to do the best job of pleasing the customers. This can be called positive-sum gaming. More common is straightforward zero-sum gaming. As the Russians used to say in USSR times, “in capitalism it’s dog-eat-dog. Under communism it’s just the reverse.”
Even positive-sum games can go bad, when the cooperation is for an awful end. A great deal of good will and hard cooperative work was expended on developing groundwater in Arizona and California, but the end result is disaster. More seriously, a nation can unite with all proper patriotism to go after a weaker one.
Zero-sum games are obviously even more prone to go wrong; in fact they usually turn sour, though healthy competition is still good at times. Literal games—from chess to football—are usually zero-sum by definition, but can be a lot of fun, creating an overall positive sum in spite of the zero-sum outcomes. But this requires sportsmanship, and also some actual rules. Adam Smith described healthy competition, but he also pointed out that it had to be within a moral and legal shell that kept it from turning sour (Smith 1910 [1776]); this fact seems known only to those few who have actually read him, rather than merely citing him (unread) for defending free markets.
Worst of all, though, are negative-sum games. They are about competing to ruin, or at most minimally help, our own lives by ruining other people’s lives even more. This is why the free market and unregulated capitalism fail, and corporate capitalism fails worse: people, and above all the less successful giant firms, turn to tearing each other down. At first they hope to profit somewhat by making others pay greater costs. Inevitably, though, such feedback loops end in each player hurting himself or herself simpy to hurt others more. Suicide bombers and suicidal school-shooters are typical, but individual self-destruction of this sort is rare. Social self-destruction, however, is exceedingly common, and in fact drives the suicide bombing. People in groups regularly destroy themselves to destroy others. Often, they think they can avoid the crash when everything turns to mutual destruction. Sometimes they can.
Many an economy collapses this way. It is the main reason why standard economic theory so often fails; rational self-interest is assumed, but too many people believe in irrational mutual destruction. Many a dynasty fell in ancient times from such behavior. The United States may well succumb to it in near future, dissolving into insane violence.
Fascism is basically a vast negative-sum game. It has taken over in Trump’s America. The United States used to be largely positive-sum. Under Trump it became negative-sum. Trump’s program has been to tear down groups that his supporters happen to dislike, and to cut all government spending that actually benefits people.
Most of us just cooperate and do our jobs. It is better to work together to improve our immediate surroundings. It is still better to work together to save the world.
Developing Bad Trouble
The back story is the human tendency to react to stress with fear, and then with anger, resentment, and defensiveness. These are exaggerated in proportion to the level of helplessness and weakness of the people feeling fear.
This all begins in infancy. We start life as utterly helpless babies, totally dependent on parents and other caregivers for survival. This state changes very slowly. By six months, infants show every sign of loving their parents, and anyone else who cares for them and interacts with them. They also have likes and dislikes, such as liking sweet flavors and disliking bitter ones (that shows up even in the womb). They are interested in their world, engaged with it, and bored with inaction.
By a year, they care for others, taking care of younger infants, pets, and others that show a response. Neglect and trauma counteract all this. Neglected babies learn to stop caring. Traumatized ones learn fear and resentment. All infants learn to feel anger at neglect and harm, and grow in anger unless trained to put up with whatever the environment requires.
Fear of abandonment is born into all mammals. Human infants begin to understand and respond to harsh negative judgments and threatened rejection at about six months.
They are terrified of abandonment as soon as they can perceive it. Abandonment and rejection mean death for a baby, so they fear even being out of sight of caregivers. They must learn to trust being left alone at night. This fear is the most extreme and existential fear outside of extreme and obvious danger. It conditions everything in a child’s life. To the extent that they are insecure—and all babies are necessarily somewhat insecure, being almost helpless—they fear any rejection or negative judgment, however slight. Punishment is acceptable, even leaving them alone for short periods, but if it involves telling them they are basically bad or inadequate or unloved, or if it involves public shaming, it leaves a psychological scar.
They learn to cope by crying, eventually developing temper tantrums at around two years. Passive-aggressive defenses appear by four or five years. So do compassion, civility, and then respect, responsibility, and other more mature and successful coping mechanisms. Control can be pushed too hard too early, though. The “parentified child” may never get a reasonable grip on it, and remain overcontrolling for a lifetime.
Even teenagers still depend on the group. During these relatively helpless years, we learn coping strategies, based on frightened defensiveness. Both actual threats and punishment for bad or selfish behavior lead to overnegative overreactions.
Learning to help begins in the family, then expands out with work and play, first with neighbors and peers, then outward. It produces social warmth and support, and successful control of self, others, and situation. Ideally, but not always in reality, conflicts are resolved easily. Success of cooperation depends on local tradition of help, accommodation, tolerance, and conflict management.
Education must accommodate to all this. We develop immature defense mechanisms, many of which are hard or impossible to overcome when we grow up. We must develop common sense—simple rationality in approaching the world and its problems. The hardest thing of all is to develop the ability to deal with being called out for bad mistakes, especially if the calling out appears a lot worse than the mistake. Children learn to swallow this, but it hurts, and seems to me to be the major cause of later snappnig, whining, complaining, resenting everythnig, and general bad behavior. Most adults take criticism as a deadly total personal attack. Often it is, but usually the original reason they learned to react thus is that they were criticized unfairly or sharply in childhood.
By ten to fourteen, children learn to generalize these responses. Ideally, they learn compassion, respect, solidarity, patience, reasonableness, tolerance, and other virtues. Less ideally, they always learn hatred and rejection. These are all socially learned virtues, though we have varying degrees of natural tendencies in those directions. Even dogs learn to respect their owners, tolerate a lot of things, show something like compassion, and otherwise show simple forms of the major virtues. They do not, however, universalize these, to a general compassion, love for all beings, respect for the universe, or other highly general virutes that human philosophers teach.
Critically for morality, only humans can truly hate whole groups for no reason. Animals can be conditioned to fear people with certain characteristics, but cannot hate whole ideologies and whole nations. Humans are the hating animal. Many humans appear to live by hatred as fish live by waer. Whole industries are devoted solely to whipping up hatred for cynical political and financial reasons. The extremist political and religious media are cases in point.
Scared, and ultimately cowardly, defensiveness is the cost of staying immature, growing up without learning self-confidence, self-control, and self-efficacy. Conflict adds to other insecurities, thus to childish defenses and resentment. This usually comes out in adulthood as hatred. The cure must be teaching conflict resolution first and at all ages, as well as mature rational defenses. Albert Bandura’s self-efficacy model fits (Bandura 1982, 1986, 1997). Self-efficacy means, first, taking control of one’s life—growing up, taking responsibility, and figuring out what to do given those developments. The model extends to all aspects of life.
Failure to cope with punishment for demanding “my way” in spite of its disruptiveness is at least as damaging as failure to cope with external threats. As babies, we learn to be satisfied with a fair share (no more) and cannot always—or even usually—have our way. Just matter-of-fact “no” or “do it” are the best and maybe the only ways to get this across, but once children are past infancy, we have to explain. Punishment basically teaches kids to punish; it is sometimes necessary but usually a measure of desperation.
However, punishments for selfishness and waywardness are not causes of really murderous evil. Kids learn to cope. Many kids are “spoiled”—given material goodies because of parental guilt over being unable to love or like their kids—but even they learn to cope. What causes real evil—what makes kids bully, harm, and ultimately kill for no good reason—is arbitrary and cruel upbringing, and social learning. This can be due to patriarchy taught by the culture, or to chaotic disruption (as by substance abuse by parents), or a psychopathic parent, or simply to growing up in chaotic, violent environments, such as slums or war zones. Experience teaches that even psychopaths, generally considered to have an “inborn” psychosis, usually have chaotic and violent backgrounds.
Infants start out with tremendous capacity to love, but also have the capacity to be cruel and evil. Adults can be fantastically cruel without any real reason, though they always have some socially-learned justification. They develop this in response to being corrected or unfairly punished or the like. Condign or erratic punishment for minor sins is the way to turn a child evil. General chaos and violence do the same; it is hard to imagine the one without the other.
Sociopaths and psychopaths believe all punishment and criticism of them is unfair. They claim, and appear to believe, that everybody else does the same things and gets away with it, so they are singled out. But overcontrolling people have the same problem: they may admit sin to themselves, but cannot admit it openly, and have to self-justify it by prickly defense. Either way, resentment builds up, merges with hate, and is easily mobilized for evil.
So, a major problem for children growing up is feeling put down, especially if it is or seems unfair. Groups, even more than individuals, respond with anger to this. But it is manageable, being part of the wear and tear of life, unless it can be whipped up by violent, resentful parents and, in the wider world, political leaders.
All humans, from infancy onward, are mixes of love and care for their own, indifference to many others, and real fear and hate of still others. These hated people are often individuals, but more often are members of rival groups. Groups that feel they are challenged and failing to hold their own, such as rural and working-class whites in the modern United States, are easily led to hate groups that seem to be moving up and providing challenge. Essentially all people will fight to defend themselves and their families; most, especially young men, will fight to defend their group; but, usually, it is the children raised with some violence and chaos will fight simply to fight. They can be brainwashed into hate and killing in proportion to the amount of violence and chaos in their backgrounds.
HUMAN SOCIETY
Basic Fear
The core is of human troubles is fear, not hate or defensiveness. Challenge, threat, and stress are universal. Sheer self-preservation is basic, and so is fighting to defend what we love: family, friends, social reference groups. Immediate physical danger can range from a speeding car to a life-threatening disease. We never quite escape.
So, underneath, everyone is a scared, hurt kid. Nobody completely outgrows immature defenses or completely develops mature defenses. Thus, compassion is basic, and should be universal. Bertolt Brecht’s line cited above sums up what we need, along with the Serenity Prayer.
Challenge usually leads to more or less rational coping. We put up with it, or talk it out, or negotiate a solution, or, at worst, confront, stand up, and fight. On the other hand, though, it often leads to irrational and excessive anger or to the flight-freeze response. The latter, in humans, usually takes the form of escapism or depression. Excessive resignation is not much help. Anger can be against trivial things like a mosquito bite or a stubbed toe, but the real anger that leads to violence and hatred always demands a real challenge: group or individual rivalry, loss or feared weakening of control, or direct attack on one’s personhood by criticism, scolding, and on to harsh discipline.
Overnegative overreaction to challenge and stressis one source of bad things. It is not mutually exclusive with the Bible’s “for the love of money is the root of all evil” (Timothy 6:10), Mao Zedong’s “all bad things in the world come from not working,” or Tracy Fisher’s summary of Paul Farmer’s thought, “The idea that some lives matter less is the root cause of all that is wrong with the world,” but it captures the common ground of these and more. Greed for money is evil only when it involves cheating, stealing, and cutthroat competition, which are caused by issues of rivalry, control, and hatred more than by simple greed. (If you are really serious about money, you will work with others to get more of it; cooperation pays.) People think others matter less because they have learned to react too negatively to them. People don’t work because they are scared, or disempowered, or discouraged (or, of course, because they are invalids or very young or old—hardly a cause of evil).
Dualism
Traditional in many societies is dualism: the world as conflict between good and evil. Rarely is it put in such blunt terms—there are always nuances—but the conflict between Goodness and Badness is still familiar, in one or another form, all over the world. We may see evil as merely a mistake: Satan is shaytan, “lie” or “inaccurate claim”; Devil is diabolos, “thrown apart” from the truth. However, in general, we may more reasonably see evil as working to get what we want by hurting other people disproportionately. Doing down the competition, the enemy, the rivals, or simply the family and the neighbors, is universal in the human world, and is often done for little benefit, or simply to revenge a perceived slight. We may safely take it as the core and base of evil. This said, the highest good is working together for collective improvement. This can go wrong if we are mistaken about what constitutes “improvement,” but with reason and common sense we can find collective goals that matter. Working for oneself when not at the greater expense of others is also good, though less notably so.
The question, then, is why humans are so prone to harm others to enormous, even fantastic, degrees for little or no benefit to anyone. That concerns us for the rest of this manuscript.
Fight-flight-freeze
The fight-flight-freeze response in mammals is a highly conserved mechanism connecting social processing sectors of the front brain with the basic emotion sectors of the hypothalamus. The amygdala is the chief immediate processor of fear. It connects with centers that entrain the actual motor responses of fighting, flying, or freezing.
To get briefly technical: Damon Dashti and coworkers (Dashti et al. 2025) found that noradrenergic activity in the brain under stress led to competition, while stress that led to glucocorticoid activation led to the tend-and-befriend response: people sought out support, backup, sympathy, and consolation. It seems that the stress response is variable and contingent. Learning probably determines which of those neurchemical responses is invoked.
In humans, if we decide to fight, the next question is whom we fight. This is not easy for so socially complex an animal. Challenge is rarely clear and simple. If it is, it usually comes from more powerful people or from society as a whole, so we are not in a position to fight back. The usual cowardly-defensive reaction is to displace the hatred and aggressioni onto weaker people.
This leads to hating people for what they are rather than for what they do. They are hated for skin color, religion, or being left-handed or red-haired, not for evil acts. Many people hate those above them in the social hierarchy, or those socially considered lower or weaker, or, in all too many cases, everybody.
Thus, one bit of rational coping is to oppose people for what they do rather than for what they are. Violent criminals, bullies, and corrupt officials are genuinely bad and should be restrained.
Hating and attacking people for being born into a particular group is also bad. Unfortunately, it is harder to avoid. We are born into families, nations, religions, social groups. We identify accordingly, and thus learn to judge people by what they are, not what they do. Unfortunately, this may be necessary in war and civil conflict. There really are sides, and we really must stand against everyone on the other side, even if we know they are good people. The hope is to avoid such conflicts and negotiate them when they occur.
In all cases, social learning, prior experience, and reactions of others to such teachings and to our applications of them, give the specifics. Usually, we learn whom to hate from our parents, peers, and elders, and mindlessly keep hating for no decent reason.
Always, thanks to childhood with its endless needs to deal with criticism, correction, bullying, negative judgments, and general put-downs, we can minimize, but cannot totally shake, infantile (and thus often cowardly) reactions. Cowardly defenses are built into our lives. Only the strongest and most independent-minded can shake them, either by loving humanity and nature or by fighting courageously against real opponents.
In my experience, the most devastating stress is to be held in hatred and contempt for being what you are: Black, foreign, autistic, talkative, red-haired, anything. Next worst is to be downjudged and rejected for a minor sin: one feels shamed and guilty but also unfairly treated. Closely following that, and a part of the same issue, is being attacked and rejected for a mistake or unintentional sin. Following those comes loss or failure of control, which I discuss at great length in Confronting Bad Trouble. These four things seem to me to cause most, if not all, of the extreme overreaction that leads to hatred, mass murder, and other huge evils. Control of other people is the worst control issue, but control of one’s image and social standing is well up the list. Control of resources, such as money, is often very serious.
Thus begin gred for money (as Timonthy said), irresponsibility (with Mao), prejudice (following Paul Famer), and so on. They are partly derivative of pre-existing cowardly defensiveness and learned hate. They cause what can be called rational evil: people hurting others out of selfish concern for themselves. When the harm outweighs the benefit, as it generally does, we speak of evil. But the real irrational evils—people destroying themselves to hurt others—have deeper roots in fear—sometimes downright panic—caused by challenge to control of one’s world. These lead to loss of self-efficacy and self-control.
Other things being equal, then, challenges to control of one’s immediate social scene and situation is the worst; to control of one’s lifeworld, next; to resources, last. A mild challenge to personhood may raise nothing more than annoyance, while a huge challenge to resources—such as being fired—is terrifying. And many challenges involve challenges to all three at once.
Minor challenges that do not imply actual loss can be absorbed with anger and annoyance; challenges that actually threaten serious loss and decline are the ones that elicit real fear and thus the fight-flight-freeze reaction, so often emotionally overdone. Thus, anger is commone than fear-based fury, but it is the latter that really fuels hatred and political violence.
The more people are scared and stressed by attacks—often in childhood—on their personhood and adequacy, the more they fall into irrational hatred. Even the cold indifference to others that allows greed to take over and become the “root of all evil” is underlain by personal problems of this sort, but sheer competitive seeking for wealth and success alone certainly has its evil side.
Responses to those challenges and fears are often the cowards’ ways. Worst and commonest is displacement: scapegoating, racism, hatred, bullying. Also universal is passive-aggressive behavior. All too common is general nastiness, snapping, whining, and complaining. A serious problem of those with brittle self-confidence is arrogance and touchy pride, including defiant carelessness. Behavioral correlates of cowardly defensiveness include lying, weaseling, cheating, corruption, and crime in general. Giant corporations and powerful people use both courageous and cowardly defensive techniques; they use anything that works.
Fear vs. Sociability
This really says that people are afraid all the time. They especially fear personal rejection and negative judgments. These are what usually cause cowardly defenses.
Society protects us from enemies, especially other social groups. The irony is that because it does this, our worst and most existential fear is of being rejected and ostracized by our society. Shifting social relationships cause shifts in fear and hate, we can never be secure. The more danger, the more competition becomes frightening and stressful.
Revenge is a large part of this (Kimmel 2025). Outrage at real or perceived attack and challenge is basic to a great deal of response. However, there seems to be no difference between actual revenge and murderous hate caused by simple fear of rival groups, so I do not make a distinction here. James Kimmel (2025) sees revenge as leading to physical addiction, as heavy drinking or drug use can lead to physical dependence. Similar pathways in the brain are activated. Vengeance involves emotion centers, and provides a dopamine rush. This remains to be settled. At the very least, brain pathways involved in intense emotional experience are activated, and become habituated to hatred and desire for violent reckoning. If he is right, the same would be true of group hate in general, and thus supporters of genocidal causes may be genuine addicts. The world would require large scale detoxification treatment to make it safe.
Yet, when not driven by hate and vengefulness, people care about others, want to be sociable, want good social relationships, want to work together, and want to love, and want to have some meaning in their lives. Forgiveness, by contrast, damps down the emotional overreactions, and provides peace.
Inevitably, the fear takes precedence. It demands prior consideration before people can feel secure enough to love and care. This is especially—but not only—true of weak people with poor self-confidence. They must foreground and prioritize any fearful situation and any challenge. Yet, recall from above that we all begin as babies, weak and helpless, and we can never entirely outgrow some feelings of insecurity and excessive fear.
This is why evil so often wins and seems so powerful and general, while good seems gentle and local. We are not creatures of hate and fear; we just need to deal with fear first of all, to the degree we are really scared. People may be about half good and half negatively defensive, but must always prioritize any challenge, real, implied, or fantasized, to self or to group. Hence the extreme touchiness, extremes of forced or hypocritical civility, extreme control, and value on considerateness in societies everywhere. People need to follow social rules. Any violation is a challenge.
Since every action has an equal and opposite reaction, at least in physics and often in behavior, people are 50-50: half good and half irrationally hostile and hateful. Evil is powerful and general. The fact that good survives, in spite of being gentle and local, proves that it is pervasive and basic. Otherwise, humans would have destroyed each other long ago. They still might.
The continuum from psychopaths to angels breaks at about the halfway point of human population. Psychopaths are very rare. Basically bad people—lawless and violent—are commoner. Conformists to negative social messages, from hate to violence, are much commoner. But so are conformists to good values. Proactively good people are not rare, but not common either. Finally, true angels and saints do exist among us, but are rare. Fortunately, they do not seem to be as rare as psychopaths, though nobody has counted. It seems that psychopaths and evil people attract much more attention.
A few saints are good and well-meaning in all occasions, at all times. I have known several such, but not enough to fill a ballroom.
Some others simply don’t care and don’t think. These default conservative, since they are stressed by change.
Others can be mean, and yet do good because they were taught early to be civil.
Finally, a few psychopaths and sociopaths are simply evil and are very hard to change. Again, I have known a few, but not enough to fill a classroom, let alone a ballroom.
Most of us seem to be balanced. We hate a few, love a few, like and appreciate a few, and for the rest, “I can put up with them if I have to.” We usually default to being good, because common sense tells us to, but we are not able to love many people. Jesus loved everyone and gave us a mark to shoot for, but it remains an unattainable ideal for most of us. Fortunately, we do not hate many either, unless we have been listening to the few truly evil people.
Resolving Conflict?
The only hope lies in rational conflict resolution. Among strong or self-confident people, stress and fear lead to negotiation, rational coping, actual successful defense (as opposed to temper tantrums), or, at worst, to bearing it all and finding some sort of release. The Serenity Prayer describes this perfectly: “God grant me the patience to accept what I cannot change, the courage to change what I can, and the wisdom to know the difference.” We must take “courage” to include the courage to do hard sustained work as well as to fight back. Similarly, “patience” must include, focally, tolerance. “Wisdom” must include genuine interesti in the world, and desire to learn.
The commonest immature response (after passive-aggression) is to displace hatred and resentment, directing it toward weaker people and groups. We see this in schoolyard bullies. They seek out smaller, weaker kids to beat up. This is a weak, scared response.
Thus, empowerinig and encouraging—literally en-couraging—are the most basic things people can do for each other. Communities, especially religious ones, used to do this, but now community is sadly depleted, and many religious sects have drifted into hate and cruelty, making the problem worse rather than better. There is hope, especially when advocates of the good use the classic “sandwich” technique of stressing the good, then exposing whatever evil they are critiquing, and then returning to the good with hopes for a resolution.
For ordinary anger, repair and support are needed. Fear requires more: reassurance, maintenance, and care. For hurt and stress, healing is required. We must work on this—what to do for what kinds of stress.
In the end, after all, what holds all this together—the glue that bonds our species into a functional social universe—is the need for reassurance, sweetness, decency, support, and care. All of us are scared and hurt. All of us are angry but suffer from it. All of us need each other.
Elaboration: Overreaction and Social Effects
The common, everyday form of conflict is the endless bickering that characterizes families (especially dysfunctional ones), children’s playpacks, and badly-managed workplaces. People are constantly taking offense, usually at imagined slights, and vastly overreacting. (Hodor et al. 2025 found that a company that usually sent out birthday greetings to its workers faced skyrocketing absenteeism by the neglected, when they forgot to send one or two. So trivial an omission caused enormous offense.) They see a need to crush the critic, rather than simply responding to a minor cut.
The extreme form, seen in everything from spouse abuse to genocide, is giving first priority to crushing the opposition. This may be real opposition, wrongly-feared opposition, or victims of displacement: weak groups that are attacked because of fear of strong and powerful groups. This privileges working against other people, as opposed to working with them or for them. Exaggerating the threat, overreacting to it, and then overdoing the fight response are the hallmarks of human evil. Such fearful and often misdirected violence is exacerbated by feeling oneself to be downwardly mobile.
The three most conspicuous forms of extremely angry or fearful overreaction are selfish greed, psychopathy, and group hate.
Selfish greed means prioritizing cutting down the competition in negative-sum games. Psychopathy is a hereditary condition, though it can be exacerbated by bad upbringing, especially chaotic and violent upbringing. Group hate is usually socially learned, beginning with prejudice against weaker or vulnerable groups. These groups are seen as challengers, but usually they are innocent or nearly so.
Really serious evil, and also serious good-doing, both depend on personal commitment. They require high motivation. Accomplishing anything in either direction requires social skills. Good demands enthusiasm; evil requires hatred. All evil prioritizes crushing opposition, ideally by the most drastic means possible.
Four types of people are particularly susceptible to hateful beliefs. First come sheer dupes—the victims of hateful lies, from propaganda to sacred social tradition. Second come old-time believers led down the garden path. Third are weak people who were entitled and privileged but dread equal opportunity, such as the less successful whites in modern America. Fourth are the people raised in chaotic or dysfunctional situations, and thus never really learned to keep emotions down or handle difficult situations.
Genuinely downbound groups are the most scared and worried, and the ones who fund and drive it. On the left, the more neurotic and otherwise difficult ones become real haters.
Challenge is the beginning of fear. The more stable and ambitious will see challenge as a spur to get richer and more powerful. This can lead to working with people to make everyone better off, but in defensive people it can lead to selfish greed. The evil person will take it as all cutthroat competition, mostly negative-sum gaming. It means prioritizing the destruction of rivals and competitors, not just ordinary selfishness.
Any society that lets greed and hate run out of control is doomed. Societies must therefore teach working with other people, instead of against them. Societies should recal the Serenity Prayer. They also need the Platinum Rule. This differs from the Golden Rule in that it advocates doing what others need or want, not what you need or want. The Golden Rule assumes far too readily that others will want the same things. If I love Brussels sprouts, I should feed them to everybody. As John Rawls taught, this is not justice. Rawls (1971, 1993, 2001) advocated putting yourself in another’s position, and then working out the justice of a response. A paraplegic’s needs are different from mine. A girl needs different things from her mother or grandmother. A ill person needs rest and support, not the physical activity a healthy person needs.
Adam Smith (1914 [1776]) taught capitalist competition, but he taought that it had to be in a moral shell: fairly simple straightforward morals that children can learn. He also pointed out that a functional society must have rule of law (even if, as in small-scale societies, it is unwritten custom), accountability and recourse, a checks-and-balance system, distribution of knowledge, and ways of teaching the morals. If this sounds like what the Founding Fathers tried to arrange for the United States—well, Smith’s work was new and exciting at the time, and they read him and listened up.
Above all, though, people must learn how to cope with challenge, including self-imposed challenge, and how to avoid getting overemotional about coping.
The opposite—being nice, in the ordinary meaning of that phrase—is basically being peaceful, though angering at injustice. It means help, not harm.
Good and Evil
From Plato and Aristotle on down, philosophers have pointed out that it sometimes necessary to hurt people in order to help them; surgeons do it all the time. It is also necessary to harm some people to stop them from harmnig others more. Conflicts between individuals, factions, and whole polities happen all the time. Helping our side then, all too often, means harming the other side, hopefully not too much before resolution occurs.
This being said, it is generally better to work with people than to work against them. Almost no one lives the life of a Hobbesian savage, in a state of “warre of each against all.” Overwhelmingly more common is peaceful coexistence. When conflict does happen, it is usually group vs. group. A lone warrior lasts only as long as it takes for two strong people to band together to take him down. The tough loners of our society are privileged people; they succeed only because nobody has stopped them yet. Looked at another way: The murder rate in the United States, one of the relatively murderous countries of the world, is less than 6 per 100,000. Estimates of the death rate from group violence—war, genocide, and gang brutality—in the world in the 20th century run around 2500 per 100,000 for the whole century. Some are lower, but some are much higher. (So far, the 21st century has been less violent, though there have been some horribly bloody events.)
Typically, people have options, and choose reference groups they think are powerful, successful, upward bound, or morally right. If possible, they find a group that combines all these traits. Perhaps more often, they delude themselves into thinking their group does.
Usually, we stay with the groups we are born into, but adopt some subset thereof that pleases us. Most people carry these loves and hates throughout life, though many learn and change.
Today, the problem is that groups are set more and more against each other. Worse, they are fragmenting. Decades of divide-and-rule strategies by powerful people have reduced the wrold to a set of conflicting nations, territories, and groups.
The United States is in a near-Hobbesian state of “warre,” but it is war of political groups against each other, and of majorities against minorities, not of individuals against each other. Civility has declined, political violence has risen, and hostility is increasing. (My wife Barbara and I have explored these issues in four books: Anderson and Anderson 2013, 2017, 2020, 2022; also I have done some wild thniking in my book Confronting Bad Trouble [2025], of which the present text is a summary. References for everything in this paper are found in those books; several hundred scholarly and scientific references back us up.)
Overnegative reactions to people are, thus, a measure of insecurity.
Conflict and challenge can invoke three types of reactions. One can bear them and accept them. One can deal rationally. Or one can overreact, by cowardly defensiveness and hatred.
The first of these is unlikely unless the person doing the bearing is either very confident of support or unable to do anything about the problem. The second is the behavior of a secure, knowledgeful individual who is not scared to cope. The third tracks insecurity, and thus dominates among people raised in chaotic, unpredictable, often violent situations.
The Need for Control
Control appears to be the most pervasive and deadly back story to hatred and mass murder. The resulting cruelty is worse according to the weaker the individual, the more people he or she has to control, and the more total that control must be. From residential schools and old-time orphanages to Central Asian Medieval states, from slavery-worked plantations to militias in wartime, from fascist torture camps to communist gulags, it is the need for total control that leads to the extremes of cruelty and violence.
Humans are murderous enough, greedy enough, and brutal enough to kill at a fairly high rate in ordinary times, let alone in war, but only a felt need for direct and immediate control leads to the levels of violence seen in genocides and endless all-out conflicts.
Animal models are perfectly adequate to explain ordinary murder and personal conflict—all mammals will kill to get resources, protect their young, hold mates, and the like—but no other animal does anything remotely close to the mass murder of millions of people simply because the rulers need control, and assert it most easily by stirring up public hates and rivalries to the point of mass killing. Social place—personal “honor,” status, appreciation, acceptance or rejection—is very close psychologically, and personal touchiness notoriously potentiates control-driven violence. Honor societies are dangerous.
Control and power are even more so. Lord Acton was right: “Power tends to corrupt, and absolute power corrupts absolutely.” And corrupted powerful people will kill. The one common theme of all politicides and genocides is the authoritarian power of the leader over the people being killed. Another can do it, and will do it if faced with a crisis (see Anderson and Anderson 2013, 2017, 2022).
Direct motives for evil always seem to involve selfish greed or control of personhood and other people. Controlling people is dangerous. Taking more control of them is the most absolutely deadly thing—the prime source of wars, genocides, brutality of all sorts.
Another way to group people who do bad things as a regular and routine lifestyle is by immediate background that may determine politics. One large group is the vast and diverse group of those who feel they are downwardly bound in the world, especially in relationship to other groups that are rising. The less educated white males in the modern United States feel threatened by more educated minorities and immigrants. Another is a related group: those who come from a world that really is challenged, threatened, or declining. This ranges from the fossil fuel industry with its billionaires down to the impoverished but usually stalwartly conservative small-farm sector of the world economy.
Perceived threats are often economic and physical, but the common, everyday currency of anger and hate are personal slights. Harsh words and lack of expected deference are the commonest forms. People take slights seriously in proportion to how much they value sociability, and in proportion to how insecure they are about it and about their own social standing. In some situations, we are all weak and insecure. We all value social skills and status. Thus, we are all vulnerable.
Slights and threats are both serious in unequal societies, especially among insecure and defensive people with strong desires to move up in the system.
The best-off person is the self-confident one who is content with a social place that is achievable and not too depressing. Such people endure threats, in proportion to self-efficacy and self-confidence. Unfortunately, such people are not often prone to go for leadership.
Thus, the extent of inequality and hierarchy in society (in so far as it is believed-in and accepted) is one predictor of the level of hatred. It is not by any means the only predictor, but it is certainly one major factor. Unequal societies can be peaceful and tolerant, but that requires serious effort.
Germany’s turn to fascism in the early 1930s is often ascribed to defeat in World War I and then the Depression, but fascism triumphed in Italy and Japan in the 1920s and 30s, in spite of hope and stability. This was due partly to the overwhelming importance of up-down ties in those two societies.
Inequality leads to different lifestyles that get ranked in prestige. It also invariably leads to corruption. In unequal systems, people learn to hate down and adulate up. This allows the bosses to resort to the classic “divide and rule” strategy. With that, even good people get corrupted and shift toward hating others.
Equality does not always prevent labeling and consequent hate, but good lateral ties prevail over the up-and-down evaluation and hatred.
People put in situations where they must exert control, but feel shaky in their power because of personal weakness or a genuinely desperate situation, very often resort to cruelty and terror to keep control. This is classically observed in imperial and colonial situations, on plantations worked by enslaved people, in prisons, and in hierarchies generally. Philip Zimbardo analyzed this in classic experiments. Criticizing of his work has led to finding that the reality is even worse than he originally found (Zimbardo 2008).
When People Perform Worst
Inequality in power naturally produces cruelty and oppression. The more people are controlled by a few bosses, the more frightened those bosses are of the possibility of rebellion and disorder.
Slavery is the very worst—the boss must force many people to do hard work, against their will, without due compenation.
Prisons are next. Again, people must be kept and dealt with against their will. They may not deserve better, but they are usually treated worse than they deserve. Cold-blooded killers are rare; people are far more often imprisoned because of sheer misfortune, or trivial drug charges, or in many countries simply for opposing the powerful.
Next come conquered areas, and it goes on forever if the conquered are not made citizens: see dramatic proof in the treatment of Indigenous people in the United States and Australia.
Then come total institutions in general: orphanages, residential schools, group homes. The most important insights into human evil come from contemplating the horrible histories of these institutions. They start with good intentions, at least theoretically. Yet they often end in abuse.
The military must allow a lot of freedom and independence of soldiers to function well, so it does not usually degrade to the extent of the above cases, but a military unconcerned with victory in actual war—or, like Hitler’s, convinced of victory in spite of reality—may become fascist.
Workplaces require even more freedom and also some sort of compensation, and bosses usually realize workers must have some consideration.
In ordinary everyday life, the rich can oppress the poor. The more power the rich have, the more they can potentially use it to crush the poor. Eventually, highly unequal societies, such as the “Old Regime” in Europe, become much like slavery-based ones.
Above all, groups (and individuals to some extent) want to control rivals. Pleasures turn to cruelties; sex becomes a way of torturing. Even families turn cruelly repressive when discipline must be maintained in large units. The classic patriarchal families are notorious. Matrilineal societies are not necessarily better. Mothers’ brothers can be as repressive as any patriarch.
The simplest underlying dynamic begins with resentments for ordinary irritations and putdowns, especially if deserved and one is ashamed. In hierarchies, and proportional to degree of inequality, those resentments get displaced down. The ones most prone to translate resentments into hate, and displace hate to the weak, are psychopaths. Next come those who have been put down frequently, especially for being underqualified for their jobs or lifestyle. These are the people who trade on privilege, and feel most shot down when that is challenged.
By these, and by others socially conditioned to think this way, the weak get attacked: women and children, the poor, the minorities.
Genocide is a special case: mass murder of its own innocent and noncombatant citizens by a government. It occurs in thoroughly predictable contexts, as frist shown by Barbara Harff (2012) and confirmed by us (Anderson and Anderson 2013): when a dictator takes power, drawing on what Harff called “exclusionary ideology,” and consolidates his rule by exterminating vulnerable and unpopular moralities. Exclusionary ideologies are usually extreme religious ideologies, but also include fascism and communism. The more extreme the ideology, the more blood spilled, other things being equal. Dictators invoke genocide when they take over, and thereafter when they face real challenges. Democracies less often commit genocide, but they often exterminate subjects who are not citizens, as the United States did with some Native American groups before citizenship was extended to them in 1924. (Even that did not stop all the killing.) Countries with histories of genocide are notably apt to commit genocide again, but there are almost no cases of long-established regimes without genocide in their histories.
Another notorious case is the collapse of a regime. Briefly, inequality leads to corruption at the top and overproduction of powerful elites (Turchin 2016, 2023; Turchin and Zefedov 2009). Government workers become more and more corrupt, and do not deliver government services, at which time the government collapses. Various external matters, such as climate change, increase the risks. There is now a huge literature on this (Anderson 2019; Kemp 2025; Turchin 2023). The cycle is predictable, though not to the exact year, and is merely a human example of the standard “resilience cycle” found throughout nature: collapse with population crash, slow recovery, boom time with high population levels, overconsumption and inequality, collapse (Gunderson and Holling 2002). The fact that humans cannot escape these cycles is proof of the basic nature of such ecological systems.
All this suggests that the Enlightenment may be merely a cyclic phenomenon. It has been an increasingly pervasive force in world consciousness for 250 years, and is now collapsing on all fronts. It will not survive the resource crunches of the future unless major attempts to save it are carried out.
From the above, one can predict the social problems of a country from its history of slavery, conquest, inequality, and rivalry. In all stable countries, after three or four generations, a crisis sets in from growing inequality.
The strength of the leaders in maintaining government services to ordinary people actually sets the timing. In the United States, crises in the 1850s and 1920s were resolved by strong leadership reasserting itself and reducing the immediate problems: antislavery under Lincoln, economic reform under FDR.
Why Are Some Good and Others Bad?
The big question, then, is: why are some people good? Social pressures make almost everyone try. Psychopaths and weak people in control situations turn evil. On the other hand, highly controlling people who are raised with good values generally do good things for the world. Conversely, controling persons who would otherwise be good but who get really bad values turn out bad. Saddest are those who are raised to do good, and generally do, but haven’t the sense or social networks to allow seeing through the lies of Trump and other politicians.
Most people act and think like their parents. Peers are important, but usually less so in regard to basics. They retain the same values and basic behavior, even if they change minor and peripheral things. Even highly angry people will be peaceable if they come from strongly pacifistic religious traditions. Even mild, meek, gentle people will gladly commit genocide if they are raised in traditions that direct hatred to minorities, stress obedience to leaders, and have genocidal leaders. The famously mild and tolerant Cambodians and Rwandans committed more extreme genocides than the Germans under Hitler.
It also occurs that two parents might differ greatly in some values. In this case, children generally pick the values of the parent they are closest to, but all sorts of family issues, as well as peer pressure, make the decision. The upshot is that children often go with their wider social circle.
People who change dramatically from their parents usually have strong identification with peer groups to thank for it (Anderson and Anderson 2022). Peer pressure matters greatly in all aspects of child development, especially in adolescence, as Judith Rich Harris (1998) argued. There are, however, other ways to change. Every family has one or two rebels, who go off in another direction just to be different. More serious family rebels are very often people who were raised in chaotic conditions or whose lives are fairly chaotic from mental problems or sheer situational difficulties in the home environment. They tend to seek security and stability in hierarchies. Under peer pressure, they may go even farther out into real hatred, as studies of radicalized Muslims have shown (Atran 2010; Kruglanski et al. 2019). On the other hand, people from extremely stable, hopeful, forward-looking backgrounds often become more liberal or more successful (or both), as compared to their parents.
They lead to the thoroughly mistaken conclusion that people determine their own destiny. They usually do not. They usually do what their parents did. (We have examples of all these outcomes in my family, from right-wing rebels to brilliant and liberal successes. My own case reached absurd levels of inertia. Like my father, I was a social-field professor in the University of California system, with all his political and social views and even his taste in art. I married a woman like my mother. At least I rolled far enough from the tree to have wider tastes in food and music.)
Finally, there is the biggest group of all: innocent people, neither very good nor very bad but not intending evil, who are convinced by the lies of the fascists and criminals. They often show motivated belief: faced with alternative claims, they accept the one that is least disruptive to their values and sense of reality. The fossil fuel corporations have been particularly effective at exploiting this; they have convinced a truly incredible number of people that global warming is a myth or hoax, in spite of virtually universal experience of rapidly rising temperatures.
Unity and Disunity
Unity and disunity are all around us: help vs harm, working with people vs working against them, cooperation vs antagonism, care and love vs hate and cruelty. Disunity is part of life; the problem comes when it leads weak, downbound, or otherwise overly challenged people to overnegative overreactions.
Rational analysis shows life can be modeled as a set of games. Positive-sum games involve working to make everyone better off. In zero-sum games, the winners gain as much as the losers lose, and the total is thus a draw. Working against others involves negative-sum games: games in which the system loses. In ordinary selfish greed, the selfish and greedy person wins by causing much greater losses to his or her rivals. In Trump’s games with America, everyone loses. The rich get a bit richer for a while, but the environmental damage and public health damage alone are enough to crash the economy in time. Even the rich cannot survive the future’s pandemics, pollution crises, and global climate catastrophes that will come unless policies are reversed. I admit that I would benefit humanity more by giving money to charity than by eating out, planting flowers, or buying presents for my wife, and thus am playing a negative-sum game in a small way, but I differentiate this from selfish greed. The latter is about destroying competitors, not about actually wanting more goodies.
The human norm seems to be to assume that life is mostly negative-sum games with opponents. The results are assumption of bad dealing, leading to anger, and ultimately to extreme cruelty—the natural and inevitable fate of negative-sum gaming that escalates over time.
Already, science, public health, and personal freedom have been largely sacrificed. Economic policies such as rapidly shifting tariffs and summary expulsion of illegal but vitally important workers have gone beyond anything remotely rational, sustainable, or sensible. Environmental protection has been dismantled. Corruption is possibly the most extreme in all human history in terms of the money involved; hundreds of billions have changed hands. It is so open that a sting operation caught one leading functionary accepting $50,000 in cash in a bribe (unreal, as a trap) and suffered no consequences.
Motivated Belief
All this makes sense in the light of human cognitive processes. Broadly, humans believe what they want to believe, subject to feedback from reality (as usual, this summarizes material in Anderson 2025, which in turn summarizes a wide psychological literature). People can ignore reality with amazing skill when the pressure on them is high enough. The extreme case is denial of global warming. Republicans still maintain it is a “hoax,” in spite of obvious rapid warming temperatures all around them. Usually, the real world does not allow such extreme denial, but religions often manage to maintain blatantly counterfactual beliefs indefinitely. So do some political systems, including, apparently, Trumpism. Racism and anti-Semitism have also persisted for centuries, in spite of clear and continuing evidence against them. They grow from displaced or historical hatreds, and appear to have no other grounding.
I have done more research on folk medical beliefs, which must accommodate actual perceived reality, and thus cannot stay quite so detached from evidence. They tend to develop plausible (but usually wrong) explanations rather than sheer mythmaking. Politics, it seems, puts people under more pressure to believe the impossible. Above all, there is no claim so outrageous and insane that it will not be believed if it justifies oppressing weaker people.
Prejudice and Hatred
Contrary to popular error, we do not naturally hate or fear strangers, or different people, or anyone, unless we are taught to or unless they present a perceived challenge. We need some sort of threat. It can be small, or even imaginary, but we do not anger, let alone hate, without reason. Babies seem to have some instinctive fear of strangers, but get over it quickly and easily unless taught to hate.
Learned hates are applied to actual enemies. They are also applied to family members and peers who scold us, hit us, or otherwise act unfriendly. Far more common is hatred of all identifiable groups that seem to be somehow a threat or rival to “our” group, whatever it is.
Since all of us are members of many groups, we can change reference groups, shifting identity. We can hate all sorts of groups. Hated groups are defined by ethnicity, religion, skin color, hair color, neighborhood, clothing style, sports fandom, handedness, psychological and medical stigma, and anything else that sets any group apart. Most hatreds are directed toward weaker groups, especially minorities. Even hatred of “the rich” is usually found among people who think the rich are few and vulnerable. However, the most stable and cross-culturally universal rivalries are with groups that are neighboring and differ in language and culture, and groups that are part of the wider society but are defiined by very different takes on basic ideology. These latter are the “heretics,” “dissenters,” “infidels,” and so on. In traditional societies, they are usually religious minorities. In modern societies, the opposition is more often liberal vs. conservative, hard-line vs. tolerant, or otherwise defined by political ideology. They constitute a threat to basic shared social ideas and morals.
Anger can be against anyone, but hate is based on fear and defensiveness—basically, cowardice—and thus is usually directed down.
Many modern Christians, Jews, and Muslims model behavior and politics after the total war mode of the early Hebrew Bible. It was a world of total war. Victory meant killing the men and enslaving the women and children. By the time of the Books of Kings, justice and fairness were concepts, but earlier than that, justice and mercy were barely concepts. Modern right-wing religious people clearly feel they are embattled people with their backs are to the wall.
General Points
In summary, people can go wrong for four general classes of reasons:
More or less innate problems: Psychopathy, sociopathy, and the like. These can be countered by good psychiatric care.
Personal weakness and insecurity.
Level of challenge and threat to resources, to social control, and to personhood: standing, respect, acceptance.
Culture: education, public opinion, truths, lies, accepted ideas.
These all combine to produce bullying, motivated belief, political evils, and other everyday problems, which often escalate into serious conflicts at all levels.
The old idea of people as “tabula rasa” is limited. As John Locke pointed when introducing the tabula rasa idea, people have a whole range of inborn tendences, from sociability to anger, from psychopathy to autism (yes, he recognized and described it). The tabula rasa comes in when we act on those. People naturally learn language unless extremely damaged, but can learn any 1, 2, or even 50 of a potentially infinite number of languages. People naturally anger when attacked, but can express it by fighting, passive-aggression, displacement, or any of a number of other ways, according to what they learn. People are terrified of abandonment and rejection, but can see many things as evidences of those, and can deal with them by a vast variety of coping mechanisms. People naturally feel a need to control their social contacts, but that can vary from following the Golden Rule (in hopes of reciprocation) to subjecting dependents to brutal torture and cruelty to keep them subordinate.
Selfish greed and lust for power are generally individual matters, but looting and war scale them up. Then, levels of emotion about competition and rivalry are all-important: from fun to tolerance to anger to hate to violence. The back story of the latter is fear of challenge. If the challenge is by weaker groups, bullying and ultimately genocide are the results.
Evil can be seen as forms of bullying. Selfish greed is bullying to get material wealth. More obvious and direct bullying acquires control and status, and ends in violence unless actively halted. These two forms of evil grade into each other.
All involve excessive competition over wealth, personhood, and above all control and power. The last is usually worst, because apical hierarchies are usual in this world, and there is less and less room at the top as one rises. This leads to rapidly escalating conflict as one moves up the power hierarchy. Competition for billionaire-level wealth is similar; there is room for economic expansion, but only so much room for the super-rich.
All this allows us to pick out certain important points.
First, excessive anger and hatred comprise the main problem, for humanity in general and for our time in particular. By far the most dangerous form is group hate, which is often part of popular culture, but is whipped to a frenzy by bad politicians. Individuals also whip up hatred in themselves, but usually on a more narrowly personal level, brooding about a social slight or a combative family member.
Second, it is controllable: it does not need to lead to war, murder, or genocide. Some societies are almost totally peaceful. These include the Semai and Temiar of Malaysia, and many religious communities. On the other hand, some are notoriously violent, such as the Dani of New Guinea, the Yanomamo of Venezuela, and the Afghans. The Yanomamo have dealt with land pressures in recent decades, but the other two, and several other societies, are historically violent. Peace is achieved among the Semai and Temiar by negotiation and discussion. War is constant among the Afghans and many others because of honor: these are “honor societies,” in which personhood is extremely vulnerable and the proper response to insult or any dishonor, however trivial, is murder (see Cohen and Kitayama 2019, passim, especially Uskul et al. 2019). Culture can save or kill.
Third, currently—and very widely throughout history—it is mobilized as a struggle of losers and winners. The losers are either genuinely losing, or are faced with progress that is running against them. The former may be people with genuine grievances, who are increasingly shunted into losership by the wider society, such as the rural sector in modern America. Religious minorities almost everywhere may fall into this trap.
Others may be people who are losing for real reasons—they are simply incompetent and inept—yet they are part of a privileged and entitled group. People who were riding high but are endangered by progress include the oil, coal, tobacco, and other companies that produced highly valued commodities that are now increasingly seen as dangerous and in need of replacement. Against these are ranked upbound groups—minorities in a society seeking more justice and equity, rural groups in a more agrarian world, rising companies and interests.
The same demographcs, generalized, seem to occur throughout history and throughout the world as conservative: rural, small-town, traditionally religious people; members of dominant groups who are somewhat shaky in their personal ability to dominate; and highly-placed lords, landlords, or administrators in sunsetting occupations. They support strongman regimes very consistently, from ancient Greece (when the general phenomenon was noticed) to the present. In contrast, as Marx saw, the bourgeoisie tend to be the ones advocating more freedom, democracy, the rule of law (as opposed to strongmen), and change. More generally, the progressive elements are those who feel they gain from change and opening up mobility. The poor and downtrodden tend to be conservative unless given a real hope, through solidarity, strong leadership, and a genuine sense that upward mobility is possible. “Revolutions of rising expectations” may occur, but many rebellions are in the service of “returning to the good old days.” “Make America great again” is only the latest of a history-wide set of such movements.
Among common tactics of losers are the classic tactics of cowardly defensiveness: cheating, weaseling, lying, passive aggression, temper tantrums, bullying, and other tactics used by bad children caught snitching cookies. At worst, they resort to cruelty. Regimes based on lies and enforced by terror, as in Orwell’s 1984, are the result. The tactics of the upward-bound groups include mass peaceful demnstrations, honesty (getting the word out on what is really happening), organizing, and (if absolutely necessary) violence that is actually targeted at enemy leadership or vulnerable key points. (Random violence, such as rioting and looting, is a cost to both losers and winners; it merely mobilizes opposition.) Of course, all dictatorships use the cowardly tactics, and most use some of the strong ones too, and all regimes use some sort of mix of both. The current United States situation is a very unusual case of losers succeeding in taking over every branch of government. It has never happened before in the US, and rarely anywhere. It gives us an interesting unique limiting case to observe.
Conservatives are particularly prone to the “sore loser” mentality, because, by definition, they believe that hierarchies are natural and desirable, or at least necessary to society. This has been more or less the definition of conservatism from the ancient Greeks, with the opposition of Plato’s “natural nobility” and Aristotle’s “people born to be slaves” with the robust democracy of Athenian leaders. The vast majority of Athenians were not citizens and not allowed to vote, so the conservatives basically had the day.
The right-wing worldwide ideology is patriarchy first and foremost, so women are weak, inferior, and subservient; then extension of this to the state, with tyrant ruling by terrror, oppression, lies, arbitrary acts to keep people taking, and cruelty. This implies rigid puritanism for all but the patriarch, conformity, “honor,” and idealized violence.
All the right-wing ideologies stem from cowardly defensiveness, but are historically very comprehensible even among normal nondefensive people, given the reality of ancient Near Eastern herding, southern US slavery, and other institutions founded on control and management, and the societies that they developed.
In the Middle Ages, nobility followed from exemplary military service, or just from luck, and noble families were considered divinely appointed, even if they knew their ancestor was just fortunate. China had comparable oppositions between hierarchy-loving conservatives and equality-loving liberals. And throughout all history and all societies, strong but otherwise inept people have physically bullied physically weaker ones.
In the modern world, the extreme conservative position sees whole ranges of hierarchies: racial, religious, economic, personal, and so on. The extreme egalitarian position is Pyotr Kropotkin’s anarchism—everyone equally his or her own boss, on the assumption that everyone is qualified to do a good job at that.
Those who both believe in the necessity of hierarchy and the God-given nature of their own society’s hierarchy swell the MAGA ranks today; they see women, gays, minorities, the poor, and almost every other group that is “down” in some sense as deserving to be deprived of rights and, at worst, even of humanity. White males who are mediocre at best are particularly prone to extreme forms of this; they want to maintain white male dominance. But almost anyone can fall into the trap. Simply believing that their society’s hierarchy is God-ordained is both common and highly divisive, mobilizing otherwise reasonable people into bullying and bigotry.
It is my no means restricted to the right. Left-wing hierarchists talk of “rednecks,” “white trash,” “ignorant” voters, and so forth; intellectual snobbism replaces racism and religious bigotry. But, on the whole, the left is more democratic and egalitarian, and thus reacts with less extreme violence and hatred than does the right. There are clear exceptions on both sides, however.
The only long-run cure for this is a movement to bring the losers back into the fold, by giving them self-respect, including (but not limited to) hope for the future through united action. This must be a movement with ideals and solidarity. We simply must explain over and over that hierarchies are social creations, not natural; that there are no “races” and no consequential intellectual differences between populations; and, above all, that all humans deserve respect and consideration, whatever their age, condition, or inborn abilities.
Merely appealing to pocketbook interests has always failed, because acting for a progressive movement invariably requires self-sacrifice: going on strike, boycotting evil stores, and on to facing death. A movement of actual people, united in mutual support, is required—yet another reason why working with others is key. Such a movement must work against some people, its enemies, but solidarity and cowork are what matters. Cowork depends on responsibility, civility and tolerance.
Third, money is also key. In politics, it very often comes from the powerful but downward-bound groups: oil companies and tobacco companies in today’s world; the nobility in the 18th century; and so on.
Bibliographic note: Standard sources on human evil include Simon Baron-Cohen’s Zero Degrees of Empathy (2011); Bartlett’s The Pathology of Man: A Study of Human Evil (2005); Roy Baumeister’s Evil: Inside Human Cruelty and Violence (1996); Aaron Beck’sPrisoners of Hate (1999). Surveys of genocide and mass murder include Ben Kiernan’s Blood and Soil (2007); and Martin Shaw’s and Erwin Staub’s studies of genocide (Shaw 2013; Staub 1989, 2003). Standard surveys of violence worldwide are Alvarez and Bachman (2017) and Collins (2008). Studies of dictators are extremely numerous, but Ruth Ben-Ghiat’s Strongmen (2020) stands out for comparative treatment, and Timothy Snyder’s works—the most accessible is On Tyranny (2021)—are exemplary. On what to do about it, see Erika Chenoweth, Civil Resistance (2021), and references there; also the cited works of Erwin Staub. These authors, as well as Barbara Anderson and I, have covered the material in the present paper in much greater depth in the cited works. The present paper provides an updated explanatory model.
THE RISE OF FASCISM IN MODERN AMERICA
Fascism and Conservatism
Reactionary elites whipped up group hates to divide and rule. This is a standard fascist playbook. In autocratic takeover after takeover, throughout history, the rich and powerful who are motivated by selfish greed—working against others, not with them—employ psychopaths to divide the public and whip up hatreds. That is the history of the United States in the Trump years, in one sentence. It sums up a good deal of world history throughout the human record.
A perfect example of a case in which it got out of hand is the rise and fall of the Ku Klux Klan in America in the 1920s. Extreme leaders, notably the clearly psychopathic D. C. Stephenson, whipped up hatred, with generous funding from extremist businessmen. Timothy Egan’s book A Fever in the Heartland (2023) tells the story in stark, clear terms. The application of this book to Trump is clear, and evidently intended. Egan presents the America envisioned by the Project 2025 authors, and Trump’s captive congresspersons, such as Mike Johnson: a world of white male supremacy, rigid far-right Chritianity (without any of the mercy or help called for in the New Testament), negative-sum games played against minorities of all types, political retribution, money politics (not to say corruption) at the top, full executive power (basically, dictatorship), and violent repression of dissent. This is the “America” that Mike Johnson, currently Speaker of the House of Representatives, says the liberals hate. Indeed they do hate it, and they know a far gentler and more law-governed country.
Group hate is the problem. In humans, it is always easy to mobilize. The hatred is there, waiting. Any power-mad leader can employ it. The worst, like Trump, do nothing else. More gifted leaders promise anything and everything, but really go for group hate in the end.
Fascism is quite different from classic conservatism. Both face real problems with control. Classic conservatism is associated with rural and agrarian societies, fascism with military-industrial complexes. The classic conservative base is rural, small-town, traditionally religious, and devoutly trusting in traditional hierarchies. In the modern world, it is associated with the primary-production sector, less educated groups, and older people. Fascism draws on the same general demographic, but adds disaffected younger people, angry and violent people, resentful majorities who have not done well and blame the minorities for it, and above all with the downwardly-bound industries—the old polluters and destroyers. It is associated not with traditional religion but with the harshest form of the locally dominant religion or ideology. This can be communism—Stalin and Mao in particular were communists but pass all the definitional tests for fascism. But, also, new and savagely cruel forms of Islam and Judaism have appeared in recent decades. In Islam they are frankly heretical (bida’a, “innovation,” i.e. non-Quranic).
Fascism is defined by giant firms linked to government; by highly militarized; violent, repressive, governance; by torturing; and by highly sexualized society with extreme male supremacy. It is not real patriarchy, because there is no charge on the men to be responsible for the women, even their wives. It is also defined by dishonesty—not just the old time-honored fables of religion, but the fast-changing lies of an Orwellian world now made literal and real in America and a dozen other countries. The values of a news source, an ideology, or a politician are easily assessed by looking at their levels of honesty. In modern America, especially, the ratio of lies to truth is a perfect measure of the worth of a political platform and its sponsors.
Losers backing a loser is the name in most dictatorships now, and was true with Hitler and Mussolini, but highly competent psychopaths tended to lead in the past: Stalin, Mao, and before them Tamerlane and other historic tyrants. Another route is extreme religion, as in Afghanistan and Iran.
Trump and his inner circle are inept and irresponsible. Think of Robert Kennedy Jr. as Secretary of Health, and his destruction of the whole public health and epidemic-fighting capacity of the United States, as well as medical research. Hitler and Mussolini at least ran a tight ship. Xi Jinping today is a highly intelligent and competent leader, though prone to genocide and repression. To match Trump, we must go to African leaders of the past: Idi Amin in Uganda. Bokassa in Central African Republic (his “Empire”), Robert Mugabe in Zimbabwe, and others like them. The sheer irresponsibility of the Trump administration has been breathtaking. They have even sacrificed their own most stable and loyal bloc—the rural sector—to tariff and trade wars.
Trump betrayed his worried supporters. The farmers were hit by tariffs and by cutting the rural help programs. Business was hurt by tariffs and multiple cuts to education and consumer support. Above all, nonaffluent people—not only the poor, but the middle class—was stripped of the main government programs and benefits affecting them. The tax money all went to subsidies, sweetheart deals, and tax breaks for the rich.
Clearly, rich ripoff artists with no sense of responsibility do not make reliable leaders, even to their cronies. Unlike the Chicago idea of an honest polician, they do not stay bought. Their complete indifference to the consequences of their actions spell enormous trouble for the United States, even for its billionaires. I cannot imagine why the great retailers and those who depend on retail advertising—Jeff Bezos, Mark Zuckerberg, and others—support a president who is sure to drag the US down. The Trump administration is, among other things, a vast looting operation. Trump and many of his circle are quite openly corrupt—taking money for services, up to the level of billions. Government investment in people and infrastructure has been almost totally shut down.
Responsibility is not even a concept among the current rulers. They are not even responsible enough to serve their own interests. This seems to be the general theme of the day. The Democrat leadership is not notably responsible, especially about denouncing corruption, dishonesty, and creeping fascism in clear and no-nonsense terms. They have done little with their near-majority in congress. The British idea of a shadow government is alien to them, and they have not seized on the Republican idea of drawing up a thorough-going platform and marshalling personnel to carry it out, as was the case with Project 2025. It would seem that such an obvious and extremely successful example would have taught them something, but responsibility is as far from the Democrats as it is from the Republicans. As of this writing, they have no coherent platform, no agreement on basic issues, and no organized way of countering the Republican impetus in dealing with “illegal immigrants” and other hot-button issues.
The general attitude of destructive competition is spreading to the left as well as the right. The country will collapse into chaos or fascist dictatorship if these trends are not reversed.
Sidelight into History
Karl Marx’ theory requires a bit of updating. He saw modern history as a trumph of bourgeois private ownership, vs. his dream of public ownership of the means of production. However, communism has generally failed, because it replaced the old oligarchy by a new one, the Communist Party leadership. Instead, a successful regime needs public power: labor unions, citizen groups, democracy.
Marx focused only on ownership because he had not really seen successful democratic republics. His disillusion with France is well known. He was also disillusioned with Germany, England, the slavery-racked United States, and other states. No genuine popular democracy existed in his time, except for tiny Switzerland and a few even smaller states.
What he saw instead was rule by elite landlords, rentiers, and lords of resources in general, plus the grand owners of factories. He saw the rural sector as being hopelessly reactionary, but rural rebellions by small farmers have proved revolutionary from China to Mexico, so he is not always right. However, in the 21st century, the rural sector has been reliably right-wing. The left wing is the natural home of caregivers and mind-workers, but there too, generalizations fail.
In the United States, the computer and hi-tech movement was really revolutionary. For a while, hi-tech was allied with mind-workers in general, and liberal. But when the hi-tech billionaires took over, they turned right-wing. The richest and most powerful people in the United States today—Elon Musk, Larry Ellison, Mark Zuckerberg, Jeff Bezos, and the rest—are hi-tech lords with heavy media presence. However, media and banks now depend on hi-tech, so it is the key means of production. The giant resource-lords who rule fossil fuels, agriculture, and above all the military-industrial machine are also powerful, and maintain their long-standing tradition of supporting the far right. This has led to government fusion with the giant corporations, including Trump actually buying into them with taxpayer money. This is actually national socialism—Nazism—in its literal sense: government fusion with giant right-wing firms to run the economy and the polity. This is the policy Hitler developed in 1930s Germany.
This makes the Enlightenment project of “liberty, equality, solidarity,” democracy, rationality, and the rule of law increasingly difficult to maintain. It has failed in many countries, and is collapsing in the United States, though it could rise again.
Is the Enlightenment dead? It grew with expanding commerce, communication, and exploration. Today, the world is filling up. Negative-sum games seem all too reasonable. Thus, country after country is abandoning democracy and freedom, subjecting itself to strong-man or strong-woman rule.
MAGA Rises from Bullying
I am sure that the boys who bullied me in my youth are now MAGA. I am almost equally sure that the MAGA leaders—Trump, Hegseth, Noem, and the rest—were bullies as children.
General hate of the system, combined with fear of failure or challenge, leads to hating minorities, poor people, disabled people, and other vulnerable groups. This is the typical form of hate in the modern United States, by far the most common, though there is also no lack of hatred directed toward powerful individuals and groups. The haters also hate good people (“goodie-goodies,” “pearl-clutchers”). Anyone conspicuously moral, responsible, civil, and helping is a natural target. Every playground bully and every bullied child knows this. Nothing changes as such people grow up.
Roy Baumeister describes in his book Evil (1996) people with high but brittle self-esteem, often based on physical strength, accompanied by defensiveness about social status. The risk factors for Baumeister bullies are patriarchal family, honor society, and hierarchy with definite belief that higher is better. The worst bullies display combiations of two or three of these. Also, ordinary people can be slowly pulled into worse and worse levels of bullying, which comes out as political extremism.
In bullies, in bullied people, and in those who double down on infantile coping, we can think in terms of the “four selfs”: Self-control, self-confidence, self-respect, and self-efficacy. Those who have plenty of these are courageous, confident, and prone to resolve conflicts by negotiation. Those weak in all four will fall into flight and freezing. The problems come in the intermediate group, with high but brittle self-regard and an insecure, defensive attitude toward the world. These are the ones “with a chip on their shoulder,” always ready to fight, always ready to persecute weaker people. The most visible ones are young and male; this appears to be not only human-wide, but general throughout higher animals. However, they can be anyone of any age.
Such people also are attracted to each other. They tend to form “brotherhoods of the damned,” groups of people who seek each other out to share hate, malevolence, and viciousness. Schoolyard bully gangs grow into criminal gangs and ultimately terrorist organizations or brutal governments—right-wing, left-wing, or military centrist. Orwell’s 1984 showed us a mix of fascism and communism—right and left inseparable in strategy and tactics. In Orwell’s novel, and in modern society, social media enabled this. Many modern totalitarian societies appear to have actually taken 1984 as a textbook—literally using it as a source of plans rather than as a horrible example of what can happen.
Morality and conscience are real motives, and usually for good, but extreme ideology and Brotherhoods of the Damned lead to evil morality, and it too motivates. Then, people feel they are against the world, and feel that only destruction and violence can help them. They may start out with a violent and troubled family, expands to friend and peer groups, then get involved in teen years in the local criminal gang, and so onward to world rule.
Marginalized Groups Take Over
The most dangerous trend today is that the Trump administration is converting about 50% of the people of the United States to a politics of hate. Trump has made no pretense: his entire plan for “making America great again” relies on crushing groups he does not like. Immigrants have suffered the worst, but attacks on trans people, liberals, minorities in general, the media, and anyone else available continue. Most dangerous of all, from the point of view of the future, are the attacks on science, medicine, and the environment.
No positive measures have been taken and few have been proposed. Taxes on the rich have been cut, and then replaced partially by tariffs, which impact consumers—everyone—rather than those who can afford to pay more. Basically, the whole program is wide-flung group hate targeting the weak. This has always been the most dangerous and counterproductive of political games.
The right-wing half of the votership always included some outright fascists, and a few corrupt billionaires, but also many good, hard-working, caring, patriotic people. These have now been fooled—all too often by religious leaders—into voting their hate rather than their rational self-interest, as Tom Frank (2004) pointed out long before Trump in What’s the Matter with Kansas?
They are typically people who felt they were losing from the way America was going. Rural people see their way of life erode as urban civilization encroached, with everything from urban values to the more direct effect of protecting urban recreation from rural income-winning. In fact, the less affluent rural people in the United States have been given short shrift by both Republicans and Democrats. The Democrats tend to write off the rural sector, and far too many liberals use terms like “redneck” as putdowns and insults. The left thus copies the right in down-judging whole categories of perfectly worthy and deserving people.
This and the decline of ordinary Americans, economically and environmentally, leads to a crisis of loss of self-respect. Self-respect includes acceptance as a person, respecting yourself as a living being, the same way that we respect trees and mountains. It should, however, go on to include recognizing that you have something worth respecting: some special ability or personal quality or simply the ability to survive.
More serious is the need that almost all people have to feel that they are part of something larger: a movement united by ideals. This can be religion, or political activity, or even a local literary movement. The major ones leading to progress and improvement in the United States have been liberation, anti-slavery, the labor movement, the civil rights movement, and similar unified movements. Countering these have been movements leading to repression and reactionary politics: pro-slavery, anti-Indigenous, anti-women, anti-civil-rights, and so on, climaxing in the Ku Klux Klan and later in MAGA.These movements unite every evil, hateful, cruel, and oppressive aspect of American history into one. Unfortunately, groups that are downwardly mobile, or fear they might be, in the United States have found it to be the only thing they have going for them, as the Democrats lose their working-class and popular edge and become the party of urban white-collar workers.
Working-class whites feel peripheralized, and whites in general feel their privileged status was directly threatened. In general, people who felt they were privileged, or just hanging on, were more and more challenged by pressures for equality. They saw “diversity, equity, and inclusion” as the war cry of “others” who wanted equality and were suspected of wanting and often getting rather more than that. These privileged but frightened people, who felt they were challenged, spent decades coping, adapting, resisting some, and getting more and more scared and embittered. Especially bitter where white groups that had been victims of prejudice themselves, such as the Appalachian mountain people condemned as “hillbillies” and “rednecks.” They did not suffer as much as African-Americans, but they were not “privileged,” and did not react well to being called such.
Now all the losers have a champion. Trump is a prototypic loser. He encourages them to sink into hate. They are lured into bullying and increasingly into violence.
Among those who fuel the Trump movement are people who really have been unfairly treated by the system, especially rural people and working-class whites. Then there are people who are members of a dominant majority—whites, or, often, Christians, including nonwhite ones—who fear their dominance is at risk from rising religious minorities. Many of these are highly insecure, sometimes—to be blunt—because they have trouble competing on their own. There are also the guilty rich: those who are rich from fossil fuels, tobacco, dangerous chemicals, and the like (the sunsetting industries), or because they are outright crooks.
Trump and his cabinet are failed businessmen, failed politicians, failed humans, put down all their lives for incompetence, and often for sociopathic or psychopathic behavior. They are powerful, but they are scared, defensive, and weak. They have entitlement, but are insecure in it. They appear immune to guilt, but are easily shamed. They want and expect adulation, and are angry when it is not forthcoming. They fear dislike, and become vengeful toward challengers and critics.
Particularly significant, and disturbing, is the takeover of government by people paid to lie by the giant reactionary interests. Critical to such movements is big money. The rich who support, and broadly control, these movements have long been centered in the fossil-fuels world. They are allied with big agriculture—the rural sector again—and with polluting interests. They are allied with the shadier end of the finance world. They are closely allied politically with big tobacco and other genuinely harmful interests. They often covertly ally themselves with outright criminals. Former oil and coal company lawyers and public relations people, former Fox News commentators, former bankers in shady hedge-fund and crypto realms, and others who made an entire career out of lying and shady dealing are now our secretaries of government departments and often our chief justices. Recently, even fossil fuel billionaires have seen the troubles with Trumpism, and backed away.
The Heritage Foundation was long funded by Charles and David Koch, who turned it from a responsible right-wing center into a hive of dishonest denials of the problems of fossil fuels. Few would stand for this, and the few who did were often zealots of Christian Nationalism and extreme “Old Testament Christianity,” a mix of the patriarchy and early kingship portrayed in the Hebrew Bible. Zealotry in religion has always been coupled with indifference to honesty, a point made from ancient Greece through the Reformation and the Enlightenment on down to modern investigations of extreme Islam, Buddhism, and Hinduism as well as Christianity.
The wider context, though, is short on active liberals and moderates. It is particularly instructive to see how quickly both Democrats and Republicans shut down Joseph McCarthy and the whole extremist “anti-communism” movement of the 1950s. That level of activity today would have sidelined Trump in early 2016. Neither he nor his minions would be known today.
In premodern times, a ruler had to be competent enough to hold power, especially if he turned vicious. Clearly, this is no longer the case.
The result is a government of delusion and inconstancy. As in Orwell’s 1984, the Trump administration governs by constantly shifting lies and by stark terror. It terrorized at first only illegal immigrants, but now it expands the terror, eventually to everyone.
Project 2025 coded much of this agenda. It announced a “revolution,” basically to reverse the revolution of 1776. Old-Testament Christianity, largely the part relating to sexual puritanism, was to be established as the national religion. Freedom of speech and assembly were to be sharply limited. Action for civil rights of minorities was to be sharply limited also, if not outlawed. Government services that help ordinary people were slated for abolition. Subsidies to farms were to be cut, but nothing was said about subsidies to fossil fuel corporations and other giant destructive interests. (Nobody in power has said a word about subsidies since Jan. 20, 2025.) Many other changes were proposed, all eliminating Constitutional rights and guarantees in favor of allowing giant firms to do as they wished.
To this Trump added a ferocious anti-immigrant program and other actively hostile measures. It should be remembered that subsidies basically pay corporations to be corrupt and to avoid change. Subsidies are sometimes necessary for national security—as for saving US agriculture in case of invasion—but must be rigorously tied to performance, including conservation, pollution control, and human resources.
Thus, many people and firms are willing to go along with a program that they believe will help them by taking everybody else down. They will suffer too, and some of them know it, but most think they will maintain relatively high status by kicking other groups down faster. To the MAGA faithful, tearing others down is the best or even the only way to get ahead. Life is a negative-sum game.
Trump ran through almost every hatred-of-the-weak that has ever existed in the United States, from old-fashioned racism and sexism to anti-Semitism. He finally settled on anti-immigrant hatred as the easiest to whip up, the most popular, and the only one that would allow him to arbitrarily arrest and brutalize people. Hatred of “liberals” and “radical leftists” is, of course, part of the plan, but defining these dreadful groups is impossible, so brutality has been confined, so far, to protesters. This will change if and when Trump seizes total power. He will then carry out genocide of identifiable opponents, liberal or conservative. All extreme totalitarian leaders, right, left, or center, do that.
Trump’s core program is shutting down whatever helps people, in order of how much it helps: public health, civil rights, science, education, arts, even school lunches and aid to disabled students and veterans. This is done in the service of worse cruelty: giving full power to crooked billionaires—the kleptocracy. Trump has little use for the honest rich, let alone the liberal ones, who are demonized. His behavior and that of his favored few are those of a looter as well as a loser.
The shutdown of action on global climate change and other environmental issues could very well lead to the extinction of life on earth. Some scenarios suggest that current releases of greenhouse gases could start a runaway process that would heat the earth to boiling point. This is unlikely, but far from impossible.
There is little countermovement to Trump, because the left has gotten caught up in supporting smaller and smaller minorities while neglecting the working classes. Also, some fractions of the left hold the false idea that US wealth was based entirely on stealing Native American land and then using enslaved people to work it. In fact, those unsavory practices, all too obvious throughout US history, probably hurt long-time wealth accumulation, but making people depend on exploitation rather than on innovation and hard work. Many on the right have now become convinced of the truth of the sour narrative, and want to return to it as their ideal. Societies which really did depend on slavery and never recovered from it—such as Bahia (Brazil), Nicaragua, and Surinam—should convince otherwise. Even the rural American South survives economically only because of enormous transfer payments by the government and the giant corporations from more enlightened parts of the nation. The United States got rich in spite of theft and slavery, and had to fight a war and then deal with endless political conflicts to maintain progress. Progess was due to scientific innovation above all, but also to the freedom and enterprise often deplored by leftists and conservatives alike.
The back story includes, above all, the growth of inequality. Also, the current generation in power is the one matured under Reagan and the Bushes. They are used to far-right-wing ideology, even when they do not believe it.
All this gradually undercut and eventually replaced the Founding Fathers’ messages. Those Founders were raised on French liberal thought, with the core values of liberty, equality, and solidarity. These are now vanishing.
The Supreme Court’s six right-wing justices have consistently ruled for the Trump administration. They have ruled to give Trump essentially dictatorial powers—he can do anything he wants, if he states it is for official reasons. Profiling of Hispanics as suspects for crime and illegal immigration has been approved without limitations, by ruling of Sept. 8, 2025. Hispanics and Muslims are assumed to be criminals unless proven otherwise, and are routinely denied due process, in flagrant violation of the Constitution and the Civil Rights Act.
The Supreme Court justices do not seem to be especially racist; they seem to be entirely in the pay of those corporations. Two—Amy Coney Barrett and Neil Gorsuch—come from right-wing oil corporation backgrounds. Barrett’s father was a lawyer for Shell Oil; Gorsuch’s mother was an operative for the Coors corporate interests. The Coors family openly backed Hitler in the 1930s, and did not change their politics after WWII. In fact, Hitler fascism continued unchanged in the United States, but had to go more or less underground after 1945. The real fascists could write off the American Nazi Party and other fringe groups, while maintaining a solid devotion to extreme causes. The current administration is straight out of that universe. Many of the administration leaders had right-wing extremist backgrounds. Racism and religious prejudice were common.
The most extreme corporate leaders are apparently less than 1% of the United States, but by steadily calling for right-wing hatred of weaker groups, they mobilized 50% into their camp. They then could corrupt the administration and the Supreme Court—outright bribery is evident, to say nothing of huge “gifts” and “donations.”
The left has so far been completely unable to cope with, or even state, the above facts. They more often return hate for hate: if the right hates blacks and browns, the left will hate poor-whites and older people. Only somewhat better is indiscriminate hate of “the rich.” The problem is narrower and more specific.
A Dreadful Future?
At present, with Trump and his minions in full control of the United States, and the business community largely backing him, we have not only a fascist government but a kleptocratic one. Trump is interested in revenge on his opponents and in cheating his way to ever greater wealth. His support is heavily concentrated among the “ripoff rich,” the billionaires who got their wealth by dubious means.
Worst, he has attracted the support of billionaires who actually worked for their money, and once performed real services. They have been corrupted, and they go on to corrupt the courts, the legistlatures, the media, and the public. The result could well be a regime where money buys anything, including immunity from the law and the ability to kill anyone who dissents. That level of corruption was not seen even in the classic fascist regimes of Europe. It may never have been achieved in the world. Asian courts in the old days, and African dictatorships like that of Idi Amin, may have approximated it, but they lacked the wealth, surveillance capacity, and power to be cruel of the modern kleptocrats.
HOPES FOR A FUTURE
Curing Evil
The only cure for society and for individuals is learning to work together with very different others, united by common dominant values. This traditionally happened within religious communities, neighborhoods, public schooling, and friendship groups. It developed in work situations, and eventually in the labor movement. Recently it appeared in movements for civil rights.
Today, these institutions are all under threat.
Even if we must defend ourselves by war, a negative-sum game by definition, we have to work together to defeat the enemy.
Everybody wants warm, supportive, caring social life. Everyone also knows that for that and for everything else, you must have reciprocity: fairness, integrity, and responsibility, at least to the point of survival. This requires the full panoply of support, reassurance, healing, and encouragement, as noted above. That is key to the whole enterprise, even though the most immediate needs are for stopping hate, stopping threats to democracy, and getting corrupting money out of politics.
Being Good
This brings us to the alternative: being good. Most of us learn how to be good from our families, who model it as well as teaching it. Goodness is, more or less, healthy family behavior, extended. We learn spiritual and practical components. We learn about reciprocity. We learn what other people like and don’t like.
In helping people, we can begin with the needs: food, water, air, health, and so on. The most problematic and hard-to-satisfy needs are for social life and for control of one’s life, including security. Most of these can be satisfied; we eat enough, drink till no longer thirsty, sleep eight hours.
The control need, uncomfortably, is open-ended for many. It includes the drive for wealth, whch is more often about control than about money. Usually, doing good involves helping people fulfill their needs in the most beneficial way, but good-doing also involves setting the firmest of firm limits on desires for control, and above all for desires to get control by negative-sum games. There is no simple cover for good, in the way excessive anger and fear due to scary challenge to control and resources become a cover for evil. General desire to care for others is a broad cover, but inadequate to describe those many people—and there really are many—who devote their lives entirely to the good, often to the point of self-sacrifice. “Care” captures the general principle, but not the intensity.
Psychology has only recently confirmed the old perception that doing good feels good. (The technical term is “eudaimonia.”) Normal humans actually get pleasure from helping, socializing, working together, working with people who need care, working to give pleasure or satisfaction to others, and, of course, joining in fun. Much more common is doing good in the expectation of getting at least some good in return: gratitude, recognition, liking, praise, rise in prestige, and, best of all, reciprocity. The old Latin tag do ut des—“I give so that you give”—is not just about business. It is about almost every social transaction. We are nice so others will be nice. We smile and greet in expectation of return, but the return is often eudaimonia, not material wealth. Notably important is gratitude: it feels good to be grateful, and benefits us psychologically a great deal; also, we hope and expect to get gratitude in return when we do anything for anyone. It’s good to get tangible benefits from “mere” words.
Doing good requires tolerance, at least of the people we want to help. Hopefully, that is the whole human race, or at least the part of it we can reach. Even more hopefully, we want to help the whole environment.
Good-doing is also done simply because think it’s right. Our parents and peers told us how to be sociable, we tried it and it sometimes worked, and thus we developed a conscience. Usually, we mindlessly follow our childhood training, with appropriate greetings, conventional conversation, little acts of kindness, and so forth. Rarely, but importantly, we draw on abstract principles of morality to calculate what would be best in a given situation.
This is the place for the Silver Rule: Do not do to others what you do not want for yourself (as Confucius put it). Also the Golden Rule, but it comes with the major problem that what I want is not always anything like what the other person wants. If I’d done for my children in their infancy what I wanted for myself (such as a 20-mile mountain hike followed by a six-pack), they would not have survived.
So, far better, and best of the guiding principles, is the Platinum Rule: do for others what they actually want and need, or at least your best educated guess at that. This is not far from Bentham’s utilitarian calculus—the greatest good for the greatest number over the greatest time—and Rawls’idea of justice (Rawls 1971).
However, we do not really know what people want or need. We assume they need food, water, and air, at least, but beyond that the choices are difficult. Therefore, we must default to compassion—assuming that the most merciful choice is best until proven otherwise.
Even more important is admitting ignorance of what people need, and asking them and others about that. Brief experience on the Riverisde crisis line, and rather more with studying drug and alcohol treatment, taught me that we need to be very humble about our assumptions of what others need. Nor should we always trust their words on the subject. Too many want suicide, and those lucky enough to be talked out of it are notably grateful later. And we all know what chaos and human misery have come from assuming that we know best for people of other cultures and situations.
Otherwise, we give it our best guess. This requires being ready to change, if experience and greater authority require it. Ability to correct yourself and stand correction is possibly the most important single moral value. It also may be the rarest.
Also, like all behavior, it requires some degree of self-confidence, self-control, and self-efficacy.
So the real need is to get society to praise good works and reward them with prestige and compliments, and hopefully with a job keeping them up, but to outlaw bad deeds outright. Legislating the good is sometimes necessary, but legislating against the bad is always necessary, given the enormous temptations people face.
Ideally, we find work that allows us to “do well by doing good.” Teaching was my way. I earned a fair living and helped people as much as I could. Spending money is another real choice. Americans are fond of spending fortunes on homes, house repairs, and useless lawns and shrubs. Living simply and giving the money to effective (not phony) charities is preferable.
Good-doing is often actual help and increasing enjoyment and overall satisfaction, but it also includes forestalling evil by actual defense, which returns us to considerations of defense raised above. Infantile defenses—passive aggression, whining and complaining, meanness, and displacement of hate onto weaker people—do not work.
Mature defense, recall, begins with bearing it; if that is enough, further steps and rational coping, negotiation, verbal conflict, and ultimately physical conflict if there is no reasonable alternative. We protect what we love, and also what we need. Some people do only actual good. Some do good, but also defend and fight evil as part of the mission; many great human beings fall into that pattern, from Abraham Lincoln to Martni Luther King Jr. Most of us do some good, some fighting against the bad, and a lot of “motivational anhedonia” (the technical term for just not having enough get-up-and-go to fight about anything—a lack of what the Mexcans call ganas, desire to act for some real purpose). Some do good almost exclusively by fighting the bad. I think some civil rights activists would fit that pattern.
Virtues: Aristotelian, Kantian, and Others
All virtues might be seen as coming from actually seeing the world as it is, without prejudice or irrational blocks. This leads to full appreciation, without barriers.
This high level of appreciation gives us four overall virtues:
Care, in the widest sense: caring for, caring about, caretaking, taking care. This leads, among other things, to helping and not hurting
Love
Respect
Tolerance, including both putting up with the world and appreciating it as it is.
This opens up the four personal virtues: patience, industry, courage, and learning that leads to reasonableness, rational evaluation of the world, and ultimately real wisdom. This rules out mindless conformity. Note the importance of en-courage and dis-courage as valuable words.
These meet with the four great overall virtues to produce the interpersonal virtues:
Help (and not net harm)
Responsibility
Caring for and caring about others and the world
Cowork, cooperation, mutual aid
Compassion (incl forgiveness and empathy)
Considerateness
Civility
Unconditional positive regard
Generosity
Appreciating the beauty, interest, and excitement of the world.
Making these political and social gives us the political rules:
Justice as fairness and equality
Accountability and recourse
Checks and balances
Science and arts as a way of life.
Helping can be from caring, conformity, or reason. What is actually necessary is rationality, tolerance, and fairness.
A country must also have education that fights hate and teaches proactive fairness.
The overall value for the future must be help without unnecessary harm.
Within this, there is a personal care and love cluster, but it rarely extends beyond the family. Alas, we very rarely can love all others as ourselves, let alone as much as we love our children.
We need the patience, courage, and wisdom of the Serenity Prayer.
But for social life, we need several other things, which do extend to all humans, or should. These include responsibility, respect, fairness, cooperation, and enforcing consistent universal laws. From observation of children, my observations are that teaching children by giving them real responsibilities is the basic, focal necessity. Getting them to take care of younger children is best, but care for the house, animals, neighbors, anything, is all to the good.
Chinese fishermen I studied consciously gave freedoms and rights to children only when they learned to fulfill their duties, which, on fishing boats, required a lot of intelligence, independence, self-reliance, and care. The children turned out very well indeed. I found the same among the Maya of Mexico. Raising children accordingly drove it home. Strict discipline destroys the needed independence and decision-making skills, which is bad enough, but personal problems and chaotic upbringing are the great opponents of teaching responsibility.
Tolerance is the other great necessity to keep children from sliding into hatreds when social influences and hierarchic societies impinge. Also needed are encouraging their natural interest and appreciation of the world—nature, arts, and human diversity. Without that, they become dull, narrow conformists.
The sad truth, stressed by James Madison in the Federalist Papers, is that we are humans, not angels, and we need governance according. We will not manage anarchic societies. Small-scale societies in the past did well without formal government or laws, but they were strictly regulated by traditional laws. Modern anarchic communities have a very poor record. Left to themselves, people are far too prone to fight, which in modern nations escalates regularly into war and genocide.
We will not function without strict laws strictly enforced. These must include the usual rules against murder, theft, and so on, but also strict sanctions against unfair and intolerant treatment, and some sort of protection of public honesty, including scientific truth. Science-based policy is absolutely necessary now. Education must be arranged accordingly, with some serious consideration of teaching tolerance (at least the evils of genocide) and state-of-the-art science.
Hate and Valuing
Risk factors for national collapse include climate and war, but internal collapse is usual, and comes from hatred and selfish greed combining to produce runaway corruption. Usually, as in the US, the few psychopaths and scoundrels whip up the vastly greater number of haters or potential haters. The hate comes more from touchiness due to putdowns than to actual offense, and most of all to social pressure on people smarting from putdowns.
Unfortunately, humans are creatures of hate. Hatred—recall, worst when over threats to control—weighs equal to all the laws and moral principles that we can design, and also to the sociability, good times, religions, love, care, kindness, and all we fondly call “humanity.” Only a combination of strong, and universally taught, morality with strong laws supporting equality, accountability, and recourse can stop mass violence. If humans were basically good, all the anarchist utopias in literature would have happened long ago. The problem is that humans are half and half, and, as always, the wolf that wins is the one you feed. Most societies spend far too much effort on feeding the hateful, cruel wolf, and far too little on feeding the good wolf. Education and public morality should take full note of this.
Societies that have many ethnicities but one clear majority always oppress minorities. The United States tried spasmodically but heroically to change this, but white Christian supremacy kept rising. Other societies deal with ethnic differences by chronic civil war, as in the Balkans and the Horn of Africa.
The few societies that have prevented mass killing over control and hate did it by incorporating groups that depended on each other. Switzerland is the main example (see below). Scandinavia has done it more recently. Such societies must formalize tolerance by legislating for due proccess, accountability, and recourse. But beyond that, they must have a wider ethical system that strongly moralizes the above values, with peace, tolerance, rationality, and responsibility above all. Patriotism must be phrased in terms of mutual dependence, mutual responsibility, mutual help, and need for due process and basic rights. Defense is necessary or at least inevitable in war and sometimes in dealing with large-scale crime. Due process is necessary in declaring war and dealing with criminals. Otherwise, what starts as good turns bad rapidly, as people release criminals and enemies, and imprison or kill innocent people. We have too many cases of good guys turning bad for lack of it.
All the main religions teach something like this, and thus teach the morality that can ideally control it. All teach unity versus disunity. Different ones foreground different virtues. Christiianity puts love forward, Buddhism foregrounds compassion, Islam teaches responsibility, Confucianism and its Asian relatives foreground care, responsibility, and cowork. The various fusion sects, such as Kabir’s fusion of Islam and Hinduism, mix these all together in various combinations.
The best thing about religion is that it teaches people to work together and share values, no matter how different they are. Atheists can have perfectly good values, but they have major trouble in sharing these widely. The labor movement and the fraternal orders drew on religion quite consciously. So did nationalism—the whole idea of nationalism was a secular religion—but it introduced far too much antagonism. Basic to the idea of the nation is opposition to other nations. Religion is far too often equally antagonistic, but it does not have to be.
The good leaders in the ‘50s and ‘60s were very often from religion (think of Martin Luther King Jr. and Dorothy Day) or the labor movement. They led the way on civil rights. We have invested rather little effort into understanding such people, religious or not; the effort goes into investigating Hitler and Stalin and their like. This seems a shaky allocation of effort.
Basic Moralities
The opposite of psychopathy, hypraggressiveness, and related conditions is empathy . This takes the form of compassion much of the time. The opposite of selfish greed—that is, negative-sum gaming—is cooperation and mutual aid. The opposite of hatred is tolerance, and at best valuing diversity.
These are core public virtues. The other virtues may be more basic, or at least learned earlier, but are dependent on the basic three for social life.
Empathy is really compassion writ large. Cooperation is, or at least depends on, responsibility, fairness, reasonableness, and tolerance. Reasonableness depends on interest, learning, knowledge, and appreciation. Tolerance depends on appreciation and respect. So the Big Three collapse down into more direct, everyday virtues, the ones we teach our children as early as possible.
Three types of moral orders can be deduced from this and from the records of human evil. At best, people adopt the reasonable and rational standard of empathy, working with others, and tolerance. This was the ancient Greek and Roman ideal., and it led to the ideas of democracy, the rule of law, and personal liberty. Another morality, including traditional Christian virtue, follows from love and care. Finally, evil morality—which is a real thing—sees opprression and cruelty as virtuous, especialy to enforce proper hierarchic relationship. At worst, the hierarchy itself is created to do evil, as in criminal gangs and fanatical religious sects. Hierarchies created out of violence, greed, or hate track this. This is a true moral order, not just crazy cruelty. Fascists and hard-core criminal leaders genuinely believe in it.
Thus, we need to train children not to see themselves as better than others, no matter where they are in a hierarchy, or how strong or smart or rich they may be. We need to train them not to bully, or start fights. We need to teach them to resolve conflicts, talk out, negotiate. Parents who will not talk out disciplinary problems with children, even when the children are clearly in the wrong, are hurting society in the long run.
Compassion, considerateness, civility, unconditional regard, tolerance, and the entailed help, responsibility, cowork, and generosity are all products (or parts) of one thing: equal respect and regard for all beings, depending on their direct actions. It takes a passive form in tolerance and simply putting up with things—patience—and an active form in the other virtues. All are needed in dealing with evil. We have tried for thousands of years to counter evil with love, or with good will. They are not enough. Active responsibility for maintaining human social life is needed, and is a different call entirely.
Working together is the opposite of working against other groups. The US has shifted from solidarity as a frequently-realized ideal to seeing mutual hate and antagonism between groups as normal, natural, inevitable, and even desirable. Trump ran on literally no other issues; all his issues, from tariffs to changing geographic names, turn on harming the weak.
We have considered above the dangers of even positive-sum games, let alone zero- and negative-sum ones. Anything done out of hate, anything done out of opposition to another group simply for its existing, anything done out of desire to crush the opposition first and worry about consequences later, is sure to prove not only evil but disastrous in the end. We must, above all, teach the rising generations to work together for the common good, doing down the opposition only when absolutely necessary for that end. Criminals must be stopped; ordinary people who appear to disagree or simply differ with us must not be stopped.
One major priority if democracy survives will be regaining solidarity, cooperation, mutual aid, and bipartisan rulemaking. Working together is a key part of helping others; working against other groups is by far the commonest and worst way of harming both others and ourselves. It comes out in everyday hatreds, but also in war and genocide. We cannot afford that.
Demonstrated performance, a basic category in assessing people, is shot farther and generalized. Cowork and help require more than love and care: they require putting up with, and working with, less than ideal people—sometimes even bad people. Responsibility, duty, tolerance, and civility become as essential as love and respect.
This is really considerateness, in a very broad sense. All beings are considered, seriously and on a level field. “Considerateness” should not mean mere civility.
The many shades of meaning of the word “care” can actually include all this. “Care” stretches from from respectful consideration all things to caring about individuals and caring for them.
The widely-shared Indigenous concept of respect for all beings is also fundamental. It gives us equality, and real personal involvement. It is absolutely critical for traditional resource management, which was successful partly in proportion to how much respect could be developed for other beings (Anderson 2014; Anderson and Pierotti 2022; Kimmerer 2015).
Also, since all of us are to some extent scared, hurt, and suffering (as the Buddha said), we need consolation, reassurance, cheering up, and above all hope. Hope is a rare commodity in today’s world. We must maintain it. Caring requires reasonableness, and some degree of enjoyment and happiness in life, but dealing with fear and trauma is part of the basics of caring.
Some good values are built into us from birth: love, basic care in the sense of caring deeply about others (at first the family), appreciation and liking, and compassion. Others must develop with time. Often we learn these from parents, and have to talk ourselves into doing them in the real world. These are the great moral concerns: helping, cowork, tolerance, considerateness and civility, and most of the rest of the list. There are a few bad things that must be done to prevent worse bads: control over others, defensive fighting, punishing.
Jonathan Haidt (2012; Graham et al. 2011) has pointed out that the above list is basically Enlightenment values. He notes alternative values systems from traditional societies. Purity—avoiding ritual pollution as well as real contamination—is emphasized by religions, and in a very different way by health profesionals. Another very different world of values comes from hierarchy. The hierarchic values of people as subjects are deference, obedience, loyalty, and “knowing their place.” We need to limit these quite sharply if we want freedom and anything remotely like equality. More worthwhile are the hierarchic values for leaders: generosity, paternal helping, and maintaining control. However, unfortunately, repressing to maintain order is also a high value in hierarchic systems. In totalitarian regimes, cruelty becomes a real value, idealized and cultivated.
Adulthood generally implies reasonable and judicious behavior. Faking adulthood and competence is easily identifiable by insecurity that results in at least some bits of fear, hate, and cruelty.
The above leads to morality based on helping, and on avoiding unnecessary harm. Help-based morality is not difficult. Usually, conflicts can be resolved by cost-benefit analysis. Just analyze rationally what the problem is, and how it can be resolved with least damage to anyone. The basic caveat is Hippocrates’ classic first principle: “First, do no harm.” As a doctor, however, Hippocrates knew that you must sometimes hurt people in order to heal them. The corollary thus becomes: “If you are doing certain harm for expected benefit, you must be sure the benefits will really happen and will clearly outweigh the harm.”
Recall that losing something you have is psychologically worse than getting something you didn’t have. It often is in fact worse. Losing money we counted on to pay the rent is worse than not getting money we didn’t confidently expect.
Above all, people need more than “pocketbook issues.” Liberals often talk and think as if people were walking stomachs. People need a cause to die for. Whether it is one’s children, one’s ideals, or one’s dreams of a better world, humans need to have something that is existentially valuable to them. Appealing to pocketbook issues is absolutely necessary in politics. If I starve to death tomorrow, I can’t achieve my real dreams. But once the belly is full, a human must have something beyond that.
When the people with real dreams and values give up, or talk only of “pocketbook issues,” the politicians always, invariably, fill the void with hate. People without higher ideals may become slugs, or fall into despondence and depression, but usually they become haters. That is my experience, from a long life. I have rarely seen it stated, but surely everyone has exeperienced some of this.
Countering Bad Heritages
The damage, as noted above, comes from a few psychopaths, but largely from people who are scared of losing what they have; security, resources, personhood, and above all control of their social world and any people they must control or maintain. People who are genuinely losing their lifeway—rust-belt industrial workers, small farmers faced with climate change, people displaced by automation, and many others—are particularly in need of help. They easily fall into fear, and lose any chance of staying calm, stable, and empathetic.
The psychopaths, extremely amoral operators, and some others may need to be restrained and treated. Extreme anger and aggression, negative-sum gaming, and consequent hate and cruelty must be prevented at all costs. The fact that humans naturally anger at rivalry and challenge, and can descend into extreme mass cruelty with horrifying speed, must not be forgotten.
Successful and upward-bound groups acquire self-confidence from real strength and good coping strategies. The rest need empowerment, encouragement, and help in self-efficacy. We all need hope. Above all, we all need to be responsible. All these work against the anger-hate-cruelty escalation.
Finally, people are too lacking in interest. They do not track what is going on in the world, or analyze it critically, or subject it to reasonable common sense. They are also deficient in appreciation of the good. Most people are too prone to abject conformity, and to obeying and imitating their “superiors” in hierarchies. The other problem with most people, liberal or conservative, is excessive focus on self, family, and house. In the old days, band or community meant as much, and best friends still may, but we are too isolated—not only in the notoriously individualist United States, but all over the world. This inhibits the good, which requires concerted effort by a large and united group of people. Labor movements and citizens’ associations fill the bill in the most progressive countries, such as Scandinavia’s nations. Political parties do not make the grade; they are soon taken over by bosses, often corruptible.
This is all part of our being creatures of fear. As noted above, we remain in many ways babies—helpless, unable to defend ourselves, dependent on elders. Education must be about growing up, first and foremost.
All this will require much more education in civics and morality. We simply must face that. Yet, today, even education in the facts of science and history is increasingly discouraged and even outlawed. If we refuse to teach even the realities of global climate change, we cannot teach anyone to act to stop it. The same is true for all environmental and medical truths.
So, reach out to the right-wing world, counter their religious and ideological messages, and teach the good, focusing on help vs. harm.
The American Experience, and Government in Future
Obviously, if fascism does not succeed, we will need to reverse all the actions of the Trump administration, and return to status quo ante.
However, we will need to control money in politics—getting rid of the “Citizens United” decision, regulating donations, banning outright bribery (currently legal under many weasel-clause rulings), and otherwise regulating donations and gifts, especially when these are returns for special favors and subsidies. We must also return to sane tax policies, basically those of the 1940s and 1950s, when there were few exemptions, marginal tax rates were high, and everyone was expected to pay.
We will also need to counter harmful lies with scientific truth, which is absolutely necessary on a large scale in the cases of pollution, resource exhaustion, and racism. Of course, truth must be deployed against lies in politics, including political history. The damaging effects of extreme inequality on social and political systems also needs to be taught, discussed, and kept in the foreground.
Beyond these obvious measures, there are philosophical issues to discuss.
America’s basis in the Enlightenment was specified in the American and French revolutions as “liberty, equality, and fraternity”—we would now eliminate the sexism of the last, and call it “solidarity.” People either unite to progress or they try as individuals or groups to take down the competition. Even marriage comes down to this: cooperation to improve, or harmful competition.
One corollary was turning definitively to the rule of law, rather than the rule of one man, or even a group. The rule of law was already a concept, furthered by learning that in China it was supposed to be the case (though in actuality the emperor had his way). The rule of law appealed because the Founding Fathers had seen up close the rule of one man who was mentally ill; George III suffered from a still somewhat obscure illness. Yet his whim was law, as Trump’s is today. Even an enlightened despot makes mistakes, and his courtiers do not dare tell him he is making foolish choices. The Founding Fathers were also aware of the dangers of succession in an imperial society: the endless coups in the late Roman Empire, the fratricides in China and the Middle East, the wars in Central Asia.
The United States based its whole ruling philosophy strongly on this tradition, only to see it overturned in 2025 by the Supreme Court, which ruled 6-3 that the President could do anything so long as it was claimed to be an official act—which, of course, turned out to be always the case, with Trump.
The Enlightenment owed a great deal to the successful forging of republics with considerable tolerance and freedom in Switzerland and the Netherlands. Switzerland, in particular, needed to unite four disparate linguistic-ethnic groups, following various branches of Christianity, into a united force that could withstand invasion by powerful neighbors. They hammered out a successful state (Te Brake 2017) that survives today. The Netherlands played host to Enlightenment by allowing freedom of thought, and thus allowing refugees from French repression to flourish in exile.
The other great characteristic of the Enlightenment was rational judgment. Reason, rationality, learning, and wisdom were sacred or nearly so. Responsibility followed as a major personal trait. People raised with the Enlightenment set of values—freedom, equality, solidarity, rationality, responsibility—are particularly secure from being misled by hateful lies.
Of course, in reality, conflict is inevitable. Dinner choices, bedtimes, any minor aspect of life leads to disagreement. The goal then becomes to negotiate a reasonable settlement. The Latin word “negotiation” literally means “giving up on your relaxation”—neg as in negative, otium “leisure time.” A bit of ironic but hard-headed realism. Yes, negotiating is hard, but the alternative is worse.
Appeals that worked, historically, in those Enlightenment days, included honesty and fairness, solidarity, and civility. Constitutional freedoms and balances led to caring for the environment, the economy, and good causes. Patriotism, loyalty, honesty, learning, and humility remain basic to national survival. These include sharply protesting and correcting when the country’s leaders go wrong. Patriotism is a responsibility to fight for justice, not a duty to put up with jingoism.
The biggest question for government is whether it is to serve the elite or to serve the people. Totalitarian regimes generally serve only the bosses, but can be quite socially responsible, especially during good times. (I lived for a while in Singapore when it was theoretically free but in fact totally controlled and managed by Lee Kuan Yew, but he tried to follow Plato and Confucius.) Conversely, democracies tend to move slowly toward inequality and toward serving only the rich. The evolution of the United States from the 1930s to the 2020s has been in that direction. Today, in the Trump era, we taxpayers pay our money to fund subsidies and giveaways to billionaires. 57% of our taxes go to “defense” (often simply giveaways to giant armaments corporations) and another huge and unspecified amount to direct and indirect subsidies of giant firms. Benefits to ordinary people have been cut and are threatened with total elimination.
Conversely, the Scandinavian countries have moved more and more toward government that serves ordinary people. Taxes go to education, medical care, infrastructure, scientific research, environmental protection, and other public goods. Yet they do not have much larger governmental sectors than does the United States. The difference is not the ratio of public to private, but the degree to which giant firms have been able to capture the public agenda. In Scandinavia, this has not happened, because of the strong labor movement and the strong backing it and other social movements have from the general public. The strong public educational system also helps. Finland now leads the world in education, and had one of the highest literacy rates in the world by the mid-19th century.
We can thus evaluate governments on the basis of who is served, and how. The worst are concerned only with maintaining control by brutal oppression. The US is joining the ranks of such countries today. The best are concerned with maximizing everyone’s welfare. In between are various shades of concern for the rich, the middling, and the less affluent. An ideal country will maximize the middling group and prevent extreme inequality—eliminating true poverty and taxing the rich into upper-middle-class status. Note that this totally crosscuts the “capitalist”-“socialist” distinction, especially given the strong tendency of socialist countries to become dominated by an elite that sees more and more need to oppress the masses to maintain control. China has been an interesting case to watch: Oppressive and controlling under Mao, liberal and increasingly interested in the general welfare for the next few decades, controlling but not so disconnected from general welfare under Xi.
There have been a few benevolent dictators, such as Lee Kwan Yew of Singapore, who do good, but so do some authoritarian leaders. They are both murderers and builders, like Lenin and Mao in recent times and various Chinese and Arab emperors before them.
Democracy works astonishingly well in a few East Asian countries: Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, and formerly Hong Kong. They have strong public support for democracy and fairness. Here, the Confucian tradition idealized education for cooperation and mutual benefit 2500 years ago, and this tradition has lasted, in spite of counter-pressures from Imperial tyrants and local warlords. It has finally found true expression in the post-colonial world of today. It also developed a philosophy of being civil and sociable in ways that maximize human flourishing, which involves, among other things, observing basic social roles: being a good parent, an effective and not domineering leader, a moral worker, an attentive and caring relative, and so forth. This has been widely misunderstood, especially by the Chinese themselves, as an excuse to boss people around, and even to hurt them, but the great Confucian philosophers from Mencius to Zhu Xi and Wang Yangming are perfectly clear on the point.
In both cases, the entire explanation is popular power adequate to insist on public goods more or less fairly distributed. The resemblance of European Enlightenment ideals to Confucian ones is not mere coincidence. Jesuit writings on China introduced the west to China’s theoretical rule of law rather than by one man. The Chinese didn’t take that too seriously, but the west did. There were some western antecedents. Also from Confucianism came the idea of caring for everyone, according to their needs, as part of government.
Native American ideals of respect, talking things out, and mass participation in policy-making were notable also. The Jesuit missionaries and some early colonists had reported them, and then the highly successful League of the Iroquois served as a model of unification and federalism to the Founding Fathers. There were other nonwestern ideals. Of course, ancient Greek, Roman, and Christian values were foundational, but the nonwestern input was a critical addition.
The opposite is fascism on the one hand and totalitarian socialism on the other: both cases in which giant primary-production corporations rule the economy and dictate politics. It makes no difference whether the corporations are “public” or “private.” They rule in either case. They maintain firm control through mass murder. The core of totalitarianism is control through divide-and-rule: society is divided into vertical silos and into dominant and oppressed groups that are claimed to be “natural” and are set against each other. Not only did Hitler and Stalin act alike; there was no change—not even in personnel—which the Soviet Union fell and was replaced by fascist Russia. Vladimir Putin ran the secret police before and runs the whole country now. We see another evolution in Israel: a capitalist country increasingly dominated by giant firms slips into fascism under pressure of extreme external threat by much more populous neighbors, and moves to exterminate its own minorities.
In all cases, control by powerful interests, especially primary-production interests, leads to bad government and eventually to killing, while distributed control with organized popular power leads to good governance. Love, religion, conventional categories of political economy, conventional morals, family values, race, and so forth have little to do with it.
This, of course, stands in dramatic contrast with ordinary everyday life, in which love, morality, family, and the rest are all-important. Nation-building is not ordinary life.
The counter is equal rights to life and legal treatment, backed up by education for help, equality, and responsibility to all. We are never going to love everyone as much as we love our families, nor can we treat a newborn infant exactly the way we treat a fully rational adult, but equality before the law, equality of opportunity, and equality in respect and responsible care are the foundations of successful polities, from families to the world.
In short, once again, helping all versus hurting “the others” is the core of morality and life. We must double down on honesty, limit executive privilege, restore the independence of government agencies, require expertise and state-of-art science, and eliminate graft and corruption. We must reduce to a minimum the institutions that give total control to a few; prisons may be necessary, but we can do without forced labor, residential schools, and other notorious breeding grounds of overcontrol.
Government is basically there to protect. Today, this means protecting public health and the environment. The military is still required, and so are police and crime-fighting, but the real threats to nations and humanity are disease and environmental collapse. But government also needs to deal with human fearfulness. It needs to protect us from economic crashes.
Government must also invest: governmentt must still provide public goods that private sector just can’t adequately do. These include science, conservation, education (which must be accurate, and deal with uncomfortable facts), the post, infrastructure, etc. It also includes a minimal safety net—SNAP, FEMA, etc. It also includes investment in raising the quality of life and experience through museums and the arts. The National Parks return $17 for every $1 the government expends on them. Science and education pay off at high rates also. They do not make 17 to 1, but that is partly because careers in science, health professions, and education are so enjoyable that they do not pay well. So many people want to do them that the market is flooded. Graduate departments are blamed for turning out “too many” teachers and scientists, but the world needs them, and we are desperately short of them in terms of social and moral needs. The problem is that governments do not want to invest, so do not hire them, and then the large numbers lead to competition.
Is There a Future?
We could have Utopia, and ecotopia, but we have a fascist nightmare, because people are easily led to hate and not easily led to work together. That is the main thing I have learned in 84 years of trying to cope.
If, as is now likely, the United States falls to a fascist dictatorship with full electronic surveillance and mass murder of opposition, the only hope for the future would be in building on current civil rights, human rights, and civil liberties organizations, to develop an underground organization to preserve the Constitution, the Declaration of Independence, the Federalist Papers, Tom Paine’s Common Sense, and other classics of American freedom. We can hopefully sustain some commitment to tradition until times improve.
Small Indigenous societies survived without formal governments by teaching respect and responsibility. Young people absorbed those lessons, developed a conscience, and kept the system functioning, in spite of frequent crises. The details appear in Indigenous accounts of their world (Kimmerer 2012 is basic), and I have covered it with the help of Indigenous coworkers (Anderson 2014; Anderson and Pierotti 2022).
With respect and responsibility, we could save the world, but it would require a major effort of teachnig civics and civic decency. Enforcing the law is no longer enough. We once could rely on Americans agreeing, minimally, on the need for democracy and the rule of law. That must be restored.
Overall Summary of Conclusions
The basic importance of hate: generalized to include all extreme emotional negative overreaction from resentment to cruelty, it explains far too much of human life and action. All the other things we do and think are only enough to balance it. Voting is the best evidence: Hatred gets out the vote. Self-interest (normally considered the key to winning elections) is only half the story at best.
Hate is learned early, when we have only childish coping mechanisms.
Therefore, it is usually handled in immature, weak, or cowardly ways: hating more and more, passive aggression, and above all displacement toward weaker people. We tend thus to adulate or at least respect the strong and hate the weak: women, the poor, minorities, anyone weaker. People are basically insecure and scared. Even the smallest slight or imagined slight is taken as an attack, and any real competition or rivalry can unleash a desperate response.
Thus, bullying is the basic and classic evil.
Politicians take advantage of this, by whipping up hate. Thus, a highly disproportional percentage of political leaders are psychopaths. Money that backs them is not always self-interested: rich backers are not infrequently extremist themselves. Hate loses when self-interest adds to more humane ideals in leading people to support less hateful leaders, or at least to split the hate such that hate for the powerful balances out hate of the poor and the minorities.
Genocide, much of aggressive war, harassment, overcontrol, bad bossing, and similar social problems are bullying writ large, and powered up by cowardly defensiveness about weath, status, and control—particularly control. This explains the ways control gets out of hand in everything from genocide to Philip Zimbardo’s classic experiments (Zimbardo 2008) to residential-school murder of children.
A corollary is that society can function decently only if ordinary people, including the weak and anyone deprived of control and power, are give not only a voice but recourse when abused, and if accountability is forced on the powerful, from parents up to dictators.
Thus, capitalism and socialism are irrelevant dichotomies. The real opposition is between concentrated power and egalitarian distribution of power. Balance of powers and mutual checks are essential, as the Founding Fathers saw. Abuse of power must be balanced by organized bottom-up ability to stop it. Capitalism and socialism both have a long history of producing tyrannies, as do feudalism, theocracy, and every other form of state-level governance. The only systems that have been relatively successful at preventing tyranny are the mixed systems that have a government that supplies public goods, a private sector that supplies consumer goods, and and large and independent social movements, notably labor unions, that balance out the power of government. Anarchist and “free market” systems collapse upward into tyrannies as soon as predatory individuals see they can exploit hate and competition to get ahead.
Love and care are important, but not enough. To survive, any modern society must put a high priority on fighting hatreds and outlawing the actions they incur. Respect, responsibility, and reasonableness are the social virtues that allow such accountability and rcourse to be implemented and maintained.
The old “Serenity Prayer,” with its call for patience (tolerance), courage, and wisdom says more. The fact that it has endured for centuries shows that people, if they are secure and thoughtful, can come up with better things than hate. We do not need to be ruled by hate. We can be ruled by wisdom and compassion. Thousands of societies throughout history have shown this. Many nations flourish and succeed today. We need to be clear-eyed about the enemy: the worst enemy is hate, not failure of economic growth. We need care and love, but we also need respect and responsibility.
Above all, empathy, cooperation, and tolerance are the key. They are the direct opposites of the psychopathy, negative-sum gaming, and hatred that now rule the world. The other virtues add up to these.
Anderson, E. N., and Raymond Pierotti. 2022. Respect and Responsibility in Pacific Coast Indigenous Nations: The World Raven Makes. Cham, Switzerland: SpringerNature.
Atran, Scott. 2010. Talking with the Enemy: Faith, Brotherhood, and the (Un)Making of Terrorists. New York: HarperCollins.
Bandura, Albert. 1982. “Self-Efficacy Mechanism in Human Agency.” American Psychologist 37:122-147.
— 1986. Social Foundations of Thought and Action: A Social Cognitive Theory. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
— 1997. Self-Efficacy: The Exercise of Control. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman and Co.
Baron-Cohen, Simon. 2011. The Science of Evil: On Empathy and the Origins of Cruelty. New York: Basic Books.
Bartlett, Steven James. 2005. The Pathology of Man: A Study of Human Evil. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas.
Baumeister, Roy F. 1996. Evil: Inside Human Violence and Cruelty. New York: Owl Books.
Beck, Aaron. 1999. Prisoners of Hate: The Cognitive Basis of Anger, Hostility, and Violence.
Ben-Ghiat, Ruth. 2020. Strongmen: Mussolini to the Present. New York: W. W. Norton.
Chenoweth, Erica. 2021. Civil Resistance: What Everyone Needs to Know. New York: Oxford University Press.
Cohen, Dov, and Shinobu Kitayama (eds.). 2019. Handbook of Cultural Psychology. 2nd edn. New York: Guilford Press.
Collins, Randall. 2008. Violence: A Micro-Sociological Theory. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Dashti, Damon, et al. 2025. “Dissociable Glucocorticoid and Noradrenergic Effects on Parochial Cooperation and Competition in Intergroup Conflict.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 122:e2502257122.
Egan, Timothy. 2023. A Feber in the heartland: The Ku Klux Klan’ Plot to Take Over America, and the Woman Who Stopped Them. New York: Penguin.
Frank, Thomas. 2004. What’s the Matter with Kansas? How Conservatives Won the Heart of America. New York: Metropolitan Books (Henry Holt & Co.).
Gladwell, Malcolm. 2021. Talking to Strangers: What We Should Know about the People We Don’t Know. With Additions. New York: Little, Brown.
Graham, Jesse; Brian A. Nosek; Jonathan Haidt; Ravi Iyer; Spassena Koleva; Peter H. Ditto. 2011. “Mapping the Moral Domain.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 101:366-385.
Haidt, Jonathan. 2012. The Righteous Mind: Why Good People Are Divided by Politics and Religion. New York: Pantheon Books.
Harff, Barbara. 2012. “Assessing Risks of Genocide and Politicide: A Global Watch List for 2012.” In Peace and Conflict 2012, J. Joseph Hewitt, Jonathan Wilkenfeld, and Ted Robert Gurr, eds. Boulder, CO: Paradigm Press. Pp. 53-56.
Harris, Judith Rich. 1998. The Nurture Assumption: Why Children Turn Out the Way They Do. New York: Free Press.
Hodor, Michael; Liat Elder; Peter Cappelli. 2025. “The Lower Boundary of Workplace Mistreatment: Do Small Slights Matter?” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 122:e2503650122.
Kemp, Luke. 2025. Goliath’s Curse: The History and Future of Societal Collapse. New York: Knopf (Penguin Random House).
Kiernan, Ben. 2007. Blood and Soil: A World History of Genocide and Extermination from Sparta to Darfur. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Kimmel, James, Jr. 2025. The Science of Revenge: Understanding the World’s Deadliest Addiction—and How to Overcome It. New York: Harmony Books (Random House).
Kimmerer, Robin Wall. 2015. Braiding Sweetgrass: Indigenous Wisdom, Scientific Knowledge and the Teachings of Plants. Milkweed editions.
Kruglanski, A. W.; J. J. Bélanger; R. Gunaratna. 2019. The Three Pillars of Radicalization: Needs, Narratives and Networks. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Rawls, John. 1971. A Theory of Justice. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
— 1993. Political Liberalism. New York: Columbia University Press.
— 2001. Justice as Fairness: A Restatement. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Twelve Thousand Years of Feeding People in the Face of Drought, Flood, Fire, and War
E. N. Anderson
This post consists of material on Chinese food that I have assembled over a lifetime, and not published because I haven’t had enough time or energy to finalize the work. I think this material will be useful, especially to food historians of China. I have organized it, more or less, by historic period, and then by topic, following the outline of my book THE FOOD OF CHINA (1988).
A Chinese proverb says: “Freezing to death, stand straight and face the wind; starving to death, never bend” (Rohsenow 2012, proverb D183).
This work is dedicated to the memories and the continuing lives of billions of farmers, in East Asia and throughout the world, who froze, starved, suffered, and continued to feed the world.
“Let us now praise famous men….
There be of them, that have left a name behind them, that their praises might be reported.
And some there be, which have no memorial; who are perished, as though they had never been; and are become as though they had never been born; and their children after them.
But these were merciful men, whose righteousness hath not been forgotten….
Their seed shall remain for ever, and their glory shall not be blotted out.”
Ecclesiasticus 44:1, 8-13
Chapter 1. Introduction
For thousands years, the Chinese world has fed an increasing population. For the last ten thousand, more and more of the food has come from cultivation. Domesticated crops and animals replaced wild foods. More intensive methods of agriculture appeared. Today, China feeds over one and a quarter billion people, mostly from domestic production, despite rapidly increasing imports.
The Chinese rural proverb above explains, with perfect adequacy, how they did it. This book fills out the details.
Success has come at a cost. The natural environment is profoundly altered. Charismatic megafauna is largely gone. Even relatively small, innocuous species are at risk. More serious is the danger to the whole food production system. Environmental problems mount, ramifying through a complexly linked system, destabilizing it.
The time has come to do a full evaluation of the system’s development, in order to see what can be done to save it and save the future. We need to evaluate what worked and what failed. Several excellent works have appeared, such as Robert Marks’ China: Its Environment and History (2012) and Brian Lander’s The King’s Harvest (2021). These need extension over longer time, and into the future.
China’s most basic and important secret of success is perfectly captured in the proverb at the head of the chapter. For ten thousand years, billions of farmers, fishers, herb gatherers, food workers, and ordinary Chinese in all walks of life stood straight in the wind, and starved without giving way. Their incredible, quiet heroism sustains us all now. It deserves full recognition. We need to know how they did it: how they chose what crops to grow, how they domesticated these, how they developed whole agroecosystems from them.
A key realization is that they did not do it alone. From earliest times, the people of the land now called China had contacts stretching across Eurasia. They were in touch with peoples of central Asia, northeast Asia, southeast Asia, and, eventually, points farther afield: Europe and Africa from early imperial times, the Americas after 1500. Thus, a study of Chinese cultural ecology must range over the entire world, simply to get adequate coverage. Another reason for world perspective is comparison. Understanding the origins and development of agriculture in China requires comparative examination of such matters throughout the world. This book is thus a study in human ecology, focused on China but encompassing the entire planet, focused on ecological theory but encompassing theories from agricultural development, world-systems sociology, and sociopolitical history.
I am enormously indebted to a many friends who have assisted in my search for Chinese food lore. First of all, I thank my lifelong coworker Paul Buell. Going back in time, my mentors included above all Edward Schafer, and then much more briefly, but very significantly, K. C. Chang, Yuanren Chao, Wolfram Eberhard, G. William Skinner, and Arthur Wolf. In the field, I worked most with Chao Hungfai and Chow Kwoktai. More recently, major ongoing help has come from Jenny Banh, Katy Hung Biggs, Miranda Brown, Fuchsia Dunlop, Brian Landor, Erica Peters, Carolyn Peters, Francesca Sabban, David Schak, James and Rubie Watson, and many others.
This book completes a lifework of studying China’s food system. Many years ago I wrote a book, The Food of China (1988), intended as a modest contribution to a cultural ecology of east Asia. This book has remained one of the few accessible studies of Chinese food, and as such has achieved a rather undeserved status as a reference book. It is now far out of date for such a purpose. In particular, archaeology has made enormous strides since the 1980s, dramatically pushing back the dates of Chinese agriculture, and greatly increasing our knowledge of early millennia.
Many readers of the earlier work became captivated by descriptions of wonderful food, and missed the fact that I was largely concerned with describing a highly successsful agricultural system, and crediting its success to the billions of anonymous farmers and food workers who created it. The world now needs more than ever the insights of traditional East Asian agriculture.
In the period since The Food of China appeared, serious studies of Chinese food have greatly increased. My book was soon followed by Frederick Simoons’ encyclopedic Food in China (1991). Meanwhile, several brilliant studies by the great French scholar Françoise Sabban brought a whole new level of sophistication to the field.
Then, with the new millennium, came several truly magistral syntheses of selected areas. Hu Shiu-Ying, an amazing ethnobotanist whose career spans over 70 years of research, produced her own life synthesis, Food Plants of China (2005). Dr. Hu passed away in 2012 at the age of 102—surely a testimony to the virtues of Chinese food and medicinal herbs.
H. T. Huang’s life work on Chinese fungal and fermentation technologies reached fruition in the enormous volume (Huang 2000; Dr. Huang passed away in 2012 at the age of 95). Chinese ferments also received their fair share of attention in Sandor Ellix Katz’ The Art of Fermentation (2012), another magistral work. Fermented foods can now boast that two of best books in world food literature are written about them.
Lillian Li completed a similar life project in her definitive study of famine in Chinese history (Li 2007). The French scholar Georges Métailié (2015) contributed a long volume on the history of botany to the Needham series, Science and Civilisation in China. It discusses food plants along with other works, but is focused on the history of plant books and bencao (“basic herbal”) literature, so has little on food. Needham’s own introductions to botany (Needham, Lu and Huang 1986; Needham and Daniels 1996) are much better at concepts and on food.
The German sinologist Thomas Höllmann has written a fine general introductory book, beautifully illustrated, translated as The Land of Five Flavors: A Cultural Hisory of Chinese Cuisine (2014). A pleasant and accurate new history of Chinese food is The Emperor’s Feast, by Jonathan Clements.
Göran Aijmer continues a 60-year career of studying Chinese festivals and rituals, which always involve highly symbolic food (Aijmer 1965, 2003, 2018—a mere thin sample of an enormous bibliography). His 2018 paper compares ritual use and ideas about rice in south China and the Shan groups of Myanmar and India.
Food in art is covered in a volume edited by Stacey Pierson (2022).
I have written several obscure publications on Chinese food since 1988 (notably Anderson 1990, 1991, 2004, 2007, 2009, 2011a, 2011b, 2013a, 2013b), and two books that brings together recent findings and old data on early and medieval Chinese food (Anderson 2014, 2019).
The other, and more often studied, face of cultural ecology is the change and development of human ecological systems over time. Environmental history of China, once an arcane topic (Elvin 1973, 2004a, 2004b; Elvin and Lui 1998), has exploded as a field, with major works coming out literally every day. Mark Elvin’s morbid assessment of long decline in the environment and the welfare of the people and my own more upbeat analysis in The Food of China is well balanced by Robert Marks in two superb studies (1998, 2012; see also Marks 2009). His careful accounts show indeed a rapid and depressing environmental decline, but also China’s success in feeding a rapidly expanding population. None of us disagrees on the facts; the difference is that Elvin and Marks are more impressed by the loss of biodiversity and environmental riches, while I am more impressed by the success of a huge, diverse empire in feeding its people reasonably well without totally destroying its entire life support system. Europe coped with rising population by conquering weaker lands, genociding or enslaving their inhabitants, and exporting millions of people to them. China did not have that option, except for relatively small migrations from southeast China. I have discussed these issues at more length elsewhere (Anderson 2014, 2019).
Brian Lander’s The King’s Harvest (2021) stands out as an insightful synthesis of the development of the Chinese state and its environmental policies from the Neolithic through Qin. Lander has also done thorough studies of the animals of the Neolithic (Lander 2020; Lander and Brunson 2018). Lander has also provided an excellent oversight of the steady replacement of wetlands by fields and cities in the Yangzi Valley (2022a). Kathryn Linduff and coworkers have produced an excellent analytic history of China’s early intereaction with neighbors (2018).
Gang Deng’s major opus The Premodern Chinese Economy (1999)chronicles the long process of developing a rural economy based on free small-scale farmers and an agriculturally conscious and sensitive state that did a great deal to aid that sector. He chronicles the successes of many small landowners in passing civil service exams, thus allowing upward mobility, but also documents the enormous number and seriousness of famines. Like others who have written histories of Chinese agriculture, he sees the steady shrinking of farm sizes, forcing harder and harder work and innovation by the farmers just to stay at the same level. The government was willing to help, possibly all too willing, since it trapped farmers in an endless cycle rather than giving them other opportunities. Indeed, but I agree with most historians that the reason for the trap was increasing government autocracy, and thus hidebound reaction, in Ming and Qing, rather than a structural matter.
All these works note the increasingly rapid decline of large wild mammals, and this has been put on a solid footing with dates, maps, and numbers by Shuqing Teng and associates (2020) and Xinru Wan and others (2019). They record the disappearance of elephants and rhinoceroses (once common), the near disappearance of bears and tigers, the reduction of wild camels to a tiny handful (now threatened by roads; Yang et al. 2019), the loss of most deer, and other sad losses. These declined along with the rise of human agriculture, but the rhinos were hunted into extinction even before that got out of hand. Even the little muskdeer is about gone, doomed by its valuable musk, a scented oily compound in a gland on its back. On the other hand, Père David’s Deer has been reintroduced. It survived in Qing only in royal parks. From here it went to England, surviving there in parks. It died out in China. (It is properly milu in Chinese, but often called xiangsi, “resembles four,” because it looks like a mix of deer, horse, donkey, and goat—or sometimes other animals.)
Among more specialized recent works we may count three excellent books on the Yellow River: David Pietz’ Yellow River (2016), Ling Zhang’s The River, the Plain, and the State (2016), and Ruth Mostern’s The Yellow River, A Natural and Unnatural History (2021). Both biographize this center of China’s history. The river heads high up on the Tibetan plateau, then flows through mountain and desert country, making a huge bend around the Ordos Desert. It then flows south through the loess plateau, then turns east, cuts through mountains, and opens onto the North China Plain. Here it is blocked from flowing directly to sea by the Shandong mountains, so it must turn north or south to get to its fate in the ocean. Over time, it has shifted back and forth, with catastrophic effects in the historic period. Mostern provides an amazing array of graphics, from her own beautiful color photographs to charts and maps of every period’s management, settlements, and disasters. The book is not only a historical account, but an atlas.
The river became “China’s Sorrow” after the deforestation or grassland destruction for agriculture of the loess plateaus along its middle course, a process well begun by Han and catastrophic by Song. Earlier, much of the country included in the Great Bend had been rather fertile, with lakes (cf. Fan 2018 for even earlier good times). In Tang it deteriorated, especially during and after the great rebellions. Brushy and dry in cold dry periods, forested on higher ground in warmer and wetter ones, the loess plateau became more and more damaged by human-caused fires as well as agriculture from about 3000 years ago (Mostern 2021; Tan et al. 2018).
The wars of Song and Yuan led to violence and chaos, which, among other things, led to massive deforestation to build fortifications in the loess region, a center of violence and strife. In Song, the North China Plain also became devastated. The river broke its banks in 1048 and cut a whole new channel, debouching north of Shandong. Then in the 1120s came enormous floods (Zhang 2016). In 1128, the local governor, Du Chong, made what may be the most disastrous mistake in all military history: he opened the dykes to flood the land in a foolish and hopeless attempt to stop the southward advance of the Jin forces. The river cut a new channel again, moving south, and devastated millions of peoples’ homes and farms. The loss of life reached astronomical figures.
The Yuan briefly tamed the river, during a period of mild weather, but renewed rains and storms broke it out again. Ming saw not only more and worse flooding, but an earthquake in the Wei River area killed an estimated 830,000 people (Mostern 2021:185), many buried when their homes, caves excavated into the loess, collapsed. Enormous famines and other disasters from then till the mid-twentieth century are chronicled by Pietz (2016) and Mostern.
Many excellent understandings of the problem were aired, and many good ideas on fixing it were written up. Some were even tried: distributory channels, dredging, canals, multiple levees, dams. The problem was insuperable in preindustrial times. Only late 20th century technology could do the job, by a combination of big dams, small dams, reforestation, terracing, levees, diversion, and rechanneling. Even now, erosion is a problem and flooding is a danger. The dams are rapidly silting up, so the problem will be as bad as ever in the near future. Diversion of water for irrigation, however, lowers the river significantly, such that it sometimes fails to reach the ocean, so extreme floods are less serious than once.
The silt load has been reduced more than 90% recently, by a combination of checkdams, reforestation, reservoirs, and diversion of much of the water for irrigation upstream from the loesslands (Y. Liu et al. 2020). This may or may not be sustainable. The river carries less and less water—now only 3% of China’s overall fresh water—but still irrigates 13% of China’s cropland (Y. Liu et al. 2020).
More local are studies of lakes. A saline one in far north China shows cooling at 8.2 thousand years ago, dry at 6.9-5.9, and—like almost all records from the northern hemisphere—cooling at 4.2-4 (J. Li and Y. Liu 2018). Solar forcing is responsible for these widely-seen changes. Another case is Lake Bosten at China’s far northwest corner, almost in Kazakhstan. It gets its precipitation from the Atlantic, not the monsoon. A large fish-rich lake with much cultivation around it, it was a farming center from Han, and even supported wet-rice agriculture in the wetter times of Ming (Fontana et al. 2019; the Little Ice Age forced the Atlantic storm tracks south, leading to more rain for China’s far northwest). Another local lake study concerns Kunming Lake, at Kunming, Yunnan, which flourished as a rich, productive, beautiful lake with incredibly fertile shores through much of China’s history, but shrank due to encroaching farms, and finally has become polluted beyond all measure (Hillman et al. 2019).
Endymion Wilkinson’s monumental Chinese History, A New Manual (new editions every couple of years) contains a long section, “Agriculture, Food and Drink” (in the 2012 edn., pp. 433-466), which covers the basic historical, anthropological, and culinary literature very well. It is followed by a section on “Technology and Science” (467-479), but this section is brief and concentrates on modern times.
Starting from Han but continuing through Qing is a record of famines, assembled and analyzed in the Chinese literature and recently analyzed by Yan Su et al. (2018). They found 4186 famines in the 2117 years of their study—about two per year. The famines were slightly worse in colder areas, but nobody escaped. Cold areas were more than twice as likely to report economically depressed years, partly because they depended heavily on one or two species of millets, usually reliable and tough but vulnerable to bad years. Far more famines were reported in bad harvest years, but even the best years had a few local ones. Periods of sharp improvement (from famine to good times) were 70-90 CE, 580-590, 1140-50, 1280-1300, 1400-1410, 1680-1760 (note that the last is much longer, but after it conditions steadily deteriorated). Good governance was almost as important as climate in making a decade good. Note, however, that all but one of those recovery periods come shortly after a major cold spell (536-580, 1120s, 1300s, early and mid 1600s; see Anderson 2019). The exception, 1280-1300, was an exceptionally warm period. Cold years were deadly.
The sociology of Chinese food has also advanced. A number of Chinese scholars have devoted time and energy to interpretive studies, revealing the social and cultural complexities of food, eating, and food ideologies in the Chinese world. Among these are Sidney Cheung, Rance Lee, Ambrose Tse, David Wu, Yan Yunxiang, and many others. Western anthropologists such as Sidney Mintz and James and Rubie Watson (Watson 1997; Watson and Watson 2004) have also contributed greatly. The medical aspects of Chinese foodways have received much attention, with outstanding work by Elisabeth Hsu, Vivienne Lo, and many others.
Jacqueline Newman has not only contributed introductory works, but has also done yeoman service editing the food journal Flavor and Fortune. Dr. Newman has chosen a “popular” approach and style, but her scholarly knowledge of Chinese food is orders of magnitude greater than that of many scholars who write in proper academic venues. Newman gave her collection of over 4000 Chinese cookbooks to SUNY-Stony Brook. She has described regional cuisines, as have many contributors to the journal. She finally retired in 2021.
Historian Miranda Brown of the University of Michigan has a food blog at https://mudadong.wixsite.com/website?fbclid=IwAR3tv2oSPndwRyej1YTwgBAAQJyE0pxcEl5Uwj0beHhCnFrT6UmKzoVjZJ0 that introduces her highly original and thoroughly researched findings. She is emerging as the United States’ leading scholarly historian of Chinese food. Her opposite number in England may be Fuchsia Dunlop, chef and food expert, who has moved from writing cookbooks to writing increasingly scholarly works on Chinese food.
Chinese food has to be served on something, and from earliest times the ceramics and metalware of China have been famous as among the most beautiful in the world. Rose Kerr and Nigel Wood (2004) wrote a particularly thorough and scientific history of Chinese ceramics for series Science and Civilisation in Chnia. Ceramics connoisseurship included beliefs about the value of certain wares for protecting the food as well as for highlighting its beauty.
One sour note in the rise of Chinese food is the continual use of sloppy mistranslations. Even the best modern food studies, cookbooks, and translations use “wine” for jiu (alcoholic liquors in general), “lotus root” for lotus rhizomes, “plum” for mei (sour apricot), and so on. One would think scholars and cookbook writers would try not to mislead. Similarly, in spite of accurate linguistic transliterations for Cantonese and Hokkien, food writers routinely use old-time missionary approximations that mutilate the words and guarantee mispronunciation by naïve outsiders. Indeed, even the standard transliteration of Mandarin (and, for that matter, Korean) are often misleading.
Chapter 2. Some Basic Background
China’s food and everything connected with it depends heavily on the monsoon. It, in turn, depends on the winds and sea currents around, Intertropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ), the place where southern hemisphere and northern hemisphere winds and waters diverge from a hot, fairly calm equatorial zone. The ITCZ can shift well to the north of the equator, and when it does China gets more rain. This comes from the hot, wet air that rises from the heated seas and is driven north. Hadley cells evolve as the hot air rises, flows north, and then sinks again. In most of the world, this sinking air produces deserts at the edge of the tropics. The air is dry, but still hot. In China, however, it just flows on, driven by the massive heat engine of the South China Sea, and gives out only over north and northwest China (Beck et al. 2018; Clift and d’Alpoim Guedes 2021). It still produces most of what little rain comes to Gansu. North and west of there, other air currents cut in: far west China gets the last feeble dregs of the Atlantic storms, especially when the Atlantic is cold, driving the storm belt south (Anderson 2014). North China gets winter rain from Siberia, and even Hong Kong can have miserably cold winter drizzles from north winds that pick up further water from the China Sea.
The Himalayas block the monsoon, making northeast India and Bangladesh incredibly rainy but Tibet extremely dry. When Tibet is cold, it depresses the temperature and rainfall quite widely over China. More sun in north China is also costly, heating the land and reducing the monsoon (Beck et al. 2018).
Another factor is the Walker circulation, the grand pattern of circulation over the oceans. It gives us, among other things, the alternation (erratic, every 5 to 50 years or so) of El Niño and La Niña. Trade winds (from the east) blow warm water from the rest of the Pacific to its western area, especially just south of the Equator, which causes cold water to well up on the west side to make up for it, one reason for the California and Humboldt Currents. La Niña makes for a dry east (California and the coasts of Peru and northern Chile) and a wet west, mostly in Indonesia and Australia but also a bit of support for the Chinese monsoon. El Niño occurs when the warm water sloshes back to the east, giving California and sometimes even north Chile some rain but causing drought in southern Indonesia and in Australia.
Lately, global warming has added to the picture, giving Australia and California historic droughts. China has slightly more reliable rain but also heat and flooding.
China’s climate has had massive ups and downs over time: warm and wet till 6200 BCE, then somewhat cooler and drier, then sharply cooler and drier in 2200-1800 BCE, with coolness marked till 1500 (B. Yang et al. 2021). The far northeast, which gets winter rain and snow, remained wet till 3100 (X. Liu et al. 2019). Long dry periods alternated with warm, wet ones during the period from the decline of the Ice Age glaciers to the dawn of agriculture (Weiwei Sun et al. 2019). These track the release of vast amounts of cold, fresh meltwater as glacial lakes drained. Such events affected especially the north Atlantic. Warm water, and thus warm air and rain, were forced south. The Atlantic Meridian Overturning circulation, which causes a huge percentage of the climate and weather in the northern hemisphere, was weakened. Even the intertropical convergence zone (ITCZ) moved south. The Indian monsoon weakened at such times. Other than these periods, which included especially the Younger Dryas, the entire time range was warm and wet in China.
The climate turned warmer and wetter during the Han Dynasty, turning worse near the end of Han—probably a major factor in that demise. Then volcanic eruptions elsewhere in the world led to a terribly cold and dry period after 536 CE and especially after 550, lasting till about 650 and clearly affecting the rise and fall of Sui. Climate improved sharply, climaxing in the Medieval Warm Period of 900-1300, which gave very good times to the Song Dynasty, except for a cold wet period in the early 1100s that greatly damaged Song rule (Zhang 2016). The MWP allowed the rise of the Mongols, as their subarctic habitat got warmer and wetter. They took China, but the rise of the Little Ice Age after 1300 caused cold and flooding that helped end their rule there. However, they were by then established in warmer parts of Asia, and continued rule over central and western Asia for centuries.
The Little Ice Age hit China extremely hard, hurting Ming and probably encouraging the Manchus to move south and take China (Pei 2021). The modern period went with warming after 1800, and of course the recent extreme warming due to release of greenhouse gases by human action—including vast amounts of coal burning and some oil and natural gas use by China, as well as release of methane by rice agriculture (Anderson 2019; Pei 2021). The role of climate in Chinese history and prehistory is usually best seen as an accelerator and trigger for events that would probably have happened anyway (Anderson 2019), but sometimes seems to have really caused things that would not otherwise have happened, such as major damage to Northern Song (Zhang 2016) and the timing and violence of the Sui-Tang and Ming-Qing transitions (Pei 2021). A more detailed study shows that the Little Ice Age was particularly cool in the northeast and east, and was wetter there; it was drier in the west, and sometimes even a bit warmer than usual, as in the Tarim area (Xuecheng Zhou et al. 2019).
Taiwan, unusually for China, gets considerable winter rain, especially in the north. This is directly a result of the winter north winds blowing over the China Sea, but more remotely it is connected with Arctic sea ice, and thus increased with cooling weather in the last 3000 years (T. Lin et al. 2021), especially the Little Ice Age.
Tibet had similar dynamics. One study (C. Liang et al. 2019) of vegetation near the great Qinghai lake shows rapid change from 10,500 to 9000; increase in amount and diversity to 6500; decrease to 4000, then increase to 1500, then fluctuations after that as people become numerous. The increase at 4500 to 1500 is dramatic, with a real crash around 1500. There was a fairly even balance of grassland and evergreen forest (pine, spruce, etc.). This tracks temperature and precipitation, but not very well; note the increase after colder times (4000-4200 BP). Vegetation cover drops suddenly about the time of the 536 shock but then never recovers, thanks to human pressure (overgrazing and overharvesting of fuel).
In China’s far western deserts, similar things were happening. They were even drier than usual some 6000 years ago. Glacial melt after the Little Ice Age led to much more water for a while in the last couple of centuries (J. Liu et al. 2019), but now all is drier than ever. Faunal changes confirm the broad contours of climate change there (T. Zhang and Elias 2019; X. Zhang et al. 2018). The extreme northwest corner of Xinjiang, in the Altai mountains, is under the influence of the Atlantic and gets its rain on the westerly winds from there, thus contrasting dramatically with the rest of China. This area was warm and dry in the early Holocene, then cool and wet 8000-6300 years ago, then warm and dry till 5500, cold and wet till 4000, warm and dry till 2500, colder and wetter till a thousand years ago, then gradually warmer and drier. This tracks Atlantic temperature shifts, but is nothing like the rest of China. Note the key shift at 4000 that made the rest of east Asia cold and dry, but made the Altai warmer (Y. Zhang and P. Meyers 2016; Y. Zhang and P. Yang 2018).
In the farthest northeast, sediments from a lake in Heilongjiang reveal that the area was warm and wet 13,400 to 8700 years ago. It was warm and dry for a while after that. A cooler dry period set in 8200 years ago, but the Intertropical Convergence Zone shifted north in that period, which spared this area. The 4200-4000 BP event was more dry and cool, with the ITCZ shifting south and making everything worse (S. Zhang et al. 2020; Zuo et al. 2018).
Farther west, near Dunhuang but up on the high plateau above it, the small Tian’E Lake shows wet periods 1270 BC-AD 400, AD 1200-1350, AD 1600-near present, with dry in between. Vegetation there was sagebrush and other desert shrubs, and dryland grass. Spruce was nearby, but not after 1420 BCE. Nearby lakes had similar records, with some minor differences. This is near the extreme west limit of the monsoon and the extreme east limit of Atlantic-origin rainfall, so it is not only extremely dry, but the rainfall is erratic (Jun Zhang et al. 2018).
Later, a cave record from south China shows fairly consistent good monsoon till 860, then a dry period, followed by a very dry one 910-930, a dramatic rise in monsoon activity to 980, high rainfall till 1020, then sharp drop 1340-1380, and weakness till 1850, with extreme minimum 1580-1640. It then rose and stabilized. The correlation with dynastic events is obvious; note especially the dry periods at the fall of Tang, Yuan, and Ming.
In the tropics, the Little Ice Age was wetter, as the ITCZ contracted and concentrated the rainy monsoon there (W. Zhang et al. 2018).
China’s flora now reaches 31,200 vascular plants as of 2017 (M. Lu et al. 2017; W. Xu et al. 2018), with 26,978 that can be analyzed as to timing of origin, with many still to be described. Famously, China includes such “living fossils” and the ginkgo and dawn redwood, in the east and center, but evolution has been rapid, especially in the west and especially for the non-tree species (Li-Min Lu et al. 2018). The breakdown as of 2018 is “2308 ferns, 2105 annual herbs, 12,721 perennial herbs, 2295 climbers, 5690 shrubs, 3642 trees” (W. Xu et al. 2018).
Chapter 3. New Syntheses of Prehistory
China’s prehistory goes far back in time, to specimens of Homo erectus up to a million years old,and later forms that resemble Neanderthal people. (For convenience, the area now in the Chinese state is called “China” herein, though this chapter discusses things that happened thousands of years before the Chinese state began.)
Some are samples of the mysterious Denisovans, a human species or subspecies first known from Denisova Cave, Russia, and found in genetic dilution in east Asia and above all in New Guinea and Australia. A 34,000-year-old woman’s skullcap from Mongolia and a 40,000-year-old bit of bone from near Beijing are Denisovan. Denisovan genes from this population survive in small amounts in Chinese, Cambodians, Koreans, Tibetans, Mongolians, and Altai people, but are not detected (so far) in Japanese or several Siberian groups (Loesch et al. 2020). This Denisovan genome is rather different from the one leaving several traces in the genomes of New Guineans and Australian Aboriginals
The Chinese people descend from various strains of Homo sapiens that moved through south and southeast Asia and worked their way north, and from other strains that came via central Asia. These long-vanished migrations are as shadowy as the ancient human forms. They left genetic traces, but the timing and routes are obscure, with estimates of arrival between 50,000 and 70,000 years ago. Related, but distinct, north Asian groups appeared in Siberia well before 20,000 years ago, and some went on to cross Beringia and settle the New World.
The people of east Asia today exhibit a north-south cline, visible in steadily lightening skin and more evident eyefolds and high cheekbones as one goes north. This is at least partly an adaptation to cold: the light skin allows more sunlight to work on dermal layers to produce vitamin D, the eyefolds protect the eyes from extreme chill, the rounder cheeks provide padding and insulation for further cold protection. Conversely, dark skin in the south guards from excessive sunlight, and the small size of some tropical Asians is probably an adaptation to difficulty of finding protein and calcium in tropical forest environments.
A Paleolithic site in Henan that is 30,000-40,000 years old revealed bones of tapir, rhino, cheetah, deer, raccoon dog, lynx, fox, etc. Presumably people were eating many of these. Wild millets of both common types were being harvested and processed by 28,000-24,000 years ago, along with wild roots and tubers (Li Liu et al. 2018).
At the site of Xiamabei in the Nihewan Basin has ochre prepared as paint, microblades that were hafted, and bones of horse, deer, and zokor (Myospalax, a gopher-like rodent), in a steppe environment with chenopods, sagebrush, and scattered pines (F. Wang et al. 2022). The site dates to 40,000, right at the beginning of modern Homo sapiens sapiens in China—the point at which modern humans replaced Denisovans and/or whatever “archaic” humans were there. The early Paleolithic in China is poorly understood, and this is a major find.omHo
As to the Neolithic itself: An excellent review is Gina Barnes’ Archaeology of East Asia (2015). A thorough overview of the origins and rise of agriculture, best in its coverage of prehistory, is found in Clift and d’Alpoim Guedes (2021). A very thorough up-to-date review of the transition from hunting and gathering to early agriculture has been provided in a two-part paper by Shengqian Chen and Pei-lin Yu (2017a, 2017b). They cover all major sites, crops, pottery and stone manufacture, and related concerns. They point out that intensified foraging preceded and merged with agriculture. Hunting was important in the north, but plant use always dominated the center and east (see also Bar-Yosef and Wang 2012). There is still much more to be done on food in early Chinese ritual, as more and more tomb materials allow us to test reports in the early writings (such as Xunzi; Tang and Yue 2013:5).
An enormous Ph.D. thesis by Wing-tung Ko (2022) covers animals from the Neolithic through the early Bronze Age in the middle Huai river valley. Ko synthesizes an enormous amount of archaeological data. The usual animals are present. Deer were the major game in early times. They gradually became less common while domestic animals became more so, but the Huai was behind many parts of northern China in this. Ko goes on to update the record by providing the recent history of the major tame and wild animals. A whole chapter concerns the giant softshell turtle Rafelys swinhoei, now down to three known individuals. Ko not only studied it archaeologically, but sought out the three survivors (two of which are a pair in Vietnam), and carried out a thorough ethnozoological study of the place of the species in Vietnamese culture, interviewing many locals on memories and experiences with this animal.
Pottery from ninth millennium BCE in Henan is associated with pre-agricultural settled communities (Wang et al 2015). Pottery was first invented in East Asia. It was later independently invented in the New World and possibly elsewhere. Pottery up to 19,000 years old, possibly 20-21,000 (Sato and Natsuki 2019), has been found in China. By 16,000 years ago it was common and widespread, and moving out to Korea and Japan. By 17,000 it was in the far northeast and what is now neighboring Russia but was historically part of China; here it had an uneven course, with local abandonment by hunting specialists who had little use for it (Terry 2021).
Clearly, by 18,000 years ago, life was settled and affluent enough in China to make pottery bowls and jars worth the trouble of manufacture. Wandering foragers have little use for such heavy, breakable objects. Early finds of pottery in China and Japan (where it was only slightly later, certainly there by 16,000 years back) often show residues of cooking fish. Settlement at good fishing and shellfishing spots is evident. These early dates on pottery are unique in the world. In the Near East and the Americas, pottery comes in about the time agriculture begins, with settling down and cooking grain as probable correlates. In eastern Asia, agriculture lagged pottery by thousands of years. Even what is now northeast China and the Russian Pacific had pottery by 14,000 years ago, though agriculture never reached some parts of those regions until early modern times. The pottery is fairly crude—low-fired and gray—but it served well and spread far.
By 9000 years ago they were firing it up to 1050 C in Cishan and Peiligang (Barnes 2015:93, 102). They thus must have already invented the simple ancestor of the “dragon kiln,” a kiln built up a hill slope at a carefully calculated angle. High caloric value firewood burned at the bottom, with a vent that sucks in oxygen as the wood burns. This produces extremely hot air that flows upslope at an even rate. I saw such a proto-dragon-kiln at Banpo, the neolithic village near Xian, in 1978. It was dug into a slope, extended several feet up, and would have done the job. Dragon kilns later produced enough heat to melt iron, allowing the Chinese to invent cast iron (in Zhou, by the 8th century BCE; Barnes 2015:145-147), long before anyone else could get such heat. It requires over 1500 C.
A famous traditional dragon kiln still operates in Okinawa. I saw it in full cry in 1966, when it was simply one more old kiln producing standard traditional pottery for the town. I assumed it was closed long ago, but it is still operating, as a living museum, producing the old classic Okinawan styles for avid tourists as well as locals.
Before agriculture, people in east and central China often depended on acorns. Grinding stones and pottery from the Shangshan culture, which flourished from 8000 to 6200 BCE in the lower Yangtze region, reveal largely acorn residue. Like Koreans and Native Californians, they processed acorns extensively. Acorn eating has become rare in China, however, though persisting in those other areas.
The Environment as Agriculture Began
We return to the early Neolithic to pick up the story from the invention of agriculture. The warm post-Pleistocene “thermal maximum” or “optimum” gave good rain even to Inner Mongolia (M. Jiang et al. 2020). It came to a sudden but not dramatic break at 6200 BCE. Far more serious, in fact a major worldwide shift, came at 4200-3800. Climates widely turned colder and drier. These two changes were evidently a major shock to Neolithic populations, forcing them to work harder and smarter for a living. Shifts in the direction of increasing and intensifying agriculture appear in local records (Barnes 2015:121; Anderson 2014).
Charcoal from archaeological sites reflects choice. A revealing study by Hui Shen et al (2020) shows that in the Guanzhong Basin in Yangshao times it ran to elm, oak, tamarisk, and jujube. From the eastern plateau, basically Shanxi, in Longshan, there was much oak and Prunus (peach, possibly mei, and others). In late Longshan and after, there was more maple, also willow, pine, fir, Rhamnus, etc. and some bamboo. More northern sites in Longshan had pine, oak, elm, sumac, Prunus. Later, in the early dynastic period, there was pine, oak, hackberry, elm, sumac, willow/poplar, etc. Western areas in Shaanxi, including the Majiayao culture of Yangshao times, had considerable spruce, from the mountains of the Tibetan frontier ranges. There was oak and some fir, not too much else. Spruce drops off and oak comes in over early times. Platycladus, a warm-weather conifer, occurs. Increases in oak and Prunus probably show deliberate selection; pine increases where fire became common. Warm temperate to subtropical woodland in the southeastern part of the study area (roughly the Tianshan mountains) grades into dry pine in north and west. This boundary shifted northwestward during mid-Holocene, then back southeast after 4000 years ago. They thus found woodland, where others find grassland with scattered trees and groves; this is due to the sampling method—burned wood from fires. Only trees get much attention. Another group around Hui Shen found evidence of fruit collecting, including Prunus padus (cherry), Pyrus, Sorbus, Cotoneaster (a red berry), from 2300 BCE, wild; then cultivated mulberry (not native there) appears from 1500 BCE—the first evidence of tree cropping in the Xian area.
The Luoyang area near the Yellow River had broadleaf deciduous forest 9230-8850 BP (not BCE), steppe-meadow 8850-7550, steppe with sparse trees 7550-6920. The floodplain stabilized after 8370. Millet-based agriculture arose in Peiligang, 8500-7000. The Yangshao period peaked 7000-5000 in this area (Junna Zhang et al. 2018).
On the Mongolian plateau, millet agriculture was already moving in from the southeast by 6500-5300 BCE. Hunting of aurochs, deer, raccoon dogs, and other game was important for food. Drier times after 4000 BCE impacted this rather edenic world (C. Zhao et al. 2021).
In central China, what is now the Yangtse Delta was drowned by rising sea levels at 9000 BP. Sea levels fell enough by 7000 to begin exposing it again, and a paradise developed (L Li et al. 2018). River deltas, especially subtropical ones, are high-energy, high-nutrient environments that maximize food production, especially with the moderate and fluctuating salinity, which maximizes production of such food factories as oyster beds. The land continued to grow, and still does so; Shanghai was open ocean a very few thousand years ago.
Farther upriver, rice was harvested by the Shangshan culture (10,000-8200 BP), using tiny stone finger knives ancestral to the half-moon-shaped metal ones still used in traditional parts of southeast Asia. These are used to cut the stalk just under the head, leaving the straw in the field, where it now feeds water buffaloes and then rots back into the soil, unless it is harvested separately for use in sandals, rope, and the like. In Shangshan times, long before water buffaloes came into use, the value lay in catching the heads before they shattered and dropped the rice into the water of the marshes where it grew. Wild rice ripens unevenly, and the heads shatter with ripening; very early, rice was bred to ripen simultaneously across fields and to hold onto its seeds (one mutation of the rachis—the stalk that holds the grain to the plant—is enough).
In Shangshan times, rice beer was invented (Liu, Zhang et al. 2024). Using a qu starter, presumably with Monascus (and maybe Aspergillus and Rhizopus) molds and yeast (including apparent Saccharomyces cerevisiae), the people brewed beer from cooked rice. Cooked starch and traces of mold and yeast were found on vessels. The beer also contained some Job’s tears and something from Panicoideae and Triticeae grass groups, and acorn and lily. The Shangshan culture lasted 10,000 to 9,000 BP. Rice chaff was used to temper pottery. Pollen from various grass species was found. “Predomestication” by 13,000 and actual domestication by 11,000 led to this.
The following Kuahuqiao culture (8200-7000 BP) brought in sickles. The stone tools are identifiable by the characteristic wear, rather similar to sandpapering, that the silica-rich rice stalks produce on the stone tools. At Kuahuqiao and the nearby Jingtoushan site, 8300-7800 BP, rice was cultivated. Deer, pigs, dogs, and alligators were found. The pigs showed tooth crowding (sign of beginning domestication) and had been eating cooked food. They also had human whipworms Trichuris trichiura, necessarily acquired from people. This is possibly the earliest evidence of domesticated pigs in China, though they are also early in the middle Yellow River area.
The subsequent Hemudu culture, from 7000 BP, continued and probably completed the domestication of rice, which then fueled the Liangzhu culture (this paragraph is summarized from Jiajing Wang, Jiangping Zhu, et al. 2022).
Early Prehistory
Li Liu and colleagues have synthesized the coming of agriculture to Tibet: “Recent genetic and linguistic studies have traced its origin to Neolithic millet farmers in the Yellow River region of China around 8,000 y ago.” This is presumed to be related to the Yangshao culture and its expansion west and southwest. When they moved into the highlands, they mixed with locals, probably hunter-gatherers, and continued a tradition: “They prepared qu starter with Monascus mold and rice for preparing alcoholic beverages,” for ceremonies “which to some extent have survived in the skorbro-zajiu ceremonies in SW China….” The skorbro is a vigorous circle dance of the area today. The zajiu ritual involves drinking from a common pot, using straws, and this is archaeologically attested. [It is still done much more widely than just SW China.] The earlier Dadiwan, Peiligang, Cishan, and Houli cultures preceded the Yangshao and may have included even earlier ancestors of Sino-Tibetan. The Dadiwan site had a large public building with plaza, and large jars probably for alcoholic drinks. Early Yangshao, 7000-6000 BCE, was centered in the Wei Valley. With Miaodigou (from 6000) and later (to 4700) it spread over a wide area in the Yellow River drainage. Then the Majiayao culture (5300-4500) expanded into the west, and all these expanded into eastern Tibetan Highlands. Drier conditions from 7000, along with rising population, led to stress and migration. The first Neolithic evidence from the highlands is from 6000-5000.
These early Tibetans lived on the usual millets, as well as rice, which is interesting, since these highlands are cold and dry. Some did not have domestic animals except dogs. They continued to hunt. Beans (Vigna and Vicia) are attested. Lily bulbs were eaten, and snake gourd roots were used, probably for medicine and brewing. Acorns were eaten—these sites are low enough to be in deciduous forest. Bracken fern rhizomes were used, and kudzu was used, presumably for various purposes. Potentilla anserina roots, a common food in the highlands of central Asia, were eaten.
In the Huai River drainage, dependence or near-dependence on wild plants in Peiligang times, in spite of developed agriculture, gave way to full agriculture with dependence on millets and rice around 6400 BP, at the beginning of the Yangshao period, there dating to 6400-5300 BP (Y. Yang et al. 2023 from research at Shigu).
At 5300 to 4800 BP, the Qujialing and then the Shijiahe cultures flourished in central China, growing both millets and rice, intensifying production. In the upper Huai river area, foxtail millet and rice outranked broomcorn millet (Li et al. 2024), as one would expect from the climatic situation.
Later Neolithic Sites
At Liangzhu in the lower Yangzi Valley, where towns almost reached urban size, pigs show the expected increase from 5500 to 4300, but then a decline sets in, because of global warming. It led to a major sea level rise from 4480 to 4315 BP, causing flooding and abandonment of Liangzhu city around 4480 BP (W. Zhang et al. 2022). The Liangzhu culture drastically shrunk down by 4000. What was left was buried by a flood around 3800. Liangzhu produced much ale, ancestral to modern jiu; other cultures of the time produced a great deal too(M. Li 2018:62ff).
Liangzhu covered 300 ha, and had perhaps 23,000-35,000 people, as well as dams, rice paddies, levees, canals, and in general a managed landscape (B. Liu et al. 2017; L. Xie et al. 2015). It may have been the source of the Austronesian migrations that reached Taiwan and the south coast of China—or it may not. What art we have looks somehow more Thai, less Austronesian, but that is mere impressionistic gaze. Alas, buried rice paddies do not speak, and inferring language from them is a dubious endeavor.
By contrast, north China flourishes up till 3800 BP, after which centripetal tendencies concentrate development more and more in the central Yellow River area, where full civilization begins, pigs and all.
In the far northeast, the Hongshan culture flourished till 2800 BCE. At the site of Niuheliang, the Hongshan people built a near-urban agglomeration of houses and public buildings, with a temple noted for its goddess figure with blue stones set in for eyes. This is not likely to mean the Hongshan people were blue-eyed; blue eyes have always been a symbol of the uncanny and ghostly or spiritual in Chinese iconography. The whole culture has an alien feel, unlike anything else in the Chinese record. It left no identified legacy.
Also thoroughly different in culture from the core Chinese realm was the extreme west of Xinjiang, which was occupied by Indo-European peoples at some early point. Far northwest Xinjiang received west Asian foods earlier than the rest of east Asia (Dodson et al. 2022). Wheat, barley, and west Asian domesticated animals came by 5000 years ago. Agriculture got considerably more serious after the harsh weather of 4200-3800 years ago. The central-Asian Andronovo culture brought very early bronze. The same group has found agriculture back to 3400 years ago, expanding after that, in the Qinghai area; this is the highest agriculture on record at that time (Dong et al. 2016). The usual crops and animals appear: barley, wheat, millet, sheep, other animals. It is worth noting here that barley varieties kept migrating to China throughout history, with some coming by sea or via the Silk Road in fairly recent historic times (Jones et al. 2016).
Yuan Jing and collaborators (2020) review the data. The West Asian domesticates had providentially come in just in time to save the north from collapse. The animals in particular—sheep, goats, and cattle—supplemented the pigs, while wheat and barley slowly became visible, though never common until the rise of urban civilization. The cattle soon became heavily C4 in diet, indicating grazing in millet stubble and probably being fed on millet hay.
By the 3rd millennium BCE, huge settlements had arisen in north China. They tend to be in rather unexpected places, cold and dry. Perhaps the need to secure a lot of food, for emergencies, led to such early cities. Much bigger towns arose soon after. Shimao in the northern loess plateau of Shaanxi flourished from 2300 to 1800 BCE, covered 400 ha, had a huge wall and palace, was beginning to work with bronze, and was in every way a city except for lack of writing or other record-keeping. Another large walled community of the time in the northwest was Taosi in the Jinnan valley of Shanxi, at 280 ha, which, among other things, developed a musical ensemble of alligator-skin drums and suspended chimestones (lithophones). Lithophones continued to develop and flourish into Zhou Dynasty times (M. Li 2018:126). Taosi was conquered or at least strongly influenced by Shimao in 1900 and ceased to be important (Jaang et al 2018). Wars of conquest at considerable distance may have begun by this time, or may not (Jaffe et al. 2022 are skeptical). Erlitou, the capital of the Xia dynasty, rose a bit later than these early cities, but overlaps with them for one or two hundred years.
The relatively enormous and very complex sites of Shimao and Taosi flourished during the worst climatic time of all, 4300-3800 BP (2300-1800 BCE), in northwest China, at the same time that the previously more impressive Liangzhu culture was collapsing. (Taosi started a bit earlier than Shimao, and may have collapsed by 3900.) Shimao at 400 ha was possibly the biggest site in east Asia up to those dates, though large sites are now turning up to the east. Taosi was in the next bracket. Both were in the loesslands, and depended on the usual millet-pig base. Food animal bones recovered from Shimao were 20% cattle, 44% sheep or goat, 28% pig. Taosi was much more pig-dependent (52% of bones), with many dog bones, indicating use as food (as in many other early sites), and had 9,000-15,000 people (Campbell et al. 2022). Shimao had very large amounts of jade, often beautifully worked, and not confined to obviously elite houses, though social differentiation was well advanced. There was also a bone needle workshop (Jaffe et al. 2022) and extremely well-made bone mouth harps (Li Jaang and Zhouyong Sun, comment within Jaffe et al. 2022, pp. 110-112), similar to ones found today in southeast Asia. They appear to have had a good deal of cultural importance, but so far are rather anomalous.
Shimao was only first among many large sites; the more China is explored, the more turn up. Recall the Liangzhu site of comparable time and size. However, the climate event at 4200-4000 BCE triggered a massive collapse, probably involving other factors besides cooler and drier weather; epidemics have been proposed. The population of north China shrank, locally by up to 75%; the lower Yangtze area was ruined. The Luoyang basin was less hard hit, which probably explains the rise of Erlitou to relative dominance (Jaffe et al. 2022, including commentary). In the Tao River area of southern Gansu, where wet forested mountains alternate with very dry valleys, complex cultures arose, also hit hard by the 4200-4000 event. This set back farming and led, or encouraged, a shift to more herding of livestock (Jaffe et al. 2021).
Central north China from 3500 to 2600 BCE, the late Yangshao phase, was rapidly diversifying crops, with rice and soybeans increasingly supplementing the millets. Here too, larger settlement were emerging, including the near-urban site of Xishan, with rammed-earth walls. Other sites had moats and smaller walls (Tao et al. 2022).
A route along the eastern foothills of the Tibetan ranges emerged, with transmission of the millets and rice from the upper Jinsha (Yangtse) by 5000 BP to northern southeast Asia a couple of thousand years later. Transfer was rather slow and gradual, into an economy of mixed hunting and gathering. Soybeans, chenopodium, adzuki beans, perilla, brown pepper, and other food plants were present in small amounts, probably eaten but not cultivated. The cold dry event from 4200-4000 BP would have made millet a better option, rice less good (B. Wang et al. 2023).
The adzuki bean was domesticated in central Honshu, Japan, about this time, by the Jomon people (Chien et al. 2025), supposedly “nonagricultural” until recently but now known to have been growing or managing many plants. Domesticated adzukis spread to China fast, though actual times are unclear.
Chenopodium album continued to be an important crop for seeds and leaves throughout Chinese archaeology and history. A large form giganteum has developed and is often used for walking sticks (Duan 2025). The goosefoot or pigweed staff is a cliché in Chinese poetry, standing for extreme rusticity and simplicity. A proper sagely poet carried one. Poets from Du Fu to Han Shan immortalized this humble plant, as did Korean poets.
Millet was a staple in the Liangshan area by 5000-4800 BP (Guo et al. 2024).
Languages and Prehistory
Proto-Tibeto-Burman (Proto-Sino-Tibetan) has words for rice, the millets, and beans. Possibly, a word for wheat reconstructs (Bradley 2011), but this must show early borrowing, with wheat words spread through the language phylum. The Tibeto-Burman (or Sino-Tibetan, or Trans-Himalayan) phylum is more and more clearly derived from original stock of some sort spoken in the central Yellow River drainage and possibly as far south as Sichuan, in or just before Yangshao times (Sagart et al. 2019; Menhan Zhang et al. 2019; and see above on Li Liu and colleagues, 2022). Stories among some South Chinese Tibeto-Burman minorities record a homeland in mountains to the northwest, a perfect fit for the mountains of Shaanxi and Gansu. The phylum has picked up astounding linguistic diversity in its far south and southwest, especially in the northern Indian subcontinent, but this is largely by mixing with local languages, many now lost.
The main Tibeto-Burman stem, largely in China (broad political sense), is a fairly coherent group with many words for agriculture (Sagart et al. 2019). The spread of millets evidently accompanied the expansion and spread of the Sino-Tibetan (or Tibeto-Burman) language phylum, which centers in the same origin area and southward into Sichuan and has a comparable time depth. It has been fairly closely nailed to the middle Yellow River area, home to the Yangshao cultural tradition and the huge late Neolithic settlements (Bellwood 2023; Van Driem 2021). Some Tibeto-Burman groups in southern China have origin myths telling of a spread from mountains far to the north and west, and this would fit the Yellow River hypothesis (Wang 2013).
By 2000-3000 BCE, people genetically like modern Tibeto-Burmans (as far as Nepalese Tibet) expanded rapidly from the central Yellow River area (C. C. Wang et al. 2021; S. Q. Wen et al. 2016). Also, people with western Eurasian genetics moved in from the west; at least some of them were probably Indo-European speakers. Interesting is a boy buried about 2000 BCE in far west China is fully east Asian genetically, but the burial goods all represent the Afanasievo culture, a west Eurasian one often assumed to be carried by Indo-European speakers. Evidently central Asia at that time was as mixed as it is now. The famous mummies of the area were dressed in western-style clothes. Some were light-haired, but some others were genetically East Asian.
North of the Tibeto-Burman phylum are several languages traditionally called “Altaic,” from association with the Altai Mountanis. These traditionally include Turkic and Mongolic languages. Recently, Marina Robbeets has made a powerful case for a “Transeurasian” grouping: the Turkic, Mongolian, Tungus, Korean and Japanese families all deriving from a common source (Robbeets et al 2021). She reconstructs words for sowing, millet gruel, pigs, and other cultivation words. In her major article (Robbeets et al. 2021) she provides an enormous list of words cognate to all or some of the languages. (Alas, it is available only to the fortunate few who can call it up online; it is “supplementary online material” to the major published document.) She also traces the origin of the phylum to the Liao River drainage in northeast China, where the Xinglongwa culture flourished around 5900-5600 BCE, with domesticated millets and pigs. She strongly suspects it to be the source culture for the language group. With the caveat that the source culture was probably more widespread, general, and long-lasting than the Xinglongwa specifically, I can only agree.
The list does provide compelling evidence for the initial unity of at least Tungus, Korean, and Japanese (the Tungus-Korean link was already well known), and for a homeland where she pinpoints it. The connections of Turkic and Mongol to each other and to the wider grouping are very tenuous. Carefully working through Robbeets’ materials convinces me that early borrowing cannot be ruled out as the source of the similarities. Borrowing was rampant, with such basic terms as “seven” and “name” spreading from language to language with viral fluidity (Bjørn 2022). Resemblances of languages as disparate as Korean and Turkic are quite likely due to this.
Some Russian linguists argue further that these languages relate onward to the Indo-European, Uralic, and even Semitic and Caucasus languages, in a giant “Nostratic” or “Eurasian” phylum. This is definitely pushing the evidence—the few similarities could be pure chance—but it cannot be ruled out.
Genetic evidence runs strongly counter to some of the above scenarios. There is no genetic commonality (besides generic Asian) between the Liao farmers of ca. 3000 BCE and the Mongolian and Amur peoples of the time. On the other hand, Robbeets’ ideas are confirmed for Korea and Japan: they are today overwhelmingly descended from (or at least closely related to) the Liao farmers. I suspect the Tungus are also in this category, and the unrelated Amur people known archaeologically spoke a different language, possibly Gilyak (a language of uncertain relationship spoken on the Amur today). At least, the Russian “Nostratic” phylum is impossible to square with the enormous genetic diversity of modern and archaeological Eurasia. Sharing of a single language group across vast stretches of genetically unrelated people is a feature of modern armed military conquest; it is hard to imagine it happening any other way. Conversely, we know a great deal now about the movements of peoples in Eurasia, and they would account quite neatly and precisely for the similarities between, for instance, the Indo-European, Uralic, and Altaic languages (see e.g. Bellwood 2023).
The Silk Road, then as now, was a whole complex of routes carrying all sorts of commodities. Among other mysteries, the Tokharian languages entered at some point, probably from Yamnaya and Afanasievo cultural backgrounds around 2000-3000 BCE. They are historically attested from Xinjiang, but the languages died out in early Medieval times. These are Indo-European languages. Three survive in a few texts archaeologically found in Central Asia. The Tokharian languages represent an early branch of the phylum, later than Hittite but earlier than the great radiation of the surviving IE languages (Bellwood 2023). The Tokharian languages presumably arrived in the east at about the same time as early western-derived genetic signatures.
At the other end of the Chinese world, evidence continues to pour in confirming the progress of Austronesians from south China to Taiwan, and then later the radiation of the Malayo-Polynesian branch to the whole Indo-Pacific region, from Madagascar and East Africa (see Beaujard 2009, 2012) to Oceania. Genetics confirm massive mainland migration to Taiwan from before 1300 BCE till many centuries later; they were genetically like modern Austronesians, but also a good deal like Tai and “Austroasiatic” (presumably Vietnamese and Cambodians), showing a good mix of early rice farmers (C. C. Wang et al. 2021). They also show similarity to a very early northeast Chinese genetic strain that exists today only in dilution, as a component of east Chinese genomes.
A thorough review of the early evidence shows an earlier occupation, not known to be agricultural, but possibly so. Then came the Austronesians, farming rice and millet. They apparently came from the lower Yangtse and the Fukien coast, which is known as one possible area for rice domestication and differentiation. Skeletons reveal a southern East Asian genetic identity, in contrast to the northern East Asian genetics of the millet growers in the north, who soon migrated south and mixed in (Wang et al. 2025).
Austronesian sites in Taiwan are now very numerous and cover all the island (Hung and Carson 2014). Conversely, Neolithic people of Fujian show close relationships to the Austronesians, but later Fujianese are largely descended from migrants from farther north (M. Yang et al. 2020).
Peter Bellwood argued a few decades ago that the Austronesian languages spread along with agriculture. He has continued to research this, summarizing a lifetime of work in First Farmers (2nd edn., 2023) The Austronesians were probably among the first domesticators of rice. Starting with rice in the lower Yangtse, where they may have been the people of the huge neolithic sites there, they expanded to Taiwan, and diversified there. One branch, the Malayo-Polynesian language family, exploded into the seas. It first moved to the Philippines, then out to Malaysia, Indonesia, Micronesia, northern Melanesia, and ultimately Polynesia and Madagascar.
Archaeology and genetics tend to confirm this scenario, but people, languages, and crops mixed along the way, so Malayo-Polynesian speakers in Madagascar often have a great deal of African ancestry; those in New Guinea are heavily Papuan in background; and so it goes. The exact timing and course of the move to Taiwan remains controversial. It is probably linked with the sudden appearance of intensive agriculture there, possibly with the Liangzhu culture. It was largely Bellwood’s work that inspired Van Driem (2021) and others to look to Sino-Tibetan’s expansion with millet, and then these and other studies, as well as Bellwood’s actual mentorship, inspired Marina Robbeets’ more adventurous hypothesis, noted above, of the expansion of Transeurasian languages from the Liao River area (Robbeets et al. 2021).
In general, the migration of north Chinese to the south is classically a world-scale demographic shift, but there was also some migration from south to north in southern China (M. Yang et al. 2020), possibly involving Tai and Vietnamese people.
Rice agriculture also led to expansion of the Thai-Kadai language phylum from the middle Yangzi area. This extremely important linguistic aggregation certainly spread south—we have recorded history for the latest millennia—and became the language of much of southern China and, later, southeast Asia. So, if current hypotheses are correct, early rice agriculture was shared—perhaps jointly developed—by Thai and Austronesian ancestors, and possibly by the smaller Mien and Hmong phyla.
Many would even add the Austroasiatic languages: Mon, Khmer, Vietnamese, and many relatives, including the Munda languages of India (Van Driem 2011). Some rice agricultural terms have been reconstructed for proto-Austroasiatic. The center of diversity, variety, and complexity of this phylum is eastern India, among the Munda, but Van Driem has shown that these languages are probably mixed with local now-lost tongues. The Austroasiatics involved may have even come by sea from Myanmar (Bellwood 2023). Van Driem (2021) convincingly argues that Austroasiatic differentiated somewhere near the China-Burma-Laos tripoint, or north of that; this puts it at an early center of diversity. Its spread very possibly introduced rice agriculture to India.
This speculation was solidly confirmed, with striking timeliness, in a major survey of Yunnan individuals between 7100 and 1500 years old. This study was carried out by Tianyi Wang and others (including the genomics leader Mark Stoneking) in Science (Wang et al. 2025). They studied one person from the site of Xiaodong who was fully 7100 years old, and who had a very ancient and totally distinctive basal East Asian genotype previously known only as a “ghost lineage” in Tibet. Tibetans are basically children of the Sino-Tibetan radiation from Northeast China, but in southeast Tibet they met and mixed with this previously lost lineage, leaving a genomic legacy unlocated till now. (The Xiaodong rock shelter has materials going back 43,500 years, with similarities to later Hoabinhian materials.)
After 7100 years ago, this lineage disappears in Yunnan. It was replaced by an East Asian lineage, again previously unknown, but identifiably close to the northern East Asian type that unites the Sino-Tibetan and Korean-Tungus peoples and to the southern East Asian type found among Austronesians and Thai-Kadai (Kra-Dai). This new “Central Yunnan” lineage turns out to be abundantly present in Austroasiatic people, and is fairly obviously within their original genetic ball park. It is found in Central Yunnan but not, so far, very much in the west or north, which show northern influences by the time skeletons appear to study. Farmers in northern Southeast Asia between 4000 and 3000 years ago are strongly Central Yunnanese by heritage.
Modern Austroasiatic peoples, especially the small minorities of southeast Asia generally, show this ancestry. So do neighboring groups from the Karen (Sino-Tibetan) to the Laotians, and especially the southern Yunnanese Sino-Tibetan groups like the Hani (Sani, Akha), though these various groups are all mixed, with strong northern East Asian genetic heritage.
The Vietnamese language and people are clearly a recent intrusion into the northeastern fringe of the phylum’s distribution. Its vocabulary is swamped with vast borrowings from Thai and Chinese languages, including the entire Thai tonal system.
Rice agriculture appeared in Yunnan and (probably) in extreme northern Southeast Asia by 4000 years ago. This means it spread slowly from its hearth, compared to agriculture in Europe, which, once introduced from Anatolia, spread at a quite steady rate of one kilometer a year. Spreading to the Yunnan-Laos border, a thousand miles from the lower Yangtse fountainhead, took about 4000 years, or ¼ km/year.
Agriculture was well established in southeast Asia by 2000 BCE, at least in the north. This spread was accompanied by linguistic expansion (Bellwood 2023). The Tai seem very definitely involved in this. I strongly suspect that they were the main drivers in the east, but it now looks as if the Austroasiatics may have been key in the central areas, following Wang et al. (2025).
The spread of rice agriculture goes with spread of northern genes, from what is now China, and the dilution or even displacement of the local people, who were related to the surviving “Negritos” of southeast Asia and more distantly to the Melanesians (Bellwood 2023).
Tai customs and loanwords survive in Cantonese culture today, and the Cantonese and Vietnamese tonal systems appear borrowed from Tai. (“Tai” here represents the Thai languages, related to the obscure and now rarely-spoken Kadai languages of south and central China; these two branches had a common ancestor around the time of the rise of rice agriculture, and presumably spread with it, as Tai/Thai was certainly doing in historic times.) The North Chinese are quite different from the southerners in genetics. This fits the known intrusion within historic times of the Chinese language into Tai, Austronesian, and other linguistic strongholds around and south of the Yangtse. Modern South Chinese are rather poorly studied genetically, but appear to be an amalgam of ancestral northerners, local people, and southerners. Evidently there was much moving around then.
Katy Hung, a Chinese investigator working in Taiwain, has found that the Saisiat, an Austronesian group of Taiwan, has a legend of “little black people” living there before the Saisiat came in from the south (which fits with the Pearl River origin). The “little black people” taught them a good deal about agriculture (Katy Biggs [Hung], Facebook postings and emails, Nov.-Dec. 2014). It seems likely that the pre-Austronesians of Taiwan were related to the Philippine Negritos and other small, dark peoples of south Asia (such as the Andaman Islanders), and were absorbed by the taller, lighter-skinned Austronesians; this is what has happened, but only partially, in the Philippines and southeast Asia. If the Saisiat are right, the Austronesians did not introduce the first agriculture to Taiwan. Recent work casts some doubt on the whole question of migration of agriculture from the mainland and its association with proto-Austronesians. The basic model still works, but inevitable complications have appeared.
Prehistoric Agriculture
The Millets
Agriculture began twice in China, perhaps as a linked process, perhaps (though less likely) as independent invention. Millet agriculture, based on foxtail millet (Setaria italica) and broomcorn or proso millet (Panicum miliaceum), developed around 8000 BC in the Yellow River drainage, possibly the middle part of it. “Millet” is a general term for any small-seeded grain crop. There are many species of millets, originating in East Asia, South Asia, Africa, and the New World; the two most important ones worldwide are these two original Chinese species, but others such as barnyard millet (Echinochloa spp.) soon joined them, and other species came later from other regions. Pigs and dogs were added to the picture almost immediately; pigs were probably domesticated in China, independently from separate domestication in western Eurasia.
In at least some parts of central north China, broomcorn millet dominated early periods, from the dawn of agriculture around 8000 BCE to perhaps 4000 (see Lander 2021). It was apparently domesticated in the dry northwestern loesslands, not the Yellow River valley or plain (Hunt et al. 2018), though this requires confirmation.
Broomcorn millet yields a harvest in as little as 45 days, and is the fastest-maturing and most water-efficient of grains (Hunt et al. 2018). It has been a good crop for nomad tribes. It also makes a fine catch crop if a major crop fails. It spread from China over Central Asia from 2500 to 1500 BCE, its characteristic isotope signature (of C4 metabolism) appearing in bones by then (Hunt et al. 2018; Spengler et al. 2016). It reached Kyrgyzstan and Kashmir by the 3rd millennium BCE, but has not been discovered yet in Xinjiang before about 2000, indicating we are missing something (Motuzaite-Matuzeviciute et al. 2022). This helped develop multicrop agriculture in cooler areas (Popular Archaeology 2015), since, though the plant is very tolerant to heat and prefers hot conditions, it will grow in a very short summer. It spread to Mesopotamia by 1100-1500 BCE (Rutgers University 2022).
Its use declined slowly over time, then rapidly with the coming of the New World starch crops, especially maize. It still is useful in central Asia (Wang et al. 2016:333). Early broomcorn millet from northwest China is genetically close to samples from India and Europe, showing where they originated (C. Li et al. 2016).
Foxtail millet rose to dominance after civilization started; it was a clear leader by Shang. It is somewhat resistant to salt as well as drought, though not as drought-tolerant as broomcorn millet. It prefers the warm, moist climate of eastern China, and thus did not spread through Central Asia, though it did reach India early.
An interesting insight into the rise of millet agriculture is that wild cats and rats by the middle 6th millennium BCE had been eating a great deal of C4 food, the only common ones in the area being the millets. The rats had been raiding fields and stores and the cats had been eating the rats (Barnes 2015:124).
Often grown with millets is buckwheat, which is native to China, specifically the southwest—Yunnan and eastern Tibet. Two species exist: the commonly grown Fagopyrum esculentum and the more cold-tolerant F. tataricum, bitter but tolerating harsh conditions. Both tolerate cold and drought well, but esculentum, the one now grown worldwide, does best in north and northeast China (and only locally in its southwestern home; Krzyzanska et al. 2022). Russia is the leading buckwheat producer today, but China is close. The time of domestication of buckwheat is unknown. The crop has not benefited greatly from the revival of “ancient grains,” in spite of its many advantages.
On the eastern North China Plain, the Houli culture grew millets and had possibly-wild rice and domestic dogs and pigs from 6500 to 5000 BCE, to be followed by the more agricultural Beixi culture (5000-3900), which added more pigs. At this time much or most food was still gathered: acorns and hazelnuts, grapes, jujubes, wild cherry (Cerasus japonica), water chestnut, euryale, elderberry, wild soybean, perilla, Physalis alkekengi, crabgrass.
Wild foods stayed important into the Yangshao period (7000-4500, contemp w Qujialing, 5300-4500, elsewhere, and roughly with Dawenkou in the east). Miaodigou with its beautiful pottery is a middle phase of Yangshao, Majiayao (5300-4000 BP) a late phase (Li Liu 2021). Majiayao was succeed in the west by the Qijia culture, running about 4200-3500 BP; it was in this time that horses, sheep, and goats enteresd the area (Womack et al. 2021).
The Xinglongwa culture in northeast China was on the verge of full Neolithic status. In Chahai village south of the Liao River, around 5900-5600 BCE, with pigs kept but not domesticated, and both wild and domesticated millets present. Houses were simple and were the units of the economy (Tu et al. 2022). This is all suspiciously close to the place, time, and economy identified by Martine Robbeets as the original homeland of the Transeurasian languages, and Robbeets et al. (2021) indeed so designate it, as noted above.
Wei Wang and colleagues (2025) review the early agricultural story of the Liaoning-Inner Mongolia border area, in Robbeets’ Transeurasian origin area. The Xiaohexi culture, before 8500 BP, shows no real sign of agriculture. The following Xiniglongwa 8200-7200 BP had millet, and is considered by Robbeets to be a good candidate for the original Korean-Japanese-Tungus ancestral stock. It was followed by two local Neolithic cultures: Zhaobaogou 7000-6400, and Fuhe 7200-7000. After this, some metal appears, in chalcolithic Hongshan, 6500-5000 with its huge towns; also Xiaoheyan 5000-4000. The Bronze Age in the area is represented by Lower Xiajiadian 4000-3500 and then Upper Xiajiadian 3000-2500. The climate was warm and humid till the 4200-4000 BP event, after which cool and dry.
No livestock are found much before Hongshan and most meat came from hunting even then. After that, most came from domestic animals. Millets were grown throughout, and were the only staple. Deer (red, roe, water) overwhelmingly dominant the hunting picture through Hongshan. After it, there is a sudden near-total change to pig dominance, with substantial sheep/goat, cattle, some horses and chickens. In hunting days, raccoon dogs, badgers, Myospalax, swans, pheasants, and other game were hunted.. Dogs were domestic throughout the record, at least from the later Neolithic.
Plants gathered include mountain apricot Prunus sibirica, local walnut Juglans mandshurica, hazelnut Corylus mandshurica; by Xinglongwa, cultivated apricots show up. Wild plants gathered include Artemisia annua, chenopods,and various other useful plants. By lower Xiajiadian, hemp, soybean, Sichuan pepper Zanthoxylum bungeana, sweetclover, mallow Malva sylvestris, and other plants were grown.
These cultures preceded the better-known and fully agriculture-dependent and rice-farming Dawenkou (4100 to 2000) and Longshan (2900 to 1900) cultures. The Beixin culture in the Longshan group seems to have invented the tripod dish, a constant of Chinese art from humble ceramic beginnings in Beixin to the spectacular cast bronzes of the early dynasties (G. Jin, Chen, et al. 2020; G. Jin, Wagner, et al. 2019). Rice made it to the middle Yangzi only about 3000 BCE, and to Hainan Island by 2600 BCE (Yan Wu et al. 2016).
By 3000-2000 BCE, a pattern of broomcorn millet in the driest northwest and foxtail millet, with increasing rice, in moister areas arose in north China (Sheng et al. 2018).
Rice
Rice appears as a wild or semiwild food by 8,000-10,000 BCE, but cultivated rice may not be older than 6000, with abundant cultivated rice before 5000 (Luo et al. 2019, Huai River area; Yangtse dates are a bit earlier). It was domesticated in the middle and lower Yangtse valley, spreading rapidly to the Huai and much more slowly to the south. In warmer periods it spread north to Shandong.
Rice seems to have been domesticated a bit later than millet. As of 7000-5000 BCE, people of the south China coast lacked agriculture, and lived mostly by fishing and seaside foraging where possible (Zhu et al. 2021). Wild annual rice grew in natural seasonal marshes and ponds; wild perennial rice has wider habitat preference. The annual was the type domesticated, beginning around 8000 BCE (Huan et al. 2021) but not fully domesticated for a couple of further millennia (Clift and d’Alpoim Guedes 2021). While it was almost certainly domesticated in the middle and lower Yangzi Valley, it spread north by 8600-8500 BCE to the Huai and Han valleys (the area between the Yellow and Yangzi rivers), there to mix very soon with millets. They came south to this area by 7000 BCE, and crossed the Yangzi by 5800 (Huan et al. 2022). Mixed farming of rice and millets, and possibly other crops, developed, with rice dominating in the Yangshao sites of that area. Foxtail millet was in the Han region by early Yangshao, but rare; broomcorn does not turn up till middle Yangshao (Huan et al. 2022).
Timing, especially for rice, is controversial, due to difficulties in telling wild grains from the earliest domesticated ones. Domestic rice, Oryza sativa, exists in two broad classes of varieties: japonica, with short, roundish grains that cook somewhat sticky, and indica, with long grains that cook dry. Japonica is more cold-tolerant, flourishing in Japan and California; indica requires warmer conditions. The original domestic rice was japonica, domesticated from Oryza rufipogon in the lower to mid Yangtze valley. It spread slowly through China and then to India, where it mixed with native Indian wild rices, again O. rufipogon. This produced indica rice (O. sativa var. indica), and, independently, aus rice, which is more resistant to heat and drought. These two crossed, giving rise to intro-indica, which spread widely (D. Guo et al. 2025). One strain of it—with further genetic adventures—became the basmati rice of northwest South Asia (D. Guo et al. 2025), with its distinctive long grains and nutlike flavor.
Indica and intro-indica spread back through southeast Asia to China, where they variously remixed with japonica, producing a spectrum of modern rice varieties adapted to all sorts of conditions. Until recently, japonica flourished in central China and reached somewhat into the north; indica dominated the south. Today, breeding for conder conditions has moved the lines well to the north.
Indica spread back throughout southeast Asia and north into southern China, but they are less cold-tolerant, so japonicarice monopolized north China, Korea, and most of Japan until recent development of hardy varieties. Clift and d’Alpoim Guedes (2021) provide an extremely important account of the development of rice agriculture in Asia.
At first rice was grown wet. It was probably planted in drying waters after spring floods, as African rice (Oryza glaberrima) is today in so-called “decrue” agriculture. Later it was irrigated, and also planted dry in areas with reliable heavy rain. At the Xiaohuangshan site in the lower Yangtze Valley, rice was eaten from 7000-5000 BCE, but was just coming into possible domestication, and competed for attention with root foods and acorns (Ling Yao et al. 2016). A well-preserved rice paddy has been excavated at the huge and long-occupied Chengtou Mountain site in Hunan (Facebook posting by Chinese Archaeology—the Tiger Meets the Dragon [Facebook page], Jan. 26, 2022). Wet-growing developed as paddy fields became more general in the 5th through 4th millennia BCE (Weisskopf, Qin, Ding, Ding, Sun and Fuller 2015; Weisskopf, Qin and Fuller 2015).
Rice spread from two centers, Hunan and the Yangzi Delta, and these may represent independent domestications. They may even represent different language phyla; they are at the inferred origin areas of the Tai-Kadai and Austronesian phyla, respectively. Rice spread throughout East and Southeast Asia at a speed averaging .8 km/yr (Cobo et al. 2019). This rate implies strongly that most of the diffusion was by farmers actually spreading into new territory, rather than by hunter-gatherer groups picking up the art (Cobo et al. 2019). Cobo et al imply the linguistic connections by noting the spread of those linguistic groups and their clear association with the spread of rice in later millennia.
Since 8500 BP, with a strong monsoon, rice flourished north to lat. 36, in the Peiligang (8500-7000 BP) culture. Acorns were more important than cultivated foods at that time. Rice agriculture was trimmed back by the 4200-4000 BP event during Longshan (4500-4000) to lat. 33.29. But after that the rice and farming methods improved and it expanded north again. It was at least present, possibly through trade, in the early dynastic Erlitou (3800-3500) and Erligang (3600-3400) periods. Over time, rice grew along rivers, in low basins; foxtail millet dominated on pediment plains; broomcorn dominated in high valleys (Jia et al. 2021).
The dry period around 4200-3800 years ago hurt rice farming, but caused it to spread and be adopted more widely, as other sources of food dried up. Early impacts on vegetation were low, but soon became visible. A series of papers by Ma Ting and coworkers have traced its relationship with climate in east and central China (Ma, Rowlett, et al. 2020; Ma, Tarasov, et al. 2019; Ma, Zheng, Man, et al. 2018; Ma, Zheng, Rowlett et al. 2016). Rice agriculture was strikingly slow to spread to Taiwan (around 3000-2000 BCE) and Japan (only a few centuries BCE), leading Qin Ling and Dorian Fuller to maintain that “rice farmers don’t sail” (Qin and Fuller 2016). A bit exaggerated—the rice did get to those islands eventually—but their explanation, the difficulty of getting out of the paddy and sailing with rice and the needed skill package, rings true.
Rice agriculture may have led to China’s famous communalistic yet individually responsible philosophy of life (Talhelm et al. 2014), because of the need to work together while still remaining individually responsible for one’s share. Today, and also in the past so far as literature can tell us, South China shows more communalism, the north more individualism. Small farms managed by independent farmers but requiring a great deal of cooperative labor would strengthen this idea of the proper society. Ruan et al. (2014) cast doubts on this, pointing out that the study used thin sampling, straw-man alternatives, and rather little awareness of traditional Chinese views. In fact, the basic communalist-individualist philosophy is already visible in and indeed basic to the writings of Confucius, and he lived in a millet-dependent area where rice was uncommon. On the other hand, the difference between south and north remains clear, and southern groups that do not cooperate on a large scale to grow rice do not show the high levels of communalistic values (Anderson 2007). Rice agriculture seems to have had some share in values creation, though millet agriculture brought its own responsibilities.
Millets reached the south coast by 5500 years ago, an expectably early date (Dai et al. 2019). However, much of the coast resisted agriculture, apparently because they were doing well as mobile fishers and foragers. Agriculture would have been too massive a shift to appear desirable. On the Fujian coast and Taiwan, agriculture barely made a dent before 3000-2500 BCE, when presumed Austronesian expansion brought advanced rice agriculture. Before that, people lived on fish and seafoods, sago, yams (Dioscorea spp.), Job’s tears, acorns, Cordia fruits, arrowroot, and Canarium nuts (Hung et al. 2019).
Inner Mongolians were consuming millets, beans, nuts, and yams at the same time and even earlier (Guan et al. 2021). Strikingly different is the finding from a site in the Chengdu Plain that shows no occupation at all until 2700 BCE, when millet agriculture appears (d’Alpoim Guedes et al. 2013).
Rice was locally present by 6000 BCE, and remained rare but available (C. Wang et al. 2017). A very early site in Shandong had rice by then, as well as millets. Probably still wild were soybeans, perilla, and chenopods (Crawford et al. 2019).
At Dadiwan, an early site (5500 BCE), many bones were reported as chicken bones, but turned out to be local pheasant (Nuwer 2020). So did the “chickens” reported from other Neolithic sites (Peters et al. 2022). The chicken had apparently not gotten that far north yet. It is native to far south China and southeast Asia, and linguistics strongly implies that it was domesticated by ancestral Tai-Kadai, since the Tai word for it, kai, has gone worldwide (e.g. Cantonese kai; Mandarin ji, derived from kai). The first unquestionable record of domestic chickens that we have so far is of a large number of them at Ban Non Wat, Thailand, 1650-1250 BCE. They are in north China soon after. This is clearly late, and chickens must have been under domestication earlier than that; they appear in the Near East only a few years later (by 1200 BCE)! The problem is that chickens in southeast Asia kept back-crossing with wild jungle fowl, which tame themselves in forest environments, as I have seen in Malaya. There is thus no reliable difference between domestic and wild birds until quite late. Or perhaps one might better say that people kept wild-type but quite tame chickens, breeding them into docility but not separating them from wild birds, who were themselves becoming docile from breeding with tamed stock.
Wheat, Barley, Oats
Deng (with Fuller et al. 2019) has also reviewed archaeological finds of wheat. Wheat and barley were delayed in acceptance for quite a while, because of local preference for boiling grain into porridge (Archaeology News Network 2020); wheat is terribly slow and hard to cook that way, and barley not very tasty or nutritious (though barley gruel was a staple of old Europe). They were present, and used, by 2500 BCE in northwest China (earlier in east Central Asia, later in central China), possibly popularized by the harsh climate of 2000-1800 BCE, which would have made them popular as a winter crop alternating with the summer-grown millets (Cheung 2019). Millets came late to western China, but wheat and barley were fairly early there, established by 2000 BCE (Xinying Zhou et al. 2016). However, wheat and barley did not take off as foods till the introduction of superior milling technology in Han or slightly earlier (Anderson 1988; Lander 2021). Central China did not really adopt wheat till 1500 BCE (Barnes 2015:417). Cold, dry periods inhibited their spread, after warmer times before the 2000 BCE event helped them (d’Alpoim Guedes and Bocinsky 2018).
New Shandong and Liaoning Peninsulas data show wheat there by 2600 BCE. There is no data from Gansu until 1900. It reached the middle Yellow River and Tibet by1600 (Long et al. 2018). It was probably in Xinjiang well before 2100-1700.
Wheat and barley spread from the west at about the same rate they did in Europe, a kilometer or so a year, reaching China 3000 (northwest China)-2000 (north-central) BCE (Spengler et al. 2016). Millets spread the other way, but more slowly, reaching India and Europe around 2000 BCE or later. Agriculture came very slowly to the northern central Asian reaches, where the climate is hostile. Flax came to China from Europe, but not until the Han Dynasty. Going the other way, peaches and apricots reached northwest India and Pakistan by the second millennium BCE, having been domesticated in China perhaps as early as 4000 BCE (Stevens et al. 20).
These food habits persisted. The more nomadic area of Goukou in Xinjiang subsisted rather steadily on meat, dairy foods, millets, and some wheat and barley from the Late Bronze Age right through the Tang Dynasty (W. Wang 2017). In fact, the area subsists on those foods today, with less millet and some recent growing of maize.
Oats came to China from western Asia by 3400-3000 BCE (Barnes 2015:417), but remained an extremely minor and obscure crop in the far north and northwest (see Buck 1937). Elsewhere, millet outcompeted them as a high-protein, easily boiled grain.
Jiu (liquor)
Best of all, ale residue and brewing equipment have been recovered from the Qiaotou site at fully 9,000 years ago (Dartmouth College 2021). It was made of rice, Job’s tears (a grain still used for beer locally in southeast Asia), and roots (unidentified). The pottery in which the residue was found was painted red and white—some of the earliest painted pottery in the world. Ale then occurs Mijiaya site at 5000 years ago (Wang et al. 2016), as well as from the better-known Jiahu site. The ale from there is something of a fruit mead, including the earliest honey so far noted in China; it comes from the east Asian honeybee Apis cerana. Broomcorn millet, barley, Job’s tears and tubers were fermented together. This is the oldest barley in the traditional lands of China, though equally old barley has turned up in what is now Chinese Central Asia.
From Taixi near Xi’an came other early drinks. A good deal of yeast was found in a jar; another contained peach, plum (?), and jujube pits and sweet clover, as well as jasmine and hemp (!). The earliest known brewery in China was near the Wei River, at about 3400-2900 BCE. Beer was brewed from barley w broomcorn millet, Job’s tears, yam, lily, snake-gourd root, which occurs in other early brews (McGovern 2017:60). Monascus and Aspergillus molds were and are used as well as yeasts.
Li Liu, one of the top archaeologists studying China, has done a major study of brewing in the Yangshao period (Li Liu 2021). Neolithic farmers brewed using what is now called caoqu, “herbal starter,” of herbs and moldy grain. Most important as a fermenting agent was the worldwide brewing yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae, which is most diverse in East Asia (there are fascinating ancient strains from Hainan Island). She looked at brewing of millet ale with sprouted wheat or maize starter in steamed millet flour, and found mostly that species. She gives a quite amazing list of ingredients in 19 Neolithic beers, almost all including snake gourd (Trichosanthes kirilowii) root, often other tubers, and sometimes foxnut (Euryale). Barley shows up late, but Yangshao at 5000 BP is the oldest known in China. Many of the Yangshao vessels look almost exactly like Mediterannean amphorae (and are called so in this paper). The narrow necks are easy to seal.
At Jiahu in the Huai River area, fruit and honey were used to produce fermentation of a rice beer. At Lingkou and Guantaoyuan in the Wei Valley, and Qiaotou and Xiaohuangshan near Ningpo, Aspergillus and Rhizopus spores indicate a great deal of brewing of millet and rice beers. These fungi in cooked rice produce qu, the ferment basic to brewing in China ever since. Monascus, the red mold that makes the famous red ferments of Fujian and Zhejiang, was found at Xiaohuangshan at 9000 BP. The other sites are roughly contemporary. Rice was already domesticated at Xiaohunagshan (Liu et al. 2023). Brewing there was done in globular jars, and appears to have been served in ritual contexts, possibly to the ancestors.
The northern and western Neolithic ales are made from millet. Beer at Jiahu and Xiaohuangshan was made of rice. Often other grasses (many Triticeae) also appear. Glutinous broomcorn millet was preferred because the amylopectin has a higher conversion to ethanol rate. (Modern millet ales generally use foxtail.) Li Liu quotes a late Han source on stages of fermentation (from a commentary on the Zhou Li). She has photographs of modern Qiang doing zajiu, a ritual that involves drinking with straws from a communal jar. (This is also very widely found in modern Southeast Asia, among highly traditional small-scale societies.) Few drinking cups occur in Yangshao, so she suggests they used the communal-straw ritual then, and she found marks on amphora necks that look like rubbing by straws, hollow grain stalks whose silica granules leave a distinctive smooth spot. Zajiu is mentioned in the Huayang Guo Zhi of 348-354 CE. Some modern groups have associated dances similar to ones shown on Yangshao bowls. At some point that red Monascus ferment came, probably from east, and spread with rice—even in western China, rice and probably the associated semisolid ferment technique were used.
Ale has also turned up at the great late-Neolithic town of Shimao, in the loesslands of northern Shaanxi. It was made with millet, plus snake gourd root, rice, lily (possibly L. lancifolium) bulb, ginger, some sort of barley-like grass, and beans, all in one lot. It was served in pitchers, whence residue was recovered for analysis. Shimao survived the 2200-2000 BCE cold dry event, but finally gave way at the end of it, around 1800, and was abandoned. However, the ale went right on. It survives today as hunjiu, rather porridge-like, made from barley and broomcorn millet, and using a yeast called Pichia kudriavzevii along with the familiar Saccharomyces cerevisiae (Y. He 2021).
It should be repeated that ale is fermented but not distilled grain-based alcoholic liquor. Beer is the same with hops or other additives to protect it from spoilage; and wine is fermented, undistilled alcoholic liquor made from fruit, flowers, roots, or the like. All are covered by the Chinese word jiu, which was expanded to include distilled alcohol when that came along (probably in the Tang Dynasty). Jiu includes any alcoholic liquid, even tincture of iodine. Sinologists love to mistranslate it as “wine,” and even get defensive about this flagrant error. This could be excused as a “cultural” thing, since ale in old China had the association with song and romance that wine does in European lore, but unfortunately mistranslation is an infuriatingly regular thing in Chinese studies, and carries over from bad biology to mistranslation of basic philosophical and social concepts (“peasant” for free farmers, “caitiff” for villainous enemies, and so on endlessly).
Red yeast remnants have been found in a Peiligang culture site, from around 8,000 years ago—by far the earliest evidence for this classic Chinese fermentation source (Facebook posting by Keith Knapp on Facebook, Dec. 23, 2021).
Other early plants
Peach pits showing evidence of cultivation go back 7500 years in the Yangzi Valley (Griggs 2014). Archaeological records of canarium use have been reviewed by Deng, Huang, et al (2019). One wonders. This tropical tree barely reaches south China and was rather uncommonly used in historic times.
Hemp, a.k.a marijuana (Cannabis sativa), originated in China, though the Indian form (var. indica) may be an independent domestication (see Metcalfe 2019, but his claimed domestication date of 12,000 years ago is preposterous; the truth may be closer to 7,000). A huge amount of it was found in what was suspected of being a shaman’s grave from 700 BCE (Nature 2015b).
The rise of agriculture came slowly in China, especially in areas with rich nut tree forests, because acorns were easier to get. This was even more true in Japan. Agriculture spread surprisingly late there. The reason was the extremely successful adaptation to a tree-nut and fishing economy. Forests of chestnut, acorn, hazelnut, and similar trees were drawn on from earliest times. These were obviously being managed, probably by selective burning, and clearing undesirable seedlings, in the Jomon period (Barnes 2015:112). More evidence is accumulating that there was also management of, and some planting of, annuals. There was also intensive fishing and shellfishing; by analogy to the Pacific Northwest Coast, the shellfish too were probably being intensively managed. All this kept the Japanese from bothering with serious agriculture until massive immigration from Korea brought the joys of rice agriculture around 1000 BCE, with the first known rice paddy in Japan dating to the 10th century (Barnes 2015:271; see also Graeber and Wengrow 2021 on Jomon’s deliberate avoidance of agriculture). Cultural and skeletal remains had already made the Korean immigration clear, but DNA has fixed it beyond doubt (Robbeets et al. 2021).
Domestic Animals
Brian Lander and coworkers have written a history of pigs in China that extends from the Neolithic to today (Lander, Schneider and Brunson 2020). Pigs were exceedingly important in China from earliest agricultural times onward. A recent study by Ningning Dong and Jing Yuan (2020) shows that they rapidly increased from their first appearance at Jiahu in 8600 BP to the difficult period from 4200 to 3800, when the climate turned cold and dry, largely due to volcanic action. This was probably the worst climatic period China faced from the end of the Ice Age up to 536 CE. Up to that point, agriculture had been rapidly developing in north China, with Yangshao sites recording up to 90% pig bones among all animal bones, as at Xipo (5800-5500 BP). From 7000 to 5000, the pigs show more and more C4 diet, i.e. millet feeding as opposed to just foraging.
A related study by Tao Shi et al. (2022) surveyed animal remains in the entire frontier zone between farmland and what was historically grazing land, from far northeast Tibet (Qinghai Province) to the Liao River area. Agriculture was widespread in the moister parts by 5000 BCE, but wild animals dominated; pigs and dogs were domesticated, but not heavily used. Wild steppe animals prevailed in the southwestern parts of this transect. The northeast was still dominated by forest and little-grazed grassland. Sheep and cattle came around 3000 BCE, horses and goats around 2300, and these came steadily to dominate animal assemblages in the Longshan period. By then, they surpassed pigs as stock and food.
A history of cattle in China by Brunson, Lander and Schneider (2022) notes a rather equivocal jaw find from the northeast dating to 2500-2300 BCE, and more clear evidence soon after, with earlier dates in Central Asia. Wild aurochs were still around as of 1900 BCE. At some completely unknown point, zebus came in from India, and managed to hybridize with regular cattle, producing hybrids in the south and especially southwest. These species do not easily hybridize. In the far southwest, even banteng (Bos javanicus) and gayal (Bos frontalis), local semidomesticated species, got into the mix. Yaks were also domesticated at some unknown point, and hybridize more freely with cattle, producing cattle with more altitude resistance and yaks with more varied coat colors. The hybrids are very commonly created today and in the past, because of their mule-like hybrid vigor, including superior milk production. At Xiaohe in Xinjiang, lactose-destroying fermentation is demonstrated very early.
Sheep/goats and cattle came to China along with, or shortly after, wheat and barley, about 4000 years ago. They probably came via the Hexi Corridor (and possibly elsewhere), and no earlier dates are found there (Ren et al. 2022).
It now seems even carp aquaculture can go back 8000 years (Archaeology News Network 2019; Nakajima et al. 2019). Many common carp (Cyprinus carpio and C. longzhouensis) up to 75% larger than normal have been found at Jiahu in central China. The local carp is mostly crucian carp (Carassius sp.), a different species, so somebody was raising those common ones, probably from fingerlings caught and transferred to a rearing pond. For further notes on early domestication, including those carp as well as cats, see Dodson and Dong (2016).
Chapter 4. Earliest History: Xia and Shang
Yu the Great tamed the Yellow River by diverting it into many channels and shoring these up, thus eliminating extreme flooding. According to legend, he was a giant, with powers enough to rechannel whole rivers. He was said to pass his parents’ door repeatedly without stopping in to greet them, a breach of filial piety that showed how desperate the floods were. He then, according to tradition, founded the Xia Dynasty. Extensive flooding at the time he supposedly lived confirms at least that part of the story, and the rest seems a greatly exaggerated but not unreasonable record of early accomplishments. One assumes that various unsung leaders tried hard to do what was alleged, and their stories were combined into one superhero (see Li Min 2018:400ff for the latest information).
At about the time Yu supposedly lived, the site of Erlitou on the middle Yellow River reached urban size and sophistication. Bronzeworking, large-scale architecture, urban planning with districts, and sophisticated crafts mark it as a city. More and more evidence goes to confirm that the Erlitou culture was indeed the Xia Dynasty, with Erlitou itself as capital. The Central Plains Metropolitan Tradition was born.
Erlitou depended largely on pigs and millet, but already had much rice, as well as “small quantities of soy and a few wheat seeds” (Jing et al. 2020:912). A woven grass basket from the time produced residue of soured milk—either yogurt or cheese (Xie et al. 2016). Fruits were known, probably including peaches and cherries.
“The presence of large, dangerous game such as tigers, rhinoceros and water buffalo suggests the practice of elite hunting known from later Central Plains Bronze Age sites” (Jing et al. 2020:911). Brian Lander (2021) chronicles the enormous amount of hunting in neolithic China and the steady reduction afterward, with game already getting scarce by Xia times. Sika deer, hunted with abandon in previous eras, were more carefully managed, with only adult males being taken—partly because their antlers were prized, for tools and probably for medicine (C. Zhang 2021). They were evidently getting rare enough to make hunters more careful about killing females and young.
Erlitou was the first city and culture in China to cast bronze ritual vessels, which dominated Chinese art and monumental display for centuries. The city had an inner royal quarter with extremely lavish royal tombs—an ancestor to the “forbidden city” of later times. The city was no larger than the huge late-Neolithic sites, but had 18,000-30,000 people. High-quality kaolin clay was brought from the nearby site of Nanwa, showing that local trade in important materials was well established (Campbell et al. 2022).
The first city of the Shang Dynasty was Zhengzhou, which still continues as one of the greatest cities in China. The ancient city is under the modern center, making archaeology difficult. One memory I can never stop repeating is from my seeing and photographing beautiful ash-glazed pottery kettles with three small, stubby feet in the marketplace there in 1978—then going to the city’s Shang Dynasty museum and seeing identical kettles, literally unchanged in 3500 years. They may be the oldest ash-grazed pottery in the world. Ash-glazing is simple: as I have seen it in traditional kilns, one takes the ashes from the kiln fire, mixes them with water and usually some dissolved pottery clay, and whirls the vessel around quickly to get an even coating. Then the vessel is fired; the ash-clay-water mix turn to a beautiful green-brown glaze. These were the universal cheap pots of my early days in east Asia; they are now collectors’ items.
Population estimates for Shang Zhengzhou run from 39,000 to 65,000 or even more (Campbell 2022). After a brief time in another city area, the capital moved to Anyang, much more available to the modern spade and now one of the best-known ancient cities in the world. It served as capital around 1250-1050 BCE. It grew even larger, covering 30 square km and reaching 100,000 people. There were many specialized craft areas. Trade flourished; spiced millet ale was identified with merchants. Royal tombs included many sacrificed human victims, totaling many thousand over the term as capital (Campbell et al. 2022). The Chinese city was set in a pattern that lasted for centuries, and, without the sacrifices, for millennia.
The Shang oracle bones allow a good, if unbalanced, ethnography of Shang China, and the great oracle-bones scholar David Keightley provided one (Keightley 2000). The oracles were often taken in response to disasters, from floods to locusts. Typically, one of the former Shang kings or royal family members had been slighted in the latest round of sacrifices, and was causing trouble to send a message; put another way, the oracles were good excuses to rack the farmers for more food to sacrifice and consume in elite feasts. The focus on disasters led Keightley to conclude that the Shang “may have been nature worshippers [sic]—or, more precisely, worshippers of certain Powers in nature—but they were unlikely to have been nature lovers” (p. 116). On the other hand, many oracles simply asked about hunting, rain, crops, and other mundane and more nature-loving concerns. Cattle were important as food and for transport, and naturally their shoulderblades were popular oracle bones (Brunson et al. 2016; Brunson et al. 2022).
One king, Wu Ding (1250-1192), did not speak for three years, meaning that communications to and from him were written, leaving us with an enormous record of the time (M. Li 2018:276).
Officers of the court included a Many Horses Officer and a Many Dogs Officer, in charge of the royal stables and hunting hounds. The latter title was duochuanshi (in modern Mandarin), using an Indo-European term that may have still been recognized as an elite foreign word. (Chuan from something like *kiwon in early Indo-European, the source of our word “hound”; the indigenous Chinese word for “dog” is gou. Both are probably meant to represent the sound of a bark.)
Jiu of the time was sometimes flavored with such things as peach, plum, jujube, sweetclover, and jasmine; more interesting perhaps was jiu infused with cannabis (M. Li 2018:285-286). By this time, jiu was enormously important in society. From the early Neolithic on, it had grown in importance and ceremonial use. Li (M. Li 2022) has studied the libation ritual as it grew from late Neolithic times into Shang and Zhou. It was the all-important unifier of Bronze Age rule, bringing together the king and the elite. His landmark study draws on contemporary research into food and drink sharing in ritual contexts to produce a major work of alcoholic-beverage research. The complex microbiology of Chinese food, including the ale, and also sourdough millet bread, was already established (Warriner 2022).
Further lore on early foods is found in Adam Schwartz’ study of Shang sacrifices (2019). The vast majority are the usual domesticates, as well as turtles, but wild boar are noted, and—more strikingly—chi, a term later referring to a mythical creature, but here considered to refer to ling, Tibetan antelope and gazelle (Schwartz 2019:40-42), largely on the basis of stylized but identifiable representations on Shang bronzes; the taotie monsters on those bronzes are modeled after real creatures, and some display the long, thin horns and long, thin faces of the Tibetan wild fauna. Bulls were sacrificed, leaving the cows, who had to do the heavy work (M. Lin 2022).
Sika deer were heavily hunted in Shang, but no notable decline was evident, showing the hunt was more or less sustainable (Y. Li et al. 2021). Later loss of the deer may owe more to deforestation than to hunting (see Lander 2021; Mostern 2021).
Cheese dating to about 1615 BCE has been discovered in the Taklamakan Desert, in association with mummies. The material was excavated years ago, but only recently tested. It is a low-lactose cheese made with a bacterial and yeast starter, not rennet (Archaeology, online, Feb. 26, 2015; Harris 2014; Warriner 2022).
Chopsticks have been found in Yin Xu, capital of the Shang Dynasty, dating from later Shang, over 3100 years ago (Warrant and Honten 2008). Chopsticks now have a full, detailed, excellent history of their own (Q. E. Wang 2015).
Chapter 5. Zhou and Warring States
In the Zhou Dynasty and the centuries of disunion that followed it, millet, pigs, and greens were more and more universal and basic. A few foreign spices seem to have come in late in the time; cloves and black pepper are mentioned. In eastern Zhou, in the central Yellow River plain, women ate more of wheat and barley, still a bit strange and uncommon, while men ate more millet and meat (Y. Dong et al. 2017). The significance of this is obscure; no such gender difference has been noted from earlier periods.
Taxes were low, but not as low as they often became in later times. Mencius held they should not go as low as 5% of agricultural product, since that level was too low to sustain much of a government (Li Feng 2013:193).
Fertilizer in the form of animal manure and plant compost was used. It was later to become a major concern. Human waste, the “night soil” of later times, was probably already used. As David Bello puts it, “China’s urban population, and its attendant rural domesticates, stimulated agricultural production not just by consumption, but by digestion” (Bello 2022:260).
Food was a highly political matter in China. The statesmen and political writers of Zhou and its disunited final centuries constantly emphasized this. The great 4th century philosopher Mencius said of the common people: “Those with constant means of support will have constant hearts, while those without constant means will not have constant hearts” (Mencius 1970:97). “The common people cannot live without water and fire, yet one never meets with a refusal when knocking on another’s door in the evening to beg for waer or fire. This is because these are in such abundance. In governing the empire, the sage tries to make food as plentiful as water and fire. When that happens, how can there be any amongst his people who are not benevolent?” (Mencius 1970:187; “benevolent” translates ren, literally “humane”).
The philosopher Xunzi, a cynical but sharp-minded counterfoil to the ever-optimistic Mencius, gave a memorable definition of nature (ben xing, lit “basic inborn”): It “is what is impossible for me to create but which I can nonetheless transform” (Xunzi, p 199).
Yet another thinker, Mozi, advocated frugality and thrift. He could be downright puritanical about such matters as wine, meat, and feasting in general (Mozi 2010). China rejected Mozi, with even the relatively abstemious Confucians arguing that eliminating grand feasts would also eliminate society as they knew it. Feasting, or at least good food, were necessary for hospitality and good fellowship. America’s Puritan tradition, by contrast, strongly discouraged such pleasures as good eating. Raised in that environment, I found the debates around Mozi to be quite liberating.
A very different light on food and culture was thrown by Lü Buwei: “One adept at learning is like the king of Qi who, when eating chicken, was satisfied only after he had eaten a thousand feet; if he were still unsatisfied, there would always be another chicken foot to eat.” -Lü Buwei, from his Lüshi Chunchiu, ca. 220 BCE (Lü 2000:129).
Food was also a religious matter. Roel Sterckx has carved out a niche as authority on its use in Zhou. His book Food, Sacrifice, and Sagehood in Early China (2011) has a self-explanatory title; it covers religious uses of food and philosophical issues deriving from those in the Zhou period. Also, Sterckx, with Martina Siebert and Dagmar Schäfer, have edited a major work, Animals in Chinese History (2019). It includes data on sacrifices, cats (probably new in Han), pigs, and other animals, but most of the articles are on cultural issues, not food. An interesting exception is David Pattinson’s article on bees (2019). He notes that bees and wasps were lumped as feng in old China, species were not differentiated. The larvae were eaten. Honey was poorly known. It became known around Han times and popular since Tang, possibly under Buddhist influence. Bees were (and are) known as mifeng, “honey wasps”; significantly, mi for “honey” is an Indo-European loanword, cognate with miel in French. Honey became important medicinally, but has never caught on as a major food, though China now produces much of the world’s honey. The native bee Apis cerana has been domesticated for the purpose, but I think (but do not know) the standard west Eurasian A. mellifera dominates today.
Francesca Bray, later in the same volume, notes that domestic animals figure less and less large in Chinese agricultural manuals and similar books throughout history, showing an increasing shift to dependence on vegetable food. There was a “golden age of animals” between Han and Tang, when north China was dominated by Turkic and Mongol peoples, with their fondness for animal-keeping and animal foods. Thus the Qimin Yaoshu has considerable material on this. Beef avoidance was popularized by Buddhism, maintaining an uneven but notable role from Song (Bray 2019b; Brunson et al. 2022). Many people still avoided beef to at least some extent when I worked in Hong Kong in the 1960s. Japan almost totally avoided it until very recently. The Qimin Yaoshu also describes a milk drink fermented to destroy lactose; it sounds like modern soured buttermilk (Brunson et al. 2022).
Armin Selbitschka (2018) has contributed an exhaustive and extremely important study of food sacrifices in tombs in Zhou and early Han times. He finds that the usual assumption that food was for the individuals’ consumption in the afterlife is too simplistic. Food was indeed offered for this reason—typically, small amounts, or even empty but labeled vessels, were left, evidently with the assumption that they would turn into an endless supply in the other world. Sometimes, food was simply sacrificed, either to feed the spirit or simply to placate or console or pay respect to it. Food was apparently both sustenance for the dead and respectful homage to their spirits. Sometimes food was explicitly offered to other deities, those that guarded or were otherwise involved with the dead. What does not stand out is any evidence for feasting at or in the tombs. Food in tombs is neatly placed in proper vessels, rather than being the litter from a feast. Feasts may have been held outside the tombs, but there is only thin and equivocal evidence for that. There is also no good evidence for sacrifices outside the tomb.
Production of food was also complex in ideology. “Overgrown courtyards and tilled fields” occur as a frequent image in Warring States texts, and Tobian Zūrn (2018) has found that the more Daoist-leaning texts tend to use these as symbols of proper rule. Mengzi uses carefully tilled fields as a frequent symbol of civilized life and good governance. The Zhuangzi material includes some cynical comments indicating preference for a more anarchic, wild, unmanaged state.
From the early Zhou Dynasty comes a bronze vessel from around 800 BCE with a fascinating inscription that records the myth of Great Yu and goes on to record ideas about filial piety, virtue (de), the Way of Heaven, and resulting blessings of longevity and blessings (Chen 2013, esp. 153-154). These ideas later became foundational in Chinese philosophy; apparently they were already foundational that early, and in remarkably “modern” phrasing.
Zongzi, China’s equivalent to tamales, had already appeared. A Chu tomb from the mid-Warring States period, around 300-400 BCE, contained 40 more or less intact and some broken ones. They consisted of rice wrapped in oak (Quercus) leaves. 39 were stuffed with unhusked raw rice, one with millet. They were uncooked, presumably to turn into properly cooked food in the afterlife (China.org.cn, June 21, 2023).
Eastern Zhou infant feeding has been studied by archaeologists, focusing on the site of Xinzheng, a city near Zhengzhou. They found a shift toward more introduced grains, notably wheat, and the tendency of men to eat more millet and meat while women ate more wheat. Teeth show that breastfeeding was universal (in their sample, and probably in general). Weaning was gradual, and at different ages in different individuals. Children, like adult women, ate more wheat and other foods (possibly beans), less millet, than adult men. One suspects that the preference for wheat among women and children indicates that flour milling was already important, since if the grain was being made into whole-grain porridge, millet would surely have been the choice, since it cooks much faster and becomes softer and easier to eat and digest.
Meanwhile, in Yunnan, where civilization was just beginning and spectacular bronzes were coming into style, food was rice, millet (probably foxtail), acorns, and some water plants, barley, and beans (N. Zhang et al. 2017). Wheat became more popular between 1600 and 300 BCE, at least at the Haimenkou site, probably due to drying climate (Xue et al. 2022). The same site revealed many Chenopodium (goosefoot) seeds, probably gathered for food, as well as perilla and cannabis seeds and peach and apricot kernels.
In central Asia, urbanization began in the Tarim Basin around 750 AD, with the usual crops of the time: wheat, barley, and the millets (Dang et al. 2022).
High-tech wheat milling came to China in Han, allowing the production of dumplings, noodles, fermented wheat sauces, and the like. Wheat noodles appear around 100 (Huang 2000). Thus, wheat began to gain against the classic millets. Sheep, goats, and cattle were slowly gaining against pigs.
The Simin Yueling, an agricultural book from around 160 CE, describes making qingjiang from fermented grain and soybeans—an ancestral soy sauce.
The famous Mawangdui tomb of a marquess contains a final meal: meat skewers, grain, jiu. She was buried with meats, fruits, vegetables, millet, herbs including Sichuan pepper, sugar, salt, pickles, sauce, and various other items (Dunlop 2019b:123).
Water control in Qin and Han included moderately large-scale public projects, including irrigation canals for the dry but fertile Wei Valley, but newly discovered wood and bamboo slips show that small-scale local works were common and that the government took care of repairs in many cases (Lander 2022b). However, the vast majority of waterworks would have been local rice-paddy systems, not yet known to be maintained beyond the very local level. Local maintenance is the rule in wet rice, since fine-tuning at small scales is critical.
Starting from Han but continuing through Qing is a record of famines, assembled and analyzed in the Chinese literature and recently analyzed by Yan Su et al. (2018). They found 4186 famines in the 2117 years of their study—about two per year. The famines were slightly worse in colder areas, but nobody escaped. Cold areas were more than twice as likely to report economically depressed years, partly because they depended heavily on one or two species of millets, usually reliable and tough but vulnerable to bad years. Far more famines were reported in bad harvest years, but even the best years had a few local ones. Periods of sharp improvement (from famine to good times) were 70-90 CE, 580-590, 1140-50, 1280-1300, 1400-1410, 1680-1760 (note that the last is much longer, but after it conditions steadily deteriorated). Good governance was almost as important as climate in making a decade good. Note, however, that all but one of those recovery periods come shortly after a major cold spell (536-580, 1120s, 1300s, early and mid 1600s; see Anderson 2019). The exception, 1280-1300, was an exceptionally warm period. Cold years were deadly.
An ambiguous Han tomb painting shows a kitchen process that may be the making of tofu, or perhaps mash for an alcohol brew. Alcoholic drinks were very well known and widely used (Elias 2020), though drinking was not as fashionable as it later became. Actual tofu is first unequivocally mentioned in the 10th century by one Tao Gu, in “Anecdotes Simple and Exotic”; he says a magistrate recommended it as a cheaper substitute for meat (Dunlop n.d.:67). This implies it was already well-known and common enough to be cheap, so it had obviously been around for a long time. As Dunlop there points out, it was probably invented as a substitute for cheese. That commodity was familiar in the Tang Dynasty because of heavy Central Asia influence.
More old tea has just been identified in the tomb of Han Jing Di, 141 BCE (Keys 2016). It was buried with him, along with some rice, millet, and, oddly, chenopod seeds (not known as a food at that time). Victor Mair (email of Jan. 11, 2016) thinks the tea was there as a medicine.
In Han, a large maritime trade developed, extending to India and thus indirectly to Rome via the India/Rome shipping pathways. A major terminus was Hepu, on the Guangxi coast, near the Vietnamese border. It is a good deal closer to the Nanyang than Guangzhou. But Guangzhou had access to the hinterlands via the Pearl River system, and soon ecliped Hepu. A number of fine trade beads made from Indian and other foreign stones are found at Hepu (Xiong 2014). Foods must have been exchanged too. The Indian Ocean was a very busy thoroughfare by then (Beaujard 2009, 2012). Boivin et al. (2013) report on a huge range of domestic and wild animals—including pests stowing away on ships—that spread at this time or soon after it all round the Indian Ocean.
The Huainanzi, predictably enough, combines Confucian and Daoist ideas on government and food supply. The good ruler is removed and “acts inaction” (wei wuwei), stabilizing the universe by his presence but acting as little as possible, even to allowing his courtyard to be overgrown with brush and weeds. The common people, in this idyllic near-anarchist state, will till their fields with great care and diligence. The Huainanzi, an amazing and until recently a most underappreciated work, was compiled by the group that very likely put the Zhuangzi in a largely final form, at the court of Liu An in the middle early Han. The Zhuangzi got its final editing by one Guo Xian (d. 312 C.E). The same group seems to have done the same for the equally underappreciated Guanzi material. What might have been the beginning of really serious science in China was cut short by the rebellion, or alleged rebellion, of Liu An against Emperor Wu (Sima Qian 1993:321-346.) The whole body of materials apparently assembled in Liu An’s court comprises a brilliant and underappreciated collection of political-economic works (Anderson 2014; Liu 2010). Having treated them elsewhere (Anderson 2014), I quote only one line: “when people are in the majority, they eat wolves; when wolves are in the majority, they eat people” (Liu 2010:650). It should not escape the reader that the wolves are not necessarily the four-footed kind.
Monica Zipki (2018) has shown that the goddesses important in the Chu Ci, an early song collection from late Warring States times, lost ground steadily as male commentators reduced them to commoner or mere symbolic status; the male deities suffered no such demotion. The Chu Ci, “Songs of Chu,” originated from a state probably heavily Thai in culture, far less patriarchal than the Chinese. They came up against a “Han Confucianism” that “consistently elevates yang over yin, heaven over earth, the ruler over the ministers, and male over female, and tends toward strong gender essentialism” (Zipki 2018:345). This connects to food via the intense absorption with foods, tastes, flavors, scents, and sensations in the poems.
Han Confucianism was itself a striking creation. Thinkers at the Han court combined Confucian ideas with Legalistic ones (Sima 1993), producing something of an “iron hand in velvet glove” ideology. Combined with traditional sacrifice cults that shored up imperial power, it was elaborated into a full-scale ideology of expanding empire. Han Confucianism remained the ideology of empire, and still colors Chinese thought today.
The cynical and realistic Han thinker Wang Zhong provided some insight into Han food in a line about not wasting effort and skill on minor matters: cooking mallow pods with onions does not require Yi Di or Yi Ya, and “to the Village Mother one does not sacrifice a whole ox” (Wang 1907:69, as “Wang Ch’ung,” translation by Alfred Forke). The mallow pods with onions would be the most humble side-dish imaginable; small mallows (Malva verticillata complex) were the coarse but flavorful and nutritious food of the very poor, and I remember nibbling on the pods when I was young. The Village Mother was also a humble and rustic deity, deserving of a small pig at best. The insight into animal sacrifice is worth note: Han continued the vast sacrifices of earlier times, but was beginning to realize they were an awful waste, and cut back. Human sacrifices, already on the wane in much of China, became infrequent.
Less believable, but still possible, is the hermit described in Liu Xiang’s Shuoyuan (Garden of Eloquence; 2021:219): “In the winter he lived in the mountain forests and subsisted on chestnuts; in the summer he lived in the marshy lowlands and subsisted on lotus root and water chestnuts.” Liu also retails a story from the 7th century BCE (but almost certainly invented long afterward and embellished by Liu himself): a Lord Xian blew off advice from a poor man with the comment (via an underling, at that): “Those who eat meat are already looking after these matters; of what concern are such matters to those who eat vegetables?” The poor man, Zu Chao, responded with such a brilliant lecture on listening to everybody that Xian made Zu a court tutor. This is very much in line with Liu’s constant emphasis on the importance of listening to everybody, even the poorest, and selecting the good advice. Anyone can be a teacher.
At the other extreme of credulousness is the tallest story I have encountered in Chinese food lore: Liu An’s discovery of bean curd when he was eating soybean mush in a cave and a stalactite dripped limewater into the dish, precipitating the bean curd (Joo 2022; Dr. Joo is a first-rate food anthropologist and does not take this story seriously). Almost as tall is a story that dumplings were invented by the great medical authority Zhang Zhongjing about the same time. Frostbite, especially of the ears, was common in a hard winter, so he wrapped chopped mutton and healing herbs in dough skins and boiled these dumplings in soup (this odd tale was ferreted out by Jenn Harris of the Los Angeles Times, 2022). Of course, there is no actual record of this, and it implies the dumplings and skins were already known. Some types of dumplings are still called “ears.”
Another fantastic legend about dumplings concerns the origin of the word mantou. According to the Three Kingdoms Romance (uncertain Ming date—long after the episodes it describes, or invents), Zhuge Liang intended to sacrifice 49 people to calm a storm. He was too humane, and made heads of dough instead (Tang and Yue 2013:6-7 quote the whole story; H. T. Huang 2000 also relates it). Of course, the real origin of the word is from Turkic manty, and steamed cakes were well known long before, but a good story is still a good story. Apparently this particular story arose after mantou had become large and unfilled doughballs raised with sourdough starter or equivalent; in Tang they were the small, meat-filled ones we now call baozi (large, raised buns) or jiaozi (small dumplings). Mantou still refers to stuffed buns in Japan, Korea, and some parts of North China. These filled dumplings became baozi in the center and south. (Katy Hui-Wen Hung, Facebook posts, Jan. 4 and Feb. 2, 2021).
Another tall tale concerns the founding lineage of Han: Liu Lei, according to legend the founder of the lineage that later became the Han royal one, not only raised dragons but made fine stews from them (Cook 2013:76).
An entire genre of rhapsodies on imperial hunting parks developed, with famous writers like Sima Xiangru, Pan Yue, and Yang Xiong contributing. These were collected in the Wen Xuan, an anthology dating around 530 CE (Knechtges 1987). These give long and much exaggerated accounts of the beasts and birds in these parks, the enormous size of kills from hunting, and the variety of trees. Imaginary beings reminiscent of the west’s phoenixes and unicorns appear. More to the point is the fact that the writers condemn tying up so much land and resources for sheer luxury, and praise the emperors whenever they release land for farming. Thus Yang Xiong writes in praise: “He opens the forbidden parks, Distributes the public stores…releases pheasants and rabbits, Stores nets and snares; Elaphures and deer, fodder and hay, He shares with the common folk” (Knechtges 1987:135). A later, beautiful ode on a ruined city laments the replacement of exotic luxury items like ostriches by “marsh moss…wild kudzu…snakes and beetles…deer and flying squirrels…field rats, wall foxes,” and overgrowth by poplars, grasses, scrub (Knechtges 1987:257). These poems exhibit what Karen Laura Thornber (2012), in writing about more recent Chinese literature, calls “ecoambiguity”: love and appreciation of the wild, but seeing the need and moral rightness of taming it when people need food and security. The love of both wild and tame, and the regretful awareness of necessity when the wild is sacrificed, has always characterized Chinese literature, though admittedly the “wild” is often a hunting park rather than a wilderness.
Han developed the changpingcang, “long-level(ed) storehouse,” borrowed by the United States as the “ever-normal granary” in the 1930s—rather a long lag for a desirable cultural borrowing. Henry Wallace, Franklin Roosevelt’s liberal expert on agriculture, introduced the idea. Wallace got the idea from a Columbia University thesis by Chen Huan-Chang, “The Economic Principles of Confucius and His School” (his Ph.D. thesis, 1911). Chen returned to China in 1912 and worked there. He was a militant Confucian (Bodde 1946).
Some “mispronunciations” turn out to be more interesting than they seem. Sharp-eared foodies may have noticed that wolfthorn berries, now so popular in the western world as an antioxidant “nutraceutical,” are called either goujizi or gouqizi (American markets sell them as “goji berries”). This is reflected in, and may in fact come from, the fact that the phonetic element of the character for ji is actually pronounced qi, even though the full character (the phonetic plus the “tree” radical) is pronounced ji. The linguist David Prager Branner discusses these cases and others (Branner 2011:107). The same misreading, or perhaps simply a dialect variant that is reflected in the character, affects some other food plants: qianma “nettle” gets read as xunma, jicai “shepherd’s purse” (a very good cress-like vegetable) as qicai, and pielan or piela “kohlrabi” as pilan—in all cases the variant pronunciation following the phonetic without the “plant” radicals.
Goji berries now come from the desert species Lycium barbarum and are produced largely in Ningxia, with rapid expansion, spreading into other dry areas (Dunlop 2019a). There is now even a ceremony for them in Ningxia (Newman 2017b). L. chinense, the common garden plant of the rest of China,is now grown mostly for leaves. Goji berries are literal vitamin pills; they have among the highest vitamin and mineral values of any plant material, as well as being high in antioxidants. They are therefore thrown in handfuls into traditional Chinese strengthening and healing foods. They expanded worldwide as a major “functional food” in the early 21st century, thoiugh this has leveled off now. Lycium species with superb berries—some as flavorful as raspberries—abound in the United States, and could easily be domesticated; they grow easily in gardens (personal observation). They are said to have less vitamin content, however.
A fine collection of papers edited by Isaac Yue and Siufu Tang (2013) is especially good and complete on “wine” (jiu, actually ale, as the writers know, but they follow the common translation that pays more attention to its cultural status—more comparable to “wine” in Europe than to “ale”). Several papers focus on the rise of drunkenness as an ideal state for the proper sage. Laozi and Zhuangzi did not have this idea, except for brief references to people whose basic nature was to drink and thus did it in spite of social conventions. After 250, the conventions changed, and drunkenness was the expected and idealized behavior of poets; the Seven Sages of the Bamboo Grove, Tao Qian, and other poets of the early interregnum started this, and Li Bai perfected it and modeled the sublime drunkard for all time. Few went as far, even when imitating him—he seems to have been a genuine alcoholic—but later writers from Su Shi to the Korean and Japanese imitators of Chinese verse all immortalized their muzzy states. One hopes for further work on the social aspects of this; Yue and Tang provide much excellent social history of it. Charles Kwong’s paper in their book (2013) is particularly noteworthy not only for its history but for Dr. Kwong’s translations of drinking poems; he gives us a whole anthology of them, genuinely well translated (Chinese poetry is notoriously difficult to turn into readable English).
Three Kingdoms and Northern and Southern Dynasties
To begin on a light note: “When the first emperor of Eastern Jin set up his government in Jiankang, there were no luxuries; when a pig was slaughtered, the neck meat was reserved for the emperor, the ‘forbidden fillet.’” (Stephen Owen, in footnote on Du Fu’s collected poetry, Du 2016, vol. 5, p. 391). So the emperor was happy with pork neck bones—the stereotypic black poverty dish (along with chitlins) in my childhood! I love them, whether Chinese-style or African-American-style.
Early in the period, Ge Hong wrote: “It is not that the Dao is located [exclusively] in mountains and forests, but one who would seek the Dao must enter the mountains and forests, drawing near to their clarity and purity, in his earnest desire to distance himself from the rottenness” (Campany 2001:130-131). Strange stories of the period record immortals feeding humans on moutain-goat jerky, sesame seeds, and the like, and describe thoroughly shamanistic visions, soul-travels, and transformations (Campany 2015).
We know domestic ducks were common from the fate of Wang Sengda (423-458), who was fired for shamming sick so that he could go to watch a duck fight (Wallace 2017). Duck fighting was not uncommon at the time.
More serious was drying up of some west Chinese oases in the 500s, probably after 536, when volcanic eruptions massively affected the whole Northern Hemisphere. They were not reoccupied till wetter times in the Medieval Warm Period (K. Li, X. Qin and L. Zhang 2018).
Albert Dien’s work Six Dynasties Civilization (2007) discusses tomb finds, including some notes on food (pp. 359-363). As usual, millet, millet ale, greens, and pork dominated. Bread like Persian nan and dumplings similar to mantou were found in a tomb.
The first Turkic record in China is a single sentence of the otherwise lost Kir language, from the fourth century CE (Shimunek et al. 2015). The authors of the study that reports this find suspect that Turkic peoples, not the Xiongnu, were the “Huns” of early medieval Sogdian record, though the word “Hun” (Hunnu) is almost certainly derived from the word now written as “Xiongnu” (with characters giving it an unsavory meaning, as “slaves”) in Chinese.
“some of these names originate in the villages and lanes,
and some of the methods for making them come from alien lands.” (Knechtges 2014:453.)
He reports sifting the flour twice (as my mother used to do, to take out bits caked by moisture), and then describes making filled dumplings by chopping mutton with ginger and onions, spicing with cassia and Chinese brown pepper, adding salt and black beans (presumably fermented soybeans), and stuffing this mix into skins. (Knechtges refers to “thoroughwort” but thoroughwort, Eupatorium, barely occurs in China. A species of the genus occurs, but, like thoroughwort elsewhere, is used as medicine rather than food. Thoroughwort is useless as a spice. Possibly artemisia was meant; it is still used to stuff dumplings in Korea, and it resembles thoroughwort and is related. Less likely, but a known spice of the time, is smartweed, Polygonum odoratum.)
Knechtges notes that many varieties of bing were already described in Han, as well as ci, dumplings of rice or millet flour. Shu introduces more of the wheat dumplings and cakes. He notes some come from foreign lands, and a couple have strange names, angan and butou (small dumplings like spaetzle pressed out into strips), that may be loanwords from some unknown source (Knechtges 2014:450). Shu describes seasonally eaten cakes, including what may be pancakes for summer and leavened bread for autumn. Spring is for mantou. This is actually the first certain mention of mantou. Coming at a time when western influence was strengthening, in a poem with foreign influence acknowledged, this Turkic loanword (Turkic mantu, manti) is not a surprise. Winter brought tang bing, noodles. Shu waxes ecstatic over laowan, meat-stuffed dumplings. These have the spices noted above, and their wrappings were made with meat stock instead of water. They were eaten with hai, fermented meat sauce. Bing were also made in the shape of pigs’ ears and dogs’ tongues, like the “cow ear” cookies of today.
Another treasure is a festival and ritual calendar (Chapman 2014) from around 550. It describes all the seasonal festivals, often with the foods traditional at that time. New Year began with sacrificing chickens, then progressed to drinking peppered wine, eating eggs, drinking peach soup, and eating teeth-gluing toffee—teeth knocking together might bring trouble (p. 475). Others prepared the five pungent vegetables: garlic, leek, garlic chives, mustard, and cilantro—Zhuangzi said these opened the viscera, and they apparently protect against bad air. (Garlic may not have been around in Zhuangzi’s time, and cilantro almost certainly was not, coming to China much later.) But Buddhists ban them (p. 476). Cold Food Day was then two days before the spring festival of Qing Ming (it is now shortly after new year). People ate things like malt syrup, sticky rice and barley pastries, and apricot-kernel gruel (477). On the ninth day of the ninth month, people ate pastries and drank chrysanthemum-flavored wine (481).
Another area receiving attention has been the mutual mockery of southerners and northerners that I commented on in The Food of China. Lu Sidao, in the 6th century, was mocked as a northerner; a southern poet taunted him that in the north “Elm trees thrive with the desire to feed men; Grass grows tall so as to fatten donkeys.” Elm leaves and fruits were and are a famine food in the north. The south lacked donkeys and apparently found them derisory. Lu Sidao immediately shot back his own couplet, mocking southern stinginess: “Sharing the rice steamer but not the rice; Using the same frying pan, each cooks his or her fish”—images of selfishness quite similar to mocking lines I have heard myself in south China. (The quotes are from Choo 2014:72.)
The Qimin Yaoshu continues to attract attention, but amazingly little considering its importance. Bray (1984) drew heavily on it for her history of Chinese agriculture. Huang (2000) and Sabban (1988) have examined its fermentation technology. I have described the cooking of the period, including the Qimin Yaoshu and the Tang dynasty, in a recent article (Anderson ms), and need not redo it here. The Qimin Yaoshu is an enormous agricultural encyclopedia, compiled by one Jia Sixie around 544. The book’s name literally translates as “ordinary people’s needed skills.” It has been variously translated and mistranslated; some translations are far from the actual meaning. The book’s accounts of agriculture are detailed and intelligent. They reveal an incredible amount of highly sophisticated, technical, accurate knowledge, comparable to but rather more advanced than such Latin counterparts as Columella. The book describes making all sorts of pickles and fermented foods, making soy sauce and vinegars. Itprovides us with the first account of oil pressing in China (Bray 1984:519), but obviously that skill was well known long before, since oil is repeatedly mentioned in earlier works. Rapeseed and less often hemp, and perhaps sesame, were the feedstocks.
Francesca Bray’s superb accounts of the Qimin Yaoshu (1984, 2019a) are among the very best studies of Chinese food. She translates a recipe for stir-fried eggs: “To stir-fry (chao) hens’ eggs: break into a copper bowl and stir till white and yolk are mixed together. Finely shred the white bulb of an onion, add a pinch of salt and stir-fry in a mixture of soy sauce and hemp [sesame?] oil. It smells and tastes delicious” (Bray 2019a:366). This is still an extremely common Chinese recipe. Green onions (scallions) are normally understood. Sesame is “Persian hemp” in Chinese, hence the question about it; it produces a much better oil than hempseed.
The work also tells us a great deal about dairying and various ways of processing milk. At this time, the north Chinese were heavy dairy consumers. Jia lived under the Northern Wei dynasty, ruled by the Tuoba (Tabghach, Taghbach), a central Asian people speaking Särbi, a language in the Mongolian family. They popularized all manner of central Asian cultural forms, including dairy. He gives recipes for brewing ale, including use of 180 bushels of grain for one batch of “spring ale,” making it clear he was writing for large estates. He lived in a world where slaves, serfs, and peasants (low-status, unfree small farmers) abounded. However, there were very large numbers of free yeoman farmers too. The popularity of his book shows that many of them could read. The old image of traditional China as a handful of Confucian literati in a vast mass of illiterate people is a cartoon. Already in the Han dynasty, common soldiers were writing and receiving letters on the frontier. Literacy in Wei times was not close to 21st century levels, but was quite appreciable.
Huang (2000) draws heavily on the book for his history of fermentation in China. It describes bean curd, and several types of jiang (fermented pastes), made from beans, wheat, elm seeds (edible and good, from Ulmus sinensis), and meat. Zha, fermented meat or fish ancestral to Japan’s original sushi, is described. Soymilk was known. Artemisia was used then as before to preserve ale and other foods, since its strong alkaloids kill bacteria and insects. (It was also used to line granaries.)
Chapter 7. Tang and Just After
Beginning, as so often, with a story: Perhaps the greatest insight into Chinese food, and everything else Chinese, is provided by a story from the Jiu Tang Shu (Older Tang History) by Liu Xu (887-946). The emperor found that a man named Zhang Gongyi was patriarch of a family with dozens of people, some connected by ancestors nine generations back, living happily and peacefully together in one great house compound. “When asked how his family managed to reside together for nine generations, Zhang Gongyi (fl. 665) wrote on a piece of paper the character ren…more than a hundred times” (Knapp 2003:17). Ren means “to endure, to forbear.” A similar and much commoner character, ren “humaneness,” is often confused with this in folkloric versions of this story like the English word, it is derived from the word for “person” (ren; originally it used the same character, but was early differentiated by adding the character for “two,” to indicate it is how two or more people should act toward each other). Zhang was only more dramatic about it than millions of other Chinese. The values of forbearance and humaneness are, by widespread agreement over millennia, the core of Chinese moral culture. Without them, China, including its food system, would have been very different.
Treating the Tang Dynasty must begin with citing the great work of Berthold Laufer (1919) and Edward Schafer (1963, 1967, 1977), who established the foundation of Medieval Chinese food history. However, this material was covered so thoroughly in Schafer’s books and my earlier Food of China that it needs little treatment here.
Those who write about Chinese environmental policy love to quote a poem by Liu Zongyuan (773-819) about deforestation; various translatons are cited in the Needham series, Elvin’s magnum opus (2004), and my own work. A notably better translation has appeared, done by Bill Porter (Red Pine, 2019:45-46) and is too good to miss:
“The court sends woodsmen into a thousand mountains
with orders to choose pillars and beams
in ancient groves they cut ten and keep one
shattering the axles of hundred-oxen teams
blocking roadways with piles of logs
leaving hills in ruins and mountains in flames
and nothing that remains intact
no creek or gorge survives the trampling
and most of the lumber isn’t used
Slopes are stripped and ridges left barren
then there’s an armory or a palace fire
and builders look nervous expecting to be blames
don’t you see
the great trees of South Mountain becoming scarce
and those who care even scarcer”
The fact that this is a general comment on late Tang governance, not just on forestry, is particularly obvious from this notably literal translation. Tang readers would instantly remember Mencius’ story of Ox Mountain, deforested and ruined, used as a parable of how poor upbringing ruins humans. Forests and people have ganying, mutualresonance. This means they share some essential or vital qualities, which may be mystical, or, as here, may simply be that they respond similarly to similar management. The poem, like Mencius’ story, goes beyond simple analogy into a whole philosophy of governance. Unfortunately, the government did not listen; it is from this time that the mixed deciduous and evergreen forests of central China begin to be rapidly degraded (F. Lu et al. 2019, and see Campbell’s account below in Ming).
The indefatigable Tang and Yue quote a strange but very Tang poem I can’t miss here, a description of a pig dish, supposedly written by a monk dressed in purple (presumably a Daoist):
Its snout is long and its coat is short,
With a bit of fat it is raised on mountainous herbs;
It is wrapped in a layer of banana leaf and steamed,
When cooked it is eaten with an apricot sauce;
Its colour is red and it is served on a golden plate,
Its texture is soft enough to be picked apart by jade chopsticks;
To compare it to a dish of lamb,
The lamb is as fitting as the rattan.”
(Tang and Yue 2013:8.)
I have no idea what the rattan is about.
A sadder poem comes to us from Pi Rixiu, a farmer turned poet:
Deep into autumn the acorns ripen,
Scattering as they fall into the scrub on the hill.
Hunched over, a hoary-haired crone
Gathers them, treading the morning frost.
After a long time she’s got only a handful,
An entire day just fills her basket.
The poem goes on to blame high taxes for taking all her grain and reducing her poverty (Nienhouser 1979:79-80). Ennin, the Japanese traveler, also noted acorn-eating about this time (Nienhouser 1979:79-80; Reischauer 1955), as well as eating filled dumplings then called mantou but now jiauzi. Recall that acorns were a staple food before agriculture. They are still eaten in China.
One Huangfu Shi (777-835) was highly aware of varieties of jiu. He noted occasions (snow-viewing to flowers etc), colors, and tastes. These, following tradition, were gan (sweet), chun (mellow), ku (bitter), lie (refreshing), bo (light), and hou (heavy). He wrote:
“As to [the taste of] drinks, those having rich but refreshing flavors and a sweet aftertaste can be compared to the sages; mellow but bitter and with a golden color can be compared to the worthies; sour and light with dark color can be compared to simpletons. [Furthermore], the hosts who intoxicate guests with glutinous rice-based homemade drinks are gentlemen; with millet-based homemade drinks are middlemen; and with unclean ashed drinks bought from the market are villains” (cited in Guo 2021). In modern terms, we might think of Belgian ale, microbrewery IPA, and “lite” beer.
Tang did better than Han in grain production and transport (Z. Wei et al. 2018). This was apparently due to better governance, since the climate was similar.
Charles Benn, in China’s Golden Age (2002), has provided a thorough account of Tang food. It was simple and bland by modern standards. Millet continued to be the staple of ordinary people, but wheat rose spectacularly in importance, as central and west Asian foodways flooded in over the vast complex of channels rather vaguely lumped as the “Silk Road.” Jiu also diversified, with grape wine imported and occasionally made within China, and distillation beginning to enter the picture. The height of gastronomic delight, judging from the poetry of Du Fu and others, was raw fish, sliced and variously seasoned. Freshwater fish was the usual source, at least for the poets, living along rivers and lakes (Anderson ms).
What Tang and Yue and Charles Kwong (2013) do for alcohol, Ronald Egan (2013) does for tea in the same volume; he focuses on the Song Dynasty, when tea was particularly favored as a subject for song. His translations too are fine and readable, often being the best available, and should be duly quoted in any work on tea or on medieval Chinese food (I wish they had been available when I wrote my 2014 book, which was actually completed in 2013).
On a different note, Han Shan wrote of luxurious recipes in terms that seem quite familiar now—as is his militantly vegetarian condemnation of them for taking life:
“The unfortunate human disorder
A palate that never wearies
Of steamed baby pig in garlic
Of roast duck with pepper and salt
Of deboned raw fish mince
Of unskinned fried pork cheek
Unaware of the bitterness of others’ lives
As long as their own are sweet”
(Han Shan 2000:173)
A Shiliao Bencao “Basic Herbal of Food Cures,” was written by by one Meng Shen, 621-713. Only fragments exist. Ute Engelhardt (2001) reviewed in an outstanding article what we know of Tang dietary medicine. Nutrition was important and widely studied, but knowledge of it was young and not deep. It was to increase over time.
An Arab source from 851-852 notes foods that voyagers encountered in China. The Arabs knew mainly Guangzhou (known to them as Khanfu): “Their food is rice. They often cook a sauce to go with it, which they pour on the rice before eating it. Their ruling classes, however, eat wheat bread and the flesh of all sorts of animals, including pigs and other such creatures [i.e., unclean in Islam]. They have various kinds of fruit—apples, peaches, citrons, pomegranates, quinces, pears, bananas, sugarcane, watermelons, figs, grapes, serpent melons, cucumbers, jujubes, walnuts, almonds, hazelnuts, pistachios, plums, apricots, serviceberries [hawthorns], and coconuts…. Their drink is a wine made from rice…. Grape wine is not to be found….” (Abü Zayd al-Sīrafī 2014:37). It would appear that the ancestral form of the modern Cantonese contrast of fan “cooked rice” and sung “sauce for cooked rice” already existed. The almonds, hazelnuts and pistachios would have come from the Near East, traded by the seafaring merchants who supplied the information. Evidently they were common enough in late Tang to seem regular foods in the port cities. Weirdly, this source says the Chinese for tea is sākh (p. 49).
Tang history relates that the Gopi kingdom in India presented “yu gold aromatic” to the Tang court in 647—the first mention of saffron in China (Yan Liu 2018). Buddhists then took to using it for scenting and purifying.
Chapter 8. Song and the Conquest Dynasties
Song saw the development of the Chinese agriculture familiar since: intensive wet-rice agriculture with improved varieties; multicropping everywhere; more use of manure; better water control (Feuerwerker 1995:54); more rationalized integration of silk with food production; rationalized, market-oriented production of such local specialty crops as sugar; and intensive urban marketing. This all led to the development of a middle class with bourgeois culture, and the famous “sprouts of capitalism” (zibenzhuyi mengya) that never grew into capitalism but did grow into a state-mercantile type of economy. Banqueting in this period and later is notably shown in art (Kwok 2019).
A detailed study of agriculture in Fujian, from Song through Yuan, is provided by Billy So (2000). The fast-growing rice from Champa came, but yielded less well than local rices, and thus did not catch on until later. Population was dense, causing people to turn increasingly to the ocean, starting Fujian’s career as a major trading center and a major exporter of people to the Nanyang (Southeast Asia) and later the world.
China fought the Xixia (Tangut) state, with no success until the great statesman, thinker, and outspoken reformer Fan Chengda was put in charge. He quickly forced the government to provide decent armor and resources. He went on to mentor the major political reformers of the following period. Fan, one of the more sympathetic characters in Song history, was a brilliant, far-traveled diplomat and scholar with superb literary talent. He also wrote important texts on statecraft, including agricultural policy, the importance of which he stressed (P. J. Smith 2017). He had an insightful grasp of ecology, seeing the erosion caused by deforestation (Bello 2022:280). The mountains of Guizhou proved particularly erodable.
Joseph McDermott and veteran Japanese Sinologist Shiba Yoshinobu contributed a book-length chapter on Song economy to the Cambridge History of China (2015). They report that this was the time when China truly became a yeoman nation. Serfdom was declining. Bondservants could now own property. Slavery was about gone. Small-scale private landholding was the rule. From this point on, it is even less correct than before to refer to China’s farmers as “peasants.” They were free farmers, not entailed cultivators with limited rights (p. 350f.).
The shift to the south continued, with some areas registering 1200% increases in population while parts of the north declined up to 10% (p. 330-332). “In 609 the four key northern provinces of Sui dynasty China had held 73 percent of the empire’s populace…in 1290 it was 20 percent” (p. 434).
Population of northern Song reached about 100 million, and the total of southern Song and Jin regained that level after conflict, reaching 110-120 by 1215 (Mote 1994). Among government measures to help with rising population and pressure on resources were issuance of important agricultural manuals. The Nongsang Qiyao, “Needed Knowledge of Agriculture and Sericulture,” was a government manual from 1273, but early editions are lost (Bray 1984:71). In 980 China had only 35 million people, according to an admittedly conservative estimate. Population reached 124 million in the 13th century, but dropped to 75 by 1391, after the rise and fall of Yuan (Cao 2022).
The Medieval Warm Period greatly benefited Song’s enemies, making inner Asia from Mongolia to Tibet warmer and wetter. Song did not benefit. The north was warmer but drier, keeping yields down (Bello 2022:263). The south was wetter, causing floods.
Terrible famines occurred widely in north China in 1075 and the 1100s (see also Zhang 2016), often resulting from flooding perhaps associated with northward movement of the monsoon in the Medieval Warm Period. Infanticide is mentioned as a problem for the first time in Chinese history (McDermott and Yoshinobu 2015:411). Part of the problem was the famous deforestation for ironmaking and other industrial uses requiring firewood. Tools improved; the modern Chinese plow developed, and harrows, rollers, and other farm implements were widespread (p. 353-355). The fast-growing, high-yielding rice from Champa (central Vietnam) spread rapidly and was an important crop; earlier claims to the contrary turn out to be wrong (p. 394-402).
Ling Zhang (2016) has examined in detail the problems caused by the Yellow River to Northern Song. She sees the river as a major actor in a drama; the government frantically tried to control the river, but it proved uncontrollable, constantly flooding and changing its course. Centuries of deforestation and intensive farming had allowed massive erosion, which led to silt aggradation of the riverbed, filling in and overwhelming of wetlands, and flash floods from the mountains and hills. At this time, winter wheat was becoming an important crop, but need for irrigation limited its extent in most of northeast China. Famines were regular and population declined. The book is a brilliant tour-de-force of analyzing the role of rivers and of human failure in the wake of human irresponsibility. The Yellow River remains a problem today. Research by Guodong Li and associates (2019) has confirmed her story: the climate in Northern Song was slightly warmer than now, but erratic, with cold periods and erratic flooding.
Some degree of the hard times can be gauged from the fate of the Imperial family. Of the 183 recorded children of Song emperors, two died in war, 83 died young, 99 survived childhood, and one is lost to the record—a child mortality rate around 48% (Zhang 2017a). This is probably typical for imperial families, given the number of child emperors and of emperors who died without children. The most prolific Song emperor, Huizi, had over sixty children, none of whom survived. (See Anderson 2019. Modern China’s infant mortality rate is 1%. The United States is half that. Presumably the deceased imperial children did not all die as infants, but still the rate is sobering.)
One relief came from forestry. Song created enormous needs for timber, because of construction, iron-smelting, and even writing—ink was made by low-oxygen burning of pines (it later was made from vegetable oil). Creative forest communities took to tree-farming, and developed a genuinely scientific forestry, almost exactly like that which Germany developed in the 19th century (McDermott 2013). Cunninghamia lanceolata, China fir, wasthe most valued. It grew straight and clear to 50 mt. A later book, the Nongzheng quanshu (Complete Book on Agriculture), by Xu Guangqi, 1630, tells how to plant and care for them (McDermott 2013:384). This stands as one of the more amazing cases of China long preceding the west in technical achievements. The forests also produced other commodities, including chestnuts and other nuts, medicinal herbs, orchids, wild fruit, wild vegetables, and mineral resources (McDermott 2013:278-279). Second only to timber was tea, rapidly becoming a major crop in Song.
Ian Miller takes up the story in his book Fir and Empire (2020). Tree farming continued, and does so still. This story will be picked up again in the Qing section.
“One dumpling restaurant had more than fifty ovens and dozens of workers…. Large restaurants might specialize in regional cuisine, such as the Sichuan restaurant that served ‘noodles with meat, noodles with preserved meat; noodles with various forms of meat or vegetable topping, stewed meat, fried giblets of fowl, and rice served with toppings both raw and cooked’” (p. 23; the quote is from S. West in the Hawai’i Reader).
Wang finds that millets were still staple foods in north and northwest China, though wheat was widespread. Rice was the unquestioned staple in the south. Meat, vegetables, and fruit were as now, except for the lack of New World foods. (The English version mentions “papaya,” but that is a translator’s error for quince.) Vegetables included many varieties of Chinese cabbage, as well as lettuce, spinach, ginger, scallion, shallot, chives garlic, eggplant, the usual gourds, taro, yam, burdock root, radish, wild-rice stalk, alfalfa, perilla, seaweed, wormwood shoots, fern, celery, arrowhead, arrowroot, lotus rhizome, and various mushrooms. Several wild greens were used, and were painstakingly and commendably identified in text (Wang 2016:67).
Pickling preserved most of these, especially the greens and radishes. Pickles were eaten widely, and were evidently a major part of diet. Sean Chen’s excellent translation of Madame Wu’s Song-dynasty cookbook (Chen 2023; see also Anderson 2023) confirms most of these vegetables, and the importance of pickling. In fact, the Chinese original is one of Wang’s sources. Madame Wu’s 75 recipes include no fewer than 51 for pickling and preserving, ranging from long-term preservation down to marinating to keep food fresh for a few days. Meat, fish, bamboo shoots, eggplants, and many other items were preserved, as well as greens. Clarissa Wei’s excellent cookbook of Taiwanese foodways (2023) includes a recipe for pickled mustard greens that is virtually identical to Madame Wu’s. Sean Chen envisions the Song kitchen as well stocked with jars of all sizes, to hold all the preserved goods.
Cooking methods were as today. Court cuisine was famous, and famously expensive. Restaurants and catering flourished. Holidays were celebrated with fine foods, as usual. Many have noted that China’s elaborate, meticulous, diverse cuisine began in Song. Tang records show no trace of it; from Song onward it is everywhere. In fact, a self-conscious counter-tradition arose, influenced by Buddhism as well as Chinese thought, that idealized elegant simplicity. Andrea Montanari (2020) has recently written a superb study of simple soups from Su Shi onward in Song thought and ideal. She quotes many poets of the time on the virtues of a simple soup of shepherd’s purse (a tasty but minor roadside herb) and the like.
Wheat foods were important everywhere. Baked cakes were shaobing, boiled ones (similar to modern year-cakes) were tangbing, steamed ones zhengbing (Wang 2016:60). Dumplings were already as important and almost as varied as they are today. Stuffed buns, mantou-like solid breads, wontons, and baozi abounded (Wang 2016:62). Noodles were particularly creative: there were noodle soups with pork, lamb, chicken, bamboo shoots, and others. Shaobing (a.k.a. hubing, “Iranian cakes,” removing all doubt of their Iranic origin) could be stuffed with anything from pig pancreas to sesame to marrow (Wang 2016:61).
The custom of feeding sweets to the kitchen god two weeks before New Year, so he would say only sweet things when he went to Heaven to report on the family for the year, was already established; it is recorded by Fan Chengda (Wang 2016:418-419).
Duck fighting was common at the time. Somewhat outside the range of food, but important, is the note that, while constructing the town of Pingxia, “residents saw three lizards there and built a shrine for them.” The lizards eventually became the “Marquis of Favourable Resonance, Marquis of Favourable Bestowal, and Marquis of Favourable Protection….. It is certainly beyond modern people’s imagination that three lizards could be apotheosized and given noble titles” (Wang 2016:423).
Pregnancy involved a whole realm of avoidances, to prevent marking the child. If the mother ate rabbit meat, the baby would have a harelip (a common belief in the west, even within my memory). If she ate lamb, the baby might be weak. If she ate turtle, the baby would have a short neck. If she ate donkey meat, the pregnancy would go on too long (donkeys carry their foals for about 11 months). And so on (Zhang 2017a:266). After a death, people were supposed to fast for three days, then avoid meat and alcoholic drinks for 25 months—into the third year (Zhang 2017b; he relates a non-ghost story of a skeptical monk who was detailed to guard a house against ghosts, and saw none until a strange creature appeared out of the dark, moaning, and capped by a pottery jar; he soon discovered it was the house dog, who had got his head stuck while foraging in a food jar).
Minorities in the south ate what they could get, especially the usual grains and root crops, and fish along rivers and coasts. There were already boat people in the far southeast, living on their watercraft and subsisting largely on fish and seafoods, often eating the fish raw (Wang 2016:91).
A Song work, Records of Home Cooking by one Madame Wu, said to be from Pujian in Zhejiang, was the first cookbook by a woman (probably in the world). Her cookbook has received an able scholarly translation by Shen J. S. Chen (2023), who we will meet again below as translator of Yuan Mei’s famous food book. Madame Wu’s given names are unknown, and even her existence has been questioned, her name being perhaps a pseudonym.
In any case, she wrote a fine food book. It is not simply a cookbook; 51 of the 80-odd recipes are for preserving food, not preparing it directly for the table. Most of the recipes are as simple as those of Tang, but a few reflect the more elaborate, spicy cuisine that was emerging in her time. Six recipes are for central Asian wheat-flour items, one even bearing the name saboni, from Greek sapouni “soap” via Arabic sabuniya “soapy” and Turkic sabuniye—a very unusual linguistic chain for Chinese, though typical of Central Asian medicinal name borrowings. Wu’s book also has several fish, shellfish, and crab recipes (Newman 2016a).
The great poet Lu You gave us a poem about eating sheep yogurt with cherries in Hangzhou, thus showing that yogurt, a thoroughly northwestern food, was eaten even in the lower Yangtze (Miranda Brown, Facebook posting, Aug. 28, 2021).
Pure Offerings in the Mountains (Shanjia qinggong) by Lin Hong (1224-1263) is “the only extant book-length text devoted to food appreciation with detailed descriptions that has survived to the present” (W. Wang 2024:94) from the Song. It includes recipes, anecdotes, descriptive appreciation, and poems by Lin and his friends. Like many Song gourmets and aesthetes, he idealized the plain, natural, and simple. Wandi Wang, in a noteworthy article on his work, quotes this couplet:
“Delicately I chew apricot buds by the little window,
Fresh verses issue from my mouth, every word fragrant.” (Wang 2024:110, corrected). This article was extracted from a longer Ph.D. thesis (Wang 2025), filled with details on food writings in Song, with historical references from earlier and follow-up notes from later dynasties. Lyrical cookbooks—books with brief recipes in rhyme—were a rare but noted feature of the period. The recipes are not very adequate for preparation, but the poetry was liked in its time. Wang notes that these cookbooks merged into miscellaneous-note collections, occasional verse collections, and other somewhat casual formats. Still, Wang feels they deserve consideration as a separate genre. The thesis also includes a long passage on qing, “pure,” a fascinating word. The character by itself means cool and pure colors (green, blue, gray); with the water radical, “pure, clean, simple”; with the grain radical, “nature”; with the word radical, “please” (the standard word for “please” in Chinese); with the ice radical, “cool”; with the heart radical, “true feelings.” These are all etymologically related, but the links need more teasing out.
The flowers of the mei (sour apricot) have a wonderful carnation scent, and can perfume the breath. These flowers were much in vogue in late Song poetry. Hans Frankel (1952), in his excellent and valuable monograph on this plant in Chinese poetry, says “practically every poet felt obliged to devote some poems” to them (quoted Wang 2024:110). Lin goes on to provide a dozen recipes for the flowers and fruit. The flowers were infused in water to flavor various recipes. They were actually eaten, not just sniffed. The great Song poet Yang Wanli loved to eat them, candied among other ways (Wang 2025:114). We will later meet Cao Xueqin’s description of making tea with melted snow that has fallen on these flowers. Snow did once fall on a flowering apricot of mine, and I was able to try this. The carnation scent does indeed come through. Lin Hong gives a recipe for the flowers and fruit macerated and fermented together in snow water (Wang 2025:124).
Lin’s recipe for fried imitation meat recommends decorating this vegetarian pleasure, and one’s home, with apricot flowers. Other recipes are equally simple, such as rabbit slices cooked hot-pot style in boiling water and eaten with the resulting soup (Wang 2024:112). Not even one peppercorn. Another recipe involves “green essence rice” (qingjing fan), plain rice flavored with the juice extracted from stems and leaves of an obscure wild plant (Wang 2024:114-5), or other green items, including “green stone fat,” which I take to be green algae growing on rocks; it has an earthy savor. He was not averse to real meat; he gives what may be the first clear reference to hotpot in China, in his poem work. Rabbit, pork or lamb slices were marinated in jiu, soy sauce, and brown pepper (presumably ground), and held by the eaters in boiling water till done. Then as now, much of the pleasure came from the communal activity (Wang, quoting Lin, 2024:151). A modern “influencer” whose public name is “Between Mei and Food” (Meishijian—homophonous with “no time,” a deliberate irony) has re-created Lin’s recipes on social media (Wang 2025:230).
Wandi Wang also deals with the Chinese olive (Canarium album). This fruit was an exotic item of the far south in Song times, and to some extent still is. The fruit is pickled, resulting in something like a Greek olive, but with a sharper, more bitter, more complex taste and aftertaste.
“Olives” 橄欖
江東多果實,East of the River, there is an abundance of fruit,
橄欖稱珍奇。Olives are regarded as precious and rare.
北人將就酒,Northerners pair them with ale,
食之先顰眉。Eating them first leads to a furrowed brow.
皮核苦且澀,The rind and seed are bitter and astringent,
歷口復棄遺。And they pass through the mouth, then are cast aside.
良久有回味,After a while, there is a lingering taste,
始覺甘如飴。Eventually sweetening like malt sugar.
我今何所喻,What now shall I compare them to?
喻彼忠臣詞。To those words of loyal ministers—
直道逆君耳,Direct words which oppose the emperor’s ears,
斥逐投天涯。Resulting in banishments to the ends of the earth.
世亂思其言,In a chaotic world, their words are recalled,
噬臍焉能追。Gnawing one’s navel, it is too late to turn back.
寄語採詩者,A message to those who gather poems:
無輕橄欖詩。Never underestimate the poetry of the olive.
Wang Yucheng (954-1001). Gnawing one’s navel is a Zuo Juanism for facing the impossibility of fixing a missed opportunity. Tr. Wandi Wang (from Wang 2025). She adds that Ouyang Xiu compared Mei Yaochen’s poetry to olives:
“Recent poetry is especially antique and hard,
when you chew it, it’s bitter and tough.
It’s also like eating olives,
the true flavor grows richer with time.”
Huang Tingjian also wrote a similar couplet: “Just like tasting olives, / only after the bitterness does the flavor endure” (Wang 2025:102). The kernel of Canarium spp. is also edible, and is a choice food from southeast China throughout southeast Asia and Indonesia.
“Coarse tea and insipid rice” were snubbed by the elite, but praised by some devotees of simplicity and plainness, an aesthetic convention of the time, stimulated by Daoism and Buddhism (Yue 2017). Plain, simple food was adulated by hermits, Buddhists, Daoists, and poets at mountain retreats. The latter were possibly recovering from the great feasts that pleased the affluent.
In Song, one Zhu Yijong was took on a hermit persona, calling himself dayin weng (great graybeard hermit), and wrote a lot on booze. His instructions for brewing are interesting. Tumi was boiled and mashed rice or similar grain; qu and maybe some wheat malt were added to it; then a sweet rice paste made; then the whole refermented (touru) together. Cocklebur (canger), spicy knotweed (laliao), or golden hop (shema) could be added [presumably to keep from spoiling, though the knotweed would flavor it]. He noted that dianle meant failed fermentation (Guo 2021).
Toward the end of Song, one Wu Zimu wrote a book called Menglianglu, “Account of a Gruel Dream” (1274; the reference is to an old story of a man who dreamed he had a long and adventurous life and awoke to find it had all taken place in a time so short that the gruel that was cooking before he went to sleep was not cooked yet). Wu also recorded the above list of necessities, and also recorded foods in the pleasure houses of Hangzhou: they “sell unusual teas and curious soups…powdered tea, pancakes, onion tea, and sometimes soup of salted beans.” In summer “plum-flower wine with a mousse of snow,” and cooling herbs (Lane 2019:83).
In Central Asia, the Turpan Depression (where temperatures range up to 49 C and rainfall is less than 2 cm./year) in Tang and Song was consuming wheat, barley, millet, grapes, walnuts, and desert plants and animals. It now raises cotton, melons, sorghum, and jujubes as well, most of those appearing and developing as crops during or soon after Song (Li-Feng Yao et al. 2020).
Surprising detail exists on Liao and Jin foods and feasting, since Song courtiers often traveled to and from their courts, recording useful or interesting lore. A Song travel writer named Fu Bi described a feast held near Liao’s southern capital:
“Decorated wooden bowls brimmed with [slavish] food. First came camel gruel, consumed with a ladle. There was stewed bear fat, mutton, pork, pheasant, and rabbit, and there was dried beef, venison, pigeon, duck, bear, and tanuki [raccoon dog], all of which was cut into square chunks and strewn onto a large platter. Two hu youths in pristine clothing, each holding a napkin and a knife and spoon, cut all of the various meats for the Han envoys to consume” (Tackett 2022:143). “Slavish” here translates lu, a traditional slur-word for central Asians. Hu is another word for central Asians, less derogatory and implying more urban, less nomadic people.
However, the conquest was deadly. Population dropped to 60 million by 1290, and did not recover unitl well into Ming (Mote 1994:661). The siege of Kaifeng in 1234 led to at least a million deaths, with epidemics, possibly including plague, breaking out. Famine was so great that people exhausted their leather goods and turned to eating the dead, possibly even killing children for food (Hymes 2021). Actual bubonic plague was spread by the Mongols into Europe, as is well documented, but Robert Hymes shows it was part of this story too, breaking out in China in the 1200s; only one book, little noticed, describes it well enough to identify it, which is why many scholars (myself included) did not see it as epidemic in old China (Hymes 2022; cf. Anderson 2019 and references there).
Stephen Haw (2006) has written a notably well-researched study of Marco Polo. Among other things, it ends forever any serious argument that Polo never got there. Haw notes many details that Marco could not possibly have known without seeing them. I might add that Polo’s descriptions of cranes are perfectly identifiable to species, which would be impossible unless he was speaking from direct observation (Anderson 2016b). The types of “mice” eaten by the Mongols are also described in the travel literature, and I have identified them (Buell and Anderson 2020).
A social change involved considerable restriction of women, tracking Neo-Confucian thinking in late Song and then Mongol introduction of west and central Asian policies, influenced by Islam and more restrictive. Women lost rights to property, among other things, with ramifying bad effects on food in the coming dynasties; they followed the Yuan code (Birge 2002).
Irrigation associations existed before; they flourished under the Mongols. They were locally organized, often with help of the monasteries and other religious institutions, which were big landowners and major local forces for political and economic organization (J. Wang 2018:166-214). They were organized in ways similar to village-level irrigation systems elsewhere, from Peru to Yemen (see my post, “Water,” www.krazykioti.com). The village or group of villages owns the water. Elders are charged to administer it, with, in the Chinese case, help from literate people—scholars and clergy. The clergy were largely Daoist and Buddhist, worshiping high deities, but they bent here to worshiping local water gods, and often the monasteries were turned into water god temples. Water bosses and, if necessary, seconds-in-command are designated to patrol the system and open or close sluice gates. Major gates open or close canals. These branch into feeders, ultimately reaching every field in the village. Individuals are allowed so many hours of water, generally controlling their own beds. Since everybody depends on the system, and neighbors in particular depend on each other, the incentives for everyone to police everyone else are great. Such bottom-up systems can work smoothly for centuries, surviving disasters and reorganizing after wars. This was a time when “village worship associations, Buddhist and Daoist temple communities, popular cult shrines, and large kinship associations had begun to compete for swealth and influence” (Wang 2018:281, citing Joseph McDermott), with the water gods showing more cooperation than competition with the Daoist and Buddhist ones. Yuan heavily favored the latter two faiths, freeing them from taxes. Yuan also decentralized control, allowing the monasteries to step into the power vacuum and wield great power. Ming reversed all this, and the religious institutions shrank. Irrigation systems, however, have to be managed, so the water gods and village societies went right on delivering. Wang notes in passing that all this refutes Wittfogel’s long-dead “irrigation civilization” hypothesis; it is mercifully too thoroughly buried to need much refutation any more (see Anderson 1988 for the full story of its downfall in China).
Yuan loved to compile food and agricultural books. Wang Zhen’s enormous Nung Shu (“Agriculture Book”) of 1313 summarized farming knowledge of China, but has been little studied (see Bray 1984:59-61 for an easily-available account in English). Other works followed.
Sources on Mongol food have been enormously expanded by Christopher Atwood’s book The Rise of the Mongols: Five Chinese Sources (2021). Zhao Gong, in “A Memorandum on the Mong-Tatars” (pp. 71-92), describes their staple foods: “They live only by drinking mare’s milk to slake their hunger and thirst. The milk of a single mare can satisfy three people. Whether going out or staying home, they only drink mare’s milk or slaughter sheep for food. [This is flagrant exaggeration; horses foal in spring, the milk must be saved for the foal till it can graze, and then dries up in fall, so mare’s milk is only available in summer.] [T]hey shoot rabbits, deer, and wild boar for food…they have seized as slaves people from China who must eat grain to feel full, and therefore they seize rice and wheat as plunder…Their country also has one or two places where black broomcorn millet grows, and they also boil this to make gruel.” (More exaggeration. The Mongols grew a good deal of it, and had other sources; they always ate a good deal of grain; Atwood 2021:83.) Zhao also noted that they rarely wash, wiping their greasy hands on their robes. Like European writers on the Mongols, he maintains they wear clothes till the cloth falls apart (Atwood 2021:87). They foretell the future by scapulimancy. When he left Mongolia, he and his companions were told by the Prince of State: “Whenever you come to a good walled town, stay a few days longer. If there is good wine, drink it, or good tea and food, eat it, or a good flute of a good drum, blow it or bang it” (Atwood 2021:92).
Peng Daya and Xu Ting provided a particularly detailed account as early as 1233, “A Sketch of the Black Tatars” (Atwood 2021:93-130). They noted the stock, including the camels, and the dependence on milk—but they are not so ignorant of the variety and processing methods of milks. They provide detailed descriptions of the ger (the Mongol felt house or “yurt”). They did not kill their cattle, saving them for milk. They used dried dung for fuel, referring to it as “steppe charcoal.” They even used it for lamps, adding sheep fat to make it burn well. They called scapulimancy “burning the lute.) Those who illegally broke grazing land for cultivation, or allowed fires to escape, were executed. “Those who, when pouring out milk or kefir, empty the vessel completely are said to be cutting off their descendants” (Atwood 2021:115). They begin to ride at three years of age, a fact still observable in modern Mongolia. Their arrows can pierce armor. Ting observed a Mongol woman give birth, wipe off the infant, wrap it in a sheepskin, sling it in a cradle, and go riding off with it . For mountain or stony ground, their horses were shod with iron or wood. Stirrups were made carefully to allow full range of motion in the saddle. Provisioning the army involved being very sure there would be enough milk; a great deal of detail is supplied on mare’s milk, with clarified milk for the elite. (From other sources, we know that Mongols traveled to war with a string of milk mares when possible, thereby tending to restrict campaigns to the summer. Winter campaigns were appalling, and spring was lambing and foaling season and the herds needed care.) They had some grape wine from central Asia. Ting describes melons “two men’s arm spans in circumference,” which must be a misunderstanding or exaggeration, though watermelons were coming in at the time, and were strange to north Chinese, who never saw such gigantic melons in the homeland (Atwood 2021:100-120, 127).
Related is a study of Mongol-era distilling, including of kumys (Luo 2012). At this point it is appropriate to cite the history of soju, Korea’s vodka (Park 2021). It appeared about this time, very likely learned from the Mongol conquerors, since the traditional Korean still is similar to that of the Mongols. It has become a gourmet drink in recent years.
Back in Mongolia, a noble lady had consumed yak milk. She was found, richly dressed in a five-clawed dragon robe indicating nobility, and duly analyzed (Ventresca Miller et al. 2023).
As was true throughout Chinese history, food was used as medicine. Thus, studies of medicine in the day, including Reiko Shinno’s excellent The Politics of Chinese Medicine under Mongol Rule (2016) as well as Paul Buell’s and my work (Buell and Anderson 2010, Buell et al. 2020), discuss food at great length. In particular, our work Arabic Medicine in China (2021) provides a translation of the Huihui Yaofang, a Mongol-era encyclopedia of western medicine translated into Chinese for Chinese use. (The Chinese text and good annotations are given in Kong 1996.) It did not catch on; almost no influence from it is traceable in Chinese medicine.
Chapter 9. Ming
Brook (2005, 2010) has chronicled the development of rice in Ming, including vast construction of polders, even in inhospitable north China. He also provides a thorough account of the disastrous climate events associated with the Little Ice Age that terribly stressed the dynasty (Brook 2010, 2016). The worst was in 1645-1715, the Maunder sunspot minimum that produced probably the coldest weather since the Ice Age. Extreme famines occurred with droughts in 1450 and 1625-50 (Lee and Yue 2020). A final fatal blow was a huge volcanic explosion in the Philippines, which darkened the skies and caused the worst drought in recorded Chinese history, 1641-43 (Chen et al. 2020). Poyang Lake fluctuated wildly in extent, more than at other times, with all these dynamics of precipitation (He et al. 2022). The treeline in Tibet dropped by a huge amount in the Little Ice Age, and has not recovered even now in places (K. Li et al. 2019).
New World food crops entered China in the 16th century, coming from the Portuguese in Macau, the Spanish in the Philippines, and across the southwest mountains from India. Tobacoo was probably the first to spread, showing that people often prefer drugs to food. Maize, chiles, peanuts, sweet and white potatoes, and other crops revolutionized agriculture and food, but did so slowly; they did not become widespread and important until Qing, perhaps not until after 1700 (Anderson 1988; Bello 2022; Mazumdar 1999; Pomeranz 2022).
Zheng He’s famous voyages to explore the Nanyang and onward throughout the Indian Ocean brought back many spices, popularizing them and helping to fuel a huge spice trade and consumption; the imperial court used “over 3,500 kilograms of spices every three years on religious rituals and sacrifices to gods and ancestors. In 1456, the Imperial Hospital made a one-off request for 2,500 kilograms of spices for use in medicines” (Yan 2023).
The timing of the horrible droughts and famines from 1625-50 spans the fall of Ming and rise of Qing, a point whose obvious significance is remarked on by Brook, Lee and Yue (2020), and many others (Anderson 2019). This is one time when weather did have a share in bringing down a dynasty, though Ming was rotting and giving way already, and famine was probably more a last straw than a full cause (Anderson 2019).
Wars, rebellions, and civil uprisings followed floods, and in wheat areas also droughts (Lee et al. 2017). The team of Harry Lee and David Zhang, with their students, notably Qing Pei, have rewritten the history of China, from the point of view of climate and its effects. They have produced an incredible number of brilliant articles and books, showing correlations of climate with famines, wars, and epidemics (see Pei 2021; I drew on them heavily for my book on dynamics of Chinese history, Anderson 2019).
Beginning in Ming and continuing to the present, the vast Dongting Lake in the lower Yangtse area has suffered increasing loss of area and wetlands, through reclamation for agriculture. Only 5.7% of it was lost by the end of Ming, but now three-quarters of the wetlands are gone, and the lake is reduced to a narrow, dyke-circumscribed shadow of its former self (Y. Li et al. 2020).
In Ming and Qing, epidemics were frequent, and correlated with famines, locusts, and droughts; all these were notably more common in cool dry times, of which there were many in this Little Ice Age period (H. Tian et al. 2017).
Li Bozhong has argued (e.g. 2003) that the coming of the famous Champa rice and other new varieties of crops only slowly made a difference. This is contradicted by McDermott and Yoshinobu (2015), but the difference may be a matter of “glass half full vs. glass half empty.” New technology, including better pumps to dry out paddies quickly for crop rotation, had to come in. Yields 2/3 to 1 shi of rice per mu, occasionally up to 2; they rose during Ming from an average of 1 to 1.6 in the Jiangnan region. Population grew after the disastrous Song-Yuan-Ming transitions.
The Xuande Emperor (r. 1426-1436) imported from Korea many “female cooks to satisfy the emperor’s appetite for Korean delicacies” (Chan 1988:301).
Pig-raising and pork-eating in Ming and Qing have been studied and monographed by Chung-Hao Kuo in a meticulous study (2013). Then as now, most of the world’s pigs were probably in China. He notes, though, that pigs rose greatly in abundance, and lamb relatively declined, with the progressive southernization of China after Han.
Gao Lian’s detailed on medicinal uses of foods includes a long section of Central Asian sweets, including halwa under that name (transliterated hai luo, lit. “sea radish”). Paul Buell and I have used this material, quoting the main sweets recipes, in Crossroads of Cuisine (2020, with translations by Sumei Yi; see also “Gao Lian” on my website, www.krazykioti.com). Diverse and contested attitudes existed toward alcoholic drinks in late Ming and early Qing, ranging from Gao Lian’s purity to Yuan Mei’s more hedonistic take to outright banqueters and revelers. Gao Lian called himself a shanren, a “man of the mountains,” but one Li Zhi (1527-1602) said the shanren were a bunch of hypocrites. Wandi Wang has discussed this in her thesis (2025:207-8). He was not alone. Gao’s encyclopedic Zunshen Bajian (Eight Treatises on Following the Principles of Life, 1591) was thus rather lowly regarded. Gao retooled some of Lin Hong’s refined recipes, and pieced together some instructions for preserving mei flowers so that they would open beautifully in tea long after flowering season (Wang 2025:207). This was the sort of preciousness that got him judged for being a bit over the top. Gao and one Tu Long ate flowers, cited Lin Hong’s Pure Offerings phrase, and lived simple, refined lives, building a reputation for it, to the ironic scorn of others (Wang 2025:210-212).
The first mention of chiles in China is in this work, according to Wee Kek Koon (2019) writing in the South China Morning Post. It is described as having “white flowers and a fruit that resembles the blunt tip of a writing brush. It is spicy in taste and red in color. It looks very attractive.” He notes that it was well established in Sichuan and Hunan by the late 19th century. Little seems known of it otherwise (Dott 2020).
There is a Shiwu Bencao (“Food Things Basic Herbal”) from 1550, with many later editions. A huge work, Nongzheng Quanshu (“Agricultural Complete Book”) by Xu Guangqi (1562-1633), surpassed even Wang Zhen’s earlier work, and includes some new lore from the west; it describes sweet potatoes, on which he wrote a short separate work, now lost (Bray 1984:64-70).
The greatest of all herbals—the one that became definitive in Chinese medicine—was the Bencao Gangmu, by Li Shizhen (2003; Chinese original, 1593-96). Li’s careful scholarship was enriched by his personal observation and experimenting, and his judicious and balanced insights. In addition to a workmanlike translation by a Chinese team (Li 2003, a more scholarly translation by Paul Unschuld and his group is ongoing. They began with Vol. 9, Fowls, Domestic and Wild Animals, Human Substances (2021, P. Unschuld, tr.) More volumes are appearing. Zhang and Unschuld (2015-18) have produced a dictionary of the work, with their considered translations of Chinese medical and biological terminology.
Portuguese observers added greatly to our knowledge, as recorded by C. R. Boxer (2004, orig. 1953). He quotes Galeote Pereira as writing (in translation from his time): “the Chins are the greatest eaters in all the world, they do feed upon all things, specially on pork, the fatter that is, unto them the less loathesome” (p. 9).
Deforestation continued, and Aurelia Campbell (2020), in What the Emperor Built, a rather amazing monograph on Ming megalomaniacal building, showed that taking huge nanmu trees (Phoebe nanmu) for the capital opened up the forests, established logging infrastructure and finance, and led to massive deforestation of all sorts in the wake of the imperial despoilers. The conventional wisdom on China’s deforestation is that it was done for agriculture to feed the starving masses, but in fact a great deal of it was done for imperial construction, for ironworking, for ceramics firing, and even for ink (formerly made by closed-in combustion of pines for soot—fortunately rapeseed oil replaced this).
In Ming, as in Song, there were those who idealized simplicity and remoteness, and of course had to eat accordingly. The Buddhist mountain hermit known as “Stonehouse” wrote a great deal of excellent eremitical poetry, beautifully translated by Red Pine (Bill Porter; Stonehouse 1999). He may well be exaggerating for effect, or at least recording only his most abstemious moments. He reports eating wheat-bran gruel and pigweed soup (p. 39), and a lunch of preserved bamboo, “blue-cap mushrooms fried in oil, purple-bud ginger pickles,” and rice (p. 35). He ate parched wheat, pine seeds and meal, and buds of local vines (63). He grew or gathered all these, as well as some vegetables. Not surprisingly, he reports being thin and unable to resist cold weather very well.
Drinking was rampant (Jackson Guo 2021, 2023). One Gu Qiyuan (1565-1628) chronicled a whole range of drinks: yellow millet drink (huangjiu) from Beijing, Cangjiu from Cangzhou, yiyi jiu (pearl barley or possibly Job’s-tears liquor)from Jizhou, autumn dew white liquor (qiulu bai) from Jinan, lychee drink from Guangdong, lamb liquor (yanggao jiu) from Fenzhou, wujiapi jiu from Gaoyou, and snow drink (xue jiu) from Yangzhou (presumably white in color, not made from snow), sanbai jiu (three whites—made from wheat, rice, and clear water) from Suzhou, honeyed crabapple drink (milinqin jiu) from Yangzhou, and plain baijiu from Hangzhou. There were several more. By this time distilled spirits—shaojiu, baijiu, alaji (or halaji) were well known and widely appreciated. Alcoholism was well known. Lamb liquor and other medicinal tinctures were known.
A mid-Ming story tells of a poet, Zhang Yuyuan, who was asked at a banquet to write poems for the peonies. He dashed off 50 and said he was running out of inspiration; the host gave him distilled liquor and he dashed off 50 more. Another mid-Ming drinker, Song Xu, made a cocktail with 40 catties of liquor (apparently distilled), 100 walnuts, 200 red jujubes, and four catties of cooked honey. One Xu Guangqi records making brandy from mulberries—apparently real brandy, not just baijiu flavored with mulberries. Another record describes fermenting grain and lychees, then distilling.
Drinking was connected with courtesans and sex, of course. Food items were compared by rather uncouth drinkers to the classic Han Dynasty ideal of beauty, Xishi. Globefish were compared to her breasts, oysters to her tongue, and both consumed at singing-house drinking parties. This was usually at the opposite end of the spectrum from connoisseurs like Yuan Mei and reveling but elite banqueters like Zhang Yuyuan (Guo 2021, 2023).
Not directly connected with food, but too important an insight into Chinese culture to miss, is the journal of Huang Xiangjian (1609-1673). He was caught in Suzhou in the horrors of the Ming collapse. At the time his father was serving at a government post in remote Yunnan. Huang, a filial son beyond even Chinese norms, set off through the horrific chaos of dynastic transition, into an area so wild and remote that even locals barely dared to venture on its roads. A soft city aesthete, he endured travel hardships that would have killed almost any hardened fieldworker. He survived, found his father, and they returned together; his father, in fact, survived him by a few years (Kindall 2016). This is as amazing a record of sheer human toughness as anything I have read.
Chapter 10. Qing
Under Qing, China’s population grew spectacularly. It had risen during Ming to about 150,000,000. The fall of Ming came with appalling bloodshed and famine, leaving a population not much over 100,000,000. Under Qing, it rose to the famous 400,000,000 of American stereotype in those days. Readers may recall Carl Crow’s infamously titled book 400 Million Customers (Crow 2008, orig. 1937), which is actually a quite knowledgeable and sympathetic work, but clearly aimed at American businesspeople!
In late Qing, China became known in the west for its “teeming millions” and “population pressure.” Grave thinkers calculated that famine would simply worsen, as the dense population rose more. They theorized that democracy could never come, or endure, in such a mass society. Today the United States has almost exactly the same population density as late Qing, and indeed its democracy is in desperate shape. Meanwhile, China’s population has more than tripled, and almost everyone is eating well. Democracy, however, does not exist except in Taiwan.
China’s great accomplishment was to maintain fairly constant levels of income, per capital agricultural production, and even life expectancy from Song to 1800, in spite of this huge increase in population, and the levels of living were higher than the all too familiar picture of famine and desperation after 1850 (Chen and Peng 2022; Pomeranz 2022). Only the interdynastic wars and a few other major catastrophes (such as the floods of the early 1100s and 1300s in north China) temporarily disrupted this pattern for the worse. They may have provided Malthusian relief, but ultimately China coped with its huge and increasing population.
Chinese were well aware of the Song historian Sima Guang’s line: “The wealth of heaven and Earth is fixed in amount” (Zanasi 2020:18). In the late 18th century, Hong Liangji wrote: “Nature cannot stop the people from reproducing. Yet the resources with which Nature nourishes the people are finite”; land and resources “have only doubled, or at least, increased only three to five times, while the population has grown ten to twenty times…M. Nature’s way of making adjustments” were “flood, drought and plagues” (Bello 2022:298). Such views earned him the name “China’s Malthus,” though he differed somewhat from his English contemporary.
This was actually far too bleak. China had in fact kept up with rising population (Bello 2022; Chen and Peng 2022). However, the increase in population led to agricultural involution (Huang 1990), as more and more people tried to make a living off less and less land by working harder and harder. Average farms shrunk to the size of an American suburban lot (about 1/6 acre, roughly a Chinese mu) in the most densely populated areas. “Popular wisdom had it that it required 4 mu of land (about two-thirds of an acre) to feed one person. With rapid population growth, this ratio had worsened under Qianlong from 3.5 mu per person in 1766 to 3.33 mu [half an acre]per person in 1790” (Elliott 2009:148). Of course, it was even smaller in the 19th century. This forced people to focus on silkmaking and to export workers to cities (Bell 1997). Mulberry trees to feed the silkworms grew on the levees between rice paddies.
Desperate hardship ensued, leading to rebellions in the 19th century, and also to emigration from southeast China to southeast Asia and then in the 20th century to the entire world. North China suffered less crowding, but had major famines, partly due to rain-based agriculture (Huang 1985). Lillian Li’s Fighting Famine in North China (2007) is a definitive history. Mallory’s classic China, Land of Famine (1926) remains indispensable. Even difficult climate, including the Little Ice Age in the 1600s and 1700s, did not slow this growth, “owing to the tremendous increase of subsistence brought about by land reclamation policy and the introduction of foreign food crops” (Lee et al. 2016), as well as excellent famine relief provisions, among the best in the world for that time (Will 1990; Will and Wong 1991).
Lee and Campbell (1997) traced the microdynamics of life, death, and reproduction in northeast China, finding an incredible amount of complexity and resourcefulness instead of the grim tale of inexorable famine and rampant overpopulation beloved of western colonialist observers in the 19th century. Chinese controlled their births, planned for the children they had, coped by diverse and rational methods when famine struck, and lived their lives successfully in spite of all.
At the other end of the socioeconomic scale, the same team researched the demography of the Imperial family (Lee et al. 1993). They found a depressing, even appalling, fact: the infant mortality rate was as high as in the general population, which in old China was extremely high. Even the Emperor was not isolated from epidemics; in fact, the Emperor was at high risk because of the thousands of people that circulated through the court. The Imperial diet may have been luxurious, but it was not well-balanced nutritionally, and if there was any problem with breastfeeding, the baby was apt to be fed on rice congee, a fairly good predictor of quick demise. Also, most of the Imperial children were the offspring of concubines, who got rather cursory care and attention. The tough farmers of the remote northeast could thank their lucky stars that they were better equipped to raise strong children.
The same group summarized their early findings in One Quarter of Humanity: Malthusian Mythology and Chinese Realities, 1700-2000 (Lee and Feng 1999). The key finding is that Chinese controlled their population fairly well and were proactive about food management, famine relief, and expanding food producting, contra the early Malthus and his grim idea of population inevitably outrunning food supply. China was well fed for an agrarian empire in 1700 and a great deal better fed in 2000, in spite of population increase—which itself was under control by then.
The cause of this huge population growth is under some debate. China had 60 million people by 2 CE, but that was when it controlled much less of the region than now; the total population in what is now China would have been 70-80 million. There were only about 100 million at the start of Ming. The huge increase in Qing seems largely due to peace and order, allowing longer lifespans and more trade and commerce. New World food crops, however, also had a huge role. They may have been the major cause (see e.g. Mazumdar 1999). Maize, sweet potatoes, and white potatoes allowed great expansion of cultivation into previously low-production landscapes. Peanuts, chiles, and various fruits and vegetables added critically important nutrients that had been scarce in many diets (Anderson 1988; Zhohong Shi, Agricultural Development in Qing, 2017).
Matthew Sommer (2015:151, 160) reveals that in late Qing “a shi [133 lb.]of unhusked rice…cost about 1100 cash,” with an exchange rate of about 750 cash per tael (1.3 oz) of silver. Rice was up to 1700 cash per shi by 1827 (ibid.).between 1703 Silver today (Jan. 2016) costs $14/oz., so a tael would be worth $18.50. 1100 cash would thus be about $28, enough to buy 56 pounds of white rice at today’s bulk-retail prices, and thus several times that much unhusked raw rice, wholesale. Thus, prices are roughly comparable then to those today. Sommer notes that a day laborer could work for as little as 50 cash per day (Sommer 2015:161). A man would need at least 1 1/3 lb./day to survive, and more than that to do any work. He would thus need to spend 11 cash for minimal food, plus whatever surcharge there was for husking and milling the rice. We also learn that a wife (bought from another man, usually in desperate straits) would cost an average of 24 taels, or $442, a low enough price. A magistrate might get 30,000 taels, a governor six times that (Sommer 2015:162), but these huge sums were more in the nature of budgets than of salaries, for these officials had to pay many expenses—including paying lower-level staff—out of the sums.
Another interesting note is that between 1753 and 1908, revenue from land taxes almost doubled, [but] its share of total revenue fell from roughly 73.5% in 1753 to a mere 35% in the twentieth century” (Dykstra 2022:3, citing figures from Wang Yeh-chien). Nonagricultural enterprises had risen from comprising a small minority of the economy to making up the majority of it. Dykstra points out that this led to more political power by merchants and other local entrepreneurs, with consequent decentralizing form the Qing state.
A huge literature, with many debates, has emerged on the rise of Qing economy, which rivaled Europe’s by 1700, but then fell behind (Anderson 2016a; Pomeranz 2000; Wong 1997). Kenneth Pomeranz (2000, 2022) held that China still had about the same per capita income as Europe at that period, a claim challenged by others (see Huang 2002) and hard to resolve. Some think China fell behind as early as late Song (which seems extremely unlikely, given all other sources), or in Ming (The Economist 2017). The proper comparison is also debatable, since Holland and England, certainly far ahead of China by late Ming, are much more comparable with the lower Yangzi than with all China: “In Qianlong’s day, Jiangnan accounted for 16 percent of the total agricultural land in the empire, but provided 29 percent of the governments land tax revenue in cash (paid in silver) and 38 percent of its revenue in kind (paid in grain), as well as 64 percent of the tribute grain sent to feed the capital” (Elliott 2009:78-79). A Europe that includes Russia seems much more comparable with the whole Ming or Qing empire, in size and development level.
Land ownership and power over workers was complex. Mio Kishimoto (2022) explains the land tenure system, which included an increasing tendency for landlords to lease out cultivation rights on long terms, with the tenant able to buy and sell his rights and acting almost like a freeholder. The system is confusingly known in English as “subsoil” and “topsoil” rights, “topsoil” being a bad translation of the Chinese term tianmian, “field face.” Even tenants on short lease or rent had considerable rights. Often they paid rent on only the first crop, though double-cropping was now the rule in much of China (Pomeranz 2022). Humans could be held in different levels of bondage, from debt service down to real enslavement of criminals and a few others (Kishimoto 2022).
Qing economic thinking also paralleled Europe’s, as shown by Margaret Zanasi in a landmark book, Economic Thought in Modern China (2020). Sophisticated ideas about the free market were close to those of Adam Smith. Economists were aware that consumer spending drove the market, and advocated liberalism at first, but the population increase without much chance of increasing cultivated land led to need for more and more government intervention to deal with famine. Chinese are relatively free of the “limited good” or “zero-sum” view of the world so common in other traditional and modern societies, but they certainly are not unaware of it. A tension between free markets and government planning and aid was always there, intensifying with population growth in Ming, Qing, and after.
A debate between free-marketeers and statists developed in the 18th century (Dunstan 1996, 2006, 2022). The statists had the better case, and ultimately won, but not until many modern-sounding free-market arguments had been made, and had had some effect. The ever-normal granaries (changping cang, lit. “long-leveling storehouses,” i.e. leveling prices over the indefinitely long term) were somewhat scaled down and freer markets locally allowed to flourish in grain and in copper/silver conversion in money. Hoarding was discouraged by any and every means possible. Debates also dealt with the quality of rice for salaries: low-level functionaries had to make do with shaky-quality rice (chengse mi) or even “old and suo [low-grade] rice” (Dunstan 2006:65).
Qing toyed with many versions of the “free market” philosophy, including testiness toward welfare recipients and expressions of cold free-market morality (Dunstan 1996, 2022). Old-fashioned Confucian caretaking of the poor prevailed, but was never enough, given the corruption and pigheadedness of much Qing government. Indeed, China governed with a lighter hand than the west, partly because it could afford to; China did not have dozens of little rival states at its doors.
Local officials could be incredibly hard-working at Confucian causes, however, such as Yang Tingwang, who rearranged several rivers to help his district. In his few spare minutes from flood and irrigation control, he repaired the local hall of learning, so that “the wine jugs, the vessels, round and square, for holding sacrificial rice or millet, the serving dishes for the salted vegetables and meat, and for the pure meat broth..and fresh meat” were all pure and properly arranged (Dunstan 1996:39). Other officials provided famine relief and memorialized about it to the emperors. (The subject of famine relief in late imperial China is complex and specialized; see Y. Deng 2020. Suffice it to say there was a huge effort, not at all unsuccessful but eventually overwhelmed by the levels of population and catastrophe in the 19th century.)
These debates influenced the west. Missionary reports in the16th and 17th century made Chinese policies familiar to learned readers. François Quesnay in the mid-18th century coined the term laissez-faire (Von Glahn 2022:109), presumably with some reference to the Chinese free-traders. He was convinced by the Chinese focus on agriculture. He began the physiocratic school of economics, taking agriculture as the basis of the state and of all human economy. The school did not last long, but its influence is still felt. Among others, Thomas Jefferson was influenced by it, taking the family farm to be the basis of American society. The United States indeed became an agrarian society. Agriculture remains disproportionately important today.
Business, trade and commerce enormously expanded through the 18th century (Rowe 2009:132ff.). The old idea of international trade as “tribute” and internal trade as minor and repressed is largely wrong. Trade continued to expand after 1800, but, especially after 1840, trade with the west incurred increasing disadvantage.
This was in large measure because of opium, long known but explosively expanding its tentacles in the 19th century. It was used moderately and reasonably before the 19th century, but then the British began “dumping” it on China in order to get silver and to get a local foothold on trade. David Bello has recently updated the history of this drug (Bello 2003 and references therein—a comprehensive bibliography). The Qing Dynasty tried, not without success, to prohibit it, but the western powers—finding little else they could sell at a profit—forced it on China. By the end of China’s last dynasty, in 1911, millions of Chinese were addicted to this debilitating curse. The result of the British pressure was a rise in demand and in addiction, and eventually a serious problem, as I had plenty of opportunity to observe in Hong Kong in the 1960s. The effect on food production was serious, as more and more laborers succumbed. Attempts to eradicate opium in the early Communist years were quite successful, but, with the opening of the market after the 1970s, heroin and other hard drugs flooded in (Dikötter et al 2002).
China began to fall behind as Europe conquered and exploited much of the rest of the world. This not only brought riches to Europe, but, more importantly in the eyes of many, stimulated science, learning, and progressive thinking there. It brought little but misery and suffering to the conquered peoples. China certainly fell behind once the Industrial Revolution really set in, but it did not start improving livelihoods till after 1800. James Lee and collaborators (2004) also found welfare often comparable to Europe as late as 1700, but a great deal of desperate poverty, often among widows, who could not normally remarry. Larger farms did not make much difference, since farm size was by this time generally set to keep a small family alive; bigger farms were in poorer areas.
David Bello, in Across Forest, Steppe, and Mountain, chronicles the westward expansion of Qing and its many contacts with central Asians. The Manchus felt kinship with the Altaic and even Tibetan peoples, though this did not stop them from colonialism including the ruthless genocide of the Dzungar Mongols. The Manchu emperors kept huge hunting grounds in northeast China, and had hunting parks in north China too. Ecoambiguity continued; criticism of these parks and liberating them to farming went on (p. 70). Game continued to decrease. Pine trees were being cut down to harvest pine nuts, a behavior condemned then as now, with the Jiaqing Emperor himself intervening in 1796 (104). Expansion of pioneers into the southern mountains, typically poor Han Chinese referred to as “shack people,” greatly spread maize agriculture (185-244). A group of Torghut Mongols fleeing Kazakh attacks settled in Xinjiang in 1771, were directed to farm, and settled into poverty and hunger, not being familiar with the trade (Bello 2018).
The Qing embarked on a colonialist program, occupying Tibet, southern Siberia, Mongolia, and above all the area that had been known as “eastern Turkistan” in most of the world. Qing conquered as far as Tang had done, but took over and occupied the whole vast region, rather than controlling only the strategic Silk Road routes and oases. This became Xinjiang, “New Borders.” Qing conquest involved genocide of the Dzungar Mongols, a radical (though not wholly unprecedented) departure from China’s usual policy of subduing and assimilating minorities without exterminating them. The government tried to “civilize” the Xinjiang people, i.e. make them like Han Chinese, without much success; they rebelled instead (Schluessel 2020). The project goes on, brutally.
The new lands produced vast amounts of fruit and vegetables, from the riverine oases, as well as grain and livestock. The whole story has been told in Peter Perdue’s China Marches West (2005), a classic in Qing studies. Zuo Zongtang, the general and statesman for whom “General Tso’s Chicken” was named, was active in Xinjiang in the late 19th century, stimulating agriculture and sericulture (Lavelle 2020).
Among new features that now became part of the Chinese food-producing world were karez, the qanats of the Arab and Persian worlds. These water tunnels were dug back into river outwash fans, where flowing rivers from the mountains disappear into the vast deltas of dirt, rocks, and sand that they develop when they debouch into the valleys. The water is still there, flowing underground, and the near-horizontal wells tap it. Qanats are difficult to make, requiring expertise—one reason they are dying out, now that anyone that expert in engineering can get a good urban job instead of working in the dangerous, uncomfortable qanats. In China, they are especially common in the Turpan (Turfan) Depression. On Google Maps one can easily find the long, straight or sinuous lines of doughnut-shaped holes ringed with guard mounds that provide access to the underground tunnels. Zuo Zongtang led the reconstruction of many karez in the Turpan area. Attempts to spread the technology more widely failed, because soils in much of the area are crumbly, not strong enough to hold up when tunneled (Lavelle 2020:126-140).
Qanats used to abound in Iran, central Asia, much of the Arab world, and even (thanks to Moorish occupation) Spain. Converted Moors carried them to Mexico, where they possibly still exist in the Tehuacan Valley. Thanks to immigrants from there, “water tunnels” even made a brief appearance in San Bernardino, California, according to old-timers I have known.
Relatively good times could be found in the far northeast (Feng et al. 2010), because the former Manchu grazing and hunting lands were opened to cultivation. People had sizable families and populated the realm rapidly.
Meng Zhang has produced extremely careful, thorough, and interesting studies of the timber industry in Qing China (M. Zhang 2017, 2021). Once again we see Karen Thornber’s “ecoambiguity” at work, with the Qing government trying to save forests while encouraging logging. Some selective logging and silviculture saved small areas. Timber was especially easy to get in the Yangtze River areas, such as up-country Sichuan, Hubei, Hunan, and Anhui. Often it was rafted down the rivers. Huge rafts could be assembled, and floated down to lower Yangtze markets. These could be “more than 100 feet wide, hundreds of feet long, with a draft depth of 7 feet” (M. Zhang 2021:116). The raftsmen would live for months on these, raising chickens and even taking some soil on board to grow vegetables. (An American parallel occurred in the early 19th century in the Ohio-Mississippi drainage, when timber rafts floated down to New Orleans, chickens and all.) One Chinese raftsman even wrote a book about his life (M. Zhang 2021:125). Private plantations and silviculture were ahead of the west until the late 19th century. Collectivization and rampant exploitation under Communism finished the destruction of the forests. However, reforestation has substantially restored them in recent times.
Tree farming continued, and we pick up again Ian Miller’s story in Fir and Empire. The business by Qing was a multi-million-dollar enterprise.Speculation in tree futures, litigation over rights, feudal-type family holdings, temple and fengshui groves, and other complications entered the picture. This attracted a wave of petty lawyers and sharks, nicknamed “hairpin-brushes” because they held their hair up with their writing brushes. One writer on tree matters called himself (literally translated) “small peach-stream revealer-of-lies mountain-man,” or as Miller translates it “the falsehood-revealing hermit of a small utopia” (p 94). He concludes: “Ultimately, the institutions that emerged were not inevitable, nor were they the simple products of high-level decisions; they were compromises, conditioned by the communities they governed and the repeated attempts of rulers to graft and prune these local forms into a coherent whole” (p. 170). Food enters the picture via tea plantations and other agroforestry.
A fascinating insight into early Qing environmentalism is provided by Wang Hongdu, in “A Record of Comprehending the Essentials of the Yellow Mountains,” translated by Jonathan Chaves in Every Rock a Universe (2013). The mountains in question are in central Anhui, and are among the peaks that are famous through Chinese landscape paintings. The larger, older pines were so revered that they had traditional names. Wang lovingly described every step of every trail, every peak, every spring, all with full attention to the spiritual and religious dimensions, from Zen temples and monks to visionary dragons and Immortals seen in the swirling mists.
Unfortunately, “ignorant woodcutters cut the pines down for firewood or charcoal…. Yes, the unfortunateness of the pines’ fate has reached such a point! Would one not rather that before the mountains had been opened up, their light could have been sheathed in the primordial beginnings…even if the pines had never come to be known at all” (p. 108). In other words, better have the pines unknown to the world than to have them cut. This level of preservationist sentiment is almost unknown anywhere in the world before Thoreau and Emerson, and is certainly rare in China. Wang also laments the travelers who miss the Yellow Mountains, or who go there but merely gawk without deeply entering into the spirit of the place. “For human life is like that of a louse living in somebody’s pants. Few are the good aspects of it.” We should therefore fully experience the beauty we can find. “Sirs, if you do not love the place, then either simply cover your mouths and mock, or, if not, hang your heads in shame and depart! Ah, one wishes they could put aside their petty-mindedness…. What difference, indeed, is there between what they do and exchanging the Black Dragon’s Precious Pearl for a dung-beetle’s dung-pellet!” (p. 130). This view of the mountains, rooted explicitly in Daoism and Zen, corresponds surprisingly closely to the Romantic view that was to develop in Europe in the early 19th century. Daoism has been described as “China’s green religion” (Miller 2016; see also Miller et al. 2014 for major considerations of religion and ecology in China).
Game abounded in the 18th century. Matteo Ripa, one of the Jesuit missionaries, wrote in the early years of the century of the vast amounts of incredible cheapness of stags, boars, pheasants, and fish. Others added similar accounts, including an incredibly precocious eleven-year-old Manchu boy who recorded masses of deer, boar, pheasants, hares, geese, and ducks, and notes his own fondness for sturgeon and crane (Schlesinger 2017:40-41; the boy’s journal also has insightful comments on the politics and culture of the time; see Schlesinger 2018). Of course it was all too good to last, and China’s expanding ring of destruction—which has now encompassed Africa—eliminated the cheap game long before 1900.
Fish suffered also. Muscolino (2009) tells the story of declining fisheries. On the other hand, China and its seas still had plenty of fish by 1900. These were devastated by overfishing and pollution by 2000. China now depends on sending fleets around the world, where they are decimating local stocks, leaving nothing for local people.
Huge rebellions—the Taiping, Nian, and Hui rebellions—devastated China in the 1840s and after. The Taiping Rebellion devastated central China, leading to tens of millions of deaths, largely from famine due to scorched-earth warfare and destruction of supply lines. The ground was said to be white with bones in many areas, and greatly exaggerated reports of packs of “thousands” of wolves circulated (Lavelle 2020:67-80). An illustration of the time shows not only dogs and pigs, but also rabbits, eating unburied corpses, while gravediggers work to keep up (Lavelle 2020:70). The rabbits show that the illustrator had no idea of animal fooways, but they give a surrealist, macabre touch to the scene.
An unprecedently devastating famine in 1876-79 followed, pursuant to the famine-ruined landscapes and a sharp drought (Janku 2018). International attention followed, leading to stereotypes of China as desperately poor, famine-ridden, overpopulated, and ruined by environmental overdraft. The missionary Timothy Richard was a relief administrator in the years 1876-1889, organizing and providing help (Bohr 1972). He noted people eating husks, clay, roots, buckwheat stalks, grass, and worse, and even selling them. Prices rose substantially,grain up to four times the usual price, but generally less than one might expect, since the poor were already unable to buy decent food. Suicide was common and cannibalism reported. Drought was a main part of the problem, and it not only ruined the crops but dried up the canals, making both flight and relief impossible for many. At least nine and a half million died, probably many more, in the north Chinese core provinces (Bohr 1972:113). Officials not only tried to relieve the famine, but even developed plans that sometimes anticipated Chinese Communist practice. Richard himself advocated economic development and modernization, water conservation, industry, science, and education, with some attention to China and its realities but a tendency to echo standard western lines.
Yet, in spite of all this, China’s cities were quite modern, having active trade and commerce that naturally led to food imports and a wealth of teashops, restaurants, and attendant food-related amenities. Trades were organized into guilds that did considerable urban management (Rowe 1984, 1989, 2002).
Commonly-owned lands were widespread, involving much area. Usually they were lineage-owned and managed by lineage elders. Village ownership and management was also common, and caused conflict over different use and management strategies. Wesley Chaney (2020) records fighting due to different ideas of rights to common lands in the far northwest.
Among the first New World foods to become popular was the chile pepper. The name comes from Nahuatl chilli. It spread to China along with other New World foods in the 1500s. Its record there has been told by Brian Dott in The Chile Pepper in China (2020) and by Gerald Zhang-Schmidt in Red Hot China: Cuisines, Chillies, Culture (2022). By 1621 it was in the Shiwu Bencao, “Basic Herbal of Foods.” It is first mentioned in Hunan in the 18th century, but was surely there earlier. It fit into an already-spicy cuisine, and found a true home; Hunan food makes Mexican seem bland. The Hunanese general Zuo Zongtang (1812-1885) surely deserved the honor bestowed on him when a Hunanese chef in Taiwan named a blazing-hot dish in his honor in the 1950s (Dott 2020:170). “General Tso’s Chicken” is now worldwide, with countless blander variants, usually given imaginative parodies of the name to avoid infringement of rights.
Many varieties soon appeared, but our record of its spread and early use is poor. Chiles normally get called by some variant of la jiao (hot brown-pepper), but the vernacular name in Taiwanese is huana kiun, “barbarian kids’ ginger.” (Huan, Mandarin fan, means “barbarian”; –a is a slangy Hokkien diminutive, exactly equivalent to the idiomatic use of “kid” in English, as in “Billy the Kid.”) Katy Hung, expert on Taiwanese food, assures us that the term huana is not derogatory on that island, but it certainly is in Malaysian Hokkien! In any case, an entertaining name.
Chiles soaked in oil produce chile oil, a flaming-hot condiment. Many sauces are made with chiles, including the famous doubanjiang of Sichuan, necessary for the cuisine of that province. Every firm and many a restaurant has its own variant of this and other sauces. The idea of a chile-enriched fermented sauce has spread widely, notably to Korea and Vietnam, where excellent ones are made. Thailand, Indonesia, and other southeast Asian countries have their own equivalents.
A standard sauce in China today is made of dried chile flakes fried quickly and mixed with oil and flavorings. This is identified with Laoganma (“old grandma”), commemorating its invention by Tao Huabi of Guizhou (Zhang-Schmidt 2022:144-148). Countless variants of it now exist. Many have been invented in Chinese diaspora communities such as the Los Angeles area.
The other standard newcomers from America spread widely in Qing, with major effects on nutrition. Maize, sweet potatoes, and peanuts were the most important in this regard, but tomatoes, squash, frijol beans, pineapples, and many other crops began to enter the food system. They were usually named by combining fan (“barbarian”) with the name of the most similar local crop; pineapples, for instance, were fan bolo, the latter word applying to jakfruit. Tomatoes were barbarian eggplants, maize was barbarian millet, papaya was barbarian quince, and so on. Often, the fan was dropped in common usage, leaving later writers confused about the ancient Chinese origins of plants like maize and papayas. Not all coinages were so derogatory. Mexican squash became nan gua, “southern gourd.” Allspice, another newcomer from America, became known as gan jiao, “sweet pepper.” The spectacular Maya cactus fruit became huolongguo “fire dragon fruit,” or just “dragon fruit.” Largely after the fall of Qing, the more complimentary yang “ocean” was used instead of fan.
Jiu continued to be a source of solace and trouble. Jackson Guo’s recent Ph.D. thesis (2023), hopefully to be soon published, chronicles further connections with literati, artists, actors, taverns, singing girls, prostitutes, and the underworld. Alcohol allowed mediation between these realms, which should have been kept strictly separate according to Confucian puritanism. The Hongli Emperor tried hard to ban shaojiu (now called baijiu), distilled liquor, which was having serious impacts on life. It was connected with working-class people, the underworld, and rough living in general. Alcoholism became common as shaojiu became more and more cheap and available. Guo records a long history of crime, violence, family fights, and other social pathologies involving alcohol and drunkenness. Chinese tend to be mellow, happy drunks, as readers of classic poetry and prose know well, but when they become angry they can be as violent as “mean drunks” anywhere. Alcohol and sex were a particularly deadly mix, as elsewhere in the world.
Western alcoholic drinks made slow headway at first, but were popular in the early 20th century. Loyal Chinese, and brewers whose loyalty in this case was predictable, argued strongly for China’s own jiu, but spoilage, quality control, and spotty availability of good jiu made the effort a hard sell until more recent times (Guo 2023). One notes that baijiu that sold for a few cents in the 18th century was only up to about $2.00 by the 1960s, but the best grade now commands prices in the hundreds of dollars per bottle, comparable to fine brandy.
Tea has its own stories. Robert Gardella (1994) compared China’s smallholder production with the rise of plantations in the colonial world; Qin Shao (1998), in a fascinating article, showed that China vilified teahouses as dens of freethinking and other iniquities—just as Turkey and later Europe attacked coffeehouses, and just as “espresso joints” were attacked as hotbeds of “beatnikism” in America within my own memory. Exports of tea to England “grew exponentially, from around 200 pounds eper year in the late seventeenth century…to over 28,000,000 pounds in the early nineteenth century” (Rowe 2009:166; see also Mair and Hoh 2009), with the average English household by then spending as much as 5% of its income on tea. England at first paid in New World silver, but eventually only opium was valuable enough to trade to offset the buying of tea, porcelain, cloth, and so on. So opium spawned the famous colonialist wars, which had much to do with “underdeveloping” China.
China kept developing more and more elaborate dishes, and became more and more committed to what we now recognize as “Chinese cuisine”—no more Central Asian and Near Eastern borrowings (Anderson 2005b).
The great Chinese gourmet Yuan Mei (1716-1798) flourished in Qing (Anderson 1988; So 35-43; Waley 1956). His birthday, set at March 25 in the western calendar, has recently been declared International Chinese Food Day. It could be an arbor day, too; he planted a tree on his 70th birthday, saying:
“Seventy, and still planting trees….
Don’t laugh at me, my friends.
I know I’m going to die.
I also know I’m not dead yet.” (Tr. J. P. Seaton, 1997:92.)
His cookbook is thoroughly Chinese (Schmidt 2003; So 1986; Waley 1956). No central Asian or western influences here. It has finally been translated, in a superb bilingual edition by Sean Chen (Yuan 2019)—a major and long overdue event in Chinese food history.
Food receives attention in A World Trimmed with Fur: Wild Things, Pristine Places, and the Natural Fringes of Qing Rule, by Jonathan Schlesinger (2017). Qing vastly expanded the size the Chinese empire, especially into Siberia—only to lose most of that expansion to the Russians in a series of unequal treaties. Especially before the loss, the Manchus, Mongols, and Han Chinese mined the Siberian and Mongolian frontiers for steppe mushrooms (Tricholoma mongolicum, Agaricus bisporus, and possibly others), furs of all sorts, game, fish, and other wildland goods. The Manchus tried to keep much of this realm wild. Many of their nature reserves and hunting parks are now national parks in China and Mongolia. Unfortunately, they could not keep from depleting the resources drastically. They almost eliminated the larger fur-bearers and the pearlshell freshwater mussels. They almost elminated wild ginseng, to the point of being forced to farm it, producing what was (and still is) thought to be an inferior product.
While the exploitation was good, they had a fine time. Before conquering China, Manchu rulers ate “tiger, bear, roe deer, elk, montain goat, boar, wild duck, and pheasant; recipe books record how palace staff cleaned a cut the meat into big hunks, then prepared it in stews of sea salt, soy sauce, green onhion, ginger, Sichuan peppers, and star anise (Schlesinger 2017:22). After conquering China, they tried to keep up their habits. The Kangxi emperor advocated that, and wrote that older Manchu people should eat “’unrefined milk, pickled deer tongues and tails, dried applies, and cream cheese cakes’”; deer were almost totally used, from antlers (for medicine, when in velvet) to tail (Schlesinger 2017:23). A recipe for steppe mushrooms with deer tendons includes, also, soy, salt, hot bean oil, white sugar, distilled alcohol, flavor powder (a spice mix), onion tips, ginger, and starch, the whole to be sprinkled with fragrant oil for serving. The recipe reads quite like a Yinshan Zhengyao recipe, and shows that Central Asian foodways were still alive (Schlesinger 2017:25).
At this point I may mention two great historians of sugar in China: Françoise Sabban (1994) and Sucheta Mazumdar (1998). Mme. Sabban is the leading western expert on Chinese food history, and needs no introduction. Her work on sugar placed it in world context, with Central Asia and Portugal being relevant. The Portuguese influenced Chinese milling technology. Sucheta Mazumdar is something of a one-book historian. Her work Sugar and Society in China (1998) is one of the greatest studies of food history in all world literature. In addition to providing a thorough history of the commodity over time, she showed that China escaped the sugar trap of high-capital processing but low-paid workers. This trap led to plantations owned by the rich but worked by enslaved or virtually enslaved and impoverished people everywhere but China. China maintained small farms, on which farmers did their own work, cutting and preparing cane; it was then hauled or shipped to plants. In the Canton Delta, processing plants were based on boats, which cruised the channels from farm to farm. (A side note is that my city, Riverside, California, was started as an orange-growing community, and the growers found that orange-growing experts could be brought in from one such community, known to the growers as “Gom Benn,” from Cantonese kam ben “sugarcane bank,” Mandarin gan bian.)
Imperial cuisine has received a good deal of attention, including a good book with many Qing court recipes, assembled by Zheng Tingquan (1998).
The great novels, notably The Story of the Stone (Cao and Gao 1973-1986) and The Scholars (Wu 1957), are full of food images (Anderson 1988). Classical cookbooks appeared, to be mined in our time (e.g. So 1992). The Qianlong Emperor loved birds’ nests, though, oddly, Li Shizhen did not refer to them (Rosner 1999:7).
Many Qing scholars developed a surprisingly strong feminist streak in its early popular culture (see esp. Idema and Grant 2004). Male writers like Cao Xueqin, Zheng Xie and Yuan Mei extolled the value of women, their intellectual equality with men, and their potential. Yuan Mei not only advocated educating women along with men, but actually educated many of them himself, serving as tutor and mentor to over fifty women—a whole generation of brilliant female writers (Waley 1986). Cao Xueqin’s great novel The Story of the Stone (Cao and Gao 1973-1986) portrays elite women who had the benefit of such education and often turned out to be brighter and nobler than the men in their lives. (On these matters see Idema and Grant 2004; Widmer 2006.) Obviously this all had significance to food, since such men were not only gourmets themselves but fully conscious of the trials and triumphs of women as cooks and food providers. This informed their writings.
There were various motives involved. Cao and Zheng were intensely moral men, were concerned with fairness and ending abuses, but Yuan, who had the mores of a tomcat, made no secret of a less moral motive: he wanted lovers he could talk to. Women themselves wrote countless poems, stories, and especially tanci, prose-poetic works thought to be largely a female medium; not surprisingly, tanci routinely portray women as “smart, learned, physically active, and the equal of any man in the examination field, imperial court, and sometimes even in physical combat” (Epstein 2011:7). They also pulled no punches on the cruelty to women that occurred in China as elsewhere. One tanci,Tianyuhua, has a familiar plot: a father who is well-meaning but excessively moral to point of cluelessness and a daughter who is brilliant, beautiful, and winds him around her finger (Epstein 2011). It will be recalled that women did not get this kind of fair shake in western literature until the late 18th and early 19th centuries. (Sappho anticipated the trend by a few millennia, and Christine de Pisan by a few centuries, but two swallows do not make a summer.) One wonders, as so often, why China did not go on to parallel the west. Neo-Confucian morality reasserted itself.
A significant insight into both Qing tolerance for minorities and Qing acceptance of women: A Muslim Uyghur concubine in the court of the Emperor Qianlong in the 1760s and 1770s managed to avoid pork, eating mutton instead, and to eat sweets—probably with a Central Asian flavor (Millward 1994:435).
An odd sidelight into food in remote Taiwan comes from the career of He Bin, an outrageous rogue in the grand tradition of scoundrels (Andrade 2007). Among other things, he misappropriated the taxes on mullet, very popular common fish that could be caught wild or farmed. Working for (and simultaneously against) the Dutch, who occupied Taiwan in the 17th century, he managed, among other things, to channel a great deal of the mullet tax into his pockets. A tax of 10% on mullet and their roe, during the season for fishing them, was charged, and little of it got past He Bin.
A final note from late Qing has to do with a major destroyer of good nutrition. The rice polisher was invented by Sampson Moore in 1861 (Wikipedia). Earlier, polishing had to be done by hand, laboriously, with grinding substances. Moore’s machine and later ones used talc to grind and whiten the rice, hence need in old days to wash rice very carefully. Careful souls still wash it, to get loose starch off, and because in the old days rice often came with a good deal of dirt and insects in it. One must still freeze imported rice to kill meal moth eggs, though modern processing has generally eliminated such passengers. Far more serious was stomach cancer caused by the talc, and even more serious still was the damage to nutrition by grinding off the last vestiges of the nutrition-packed seed coats of the rice. Beriberi—lack of Vitamin B1—and other vitamin-deficiency diseases followed the rice polisher. The problem was discovered in Indonesia around 1900, when scientists and others noted that well-to-do people were getting beriberi but not the prisoners in the jails. They were fed on a miserable diet, without polished rice. Scientists fed polished rice to chickens, who promptly became ill; the chickens were then fed rice polishings, and even water in which the polishings had been soaked, which cured them. Thus came about the first realization that food was more than protein, carbohydrates, and oils.
Chapter 11. Modern China
Republic, and Hong Kong
Farming in the Republic era was classically described by Fei Xiaotong, who reflects on it in a final book (Fei 1992). The great scholar of agriculture Li Bozhong has updated the analysis (B. Li 2020).
The leading anthropologist of Chinese marketing systems, G. William Skinner, got his start by studying rural Sichuan in the 1940s. He had a difficult time dealing with warring Nationalist and Communist forces. His field work was increasingly hampered and eventually shut down. However, he got much detail on agriculture, and also lists of foods available in local shops, from noodles and dumplings to swan eggs (Skinner, ed. Stevan Harrell and William Lavely, 2017).
I have described in some detail the success of the old south Chinese wet-rice ecosystem at producing incredible amounts of food in a broadly sustainable way (Anderson 1972, 1973, 1988). This system lies behind Permaculture and many other modern systems of more or less sustainable. scientific agriculture. (Of course, nothing in sustainable forever—the sun will explode in about two billion years and vaporize the earth—but meanwhile anything that helps prolong feeding people is a good idea.) The traditional system was best at conserving nutrients, especially nitrogen. Hugh Baker, who did superb studies of social structure in old Hong Kong, in a review of The Food of China (1988), commented that south Chinese agriculture “must make nitrogen atoms unfortunate enough to be in other parts of the world feel unloved” (Baker 1989).
A story that spans Qing and the Republic, and especially the Japanese occupation of Manchuria, is told by Sakura Christmas (2019), as a parable for the time. In one of those amazing articles that starts with a tiny subject and expands to comment brilliantly on the world, she describes the fate of Chinese farmers who displaced Oirat Mongols in the 19C. “The reclamation that had started with Bagmedorje led to a sinking spiral of renting and selling Mongol lands in order to rescue banner finances, but these pastures had been the very source of economic wealth for the area. Less land meant fewer herds and a diminished income; as debts mounted, so too did the pressure to rent or sell property, and this cycle would begin anew” (p. 820). The Chinese turned range into soy fields, but the soil was selenium-deficient, and human deficiency problems started showing up. Then the Japanese took the area and greatly intensified the soy farming, almost entirely for export, so the selenium was lost to the entire system. Disease then flared up, especially tuhuangshui (“vomiting yellow-water”) disease, an extreme selenium deficiency that leads to death, especially of women and children. The sex ratio got as bad as 5:1. People were misshapen and dwarfed from bone non-growth and pathology. The Japanese tended to see this as mere proof of the degeneracy of the Chinese, and treated people as animals—taking photos including topless photographs of women to show breast pathologies. Nothing was done; the deficiency was not understood or investigated. The author makes this a parable of dispossession followed by ecological overdrive, and then colonialism at its worst leading to real system collapse.
Hong Kong’s oyster industry has received a superb, comprehensive, wonderfully detailed historic study by James Watson (2021), covering its development and practice as far as he could trace it along the Guangdong coast.
Francesca Bray et al. (2015) have updated us on modern production and trade of rice.
Among other things, soymilk was promoted in the 20th century, from the Republic on into Communist decades (Fu 2018). It remains popular, but cows’ milk is now common and widespread, and sometimes contaminated with melamine and other dangerous adulterants.
This may be the place for some rustic proverbs:
In a melon patch don’t tie your shoes; under a plum tree don’t adjust your hat (Rohsenow 2002:G167). (The instruction here is to do nothing that will arouse suspicion.)
Better one mouthful of heavenly peach than a whole basket of rotten apricots. (N50)
When people hit bad luck, a mouthful of cool water will get stuck in their teeth. (R31)
If the country has no muddy legs, in the city starvation kills the oily mouths. (S35; no farmers, no eating rich food in the city.)
One day no work, one day no food. (Y254; the classic Zen monastery commandment.)
Communist Period
Mao initially bought the Marxist line about the innate backwardness and hopelessness of peasants, which Marx memorably compared to potatoes in a sack (Mitrany 1951). Mao called Chinese farmers by the proper term nongren, “farmers,” but in Communist English they were always “peasants” unless they were relatively well off, in which case they could be rich farmers or, worse, landlords—having a tiny farm but producing enough to require some hired labor was enough to make one a landlord. Of course, China by then had no peasants, but Marx always talked of “peasants,” and his word was divine. Mao initially dismissed them. Fortunately for them, he came to learn better, but still never developed very rational views about them or how to revolutionize them (Day 2013). Overly fast collectivization led to the disaster of the Great Leap Forward. More recent Chinese scholarship does not fully correct the mistakes of the past. They may be hostile to such western economic bad ideas as xin ziyouzhuyizhe (neoliberalism; Day 2013), but they usually maintain loyalty to Marxist dogma.
An important history of the Great Leap Forward, Yang Jisheng’s Tombstone (2012), calculates 36 million died, a minimal figure. Frank Dikötter (2010) calculated 45 million, a much more likely sum. Harrell (2020, 2023) has also weighed in on the mindless bureaucratism that shored up Mao’s wild ideas, and turned disaster into total catastrophe. Part of the problem was that Mao ordered families to stop cooking their own foods and to eat in canteens, in 1958. This led to theft, cheating, and other problems.
Worst problem for the whole nation was the constant overestimate of production, because Mao wanted to hear only high figures. Food fell more and more short. People resorted to bark and other famine foods. The canteens have been re-created in a perverse outbreak of nostalgia, or perhaps shuddery tourism (Wong and Thuras 2021:123). Science was not wholly banished, as shown in detail by Sigrid Schmalzer (2016), but it took a back seat. Chinese counties and districts continue to exaggerate their agricultural production, sometimes up to 100% (G. Liu et al. 2020).
Mao’s properly Marxist “struggle against nature” (Shapiro 2001) almost succeeded in destroying China. It was fortunately stopped after Mao passed. Nature has all the cards in that game. Bryan et al. (2018) record in detail the reversal of Mao’s insane policies and the recovery of much of the country since. Stevan Harrell (2023) sounds a darker note, showing how much the lunatic policies continue. There are still enormous problems with coal-burning, desertification, pollution and poisoning of soil and water, wetlands loss, and biodiversity loss (see R. Smith 2015, 2020). Wing-tung Ko (2022) records much of this, including the murderous campaigns against pet dogs, sparrows, tigers, and all sorts of other animals; China was devastated with very little benefit. Nothing now can stop the tailspin of tiger and reptile populations, and many small bird species were virtually wiped out by the sparrow campaign, which went far beyond actual sparrows to kill every small bird that could be easily eliminated. Many reptile species are rushing to extinction. One ironic threat is their popularity; the pet trade is wiping out whole species of geckos.
At least the country is actively moving in some better directions. Reforestation is especially impressive (my personal observation in China and by surveying satellite images), but sadly balanced out by China’s plundering of Southeast Asian and African forests. China is outsourcing deforestation.
As of 2021, China uses 32% of the nitrogen fertilizer in the world, allowing a 44% increase in crop production between 2000 and 2018. Even so, China still imports a great deal of its food, notably 83% of its soybeans. These come largely from Brazil, and have led to massive deforestation there, including destruction of the unique and biologically diverse and important cerrado areas. China uses 13% of the agricultural water (i.e., basically irrigation) in the world, at 48% efficiency, far less than Europe’s (H. Zhao et al. 2021). China spares water in the north by bringing more and more rice and other food from the south, where water is abundant for growing it (X. Zhao et al. 2015). Like many other countries, China wastes about ¼ of its food (Nature 2021).
China continues to try to be green yet affluent, but sorely underinvests in preserving natural capital (Ouyang et al. 2016). Sensible environmental measures, such as local recycling, conserving water, and keeping food safe, are common (Schmitt 2016), but still far from universal. China surpassed the United States as the leading greenhouse gas producer in the world in the mid-20teens, with dismal results, but, again, much is being done to change this (Fang 2018).
An important collection of papers on the environment, including excellent studies of food production and land cover, was assembled by Abe and Nickum (2009). Robert Marks’ study of the formation of the Pearl River Delta is particularly valuable for food studies; he assembles meticulous detail on the vast extent of land extension by creating polders (sha tian, Cantonese sa tin, “sand fields”), shellfish farms (which slowly fill in), and other devices. A further study by Ma Jianxiong et al. (2016) adds much detail. Many of the polder creators were former boat-dwelling fisherfolk. These boat-dwellers were often the descendents of shoreline farmers who lost their land; from Qing on well into the 20th century, they began to get it back, or rather to create new land for themselves.
China’s water is depleting. Rampant withdrawal of groundwater goes on in the dry areas and is not being replaced. Dalin et al. (2015) recommend giving up irrigation entirely in areas where it depends on groundwater overdraft, notably around Beijing and in Inner Mongolia. China spares water by importing water-demanding products like beef from elsewhere, but its dryland areas are still facing collapse.
One lake, Dianchi in Yunnan, was totally ruined by mismanagement and pollution, but a monastery saved the golden barbel, a choice fish worth more than $100/kg, while other agents saved a few other items such as some mussels and the edible water plant Ottellia, making restoration possible (Stone 2008). In Sichuan, the Sichuan taimen (Hucho bleekeri), a huge relative of salmon and trout, is critically endangered; a proposed dam will wipe out its last spawning grounds, dooming it to extinction (Di Tong 2022). (There are 5 species of taimen, all in Eurasia, all in desperate shape; being big, slow-growing, and eminently edible, they are even more overfished and poached than other game fish.)
Overfishing gets worse every year, as Chinese fleets scour the world’s waters, taking virtually anything and everything, leaving extreme depletion. This often devastates not only the economic future but the present nutrition of countries that allow Chinese fishing or cannot stop illegal fishing. This even extends to aquaculture. Glass eels—larval forms of edible eels—are imported and raised to adulthood on fish farms in China and Hong Kong. Critically endangered European eels (Anguilla anguilla) come from North Africa and maybe Europe, are imported illegally under CITES. A. japonica and A. rostrata, treated similarly, arealso endangered but not critically. Oyster reefs cover 1904 ha of China’s marine foreshore, but are under the usual attacks, and are vulnerable (Wei et al. 2023).
The future may be bleak, but much more hopeful are the statistics on what China is currently doing to feed its people today. China manages to feed itself—almost—by combining traditional, modified traditional, and new agricultural methods. Aquaculture has exploded, producing most of the world’s aquacultural production. China has also maintained the traditional silk-fishpond, rice-fishpond, lotus pond, and other water/land interface methods, so unique and brilliant. China’s fine-tuned carp farming system, involving several species with complementary feeding habits, was developing by Qing or earlier (Anderson 1988).
Stevan Harrell’s magistral work An Ecological History of Modern China (2023) gives many statistics on the stunning successes, as well as grim details of the environmental costs. “In 1952 ‘coarse grains’ were estimated to constitute around 70% of the grain eaten in China, but by 1992 they had decreased to 16%” (Harrell 2023:232, with citations), and they continue to decrease today. The main coarse grain that has paid the cost is maize, now an animal feed almost exclusively, but sorghum, sweet potatoes, and other items shrank too. Millets were already a relic by 1952; they are being nostalgically revived in some places, being really quite tasty and nutritious (see below). Still, from 1952 to 2008, they shrank from 9.8 million tons produced to 814,000, but increased again to 3 million tons. Sorghum shows a parallel track, 1.1 million tons to 183,000 and back up to 2.5 million), but the recovery is mostly for animal feed. As of 2021, China produced 213 million tons of rice and 137 of wheat, largely for human food, and 273 million of maize, almost entirely for animals or industrial uses (figures from Harrell 2023:232, 242).
Other elements in the diet increased faster. As of 2015, 86 percent of surveyed adults had eaten red meat within the previous three days; 20% had had some poultry; 29% seafood (Harrell 2023:233, quoting Chinese figures). An accompanying table (p. 234) shows China eating more pork, seafood, lamb, and eggs than the United States, per capita—an astonishing figure to any old China watcher. The US continues to eat more poultry and beef, but the gap is closing. Vegetable consumption is not up very much since earlier times, but the vegetables are much more varied and of much better quality now (my personal observation, as well as Harrell’s). Fruit has increased much more, with orchards expanding from 1.6 million ha in 1998 to almost 11 as of 2017 (Harrell 2023:237); they had already expanded greatly by 1998, though extensive orchards already existed before 1949.
Harrell records the changes in several local regions, from Xinjiang to his own research areas in the southwest; diets vary with local culture, but the same overall changes stand out. Restaurant, takeout, and packaged-food eating has expanded spectacularly, from a luxury of the affluent to a near-daily experience for the vast middle class and urban working class.
Feed for animals requires major imports of maize and especially of soybeans, with Brazil the major supplier. This has caused devastation of millions of acres of forest and savannah in that unfortunate nation, all to supply the Chinese meat industry. Countless species of animals and plants face extinction there, and the very climate is changing, with the country facing hotter and drier conditions as the forests disappear; they produced rain and coolness from transpiration. Eventually, lack of tree roots bringing nutrients to the surface will lead to major soil degradation. Importing of alfalfa for cattle feed led to major water losses in California (Harrell 2023:242), and this has become a political football in that state, as the government desperately tries to deal with drought.
Efforts are being made to stop the conversion of farmland to urban uses (Harrell 2023:243-44), a step the United States and many other countriesdesperately need to take. The Chinese government wants to maintain at least 120 million ha under agriculture; as of 2021 there were only 128 million ha (Harrell 2023:244, using government figures). The danger is clear. As elsewhere, the best land is first to go. Ironically, cities naturally develop where conditions are best for producing food (though not only there). Thus, from Shanghai and Chengdu (especiallyhard hit; Harrell 2023:244) to Baghdad, Mexico City, and Los Angeles, urban sprawl takes out the very best land.
“From antiquity through the 1980s, feeding China required the labor of the majority of Chinese people” (Harrell 2023:246). Harrell goes on to tell of a rapidly diminishing segment of the population is involved in farming, as China follows the world in subsituting machines and chemicals for human work. Direct genetic modification is the latest to come, following much of the developed world with a lag of a few years (Harrell 2023:250).
There is considerable pressure to follow the Euro-American model of huge monocrop farms managed by very few people. Experience shows, however, that small diverse farms are much more efficient, productive, flexible, and able to withstand stresses, if they have decent access to capital (see e.g Wood 2020, to cite only a particularly good source on a well-known fact, but my own research and experience in this area, in China, California, and Mexico among other places, are quite enough to make the point). Large-scale industrial agriculture often pays only because of the massive subsidies, direct and indirect, that it receives, and the major disadvantages that this and other government policies impose on smaller, more intensive farms. Certainly Harrell’s accounts of rising specialization go dramatically against the huge advantages of diversity recorded from Frank King’s early and memorable studies (King 1911) down to the present.
From p. 256, Harrell details the increasingly awful effects of industrial agriculture: soil contamination, water loss and pollution, huge algal blooms in lakes, siltation of reservoirs and channels, and the rest, and meanwhile increasing diabetes, heart disease, and other diseases of worsening nutrition. Statistics on inefficient use of fertilizers and agricultural chemicals show that China’s high-tech farming is poorly managed. For instance, about 10 to 14 percent of nitrogen fertilizer applied to rice just runs off, polluting the water (Harrell 2023:258). Pesticides are an even worse problem. As elsewhere, farmers often “used many times the amounts that pesticide manufacturers recommended” (Harrell 2023:260). Often they do not realize the dangers, lulled into a false sense of security by both government and manufacturer minimization of the risks.
During most of the period since 1949, China’s slogans included the line “First rich, then green.” The idea was that countries like the United States had not worried about conservation or pollution until they were rich and everyone was well off. This was a deadly belief for two reasons. First, it was flatly wrong. Conservation rose along with waste and pollution in the United States. Forest conservation got serious at high governmental levels in the 1880s. Wildlife conservation was a national cause, with major legislation, by 1904, when the Migratory Bird Act was passed. Pollution control was a serious issue even before the Pure Food and Drug Act of 1910. These and many other major pollution control measures were passed before 1920. Further legislation of the US was passed in the 1960s and 70s, well before the US reached its current levels of affluence. Second, the pollutants of the 1800s and early 1900s were not even remotely close to the levels of amount or of deadliness seen in modern industrial and agricultural production. Even without the major legislation that did in fact occur, the US could not have done the damage that China has done.
Animal diseases, especially viruses, have always been a huge problem in China. The spread of flu from ducks to pigs to people is the most familiar, since it has worldwide effects, generating new strains of flu every year. The combination of ever-changing strains and the total helplessness of traditional cures probably explains the focus of Chinese medicine on strengthening the body rather than on identifying and fighting disease (Anderson, ongoing research). In any case, swine flu, poultry diseases, and many other viruses are rampant in China’s industrial production system (Harrell 2023:262-264).
World fishery depletion by ruthless Chinese fleets has long been documented, and is mentioned here (Harrell 2023:269-270), but the reality is worse, with Chinese fleets poaching or corrupting governments, either way getting ruinous access to fisheries of small, defenseless countries. The atoll countries of Oceania, which control vast areas of ocean but have tiny populations and helplessly frail governments, are especially victimized. Coastal countries with small populations also suffer.
Food safety issues include the world-famous case of milk powder contaminated with melanine. Animal foods full of deadly ingredients have also been exported, as well as poisoning pets at home. Adulterated and contaminated foods are hard to control (Harrell 2023:271-278).
In response, organic, small-scale, and safe-food movements are flourishing, having started recently but proving very attractive in a country that now has a high standard of education, literacy, and awareness (Harrell 2023:278-283). It remains to be seen whether this will succeed. Departing from Harrell’s book and working from wider political findings, experience with other countries shows that to the extent that a country falls into dictatorship—as China has done under Xi Jinping—it suppresses such efforts, since the giant agribusiness interests can easily corrupt an apical, authoritarian government, and insist on having any opponents crushed. If China reverses course on what can only be described as a drift into fascism, these movements for better farming and food may yet save it. Continued centralization of government, agribusiness, and power can only worsen the situation.
A beautiful, detailed, but thoroughly propagandistic article by Janus Dongye Qifeng (2019) gives the Chinese government view, including some gratuitous and dishonest swipes at Tibet—said, for instance, to have subsisted entirely on milk and meat till the Chinese got there and brought vegetables. The article fails to mention the fact that massive intensive agriculture is unsustainable as currently praticed, due to the huge pollution it generates both from chemical inputs and from agricultural wastes such as pig manure. Even so, the article is worth investigating for the photographs alone. Some statistics there: China eats 45% of the world’s consumed seafood—65 million tonnes (metric tons; 1000 kg) a year; 50 million of these are from aquaculture, including shrimp, crabs, fish, shellfish, and so on. China produces 66% of the world’s farmed fish. The integration of silk-raising with water fields (mulberry trees grown on the dikes, as of old) allows China to produce 84% of the world’s silk. Much of the power is solar; China produces 25.8% of the world’s solar energy. China also produces 90% of the world’s lotus rhizomes (miscalled “roots” in the article), unsurprising since almost no one but Chinese eat them. China produces 22% of the world’s rapeseed (this presumably includes traditional Chinese oil mustard as well as canola), using much mud from ponds.
China produces about 30% of the world’s honey—543,000 tonnes. This honey is sometimes polluted (as even Qimeng admits).
China produces 79.2 million tonnes of watermelon, out of the total world production of 111 million. I recall some of us asking a group of ordinary Chinese at a market in 1978 what they would do with a yuan; they all answered “buy a watermelon.” China leads in many other fruit, but quality control remains a major issue. China produces 56.3 million tonnes of tomatoes
China has 1,086 million hectares of agricultural land to India’s 1,579; USA 1,631; EU 1,091. 208.l million tonnes of rice are produced; 257.3 of maize; 134.3 wheat. The USA figures are 9.2 (we aren’t a rice culture), 366.2, and 47.3. However, this otherwise relentlessly upbeat article admits that China is losing about 3,000 square km of agricultural land a year, to urbanization and degradation. The article notes this problem is being addressed by soil conservation, but that devoting marginal land to reforestation instead of farming produces yet another cost to agricultural land—though with an overall increase in welfare as the trees grow and fix carbon.
China now leads even in beer, with over 46 million kilolitres produced per year, about twice the US level. Some 13.6 kilolitres of baijiu (Chinese vodka) is produced, with the article (inevitably) singing the praises of baijiu as superior to vodka or whiskey. (This is a matter of taste.) China, as always, has most of the world’s pigs, and produces 54,650 million tonnes of pork, vs. the USA’s mere 12,166.
Schneider, Lander and Brunson (2019) bring us up to date on pigs in China, with discussions of the pork factories of modern China, where American-style factory farming has unfortunately taken root. China’s wonderful, tough, flavorful landrace pigs are being replaced by western varieties that put on fat and meat fast but have low quality.
Dairying is rationalized similarly: Mongolian milk is sealed in tetrapaks and sold as “green,” though current policy is destroying the grasslands and the Mongolian way of life (Tracey 2013). Beef production has increased greatly, but dairying is even more successful, with vast amonts of milk now produced (Brunson et al. 2022). Apparently not enough is produced to give people doses big enough to make them sick from lactose; a glass or two is harmless to most people. The usual environmental costs of cattle rearing show up extensively.
Western pests have invaded China in vast numbers, just as Asia’s worst pests (such as the chestnut blight and the emerald ash borer) have devastated American trees. America’s pine bark beetles, for instance, are now working through forests there as they have destroyed millions of acres here (Qiu 2013).
Biodiversity continues to decline. The other freshwater dolphins are following the white-flag dolphin into extinction. The Yangtse giant softshell turtle (Rafetus swinhoei) was down to three individuals, all male, in 2019, and is now extinct or doomed (H. Liu et al. 2019). Other riverine life forms are in similar danger (Jian Wang et al. 2021), including many other turtles (Jun Wu et al. 2020) and the Chinese alligator. Fishing was banned in the Yangzi River in 2020. The Chinese paddlefish is extinct. Catches of other riverine fish were down “from 420,000 tons in 1950s to less than 100,000 tons now” (Science 2020). The five species of giant salamanders, the world’s largest amphibian, are disappearing. They are apparently tasty, and thus depleted in the wild; an extremely ill-advised plan to collect wild individuals and farm them has failed (they grew but would not reproduce), leaving them in desperate shape (Yong 2018).
Even the Baer’s pochard duck, an ordinary, formerly common duck that has no exotic requirements, is down to a few hundred birds, thanks to drainage of marshes and local hunting (Tong 2020). Many mammals, birds, and reptiles are about gone. Measures are worthy but inadequate.
Under Xi Jinping, moves toward political and social liberalization were sharply reversed. Hong Kong was crushed—a leading democracy turned into a highly repressed and unhappy city. On the other hand, Xi has had the sense to realize that China was committing suicide, and not just in the long run, by destroying its environment, and he has done a great deal to reverse Mao’s insane policies (Esarry et al. 2020 and Glover et al. 2021 are collections of excellent, important accounts). The problem is that autocrats usually fall into the trap of believing they are infallible while also striving for short-term gains (Ben-Ghiat 2020). Making enormous environmental mistakes is thus normal for such regimes, from Brazil to China and from Trump’s America to Stalin’s USSR. The future is thus dusty indeed.
The Qing genocide of the Dzungars is being repeated in the genocidal campaign against the Uyghurs (Roberts 2020). Many killings have been reported, but worse is massive cultural suppression: destroying mosques and historical monuments, destroying whole neighborhoods of traditional houses, banning the language quite widely, and massive “re-education” campaigns to force Han Chinese culture on this Turkic Islamic minority. China is very quiet about it, but someone got access to the supply orders for the “re-education” camps, and discovered massive orders for spiked clubs, handcuffs, cattle prods, and other torture implements (SBS News 2018).
The Chinese Communist constitution guarantees protection of minorities and forbids this sort of discrimination, but protests have been brutally suppressed. Genocidal suppression of Tibetan and Mongol culture is only a bit less dramatic; actual genocide of Tibetans was widely practised in the 1950s.
Mayfair Yang’s Gifts, Favors, and Banquets (1994) is one of many excellent ethnographies of modern China. It describes the political uses and manipulations of those acts. Her more recent Re-enchanting Modernity (2020) is a very detailed description of how religion—including its feasting and foodways—survives despite irregular and erratic Communist persecution. The regime blows hot and cold on religion to keep it cowed and manipulable. Directly relevant is her editorship of a collection of papers, Chinese Environmental Ethics (2021), with many exceptionally good studies. Most go well beyond the trite “China’s concepts of nature are different from ours,” to discuss actual events in anthropological perspective.
A paper by Jeffrey Nicolaisen (2021) notes that Han Chinese may have eaten parts of Taiwan Aboriginals in the old days, on the theory that they were not human. In any case, Taiwanese certainly sacrifice and eat pigs, even Buddhists who are otherwise vegetarian (Nicolaisen 2021:48-49).
The Portuguese sinologist Gonçalo Santos has summarized almost 30 years of research, including years of field time, in northern Guangdong province, in an important book, Chinese Village Life Today (2021). The village is slowly depopulating as more and more working-age people are forced to move to cities, or to farming areas close to cities, to make ends meet. Food is urbanizing in consequence. Popular influences have arrived. Breastfeeding is less long-continued, being reduced to 2 years or less from 2 to 3 or even 5 before (p. 140; I saw the same thing take place over years in Hong Kong).
In the meantime, Western astrology has caught on in China, and many believe it, and Virgo got associated with the downvaluing of virgins above marriageable age in China, so now women Virgos are shunned and not dated. This proves that development and propagation of negative stereotypes can happen without any reality or traditional belief behind it (J. Lu et al. 2020). The application to food is that human foolishness is boundless, and lies behind countless food beliefs new and old.
Chapter 12. Modern Chinese Foods, and Ancient Foods in New Times
We now move from more general understandings of Communist China to specific foods in the Chinese world.
To begin, as usual, with basic starches: Broomcorn millet, as neglected a major crop as the world affords, has finally received some attention, from Ruiyun Wang et al. (2016). They describe many uses. It is parched as chaomi, dry-toasted in a pan, in central Asia. It is made into suanfan “sour cooked grain,” a fermented concoction with a yogurt-like taste. It is used for the usual noodles, cakes, and buns. A waxy variety is used for gao cakes, including yougao, oil cake, a deep-fried gao traditional at the Spring Festival and at weddings. It is also brewed into jiu. Wedding uses also include limu gao, “cake for leaving mother,”and use of jars of millet in dowries(in Hequ, Shanxi; Wang et al. 2016:333). It is widely cultivated in China, but mostly in the interior north. The seeds are usually yellow or white, but can be red, brown, gray, or black. Many other traits vary too. The crop is in need of further study.
Rice is, of course, the most important single food in China, as it is in the world today. Rice is so productive that it requires only .24 ha. of land to produce a tonne, if the best technology is used, but maize is down to .21, and wheat .34. Thus, most rice-growing countries, even incredibly densely populated ones like Bangladesh and Vietnam, can export some (Elert 2014).
Sticky rice, miscalled “glutinous,” is sticky because it has almost no amylose; the starch it does have, amylopectin, cooks up stickier. It also brews better, and is thus the usual feedstock for rice “wines” and sakes. Rice varieties have varying proportions of amylose and amlopectin, and are thus sticky to varying degrees. The textbook separation of indica, japonica, and glutinous rices does not survive well; there are too many subvarieties, intermediates, and dubiously related sticky forms.
A major hero who, for a change, deserves every honor ever given to him, was Yuan Longping, the “father of hybrid rice.” He was born in 1930. Honors including being proposed for a Nobel prize. His rice has vastly increased yields in China, with rices now yielding over 10 tons/ha per crop (see e.g. Shellen Wu 2021; Yuan 2002). He used conventional breeding, not genetic engineering. He supported the latter eventually, however. Toward the end of his life, he was breeding up the salt-tolerant rices of China’s old-time seacoasts to produce rice that can be grown in seawater (Qimeng 2019). He passed away in 2021 at the age of 90.
Rice breeding continues apace; a gene for longer, better-quality, less chalky rice has been found, and is being bred into other rice varieties (Nature 2015, reporting an item in Nature Genetics). A gene from barley allows rice to produce starch more efficiently, meaning more grain and much less methane production; this gene could reduce world methane production 2% if it became universal in rice (Su et al. 2015). Rice is said to be getting tastier in China, especially in the fertile and well-educated southeast, where rice breeding and cultivation are at a high point (Lu et al. 2025).
Noodles are made in several ways. As noted, low-gluten grains like corn and buckwheat are made into a rather wet dough and forced through holes in a colander, directly into boiling water. If those 4000-year-old noodles are real, this is presumably how they were made. Bean starch and some wheat/egg noodles are made into lumps or flat sheets and hand-cut. High-gluten wheat noodles are made in many ways, the most dramatic of which are “pulled” or “swung noodles” (la mian). For these, the dough is stretched and then swung like a jump-rope, then doubled and re-swung, then doubled again, and so on. This develops the gluten so much that it produces an extremely chewy noodle. Swinging the dough without having it neck down and break requires extreme skill. (Not long ago, the one expert at this in Los Angeles was a Mexican chef working in a Korean restaurant. Globalization is real.)
Closely related to noodles are dumplings, which exist in countless forms. Xiao long bao, “little dragon wraps,” are notably popoular and widespread. Dumplings became known in the western world via Cantonese wonton soup, “won ton” being a local pronunciation of hundun, “primeval chaos.” The soup with dumplings floating in it does look like a primordial cosmic scene, perhaps a few million years after the Big Bang. The dumplings, or eating them, are known as yun tun “swallowing clouds.” In Sichuan some are chao shou “folded arms” (Dunlop 2016:279). Countless other names for filled dumplings are known, but most are unrecorded so far in the canonical literature. Thick Northwest Chinese bread is mo, cf. Tibetan momo.
Related is gluten; wheat dough is kneaded, then thinned with water to dissolve out the starch. Eventually only the gluten is left, to be made into imitation meats and other items. Seitan is wheat gluten used as imitation meat. One can get gluten powder now in the United States (Bob’s Red Mill makes it). Mix, knead, simmer in broth.
Tangzhong is a roux-type starter for Chinese baked bread. One mixes flour and water, heats, whisks, then mixes into the flour, yeast, water, etc. for the bread. It provides the fluffy but chewy texture that Chinese prefer in bread. It may be from Japanese or possibly from Portuguese usage; Portuguese sweet bread influenced Chinese baking, via Macau.
Chinese sweets very often turn out to be Near Eastern, as pointed out by Sean Chen (2021). Some are obviously so, from their names, such as the medieval saboni, which is Turkish saboniye (from the Arabic and Persian words for “soapy”), a flour and sugar sweet that looks like soap. Less obvious is the origin of mooncakes from maamoul, the stuffed Arab tarts or cookies. Mooncakes are said to derive from hubing, “Iranian (or West Asian) cakes,” in the Tang Dynasty. Like mooncakes, they consist of sweet paste (usually of dates in the case of maamoul) in a hand-sized wheat crust often imprinted with designs pressed onto the top. Persian koolocheh are similar. Yutiao, fried dough strips identical to Mexican churros but rarely sweet, are derived from similar dough strips in the Near East (variously lokma, jalebi, or tulumba). Chinese walnut and date candies are derived from the same general background as lukum (“Turkish delight”), but lack the thickening mahaleb gum from a cherry species (Prunus mahaleb). We have already noted Chinese halva and other obviously Near Eastern sweets. Chinese simply are not dessert-oriented; they have borrowed most of their more complicated sweets.
Jiu today includes not only mutton “wine” and “red rose dew” (vodka with rose petals steeped in it), but ng ka pei (Cantonese equivalent of wujiapi), vodka flavored with a medicinal herb, Acanthopanax, that gives it a cider flavor. Jiu is also flavored with other herbal, such as arbutus fruit. Jiu good enough to save for daughter’s wedding is known, as is done with wine in France. Er guo tou, “two pot head,” is cheap white lightning. On a different note, there are now maotais costing over $200 per bottle.
Salt in Chinese culture has been the subject of a major monograph by Hans Ulrich Vogel (2009); he reviews every aspect of its production and consumption in late Imperial times, and compares these with the contemporary European world. Vogel notes, sympathetically, that Chinese add deep-drilling—perfected for salt wells—to the list of the greatest inventions China has given the world, along with paper, printing, the compass, and gunpowder (Vogel 2009:185).
Doufu zha is the residue from making bean curd (Japanese okara); it is locally eaten in north China.
Eggplants, domesticated in India, were apparently independently domesticated in what is now southern Yunnan (Meyer et al. 2012; the domestic plant Solanum melongena and its purported wild ancestors, S. incanum and S. undatum, turn out to be genetically pretty much the same—all one species). They go back about as far as any plant records are found, in both China and India. The garden egg—the variety whose fruit really looks like an egg, oval and white—is apparently yet a third domestication, from southern Southeast Asia. Many other useful fruits are gathered in Yunnan (J. Chen et al. 1999).
Qing gan cai is green-stemmed bok choy as opposed to the usual white form.
Passion fuit is bai xiang guo, 100 fragrances fruit.
Luohan guo is now Siraitia grosvenorii. Gac fruit, a Vietnamese delicacy, is a species of bitter melon, Momordica cochinchinensis.
Myrica rubra, yangmei (“strawberry apricot”) or strawberry tree, is a local fruit.
Yuan Mei used gun, “turn,” a cooking time meaning a turn-over of the boiling liquid—a mere second or so. Longer timing methods in the old days included time taken to say a phrase, and above all the time taken to burn incense stick. Incense sticks were all made the same, and the time it took to burn one was thus reasonably standardized. Incense sticks were burned every day by most households, for religion or simply good luck. The old-time western equivalent was to use the commonest prayers: kitchen process durations were described by the time it took to say the Lord’s Prayer, or the Hail Mary, one or five or however many times. Illiterates and people without clocks could always use these.
Boiling and steaming remain the commonest ways of cooking in China. Stir-frying became well known in Song, and waxed commoner over successive centuries, especially the last one or two. Deep-frying and roasting/baking have become common in recent decades. The result is not always good for health; fat consumption has soared. Complex cooking involving several processes has become common in restaurants. Vegetables are more and more often parboiled before being stir-fried, instead of cut up, stir-fried, and then finished in added liquid. The latter was the traditional method, at least in the households I knew; but the parboiling step was a gourmet touch, making the result a bit more cui and thus worth the trouble. Cui refers to a mouthfeel: the vegetable is crisp but then succulent, slightly resisting but then yielding, a texture familiar to westerners in well-cooked new peas, string beans, and carrots. It is a desired height of Chinese gourmetship. Other such mouth textures include nen “soft” and lao “old,” i.e. more tough. Nuo “sticky” can be seen as a mouthfeel term (see Dunlop 2019a:25), and other mouthfeel terms cover slippery, rubbery, brightly refreshing, and so on (Dunlop 2019b:128); there is a term for every imaginable mouthfeel. This is a major side of Chinese gourmetship that is almost unappreciated in the west, even by foodies, but one eventually learns it. (I admit to finding Ms. Dunlop’s memoir fascinating because so much of it perfectly parallels my own learning curve decades earlier, from discovering the critical importance of flame height to learning mouthfeel connoisseurship.)
Food to eat with rice has its own special word in Cantonese: sung. Mandarin simply uses cai, “vegetables,” extended to mean “made dishes.” A common phrase for foods to eat with rice is xia fan, “downing the rice.” Another phrase for these foods (what Americans sometimes called “with-it”) is guo fan, “pass grain,” i.e. “helps the food go down,” the precise equivalent of the phrase “it helps the bread go down” recorded by Escoffier from rural France. This adds to the many words worldwide for “food to eat with the starch staple,” such as Latin companagium, “with bread.”
Tea is the subject of many books. There has, in fact, been a sudden explosion of books about tea, ranging from brief popular accounts to Heiss and Heiss’ encyclopedic and highly authoritative reference work (2010) and James Benn’s superb history of tea in early dynasties (2015). Okakura Kakuzo’s Japanese classic The Book of Tea (1964 [1906]) remains valuable. An incredibly beautiful book, issued in Thailand, is Tea Horse Road by Michael Freeman and Selena Ahmed (2015); Freeman’s exquisite and scientifically detailed photographs are set off by Ahmed’s unique expertise in tea ethnobotany. Another recent tea book is Chow and Kramer (1990). Victor Mair and Erling Hoh have also weighed in with The True History of Tea (2009), much better on the Imperial Chinese historic side than the other works. The art of tea implements in China and elsewhere was the theme of an exhibit at UCLA, whose catalogue (Hohenegger 2009) is a wonderful resource.
The extreme in tea books is reached by George van Driem’s The Tale of Tea (2019), an encyclopedic work, 900 packed pages on every aspect of the drink. The book starts with the origins of tea in the area from northeast India to Yunnan. It continues with the history of tea in China and Japan. Most of the book is absorbed by the European “discovery” of tea and the consequent trade and connoisseurship. The coming of coffee and chocolate and their development in the European world is added as a comparative section. The book ends with particularly valuable chapters on the chemistry and cultivation of tea.
Van Driem, a linguist and philologist, is best when he writes on philological matters: the correct words for tea in dozens of languages, the origins of our words for tea, and the classification of the languages involved. Our European words are derived from Cantonese and Hokkien Chinese, and rarely from Japanese. Van Driem has actually gotten the exceedingly difficult original Chinese words nailed down, even to tracing particular dialects of Hokkien, their correct tonal shifts from dialect to dialect, and how that fed into European languages. He is next best on biology. The sections on chemistry and on tea cultivation are magistral. Lists of tea pests (pp. 839-842) and diseases (849-850) are amazingly comprehensive. The sections on history are solid and reliable, but largely from standard sources, though the heavy use of contemporary writings—always in the original languages, with translations—is valuable. Van Driem is no political economist, and attempts to deal with such matters at more than standard-source levels are uncompelling. Summarizing the work is beyond possibility here, and most of it does not concern China, so I leave it with the recommendation to go to it for reference for all linguistic matters.
Tea continues to be more and more important as China’s drink and a major export. According to one myth, it was discovered by the ox-headed agricultural deity known as the Divine Farmer (shennong) around 2700 BCE, when tea leaves blew into his cup of hot water. He supposedly sampled all the herbs in China to tell which were good for you, which poisonous, and which neutral. An herbal under his name was produced in the Han Dynasty and edited by the great polymath Tao Hongjing in the 6th century (Wilms 2016). It and other such sources have a good deal of material on food plants.
An excellent book about tea, with many beautiful illustrations, is Luo Jilian’s The China Tea Book (2012). A scholarly tract is Mair and Hoh (2009). Tea has received its own art magazine: The Art of Tea, up to issue 9 as of the end of 2010 (I have not seen it since; it has apparently gone under). Unsurprisingly, it was supported by the Taiwan tea industry. It is beautiful and detailed.
A superb, encyclopedic book about tea by Mary Lou and Robert Heiss (2007) covers Chinese tea especially. It is by a couple who are long-established merchants of top-end tea, so the book is unashamedly promotional; no gritty reporting on the seamy side of the tea industry. On the other hand, the combination of overwhelming knowledge and deep insight into the tea business produces a quite unique account of the top side. A study of tea in Yunnan’s economy was done by Po-Yi Hung (2015).
Tea has caught on worldwide, of course, more than ever. The abstruse and esoteric language of tea connoisseurship, involving cha qi “spirit of tea” and cha yun “tea beauty,” has been unpacked by Jinghong Zhang (2023). A major art exhibit has chronicled its rise and spread over historic time and over the world (Hohenegger 2009). The latest fad, as of this writing, is for aged Puer tea from Yunnan; excellent ethnographic and historic research has revealed much about this delicacy (Yu 2010; Zhang 2010).
The tea house as ordinary people’s office, a social institution I described in the book, has finally received proper and deserved historical attention (Wang 2008).
Going well beyond tea merchandising is Frederick Dannaway’s essay (2010) on the world-in-miniature and tea in China and Japan. He notes, correctly, that the Chinese do not say “microcosm” or “world-in-miniature” for their bonsai landscapes and compressed urban gardens. In fact they simply call them mountain landscapes or gardens or even worlds, as if they were the real thing. And, indeed, they are…you need only look closely (as shown by Stein’s excellent study, 1990).
Historian Miranda Brown has sought out traditional milk processing that still goes on today. China’s love affair with dairy foods peaked in medieval times, but yogurt, soft cheese, and other products continue rather widespread. Learning from central Asia continued during Ming. Dairy foods turn up in odd places, including Shenzhen, the border town with Hong Kong, where a traditional cheese-like product survives. Brown has also reported on foreign foods in traditional Chinese cookbooks (Brown 2019) and other matters of Chinese history, and runs a very active food blog. Kumys is known in Chinese as ma nai jiu, “horse milk jiu.” Milk and milk products used in the past include butter in offerings and milk products consumed by Buddhist monks, among other things (Newman 2011a). Related are the sweets, often milk-based, in Kristina Cho’s Mooncakes and Milk Bread (2021).
Breastfeeding, formerly done till the child was two or three (or even till 5; Santos 2021:140, but this may have been a problematic case), is now sharply reduced, because of the pressures of work. Women now labor in factories and other urban jobs, leaving children with grandparents or other relatives. Breastfeeding is recommended by the government but hard to manage.
Bean starch has an ancient lineage, and jelly made from it goes back to Song. It gelatinizes in hot water. Mung bean starch known and written about since the Qimin Yaosho described how to make the starch: boil beans, leave in water to ferment, mash, soak and stir to separate starch—fenying, “powder essence.” The jelly does not appear in writings till Song but may have been around earlier. Several good Song recipes given, including lungs stuffed with it along with ginger, nuts, sesame paste, and wheat flour. A similar mix, with pine seeds, walnuts, and dill as well as the mung beans, flour, and sesame, was made into a vegetarian “lung” by cutting it in that shape and serving in spicy sauce. Mung bean starch jelly was used in many other mock-meat and mock-seafood dishes. It was compared to jade in appearance. A Ming writer compared mung bean starch with lotus rhizome, kudzu root, and bracken rhizome starches. The jelly is now cut into broad kuanfen noodles, and fensi (bean jelly vermicelli) are common (Liang 2021).
This reminds us of the many ways to make noodles out of gluten-free materials, a concept totally alien to the west. Forcing dough through the holes in a colander directly into boiling water is the principal way. One can also simply press out noodle shapes and then put them into the water (Dunlop n.d.:172).
Modern Chinese condiments include countless chile sauces, often with fried onions (and sometimes garlic) to make them crunchy. The flavors are variously complex and refined. The heat ranges from strong to incandescent.
Many forms of soy sauce and soy-based flavored sauces have evolved, often with back-and-forth stimuli to Korea and Japan, which have their own soy traditions.
Insects, rarely mentioned at length in Chinese food books, have been treated along with various annelid and other worms by M. Leung (2000). Cicadas, waterbugs, silkworms, and others are eaten. Caterpillars and grasshoppers, in particular, saved countless people from starvation in earlier times. Locusts were so popular they inspired a religious cult (Hsu 1969). Insects are a major component of southeast Asian fare, occupying e.g. much of the space in the public markets of Cambodia, where deepfried tarantulas are also a delicacy. Pond snails are popular, and Chinese introduced at least one genus, Viviparus, to the United States, via markets; it still is found therein, but has escaped and gone wild as well (Paul Chace, personal communication, 1987; see also Hanna 1966:37 on V. stelmaphorus). More exotic is “winter frog”—the fat, with part of the reproductive system, derived from one species of frog in north China (Newman 2000). One suspects that other frogs are used, because this and other frog dishes are available even in far Los Angeles. This is contributing to the worldwide disappearance of amphibia. Turtles are not only popular food, but medicinal, and their fabled longevity makes them a possible candidate for a long-life food (Newman 2004b). Unfortunately, turtles, like many other animals, are threatened with extinction in China because of their popularity as food and because the Communist government destroyed the traditions of conservation and resource management that had protected China’s and southeast Asia’s environment for centuries. Deer antlers in velvet may not quite qualify as a food, but are a major product of the deer-raising industry in Taiwan and New Zealand; the antlers are cut off, leading to much pain and loss of blood, but at least sustainably (Tseng 2017).
Among the saddest cases of failure of conservation is the supply of edible birds’ nests. These are the nests of a swiftlet, Collocalia esculenta, which makes “white” nests of protein secreted from glands in its mouth. (Related species produce “black bird’s nests,” not purely mouth secretions, therefore inferior and in need of considerable cleaning.) The nests are highly regarded as food and medicine, strengthening yin and lungs, good for digestion, and generally tonic. They actually are made primarily of indigestible long-chain proteins, but include growth stimulants and a unique glycoprotein with immunomodulating value (Kong et al 1990; Langham 1980). The supply is, however, endangered by overcollecting; increasing demand and breakdown of local social rules on harvesting have led to wiping out the swiftlet in China and making it rarer and rarer throughout its range in southeast Asia (Chiang 2011). Fortunately, the creative farmers of southeast Asia have discovered a workaround: retooling abandoned houses and buildings as swiftlet caves. This has become a big business, and is saving the swiftlets (Wong and Thuras 2021:160). China’s environment and agriculture are collapsing fast (see e.g. Johnson 2014), and failure to conserve resources is the worst of many problems.
Mushrooms of many species are important foods in China (Newman 2010b, 2011c, 2019) and especially among minorities. Many are also exported to Japan. A huge trade has developed in the Tibetan frontier lands. Daniel Winkler has chronicled this, and could not resist the temptation to refer to “mushrooming trade” (Winkler 2008, 2009). Species include shiitake, now Lentinula edodes; maitake, Grifala frondosus; enoki,k Flammuline velutipes; bamboo fungus, now commercially raised, Phallus indusiatus; and the old usuals (Newman 2019c).
One recent article describes mushrooms of China, with references to early Chinese sources (J. Newman 2010b), and including such unusual species as chicken-of-the-woods (Laetiporus sulphureus), enoki (Flammulina velutipes), and lion’s mane (Hericium erinaceus), and followed by an enthusiastic article by her husband Leonard on how to grow shiitake (Lentinula edodes; L. Newman 2019c).
An odd item unrelated to cooking as such is the use of restaurant density and quality to assess the wealth, population, and business activity of cities. Lei Dong and associates (2019) used number and type of restaurants and local ratings of their quality to assess daytime and nighttime populations, businesses, and the like, and checked this against other data. The restaurants turned out to predict the contours well, so the authors constructed a way of using such data to assess neighborhoods rapidly.
Western concerns with lactose, gluten, “junk” food, ethical eating, and other such food issues have entered Chinese consciousness, often via food packaging. David Machin and Ariel Chen (2023) have thoroughly reviewed this phenomenon, with many photos of the packages.
Stray Notes on Foods
Cannibalism, always fascinating to humanity, continues to receive attention. As noted in my book, famine drove people to eat human flesh on many occasions, but literature fantastically exaggerated the extent of this, and Yenna Wu has analyzed the issue (Wu 1996).
The classic meat dish “Buddha jumped over the wall” (it smells so tempting that a Buddha would break his vegetarian vows and leap for it) is made by very slowly braising sea cucumber, shark fin, deer sinew, fungus, abalone, dried scallops, snow fungus, fish swim-bladder, turtle, and medicinal herbs such as ginseng. Other, less exotic ingredients are often substituted for the rarer ones.
Moon cakes are evolving; heavy, sickly-sweet, and doughy, they are unpopular today, so low-calorie forms are evolving, as well as variants using new ingredients. They too have spread to the United States and become liberated from traditional contexts (Langlois 1972).
The Maya-domesticated pitahaya cactus is now universal in east Asia under the name “fire-dragon fruit” or just “dragon fruit” (long guo). The latest New World fruit (as of around 2010) to arrive in China is the passion fruit, bai xiang guo, “100 fragrances fruit.”
A mangosteen-like fruit (Garcinia sp.) of south China is monographed by B. Liu et al. (2017).
Seafood gourmetship gets ever more arcane, and ever more fatal to the world oceans (Fabinyi 2012; Fabinyi et al. 2012). The fisheries of China and the seas around it are depleted, and a zone of extreme overfishing is expanding rapidly through the Philippines and Indonesia and out into the Pacific. Even American coasts are depleted, by overfishing of things like sea cucumbers and sea urchins. Jellyfish, both inner and outer parts of the main body, are eaten with enthusiasm.
Vegetarianism has received some attention lately. Chinese Buddhists are supposed to be vegetarian, and some non-Buddhists are too; this has led to the development of a vegetarian cuisine. Buddhist vegetarianism and avoidance of alcohol have received noteworthy attention and excellent review in two articles (Benn 2005; Kieschnick 2005; both in Sterckx 2005). The drive to create imitation meats for vegetarians and vegans is so strong that there are even vegetarian intestines; the indefatigable Fuchsia Dunlop gives a recipe (Dunlop 2016:324). Most of the imitations strike the present writer as dreadful. It seems preferable (by far) to give up the ersatz, and simply eat vegetables for their own excellent natural tastes. There is also nothing wrong with leaving the meat out of dishes like mapo doufu.
Ducks may not be raised from the egg with loving care any more (though some probably still are), but the Quan Jude restaurant—Beijing’s classic “Peking duck” place—has flourished and even franchised out. The owners were sent down to the countryside for being bourgeois, during the Great Cultural Revolution, but they returned (Ni 2004).
Preserving eggs has received brief but thorough monographic treatment from Fuchsia Dunlop (2006), who points out that it was westerners who started calling pi dan “hundred-year” or “thousand-year-old” eggs. They are aged a few days or weeks.
Sweet potatoes are less important than elsewhere in China, but are incorporated into sweets (p. 447) and other dishes.
Basella esculenta, a green vegetable oddly known as “bean curd vegetable” (doufu cai), is eaten in southwest China.
There is also leek flower sauce, made with salt and ginger and fermented.
Tonghao cai, chrysanthemum greens from the chrysanthemum relative Glebiornis coronaria (formerly Chrysanthemum coronarium) comes in two forms: tong hao and hao cai (Dunlop 2016:44). The species has gone wild around San Diego, CA, and in Florida, escaping (at least in the San Diego case) from Chinese gardens.
Yet another odd vegetable is the swollen stem of wildrice, Zizania caducifolia, a very close relative of the wildrice of Native North America. Note the spelling as one word, “wildrice,” to distinguish this plant from actual wild rice (nondomestic strains of Oryza sativa). The stems in China become infected with gibberellin-rich fungi (supposedly Ustilago esculenta, common smut)that makes them swell and become succulent, like asparagus. They are called lusun “reed shoots,” and thus asparagus is “foreign lusun.”
One of the large smoky-flavored cardamoms, Amomum villosum, is distinguished (and long has been) as sha ren, not tsaoko.
A new medicinal food is snow chrysanthemum, Sanvitalia procumbens, aka creeping zinnia. It makes an excellent, flavorful tea. It grows in the Kunlun Mountains, and presumably elsewhere. It was subject to wild speculation in 2011, but quickly returned to moderate price. It benefits from the usual claims of cureall: it is said to reduce cholesterol and blood sugar, and so on.
The Golden Cicada (Cryptotympana atrata) is a popular delicacy in northern China, and is overcollected to the point of rarity. Hong Yang and colleagues report on this, and add: “Approximately 220 cicada species have been identified in China” (Yang et al. 2023). They do not mention others as food. I have seen people catch cicadas to feed chickens, and small boys catch them for noisemaking. I suspect other species are eaten. Chinese traditionally ate the silk pupae those cocoons they unreeled for silk, or fed them—again—to the chicks. Crickets and many other insects are locally eaten.
Chinese names for dishes continue to delight. Thin noodles with ground meat and oil (and lots of chile) are “ants climbing on trees,” because the bits of meat stick to the noodles and look like ants on trees—if one has considerable imagination. A Beijing sweet delicacy is “ass rolls about” (or “donkey rolling in sand”)—a sweet glutinous rice cylinder rolled in crushed bean meal. The rolling process reminds one of a donkey rolling on sand to scratch his back.
“Across the bridge noodles” is a Yunnan dish in which noodles are poured from one pot into another to finish cooking; the name may come from that, but there is an origin myth involving an elite boy forced to study all the time, and isolated for the purpose on an island in his parents’ garden, food being brought “across the bridge” by his family (Lo and Lo 2003; see ref. in preceding section) or by his long-suffering wife (Freedman 2018, who makes this a theme of her book; also Phillips 2016:302). Such cute stories explaining the name of a dish are not to be taken on faith, since the Chinese love nothing better than to make up such tales. Another story concerns “Ignored by the Dog Filled Buns,” One Gao Guiyou, nicknamed Gouzi (a pun on gouzi, small dog), made superb buns and was so busy selling them that he ignored people (Phillips 2016:48).
“Lonny” (Leonard Newman) has made up a whole list of wild names: “Buddha’s navel” is a sesame sweet with fruits and sweets, from Wuxi. “Bright Pearl in the Hand” is “deboned duck feet topped with shrimp paste and a quail egg, from Anhui.” “Cats ears” are “stir-fried flat pieces of wheat or sorghum pasta” from Shaanxi. “Dragon plays with a pearl” is “breaded whole shrimp wrapped with fish, from Shandong; “Dragon Playing with Cold Coins” is “eel and shrimp patties with oil, fom Beijing.” “Dragons Fight Tigers” are snake, cat, chicken, and fish-maw in a soup, from Gunagdong. I know a version of this as “dragon, tiger and phoenix”—snake, cat and chicken in a soup. “Four Stars longing for the Moon” is a carp in a spicy sauce surrounded by four other dishes, from Jiangxi. “General Takes Off His Cape”: eel stir-fried with mushrooms and bamboo shoots, from Hunan. “Hundred Birds Bowing to Phoenix: Chicken and soup with dumplings, from Hunan. Lady’s Jade Hairpin: Green stuffed chili peppers with pork and shrimp, from Guizhou. No More Time: Banana, candied orange, and melon batter-fried, from Chaozhou.” (This is probably a pun, but too arcane for me.) “Red Cliffs Burning: Turtle with chicken, ham, and Steamed egg cake: from Shanghai.” (“Burning” is sure to be an allusion to the ham, which is “fire leg” in Chinese.) “Toad Spits Honey: Sesame wrapped biscuit stuffed with red bean paste; from Beijing. Wok Brushes: Open-topped pork dumplings with frilly edges: from Guiyang. Xixi’s Tongue: Dough filled with date and nut paste and seeds; from Hangzhou.” (Presumably a reference to the legendary beauty Xishi; “Lonny” 2016:9.)
Another great name is shenxian cai, “spirit mountain-dweller vegetable,” for a dish of radish stewed with pork. Shenxian were men—rarely women—who resorted to the mountains, cultivated spirit powers, and eventually might become immortal, fly on clouds, and otherwise transcend the ordinary. Less romantic is Dongpo pork, named after the great poet and statesman Su Shi, who once in a period of exile for speaking truth to power reclaimed a rough, weedy lot on the east side of the hill and thereafter called himself by its name, Dongpo, “east slope.” Some of his better times were spent in Hangchou, and thus the city created a superb pork dish in his name. It is a fairly straightforward variant on lower Yangzi stewed pork, with pork, onions, ginger, sugar, soy sauces, jiu, and perhaps a spice or two. (The immortals’ radishes are more or less the same dish, plus radishes.) Su Dongpo’s love of pork was surpassed by his love of looking at bamboo: “A man may become thin without pork, but without bamboo, he will become vulgar; and while a thin man may regain his plumpness, there is no cure for the scholar who has lost his refinement” (quoted Dunlop 2016:262). This reminds me of a Chinese folktale of an artist who stopped for one night at an inn and planted bamboos. Someone said: “You are staying here only one night! Why are you planting bamboos?” The artist turned to the bamboos and said: “What is the use of talking to such a person?” (Don’t ask me for a source for that one. It’s one of countless stories I picked up in the China world somewhere.)
Related, somehow, are the beliefs about food and luck. Jenn Harris (2023) counted up several in celebration of Lunar New Year in 2023. Her mother is Chinese and she was raised with these ideas. Perhaps the most widely known is the use of fish to symbolize abundance, both being yu in Chinese. She cites Grace Young for many. Clams and scallops are shaped like coins, and thus bring wealth. “Roast pig… symbolizes purification and peace.” The word for oysters sounds like “good things.” Mushrooms grow like fortune. Cilantro somehow represents compassion. Napa (Beijing) cabbage sounds like “100 wealth.” Shrimp represents fun in Cantonese culture, because the Cantonese word for them, ha (Mandarin xia), sounds like a laugh. Egg rolls look like coins. Radish cake sounds like rising fortune. Sesame balls symbolize wholeness. Long noodles bring long life. Ordinary dumplings (Mandarin jiaozi) also look like coins, or like some coins. I can add from my own experience that hair vegetable (a fresh-water alga) is lucky (various explanations given), peaches symbolize fertility (the blossoms and fruit are reminiscent of female genitalia). Citrus is lucky; the fruits were and are sacred in local traditions, probably going back to Thai beliefs. Tangerines are even called “lucky” in Cantonese (kat, not like the Mandarin word qie for the fruit) and are obligatory at New Year. Nuts and seeds represent fertility and many children. New Year rice cakes are made in the shape of old coins. Pun choi—a mixed dish of meats—is traditional, and is cooked in large amounts by men as a macho culinary thing, like barbecue in America and Australia. And so it goes. Few believe all this; the customs are fun, and there is some insurance value to them, according to consultants. One is reminded of Pascal’s (or Spinoza’s) Wager: Might as well believe in God, because if He doesn’t exist, no harm done, but if He does exist, it’s gravy for you.
Naomichi Ishige, probably the foremost ethnographer of Chinese food, has produced a fine review article on dining behavior around East Asia (Ishige 2006).
Jacqueline Newman has assembled a set of interesting etiquette notes about chopsticks: Never knock them on the table, ‘because these are the sounds of beggars asking for food”; do not stir food in the dish with them or dig into a dish with them; “do not stand them upright in a dish” because that is too reminiscent of incense sticks or chopsticks in the bowls of sacrificial food for the dead (Newman 2017a:13).
China is, as always, quick to follow global trends. Thomas DuBois and Xiao Kunbing (2021) report on the rapid rise of supermarkets, starting with international chains (including Walmart) but rapidly imitated by locals. Similarly, MacDonald’s and KFC spawned countless imitators, franchising shops for tea, noodles, meat skewers, dumplings, and other staples, with the usual range in quality. TV cooking shows, mass merchandising, name brands, and everything else western has been enthusiastically adopted. Chinese eating will never be the same.
DuBois (2021) has also flagged the importance of culinary nostalgia. Old-time brands and local restaurants are wildly popular in China as of this writing. The items sold and the dishes in the restaurants are not always what they were, but few complain. Food nostalgia is well known throughout the world, and China was sure to follow eventually, though it lagged America and Europe.
Chinese food in Asian context is treated in a series of books by Cecilia Leong-Salobir (2011, 2019; Leong-Salobir ed., 2019).
More on Cooking Strategies: Some Thoughts for “Slow Food” Devotees
Chinese food is the original fast food. Stir-frying takes seconds, or at most a very few minutes. Food was sliced very thinly and evenly, with maximum surface area exposed, to allow it to cook at maximum speed. Tender young ingredients are used, partly for taste, but partly—again—for quick cooking. “Small eats” (xiao shi, the collective term for snack dishes) are sometimes slow to make, but they are sold on the street for eating on the run. Even slower processes like steaming and soup-making are done fast in the Chinese kitchen. Baking was speeded up by making the baked items extremely small. Persian nan, typically about 30-50 cm long, shrank in China to become the shaobing, only about 10 cm. Baking was done at high heat in very efficient, fuel-sparing ovens or large pots (derived from the Indian/Central Asian tandur).
All this has everything to do with the incredible difficulty of obtaining fuel in the old days. I well remember the scarcity and high price of wood and other fuels, even after kerosene and bottled gas came in. All Chinese cooking is shaped by the need to cook everything with the absolute minimal amount of fuel. I have seen a full meal for a family cooked with a handful of grass. Stoves, dishes, and recipes are all exquisitely adapted to this. The Chinese traditional bucket stove has now spread worldwide into fuel-short areas; I have seen it sold widely in Madagascar, among other places. I have also seen an ancient Greek pottery stove that is almost identical; apparently it was an independent invention, but one wonders.
The only really slow cooking in Chinese tradition is the stewing and braising used for tough cuts of meat and fish. This could be very slow indeed—some restaurants kept pots of stock constantly simmering, and put into them anything that needed long cooking. According to legend, some of these stock pots had been simmering for centuries. Admittedly this is highly improbable, but certainly some stock pots had been there at the back of the stove for years.
A pair of sessions in Boston in 2018-19 (at the second of which I was present) produced a series of articles on Chinese food and society (Zhang and Schneider 2022). Jin Feng (2022) continues her detailed and insightful accounts of the food of Jiangnan (see Feng 2019), describing five women who manage (or once managed) restaurants, one of which serves French-style foie gras along with lower Yangtze delicacies. Caroline Merrifield (2022) records people in Hangzhou talking of the good old days when food was simple and not so processed, and tasted like food; today the meat and vegetables are tasteless. Shaohua Zhan (2022) provides a history of concerns over food adequacy since 1949. Alexander Day (2022) reports on tea-raising in one district. Emily Yeh and Fan Li (2022) describe the rise of crayfish raising in Sichuan, and the branding of a local rice as “crayfish rice” because it is raised as the crayfish are, on clean fresh water, thus avoiding the fear of contamination that is now general, and thoroughly realistic, in China.
Chapter 13. Current Foodways around China
Our knowledge of cooking in the various provinces of China has been enormously advanced by many culinary ethnographies.
A great deal more about Chinese food and caixi—“systems of dishes,” i.e. regional and local cuisines—has come out since 1988. H. T. Huang’s huge book—the labor of a lifetime—goes into detail on wheat products, including alum-raised ones, such as yutiao and some bao, and on flavoring pastes.
There are also many cookbooks with ethnographic detail going far beyond simple recipes. (A few examples from a large, good literature are Lo and Lo 2003, see previous section; Dunlop 2016, 2019; Phillips 2016; Yee 1975; Young and Richardson 2004).
Fuchsia Dunlop (n.d.:193-195) records that the whole idea of regional cuisines in China is only about 100 years old, though everyone earlier could discuss differences between north and south, and every city had its specialty dishes. The early and mid 20th century saw lists of four or five major cuisines. Then in the 1980s an eightfold classification became popular, but it excluded deep-interior areas. Arguments go on endlessly, and cannot be resolved, since there are countless local differences and overlappings.
Carolyn Phillips counts 35 cuisines in China, classified under 5 regions: north, “elegant Yangtze River environs,” “savory coastal southeast,” “spicy Central Highlands,” and “arid Northwest” (Phillips 2016:xiii). These are simply the familiar north, lower Yangtze, south, and west, plus a far west including ethnic cuisines. Under these, the 35 are largely provinces, with some provinces divided, plus major cities, Hakka, Chaozhou, and, interestingly, “Taiwan Military Families”—they have developed their own fusion cuisine, heavily Yangtze-drainage-based. Phillips’ enormous and encyclopedic cookbook has probably the best instructions for cooking, setting up a kitchen, buying ingredients, and dining of any English-language source, but she makes all the standard errors of biology, from “plum” for mei to “lotus root” for the rhizome (though she has that one correct in the ingredients section at the end). She is also a wonderful and delightful storyteller, having provided a romantic and adventurous memoir (Phillips 2021). Her origin myths of dishes like mapo doufu and across-the-bridge noodles are good fun and historically documented.
Local foodways are covered in a major collection of papers, edited by David Holm (2009). Sidney Cheung has edited an important volume, Rethinking Asian Food Heritage (2014), with papers on the origins and modern fates of several important, and often little-studied, local food traditions in China and south and southeast Asia; notable, for instance, is James Farrer’s brilliant analysis of the rise and decline of Western-style food in Shanghai during its golden age in the 1920s and 1930s. The western-type food available then was apparently of a very low standard, but it was romantic, exotic, and an important part of the city’s image, so old Shanghai hands clung to it. They re-created it in Hong Kong (as I well remember from my 1960s time there), only to have the rising young generation scorn it, unmoved by its hallowed tradition. Among other outstanding articles are one by May Chang and Cordia Chu on mullet roe in Taiwan.
Particular distinguished mention goes to Fuchsia Dunlop for her stunning work on Sichuan food, Land of Plenty (2001). A “new and updated edition” is titled The Food of Sichuan (2019a). This book not only includes recipes for almost all the Sichuan specialties, but a set of glossaries that give the characters, transliteration, and definition for just about every common Chinese cooking and culinary term, as well as Sichuan localisms, including very obscure ones. The recipes are, as she says, authentic: they are the way the better Sichuan chefs actually prepared them when she was there in the 1990s. They are properly rich in garlic, Sichuan brown pepper, and chile, just as I remember real Sichuan food in the old-time cafes in Taiwan that catered to Sichuanese.
These and other works have established Dunlop as perhaps the leading ethnographer of actual Chinese food. (A later book by Dunlop, Every Grain of Rice: Simple Chinese Home Cooking, 2012, goes over relatively familiar ground, but has some very unusual but simple recipes; it is, however, a photograph book, not an in-depth study.) Dunlop has also sought out the full story of Gongbao Chicken, the “kung pao chicken” of worldwide menus. It was created for Ding Baozhen (1820-1886), the Gongbao (Palace Guardian) for “his honorary title of tutor to imperial princes” (Dunlop 2019c:F1). He came from Guizhou, one of the chile-loving provinces since the 18th century, and later spent much time in Chengdu, Sichuan, where the chicken dish was created for him. It involves chicken white meat with dried chiles, Sichuan brown pepper, garlic, ginger, white spring onions, peanuts, and “a glossy sauce mixed to a particular degree of sweet-and-sour known as ‘lychee-flavored’” (Dunlop 2019a:F4). Today, different forms of gongbao chicken and many other gongbao dishes are made in Guizhou, in honor of Ding’s memory. The chicken there can be made with dark meat; it uses the local ciba chiles, in red oil, without the peanuts or Sichuan pepper. Fuchsia Dunlop continues to produce blogs, recipes, and articles at a monumental rate.
Dunlop also confirms my long-standing point about the sexual double meaning of brown pepper. The berries grow twinned at the base of a short stalk; the whole appears like miniature male genitalia. This symbolism is obvious in the Book of Songs, (Song 117) and the Songs of the South (Chu Zi). Ms. Dunlop reports this symbolism is still vibrantly alive in Sichuan (Dunlop 2008:220). Pepper is even exchanged as a love token.
In The Food of Sichuan (2019a:475-478), she lists fully 56 recognized and named ways of cooking a dish—a wonderful folk taxonomy. Many are variants on such basic terms as hungshao “red cooking” and baishao “white cooking” for stewing in liquid, but some are regional terms new to my south-Chinese training. I learn that mapo doufu is not stir-fried (as I thought it was) but du, cooked in a wok in a more stew-like way, so it makes a noise like “du-du-du.” She also provides taxonomies of sauces, flavors, and almost everything else. Thus, flavor types include xiang “fragrant,” extended to more sensory experiences than the English word; yiwei “odoriferous”; xingwei, “fishy”; sauwei “foul”; shanwei “rank, muttony.” (Wei means “flavor”; Dunlop 2019a:23. Xiang means “fragrance,” and appears in the name Hong Kong, local Cantonese for Xianggang, “fragrance harbor”; incense, called “fragrance” in Chinese, used to be exported from it.) The last of these is one of the Five Flavors of Chinese medicine, along with our more familiar salt, sweet, sour, and bitter. This brings it close to the umami flavor now added by Japanese taste scientists to the classic Western four. One famous flavor is yuxiang, “fish fragrance,” a mix of ginger, green onions, Chinese jiu, and other flavors usually used on fish. (Dunlop 2019a:24 lists some other possible origins for the term, but the standard one is clearly correct. The dishes called yuxiang do not taste at all like fish, but they use that mix of ingredients.) Dunlop lists even more, a full 23 flavors, late in the book (471-474). This work bears serious analysis as a taxonomy of sensory experience, comparable to very few descriptions in literature. Complex, detailed taxonomies of flavor, scent, and mouthfeel are rarely noted worldwide.
Another taxonomy applies to slicing. Cooks in China in the old days started their career by learning to slice properly, a skill taking years to perfect. (Having spent many years trying to slice food with a Chinese cleaver and with western knives, I can attest to the difficulties.) Dunlop (2019a:57-41; 2019b:84-85) gives one of her thorough taxonomies of slicing types, culminating with “horse ears,” slicking long thin vegetables into horse-ear-like diagonal slices. Types of fire and flame also receive attention, with due attention to the fact that ancient writers already worried about this (Dunlop 2019:105-6). Good cooks attend to the sound of the food; shrimps, for instance, slightly change their hissing in the pot when properly done, as I learned in Hong Kong in the 1960s.
Fuchsia Dunlop’s books go well beyond cookbooks and provide both a total regional ethnography of food and a personal record. Dunlop lists the standards of Sichuan cuisin (2019a:44-58), and gives recipes for the main dishes, as well as many highly obscure and local specialties.
The numbing and spicy taste of Sichuan food is known as mala, “hemp and piquant,” the hemp referring to the numbing quality of marijuana; the drug side of the hemp plant (China’s Cannabis sativa) is not as pronounced as that of its Indian relative C. indica, but was quite well known in ancient times. The classic mala dish is mapo doufu, a dish that began (probably in the 19th century) in Sichuan and as swept the world (Erway 2020). The name may mean “the beancurd of the Ma family women,” but there are countless other theories. Ma means “hemp” and can refer to smallpox marks, which are vaguely similar to hemp seeds, and perhaps the commonest story says the dish was invented by a pockmarked woman. It appears that “a pockmarked woman (which is what mapo means) named Chen invented this bean curd dish at her stand outside the northern gates of Chengdu” Phillips (2016:268). Dunlop also tells this story (Dunlop 2019a:245). Dunlop locates Ms. Chen to “the Bridge of Ten Thousand Blessings in the north of Chengdu.” That cooking stall would surely have received a Michelin star if such things had been known then. (A Bangkok back-alley cooking stall lady had one, as of 2020.)
Chongqing hot pot involves a stock (based on bones unless vegetarian) so spicy that 30 dried hot chiles qualifies it as “medium,” coupled (often) with a healthful stock without chiles but with goji berries and red jujubes. One dunks uncooked food in these to cook it, and then eats it with various sauces even hotter and more rich in Sichuan brown pepper than the stock. Crushed garlic is one standard, and the whole cuisine is redolent of this ancient import from western Asia. Black tofu, made from black soybeans and looking and tasting like gray chalk, is a staple. Various “variety meats” are standard and popular for this dish. Desserts, pickles, and snacks are available on the side. The whole is a memorable feast, but the tastes of chile, brown pepper, and garlic overwhelm most others, so they are of interest primarily for texture. Fuchsia Dunlop reports a very high density of hot pot restaurants in Chongqing and Chengdu. She provides a long ethnographic description of hot pot and its rituals in Sichuan (2019:404-412). However, she laments the replacement by hot pots of actual chef expertise in cooking.
Rabbit is a common food, but newly so. Traditionally eaten as an usual game find, it was farmed in the early Communist period because the USSR wanted the fur and meat. As relations with the USSR cooled, the Sichuanese took to eating the rabbits themselves, and the taste continues (Dunlop 2019a:116; other meats are monographed on pp. 126-129). The standard “twice-cooked pork” appers on pp. 132-133. Blood is less common in Sichuan than in Fujian, but still a regular item (170-171). Tofu is not ignored; she provides a recipe for making it yourself (247-248). Pickled and preserved foods are staples in Sichuan, even more than elsewhere in China, and of course a full taxonomy is provided (416-417), with recipes following, including smoking your own bacon (424-426). You can even make your own sweet aromatic soy sauce, starting with regular soy sauce (459), and your own fermented rice jiu (460; also Dunlop 2016a:326).
Dunlop has also given us a memoir (Dunlop 2008, reissued with new foreword 2019), narrowly focused on food. Ms. Dunlop is possibly the most adventurous eater since Anthony Bourdain, having tried every Chinese food short of human flesh (a last resort in old-time famines). She admits to having been defeated by a breakfast of pig lungs with liver and chitterlings, plus sheep stomach (Dunlop 2019b:211). She has been in all parts of China, being intrepid enough to brave arrest and detention by hitching her way into remote parts of Tibet. She went through a chef school in Sichuan, not only the first foreigner but almost the first woman to do that. This involved learning some very local terms (Dunlop 2019b:82). Her memo ends on sad notes, however, as she chronicles the appalling contamination, pollution, infection, and outright poisoning that hit the Chinese food economy in the late 20th and early 21st centuries (Dunlop 2019b:273-290). Forunately, the situation has improved recently, though not enough. She also confesses grief about the number of endangered animals killed for food, and regrets consuming more than a few of them herself (Dunlop 2019b:255-272). Indeed, China is eating itself into biological collapse. The ecosystem cannot survive elimination of almost all biodiversity.
Jiangnan, classically the home of China’s most prestigious and refined cuisines, has received excellent studies by the indefatigable Fuchsia Dunlop in Land of Fish and Rice (2016) and by Jin Feng, Tasting Paradise on Earth (2019). The books are studies of the hallowed traditions, their great restaurants, and the recent commercialization of both in that affluent, tourist-oriented, accessible part of China. The food is not always what it used to be. Dunlop is ever British-polite, but Jin Feng is a remarkably forthright reporter on quality.
Related is the food of Shanghai, which includes a number of very local specialties. Jiangnan cooking in general, and Shanghai in particular, runs heavily to long, slow cooking, often of stews with sugar, star anise, and dark soy sauce. Anyone who identifies “Chinese food” with the lightning-fast, ballet-delicate cooking of Guangzhou learns with astonishment of a Chinese cuisine more deeply into slow simmering than any in Europe. Mark Swislocki (2009) has provided a fine study of Shanghai food and its local meanings—heavily nostalgic, of course.
Shanghai’s special variant of Jiangnan tradition has also found a superb chronicler
in Betty Liu, in My Shanghai (2021). This book is truly exemplary among recent Chinese cookbooks in beginning with a thorough, accurate account of major cooking methods and ingredients, giving the Chinese characters and pronunciation along with English-language description. I have never seen this better done, and for a cuisine surprisingly little known in the US it really matters. (Most “Shanghai” restaurants in the US, in my experience, are actually eclectic, serving Sichuan, Canton, and Beijing dishes with glorious indifference and aplomb). My first acquaintance with Shanghainese food was in the hotel where my wife and daughter and I first stayed in Hong Kong, in 1965. Downstairs was a stunningly good Shanghai restaurant, where we frequently ate after moving into our own quarters (which consisted of a small boat, since we were studying the boat-dwelling fisherfolk). Their signature dish was beggar’s chicken, unfortunately not found in Betty Liu’s book. This is a chicken cleaned and stuffed with herbs, then encased in mud and baked. The chicken can be wrapped in fragrant herbs inside the mud shell. Originally, it was stuck into the beggars’ campfire to hide it from the chicken’s rightful owner if he came searching for it. (Compare “bandits’ lamb,” pit-buried to cook over hot rocks, in the Mediterranean world.) Today, it is legally acquired and baked in an oven. The clay was broken off with an empty bottle, to our amusement.
Some other traditional Shanghainese items salted duck eggs (mild, with slightly runny yolks; very good); small river shrimp with Chenkong vinegar; finely slivered baby bok choy with mushrooms and meat threads. Extremely small baby bok choy is “chicken feather” bok choy. Chenkong vinegar comes from a local town; it is aged and has a distinctive flavor. It looks like balsamic vinegar and has a similar gourmet cachet, but does not taste similar to balsamic.
Wenzhou, an isolated port city in southern Zhejiang, has a distinctive dialect of Wu, or separate language in the Wu group, and an equally distinctive cuisine, with its own dumplings, salads, and sother usual types of dishes. Being on the sea and cut off from the rest of the world by mountains, it specializes in sea foods, ranging from edible fish skin with garlic to crab and pork dishes. The indefatigable Jacqueline Newman has chronicled this cuisine as well as many others (Newman 2012d).
Another food-famed city in Zhejiang is Shaoxing, whose fermented jiu is a standard of quality everywhere. More obscure are the lees that remain from making jiu, known as jiu zao, and used to produce zao lu (Dunlop 2016:22), a pickling or preserving medium known since ancient China. Preserving food in zao lu has been a major part of Chinese thrift for at least a couple of millennia.
Hangzhou is famous for many foods, including cat’s-ear pasta amazingly similar to Italian orecchiette (Dunlop 2016:266). It appears to be independent invention.
Also famed in Zhejiang is ham from Jinhua, which ranks close to Yunnan ham in popular esteem. More widespread in the lower Yangtze area is “squirrel fish,” scored and fried so that supposedly looks like a cooked squirrel (the resemblance escapes me). Filled dumplings in the area are sometimes still called mantou (Dunlop 2016:30), though that word has come to mean small solid-dough loaves elsewhere in China.
Finally (as far as Zhejiang is concerned), on a literary note, a humorous short performance by storyteller An Zhongwen of Hangzhou has been translated (Simmons 2011:476-477). It is a marketplace dialogue between a dried ribbon fish and a winter melon. They slang each other in dialect like a couple of peasants. The ribbon fish boasts not only of his taste but of “containin’ phosphorus, protein, and fat”—An Zhongwen was having some fun with modern nutritional advice. The winter melon answers that it is “thrifty and practical, moreover easy to cook.” As well as available for candying and soup. Also, it could roll over and squash the fish with its sixty-eight catties—88 pounds, a most unusual weight indeed for a winter melon.
Jiangsu cuisine has been chronicled by Li and Ma (2022). Its high cuisine traces back to Tang and Song. Subtypes include Jinling, Suxi, Huaiyang, and Xuhai. The mitten crab Eriocheir sinensis is a favorite seasonal item. Crayfish is also a specialty, with “thirteen-spiced crayfish” being a particularly elaborate recipe. Better known is “squirrel fish,” not a squirrelfish but a fish that is fried and sauced so that it (vaguely) resembles a squirrel. Another unique localism is “fish hiding in mutton,… fish wrapped in deboned lamb ribs and stewed with spices.” Lionhead meatballs and salted and stewed duck are less unique but locally characteristic. The high level of seafood and vegetable consumption makes this a very healthy cuisine; one vegetable, watershield (Brasenia schreberi), has antibacterial action, though possibly not when cooked in soup. It is a classic local food with many literary allusions.
Henan, previously a rather blank spot on the culinary map, has had its food chronicled by Jacqueline Newman (2011d—with recipes). It is noted for fairly plain, straightforward cooking, running heavily to pork, onions, and noodle dishes. Another blank filled by the intrepid Jacqueline is the northeast (the former Manchuria; Newman 2019b). She notes its history of game, including deer tails, which have to be soaked to make fur removal easy, and then stewed “for at least two hours with several Korean pastes and lots of cinnamon” (Newman 2019b:15). Saqima (Manchu sweets) and sanzi (glutinous rice dumpling “wrapped in perilla or linden leaves” (Newman 2019b:14) are eaten.
In Shanxi, jujubes are made into a true wine—they are mashed and fermented. Buckwheat is important there, and is made into noodles, as in Korea and Japan. Shanxi possesses a huge salt lake, the Yuncheng Dead Sea, that has produced salt for 4000 years. It contains sulfates, which nourish colorful algae blooms. Today it is more a tourist attraction and health spa than salt supplier, but salt ponds still flourish (Wong and Thuras 2021:118).
In Shaanxi especially (but widely in north China), a sandwich, rou jia mo (“meat in bun”), is a common snack. It is more or less a flattened equivalent of a stuffed bao (see Wong and Thuras 2021:121-2). The cuisine of Shaanxi and Gansu preserves much of the Yinshan Zhengyao cusine, including noodles with lamb and large cardamoms, various breads and dumplings, and cabbage dishes. Noodles include biang biang noodles, a.k.a. you po mian (“oil slapped noodles), whose dough is slapped hard on a hard surface such as a metal or marble counter top, presumably for the same reason that beaten biscuit dough in beaten in the U.S. south—to develop gluten rather dramatically. With lamb tripe and similar ingredients, they are a Xi’an specialty.
Fujian food involves, besides the famous red ferment on rice, a flavoring mix often lacking ginger—odd in China (see below). Raw sea food in wine lees or red ferment is not to the outsiders’ taste, especially since the sound and feel of crunching the shell is part of the pleasure. Pitahaya, a Mexican cactus fruit, has come to Fujian and elsewhere in southeast China, under the name of “fire dragon fruit” (huo long guo)—a creative name for a scaly fruit of shocking pink and electric green. New world foods often came first to Fujian, and some odd ones occur, such as a purple field corn similar to rare Mexican varieties—and very good (I met with it in remote rural Fujian in 1999). Green tea powder is used there, as in Japan. Fukien “water liquor”—made with yeast, often including the red ferment so beloved there (Huang 2000), and water—is mixed with highly distilled raw alcohol to produce a drink significantly called “tiger piss” (lao hu miao). Hakka people of the area sometimes skin and smoke-dry field mice for food.
In Fujian, dumplings stuffed with meat and flattened are called bian shi, “flattened eats.” A round bread baked in a tandur-like oven is kompyang or kompia (nasalized), said to have been invented in 1562 when Japanese pirates were spotting pursuers by their kitchen fires and a storable, precooked food was needed. Of course this could be one of those delightful Chinese dish origin myths. The bread is bagel-shaped and could be hung on a pole. It is native to northern Fujian and apparently other areas (Wikipedia, “Kompyang,” with additional information from Katy Biggs [Hung] on Facebook, June 3, 2015). Reported from Malaysia is a strange cake made with lye: ki-a-kueh, “lye cake” (ki is lye, a the Hokkien diminutive, kueh is “cake”); Victor Yue, Facebook posting, Dec. 24, 2021). This is evidently of Fujian origin, since the name is pure southern Fujianese (Southern Min).
In Quanzhou, tea was once common, became rare, and is now common again, thanks to the boom in the Chinese tea industry; this is a case of “re-invented tradition” (Tan and Ding 2010).
In Guangxi, barnyard millet (Echinochloa) is an important grain; its name has spread to maize. The foods of Guangxi have been described by David Holm (1999).
In Yunnan and elsewhere, a bitter tuber of a water plant, sa pi, comes from a Homocharis sedge. Pteridium and Osmunda fern shoots are also eaten. Mallows, chayotes from Mexico, and mushrooms abound. Yogurt is still widespread. Lima beans have become very common in Yunnan, and known locally elsewhere.
The minorities of Yunnan traditionally lived largely by swidden farming, though there are several in the south who terrace hillsides for paddy rice. Shaoting Yin (2001) carried out a long and detailed study of swiddening (translated by Magnus Fiskejö, an authority on Yunnan minorities who could add his own knowledge). Yin defends Yunnan swiddening as being extremely sensitive ecologically (see also Jianhua Yang 2013). For one thing, many minorities have planted alders in abandoned swidden fields. Alders rapidly and heavily fix nitrogen from the air, since they have root-knot microbiota symbionts, as legumes do. Thus the swiddeners refertilize their fields while growing valuable timber. They also know that deforestation dries up mountains. Some groups sow eleusine (Eleusine coracana), locally called “dragon claw” millet; this is a plant from Africa that came via India. The usual millets, vegetables, and rice are grown; the Jinuo have over 71 kinds of it (p. 242-244). Recent replacement of swidden by tea and rubber plantations has been ecologically disastrous (Fiskejö 2021; Wang 2013).
Yunnan cooking still includes dairy products, including thin sheets of goat cheese (ru pi “milk skin”), said to be from the Bai people. Related is deep-fried soft goat cheese cubes. Yogurt survives among Tibetan and related minorities. The extension of milk products to southeast Asia, and their subsequent contraction from much of the region, was chronicled by Paul Wheatley (1965). He pointed out that they spread with Hinduism and Buddhism, which use milk products ritually, and contracted with the spread of Islam. An excellent water-buffalo yogurt survives among the Toba Batak of Sumatera, as a local but important food (personal observation; Richard Lando, personal communication).
Highland minorities in western Yunnan grow three species of quinces: the familiar Chaenomeles speciosa and also C. cathayensis and C. tibetica. They provide much vitamin C, and are medicinally used (as elsewhere in China) for their tannins, soothing value, and ability to sweeten other medicines. They are pain medicines in Yunnan. They provide valuable ecosystem services, like other tree and bush crops (Yang et al. 2015).
Notes on mushrooms are surprisingly rare in Chinese sources, but Anna Pechova (Facebook posting of July 20, 2023) reports an entry on chanterelles from the Diannan Bencao (Yunnan Herbal)of 1436, warning that they have very damp properties and must be cooked with ginger to correct this. It adds that local people believe poisonous mushrooms turn garlic black when cooked with it, but this is not necessarily true; ginger, however, will blacken. Modern science does not uphold either of these home tales. Fortunately, chanterelles are nonpoisonous and hard to mistake for anything that is.
Wuhan food, judging from a very inadequate sample in a restaurant in San Gabriel, involves very chile-rich chopped meat dishes cooked in a pan over the stove; I have seen this in Hunanese restaurants elsewhere. In my experience, there is not much taste except the basic ingredient and the chile. The Tasty Dining Restaurant also offers sweet glutinous rice-squash cakes with sesame seeds on top; good, and supposedly loved by Mao Zedong. Noodles with sesame and soy sauces, dumplings with rice and mushrooms as well as pork, and other small items are major parts of the cuisine.
Jacqueline Newman (2014a) has spent some time in Dongbei—Manchuria—and provided some notes on the cuisine. Bears’ paws were traditional, with the left front one preferred, but now the paws must be emulated in bean curd, for bears are rare and protected. Local game in general is so rare that Newman could never find out what a feilong—flying dragon—was; apparently some kind of pheasant-like bird. Moose nose was popular there, as in Siberia and aboriginal Canada. Forest mushrooms and herbs remain available. Various breads show Russian influence, up to and included sausage baked into a bun and known as pork khleb (Russian for “bread”).
Guizhou’s cuisine, previously almost unknown to the outside world, has finally received a short monograph. The indefatigable Jacqueline Newman (2010b) reports both regular and glutinous rice, the usual vegetables, nuts including walnuts, wild sour fruit, and game. Pickled vegetables are popular, and Newman gives an elaborate recipe (2010b:10). Dog meat is eaten for strengthening (see also Newman 2011a). Recipes include a marvelous one for fish in sour soup. Many snacks and fish dishes occur. I remember once seeing in a Chinese cookbook a Guizhou recipe for pangolin—an animal eaten because its weird appearance makes it suspect of having powerful qi. The recipe involved stewing it with every strong-flavored thing in Chinese cuisine, obviously to kill the taste; the animal lives on ants. (I was reminded of the classic American folk recipe for cooking a coot: Put the coot in water with a brick; boil till brick is tender; throw away the coot and eat the brick. I am told that Australians use the same recipe for the cockatoo.)
In Hubei, the mountainous southern district of Enshi is an outlier of minority groups; people of Tujia, Miao and Dong ancestry live there, though they have now Sinicized and blended into the local Chinese population. A distinctive cuisine of uncertain origin is locally called “Tujia,” but is really a general local cuisine, eaten by all groups in Enshi. The local anthropologist Xu Wu (2011) has devoted an entire book to this cuisine—the first scholarly book in English on a Chinese local folk cuisine. Apparently it is a development of the whole mixed-origin population, since it is based on introduced New World crops and is thus clearly a relatively recent development. Early account mention millets (including eleusine—now forgotten in the area), barley, buckwheat and bracken fern rhizome starch instead of the New World foods. A watershed for the area was 1735, when the Qing Dynasty worked to open up the area for farming; settlers including minority peoples moved in, land was cultivated, game was hunted out, and the New World crops began to take over.
The distinctive Enshi cuisine is based on maize flour. Maize is now thought to have been there since ancient times, and the locals refer to themselves as maize-eaters in contrast with the people of the plains, who are rice-eaters; by humorous analogy, jeeps are “maize-eaters” and autos are “rice-eaters.” Rice is, however, important, and all the ritual grain dishes are made of it. As elsewhere in China, maize has remained very much an outsider in this regard.
Local vegetables are staples, including wild greens. The “fish flavor vegetable,” Houttuynia cordata, is popular; the root is eaten with the inevitable chiles. Wormwood (Artemisia sp.) is another. The people also eat what the Japanese call konnyaku:cakes of the root starch from Amorphophallus riveri. One dish is made of smoked pork, smoked sausage casing, sticky rice, regular rice, wild wormwood, and wild garlic.” It is eaten at the Spring Sacrifice in the second month. Another green is Camellia oleifera, traditionally used not only for soup but also for tea in place of C. sinensis. There are said to be 2000 kinds of medicinal plants. Famine in the Great Leap Forward led to reliance on sweet potato, fern starch, and even loquat tree bark, which is somewhat poisonous.
Pork and bean curd are as popular as elsewhere. The rivers have fish, once abundant but now depleted. Game was once important; old accounts even mention smoked tiger meat as well as hunting with hawks and hounds. Even today, meat (now pork) is often smoked, harking back to the days when preserving game was a regular activity.
This cuisine, at least the folk form of it, is called “hezha.” It was once considered low, but is now popular, with its own specialty restaurants. Hezha refers specifically to soybeans ground with water as for making tofu, but it is used as a drink or soup in Enshi instead of being processed into tofu. It is usually cooked with chopped vegetable leaves for soup. Sometimes red peppers, garlic, and other hot spices are added, or meat is ground with the soybeans to make a very rich hezha. Its name has come to be the term for the whole cuisine. Rice is sometimes cooked with white potato cubes as a starch staple. This is washed down with the local white lightning, made of maize. Potatoes—often a staple—are also sliced and stir-fried, then eaten with vinegar-chile sauce. Sweet potato too can be a staple, sometimes made into a ball of mash.
The people love sour flavors including pickled vegetables. They especially love sour-and-hot foods (“hot” with chile—la—not necessarily hot in temperature). They make chile sauces, both with chiles alone and with chopped chile mixed with maize flour. The latter can be stir-fried with smoked pork or cooked into mush. Chile is used in everything and is wildly popular, and is pieced out with spicebush (Lindera glauca), a spicy-flavored wild plant; it is said to regulate qi. Sweetening came from glutinous rice, sweet potatoes, maize stems, and other natural sources, including honey. The local variant of “five spice” involves brown pepper, star anise, cinnamon, clove, and fennel (five spice can also include ginger, cardamom, black pepper, and other items, and can range from four to six or seven ingredients, despite the name). The methods of cooking are the usual ones, but they add “dressing raw vegetables with sauce (liangban). A banquet is known as “eating wine” (chi jiu). Another unique trait (so far as I know) is their category of “rising” (fa) foods, those like konnyaku, egg, sticky rice, and kelp, that stimulate and can exacerbate skin outbreaks (allergy rashes)—more or less a blend of the wider Chinese concepts of supplementing (bu) and hot-wet (yitsap in Cantonese) foods.
New Year is celebrated as usual, but many families eat the banquet a day or two before the actual new year. This is said to be a Tujia custom, but is in fact rather widely distributed. Many different explanations are given, showing how many “origin myths” for a common custom can coexist in even a small community. Often the meal involves a pig head and tail, so the year will have “a good beginning and a good end.”
A large number of taboos and avoidances for pregnant women are known, and the usual high-nutrient postpartum foods are recommended (Wu 2011:193).
Xu Wu has also studied eating of Artemisia in Enshi. It is eaten in shefan, or haozi fan (hao means “artemisia”), a dish for the spring sacrifice festival. Wild wormwood is cooked with the local wild garlic (Allium macrostemon) and other wild greens. An artemisia meal will involve such other items as smoked pork, smoked pork intestines, dried tofu, shepherd’s purse (wild greens), and so on (Wu 2014a). Only tender young leaves of wild plants are used. This can be compared with the widespread use of wormwood in Korean cooking.
Wu has extended her concern to other villages, and their revival of local foods in nongjiale—“Farmers’ Joy”—restaurants. These provide more or less authentic local traditional foods, but to varying degrees modified for the tourists. “Stinky”—fermented—foods are generally ruled out, for instance. The Chinese Communist government’s bureaucratic attitude toward classifying ethnicity is revealed in the change of one village from Han to Tujia to Dong (Wu 2014b:170), all with no change in the people. They are, in fact, culturally Han and mostly Han by ancestry, but classifying them as minorities helped them get a tourism industry started, with—of course—food.
Wu has also done a fascinating article (2015) on food and pilgrimage on Wudang Mountain. Here, local gathered foods were ignored and considered uninteresting, but pilgrimage tourism has now made them a hugely popular local specialty. Farmers and cooks have opened restaurants along the pilgrimage route. Some have started to cultivate plants formerly gathered in the wild.
China’s traditional contempt for rural and minority cultures has changed to nostalgic love for them, with a newly discovered reverence for “original ecology,” i.e. a romanticised version of the traditional adjustment of local people to their landscapes. This is partly western-derived, partly derived from China’s own strong and ancient counter-tradition of loving rural landscapes and people. Communist “modernizers,” who mix modernizing with Han chauvinism, have variously judged negatively the eating of wild animals and plants, eating in a different pattern from standard urban Chinese, drinking much rice wine, drinking with straws, and of course those “stinky” foods (Wu 2014b:164)—though Han foods include some stunningly fragrant ferments, from fermented bean curd to Sichuan pickles and bean pastes. Wu provides a long, detailed, and well-referenced discussion of Chinese cultural attitudes toward traditional foodways.
From Hunan, we have “the strange tale of General Tso’s chicken” (Dunlop 2005). General Tso’s Chicken is a common Hunanese dish today, but does not fit the usual Hunanese cooking style, and is not known in Hunan itself outside the capital. Fuchsia In fact it was created by an innovative Hunanese chef who invented it in Taiwan (after the Nationalists took refuge there) and then moved to New York, where he Americanized the recipe. It now bears more resemblance to American Chinese restaurant fare than to anything native to Hunan. Dunlop points out that it fits a common pattern of naming a dish after a general or other famous individual who might have enjoyed it. In this case as in some others, it was invented long after the actual General Tso passed on. The dish has mutated now into many variants, often named after quite imaginary generals with similar-sounding names. Anglo-American foodies love to demonstrate their knowledge of Chinese food by saying it is not a “real Chinese dish,” but of course it is as real as any other, just not as hoary with antiquity.
More truly Hunanese are a cold dish of cucumbers with garlic and red pepper flakes, marinated in soy sauce; thin-sliced mutton stir-fried with cilantro, garlic, and cut-up fresh jalapenos; pork intestines; smoked duck; and, in general, incredible amounts of cut-up jalapenos or similar chiles in just about every dish.
Fujian cuisine includes a jelly made from the nuts of Castanopsis spp., very bitter chestnuts. The nuts have to be ground, leached with water, and the resulting mush pressed through a strainer; the result is made into jelly. The process is similar to Korean acorn-jelly production. The trees are saved in fengshui groves, which often become largely this genus, another proof that fengshui groves are working forests, not some result of bizarre and idle belief.
A sort of extension of Fujianese cuisine is the cuisine of Taiwan, now enriched by north Chinese, Shanghainese, Hakka, and other immigrants. An amazing paean to the humble noodle and dumpling houses of Tainan has been penned by S. J. Ren, a true gourmet in his awareness of perfection in cheap breakfast and snack cuisine, in a bilingual book descriptively titled The Rise and Fall of Some Small Noodle Shops in Northern Tainan: A Historical Survey (2014; thanks to my erstwhile student Toni Snyder for finding this wondrous item). It is a fine introduction to the really traditional food of the island.
Fishing by burning sulfur to attract fish to the light is a dying art in northern Taiwan (Wong and Thuras 2021:129).
More substantial is an amazingly thorough and expert work, A Culinary History of Taipei by Steven Crook and Katy Hui-Wen Hung (2018). It is in fact an introduction to the food of the whole island, including Aboriginal food, otherwise almost undescribed in western-language sources. Various fermentation techniques are used. Rodents are eaten, sometimes intestines and all. Snakes and mushrooms are foraged, and wild boar regularly hunted. Sweet potatoes were the poverty food and often the staple in the old days, and remain popular, partly from nostalgia (103-104). Dutch influence is seen not only in the name for peas (ho lan dao, “Holland peas,” as elsewhere in China) but also in a local name for cabbage, ko le cai, the first syllables being Dutch cool (“cabbage,” cf. German kohl, English cole).
Agriculture continues its sad decline, as cheap food imports become ever more available, but specialty farming flourishes (97-118). Rice is still grown, but Taiwan’s formerly great production of sugar and pork is long gone. The local ponlai rice was one of the genetic sources of the high-yield, short-straw Green Revolution rice.
Interesting plant foods adopted by the Chinese from the Austronesian aboriginals include pickled fruit of pobuzi,Cordia dichotoma, a plumlike tree (p. 17-18; the Maya of Yucatan pickle a very similar fruit from a closely related tree) and seeds of Litsea cubeba, a peppery spice from another tree (p. 21). Hung reports that it is magao (also shanhujiao, mujiangzi, or douchijiang) in Mandarin, mai chang in Taiwan, and mac khen in Vietnamese, and maqaw in Atayal, all from an early Chinese word (Facebook posting, Dec. 2, 2022).
Perhaps the most interesting is a native Taiwanese quinoa, Chenopodium formosanum, with reddish seeds; it is generally known by the Paiwan (Austronesian) name djulis (118) and is becoming popular with the wider population. It has medicinal value, under study currently. Another oddity is leaves of a Chinese brown pepper relative, Zanthoxylum ailanthoides, known as tana to some Aboriginal groups and cicong in Mandarin (21). The young leaves are high in vitamins. Another Aboriginal special plant is a mint, Chinese mesona, scientifically Platostoma palustre, used for a jelly called “grass jelly” (154). Wikipedia informs that it is xiancao in Mandarin, sian-chhau in Taiwanese Hokkien, leung fan chou in Cantonese.
Among other vegetables rather strange to most of China are “crested floating-heart of white water snowflake…Nymphoides hydrophylla; a daylily Hemerocallis disticha; a fern, Diplazium esculentum, guomao in Chinese; areca palm flowers; and chayote, whose young shoots are excellent eating and are known in Taiwan as “dragon’s whiskers” (longxu) (Crook and Hung 2018:102-103). Chayote shoots are also popular in their native Mexico. Most obscure is jabuticaba, a South American fruit (Plinia cauliflora, syn. Myrciaria cauliflora) superficially similar to grapes, but growing on the trunk of a large tropical tree. How it got to Taiwan remains obscure, but it is now popular there (107). The native fig Ficus pumila has a choice local variety, gathered wild; it is a traditional food of the Austronesian groups, with many local names (107).
Among the Chinese, salted mustard greens are a major staple. A sad Hokkien proverb describing the sad fate of women is cha-bo-gina-a, ku chhai mia; cha-bo-gin-a, lu chhai chi mia—”a girl child, a chive’s fate; a girl child, a mustard seed’s fate.” Cut down or mashed without thought (p. 14). They note (p. 31-32) that Chinese satay sauce (Hokkien sa te, which became Mandarin and Cantonese shacha) is now fairly different from the Indonesian original; in Taiwan it now has soy oil and Chinese spicing instead of peanuts and Indoneesian spices. Hong Kong’s form is closer to the original, but sometimes includes spiced soybean pastes. Pork floss and geng stews are common—a bit of ancient Chinese food ways surviving today (35). Bean curd is popular, incliuding the infamous chou doufu, “stinky tofu”—fungal fermented until it greatly resembles the most extreme German soft cheeses. Vegetarianism is popular in Taiwan, with its Buddhist heritage and western influence. Many fruits have names that pun with desirable things, as youzi “pomelo” and “to have a child” (with a tone difference).
A fad word as of their writing is “Q”—just the English letter. It is actually the Hokkien word k’iu, designating the texture for which the Mandarin word is cui—a succulent but somewhat resistant bite, slightly chewy but moist, like ripe fruit or tender young greens or glutinous rice preparations (Crook and Hong 2018:74; also from Victor Mair, email post). Ideal Q is the texture or mouthfeel of good rice cake—springy and elastic, then chewy (Qin 2018). There was a current fad for Q foods at about the time of their book.
Crook and Hung give the whole festival calendar with its appropriate foods (pp. 76-83). These defy summary, but the account of mooncakes (p. 80) deserves special note. Mooncakes have been getting smaller and lower in calorie lately, as elsewhere. Warming foods for winter include lamb hot pot, ginger duck, and sesame chicken in wine; cooling foods for summer include mung bean porridge (with its cool green color), lotus-leaf porridge, and the lower-calorie, more sour vegetables (83). Celebratory roadside banquets, open to the neighborhood, are bando (84). Austronesian festivals are rarer, but feature millet, the ancient crop among these groups (82).
The traditional Chinese custom of “sitting the month” after childbirth involves highly nutritious, protein-rich foods, as elsewhere, but also includes rice wine (94-95).
Cannibalism, so often alleged without evidence in China, was occasionally practiced in Taiwan, as actually observed by at least three outsiders. As in mainland China, parts of executed criminals were eaten as a strengthening or courage-giving medicine. Headhunters ate the brains of victims (Crook and Hung 2018:57).
Western food came rather early, via Japan or via Russian refugees (p. 67). Bakeries selling western-type goods now abound, as of course do the international chain eateries. Beer, wine, sake, and award-winning whiskey have been added to traditional white lightning (baijiu made from kaoliang, or, for cheaper forms, sweet potatoes and the like; 160). The Aboriginal groups prepare a cloudy millet wine (like that of the Wa and other southeast Asian minorities), sometimes fermented by chewing like Andean chicha, and sometimes mushy enough to be eaten with a spoon, like Southeast Asian tapai.
A particularly fine study of Aboriginal life, provided by Scott Simon (2015), discusses dog and pig keeping by the Atayal people of Taiwan. The dogs are used for hunting, and are also beloved pets. The Atayal have a comprehensive moral ecology reminiscent of similar systems in other small-scale traditional societies (Australian tjukurrpa, for example).
Yamamoto and Nawata have provided an extremely detailed and well-documented study of Taiwan aboriginal food, including Tabasco chile pepper use by these groups (Yamamoto and Nawata 2009). Names and genetics show varieties in the southern areas of Taiwan were introduced from the Philippines (and often to the Philippines from Indonesia). These small hot chiles are used not only for food, but for ornament, medicine, and ritual. Young leaves as well as fruits are eaten. This all indicates a long and interesting history. The plants must have been introduced soon after the Spanish occupied the Philippines in the 16th century.
To Katy Hung (Biggs) and Tammy Turner I am deeply indebted for information on Litsea cubeba, known as may chang, mu jiang, or shan hujiao (“mountain black pepper”), or in Atayal, a Taiwan Aboriginal language of the Austronesian phylum, as magao or maqaw. It is so important to the Atayal that a park is proposed, with that name, to save it. It is also widespread on the mainland, in tropical areas. It is valued for its berries, which have a lemony flavor that Ms. Biggs finds exquisite. The scientific name shows its use as a substitute for cubeb pepper (Piper cubeba), formerly imported to China from Southeast Asia. Another flavoring food there is Rhus javanica, whose sour berries are used for salt. (Information by email exchange, Dec. 6, 2014.)
The indefatigable Ms. Biggs, who is Taiwanese in spite of her Irish name (she now usually goes by Katy Hung), reports that in southern Taiwan noodles are made from catfish meat (Facebook posting, Dec. 14, 2014). Dumpling skins are made from fish meat mixed with sweet potato flour. This adds a whole new dimension to Chinese noodle cuisine. The snakehead catfish is referred to as “dog mother fish” (gou mu yu, or kiau mu yu in Taiwanese) from its resemblance to a lizard, “dog fish snake” in Taiwan Chinese, which is considered lowly. She also reminds us that mudskippers are good food, and I can add walking gobies from experience eating them with Chinese in Malaysia. Mudskippers (fei yu seems to be the name) are apparently fancy restaurant fare in southern Taiwan.
Taiwan food received another major boost with Clarissa Wei’s book with Ivy Chen, Made in Taiwan (2023). This book covers Mandarin, Hokkien, Rukai Aboriginal, and Hakka recipes from the island, all very carefully documented. Stories and text provide a full ethnography of Chinese eating and foods. Clarissa Wei was born in California to parents from Taiwan, but returned to the island, first for study, then permanently—largely for the food, to judge from the book. She comes from a younger generation than Katy Hung, and thus documents a younger world, used to convenience foods, not well connected with old-time rural life, but often eager to learn. Particularly useful is her transcription in Chinese characters and romanization of names in the relevant languages: Hokkien, Rukai, and Hakka. The vast majority of local recipes are Hokkien, providing a delightful introduction into that beautiful, evocative, distinctive language. Its fondness for nasals (try nng for “egg”) comes out clearly. The book is a total delight for a painstaking and perfectionist cook. The present writer fears he will seek out restaurants in the San Gabriel Valley, or just go back to Taiwan, where he spent many happy days in the 1960s and 1970s, when life was simple and food was fresh and superb.
Hakka food, long obscure and poorly described, finally found a serious and worthy champion in Linda Lau Anusasananan (2012), a California Hakka (married to a Thai, hence the notably un-Hakka last name), in The Hakka Cookbook. She was raised in northern California, where her father had a Chinese restaurant. She became a food writer, and later traveled the world to explore her heritage and its transformations. Hakka speak a distinct language. They immigrated from the north to southern China in successive waves—she lists five—around one to two thousand years ago; they localized in a wild upland area where Zhejiang, Fujian and Guangzhou meet, which, as G. William Skinner pointed out, was something of a dead zone between the downstream-oriented and coast-oriented centers of those provinces. She cites Lo Hsiang-lin (Luo Xianglin) as holding the Hakka came from north China from the Han Dynasty on, and also challenges by others who maintain that they are semi-assimilated local minority groups. I interviewed Lo in Hong Kong in 1966 and have high respect for him as a scholar, and I agree with him; however, of course the Hakka have mingled over time with local minority people and assimilated them.
The Hakka were forced to work hard to survive, and to defend themselves against older-established groups that felt the Hakka were interlopers (“Hakka” means “guest households”—Mandarin kejia). They developed a simple but exquisitely flavored cuisine that runs heavily to pork (stewed or minced), mustard greens (often salted or pickled), and other vegetables. Stretching the pork by stuffing vegetables and tofu with it is a trademark. Spinal cord of a cow is a delicacy. I have always loved Hakka food, which manages to be surprisingly subtle and complex in spite of its mountain simplicity. Their poor homeland made them quick to adopt New World plants that would grow in rough hill country, from maize and peanuts to chiles and sweet potatoes, and these are now an important part of Hakka life.
Linda Lau Anusasananan provides all the classic recipes (though sometimes more “modernized” that I like). She also gives an amazing kaleidoscope of recipes from all the places the Hakka have gone. Their montane homelands are poor and barren, so the Hakka have dispersed over time, first to Hong Kong and other coastal areas near their home, then to the whole world. There are now said to be 75 million Hakka scattered over the world (p. 6). They have learned to do everything from pickling chiles and lemons (neither of which are native to Hakka-land) to making full-on Indian curries and Peruvian ceviche. Anusasananan provides recipes from Mauritius, Peru, Hawaii, Malaysia, Singapore, India, and elsewhere, often involving blends with local cuisine. India/Hakka food is particularly amazing, but all the adaptations are testimony to the incredible creativity of Chinese cooks in general and Hakka ones in particular.
A major ethnography is Bitter and Sweet by Ellen Oxfeld (2017), a study of food and its social meanings in a Hakka village in rural Meixian, the Hakka center, in Guangdong. She has watched over two decades the changes from real want to considerable luxury. Older people remembered real starvation, first in pre-Communist days and then again in the Great Leap Forward. They revel not only in better food, but in the fact that proximity to the county seat lets them work at better jobs than agriculture. Many of the young have white-collar jobs, and are buying food rather than raising or even cooking it. A fascinating contrast of home cooking and city food appears in lists of two Midautumn Festival celebrations put on by host families. The first is home-cooked: sea cucumber, chicken and duck feet, squid with chive flowers, pig stomach with celery, lotus rhizome soup, braised dog meat, chickens with ginseng in soup, pomfret (steamed), braised duck, steamed shrimp, red-cooked pork with mushrooms, frog with gren peppers, fragrant veined vegetable (xiangmai cai), and fish and meatball soup. Another family got the feast catered: Sea cucumber, pigeon, sweet-sour pork, shrimp with snow peas, duck feet, greens (unidentified), custard-filled sweet dumplings, steamed chicken with ginger, red-cooked pork, chicken and ginseng in soup, fried rice flour balls, steamed fish (Oxfeld 2017:68-69). Note that many dishes are the same. This was a county-seat caterer who evidently knew what was appropriate. But the other dishes are more interesting: home cooking gives us pig stomach, dog, and frog; the restaurant provides sweet-sour pork (presumably a backwash from overseas communities) and other standard restaurant dishes like shrimp with snow peas. The catered meal reflects less flavor, less effort, more worldliness. Another feast that “consisted of a number of standard Hakka country dishes: braised pork…, fried noodles, soup with beef and daikon radish, dog meat, stir-fried peapods and pig liver, fish ball soup, fried lettuce…and steamed chiken with ginger and red chiles” (p. 160); another added shrimp and celery and one or two other items (162). The hotpot is well known and a special treat (168). People criticize the “liquor and meat” of the cadres in the same terms that Chinese have used for 2000 years.
Another Hakka tradition exists in Nanxiong county, at the north end of Guangdong, bordering Jiangxi (Lin and Waley 2022, 2025). River crabs, field rats, spiny frogs, spicy goose, duck, and the usual Hakka stuffed bean curd are important. A yellow dumpling is stuffed with pickles. Chiles abound, chopped up and stir-fried before other ingredients are added, or made into sauce. They go into meat dishes; not the stuffed bean curd or soups or vegetables. Wild meats remain important. All hunting and selling of wild animals was prohibited in China in 2020, pursuant to the COVID-19 pandemic, but this has not slowed hunting and consumption in Nanxiong (Lin and Waley 2025). Local people note that meat is rarer now, but conservation is not mentioned. A belief exists that any part of a wild animal’s body will supplement (bu) that part of a human.
Cantonese food is more elaborate than ever, but the simplest of its dishes, “yat ka mien,” remains with us on American menus. The name simply means “one order of noodles” (Gray 2011). Another simple food that persists is pun choi, “basin dish,” a large stew-up of meats, traditionally prepared by men, in quantity, for ancestral feasts and commemorative rites and for weddings. James Watson (1987, 2011) provided a classic study of its important role in village life; it was a core of the festivals that brought village people together and created solidarity. It has more recently caught on as a restaurant dish (Cheung 2012) and tourist attraction (Watson 2011). It involves once-inexpensive village foods: “dried pig skin, dried eel, dried squid, radish, tofu skin, mushroom and pork stewed in soybean paste” (Cheung 2012:4). Fancier ingredients are now added.
A Cantonese restaurant in Ohio advertised “too hard to translate soup”—the dish was a homemade dough drop soup (dough in small balls dropped into water), but the Chinese for these dough drops literally means “pimples” (from Victor Mair’s Language Log blog, Sept. 1, 2018). I have also seen a menu item, for a dish with very unusual characters in its name, “No Google translation but the dish is delicious.”
Another Cantonese touch is referring to carrots as “the ginseng of the poor” (Z. Liang 2013).
Another food of interest is waai san (Mandarin huai shan) a true yam, Dioscorea polystachya (information from Q. Yao on a fascinating exchange about this plant on Facebook’s Cantonese Food Recipes page, July 13, 2023; the exchange provided enormous information about this and similar medicinal roots). It appears in medicinal soup, and is apparently much loved. The superficially similar burdock root is niubang in Mandarin, gobo in Japanese.
Simpler yet is rice, but its role in Cantonese life is important enough to inspire a major book, Gourmets in the Land of Famine by Seung-joon Lee (2011).
A fascinating email exchange in August of 2011 between Andrew Coe, Fuchsia Dunlop, myself and several students and Chinese cooks revealed half a dozen unrelated and mutually incompatible origin myths for the name gu lou yuk, the Cantonese for sweet-sour pork (see Dunlop n.d.). It literally means “murmuring and muttering meat,” probably with reference to the sound of cooking the dish. Some say this could come from a homonymous phrase meaning “ancient-old meat,” but this is unlikely, since there is nothing ancient or old about the dish. There is a persistent myth that it is a euphemistic way to say guai lou yuk Cantonese for “foreign devils’ meat,” because the dish was devised for westerners. (It is based on traditional recipes used for pork ribs and for yellow croaker fish, but was created in the 19th or early 20th century for foreigners, who love sweets and do not want to deal with bones.) Non-Chinese who are would-be sophisticates take delight in bashing this dish, but a team of leading Chinese chefs who visited Los Angeles in 2013 evaluated one high-line restaurant by its sweet-sour pork, and said this is a standard dish to test a cook’s skill (Gold 2013). It is not at all easy to make well; it can range from superb to inedible.
Ha kaau (Mandarin xia jiao), the shrimp dumplings that may be the most beloved Cantonese snack, came originally from the village of Wufeng in the Haizhu district (Leo Lok, Facebook post of July 24, 2021). Their almost inevitable companion siu mai may be Mongolian; it is shumai or shaomai in Mandarin, mai meaning “wheat” (Katy Hung, Facebook post of Jan. 4, 2021), though Cantonese uses a different character that in Mandarin is mi.
The famous taan t’a or “dan ta,” “egg tarts,” are derived from pastel de nata, famous exemplar of the pasteis de Belém, the latter word referring to a monastery in Portugal that made them famous. An anticlerical liberal administration took over Portugal in 1820, and a company was set up to save the Belém monastery and its foods. The pastry had probably spread to Macau long before that. In any case, from Macau it spread to the entire Cantonese world, and thus the entire globe today.
Shunde (Sun Tak) has a distinctive cuisine, very rich, with mild and subtle flavors; many fish dishes. It is very popular in Guangjou. Delicacies include sandworms, snake belly meat (various species of rat snake are on the menu), turtles, chestnut cake (stuffed pancake), all sorts of fish. Pork hocks are cooked in a sweet sauce much like an American ham sauce. Cheese is made, astonishingly, in Shunde. It is made from water buffalo milk, and is fully traditional there. Miranda Brown has documented and filmed three women making it (Brown, Facebook posting, Dec. 11, 2017). Excellent, thorough research by Sau-wa Mak (2014) found that water buffalo fresh cheese used to be eaten with rice congee for illness, but that stir-fried milk, deep-fried milk, milk in ginger juice, and other modern Sun Tak delicacies are relatively or quite modern inventions, created as sophistication and refinement came to Sun Tak and led to elaborating traditional dishes for fun and profit (a very Cantonese thing to do). At least in my experience, deep-frying milk involves freezing milk in ice cube form, battering the cubes, and deep-frying them before they can melt. They remain somewhat liquid inside.
Fish are still raised in rural Hong Kong—protected heritage fish ponds present an unchanged landscape contrasting strangely with the high-rises of Yun Long. The fish bring 12-15 HK dollars per catty but cost 12 per catty to raise, so it is not very profiatable. The young of the area are not picking it up as a profession.
Chen Village fen is rice paper with pork bits and soy and other saucing; it is simple but great. A really good sweet is glutinous rice cake with jujube mashed with some brown sugar.
Graham and Elizabeth Johnson spent a lifetime chronicling the town of Tsuen Wan in Hong Kong. During this time, it changed from a cluster of old-fashioned brick houses to a skyscraping city of highrises. The last old-timers persist in the last brick homes. Among foodways recorded are the ceremonial cakes for Chinese New Yeark, a local specialty. These are chahgwo and goubaahn, sweet rice cakes with or without peanuts. There are also “year cakes,” nonsweet sticky rice cakes with radish, green onion, preserved meat, mushrooms, and the like. Small cylindrical chahgwo for Qing Ming Day (3rd day of 3rd lunar month) were called jeuijaibaahn, “little boy’s penis cakes.” Types of chahgwo occurred at some other festivals, incl black herbal ones for Dragon Boat (Johnson and Johnson 2019:36-37). The book is a beautifully written and highly nostalgic account of the changes in a wonderful, close-knit, friendly little community that is on the verge of being finally absorbed into the vast urban mass of Hong Kong.
Western food came into Hong Kong not only with the British and Portuguese, but with Chinese and White Russians moving down from Harbin and Shanghai. Chinese cooks opened western-style restaurants as early as the 1860s. The flight of Russians from eastern Russia to China after the 1917 revolution and 1917-21 civil war cretaed a huge Russian population, often food-conscious and able to cook. Russian restaurants became a Christmas tradition in Shanghai and then in Hong Kong. (The last of the Russian colony largely moved to San Francisco in the later 20th century, merging with the Russian settlers in the west-central city.) A western cuisine known as “soy sauce western” arose from a fusion of Russian, British, and Cantonese, the Cantonese toning down strange spices, adding soy sauce to soften flavors such as gamy meat, using more vegetables, and otherwise nativizing the cuisine (E. Cheung 2021). I well remember the old Russian restaurants of Hong Kong in the 1960s, already drifting away in a Cantonese direction. They are gone now. “Soy sauce western” restaurants, such as the well-known Tai Ping Koon, lasted into the 2010s, but they too have largely vanished, in spite of nostalgic visits by old-timers.
Hong Kong’s famous floating restaurants are largely gone, but a huge one, the Jumbo Kingdom, survives at this writing. These began as Boat People eating places, but caught on with tourists and were turned into floating palaces by land-dwelling entrepreneurs. The food in the old days was overpriced and cooked for volume feeding; I hope the Jumbo is better (see Wong and Thuras 2021:125).
The boat people themselves are almost all on shore now, not only in Hong Kong but even in Guangzhou (Dixon 2018). Boat-dwellers are said to exist still on remote rivers and coasts.
In a market in Guangjou I noted several new items to me in January of 2013. One was “cow milk jujubes,” huge jujubes as big as apples and green in color. Another was gobo root, huai shan. Passion fruit was sold as hundred-fragrance fruit, and enoki as golden-needle mushroom. Snow lotus was a crisp root, somewhere between a yam and a radish. A real yam was called fen ge. Tiger head chile is California chile. A new fruit is jitan guo (chicken egg fruit), apparently yellow sapote.
Rosemary is now available in Guangjou herb shops. So are all too many dyed gouji berries and Cordyceps; phony or low-quality cordyceps, dyed orange, is a staple. The real thing is worth more than gold, and rather hard to find. Live scorpions, however, abound. Crocodile meat may be found, and soup of it is taken for asthma (xiao chuan bing). A new herb is snow chrysanthemum, a bright orange dried daisy flower. It makes the best herbal tea I have ever had. It is in Hong Kong too, as are huge thick slabs of Vietnamese cinnamon bark, used to treat allergy to meat, among other things.
In Hong Kong tea rooms, new tim sam include a baxing jiaozi stuffed with peanuts, and very small bits of carrot, cabbage and meat, and a fen kok with very succulent and well-spiced thin-sliced roast or steamed beef wrapped up in the noodle skin, then decked with cilantro. We learn from Dunlop (2019:192) that the famous and venerable Luk Yu Teahouse was named for the author of the “Tea Classic,” Lu Yu. I remember early morning tim sam at that teahouse when it was in its original and long-standing home in the old Garment District of Hong Kong Island. Urban renewal took out that street, and the Luk Yu moved uptown, but never recovered the unbelievable levels of gourmet cooking of the old place.
Cantonese use of food for insulting people never ends. Haam jyu sau, “salty pig’s hand,” is Cantonese for a groper. Mandarin zhu shou “pig’s foot” means the same, and led to some embarrassment when a Chinese market posted a sign “German Style Sex Offenders” over a display of smoked pork hocks (photo widely circulated on Internet).
Cantonese shrimp sauce, made of shrimps in salt such that they autodigest, has expanded in Beihai, Guangxi, to include ghost crabs caught on the beach. Pollution is controlled to keep them flourishing. The sauce is extremely popular there (Wong and Thuras 2021:121).
Cantonese hot non-vegetarian dishes are yitfan “hot staple-food” (see So 1992:136ff). Cantonese soups and related foods are chroniced by Teresa Chen (2009).
Yak meat may now be had in Guangjou as well as Tibet and west China; it tastes like good beef.
Macau has its own cuisine (see Sales Lopes 2010). This went unchronicled, partly because Macanese tend to be quite secretive about it, holding tight to their special family recipes. Finally, it found a devoted historian in Annabel Jackson (2003, 2020). She records wonderful stories and family records, discusses the place of cuisine as critically important heritage and ethnic marker, and provides histories of the incredibly complicated origins of the cuisine. Basically the effect of Portuguese setttling in a Cantonese area, the cuisine was enriched from the start by foods from all the other places the Portuguese colonized, even Brazil, which contributed everything from chiles to specific dishes. Africa provided a surprising amount of ideas, including “African chicken,” a famous Macanese specialty that was invented in Macau by a Chinese chef but with true African antecedents. Another major influence came from Goa, the Indian colony that was a major focus of Portuguese activity in Asia. Melaka also contributed, providing Malaysian foods. Of course, Portugal’s own contributions, from Belem egg tarts—now Cantonese taan ta—to sausages. I remember old-time Portuguese markets in Macau, and goods reaching Hong Kong. One could buy vinho verde, the wonderful “green wine,” as well as Portuguese cheeses, sausages, and canned fish. Bacalhao, the dried salt cod that is Portugal’s signature food, was in evidence. Macanese food has now gone worldwide, with the dispersal of Macanese following Communist Chinese takeover in 1999.
Teochiu (Cantonese Chiu Jau or “Chiu Chow”; Mandarin Chaozhou) cuisine remains little known in the English-speaking world, but apparently is covered by Chinese cookbooks. There is said to be a cookbook: Jia! The Food of Swatow and the Teochew Diaspora, by Diana Zheng, but I can’t locate it so far. Newman (2015) reminisces about feasts of duck soup, braised goose, soupy sweets, oyster omelettes sometimes wrapped in bean curd skin, and other items. She knows this food mainly from Singapore, where they have adoped shacha sauce. The word is pronounced sa te in Hokkien, revealing its origin from Indonesian satay. I have encountered all these dishes in Teochiu places in Hong Kong or California. Newer to me is “hot pot made with many leafy vegetables, yams, and tapioca flour. The yams are sliced very thin” (p. 10). Another new dish to me is “a fish salad made with fried or fresh fish and fried shrimp. It has five-spice powder, plum [mei] sauce, preserved vegetables, radishes and carrots, and fish balls they call dumplings” (ibid.). This sounds wonderful. Yet another is spring rolls in bean curd skins, and a congee made with sour mei, among other things (p. 11). (Wikipedia has directions on how to salt, pickle, and make sauce from mei.)
A recent study of food shops in Shantou (Swatow) by Guang Tian et al. (2018) describes five famous and long-established shops, selling, respectively: taro cakes and soup; various foods and meat products; bamboo shoot cake with dried shrimp and other cakes; dry noodles with pork and onions and soup with pig parts and fish balls; and stuffed pig intestines, horseshoe crab cake, and zongzi. The last three are now state-owned, the first two remain private. Shantou and Teochiu are adjacent. They are culturally and linguistically similar.
Chapter 14. Foods of Non-Han Peoples Living in or near China
Foodways of the Muslim ethnic groups of Xinjiang, largely Turkic-speaking, have been beautifully documented in an encyclopedia, Zhongguo Qingzhi Yinshi Wenhua (Chinese Islamic Drink and Food Culture), issued in Beijing in 2009. Many illustrations and recipes are provided. Interesting is the strong European cast of many of the groups, especially the Tatars (p. 202ff), who are quite East European-looking and sometimes brown-haired and blue-eyed.
Turkic food includes the dried milk solid qrut (qurt, qurut), usually dried yogurt but often dried skimmed milk. It is aaruul in Mongolian, kūru in Manchu, and one of the milk solids covered by rubing in Chinese (Bello 2016:140).
Jen Lin-Liu, a food writer and cooking school teacher, traveled the Silk Road from Xi’an to Rome and wrote a delightful travel book about it, On the Noodle Road (2013). She was obsessed with noodles, and learned to cook every noodle dish she encountered along the way. She notes that noodles were called tang bing, “soup cakes,” in early medieval China. In China, la mian dominated, under various names, becoming laghman in Turkic languages. Other noodles and breadstuffs were found. She reports that the large breads of northwest China are mo, but were earlier tuturma, from Turkick tuturmashi (Lin-Liu 2013:49-52).
Chinese chives are popular, as in Afghanistan. Dumplings are manta, but small soup dumplings are chuchurma, both Turkic words (see Lin-Liu 2013:86). Humoral “hot” (Chinese re) is yel (Lin-Liu 2013:89). Gushgerde are buns baked in a tonur, the local pronunciation of “tandur” (Lin-Liu 2013:95). From Uyghurland, Jen Lin-Liu proceeded westward, describing noodles and other foods as she went through Central Asia, Iran, Turkey, and Italy. She continues to produce food blogs, with an emphasis on China. To this it is worth adding that the tandur is called nangkeng “nang pit” in Chinese (Phillips 2016:362), and polo (pilaf) is zhuafan, “grabbed rice,” because it is eaten by hand (Phillips 2016:369).
Uyghur food includes yang’aq halwasi, “walnut halva” (-si is the possessed Turkic ending, denoting the noun covered by the adjective). The Chinese name is ma tang, short for hu ma tang, “sesame sugar” (i.e. “sesame sweet”). It is actually, at least as sold in Beijing, a large cake, up to a meter or so in diameter, made of sesame, peanuts, and dried fruit as well as walnuts and probably other items to bind it. It is sold by the half kilo by Uyghur vendors from villages near Kashgar; they are often illegal migrants and selling illegally, so they have a complex relationship with police and informal market areas (Sullivan 2016). Halva made of lamb oil and sugar exists. They admit that laghman was originally la mian (Lin-Liu 2013:72).
Persian nan is the standard bread, pronounced nang. Holuq nang is paper-thin and used for roll-ups. Qatlama nang is layered, like Indian parathas.It is leavened with yeast, and often has cheese filling. Toqash is a small version.It is traditionally baked in a tanur (tandur) jar. Güsh nang is meat-filled. It is cooked in a regular oven, not a tanur. Lots of vegetables are eaten, including cucumber, squash, carrots, onions, and the other usual Central Asian items, including cilantro, ashköki. Chile is laza, from Chinese la jiao. Läng men is Chinese la mian. Persian samosa appear as samsa. They are baked in the tanur, and resemble similar dumplings in Uzbekistan and Kazakhstan. Kababs are popular. Fish are not eaten and were at least sometimes taboo in old times.
Sweets and the traditional Iranian nibbles of nuts and dried fruit are popular (Dunlop 2019b:248). And she finally found good-tasting lungs (Dunlop 2019b:251). Drinks can include dried peaches steeped in water, and yogurt (qıtaq) with salt; this drink is dohap. Dried milk solids are qurut, the universal Central Asian Turkic word (more usually qurt).
The indefatigable Jacqueline Newman has added a compact description of Kashkar (Kashgar) food (Newman 2017c). It is typical central Asian fare. She says the city name means “place to find jade.” She too describes ma tang, describing it as “nut nougat covered in creamy yogurt curds drizzled with brown shugar syrup.” A spice mix called tetitku is noted. Bread is naan (Farsi, and general) or nang (Uyghur); she gives a recipe, which is more or less the typical Persian one. Lagmen and similar noodles are as popular as elsewhere in the center. Whole lambs are served with caraway in their mouths. “Chicken was cooked with carrots and onion, mutton called polu came fried with onion, rice steamed with carrots and onions, too. Kebabs were called kawaplar [Uyghur pronunciation of “kabab” with –lar, the Turkic plural], and made with beef or lamb, seasoned with salt, pepper, sesame seeds, and sometimes chile and cumin, then grilled after soaking them in milk, butter, salt, and sugar” (Newman 2017c:13). A “big plate chicken” was served (Phillips 2016 has a recipe). Fish was available and was eaten with rice. Sangza, “crispy twisted fried bread, or baked buns called kao baozi” (Newman 2014:14) were eatenat breakfast. The former is thoroughly Chinese as well as central Asian. The latter—the word means “roasted little bao”—is Chinese but adapted to ovens; Chinese traditionally did not bake bao (though they now do in western countries and westernized bakeries in China). Lamb soup was shorpa, as elsewhere (ultimately the familiar Arabic root sh-r-b, “drink”). Kumys was a preferred drink. Black tea, Russian-style kvas, and “a non-alcoholic beverage made with honey…called gewasi” were also drunk.
All this sounds properly Turkic-Central Asian, with expected Chinese additions. The words are a mix of Turkic, Chinese, and generic Arab-origin Middle East (shorba, kabab/kawap). Sometimes, one cannot quite figure out where a word started; lagmen is probably Chinese, from la mian, but Iranic speakers claim it as an Iranian word.
Mongol food is covered elsewhere in my writings (Buell et al. 2020), so I note here only a recent thorough account of dairy food preparation by Mongols in Xinjiang (Chan 2017). The intrepid Jacqueline Newman has chronicled Inner Mongolian food too, with recipes for buuz dumplings (rather like jiaozi), rather Chinese-style meat, and the Mongol version of hot pot. She mentions “maichan, a boiled lamb and onion dish with bulmuk, a flour-based gravy” (Newman 2017d:11).
Mongolian food also includes boodog, animal cooked in its own skin. One skins the animal, cuts the meat off the bones, seasons it to taste, puts it back in the skin along with hot stones. The hot stones cook the food, while the hair is singed off over fire (Wong and Thuras 2021:144-145). This is a classic technique among hunters all around the Northern Hemisphere, known as skin-boiling. For large animals, the stomach is used instead of the skin.
China’s neighbors and ethnic minorities have very complex foodways of their own. Paul Buell and I, with collaborators Montserrat de Pablo and Moldir Oskenbay, have written up Central Asian food (Buell et al. 2020), including a thorough run-up on Korean food, owing much to Michael Pettid’s superb account of it (2008), and much to research in Los Angeles Koreatown as well as in Korea itself.
Central Asia shows itself in mandu, large dumplings similar to meat pies, stuffed with minced meat or vegetables. They came in from the Turkic world far back in the early Medieval period.
Korea’s national dish, kimchi, continues to propagate worldwide. In Korea, it is still homemade; only 7% of that consumed is comercial (Wong and Thuras 2021:154). Koreana magazine has glorified it as a perfect health food (Young 2008). Indeed, it has plenty of antiseptic garlic and chile, vitamin-rich cabbage, antioxidants in all the vegetables, and so on, but its high salt content is associated with Korea’s high stroke rate. Pickling destroys its vitamin C content. I was amazed to find in France, in the heights of the Auverne, a mixed winter pickle virtually identical to kimchi but apparently a purely local invention.
An extremely refreshing soup consists simply of kimchi in water, nabak kimchi or mul kimchi (mul means “water”). The word “kimchi” escapes my philological dragnet, but I may point out that kiam chai is Hokkien for “pickled green vegetables.”
The usual vast range of noodle dishes is found. Nangmyeon is buckwheat noodles, usually served cold. Often there is a light topping and otherwise just the noodles in water, mul nangmyeon, but sometimes a strikingly varied and usually chile-rich topping is added, pibim (“mixed”) nangmyeon. Pibim also extends to rice, pibimbap being just cooked rice (pap) with various mixed toppings. A common breakfast form includees an egg. As elsewhere in eastern Asia, pap by itself can stand for food in general.
An interesting Korean dish is ssam-bap. This consists of rice with chopped meat in sauce, eaten by being wrapped in leaves, like some Vietnamese rolls. The leaves include tender young collards, mustard greens, perilla, Beijing cabbage, mizuna (for garnish—it won’t do for wrap), and others. The best thing about the dish is the variety and contrast of raw leaf flavors. Ssam is in fact a general term for wrapped food.
A large range of healthful congees, bonjuk, treats every condition. The king and court could get abalone congees and other valuables. Ordinary people could still manage with congees enriched by jujubes, medicinal herbs, fermented beans, and other products. Another widespread soupy food is sundubu, tofu boiled in a spectacularly spicy sauce, rich with chiles, fermented foods of various kinds, and typically some meat or seafood. Koreans still eat a great deal of wild or semiwild herbs, from ferns to burdock root.
One important Korean food not known in China (as far as I can find) is acorn mush. Chinese do eat acorns, however—usually roasted—as well as a pecan-like nut called a “mountain walnut.” Hu Shiu-Ying (2005) identifies this as referring to both the Chinese hickory, Carya cathayensis, and the Manchurian walnut, Juglans mandschurica. For the Korean dish, acorns are ground, the tannic acid is soaked out of them, and the meal is then boiled while stirring until it forms a jellylike mush known as dotori muk (the meal is dotori muk karu). It is tasteless, but is sliced and eaten with seasonings or other foods. It is similar to the acorn mush of California’s Native American peoples, but more thoroughly leached. It was independent invented in California and Korea—there are no intermediate steps to connect the two.
Since Korea is a peninsula with an irregular coastline and countless islands, fish, shellfish, and seaweeds are extremely important in the diet. Mackerel, needlefish, and other strong oily fish are greatly relished, though Chinese do not like them much. Pollack is popular not only for the flesh but for the guts, which are made into stew with much chile and some vegetables, and are definitely an acquired taste. Seaweeds, squid, cuttlefish, and shellfish abound in the diet. An unusual food is hagfish, a primitive lamprey relative; it is cooked in extremely pungent and complex chile sauce, and is crisp and a bit chewy, like cuttlefish but more so; the texture is a major attraction. (No references for this or most of the last several paragraphs—I had to do all the field work myself on this, in Korea and in Los Angeles’ Koreatown, though see Pettid 2008 for general description.)
Beware of ordering a sundae in Korea; it is Korean for blood sausage. A gourmetship for this product exists, with specialty restaurants, famed manufacturers, and other appropriate accoutrements.
A duck lunch eaten at a Los Angeles duck specialty restaurant—so Korean it had signage only in hangul—consisted of thin slices of duck grilled on the usual tabletop grill, but in a grill pan that saved the fat. The duck slices were eaten on lettuce, with various pickles, plus salt, to make up a bite. Then rice was fried in the remaining duck fat, and eaten by those of us who still had space.
Korean drinks include makgeolli, unstrained rice beer—a wonderful, sparkling, yeasty-flavored, milk-white drink that can incorporate chestnut powder and other fascinating additions. Strained, it becomes more ordinary (and less popular) jiu. Distilling Korean jiu of any sort results in soju, a vodka, as tasteless as others of that breed, but usually much less strong; it can be potent, but usually runs around 16-20% alcohol. It has been lovingly monographed by Hyunhee Park (2021), who finds it was probably introduced by Tang times, but made much more available and popular by the Mongols. It is now generally made of grain, but was often made of sweet potatoes in the past, especially when it was of the bootleg order.
Korean ceremonies still use ancient Confucian sacrifice rites, involving offerings of foods adapted to the Korean context (Kim 1999). These include jujubes, pine nuts, walnuts, and ginkgo nuts, as well as the usual meats and fish, but also kimchi, including things like Chinese bellflower and wild dropwort (these are medicinal herbs). Rice cakes and various wines are used, as well as meat minced with soy and other ingredients. Meat items include something rather mysteriously defined as “swine’s armpit” (Kim 1999:8; the Chinese characters supplied makes things even more mysterious—the character translated “armpit” means “to pat” in Chinese). Korea now proves to have a very long, complex prehistory (Nelson 1993, 1999). Millet cultivation began (probably introduced from northeast China) around the 6th millennium BC (Nelson 1999:150). Recall that the Korean people very likely stem from the Xilongwa culture of the Liao River drainage. Rice was introduced, already domesticated, from China, by 2000 BC or earlier (Nelson 1999:150). Pigs and other animals came early, before rice, and pigs became major domesticates.
A complex agriculture evolved in Korea, spreading eventually to Japan with the Yayoi culture (intrusive from Korea to Japan around 200 BC). Japan had some agriculture earlier, but it stayed very simple and minor; only with Yayoi did Japan become truly agricultural. A quick note suffices for Japan: recent comprehensive, detailed, and excellent work by Eric Rath (2010, 2016; Rath and Assman 2010) and Charlotte von Verschuer (2016) makes further description unnecessary.
Manchu food is more or less Chinese, in recent centuries, but traditions of venison and distinctive noodle dishes survive. Newman (2006) provides recipes. Large dumplings are bobo, presumably linguistically related to Tibetan momo.
A detailed account of foodways in Vietnam (Ngo 1994) notes that the heating/cooling system and the five-elements system flourish there. Cooling foods, including many vegetables and fruits, were favored, because of the hot climate. About 1500 medicinal plants make up the traditional herbal canon; some 150 are food plants (p. 77). An 18th-century physician, Hai Thuong Lan Ong, wrote a book, Culinary Art, with 152 recipes for healing foods, with recommendations of foodstuffs. “For instance: glutinous rice related to sweet and tepid, strengthened spleen, lung and kidney and cured urobilinury whereas ordinary rice related to sweet and healthy, kept up the body and regulated the temperament. Regarding beans, soya related to sweet and tepid, strengthend the bone, boosted the temperament and detoxicated whereas green beans related to sweet and cold, dissipated the heat, detoxicated and cured diabetes” (Ngo 1994:77). Lemon balm, ginger, and other plants were noted. “[W]omen in delivery should use glutinous rice wine, with hen-egg…” (Ngo 1994:77). Papaya promoted milk, as did soup of pork leg. The giant waterbug Lethocerus indicus is important in Vietnamese cuisine (Packard 2003; Smith 2003), as in northern Thailand, whence it has been imported into the United States (Pemberton 1988; also my own observations). The pheromonal gland produces a scent that is greatly relished. Insecticides have made the insect rare. It is traditionally made into sauce with chiles, lime, and sometimes dried fish or fish sauce.
Chan Yuk Wah (2011), in a brief but brilliant article, tells of investigating whether the Vietnamese rice roll known as banh cuon was derived from the Cantonese cheung fan roll. He realized that both are variants of a local food that seems to be one of the many regional things—foods, words, ideas—linking Cantonese and Vietnamese culture as opposed to north Chinese or (other) southeast Asian. He reasonably refers to this as Yueh culture—Yueh being the ancient Chinese state occupying what is now southeast China. “Vietnam,” which is “Yueh nan” in Mandarin, simply means “south of Yueh.” (Nam Viet, “southern Yueh,” was attested historically too.) It is definitely time to realize that Cantonese and Vietnamese cultures do comprise, in some ways, a unity over and against their neighbors; one can fold the Thai and Muong cultures of north Vietnam into it, too. Chan, again correctly, notes that “southeast Asia” is an awfully vague term—it links together a large group of countries that share nothing except their agricultural system (wet rice and tree crops) and some degree of Indian and Chinese influence. Southeast Asia is much less a cultural unity than, say, Europe, Latin America, or East Africa. One can easily deconstruct it and make the cultural links go in quite other directions. Chan’s article is a really wonderful example of starting with something deceptively minor, writing a deceptively short and simple article about it, and using this to establish conclusions that shake the received wisdom on a whole region!
Nir Avieli has described in detail the food of Hui An, a town in central Vietnam that formed around a core of Chinese merchant settlements and thus has a strongly Chinese-influenced cuisine with several distinctive local innovations (Avieli 2005, 2012). Among these are adding raw herbs—beloved of Vietnamese eaters—to Chinese dishes. These raw herbs can, however, carry diseases that Chinese cooking would prevent—as I was reminded, to my cost, in Hui and Hui An!
One of the common herbs there and elsewhere in southeast Asia is Tabasco parsley, not a parsley but a lettuce relative, Eryngium foetidum. It comes from Mexico (especially, of course, the Tabasco area) and how it got to southeast Asia is a real mystery. Around Hoi An it is known as ngo gai.
In Yunnan, dozens of local ethnic groups continue interesting foodways. A marvelous cookbook of local Yunnan food comes to us from Georgia Freedman: Cooking South of the Clouds (2018). The recipes are excellent and the photographs are exceptional even for this modern age of photo-cookbooks. From limited experience in Yunnan I can vouch for at least several of the recipes. Freedman usefully recommends substitutes for ingredients hard to get outside Yunnan, while still listing the proper ingredients for those who can find them (though failing to explain that “sawtooth herb” is that Eryngium foetidum). She traces the best of the famous Yunnan hams to Xuanwei county, near the Guizhou border (and recommends—properly—that you can use Spanish Serrano ham if you can’t find good Yunnan).
Wild fruits are still very important (Chen et al. 1999). Slightly over the international border, Yunnan Chinese in northern Thailand have set up highly successful, stable, intensive farming systems, based on subsistence food cropping plus orchards of lychees, tangerines (with a juice processing factory), and other trees (Huang 2005). They also use an amazing and wondrous variety of wild plants for medicine, including for childbirth (Wang et al. 2003).
Yunnan food, and some other Chinese foodways, have migrated to Burma, where Chinese food in Mandalay has become inextricably mixed with Burmese food. A Burmese tamarind soup, typical of the sour soups of India, Burma and Thailand, is Yunnanized with chile and pronounced a “Yunnanese” food (Duan Ying 2011).
Tibetan food and medicine are still poorly known in the west (though see Dorje 1985). The Shuhi people, a Tibetan-related group in Yunnan, rely heavily on walnuts, for food and oil, and not surprisingly give them a major place in religion and ritual (Weckerle 2005). This links them with scattered long-resident ethnic groups around the Himalayan region; perhaps there are ancient relationships, though we cannot know. In any case, deteriorating rural and forest conditions in China bode ill for this adaptation.
The Tibetans of Yunnan now produce a rapidly increasing quantity and variety of medicinal herbs (D. Anderson et al. 2005; Glover 2005; Salick et al. 2005), which is greatly improving the local economy, and, one hopes, world health. However, it is clearly unsustainable; plants are getting smaller and rarer. The future can only be one of crashes of major species. Cultivation is occurring, but a belief that wild plants are more effective than domestic ones makes this a shaky proposition.
Especially interesting is the caterpillar-parasiting fungus Ophiocordyceps sinensis, known as yartsa gunbu in Tibetan and xiacao dongchong (“summer herb, winter worm”) or simply chongcao (“worm herb”) in Chinese. It grows in the bodies of ghost moth caterpillars (Thitarodes spp., 37 known host species).The first known mention is in a fifteenth-century Tibetan medical text. It appears in Chinese medical writing in 1757, but did not catch on as a mass fad until 1993 (Zahler 2016).Believed to have magical cure-all effects, it is collected in vast quantities in Tibetan grasslands and sold throughout China and among overseas Chinese. The supply is rapidly depleting. Zelda Liang (2012, 2013) records that it is now hyped as “viagra”-like (it does not work), and has become a super-rich status consumption good, now that the traditional luxuries such as abalone, shark fin, sea cucumber, and fish maw are affordable to the upper middle class. Illegal bu pin (strengthening foods) such as pangolin are also super-status.
The effects of this new affordability on the luxuries in question is, of course, devastating. Many shark species are now endangered because of shark fin exploitation; often the fins are cut off and the shark thrown back into the water, there to die (it requires fins to swim and survive). Even the Gulf of Maine is losing its sea cucumbers. Fish maw (swim bladder) is overexploited to the extent of endangering several fish species, notably the totuava of the Gulf of California, and as bycatch the vaquita dolphin that lives with it; the scaly croaker of Papua-New Guinea is also getting rare, with desperate local people in the Kikori delta forced to exploit it as other fish disappear (Chandler 2024).
A Tibetan community renamed “Shangri-La” by venal Han Chinese publicists has not only become a tourist designation, it has become a major wine terroir, with the publicists doing everything possible to hype its special virtues. It is said to be reasonably good. Unfortunately, mass tourism and French-style wine culture do not mix well with local reverence for mountains, forests, wildlife, and nature (Galipeau 2016).
The Naxi of northern Yunnan are the subjects of a brief note by Jacqueline Newman (2018), providing only one recipe, but it is complex and stunning.
The Yi peoples (Harrell 2001) may have ruled Yunnan in its independent days as the state of Nanchao. They now occupy a vast swath of highland territory from Sichuan to Thailand. Among the northerly groups are the Nuosu of the Liangshan (Cool Mountains), famous for having remained de facto independent of the Chinese state right up to the 1950s. Their staple food is buckwheat; they grow both bitter (Fagopyrum tataricum) and non-bitter (F. esculentum, the species familiar in the west—to which it spread from west China). They prefer the bitter, in spite of its taste, because it has more nutritional value (at least they say it does; Bender et al. 2019:144). They also grow wheat, barley, and potatoes, the last entering the picture since 1700 but very well established. They have a turnip-like vegetable called voma that is said to be watery and unsubstantial but very popular (Bender et al. 2019:144). They raise pigs, sheep, goats, cattle, chickens, and horses, and sacrifice and eat the first five of those species. They formerly ate a good deal of game, subject to a number of taboos that guaranteed sustainability, but now the game is shot out as taboos go by the wayside in a populous, mixed-ethnic world. With other Yi peoples, they have a cosmology of forests and wilds (the domain of spirits) and cultivated, thoroughly managed lands (the domain of people), and maintain sacred groves that conserve biodiversity (on conservation, see Urgenson et al. 2010, and countless writings by Stevan Harrell). Their origin myth (Bender et al. 2019) teaches respect for all beings; it does not explicitly order conservation, but it provides the context of beliefs that allow taboos, sacred demarcation, and ritual management systems to conserve a sustainable system. They maintain a wide and deep knowledge of edible plants and fungi (Li, Stepp, and Tilt 2022).
Other Yi peoples include the Hani and Akha. The Hani of Yunnan grow “rice and corn; the rice is often but not always purple rice. They grow lots of…peanuts, tea, and sugar cane…..they love foods tasting acidic and/or spicy” (Newman 2015:29). They eat a rice dumpling cooked in banana leaves. Special dishes include baiwang, coagulated “blood of one or more animals: pig, goat and dog are favorites; and mix it with salt, radishes, leaves of the garlic plant, and chili peppers. Then they season it and grill it” (Newman 2015:30). They often top it with peanuts. Another favorite is “fish mud,” “minced fish with deer, goat, any wild bird, some eel, hot peppers, and chili oil…grilled over charcoal” (ibid.). An infertile woman “is given a leg of pork to hold”; it is called “dragon meat” and eaten with bean curd, fish, celery, sticky rice cakes, peanuts, etc., and the leftovers buried with rice seedlings (ibid.).
The Sani of central Yunnan are a detachment of the Hani; the name is a variant. The Sani have an ancient tradition of rice agriculture, both upland (slash-and-burn) and wet, but they have more recently adopted New World crops with enthusiasm. Their villages consist of adobe houses, on and around which are hanging maize, chile peppers in strings, green beans drying, and Mexican squashes. Even epazote (Chenopodium ambrosioides) has made it there as a pot-herb, called ki chr kimi. It slotted into the C. album niche as a pot herb. A Sani village looks like a central Mexican one, even to the clusters of maize ears hanging in trees. This amazed and delighted the Mexican representatives at the International Congress of Ethnobotany held in Yunnan in 1990.
Sani dispenses with vowels in many words. Ng pan mo is “chile.” The odd small eggplant—a local species, Solanum khasianum—is a dz, a water buffalo an ng (cf. Chinese niu, Cantonese ngau). Dog is chrzh (the last three letters being used here to write something like the buzzed r in Czech). Simplest of all was “horse”: m. (The Chinese is ma.)
The Akha, related linguistically (but much more fond of vowels, of which they have many), practice slash-and-burn cultivation and some wet-rice agriculture in southern Yunnan (Sturgeon 2005, 2021). They eat a typical southeast Asian diet of rice with greens, fish, fruit, peppers, and forest products. My student Ayoe Wang, an Akha from Yunnan, carried out detailed ethnobotanical researches on the Akha (Wang 2008, 2013). He found the same general cosmological beliefs as those reported for the Nuosu, with more explicit conservation and more self-conscious differentiation from the surrounding groups. The Yi world is part of the Southeast Asian world of intensely conservationist and highly sustainable agriculture, a model for the world. Tragically, the Akha have suffered the usual fate of minorities under de facto colonialism. They were dispossessed of most of their land on the patently false claim that they ruined the forest by their shifting-cultivation practices, which are actually extremely careful and conservationist. They were then “given the opportunity,” without choice in the matter, of growing tea to survive. They wound up cutting down even their sacred groves (Sturgeon 2021). This will lead to ruin, according to both Akha religious belief and modern ecological wisdom. Whether the cause is ancestral punishment or lack of resilience in the face of global climate change, the ruin of Akha lands in the near future is assured.
Another related group, the Lisu, are little known to the food world. A few dishes are described by a Lisu writer, Bai Chingshun (2015). Bai reports that a thick unleavened wheat bread is one staple; it is cooked on a flat pan and then in the ashes of the fire. Sweet twisted wheat pastry is a simple delicacy. Another food is tamales: maize kernels taken off the ear, ground, mixed with chiles and salt and steamed in corn husks or Erythrina variegata leaves. I suppose they are an independent invention based on something like Chinese zong, not direct borrowing of tamales. Streaky pork with bean paste (mashed beans) and garlic leaves are a delicacy. Another is wild fennel boiled, tied in a circle, filled with beaten egg, and cooked in soup. In no case are full directions given, and apparently the author has been long away from home. We need more ethnography of groups like this.
Wang Si, an ethnologist in Yunnan, has described the Bai (Wang 2012), who are also fond of raw pork. She supplies details on pig butchering and raw meat preparation and use. Newman has also contributed a brief account of the Bai of Yunnan, whose cuisine is not strikingly different from other Yunnan Plateau food (Newman 2012).
Dai food of southern Yunnan has been chronicled by Newman, and is described as often being sour, with pickled vegetables important. They share a fondness for minced, highly spiced raw meat with other Thai-speaking groups (Newman 2012b). Water bugs continue popular. They are a main flavoring in Thailand, especially in the north, and are occasionally shipped to California, and eaten there (Pemberton 1988). Lethocerus indicus is the species recorded in California. In Thailand, they are prepared .with fermented shrimp paste, galric, Tabasco chile, lime juice, a bit of cilantro, and a small eggplant of the Solanum khasianum type, or more simply with chiles, shile paste, dried minno, and a bit of cilantro (Richard Lando, pers. comm.).
Also related are the Lahu, evocatively described by Shanshan Du (2002), a Chinese ethnographer. They live a similar lifestyle in the same general area. Du emphasizes the importance of women, who maintain that “chopsticks work only in pairs,” and men and women equally need each other.
Nearby are the Wa, an Austroasiatic-speaking group (like their neighbors the Palaung). They have a well-deserved reputation as ferocious headhunters, protecting their wild and remote but lush and rich land by living in large villages hedged by thorns, guarded by gates, and defended by implacable warriors. They were conquered by the Chinese Communist government in the middle 1950s, but in Burma they remain semi-autonomous. Their staple is rice. They grow foxtail millet for beer, an exceedingly popular item, used ritually like other millet beers of southeast Asia. As in much of the world, meat is highly favored. Cattle, buffaloes, pigs, and chickens abound, and some other domesticates and game animals are consumed. Sacrifices and feasts were once common, especially to celebrate heads taken. The skulls were ritually placed in pillars lining the main road to the village, a fairly good warning of what invaders could expect. The Wa, previously known largely from scary rumors, have been the subject of sustained and excellent ethnographic attention by Magnus Fiskejö (2021 and references therein).
The Mian of southern China and neighboring southeast Asia traditionally ate bland, simple food, but use southeast Asian basil varieties, cilantro, mint, and lemon grass, at least in their southeast Asian villages. Minced beef with basil, eaten in a lettuce leaf, is a favorite dish, and resembles Thai and Vietnamese dishes. Sticky rice has also spread from the north Thai world (Jeff McDonald, pers. comm.).
The Mian are also called Yao, and some groups are described under that name. They have varied foodways, many of which are being lost. The Ao Yao of Guangxi used to salt down small birds with rice powder to dry them off; this is no longer done. They pickled many foods. Otherwise, their diet was, or at least now is, more or less the standard diet of impoverished mountain dwellers: sweet potatoes, maize, and such, with rice and pork the luxuries (Huang 2009). Huang gives a recipe for blood sausage—blood and rice in a pig’s intestine, with salt and flavorings.
The Tujia (Newman 2014b) are a large but strikingly little-known group, living in central China. They now speak a Chinese language, but many live near Miao and speak Miao dialects, so one wonders if they have some Miao ancestry. Over a million are scattered widely from north-central to south China. Little is recorded of their food, except that it seems hot, spicy, and sour—they love pickles—and related to Sichuanese cooking; they maintain they originated in Sichuan. This is not the same as the Hezha cuisine above. The group appears to be broadly the same, but it has no corporate identity, and no consistent cuisine is reported.
China’s largest minority is the Thai-speaking (now often Han Chinese-speaking) Zhuang, who live in Guangxi Province and neighboring areas; there are perhaps 30,000,000 of them. Their food remained mysterious until recently, but now an article (Newman 2005), among other sources, opens them to the world. They eat both sticky and nonsticky rice; nonsticky seems to be usually (not always) the staple. They are fond of cassia and fennel, and flavor their tea with orange flowers. Black rice soup flavored with cassia and fennel is a typical dish. Eggplant is cooked with rice vinegar, white pepper, cinnamon, sugar, fermented sticky rice, and oil.
A restaurant in San Gabriel (near Los Angeles) served Guangxi Zhuang food. A specialty is luosifen, snail noodle soup. The snails are boiled in the water but then taken out. They give a strange earthy or pond-like flavor. The soup is based on spaghetti-like rice noodles with tomatoes, Chinese cabbage, bamboo shoots, meat or fish of any kind, and flavorings. Other soups with sour vegetables exist. (The same restaurant—run by a couple from China’s northernmost and southernmost extremes—served Harbin specialties from north Manchuria. These are largely dumplings stuffed with pork and fennel leaves or other meat-and-vegetable stuffings. Cumin is a common spicing, indicating Near Eastern antecedents. Lamb stir-fried with sour cabbage is also a delicacy there as elsewhere in the far north.)
Dr. Newman, who is systematically chronicling the minority foodways of China, has gone on to describe the foods of the Dong (Tung), another Thai minority very close to the Zhuang (Newman 2007, 2012b, 2012c). (In fact, “Dong” and “Zhuang” are routinely confused. The languages are very similar, and are close to Thai. Speakers are called “Dong” or “Zhuang” indifferently, depending on local history. Newman reports that some people of apparent Tibeto-Burman origin are also called Dong locally.) A characteristic Dong flavor is tea oil, from fruits of Camellia species including C. oleifera, C. sasanqua and C. kissi (but not from true tea, C. sinensis). This is often made into a sauce with mustard, vinegar, salt, and sugar. A raw-shrimp paste with chile, rice, ginger, cinnamon and salt is also made and stored; it would salt-cure (autodigest) in the jars. Sticky rice is common as a staple. It is also the staple food in northeast Thailand and neighboring areas. Vegetables are marinated in a mix of sugar, salt, Chinese hard liquor (technically a vodka or unaged whiskey), and rice wine.
Newman’s latest foray has been to the world of the Gelao (Kelao), a group so obscure that they appear never to have been well described in print in English. They live in the far south, in Guizhou, Yunnan, and Guangxi. Their language is distantly related to Thai, but in a separate branch (Kadai) of the Thai-Kadai phylum. It is poorly known. Their food was even less well known till now. Newman (2016) reports: “Their staple diet is corn supplemented with ricewheat, millet, sorghum, buckwheat, and sweet potatoes.” They like sweet-sour tastes. “They make a condiment called ‘chili bone.’ It is actually ground pork bones mixed with chicken meat, lots of chili powder, sugar, wine and/.or vinegar, and Sichuan pepper and salt. This they seal in jars for two weeks or more…it is a sweet and sour sauce-like item used as a dipping condimentor spread on dumplings or rice cakes.” They worship on Ox God with sacrificed chicikens, wine, and rice cakes (Newman 2016b:13). Newman provides recipes for maize and shrimp congee with vinegar, and ginger, glutionous rice cakes with brown sugar, black vinegar, sesame oil, preserved vegetables, and fried dough sticks, and presed tofu and rice cakes with ginger, black vinegar, sugar, and chile (Newman 2016b:14). These resemble Cantonese breakfast items.
Yang Zhuliang has chronicled mushrooms in Yunnan (Yang n.d.). Mushrooms also figure large in Tibet, where they are collected by Tibetans and minorities as food. Sale of them has made many people quite well off (Arora 2008). The caterpillar-parasitizing fungus Cordyceps sinensis complex is an extremely important medicine, sale of which actually is the biggest single moneymaker in rural Tibet (Winkler 2008, 2009). It is used for almost anything by Chinese and Tibetans, but is not known to have any empirically demonstrable benefits. Many other mss. on mushrooms, as well as taro, herbal medicine, edible insects, wild game animals, pine nuts, dogs, and other edibles have crossed my desk, but in preliminary or partial forms that cannot be cited here.
Southeast Asian food and its history has been reviewed in an excellent historical study by the Japanese scholar Akira Matsuyama (2003). This book is particularly good on fermented foods, and provides an opportunity for someone to do a really major study by comparing them with those documented in Huang (2000). Ties with China are very clear.
Chapter 15. Globalization and Diaspora: Chinese Food Outside China
Much research on Chinese food in recent years has focused on the process of globalization. This has led to questioning just what Chinese food is (King 2020). In most arenas, globalization has meant the spread of American pop culture at the expense of everything else. It is currently a bit politically uncorrect to say this, but look at any photograph of any street in any city in the world, and think where the clothing styles, sign styles, building styles, car styles, and other styles originated. The only serious exception to Americanization, outside of local scripts on the signs, is the religiously-entailed women’s clothing in the more conservative Muslim cities. In foodways, however, the Chinese have more than held their own. Chinese food has been going global for centuries, since it spread along the Silk Road and along land and sea routes to Southeast Asia.
China’s most far-flung restaurants have been chronicled by the intrepid researchers of Gastro Obscura. They now occur in northern Alaska, Easter Island, the south tip of South America (in Ushuaia), over 14,000 feet up in Cerro de Pasco, Peru, and in Greenland (Wong and Thuras 2021:126-127). Old railroad and mining towns all over western North America have very old Chinatowns, dating from the use of Chinese labor building the railroads, mining, or servicing other workers. Many very old buildings survive, as well as treasure troves like the medical records of a frontier Chinese doctor in Idaho. The food was classic chop suey house fare, and often still is, though now often cooked by recent immigrants who can also produce more upscale dishes.
One result of the food diaspora has been the rise of white experts on Chinese cooking and the neglect of Chinese experts. Mea culpa, of course, but I have tried to acknowledge, cooperate with, and coauthor with Chinese experts. Clarissa Wei (2017) has written an insightful article on the problem. (She is willing to forgive competent experts, but not the newspapers and the white chefs. I am more forgiving—but I am not a disinterested observer here.)
The long process of blending Chinese and Southeast Asian food thus commands attention, and has received it in several excellent studies (Tan 2011). Notable is one on Chinese food in Singapore. Chinese settled in southern Malaya by the 1500s, and a fusion cuisine, “Nonya” food, arose as they married into local communities. It influenced both parents: returning migrants brought Sinicized versions of Malay foods back to China, and Malay food has adopted countless Chinese ingredients and techniques. It differs from both parents in a strong emphasis on turmeric and lesser galangal; it uses more hot spices than Chinese food, but less than Malay. A very similar evolution has taken place in Indonesia, where the peranakan (Indonesian-Chinese) communities developed fusion cuisines and influenced Indonesian food profoundly. (Ultimately, they influenced the whole world, through such inventions as ketchup.) “Nonya” cuisine (“nonya” is a local word for a Chinese woman of status) has been self-consciously revived and modernized in Singapore (and to a lesser extent in Malaysia). Thus, it has progressively changed. However, Chinese identity is still marked. Holvor Helland (2008), studying Penang, found about what I found in 1970: Chinese food reinforced Chinese identity, with pork a particularly strong ethnic marker because it is banned to the Muslims who form most of the rest of the population there. Chinese have adopted local ingredients but cook in Chinese ways. At least in 1970, that meant Hokkien ways, but I suspect the same thing has happened in Penang that has happened in Singapore: a blurring of Chinese ethnic lines and a spread of Cantonese cuisine across Chinese ethnicities. (One may argue that there is a good reason for that, given the contrasts in cooking between flavorful Cantonese and the often bland and lardy Malaysian Hokkien foodways of the old days.)
Meanwhile, invasion from a very different direction has occurred: California cuisine has come to Singapore, an arrival making the front page of the Los Angeles Times (Pierson 2022). This cuisine is basically French plus standard western American, using fresh farm-sourced produce and meats (often from high-quality specialist producers). Typical are inventive and surprising combinations of ingredients, but not the multiple combinations of spices and flavorings found in Asia; California cuisine will add truffles to ice cream or berries to shrimp but not half a dozen spices to a dish. The freshness and relative simplicity seem to have caught on in Singapore.
The initial diaspora of Chinese food was almost entirely from the south coastal provinces, Fujian and Guangdong (Anderson 1988; Tan 2011). Southeast Asian Chinese food is primarily from Fujian, with varying degrees of Guangdong and other influences. The names for foods show this. In Southeast Asia, they are almost entirely in Hokkien (Southern Min), the language of southern Fujian and neighboring northern Guangdong (Anderson 1988; Tan 2011). The Philippines seems slightly more complicated, with some highly Tagalog-influenced Chinese words that do not always show clear Hokkien roots. Carolyn Ang See (2011) provides an excellent account with full food vocabulary; words can be Tagalog, Hokkien, Cantonese (e.g. siomai for siumai) or even possible Mandarin with much Tagalog influence. Sometimes the etymology is astonishing: the standard Philippine noodle dish pansit is from Hokkien pian sit (Mandarin bian shi), “fast or convenient food.” On top of this, Philippine languages have borrowed many Spanish words for dish types and ingredients. Sometimes these Spanish words were in turn borrowed from native American languages; for instance, various pronunciations of the Nahuatl (“Aztec”) word camote have become the usual namesfor the sweet potato.
Fishing went with Chinese settlers to every coastal area they settled. In North America, Chinese got into fishing quite early, dominating some fisheries. This did not totally satisfy demand, so much was imported from China, especially since certain gourmet items like salt croakers and dried squid were hard or impossible to produce in the new land.
J. Ryan Kennedy (2017) has studied the mix of Chinese-caught, Anglo-caught, and imported fish available to early Chinese Californians. San Francisco Chinese firms (jinshanzhuang, “Golden Mountain firms”) imported dried fish, including the southeast Asian snakehead catfish Channa micropeltes (Kennedy et al. 2021). This catfish was possibly imported as a health aid, since ability to breathe air and squirm through wet grass between ponds gives the various snakehead catfish the reputation of being sheng yu, “living fish,” whose flesh makes one resist cancer and other such diseases. However, I was gravely assured in Hong Kong that some are “bone-transforming dragons” (fa kuat lung in Cantonese), that if eaten will make the eater disappear completely, even his bones. The catfish are thus cooked with a piece of pork, to see if it disappears. I was told of people who had seen this happen, but never met any or heard believable accounts.
Chinese moved quickly into the abalone fishery, since that snail is among the most valued gourmet health foods in eastern Asia. Todd Braje (2016) studied abalone fishing camps on the Channel Islands, where particularly well-preserved ones on San Clemente give insight into Chinese and western fishers. Kennedy and Braje summarize a long literature on these subjects.
In the Western Hemisphere, Chinese food meant Cantonese food—from central Guangdong—until recently. The standard food names are Cantonese, sometimes in the Taishan (Toisan) dialect; most of the early Cantonese migrant were from Taishan or the nearby “four districts” (the sei yap of California Chinese history) that speak a closely related dialect. (The sam yap, “three districts,” spoke a more Guangzhou-like form of Cantonese, and often warred with sei yap and Toisanese in the 19th century.)
Only in the last 40 years have Sichuanese, Shanghainese, north Chinese, and other regional cuisines spread much beyond China’s borders. Another aspect of the mix has been the recent emigration of vast numbers of ethnic Chinese from Vietnam and other southeast Asian countries. They have started restaurants that not only reflect the fusion cuisines of their homelands, but also reflect fusion in their new homes with local traditions. It is thus common in the United States to find “Vietnamese” restaurants that serve sinicized Vietnamese staples, standard south Chinese dishes, and American Chinese dishes like beef broccoli and ginger beef.
An eclectic cuisine has developed and become almost universal. “Chinese” restaurants in North America and Europe, for instance, typically serve the more famous dishes of several regions. This regional fusion was looked upon with some disquiet by traditional gourmets, but it is now quite standard in Hong Kong and Taiwan as well as in diaspora communities (Wu 2011 gives excellent descriptions and provides his full share of the disquiet). Sidney Cheung has written on the assimilation of Shanghai foodways into Hong Kong life (2020) and on Hong Kong food in general (2022).
Americans first learned of Chinese food in China itself, and developed a stereotype of it (based on Canton experience) as a lot of unsavory dishes of cut-up cats, dogs, and such (Coe 2009; see pp. 32 ff for colonial racist quotes; also Dunlop 2023). Chinese emigrants came to America in the Gold Rush and in much larger numbers in the late 19th century, bringing rural Cantonese food, especially from the Taishan (Toisan) district of Guangdong. This food was not necessarily China’s finest, and only slowly won acceptance. Coming of more variety and quality led to an explosive growth of acceptance, making Chinese food universal and beloved (Coe 2009; Newman and Halporn 2004).
Tofu was brought to America by a rather striking individual, Dr. Yamei Kim. She was born in Ningbo in 1864, orphaned, adopted by American missionaries with medical background, raised in Japan and the United States, and became a doctor. She worked with new foods in WWI for the United States, introducing a variety of soybean products including tofu (Roth 2018). She was obviously not the first to bring it, but she seems to have made it more visible to the American elite world. She lived a colorful life, being very much a showperson and champion of both modernity and Chinese tradition.
More recently, Chinese restaurants from Korea and Japan to America and Europe have developed local versions of Chinese food. (On this, there are several excellent recent studies, notably Arnold et al. 2018; Banh and Liu 2019; Newman and Halporn 2004; Roberts 2002; Wu and Cheung 2002; Wu and Tan 2001. For Korea, a superb article by Kim Bok-rae, 2009, chronicles in detail the changes involved. Here the main influence was from Shandong, not south China. For France, see Sabban 2009.) They accommodate to local tastes by changing spices, substituting local ingredients, etc. Many stories of particular restaurants, and memoirs of restaurant families, have been collected recently (see Banh and Li 2019 and references therein).
They also, alas, often use much cheaper and worse ingredients than they would dare to use at home, though this is rapidly changing. American Chinese food has gone through several stages in my lifetime. When I was young, most American Chinese came from impoverished backgrounds, and cooked (by necessity) rather cheap, simple food. Accommodation to American ways led to making this cuisine even cheaper and simpler, resulting in the food of the “chop suey joints” of old (Coe 2009). These were small local restaurants that served very humble food.
The oldest one surviving is probably the Chicago Café in Woodland, a small farm town near Sacramento. The region was settled by lare numbers of Chinese workers from the Gold Rush on, and a large Chinese farm worker population existed in the Sacramento Valley and Delta, including Woodland. The café was founded by Young family in 1903, and continues in the ownership of their descendant Paul Fong and his wife. They are growing old, and the future of this historic café is uncertain (Garrison 2024).
The Mandarin pronunciation is za sui. “Leftovers” is more often used to refer to the odd bits of animals, and the dish has another past as a way of using up chicken gizzards, intestines, lungs, and the like, as pointed out by Hai-Ming Liu (2009) and Miranda Brown (2021). This makes the dish comparable to Mexico’s menudo (“little parts”) and birria (“leftovers”), made from tripe and from the leftovers of sheep and goat butchering respectively.
The dish is venerable. The first mention is in China’s great fantasy novel, Journey to the West by Wu Cheng’en. The trickster-hero Monkey threatens to make chop suey from the organs of a demon if it swallows him. The demon gives up the project (vol. 1, p. 75, reference from Facebook posting by Jim McClanahan, Jan. 2022).
Recently, this once-humble dish has occasioned a publishing explosion. Major authorities have devoted books and articles to it. These include Miranda Brown (2021), Andrew Coe (2009), Haiming Liu (2009, 2015), Anne Mendelson (2016) and Yong Chen (2014) have chronicled the progress of chop suey and other Chinese-American foods; Yong Chen gives some recipes.
Other memorable foods of the old chop suey houses were chow mien (chao min, fried noodles, with sauce), egg foo young (fuyong, omelet-like stirred eggs), tofu dishes, won ton soup, and stir-fried meat with vegetables. Often this consisted largely of undercooked vegetables with tiny shreds of meat. At best, it would have oyster sauce added. “Beef with broccoli” was one standard, substituting American broccoli for kai laan choy, often called “Chinese broccoli” though actually a form of Chinese cabbage.
Another standard was yatka mien, from Cantonese yat ko mien (or min or men), “one bowl of noodles.” This normally meant just regular noodles, with some green onions, barbecued pork, and the like, but the irrepressible culinary genius of New Orleans has made it into a whole new dish, yakamein. This is a hangover cure, sometimes known as “Old Sober,” and made of “spaghetti, chopped beef, green onions, and chopped hard-boiled eggs, drowned in a tangy beef broth, spiced up with hot sauce and soy sauce, and sprinkled with liberal amounts of Creole seasoning” (Gastro Obscura, online newsletter, 2019).
Ever-present was the fortune cookie, based on the Japanese tea wafer, but converted in the United States to something like a sugar cookie; it was and still is folded (when still pliable) around a slip of paper bearing a “fortune” or a wise saying. They were invented in San Francisco (though San Franciscans like to blame them on Los Angeles). The fortunes were apparently added during the Panama-Pacific International Exposition in 1915, by the Benkiyodo bakery, possibly in relation to the Sperry Flour Company’s huge display at that fair (Peters 2013:179-180). They were quickly picked up by Chinese restaurants.
San Franciscans tend to blame it on Los Angeles and vice versa (McDermott 2000). One Anglo-American man in San Francisco made a career of writing the fortunes for the restaurants there. The fortune cookie found chroniclers in Jennifer 8 Lee (2009; yes, 8 is her middle name), and in Terry McDermott (2000), who researched it thoroughly for an article (a very humorous one) in the Los Angeles Times. Many of the fortunes are recycled bits of Western wisdom literature, and many of the fortune-writers are not Chinese.
It turns out the fortune cookie does indeed come from Japan (Peters 2013). It is a cut-down, Americanized version of a Kyoto temple cookie. Makoto Hagiwara started the trend around 1900, at the Japanese Tea Garden in Golden Gate Park. Apparently it converged there (or near there) on the American sugar cookie. The fortune in the cookie goes back to the Golden Gate Park tea garden, and is found in Kyoto at least in recent years. Fortune cookies were a new and strange item in Hong Kong when I was first there in 1965; restauranteurs could not imagine why American tourists were insisting on them as inevitable Chinese restaurant trappings.
Fuchsia Dunlop has discovered in Shanghai a wafer of batter “pressed between two round irons” and then folded ovr a stuffing of “crushed nuts and sugar” (Dunlop 2016:293). This resembles the fortune cookie and is probably related to the Japanese tea wafer, but more interesting is its obvious relationship to central Asian sweets, including baklava. We are almost certainly dealing here with another central Asian sweetmeat survival. The “glutinous rice buns stuffed with candied rose petals” that Dunlop records for Suzhou (Dunlop 2016:292) are also of likely central Asian or Turkic relationship.
New waves of ever-more-affluent, ever-more-educated immigrants brought higher standards, and now the best restaurants in Los Angeles, New York, and San Francisco are as good as any (except perhaps the very best) in Hong Kong or Taiwan. The Los Angeles area now has highly specialized restaurants; one excellent one specializes in hui tou, a shallow-fried dumpling like a pot-sticker but larger and juicier, with a rather thick wheat-flour skin surrounding finely minced, highly flavored pork or beef. Vegetarian and Buddhist restaurants exist, as do ones specializing in Zhuang minority food, Manchurian food, medical food, and countless other items. Dumplings are so popular that non-Han experts are emerging. Christopher St. Cavish, from Florida but now resident in China, has made a study of the xiao long bao (“little dragon dumpling,” a big meat dumpling boiled in soup, a Shanghainese specialty). He found that the ideal skin was thinner than 1.36 mm (which is very thin), 20% soup within, and folded with many pleats at the top (18-20 seems ideal but perhaps excessive; see Makinen 2015).
The southeast Asian immigration to America has brought thousands of ethnic-Chinese Vietnamese, Cambodians, Thai, and others, many of whom start complex fusion restaurants. For one example, the Mien Nghia Noodle Express in the San Gabriel Valley is Teochiu-Vietnamese. It serves almost exclusively noodle dishes, with all sorts of noodles: fine rice to wide rice, small egg-wheat noodles to large ones, and so on. The food is a Vietnamese-influenced fusion of Cantonese and Teochiu. The menu is in Chinese characters, English, and Vietnamese (in that order). Similarly complex blends, involving many Chinese and Southeast Asian traditions, abound in the San Gabriel Valley.
Far from all restaurants come up to this standard. Even the old-fashioned “chop suey joint” survives in rural communities; it has become all but extinct in urban America.
An odd side note on China in America is the development of the Bing cherry by Ah Bing, a six-foot-tall northern Chinese man working for the Quaker farm family of Lewelling in the late 19th century in Oregon. Seth Lewelling generously named the cherry after Bing (Newman 2019a).
Similar progress is documented for Australia, Japan, England, and elsewhere, with perhaps less eclipse of the low-end (Cheung and Tan 2007; Wu 2011; Wu and Cheung 2002). David Wu, anthropologist and self-described Chinese gourmet, has traveled widely in the world, and eaten at every sort of Chinese restaurant from the humblest New Guinea émigré shack to the finest and most expensive restaurants in China and Taiwan. He provides us a memoir (Wu 2011) with his reminiscences and frank opinions of Chinese food around the world—finding it very lacking indeed in many of the émigré communities.
In western South America, Chinese restaurants are known as chifa. The Chinese immigration to Peru came in the late 19th century, with Chinese labor imported for the worst and most unpleasant jobs, such as mining guano on bird islands. Chinese restaurants soon appeared in Lima, Peru, especially near the Santa Rosa cathedral and market at city center; a few blocks there became a Chinatown. The word chifa is apparently a Spanish corruption of Cantonese jyu faan, “cook rice” (Siu 2022), but may be from Cantonese sik faan “eat rice.” The food is typical of the old “chop suey joint” style. It provides cheap, filling food. Peruvian items such as guinea pig slowly began to appear on the menus, and now a real fusion cuisine exists. New “wine palaces” in the central cities have not displaced the old chifas.
In Hawaii, the old “chop suey joints”—fondly remembered by working-class sand student-class Hawaiians—have given way to “all you can eat buffets” that provide modernized but bland fare (Wu 2008; similar restaurants exist on the mainland, but are not so common). There are many Native Hawaiian and mainland Anglo-American influences in the cuisine. Emphasis has been on providing cheap, filling food to a varied but typically nonaffluent clientele. David Wu, veteran of countless meals in the Chinese diaspora and long resident in Hawaii, concludes that, in Hawaii, “[i]t is very difficult at this time to identify any Chinese restaurants that provide a fine dining and exquisite culinary experience” (Wu 2008:23). Fortunately, this is not true of the Pacific Coast mainland, nor any longer of Hawaii.
Saimin noodles—from Cantonese for “small noodles”—have become rather Japanified, leaving the Hawaiians in doubt as to whether they were originally a Chinese or Japanese dish, but very clear that they are now a Hawaiian dish (Hino 2017).
Chinese overseas continue to celebrate with traditional foods—long-life noodles for birthdays, cakes and sweets for life-passsage rites and at New Year, buns, dumplings, roast meat (Newman et al. 1988). In general, as Chinese immigrants acculturate to receiver societies, drinks and snacks change first; traditional festive dishes change last.
Noodles have received their own excellent and thorough history, Slippery Noodles by Hsiang Ju Lin (2015). This book actually tells the whole story of Chinese food, but focuses on the rise and development of this favorite item. An odd recent fad was knife-shaved noodles, cut off a block of dough (Wank 2015). These briefly went worldwide in Chinese restaurants. Chinese food is as prone to fads and fashions as any other, and always has been, as have fashions; “changeless China” did have some slow-to-change aspects, like the reliance on millets and rice, but some things change fast. (Serventi and Sabban, Pasta, 2002, remains the basic work on the history of noodles and pasta in the west; it has much on China also.)
And, last but not least, we learn that in New Zealand the Cantonese have invented “beetroot kau yuk,” meat in alternate slices with beets, with cooked-down juices poured over—basically the classic meat-and-taro dish with beets instead of taro (video from “Sik Fan Lah!” Cantonese cooking program, with Nathan Joe, shared by my niece-in-law Cassandra Naleileihua, 2023).
I have developed an interest in cultural ways that “swim upstream,” i.e. that not only survive in the face of Americanization but actually invade America itself. Chinese food and Italian food are the clear winners in this sweepstakes, though Andean and Celtic music, Australian Aboriginal art, French and Australian wines, and various other cultural entities are noteworthy as well.
In general, things that “swim upstream” have to be really good, and they have to be actively merchandised. It helps if they are purveyed by prestigious urban communities, but this is obviously not necessary, given the success of Australian Aboriginal art and Andean indigenous music. Some things fail simply because they come from cultures that do not like high-pressure salesmanship. A comparison I did between Finnish food and Chinese food in America revealed that Finnish restaurants failed not because the food was bad but because traditional Finnish hospitality requires that guests be fed without charge!
Other immigrant communities (the Ethiopian, for instance) were less charitable and did well, but kept restaurants going just long enough to put their children through college, whereupon the children became engineers, lawyers and other white-collar workers. A brief burst of Ethiopian restaurants in major American cities has narrowed to a small number of dedicated survivors in areas where some immigration still goes on.
By contrast, the Chinese, even when college educated, love to start restaurants. The distinguished Sinologist and anthropologist Vivienne Lo, for instance, continues to carry on the family tradition; her father was the famous chef and restauranteur Kenneth Lo. Now, she helps her sister Jenny Lo with professional cooking and cookbook writing (Lo and Lo 2003). Chinese food is taking over the world more surely than American fast food. One reason is the dedication of Chinese in all walks of life to good eating. Another is the popularity of Chinese food with virtually everybody.
Meanwhile, American food, inevitably often at its worst, has invaded East Asia. A superb collection of studies edited by James Watson (1997) records the progress of McDonald’s Hamburgers in Asia. Yan Yunxiang (1997), writing in Watson’s book, records how McDonald’s in China became the “in” place for sophisticated, worldly young people to be seen—a far cry from its identification in its homeland with more humble social realms. I have seen the same thing in Hong Kong. It always amazed me to see Hong Kong citizens, arguably the most food-conscious gourmets that have ever existed on this planet, flocking to a restaurant of this nature. (Incidentally, McDonald’s started in the next city to where I live: the hardscrabble city of San Bernardino, California. The McDonald brothers first opened a roadhouse a few miles to the west of the town, then settled in San Bernardino and began to branch out. The real spread of the chain, however, took place after they retired and sold out to Roy Kroc, who internationalized the chain. See Schlosser 2002. Roy Kroc and his wife became leading philanthropists, investing the huge profits of the chain in many good causes.)
There was in 2012 a vast potato chip boom in China. Lay’s had the largest market share, but there were local imitations. Growers displaced grassland and herders in Inner Mongolia to grow the potatoes. Quality control was a problem—only 1 out of 3 big potatoes usually makes the cut (!). The sustainable grassland-herding economy gave way to an unsustainable potato boom (K. D. Anderson and Isenhour 2012). The boom wilted, and one hopes the grass could return.
With globalization, international influences have also influenced Chinese food in its homeland. First, the worldwide mid-20th-century fondness for meat, oil and sugar influenced Chinese food, which became far less healthy than it had formerly been. This process ran from about the middle 1960’s to the 1990’s. By the 1980s, a reaction was beginning, again tracking trends elsewhere. The emphasis returned to healthier fare, with smaller portions, more vegetables, more delicate cooking, more attention to fresh high-quality ingredients, and above all less fat and sugar.
This may have been “nouvelle” cuisine in France and America, but it was, for China, a return to the status quo ante. It has certainly led to what almost anyone would describe as a marked improvement, if one compares a good Chinese restaurant today with one 20 years ago. But the great restaurants of 40 and more years ago remain, in my opinion, unequalled today. The biggest difference is in the ingredients. Few if any restauranteurs today raise their own chickens and feed them entirely on sesame seeds, for instance. And, more tragically, the superb sea foods of the old days simply do not exist any more. They have been fished to extinction.
On the other hand, nouvelle cuisine is alive and well in China’s newly opulent cities with their nouveaux riches desperate for status consumption (see e.g. Farquhar 2002). Cantonese cuisine has benefited, or suffered, depending on one’s taste, and the resulting challenge to Cantonese tradition has been the subject of a stunningly good and thorough review by Jakob Klein (2007). Klein documents the rise of expensive nouvelle Cantonese restaurants in Hong Kong and Guangzhou; meanwhile the traditional food suffers some eclipse, partly because of the difficulty of getting good ingredients in these environmentally-sad times. Klein’s investigation of the sociological and personal experiences that result defies summary and needs serious reading. Klein has also given wonderful accounts of the revival of traditional Cantonese food in Guangzhou; some old-timers are not satisfied, but at least they have something of the good old days back (Klein 2006, 2007). Klein tells of Old Uncle Lu, who complains of sloppy cooking but still eats at the venerable teashop in the center of town.
“Fusion cuisine” has become a fad in California and some other multicultural environs. Chinese food is often blended with French, Japanese, Italian, and other “great” cuisines (D. Wu 2012). The results are always striking and sometimes (!) successful…. One remembers that this is no new phenomenon; fusion cuisine at its most fused (so to speak) is documented in the Yinshan Zhengyao and many similar medieval works.
All this raises the question of “authenticity.” Obviously, by now, “authentic” Chinese food is a very slippery concept. Hamburgers are not authentic Chinese food, but what do you say about the split bao buns stuffed with flattened Chinese meatballs that were popular a few years ago in teashops? They were thoroughly traditional in taste, but made to look like the prestigious hamburger. And what of the thousands of species of fish and shellfish now used in Chinese restaurants round the world? Most were unknown in old China, but they are now cooked in thoroughly Chinese ways, and they taste just fine. And it always makes me feel a bit weird to eat hot-and-sour soup (suanlatang) that doesn’t have dried daylily buds or coagulated blood in it. But, in much of the world, you can’t get daylily buds, and people won’t eat blood. So, hot-and-sour soup adapts. Some westernization is a total disaster, such as using sherry instead of Chinese jiu in cooking, or thickening sauces with flour. Other westernization works fine, such as adopting asparagus and other newly-Asianized western vegetables. One has to look case by case. (Lo and Lo’s 2003 cookbook talks thoughtfully about such matters; see also David Wu 2008)
So I prefer to talk about what is traditional—what has been around for generations—and what is new. Then I care about whether the result tastes good. I let someone else worry about “authenticity.”
Chapter 16. Food as Medicine
As usual, Joseph Needham’s magisterial Science and Civilisation in China series is the place to start. Needham’s own contributions to the medical sections (Needham and Lu 1974; Needham, Ho and Lu 1976) are basic, not only at grounding the medical tradition, but at comparing it with European medicine. Needham lacked only a knowledge of the Near Eastern and Central Asian contributions, a gap that Paul Buell and I have tried to fill (Buell, Anderson and Perry 2010; Buell and Anderson 2021). Needham and his team provided a full introduction to incenses and elixirs, including the eating of poisons in the hopes of achieving immortality, an area of research vastly expanded and updated by Yan Liu in Healing with Poisons (2021).
Needham’s comparisons of China and Europe stress intellectual parallels and similarities. He saw China, Europe, and other civilizations working toward a common goal of understanding the world through science—broadly defined. Anyone who looked at the world and engaged in serious, ongoing attempts to understand it and predict reality would count. Nathan Sivin famously countered by stressing the basic, essential differences of these civiliations, and the lack of a common project.
Needham answered Nathan Sivin’s various claims that Chinese medicine is a totally separate, intellectually closed world, thus making comparisons with the west irrelevant. Time has not been kind to Sivin; Buell and I closed the circle by documenting the enormous influences from the west to China over millennia (Buell et al. 2020; Buell and Anderson 2021). Needham suspected, but did not realize, the extent of connection. The problem goes deeper than Sivin’s lack of knowledge. Sivin had a wrong-headed notion of “culture” as a closed system, a steel-walled sphere, structured so as to be impregnable. For him, Chinese medicine was a neat, consistent intellectual creation. In fact, “culture” in this sense is a scholars’ creation. Ordinary people have knowledge systems, but these are messy, constantly changing, and not necessarily internally consistent. They are dynamic. They are means of coping with the world, not philosophic creations intended to be timeless. They are thus made up of science in Needham’s sense, since ordinary people must understand reality enough to make a living, and genuinely different beliefs and principles that are distinctive, though never independent from neighboring cultures
Bernard Read’s classic studies have been drawn on for The Food of China (Anderson 1988, but I may now add “The Dragon in Chinese Medicine” (Read 1939). We need all the dragons we can get. The main medicinal use, of course, was in the form of “dragon bones,” i.e. fossils; they were a good source of calcium, and used for that was often identifiably calcium shortage.
Judith Farquhar’s classic studies of Chinese medicine included a fine essay, “Eating Chinese Medicine” (1994), which even deals with gourmet aspects of Chinese medicinal foods.
A huge study of Chinese medicinal foods was done by Ute Engelhardt and Carl-Hermann Hampen (1997), but I have not seen it. The same goes for a shorter work by Heine (1988).
Since Pillsbury’s classic article (1978) there have been several studies of “doing the month”—recovering from childbirth. Pregnant women are at first cold for three months, then neutral, then hot, and have to eat accordingly. Women after childbirth still stay warm and quiet and eat high-protein, high-iron foods; the custom, so valuable if restricting, has not changed as much as most traditions in this modern world. Pork liver is a favorite for this and for building blood. It works, being the richest in iron and vitamin B12 of any common food. Pigs’ feet cooked with vinegar and Chinese wine provide calcium and other minerals. Also valued are eggs—often in incredible quantities—and greens. Red foods such as red jujubes, peanuts (Chinese peanuts have red skins), and red wine are used for buillding blood, but with less excuse—they have some value, but their color is the main draw. By similar magical thinking, black foods—black jujubes, black chickens, black dog meat, Guinness Stout (called “black dog” in colloquial Chinese)—are used to build body. Their saturated color is thought to indicate their strength. Variants of “doing the month” occur widely in Eurasia, from Bangladesh to Spain and thence to the New World, so it may be a part of the Greek humoral medical tradition that shares that distribution. Some scholars have seen it as part of the repression of women common in those cultures, but the fact is that “doing the month” involved rest, warming, and diet that was necessary to the survival of mothers and infants in the old days. It now receives some support from modern medical writers—at least the milder forms involving rest and good protein-rich food, not the mother-roasting and restriction to the house. Those made sense in the old days of rampant infection, but no longer do.
Infant feeding methods in old times were studied by B. S. Platt and S. Y. Gin (undated separate from Archives of Disease in Childhood, ca. 1938). In the 1930s, Chinese (largely Yangzi Delta people) breastfeeding was almost universal. Thirty-six families had used a wet nurse; otherwise, mothers nursed their infants, though six mothers used powdered milk (having been apparently unable to nurse) and one claimed, unbelievably, to have used only rice powder. Rice powder was used as supplement from very early. From five or six months, soft rice supplemented the milk, and from about eight months, soup, eggs, and the like. Chinese jujubes often came in at this point to promote blood and body; the jujubes do have iron and vitamin C. Mothers ate pork, dry beans, cuttlefish, chicken, shrimp, sea cucumber, Chinese wine, wheat cakes, and millet to produce more milk. They were aware of the nutritional value of silkworms, which are indeed very rich in vitamins and minerals. The pupae are a standard food after the silk is reeled from them. Interestingly, soymilk was not used for feeding babies.
Burton Pasternak and Wang Ching did another look at this much later (Pasternak and Ching 1985). They found that mothers in urban China still breastfed their babies up to 20 months or more. China was thankfully free from ads for formula. Boys and girls got equal nursing time and amount, in spite of continuing attitudes favoring boys n most ways.
The myths die hard. I heard in Taiwan in the 1970s that certain rich and powerful individuals abstained from rice noodles, humorally dry foods (such as peanuts), etc., eating instead a good deal of easily digested, nutritious food like chicken and vegetables and fruits. They drink honey and use little oil. This enables them to enjoy many lovers, which in turn built more vigor, since they could absorb yin energy from them. They even eat ground pearls to supplement yang force.
Of course, some plants really are nutritionally superior. In addition to the pine seeds noted above (and now threatened by overharvesting; Allen 1989), the berries and leaves of Chinese wolfthorn (Lycium chinense; go qi zi and go qi zai respectively) are so rich in vitamins and minerals that they have served as de facto vitamin pills for millennia.
The dietary combinations (shiwu xiangfan or shiwu xiangke—“food things that mutually dominate”) so feared in Chinese tradition have received some further attention since my coverage in The Food of China; see Lo (2005). Incompatibilities between medicine and food have a different name, fuyao shiji.
Tea is proving itself; green tea, in particular, turns out to be preventive of heart disease, and other degenerative conditions. It may help with cancer (or may not; Eisenstein 2023). This confirms the long-maligned enthusiasm of the famous Dutch “tea doctor,” Bontekoe, who was long ridiculed for insightfully making these claims in the 17th century. This is apparently because of the catechin tannins and other bioflavinoids and polyphenols that tea contains. “White tea”—tea leaves steamed at picking and then dried, so that they retain more of their chemical compounds—is better still. It slows bacterial growth and kills fungi (Conis 2005).
Soy sauce is, on the one hand, a superb source of vitamins and amino acids, but on the other it is high in salt. This was once necessary—there were few other sources—but today it adds to a highly salted modern diet, with bad effects for sensitive people. Tofu, on the other hand, reduces risk of heart disease (Eisenstein 2023).
Then there are other medicinal matters…. Cockroaches, boiled to treat colds and pimples, found a more subtle yet direct use in the Castle Peak Bay community where I lived for two years. When a child was “shamming sick” to get out of going to school, his or her mother would quickly brew up some cockroaches and say, “All right, here, take this.” The usual response was, “No, no, I’m fine, I’m going to school!”
More serious is the use of endangered species as bu pin (supplementing foods; supposedly strengthening and tonic) or other uses. Pangolins are now endangered worldwide because of the alleged, but wholly imaginary, medicinal value of their scales. The Yellow-breasted Bunting (Emberiza aureola; huangxiong wu) formerly occurred in tens of millions. It is now down to tens of thousands. Always a popular food but able to survive heavy hunting, it was first hit hard by Mao Zedong’s anti-sparrow campaign. That campaign quickly died when huge insect outbreaks followed the slaying of sparrows, buntings, and other small birds, but then the bunting came increasingly (at least since the 1990s) to be seen as a bu pin, and massacred accordingly, though it is now protected. The world population is down to a few tens of thousands, and the bird may soon be extinct (Yali Wang et al. 2019).
Several hallucinogenic plants were known to Chinese traditional medicine, including henbane (Hyoscyamus niger), datura (Datura spp.), marijuana (Cannabis sativa), and toxic mushrooms including Amanita and a “laughing mushroom” that may have been a Panaeolus (Li 1977). These plants made people see ghosts or “devils.” Some plants that are toxic but not really hallucinogenic were classed with them; Phytolacca and Ranunculus, for instance.
Moving from historical research to China today (see e.g. Farquhar 1993, 1994; Kleinman et al. 1975): A brilliant new group of experts on Chinese medicine has arisen, many forming a network based around the Needham Institute at Cambridge. Their research has focused largely on clinical treatment practice (Hsu 1999, 2001), but food cannot be neglected in any study of Chinese medicine, and they do not neglect it (see esp. Engelhardt 2001; Engelhardt and Hempen 1997).
Livia Kohn has reviewed much Daoist practice (Kohn 2005). The Newman and Halporn (2004) anthology noted above has several articles on food and medicine, including one by myself (Anderson 2004). Chinese traditionally focused on trying to maximize longevity—not a surprising concern in a country whose traditional life expectancy was in the 25-30 range. Equally unsurprising, given China’s history of famine, was the fact that they were most concerned with nutrition. Poetry reflected health beliefs; Taoist poetry is full of medical views (Cheng and Collet 1998).
Chinese food is indeed very healthy, or once was. Ironically, much of the health value comes not from the foods believed to be good for you, but from the humble, often-despised everyday grains and greens. Studies by T. Colin Campbell and associates at Cornell University in the 1980s and 1990s showed that Chinese under traditional rural conditions had incredibly low levels of cholesterol (average 127—vs. over 200 in the contemporary USA), were lean and in good shape, and had very low rates of heart disease, many cancers, and other circulatory and degenerative ailments (Campbell and Campbell 2005; Campbell and Chen 1994; Chen et al 1990; Lang 1989). Some areas, at least, had rather high rates of cancer. Cancer incidence can increase from having too low a cholesterol level (Barbara Anderson, personal communication). But, in general, traditional Chinese food was healthful. Some “long-life villages” in south China—often Thai-speaking villages—have especially long life expectancies (as do villages in parts of southern Japan, notably Okinawa, which has the highest life expectancy in the world). The secret seems to be mountain air and water, mountain exercise, and a diet of whole or nearly-whole grains, vegetables, some fish, and little meat.
Chinese women traditionally breastfed for a long time, sometimes three years (but usually half of that). Frequent pregnancy and long lactation, and frequent spells of malnutrition, meant that women rather rarely menstruated, which may explain Chinese beliefs about menstruation as a rather strange and dangerous state (Harrell 1981). A large number of fascinating medical beliefs about breasts, breastfeeding, and breast health went—in general—to support breastfeeding in traditional China, but some were complex medical beliefs with obscure origins (see Wu 2011).
On the other hand, liver flukes abounded of old, thanks largely to eating raw or undercooked carp and similar fish. Opisthorchis viverrini is particularly common today. “Many still believe that the O. viverrini parasite can be killed through fermentation, preparation of raw fish with chilies or lime, or consumption with alcohol” (Ziegler et al 2011). No, and even freezing, salting and drying do not kill it. There is no solution except thorough cooking.
Today, the situation is changing, and not always for the better. Eating more meat, fat, and sugar, and less vegetables, bean curd, and unprocessed grain, has led to skyrocketing rates of obesity and diabetes. Longevity increases with modern medicine, but heart attacks are commoner. Moreover, the Chinese government has turned away from its spectacular early successes in medical care, which more than doubled life expectancy from the 1940s to the 1980s. Health spending as a part of total government spending declined “from 28% to 14% between 1981 and 1993, allocation to the rural ‘cooperative medical-insurance system’ decreased from 20% to 2%,” while rampant corruption and price-gouging have denied care to the poor (Dong, Hoven and Rosenfeld 2005:573-574). Given the epidemics of SARS, AIDS, and COVID-19, as well as the drastic decline in healthy eating, China is in deep trouble. Problems for the future include not only obesity and diabetes, but specific deficiencies, such as anemia (chronic in China for millennia) and folic acid deficiency (an emergent danger with the decline in eating vegetables and whole grains). Folic acid deficiency is probably the major cause of birth defects round the world, and is problematic though now rather uncommon increasing in China.
This is not without effect. Xu Lin, a Chinese nutritionist who had studied under Campbell, says: “Before the 1980s, the diabetes rate in China was lower than 1%. Now it’s over 12%.” (Quoted in Ye and Leeming 2023:S14.) The rate is up to 20% in the elderly. In 1980, the disposable income of urban residents was less than 500 yuan each year (US $294 at the time). Rurual residents, who then accounted for 80% of the country’s population, each had only 190 yuan” (Ye and Leeming 2023:S14). As of 2023, disposable income is over 100 times as high. Much of it goes for meat, often fatty, and sweets. The old grain-and-vegetables diet is rare now. Heart disease and obesity have increased accordingly.
On the other hand, life expectancy continues to increase (so far), and the Chinese live almost as long as Westerners. In Taiwan, and parts of south China, they live as long as do the inhabitants of many European nations or the United States. Food and medical care continue to be reasonably adequate, and the scale of differences from two generations ago are almost unparalleled in world history. However, public health care is declining seriously in rural areas (Arif Dirlik, talk of May 26, 2005, UCR), threatening the future.
Meanwhile, Chinese medicinal food has spread to the western world, not only via books but also via such restaurants as the TT Chinese Imperial Cuisine of San Gabriel, CA—a restaurant serving medicinal foods to the local Chinese community. In China itself, restaurants serving yaoshan—“medical dining,” traditional medicinal dishes—have been growing in number and elaborateness since their beginning around 1980 in Sichuan. They use variously-updated recipes from the medical-nutrition classics.
And the Chinese were right about one thing: there are five tastes, not four. To the west’s classic four tastes—salt, sweet, sour, and bitter—they added a fifth, shan, “meaty.” A Japanese researcher in the early 20th century confirmed this, finding that the human tongue has receptors for glutamate, giving us the taste known in Japanese (and now in English) as umami. This gives the spark to MSG and many Asian ferments. And to end this ms with a correction: In 1988 I reported that MSG could cause flushing and discomfort, the “Chinese restaurant syndrome.” This seems to be a rare allergy, not a normal event; the syndrome was usually psychosomatic. It was depessingly hyped by racist attitudes.
Chinese medicinal cooking is a fine art in its own right. Medicinal food restaurants, usually specializing in bu pin, now abound. The Nature Pagoda in San Gabriel, a small café, has been enduring since 1997, serving herbal soups and nutraceutical sand pots (clay pots) and desserts, as well as more ordinary snacks. Soups generally pair a medicinal herb like ginseng with such bu pin staples as “old chicken” (advertised as such), dried scallops, duck, pig’s tail, black chicken, and even ox penis. The base is usually broth from those old chickens. (Older ones are more strong and vigorous, so more bu.) One adds chingbuliang—“cleansing, strengthening, and cooling,” chingpouleung in Cantonese—herbs to the chicken. The mix is a classic Cantonese cooling herbal soup. The clay pots have the same basic meats, plus salted fish of various kinds, ground pork, and a bed of white rice. The food is clear, simple, refined, and very mild in flavor, as is typical of such medicinal restaurants.
Healing Herbal Soups, by Rose Cheung and Genevieve Wong, is a wonderful introduction to Cantonese folk medicine. The authors explain hot, cold, damp (wet), and dry, the values of bu pin (pou pan in Cantonese) and chingpouleung soup, the many virtues of “monk gourd” (their name for lohan guo), and all the virtues of the many excellent herbal soup recipes they provide. Many of these include pork and other good foods; one avoids the herbs but eats the regular foodstuffs. They are aware of the virtues of goji berries, the need for warming and restorative soups after childbirth, and the alleged wonders of ginseng. They recycle the classic Cantonese belief that male poultry are “poison,” i.e. bring out poisons in the system. They also advise not using the head and neck of poultry, and of seeking out black chickens (which are for sale in Chinese markets in southern California). They have a great deal of information on the seasons; each season has its special herbal soups. They also have a quite amazing guide to what activity and rest to do in each two-hour period of the day, starting, as Chinese days do, at 11:00 p.m. Each Chinese hour (two western hours) has its particular organ associated, and particular levels of rest or activity to keep it healthy. The advice is excellent, though of course the organs do not really change suddenly when the clock strikes the hour; it is a gradual shift with much overlapping and slow change. Their Cantonese folk medical advice and basic Chinese herbal and medical lore all seem perfectly traditional. They also provide what they can of international biomedical findings, but here they are a bit spacy—not always able to separate Chinese claims from proven facts. A very minor problem with a wonderful book.
References
Abe, Ken-Ichi, and James E. Nickum (eds.). 2009. Good Earths: Regional and Historical Insights into China’s Environment. Kyoto: Kyoto University Press; Melbourne: Trans Pacific Press.
Abü Zayd al-Sīrafī. 2014. “Accounts of China and India.” In Two Arabic Travel Books. Tr. Tim Mackintosh-Smith. New York: New York University Press.
Aijmer, Göran. 1965. The Dragon Boat Festival on the Hupeh-Hunan Plain, Central China: A Study in the Ceremonialism of the Transplantation of Rice. Stochkholm: Ethnographical Museum of Sweden. Pub. 9
— 2003. New Year Celebrations in Central China in Late Imperial Times. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press.
— 2018. “Rice and Death in Southern China and the Shan States: Transforms in Iconic Grammar.” Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society https://doi.org/10.1017/S1356186318000585
Allen, Thomas B. 1989. “Shaking Gold from China’s Treetops.” International Wildlife 19:4:34-36.
Anderson, D.; Jan Salick; R. Moseley; O. Xiaokun. 2005. “Conserving the Sacred Medicine Mountains: A Vegetation Analysis of Tibetan Sacred Sites in Northwest Yunnan.” Biodiversity and Conservation 14:3065-3091.
Anderson, E. N. 1988. The Food of China. New Haven: Yale University Press.
— 1990. “Up Against Famine: Chinese Diet in the Early Twentieth Century.” Crossroads 1:1:11-24.
— 1991. “Chinese Folk Classification of Food Plants.” Crossroads 1:2:51-67.
— 2004. “Heating and Cooling Qi and Modern American Dietary Guidelines: Personal Thoughts on Cultural Convergence.” Newman and Halporn 2004:26-33.
— 2007. Floating World Lost: A Hong Kong Fishing Community. New Orleans: University Press of the South. Ix + 206 pp.
— 2009. “Northwest Chinese Cuisine and the Central Asian Connection.”
In Regionalism and Globalism in Chinese Culinary Culture, David Holm, ed. Taipei: Foundation of Chinese Dietary Culture. Pp. 49-78.
— 2011a. “China.” In Food Cultures of the World: Encyclopedia. Vol.: Asia, Ken Albala, ed. Santa Barbara, CA: ABC-Clio. Pp. 61-72.
— 2011b. “War, Migration, and Food in Mongol China: Yuan Dynasty Food and Medicine.” In Proceedings of the 12th Symposium on Chinese Dietary Culture. Taiwan:
Foundation for Chinese Dietary Culture. Pp. 1-32.
— 2013a. “Conquest, Migration and Food in Mongol China: Yuan Food in Chinese Context.” Journal of Chinese Dietary Culture 9:1-51.
— 2013b. “Learning Is Like Chicken Feet: Assembling the Chinese Food System.” International Conference on Foodways and Heritage, Conference Proceedings, Sidney C. H. Cheung and Chau Hing-wah, eds. Hong Kong: Government of Hong Kong, Leisure and Cultural Services Dept. Pp. 3-20.
— 2014. Food and Environment in Early and Medieval China. Philadelphia: Unviersity of Pennsylvania Press.
— 2016a. “Agriculture, Population, and Environment in Late Imperial China.” In Environment, Modernization and Development in East Asia: Perspectives from Environmental History, Ts’ui-jung Liu and James Beattie, eds. Houndsmill, Basingstoke, UK: Palgrave MacMillan. Pp. 31-58.
— 2023. Madame Wu’s Cookbook and Food in Song China. Talk, University of Toronto, Nov. 15.
— ms. “Food, Drink and Fashion from 300 to 900.” Forthcoming chapter in book on Chinese cultural history to be edited by Christopher Gerteis.
Anderson, E. N.; Teresa Wang; Victor Mair. 2005. “Ni Zan, Cloud Forest Hall Collection of Rules for Drinking and Eating.” In Hawai’i Reader in Traditional Chinese Culture, Victor Mair, Nancy Steinhardt and Paul R. Goldin, eds. Honolulu, HI: University of Hawaii Press. Pp. 444-455.
Anderson, Kyle David, and Cindy J. Isenhour. 2012. Hot Potato: The Political Ecology of China’s Chip Boom. Paper, American Anthropological Association, annual conference, San Francisco.
Andrade, Tonio. 2007. “Chinese Under European Rule: The Case of Sino-Dutch Mediator He Bin.” Late Imperial China 28:1-32.
Anusasanan, Linda Lau. 2012. The Hakka Cookbook: Chinese Soul Food from around the World. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Arnold, B. M.; T. E. Tung; R. D. Chong (eds.). 2018. Chop Suey and Sushi from Sea to Shining Sea. Fayetteville, AR: University of Arkansas Press.
Arora, David. 2008. “The Houses that Matsutake Built.” Economic Botany 62:278-290.
Atwood, Christopher. 2021. The Rise of the Mongols: Five Chinese Sources. Indianapolis, IN: Hackett.
Avieli, Nir. 2005. “Vietnamese New Year Rice Cakes: Iconic Festive Dishes and Contested National Identity.” Ethnology 44:167-189.
Avieli, Nir. 2012. Rice Talks: Food and Community in a Vietnamese Town. Bloomington: University of Indiana Press.
Bai Chingshun. 2015. “Lisu Food in Wuding County.” Flavor and Fortune, Spring, pp. 11-12.
Baker, Hugh. 1989. Review of The Food of China by E. N. Anderson. China Quarterly 119:661-662.
Banh, Jenny, and Haiming Liu (eds.). 2019. American Chinese Restaurants: Society, Culture and Consumption. New York: Routledge.
Barnes, Gina L. 2015. Archaeology of East Asia: The Rise of Civilization in China, Korea and Japan. 3rd edn. Oxford: Oxbow Books.
Bar-Yosef, Ofer, and Jouping Wang. 2012. “Paleolithic Archaeology in China.” Annual Review of Anthropology 41:319-335.
Beaujard, Philippe. 2009. Les mondes de l’océan Indien. Tome I: De la formation de l’État au premier système-monde Afro-Eurasien (4e millénaire av. J.-C. – 6e siècle apr. J.-C.). Paris: Armand Colin.
— 2012. Les mondes de l’Océan Indien. Tome II: L’océan Indien, au coeur des globalisations de l’ancien Monde du 7e au 15e siècle. Paris: Armand Colin.
Beck, J. Warren; Weijian Zhou; Cheng Li; Zhenkun Wu; Lara White; Feng Xian; Xianghui Kong; Zhisheng An. 2018. “A 550,000-year Record of East Asian Monsoon Rainfall from 10Be in Loess.” Science 360:877-881.
Bell, Lynda. 1997. One Industry, Two Chinas: Silk Filatures and Peasant-family Production in Wuxi County, 1865-1937. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
Bello, David. 2003. “The Venomous Course of Southwestern Opium: Qing Prohibition in Yunnan, Sichuan, and Guizhou in the Early Nineteenth Century.” Journal of Asian Studies 62:1109-1142.
Bello, David. 2016. Across Forest, Steppe, and Mountain: Environment, Identity and Empire in Qing China’s Borderlands. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
— 2018. “Cultivating Torghut Mongols in a Semi-arid Steppe. “ Journal of Chinese History 2:355-372.
Bellwood, Peter. 2023. First Farmers: The Origins of Agricultural Societies. 2nd edn. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley Blackwell.
Bender, Mark, and Aku Wuwu (ed. and trans.), Jjivot Zopqu (transcription). 2019. The Nuoso Book of Origins: A Creation Epic from Southwest China. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Ben-Ghiat, Ruth. 2020. Strongmen: Mussolini to the Present. New York: W. W. Norton.
Benn, Charles. 2002. China’s Golden Age: Daily Life in the Tang Dynasty. New York: Oxford University Press.
Benn, James A. 2005. “Buddhism, Alcohol, and Tea in Medieval China.” Sterckx 2005:213-236.
Benn, James. 2015. Tea in China: A Religious and Cultural History. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.
Birge, Bettine. 2002. Women, Property, and Confucian Reaction in Sung and Yuan China (960-1368). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Bjørn, Rasmus G. 2022. “Indo-European Loanwords and Exchange in Bronze Age Central and East Asia.” Evolutionary Human Sciences 4:e23.
Bodde, Derk. 1946. “Henry A. Wallace and the Ever-Normal Granary.” Far Eastern Quarterly 5:411-426.
Bohr, Paul Richard. 1972. Famine in China and the Missionary: Timothy Richard as Relief Administrator and Advocate of National Reform, 1876-1888. Cambridge, MA: East Asian Research Center, Harvard University.
Boivin, Nicole; Alison Crowther; Richard Helm; Dorian Q. Fuller. 2013. “East Africa and Madagascar in the Indan Ocean World.” Journal of World Prehistory 26:213-281.
Boxer, C. R. 2004. South China in the Sixteenth Century. Orig. 1953. Bangkok: Orchid Press.
Braje, Todd. 2016. Shellfish for the Celestial Empire: The Rise and Fall of Commercial Abalone Fishing in California. Salt Lake City: University of Utah Press.
Branner, David Prager. 2011. “Phonology in the Chinese Script and Its Relationship to Early Chinese Literacy.” In Writing and Literacy in Early China: Studies from the Columbia Early China Seminar, Li Feng and David Prager Branner, eds. Seattle: University of Washington Press. Pp. 85-137.
Bray, Francesca. 1984. Science and Civilisation in China. Vol. VI: Biology and Biological Technology. Part 2: Agriculture. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Bray, Francesca. 2019b. “Agriculture.” In The Cambridge History of China, Vol. 2, The Six Dynasties, 220-589, ed. by Albert Dien and Keith N. Knapp. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pp. 355-373.
Bray, Francesca. 2019b. “Where Did the Animals Go? Presence and Absence of Livestock in Chinese Agricultural Treatises.” In Sterckx, Roel; Martina Siebert; Dagmar Schäfer (eds.). 2019. Animals in Chinese History: Earliest Times through 1911. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pp. 118-138.
Bray, Francesca; Peter Coclanis; Edda Fields-Black; Dagmar Schafer. 2015. Rice: Global Networks and New Histories. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Brook, Timothy. 2005. The Chinese State in Ming Society. London: Routledge.
Brook, Timothy. 2010. The Troubled Empire: China in the Yuan and Ming Dynasties. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
— 2016. “Nine Sloughs: Profiling the Climate History of the Yuan and Ming Dynasties, 1260-1644.” Journal of Chinese History, 1:27-58.
Brown, Miranda. 2019. “Foreign Foods in Traditional Cookbooks.” Paper, Global Chinese Food conference, Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Dec. 7.
Brunson, Katherine; Brian Lander; Mindi Schneider. 2022. “Cattle and People in China from the Neolithic to the Present.” In Cattle and People: Interdisciplinary Approaches to an Ancient Relationship, Elizabeth Wright and Catarina Ginja, eds. Atlanta: Lockwood Press. Pp. 281-302.
Brunson, Katherine, Xin Zhao, Nu He, Xiangming Dai, Antonia Rodrigues, Dongya Yang. 2016. “New Insights into the Origin of Oracle Bone Divination: Ancient DNA from Late Neolithic Chinese Bovines.” Journal of Archaeological Science 74:35-44.
Bryan, Brett A.; Lei Gao; Yanqiong Ye; Xiufeng Sun; Jeffery D. Connor; Neville D. Crossman; Mark Stafford-Smith; Jianguo Wu; Chunyang He; Deyong Yu; Zhifeng Liu; Ang Li; Qingxu Huang; Hai Ren; Xiangzheng Deng; Hua Zheng; Jianming Niu; Guodong Han; Xiangyang Hou. 2018. “China’s Response to a National Land-system Sustainability Emergency. “ Nature 559:193-204.
Buck, John Lossig. 1937. Land Utilization in China. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Buell, Paul D., and E. N. Anderson. 2021. Arabic Medicine in China. Leiden: Brill.
Buell, Paul D.; E. N. Anderson; Montserrat de Pablo; Moldir Oskenbay. 2020. Crossroads of Cuisine: The Eurasian Heartland, the Silk Roads, and Foods. Leiden: Brill.
Buell, Paul D.; E. N. Anderson; Charles Perry. 2010. A Soup for the Qan. 2nd edn. Leiden: Brill.
Campany, Robert Ford. 2001. “Ingesting the Marvelous.” In Daoism and Ecology: Ways within a Cosmic Landscape, N. J. Girardot, J. Miller and X. Liu, eds. Cmabridge, MA: Harvard University Center for the Study of World Religions. Pp.
— 2015. A Garden of Marvels: Tales of Wonder from Early Medieval China. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.
Campbell, Aurelia. 2020. What the Emperor Built: Architecture and Empire in the Early Ming. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Campbell, Roderick; Yitzchak Jaffe; Christopher Kim; Camilla Sturm; Li Jaang. 2022. “Chinese Bronze Age Political Economies: A Complex Polity Provisioning Approach.” Journal of Archaeological Research 30:69-116.
Campbell, T. Colin, with Thomas M. Campbell II. 2005. The China Study. Dallas, TX: Benbella Books.
Campbell, T. Colin, and Chen Junshi. 1994. “Diet and Chronic Degenerative Disesases: Perspectives from China.” American Journal of Clinical Nutrition 59 (supplement):1153S-1161S.
Cao Xueqin and Gao E. 1973-1986. The Story of the Stone. 5 vols. Tr. David Hawkes and John Minford. Harmondsworth, Sussex: Penguin.
Chan, Annie. 2017. “From Milk and Wool: Vital Pastoral Crafts and Their Vitality in 21st Century Xinjiang.” Journal of Ethnobiology 37:542-560.
Chan Hok-Lam. 1988. “The Chien-Wen, Yung-Lo, Hung-His, and Hsüan-Te Reigns, 1399-1435.” In Cambridge History of China, vol. 7, The Ming Dynasty, 1368-1644, Part 1, Frederick Mote and Denis Twitchett, eds. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pp. 182-304.
Chan Yuk Wah. 2011. Banh Cuon and Cheung Fan: Searching for the Identity of the Steamed Rice-flour Roll.” In Chinese Food and Foodways in Southeast Asia and Beyond, Tan Chee-Beng, ed. Singapore: NUS Press. Pp.1156-174.
Chen Jin, Su Yin-Chun, Chen Gui-Qin, and Wang Wen-Dun. 1999. “Ethnobotanical Studies on Wild Edible Fruits in Southern Yunnan: Folk Names; Nutritional Value and Uses.” Economic Botany 53:2-15.
Chandler, Jo. 2024. “How ‘Cocaine of the Seas’ Is Wreaking Ecological Mayhem.” Nature 634:284-286.
Chaney, Wesley B. 2020. “Threats to Gong: Environmental Change and Social Transformation in Northwest China. “ Late Imperial China 41:45-94.
Chang, May Y. H., and Cordia Chu. 2014. “From Specialty Food to Food Heritage: A Case of Mullet Roe in Taiwan.” In Rethinking Asian Food Heritage, Sidney Cheung, ed. Taipei: Foundation for Chinese Dietary Culture. Pp. 140-176.
Chapman, Ian. 2014. “Festival and Ritual Calendar: Selections from Record of the Year and Seasons of Jing-Chu.” In Early Medieval China: A Sourcebook, Wendy Swartz, Robert Ford Campany, Yang Lu and Jessey J. C. Choo, eds. New York: Columbia University Press. Pp. 468-493.
Chaves, Jonathan. 2013. Every Rock a Universe: The Yellow Mountains and Chinese Travel Writing. Warren CT: Floating World.
Chen Jin, Su Yin-Chun, Chen Gui-Qin, and Wang Wen-Dun. 1999. “Ethnobotanical Studies on Wild Edible Fruits in Southern Yunnan: Folk Names; Nutritional Value and Uses.” Economic Botany 53:2-15.
Chen Junshi; T. Colin Campbell; Li Junyao; Richard Peto. 1990. Diet, Life-Style, and Mortality in China: A Study of the Characteristics of 65 Chinese Counties. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
Chen, Kefan; Liang Ning; Zhengyu Liu; Jian Liu; Mi Yan; Weiyi Sun; Linwang Yuan; Guonian Lu; Longhui Li; Chunhan Jin; Zhengguo Shi. 2020. “One Drought and One Volcanic Eruption Influenced the History of China: The Late Ming Mega-drought. “ Geophysical Research Letters e2020GL088124.
— 2023. Madame Wu’s Handbook on Home-Cooking: The Song Dynasty Classic on Home Cuisine. Linea Publishing, online.
Chen, Shengqian and Pei-lin Yu. 2017a. “Early ‘Neolithics’ of China: Variation and Evolutionary Implication.” Journal of Anthropological Research 73:149-180.
Chen, Shengqian and Pei-lin Yu. 2017b. “Intensified Foraging and the Roots of Farming in China.” Journal of Anthropological Research 73:381-412.
Chen Shu. 2013. “Collected Interpretations of the X Gong Xu.” Early China 35-36:135-156.
Chen, Teresa M. 2009. A Tradition of Soup: Flavors from China’s Pearl River Delta. Berkeley: North Atlantic Books.
Chen, Yong. 2014. Chop Suey, USA: The Story of Chinese Food in America. New York: Columbia University Press.
Cheng Wing-fun and Hervé Collet (eds.). 1998. Dans la cuisine du poète taoïste. Millemont (France): Moundarren.
Cheung, Rose, and Genevieve Wong. 2021. Healing Herbal Soups: Boost Your Immunity and Weather the Seasons with Traditional Chinee Recipes. New York: Tiller Press.
Cheung, Sidney. 2012. “From Foodways to Intangible Heritage: A Case Study of Chinese Culinary Resource, Retail and Recipe in Hong Kong.” International Journal of Heritage Studies, online, DOI:10.1080/13527258.2011.654237.
Cheung, Sidney C. H. 2020. “Reflections on the Historical Construction of Huaiyang Cuisine: A Study on the Social Development of Shanghai Foodways in Hong Kong. “ Global Food History 6:128-142.
— 2022. Hong Kong Foodways. Hong Kong University Press.
Cheung, Sidney C. H. (ed.). 2014. Rethinking Asian Food Heritage. Taipei, Taiwan: Foundation of Chinese Dietary Culture.
Cheung, Sidney, and Tan Chee-Beng. 2007. Food and Foodways in Asia: Resource, Tradition and Cooking. London: Routledge.
Chiang, Bien. 2011. “Market Price, Labor Input, and Relation of Production in Sarawak’s Edible Birds’ Nest Trade.” In Chinese Circulations: Capital, Commodities and Networks in Southeast Asia, Eric Tagliacozzo and Wen-Chin Chang, eds. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. Pp. 407-431.
Chien, Chih-Cheng, et al. 2025. “A Single Domestication Origin of Adzuki Bean in Japan and the Evolution of Domestication Genes.” Science 388:932.
Choo, Jessey J. C. 2014. “Between Imitation and Mockery: The Southern Treatments of Northern Cultures.” In Early Medieval China, A Sourcebook, Wendy Swartz, Robert Ford Campany, Yang Lu and Jessey J. C. Choo, eds. New York: Columbia Unversity Press. Pp. 60-76.
Chow, Kit, and Ione Kramer. 1990. All the Tea in China. San Francisco: China Books and Periodicals.
Christmas, Sakura. 2019. “Japanese Imperialism and Environmental Disease on a Soy Frontier, 1890-1940.” Journal of Asian Studies 78:809-835.
Clements, Jonathan. 2021. The Emperor’s Feast. London: Hodder & Stoughton.
Clift, Peter D., and Jade d’Alpoim Guedes. 2021. Monsoon Rains, Great Rivers, and the Development of Farming Civilizations in Asia. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Cobo, José; Joaquim Fort; Neus Isern. 2010. “The Spread of Rice in Eastern and Southeastern Asia Was Mainly Demic.” Journal of Archaeological Science 101:123-130.
Coe, Andrew. 2009. Chop Suey: A Cultural History of Chinese Food in the United States. New York: Oxford University Press.
Conis, Elena. 2005. “White Tea Merits Further Research.” Los Angeles Times, March 21, p. F3.
Cook, Constance A. 2013. “Sage King Yu and the Bin Gong Xu.” Early China 35-36:69-104.
Crow, Carl. 2008. 400 Million Customers. (Orig. 1937.) Hong Kong: Earnshaw Books.
Dai, Jinqi, et al. 2021. “Earliest Arrival of Millet in the South China Coast Dating Back to 5,500 Years Ago. “ Journal of Archaeological Science 129, 105356.
Dalin, Carole; Huanguang Qiu; Naota Hanasaki; Denise L. Mauzerall; Ignacio Rodriguez-Iturbe. 2015. “Balancing Water Resource Conservation and Food Security in China. “ Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 112:4588-4593.
D’Alpoim Guedes, Jade; Ming Jiang; Kunyu He; Xiaohong Wu; Zhanghua Jiang. 2013. “Site of Baodun Yields Earliest Evidence for the Spread of Rice and Foxtail Millet Agriculture to South-West China.” Antiquity 87:758-771.
Dang, Zhihao, et al. 2022. “Early Urban Occupation in the Tarim Basin: Recent Fieldwork Results from the Fortified Site of Kuiyukexiehai’er (Koyuk Shahri).” Antiquity 96:463-470.
Dannaway, Frederick. 2010. “Placing a Mountain into a Valley: Microcosmic Aesthetics and the Arts of Tea.” The Art of Tea 9:88-91.
Day, Alex Sasha. 2013. The Peasant in Postsocial China: History, Politics, and Capitalism. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Day, Alexander F. 2022. “State-Directed Capitalist Agrarian Change in the Creation of China’s Biggest Tea County: Integrating Capital and Labor in Meitan County, Guizhou.” Global Food History 8:213-231.
Deng, Gang. 1999. The Premodern Chinese Economy: Structural Equilibrium and Capitalist Sterility. London: Routledge.
Deng Yunte. 2020. The History of Famine Relief in China. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Deng, Zhenhua; Dorian Q. Fuller; Xiaolong Chu; Yanpeng Cao; Yuchao Jiang; Lizhi Wang; Houyuan Lu. 2019. “Assessing the Occurrence and Status of Wheat in Late Neolithic Central China: The Importance of AMS Radicarbon Dates from Xiazhai.” Vegetation History and Archaeobotany, https://rd.springer.com/article/10.1007/s00334-019-00732-7.
Deng, Zhenhua; Hsiao-chun Hung; Zhen Li; Mike T. Carson; Quiang Huang; Yunzhong Huang; Houyuan Lu. 2019. “Food and Ritual Resources in Hunter-Gatherer Societies: Canarium Nuts in Southern China and Beyond.” Antiquity 93:1460-1478.
Dien, Albert. 2007. Six Dynasties Civilization. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Dikötter, Frank. 2010. Mao’s Great Famine: The History of China’s Most Devastating Catastrophe, 1958-1962. New York: Walker and Co.
Dixon, Robyn. 2018. “A Harscrabble Way of Life Creeps Slowly Toward an End. “ Los Angeles Times, Dec. 26, A2.
Dodson, John, and Guanghui Dong. 2016. “What Do We Know about Domestication in Eastern Asia?” Quaternary International 426:2-9.
Dong, Guanghui, et al. 2016. “Chronology and Subsistence Strategy of Nuomuhong Culture in the Tibetan Plateau.”
Dong, Lei; Carlo Ratti; Siqi Zheng. 2019. “Predicting Neighborhoods’ Socioeconomic Attributes Using Restaurant Data.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 116:15447-15452.
Dong, Ningning, and Jing Yuan. 2020. “Rethinking Pig Domestication in China: Regional Trajectories in Central China and the Lower Yangtze Valley.” Antiquity 94, issue 376, 852-863.
Dong, Zigang; Christina W. Hoven; Allan Rosenfield. 2005. “Lessons from the Past: Poverty and Market Forces Combine to Keep Rural China Unhealthy.” Nature 433:573-574.
Dong, Yu; Chelsea Morgan; Yurii Chenenov; Ligang Zhou; Wenquan Fang; Xiaolin Ma; Kate Pechenkina. 2017. “Shifting Diets and the Rise of Male-based Inequality on the Central Plains of China during Central Zhou.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 114:932-937.
Dott, Brian R. 2020. The Chile Pepper in China: A Cultural Biography. New York: Columbia University Press.
Du Fu. 2016. The Poetry of Du Fu. Tr. Stephen Owen. Boston/Berlin: Walter De Gruyter.
Du, Shanshan. 2002. “Chopsticks Only Work in Pairs”: Gender Unity and Gender Equality among the Lahu of Southwest China. Columbia.
Du, Shuisheng; Xuan Li; Li Zhou; Haijiao Pang; Ofer Bar-Yosef; Xiaohong Wu. 2016. “Longquan Cave: An Early Upper Paleolithic Site in Henan Province, China. “ Antiquity 90:876-893.
Duan, Qimeng. 2025. Cultivating the Past: Chenopods and Barnyard Grasses as Potential Neglected Crops in Ancient China. MA thesis, Washington University, St. Louis.
Duan Ying. 2011. “The Chinese Foodways in Mandalay: Interaction, Localization and Identity.” In Chinese Food and Foodways in Southeast Asia and Beyond, Tan Chee-Beng, ed. Singapore: NUS Press. Pp.141-155.
DuBois, Thomas David. 2021. “China’s Old Brands: Commercial Heritage and Creative Nostalgia. “ International Journal of Asian Studies 18:45-59.
Dubois, Thomas David, and Xiao Kunbing. 2021. “China’s Food Culture Is Changing—Why It Matters.” Asia Global Online, Dec. 15, https://www.asiaglobalonline.hku.hk/chinas-food-culture-changing-why-it-matters
— 2006. “The Strange Tale of General Tso’s Chicken.” Oxford Symposium on Food and Cooking, 2005. Blackawton, Totnes, Devon: Prospect Books. Pp.165-177.
— 2007. “Transforming Eggs in Chinese Culinary Culture.” Oxford Symposium on Food and Cooking, 2006. Blackawton, Totnes, Devon: Prospect Books. Pp. 54-66.
— 2019c. “The Story of Kung Pao Chicken.” Los Angeles Times, Nov. 7, F1, F4-5.
— 2023. Invitation to a Banquet: The Story of Chinese Food. New York: W. W. Norton.
Dunstan, Helen. 1996. Conflicting Counsels to Confuse the Age: A Documentary Study of Political Economy in Qing China, 1644-1840. Ann Arbor: Center for Chinese Studies, University of Michigan.
— 2006. State or Merchant? Political Economy and Political Process in 1740s China. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press for Harvard University Asia Center.
Durrant, Stephen; Wai-yee Li; David Schaberg. 2020. The Zuo Tradition/ Zuozhuan Reader. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Dykstra, Maura. 2022. “Growing Up Before the Rebellion: Merchant Organization and Local Administration in Chongqing.” Late Imperial China 43:1-442.
Ebrey, Patricia. 2014. Emperor Huizong. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Egan, Ronald. 2013. “The Interrplay of Social and Literary Hisory: Tea in the Poetry of the Middle Historical Period.” In Scribes of Gastronomy: Representations of Food and Drink in Imperial Chinese Literature, Isaac Yue and Siufu Tang, eds. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press. Pp. 69-85.
Eisenstein, Michael. 2023. “Rich Pickings in Chinese Foods.” Nature 618:S15-S17.
Elert, Emily. 2014. “A Good Grain.” Nature 514:S50-S51.
Elias, Hajni. 2020. “Women’s Role in the Production and Sale of Alcohol in Han China as Reflected in Tomb Art from Sichuan. “ Early China 43:247-284.
Elliott, Mark C. 2009. Emperor Qianlong: Son of Heaven, Man of the World. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Longman (Pearson).
Elvin, Mark. 1973. The Pattern of the Chinese Past. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
— 2004. “Vale Atque Ave. “ In Science and Civilisation in China. Vol. 7, part 2, General Conclusions and Reflections, by Joseph Needham with others. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pp. xxiv-xliii.
Elvin, Mark, and Liu Ts’ui-Jung (eds.). 1998. Sediments of Time: Environment and Society in Chinese History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Engelhardt, Ute. 2001. “Dietetics in Tang China and the First Extant Works of Materia dietetica. “ In Innovation in Chinese Medicine, Elisabeth Hsu, ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pp. 173-191.
Engelhardt, Ute, and Carl-Hermann Hampen. 1997. Chinesische Diätetik. München and Wien: Urban & Schmidt Zenberg.
Epstein, Maram. 2011. “Patrimonial Bonds: Daughters, Fathers and Power in the Tianyuhua.” Late Imperial China 32:1-33.
Esarry, Ashley; Mary Alice Haddad; Joanna I. Lewis; Stevan Harrell (eds.). 2020. Greening East Asia: The Rise of the Eco-Developmental State. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Fabinyi, Michael. 2012. “Historical, Cultural and Social Perspectives on Luxury Seafood Consumption in China.” Environmental Conservation 39:83-92.
Fabinyi, Michael; Michael Pido; Babylyn Harani; Jennelyn Caceres; Arcelene Uyami-Bitara; Aileen de las Alas; Jose Buenconsejo; Eva Marie Ponce de Leon. 2012. “Luxury Seafood Consumption in China and the Intensification of Coastal Livelihoods in Southeast Asia: The Live Reef Fish for Food Trade in Balabac, Philippines.” Asia Pacific Viewpoint, 2012, 1-15.
Fan, Yuxin, et al. 2018. “Quaternary Paleoenvironmental Evolution of the Tengger Desert and Its Implications for the Provenance of the Loess of the Chinese Loess Plateau.” Quaternary Studies International 197:21-34.
Fang, Jingyun; Guirui Yu; Lingli Liu; Shuijin Hu; F. Stuart Chapin III. 2018. “Climate Change, Human Impacts, and Carbon Sequestration in China. “ Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 115:4015-4020.
Farquhar, Judith. 1993. Knowing Practice: The Clinical Encounter of Chinese Medicine. Boulder: Westview.
— 1994. “Eating Chinese Medicine.” Cultural Anthropology 9:471-497.
— 2002. Appetites: Food and Sex in Post-Socialist China. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.
Farrer, James. 2014. “Imported Culinary Heritage: The Case of Localized Western Ciuisine in Shanghai.” In Rethinking Asian Food Heritage, Sidney Cheung, ed. Taipei: Foundation for Chinese Dietary Culture. Pp. 75-103.
Fei Xiaotong. 1992. From the Soil. Tr/ed Gary Hamilton et al. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Feng, Jin. 2019. Tasting Paradise on Earth: Jiangnan Foodways. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
— 2022. “From Shrimp to Foie Gras: Tales of Food, Gender, and Power in Contemporary China.” Global Food History 8:157-175.
Feng, Wang; Cameron Campbell; James Z. Lee. 2010. “Agency, Hierarchies, and Reproduction in Northeastern China, 1789 to 1840. “ In Prudence and Pressure: Reproduction and Human Agency in Europe and Asia, 1700-1900, Noriko O. Tsuya, Wang Feng, George Alter, and James Z. Lee, eds. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Pp. 287-316.
Feuerwerker, Albert. 1995. Studies in the Economic History of Late Imperial China. Ann Arbor: Center for Chinese Studies, University of Michigan.
Fiskejö, Magnus. 2021. Stories from an Ancient Land: Perspectives on Wa History and Culture. New York: Berghahn.
Fontana, Luciane; Mingjie Sun; Xiaozhong Huang; Lixiong Xiang. 2019. “The Impact of Climate Change and Human Activity on the Ecological Status of Bosten Lake, NW China, Revealed by a Diatom Record of the Last 2000 Years. “ The Holocene 29:1871-1884.
Franke, Herbert, and Denis Twitchett (eds.). 1994. The Cambridge History of China, Vol 6: Alien Regimes and Border States, 907-1368. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Frankel, Hans. 1952. “The Plum Tree in Chinese Poetry.” Asian Studies 6.
Freedman, Georgia. 2018. Cooking South of the Clouds: Recipes and Stories from China’s Yunnan Province. London: Kyle Books.
Freeman, Michael. 1977. “Sung.” In Food in Chinese Culture, K. C. Chang, ed. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Pp. 141-192.
Freeman, Michael, and Selena Ahmed. 2015. Tea Horse Road: China’s Ancient Trade Road to Tibet. Bangkok: River Books.
Fu, Jia-Chen. 2018. The Other Milk: Reinventing Soy in Republican China. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Gao Lian. 2011. Essays on Drinks and Delicacies for Medicinal Eating. Tr. Sumei Yi, ed. E. N. Anderson. (Chinese original, 1591.) On website, www.krazykioti, under “Gao Lian.”
Gardella, Robert. 1994. Harvesting Mountains: Fujian and the China Tea Trade, 1757-1937. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Garrison, Jessica. 2024. “And Now Add History to the Menu.” Los Angeles Times, Aug. 2, pp. A1, A10.
Glover, Denise. 2005. Up from the Roots: Contextualizing Medicinal Plant Classifications of Tibetan Doctors in Rgyalthang, PRC. Ph.D. dissertation, Dept. of Anthropology, University of Washington.
Glover, Denise; Jack P. Hayes; Stevan Harrell. 2021. “Resilience, Rationalism and Response in Modern Chinese Social-Ecological Systems. “ Human Ecology 49:3-5.
Gold, Jonathan. 2013. “The Best Meet the West.” Los Angeles Times, June 29, E2.
Gray, Michael. 2011. “What’s Yat?” Flavor and Fortune, 18:2 (Summer), p. 10.
Guan, Ying, et al. 2021. “Evidence from Plant Starch Residues of the Function of Early Pottery and the Plant Diet of Neolithic Inhabitants of Inner Mongolia, North China.” Quaternary International 608-609:215-225.
Guo, Dongling, et al. 2025. “A Pangenome Refeence of Wild and Cultivated Rice.” Nature 642:662-671.
Domes rice has only one origin: japonica in lower-mid Y area. It then got to India, crossed w local wild rice (all wild being rufipogon) to produce indica, and then spearately to produce aus, a distinctive lineage w good drought and heat tol. Then these backcrossed, producing intro-indica. Then one branch of this became, w more mixing, basmati, a genetically distinctive lineage. Wild rice had resis to fungus and planthoppers that fed into domes from the start.
Guo, Jackson Yue Bin. 2021. “Tastes in the Jade Flagons: Alcohol Tasting and the Reconstruction of Late Imperial Chinese Literary Identity, 15th-18th Centuries.” Global Food History 7:doi 10.1080/20549547.2021.1947943.
— 2023. Drinking in the Sea of Passion and Pleasure: Social Distinction, Public Sentiment, and Chinese Identity, 1680s-1930s.
PhD th, U of Toronto.
Guo, Yi, et al. 2024. “Isotopic Evidence of Millet Consumption in the Liangshan Region of Southwestern China during the Neolithic.” Archaeological Research in Asia 39, article 100535.
Halcrow, Sian E.; Melanie J. Miller; Kate Pechenkina; Yu Dong; Wenquan Fan. 2022. “The Bioarchaeology of Infant Feeding.” In The Routledge Handbook of Anthropology and Reproduction, Sallie Han and Cecília Tomori, eds. New York: Routledge. Pp. 541-558.
Han Shan. 2000. The Collected Songs of Cold Mountain. Tr. Red Pine (Bill Porter). Port Townsend, WA: Copper Canyon Press.
Harrell, Barbara B. 1981. “Lactation and Menstruation in Cultural Perspective.” American Anthropologist 83:796-823.
Harrell, Stevan. 2020. “The Four Horsemen of the Ecopocalypse: The Agricultural Ecology of the Great Leap Forward. “ Human Ecology doi.org/10.1007/s10745-020-00179-9.
— 2023. An Ecological History of Modern China. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Harrell, Stevan (ed.) 2001. Perspectives on the Yi of Southwest China. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Harris, Jenn. 2014. “Ancient Mummies Buried with World’s Oldest Cheese.” Los Angeles Times, Feb. 28, online.
Harris, Jenn. 2022. “What Is a Dumpling? It’s Complicated.” Los Angeles Times, Aug. 28, L6.
— 2023. “Eat Your Way to Lots of Luck.” Los Angeles Times, Jan. 24, L9.
Haw, Stephen. 2006. Marco Polo’s China: A Venetian in the Realm of Khubilai Khan. London and New York: Routledge.
He, Maofeng, et al. 2022. “Historical Environmental Changes in the Poyang Lake Basin (Yangtze River, China) and Impacts on Agricultural Activities.” The Holocene 32:doi/10.1177/09596836211047777.
He, Yahui; Li Liu; Zhouyong Sun; Jing Shao; Nan Di. 2021. “’Proposing a Toast’ from the First Urban Center in the North Loess Plateau, China: Alcoholic Beverages at Shimao. “ Journal of Anthropological Archaeology 64:101352.
Heine, Peter. 1988. Kulinarische Studien. Wiesbaden: Otto Harassowitz.
Heiss, Mary Lou, and Robert J. Heiss. 2010. The Story of Tea: A Cultural History and Drinking Guide. Berkeley, CA: Ten Speed Press.
Helland, Solvor Horrig. 2008. Chinese Malaysian Flavors. Master’s thesis, University of Oslo.
Hillman, Aubrey; Alice Yao; Mark Abbott; Daniel J. Bain. 2019. “Two Millennia of Anthropogenic Landscape Modification and Nutrient Loading at Dian Lake, Yunnan Province, China.” The Holocene 29:505-517.
Hino, Midori. 2017. “How Can Chinese Food Maintain Being Chinese? The Case of Saimin Noodle in Hawaii.” Paper, Foundation for Chinese Dietary Culture conference, Brisbane, Australia.
Hohenegger, Beatrice (ed.). 2009. Steeped in History: The Art of Tea. Los Angeles: Fowler Musuem at UCLA.
Höllmann, Thomas O. 2014. The Land of Five Flavors: A Cultural History of Chinese Cuisine. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Holm, David. 1999. Culinary Culture in Guangxi. Paper, Sixth Symposium on Chinese Dietary Culture, Fuzhou.
Holm, David (ed.). 2009. Regionalism and Globalism in Chinese Culinary Culture. Taipei: Foundation of Chinese Dietary Culture.
Hsu, Elisabeth. 1999. The Transmission of Chinese Medicine. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
— 2010a. “Plants in Medical Practice and Common Sense: On the Interface of Ethnobotany and Medical Anthropology.” In Plants, Health and Healing: On the Interface of Ethnobotany and Medical Anthropology, Elisabeth Hsu and Stephen Harris (eds.). New York: Berghahn. Pp. 1-48.
— 2010b. Qing hao [chars], Herba Artemisiae annuae, in the Chinese Materia Medica.
In Plants, Health and Healing: On the Interface of Ethnobotany and Medical Anthropology, Elisabeth Hsu and Stephen Harris (eds.). New York: Berghahn. Pp. 83-130.
Hsu, Elisabeth (ed.). 2001. Innovation in Chinese Medicine. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Hsu, Elisabeth, and Stephen Harris (eds.). 2010. Plants, Health and Healing: On the Interface of Ethnobotany and Medical Anthropology. New York: Berghahn.
Hsu, Hong-yen and William Peacher (tr. and ed.). 1981. Shang Han Lun, the Great Classic of Chinese Medicine. Los Angeles: Oriental Healing Arts Institute.
Hsu Shin-Yi. 1969. “The Cultural Ecology of the Locust Cult in Traditional China.” Annalas of the Association of American Geographers 59:731-752.
Hu Shiu-ying. 2005. Food Plants of China. Hong Kong: Chinese University of Hong Kong.
Huan, Xiujai, et al. 2021. “Spatial and Temporal Pattern of Rice Domestication During the Early Holocene in the Lower Yangtze Region, China.” The Holocene 31:1366-1375.
Huan, Xiujai, et al. 2022. “New Evidence Supports the Continuous Development of Rice Cultivation and Early Formation of Mixed Forming in the Middle Han River Valley, China.” The Holocene 32:924-934.
Huang, Philip C. C. 1985. The Peasant Economy and Social Change in North China. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Chfh
— 1990. The Peasant Family and Rural Development in the Yangzi Delta, 1350-1988. Stanford: Stanford University Press. ENVIR Chfh
— 2002. “Development or Involution in Eighteenth-Century Britain and China? A Review of Kenneth Pomeranz’s The Great Divergence: China, Euorpe, and the Making of the Modern World Economy. “ Journal of Asian Studies 61:501-538.
Huang Heyu. 2009. “Ao Yao People in Huala Village.” Flavor and Fortune, Fall, pp. 5-7, 15.
Huang Shu-min. 2005. “The Articulation of Culture: Agriculture and the Environment of Chinese in Northern Thailand.” Ethnology 44:1-12.
Huber, Toni. 1999. The Cult of Pure Crystal Mountain. New York: Oxford University Press.
Humphrey, Caroline, with Urgunge Onon. 1996. Shamans and Elders: Experience, Knowledge, and Power among the Daur Mongols. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Hung, Hsiao-chun. 2019. “Prosperity and Complexity without Farming: The South China Coast, c. 5000-3000 BC. “ Antiquity 93:325-341.
Hung, Po-Yi. 2015. Tea Production, Land Use Policies, and Ethnic Minorities: Struggling over Dilemmas in China’s Southwest Frontier. New York: PalgraveMacMillan.
Hunt, Harriet V.; Anna Rudzinski; Hongen Jiang; Ruiyun Wang; Mark G. Thomas; Martin K. Jones. 2018. “Genetic Evidence for a Western Chinese Origin of Broomcorn Millet (Panicum miliaceum).”
Hymes, Robert. 2021. “A Tale of Two Sieges: Liu Qi, Li Gao, and the Epidemkics in the Ji-Yuan Transition.” Journal of Song-Yuan Studies 50;295-363.
— 2022. “Buboes in Thirteenth-Century China: Evidence from Chinese Medical Writings.” The Medieval Globe 8:3-59.
Idema, Wilt, and Beata Grant. 2004. The Red Brush. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Ishige, Naomichi. 2006. “East Asian Families and the Dining Table.” Journal of Chinese Dietary Culture 2:2:1-26.
Jaang, Li; Zhouyong Sun; Jing Shao; Min Li. 2018. “When Peripheries Were Centres: A Preliminary Study of the Shimao-Centred Polity in the Loess Highlands, China. “ Antiquity 92:364:1008-1022.
Jackson, Annabel. 2003. Taste of Macau: Portuguesse Cuisine on the China Coast. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press.
— 2020. The Making of Macau’s Fusion Cuisine: From Family Table to World Stage. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press.
Jaffe, Yitzchak; Roderick Campbell; Gideon Shelach-Levi. 2022. “Shimao and the Rise of States in China: Archaeology, Historiography, and Myth.” Current Anthropology 63:95-116.
Jaffe, Yitzchak; Anke Hein; Andrew Womack; Katherine Brunson; Jade d’Alpoim Guedes; Rongzhen Guo; Jing Zhou; Jada Ko; Xiaohong Wu; Hui Wang; Shuicheng Li; Rowan Flad. 2021. “Complex Pathways toward Emergent Pastoral Settlements: New Research on the Bronze Age Xindian Culture of Northwest China.” Journal of World Prehistory 34:595-647.
Janku, Andrea. 2018. “Drought and Famine in Northwest China: A Late Victorian Tragedy?” Journal of Chinese History 2:373-391.
Jia, Xin; Haiming Li; Harry F. Lee; Zhen Liu; Yong Lu; Zhujun Hu; Xueqiang Sun; Zhijun Zhao. 2021. “Agricultural Adaptations to Topography and Climate Changes in Central China during the Mid- to Late-Holocene.” The Holocene 31:1705-1715.
Jiang, J., et al. 2021. “The Analysis and Identification of Charred Suspected Tea Remains Unearthed from Warring States Period Tomb.” Scientific Reports 11:16557.
Jiang, Mengyao, et al. 2020. “Beach Ridges of Dali Lake in Inner Mongolia Reveal Precipitation Variation during the Holocene.” Journal of Quaternary Science doi.org/10.1002/jqs.3195.
Jin, Guiyun; Songtao Chen; Hui Li; Xianjun Fan; Aiguo Yang; Steven Mithen. 2020. “The Beixin Culture: Archaeobotanical Evidence for a Population Dispersal of Neolithic Hunter-Gatherer-Cultivators in Northern China. “ Antiquity 94:378:1426-1443.
Jin, GuiYun; Mayke Wagner; Pavel E. Tarasov; Fen Wang, YanChang Liu. 2019. “Archaeobotanical Records of Middle and Late Neolithic Agriculture from Shandong Province, East China, and a Major Change in Regional Subsistence during the Dawenkou Culture. “ The Holocene 26, https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/full/10.1177/0959683616641746
Johnson, Elizabeth Lominska, and Graham Johnson. 2019. A Chinese Melting Pot: Original People and Immigrants in Hong Kong’s First “New Town. “ Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press.
Johnson, Ian. 2014. “Once a Symbol of Power, Farming Now an Economic Drag in China.” New York Times, Oct. 12, online, http://www.nytimes.com/2014/10/13/world/asia/once-a-symbol-of-power-farming-now-an-economic-drag-in-china.html?ref=asia&_r=1
Joo Young-ha. 2022. “Issues in the Historical Research of Food Culture Interaction in Northeast Asia.” Northeast Asia History Foundation, annual conference, proceedings, pp. 165-189.
Katz, Sandor Ellix. 2012. The Art of Fermentation. White River Junction, VT: Chelsea Green Publications.
Keightley, David. 2000. The Ancestral Landscape: Time, Space, and Community in Late Shang China (ca. 1200-1045 B.C.). Berkeley: University of California Press.
Kenin-Lopsan, Mongush B. 1997. Shamanic Songs and Myths of Tuva. Ed./tr. Mihály Hoppál. Budapest: Akadémiai Kiadó.
Kennedy, J. Ryan. 2017. “The Fresh and the Salted: Chinese Migreant Fisheries Engagement and Trade in Nineteenth-Century North America.” Journal of Ethnobiology 37:421-440.
Kennedy, J. Ryan. 2017. “The Fresh and the Salted: Chinese Migrant Fisheries Engagement and Trade in Nineteenth-Century North America. “ Journal of Ethnobiology 37:421-440.
Kennedy, J. Ryan; Brittany Bingham; Mary Faith Flores; Brian M. Kemp. 2021. “Ancient DNA Identification of Giant Snakehead (Channa micropeltes) Remains from the Market Street Chinatown and Some Implications for the Nineteenth-Century Pacific World Fish Trade.” American Antiquity 87:42-58.
Kerr, Rose, and Nigel Wood (ed. Rose Kerr), with contributions from Ts’ai Mei-fen and Zhang Fukang. 2004. Science and Civilisation in China. Vol. 5: Chemistry and Chemical Technology. Part XII: Ceramic Technology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Kieschnick, John. 2005. “Buddhist Vegetariansim in China.” Sterckx 2005:186-213.
Kim Bok-rae. 2009. “Chinse Cuisine in Korean Dining-out Culture.” In Regionalism and Globalism in Chinese Culinary Culture, David Holm, ed. Taipei: Foundation of Chinese Dietary Culture. Pp. 285-398.
Kim Chun Ho. 1999. “On the Exchange and Comparison of the Confucian Dietary Culture between Korea, China and Japan.” Paper, Sixth Symposium on Chinese Dietary Culture, Fuzhou.
Kindall, Elizabeth. 2016. Geo-Narratives of a Filial Son: The Paintings and Travel Diaries of Huang Xiangjian (1609-1673). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Asia Center.
King, Michelle. 2020. “What Is ‘Chinese’ Food? Historicizing the Concept of Culinary Regionalism. “ Global Food History 6:89-109.
Klein, Jakob A. 2006. “Changing Tastes in Guangzhou: Restaurant Writings in the 1990s.” In Consuming China: Approaches to Cultural Change in Contemporary China. Kevin Latham,Stuart Thompson, and Jakob Klein (eds.). London: Routledge. Pp. 104-120.
— 2007. “Redefining Cantonese Cuisine in Post-Mao Guangzhou.” Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 70:511-539.
Kleinman, Arthur; Peter Kunstadter; E. Russell Alexander; James E. Gale (eds.). 1975. Medicine in Chinese Cultures. Washington, DC: United States Dept. of Health, Education and Welfare.
Knapp, Keith. 2003. Selfless Offspring: Filial Children and Social Order in Medieval China. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.
Knechtges, David. 1987. Wen Xuan or Selections of Refined Literature. By Xiao Tong. Vol. 2. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Ko, Wing Tung Jada. The Politics of Ecological Memory: Changes in Human-Animal Relationships from the Neolithic to the Early Bronze Age in the Middle Huai River Valley, Anhui Province, China. 2022. Ph.D. thesis, Harvard University.
Kohn, Livia. 2005. Health and Long Life. Cambridge, MA: Three Pines Press.
Kong, Y. C. 1996. Huihui Yaofang. Hong Kong: Y. C. Kong.
Kong Yun-Cheung, Song Myung-Eun and Kwan Pui-Sang. 1990. “Studies on the Edible Bird’s Nest.” Paper, Sixth International Conference on the History of Science in China, Cambridge, England.
Koon, Wee Kek. 2019. “How Asians Embraced the Chilli Pepper.” South China Morning Post, July 4, https://www.scmp.com/magazines/post-magazine/short-reads/article/3017085/how-asians-embraced-chilli-pepper
Krzyzanska, Martin, et al. 2022. “Modeling the Potential Ecological Niche of Buckwheat in China: Archaeological Evidence, Environmental Constraints and Climate Change.” Vegetation History and Archaeobotany 31:331-345.
Kuo, Chung-Hao. 2013. Pigs, Pork and Ham: The Practice of Pig Farming and the Consumption of Pork in Ming-Qing China. PhD thesis, New York University.
Kwok, Zoe S. 2019. The Eternal Feast: Banqueting in Chinese Art from the 10th to the 14th Century. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Kwong, Charles. 2013. “Making Poetry with Alcohol: Wine Consumption in Tao Qian, Li Bai and Su Shi.” In Scribes of Gastronomy: Representations of Food and Drink in Imperial Chinese Literature, Isaac Yue and Siufu Tang, eds. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press. Pp. 45-67.
Lam, Wai Lun, and Chris Coggins. 2016. “Ethnobotany of Castanopsis in Fengshui Forests of Southeast China.” Society of Ethnobiology, annual meeting, Tucson, AZ.
Lander, Brian. 2020. “Birds and Beasts Were Many: The Ecology and Climate of the Guanzhong Basin in the Pre-Imperial Period. “ Early China 43:207-245.
Lander, Brian. 2022a. “From Wetland to Farmland: How Humans Transformed the Central Yangzi Basin.” Asia Major 35:1-31.
Lander, Brian. 2022b. “Small Scale Water Control Works in Early Imperial China.” Water History doi.org/10.1007/s12685-022-00305-y.
Lander, Brian, and Katherine Brunson. 2018. “Wild Mammals of Ancient North China. “ Journal of Chinese History 2:2:281-90.
Lander, Brian; Mindi Schneider; Katherine Brunson. 2020. “A History of Pigs in China: from Curious Omnivores to Industrial Pork.” Journal of Asian Studies 79:865-890.
Lane, George (ed.). 2019. The Phoenix Mosque and the Persians of Medieval Hangzhou. London: Gingko Library.
Lang, Susan. 1989. “The World’s Healthiest Diet.” America’s Health, Sept., pp. 105-112.
Langham, Nigel. 1980. “Breeding Biology of the Edible-Nest Swiftlet Aerodramus fuciphagus.” Ibis 122:447-461.
Langlois, Janet. 1972. “Moon Cake in Chinatown, New York City: Continuity and Change.” New York Folklore Quarterly 28:83-117.
Laufer, Berthold. 1919. Sino-Iranica. Chicago: Field Museum.
Lavelle, Peter B. 2020. The Profits of Nature: Colonial Development and the Quest for Resources in Nineteenth-Century China. New York: Columbia University Press.
Lee, Harry F., and Ricci P. H. Yue. 2020. “Ocean/Atmosphere Interaction and Malthusian Catastrophes on the Northern Fringe of the Asian Monsoon Region in China, 1368-1911.” Journal of Quaternary Science 35:974-986.
Lee, Harry F.; David D. Zhang; Qing Pei; Pak Hong; Ricci Yue. 2017. “Quantitative Analysis of the Impact of Droughts and Floods on Internal Wars in China over the Last 500 Years. “ Science China Earth Science 60:2078-2088.
Lee, Harry F.; David D. Zhang; Qing Pei; Xin Jia; Ricci Yue. 2016. “Demographic Impact of Climate Change on Northwestern China in the Late Imperial Era. “ Quaternary International, in proof as of Sept, http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1040618216303998
Lee, James Z[hongqing], and Cameron Campbell. 1997. Fate and Fortune in Rural China: Social Organization and Population Behavior in Liaoning, 1774-1873. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Lee, James Z.; Cameron Campbell; Wang Feng. 2004. “Society and Mortality.” In Life under Pressure: Mortality and Living Standards in Europe and Asia, 1700-1900, Tommy Bengtsson, Cameron Campbell, and James Z. Lee, eds. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Pp. 108-132.
Lee, James Z., Cameron Campbell, and Wang Feng. 1993. “The Last Emperors: An Introduction to the Demography of the Qing (1644-1911) Imperial Lineage.” In Old and New Methods in Historical Demography, David Reher and Roger Schofield, eds. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Pp. 361-382.
Lee, James, and Wang Feng. 1999. One Quarter of Humanity: Malthusian Mythology and Chinese Realities, 1700-2000. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Lee, Jennifer 8. 2009. The Fortune Cookie Chronicles: Adventures in the World of Chinese Food. Twelve.
Lee, Seung-Joon. 2011. Gourmets in the Land of Famine: The Politics of Rice in Modern Canton. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
Leong-Salobir, Cecilia. 2011. Food Culture in Colonial Asia. Routledge.
— 2019. Urban Food Culture: Sydney, Shanghai, and Singapore in the Twentieth Century. Palgrave MacMillan.
— (ed.). 2019. Routledge Handbook of Food in Asia. Routledge.
Leung, Angela Ki Che. 2021. “Reinventing Soy Sauce in Modern China.” Paper, Chinese food conference.
Leung, M. 2000. “A Diet of Worms…and Other Critters.” Flavor and Fortune 7:3:9-10.
Li Bozhong. 2020. An Early Modern Economy in China: The Yangzi Delta in the 1920s. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Li Chunxiang; Yu Dong; Minxuan Liu; Ping Lu; Wenying Li; Yingnan Wang; Xiyan Cui; Hui Zhou; Yue Xu. 2016. “Ancient DNA Analysis of Panicum miliaceum (broomcorn millet) from a Bronze Age Cemetery in Xinjiang, China. “ Archaeobotany and Vegetation History 25:469-477.
Li Feng. 2013. Early China: A Social and Cultural History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Li, Guodong; Junhua Zhang; Shengyan Ding; Pengfei Wu; Wenyu Wang. 2019. “Reconstruction of Sunspot Activity, Cold and Warm Events, and Drought and Flood Events in the Central Plain of China during the Northern Song Dynasty Using Historical Documents. “ Quaternary International 525:36-44.
Li, Huilun, and Guansheng Ma. 2022. “The Culinary Culture, Characteristics, and Nutritional Value of Su Cuisine in China.” Journal of Ethnic Foods 9, article 14.
Li, Junfeng, and Xingqi Liu. 2018. “Orbital- and Suborbital-Scale Changes in the East Asian Summer Monsoon since the Last Deglaciation.” The Holocene 28:1216-1234.
Li, Kai; Mengna Liao; Jian Ni; Xingqi Liu; Yongbo Wang. 2019. “Treeline Composition and Biodiversity Change on the Southeastern Tibetan Plateau during the Last Millennium, Inferred from a High-Resolution Pollen Record. “ Quaternary Science Reviews 206:44-55.
Li, Kangkang; Xiaoguang Qin; Lei Zhang; et al. 2018. “Hydrological Change and Human Activity during Yuan-Ming Dynasties in Loulan Area, Northwestern China.” The Holocene 28:1266-1275.
Li, Lan; Cheng Zhu; Zheng Qin; Michael Storozum; Tristram Kidder. 2018. “Relative Sea Level Rise, Site Distributions, and Neolithic Settlement in the Early to Middle Holocene, Jiangsu Province, China. “ The Holocene 28:354-362.
Li, Lillian. 2007. Fighting Famine in North China: State, Market, and Environmental Decline, 1690s-1990s. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Chfh
Li Mengwei et al. 2024. “The Change of Crop Structure and Its Influencing Factors in the Late Neolithic Nanyang Basin: New Macrobotanical Evidence from the Maotang Site, Central China.” Archaeological Research in Asia 39, article 100532.
Li Min. 2018. Social Memory and State Formation in Early China. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Li Min. 2022. “Libation Ritual and the Performance of Kingship in Ancient China.” Journal of Anthropological Archaeology 65:101370.
Li Shizhen. 2003. Compendium of Materia Medica (Bencao Gangmu). Tr. Xiao Xiaoming, Li Zhenguo, and committee. Chinese original 1596. Beijing: Foreign Languages Press.
— 2021. Ben Cao Gang Mu. Vol. IX: Fowls, Domestic and Wild Animals, Human Substances. Tr. Paul Unschuld. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Li, Xiaoyue; John Richard Stepp; Bryan Tilt. 2022. “Nuosu Horticulturalists’ Local Knowledge of Wild Edible Plants and Fungi and Socio-Economic Implication in Yunnan, Southwest China.” Journal of Ethnobiology 42:341-361.
Li, Yikai; Yu Ye; Xiuqi Fang; Chengpeng Zhang; Zhilong Zhao. 2020. “Loss of Wetlands Due to Expansion of Polder in the Dongting Plain, China, 1368-1980.” The Holocene 30:646-656.
Li, Yue; Chengrui Zhang; Honghai Chen; Zhen Wang; Yaopeng Chian. 2021. “Sika Deer in Bronze Age Guanzhong: Sustainable Wildlife Exploitation in Ancient China?” Antiquity 95:940-954.
Liang, Chen; Yan Zhao; Feng Qin; Qiao-Yu Cui; Quan Li; Huan Li; Zhi-Yong Zhang. 2019. “Complex Responses to Vegetation Diversity to Holocene Climate Change in the Eastern Tibetan Plateau.” Vegetation History and Archaeobotany 28:379-390.
Liang, Yan. 2021. Mung Bean Starch Jelly in Chinese Gastronomy: A Historical Approach. Global Food History 7:202-220.
Liang, Zelda. 2012. “The Alchemy of “Winter Worm, Summer Grass. “ Cheung 2012:53-62.
— 2013. Making Gold: Commodification and Consumption of the Medicinal Fungus Chongcao in China. MA thesis, Anthropology, Chinese University of Hong Kong.
Lin, Hsiang Ju. 2015. Slippery Noodles: A Culinary History of China. London: Prospect Books.
Lin, Junfan, and Paul Waley. 2022. “Taste and Place of Nanxiong Cuisine in South China: A Regional Analytical Framework.” Food, Culture, and Society 25:814-830.
A self-consciously spicy cuisine in N Guangdong.
Lin, Junfan, and Paul Waley. 2025. “Researching Wild Meat Consumption in Contemporary Nanxiong, South China: A Social Practice Approach.” Food, Culture and Society 28:84-101.
Lin, Minghao, et al. 2022. “Bulls for Sacrifice, Cows for Work? Morphometric Models Suggest that Female Cattle Were Used for Traction in the Chinese Bronze Age Late Shang Dynasty (ca 1300-1046 BCE).” The Holocene 32:doi 10/1177/09596836211049976.
Lin Tsai-wen et al. 2021. “East Asian Winter Monsoon Variation during the Last 3000 Years as Recorded in a Subtropical Mountain Lake, Eastern Taiwan. “ The Holocene 31:1430-1442.
Linduff, Katheryn M.; Yan Sun; Wei Cao; Yuanqing Liu. 2018. Ancient China and Its Eurasian Neighbors. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Lin-Liu, Jen. 2013. On the Noodle Road: From Beijing to Rome, with Love and Pasta. Riverhead Books.
Liu An. 2010. Huainanzi. Tr. and ed. John Major, Sarah Queen, Andrew Seth Mayer and Harold D. Roth. New York: Columbia University Press.
Liu, Betty. 2021. My Shanghai: Recipes and Stories from a City on the Water. New York: HarperCollins.
Liu, Bin; Ningyuan Wang; Minghui Chen; Xiaohong Wu; Duowen Mo; Jianguo Liu; Shijin Xu; Yijie Zhuang. 2017. “Earliest Hydraulic Enterprise in China, 5100 Years Ago.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 114:13637-13642.
Liu, Bo; Xinbo Zhang; Rainer W. Bussmann; Robert H. Haryt; Ping Li; Yujia Bai; Chunlin Long. 2016. “Garcinia in Southern China: Ethnobotany, Management, and Niche Modeling. “ Economic Botany 70:416-430.
Liu, Gengyuan, et al. 2020. “On the Accuracy of Official Chinese Crop Production Data: Evidence from Biophysical Indexes of Net Primary Production. “ PNAS 117:25434-25444.
Liu, Hai-Ming, 2009. “Chop Suey as Imagined Authentic Chinese Food: The Culinary Identity of Chinese Restaurants in the United States.” Journal of Transnational American Studies 1:1:1-24.
Liu, Haiming. 2015. From Canton Restaurant to Panda Express. A History of Chinese Food in the United States. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.
Liu, Hinian; Xin Li; Chang Zhang. 2019. “Invest in Amphibians and Reptiles. “ (Letter.) Science 364:1144.
Liu, Jian; Rujian Wang; Yue Zhao; Yi Yang. 2019. “A 40,000-year Record of Aridity and Dust Activity at Lop Nur, Tarim Basin, Northwestern China.”
Liu, Li. 2021. “Communal Drinking Rituals and Social Formations in the Yellow River Valley of Neolithic China.” Journal of Anthropological Archaeology 63:doi 10.1016/.101310.
Liu, Li; Jian Chen; Jiajing Wang; Xingcan Chen. 2022. “Archaeological Evidence for Initial Migration of Neolithic Proto-Sino-Tibetan Speakers from Yellow River Valley to Tibetan Plateau.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 119:e2212006119.
Liu, Li; Maurece J. Levin; Michael F. Bonomo; Jiajing Wang; Jinming Shi; Xingcan Chen; Jiayi Han; Yanhua Song. 2018. “Harvesting and Processing Wild Cereals in the Upper Palaeolithic Yellow River Valley, China. “ Antiquity 92:363:603-619.
Liu, Li; Haiming Wang; Hanlong Sun; Xingcan Chen. 2023. “Serving Red Rice Beer to the Ancestors ca. 9000 Years Ago at Xiaohuangshan Early Neolithic Site in South China.” The Holocene 33 (8), doi 10.1177/09596836231169995.
Liu, Li; Jianping Zhang; Jingbo Li; Yahui He; Zhongzhe Gao; Leping Jiang. 2024. “Identification of 10,000-Year-Old Rice Beer at Shangshan in the Lower Yangzi River Valley of China.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 121:e2412274121.
Liu Pei-Gui. 1999. “Mongolian Uses and Taxonomic Study on Economic “Kou Mo” Used by the Mongolian Steppe Herdsmen in the Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region, China. Ms.
Liu, Shu-fen. 2006. “Between Self-cultivation and the Monastic Code: Tea and Medicinal Soup in Tang and Song Monastic Life.” Bulletin of the Instituite of History and Philology, Academia Sinica (Taiwan), Sept.
Liu Tsung-yuan, tr. and ed. Red Pine. 2019. Written in Exile: The Poetry of Liu Tsung-yuan. Port Townsend, WA: Copper Canyon Press.
Liu Xiang. 2021. Garden of Eloquence: Shuoyuan. Tr. Eric Henry. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Liu, Xiaoyan, et al. 2019. “Late Onset of the Holocene Rainfall Maximum in Northeastern China Inferred from a Pollen Record from the Sediments of Tianchi Crater Lake.” Quaternary Research 92:133-145.
Liu, Yan. 2021. Healing with Poisons: PotentMedicines in Medieval China. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Liu, Yu, et al. 2020. “Recent Anthropogenic Curtailing of Yellow River Runoff and Sediment Load is Unprecedented over the Past 500 Years. “ Proceedings of the National Aacademy of Sciences 117:18251-18257.
Lo, Vivienne. 2001. “The Influence of Nurturing Life Culture on the Development of Western Han Acumoxa Therapy.” In Hsu 2001 (see reference in Section 14 below), pp. 19-50.
— 2005. “Pleasure, Prohibition, and Pain: Food and Medicine in Traditional China.” Sterckx 2005:163-185.
Lo, Vivienne, and Jenny Lo. 2003. Secrets from a Chinese Kitchen. London: Pavilion Books.
Long, Tengwen; Christian Leipe; Guiyun Jin; Mayke Wagner; Rongzhen Guo; Oskar Schroder; Pavel E. Tarasov. 2018. “The Early History of Wheat in China from 14C Dating and Bayesian Chronological Modelling.” Nature Plants 4:272-279.
“Lonny” (Leonard Newman?). 2016. [Chinese dish names; answer in “Letters to the Editor” column.] Flavor and Fortune 23:3:9.
Lü Buwei. 2000. The Annals ofLü Buwei (Lüshi Chunchiu). Tr. John Knoblock and Jeffrey Riegel. Orig.ca. 220 BCE. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
Lu, Fengyan; John Dodson; Wenchao Zhang; Hong Yan. 2019. “Mid to Late Holocene Environmental Change and Human Impact: A View from Central China. “ Quaternary Science Reviews 223, doi.org/10.1016/j.quatscirev.2019.105953.
Lu, Jackson G.; Xin Lucy Liu; Hui Liao; Lei Wang. 2020. “Disentangling Stereotypes from Social Reality: Astrological Stereotypes and Discrimination in China.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 119:1359-1379.
Lu Li-Min; Ling-Feng Mao; Tuo Yang; Ban-Fei Ye; Bing Liu; Hong-Lei Li; Miao Sun; Joseph T. Miller; Sarah Mathews; Hai-Hua Hu; Yan-Ting Niu; Dan-Xian Peng; You-Hua Chen; Stephen A. Smith; Min Chen; Kun-Li Xiang; Chi-Toan Le; Viet-Cuong Dang; An-Ming Lu; Pamela S. Soltis; Douglas E. Soltis; Jian-Hua Li; Zhi-Duan Chen. 2018. “Evolutionary History of the Angiosperm Flora of China. “ Nature 554:234-238.
Lu Lin; Xianquiao Hu; Mingxue Chen; Peisong Hu. 2025. “Chinese Rice Tastes Ever More Nice.” (Letter.) Nature 637:34.
Luo Feng. 2012. “Liquor Still and Milk-Wine Distilling Technology in the Mongol-Yuan period.” In Chinese Scholars on Inner Asia, Luo Xin and Roger Covey, eds. Bloomington: Indiana University, Sinor Research Institute for Inner Asian Studies. Pp. 487-518.
Luo Jialin. 2012. The China Tea Book. London: CYPI Press. In US: San Rafael, CA: EarthAware Press.
Luo Wuhong et al. 2019. “Phytoliths Reveal the Earliest Interplay of Rice and Broomcorn Millet at the Site of Shuangdun (ca 7.3-6.8 ka BP) in the Middle Huai River Valley, China.” Journal of Archaeological Science 102:26-34.
Ma, Jianxiong. 2016. “Dike-based Communities between Water and Sand: The Sand-land Environmental System in Dongchong, South China, 1720s-1980s. “ In Environment, Modernization and Development in East Asia: Perspectives from Environmental History, Ts’ui-jung Liu and James Beattie, eds. London: Palgrave MacMillan. Pp. 89-110.
Ma, Ting; Barry V. Rowlett; Zhuo Zheng; Yongqiang Zong. 2020. “Holocene Coastal Evolution Preceded the Expansion of Paddy Field Rice Farming.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 117:24138-24143.
Ma, Ting; Pavel E. Tarasov; Zhuo Zheng; Aiyan Han; Kangyou Huang. 2019. “Pollen- and Charcoal-Based Evidence for Climatic and Human Impact on Vegetation in the Northern Edge of Wuyi Mountains, China, during the Last 8100 Years.” The Holocene 26, https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/full/10.1177/0959683616641744
Ma, Ting; Zhuo Zheng; Meiling Man; Yuxiang Dong; Jie Li; Kangyou Huang. 2018. “Holocene Fire and Forest Histories in Relation to Climate Change and Agricultural Development in Southeastern China.” Quaternary International 488:30-40.
Ma, Ting; Zhuo Zheng; Barry V. Rowlett; Gongwu Lin; Guifang Zhang; Yuanfu Yue. 2016. “New Evidence for Neolithic Rice Cultivation and Holocene Environmental Change in the Fuzhou Basin, Southeast China.” Vegetation History and Archaeobotany 25:375-386.
Machin, David, and Ariel Chen. 2023. “Designing Food Packaging to Present Healthy and Ethical Diets to the New Chinese Middle Classes.” Food, Culture and Society 26:79-101.
Mai, Huijun. 2020. “The Double Life of the Scallop: Anthropomorphic Biography, “pulu,” and the Northern Song Discourse on Things.” Journal of Song-Yuan Studies 49, doi 10.1353/sys.2020.0004.
Mair, Victor H., and Erling Hoh. 2009. The True History of Tea. London: Thames and Hudson.
Mak, Sau-Wa. 2014. “The Revival of Traditional Water Buffalo Cheese Consumption: Class, Heritage and Modernity in Contemporary China.” Food and Foodways 22:322-347.
Makinen, Julie. 2015. “Chinese Food for Thought.” Los Angeles Times, June 1, A1, A4.
Mallory, Walter H. 1926. China, Land of Famine. New York: American Geographical Society, Special Publication No. 6.
Marks, Robert B. 1998. Tigers, Rice, Silk, and Silt: Envronment and Economy in Late Imperial South China. New York: Cambridge University Press. Chfh
— 2009. “Geography Is Not Destiny: Historical Contingency and the Making of the Pearl River Delta.” In Good Earths: Regional and Historical Insights in China’s Environment, Abe Ken-ichi and James E. Nickum, eds. Melbourne: Trans-Pacific Press.
— 2012. China: Its Environment and History. Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield.
Matsuyama, Akira. 2003. The Traditional Dietary Culture of South East Asia: Its Formation and Pedigree. New York: Columbia University Press.
Mazumdar, Sucheta. 1998. Sugar and Society in China: Peasants, Technology, and the World Market. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Mazumdar, Sucheta. 1999. “The Impact of New World Food Crops on the Diet and Economy of China and India, 1600-1900. “ In Food in Global History, Raymond Grew,ed. Boulder, CO: Westview.
McDermott, Joseph P. 2013. The Making of a New Rural Order in South China. I. Village, Land, and Lineage in Huizhou, 900-1600. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
McDermott, Joseph P., and Shiba Yoshinobu. 2015. “Economic Change in China, 960-1279.” In The Cambridge History of China. Vol. 5, Part Two: Sung China, 960-1279, John W. Chaffee and Denis Twitchett, eds. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pp. 321-436.
McDermott, Terry. 2000. “The Saga of Fortune Cookies.” Los Angeles Times, Nov. 4, 2000, pp. A1, A24.
McGovern, Patrick. 2017. Ancient Brews: Rediscovered and Re-created. New York: W. W. Norton.
Mei, Yuan. 2019. Recipes from the Garden of Contentment. Tr. Sean J. S. Chen. Great Barrington, MA: Berkshire.
Mendelson, Anne. 2018. Chow Chop Suey: Food and the Chinese American Journey. New York: Columbia University Press.
Merrifield, Caroline. 2022. “Stewed Chicken and Long-nosed Kings: Tasting Troubled Plenty.” Global Food History 8:177-193.
Métailié, George. 2015. Science and Civilisation in China. Vol. 6, Biology and Biological Technology. Part IV: Traditional Botany: An Ethnobotanical Approach. Tr. Janet Lloyd. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Meyer, Rachel; Kenneth Karol; Damon Little; Michael Nee; Amy Litt. 2012. “Phylogeographic Relationships among Asian Eggplants and New Perspectives on Eggplant Domestication.” Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution (in press when seen)
Miller, Ian M. 2020. Fir and Empire: The Trasnformation of Forests in Early Modern China. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Miller, James. 2016. China’s Green Religion: Daoism and the Quest for a Sustainable Future. New York: Columbia University Press.
Miller, James; Dan Smyer Yu; Peter van der Veer (eds.). 2014. Religion and Ecological Sustainability in China. New York: Routledge.
Millward, James A. 1994. “A Uyghur Muslim in Qianlong’s Court: The Meanings of the Fragrant Concubine.” Journal of Asian Studies 53:427-458.
Mitrany, David. 1951. Marx against the Peasant. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.
Montanari, Andrea. 2020. “The Soup of the Scholar: Food Ideology and the Social Order in Song China.” Food and Foodways 28:117-140.
Mostern, Ruth. 2021. The Yellow River: A Natural and Unnatural History. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Mote, Frederick W. 1994. “Chinese Society under Mongol Rule, 1215-1368.” In Franke, Herbert, and Denis Twitchett, eds. The Cambridge History of China, Vol 6: Alien Regimes and Border States, 907-1368, Herbert Franke and Denis Twitchett, eds.. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pp. 616-664.
Motuzaite-Matuzeviciute, Giedre; Elina Ananyevskaya; Jorune Sakalauskaite; Orozbec Soltubayev; Kubatbek Tabaldiev. 2022. “The Integration of Millet into the Diet of Central Asian Populations in the Third Millennium BC.” Antiquity 96:387: 560-574.
Mozi. 2010. The Mozi: A Complete Translation. Tr. by Ian Johnston. New York: Columbia University Press.
Muscolino, Micah S. 2009. Fishing Wars and Environmental Change in Late Imperial and Modern China. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Nakajima, Tsuneo; Mark J. Hudson; Junzo Uchiyama; Keisuke Makibayashi; Juzhong Zhang. 2019. “Common Carp Aquaculture in Neolithic China Dates Back 8,000 Years.” Nature Ecology & Evolution 3:1415-1418.
Nature. 2015a. “A Gene for Better and Longer Rice.” Nature 523:130.
— 2021. “The Shocking Scale of Food Waste in China. “ Nature 595:629.
Needham, Joseph, with Lu Gwei-djen. 1974. Science and Civilisation in China. Vol. 5: Chemistry and Chemical Technology. Part II: Spagyrical Discovery and Invention: Magisteries of Gold and Immortality. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Needham, Joseph, and Christian Daniels. 1996. Science and Civilisation in China. Vol. 6: Biology and Biological Technology. Part I: Botany. Part 3, Agro-Industries and Forestry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Needham, Joseph, with Lu Gwei-Djen and Huang Hsing-Tsung. 1986. Science and Civilisation in China. Vol. 6: Biology and Biological Technology. Part I: Botany. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Nelson, Sarah M. 1993. The Prehistory of Korea. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
— 1994. The Development of Complexity in Prehistoric North China. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, Dept. of Asian and Middle Eastern Studies.
— (ed.). 1995. The Archaeology of Northeast China: Beyond the Great Wall. London: Routledge.
— (ed.). 1998. Ancestors for the Pigs: Pigs in Prehistory. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Museum.
— 1999. “Megalithic Monuments and the Introduction of Rice into Korea.” In The Prehistory of Food: Appetites for Change, ed. by Chris Gosden and Jon Hather. London: Routledge. Pp. 147-165.
Newman, Jacqueline. 2000. “Snow Frog: Trailing This Rare Delicacy.” Flavor and Fortune 7:3:11-12.
Newman, Jacqueline. 2004a. Food Culture in China. Westport, CT: Greenwood.
— 2004b. “Turtle Means Longevity.” Flavor and Fortune 11:4:5, 8-9, 26.
— 2005. “Zhuang People in China.” Flavor and Fortune 12:3:19-20.
— 2006. “Manchu People and Their Foods.” Flavor and Fortune 13:4:19-20, 32.
— 2007. “Dong: A Chinese Ethnic Nationality.” Flavor and Fortune, 14:2:34-36.
— 2010a. “Guizhou Cuisine.” Flavor and Fortune 17:1:7-10, 25.
— 2010b. “Mushrooms: Familiar and Less So—Part 1.” Flavor and Fortune 17:4:15-20.
— 2011a. “Dog Meat: For Men and Minds.” Flavor and Fortune 18:3:24-25.
— 2011b. “Milk: A Pre- and Post-Dynastic Food.” Flavor and Fortune, 18:2:32-35.
— 2011c. “Mushrooms: Familiar and Less So—Part III.” Flavor and Fortune 18:2:28-31.
— 2011d. “Henan and Its Foods.” Flavor and Fortune 18:4:12-13, 19.
— 2012a. “Bai Minority People and Their Foods.” Flavor and Fortune 19:2:17-20, 33, 37.
— 2012b. “Dai and Their Dishes.” Flavor and Fortune 19:3:18-21, 35-36.
— 2012c. “Dong People and Their Foods.” Flavor and Fortune 19:4:20-22.
— 2012d. “Wenzhou.” Flavor and Fortune 19:2:28-29, 32.
— 2014a. “Dongbei Delicacies.” Flavor and Fortune 21:2:5-8, 11.
— 2014b. “Tujia: China’s 7th Largest Minority.” Flavor and Fortune 21:5-6, 8.
— 2015a. “Chiu Chow Cuisine.” Flavor and Fortune 22:3:10-11.
— 2015. “Hani: A Mostly Mountainous Population.” Flavor and Fortune 22:2:29-30.
— 2016a. “Crabs, Cuttlefish, and Conch.” Flavor and Fortune 23:2:5-11.
— 2016b. “Gelo: Minority Folk and Their Foods.” Flavor and Fortune 23:3:13-14.
— 2017a. “Chopsticks Throughout History.” Flavor and Fortune 24:3:12-13.
— 2017b. “Goji Berries: Once Called Wolfberries.” Flavor and Fortune 24:3:11.
— 2017c. “Middle Eastern and Chinese Tastes in Kashkar.” Flavor and Fortune 24:1:13-14.
— 2017d. “Mongolian-Chinese in the US.” Flavor and Fortune 24:4:10-12.
— 2018. “Naxi: A Minority with Many Names.” Flavor and Fortune 25:4:16-18.
— 2019a. “Ah Bing and His Cherries.” Flavor and Fortune 26:1:25-26.
— 2019b. “Dongbei is Northeastern Food.” Flavor and Fortune 26:3:13-18.
— 2019c. “Mushrooms are Magnificent.” Flavor and Fortune 26:1:8-11.
Newman, Jacqueline M.; Roberta Halporn (eds.). 2004. Chinese Cuisine, American Palate: An Anthology. New York: Center for Thanatology Research and Education.
Newman, Jacqueline M.: Elaine Kris Ludman; Lois Lynn. 1988. “Chinese Food and Life-Cycle Events: A Survey in Several Countries.” Chinese American Forum 4:1:16-18.
Newman, Leonard. 2010. “Growing Your Own Shiitake Mushrooms.” Flavor and Fortune 17:4:21-22.
Ngo Duc Thinh. 1994. “Vietnamese Eating Tradition in Relation to Fostering and Disease Curing.” Vietnam Social Sciences 1990/4, 74-78:74-77.
Ni Ching-Ching. 2004. “A Slice of History in Chinas Most Famous Duck .” Los Angeles Times, July 7, p. a5.
Nicolaisen, Jeffrey. 2021. “Rethinking Ontology with Equality of Life.” In Chinese Environmental Ethics, Mayfair Yang, ed. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield. Pp. 35-68.
Nienhauser, William. 1979. P’i Jih-Hsiu. New York: Twayne.
Nuwer, Rachel. 2020. “Tastes Like Pheasant.” Scientific American, June 16.
Ohnishi, Ohmi. 1998. “Search for the Wild Ancestor of Buckwheat III. THe Wild Ancestor of Cultivated Common Buckwheat, and of Tatary Buckwheat.” Economic Botany 52:123-133.
Okakura, Kakuzo. 1964. The Book of Tea. Dover. Orig 1906.
Ouyang, Zhiyun; Hua Zheng; Yi Xiao; Stephen Polasky; Jianguo Liu; Weihua Xu; Qiao Wan; Lu Zhang; Yang Xiao; Enming Rao; Ling Jiang; Fei Lu; Xiaoke Wang; Guangbing Yang; Shihan Gong; Bingfang Wu; Yuan Zeng; Wu Yang; Gretchen C. Daily. 2016. “Improvements in Ecosystem Services from Investments in Natural Capital. “ Science 352:1455-1459.
Oxfeld, Ellen. 2017. Bitter and Sweet: Food, Meaning, and Modernity in Rural China. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Packard, Le Anh Tu. 2003. “Bug Juice.” Natural History, March 2003, p. 63.
Park, Hyunhee. 2021. Soju: A Global History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Pattinson, David. “Bees in China: A Brief Cultural History.” In Sterckx, Roel; Martina Siebert; Dagmar Schäfer (eds.). 2019. Animals in Chinese History: Earliest Times through 1911. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pp. 99-117.
Pei, Qing. 2021. Climate Change Economics Between Europe and China. Cham, Switzerland: SpringerNature.
Pei, Qing; Guodong Li; Bruce Winterhalder; Margaret Lowman. 2020. “Regional Patterns of Pastoralist Migrations under the Push of Reduced Precipitation in Imperial China.” Global Ecology and Biogeography 29:433-443.
Pemberton, Robert W. 1988. “The Use of the Thai Giant Waterbug, Lethocerus indicus (Hemiptera: Belostomatidae), As Human Food in California.” Pan-Pacific Entomologist 64:81-82.
Perdue, Peter. 2005. China Marches West: The Qing Conquest of Central Eurasia. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Peters, Erica J. 2013. San Francisco: A Food Biography. Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield.
Peters, Joris; Ophélie Labrasseur; Hui Deng; Greger Larson. 2016. “Holocene Culture History of Red Jungle Fowl (Gallus gallus) and Its Domestic Descendant in East Asia.” Quaternary Science Reviews 142:102-119.
Pettid, Michael J. 2008. Korean Cuisine, an Illustrated History. London: Reaktion Books.
— 2021. At the Chinese Table: A Memoir with Recipes. New York: W. W. Norton.
Pierson, David. 2022. “California cuisine’s Time to Shine in Singapore.” Los Angeles Times, June 13, A1, A4.
Pierson, Stacey (ed.). 2022. Visual, Material, and Textual Cultures of Food and Drink in China, 200 BCE-1900 CE. Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars Publishing.
Pietz, David A. 2015. Yellow River: The Problem of Water in Modern China. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Pillsbury, Barbara. 1978. “’Doing the Month’: Confinement and Convalescence of Chinese Women after Childbirth.” Social Science and Medicine 12:11-22.
Pinker, Stephen. 2011. The Better Angels of Our Nature: Why Violence Has Declined. New York: Viking.
Pomeranz, Kenneth. 2000. The Great Divergence: China, Europe, and the Making of the Modern World Economy. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Chfh
Qin, Amy. 2018. “In Italy, ‘Al Dente’ Is Prized. In Taiwan, It’s All About Food That’s ‘Q.’” New York Times, Oct. 4, https://www.nytimes.com/2018/10/04/world/asia/taiwan-food-q-texture.html
Qin, Ling, and Dorian Q. Fuller. 2019. “Why Rice Farmers Don’t Sail: Coastal Subsistence Traditions and Maritime Trends in Early China.” In Prehistoric Maritime Cultures and Seafaring in East Asia, C. Wu and B. V. Rolett, eds. Singapore: Springer Nature Singapore. Pp. 159-191.
Qiu, Jane. 2013. “China Battles Army of Invaders.” Nature 503:450-451.
Rath, Eric. 2010. Food and Fantasy in Early Modern Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press.
— 2016. Japan’s Cuisines: Food, Place and Identity. Reaktion Books.
Rath, Eric C., and Stephanie Assmann (eds.). 2010. Japanese Foodways, Past and Present. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.
Read, Bernard. 1939. The Dragon in Chinese Medicine. Jounal of the Malayan Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society LXX:21-29.
Reischauer, Edwin O. 1955. Ennin’s Travels in T’ang China. New York: Ronald Press.
Ren, Lele, et al. 2022. “Direct Dating of the Earliest Domesticated Cattle and Caprines in Northwestern China Reveals the History of Pastoralism in the Gansu-Qinghai Corridor.” Journal of Archaeological Science 144, article 105627.
Ren, S. J. 2014. The Rise and Fall of Some Small Noodle Shops in Northern Tainan: A Historical Survey.” Taipei, Taiwan: Livingstone Publishing Co.
Richards, John L.; Victoria Sheng; Chung Wing Yi; Chan Lai Ying; Ng Sin Ting; Yvonne Sadovy; David Baker. 2020. “Prevalence of Critically Endangered European Eel (Anguilla anguilla) in Hong Kong Markets.” Science Advances 6:10:eaay0317.
Robbeets, Martine, et al. 2021. “Triangulation Supports Agricultural Spread of the Transeurasian Languages.” Nature 599:616-621.
Robbeets, Martine, and Alexander Savelyev. 2020. The Oxford Guide to the Transeurasian Languages. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Roberts, Sean R. 2020. The War on the Uyghurs: China’s Internal Campaign against a Muslim Minority. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Robinson, Cyril D. 1998. “The Bagel and Its Origins—Mythical, Hypothetical and Undiscovered.” Peteits Propos Culinaires 58:42-46.
Rohsenow, John. 2002. ABC Dictionary of Chinese Proverbs. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.
Rosner, Erhard. 1999. “Regional Food Cultures in China.” Paper, Sixth Symposium on Chinese Dietary Culture, Fuzhou.
Roux, Jean. 1966. Faune et flore sacrées dans les sociétés altaïques. Paris: A. Maisonneuve.
Rowe, William. 1984. Hankow: Commerce and Society in a Chinese City, 1796-1889.
— 1989. Hankow: Conflict and Commerce in a Chinese city, 1796-1895. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
— 2002. “Social Stability and Social Change.” In The Cambridge History of China, vol. 9, part 1, The Ch’ing Dynasty to 1800.” Willard Peterson (ed.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pp. 473-562.
— 2009. China’s Last Empire: The Great Qing. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Rozin, Elisabeth. 1983. Ethnic Cuisine: The Flavor Principle Cookbook. Lexington: The Stephen Greene Press.
Ruan, Jianqing; Zhuan Xie; Xiaobo Zhang. 2014. Does Rice Farming Shape Individualism and Innovation? International Food Policy Research Institute, Discussion Paper 01389.
Sabban, Françoise. 1988. “Insights into the Problem of Preservation by Fermentation in 6th Century China.” In Food Conservation, A. Riddervold and A. Ropeid, eds. London: Prospect Books. Pp. 45-55.
— 1993. “La viande en Chine: Imaginaire et usages culinaires.” Anthropozoologica 18:79-90.
— 1994. “L’industrie sucrière, le moulin a sucre et les relations Sino-Portugaises aux XVIe-VXIIIe Siècles.” Annales Histoire, Sciences Sociales 4:817-861.
— 1997. “La diète parfaite d’un lettré retiré sous les Song du Sud.” Études chinoises XVI:7-57.
— 1999. “Chinese Regional Cuisine: The Genesis of a Concept.” Paper, Sixth Symposium on Chinese Dietary Culture, Fuzhou.
— 2009. “Forms and Evolution of Chinese Cuisine in France.” In Regionalism and Globalism in Chinese Culinary Culture, David Holm, ed. Taipei: Foundation of Chinese Dietary Culture. Pp. 369-380.
Sagart, Laurent; Guillaume Jacques; Yunfan Loai; Robin J. Ryder; Valentin Thouseau; Simon J. Greenhill; Johann-Mattis List. 2019. “Dated Language Phylogenies Shed Light on the Ancestry of Sino-Tibetan. “ Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 116:10317-10322.
Sales Lopes, Fernando. 2010. “Chinese-Portuguese Cultural Interaction and Chinese Food Culture in Macau: Macanese Cuisine—Where West and East Blend.” In Regionalism and Globalism in Chinese Culinary Culture, David Holm, ed. Taipei: Foundation of Chinese Dietary Culture. Pp. 309-324.
Salick, Jan; Yang Yongping; Anthony Amend. 2005. “Tibetan Land Use and Change near Khawa Karpo, Eastern Himalayas.” Economic Botany 59:312-325.
Santos, Gonçalo. 2021. Chinese Village Life Today: Building Families in an Age of Transition. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Sato, Hiroyugi, and Daigo Natsuki. 2017. “Human Behavioral Responses to Environmental Condition and the Emergence of the World’s Oldest Pottery in East and Northeast Asia: An Overview. “ Quaternary International 441:12-28.
Schafer, Edward. 1963. The Golden Peaches of Samarkand. Berkeley: University of California Press.
— 1967. The Vermilion Bird. Berkeley: University of California Press.
— 1977. “T’ang.” In Food in Chinese Culture, K. C. Chang, ed. New Haven: Yale University Press. Pp. 85-140.
Schlesinger, Jonathan. 2016. A World Trimmed with Fur: Wild Things, Pristine Places, and the Natural Fringes of Qing Rule. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
— 2018. “Toward an Environmental Microhistory: Lessons from the Muwa Gisun.” Late Imperial China 39:1-15.
Schluessel, Eric. 2020. Land of Strangers: The Civilizing Project in Qing Central Asia. New York: Columbia University Press.
Schmalzer, Sigrid. 2016. Red Revolution, Green Revolution: Scientific Farming in Socialist China. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Schmitt, Edwin. 2016. The Atmosphere of an Ecological Civilization: A Study of Ideology, Perception and Action in Chengdu, China. Ph.D. dissertation, Dept. of Anthropology, Chinese University of Hong Kong.
Schwartz, Adam. 2019. “Shang Sacrificial Animals: Material Documents and Images.” In Animals in Chinese History: Earliest Times through 1911, Roel Sterckx, Martina Siebert, and Dagmar Schäfer, eds. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pp. 20-45.
Science. 2020. “Yangtze River Fishing Banned. “ Science 367:127.
Seaton, J. P. 1997. I Don’t Bow to Buddhas: Selected Poems of Yuan Mei. Port Townsend, WA: Copper Canyon Press.
See, Carmelea Ang. 2011. “Acculturation, Localization and Chinese Foodways in the Philippines.” In Chinese Food and Foodways in Southeast Asia and Beyond, Tan Chee-Beng, ed. Singapore: NUS Press. Pp. 124-140.
Selbitschka, Armin. 2018. “Sacrifice vs. Sustenance: Food as a Burial Good in Late Pre-Imperial and Early Imperial Chinese Ombs and Its Relation to Funerary Rites.” Early China 41:179-243.
Serventi, Silvano, and Françoise Sabban. 2002. Pasta: The Story of a Universal Food. New York: Columbia University Press.
Shao, Qin. 1998. “Tempest over Teapots: The Vilification of Teahouse Culture in Early Republican China.” Journal of Asian Studies 57:1009-1041.
Shapiro, Judith. 2001. Mao’s War against Nature: Politics and the Environment in Revolutionary China. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Shen, Hui; Xiaoqiang Li; Robert Spengler; Xinying Zhou; Keliang Zhao. 2020. “Forest Cover and Composition on the Loess Plateau during the Middle to Late Holocene: Integrating Wood Charcoal Analyses. “ The Holocene, doi 10.1177/0959683620961486.
Shen, Hui; Xinying Zhou; Alison Betts; Peter Weiming Jia; Keliang Zhao; Xiaoqiang Li. 2019. “Fruit Collection and Early Evidence for Horticulture in the Hexi Corridor, NW China, Based on Charcoal Evidence. “ Vegetation History and Archaeobotany 28:187-197.
Sheng, Pengfei; Xue Shang; Zhouyong Sun; Liping Yang; Xiaoning Guo; Martin K. Jones. 2018. “North-South Patterning of Millet Agriculture on the Loess Plateau: Late Neolithic Adaptations to Water Stress, NW China. “ The Holocene 28:1554-1563.
Shi, Tao. 2022. “Understanding the Transition to Agropastoralism in North China: Archaeobotanical and Zooarchaeological Evidence.” Archaeological Research in Asia 29:100345.
Shi, Zhihong. 2017. Agricultural Development in Qing China: A Quantitative Study, 1661-1911. Leiden: Brill.
Shimunek, Andrew; Christopher Beckwith; Jonathan North Washington; Nicholas Kontovas; Kurban Niyaz. 2015. “The Earliest Attested Turkic Language: The Chieh (Kir) Language of the Fourth Century A.D. “ Journal Asiatique 303:143-151.
Sima Qian. 1993. Records of the Grand Historian. Trans. Burton Watson. Revised Edition. New York: Columbia University Press.
Simmons, Richard VanNess. 2011. “Hangzhou Storytelling and Songs.” In The Columbia Anthology of chinese Folk and Popular Literature, Victor H. Mair and Mark Bender, eds. New York: Columbia University Press. Pp. 472-478.
Simon, Scott. 2015. “Real People, Real Dogs, and Pigs for the Ancestors: The Moral Universe of ‘Domestication’ in Indigenous Taiwan. “ American Anthropologist 117:693-709.
Simoons, Frederick J. 1991. Food in China: A Cultural and Historical Inquiry. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.
Siu, Lok. 2022. Chifas: How Chinese Food Became a Peruvian National Treasure. Paper, conference on Chinese food, Atlanta, GA., April.
Skinner, G. William. 2017. Rural China on the Eve of Revolution: Sichuan Fieldnotes, 1949-1950. Ed. Stevan Harrell and William Lavely. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Smith, Paul Jakov. 2017. “The Sino-Tangut War and the Qingli-Era Reforms of Fan Zhongyan, 1040-1045. “ Journal of Song-Yuan Studies 45:59-137.
— 2020. China’s Engine of Environmental Collapse. Pluto Press.
Smith, Robert L. 2003. “On the Scent.” Natural History, March 2003, pp. 60-62.
So, Billy K. L. 2000. Prosperity, Region, and Institutions in Maritime China: The South Fukien Pattern, 946-1368. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press for Harvard University Asia
So, Yan-kit. 1986. A Study of Yuan Mei’s Iced Bean Curd. In Cookery: Science, Lore and Books (Oxford Symposium on Food and Cookery for 1984 and 1985), ed. by Alan Davidson. Pp. 52-54.
— 1992. Classic Food of China. London: MacMillan.
Sommer, Matthew. 2015. Polyandry and Wife-Selling in Qing Dynasty China: Survival Strategies and Judicial Interventions. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Spengler, Robert N., III; Pavel E. Tarasov; Mayka Wagner (eds.). 2016. Special Issue on Introduction and Intensification of Agriculture in Central Eurasia and Adjacent Regions. The Holocene 26, issue 10.
Stephens, Chris; Charlene Murphy; Rebecca Roberts; Leilani Lucas; Fabio Silva; Dorian Q. Fuller. 2016. “Between China and Southeast Asia: A Middle Asian Corridor of Crop Dispersal and Agricultural Innovation in the Bronze Age. “ The Holocene 26:1541-1555.
Sterckx, Roel (ed.). 2005. Of Tripod and Palate: Food, Politics, and Religion in Traditional China. New York: Palgrave MacMillan.
— 2011. Food, Sacrifice, and Sagehood in Early China. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Sterckx, Roel; Martina Siebert; Dagmar Schäfer (eds.). 2019. Animals in Chinese History: Earliest Times through 1911. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Stone, Richard. 2008. “From Remarkable Rescue to Restoration of Lost Habitat.” Science 322:184.
Stonehouse. 1999. The ZenWorks of Stonehouse. Tr. Red Pine (Bill Porter). San Francisco: Mercury House.
Sturgeon, Janet. 2005. Border Landscapes: The Politics of Akha Land Use in China and Thailand. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
— 2021. “Landscape Plasticity and Its Erasure.” Nature and Space, 2021, 1-21.
Su, J.; C. Hu; X. Yan; Y. Jin; Z. Chen; Q. Guan; Y. Wang; D. Zhong; C. Jansson; F. Wang; A Schnürer; C. Sun. 2015. “Expression of Barley SUSIBA2 Transcription Factor Yields High-starch Low-methane Rice.” Nature 523:602-606.
Su, Yun; Jia He; Xiuqi Fang; Jingchao Teng. 2018. “Transmission Pathways of China’s Historical Climate Change Impacts Based on a Food Security Framework. “ The Holocene 28:1564-1573.
Sullivan, Christopher. 2016. “Violence and Resistance in the Uyghur-Chinese Marketplace.” Paper, California Sociological Association, annual meeting, Riverside, CA, Nov. 4.
Sun Guangren; Liu Zhaochun; Li Hongho; Yang Suqin; Chong Guipin. 1990. Health Preservation and Rehabilitation. Shanghai: Publishing House of the Shanghai College of Traditional Chinese Medicine.
Sun, Weiwei; Enlou Zhang; James Shulmeister; Michael I. Bird; Jie Chang; Ji Shen. 2019. “Abrupt Changes in Indian Summer Monsoon Strength during the Last Deglaciation and Early Holocene Based on Stable Isotope Evidence from Lake Chenghai, Southwest China. “ Quaternary Science Reviews 218:1-9.
Swislocki, Mark. 2009. Culinary Nostalgia: Regional Food Culture and the Urban Experience in Shanghai. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
Tackett, Nicholas. 2022. “Demic Diffusion, Diplomatic Sociability, and an Emergent Trans-National Political Culture in Tenth- and Eleventh-Century Northeast Asia.” Journal of Song-Yuan Studies 51:125-156.
Talhelm, T.; X. Zhang; S. Oishi; C. Shimin; D. Duan; X. Lan; S. Kitayama. 2014. “Large-Scale Psychological Differences within China Explained by Rice Versus Wheat Agriculture.” Science 344:603-608.
Tan Chee-Beng. 2011. “Cultural Reproduction, Local Invention and Globalization of Soiutheast Asian Chinese Food.” In Chinese Food and Foodways in Southeast Asia and Beyond, Tan Chee-Beng, ed. Singapore: NUS Press. Pp. 23-45.
Tan Chee-Beng (ed.). 2011. Chinese Food and Foodways in Southeast Asia and Beyond. Singapore: NUS Press.
Tan Chee-Beng and Ding Yuling. 2010. “The Promotion of Tea in South China: Re-inventing Tradition in an Old Industry.” Food and Foodways 18:121-144.
Tan, Zhihai; Yongming Han; Junji Cao; Chun Chang Huang; Longjiang Mao; Zhao Liu; Zhisheng An. 2018. “The Linkages with Fires, Vegetation Composition and Human Activity in Response to Climate Changes in the Chinese Loess Plateau during the Holocene. “ Quarternary International 488:18-29.
Tang, Siufu, and Isaac Yue. 2013. “Food and the Literati: The Gastronomic Discourse of Imperial Chinese Literature.” In Scribes of Gastronomy: Representations of Food and Drink in Imperial Chinese Literature, Isaac Yue and Siufu Tang, eds. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press. Pp. 1-14.
Tao, Dawei, et al. 2022. “Human Diets, Crop Patterns, and Settlement Hierarchies in Third Millennium BC China: Bioarchaeological Perspectives in Zhengluo Region.” Journal of Archaeological Science 145, article 105647.
Teng, Shuqing; Chi Xu; Licheng Teng; Jens-Christian Svenning. 2020. “Long-term Effects of Cultural Filtering on Megafauna Species Distributions across China.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 117:486-493.
Terry, Karisa. 2021. “Variable Behavior and Settlement Contexts for the Emergence of Ceramic Vessels in Eastern Siberia.” Quaternary International 608-609:137-153.
Thornber, Karen Laura. 2012. Ecoambiguity: Environmental Crises and East Asian Literatures. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.
Tian, Guang; Jianhua Zhao; Laya Liu; Shulong Xie; Yu Liu. 2018. “Old Names Meet the New Market: An Ethnographic Study of Classic Brands in the Foodservice Industry in Shantou, China.” Human Organization 77:52-63.
Famous food shops/restaurants (not really brands). Five, 2 still private, 3 state-owned.,
Tong, May M. 1986. Imperial Dishes of China. Hong Kong: Tai Dao, and China Travel and Tourism.
Tong, Xin. 2020. “Baer’s Pochard Duck at Risk of Extinction. “ [Letter.] Science 369:928.
Tooker, Deborah. 2012. Space and the Production of Cultural Difference among the Akha Prior to Globalization: Chanbneling the Flow of Life. Amsterdam: Amsterdam University Press.
Tracey, Megan. 2013. “Pasteurizing China’s Grasslands and Sealing in Terroir.” American Anthropologist 115:437-451.
Tseng, Lin-yi. 2017. “The Deer Industry and Velvet-Antler Production and Consumption in Postwar Taiwan.” Paper, Foundation for Chinese Dietary Culture conference, Brisbane, Australia.
Tu, Dongdong; Gideon Shelach-Lavi; Ying-tung Fung. 2022. “Economy, Sharing Strategies, and Community Structure in the Early Neolithic Village of Chahai, Northeast China.” Journal of Anthropological Archaeology 67:101420.
Urgenson, Lauren; R. Keala Hagmann; Amanda Henck; Stevan Harrell;Thomas Hinckley; Sara Jo Shepler; Barbara Grub; Philip Chi. 2010. “Social-Ecological Resilience of a Nuoso Community-linked Watershed, Southwest Sichuan, China.” Ecology and Society 15:4, article 2.
Van Driem, George. 20119. The Tale of Tea: A Comprehensive History of Tea from Prehistoric Times to the Present Day. Leiden: Brill.
Ventresca Miller, Alicia R.,…Nicole Boivin. 2023. “Permafrost Preservation Reveals Proteomic Evidence for Yak Milk Consumption in the 13th Century.” Nature Communications Biology 6, article 351.
Visson, Lynn. 1999. The Art of Uzbek Cookikng., Ne wYork: Hippocrene Books.
Vogel, Hans Ulrich. 2009. “Salt and Chinese Culture: Some Comparative Aspects.” In Regionalism and Globalism in Chinese Culinary Culture, David Holm, ed. Taipei: Foundation of Chinese Dietary Culture. Pp. 181-248.
Verschuer, Charlotte von. 2016. Rice, Agriculture, and the Food Supply in Modern Japan. New York: Routledge.
Waley, Arthur. 1946. Chinese Poems. London: George Allen and Unwin.
— 1956. Yuan Mei. London: George Allen & Unwin.
Wallace, Leslie V. 2017. “Wild Youths and Fallen Officials: Falconry and Moral Opprobrium in Early Medieval China.” In Behaving Badly in Early and Medieval China, N. Harry Rothschild and Leslie V. Wallace, eds. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press. Pp. 122-134.
Wan, Xinru, et al. 2019. “Historical Records Reveal the Distinctive Associations of Human Disturbance and Extreme Climate Change with Local Extinction of Mammals.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 116:19001-19008.
Wang, Bingyan, Huashi Liu, Yang Liu, Zejuan Sun, Anke Hein. 2023. “Patterns of Spread and Adoption of Millet Agriculture along the Eastern Rim of the Tibetan Pleateau: Archaeobotanical Evidence from Houzidong, Southwest China (4200-4000 cal. BP).” Archaeological Research in Asia 35, article 100448.
Wang, Can; Houyuan Lu; Wanfa Gu; Xinxin Zuo; Jianping Zhang; Yanfeng Liu; Yingjian Bao; Yayi Hu. 2017. “Temporal Changes of Mixed Millet and Rice Agriculture in Neolithic Bronze Age Central Plain, China: Archaeobotanical Evidence from the Zhuzhai Site.” The Holocene, doi.org/10.1177/0959683617744269.
Wang, Chuan-Chao; Hui-Yuan Yeh;…David Reich. 2021. “Genomic Insights into the Formation of Hman Populations in East Asia.” Nature 591:413-419.
Wang Ch’ung. 1907. Lun-Heng. Tr. Alfred Forke. Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz; London: Luzac & Co.; Shanghai: Kelly and Walsh.
Wang, Jiajing, and Leping Jiang. 2022. “Intensive Acorn Processing in the Early Holocene of Southern China.” The Holocene 32:1305-1316.
Wang, Jiajing; Li Liu; Terry Ball; Linjie Yu; Yuanqing Li; Fulai Xing. 2016. “Revealing a 5,000-year-old Beer Recipe in China.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences doi 10.1073/pnas.1601465113
Wang, Jiajing; Yiyi Tang; et al. 2025. “Early Evidence for Pig Domestication (8,000 cal. BP) in the Lower Yangtze, South China.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 122:e2507123122.
Wang, Jiajing; Jiangping Zhu; Dongrong Lei; Leping Jiang. 2022. “New Evidence for Rice Harvesting in the Early Neolithic Lower Yangtze River, China.” PLoS One, doi 10.1371/journal.pone.0278200.
Wang, Jian; James F. Parham; Haitao Shi. 2021. “China’s Turtles Need Protection in the Wild.” Science 371:473.
Wang Jianhua. 2008. Cultural Adaptation and Sustainability: Political Adaptation of Akha People in Xishuangbanna, Southwestern China. Final Report to Sumernet Foundation.
Wang, Jianhua “Ayoe.” 2013. Sacred and Contested Landscapes. Ph.D. dissertation, Dept. of Anthropology, University of California, Riverside.
Wang, Jinping. 2018. In the Wake of the Mongols: The Making of a new Social Order in North China, 1200-1600. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Wang Liulan, Weerachai Nanakorn, Katsuyoshi Fukui. 2003. “Food and Medicinal Plants Used for Childbirth among Yunnanese Chinese in Northern Thailand.” Journal of Ethnobiology 23:209-226.
Tang, Mengxia; Ting An; Yu Peng. 2025. “Revisiting Acorn Utilization in the Lower Yangtze Valley, China.” Economic Botany 79:23-43.
Wang, Q. Edward. 2015. Chopsticks: A Cultural and Culinary History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Wang, Ruiyun; Harriet V. Hunt; Zhijun Qiao; Lun Wang; Yuanhuai Han. 2016. “Diversity and Cultivation of Broomcorn Millet (Panicum miliaceum L.) in China: A Review.” Economic Botany 70:332-342.
Wang Si. 2012. “Bai Food Specialties in Dali.” Flavor and Fortune 19:4:5-6, 35.
Wang, Wandi. 2024. “A Lyrical Cookbook: Gastropoetics in Pure Offerings.” Journal of Song-Yuan Studies 53:93-126.
Wang, Wandi. 2025. “Taste and Gastropoetics in Traditional China, Ninth to Seventeenth Centuries CE.” Ph.D. dissertation, East Asian Languages and Cultural Studies, University of California, Santa Barbara.
Wang, Wei; Yongqiang Wang; Chengbang An; Qiurong Ruan; Futao Duan; Wenying Li; Weimiao Dong. 2017. “Human Diet and Subsistence Strategies from the Late Bronze Age to Historic Times at Goukou, Xinjiang, NW China.” The Holocene, doi.org/10.1177/0959683611735588.
Wang, Wei, et al. 2025. “Diachronic Evolution in Subsistence Strategies of Ancient Humans from the Neolithic Age to the Bronze Age in the Western Liaohe River Basin and Its Influencing Factors.” The Holocene 35:2:doi 10.1177/09596836241291979.
Updated edn of book issued 1998 by China Social Sciences Press, Beijing.
Wank, David. 2015. “Knife-shaved Noodles Go Global: Provincial Culinary Politics and the Improbable Rise of a Minor Chinese Cuisine.” In The Globalization of Asian Cuisines: Transnational Networks and Culinary Contact Zones, ed. James Farrer. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
Warrant, R., and H. Honten. 2008. “Supporting Roles in Food Culture: Chopsticks.” Food Culture 16:11-14.
Warriner, Christina. 2022. “An Archaeology of Microbes.” Journal of Anthropological Research 78:4, doi 10.1086/721976.
Watson, J.L., 1987. From the common pot: feasting with equals in Chinese society. Anthropos,
82, 389–401.
— 2011. “Community Banqueting Rituals and the Politics of Heritage in Hong Kong.” In Intangible Cultural Heritage and Local Communities in East Asia, Liu Tik-Sang, ed. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University of Science and Technology and Hong Kong Heritage Museum. Pp. 46-52.
— 2021. “Guarding the Shoreline: Oyster Farming, Salt Production, and Fishing along the South China Coast (1667-1978). “ Journal of Chinese History (2021) 1-29.
Watson, James L. (ed.). 1997. Golden Arches East: McDonald’s in East Asia. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
Watson, James L., and Rubie S. Watson. 2004. Village Life in Hong Kong: Politics, Gender, and Ritual in the New Territories. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press.
Weckerle, Caroline. 2005. “Walnuts among the Shuhi in Shuiluo, eastern Himalayas.” Economic Botany 59:287-295.
Weeks, Martha E. 2004. “Cuisine of Dungan (Hui) People.” Flavor and Fortune 11:2:9-11, 28.
— 2005. Kyrgyz Cooking. Northampton, MA: Martha E. Weeks.
Wei, Clarissa. 2017. “The Struggles of Writing about Chinese Food as a Chinese Person.” Munchies, April 18, https://munchies.vice.com/en_us/article/the-struggles-of-writing-about-chinese-food-as-a-chinese-person
Wei, Clarissa, with Ivy Chen. 2023. Made in Taiwan: Recipes and Stories from the Island Nation. New York: Simon Element.
Wei, Zhudeng; Xiuqi Fang; Yun Su; Beibei Li; Xueqiong Wei; Jun Yin. 2018. “Comparison of Climatic Impacts Transmission from Temperature to Grain Harvests and Economies between the Han (206 BC-AD220) and Tang (AD 618-907). “ The Holocene 28:1598-1608.
Weisskopf, Alison; Ling Qin; Jinglong Ding; Pin Ding; Guoping Sun; Dorian Q. Fuller. 2015. “Phytoliths and Rice: From Wet to Dry and Back Again in the Neolithic Lower Yangtze.” Antiquity 89:1051-1063.
Weisskopf, Alison; Ling Qin; Dorian Fuller. 2015. The Trajectory of Early Rice Intensification and Cultural Change in the Lower Yangtze valley Revealed by an Ecological Analysis of Archaeological Phytoliths. Paper, Society for American Archaeology, annual meeting, San Francisco.
Wen, Shao-qing; Xin-zhu Tong; Hui Li. 2016. “Y-chromosome-based Genetic Pattern in East Asia Affected by Neolithic Transition. “ Quaternary International 426:50-55.
Widmer, Ellen. 2006. The Beauty and the Book: Women and Fiction in Nineteenth-Century China. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Asia Center.
Wigman, Andrew. 2016. Linguistic and Archaeological Insights on the Migrations of the Proto-Tocharians. Ludwig-Maximiliens-Universität München, MA thesis.
Wilkinson, Endymion. 2012. Chinese History: A New Manual. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Will, Pierre-Etienne. 1990. Bureaucracy and Famine in Eighteenth-Century China. Tr. Elborg Forster (Frech orig. 1980). Stanford. Chfh
Will, Pierre-Etienne, and R. Bin Wong, with James Lee. 1991. Nourish the People: The State Civilian Granary Systsem in China, 1650-1850. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.
Wilms, Sabine. 2016. Shen Nong Bencao Jing: The Divine Farmer’s Classic of Materia Medica. Corbett, OR: Happy Goat Productions.
Winkler, Daniel. 2008. “Yartsa Gunbu (Cordyceps sinensis) and the Fungal Commodification of Tibet’s Rural Economy.” Economic Botany 62:291-305.
Winkler, Daniel. 2009. “The Mushrooming Fungi Market in Tibet Exemplified by Cordyceps sinensis and Tricholoma matsutake.” Journal of the International Association of Tibetan Studies, 4, http://www.thlib.org/collections/texts/jiats/#jiats=/04/winkler/ (online)
Womack, Andrew, et al. 2021. “The Majiayao to Qijia Transition: Exploring the Intersection of Technological and Social Continuity and Change.” Asian Archaeology 4:95-120.
Wong, Cecily, and Dylan Thuras. 2021. Gastro Obscura. New York: Workman Publishing Co.
Wong, R. Bin. 1997. China Transformed: Historical Change and the Limits of European Experience. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
Wood, James W. 2020. The Biodemography of Subsistence Farming. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Wu Ching-Tzu [Wu Jingzi]. 1957. The Scholars. Tr. Yang Hsien-Ti and Gladys Yang. Peking [Beijing]: Foreign Language Press.
Wu, David Y. H. 2008. “All You Can Eat Buffet: The Evolution of Chinese Cuisine in Hawaii.” Journal of Chinese Dietary Culture 4:1-24.
— 2011. “Global Encounter of Diasporic Chinese Restaurant Food.” In Chinese Food and Foodways in Southeast Asia and Beyond, Tan Chee-Beng, ed. Singapore: NUS Press. Pp. 75-105.
Wu, David Y. H., and Sidney C. H. Cheung. 2002. The Globalization of Chinese Food. London: Curzon.
Wu, David Y. H., and Tan Chee Beng. 2001. Changing Chinese Foodways in Asia. Hong Kong: Chinese University Press of Hong Kong.
Wu, Jun, et al. 2020. “China’s Wild Turtles at Risk of Extinction. “ Science 368:838.
Wu, “Madame.” 2023. Madame Wu’s Handbook on Home-Cooking: The Song Dynasty Classic on Domestic Cuisine. Toronto, Canada: Linea.
Wu, Xu. 2011. Farming, Cooking, and Eating Practices in the Central China Highland: How Hezha Foods Function to Establish Ethnic Identity. Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press.
— 2014a. “Artremisia Meals in Enshi, China.” Flavor and Fortune 21:4:8-9.
— 2014b. “The Farmhouse Joy (nongjiale) Movement in China’s Ethnic Minority Villages.” Asia Pacific Journal of Anthropology 15:158-177.
— 2015. “Wild Edible Plants and Pilgrimage on Wudang Mountain.” Journal of Ethnobiology 35:606-627.
Wu, Yan; Limi Mao; Can Wang; Jianping Zhang; Zhijun Zhao. 2016. “Phytolith Evidence Suggests Early Domesticated Rice Since 5600 cal a BP on Hainan Island of South China. “ Quaternary International 426:120-125.
Wu, Yenna. 1996. “Morality and Cannibalism in Ming-Qing Fiction. Tamkang Review 27:23-46.
— 1997. From History to Allegory: Surviving Famine in the Xingshi Yinyuan Zhuan.” Chinese Culture.
Wu, Yi-Li. 2010. Reproducing Women: Medicine, Metaphor, and Childbirth in Late Imperial China. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Wu, Yili. 2011. “Body, Gender, and Disease: The Female Breast in Late Imperial Chinese Medicine.” Late Imperial China 32:83-128.
Xie, Lieyu; Steven L. Kuhn; Guoping Sun; John W. Olsen; Yunfei Zheng; Pin Ding; Ye Zhao. 2015. “Labor Costs for Prehistoric Earthwork Construction: Experimental and Archaeological Insights from the Lower Yangzi Basin, China. “ American Antiquity 80:67-88.
Xu, Wubing; Jens-Christian Svenning; Guoke Chen; Bin Chen; Jihong Huang; Keping Ma. 2018. “Plant Geographical Range Size and Climate Stability in China: Growth Form Matters.” Global Ecology and Biogeography 27:506-517.
Xue, Yining, et al. 2022. “Post-Neolithic Broadening of Agriculture in Yunnan, China: Archaeobotanical Evidence from Haimenkou.” Archaeological Research in Asia 30:100364.
Yamamoto, Sota, and Eiji Nawata. 2009. Use of Capsicum frutescens L. by the Indigenous Peoples of Taiwan and the Batanes Islands.” Economic Botany 63:43-59.
Yan Yunxiang. 1997. “McDonald’s in Beijing: The Localization of Americana.” In Golden Arches East, ed. by James L. Watson. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Pp. 39-76.
Yang, Bao, et al. 2021. “Long-term Decrease in Asian Monsoon Rainfall and Abrupt Climate Change Events over the Past 6,700 Years.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 118:e2102007118.
Yang, Hong, et al. 2023. “Silent Summers: The Decline of Cicadas.” Science 381:490.
Yang Jisheng. 2012. Tombstone: The Great Chinese Famine 1958-1962. New York: Farrer Straus Giroux. Orig. Ch. Edn 2008.
Yang, Lixin; Selena Almed; John Richard Stepp; Yanqing Zhao; Ma Jun Zeng; Shengji Pei; Dayuan Xue; Gang Xu. 2015. “Cultural Uses, Ecosystem Services, and Nutrient Profile of Flowering Quince (Chaenomeles speciosa) in the Highlands of Western Yunnan, China.” Economic Botany 69:273-283.
Yang, Mayfair Mei-hui. 1994. Gifts, Favors and Banquets: The Art of Social Relationships in China. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
— 2020. Re-enchanting Modernity: Ritual Economy and Society in Wenzhou, China. Durham: Duke University Press.
Yang, Melinda A., et al. 2020. “Ancient DNA Indicates Ancient Population Shifts in Northern and Southern China. “ Science 369:282-288.
Yang, Yuzhang, et al. 2023. “Mixed Farming of Rice and Millets Became the Dominant Subsistence Strategy 6400 Years Ago in the Western Huanghuai Plain of Central China: New Macrofossil Evidence from Shigu.” Archaeological and Anthropological Sciences 15, article 122.
Earlier Peiligang mostly or heavily depended on wild plants. This is first real ag dep.
Yang Zhuliang. N.d. “A Preliminary Ethnomycological Study on Wild Edible Mushrooms Consumed by National Minorities in Xishuangbanna, Yunnan, China.” Ms.
Yao, Ling, et al. 2016. “Early Neolithic Human Exploitation and Processing of Plant Foods in the Lower Yangtze River, China.” Quaternary International 426:56-64.
Yao, Yi-Feng; Xia Wang; Wu Guo; Min Li; David K. Ferguson; Yu-Fei Wang; Cheng-Sen Li. 2020. “Archaeobotanical Evidence Reveals the Human-Environment Interactions during the 9th-13th Centuries at Turpan, Xinjiang Province, on the Ancient Silk Road.” Journal of Archaeobotany and Vegetation History 29:539-552.
Ye, Yvaine, and Jack Leeming. 2023. “Why China’s Changing Diet Is a Bellyache or Public Health.” Nature 618:S13-S15.
Yee, Rhoda. 1975. Chinese Village Cookbook. San Francisco: Yerba Buena Pres.
Yeh, Emily, and Fan Li. 2022. “Of Crayfish, Rice, and Anxiety: Agricultural Modernization in Chongzhou, Sichuan.” Global Food History 8:232-253,
Yin Shaoting. 2001. People and Forests: Yunnan Swidden Agriculture in Human-Ecological Perspective. Tr. Marcus Fiskejo. Kunming: Yunnan Educational Publishing House.
Young, Grace, and Alan Richardson. 2004. The Breath of the Wok. New York: Simon and Schuster.
Young, Park Kun. 2008. “Kimchi: Ideal Health Food for a Well-being Lifestyle.” Koreana Winter 2008, pp. 13-15.
Yu Shuenn-der. 2010. “Materiality, Stimulants and the Puer Tea Fad.” Journal of Chinese Dietary Culture 6:107-147.
Yuan Longping. 2002. “The Second Generation of Hybrid Rice in China.” 20th International Rice Commission meeting, Bangkok. Retrieved 2013 from FAO website.
Yuan Mei. 2019. Recipes from the Garden of Contentment. Tr. and ed. Sean J. S. Chen. Great Barrington, MA: Berkshire.
Yue, Isaac. 2017. “Coarse Tea and Insipid Rice: The Politics of Food in the Northern Song Period.” The Chinese Historical Review 24:113-130.
Zahler, Peter. 2016. “Resource Extraction.” In Snow Leopards: Biodiversity of the World: Conservation from Genes to Landscapes. New York: Academic Press. Pp. 113-136.
Zanasi, Margherita. 2020. Economic Thought in Modern China: Market and Consumption, c 1500-1937. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Zhan, Shaohua. 2022. “The Political Economy of Food Import and Self-Reliance in China, 1949-2019. Global Food History 8:194-212.
Zhang Bangwei. 2017a. “Childbirth and Old-Age Care.” In A Social History of Middle-Period China, Zhu Ruixin, Zhang Bangwei, Liu Fusheng, Cai Chongbang and Wang Zhengyu, eds. Tr. Bang Qian Zhu. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pp. 266-291.
— 2017b. “Funeral and Burial Practices (Part 2): Those of Liao, Western Xia, Jin, Dali and Ethnic Settlements under the Jurisdiction of Song.” Ibid., 335-350.
Zhang, Chengrui, et al. 2021. “Sika Deer in Bronze Age Guanzhong: Sustainable Wildlife Exploitation in Ancient China?” Antiquity 95:940-954.
Zhang Jinghong. 2010. “Multiple Visions of Authenticity: Puer Tea Consumption in Yunnan and Other Places.” Journal of Chinese Dietary Culture 6:63-105.
— 2023. “’A Sense of Life’: The Abstruse Language of Taste in Chinese Culture.” Food, Culture and Society 26:47-62.
Zhang, Jun; Xiaozhong Huang; Zongli Wang; Tianlong Yen; En’yuan Zhang. 2018. “A Late Holocene Pollen Record from the Western Qilian Mountains and Its Implications for Climate Change and Human Activity along the Silk Road, Northwestern China.” The Holocene 28:1141-1150.
Zhang, Junna; Zhengkai Xia; Xiaohu Zhang; Michael J. Storozum. 2018. “Early-Middle Holocene Ecological Change and Its Influence on Human Subsistence Strategies in the Luoyang Basin, North-central China.” Quaternary Research 89:446-458.
Zhang, Ling. 2016. The River, the Plain, and the State: An Environmental Drama in Northern Song China, 1048-1128. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Zhang, Ling, and Mindi Schneider. 2022. “Feeding, Eating, Worrying: Chinese Food Politics Across Time.” Global Food History 8:153-156.
Zhang, Meng. 2017. “Market-Oriented Reforestation: Secularization of Timberlands and Shareholding Practices in Southwest China, 1750-1900.” Late Imperial China 38:109-152.
— 2021. Timber and Forestry in Qing China. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Foreword by K. Shivaramakrishnan.
Zhang Menhan, Shi Yan, Wuyun Pan; Li Jin. 2019. “Phylogenetic Evidence for Sino-Tibetan Origin in Northern China in the Late Neolithic.” Nature 569:112-115.
Zhang, Naimeng; Guanghui Dong; Xiaoyen Yang; Xinxin Zuo; Lihong Kang; Lele Ren; Honggao Liu; Hu Li; Rui Min; Xi Liu; Dongju Zhang; Fahu Chen. 2017. “Diet Reconstructed from an Analysis of Plant Microfossils in Human Dental Calculus from the Bronze Age Site of Shilinggang, Southwest China.” Journal of Archaeological Science 83:41-48.
Zhang, Pingzhong; Hai Cheng; R. Lawrence Edwards; Fahu Chen; Yongjin Wang; Xulin Yang; Jian Liu; Ming Tan; Xianfeng Wang; Jinghua Liu; Chunlei An; Zhibo Dai; Jing Zhou; Dezhong Zhang; Jihong Jia; Liya Jin; Kathleen R. Johnson. 2008. “A Test of Climate, Sun, and Culture Relationships from an 1810-Year Chinese Cave Record.” Science 322:940-942.
Zhang, Shenrui, et al. 2020. “Contrasting Impacts of the 8.2 and 4.2-ka Abrupt Climatic Events on the Regional Vegetation of the Hulun Lake Region in Northeastern China.” Journal of Quaternary Science 35:831-840.
Zhang, Tianshu, and Scott A. Elias. 2019. “Holocene Paleoenvironmental Reconstruction Based on Faunas from the Southern Altai Region, North-west China.” Journal of Quaternary Science 34:593-602.
Zhang, Wentong, et al. 2022. “Reconstruction of Coastal Flooding Processes and Human Response at the End of the Liangzhu Culture, East Asia.” Quaternary Science Reviews 293, article 107705.
Zhang, Xiaojian; Jianui Li; Meng Gao; Liya Jin. 2018. “Simulated Precipitation Changes in Central Asia since the Last Glacial Maximum.” Quaternary International 490:82-97.
Zhang, Yan; Philip A. Meyers; Xingtu Liu; Guoping Wang; Xiaoyu Li; Yuxiang Yang; Bolong Wen. 2016. “Holocene Climate Changes in the Central Asia Mountain Region Inferred from a Peat Sequence from the Altai Mountains, Xinjiang, Northwestern China.” Quaternary Science Reviews 152:19-30. http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0277379116303663
Zhang, Yan; Ping Yang; Chuan Tong; Xingtu Liu; Zhenqing Zhang; Guoping Wang; Philip A. Meyers. 2018. “Palynological Record of Holocene Vegetation and Climate Change in a High-Resolution Peat Profile from the Xinjiang Altai Mountains, Northwestern China.” Quaternary Science Reviews 201:111-123.
Zhang Zhibin and Paul U. Unschuld. 2015-2018. Dictionary of the Ben Cao Gang Mu. Berkeley: University of California Press. 3 vols.
Zhang-Schmidt, Gerald. 2022. Red Hot China: Cuisines, Chillies, Culture. N.p.: World Chilli Alliance [i.e. self-published].
Zhao, Chao, et al. 2021. “Neolithic Pathways in East Asia: Early Sedentism on the Mongolian Plateau.” Antiquity 95:379:45-64.
Zhao, Hao, et al. 2021. “China’s Future Food Demand and Its Implications for Trade and Environment.” Nature Sustainability 4:1042-1051.
Zhao, Xu; Junguo Liu; Qingying Liu; Martin R, Tillotson; Dabo Guan; Klaus Hubacek. 2015. “Physical and Virtual Water Transfers for Regional Water Stress Alleviation in China.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 112:1031-1035.
Zheng, Diana. Jia! The Food of Swatow and the Teochew Diaspora.
Zheng Tingquan. 1998. Chinese Imperial Cuisines and Eating Secrets. Beijing: Chinese Literature Press.
Zhou Xinying; Li Xiaoqiang; John Dodson; Zhao Keliang. 2016. “Rapid Agricultural Transformation in the Prehistoric Hexi Corridor, China.” Quaternary International 426:33-41.
Zhou, Xuecheng; Dabang Jiang; Jianmei Lang. 2019. “A Multi-model Analysis of ‘Little Ice Age’ Climate over China. “ The Holocene 29:592-605.
Zhu, Simei, et al. 2021. “Subsistence and Health in Middle Neolithic (9000-7000 BP) Southern China: New Evidence from the Dingsishan Site.” Antiquity 95:379:13-26.
Ziegler, Alan D.; Ross H. Andrews; Carl Grundy-Warr; Paiboon Sithithaworn; Trevor N. Petney. 2011. “Fighting Liverflukes with Food Safety Education.” Science 331:282-283. Letter.
Zipki, Monica E. M. 2018. “Wanton Goddesses to Unspoken Worthies: Gendered Hermeneutics in the Chuci zhangju.” Early China 41:333-374.
Zou, Guan-nan; Gideon Shelach; Xiao-Qiang Li; Chao Zhao; Jia-fu Zhang; et al. 2018. “Geochronology and Paleoenvironment of the Taoshan Site, Northeastern China, and Archaeological Implications.” Quaternary International 463:6-17.
Zūrn, Tobias Benedikt. 2018. “Overgrown Courtyards and Tilled Fields: Image-Based Debates on Governance and Body Politics in the Mengzi, Zhuangzi, and Huainanzi.. Early China 41:297-332.
Appendix: Korean food, mainly what is not covered in Crossroads of Cuisine
The definitive book on Korean food, so far, is Michael Pettid’s Korean Cuisine (2008). I draw on it heavily below.
Korean is related to the Tungus languages, and almost certainly to Japanese, though the split from that language was very ancient. Resemblances are confused by countless loanwords going back and forth. Korean has also borrowed heavily from Chinese, but is not even remotely related to it.
It should be noted that there are two transcription systems of Korean script into English. The older McCune-Reischauer system more accurately represents the sounds of the language, but the new Korean national system has taken over, following Korean diaspora around the world. Many terms below will be given in both systems, the older one recognizable by using p, t, k for the stop consonants that become b, d, g in the new system (and ch becomes j). I try to give the commoner form and then the other one, but tend to prefer the older, since it represents the actual spoken sounds better.
The Korean script is the only phonemically and phonetically precise script in ordinary use anywhere in the world. It was based rather freely on the Phagspa script, invented by the Tibetan monk Phagspa for the Mongols. It was invented in the time of King Sejong (1397-1450), and refined since. According to tradition, it is based on the three layers of the Confucian cosmos, Heaven above, Humans in the middle, and Earth below. It is also said to be based on the shapes of the mouth as it enunciates (Lee and Ramsey 2011). One must use some imagination to see this in the neat, geometric forms of the script, but they are perfectly set up by modern phonemic standards. The Koreans had previously used Chinese characters, transliterating their own language, and Chinese continued to supply most of the substantive words until modern times.
Agriculture has been traced back to 4800 BCE. It is surely older. Early Neolithic chŭlmun pottery dates back to 6000 BCE, and probably went with agriculture (Seth 2011:11). A cruder pottery is even earlier, but was used to cook sea food, and is not associated with agriculture (Shoda et al. 2017). Broomcorn and foxtail millets both appear from then on. The Eurasia-wide (and probably worldwide) cold and dry period around 4000-4200 years ago shows up clearly (Park et al. 2021). Barley and wheat appear about 2000 BCE, the same time they reached northern China. Adzuki beans go from wild to tame from that period onward. Barnyard millet is a late arrival. Perilla may be cultivated very early, and certainly is known by the Mumun period after 1000 BCE. Wet rice and soybeans are found in Mumun and may be earlier (Crawford and Lee 2003). Archaeologists turned up beaver bones in Pleistocene Korea, though beaver don’t occur in E Asia now.
Rice increased from 1500 to 600 BCE, the grains changing from small and narrow to big and plump. New rice varieties came in. The ancient semilunar havesting knife was replaced by iron sickles (M. Kim et al. 2013). This allowed rapid harvest but making it more difficult to select special head for seed and ritual. Settlements grew and nucleated, apparently producing conflict, but conflict waned after 200 BCE, as cooperation was needed to produce rice paddies and other irrigation works (M. Kim et al. 2019). Another dry period seems to have occurred around 800-300 BCE, possibly explaining this (Park et al. 2021). Early kingdoms in Korea show more genetic relationships with Japan than we find today (University of Vienna 2022).
In the Koryŏ (Goryeo) Dynasty (918-1392, Korean food became sophisticated. One Xu Jing traveled from China to Korea in the early 12th century, and found the Koreans surprisingly civilized for “eastern barbarians,” eating food that was simple but decently served by Chinese standards (Vermeesch 2016). Tea culture flourished, and was related to the magnificent Koryŏ celadon ceramics, which have been called the most beautiful ceramics ever made in the world. Their pale green color sets off tea perfectly. They were made partly with this in mind.
Rice became less rare at this time. Rice cakes became important food, in many varieties. Vegetables at the time included: “Radish, turnips, lotus roots, taro, leeks, dropwort, lettuce, hooyhock [mallows, Malva parvifolia complex], green onions, water shields [Brasenia], garlic, shallots, cucumbers, and eggplants” (Yun1993:10). Kimchi and relatives already existed. So did sullongt’ang, bone and tripe soup, still popular.
In the following Chosŏn (Joseong) period, the New World crops came to Korea, providing a desperately needed relief from crowding on a mountainous and often infertile peninsula. Squash, white and sweet potatoes, tomatoes, and most important of all, the chile pepper, came over time, white potatoes possibly not until after 1800; sweet potatoes had been there since 1753, supposedly introduced from Japan by one Cho’ŏm (Yun 1993:11), though I am sure they were there long before (as they certainly were in China).
Korean food is as dependent on grain staples as other East Asian foods. Rice was traditionally the prestige starch, but was a luxury everywhere, the more so as one went north from subtropical Jeju Island to the subarctic cold of the northern mountains. Usually, people depended on barley, millets, and buckwheat, in various combinations. These often became noodles. Lacking gluten, they were variously prepared; I assume they were often forced through a sieve into boiling water, as in China.
A long passage from around 1500, quoted by Pettid (2008:27), describes an elite meal of the time, with fresh herbs, boiled vegetables, kimchi and the like, rice, soup, soy sauce, broiled fish or meat, and trimmings. Ordinary people made do with some sort of boiled grain and some soup or vegetables. A royal banquet could typically run around 30 courses, counting pickles and sauces, as well as several drinks (Pettid 2008:135-136 lists the whole array).
Rice is pap (or bap). As elsewhere in eastern Asia, this term—focally denoting cooked rice—can mean a grain staple, or a meal, or food in general, by extension. Sticky rice—short-grain japonica—is preferred. Its stickiness is exploited in the countless rice cakes (ttŏk), made of rice flour either mixed with other flours (such as chestnut or mugwort) or made into wrappings around stuffings of the same and other ingredients. Rice cakes with mugwort are a traditional spring delight. Mugwort (Artemisia vulgaris) is bitter in a refreshing way, It is also slightly poisonous in heavy doses, and used to kill worms, repel insect pests, and clean up possibly septic situations, so its use as food has some medicinal value. The Chusŏk festival, East Asian New Year’s Day (around early February), particularly features rice cakes, including the mugwort ones, as well as other rice dishes and special foods.
Congee—rice gruel—is chuk (juk). It is not only a common everyday food, but it takes on special forms, often medicinal (bonjuk). A vast range of medicinal foods and herbs find their way into these. Abalone congee was an Imperial delicacy.
Food to accompany the grain staple has its own special word, as elsewhere. Side dishes with a meal are served in small separate plates and known as banchan (panch’an). Originally this meant anything eaten with rice (like sung in Cantonese), but now it applies solely to these side dishes. Traditionally, only the Emperor and his family could have an even number of these. Today, anyone qualifies.
A meal is bapsang (bap for rice of course), soup kuk (guk).Jang is the more traditional term for the salted side dishes that now are just banchan. Chopped spices and herbs as banchan are yangnyom. A main meal will have about seven of these—less for a minor occasion, more for a feast. One restaurant in Los Angeles, famous for its banchan, provides 18 small dishes for a single individual’s light lunch. The inevitable kimchi is supplemented with boiled vegetables, dressed greens, mushrooms, sea food, a+nd various pickles and spicy preparations.
A standard breakfast or lunch dish is pipim pap (bibimbap), cooked rice with various toppings including kimchi or the like and an egg. It is very well known to travelers on Korean Airways, as their standard breakfast option.
Meat was a luxury in the old days, but was consumed in large quantities when available, and today Korean food is meat-heavy. Do-it-yourself barbecue on metal cones over a live fire is overwhelmingly popular, and has gone worldwide. Pulkogi (bulgogi) is particularly famous, but short ribs, pork belly, and other delights certainly rival it in taste. The meat is marinated in highly spiced mixes. Hot pot, noodle dishes, and various dumplings are also extremely popular. The dumplings betray Central Asian origin by their Turkic name, mantu (mandu).
Korea being a peninsula with many islands, sea food is abundant and popular. Almost anything marine is eaten, up to and including stew of pollack guts, an acquired taste. Squid cookery is notably diverse and outstanding.
Blood sausage (sundae) is popular. Sohui Kim, in a beautiful photo-cookbook with fine recipes (S. Kim 2018:176), tells you how to make it, a long process that will probably remain confined to Korean experts. She also provides instruction on making your own Spam (pp. 188-189). Like Hawaiians, Koreans leaned to love Spam in the hard times during and after WWII, and again during the Korean War. The dwindling number of us who remember the US home front in WWII have distinctly less loving memories of that item, and are always amused to see how choice it is in Hawaii and Korea. Nostalgia extends to pudae chigae, “military-camp stew,” a stew including Spam and hot dogs—items available from US military installations during and after the Korean War.
Korean food depends heavily on fermentation. Kinchi, pickled Chinese cabbage with chiles, is the most famous (the following information on it comes from Surya and Lee 2022; Surya and Nugroho 2023). It involves Lactobacillus fermentation, heavy salting being used to prevent spoilage. Kimjang is the process of making it, specifically the huge fall rush. It is most often made from baechu, white cabbage. Sea food in kimchi or chile sauce is jeotgal (chotkal). The sea food may be fermented as well as the sauces (Pettid 2008:93). There is a whole philosophy around kimchi and the making of it.
At least 95% of South Koreans eat kimchi more than once a day, often at all meals. Two million tons are consumed annually, working out to ½ to 1 cup per person per day, 1/3 of their vegetable intake. It can have some vitamin C, though pickling usually destroys this. Meat/fish and fish sauce in it appear only since Choson, and nappa cabbage only got to Korea then too, around the 16th century, like chiles. Soy sauce ferments came in Choson, were popular, have pretty much died out. A 1760 cookbook already has many recipes, plus 61 kinds of jiu (Cho 2020). In 2021 a Chinese pair of characters was invented for it, pron xinqi.
Kkakdugi is kinchi with white radish, chonggak includes the variety called ponytail radish, yeolmu (yŏlmu)is the product from fresh young summer radish. Tongbaechu uses whole cabbages (mak is the usual cut-up one), yangbaechu green cabbages. Pa is made with green onions, gat with mustard leaves, buchu with garlic chives, kkaenip with perilla leaves. Green pepper and cucumber stuffed with chopped carrot and chives make gochu sobagi and oi sobagi. Dongchimi and nabak use more mul—water, brine.
Sohui Kim has a thorough and well-photographed guide to making standard and variant kimchis (pp. 110-129). One is perilla-leaf kimchi, kketnipkimchi; perilla is indeed related to catnip, but the word resemblance seems accidental. (The perilla plant, Perilla frutescens, is deulkkae; the leaf is kketnip or khaennip. It is shiso in Japanese. It is often mistranslated as sesame in Korean and Japanese menus and other sources, apparently because of vague similarity of the seeds; the plants are not related.) The journal Koreana in 2008 had an entire issue on kimchi, including an article extolling it as a miraculous cure for ailments (Young 2008).
Kimchi is often used in stew, kimchi jjigae. Kimchi in pancakes gives us kimchi buchimgae. Kimchi soup is simply named kimchi guk, guk meaningsoup Kimchi fried rice is kimchi bokkeumbap. Gochugaru, red chile powder, generally gets into kimchi. Over 16 bacteria species, plus yeasts etc., are involved, including Lactobacillus kimchii and Weisella kimchii. Even Leuconostoc and Candida get into it. There is even a philosophy of kimchi, which includes the usual East Asian ideas of yin and yang, the five elements, balance and harmony, beauty, filial piety, and patience. In short: Bogi joeun tteogi meokgido jota, “what looks good tastes good” (Surya and Lee 2022).
Soy sauce is kanjang, red pepper sauce is koch’ujang, the familiar gochujang of Korean restaurants and markets. A fermented soy paste is toenjang (Pettid 2008:35).
More complex is jang (different from the word for a meal), the Korean form of the Chinese word jiang and the item it describes: fermented soybean paste. Not only Lactobacillus, but a large number of other bacteria, as well as yeasts and other fungi, go into the various forms of jang. The beans are steamed, dried, and then fermented in brine. Ground with chiles, they become gochujang, the famous Korean sauce for many purposes. It has a strong soy paste flavor as well as varying but often high levels of capsaicin “heat.”
Pickles, generally Lactobacillus ferments, often with other agents, accompany, or used to accompany, every Korean meal. They still appear at every major occasion among the banchan.
Dependence on pickles for vegetables during the harsh Korean winters was associated with high rates of stroke (cerebrovascular accident); Korea long led the world in this cause of death. Cold storage and good transportation reduced the need for pickles, and the stroke rate has rapidly and steadily dropped.
All the above pickles require incredible amounts of chile peppers. Korea must be far ahead of Mexico in chile consumption per capita. Chiles are first noted in 1614 (Pettid 2008:45), but were surely there before then. They probably came with the Portuguese, possibly via Japan, about the time of the Imjin wars, Japan’s attempted conquest of Korea around 1592. The Korean word for chile is gochu, but that term is found in older texts. so must have been used for some other plant.
Maangchi (Emily Kwang-Sook Kim) provides another wonderfully illustrated and extremely useful photo-cookbook, Maangchi’s Big Book of Korean Cooking, with Martha Rose Shulman (2019). Among many other things, she gives directions for dosirak, the Korean version of the Japanese bentō. The bento is an elaborately planned and packed lunchbox. Japanese mothers try to outdo each other, or more often imitate an impossible standard of perfection, in packing these boxes for their children, to the point at which bento have become gourmet items in high-priced and thoroughly adult restaurants. The dosirak has yet to achieve such fame, but may soon. More nostalgia for the old days (besides Spam) is shown in the fish-soy-starch sausages of the poverty days, as “Good Memories Sausage” (Maangchi 2019:274).
Chapch’ae (japchae) is a mixed stir-fry, of fairly obvious ancestry: chapchai is the name of the same dish in Hokkien. Many other Chinese foods have been borrowed over the years (Pettid 2008:172-173). One is chajang-myŏn, which will recall the superb jajiang mian of China, but I have experience it, alas, as a dismal cook-up of noodles and black beans.
The national distilled drink is soju, monographed by Hyunhee Park (2021). It is a low-alcohol vodka, made from grains and distilled fairly gently, and often diluted, so its alcohol content is usually closer to 20% than true vodka’s 40%. It has gone worldwide, its popularity spreading outward from Korean restaurants. The best forms have the advantage of a pleasant grain taste along with lower alcohol than hard liquor. Samsu (from Chinese sanshu, “triple-distilled”) is stronger, more directly comparable to vodka, and is often made from sweet potatoes instead of grain. A drink whose popularity is still largely confined to Koreans is makkolli (makgeolli), a mild rice beer, carbonated and wonderfully flavorful. It is the perfect soothing and cooling accompaniment to Korean food fiery with chiles. I expect a boom in its popularity soon.
I actually much prefer makkŏli (makgeolli)—Korean rice beer. It is like southeast Asian tapai, and is somewhat carbonated. It is sometimes made with chestnut flour in addition to rice; this is sambam makgeolli; it has a sweet nutlike yeasty flavor. Kook Soon Dong is a good brand for the regular cloudy sort. Makgeolli was the ordinary drink of the old days, easily brewed at home in a few days or even hours. Sikhye was similar (Pettid 2008:126-127); lightly fermented, it was enjoyed cold in summer as a cooling drink.
Filtered, it becomes yakju, which is distilled to produce soju. The ferment starter is nuruk. Makkŏli is often served with jeon, mungbean or similar pancakes. Makkŏli is often made from wheat these days, because of a ban on rice in a hungry period some decades ago, but rice is coming back now (Swanson 2019).
Grape and flavored wines existed in Koryŏ times (Koreana 1993:10).
Korean for Chinese jiu is suk. Sake is also used, sometimes pronounced hake. A whole panoply of flavored, scented, fruit-infused, and otherwise modified ales (ch’ongju, or yakchu “medicinal wine”) is described by Pettid (2008:116-117). He calls them “wines.” They are clear and fairly strong, and are elite drinks, thus corresponding socially to wines in Europe. Pettid quotes or cites several poems to these various drinks.
Tea was a luxury. Ordinary people drank, and almost everyone still seems to love, barley tea (pori ch’a; note the Chinese loanword for tea). It is indeed refreshing, especially cold in summer, with a delightful grain taste. This delicate, otherwise hard to describe taste is typical of koso hada, subtle flavor (Pettid 2008:127).
Some discoveries in the Korean markets of Los Angeles, plus a few from the literature:
Changatchi, pickles in soy preparations
Dotori-muk (tot’ori muk): acorn jelly. Muk means jelly and usually implies this (Wikipedia). It is a solid cake, with a texture like rice cakes. It lacks the bitterness of Indigenous California acorn mush, and is not grainy and soft like that commodity. It is made from acorns soaked to remove tannin, ground, then heated with water to make jelly, which is sliced and served with seasonings (Pettid 2008:106 and my observations).
Durup: an herb, crisp but chewy, very good with garlic.
Hoe, seasoned raw fish or meat
Kuksu or myŏn, noodles; the latter term is from Chinese mian.
Mandu are like little meat pies, a lot fatter and thicker-shelled than jiaozi. They can be filled with chopped meat, kimchi, etc.
Nabak kimchi: very watery and chile-rich. Sohui Kim provides instructions.
Namul, cooked vegetables, usually dressed with sharp or hot dressing of some sort
Omija are goji berries, “five flavor,” because they have sweet, sour, salt, bitter, and spicy notes (Maangchi 2019:384).
Pat, beans; used in kimchi.
Pŏndegi are silkworm pupae (Pettid 2008:173).
P’o, jerky or dried fish
Saengch’ae, salad; Chinese xing cai, fresh vegetables
Ssam pap (bap): rice and chopped meat in sauce wrapped in leaves. Lettuce, and various forms of Chinese cabbage, including the ferny mizuna of Japan, are standard. Herbs can be added.
Tchigae (jjigae): stew
Tul kirum is perilla oil, from perilla seeds (Pettid 2008:45).
Yukpap, sweet rice.
Korean royal food was saved from oblivion by finding one old woman who had in youth worked for the royal court (abolished in 1910 or so). It is super refined but not weird stuff. E.g. red beans each one hand-peeled.
Jeju Island is Korea’s deep south, roughly parallel with South Carolina. It thus could produce abundant rice even in the old days, before cold-tolerant varieties were developed, making the rest of South Korea more productive of that grain. A large number of other crops were grown. Sweet potatoes were very important. Native plants were heavily used. It is now a major tourist destination. There is still considerable agriculture, a huge expansion at the expense of woodland and grass, but it is mostly commercial, often to grow foods for the tourists. Local small farming and homegardens are rapidly disappearing, as local people turn to urban economies. Old people keep the gardens up, very often transplanting wild food and medicinal plants into them from the wild (Hong and Zimmerman 2022).
As elsewhere, traditional foods accompany life cycle rituals. Taesun Park (1993) provides a detailed account. Birth, and many milestone days after it up to the first birthday, are celebrated with several foods. Rice cakes are featured. Coming of age, in late teens, was recognized with “wine,” meat, noodles, and the like. Marriage was far more elaborate, with a long series of ceremonies involving food and alcohol. Funerals and memorial services offered food to ancestors.
As in China, dietetics—the whole traditional science of using food as the first line of medicine—is well established. A great deal of it does indeed come from China, but Korea has plenty of its own herbs, and may have taught the Chinese the virtues of ginseng. Sikchi is the term of art (Ko 2023). The infamous dog meat, now finally banned in South Korea (though possibly not with total enforcement), was used in China to provide warmth in winter. It is a rich, gamey, fatty meat well adapted for the purpose. However, in Korea, it is eaten in summer, heat controlling heat; similarly, cold or cooling foods are eaten in winter (Pettid 2008:85-86).
Cho, Hae Jung. 2020. Talk on kimchi to Culinary Historians of Southern California.
Crawford, Gary W., and Gyoung-Ah Lee. 2003. “Agricultural Origins in the Korean Peninsula.” Antiquity. Pp. 87-95.
Hong, Yooinn, and Karl S. Zimmerer. 2022. “Useful Plants from the Wild to Home Gardens: An Analysis of Home Garden Ethnobotany in Contexts of Habitat Conversion and Land Usse Change in Jeju, South Korea.” Jouirnal of Ethnobiology 42:261-281.
Kim, Minkoo; Sung-Mo Ahn; Youjin Jeong. 2013. “Rice (Oryza sativa L.): Seed-Size Comparison and Cultivation in Ancient Korea.” Economic Botany 67:378-386.
1500-600 BCE, grains from small and narrow to big and plump. New rices came in. Semilunar knife (thus gradual harvest) replaced by iron sickle (thus all at once).
Kim, Minkoo, et al. 2019. “The Tethering Landscape: Dispersion and Nucleation in Early Agricultural Communities in Southwestern Korea.” Journal of Anthropological Archaeology 53:174-185.
Kim, Sohui, with Rachel Wharton; photography by Zach and Buz. 2018. Korean Home Cooking. New York: Abrams.
Ko, Byoung-Seob. 2023. “The Sikchi and the Recorded Cases of Seongjeongwonilgi.” Journal of Ethnic Foods 10, article 8.
Lee Ki-Moon and S. Robert Ramsey. 2011. A History of the Korean Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Maangchi with Martha Rose Shulman. 2019. Maangchi’s Big Book of Korean Cooking: From Everyday Meals to Celebration Cuisine. New York: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt.
Park, Hyunhee. 2021. Soju: A Global History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Park, Jinheum, et al. 2021. “Holocene Hydroclimate Reconstruction Based on Pollen, XRF, and Grain-Size Analysis and Its Implications for Past Societies of the Korean Peninsula.” The Holocene 31:1489-1500.
Park Tae-soon. 1993. “Life’s Milestones: Ceremonies and Food.” Koreana, autumn, pp. 28-35.
Pettid, Michael J. 2008. Korean Cuisine, an Illustrated History. London: Reaktion Books.
Pratt, Keith, and Richard Rutt. 1999. Korea: A Historical and Cultural Dictionary. Richmond, Surrey, England: Curzon.
Seth, Michael J. 2011. A History of Korea, from Antiquity to the Present. Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield.
Shoda, Shinya, et al. 2017. “Pottery Use by Early Hunter-Gatherers of the Korean Peninsula Closely Linked with the Exploitation of Marine Resources.” Quarternary Science Reviews 170:164-173.
Surya, Reggie, and Ann Ga-Yeon Lee. 2022. “Exploring the Philosophical Values of Kimchi and Kimjang Culture.” Journal of Ethnic Foods 9, 20.
Surya, Reggie, and David Nugroho. 2023. “Kimchi throughout Millennia: A Narrative Review on the Early and Modern History of Kimchi.” Journal of Ethnic Foods 10, article 5.
Vermeersch, Sem. 2016. A Chinese Treaveler in Medieval Korea: Xu Jing’s Illustrated Account of the Xuanhe Embassy to Koryŏ. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press and Korean Classical Library.
Young, Park Kun. 2008. “Kimchi, Ideal Health Food for a Well-being Lifestyle,” Koreana, winter, pp. 12-15.
Yun Seo-Seok. 1993. “History of Korean Dietary Culture.” Koreana, autumn, pp. 6-11.
This post consists of material left out of my various books on food because I haven’t had time or energy to pursue the topics enough. It consists of various reading notes and odd observations. They could be useful to food experts and researchers, so here they are. Many of them concern the early history and prehistory of foods in various regions of the world.
Note that China is covered separately in the post “China Food Updates” on my website.
Contents
PART I. SPECIAL TOPICS
Early Human Food
Good Farmers
Gut Microbiota
Fermentation
Fad Diets
PART II. FOOD AND FOOD REGIONS
Near East
Europe
Africa
South Asia
East Asia
Southeast Asia
Oceania
Central America and Mexico
South America
North America
PART I. SPECIAL TOPICS
Early Human Food
Modern human hunter-gatherers eat least meat in vegetation-rich, game-sparse areas like many brushlands. They eat the most meat and fish in the Arctic and near-Arctic, where the scanty vegetation is mostly indigestible to humans. Our insulin metabolism, stomach acid balance, and other metabolic signs show long adaptation to meat (Ben-Dor, Sirtoli and Barkai 2021).
We may be able to recapture some of the prehistoric experience. Vow, a company in Australia, has now made meatballs by using frozen woolly mammoth DNA to grow lab meat, and another company has made gummy bears with gelatin similarly derived from a mastodon (Chandler-Wilde 2023).
Early prehumans in East Africa ate a great deal of grass, as well as other vegetation (Uno et al. 2016). Australopithecus suffered from seasonal food shortages (Johannes-Boyau et al. 2019). Tooth wear shows that that genus and the closely related Paranthropus ate a varied diet, with both C4 (largely grasses) and C3 (other plants).
Hunter-gatherers are also rather casual in defense of territory. Their groups have fluid boundaries. Rich resources (often those exploited by women) and, above all, stored resources are staunchly defended (Codding et al., and following articles, 2019), but the typical hunting-gathering group wanders over a vast area, most of it little used, and this area is generally open.
They also share game, often according to complex patterns, which keeps men hunting even when they do not appear to need it (Gurven and Hill 2009). Many modern hunter people are devoted to the chase in spite of being wage-earners in modern enterprises (Ready and Power 2018). Even in rural white America, much hunting is for such social reasons. Game gives prestige, can be traded, and above all can be shared widely, maintaining personal networks.
The Hadza of Tanzania still hunt and gather, though they are rapidly losing their land to encroaching farmers and herders. Big game was once brought down once a month by an average group, but now people are lucky to get one in a year. When they were hunting, the men would devour the best meat in the field, and bring back what was left (if any); they also foraged honey and ate most of that when found. Women and children provisioned themselves, eating berries and root foods, small animals, some honey, and anything else available. Men used meat to consolidate reputations, and to make sure they could thus maintain a household, but they shared meat with each other or the whole group, not with their families. Grandmothers were critical to child and group life, helping mothers to get enough to raise the children (O’Connell, Hawkes and Blurton Jones 2025). Survival long beyond menopause was probably necessary for humans—the famous “grandmother hypothesis” of Kristen Hawkes. It has stood the test of time and a good deal of challenge.
Related to this is the idea of cultural keystone species. Oaks were critical in the life of Californian peoples (K. Anderson 2005), salmon in the Northwest Coast, wild roots in the interior Northwest. These were ritually and ceremonially marked as well as providing staple foods. They were not always dominant in nature, and often were not even the most important food; they were simply species that mattered a great deal (Coe and Gaoue 2020).
Like hunting, gardening and simple agriculture are socially embedded. Crops are shared in neighborhoods and even in much wider linkups. Most of us in the modern world live, or at least have relatives living, on a bit of land that can produce food, and we network constantly with it. This leads, thoughtfully, to considerations of what gives “value.” For Marx, it was labor invested (though he was aware that labor invested in fertile soil produces more than labor invested in rocks). For David Graeber, however, value “appers when individual acts become socially meaningful”; gardens are dynamic loci of value creation, resistance, identity, and action (Peña et al.2017:43ff).
Eventually, intensive agriculture can lead to states, when extremely fertile soil, productive agriculture, and large open areas without defensible space force people to band together under a war leader and eventually under a king. Hobbes (1657) was right that conflict leads to kings, but was wrong about “savages” (he meant hunter-gatherers) feeling the need; it happened in the most productive but open agricultural areas.
Good Farmers
Traditional small-scale agricultural people and societies have a mixed, but generally good, record as efficient, resourceful, clever, successful farmers. They tend to practice mixed farming, and to leave wild breaks that harbor predators. They favor intercropping, which is generally a good idea (X. Li et al. 2021), though there are, of course, exceptions.
Consider shifting cultivation: cutting down and burning a small section of forest, farming the resulting ash-enriched opening, then abandoning it after a few years and letting it grow back to forest. This can be done with extreme care and expertise: leaving valuable trees, cutting firebreaks to prevent fire escape, reforesting with nitrogen-fixing or fruit-bearing trees, planting mixed and productive crops, and otherwise managing the enterprise with care. Or it can be simply burn-plant-leave. I have seen both. The Maya of Yucatan represent the highest ideal (Anderson 2005), but the minimalist form is also known in the world. The same goes for every type of cultivation.
The near-universal tendency of European and American scholars and scientists before the 1950s was to write off traditional small-scale agriculture as backward, unproductive, and even “primitive.” This attitude began to change in the early 20th century, but awaited major works to disprove it.
The first to succeed at this were two studies: Harold Conklin’s Hanunoo Agriculture (1957) and J. E. Spencer’s Shifting Cultivation in Southeast Asia (1966). Shortly after this, Gary Klee edited World Systems of Traditional Resource Management (1980), which finally put traditional cultivation on a serious footing in international scholarship. This was followed by many works on local systems, such as Gene Wilken’s Good Farmers (1987) on Mexican and Central American best practices, and by Robert Netting’s superb Balancing on an Alp (1981)and Smallholders, Householders (1993) which demonstrated in great detail the virtues of small mixed farming, whether in the Philippine outback or in the center of Europe. By this time, thoughtful agronomists realized that the traditional farmers knew a thing or two. Excellent books drawing on traditional practices applied to modern farming began to appear, such as David Cleveland’s Balancing on a Planet (2014; note that his title refers back to Netting’s book; Cleveland and the present author were friends with Bob Netting, who died sadly young).
A major breakthrough was the development of permaculture (Holmgren 2002, 2012; Mollison 1988, 1997). This system was developed largely from the best practices of southeast Chinese and Southeast Asian cultivators. It used a very wide range of plants and animals, an extremely efficient use of water and nutrients, and a nearly closed system such that these inputs are re-used and recycled constantly. It is modernized by use of machinery and chemicals, but these are kept to a minimum.
Meanwhile, theories arose on farming and subsistence. Thomas Malthus (1960 [1798]) famously argued that food production increased linearly, while population increased exponentially, until lack of food led to starvation, war, and epidemics. This is true enough of some natural populations, limited by such “density-dependent factors.” It did not have much to do with humans, who can always invent a new dodge or domesticate a new crop, and can also figure out how to limit populations without violence. Malthus began to acknowledge this is the later editions of his work, but the crude and merciless theory had gone ahead of him. An irony was that he was writing just as the “agricultural revolution” took off in his native England, eventually leading to the present world of plentiful food. A billion people are going hungry right now, but the world food system wastes 30-40% of the food produced, so minimal civil responsibility would eliminate hunger and waste in one swoop. Food-short Nigeria wastes by far the most, over 3500 tons. India, also seriously troubled with hunger, comes next with 2500, then the United States with 2000. Brazil follows with 1000, Russia ca 800. Related are greenhouse gas emissions: Meat and animal products are by far the worst source—130 kg of CO2 emissions per kg of food. Roots and oil crops produce about 38, cereals and pulses only 10-15, fruits and veg about 3 or 4 (Padmanaban 2023).
An extreme counter was Ester Boserup’s claim that “population pressure” would force people to work ever harder, raising food production at the price of exploitation, often self-exploitation. This theory is at least as dismal as Malthus’. Fortunately it is equally wrong. People are as good at inventing labor-saving devices as they are at developing new crops and farming techniques.
The gluten in bread wheat is particularly abundant and sticky, allowing us to make good leavened bread that rises with appropriate fluffiness; the sticky gluten traps the bubbles of CO2 gas released by the metabolism of the yeast or sourdough ferments used for leavening. The wild wheats emmer and einkorn do not have much gluten; it was bred into wheat when some village women in what is now Azerbaijan observed that some odd wheats from the edges of their fields produced an extremely superior bread. The wheats had been hybridiziing with a local grass, a subspecies of Aegilops squarrosus, that has ideal gluten for baking. The result, hexaploid bread wheat, has revolutionized the world. It is now the commonest and most widespread domestic plant, the staple food of billions, and the basis of a fantastically elaborate and complex baking culture worldwide. We owe a very great deal to those Azerbaijani women, and we have no idea of their names or ethnicities. Never was Ecclesiastes’ passage about unknown but great people more appropriate.
Orchids and Ericaceae have their own very specific species and genera. Ectomycorrhizae dwell on pines, oaks, myrtles (including Eucalyptuses, which are in the myrtle family), Caesalpiniae (paloverdes and pride-of-Mexico). Endomycorrhizae are also widespread. Only a few plant groups, including the mustard family, amaranths, chenopods, sedges, pinks, and docks (Rumex, Polygonum) lack them. These plants must therefore find highly fertile soils. But if they do, they can flourish exceedingly, since they do not have to transfer resources to the mycorrhizae. They have thus become common weeds in gardens and in uplands fertilized by nitrogen in car exhaust and other air pollution.
Gut Microbiota
Gut microbiota turn out to have major effects on eating and metabolism. They profoundly affect digestion. Ours evolved along with us, so are as close to those of chimpanzees and gorillas as we ourselves are to those apes (Moeller et al. 2016).
Those in the lower gut even digest some cellulose and other long-chain molecules unavailable to us otherwise (Gentile and Weir 2018). Some encourage their host humans to eat more. Some signal pleasure in consumption of fat, others delight in sugars, amino acids, and food in general; thus the gut biota greatly influence consumption (Li et al. 2022). Many, many, are known to be there and to interact with us and with each other, but we do not know how or why; probes demonstrate an incredible wealth of little-known interactions (Sonnenburg and Bäckhed 2016; Sonert et al. 2024).
We once had many more cellulose-digesting micros, but domestication and then industrialization have led to a steadily declining number of species and individuals; at least we have gotten some new ones from domestic livestock (Morais et al. 2024).
Some affect the circadian rhythm cycle. Some may even make us exercise more. Mice with certain microbiota (species unclear) exercise five times as much as ordinary mice, and inoculating germ-free mice with exercise-prone mouse microbiota make the (previously) germ-free ones exercise vigorously (Pennisi 2022).
Related to this is the fact that the gut’s nerves connect directly to the brain, telling it the state of nutrition and digestion, and what the gut microbiota are up to (Kaelberer et al. 2018). We literally think with our intestines. They order the brain around. They have the same neurochemical signallers we do—GABA, serotonin, dopamine, etc.—and that hits the vagus nerve. Mice with cut vagus gut nerves do not get the effects (Sanders 2016). Thus, the gut microbiota have a significant share in our thoughts, a fact that should be of interest to philosophers.
Gut microbiota are profoundly influenced by lifestyle and food. Aashish Jha and colleagues (2018) found that in groups that shifted from hunting-gathering to agriculture in recent centuries, the gut flora tracks the shift. Those that are still basically hunter-gatherers have a distinctive flora, totally lost by those settled for a couple of hundred years, with those more recently settled being intermediate. Water matters as much as food; drinking from wells versus drinking from streams has much to do with it. Seasonal changes in diet also cause variety; the Hadza of Tanzania, who have an extremely rich and diverse microbiota, change it with the seasons as their diet seasonally shifts from berries and fruits to game and honey (Smits et al. 2017). The microbiome is shared widely, and people in nearby villages have similar biota, though this differs with the amount of contact (Beghini et al. 2025).
Malnutrition leads to weakened, imbalanced gut flora that makes the situation worse; transplanted into mice, gut flora from malnourished human children leads to malnutrition and poor growth in the mice (Blanton et al. 2016; Blanton, Barrett, et al. 2016). Mice raised germ-free and undernourished children both benefit from having healthy gut microbiota introduced, and then from eating food that nourish this healthy biota, including chickpea, banana, soy, and peanut flours (Gehrig et al. 2019).
Sugary drinks, among their other bad qualities, stimulate the wrong kind of gut biota. `They feed Erysipelotrichaceae bacteria, which kill the good bacteria that increase helper cells that reduce gut absorption of lipids (Nature 2022). Melissa Gutschall, among many others, warns us against “fruit juice” that is really mostly sugar. She notes that 37% of American children have cavities, rising to 58% by adolescence (Gutschall 2024:124, 133)..
Babies raised with the diverse microbiota of traditional upbringing (including vaginal birth and nursing) are healthier generally and have fewer allergies, with gut microbiota as a clear factor (Denworth 2024).
Gut microbiota can turn hostile in conditions of malnutrition. Poor nutrition also gives unpleasant microbes a foothold. Kwashiorkor (an aggravated form of protein deficiency) in particular seems associated with bad-acting microbiota (Ley 2013). The immune system actually recognizes the “good” microbiota and protects them from immune responses (Lyu et al. 2022).
It now appears that they can even damage the children of fathers with bad biota. At least in mice, major damage (experimentally induced by laxatives and antibiotics) led to “impaired leptin signalling, altered testicular metabolite profiles and remapped small RNA payloads in sperm. As a result, dysbiotic fathers trigger an elevated risk of in utero placental insufficiency, revealing a placental origin of mammalian intergenerational effects.” Young had increased risk of “low birth weight, severe growth restriction and premature mortality” (Argow-Demboba et al. 2024). In other words, the father’s contribution to the embryo leads to poor development of the placenta (the downstream half of which is produced by the embryo), and possibly even to the baby itself, which in turn leads to poor nutrition of the embryo and poor development thereafter.
Fermentation
The Great Book of fermentation in food is Sandor Ellix Katz’ monumental work, The Art of Fermentation (2012). This bookcovers the entire world, and all the dozens of microorganisms that people use to turn inedible resources into edible ones, save edible ones by pickling, make more nourishment, or otherwise improve on natural gifts. Fermentation is indeed one of humanity’s most impressive arts.
Apes have consumed fermented fruits for millions of years, explaining our high tolerance for alcohol. We probably came early to other fermented tastes. Preservation by pickling, leavening, souring, and other fermentive processes is universal in agricultural societies and far from unknown among hunter-gatherers. Keeping meat by putting it in a cold stream or spring preserves it but allows some pleasant fermentation.
Lactobacillus delbrueckii var. bulgaricus and Streptococcus thermophilus, the main bacteria in yogurt, are domesticated–genunely transformed by artificial selection. So are Aspergillus oryzae¸ a fungus critical to East Asian ferments; Saccharomyces cerevisiae, wine yeast; and other fungal fermenters. The extreme importance of these domesticated microorganisms in human nutrition has never been properly assessed, though Katz’ book goes a long way to filling the need.
Yogurt is made from milk that is heated and then cultured; the bacteria thrive on heat. Milk for buttermilk originally was churned to remove the butter, then sterilized but cooled, and fermented by more cool-tolerant bacteria. It was a common drink from Europe through the Middle East to India. It is now, in the western world, produced by sterilizing milk and then fermenting it with Lactococcus lactis as well as Lactobacillus delbrueckii var. bulgaricus and various other ferments (Mendelson 2022; Wikipedia). The ferments produce lactic acid, which both inhibits spoilage and provides a sour taste that most of us enjoy.
In India, it and related products are lassi in Hindi, and are beaten up with a bit of salt to produce a wonderfully cooling drink. Mango lassi was once mango slices beaten up in buttermilk, a heavenly drink if there ever was one, but now in American restaurants serving India’s food it tends to be commercial yogurt blended up with commercial mango juice—oversweet and low on taste.
Buttermilk and other sour milk products were the ferment of choice in western Europe and America until the mid-20th century, when yogurt swept the field. It was popularized initially by Elie Metchnikoff (1845-1916), the discoverer of the functioning of the immune system (for which he won a Nobel prize in 1908). One Stamen Grigorov, a Bulgarian, introduced him to yogurt and its health potential, and Metchnikoff became a convert. A pioneer of gerontology, he publicized it in his book The Prolongation of Life (1908), and further publicity came from his widow’s adoring biography of him, The Life of Elie Metchnikoff (1921). It slowly gained traction as a health food, and then exploded in the 1950s as health faddists and hucksters got wind of its potential for attracting many dollars from the gullible and the enthusiastic. It turned out to accord with world tastes, and soon developed many varieties, as well as the now-universal sweetened and flavored forms, most of which are essentially yogurt-flavored sugar.
Another widespread sour milk product is kefir. The word probably derives from one or more languages of the Caucasus (Wikipedia, “Kefir”). This is similar to yogurt, using the same basic L. delbrueckii, but contains various other ferments, depending on the region. Wikipedia mentions L. kefiranofaciens and other Lactobacilli, Kazachstania turichensis, and yeasts including Candida kefyr and the familiar Saccharomyces cerevisiae. It dominates the sour milk scene in much of the Middle East and central Asia. It is often dried, and then used as a starter for more kefir or as a food in its own right. It makes an excellent portabl food with high nutritional value and long storage capability. Under its Mongolian name of aarul, it fueled the Mongol hordes as they rode out to conquer the world, and is still a basic staple of Mongolia—one of the main protein sources. Concentrated kefir, with much of the moisture drained out, is lebni (laban, labni, etc., depending on dialect; the word is Arabic). Chopped garlic and herbs, and often chopped cucumber, is added to produce a side dish wildly popular from Greel tzatziki to Indian dehei raita, dehei being the word for curds in general. These resemble kefir but are complex beyond description in microbiota—are dehei in Hindi.
Kumis (koumiss, kumys, from Turkic qymyz or kımız) is a Central Asian drink, basically buttermilk made from mare milk, or in a pinch donkey milk. It is the classic drink of the Turkic and Mongol horse nomads. Since it depends on the mares’ giving birth and raising their foals, it is largely confined to summer; the mares foal in spring, and for a few months the milk must go entirely to the foals. Today, there is a dairying industry, and kumys is somewhat liberated from its tie to summer. The basic fermentation is by Lactobacillus spp., but yeasts are introduced in the starter, and thus the beverage is mildly alcoholic and also somewhat carbonated. It resembles buttermilk mixed with weak beer. Concentrating the alcohol by freezing, distilling, or otherwise produced “black” kumis, with higher alcoholic content. “Koumiss” was popular in the United States around 1900 (Mendelson 2022), but failed to catch on.
Penicillium roqueforti, the organism that grows in Roquefort cheese and gives it its flavor and color,goes back to the Bronze Age in Euro caves. Roquefort is produced at only one place: the village of Roquefort, halfway down a huge limestone cliff in south-central France. The drive down to it can be hair-raising. Here, natural caves in the limestone have been enlarged and shaped into cheese-making sites. Local sheep milk is cultured, and the cheese is aged, improving notably with aging.
Aspergillus oryzae is the national microorganism of Japan; it and closely-related Aspergillus spp. are the basis of koji. They hydrolyze raw starch, which Saccharomyces does not do. Saccharomyces cerevisiae may have started on oak trees. Saccharomyces and Lactobacillus show up in 2500-year-old millet breads in China. Grape wine is at least 7000 years old. The Chinese mummy cheese has the usual yogurt-type microbiota (Warriner 2022).
Lactobacillus is the wonderful workhorse of human fermentation technology. It is basic to everything from soy sauce to salami, from cheese to sourdough bread, from sauerkraut to kimchi. Life would be far less tasty without it, to say nothing of its value in preservation, due mostly to its production of lactic acid, a very effective preservative agent. Many species exist; new ones keep turning up. San Francisco’s famous sourdough bread uses its own species, described as Lactobacillus sanfrancisco. (Alas, this bread has fallen on evil days; it has lost popularity to whole-grain breads, and the real old-time sour loaf is very hard to find.)
The long-standing problem of lactose tolerance remains with us. All mammal infants produce lactase, to break down lactose (milk sugar) into easily-digested glucose and galactose. After infancy, most animals—obviously not cats, or some others—lose their lactase production, and can no longer get benefit from lactose. In humans, the ability is lost around age 6, following which drinking more than about 250 cc of milk at a time is apt to produce bloating, gas, and diarrhea, though this depends on poorly-understood individual factors. In Europe, Arabia, and East Africa, over the last 5000 years or so, people evolved lifelong production of lactase, as a way to live to a great extent on fresh milk.
The mystery is that this ability never arose in most of the Near East or in India or Central Asia, in spite of dependence on dairying and a great deal of gene flow from the west, allowing a gradient of adult lactase production from almost 100% in west Europe to almost zero in China. China once had a major dairying tradition, though, and still has a considerable one, even using fresh milk; people space consumption to avoid getting more than 250 cc at once (my observation, plus consulting with Miranda Brown, the expert on Chinese traditional dairy products).
The Near East, Central Asia, and India depend for dairying on processing techniques that break down lactose, usually into lactic acid. Lactobacillus bacteria do that, most famously L. delbrueckii ssp. bulgaricus. So do a few other microorganisms, including Streptococcus thermophilus and the yeast Kluyveromyces lactis (Rosenstock et al. 2021:S257). The one that matters is L. delbrueckii ssp. bulgaricus, involved in producing yogurt, most cheese, sour cream, and many other products. A problem with it is that the form of lactic acid it produces (the levo form) is not available to digestion by human infants, though adults can manage it. This raises the question: Why didn’t all Europe buy into this technology and avoid the human costs of evolving lifelong lactase? Presumably, a lot of people died, or at least failed to reproduce, in the process of such rapid evolution.
In 1975, Frances James proposed that north and west European dairy fermentation specialized in sour milk, as opposed to yogurt, because of temperature: the sour milks of that area are prepared at room temperature, often of cool rooms, while yogurt requires at least initial heating of the milk to 40 or 50 C, and often continued heat.
Beginning with this insights, Eva Rosenstock, Julia Ebert, and Alisa Scheibner (2021) wrote a monumental paper on dairying in west Eurasia. The paper requires detailed summary here. First the milks of available animals are considered. “The characteristic caseins in sheep and goat milk produce firmer curds than cattle milk” (S257), but cattle milk has larger fat globules which cause the separation of cream at the top. Horse and donkey milk has more lactose and does not form curds. They omit reindeer milk, but it is high in sugars and fats.
The hot, dry southeast European and Near Eastern climate causes milk to spoil unless thus treated. North and west Europe are cool enough (except, often, in summer) to allow souring cultures to develop without the milk spoiling if left unheated.
Any raw milk, anywhere, can carry Brucella, cause of the deadly disease brucellosis—formerly common in Europe and still common in Ethiopia. Tuberculosis can also be spread in milk. Louis Pasteur discovered the bacteria, and solved the problem by getting people to heat the milk, not enough to cook it but enough to kill the bacteria; pasteurization remains universal today in industrial settings.
The various lactic-acid microorganisms are selected and propagated. Domestication of Lactobacillus was as important as the domestication of many food crops. Our friend L. d. bulgaricus does best at 40-50 C, so a marriage made in heaven is using it to treat milk that could not be left in any case. Conveniently, Lactococcus lactis will not only thrive at lower temperatures, but will even provide a small amount of lactose breakdown, and since the resulting lactic acid is both levo- and dextrorotary, it is available to all (Rosenstock et al. 2021:S259).
Lactose tolerance evolved independently in Arabia among bedouins, who herd camels and used to live largely on camel milk. It will not solidify with Lactobacillus treatment, so does not make good yogurt or cheese; people had to evolve the ability to drink it straight. Urban and farm people of those areas usually lack the ability. Still other genes evolved in East Africa among the cattle nomads there, such as the Maasai, who depend heavily on fresh milk (Reilly 2013).
At some point in the history of stockraising, cheese was invented. It can be either acid-set or rennet-set. The former uses lactic acid, or introduced acids like vinegar and lemon juice, to coagulate the protein fraction in the milk. Rennet uses nature’s way: the enzyme rennet is used by animals to coagulate milk in their stomachs. It is thus extracted from calf stomachs or from the abomasum (forestomach) of a ruminant animal, usually a cow. (Rennet cheeses are banned in strict kosher diets, because the rennet comes from meat; S266.) Most of our familiar cheese are rennet cheeses. They must be salted in preparation. Cheese is usually made from whole milk, but sometimes from milk after the butter is churned out.
The remaining liquid after cheesemaking is whey, usually fed to animals, but in the Near East and Central Asia generally dried and made into a hard substance known as qara qurut in Turkic languages. Qara means “black,” qurut or qrut refers to dried milk. Dried (but often full-fat) yogurt qrut, called aaruul in Mongolian, is a standard food in the Near East, Central Asia, and northwest China. It is often offered to guests in hospitality. Dried whey products include whey cheeses like low-fat ricotta and Swiss sig (Rosenstock et al. 2021:S61).
Rosenstock and her group point out that milk, and infant animals feeding on it, are—like carnivores—at a higher trophic level than adult herbivores. They take the herbivores’ food and go further, producing new protein from it.
They shift to archaeology, which has been revolutionized in recent decades by development of ways to analyze milk products in ancient pots, boxes, baskets, and other items. (They have a long list of the advantages and disadvantages of various methods, S262.) Milking probably goes back to early domestication of animals, around 10,000-12,000 years ago, and can thus be demonstrated back to 8400 years ago, in Mesopotamia (S 263). It was probably common by then. Agriculture and herding came early to southeast Europe, but “Europe witnessed a major standstill of the Neolithic expansion until around 4000 to 3500 BCE,” when it spread rapidly to previously marginal areas in the north, west, and mountainous center. About this time, wooly sheep were developed; wild sheep do not have wool—it was developed by selective breeding. Bees were domesticated. Figs and olives were grown as tree crops (S264). In the next millennium, lifelong lactase may have come to central and western Europe with massive immigrations from the east, but it has not shown up in genetic studies until the 1st millennium CE.
About this time, history kicks in, with written records of dairying providing names for milk, cheese, and the like in ancient Egypt, to say nothing of archaeological finds of the cheese itself (S264). After this, dairying, milk processing, and cheesemaking all developed rapidly. The origin of butter making is obscure, but one suspects it was early; churning is not really necessary—one can simply shake a bag of milk for a long time. Butter provided a soft fat otherwise hard to get in cold parts of Europe, where animal fat got hard fast and vegetable fats could not grow. This is why chicken schmaltz and goose grease are famously identified with East European Jewish cooking; they could not use butter in meals with meat involved. Jews in the Mediterranean had olive and sesame oils.
So, to return to our initial problem, heating milk and making yogurt was hard to do and not really necessary in north and central Europe, so lactase persistence evolved. People without lactase persistence can drink milk without too much suffering, and get the benefits of the protein, vitamins, and water, but in a famine they are in trouble; their problems with digesting milk sugars might spell doom in a milk-dependent society. This goes double for sick people, and still more for sick children above weaning age. Drinking milk persisted for thousands of years before lactase persistence started to become common, 5000 years ago; it then very rapidly spread to near-universality in west, central and north Europe, as well as East Africa, and became common in Europe and parts of the Middle East. Famine, disease, and extreme milk dependence are strongly suspected (Handwerk 2022).
There was also the benefit to infants, who could not get full nutrition from yogurt. A few groups in northern central Asia use largely cool-weather souring, yet mostly lack lactase persistence; they cope anyway, by spacing consumption and probably by gut flora adaptation (S269). Lactase persistence is found in 15 to 54% of people in eastern Europe, 62-86% in central and western Europe, 89-96% in Scandinavia and the British Isles. In India, 63% in northern India show persistence, but it is down to 23% in the south and east, where hot weather makes milk almost impossible to keep except as yogurt, so no reason for lactase persistence ever surfaced. In northeastern Africa one pastoral group shows 64% persistence (and probably some run well above that), while a neighboring agricultural group has only 20% (Gerbault et al. 2011).
Lactose fermentation also gives us sausage, at least the sour-tasting ones like salami; Martin Adams notes that the spicing typical of sausages has empirically been developed to assist: “Extracts of clove, cardamom, ginger, celery seeds, cinnamon, and turmeric, all with relatively high manganese content, have been shown to stimulate lactic acid fermentation…it is thought that manganese helps protect LAB, lacking the enzyme superoxide dismutase, from the damaging effects of reactive oxygen species….” Sausages are preserved by creating an environment in which bacteria and fungi/yeasts develop, each of which has some level of spoilage prevention (Adams 2010:314-316).
Other fermentations involve a whole host of yeasts and other fungi, as well as various bacteria. Alcohol is largely the product of various strains of Saccharomyces cerevisiae, wine and beer yeast. The winemaking strain, like the wine grape, is native to the eastern Black Sea, allowing the Georgians to make a believable claim for inventing wine as we know it today. Wine from cactus and other fruit was independently invented in the New World by Native Americans. Many other species of Saccharomyces, as well as other yeasts and fungi, enter into brewing. Euro-American ferments are usually simple, but Asian ones, from Himalayan local beers to Chinese soy pastes, involve many species and genera, some poorly known.
Brewing involves mashing up the item in question with water. This holds for making wine, where the simple juice of the fruit is enough. For soybeans (to brew soy sauce and paste) or other hard seeds, boiling is necessary first. Barley for beer requires yet another step: sprouting, to get the barley shoot to convert starch to maltose. Then the barley is baked to stop further growth, boiled or steamed into a mash, and brewed with introduced beer yeasts. Beer is also made from any grain, starchy root, and even starchy fruit like bananas; banana beer is extremely widespread and popular in Africa.
A further step is distillation—heating the fermented alcoholic drink till the alcohol evaporates and can be condensed by a cooler. Ideally, this will be some form of long tube or coil, allowing the “heads and tails” to be discarded and only the middle distillate kept. The lightest fraction—poisonous methanol—evaporates first, and must be eliminated. Then the ethanol, which is what we want, comes off. Last come the “tails”—heavier alcohols such as isopropyl—again bad for humans. They must be thrown out.
Distilled grain makes vodka if not aged, whiskey if aged. (The story that vodka is made from potatoes is true only of some home brews.) The original whiskey, or whisky if Scotch (the Scots must insist on their own spelling), is made from barley and sometimes oats. American whiskey is often made from rye, but Bourbon and other central-United States whiskeys are made from corn. Some makers add wheat for softness or rye for flavor. Chinese grain alcohol, generally made from millets and sorghum, is technically a vodka, but is known as bai jiu, “white [ie. clear] alcoholic liquor.” The stronger forms are san xiu, “triple distilled,” pronounced samsu in several languages. Aged whiskey commands a market, and C14 dating is now used to expose frauds. A whiskey said to be made in 1863 turned out to have been made between 2007 and 2014 (Nature 2020a).
Sugar cane alcohol is technically rum, but gets sold as vodka or whiskey by dealers cutting corners. It is produced widely in sugar-growing areas. Dark rum is colored and flavored with molasses from the sugar refineries. Distilled fruit alcohol is brandy, usually made from wine but often from apples, such as the calvados of Normandy and the apple jack of America. It is also made from peaches, cherries, pears, and potentially any sweet fruit—even tropical fruits have often been used.
Fad Diets
The modern diet is notoriously bad for you. As noted above, it includes far too much sugar, especially fructose. It includes more fat than we need, It is based on highly processed foods. Worst of all, it includes a vast range of chemicals quite alien to the supposed foods. Some are artificial flavorings, but at least these are usually based on real flavors. Some are preservatives, in quantities enough to get some foods described as “embalmed.” Some are colors, many of which turn out to be carcinogenic; they are sometimes banned when this is found, sometimes not, and new untested compounds often appear in spite of laws forbidding untested ingredients. The most highly processed foods, involving not only processing in the narrow sense but also adding lots of fat, sugar, and salt, are baked goods. Cookies top the list, followed by muffins and eventually bread. At the other end of the list of grain foods comes pasta, which is processed in that it is ground and shaped, but at least has no added evils (Youmshajekian 2025). Seafood and spices are not usually much processed, nor is meat except for butchering.
The modern diet is all too well known as a cause of metabolic syndrome, leading to diabetes, heart disease, cancer, and various deteriorative conditions. The most forthright critic, Marion Nestle, has devoted a lifetime to exposing the ugly underbelly of the American food industry, which tends to sell bad nutrition and bad foods with an unhealthy dose of dishonesty about their safety and the dangers of the alternatives. (From a whole library of Nestle books, we may note only the most recent, Nestle 2015 and 2018. Out of a vast further literature, one may note Outlive by Peter Attia, 2023, as a pretty good introduction to why the modern diet is especialy bad when combined with lack of exercise and other modern shortcomings.)
One result has been powering up the ancient art of inventing fad diets. The first fad diet was probably invented in the Pleistocene by a shaman a couple of hundred thousand years ago. By the time of the ancient Greeks, we had Pythagoras forbidding beans (possibly because of favism), others advocating meat, others revering bread as sacred, and Porphyry concluding that we should be vegetarians because eating animals makes us act like predatory beasts. The ancient Chinese had already thought of the idea that everybody who depends on grains dies, so maybe we should simply not eat grains—especially since the alternatives, pine seeds and other nutrient-packed seeds, did sometimes provide better health. Unfortunately, the eaters of these died too eventually, in spite of countless legends of people achieving immortality or at least very long life. (As the saying goes, “everyone who confuses correlation with causation eventually dies.”)
Fad diets never stopped. In the United States they hit a high point in the 19th century, when people got enough white flour and white sugar to realize such processed foods were not ideal. Whole grain, vegetarian, and abstemious diets came into play (Deutsch 1977). My wife worked for decades at a Seventh-Day Adventist instution, and though not an Adventist she had to live and eat by the code a good deal of the time: whole grains, minimal or no meat and certainly no pork, no alcohol, no tobacco, no indulgents of such sort. There is a great deal to be said for this diet, and we still shop at the market and eat a lot of whole grains, beans, and vegetables. In practice, Adventists tend to use a great deal of sugar, to skimp the vegetables, and to cheat on the meat, but that’s not the diet’s fault.
Then in the 1950s came Frances Moore Lappé and many imitators, promoting essentially the same diet (vegetarian, whole grains…) but also making a gospel of organic food. Lappé had less than ideal knowledge of either ecology or nutrition, and her “diet for a small planet” (Lappé ) produced many a vitamin deficiency, particularly in devotees’ children, and did only some good (but, indeed, real good) for the environment.
It did spread the already-known ideal of organic food. Organic food is raised without artificial fertilizer or pesticides, and is indeed an extremely good idea ecologically (see above). In the markets, though, it differs from conventional food mainly in being more expensive. Unless you know and trust your dealer, it may not even be organic. Or it may be saved from pests by pesticides blowing in from a conventional farmer’s land. Conventionally produced food is now usually grown without heavy pesticide use before marketing. Still, organic is safer, on balance, though dubiously worth the extra money, especially for crops like wheat that are raised with minimal chemicals in any case.
What these critiques of fad diets fail to realize is that the modern diet worldwide really is pretty unhealthy, and getting worse over time. The fad diets take a good idea and run too far with it. They often become far more unhealthy than the ordinary American diet, largely by limiting foods to the point at which adequate nutrients can only be gained by heavy use of vitamin and mineral supplement pills. One can move along a continuum from apologists for the ordinary diet (Deutsch, Chrzan and Cargill) to critics who still follow science and recognize we need to eat a variety of foods (Appia, Nestle) to mild faddists who still allow us decent nutrition (the more sane Paleo advocates) to outright faddists who restrict diet so much that followers cannot maintain adequate nutrition.
PART II. FOOD AND FOOD REGIONS
The great food regions of the world can be defined by staple foods: the dominant foods—not just one, but a complex—in each area. Famously, the Native American agricultural system was and is defined by the “Three Sisters,” maize, beans, and squash. Similar integrated complexes define other regions.
This is to some extent arbitrary, and of course the systems grade into each other, blending at the boundaries. Any sharp lines drawn around our systems are arbitrary if necessary mapmakers’ conventions.
For this book, I define the following agricultural regions:
The classic wheat-barley-livestock realm of the Near/Middle East, first in time and first in worldwide spread as a system. This system moved slowly into Central Asia, a hunting-gathering world, which persists in Siberia.
Inevitably, I need to separate out Europe as a separate section, since its food history has been treated so extensively, and all too often with very little reference to the Middle East. Agriculture spread first to the south, then to the center, finally to the north. Also, extensions of the Near Eastern system to European colonies in the Americas and Oceania are treated with those regions, since in the Americas they necessarily came to terms with local foods and adopted them; North America produces far more maize than wheat.
Next in line, the East Asian system, based on rice, millets, and soybeans. This system began as two separate systems in north and south China; these fused early and spread to Korea and Japan.
The Indian subcontinent, which adopted both the above systems, integrated them, and added their own touches. Many variations on spicy themes emerged in the different regions.
Southeast Asia, originally based on root and fruit crops, later adding rice. A very special extension of this is the root and tree system of Oceania, covering the most area of any agricultural system except the first, but supporting relatively few people on small islands scattered over the vast Pacific Ocean.
Sub-Saharan Africa, based on its own local grains and roots.
Native Mexico and Central America, based on the aforementioned “three sisters.” Many variants arose, and hunter-gatherer cultures persisted at the margins in the north.
South America, which added the all-important root crops: manioc, potatoes, sweet potatoes, and others. Highland and lowland South America had quite different systems, each with variants.
North America north of Mexico, with its own domesticated grains and vegetables in some areas, hunting-gathering maintained and intensified elsewhere.
To these we may add the hunting-gathering cultures, which preserve even today the way of
life that supported all humans for millions of years. Hunter-gatherers eat almost anything edible in their environments, but usually live on plant foods, especially seeds and roots, and on small animals. Only those in the far north live mostly on mammal meat. Many coastal groups live mostly on fish. These cultures will be discussed in the relevant geographic sections.
I will focus largely on the areas I know best: China, Europe and the Middle East, and Mexico. Comparative notes on other regions will be included, but I make no attempt to be exhaustive or even close.
Near East
This area comprises dry Asia and neighboring North Africa, from Iran and Afghanistan west. The present chapter includes special sections on central Asia and Siberia.
Over a million years or more, during periods when Arabia was moist and cooler, people radiated out and settled widely. This occurred aroud 400, 300, 200, 130-75, and 55 thousand years ago, as shown by stone tools datable by type. In moist times, central western Arabia and the Salalah area had woodland, as well as high Yemen, and most of the peninsula was grassland (Groucutt et al. 2021).
During this period, and even earlier, hominins immigrated from Africa in successive waves. First, so far as we know, were Homo erectus, who appear in Georgia about 2 million years ago, and then in China and Indonesia not long after, indicating successful colonization and rapid spread. They are associated with huge, heavy hand-axes in the west, choppers and chopping tools in the east. The latter are heavy cobbles chipped to a simple edge, useful for bashing game or for working wood and bamboo; it seems likely that much better and more complex tools were made from those materials after initial working by choppers.
Homo erectus was a large, tough human with heavy skull bones. Brain size developed slowly from not much more than half modern size to about ¾ of our brain size. The species seem to have died out without issue in Asia, unless they engendered the tiny island hominins with small brains in island Southeast Asia, Homo floresiensis on Flores and Homo in the Philippines. These persisted until relatively recent times.
In Africa, Homo erectus evolved into later humans with larger brains and less heavy skulls, classified under several confusing names. These also radiated into the Near East and thence the rest of Eurasia. Homo antecessor and Homo heidelbergensis are the names used, the latter one for extensively found relics with much more sophisticated tool types. Heidelbergensis even made very good spears from hard wood; some survived for over 300,000 years, to be discovered in a bog in Germany a few years ago.
The evolution of these mid-Pleistocene hominins into more modern types is still mysterious, but probably took place in Africa, like the other advances in human evolution. In any case, the later Pleistocene saw the Near East dominated by Neanderthal humans, Homo sapiens neanderthalis. (They could and did interbreed with modern humans, thus showing they are the same species, in spite of usual terminological differentiation.) This large, bony, muscular human successfully hunted huge elephants and other Pleistocene megafauna in Europe, the Near East, and Siberia. They also created diverse and beautifully crafted stone tools, and some early cave art.
In central Asia they met a related but quite different hominin. This latter is new to science. Neanderthal remains were being excavated from Denisova Cave in south Siberia. A young girl’s finger bone turned up, and was duly sent to Svante Paabo’s lab, the leading site at the time for analyzing fossil human genetics. They ran a test, expecting another Neanderthal. The result was truly weird. They assumed an error in the process (such readings were few and innovative at the time), so they ran it again. Same result. Something must be contaminating the lab…but another run and then another produced the same weird reading. By now “a wild surmkise” had entered the lab: We may have a totally new type of human here. And so it proved. Denisovans have now turned up as genetic remnants, and one or two fossils, all over eastern Asia.
Neanderthals and Denisovans contributed to modern human genetics, via a good deal of mixing. They contributed possibly some disease resistance, and other traits. In Tibet, Denisovans adapted to high altitudes, and passed some of these adaptive genes on to modern East Asians.
Modern humans, Homo sapiens sapiens, got into the Near East before 100,000 years ago, but little is known of their early presence. Perhaps they did not persist. More likely, the record was fragmented by such events as the spectacular eruption (or eruptions) 74,000 years ago, that dug the trench now filled by Lake Toba in Sumatra. In any case, by 70,000 years ago, people abounded in the warmer parts of Asia and were beginning to probe north toward Europe. They became a visible presence there somewhat after 50,000 years ago, and extended in the meantime throughout eastern Asia, into the Indonesian islands. By 20,000 years ago they were not only in Siberia but had reached the New World, moving rapidly south; of this more in the relevant chapter.
A long period of hunting and gathering followed. In the Near East, game was till abundant, partly because deserts were less extensive than now. Much of the land was green, varying considerably according to glacial and interglacial periods. Here we meet the Atlantic Meridional Overturning Circulation (AMOC), the vast ocean dynamic that creates much of Eurasia’s weather. Warm water flows north in the Gulf Stream, warming north Europe. Cold water flows south in the Labrador Current and other cold subsurface streams. Being heavier, it sinks under the warm water, to surface again far downstream (mostly in the South Atlantic or even farther afield). Meanwhile, cold water wells up off Morocco, from the deep sea. Warmth moves north over the ocean, from the tropics, with warm air and rain. The temperature of the ocean from France to Morocco can fluctuate. The important result for humans is that the extent of warmth southward determines rainfall over all western Eurasia and North Africa. A warm south means more rain in the southerly parts of west Eurasia, including the Near East. If the warmth shifts north, so does the rain, and Europe gets a very wet year. The prevailing strong west winds of the temperate latitudes drive the rain far inland; even far west China (the western mountains of Xinjiang) benefit from a southward extension of the rain.
Hunting cultures in Eurasia created, among other things, some of the world’s greatest art. The cave paintings of Europe are often anatomically accurate, and more often stunningly beautiful. It has been observed that in terms of sheer beauty and effect on the viewer, art was as “fine” in those days as at any time since.
The Last Glacial Maximum (LGM) is usually capitalized, because it was such a dramatic event in human affairs. Temperatures sank to one of the lowest points seen since the “snowball earth” days hundreds of millions of years ago. The worst time was about 20,000-18,000 years past. Atmospheric CO2 now worries us because it is rising above 400 parts per million. In the LGM it was less than half of that. Cycles of warming and cooling had persisted through the Pleistocene, with CO2 peaking around 300 or a bit less during interglacials and sinking to or below 200 in glacial phases. It stood around 270 in historic times. During the LGM, ice sheets covered all northern Europe and the mountain regions of Asia. Sea levels were hundreds of feet lower, with so much water tied up in land ice. Rain was greater in many temperate zones, but worldwide it was less, for the same reason: so much water was frozen. Much of dry Eurasia was wetter, but the Sahara was even larger and drier than now. Arabia, at least in the south, was wetter, and served as a human refugium, but much of the Near East was dry, cold, and barren.
Hunting in the nonglaciated parts of Europe was good, because moist steppe conditions created ideal habitats for mammoths, rhinoceroses, giant deer, and other megafauna, as well as smaller animals.
The Near East and Central Asia were generally less well off. Central Asia was drier than today. The Altai and Tibetan Plateau were frigid desert where not under ice; they cooled the lowlands. Hunting megafauna, a way of life in Europe, was inadequate; people chased gazelles and other smaller game, ate acorns and almonds, and foraged for seeds.
Warming after 18,000 years ago was fairly rapid. Even more rapid, in fact extremely sudden, was its reversal in the Younger Dryas event, from 12,900 to 11,700 years ago. (The name refers to the re-expansion of the arctic plant genus Dryas as cold conditions returned.) Temperatures in Greenland fell by 4-10 degrees C (Wikipedia, “Younger Dryas”). Outside of the North Atlantic world, the period was less dramatic; it may have been caused in part by cold fresh water from melting of the North American ice sheets, flooding into the North Atlantic and overriding the warm circulation of the Gulf Stream. In any event, Europe and the Near East were whipsawed: extreme cold, sudden warmth, then extreme cold again, then almost immediate rewarming to modern conditions, and then onward to even warmer years from 8000 to 6000 years ago.
This, combined with heavy hunting pressure by well-armed humans, destroyed the megafauna. People are usually reasonable about hunting, and come into a loose equilibrium with the game, but this wild fluctuation stressed the game and the hunters both, making it impossible to find an easy balance.
However, all was not lost. The Near East, unlike temperate Europe, had not been lush enough to have many megafauna at best. When it warmed and moistened after the Younger Dryas, the main effect was on plants, which poured in from refugia in the south. A combination of cooling and drying with human mismanagement has made almost all the Near East into desert, steppe, and brushland today, but much of it was downright lush in the early postglacial period, with extensive oak, cedar, and mixed forests on the uplands. Pathetically tiny relics of this forest in the Atlas Mountains of Morocco and the high mountains of south-central Anatolia show what once was.
At Tel Tsaf, Israel. 14,000-year-old beer was found; this is the oldest drinking party on record (Archaeology News Network 2021).
With plants more numerous, people became much more dependent on them. Coinciding perfectly with the end of the Younger Dryas was the most momentous event in human history: the invention of agriculture. Anthropologists used to think that the wipeout of the megafauna made people turn to farming, but we now know that the megafauna die-off in Europe (and America, for that matter) did no such thing. Agriculture was invented in areas where the megafauna had been in short supply. Farming coincided with the rise in plant abundance.
People became dependent on gathering seeds, including wheat, barley, rye, peas, lentils, and other familiar plants. These naturally became the first to be planted. They also ate plenty of fruit, including pears, jujubes, olives, and, in the desert, dates. In cooler mountains grew wild almonds and other nuts. All of these were domesticated too, but more slowly, in view of their much longer generation times.
Domestication of grains is usually first seen in selection for nonshattering rachises. The rachis is the tiny stalk attaching a grain to its stalk. In nature, it usually breaks when the grain is mature, so that the grain will roll or be carried by animals away from the parent plant, and thus grow without too much competition. Humans carried the stalks and grain back to their homes, thus automatically selecting the few nonshattering rachis bonds. Eventually, all domestic grains had nonshattering heads. Lentils, peas, and beans—the leguminous crops—have an equivalent in naturally breaking pods. Humans select for pods that stay closed.
These marks of domestication show up around 10,000-12,000 years ago in the Near East. They are first recorded in the dry interior slopes of the Levantine mountains. Often, they occur near springs and streams, where people would naturally settle for the good water supply, and much later come to stay for the good soil and irrigation opportunities.
Farming is notoriously a lot of work. Hunting and gathering is so pleasant that it remains a favorite hobby all over the world. The first two chapters of Genesis show very clearly what early Near Easterners thought of the matter. They are a story, compressed into a tale of two people in finite time, of expulsion from the paradise of hunting and gathering into the dreadful suffering of farming, where old Adam must win his bread by “the sweat of his brow.”
Many grave minds have wondered why people would leave paradise for such a hell. The Bible implies it was the development of culture. The “tree of knowledge of good and evil” is not a real fruit tree. The Bible does not use imaginary things as images of real things, but always does the reverse. Eating the fruit of this metaphoric tree means developing a self-conscious moral code, independent of the happily innate self-regulation of wild primates.
Modern speculations have generally done even less well. Most 19th-century speculations were based on the idea that hunting and gathering paid so badly that people would naturally turn to agriculture as soon as they realized plants could grow from seeds. The problems with this are that, first, all hunter-gatherers know plants grow from seeds (one cannot miss that in the wild), and, second, hunting-gathering pays so well that many groups still do it, and manage a good living. A 20th-century version assumed people were living off megafauna, hunted them out, and then had to turn to farming; we have seen why this idea fails. In no place in the world is exterminating megafauna followed by turning to agriculture; agriculture was always invented in areas that either had little to start with (not only the Near East, but also South America, New Guinea, and elsewhere), or preserved much of what they did have (China, southeast Asia). Many other ideas were proposed. It was even suggested that it was all an accident, because of the possibly accidental selection for nonshattering rachises (Rindos 1984). This did not explain why people kept planting more and working harder.
For one thing, early agriculture does not pay well. It took thousands of years for grain in the Near East, China, and Mexico to be domesticated thoroughly enough to yield better than wild grain, if the wild grain was growing in ideal conditions. Early cultivated wheats and barley yielded the same 300-400 kg/ha as wild ones.
Two agreements were generally accepted. First, agriculture arose in what archaeologist Robert Braidwood called the “hilly flanks” of the interior Near East. Early sites stretch in a band from south-central Anatolia to Palestine and Jordan. Second, people found it desirable to concentrate more and more on small annual seeds, and eventually cultivate and then domesticate them.
A critically important site was Göbekli Tepe in southern Anatolia. This was an enormous community, almost a city, of hunter-gatherers, living by gathering wild wheat, barley, chickpeas, and other crops that would soon be domesticated. (It was probably only seasonally inhabited.) The wild ancestors of two of these—chickpeas and einkorn, an ancestral wheat—have been traced to the immediate area. This brought back memories of the long-ignored idea of Jane Jacobs (1984) that cities invented agriculture to feed their people. This idea had been dismissed at the time, because no large early settlements were known; cities arose, to everyone’s knowledge, well after 5000 years ago, when agriculture was already highly advanced and productive. Göbekli Tepe, and other large sites that began to turn up, suddenly made Jacobs’ idea look much better. However, very early plant domestication occurred widely in the Fertile Crescent, often in areas with extremely small settlements and low population densities.
There are two clues in the above brief summary. First, that note about “ideal conditions.” If ideal conditions are not met, selecting the right strains of crops and planting them in managed situations allows having them at hand. Sure enough, many small early farming settlements are in dry areas where they could take advantage of soils around springs and streams.
Second, if ideal conditions are approximated but settlements are really dense, it pays to plant grain as close to them as possible. You can have them ready to hand, and, probably more important, you can protect them from raiders and wild animals. Many habitats are folded together closely in the Middle East: woodland, conifer forest, riverine wetlands, lakes, marshes, deserts, steppes, shrublands, and intergrades between all these.
This allowed a great deal of exchange and interdependence, as people shared products across ecological gradients, moved to protect what they had, learned about other zones, and above all found it very easy and tempting to plant items from one zone in another. Certainly, a part of domestication involved growing wheat, barley, and the other crops around oases in areas hotter and drier than the grasslands where those species were native.
This provides a neat explanation that fits the evidence. We await further research.
The classic “founder crops” of the earliest agriculture in the Near East were einkorn wheat, emmer wheat, barley, lentil, pea, bitter vetch, chickpea, and flax (Zohary and Hopf 1988; Zohary 2012).
It now appears that this was too specific. Slow progress toward agriculture involved long experimenting with these and other plants. Crops important later, such as fava beans, rye, and oats, were already being used and apparently subjected to some experimentation. The oats were wild; domestic oats came later, when two wild species, diploid A. longiglumis and tetraploid A. insularis, hybridized to produce our familiar A. sativa, a protein-rich grain with much potential. It is, for instance, a major source of soluble fibre, useful in fighting metabolic syndrome(Kamal et al. 2022; Paudel et al. 2021).
Tree crops were already used and managed; they have always been critical to Near Eastern farming. Domestication was a leisurely process (Arranz-Otaegui and Roe 2023).
Some early bread was found dating to 14,000 BCE, a time well before the origins of agriculture. Bread was made of the seeds of club-rush (Bolboschoenus glaucus), with small legumes, barley, oat, andeinkorn wheat. The flour was apparently carefully sifted, since no chaff appears in the bread, which has gas holes as if kneaded—certainly carefully made (Arranz-Otaegui et al. 2018).
A monumental neolithic village developed at Çatalhöyük, Türkiye, in a marshy area where a mountain stream flows out into the lowlands and spreads out in a delta. The area is now dry, but was wet in Neolithic times. The population was sizable over times, but probably only about 600-800 in any given year, not thousands (Kuijt and Marciniak 2024). It and other Neolithic early villages probably had many unoccupied houses at any one time, as modern villages do. The town lived on wheat and barley, with a few of the usual attendant crops.
Most of the languages in Europe, the Iranian world, and northern India are related, in the vast Indo-European language phylum. It first appeared in Anatolia, but recently there is a move to use Indo-Anatolian for the earliest ancestral form, which gave rise to Hittite and related languages. (To give some idea how close these languages all are, the Hittite for “water” is wadar. An unusual case, but you get the idea.) This early phylum may have started in Turkey south of the Caucasus, and broken up into the Anatolian languages around 4400-4000 BCE. There was already some mixing with Caucasus Mountains groups; a long genetic cline stretched from there to the Ukrainian steppes and then to the Volga River. Its genetic signature shows up in Anatolia by that period. Possibly the mix of Caucasus-Volga people, intruding into Anatolia, sparked the birth of the phylum. Farmers evidently moved up to steppes, already settled by rather mysterious farming cultures of the Trypillia and other cultures (Haggerty, Paul, et al. 2023; see also Ghalici et al. 2024).
By 4000 BCE, a mix of Caucasus-Volga people with local people of northern affinities created the Seredny Stih and then the Yamnaya (or Yamna) cultures. From 3700, climaxing around 3300, the Yamnaya exploded from their Ukraine source area, rapidly reaching Hungary on the west and Kazakhstan in the east. This appears to be the real Indo-European expansion. Indo-Anatolian had presumably been evolving rapidly into Indo-European forms. TheYamnaya mixed with locals—many derived from earlier Anatolian farmers—along the way. The Corded Ware and Bell-Beaker cultural groups emerged, almost certainly speaking the ancestors of our modern Indo-European languages: Germanic, Greek, Albanian, Slavic, Romance, and so forth. An earlier stream moved all the way across the steppes to establish the Tocharian languages of what is now western China. (The foregoing is a drastically simplified version of the involved story told in Lazaridis et al. 2025 and Nikitin et al. 2025. The senior figure behind both is the leading human geneticist David Reich.)
Alcohol continued to be produced. Wine developed in the east Black Sea area, where the wine grape and the wine-making strain of the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae are native. The Georgian word for wine, ghvino, is clearly related to Hebrew wainos, Latin vinum, and all the modern cognates. The earliest wine so far known from Georgia dates to 6000-5800 BCE, identifried from residue in a jar (McGovern et al. 2017). Many similar jars like it occur from then onward, showing widespread winemaking. Presumably they are the ancestors of the large ceramic qvavri now used for quality winemaking. Grapes and winemaking spread very fast, being well known in the ancient Near East. The Hebrew Bible records its extreme importance by the Bronze Age.
Another word that has lasted is buza, of very ancient origin, surviving in “booze.” A noteworthy history of alcohol in the Near East, Joseph El-Asmar’s The Milk of Lions (2020), concerns itself more with distillation, a much later event, but recognizes the early roots.
The ancient Mesopotamians developed date wine, called shekaru in Akkadian, whence modern Hebrew sheker for ale and Yiddish shikker for “drunk”; the same Akkadian root may give us the word “cider” (Jurafsky 2014:75).
In ancient Mesopotamia, barley was the staple; einkorn, emmer and hexaploid wheat were used; pea, grasspea, chickpea, broadbean (rare), lentil, onion, garlic and other vegetables existed (Potts 1997). Sizable settlements developed by 4000 BCE, cities by 3000.
Early documents actually provide a number of recipes for ancient Mesopotamian food, as recorded by Jean Bottéro in The Oldest Cuisine in the World: Cooking in Mesopotamia (2004).
New data on this appeared in Food & Drink (online, Nov. 4, 2019), including recipes. One simple example is:
“Meat is used. You prepare water. You add fine-grained salt, dried barley cakes, onion, Persian shallot, and milk. You crush and add leek and garlic.”
Newly-found tablets add four dishes to those known to Bottero. “The four dishes culled from the list-style tablet also each have unique uses. Pashrutum, for example, is a soup one might serve someone suffering from a cold, Lassen said, though the meaning of this bland broth accented by leek, coriander and onion flavours translates as “unwinding”. Elamite broth (“mu elamutum”), on the other hand, is among two foreign (or “Zukanda”) dishes listed in the tablets….”
A full recipe is worth reproducing here:
“Tuh’u recipe
Ingredients: 1 lb leg of mutton, diced ½ c rendered sheep fat 1 small onion, chopped ½ tsp salt 1 lb beetroot, peeled and diced 1 c rocket, chopped ½ c fresh coriander, chopped 1 c Persian shallot, chopped 1 tsp cumin seeds 1 c beer (a mix of sour beer & German Weißbier) ½ c water ½ c leek, chopped 2 garlic cloves, peeled and crushed
For the garnish: ½ c fresh coriander, finely chopped ½ c kurrat (or spring leek), finely chopped 2 tsp coriander seeds, coarsely crushed
Instructions: Heat sheep fat in a pot wide enough for the diced lamb to spread in one layer. Add lamb and sear on high heat until all moisture evaporates. Fold in the onion and keep cooking until it is almost transparent. Fold in salt, beetroot, rocket, fresh coriander, Persian shallot and cumin. Keep on folding until the moisture evaporates. Pour in beer, and then add water. Give the mixture a light stir and then bring to a boil. Reduce heat and add leek and garlic. Allow to simmer for about an hour until the sauce thickens.
Pound kurrat and remaining fresh coriander into a paste using a mortar and pestle. Ladle the stew into bowls and sprinkle with coriander seeds and kurrat and fresh coriander paste. The dish can be served with steamed bulgur, boiled chickpeas and bread.”
The characteristic beehive oven was already known long before civilization. It is made from clay or brick. The fire is built in the oven and then raked out; the breads, stews, pizzas, and other foods cook in the residual heat. They start extremely hot, hundreds of degrees in temperature, and then cool slowly, Ths result is a crusty, even charred top and a slow-cooked interior, much liked by old-fashioned-oven enthusiasts. There are many of those; modern civilization has not even displaced them from New Mexico, where the Spanish introduced them in the 17th century. There, they once produced sourdough bread of amazing quality, but the cultures are now hard to find. In west and central Asia and Mediterranean Europe, beehive ovens survive abundantly. They gave rise to the modern pizza oven, which has imitated with electricity the blazing start and slow cooling.
One early invention, probably long in use by the time the above recipes were written, was the tinuru. The word evolved into the modern tandur (Sen 2016:31). This is a large oven, often sunk into the ground. A fire is built at the bottom. Ideally, the ash must be removed somehow. Breads are stuck to the walls, and later peeled off with a peelboard, a long-handled wooden paddle. Tandurs are usually pots about a metre deep, but they can be huge. I saw one in Bamiyan, Afghanistan, in 1974 that was almost as big as a room. It was sunk into the ground. Retrieving breads from it was a true art. One had to use a very long and heavy peelboard, and any bread that fell was lost forever. There was nothing else to eat in town, but the bread was made from freshly-ground hard mountain wheat, and was among the finest bread I have ever tasted.
The tandur became universal in Iran and Central Asia. It also spread to China along with the characteristic tandur bread, which became shaobing (“roasted cakes”) in Chinese. This bread is made from white flour and usually sprinkled with sesame seeds. Shaobing became small early on—a miniaturized Persian naan. The classic naan itself is small loaf size.
Contacts with the rest of Asia were already important in Mesopotamia from early times. Soybean, banana (probable), millet (unident. Panicoid), and turmeric, are found in dental calculus at Megiddo and Tel Erani, dating to the 2nd millennium BCE. Staple foods there were wheat, sesame, and dates; the new exotic foods must have provided exciting variety (Scott et al. 2021).
Zebus—a separate species from the European and Near Eastern ox—appear in the Near East by the 3rd millenn BCE; they are common in Egypt by the 16th century BCE. Chickens, originally from south China and southeast Asia, appear in the Near East about the same time. Citron, presumably from India, was common by the 1st millennium. Pepper appears by 1300 BCE and cloves by 1700 BCE in Egypt and the Near East (Scott et al. 2021).
In ancient Egypt, the period just before the dynasties began was characterized by building subsistence on emmer, barley, peas, and lentils. By dynastic times (after 3100), flax is important; the Egyptians were famous for their linen clothing from then onward until cotton came to rule. Condiments like dill and oregano were used, becoming more important over time (Marinova et al. 2024).
The Epic of Gilgamesh (Nayeri 2018) records a good deal about ecology. Gilgamesh (the name belonged to an actual Sumerian king) was the quintessential city man, sophisticated, well-dressed, well-educated. He acquired a sidekick, Enkidu, who was the prototypic “wild man”—described in terms almost identical to those used for the yei, sasquatch, Bigfoot, and other imaginary forest fellows. He is, in fact, the first portrayal in literature of the stereotypic “savage.” The contrast of urban and rural is overdrawn to the point of satire. Both of them then go to raid the Cedar Forest, protected by a monstrous guard. We know from many sources that cedar forests were among the most valuable properties in the Near East, since the wood was by far the best in quality, necessary for ships and other goods. We even know the name of one actual forest guardian. King Nehemiah, in the Bible, ordered “…a letter unto Asaph the keeper of the king’s forest, that he may give me timber to make beams for the gates of the palace…and for the wall of the city, and for the house that I shall enter into” (Nehemiah 2:8). Making these real, important, very human guards into monsters is another bit of urban arrogance in the Gilgamesh epic, otherwise one of the great literary achievements of all time.
The importance of the Bible as an ecological text has been greatly underappreciated, thanks to poor knowledge of ecology by divines and poor knowledge of divinity by too many ecologists. What could be done was shown many years ago by a former shepherd, Phillip Keller, in a book called A Shepherd Looks at Psalm 23. He explained how incredibly deep was the knowledge of sheepherding displayed in that short poem. Every verse of it required a chapter of explanation. The shepherd really does lead his flock beside still waters and to green pastures.
In the Bible we first hear of tabooing many animals, notably including pigs and dogs, not only for food but, in the case of pigs, even for contact. They are unclean and polluting. Many reasons have been given for the suite of animals condemned.
The earliest, and major, source for this is the Book of Leviticus, supposedly revealed by God to Moses, and incorporating much ancient material, though probably put in modern form around 500 BCE. The taboos on animals are found in Chapter 11 (repeated in Deuteronomy 14), which appears to preserve very old material. The taboos are of animals that chew the cud or similarly linger over vegetable food, but do not have cloven hoofs, like camels (they have pads, not hooves), “coneys” (hyraxes), and hares. Next come animals that have cloven hooves but do not chew the cud, like swine. Then come water creatures: those with fins and scales are clean, those without are not. Of birds, including bats, a list is provided that consists basically of eagles, hawks, vultures, and other predators. Finally, all animals that “creep, going upon all four” and close to the ground, are taboo, with the explicit exception of grasshoppers, locusts, and crickets, which are fine.
A range of explanations have been offered for these taboos, and clearly they cannot be covered by one single explanation. The taboo on cuds and hooves is clearly part of a general ban in Leviticus and Deuteronomy on anything that seems to mix up two categories or violate categorization rules, as shown by Mary Douglas (1966). (The same rule outlaws wearing mixed-fibre garments, plowing with a mixed-species team, and homosexual activity—seen as a category violation.)
The rest of the rules, and also the pig taboo, are neatly predicted by one factor: the tabooed creatures are all eaters of meat or carrion, as shown by Eugene Hunn (1979). Elsewhere in Leviticus it is made clear that blood is sacred to the Lord, and must be shed in ritual fashion. Otherwise it is intensely dangerous and polluting. This is why kosher butchering is such an extremely important aspect of Jewish rules, and also why halal butchering is so important in Islam, which maintained many of the Jewish food rules. Animals that live by eating other animals, or blood, or carrion—which pigs do, with enthusiasm—are tabooed. After that, a miscellany of crawling things is tabooed simply because they are not obviously clean feeders—as grasshoppers are.
The pig taboo has been extensively discussed over time, notably by Frederick Simoons (1994) and Max Price (2021). They argue for multiple factors. Carleton Coon (1958) pointed out long ago that pigs are hard to herd, don’t like desert vegetation, are not useful for milk, need water and mud, and otherwise do not fit well with mobile desert-dwelling nomads. Wild pigs thrive and flourish in the riverine and forest lands of the Near East, however, and can be kept and herded there, but the nomadic tribes had little love for the settled pig-herders, as Egyptian records tell us. Very likely, such rivalry was involved.
In any case, the pig taboo goes far beyond ancient Israel. In fact, it extends throughout the Near East and India (though very “low caste” Indian groups sometimes keep pigs). Several Christian groups maintain the ban. Everywhere, it is justified by the filthy habits of pigs, which notoriously eat garbage, excrement, snakes, and the like, and wallow in mud. The Bible nails two unclean animals in one saying: “As a dog returneth to his vomit, so a fool returneth to his folly” (Proverbs 26:11) amplified by St. Peter to “The dog is turned to his own vomit again; and the sow that was washed to her wallowing in the mire” (II Peter 2:22). One wonders how a good Jewish thinker knew that much about dogs and pigs….
A quite different taboo goes all the way back to Exodus: “Thou shalt not seethe a kid in his mother’s milk” (Exodus 23:19, repeated verbatim in Deuteronomy 14:21). This has long been explained by stating that such a dish was a ritual dish of enemies of the Israelites. This explanation is found in Moses Maimonides’ Guide for the Perplexed (1948, Hebrew original ca. 1190 CE), one of the greatest religious and philosophical works of all time, and that satisfies me, at any rate. Other explanations have been raised, including Mary Douglas’ category-violation theory, which seems much less persuasive here. Indeed, “kid boiled in its mother’s milk” is a known dish in non-Jewish parts of the Near East, morbid name or no. Naturally, the milk is usually from some quite other animal.
Other food taboos are discussed extensively by Simoons (1994). It seems that almost every culture has taboos, or at least avoidances, and they usually concern animals, not vegetables. The Buddhist rule against eating onions and garlic has more to do with their bad scent and exciting nature than with uncleanness per se.
The Biblical Land of Canaan was a land of wine. In a Canaanite city, 40 jars were found, dating to 1700 BCE. They were a meter high, total 2,000 liters (about 3000 bottles’ worth). The wine, some red and some white, was “sweetened with honey and infused with juniper berries, mint, cinnamon and myrtle.” Apparently they had cinnamon then. The whole operation was standardized; evidently the Canaanites had real quality control on a large scale (Netburn 2013).
Dates were domesticated in Mesopotamia, and became a staple food quite early. Date syrup was produced by piling the dates on a clean floor and taking the liquid pressed out (Høglund 1990). Date syrup remains important, though now produced in more sanitary means. Dates must be pollinated, and many bas-reliefs from Assyrian times show the process, often done by angel-like winged figures.
The early Nubians, in southern Egypt, managed to treat their illnesses, apparently without knowing why; they brewed beer with Terramycin as part of the starter culture. Apparently it was abundant enough to cure bacterial ailments. The beer was a sour porridge, like modern African homemade brews (McNally 2016).
Near Eastern food historian Charles Perry has told me that the first reference to boiled noodles is in the Babylonian Talmud, 5th C CE.
Medieval Near Eastern Food
Medieval Near Eastern food is abundantly recorded. Arabs, and people of other backgrounds writing in Arabic, were enormously fond of good food. Many long and detailed recipe books survive. More impressive is the huge literature on food, from daily bread to feasts to famines. Food was medicinally evaluated, according to the classic humoral theory that goes back to Hippocrates (Buell and Anderson 2022). It spread from Greece to Anatolia and Syria, thence to the entire Arabic and Persian world. Persian hot/cold medical evaluation of food may be as old, reaching back to a very ancient common origin with the Hippocratic ideas. In any case, Arabic became the language of medicine by the 700s CE. Among Syro-Arab innovations is the idea that sweet, dulcet, pleasing food must be health-giving and strengthening, or at least digestive (Buell and Anderson 2022). These include sweet drinks, candies, cookies, small cakes, and the like (Yungman 2024). The English words sherbet, sorbet, shrub (the drink, not the plant), and similar words all go back to the Arabic root sh-r-b, “drink,” and were borrowed, mostly via Italian and French, because so many of these drinks were medically important.
Another valuable insight is captured in the saying: “When you sit with good company, sit long, for God does not count against your lifespan the time spent eating in good company” (attributed to Ja’far ibn Muhammad as-Ṣadīq, the Sixth Shi’a Imam, but not reliably nailed to him; see Buell and Anderson 2022 for discussion of this and the whole Medieval Arabic medical context). This remark captures a truth: enjoying good friendly company does prolong life, in proportion to the time spent.
Particulary impressive recent translations and studies by Nawab Nasrallah cover her own Iraqi heritage, and several early Arab cookbooks, translated in great detail and with notable accuracy (Nasrallah 2017, 2021, 2025, etc.). She discusses the medical issues in detail.
Serena Aneli and colleagues (2022) have tracked food and genetics across Central Asia. Genetically, Armenians and Georgians are largely descended from Caucasus hunter-gatherers, plus fair amounts of early Anatolian farmers. They have almost no Yamnaya-related steppe ancestry. Azerbaijan is similar, but has more Yamnaya heritage. Central Asia is broadly similar but has more genetic inheritance from farther east, mainly China: 41% among Kazakhs, 27% in Uzbekistan. Kazakhs, Tajiks and Uzbeks have 15-25% Yamnaya genetics, but very little early Anatolian farmers.
Food choices do not correlate with these genetic influences. They track Islam and Persian culture in Central Asia, though young males were and are more apt to drink than Islam allows. Skeletal data indicates they got few vegetables in the past.
Words traveled far: Farsi and Arabic Psikbaj for vinegar-sour foods became escabeche and ceviche in Spanish, for different foods. In Moorish Spain it evolved into a battered and fried fish dish eaten with vinegar, which was brought to England by Sephardic Jews and became fish and chips (Jurafsky 2014). Portuguese temperar (to season) and tempero (seasoned) were brought to Japan the same way, as batter-fried food, and became tempura (Jurafsky 2014:46).
One fascinating Medieval Near Eastern food was murri, fermented barley dough. The dough was inoculated with starter, wrapped in leaves, and left in a warm place. After much wondering about this substance, Charles Perry, leading scholar of Medieval Near Eastern foodways, decided to follow surviving recipes and create it. To his astonishment, the result was, basically, soy sauce. It disappeared from texts around 1400 (Perry 2012). This is not surprising; the fungi that do the fermenting turn out to be pretty much the same. Kevin John Qiu writes me (email of Feb. 27, 2024) that the starter, burdaj, is basically the same as the Chinese technology for making jiaqu (wine starter), and for Korean nuruk and Indonesian tempeh (fermented boiled soybean cakes). All involve paste wrapped in leaves—fig in the Near East; lotus, hibiscus, mugwort, or mulberry in E Asia. These leaves mostly inhibit wild fungi and bacteria that could spoil the ferment.
Modern Near Eastern, or Middle Eastern, Food
Persian, or Iranian, food has a very long history. Iran was settled by Indo-European speaking nomads from the steppes, who assimilated whoever was there before, including Elamites in the southwest. The original center of power was Parsa, just north of the Elamites and in the low mountains—a dry, barren area, though with streams that concentrate water from higher peaks. The name gave us “Persia,” and later “Farsi” for the language, as p turned to f in such contexts. Iran always referred to the entire region, roughly the modern nation.
Iran is basically a vast desert. Better conditions exist in the Zagros Mountains, the spine that runs along the western side of the country, but even they are dry and thinly vegetated. The only lush part of Iran is the Caspian Sea coast and the mountains behind it, which soar over 18,000 feet. They catch rain, and moisture from the Caspian Sea blows over the coast, making it a vast and rich oasis. It produces rice and other wet-climate products.
The rest of the country is desperately short of water. Mountain chains produce small rivers, which flow into the surrounding basins, there to dry up and die without coming anywhere close to the sea. Cities arise where the rivers leave the mountains. Here, mountain drainages come together. Below the cities near the mountain feet, the rivers spread out into delta fans, and disappear in the sands.
Water is captured by qanats: tunnels dug back into the outwash fans, to tap underground flow. These can be identified on satellite photographs by the neatly spaced rows of holes—wells that allow access for maintenance. Such management is exceedingly skilled and dangerous work, and is the realm of specialized experts, usually with long family histories. The qanat was probably invented in the borderlands of Mesopotamia. Few are left in Iran, but Afghanistan still has several. The great contemporary home of these water tunnels, though, is Xinjiang, where they were introduced—probably by speakers of Indo-European languages—many centuries ago. They are known there as karez.
Moving westward, qanats were introduced by the Arabs to Spain, by the Spanish to Mexico (especially the Tehuacan Valley), and by Mexicans to California, where “water tunnels” were dug in the 19th century to water San Bernardino. This bit of water lore was related to me by old-timers, many decades ago.
Returning to Iran: current overdraft of rivers and groundwater, plus hotter and drier weather thanks to burning fossil fuels, is a deadly menace to Iran’s survival. An example of how bad things can get is the fate of the province of Sistan. It depends on the Helmand River, which flows from the mountains of Afghanistan, barely reaches Iran, and ends in what was once a huge and wet inland delta. Afghanistan now takes more and more of the Helmand water, and the Taliban government is not interested in the fate of Iran.
Far more pleasant is diving into the actual foods. Many foods and food words known all over the Middle East and Mediterranean have Iranian (Persian/Farsi) origins, such as kofta, from Farsi koftan, “to grind.” Nan, for bread, is the familiar Indo-European word pan, this time with n rather than f replacing the p. It has been borrowed from China to North Africa. Less well known, but found all over Central Asia, is kaleh pacheh, “heads and feet,” a stew of those parts of a goat or sheep, usually with other bits and pieces added. Liver, heart, and other organs are possible. (The result tastes much better than it sounds.) This food is eaten in one or another form, under recognizable derivatives of the Farsi name, as far east as the Uyghur cities of China.
Historical records include a cookbook from 1521 (surviving in later additions; Hassibi and Sayadabdi 2018) that records a cuisine very much like today’s, including a heavy focus on flavorful stews. In it, pilaf did not involve frying the rice first before boiling it, but briyani did; this is the opposite of some modern usages. Pilaf in particular varies all over the map today, with different areas frying or not frying, and often acting differently with different materials (rice, bulgur…there are even fonio pilafs in Africa).
Iran produces almost all the world’s saffron. This spice consists of the stamens of the saffron crocus (Crocus sativus). There are only three per flower, and they must be collected by hand, so the spice is expensive—often worth more than its weight in gold. It is disinfectant and digestive, but hardly available in enough quantity to make a medicine. Its intense flavor lights up Iranian cuisine and that of neighboring countries, but it is too expensive to have caught on widely. It is perhaps at its best in the meat-and-fruit dishes so typical of Iranian cuisine. It also figures heavily in their rice cookery. Iran grows it on about 50,000 ha of land (Koehler 2013). Spain and Morocco produce tiny amounts.
Turkish food is a marvelous mix (not fusion; not all has fused) of Central Asian, Greek, Armenian, Persian, Arabic, and others. The Turks came from Central Asia in the 11th century, and the Osmanlı (Ottoman) Turks completed the conquest of the moribund Byzantine Empire in 1421. Taking over its capital, Byzantion, they renamed it “Istanbul” (from a local phrase for “to the city”) and made it the crown and glory of Near Eastern architecture. It already had the magnificent Santa Sophia church, which became the grand mosque and set the style for further developments. The brilliant architect Sinan in the 17th century repaired it and went on to build or oversee dozens of mosques, town halls, bridges, and other works all over the Empire, creating a distinctive and beautiful style
Turkish food is based on a range of grains, vegetables, fruits, and meats (Işin 2013, 2018; Jianu and Barbu 2018). Wheat is the staple, providing not only bread but also bulgur, wheat parboiled and then dried and cracked. This is a rather rice-like staple, found originally in the more remote, mountainous, and poor parts of the Empire, but now worldwide as an excellent and convenient dish. Bulgur could substitute for rice in pilafs, which reached a level of glory in Turkey, now officially Türkiye.
A major class of dishes consists of stuffed vegetables and fruits, called dolmas, which is Turkish for “stuffed.” This is an old type of dish, native to the Near East rather than Central Asia, and well attested in Medieval Arabic cookbooks. The Turkish Empire brought it to full glory. Not only vegetables such as squash, tomatoes, eggplants, onions, peppers, and even carrots, but also fruits including quinces and apples, are stuffed, usually with a mix of rice, ground meat, pine nuts, and herbs and spices. A striking eggplant dish is a lukewarm or cold salad, with the hollowed-out roasted eggplant holding a mix of chopped eggplant flesh, tomatoes, garlic, onions, pine nuts, herbs, and whatever else seems appropriate, dressed with lemon juice and olive oil. This is known as “The Imam Swooned,” the Imam being the head of the congregation of a mosque; depending on what folktale you hear, the imam swooned with joy at tasting it, with sorrow at not getting it, or with horror at the expense of the top-quality olive oil required.
Armenian food includes ghapama: pumpkin stuffed with rice, nuts, seeds, honey, etc., and baked. It can also be stuffed with the usual stuffing mix of rice, pine nuts, spices, herbs, and sometimes tomatoes.
The food of the Levant—the eastern Mediterranean coastlands—is broadly similar from Greece through Syria and Palestine. Palestinian food has been chronicled by Sami Tamimi in Falastin and The Gaza Kitchen, and Reem Kassis, The Palestinian Table.
Georgian food is one of the miracles of the human spirit. This tiny country on the east Black Sea coast has its own language family, unrelated to any other. It has a fair claim to being the true home of wine. The wine grape and the relevant strain of Saccharomyces cerevisiae (brewers’ yeast) come from there. The wine tradition is ancient, and after pressure to go into lowest-level industrial wine production in USSR days, traditional winemaking has returned (Capalbo 2017). The wine is aged in huge ceramic jars known as qvevri, which develop a particularly rich flavor.
The staple is bread, but wheat is also made into many other products, the favorite of which is khinkali, dumplings. These are the local variant of the standard Near Eastern and Central Asian tradition. They are stuffed with ground meat or cheese, appropriately seasoned. Otherwise, stews abound, some preserving the ancient mix of meat and fruit that characterizes the Iranian cultural world. Also similar to Iran is the near-invariable serving of fresh herbs, including tarragon, green onions, and others, with the food. This is an art of which I am particularly fond.
Georgian feasts are memorable and unforgettable. They are chronicled by Darra Goldstein (1999), to say nothing of Georgian literature. Food and wine, and often vodka, keep coming until the diner has lost all track of time (and probably everything else). Toasts are offered, and must be accepted, which involves downing a glass. My introduction occurred at a wine pairing feast, comparing French and Georgian wines, to show the superiority of the latter. I lost count of the courses at ten; each was followed by a full glass of each nationality’s appropriate wine. I had not been so drunk since graduate student days. I managed to get back to our hotel, fortunately only a block away.
An odd Georgian delicacy in rural areas consists of green pine cones boiled in syrup.
A Near Eastern food that has gone worldwide is qaliya. The word is Arabic for “fried” (root q-l-y), so it can mean anything. It has been borrowed into languages from India (for curries based on fried meat) and Tibet to Sicily (calia, roasted chickpeas). All sorts of spicing and cooking methods occur. (Tom Hoogervorst’s 2022 article on it is possibly the most mouth-watering article in recent history). Sometimes the meat starts by boiling and then winds up frying, as the fat cooks out of it and the water boils away. This medieval Near Eastern method seems to lie behind Mexican carnitas, if they are not an independent Native American invention, which is possible; in any case, they use that method.
Central Asia
Among many myths about Central Asia is the story of nomads preparing meat by putting it under their thighs, on the horses’ backs, and eating it thus raw. This story goes back to Ammianus Marcellinus, and appears to be anti-Hun war propaganda rather than reality, in spite of its being retailed by Bernard de Joinville in his life of St. Louis (1928).
A tomb of a noble woman in Mongolia in the 13th century contained yak milk (Ventresca Miller et al. 2023).
Europe
Perhaps “as much as 20 percent of the Neanderthal genome” persists in modern people (Shipman 2015:29). A huge eruption of Campanian crater covered cent Eur w ignimbrite around 39,300 years ago (Shipman 2015:52). Neanderthalss lived on big mammals and preferred cold. They apparently withdrew from the Levant around 70,000 years ago, then reinvaded when it got really cold again, persisting till 42,000 years ago. They preferred big game whenever they could get it, though they were flexible when necessary. They had higher caloric needs than we do today (Shipman 2015:55-83).
Pat Shipman (2015:215-16) notes that humans and wolves (and coyotes and jackals) have conspicuous whites of the eyes and thus can show gaze direction to others. Other social canids too, and/or distinct fur patterns around eyes to emphasize. Other primates, and loner canids, do not have this feature.
Modern humans arrived in Europe around 45,000 years ago. “A single founder lineage” accounts for all before 14,000. It broke into groups in different areas. Neanderthal genes declined steadily from 4.3-5.7% to current 1.1-2.2, indicating selection against some genes.
Food processing was already happening. People were grinding oats into flour in Italy 36,000 years ago (Lippi et al. 2015)—some of the oldest known flour in the world.
Complex population moves took place in western Europe around 14,000 years ago (Posth et al 2023). There were new lineages, and more mixing from central Europe into western genetic pools. After 14,000, there was more and more Near Eastern input, especially after agriculture spread into Europe. There was even some East Asian mixing, notable even in far western Europe (Fu et al. 2016).
Around 7000 years ago, all were overwhelmed demographically by the Anatolian farmers moving in, and later steppe people probably bringing Indo-European languages. The western group was dark-skinned but with lightish eyes, the later eastern in-migrants had lighter skin but darker eyes. From 2000 BCE, people from the steppe-derived groups became still more prevalent in Iberia, with dominance of Y chromosomes proving it was mainly males.
From 7500 to 3500 BP, Neolithic migrants from the Near East came in relatively small numbers, mixed with local hunter-gatherers, and formed very persistent and rather isolated local population (Valdiosera 2018).
A “ghost lineage”—previously unknown, totally absorbed into the general population now—brought a new genome to Europe 4000-5000 years ago, more in Scandinavia and extreme northeast Europe, where it goes back to 8000. Timing and are right for this being the bearers of the Corded Ware culture. The genetics are similar to that of the Mal’ta boy from 24000 years ago in Siberia. Some of this genome also occurs in Native America, so spread in both directions (Reich et al. 2019).
Earlier genomes in Europe include people “among the first people to split from the modern human population that swept out of Africa ome 60,000 years ago” (1107). The hunter-gatherer group had blue (or light) eyes, dark hair, dark skin; the farmers had brown eyes, dark hair, and lighter skin [classic Alpines]. Nobody knows about the third group’s colors (Gibbons 2014; Olalde 2014). There was selection for lighter skin color after 5000 BP, give or take several centuries, and for lactase production. This was associated with agriculture, which drastically reduced vitamin D consumption as compared to hunting and fishing (Wilde et al. 2014).
Agriculture probably came to North Africa from Iberia about 7400 years ago. Farming people mixed with local hunter-gatherers. Then Levantine immigrants brought stockraising around 6000-6500 years ago (Simões, Luciana, et al. 2023).
There was much aquatic food in over 1000 pottery shards analyzed from one site on the way into Africa. Fishers learned from local hunter-gatherers. Dairying is also attested by residues on the pottery (Lucquin et al. 2023).
A spread of farming from Anatolia occurred in 7000-6000 BC, possibly as early as 7500. These Anatolian farmers spread rapidly across Europe, expanding at about a kilometer a year. They introduced farming in most areas. Local hunter-gatherers were sometimes quick to pic it up, but sometimes stayed refractory and distinct for centuries. This expansion has been thought to be due to spread of Indo-Anatolian and/or Indo-European peoples, but took place improbably early for the phylum to have risen, or at least become identifiable as the linguistic world we know. Possibly Basque is a last holdout of the original farming languages.
Anatolia developed “proto-industrial exploitation of copper, gold and salt,” after 4600. Nomads came from the steppes after 4500 BC, but some had probably come earlier, mixing with the locals.
Older Southeastern European villages fell around 4400-4250. They were soon replaced by the huge towns of the Cucuteni-Trypillia (Tripolye) culture, largely or entirely of the Trypillia culture during the middle period, flourishing by 4300-3650. These depended on wheat (largely einkorn and emmer), barley, legumes (peas, broad beans, vetches), and animal husbandry, with heavy use of dung for fertilizer. The communities were democratically organized in neighborhoods with assembly halls. Some towns held around 15,000 inhabitants, on spacious lots in beautifully organized and laid-out communities.
These towns maintained a striking amount of equality, as shown by houses and burials; there is little difference in possessions. Consolidation of political power and rise of inequality in later Typillia, as well as Yamnaya incursion, led to more dispersal and smaller settlements (Hofmann et al. 2024; Kirleis et al. 2024).
The Trypillia-related cultures stemmed largely from the diaspora of farmers from Anatolia at an earlier time. Expected mixing with local people occurred, but was slow to become important (Nikitin et al. 2025). These cultures, with their large and peaceful towns and settled farming and herding life, were transformed by the Yamnaya expansion after 3700. Marija Gimbutas famously saw this as patriarchal, ferocious chariot-drivers attacking and devastating settle matrilineal farmers (Gimbutas 1965, 1974). Possibly; evidence is thin, but enough to indicate that Yamnaya did indeed replace the peaceful villagers (Nikitin et al. 2025). It is also important to note, however, that in Europe as elsewhere, a sharp cooling and drying took place from 4200 to 4000 BCE. It had local effects: serious in China, spottily in Europe (Marshall 2022). The fact that it comes at about the time of Trypillia decline is surely significant.
Full-scale steppe herding societies flourished by 3300 BC. New techniques for working land, dairying, making arsenical-copper alloys, etc. arose during all this time. The Chernavoda and Usatove cultures transferred a lot of knowledge from Cucuteni and Trypillia eastward, ca. 4000-3200 BC. Dairying arrived with the first Linearbandkeramik people around 5400 BCE.
There was very little lactose tolerance at that time; it increased enormously in later millennia. There is no evidence for selection for lactase persistence at the time when dairying comes in and becomes important. Instead, it appears after hard times, when subsistence was stretched. Richard Evershed and colleagues (2022) conclude that famine and disease make digesting lactose important and, especially, failure to digest it often fatal. Mild diarrhea in good times becomes major fatal diarrhea in bad ones.
Dairying reached the British Isles and north and west Eur about 6500 BCE, getting common by 5500, by which time clearly a major food source all over Europe. Selection for lactase persistence started in the southeast, the home of intensive livestock production, and spread. In Finland dairy foods were not a major food source until the early 3rd millennium BCE. Lactase persistence dates back to 4700-4600 BCE, but was rare until around 2000 BCE, becoming common from then on.
Significantly, milk words, including “milk” itself, go back to proto-Indo-European, and converge on the steppes. Possibly the Yamnaya culture brought them (Garnier, Sagart, and Sagot 2017). It was almost certainly an Indo-European-speaking radiation, and certainly depended on stockraising.
Dairying restored Europeans to Paleolithic size. There had been a steady shrinking in height and body mass since 33,000 years ago. It leveled off around 9000 years ago, reversed 6000 years ago, and brought Europeans back to Paleolithic bulk by 3000, but with some decline again since then. Dairying is clearly associated, possibly the whole cause. A growth factor in milk, destroyed by fermentation, made unfermented whole milk particularly significant (Stock et al. 2023). No such decline appears in the Near East.
The huge sites “suddenly disappeared and were succeeded around 3300 BC by fully established pastoralists associated with the Yamnaya cultural complex” (Penske et al. 2023:359). These were genetically a wild mix. There was some continuity from much older Mesolithic cultures, lots of genes from the Anatolian farmer expansion, much ancestry from earlier steppe nomads.
Very little genetic diversity existed in southern Southeast Europe; people were largely of Anatolian farmer ancestry. There were, however, many genes from local preagricultural people. The great steppe expansion of the Yamnaya culture showed a complicated and locally-varying mix of steppe, Caucasus, East European, and other genes on the steppes around 3000 BCE. Moreover, there was “a resurgence of HG [hunter-gatherer] ancestry observed widely in Europe during the fourth millennium BC… This indicates the presence of remnant HG groups in various non-farmed regions, for example, highlands and uplands or densely forested zones and wetlands…” (Penske et al. 364).
In what is now Moldova and Ukraine, the Trypillia towns had up to 15,000 people by 6000 years ago. They covered up to 320 acres. These were the biggest settlements in the world at the time. Grain and peas were the staple foods. Livestock were penned; the dung was used for fertilizer, especially on the peas (Kiel University 2023), which fix their own nitrogen but can profit from the compost and mulch and get some additional nitrogen.
Dairying was basic to these communities, and one assumes that milk was prepared in many ways, including yogurt and cheese. The lactase-persistence gene was rare in these groups, so they had to do something. Cheesemaking appears in Europe by the 6th millennium BCE, but was already in Anatolia by the 7th, as shown by residues in pots (Salque et al. 2013). The earliest cheese in Central Asia comes much later, but associated with probable Indo-European speakers. In Europe it was extremely important from early times. A history by Paul Kindstedt, Cheese and Culture (2012), focuses on its importance in ancient Greece and later.
Meanwhile: “Genetic diversity in west Eurasian human populations was largely shaped by three major prehistoric migrations: anatomically modern hunter-gathers (HGs) occupying the area from around 45,000 BP…; Neolithic farmers expanding from the Middle East from around 11,000 BP…; and steppe pastoralists coming out of the Pontic steppe around 5000 BP….” (Allentoft et al. 2024:1). These trends were pan-European. West European, east European, and Caucasus Mountains hunter-gatherers were genetically rather different.
The Anatolian farmers spread to south Europe around 6700 BCE, reaching all Europe over the next 3000 years. The steppe people, associated with the Yamnaya culture (in a broad sense), had eastern European and Caucasus hunter-gatherer ancestors. While expanding west, they also expanded eastward, begetting the Sintasha and Andronovo cultures in Bronze Age Central Asia (Allentoft et al. 2024).
The western hunter-gatherer groups largely disappeared, but genes from them are not rare among modern Baltic and Belarus populations. Eastern hunter-gatherers survive largely in the Central Asian mixes that followed Yamnaya. Caucasus hunter-gatherers did better, leaving a large genetic legacy in Iran. The Anatolian farmers make up anywhere from 60% downward in Europe today, with the steppe people supplying the rest (Irving-Pease et al. 2024). Lactase persistence increased especially after 3000 BCE. Heavy dependence on grain came earlier, with genetic markers. Lighter skin and hair color probably tracked need for vitamin D manufacture in skin as people moved into the foggy northwest and ate less animal food (which contains D) (Irving-Pease 2024).
In Denmark, Mesolithic hunter-gatherers depending heavily on fish were almost entirely replaced by Neolithic farmers of Anatolian derivation after 3900 BCE. This was a thousand years later than similar Neolithic invasion farther south. Then came the people of steppe origin (again with much Yamnaya ancestry) from 2600 BCE. After this, Denmark remained about half steppe by ancestry, near half Anatolian, and a small but stable bit tracing back to pre-Neolithic hunter-gatherers. During this time, hair color got lighter, and blue eyes somewhat commoner; Mesolithic people were generally dark (Allentoft et al. 2024; Allentoft, Sikora et al. 2024).
Some of the oldest beer in the western world turned up in southwest Germany, ca. 2,550 years old, thus associated with Celtic people. It had lactobacilli as well as yeast, and probably tasted as the Romans said: “like a billy goat” (from a poem by Emperor Julian, ca. 400).
Beer has continued to be the drink of much of Europe, and later the world (Schiefenhövel and Macbeth 2011).
The debate between water and wine achieved classic form in the Middle Ages, and persisted in countless forms, declining from scholarly poetry to folklore (Hanford 1913). Water leads by saying that wine drives men mad and they often kill each other or lose their wealth. Wine responds that water is full of garbage and sewage, and kills people through disease, showing that sanitation was a very real concern in the Medieval period. The best version may be the earliest (Whicher 1949:238-247). The corresponding Chinese debate is between water, tea, and ale, with similar arguments, but water wins by pointing out that the other two are made from it. Wine, of course, is not made directly from water, but from grape juice; the grapes do the job of cleaning the water in the process of taking it up through their roots.
Around 1200 BCE, the climate grew somewhat dryer after a wet period. There wa a major sociopolitical crash in the Aegean area and the Near East. Mycenean forts and cities fell, Hittites declined, and Dark Ages set in. There was decline in the Pannonian Plain, with large forts abandoned, and in Scandinavia. Outside of those areas, Europe kept on without much change It certainly seems that the climate does not explain the level of decline in the Anatolia-Greece axis (Molloy 2023).
Major ancient sources on European food include Xenophon’s Oikonomos, the source of our word “economy” (Xenophon 1990, Greek original ca 300 BCE). Xenophon was a student of Socrates, and gives us a Socratic dialogue about farming. It is an excellent guide, as well done as a modern gardening manual. Xenophon also wrote about horses, Persian culture, and many other matters. The modern word “ecology”—“household study”—was coined from “economy,” literally “household naming,” i.e. describing the household. Around 330 BCE, Archestratus of Sicily wrote a poetic treatise on luxury that survives in fragments (Archestratus 2011). It relates the delights of fish above all.
Another major source was the poet Lucretius’ De Rerum Natura (1928, Latin original ca. 55 BCE). It is a very long poem on the universe—its creation and form.
Later came Geoponika, a Byzantine-era farming manual made up of quotes from earlier sources (Dalby 2011). It reveals a mix of good advice and classical mythology. It explains Apollo’s link with the laurel tree by the laurel’s value as hot-burning firewood, which connects it with the sun and thus the sun god—an odd attempt to make sense out of a myth that originally had Apollo chasing the nymph Daphne until she prayed to be saved from his lust by turning into a tree. The book explains how to make many medicinal wines, including rose-infused wine, and claims one can grow medicinal wine by inserting medicine into the vine slip (p. 117). It quotes a story that Bactrian camels are born from mating a male wild boar with a female dromedary. In spite of such oddities, most of the book is actually excellent advice on planting and growing Mediterranean foods and trees.
Popular in the Roman Empire was garum, a fish sauce made by allowing fish to autodigest in salt, like southeast Asian sauces such as patis, nuoc mam, and nam pla. Some fermentation took place in some forms. As in southeast Asia, there were many types of garum, made from various fish parts including entrails, and various species of fish, and by various methods (Grainger 2016).
The Romans famously used spices heavily. Spices were medicinal, but also a way to show off wealth and ability to get rare, exotic trade goods. They were imported in enormous quantities from south and southeast Asia, many of them coming via the Egyptian port of Berenike. This town lay at the mouth of an east-flowing wadi that could be tapped for underground flow of water, and headed near a west-flowing wadi reaching the Nile, allowing for caravans to carry goods back and forth to that great river. Black pepper was basic to the trade, but cinnamon, cloves, and other foreign spices. Produced at home were fennel, coriander, caraway, celery, summer savory, black mustard, parsley, and dill. Of these, coriander and possibly caraway were native to the Near East, but the rest were Italian. They dispersed with empire to the rest of Europe, but shrank back again during the Dark Ages (Livarda and Van der Veen 2008).
The Avars, known in China as Rouran, were defeated by Turkic and Mongolic peoples and chased from today’s Xinjiang in China in the 500s AD. They settled in what are now Hungary and Austria around 567-8, remaining a distinctive and independent people until conquered by Frankish troops around 800, after which they dispersed and are lost to history (Wang 2025). They were among many “wandering folk” of the period, known to German historians as the Völkerwanderung. They and others from the east introduced many foods, probably including varius dairy and dumpling preparations.
Knotgrass seeds were used for porridge in the Dark Ages. Seeds of gold-of-pleasure, Camelina sativa, were used for oil. White-leaved spear orach was used for food and purge. Yields of grain 2 ½ to 3 ½ times the seed sown (compare to hundreds for maize today). In 16th-century Sweden, beer consumption was 40 times what it is at present, partly because so much food was salted. (The beer was weaker than today, probably quite a bit weaker.) 835 cal/day/person from beer was typical, from a total around 4000/d/adult. Early beer used myrtle, rosemary, costmary, etc. instead of or along with hops. In the Harz Mountains, a harvest ration of beer was 7 litres/day. Buckwheat came to Netherlands by 1394-5 (earliest documentation). (Slicher von Bath, B. H. 1963).
Less choice was the raw or undercooked fish of eastern Europe. It transmitted tapeworms and other intestinal parasites (Yeh et al. 2014). This was still a problem well into the 20th century (Desowitz 1981).
Meanwhile, Spain was ruled by Muslim Moorish dynasties, who conquered northward from Morocco in the 800s. They declined slowly, as Christian states expanded southward at their expense. The conquest was completed with the fall of Grenada in 1492; the loot allowed Ferdinand and Isabela to finance Columbus.
An archaeological window into the time is provided by Sarah Inskip and colleagues (2019). In the small city of Ecija, people lived on wheat bread. Barley was used, and after about 1200, sorghum. Sugarcane had come by the high Medieval period. Meat was from sheep and rabbits. The domestic rabbit is native to Spain; by this time it had been introduced widely in western Europe.
Such a roster was typical. During the time, however, not only sugarcane but many other crops came with the Moors. Arab culture spread rapidly to northwest Africa after the Muslim conquest in the 700s. Morocco has become a center of cooking, much of which is based on styles of cuisine going back to very early times in Iran and Arabia. Some traits include use of fruit in meat dishes, sweet-sour combinations, and complex spice mixes based on coriander, cumin, black pepper, cinnamon, and other warm spices. Only some of this caught on in Spain, but more widespread were new foods such as bitter (and much later sweet) oranges, lemons, limes, and other citrus, as well as useful plants like cotton and alfalfa (Watson 1983). Foods like almonds, pomegranates, wine grapes, and the commoner spices were already well known.
The linguistic effects were enormous. Just in the last paragraph, we have seen several words that came to English from Arabic via Spanish: orange (naranj), alfalfa, cotton (qutun, qoton in Andalusian Arabic). Less direct is sugar, from French sucre, Arabic sakkar, Persian shakar, ultimately Sanskrit (or derivative) sharkara. We can add tapas, from Andalusian Arabic tapashur, “tidbit, delicacy,” in spite of the delightful folk etymology that the snacks were used to cover (tapar) wine glasses. Sephardic Jewish adafina for cholent, the stew set up Friday to cook for the Sabbath when cooking is forbidden, is from Arabic al-dafina, buried (Schwartz 2001).
Catalan Medieval food was recorded by one Joan Santanach in the Llibre de Sent Soví, recently translated by Robin Vogelzang (Book of Sent Soví, 2008). It too has many Arabic influences.
Famines struck Europe in the 14th century, because of population growth colliding with the cold, wet weather of the Little Ice Age. There were huge rains in 1315-16, up to four or five times normal. These not only caused famine but often eroded the soil to bare rock all round the North Sea; maybe half the topsoil loss in all history there; about 5 to 12% of the population of northern Europe died between then and 1322 (Rosen 2014:110-133). France fell from 17-20 million people to around 10 million after 100 yrs’ war and then the plague. Incidentally, Rosen provides data on terms. assarting was the process of a group clearing land, taking it over, and cultivating it—parceling it out. An acre was, originally, the area “that could be plowed by one man behind a single ox in a single day.” A virgate was that which could reasonably be plowed by two oxen in a season. A hide was four to seven virgates, and made a reasonable estate (Rosen 2014:150-155). forestalling was selling to new clients and thus depriving your regulars.
People ate 2000-2100 cal/day, a very low level, and much of it was beer (Rosen 2014:155-160).
Then disease hit hard. Not only did humans die, but rinderpest, a virus related to measles, struck the animals. Anthrax (Bacillus anthracis), hoof-and-mouth (a viral disease), glanders (Burkholderia mallei), and liver flukes (Fasciola hepatica) all struck the livestock (Rosen 2014:185-275) at about the time the bubonic plague struck humans in 1346-48.
Ken Albala’s wonderful book The Food History Reader provides short selections from the classic food writing of the world, from ancient Mesopotamia and China to modern classics. It samples Benedict’s Rule, Charlemagne’s Capitularies with incredible directions on what to grow in gardens (233), Al-Ghazzali on manners (251f), Avicenna (256f), Moses Maimonides (266-7), Islamic agriculture (272f), Taillevent’s instructions to Medieval French households (284f), the Menagier de Paris of the same general order (292f), Montezuma’s feasts as described by Bernal Diaz de Castillo (318f), More’s Utopia (332-3), Erasmus on good manners (very modern and proves they were as civilized as now, 339f), and dozens of other sources, down to modern times.
More odd terms and data come to us from Donald McDonald’s collection Agricultural Writers (1908), an anthology of early English texts. Aver was a cargo horse, as opposed to cheveau, a plow or riding horse; the name comes from haber,“to have” in Latin. The word can also refer to farm gear, and in this capacity it is the source of our word “average.” Estates were very hierarchical—Lord, seneschal, then bailiff below him, then provost, then the various dairymaids (one was head), shepherd, cowherd, plowmen, etc. Yields were 1:3 or even worse. A typical sheep estate had around 400 wethers (castrated rams), 300 ewes, 200 hoggets (one- to two-year-old sheep), etc. (p. 99). Sheep that died of a murrain or the like were promptly skinned—saving the wool—and salted heavily. Herders were expected to sleep with their animals—grooms with horses, cowherds with cows, shepherd “and his dog” with the sheep, “dog boy” with the hunting hounds. They could not go home except on holidays (pp. 114-115).
Following that passage is a quote from John Worlidge, late 17th century: “In several places in Germany whenever they fell a tree they always plant a young one near the place, and no young farmer is permitted to marry a wife till he brings proof that he hath planted and is a father of a stated number of trees” (p. 116). Clearly, the Germans had sense; no wonder they later became the guiding spirits of forestry in Europe.
Among medieval writers was Walter of Henley (Lamond 1890).
A later writer, John Worlidge, commented in the late 17th century: “In several places in Germany whenever they fell a tree they always plant a young one near the place, and no young farmer is permitted to marry a wife till he brings proof that he hath planted and is a father of a stated number of trees” (Lamond 1890:141). We desperately need this law.
Among drinks were braggot: beer brewed with honey and sometimes spices (McGovern 2017:41-42).
Wine arrived in France by 525 BCE, possibly introduced from Etruria (McGovern et al. 2013). At that time, it was preserved with pine resin, of which traces are found in the ancient jars. Modern Greek retsina maintains this tradition simply for the flavor.
Spices came in Renaissance centuries to the far north. The first evidence of diverse spices in Scandinavia is provided by a wreck. King Hans of Denmark and Norway in 1495 sailed to a council meeting, hoping to play politics with the goal of taking over Sweden (Larsson and Foley 2023). His ship blew up (he was not on it at the time, but one suspects something…), preserving in deep water a record of the first saffron and ginger recorded in Scandinavia. There were also pepper, mustard, raspberries, hops, henbane, grapes, cloves, cucumber, dill, caraway, and a sturgeon, barrelled. High living.
Early Scotland lived mainly on foods made from oatmeal and barley. They were usuallymade into bread, cakes (nonsweet), and porridge. Other, more mysterious, preparations included “sowens, lithac, drammack” (Bain 1973:20). Lithac is so obscure that it is not even in the OED, let alone in any online source. Drammock (sic) is defined in the Oxford English Dictionary as “raw meal mixed with water.” Surely this means parched grain, like tsamba; raw meal is inedible. Sowans turn out fascinating—the bran and husks from milling were saved, soaked, strained, and the resulting starchy stuff soaked with salt, which caused lactic fermentation, resulting in swat (the liquid) and sowans (the precipitate). Families would have a sowan-bowie (small barrel) for making and keeping it. Yule sowans was a custom. Apparently, the stuff was about as near to gourmetship as old Scotland could offer (Bain, Robert, 1973, with additional information from Wikipedia).
Problems of modern management are well described by John McNeill (2003). The superiority of older ways are well described by Grove and Rackham (2001). Replacement of sound management by capitalist exploitation devastated many of the mountain regions, and many lowlands.
Bread was the staple food of all Europe in early times, and is still so today in some areas. Jim Chevalier (2019, 2020) provides a detailed history of bread and baking in France. >GO FILL THIS OUT< Chevalier (2021) has also reconstructed the foodways of early Medieval France, before the days of heavy Italian influence. The food was, unsurprisingly, much like that of the late Roman Empire. Polenta (grain gruel; maize was not there yet) as well as bread were staples. Wine was the drink of choice, but beer and water were common. Olive oil was common in the far south, but elsewhere animal fats were used.
Nutritional medicine followed Galen, but his work was far from well known. A great deal of it had been lost in Europe, to be discovered later in Arabic translations and re-translated into Latin in the late Medieval period.
Nuts, fruits, and some vegetables were widely available. Presumably people did a great deal of foraging for wild foods, as they did in England and elsewhere. Enough folksongs turn on the dangers of women out in the forest harvesting nuts and wild fruits to show that this was a common thing but did expose women to raiders.
Pasta evolved in western Asia and south Europe independently from that of eastern Asia. (The stories of Marco Polo introducing it are fiction.) Early terms include the Iranian lakhsha for possibly for pasta in general, and rishta for long, thin types (noodles). These terms are still used, and lakhsha has been borrowed as far as Indonesia and China, where it fused with China’s own pasta dishes to beget laksa mian with southeast Asian spicing.
A worthy case study to illustrate many points about food history is A Short History of Spaghetti with Tomato Sauce, by the Italian food historian Massimo Montanari (2021), profitably combined with the classic work Pasta: The Story of a Universal Food,by Silvano Serventi and Françoise Sabban (2002). All these authors are outstanding food historians of long experience.
Flat dry cakes were called laganon in ancient Greek, which became lagana in Latin (Montanari 2021:31). Another Latin word, tracta, appeared later, from trahere, to pull (Montanari 2021:32). Finally, a widespread word, itria (variously itrium, tria, tri, etc.; Arabic itriyya), appeared in late antiquity. The Arabic word fidawsh appeared in early Arabic society. It has spread into European languages, e.g. Italian fedelini (Montanari 2021:36). Spanish uses a straight borrowing, fideos, reflecting an Andalusian dialect of Arabic, which, like many Arabic vernaculars, converted short a to e and w (or short u) in o. It continues to be standard Spanish for thin noodles, and is often taken wrongly as a plural form. By Medieval times, pasta came into use as a general term in Italian, and macharoni for the dried types (Montanari 2021:40-43). More and more terms for specific types appeared. Spagho applied to “a wire for piercing the dough,” and did not give its name to spaghetti until the 19th century (Montanari 2021:43).
Pasta was normally eaten with cheese, and often butter. Of course, it still is; for many, no pasta dish beats cacio e pepe, pasta with just salt, pepper, and the classic cheeses. In Sicily, primarily during the Arab reign (ca. 800-1100), the dish of macaroni and cheese evolved, strikingly similar to the modern form—one of the oldest dishes in the world. They also seem to have invented lasagna. Recall that Sicily was Greek before it was Arab, and laganon was a known word. Interlayering lagana (the plural)with cheese was an obvious idea. Toasting cheese on bread was also an easy thing to image, evolving into ancestral pizza. Pizza is apparently an Italian form of the widely used east Mediterranean term pita for bread or pie. Greece invented tyropita, cheese pie, pastry stuffed with good Greek cheese (tyically sheeps’ cheese). I recall staying in Greece many decades ago on very limited money and living largely on tyropita.
Being hot and slippery, string pastas called for forks, which were brought in as table ware probably for that very purpose in the Renaissance (Montanari 2021:57-58). Previously, they were large and heavy, their purpose being for cooks’ use to fish hot meat from stew. In ancient Ireland, cooks had their own flesh forks as prized possessions, but eaters used their hands.
Pasta became a staple food in Naples in the 17th century; the rest of Italy joined on much later. Naples was identified as pasta country. Pasta machines and high costs of meat combined to produce this change (Montanari 2021:62). This may also have been the time that people took to cooking pasta a short time, to leave it al dente (Montanari 2021:65-67).
At present, a single factory in Parma, Italy, produces a wondrous 93,200 miles of spaghetti per day (Benton 2024:107).
One major advantage of pasta is that it is made of hard, protein-rich durum wheat (a form of emmer, not of bread wheat). It is thus slow to digest, resulting in a low glycemic index, much lower than such foods as potatoes, white bread, or white rice. It is relatively safe for prediabetics.
Tomato sauce, of course, had to await the exploration of Mexico. Tomatoes and chiles came in the 16th century. Chiles were quickly accepted as spice, fitting into the pepper niche, but tomatoes were feared, being nightshades and similar to eggplant—a disliked vegetable regarded as unhealthy or worse (Montanari 2021:73-89). The revisionist idea that tomatoes were not regarded as poison is shown wrong by several quotes from the 16th century (Montanari 2021:74).
The long-standing claim that tomato sauce is first noted in Italy, as “Spanish sauce,” is correct: it occurs in “Scalco alla Moderna (The Modern Steward) by Antionio Latini,” who had worked for a Spanish family. His sauce used tomatoes, roasted and skinned, cut up; chiles, onion, thyme, salt, oil, and vinegar (Montanari 2021:78-79). This is recognizable Mexican salsa (tomatoes, chiles, onion) converted into a salad. Later sauces are similar; more herbs were gradually added, from rosemary to—finally—basil. Garlic and other ingredients came soon. Montanari found no clear origin point for spaghetti with tomato sauce. It is an obvious enough thing to invent. It may have had multiple origins.
The meatball so identified in America with Neapolitan-style spaghetti and tomato sauce is an American addition, though likely by Neapolitan immigrants. Heavy immigration from Naples shaped American ideas of Italy and Italians, from food habits (pizza, spaghetti with tomato sauce) to songs, stereotypic costumes, and cusswords. Many of us born in mid-twentieth-century America got our introduction to Italian food from Chef Boy-ar-dee cans; Chef Boyardi was a real person, an Italian-American, and his canned food was not that bad.
Most of Italy is wheat country, but the central Po River Valley is rice country. Mile after mile of rice paddies occupy the horizon. Towns are devoted to rice; they are bare, stark places where finding a restaurant, even one specializing in rice dishes, is surprisingly difficult. Risotto is the local dish. It is apparently derived from pilaf, being based on rice fried in butter and then boiled in stock. The classic risotto rices, Carnaroli and Arborio, were developed in Italy surprisingly recently: in 1945 and 1946, respectively. Mussolini had pushed for growing more rice. Unlike most of his heritage, this was advantageous and persisted (Moyer-Nocchi 2015).
Pizza, the other world-famous carbohydrate dish, was a Naples specialty, with a low reputation (Moyer-Nocchi 2022). It was considered an unclean, disreputable street food, associated with cholera-ridden Naples (Nowak 2014). Workers bought slices of it as quick bites. Eventually, quality pizzas appeared, and the pizzeria got some degree of respect. But when I was in Italy as recently as 1988, pizza was despised outside of the Neapolitan area. My then-teenage daughter asked for it in northern Italy and drew scathing contempt for such an order. I warned her it wouldn’t be very good, and it wasn’t. Pizza’s conquest of the United States was also a matter of swimming upstream. When I was young and living in Lincoln, Nebraska, it was regarded as a lowly Italian food of dubious merit; a letter in 1954 to the local paper said that it was foreign and therefore Communist and therefore should be banned. Its success had much to do with the fact that the pizzeria filled an empty niche for a place for quick, filling food, relaxation, good times, eating with the hands, and generally unwinding. Even hamburger joints had become too staid for the rising younger generation. We of my generation thus betook ourselves in our teenage years to pizza joints and submarine sandwich shops, subs being the other great Italian introduction in the post-WWII era. It was part of the liberalization that gave us rock’n’roll and other abominations to our elders.
Like many Italians, Montanari casts a somewhat askance eye at “the Mediterranean diet,” noting there is nothing remotely close to one Mediterranean diet, and the various things that non-Italians mean by the term were assembled late and from various sources. Possibly more sensible is the folkloric division of Europe into “potato Europe and tomato Europe,” the line being roughly similar to the divide between north-draining and south-draining rivers (plus Iberia), though one notes that most of the Alps are potato country whichever way the rivers run. And a Hungarian would surely protest “We love both!
Wine and beer have a long and distinguished history in Europe.
Lager beer resulted from a cross between a German brewers’ strain, Saccharomyces pastorianus, apparently a hybrid of S. cerevisiae and S. eubayanus, this apparently taking place in Munich, where the original lager apparently originated at the original Hofbräuhaus, between 1602 and 1615 (Gibbons 2023). It involves a long cool storage (lagering) process during which the beer matures and develops flavoring.
Champagne was an ordinary though good wine till the 18th century. It rarely had gas bubbles. Then English taste, English access to corks, and English superior glass conspired to move it to the bubbly. There were three French gourmets in the 17th century who would drink wine from only Champagne slopes (Van Dyk 2015; see esp. p. 84).
A whole class of fermented products occurs in Albania (Quave and Pieroni 2014). These include fruit drinks and other products as well as a range of dairy products. Many are regarded as medicinal.
British food has a somewhat unfair reputation for blandness. It was spicier in the past. It also had many vegetables from early on (Thick 2014), in London and other areas with relatively wide-ranging tastes, even Scotland.
The British Isles developed a dish notable for tastiness, “Welsh rabbit,” cheddar (or similar) cheese on bread, toasted together. No rabbits; the word was originally “rare bit.” This was long a staple food in our house, my older son depending heavily on it during teen years. It is sometimes flavored with Worcester sauce and the like, but he and many others prefer the pure form.
That great Scottish dish, the haggis, was originally English and more varied and good than now. Many variants existed, with cream, eggs, currants, spices, and more. They were all in a stomach of some kind but not all with lungs or other innards used in the proper Scottish classic. That form today consists of finely-chopped lungs, liver, heart, and possibly other bits, in a matrix of oatmeal, steamed in a sheep’s stomach. It nested in Scotland at some unspecified early time but did not become the Scottish national dish till Burns immortalized it and England dropped it (Brears 2015). It is traditionally served with Scotch whisky (note there is no “e” in Scottish spelling), sometimes flambé in it but always consumed along with it. Some say a good deal of Scotch is necessary to make it palatable. Actually it tastes like a meatloaf, with quality depending on the cook.
The potato was soon introduced to Europe after being encountered in the western hemisphere, but did not catch on quickly. Contrary to myth, it was not widely rejected because it looked leprous or was not in the Bible (Earle 2020); the problem was that the original potatoes are tropical, and could not adjust to Europe’s exceedingly long summer days and short winter ones. The spread of the potato awaited introduction of potatoes selected by the Mapuche of Chile to flourish under such temperate regimes (Salaman 1949). Chilean potatoes reached Europe before 1700 (Knapp 2008). Chiloe Island was, and remains, the great source of temperate-zone potatoes. The Mapuche and mixed-ethnic farmers of Chiloe continue to grow a vast variety of potatoes, because the people and potatoes are routinely sought out by breeders needing new genes for resistance against potato blight and other diseases.
Nevertheless, there was initial resistance to an unfamiliar crop (Salaman 1949). Parmentier established a seedbed and put heavily armed guards around it—the guards instructed to ignore anyone trying to steal planting stock. Soon the garden was heavily looted, and potatoes were growing more and more widely in France. For this he became the nominate individual of many potato dishes in French cuisine. Supposedly (but dubiously), Catherine the Great wore wreaths of potato flowers in her hair.
Acceptance finally came with a rush. By the 1840s, the potato was the staple food of the colder, wetter parts of Europe. Then came the even colder and wetter weather of the 1846-48 years. Crops failed everywhere, and the potato was devastated, especially by late blight carried by Phytophthora infestans. This plant is usually called a “fungus,” but is in fact a seaweed; its closest familiar relative is kelp. It thus depends on water, and thrives only in very wet weather when the potato beds cannot dry out. A strain from Mexico (Goss et al. 2014) reached Europe and proliferated. By 1848, it had killed hundreds of thousands and driven millions to desperation, often migration to America (Lang 2001; Salaman 1949; Woodham-Smith 1962). England stood by, providing some relief (grain and more potatoes; see Geber et al. 2019) but very little, on the assumption that the “free market” would lead to plentiful supplies. This failed to occur, and Ireland never forgave the English, breaking away in independence in 1921. Today, in one of history’s more amazing ironies, Ireland has the highest per capita income in the world, far exceeding that of the UK.
Not only Ireland, but also all of northern continental Europe, was devastated. This had much to do with the Europe-wide revolutions of 1848, which inspired the Communist Manifesto and the whole Marxist movement. The United States was demographically and culturally transformed by thousands—ultimately hundreds of thousands—of Irish and German immigrants. There are now many times as many people of Irish descent in the United States than there are in Ireland. Latin America also received heavy immigration, the linguistic unfamiliarity offset by the familiarity of the Catholic religion. As late as 1916, potato blight led to 700,000 hunger deaths in Germany, war having taken the copper used for fungicides (Walters 2017). The blight continues to devastate crops in Asia.
The potato continues to evolve and develop. The domestic plant is tetraploid, making it hard to breed, so diploid varieties have been bred. Europe long remained the center of potatoes, but they are now more important in Asia (especially montane areas) and North America (Stokstad 2019). Ironically, they are possibly least important in their South American home, where they have never overcome an identification with the Indigenous people, who until recently were despised, oppressed, and as thoroughly ignored as possible in that continent.
Faroese food runs heavily to meat and fat. Among the delicacies are fermented mutton. Skerpikjøt is wind-dried mutton, raestkjøt the fermented form. These have a very complex bacteriology, but Lactobacillus is the key to preserving and providing taste. A gourmet tourism is now featuring it (Svanberg 2021, 2023). One recalls pinikjøt, dried sheep’s thorax, a delicacy I have enjoyed in Norway.
Michel De Certeau’s fascination with everyday life has led to some wonderful food ethnography in Lyon, France (De Certeau et al. 1998). Bread is still respected to almost sacred level. Wine is of course the complement, routinely consumed. White wine is sometimes flavored with blackcurrant liqueur, but not to the point of a Dijon Kir or a Lyonnaise Communard (red wine and blackcurrant mix).
Russian food history is its own universe, covering a vast tract of Eurasia. It was a realm of scattered hunter-gatherers until agriculture slowly spread north and east via the Caucasus and the Pontic steppes. Stockraising nomadism developed in what are now Ukraine and Kazakhstan in the 3rd and 4th millennia BCE, as horse domestication progressed. Horses were first kept for meat and milk, then for pulling carts, finally for riding, and with that invention the steppes were open for long-range nomadism. Indo-European speakers were in at the birth of this, and spread the new technology rapidly into a land inhabited by Uralic, Turkic, and various less-known and distinctive langauges such as Ket and Yukaghir. Reindeer were domesticated possibly in the upper Yenisei drainage, possibly in far north Europe; either way, they were evidently domesticated in imitation of earlier domestication of livestock, and probably by people who already had herds (Vainstein 1980). Reindeer are thoroughly domesticated in those areas, but as one moves northeast, the reindeer are less and less domesticated, until in the extremely remote wilds of far northeast Siberia the Chukchi and Koryak try to manage wild or almost-wild herds.
Early agriculture was, as elsewhere in west Eurasia, based on wheat and barley, with legume crops. By 2000 BCE, broomcorn millet was moving into central Asia from China. Between about 2000 and 1000, it became a staple crop, since it can tolerate drought and cold better than the western crops. It was the main crop in northern Russia until the early Medieval period.
In the early Medieval centuries, the Vikings, locally called Rus, moved via rivers from Scandinavia to the Caspian Sea, and set up local states. Kiev became the main capital, and the country took the name Russia.
Arab travelers from the 10th and 11th centuries, notably Ibn Fadlān, report millet as the main crop, and introduced some superior strains of it (Ibn Fadlān 2012). They also note the making of birch beer from birch sap, in such a confusing way that the suffering modern editor concluded they were describing palm wine far from its real home. (Ibn Fadlān’s description is, however, perfectly clear to anyone familiar with the region; Ibn Fadlān 2012:34.) Ibn Fadlān and others were fed some hilarious tall stories. One was told that beavers keep enslaved weaker beavers, consigned to lower parts of their lodges, and this explains mangy skins; also that Christianity was better than Islam because it allows wine but only one wife, and women weaken but wine strengthens (Abū Hāmid in Ibn Fadlān 2012:83). The Arabs, and later writers (Goldstein 2020), report enormous numbers of beehives in the forest, and thus great consumptioin of honey. Bees, and honey-hunting bears, were common enough to be a danger. The Russians share the widespread fear of calling bears by name, and thus the word medved, “honey-eater,” came to be standard (Goldstein 2020:65ff).
Russia soon found rye to be superior to millet, leading to the rapid increase of the former at the expense of the latter. Darra Goldstein’s superb history of Russian food is even titled The Kingdom of Rye (2022). From her we learn that rye took over after 900—evidently considerably after, given the Arab accounts. It became the major food crop in the colder parts of Russia, though wheat and barley were grown as luxuries and continued to dominate the warmer south. Later, the Russians, and Germans in Russia, developed the extremely cold-tolerant wheats that took over much of the steppes. These are hard red wheats, superior for bread making. Many of the Germans were religious minorities, especially Anabaptists, encouraged by Peter the Great and Catherine the Great to come to Russia, escape intolerance at home, and introduce modern farming practices. They moved in large numbers to the Plains of North America in the 19th century, and thus the hard red cold-loving wheats came to dominate wheat production in the Dakotas and the Canadian Prairie Provinces.
They also introduced the “mammoth Russian” sunflower, which now dominates vast acreages in the Plains—an ironic case of a plant “not without honor save in his own country” (as Jesus said), since the sunflower is native to central North America and was domesticated there and in north Mexico, but was perfected as a major crop far away in Russia and Ukraine, and then returned from that distant realm to its native home. (A good deal of the above is from narratives I heard in youth; I was raised in Nebraska and went to school with many children of Russian German families, and later learned more about their stories.)
Bread was the staple, and was considred sacred, as elsewhere. The Russians picked up Near Eastern bread types, and with them the widespread taboo against letting a crumb fall and be stepped on. Bread, however, was a luxury in really hardscrabble areas like Belarus in the old days. Grain porridge and potatoes were daily fare (Bolotnikova et al. 1979).
Then as now, river fish were important, often the main source of protein. Some in eastern Russia are anadromous, living in the Pacific and running up rivers to breed. Huge runs of sturgeons formerly ran upriver from the Caspian Sea. These included the enormous beluga or huso (Huso huso), which could weigh over 1500 kg. Female sturgeons produced up to hundreds of pounds of eggs, and given Russia’s pickling culture, caviar resulted. It was at first a local staple food; it became a luxury in urban Russia, and then a super-luxury when rich Russian landlords and nobles introduced it to France in recent centuries. Alas, its popularity was its destruction. Sturgeon fishing soon went out of control. Now, the rewards of poaching in Russia, Iran, and other bordering countries, as well as for Pacific sturgeon in eastern Russia, are enough to tempt poachers to ignore high risks, and wild sturgeons will certainly be extinct in Eurasia before 2100 unless a miracle happens. The beluga is critically endangered. Sturgeons survive in North America, in tiny fractions of their former numbers, but the only real hope for caviar comes from sturgeon farming, perfected at the University of California, Davis, and catching on worldwide as disease problems are addressed.
Beyond sturgeon, many forms of carp, pike, and sander (Sander spp.) occur, as well as other more obscure species. Catfish grew to enormous size in the past. The wels or sheatfish (Silurus glanis), found in major rivers throughout eastern Europe and into Central Asia, may grow to almost 3 meters in length. It too is getting rare.
Cabbages grow well into the far north, producing enough vitamin C to sustain life. Vitamin C also comes from wild forest foods. The forest produced not only greens, berries, and medicinal herbs, but game and protein-rich mushrooms; hunting and gathering were thus often necessary to life in the old days. Fireweed was an important source of greens rich in vitamin C (Goldstein 2022:39), as in North American Indigenous societies.
Potatoes came in the 18th century but still met resistance in the 19th (Goldstein 2022:49). They were inevitably accepted, and became a staple food, necessary to survival in the many subsequent famines.
Another cold-tolerant crop was the beet, which prospered in the warmer southwest. Russian cooking depends heavily on the sharp, intense flavorings that manage to grow in a cold climate: dill, horseradish, celery, wild greens and mushrooms. Also, fermentation comes into its own, to make those sharp intense flavorings out of ordinary foods. Sour cream, sourdough bread, pickled cucumbers, pickled mushrooms, pickled beets, pickled fish, and anything else easily fermented by Lactobacillus provide much of the flavor of Russian and East European food.
One of the ferments is kvass, basically bread beer. Bread, or some similar cooked grain food, is left in water, sometimes with a starter, and kept warm. It produces a sour, slightly alcoholic drink. Far more serious is vodka, usually made from grain in spite of the legend that it is made from potatoes. (It can be, but rarely is.) Vodka (“little water” in Russian) is essentially unaged whiskey. Basically raw alcohol cut with water (some), it usually has no taste, but is often flavored with anything from chile peppers to lemons. In Poland, the traditional flavoring is buffalo grass, more or less similar to American sweetgrass. Yorsh, vodka and beer (Goldstein 2022:26), resembles the American boilermaker (whiskey with beer either mixed in or as a side shot).
A final alcoholic drink is mead, brewed from the honey that abounds in eastern Europe. It was a major indulgent before vodka entered the picture. Other drinks include a wide range of nonalcoholic fruit and honey drinks, to say nothing of pickle juice.
Russian dumplings clearly derive from the Iranian-Turkic universe, but they have local names. Pel’meni comes from the Komi-Perm language, an obscure tongue related to Finnish, and means “dough ears.” Vareniki derives from an old Russian root, var-, for boiling (Goldstein 2022:27, 36). Kreplach is the Yiddish word, going back to older German krapfe “pastry.”
The Tatars, a Turkic minority widely distributed in Russia and locally in Finland and elsewhere, have their own dumpling, pärämäts or peremech. It is a flat, circular dumpling with the usual variety of stuffings—meat, mushrooms, cheese, berries, and so on—which is baked or fried. Like dumplings throughout the Turkic, Russian, Chinese, and other realms, they have an enormous cultural significance (Ståhlberg and Svanberg 2025). They are a symbol of home, family, and good times, and thus have become major ethnic markers in the multiethnic world of the Tatars. As with pel’meni, and as with Chinese jiaozi, they are made in large quantities by the whole family or even groups of neighbors. Rolling out the dough, making the stuffing, and finally pleating the dough to make the necessary folds on top, is a good-time activity. The whole cult of dumplings and the good times that families and groups of friends have in making them together is a major part of life in central Asia and areas influenced from it.
Ukrainian cooking is like Russian, but with more ingredients, and fairly luxurious use of some that were scarce in Russia. and Ukraine. Borscht centers in Ukraine. It not always made from beets, but typically is. There are probably more borscht recipes than there are Ukrainian and southwest Russian cooks; everyone seems to have their own favorites, not just one favorite. My Ukrainian cookbook (Georgievsky et al. 1975) includes 24 borscht recipes, and a couple for holodnik, more or less borscht without beets. Varenitzi is the dumpling word.
An example of how a culinary myth can begin and propagate is provided by the word “brunch.” For decades, the invention of this word and concept was credited to one Guy Beringer in 1896. Hannah Reff (2016) finally ran him down, and found he existed only in a short story in the British humor magazine Punch. Someone took the story seriously, probably from a joke reference, and the same line with the same attribution was solemnly repeated from author to author for decades. Reff found that the word was actually invented by English college students at about that time; Oxford blames Cambridge and Cambridge blames Oxford.
This is all too typical of what passed for culinary history before recent decades. The claim that Marco Polo introduced spaghetti to Europe also originated in humorous fiction. French food history is full of myths, most of them enthusiastically propagated in the 20th century by the Larousse Gastronomique, a food dictionary. It has taken much effort to run down and correct these stories.
I have personally watched a few errors creep into the literature through mistranslations of Chinese. The Chinese, like other people in this world, oten named foreign crops after their own local equivalent. Just as English has “Tahiti apple, “rose apple,” and for that matter “pineapple” for fruits nothing like an apple (or a pine cone—“pineapple” originally meant “pine cone”), Chinese named the pineapple the “foreign jakfruit,” guava the “foreign pomegranate,” asparagus “foreign wildrice-shoot,” sunflower the “foreign mallow,” and so on. These tend to lose the “foreign” qualifier over time, and then westerners think the plant was found in China centuries before it could have been there.
Africa
Africa is the home of humanity. We evolved from ape ancestors there, over the last two million or more years. Most of the action seems to have taken place in east and south Africa, but conditions for preserving fossils are poor in the central and west, so expect exciting results from those areas someday.
Africa still has large numbers of people dependent on hunting and gathering. Most are genetically different from cultivators around them.
The most famous groups are the San (variously named locally) of southern Africa, the “Bushmen” of past colonial naming. They have been made famous by the work of Richard Lee (1979) and many others. Also famous are the Hadza, a tiny group that still hunts in the wild, rugged, and difficult country east of Lake Eyasi and west of Lake Manyara in Tanzania. Most are now settled, but a stalwart group of a few hundred refuses to give up their free lifestyle. They live largely on meat, wild roots, and on honey from wild bees, which are smoked into calmness and seem used to being robbed.
Herman Pontzer’s wonderful book Burn (2022)provides a great introduction to the Hadza. His own introduction was dramatic enough: in their tents, he and other researchers new to the area heard lions growling and scuffling around their tents. The researchers cowered in fear. When morning came, they were treated to a wonderful fresh meat breakfast by their new Hadza friends. “You guys heard th elinons list night, right?….Well, we figured they were up to something, so we went and checked it out. Turns out they had just killed this kudu…so we took it” (Pontzer 2022:5). People who think nothing of taking a fresh kill from a pair of lions are definitely tough. I have watched hyenas try to do it and be terrified into retreat.
I have never met the Hadza, but I had a strong sense of homecoming when I first went into their country, coming down to Lake Manyara. It is high enough to be pleasantly cool compared to the burning plains of much of Africa. It is a large fresh lake, surrounded by marsh, swamp, riparian forest, and grassland. You reach it by dropping from a high plateau through savannah country with grass and scattered trees. The whole picture is exactly the sort of mixed ecosystem where you would expect humans to evolve. We re-create such landscapes in gardens and parks, from Japan to Renaissance Italy and from old Persia to modern California. Most of the land on the high plateaus above Manyara was Maasai country when I was first there, and I have spent some time with the Maasai. Cultivation is now rapidly encroaching on the Maasai and Hadza, as Tanzania’s population rapidly expands. One hopes for a bearable future.
In spite of getting a lot of meat, the Hadza live to a large extent on roots and on honey. An odd bird, the Indicator, whose scientific name is Indicator indicator, often leads them to beehives, and then eats the larvae and wax—it can digest beeswax. I have had the experience of being led in a beehive direction by an indicator bird; it is a rather surrealistic experience.
Rainforest areas of central Africa have their own hunter-gatherers, in the richest forests. They are small people, adapted to a world where protein is largely unreachable in the treetops. They preserve genetic differences from the cultivators around them, who moved in from the northwest in the last few thousand years. Connectivity of hunter-gatherer populations in the forest zones diminished during ice ages, but got back to current levels between. They have been around for at least 120,000 years. Connectivity increased around 105-110 thousand years ago, again at 68-87 thousand, and yet again at 17 to 12, because of drastic reduction in forest range due to the Ice Ages. This reduction forced them into small areas and brought them into more contact with settled farmers. The current population of hunter-gatherers in central Africa is about 200,000 people (Padilla-Iglesias et al. 2022).
The San (with their Khoi or Khoekhoe relatives, who herd livestock) and the Hadza both speak isolated languages without surviving relatives. Both stocks are click languages, making phonemes by implosion, unlike all other world languages. San is also extremely phoneme-rich. One suspects many such languages are long lost.
Outside of these, modern Africa has only three great language phyla: Afro-Asiatic, Nilo-Saharan, and Niger-Congo. These are all native to the continent. Afro-Asiatic has a center of diversity in the southern highlands of Ethiopia, and I am fairly sure it developed there. Its most famous branch is Semitic, which probably started in the central highlands of Ethiopia, where Amharic and several relatives survive, but soon reached the Near East and differentiated there. Babylonian and Assyrian go back more than 4000 years, and the Semitic languages were probably already in the Near East by 5000 BCE. Sumerian, their predecessor language in Mesopotamia, was completely replaced by Semitic languages, which soon gave rise to Hebrew, the Arabic languages, and relatives. It has occurred to several that the Biblical Eden is a paradise surronded by desert and watered by four rivers draining north, east, south, and west—a perfect description of the Ethiopian highlands, with the rivers being the Awash, Webi Jubba, Omo, and Blue Nile.
The Nilo-Saharan phylum goes back more than 10,500 years, to an ancestral language somewhere near Lake Chad or in the southeast Sahara. Most of the Nilo-Saharan languages are incredibly obscure, spoken by small groups in remote areas. The best-known groups to the outside world are the Maasai and their cattle-herding neighbors in interior East Africa.
The Niger-Congo languages center in west Africa, where a fantastic diversity exists from Senegal through Nigeria. 2000 to 3000 years ago, one branch, the Bantu, grew in one of the most amazing expansions in linguistic history. Within a few centuries, the world from Nigeria to South Africa was speaking Bantu languages. Swahili is the one best known to the world. I have some experience with both ends of the phylum, knowing a tiny bit of Wolof from the far west, and having studied Swahili briefly in the far east.
Agriculture apparently did not begin in Africa, but it acquired wheat, barley, chickpeas, lentils, and other major cultigens from the Near East almost as soon as those were domesticated. Nilo-Saharan does not have a shared agricultural vocabulary, but its main branches do (especially for livestock; these are herding peoples), showing that agriculture came about the time they were differentiating, some 10,500 years ago (Ehret 2017). Afro-Asiatic has many shared terms going back at least that far. Niger-Congo’s earliest agricultural words appeared about the same time, around 5000 BCE (the proto-language had a word for fonio [Ehret 2017:72), but it was probably gathered wild). Agriculture moved rapidly into the African world. By the time the Bantu began their epic migrations, they had words for oil palm, groundnuts, goats, gourds, yam, and black-eyed peas (Ehret 2017:76), among other things.
The Nile Valley of Egypt became the heartland of African agriculture, and served as a corridor for it to move rapidly south. As the Ethiopian highlands were reached, new crops were domesticated at some uncertain but probably early time. Beer spread with the Near Eastern crops (Arthur 2021). A beer in Nubia around 3000 years ago proved to contain terramycin—the mold was one of the fermentation agents—and the people of the day were presumably healthy.
In general, northern Africa was populated from Europe, northeast Africa was always more or less part of the Near East demographically, and sub-Saharan Africa was a different world genetically, with intergrading only in Ethiopia and along the Nile. Little is known about the Sahara, now largely uninhabitable. But in the early Holocene, it was all woodland and grassland, except for a small area of desert around the Nile. Lake Chad was as big as Germany. Recently, two mummified women who lived 5000 years ago in Takarkori, in the middle of the Sahara, were genetically analyzed. The two are representatives of a lineage known previously only as a mysterious component in the genomes of a few individuals from Morocco. It is not related to sub-Saharan people, and only distantly to Mediterranean populations (Salem et al. 2025). By this time sheep and goats were herded there, but they were ordinary Near Eastern ones.
Herding appeared by 5000 BP in Kenya. It was highly specialized, with heavy milk dependence and probable lactase persistence gene, by 3000 BP. In 5000 BP the cattle were largely for meat, though milk was used. Milk dominated by 3000 (Grillo et al. 2020). The timing is similar to that for central Asia and a bit later than that for eastern Europe.
Ethiopia and neighboring areas were characterized by agro-pastoralism from 1600-900 BCE, then agriculture. The usual Near Eastern crops appeared: emmer, barley, flax. Tef, millets, and possibly sorghum had also appeared by then (Beldados et al. 2023).
Chief among these was tef (Eragrostis tef), a species of weeping lovegrass that is adapted to the cold, moist climate there. It became the staple food, which was fortunate, since it is high in iron, otherwise desperately short in many African diets. It is made into injera, a large sourdough pancake. Food is placed on this pancake and eaten by hand with further injeras. A bite of food picked up by a small piece of injera is a gursha in Amharic, and gurshas are exchanged between family members as a bonding ritual. New barley varieties suited to the climate also emerged. An oilseed, Guizotia abyssinica, was developed and remains important. A range of minor crops appeared. Ethiopian food, in sharp contrast to most African food, is one of the great gourmet cuisines of the planet.
Injera at its best is as good as any bread on earth. It is eaten with highly spiced stews of beef, mutton, goat, and chicken, as well as many leguminous crops, green vegetables, and other foods. Spiced butter, extremely hot chiles, and a range of spices from the Near East and India add flavor; turmeric, cumin, cinnamon, and black pepper are widely present. A unique touch is provided by red onions sliced very thin and slowly caramelized in a dry pan.
Shiro flour is made of yellow split peas, often with fava beans (of which Eth is the world’s 5th biggest exporter), grass peas, field peas, and spices. (Favas are called by the Arabic name of fuul.) Mitin shiro has vetch, garlic, ginger, salt, and chile powder and other spices, and is used in shiro alich’a, yellow split pea stew. Shiro powder can include all sorts of spices, incl black cumin, hell (whatever that is), coriander, kemune (unident.), onion, sunflower, nutmeg, long pepper, thyme, etc. They have chem analyses. The commoner spice powder is berbere, blazing hot with chiles, but also including bishopsweed, fenugreek, cardamom, basil, garlic, rue, rosemary, cumin, cinnamon, etc., to taste. Enkulal firfir is scrambled eggs with berbere. (Zeru et al. 2023).
Farther south and in hotter climes, a range of heat-adapted grains developed. Sorghum (Sorghum biocolor) was the most important, going worldwide by 2000 BCE as it spread through Egypt, Ethiopia, and India. Its weedy relative S. halapense (Johnson grass) is a hated weed, but sometimes used for forage and erosion control.
All along the Sahel—Arabic for “shore”—the Sahara grades slowly into the cultivatable lands of rainfed Africa. The Sahara is the province of camel nomads. The Sahel is disputed, or sometimes cooperatively managed, by stockraisers dependent on cattle and by cultivators dependent on tough, drought-resistant millets. One, the bulrush millet Pennisetum americanum, can grow on four inches of rain. It is a tall, beautiful, impressive plant that deserves more attention. The name comes from its superficial similarity to cattails (bulrushes in England). Fonio, a domesticated crabgrass (Digitaria exilis and the less appealing D. iburua), is comparably tough. Finger millet (Eleusine coracana and relatives) is slightly less drought-resistant, but high in yields. These are now promoted as “ancient grains,” which they are, but to me they taste rather like dust. The Senegalese chef Pierre Thiam has enthusiastic words about fonio in his cookbooks (Thiam 2008, 2015), but I am less than excited.
Their great limit is their susceptibility to birds. My experiments with growing bulrush millet in desert California ended summarily when house finches and goldfinches discovered the seed heads. The African equivalent is the red-billed quelea (Quelea quelea), which occurs in millions and can be almost as devastating as the locusts that also infest the Sahel. Bulrush millet remains the staff of life in regions too dry for anything else. Bulrush and finger millets and sorghum reached India by 1700 BCE. Fonio has stayed in West Africa.
Also domesticated about 2000-4000 years ago were the Bambara groundnut (Vigna subterranea) and the similar Hausa groundnut (Macrotyloma geocarpum), which like the peanut plant their fruits in the soil—the flower grows downward and into the earth.
In tropical Africa, a whole suite of plants adapted to hot, wet conditions was added. The major ones were yams, lily relatives of the genus Dioscorea—similar to, but not related to, the tuber-bearing morning glory from South America that was assimilated to “yams” by enslaved Africans and still bears the name in the United States. Dioscorea of many species—Asian as well as African—still grow in the Western Hemisphere tropics, but are rare in U.S. markets. Less well known in the African pumpkin or ash gourd (Telfairia occidentalis), grown for its large and highly nutritious seeds rather than for its flesh. It has enormous potential, but somehow has never caught on anywhere outside of west-central Africa. (On all these crops, see the wonderful accounts in National Academy of Sciences 1996, 2006.)
Finally, and much more hopeful from a gourmet standpoint, was an independent domestication of rice that took place by 2000 years ago in the Niger River valley, especially the internal delta in Mali. This is a different species (Oryza glaberrima) from Chinese rice, not close enough to hybridize easily, though hybridization is now under way in a search for resistance to pests and other problems. It was grown widely in interior and coastal West Africa. Carried to the New World by enslaved people, it spread widely (Carney 2001).
James Webb (1995) describes the interaction in his book Desert Frontier: Ecological and Economic Change along the Western Sahel, 1600-1850, and makes it sound very much like Mongol-Chinese relations in north China in old times, and Roderick McIntosh (2005) has made the comparison. Interesting is that in some parts of the zone “white” meant herder, “black” meant farmer, as if skin color sorted with lifestyle—which it does not. The old Chinese classification into “barbarians” and “civilized” is quite comparable.
More wide-ranging is Tadeusz Lewicki’s major work West African Food in the Middle Ages According to Arabic Sources (1974). This book stresses the importance of the native rice and millets, and of livestock, and the lack of other foods, though indigenous spices were important not only in food but in trade. Grains of Paradise (a native cardamom, Aframomum spp.) was a major staple of international trade, largely replaced in later centuries by Asian cardamom and other spices. It continues to have some medical use.
Roderick McIntosh (2005) gives a striking account of the interior delta of the Niger. This is a vast tract where the river is obstructed and spreads out in a huge channeled wetland. The soils arepoor and most areas are either too dry or too wet or flood-prone for much agriculture, but there enough wet channels and marshes for cultivation. The area has had some bursts of serious urbanization with high culture including Jenne-Jeno which rached 42,000 people or more in 1200-1400 CE (McIntosh 2005:210), but no large citadels, monumental construction, or huge sculptures. Dense and close-spaced settlements cultivated fonio, bulrush millet, sorghum, Guinea millet Brachiaria deflexa, Bambara groundnut Vigna subterranea, and African rice, which very possibly was domesticated there (McIntosh 2005:80-94). 80-84, climate history; complex, only broad outlines same as elsewhere. Ethnic groups specialized in the old days: Marka raised the rice, Bozo net-fished, Somono fish big channels, Bambara (who invaded in the medieval period) farm millet, Tuareg and Fulani herded. Jenne-Jeno and area ca 1200-1400 covered 190 ha and had some 42,000. McIntosh intriguingly talks of a high philosophic tradition in the Mandingo world, but says very little about it.
Rice dominates the far west coast from Sierra Leone north to Senegal. This became known as the Rice Coast. Today, the true African rice is rare, being replaced by the Asian species. Most of the area was once dominated by the Mandingo Empire. The Mandinka language and the empire’s high culture are still widespread. A great range of languages, distantly related but often strikingly different, is spoken, and people tend to be multilingual. Our principal friend in Senegal was fluent in his own language (a tiny minority speech), Mandinka, Wolof (the country’s lingua franca), French, and English; we can vouch for his near-native-speaker competence in the last two. He was learning Spanish.
The empire excelled in music. The traditional, highly distinctive music of this area not only survives and flourishes today, but it developed into the blues in the United States. It contributed the banjo (bania in Mandinka) to America and the world. The blues, the old-time ring shout, and United States gospel music are derived from this musical world, with various contributions from Europe, and in the case of the guitar from Mexico and the Caribbean. The reason that only the United States had the blues (originally) was that American plantation owners had trouble growing sugar north of Florida, switched to rice, and needed enslaved people who were experts at growing it. These introduced not only rice technology but also okra and watermelon, among various natives of their homeland. Watermelon has recently been discovered to have been developed by local people in the central Sahel. the rest of the story is told below in the North America section.
Senegal can stand as an example of the foodways of the region. Since most of the population lives along the coast or along rivers, rice and fish are staple foods. The fish is often smoked, producing a characteristic pleasant scent throughout markets and along shorelines. In the dry interior, the millets take over. Animals are largely sheep and goats; the area is largely Muslim. Cattle are common in some areas. The Fulani, a nomadic or seminomadic herding people, herd vast flocks of sheep, goats, and some cattle over the dry grasslands where agriculture is shaky or impossible.
A signature dish that more or less anchors the cuisine is thibou djenn (variously spelled tibu jen, etc.), fish stew. It consists of large chunks of sizable white-fleshed fish boiled with okra, carrots, onions, tomatoes, eggplants, and sometimes greens and herbs. Rice is cooked in the broth and served separately. Thibou yasa is stewed meat, similar except that the rice is not usually cooked in the stock. Thibou yapp is the lamb or goat version. Mafé is food stewed with ground peanuts, a very common and widespread technique all over West Africa. Black-eyed peas, niébé, are common, often added to stews and soups, or made into the universal West African fried dumpling known as akara, more or less a falafel made with blackeyes instead of chickpeas. A notable vegetable of the region is “sour tomato,” actually a local species of eggplant with a wonderful sharp flavor, somewhat like the round green eggplants of southeast Asia.
The French colonial regime had its main headquarters for all of northwest Africa in Dakar, which is now an extremely sophisticated, vibrant, active, and lively city. French bread, pastries, and salads are universal. Senegalese food is not highly spiced, but has distinctive and rich flavors from the local greens, herbs, and grains.
Gambia, a small country completely surrounded by Senegal except for a small coastline, is said to be the home of Jollof rice, a dish of rice cooked with chicken and/or shellfish and the usual vegetables. It is the ancestor of jambalaya. “Jollof” is a variant form of Wolof, associated with the old Wolof state, and “jambalaya” is Wolof for “mixed grain stew,” so the ethnic base of this dish are clear. In the New World, it added tomatoes and chile pepper—typically cayenne—and these have made it back home, to become part of Jollof rice. In New Orleans, it acquired French herbs and sausages.
More general and basic is red rice or Spanish rice, rice cooked in tomato stock with various vegetables, and usually with sea food or sausages or bacon. Usually the stock is made first, then the rice is cooked in it. It is a Caribbean development of rice cooked in stock, typical of the Rice Coast. Various forms have spread throughout the Caribbean, Mexico, the United States (especially the south), and elsewhere. Typically, red rice is simply rice in tomato stock, but elaborate forms verge on or become identical with jambalaya (e.g. Cross and Crawford 2023:163-164). Rarely, the rice is fried, then the stock poured in, as is the case in some forms of pilau; I assume this technique was learned from Indian immigrants.
Moroccan and other Arab influence shows itself in the very widespread use of cumin ni all these dishes, and the frequency of cinnamon, black pepper, and coriander. Coriander greens (cilantro) are widespread. The most famous native West African spice is malagueta pepper, also known as Grains of Paradise, alligator pepper, and various other names. It was once universal in the southern part of the region and influential throughout. It is a local species of cardamom (Aframomum melegueta). It even spread to the Mediterranean and became important and widespread there in Medieval and Renaissance times. It was often used medicinally as a stimulant. It has been largely replaced by chiles and black pepper, but it has not gone totally away. Medieval medicine and cooking re-enactors know it as Grains of Paradise, and seek it out by mail-order.
West African staple foods from farther south than the Rice Coast are largely root crops. Whether you depend on rice, millets, or roots is ultimately driven by what grows best in your area, but cultures institutionize one or another as staple. There is rumored to be a place where two rivers join, dividing three ethnic groups, each dependent on one of those staples—but none eating all of them. The roots, traditionally local yam (Dioscorea) species but now usually manioc, are pounded into a soft, gooey mass known as fufu. It is consumed in bits called “swallows” in English. These are picked off the main lump and dipped in stew or otherwise combined with a relish. They are insufferably bland and stodgy to some outsiders, but there is a connoisseurship of swallows in their native home. They may be “soft, stretchy, and fluffy (pounded yam) to slightly gritty [maize cooked down to a solid, like polenta], chewy (tapioca starch) and sticky [rice cooked down]” (Sokoh 2025:211).
Foods eaten with the staple include egusi, a stew of goat, tomatoes, garlic, ginger, and sometimes other spices; puff puffs: doughtnut-like fried dough; eforiro, a Nigerian dish with greens and smoked fish; and dodo: bits of soft, cartamelized plantains. Moi moi or moin moin is the Yoruba word for a black-eyed pea puree.
Nigerian food is ably introduced to the world by the chef Ozoz Sokoh, from the Yoruba southwest corner of the nation. Her book Chop Chop: Cooking the Food of Nigeria not only provides recipes and stunning photographs, but provides a whole ethnography of foodways in that large and diverse country. Spices include Monodora myristica, ehuru. Oil bean is Pentaclethra macrophylla. Xylopia aethiopica are grains of Selim or uda; uziza is Piper guineense.Telfairia seeds are important, as egusi. Ogbono are seeds of local mango species, ground. A range of local greens, some spicy and flavorful, is described, but not always identified. Moringa, basil, and squash leaves are among the identifiable. A linguistic note is that “sweet mouth” has the same double meaning that it has in United States Black English, showing a very likely origin for the American usage (p. 287). Her Jollof rice adds tomato paste early, then tomato stew base later, for a truly tomato-rich dish; it does not include meat or sea food, allowing improvisation.
Farther southeast, in Central Africa, Cameroon (Leypey 2018) is typical in depending on root crops, often made into fufu, a paste created by beating cooked roots until the starch turns unctious and slippery. Slippery textures are enjoyed widely in Africa. Palm oil from the fruit and kernels of the oil palm (Elaeis guineense) is the standard oil. Palm wine is a standard drink. The sap of the oil palm or other palms—many species are used—is fermented quickly.
Meanwhile in East Africa, the Swahili coast became a major distination for trade. Even the Chinese came to call, in the massive voyages of Zheng He in the early Ming dynasty. The Swahili traded all manner of foods, as well as ivory and other African commodities. Medieval Swahili towns became prosperous and refined, with good food. Excavations by Quintana Morales and others (2022) in a town in southern Tanzania revealed stone houses and simpler wattle-and-daub ones. People in the stone houses ate better than those in daub. Millets, bananas, coconuts, rice, fish, sheep, and goats appeared, but fish were more of a staple. Some people ate turtles and dugongs, shakily legal in Islam. They note that Ibn Battuta recorded the food of Mogadishu (Somalia) as involving rice cooked in ghee and topped with stews of meat and chicken, fish, etc., plus bananas and “chillies”—a plant unknown in Africa at the time, and clearly a mistranslation, possibly for long pepper.
Persian traders were settling in large numbers, marrying into the community, and leaving many descendants. The old Swahili trading communities of the island and port cities of Kenya and Tanzania in medieval times had Persian male ancestors and African female ones, as shown by recent genetic research. The African women appear to have been mostly Makwasinyi, already a mix of “pastoralists” and (mostly) “Bantu,” which I assume means they were a mix of possibly Nilo-Saharan herders with Niger-Congo (largely Bantu) farmers. The Persians did not get south of central Tanzania. South of there, genetics reveals some late Arabian mixture and slight Indian mixture, though not in the farthest south. The Kilwa Chronicles, Swahili texts long dismissed as legend, stated that the Swahili were a Persian-African fusion. Swahili has about 3% Persian loanwords and 16-20% Arabic. Modern Swahili, compared to the medieval ones are much more African on paternal side, over 50% vs only 17%; they are essentially the same—basically African—on maternal side (Brielle et al. 2023).
Outside of the ports, though, East Africa is no gourmet paradise. The staple in most areas is ugali, originally (and locally still) millet or sorghum mush, but usually maize mush cooked solid. It was memorably described in an old Lonely Planet guide to Kenya: “it weighs on your stomach like a royal corgi.” (The reference is to the Pembroke corgis traditionally raised by the British court; they wax exceedingly fat.) It is flavored with whatever is at hand: milk, berries, wild fruit, bits of meat or fish, anything. It is rarely in a class with grits or corn meal mush, let alone polenta. It also accompanies Vitamin B3 (niacin) and mineral deficiencies, because the phytic acid in the grain is not processed away.
Most of the land is under grazing, with local cattle. Food is milk, usually soured, often with astringent tree bark that acts as preservative and health-giving addition. Meat is eaten by traditional herders only when an animal is sacrificed for a major ritual occasion. It is then distributed so widely that few get more than a bite. The Maasai traditionally do not eat anything they do not raise themselves. Thus, Maasai country was once a vast game refuge; in fact, the famous African refuges, such as Ngoro Ngoro Crater and the Serengeti, were Maasai country (sometimes used by others). Alas, today, the Maasai have been pushed off much of their homeland to establish hunting parks for rich tourists—the ultimate hurt and insult to a noble people. Moreover, population growth on their remaining lands has been harder and harder on the wildlife, which can catch diseases from domestic stock. Overgrazing, formerly controlled by very rigid—indeed model—standards, is now inescapable (the above from my personal research and from friends).
Other herding peoples of East Africa have been hit by drought as well as population increase, and have entered into more and more savage wars with each other, leading to tragic desolation.
Genetic engineering may yet save Africa from some of its worst problems. Crispr-editing is introducing resistance to witchweed (Striga hermonthica), a terrible plant parasite, from wild sorghums into domestic strains. Similar attempts may soon make maize more resistant, pearl millet flour spoil less fast, groundnuts resist the aflatoxin fungus, and cattle do better in Africa’s heat and dryness (Ledford 2024).
Chocolate is native to the New World, but now West Africa produces most of it. A great deal is produced by child labor, often under slavery-like conditions. This has been an open scandal for decades. Cadbury and Hershey used to produce slavery-free chocolate, but now the giant corporations wink at the situation. In Ghana and Cote D’Ivoire, 2.1 million children work on some 2 million cocoa farms. Wages of $400 a year are considered good. These countries produce 2/3 of the world crop (Pilling 2020).
Wild foods are extremely important in Africa. In Tanzania, nibbling on wild foods as one works in the fields is a major source of vitamins and minerals, which abound in the wild foods but are far too sparse in the daily ugali (corn meal or similar mush). Moving to town and eating higher-status food can thus cause malnutrition (Sakamoto et al. 2023).
South Asia
South Asia was settled from several directions, with groups entering from the west (including African influence), the northwest, and the northeast. The main northwestern influence has been from Indo-Iranian language speakers; Sanskrit and its modern descendants such as Hindi and Bengali are from that family. The Dravidian languages, which are completely unrelated, may also have come from that direction, emerging in southern Iran while the Indo-Iranian family was developing in the Russian and Kazakhstan steppes. The northeastern influence is largely associated with Tibeto-Burman langauges, which originated in northwest China and spread in all directions.
Finally, the mysterious Munda languages, spoken by very large “tribal” communities in central-eastern India, are included in the Austroasiatic phylum. It may have originated in India, but a strong argument has recently been made by George van Driem that the phylum originated in the general area now mostly included in Myanmar, with the Munda being very likely a mix of Austroasiatic speakers with speakers of lost, unknown languages (van Driem 2021). The languages of the Andamans may be related to these, but are quite distinctive.
Van Driem has received spectacular confirmation from genetics: a distinctive genetic profile has been discovered in central Yunnan in remains of persons who lived around 5000 years ago, and, with increasing dilution from in-migrants from northern and eastern China, until today (T. Wang et al. 2025). This “Central Yunnan” variant of the broad East Asian spectrum is conspicuously present in Austroasiatic minorities all over southeast Asia (though not the Munda). It is also found, somewhat more mixed with recent Northern East Asian and sometimes Southern East Asian genomes, among neighboring Sino-Tibetan and Thai-Kadai groups. It is clearly a marker of Austroasiatic heritage, and dramatically confirms van Driem from a quite independent line of research.
Genetics loosely tracks languages, with gene flow from the relevant directions quite clear, and the linguistic groups showing vague but discernible correlations with languages spoken (Basu et al. 2016; GenomeAsia100K Consortium 2019). In general, the subcontinent shows influences from almost everywhere: Africa in the south, southeast Asia in the east, China in the northeast, Iran and the steppes in the northwest, and so on. The Andamans are extremely different genetically from the mainland.
Naturally, the food reflects this diversity (Acharya 1998; Antani and Mahapatra 2022). Many varieties of wheat and barley came from various parts of the Near East and central Asia. Foxtail millet and also domesticated rice, came from China, the rice hybridizing in India with native rices that may already have been somewhat cultivated (Clift and d’Alpoim Guedes 2021). By 1700 BCE, African millets and sorghum were coming in, probably via Iran but also directly by sea; we have no evidence of the millets in the Near East.
Rice diversity is threatened, but is being maintained by the heroic efforts of people like Deb Debal (2019), who are saving and growing out heritage varieties—small, local equivalents of the vast International Rice Research Institute in the Philippines, with its hundreds of thousands of rice varieties.
Dairying is attested by the mid-3rd millennium BCE (Chakraborty et al. 2020), but was surely far older. At that particular site, cattle were killed only when old, indicating they were used for dairying and work; sheep were killed young, for meat.
Indo-Aryan tribes depending on herding, including dairying, came in soon after.
Alcohol in India has been covered in an outstanding book, An Unholy Brew by James McHugh (2021). It began with ales (grain brews) of various kinds, called surā. Sugar cane ferments were very common from early times. Honey, fruit, and other sweets were also brewed into alcoholic drinks, but not distilled. Madhu, from the Indo-European root for honey (cf. “mead” in English), was used not only for mead but for these various sweet drinks, also called āsava. These were consumed in the usual settings, from weddings to the equivalent of Saturday nights. Drunkenness was not particularly downvalued in early centuries. Young women were considered sexy and appealing when a bit high. Plays and poems attest to this. Moralists, on the other hand, were sour about such goings-on.
Meat was slowly but surely erased from cookbooks and food writings over time. An extreme case is The Delight of the Mind, a Sanskrit record of court culture in poetic form, ascribed to King Somesvara III (r. 1126-1138) and released in 1131 (Gutiérrez 2024). It records cooking and eating everything from hedgehogs and curlews to water monitors and tortoises. A fine recipe for barbecuing bandicoot rats is included. As a king, of the kshatriya caste, Somesvara would have eaten a lot of meat and enjoyed highly spiced dishes (as the recipes show). Over time, editions, summaries, and later works lost more and more meat recipes, as upper-caste Hindus were more and more influenced by vegetarianism. Recent summary and encyclopedic works on medieval food eliminate meat totally.
A 17th-century work records medical and food traditions of India at the time (Pandey 2014).
By far the major external influence on South Asian food, over time, has been the Near East. Persian is closest and thus the most important source. The basic staples, such as wheat, barley, chickpeas, and lentils, came via the northwest before 2000 BCE. Herbs and vegetables presumably came about the same time, but leave less record. Later, the rise of sophisticated cuisine in the ancient and Medieval Near East quickly affected India.
Meanwhile, foods came from China; first were apparently foxtail millet and japonica rice, by about the same time. India duly domesticated its own native indica rice, and that quickly hybridized with Chinese, though they are genetically different enough to present some initial problems. Today, most rice is hybrid. Pure or fairly pure japonica remains the rice of Japan, and of California, where cool and often dry growing conditions favor it; it also dominates much of Korea, and sticky forms of it are used for many purposes all over east Asia. Otherwise, the hybrids dominate. India and Pakistan have a particularly distinctive group of rices, the basmati rices, growing in the Punjab and neighboring Himalayan states. Basmatis are fragrant, with a wonderful grainy scent, and cook up to a very long grain. India and Pakistan had a hard fight protecting the name, which is a somewhat vague descriptive term rather than an actual genetic variety; American growers were trying to pass off their local rices as “basmati” in spite of lacking the true qualities (see Shiva).
Today, the subcontinent has a whole range of dishes with Near Eastern names. Colleen Taylor Sen lists their origins: “Arabic (halim, harissa, halwa, sanbusa), Persian (kashk, shirbirij, pulao, zard birinj, dampukht, bandijan) and Turkic (qutab, qima, boghra, shulla)” (Sen 2016:185). We can add briyani, now a rice dish with stewed meat mixed in or cooked with the rice, from a Farsi word meaning “roasted” (Sen 2016:185). To unpack these somewhat, harissa is meat stewed with grain, a rather stodgy dish; halwa is anything sweet and cakelike; sanbusa became samosa, stuffed dumplings, deep-fried; pulao (pilaf) is rice cooked with various spices and anything else the cook feels like adding; dampukht is a word for stewing; qima is minced meat; shulla is a rich grain dish.
Much of the most recent and sophisticated fusion was done at the courts of the Mughal emperors. “Mughal” is a derivative of “Mongol,” and the Mughals did have a very slight degree of Mongol ancestry, purportedly from Genghis Khan himself, but in fact they were Central Asians of largely Turkic and Persian ancestry. They thus favored a classic Persian-influenced cookery. It was established in the early Medieval period in the northwest; it did not spread to Bengal until the 1300s, and then only slightly, becoming more popular after 1700 (Sengupta 2023). There and elsewhere, it slowly became Indianized, with many more spices but many fewer fresh green herbs than in Iran. Thus “the blatantly exogenous became prototypically authentic” (Sengupta 2023:146).
This cookery was increasingly confined to local royal courts under the British raj, but it emerged into the world limelight when Kundan Lal Gujral opened the Moti Mahal restaurant in Old Delhi in the mid-20th century (Sen 2016:282-284). He revived the classic cuisine, and added his own inventions, such as butter chicken. His signature dish was tandoori: meats marinated and then cooked in a tandur. I managed to dine in the Moti Mahal in 1978. It was a large, cavernous, barnlike structure, with fairly basic tables, chairs, and other appointments, but the food was superb.
The Moti Mahal was imitated worldwide. In the United States, the vast majority of Indian restaurants recapitulate its menu with considerable fidelity. (If they are Punjabi, it will be less spicy than the original; if south Indian, more spicy, and probably with some southern dishes added.) The UK, with its very heavy Indian and Pakistani immigration, has a greater variety and more originality in its Indo-Pak food, but still shows considerable Gujral influence.
New World crops transformed India after 1500 (Mazumdar 1999). The Portuguese were probably the main introducers. Chiles may have been the most transformative to the food. They were enthusiastically accepted and incorporated into every type of spicy dish. Over time, potatoes (especially white), maize, peanuts, squash, beans, and other staples made far more contributions to calories and health, but chiles remained the most visible and tasteable New World contribution. In India there arose an apparently spontaneous hybrid of habanero and tabasco chiles, the ghost pepper, which was even hotter than its parents. It has been bred to new heights of incandescence, as breeders vie to create the hottest pepper.
Indian food actually varies greatly in spiciness, especially in its use of chile. There is a rough cline from northwest to southeast. Punjabi food is straightforward and relatively simple, with less spiciness than most other traditions. At the other extreme is Tamil Nadu, in the far southeast, whose foods can be beyond even a hardened chile-lover’s ability to consume. Andhra Pradesh is also high in fire. There is a scurrilous and highly dubious rumor that this has something to do with invitational feasts and stingy feast-givers. If the food is too hot to eat, not much will be eaten, but of course the eaters try to develop a high tolerance level.
A major exception to the north-south gradient is the use of some of the world’s hottest chiles in the Himalayas. The akubari chiles of the Bhutia of Sikkim (the peppers are dalle khorsani in Nepali) are habaneros, or a cross of habanero and Tabasco chiles. They are the parents of the ghost and Carolina reaper chiles of the United States. They are regarded by the Bhutia as kinfolk (Bhutia 2024), other-than-human persons who are actual relatives. Controversy continues to surround the coming of Green Revolution palnts to India. They certainly allowed an enormous increase in grain production, saving countless lives, but they also led to enormous increases in use of fertilizer, pesticides, machinery with its fossil fuels, and other modern inputs. The costs of these ruined many poor farmers. Ironically, the pesticides proved all too available for suicide, and many farmers in desperate economic straits died. The question of local improvement vs. imported technology with expensive inputs remains a vexed one, not helped by a government that is more concerned with Hindu supremacy and Muslim suppression than with feeding the people.
It turns out that even the super-productive new wheat, maize and rice varieties of the post-Green Revolution era do not outproduce millets and sorghum under some of the more difficult Indian field conditions (Davis et al. 2019). An international center for developnig these “coarse” grains has been established, by parallel with the International Rice Research Center in the Philippines and CIMMYT in Mexico.
An apotheosis of curry recipes is found in Raghavan Iyer’s 660 Curries (2023). This amazing encyclopedia contains, indeed, 660 recipes, all superb and many gathered from his family and friends. A major sorrow of my life is that will not live long enough to work my way through all of them.
Rajasthan food, as found in the vegetarian Bhookhe restaurant in Artesia, California, is heavily dependent on chickpeas. Gatte ke sabzi is a thickened soup with chickpea flour (besan) dumplings (like veggie franks); kadhi pakoda is a thickened yellow vegetarian soup with more chickpeas; bati are hard whole wheat dumplings to break up in dal. The food is accompanied by very hot and good chile-onion-oil chatni. Dahi (yogurt) came with cooked chickpeas, fried onions, and wondrous spices in it. Sweets were bland.
The breadstuffs are interesting. Corn chapatis resemble thick tortillas. Bajri roti (pearl millet tortilla) is tasteless and dry.
Kashmir has pink tea—boil green but fermented tea w soda and it turns red; then milk, salt, chai spices.
East Asia
Pottery was invented first in East Asia. China had it by 18,000-16,000 years ago, Japan by 15,000 (Lucquin et al. 2018). It spread almost immediately to northeast China and thence to Siberia, and westward to Europe and the Near East. It was independently invented in the Western Hemisphere later, but it seems to have been invented only once in Eurasia.
Widely throughout the world, there is a word for “staple food” and another word for “things to eat with the staple.” In Mandarin Chinese, fan is staple cooked grain: rice, millet, locally barley and others. Cai, pronounced “tsai,” means “vegetables,” but by extension it means “cooked dishes,” and by even further extension it means “stuff to eat with fan.” In Cantonese, fan is also the staple and essentially always means cooked rice, but there is a special word, sung, for anything eaten with the rice as topping or accompaniment. Korean (CHECK…).
Elsewhere in the world, the same distinction is made. Ancient Greek sitos meant the staple: bread, porridge, meal cake. Opson (or hopson; it begins with an aspiration) meant cooked food to go with the staple. American dialectic English has usages like “potatoes and with-it.”
Culinary nationalism has grown in eastern Asia and elsewhere (King 2019). Countries are increasingly proud of their distinctive foodways, and increasingly eager to sell them. Flashy restaurants and huge world trade fairs are only one result. More and more books, articles, and prideful cooking programs appear all the time. The relevant foods can even be moral (Leung and Caldwell 2020). Rice as staple, milk as superfood (the west having convinced Asians to use formula and cows’ milk), and other items take on moral qualities.
Rice may become better for the planet; a gene brought in from barley allows it to grow with less methane production (Su et al. 2015).
The Chinese, throughout history, got fatty acids from meat, fish, grains, and seeds, including soybeans. In spite of the last, the Chinese generally got a good balance, since they used the soybeans for bean curd and fermented products, not for oil. Most food oil came from lard and other animal fats or from mustard and cabbage seed oils. Over time, as farming got more intensive and animal meat more expensive, more and more fat came from the mustard seeds. This was equivalent to our modern “canola oil” (canola is a mustard), overwhelmingly made up of monounsaturated fatty acids.
Korean food is as dependent on grain staples as other East Asian foods. Rice was traditionally the prestige starch, but was a luxury everywhere, the more so as one went north from subtropical Jeju Island to the subarctic cold of the northern mountains. Usually, people depended on barley, millets, and buckwheat, in various combinations. These often became noodles. Lacking gluten, they were variously prepared; I assume they were often forced through a sieve into boiling water, as in China.
Rice is pap (or bap). Food to accompany the grain staple has its own special word, as elsewhere. Side dishes with a meal are served in small separate plates and known as banchan. A meal is bapsang (bap for rice of course), soup kuk. Jang is salted side dishes. Chopped spices and herbs as banchan are yangnyom.
A main meal will have about seven of these—less for a minor occasion, more for a feast. Meat was a luxury in the old days, but was consumed in large quantities when available, and today Korean food is meat-heavy. Do-it-yourself barbecue on metal cones over a live fire is overwhelmingly popular, and has gone worldwide. Hot pot, noodle dishes, and various dumplings are also extremely popular. The dumplings betray Central Asian origin by their Turkic name, mantu or mandu.
Korean food depends heavily on fermentation. Kinchi, pickled Chinese cabbage with chiles, is the most famous (the following information on it comes from Surya and Lee 2022). It involves Lactobacillus fermentation, heavy salting being used to prevent spoilage. Kimjang is the process of making it, specifically the huge fall rush. It is most often made from baechu, white cabbage. Sea food in kimchi is jeotgal. In 2021 a Chinese pair of characters was invented for it, pron xinqi. Chile was introduced about the time of the Imjin wars, Japan’s attempted conquest of Korea around 1592. The Korean word for chile is gochu, but that term is found in older texts. so must have been used for some other plant. Kkakdugi is kinchi with white radish, chonggak includes the variety called ponytail radish, yeolmu is the product from fresh young summer radish. Tongbaechu uses whole cabbages (mak is the usual cut-up one), yangbaechu green cabbages. Pa is made with green onions, gat with mustard leaves, buchu with garlic chives, kkaenip with perilla leaves. Green pepper and cucumber stuffed with chopped carrot and chives make gochu sobagi and oi sobagi. Dongchimi and nabak use more mul—water, brine.
Kimchi is often used in stew, kimchi jjigae. Kimchi in pancakes gives us kimchi buchimgae. Kimchi soup is simply named kimchi guk, guk meaningsoup Kimchi fried rice is kimchi bokkeumbap. Gochugaru, red chile powder, generally gets into kimchi. Over 16 bacteria species, plus yeasts etc., are involved, including Lactobacillus kimchii and Weisella kimchii. Even Leuconostoc and Candida get into it. There is even a philosophy of kimchi, which includes the usual East Asian ideas of yin and yang, the five elements, balance and harmony, beauty, filial piety, and patience. In short: Bogi joeun tteogi meokgido jota, “what looks good tastes good” (Surya and Lee 2022).
More complex is jang, the Korean form of the Chinese word jiang and the item it describes: fermented soybean paste. Not only Lactobacillus, but a large number of other bacteria, as well as yeasts and other fungi, go into the various forms of jang. The beans are steamed, dried, and then fermented in brine. Ground with chiles, they become gochujang, the famous Korean sauce for many purposes. It has a strong soy paste flavor as well as varying but often high levels of capsaicin “heat.”
Pickles, generally Lactobacillus ferments, often with other agents, accompany, or used to accompany, every Korean meal. They still appear at every major occasion among the banchan.
Dependence on pickles for vegetables during the harsh Korean winters was associated with high rates of stroke (cerebrovascular accident); Korea long led the world in this cause of death. Cold storage and good transportation reduced the need for pickles, and the stroke rate has rapidly and steadily dropped.
(On Korean food, see Maangchi 2019.)
The national distilled drink is soju, monographed by Hyunhee Park (2021). It is a low-alcohol vodka, made from grains and distilled fairly gently, and often diluted, so its alcohol content is usually closer to 20% than true vodka’s 40%. It has gone worldwide, its popularity spreading outward from Korean restaurants. The best forms have the advantage of a pleasant grain taste along with lower alcohol than hard liquor. Samsu (from Chinese sanshu, “triple-distilled”) is stronger, more directly comparable to vodka, and is often made from sweet potatoes instead of grain. A drink whose popularity is still largely confined to Koreans is makkolli (makgeolli), a mild rice beer, carbonated and wonderfully flavorful. It is the perfect soothing and cooling accompaniment to Korean food fiery with chiles. I expect a boom in its popularity soon.
Japanese food has been chronicled in the west by Eric Rath (2010a, 2010b). HERE ADD
Like the rest of eastern Asia, Japan depends heavily on pickled foods, though far less than in the past. Within living memory, remote parts of northern Japan, especially the “snow country” of the northwest, had no other way of obtaining vegetables in winter. The vegetables were cut up and heavily brined, then fermented by Lactobacillus and other microorganisms into tsukemono. As in Korea, depending on such heavily salted foods was associated with high incidence of stroke, and also with stomach cancer. Modern cold storage and shipping led to precipitous decline in these conditions in recent decades.
Japanese food has substantially conquered the world (Stalker 2018). Japanese restaurants are everywhere (Farrer and Wank 2023). Sushi and sashimi have run well beyond the restaurants, and are borrowed freely by non-Japanese eateries. Most dramatic of all is the spread of instant ramen (Gewertz et al. 2013). The original ramen is a Japanese version of Chinese la mian; the Chinese original is often extremely spicy, and variously flavored but always dramatic in taste, though the simple base of beef-noodle soup is simple enough. The Japanese version cut down the spice considerably, and of course the international instant form has little beyond a lot of salt and soy powders. But all it requires is hot water to convert it into a meal, so it is the starving students’ food worldwide.
Southeast Asia
Homo erectus reached southeast Asia about a million years ago, flourishing and populating the region widely, as shown by huge choppers and chopping tools made from large hard-stone cobbles. These were presumably used not only to kill and cut up animals, but to prepare more specifically targeted and designed tools from wood and bamboo. The specialized stone tools of the western world never developed in erectus days; apparently wood was more versatile. Homo floresiensis, the hobbit-like people of Flores, may be derived from this early migration. Later, Neanderthal and Denisovan genes reached southeast Asia early. The Denisovan genes fall into two groups, one in the Australia-New Guinea axis, the other in East Asia. People managed to get as far as the Solomon Islands by 42,000 years ago, showing astonishing seafaring ability (O’Connell et al. 2018).
Homo sapiens is first recorded, so far, from Laos, about 77,000 to 86,000 years ago. Small, dark-skinned people moved in early, with groups widely scattered, surviving on islands and remote uplands. Later migrations from Africa along the coasts are evident. This hunter-gatherer substrate remains genetically detectable, particularly on islands (Lipson et al. 2014, 2018). A series of very early skeletons, analyzed for genetic relationships, showed contacts literally all over the map. By several thousand years ago, influences from all directions were already visible (McColl et al. 2018). A trend of migration from west to east, and another from north to south, was established, and continued into historic times, reaching the most remote islands. Only central and southern Australia remained uninfluenced.
Once eastern Asia was fully populated, north-south movement became important, and dominated the demographic history of eastern southeast Asia as China became the regional superpower. Chinese first displaced other groups south, thus adding to a tendency already evident for groups like the Thai to move in that direction.
Then in historic times the Han Chinese themselves moved down. They reached northern Vietnam early, and traded widely for 2000 years, but came to the Philippines and Malaysia largely after 1400 CE, when trade and commerce led to massive immigration.
Southeast Asian agriculture has been summarized as “root, fruit and shoot.” The roots are taro and related tubers and corms, of which more below. The shoots are largely from bamboo, but many local species provide theirs. The fruits are an amazing riot of food, ranging from protein-rich coconut to starchy breadfruit to sugary mangosteen. The extent of southeast Asian use of plants is shown in the vast compendium of local products assembled by I. H. Burkill for British Malaya (1966). Hundreds of crop and wild plants are detailed. Agriculture reached a stunning level of sophistication and complexity, with ordinary farms growing dozens of species.
The widespread cooling and drying period around 2200 BCE hit southeast Asia hard (Griffiths et al. 2020). It must have stressed what agriculture was there, but also induced people to put more effort into it, to keep food available.
Agriculture reached southeast Asia from China and India before 2000 BCE. I suspect strongly that root agriculture was very long established. It certainly was in New Guinea, where we have evidence going back many thousand years. The mainland was surely not far behind, but we have no record so far.
Once it came, there were periodic lulls in development, around 1200 BCE and 300-500 CE (Chew 2018). Millet was in Yunnan by 2600 BCE, in Thailand by 2300. Bronze reached Thailand by the late 2nd millennium BCE (D’Alpoim Guedes et al. 2020; Higham 2021). Rice was there by then, but possibly not earlier; wild rice occurs widely, so one cannot be sure. When clearly domesticated rice appears, it is the Chinese japonica form. Pomelos, tangerines, citrons, various legumes, and other crops appeared. The earliest rice in Indonesia occurs at 1500 BCE, but it is far out in Sulawesi, and rice must have reached more accessible parts of the archipelago long before that.
Chickens were domesticated in southeast Asia (possibly including what is now south China). The oldest clearly domesticated ones so far are from Ban Non Wat, Thailand, around 1650-1250 BCE (Peters et al. 2022), but it is impossible to tell early domesticated chickens from the wild Red Jungle Fowl, Gallus gallus, that is their parent. Many of us who were in upcountry southeast Asia a few decades ago will probably remember the indeterminate birds that scratched around hill villages—self-taming jungle fowl, or chickens little removed from that status and constantly mixing back with their parentage. I am sure this situation existed for hundreds or thousands of years before the Ban Non Wat birds. Significantly, Thai has a shared word, kai, for chickens, but it probably was used for jungle fowl long before true domestication. The word has traveled: it was borrowed straightforwardly into Cantonese, spread to Mandarin where it is now pronounced ji, and then traveled farther to produce a wide range of “chicken” words throughout Eurasia.
Joris Peters and his group traced out the travels of the chicken (Peters et al. 2022). The Ban Non Wat site was a large site with a defensive moat, showing much sophistication for the time. Over 95% of bird bones were chicken, making it clear that they had been domesticated for a long time. Grave offerings witho pigs, dogs, and bovines also appeared (“bovines” because several species of cattle occur in southeast Asia, all domesticated at some point). In India, chickens about after 1500-1200. In northern China, they are clearly present only by late Shang, around 1100 BCE. In Japan they do not occur until the Yayoi culture moved in from Korea and then nativized, around 100 BCE-100 CE. Central Asia shows no certain evidence till 800-500 BCE. In Oceania, chickens reached Tonga, the Solomons, and Vanuatu by the early 1st millennium BCE, Hawaii by 1200 CE. They had reached the Near East by 1200 BCE, and are often mentioned in the Bible. They got to Ethiopia around 800 BCE, but elsewhere in Africa not until many southeast Asian crops came, around 200-300 CE. They reached West Africa by the mid-1st-millenn BCE. In Europe they were widely present by 800-600 BCE,
Details of climate, climatic history, and early agriculture have been meticulously detailed by Peter Clift and Jade d’Alpoim Guedes (2021). The region is dominated by the monsoon, but is tropical enough to show much less seasonality than India or China. Basically, winter is a bit cooler, especially in the north. Spring heats up, leading to a sharp and blistering-hot dry season in May and June—longer in the dry center of Myanmar and some other areas. Summer is wet, with huge thunderstorms. Typhoons sweep the region in fall, hitting the Philippines especially hard. Global warming has increased their number and ferocity.
The pervasive rain allows rice to be the dominant crop everywhere. It is usually paddy-grown, but the rain is so heavy that even dry rice does perfectly well on hills and uplands, though it yields only 500-1000 pounds per acre at most, as opposed to 2500 (traditionally) to 10,000 and more today in wet fields. Even dry central Myanmar has no lack of water, from streams draining nearby mountains, and thus irrigation allows rice to be the dominant crop. In early times—and still in many areas—Chinese foxtail millet was the major crop of uplands. Root crops such as taro and yams (Dioscorea spp.) grew in moist lowlands and hills. An incredible variety of minor crops supplemented these.
On the other hand, grain agriculture peters out in far eastern Indonesia, and is absent from New Guinea and Oceania. The limit coincides with the limit of highly reliable rainfall, necessary to rice (Dewar 2003). There are clearly cultural factors at work—Oceanic people love their root crops and fruit trees—but rainfall sets a firm limit. On small islands, there is the additional factor that typhoons and storms regularly sweep over, destroying any and all grain in their path. Only the toughest trees and the safely-buried root crops survive.
Maize was a major addition to the roster, allowing intensive cultivation of hills and mountains—and thus devastating soil erosion over time. Sweet potatoes revolutionized New Guinea agriculture after 1800, and contributed to farming everywhere. More interesting was their introduction from South America by Polynesians who reached that continent well before 1400. Bringing back the kumara (from a native South American word), they introduced it to the Polynesian islands, where it became the staple food of the New Zealand Maori. It remains very important there, with dozens of varieties.
Traditional agriculture in southeast Asia was highly successful, adapted to local conditions, and sparing of inputs. It usually surpassed traditional European agriculture in yields and variety, produced highly nutritious foods, and was easy on the environment (Marten 1986). Rice production involves serious risks in this environment, with heavy rains, droughts, typhoons, blights, and other dangers. Farmers are highly competent at calculating and managing risks without the need of computers, mathematical simulations, or other modern arrangements (Roumasset 1976). Their religious dedication to the crop is one reason. Knowledge is part of sacred lore. In addition to risk awareness, saving good seed is religiously constructed. Among many groups, the spirit of the Rice Goddess is a beautiful young girl, sometimes seen hovering over the ricefields on misty nights. She plans her reincarnation every year by moving into the rice heads at harvest time. These heads are identified by their superior beauty, productiveness, and healthiness, and are thus saved for seed instead of being eaten like the rest of the crop (Hamilton 2003). This belief has minimized risk and selected for better and better seed stock over thousands of years.
Throughout southeast Asia, there is ongoing complementarity between wet-field farmers, growing rice and water-demanding root crops like taro, and the dry farmers. The latter are usually swiddeners, cutting a field, burning the cut vegetation, cultivating for a year or a few years, and moving on. The old English word “swidden” was introduced to anthropology by the Swedish ethnography Karl Izikowitz, who used it to describe the agriculture of the Lamet of Laos (Izikowitz 1951). The field may be abandoned if the soil is particularly infertile, but very often a large number of fruit trees and other useful perennials are established, and these are tended, often carefully, as the forest grows up. Depending on soil fertility, local taste, and local strength of tenure over many years, a former swidden will range from total abandonment to careful and regular management, with everything in between being attested somewhere.
Swidden fields range from purely rice, in wet and fertile hillsides, to wildly varied farms that reproduce to a limited extent the multispecies and multilayer structure of the tropical forest. Vegetable fields in the lowlands do the same, with dozens of crops growing, and a multilayered structure. Emergent trees include coconut and durian. Below them is a layer of medium-sized trees: citrus, mangosteen, and many others. At sunny edges, there will then be a layer of tall shrubby plants, such as guavas and the smaller citrus. Finally, annual and herbaceous plants grow near the ground, though they cannot grow in the shade of a full two- or three-layer grove. Where they are intended to live, only a high layer of coconuts and sometimes other species is usual, though shrubs are often interspersed with them (on these matters see Conklin 1957; Spencer 1966).
Swiddeners are notoriously independent. James C. Scott (2009) has even idealized northern southeast Asia as Zomia, a home of freedom-loving or even anarchist people who reject the state to live in blissful liberty. This is a bit romantic, but sober research confirms the general picture (e.g. Wang 2013). Jean Michaud, for instance, agrees that the Hmong try to maintain freedom, disagreeing even over use of scripts to write their languages. They maintain they once had writing and books, but during a famine they had to eat these, thus losing writing but acquiring superb memory (Michaud 2020). Edmund Leach showed in a famous study that many parts of that area oscillated back and forth over time between small states and kinship-based chiefdom systems (Leach 1973), which fits well with Scott’s model (in fact, Scott relied heavily on it). However, resistance to the state may be due to sheer fear. The Semai and Temiar of Malaysia are famous for nonviolence (Dentan 1979), but this is explained by their need to flee slave-hunting (and in the past, head-hunting) Malays and others. Resistance may also be simply a function of moving frequently. Whole communities have to move at regular intervals, sometimes for long distances. Independence leads them into frequent conflict with lowlanders (see e.g. Dentan 1979; Geddes 1976; Hickey 1982).
Another factor is the exquisitely careful management of resources practised by many of the swiddeners. The image of the wasteful, destructive swiddeners who burn down forests for a few bushels of rice, without care for the biota or the future, is not entirely wrong. I have seen it in remote parts of the world. However, it is almost totally wrong for southeast Asia, so far as my observations and readings go (see Conklin 1957; Dove 1985; Pinkaew 2001; Spencer 1966; Wang 2013; Yos 2003, 2008). Some up-country groups are models of managing forest farming and regrowth (Pinkaew 2001 on the Karen and Wang 2013 on the Akha are really exemplary). The rare exceptions are groups that have moved as refugees into new and often already-occupied areas. They are forced onto marginal land, often high-altitude and very fragile, and they are often forced to move rapidly to escape tensions (Geddes 1976 describes Hmong in this situation). Long-established groups like the Akha (Wang 2013; Yos 2003) are model land managers.
The first know city was Oc Eo, which once covered some 2500 ha in the Mekong delta. It depended on sophisticated paddy rice agriculture, fairly new in that area at the time.
A recent study revealed early curries there. A footed spice-grinding slab from about 300 CE still retained starch grains. This type of slab was widespread in India and SEA since around 500 BCE (W. Wang et al. 2023).
The grains include relics of turmeric, ginger, fingerroot (Boesenbergia rotunda, a ginger relative), sand ginger (Kaempferia galanga), clove, cinnamon, nutmeg, galangal (Alpinia galanga), and, no surprise, rice. Several of these also show up in the sites noted just above (D’Alpoim Guedes et al. 2020).
The authors of the study provided a brief history of early spices in south and southeast Asia. Turmeric was known from Harappan sites from 2000 BCE or earlier. Ginger was found there, and in Warring States and Han sites in China. There is no archaeological record of galangal, but lesser galangal (Alpinia officinalis) is in the Mawangdui tomb from ancient China. Cloves go back to early Han China; they appear a bit later in Rome, a bit earlier in India. Nutmeg goes back a few centures BCE in India, and known much earlier from its native Banda Ids, back to perhaps 1500 BCE on Pulau Ay. An actual nutmeg was found in Oc Eo, dating 120-248 CE. Cinnamon was known widely by 1000 BCE. Previous southeast Asia research had revealed long pepper, cardamom, black pepper, mustard seed, clove, and nutmeg before Oc Eo rose.
Slightly earlier, two sites in far south Thailand were occupied around 400 BCE-20 CE. Rice, foxtail millet, and, fascinatingly, finger millet (eleusine, originally from Africa) were found. Also found was the oldest known pomelo (at both sites). Mung beans (green and black), grass pea, pigeon pea, horse gram (Macrotyloma uniflorum), rice bean (Vigna cf. unbellata), occurred, along with cotton and sesame. All this indicates major contact and trade with India. The reach of African eleusine, long known in India, had extended itself surprisingly far (Castillo et al. 2016).
The great Khmer civilization in Cambodia flourished from early Medieval times until the 15th century. The main occupation of Angkor Wat and the great cities was the 11th to13th centuries. Some lasted till the 14th and 15th centuries, and even into the 18th, but by then the communities were only the barest shadows of their former selves. Changes were slow and erratic (Carter et al. 2019).
The coming of chaotic weather with the Little Ice Age probably had much to do with its decline and the abandonment of the great cities. The Intertropical Convergence Zone shifted south (Buckley et al. 2010; Day et al. 2012). Droughts became frequent, being particularly extreme around 1400. Floods also occurred. War with Thai and Vietnamese spreading southward was also a major problem. The Vietnamese conquered the Cham, who had adopted a Khmer-inspired culture, and then went on to conquer the Khmer in the Mekong Delta.
In all these matters, southeast Asia was a single region. Victor Lieberman’s superb history (Lieberman 2003, 2008) shows that the effects of the Medieval Warm Period, the Little Ice Age, and other climatic events were similar from Myanmar to Vietnam, and of course had influences worldwide. Moreover, from the Roman Empire onward, Eurasia was tied together by trade and communication. Political and social developments were increasingly related over time. The effects of the Little Ice Age in the 17th century, for instance, were felt throughout, and the responses of different polities were not made alone. Responses at one end of the Eurasian system influenced the other ends. The Khmer cities were dispersed, with trees and probably rice paddies among the buildings. Such dispersed cities existed from Sri Lanka to Indonesia, and they all went down then the dorughts came (Lucero et al. 2015).
Trade in the Indian Ocean has been the subject of rapidly increasing research in the last 150 years. The Indian Ocean proves to have been an enormous highway, involving southeast Asia in world trade to a far greater extent than anyone thought in the early 20th century (Beaujard 2009, 2012; Chaudhuri 1985; Reid 1988, 1993). This trade led to rapid adoptions of introduced foods, from rice in earliest times to chiles and other American crops in the 16th century. The region proved open to influences, taking the old name “Indo-China” from the mix of Indian and Chinese cultural developments that local people added onto their already rich cultures.
Medieval contacts brought Indian and Chinese foods to Southeast Asia (Wheatley 1961). In particular, dairying and yogurt making came from India (Wheatley 1965), and in northern Southeast Asia from Tibet. This led to a striking extension of yogurt to unexpected places. Most of Southeast Asia shares the Chinese aversion to dairy foods, but yogurt persists in remote areas. I found it among the Toba Batak in Sumatera, who normally do not use dairy products, but still make water buffalo yogurt as a luxury.
Widely in Asia, trees are worshiped. In south and southeast Asia, the banyan (Ficus religiosa) is especially venerated, as the tree under which the Buddha was enlightened. Other similar trees, such as the small-leaved banyan (F. microphylla), substitute where Buddha’s banyan is not present.
However, sanctity is not confined to banyans. Any tree, especially any large old one, is venerated. This has enabled conservation movements in modern India and Thailand to designate local shade trees, groves, and even whole forests as sacred, to save them from the axe. In India sacred groves abounded already, but in Thailand, Buddhist monks have led the movement to designate new groves, for ecology. Susan Darlington gives a thorough account of this movement in her book The Ordination of a Tree (2013). Leslie Sponsel (2012) has written extensively on religious protection of the environment in Thailand and elsewhere, and has consequently launched a movement of spiritual ecology to try to involve more religious effort in the cause.
Farther upslope, the Akha are a typical case of hill people who regard forests as the domain of protective tree spirits. Forests range from sacred ones that cannot be disturbed to ones available for swidden farming, with intermediate cases (Wang 2013; Yos 2003, 2008). The woods are the realm of forest spirits, the gardens and villages are the domain of domestic ones. This is a pattern very common among southern Chinese minorities. It encourages a pattern of respect for the land (Wang 2013). Such respect is religiously taught, and is very widespread in Asia, from the Near East to Siberia.
In the 19th century, the British took over Burma (now Myanmar), and did very little with it. They governed it indirectly, via local kings, and treated it rather as a lost stepchild of the Indian Empire. This neglect has handicapped the country to this day, but it had one important effect: it released the restrictions on settlement that had kept farmers from developing the vast Burma Delta. This was an enormous swamp where the Irrawaddy, Yangon, Sinang, and Salween Rivers and minor side streams all pour sediments into the sea. It swarmed with tigers, crocodiles, and poisonous snakes. Even so, thousands of farmers poured in, turning the delta into a huge rice bowl (Adas 2011). This was one of the greatest settlement moves of all time, comparable to—if far less extensive than—the opening of the American west at the same time. It is the ultimate proof that traditional small farmers can take the initiative in development, face enormous risks, and prevail. Nothing comparable was undertaken by the British or by post-Colonial governments. Small farmer initiative did all.
Throughout Southeast Asia are highly spiced pastes used for flavoring foods. These go by the Indian name of sambal in Malaysia and Indonesia. They are rich in chile peppers, and often involve fermentation. Countless forms exist, with local variants of each (see Surya and Tedjakusuma 2023).
Vietnam has a long history, closely connected with China’s (Kiernan 2017). It is, in some sense, the modern incarnation of the Hundred Yue of ancient Chinese history, later subjected under the Kingdom of Yue in the 3rd century BCE. This became modern Fujian and Guangdong. Viet is the same word as Yue, subjected to different changes in pronunciation over time, and “Vietnam” (Yuenan in modern Chinese) means “southern Yue.” The Vietnamese people, presumably originating among those Hundred Yue, speak a language basically close to Khmer in the Mon-Khmer language family, but so influenced by Thai and Chinese that it not only consists largely of loanwords, but it has borrowed the Thai tone system. (Khmer and related languages are not tonal.) Vietnam was formerly inhabited by Cham people in the center; they were conquered and absorbed in the Medieval period. Khmer occupied the south, and many still live there. A large range of groups, speaking languages in the Thai or Mon-Khmer families, live in the mountainous interior.
The name was given to the country in 1804 by the Nguyen Dynasty, the emperor recording that it meant “southern Yue” rather than the alternative interpretation “south of Yue” (Dutton et al. 2012:258-59).
Vietnam, at least the northern part, spent a great deal of time under Chinese rule. It became independent when China was weak, and then permanently independent after the Ming Dynasty. It is worth recording, from the country’s checkered history, that there appeared in the 10th century a white dog with black spots on his back that were interpreted as spelling out the characters for “Heaven’s Son,” implying a new emperor was at hand. Indeed, the Le Dynasty gave way to the Ly Dynasty (Dutton et al. 2012:61).
The Medieval Warm Period brought good rain, “rice from the sky,” but the Little Ice Age brought disastrous drought (Kiernan 2017:153, 177).
Vietnamese life in the early 19th century is recorded in a fascinating document. One Cai Tinglan, a Chinese official, was shipwrecked in the dangerous waters near the border of China and Vietnam, and welcomed by Chinese and local people in the latter country until he could make his way home. He recorded with care and sensitivity the modest affluence of the country, including details of food and farming (Cai 2023). For instance, along one main road, “jackfruit trees were planted on both sides. There was one tree every ten paces. Their leaves and branches intertwined…. People cultivated bamboo all around their houses with many banana and betel plants….” (Cai 2023:70). Bandits would sneak poison into travelers’ food in one wild disctrict. “The antidote is foreign ginger. (Also called chili pepper, the seeds are from Holland, the flower is white, and the stigma is green, when the fruit is cooked it turns bright red. It is filled with spicy seeds. One can eat it with the hull. Some are long and ponited, some are round and slightly pointed.) People add them to their food to guard against poison” (Cai’s italics; Cai 2023:89). He notes their fondness for raw or rare meat and fish (p. 123).
Later, the French took Vietnam, more because of nationalist urgings than because it wsa of great value to them. Peters (2012) finds that famines and mismanagement ensued. Pho was invented when the French took so much of the beef that people were left with bits and pieces to flavor their noodle soup; the classic form includes tendons, bones, and other odd bits. It was invented in Hanoi, where the classic beef form survives robustly. Elsewhere, more and more variety has entered.
Modern Vietnam has managed not only to feed its incredibly dense population, but to become a food exporter, by an adroit combination of communist services and overall planning with relatively free enterprise on the farm (Avieli 2012). It logs 875.4 people per square mile, according to the World Almanac for 2024, which makes it about as dense as an American suburb (Riverside, CA, where I live, has 3953 per square mile). Much of Vietnam is too mountainous for intensive farming; most farming is in coastal river valleys and deltas, especially the deltas of the Red and Mekong Rivers. Typical Vietnamese farms are about the size of Riverside city lots, yet the country exports rice and other agricultural products. Pierre Gourou (1955) described traditional farming on such tiny plots; rice covered the ground, fruit trees extended production into three dimensions, animals lived in and around the paddy fields, and everyone worked all the time. The situation was similar to that described by Geertz for Java (see below). Bamboo is exceedingly important, and is the subject of detailed modern study (Hieu and Poisson 2023).
One notably pleasant feature of traditional Vietnamese food is the garnish of fresh herbs once served with almost everything. Leaves used include mint, perilla, Vietnamese/Thai basil, rau ram (Polygona odorata), and sometimes tender young collards, mustard greens, Peking cabbage, mizuna (a beautiful Japanese mustard-green variety, and other herbs. This custom is, alas, disappearing. One is lucky now to get mint and basil. Persian and Georgian food also comes with fresh garnishes, but they are totally different and the custom seems unrelated.
Even so, food insecurity and anxiety inevitably exist (Ehlert and Faltmann 2020). Policy overshoot and sheer pressure of people on resources—especially wild-caught fish—cannot be avoided. Farming fish has become common, as elsewhere in eastern Asia.
Feasting is a huge part of traditional Southeast Asian and Oceanian society. Feasts are given for every occasion (see Hayden 2016 for summary account, but every detailed ethnography of the area describes them). They are highly ritualized. In many of the small-scale societies of southeast Asia, this involves drinking beer from the same pot, using straws, an idea that may come from ancient China. The main dish is usually a pig or water buffalo, but can be anything. Small feasts involve chickens, domesticated in southeast Asia, in an area probably including what is now south China. The chicken was probably taken into domestication partly for feast use. In parts of Oceania it is a human; cannibalism is occasional in New Guinea and known as far as Fiji and Tonga.
The general purpose of ceremonial commemoration of ancestors or great events affords the occasion, but the actual social importance includes group solidarity, and most certainly display by the feast-giver or givers. In Melanesia, “big men”—local leaders—must give feasts to show their generosity, reward their backers, and indicate their wealth and power. They gain followers and support, partly by showing how many contacts they have and can use to gain resources.
The Philippines were settled from both north (via Taiwan) and south (via mainland southeast Asia and the Indonesian islands). They acquired rice very early, and eventually became famous for the rice terraces of Luzon, among the wonders of premodern agriculture. Involving countless hours of work and irrigation canals miles long, these were constructed in societies where kinship was the only organizing institution. No states were needed.
Fishing has always been important, and involves exceedingly complex and sophisticated decision-making (Randall 1977).
Among fruits, king of all is the durian (Bahasa Malaysia for “thorny one”), a huge thorn-covered fruit born on a gigantic rainforest tree. Fresh off the tree, its large, meaty arils have a heavenly flavor of peaches and chestnuts. Within a few hours, it takes on an oniony flavor. In a day or two, it was memorably described in early British Colonial times as smelling like “a sewer full of rotten onions.” True durian addicts learn to love it even in that stage. Various preserving techniques convert into tempoyak (dried and fermented) and other preparations, which have the spoiled-onion aroma.
In the late 20th century, one Tan Eow Chong snitched a graft from a lady with superior durians and brought them back to his farm on Penang Island. Now the trees are mature, and he managed to attract the attention of Stanley Ho (the gambling billionaire of Macau) and Li Ka-Shing. Tan became successful, and sells countless durians in China (and elsewhere). He called the variety Rajah Kunyit (“turmeric king”), but: “Growers on the Malaysian mainland developed an identical hybrid, but called it the Musang King, which means Mountain Cat King. The latter name stuck” (Pierson 2019; the musang is actually a civet, not a mountain cat).
Bali’s rice terraces are famous for their beauty, but also for their efficient agriculture. The island is one huge volcano. At its 10,000-foot top is a crater lake. From this lake drains the basic water supply of the island, augmented by heavy but seasonal rains. The water is allocated by the priestly hierarchy of Bali, headed by the head priest of the main water temple at the high outlet of the crater lake. In one of the best-known projects in cultural ecology, J. Stephen Lansing showed by a succession of computer models that the water allocation is close to ideal, not only for distributing water fairly to the many cultivators, but also for suppressing insect pests. Draining the fields at specific intervals disrupts their life cycles (Lansing 1991; Lansing et al. 2017). Bali’s traditional government consisted of small kingdoms that often fought and rarely managed anything very thoroughly. Clifford Geertz called them “theatre states” (Geertz 1980), since they indulged in magnificent shows of art, music, and drama, but seemed to do little else. This was rather unfair, since they did fight and collect taxes and otherwise do what governments do. They heroically resisted the Dutch colonial takeover in the early 20th century. But they sensibly left the irrigation system to the priests.
Java’s intensive rice agriculture led to rapid population growth under the Dutch colonial regime, and later in modern Indonesia. The Dutch repressed modernization and change, for their own reasons, which forced the rice farmers to work harder and harder on smaller and smaller plots to produce enough rice to feed the growing population. This led to what Clifford Geertz memorably called “agricultural involution” (1973). The concept has been widely misinterpreted as “blaming the victim,” since Geertz’ extensive account of colonialism and its effect—and his citation of Dutch scholarship that made the point even more strongly—was widely ignored by readers. In any case, the term has been widely applied elsewhere, to forced intensification without progress or benefit. Independence changed the situation somewhat, with modern factor inputs moving in rapidly. The situation is being slowly ameliorated, also, by falling birth rates. The whole issue is discussed with real brilliance by James Wood in The Biodemography of Subsistence Farming (2020).
Farther out, in Sumatera, land is more easily available, and agriculture can be more extensive. The Toba Batak of the Lake Toba area, however, intensify, because they must terrace their steep crater-wall habitat to farm it. Lake Toba is a huge crater lake. The explosions that created it occurred about 73,000 years ago, autoclaving a good deal of southeast Asia and blanketing much, if not all, the world with dust. The human species was concentrated in the areas affected, and was reduced to a small population. Fortunately for us but unfortunately for the rest of the world’s biota, people survived in less affected zones. The ultimate result included extremely fertile soil around the lake. This allows the Toba Batak to cultivate rice and other crops with great success. Labor is organized by patrilineages, a striking example of simple kinship literally moving mountains. The old nonsense that a state is required to organize large-scale and highly sophisticated irrigation works is disproved by this case (Lando 1979), and by many others in southeast Asia. In fact, if anything, the reverse is true: irrigation there was traditionally organized along local kinship lines, which could be patrilineal, matrilineal (as among the Minangkabau), or cognatic (drawing on all sides of the family). Vast irrigation works from Thailand to Luzon were done this way.
In Borneo, the Punan Batu are now one of the many groups in the Punan ethnicity, but they show evidence of a different and strange history. They retain a ritual language, found only in songs and chants, very different from the Punan language. They also differ genetically from other inhabitants of Borneo (Lansing et al. 2022). Their affiliations remain unknown.
A signature food of southern Sumatera, especially of the Minangkabau people, is rendang, beef cooked in coconut cream and spices. The true rendang is blistering hot with chiles, enough to deter even those used to other Indonesian food. It has been the subject of a major monograph by Fadly Rahman (2020), who sees Portuguese influences in its heavy-duty meat focus and its spicing; the Portuguese introduced chiles to the area.
The Philippines were evidently the first place settled by Malayo-Polynesians radiating out from Taiwan. They were, however, not the first people there. A little-known small hominin, Homo luzonensis, predates Homo sapiens there. Later, modern humans related to the dark-skinned peoples of the Andamans, Nicobars, and Melanesia reached the islands. Some of their ancestry survives in the “Negrito” populations. Other groups from parts of the mainland came also (Larena et al. 2021). The Malayo-Polynesians arrived a few thousand years ago.
Southeast Asia produces edible birds’ nests, very popular in soup in China. They are the nests of the swiftlet Collocalia esculenta and its relatives. That species produces the best; lesser species produce nests not entirely edible. (They are not “swallows’ nests.” The mistranslation is due to the Chinese language having one word for swifts and swallows.) They are tasteless, but absorb flavors of the soup and provide a wonderful succulent texture. The claimed reason for eating them, however, is their alleged health value. They are an easily digestible protein, produced by the birds’ salivary glands, with a fair amount of calcium, and thus quite nutritious, though far too expensive to be much of a medical source. They are eaten largely as a status food, obligatory—at least in the past—at formal banquets. In the late 20th century, this led to overcollecting. Previously, conservation had been strictly enforced, but it crumbled in the face of skyrocketing demand. One response has been to set up artificial nesting venues (Thorburn 2014).
Malaysia’s and Indonesia’s foodways include a highly distinctive tradition, the “Nonya” cuisine developed by Chinese settlers from the 16th century onward (Oh et al. 2019). “Nonya” is an old Bahasa (a.k.a. Malay) word for a Chinese lady (i.e. a woman of some substance). Much of the vocabulary is derived from Hokkien (Southern Min), specifically the dialect spoken around Xiamen. This city, known as Amoy (long a, and moy nasalized) or Emng in Hokkien, is the main port in southern Fujian, and was the port of embarcation for many Chinese headed for the Nanyang (“south seas”).
Hokkien so dominated the Nanyang that Hokkien literary readings of Chinese—based on court pronunciation over a thousand years ago—became the learned language. Speakers of Mandarin were often surprised to find in Singapore and Penang that what the local people thought was formal official Chinese had no resemblance to Mandarin. This old tradition died in the late 20th century. The Amoy region sent out most of the Chinese who reached the Nanyang from the 1500s to the late 19th century, but after that large numbers of Hakka, Cantonese, and Teochiu (the last speaking a dialect of Hokkien). Among Chinese, Amoy Hokkien remained the language of general trade and communication until Mandarin and English took strong hold in the 21st century. However, the Nonya cooks usually spoke Bahasa Malaysia/Indonesia as a first or second language.
Food words were widely borrowed from Hokkien into Malaysian and Indonesian languages. Thus fermented soybeans are tausi, bean cake is tauhu, spring rolls are po pia (the –ia strongly nasalized), fish sauce is ke jiap (the source of English ketchup), noodles are mi (with nasalized i replacing the –ien of other Chinese languages), and so on.
The food is flavored with soybean ferments: soy sauce, fermented beans and pastes, and the rest. A unique Indonesian contribution is tempeh, a cake of boiled soybeans inoculated with a fungus starter that makes them into a delicius cake. It has the great advantage of being rich in vitamin B12, lacking in vegetable foods but found in fungus and yeasts. Other popular flavorings include ginger (of course), rice and palm-sap vinegars, white pepper,
Otherwise, the food is a blend of Malaysian, Indonesian, and Hokkien traditions. Rice is the usual staple, but noodles are exceedingly important, often outranking rice on some days. Vegetables are basic. The usual cooking oil in the old days was lard, making the food inaccessible to the majority of Malaysian and Indonesian people, who are Muslims, but from very early there were vegetable-oil alternatives. Noodles fried in lard with bits of vegetables (mi goreng) are a popular food.
One staple is kueh, Hokkien kue’, sweet cakes. These are made of sticky rice and sugar, variously flavored. Traditionally, a major flavoring was Pandanus odorifer, sweet pandanus, a treelike spiky-leaved succulent native to the region. Sugar was often raw sugar from palm sap, but from very early times, sugar from sugar cane was also available. Cultivated sugar cane is native to New Guinea and possibly Southeast Asia. Countless varieties of kueh are available (Karuzaman et al. 2020). They have a most unfortunate effect on many children. They are constantly available and cheap, and young children cry for them. They become a major part of childhood foods. The combination of sticky rice and sugar makes them stick to the teeth and cause tooth decay, which in turn spreads through the system. Dental care being sporadic at best for the less affluent, this leads to disastrous effects on health in general. They also are pure calories of the most easily assimilated forms—sugar and white rice starch—and thus lead to obesity and metabolic syndrome. Diabetes rates skyrocket in areas with many kueh.
Coffee is kopi, as Bahasa Malaysia/Indonesia has no f. It is made with strong coffee, condensed sweetened milk, and a spoonful or two of added sugar, and is thus sugary enough to be almost a solid. Asking for kopi o kosong—unsweetened black coffee (o is Hokkien for “black,” kosong is Bahasa for “empty”)—was once not only necessary but very difficult to achieve, since people usually assumed that foreigners who asked for such a nightmarish drink were simply making a verbal mistake. Traditionally, coffee was made and sold by people from Hainan Island, an island in China’s deep south whose language is a dialect of Hokkien quite different from Amoy’s.
Cynthia Fowler studied burning on Flores (2013). Flores is seasonally dry, and controlled burns are used to create fields (swiddening) and to open the forest up and drive away poisonous animals. The Komodo Dragon, a huge monitor lizard with a poisonous bite, still survives very locally on Flores, and is not the sort of animal one would like to meet in the woods.
Nearby, the island of Roti is also seasonally dry, to the point of being hopeless for rice, taro, or most grains. Some millet and large quantities of beans are grown, but the staple food in traditional times was palm sugar, made from the sap of local palm trees. This unusual diet should have been incredibly unhealthy, but no bad effects are recorded. The island was the subject of an outstanding ethnography by James Fox (1977), who moved to Australia and trained a couple of generations of Indonesian anthropologists, enormously influencing social science in that country.
Michael Alvard with David Nolin studied cooperation in Lamalera, a whale-hunting village in Indonesia. They hunt sperm whales, and face all the horrors portrayed by Herman Melville in Moby Dick. Cooperation is so vital, since crews have to work as a near-perfect team or die. They thus test well above any other population studied anywhere in the world for sheer cooperation, interpersonal generosity, and sharing.
Oceania
Oceania was settled from Asia, but by different groups at different times. Early humans (Homo erectus, Homo floresiensis, others) managed to reach quite remote islands early. Homo sapiens got as far as New Guinea and Australia at least 60,000 years ago. These were dark-skinned people, ancestors of today’s Melanesians and Australian Aborigines, and they had a fair amount of Denisovan admixture, of a different branch of that group from others known from genetic traces. Later migrations clearly occurred, but are obscure until East Asians began to move down from Taiwan—and surely from other places—by 2000-1500 BCE. The results are unclear. Taiwanese-derived Malayo-Polynesian languages are now spoken throughout Indonesia, Polynesia, and Micronesia, except for New Guinean (Papuan) languages of several families on New Guinea and a few neighboring islands.
Genetically, there has been more mixing than this linguistic uniformity would suggest. Even the linguistic uniformity is only relative, since the Malayo-Polynesian languages are exceedingly numerous and diverse. Micronesia’s small population derives from at least two distinct migrations from the Philippines, another from the south but still clearly Malayo-Polynesian, and a couple from Melanesia (Liu et al. 2022)’ there is surely yet more to learn about this, let alone the more complex migrations elsewhere. People speaking Malayo-Polynesian languages range from looking like Chinese to looking like southeast Asians to looking like New Guinea and Australian people, and genetics shows this has a migration history.
Australia has its own unrelated language families. Most of the continent spoke languages of the Pama-Nyungan family, which seems to have radiated from the east about 3500 years ago. It has mixed enough with other languages to make its history and radiation unclear. Indeed, the old conventional wisdom of dark-skinned people coming early and Malayo-Polynesians coming later has been made more complex by genetics (Choin et al. 2021). Other, virtually unknown migrations appear in the record.
Falling and rising sea levels importantly affected the spread of people, since many of the island groups sink under water during times of high sea level (Sefton et al. 2022). Whole island nations are threatened today by global warming. Kiribati, Tuvalu, and many Micronesian island groups will disappear.
The islands of the western Pacific have produced a highly disproportionate number of the best ethnographies of food and agriculture. The most famous studies of the Pacific islands in anthropology are the early classic ethnographies by Bronislaw Malinowski, who went from Poland to England, and his New Zealander student Raymond Firth. Their documentation of the Trobriand Islands and Tikopia, respectively, are the most thorough and intensively analyzed ethnographic records from the early period of anthropology (Firth 1936, 1940, 1959, 1961; Malinowski 1961 [1922], 1935).
This was a world of root crops. The Trobriand Island staple was the greater yam, Dioscorea alata. Other yam species occurred in the region. Taro (Colocasia antiquorum) was a widespread staple, originating from the southeast Asian mainland. The Trobrianders vied to produce the biggest yam. Malinowski’s book Coral Gardens and Their Magic (1935) has a romantic title, but consists of a meticulous record of agriculture in the islands, including the many magical practices used in hopes of getting the yams and other crops to grow bigger and better.
Many more recent works are at least as good in ethnographic quality, though much less extensive in terms of sheer documentation. Among these we may single out Hanunoo Agriculture by Harold Conklin (1957), a classic of ethnobotany and of studies of shifting cultivation.
Another notable work is The Banana Tree at the Gate: A History of Marginal Peoples and Global Markets in Borneo by Michael Dove (2011).
Paul Sillitoe’s From Land to Mouth: The Agricultural “Economy” of the Wola of the New Guinea Highlands (2010), is less well known and deserves some special note. Sillitoe examines the degree to which our economic concepts transfer. “It is an indisputable fact of life—even for navel-dwelling postmodernists—that all human beings are mortal, and that for everyone (Wola, Inuit, English, or whoever) there are no more or less than twenty-four hours to each of our days” (p. 253).though he admits that hours are a western concept and time can feel longer or shorter depending on whether one is working the field or relaxing with friends. He goes on to say that people economize it in different ways, and some have plenty of spare time, but still there is a single limit.
The Wola were still using stone tools when he started to work there. Stone vs steel did not make much difference (contra early, wrong claims by Salisbury and others); they just cut fewer trees with stone, and then and cut them up less. It was horribly hard work making a garden. However, they likde it, and he quotes a more extreme earlier New Guinea team (on p. 361) that a New Guinean’s “attitude towards his gardening is more like that of an amateur rose-fancier” than a commercial one.
Burning released nutrients but they quickly leached, so first-year crops usually do best. Crops included the vital staple sweet potato (fairly new in New Guinea), Nasturtium schlechteri, amaranths of three species, squash, Chinese cabbage, taro, maize, and Setaria palmifolia (pitpit), grown for shoots. The area has returned to local autonomy and self-sufficiency with the decline of local governance. People exchange garden produce all the time, with taro and pandanus figuring especially. Taro was hard to grow and hedged with taboos and spells. Also, it crops all at once instead of being harvestable daily on a land-to-mouth basis as sweet potato was (Sillitoe 2010:399).
Polynesia was the last area on earth to be settled before modern European expansion after 1450. Voyagers reached Hawaii and New Zealand around 2000 years ago or less. In New Zealand, the classic tropical crops such as taro did not flourish south of the northern parts of North Island (Prebble et al. 2019). People lived by fishing and hunting, exterminating the moas in the process, and by eating fern roots, not a great diet. The sweet potato, introduced from South America a few hundred years before Columbus, revolutionized agriculture there.
Rapa Nui (Easter Island), known for its enormous stone sculptures, was in contact with South America by 1,000 years ago. Obsidian blades revealed starch grains from taro and yam (known there historically), breadfruit, ginger, and Tahiti apple (common in Polynesia but not previously documented from Rapa Nui), and, much more interestingly, manioc, sweet potato, and achira (Killgrove 2024). These are South American root crops, not native to Asia or occurring there before contact. Sweet potato was known all over eastern Polynesia and as far as New Zealand, where the Maaori depended heavily on it, well before modern European contact, but manioc and achira were not known from ancient Oceania before.
Chickens spread through most of remote Oceania along with the Melanesians and Polynesians. They are a distinctive breed, or group of breeds, characterized by unique haplotypes. These are not shared with South America, a bit of evidence against the long-debated question of whether Polynesians introduced chickens there (Thompson et al. 2014). Chicken breeds known among the Mapuche in Chile have fairly clear Southeast Asian input, but it probably came via the Spanish after 1500.
Central America and Mexico
Mexican agriculture is famous for its incredible inventiveness in pre-Columbian times. Most important was its invention of the crop combination that became known as the Three Sisters: Maize, beans, and squash. Maize (Zea mays) was domesticated in Mexico, a brilliant and creative development from teosinte, a most unpromising-looking wild grass. Beans of several species were domesticated, with the common or frijol bean Phaseolus vulgaris becoming the world success. Several species of squash were also created, with winter squash Cucurbita maxima, butternut squash and kabocha C. moschata, and cushaw C. mixta most important. The most important one worldwide today is C. pepo, pumpkins, summer squashes, and ornamental gourds. Butternut squash in many forms is more successful in the tropics, and is thus the squash or pumpkin throughout the tropical world and northward throughout eastern Asia.
The Three Sisters are a perfect combination. The maize provides the calories, the beans the protein, and the squash the vitamins and minerals—especially if you eat the flowers and tender young stems, as Mexicans do. Chiles, really a fourth sister, also exist in several species, and provide further vitamin and mineral enhancement. The beans grow up the maize plant and fertilize the whole field by fixing nitrogen. The squash kills pests by shading out weeds and by chemically combatting insects, weeds, and predators; the cucurbitins that make wild gourds too bitter to eat are powerful insecticides, to the point of being occasionally used commercially.
Even underground they all complement each other: maize has shallow roots, beans medium-length ones, squash very deep ones. My Maya farmer friends would test the soil with a digging stick to see how deep it was, and thus what they could plant. This was especially valuable in the soil-filled pockets in Yucatan’s limestone landscape. A shallow pocket would grow maize, and so on. Deep, rich soil would grow not only the Four Sisters, but papayas, eggplants, tomatoes, and other necessities. The best soil was saved for these mixed plantings.
One problem for ancient Mexicans was getting salt. Salterns along the coasts are well known (Andrews 1983). A Maya city got rich by controlling the salt trade from the salt stream by the city (Woodfill et al. 2015).
Two species of chile peppers (Nahuatl chilli; Capsicum annuum, ordinary chiles and bell peppers,and C. frutescens, Tabasco pepper) were domesticated in Mexico, and at least two more in South America (C. chinense, habanero, and C. pubescens, rocoto or manzano). They are ancient domesticates, at least in Mexico, probably in South America as well. They appear to have been independently domesticated in both continents. The North American ones spread south, especially C. annuum, the ordinary common chile. It gave rise to many less hot varieties, eventually being bred into the heatless and greatly enlarged bell varieties. The South American varieties spread north early. The habanero spread through the Caribbean islands, hence its name connecting it with Havana. The rocoto reached west Mexico at some indeterminate point, and remains focused there as well as in the Andes.
Their active ingredient in causing pain is the oleoresin capsaicin, which exists in at least five forms in chiles. It directly stimulates the heat receptors in the body. The capsaicin is there to kill fungi—it is particularly defensive against fusarium wilt, a major problem for peppers (Tewksbury and Nabhan 2001; Tewksbury et al. 2001). Chiles in less fungal parts of the genus’ range have less of it (Haak et al. 2008). It is, however, also useful to keep mammals from eating the fruit, and to increase rapidity of throughput in digestion, to speed delivery of seeds. Like many berries—chiles are berries, technically—these plants depend on dispersal by animals that eat the fruit and then excrete the seeds packaged in fertilizer. Birds are not susceptible to capsaicin, and thus eat the fruit happily (Tewksbury and Nabhan 2001). As noted elsewhere, they are loved for their flavor and stimulant quality, not for the pain they produce. Eaters quickly habituate to the pain, and confine their eating to varieties to which they have habituated.
They appealed to Europeans right away. Columbus thought them a spice of the Indies, which he continued to maintain he had reached. Spanish and Portuguese took them around the world. The Portuguese suppressed them in the homeland, to maintain their black pepper import business, but propagated them widely in Asia, as a substitute for black pepper—they could thus lower the price of black pepper and import more of it (Tripodi et al. 2021)!
The plague that devastated the Aztec Empire before the Spanish, and made it easier for them to conquer, was called cocoliztli, and now turns out to be Salmonella enterica var. Paratyphi, which also decimated Europe at more or less the same time (Warriner 2022). The Native Americans also had to contend with tuberculosis, apparently brought to them by migrating seals long ago—it is a a different strain from European one, which may be from cattle. Meningitis (Neisseria menigitidis) and gonorrhea (N.
gonorrhoeae), there and elsewhere, are both from a harmless oral-cavity N. lactamica (Centeno et al. 2023).
A wonderful description of life among the Nyahnyu people of Mexico was provided by local teacher Jesus Salinas Pedraza (Bernard and Salinas Pedraza 1989).
A modern problem of some importance is the rise of sun-grown coffee at the expense of shade-grown. Coffee is best grown in the shade, which has the side benefit of preserving natural cover and wildlife. Sun-grown coffee is inferior in quality and a biological desert. A good discussion by Perfecto and Armbruster (2003) has the advantage of showing (p. 163) a shade-grown plot in Chiapas that is so similar to ones I have studied there that I suspect it is in fact one of them.
The dreadful role of sugar in American history is all too well known. The plantation economy brought slavery by the early 16th century. It peaked in the 18th, with importation of millions of enslaved Africans. Poverty continued in much of the old sugar region and in the later realms of cotton, rice, and other goods produced by enslaved labor. These areas become dependent and peripheralized, economically subservient to urban importing countries—first western Europe, then the American states (Beckford 1972; Mintz 1985).
Cooking and identity is as much an issue in Latin America as elsewhere (Ayora-Diaz 2016, 2019, 2021). Traditional cooking technology is part of this; definite regional and local styles exist. (Ayora-Diaz 2016). Grinding on a metate or in a mortar is widespread, especially in Mexico and (formerly) North America generally. Grinding in a lava mortar, molcajete, is a Mexican art, and the final dish—after grinding and adding anything needed—is often served in the molcajete itself.
Manioc is ground to meal, made into bread, and baked, allowing it to be detoxified. Heat drives off the poison as a gas, so well-cooked—especially ground and baked—products are safe. The large (sometimes huge) tubers are used. They and the old leaves are high in cyanogenic glycosides, which become deadly hydrocyanic acid on damage of the root. Though “sweet” (nonpoisonous) strains exist, people have actually selected over millennia for even more bitter (poisonous) ones, since these are immune to predation and are easily prepared. In parts of Africa, the roots are not quite totally detoxified, since it turns out that a small amount of cyanide in the blood discourages malaria organisms.
Sometimes the young leaves are used, the old ones being poisonous. They are much more used in Asia and Africa where the plant was taken by colonial Portuguese and others in the 16th and 17th centuries.
Mexico received a great deal of its modern cuisine from the Arabic conquest and 800-year occupation of much of Iberia. The reconquista was finally concluded by the conquest of Grenada in 1492. The loot from Grenada financed Columbus’ voyage.
Irredentist Jews and Moors were expelled, and went to Morocco, Tunisia, and the Turkish Empire, but countless conversos remained—Moorish and Jewish families that had converted to Catholicism, sincerely or for survival. (Their cooking and survival are described by Hélène Piñer, 2021 and 2022.) The “Catholic sovereigns” Ferdinand and Isabela grew increasingly repressive; the conversos rebelled; this led to more distrust, more oppression, and more rebellion. Ultimately the Spanish Inquisition became really deadly, murdering perhaps 200,000 people over the next 200 years. More charitably, a very large number were expelled, or allowed to migrate, to New Spain. (The same thing occurred in Portugal, with Brazil as destination.) Many were relocated in the most remote parts of empire, including New Mexico, where a surprising amount of Medieval Iberian Moorish and Jewish culture survives to this day (Gary Nabhan and Carlos Velez-Ibañez, personal communication over many years; see Nabhan 2014, Velez-Ibañez 1996). Traveling in New Mexico years ago, I was surprised to find classic Arabian dishes in a local cookbook compiled by Cleofas Jaramillo (1981, orig. 1942). Gary Nabhan ran it down, and found that the Jaramillo family did indeed descend from converso ancestors (Nabhan 2014:13).
Many, however, managed to stay in the central core, perhaps especially Puebla. Here they fused classic Arab cuisine with New World ingredients (Pilcher 1998). One result was the famous mole poblano, a well-known Moroccan chicken dish with Aztec chile, tomatoes, and chocolate added in a perfect blend that is one of the world’s great dishes. Another blend is chiles en nogada: Poblano chiles—named for the region—stuffed with a thoroughly Levantine mix of fruits, nuts, and spices, with chile sauce over all. The spicing in this cuisine—black pepper, cumin, and coriander seeds and leaves—is classic Arabic.
Among other odd introductions is the tandur oven, a big ceramic jar buried in the ground or in a stove setup (Magaña González 2016). It was probably invented in ancient Mesopotamia, and has gone everywhere that Iranian and Iran-influenced civilization has gone, from China to America. It is found in Oaxaca under the name comixcal, probably an earlier word for an earth oven. The thick tortillas known as totopos and gendarmes are stuck to the walls, and then taken off with a peel (a long-handled paddle), as in a regular tandur.
A fascinating story concerns the vita-migas of Tepito (Hernández 2009). Tepito is the old poverty district of Mexico City, south of the old urban core. Migas means “crumbs,” but is much more; it is a Spanish development of the classic Arabic dish tharīd, bread soaked in meat stock, supposedly the Prophet Muhammad’s favorite food. The good citizens of Tepito took to making cheap migas by salvaging bones from butchers and restaurants and cooking them into stock, then making migas with stale bread and tortillas. With inevitable chilango (Mexico City resident) pride, this got idealized as a marker of the tough, resourceful Tepito chingón (politely translatable as “tough guy”), and thus called “vita-migas.” The Tepito motto is comer bien, coger fuerte, y enseñar los huevos a la Muerte (eat well, fuck hard, and show your balls to Death), a typical Mexican rhyming refran.
Possibly the best single book about a single nation’s food is a classic monograph on the food of Jamaica, by B. W. Higman (2008). He documents at enormous length how Indigenous Caribbean Island cookery was combined over historic centuries with European food, and above all with African food introduced by enslaved Africans and foods of India brought by indentured laborers. The result includes many cases of Indigenous foodstuffs used in African ways and then often adapted to European and Indian dishes or tastes. Sweet potatoes were assimilated to the unrelated African yams and then used for European pastries. Indigenous butternut squash became a replacement for African and European gourds and pumpkins, and then was made into soup flavored with Indian spices; the result has gone worldwide now in expensive restaurants. Indigenous beans and peanuts were used in African, European, and Indian dishes, all of which blended into each other over time. Indian chicken curry picked up Caribbean chile peppers and other spices. The many Indigenous fruits were used in all possible ways. An extreme of Jamaican fusion is jerking: preparing meat for storage. It is smoked over the barbacoa, a wooden frame used by Indigenous people for smoking and roasting, but is previously (and sometimes also later) marinated in a fantastic mix of spices from all over the world. Higham tells the story of every ingredient and dish, with full historical documentation. A darker note is the horror of the sugar industry, from slavery days to modern poverty and malnutrition. Jamaica also faces the loss of its once-lavish fishing industry, with overfishing depleting stocks and global warming wiping out the corals that once were the home and refuge of the fish and shellfish.
South America
Native Americans of greater Amazonia have inspired much of the best research on human food. Much of this is due to the work and theorizing of Claude Lévi-Strauss (1962, 1969) who did research in the wilds of Brazil in the early 1930s. He found that the local people, mostly speakers of Ge languages, differentiated humans from nonhumans by the human use of cooking. Ants had much more impressive societies; leafcutter ant nests can have over a million workers, integrated into a model social order. The Bible saw clothing as the great watershed, but the Ge people wore little or none. Only cooking was uniquely and indisputably human.
This insight had a bit to do with inspiring Richard Wrangham’s long-standing study of cooking as a critical aspect of, and even driver of, human evolution (see above). Lévi-Strauss went on to theorize that roasting was more “nature”-like, while boiling modified the food more and thus humanized it more. This idea has not stood the test of time.
Native Americans in the Amazon rainforest sometimes increased forest areas, possibly into areas previously deforested by fires (Bush et al. 2021). More often, they increased the number of useful trees, including araucarias, yerba mate, all sorts of fruits, and various palms. Palms were often cut and left to grow larvae; up to 5 kg. of edible larvae could grow in a metre of rotting palm trunk (Silva Noelli et al. 2022).
Planted trees like Brazil nut, Inga, Pourouma cecropiifolia, Pouteria caimito, and chocolate (cacao) trees are all over the Amazon. Planted-type trees are most diverse near the Peru border but most numerous in the center. Levis and colleagues (2017 mapped the whole Amazon Basin and found enormous evidence of human planting and/or management.
Deforestation in tropical South America peaked in the late 300s CE, followed by reforestion, especially after 750 and then, dramatically, after 1500, when violence and introduced diseases reduced the Indigenous population by 90 to 95%. Abundant pollen of Cecropia, an invasive tree of open spaces, shows that the reforestation was real, not an artifact of surveying. Maize pollen was not particularly abundant before or after the 300s, showing that people were relying on a mixed farming system with heavy reliance on root crops and fruit (Bush et al. 2021).
In the Llanos de Moxos, Bolivia, archaeologists detected extensive networks of canals and fields in pre-Columbian times. This turned out to be far more extensive and impressive than first expected. Here the Casarabe people flourished from 500 to 1400 CE. They “built hundreds of monumental monds interconnected by canals and causeways across a flat forest-savannah mosaic landscape dominated by seasonally flooded savannahs, with forests restricted to non-flooded…levees” (Lombardo et al. 2025:119). Maize was the main crop and the field crop. They grew manioc, lleren, squash, gourds, and other crops. They lived in large settlements on forested levees along rivers draining otherwise marshy fields, and grew maize in the marshy level areas, draining them with canals and irrigating in the dry season from ponds. The canal system was enormous, with small tributaries leading to large ones and then one giant canal into Lake Francia. Even the small canals were 4 meters wide and 25 cm deep. The next level up was 8 meters wide and 70 cm deep. The enormous canal into the lake was fully 14 m wide and 1.8 to 3.2 m deep, deepening as it came closer to the lake. This is a literally monumental achievement for a society lacking metals, the wheel, or draft animals.
One Native invention is cassareep: boiled-down manioc press liquid, becoming thick and black. It has the umami taste from glutamates (Balston 2020). In Venezuela it is heavily dosed with chile. In Guyana it goes into pepper pot with clove and cinnamon.
The Enawene, a tiny group in central Brazil, depend heavily on this manioc drink. They never drink unboiled liquids. From this beginning, researcher Chloe Nahum-Claudel (2020) went on to a brilliant study of the role of fire and cooking in humanizing food (following Lévi-Strauss’ ideas), and the importance of cooking in human evolution (following Richard Wrangham). Indeed cooking makes us human.
Among South American hunter-gatherers, the Ache share food on the basis of reciprocity. So do the culturally similar Hiwi, who have to hunt long and hard for food (it repays effort) The vital important of reciprocity says much about human evolution and society (Gurven 2006).
The usual Native American attitudes toward conservation—protection and wise use based on respect—are amply documented in South America (e.g. Reed 1995, 1997; Reichel-Dolmatoff 1971, 1976, 1996).
Modern Brazil relies heavily on fermentations (Mayrink Lima et al. 2022). There is a great variety of local cheeses, using many little-known local microorganisms. Marajo Island, a huge island at the Amazon mouth, produces cheese from water buffalo milk. Italian influence shows up in Lactobacillus-fermented meats, such as socol, local to one city, made from pork loin. Charqui (jerky) is brined, salted, and dried, with some important salt-tolerant microorganisms. There are several fermented manioc products: paste, flour, fermented juice, and others.
Aluá is a beer made of most anything (grain or fruit), is of African origin. Other local beers include calugi, tarubá, and yakupa, Indigenous beers (mostly made from manioc). Caiçuma is an Indigenous peach palm beer. Cauim and caxiri are more manioc or grain or sweet-potato beers. Tiquira, distilled manioc beer, is an Amazonian delicacy.
The common Brazilian rum, cachaça, is actually based on a very complex ferment of the sugar mash. They use the same terms we do, heads and tails, for the throwaway of distillation, and keep the “heart” (coração).
A number of wild berries are commonly used in Chilean and Argentinian Patagonia: Calafate, Berberis microphylla, superb and widely used for drinks and jam; murtilla, Empetrum rubrum, chaura, resembles cranberries and crowberries; Gaultheria mucronata is a close relative of the salal berry (G. shallon) of the Northwest Coast of North America.
Peru, inspired by the success of tequila and mezcal, is producing chawar, a new agave drink.
Guinea pigs, generally known by the Quechua name cuy, are a standard food in Peru and neighboring Andean countries. They have about as much meat as a very small chicken, and tend to be rather tough. They are eaten roasted or stewed, often in a spicy yellow sauce. They achieved artistic fame when Marcos Zapata in 1753 painted a Last Supper for the Cuzco cathedral, with the disciples eating a guinea pig instead of a lamb and drinking from Inca-style qero cups (personal observation, Cuzco, 1997; see Benavente Velarde 1995:139-140). This is part of a significant trend in colonial Andean art to show the victimized apostles and saints as Indigenous and, often, their persecutors as Spanish.
The Spanish did manage to introduce the characteristic European Easter bread. It is known as t’anta wawa, “baby bread,” and is made on All Saints and All Souls’ Days in memory of babies lost. It takes the shape of babies, with baby faces sometimes added (GastroObscura, online, Aug. 29, 2019).
An important article on local crops has a self-explanatory title: “Semi-Domesticated Crops Have Unique Functional Roles in Agroecosystems: Perennial Beans (Phaseolus dumosus and P. coccineus) and Landscape Ethnoecology in the Colombian Andes” (Locqueville et al. 2022). The vines live 3-6 years and climb up into the trees. They need no annual sowing, produce in the worst years, and are good eating. Both are called cacha (Locqueville et al. 2022).
The Cashinahua, or Hunikuin, “real people,” are one of a number of groups that believe that peccaries and other game animals can reincarnate as people, and that people reincarnate as these animals. Zeca, a Cashinahua thinker, recognized different views of reality, and could hold forth to ethnographer Cecilia McCallum (2014) about skepticism, alternative views to keep in mind since we don’t know which is right. He understood cultural differences, personal differences, ontology vs ontologies, epistemology and epistemologies, and differences in standpoints. Zeca appears one of the sharper minds in anthropology.
Similarly, dogs dream the future, among upper Amazon groups, and their owners are very surprised when the dogs die, since they should predict and avoid their fate (Kohn 2007).
North America
Most of North America lacked agriculture at the time of contact. The north and the Great Basin west were lands of hunting and gathering.
The Arctic and Subarctic are too cold and wintry for agriculture; most of that land is unfarmed even today. People lived by following caribou herds, or by fishing, or by hunting various animals. Gathering provided berries, mushrooms, and locally other foods, from lichens to nuts. Food was often preserved by storing it in cold places, which of course were abundant. Warm weather led to thawing and fermentation, often producing monumentally aromatic or maggot-infested results, which were eaten with relish. This is also true in Siberia (Yamin-Pasternak et al. 2014). They are definitely an acquired taste.
A survey of these shows that many could potentially carry pathogens of various sorts (Stemmelmayr and Sheffield 2022), but people of the region understood this, and were usually careful to avoid the dangers. Sealed and stored salmon eggs in the Pacific Northwest, for instance, were called “stink eggs” with good reason, and could potentially kill, but rarely did in traditional times when people knew how to assess dangers.
Along the Pacific Coast, lack of agriculture did not mean lack of cultivation. Wild plants were widely tended and managed. Tobacco was the only domesticate, grown by the Haida, Karuk (Harrington 1932), and many other local groups, but plants like camas (Camassia quamash) were semi-domesticated—so intensively cultivated by digging the roots and replanting them that they became used to human management. Trees and bushes were transplanted to new areas. Groves of Oregon crabapple (Malus fusca) and other native fruit trees are found at former habitation sites in the Northwest Coast forests.
Much of the continent was managed by fire. The far north, high mountains, deserts, and Northwest Coast rainforests do not burn, or burn only locally, but other regions were burned at fairly regular intervals. Much of the lore is lost, because of the incredibly foolish custom of suppressing all fires. This idea was introduced in the late 19th century and peaked in the mid-20th. It led to fuel buildup and senility of brush and trees, so that when fire did come—as it must, thanks to lightning if not human carelessness—forests, brushlands, and grasslands were devastated. Previously, regular burning occurred thanks to lightning, and Native Americans increased the frequency by deliberately firing small patches to open the landscape. This was especially done for berry and nut stands. Many of these bushes and trees are naturally fire-followers, especially the berries. They require fire to keep them growing and to prevent encroachment of less useful but more shade-loving trees.
Many of these berries and fruits deserve more attention. Serviceberries (Amelanchier alnifolia)—basically tiny wild plum-colored pears—are grown as dooryard fruit in Canada, and you can find selected varieties there; few fruits are better. The southern species (A. utahensis) is good eating too, but has not been cultivated or selected—another potential garden fruit.
The native California plum (Prunus subcordata) has evolved an exquisite variety in the Warner Mountains of the California-Nevada-Oregon tripoint, and this plum has been grown in orchards near Lakeview, OR, for preserves, jam, and wine. It is unsurpassed for all these purposes, narrowly beating out the beach plum of New England (at least to this observer, but no New Englander would ever admit their beach plums are less than the finest, and they have a case).
A vast wealth of wild currants, gooseberries, blackberries, raspberries, huckleberries, blueberries, bush cranberries, and other berries gives almost year-round harvests in the more temperate areas. The thimbleberry, a wild raspberry (Rubus parviflorus), is often as good as any domestic raspberry. I once found an abandoned patch of domestic raspberry that had been invaded by wild thimbleberries. I spent a long time eating; it was the best berry feast I ever had. Wild strawberries are also wonderful, and I have grazed happily on them in many a forest. We in California have all the domesticated species as wild plants: Fragaria chiloensis, F. vesca, and F. virginiana.F. vesca extends to Europe, and is cultivated there; ordinary commercial strawberries are hybrids of the other two, which occur very widely in the Western Hemisphere. The wild ones are a very great deal better than the tame ones, which have been bred for size and appearance and have lost almost all flavor.
Root crops other than the Jerusalem artichoke have been much less popular with settlers. Camas is the highline root, and is very good eating. “Wild carrots” (Perideridia spp.) and countless species of Lomatium (sometimes called “wild parsley”) are widespread, and eaten when available. They and other roots are often baked in earth ovens. They are rather tasteless and woody. A range of bitterroots, balsamroots, wild lilies, and other root, bulb, tuber, and corm crops are enthusiastically consumed. For the record, a bulb is a layered thickening of the base of the stem. Lilies and onions are are typical. Their Chinese name “hundred together” describes their appearance. Tubers are underground stems, like potatoes (white and sweet), and have no such structure. Corms are underground or ground-level swollen stems, resembling bulbs but lacking the layered or scaled structure.
Berries and roots are eaten all over the Americas, but roots are particularly important in the interior Northwest—the Columbia Plateau and the vast high areas around it. There, they are the staple food. A wondrous variety exists, so there can be harvesting in many places at many times of year, and people can enjoy different eating experiences.
Nuts include a vast range of acorns from oaks of many species. Chestnuts were one of the most abundant trees in eastern North America before introduced blight from Asia killed virtually all of them; a few resistant ones survive, and are being bred in hopes of restoring this important crop. The walnut family supplied not only walnuts from many local species, but also hickories and pecans. Pinyon pines supplied vast amounts of seeds in good years. Native Americans propagated nuts locally and burned forests (at least near their villages) to preserve the health of the nut trees by eliminating competition, killing pests, clearing brush, and reducing the danger of bigger fires. Thus the nut groves of America were managed to various degrees, often quite intensively. Debate continues on how much was managed at this level, with anthropologists emphasizing intensive management at significant scales (K. Anderson 2005; Delcourt and Delcourt 2004) and biologists often casting a skeptical eye.
North America received its agriculture largely from Mexico, but probably began experimenting independently from a very early time. A range of crops appeared in the Mississippi drainage, including sumpweed (Iva annua), goosefoot (Chenopodium berlandierii, especially var. jamesii), and others. Sunflowers were domesticated in North America or nearby northern Mexico. So were pumpkins (Cucurbita pepo, orange pumpkins and ornamental gourds, as opposed to winter squash).
Some of the minor crops of the Americas deserve further looks (Minnis 2014). The chenopods and other seed crops, and the many Indigenous-domesticated root crops, are particularly promising. The Jerusalem artichoke, a species of sunflower that has nothing to do with Jerusalem or artichokes, is probably Mississippi Valley domesticate. It produces huge stems and incredible numbers of tubers on very poor soil. Research at the University of California at Davis showed it to have enormous potential for producing biofuel—free fuel from poor land. The tubers are edible after long cooking at high heat, but their starch is mainly inulin, which causes acute indigestion if not thus broken down. They were traditionally prepared in earth ovens.
The Iroquois and their neighbors took up maize agriculture rather late, but came to depend heavily on it. Their fields were extremely productive and could be cropped repeatedly, because they cultivated the best soils and allowed a large number of nitrogen-fixing plants, cultivated and wild, to grow among crops or between cropping years. They grew plants in mounds, which protected the seedlings from early freezes; the seedlings did not break out of the ground till late, and the mounds were above the coldest air at ground level. This allowed permanent cultivation that was as productive as European agriculture of the time, if not more (Mt. Pleasant 2015; Mt. Pleasant and Burt 2010). They processed corn into hominy by using wood ash. A common food, cooked in pots, was sagamité, “hominy corn pounded into meal, boiled in water, and enhanced with meat, fish, berries, or oil if available” (Taché et al. 2025:168; Campanella 2013).
Native American environmental morality is now well known as a major contribution to the world. Respect for animals and plants, knowledge of the resources, and ability to set and enforce limits are vital. Also vital is a real grasp of ecology. Native Americans are generally quite aware of food webs, networks of mutual dependence, predator-prey relationships, and, in generqal, the broader picture. They conserve resources as part of awareness of the wider world (Anderson and Pierotti 2022; Brandt 1953; Davis 2000).
Native American conservation ideas influenced the United States from the late 19th century. George Bird Grinnell, a top-notch pioneer ethnographer, was well connected with the New York elite, and managed to convince them of the need to conserve and the wisdom of Native American ways to do it. Among his converts was Theodore Roosevelt, probably the most strong conservationist among American presidents. Also influenced were George Shiras, father of the Migratory Bird Protection Treaty of 1918, which has saved migratory birds ever since—though they are now succumbing to pollution and global climate change. Yet another was William Hornaday, long head of the Bronx Zoo and the New York Zoological Society, who wrote a passionate and fiery work of conservation, Our Vanishing Wild Life (1913).
North America today
United States farm subsidies are an international scandal and an international tragedy. Huge industrial farms are paid vast sums to plant, or not plant, sugar, soybeans, wheat, maize, cotton, and one or two other items. The environmental effects of this are appalling. Sugar, for instance, is grown by a few huge industrial farms in Florida, who take the water that should go to the Everglades to keep that unique ecosystem functioning. The firms pollute the water heavily with dangerous chemicals before releasing some of it. The sugar is farmed solely for the subsidies; it does not make money by itself.
Reforms in 2014 failed to stop flagrant abuse. At least, subsidies are no longer paid to nonfarmers with no crops. However, inflated prices led to oversupport. Now around $9 billion is spent on commodity subsidies. Most of the money goes to the rich agribusiness companies, not small farmers. The top 1% of recipients got an average of $116,501 in 2016, the median ones got only $2479 (Britschgi 2017).
This applies worldwide. The world subsidy level is at least $700 billion a year, possibly over a trillion. Only 1% of this money is at all good for the environment. Most goes for cattle, deforestation, and heavy use of fertilizer—about the most environmentally destructive things humans do. Some 75% goes to farmers, 15% to research, the rest for other purposes (Carrington 2019, using data from International Food Policy Research Institute and Food and Land Use Coalition). Interestingly, these revelations come from a right-wing and a left-wing journal, respectively; nobody likes farm subsidies except giant agribusinesses.
Food insecurity in the US is astonishingly high, around 12% of households. It rose in the 2008 recession and did not drop back for years, only to rise again in the COVID-19 epidemic (World Almanac 2025:161).
US food consumption changes since 1970 reflect a startling drop in consumption of oranges, peaches, spinach, lettuce,veal, and potatoes, and a huge increase in avocados, broccoli, garlic, high-fructose corn syrup, and chickens (World Almanac 2025:161). Beef consumption has increased only 15% since 1910, but chickens have gone up 520%; butter is down, pork slightly up, fish way up (p. 164). Most crop production is up, but oats have crashed even since 2000, as horses become less prominent. Cotton is somewhat down. Maize production has doubled even since 1980, but wheat and barley are down (p. 165). Soybeans have doubled in production. Beans are down but dry peas are up (165).
Sweet drinks are the major source of sugar and high-fructose corn syrup; sandwiches are the major source of saturated fasts and salt (p. 162).
Restaurants are also in trouble. “Of the nearly 647,286 restaurants in the U.S., chains account for 301,183,” (Peterson 2020). Independent restaurants are squeezed by costs and by local factors. The chains can absorb local failures by compensating from other locals that succeed. The bland, unhealthy food of the chains is a total abomination from the points of view of both taste and health, but they succeed by consistency, flashy advertising, and having all too well-known images and brands.
Teenagers notoriously eat badly, but do not have to. Most of them realize the food corporations are making huge profits selling junk food, and they resent being suckered by the slick ads and taste sensations. This can motivate them to avoid such food (Bryan 2016; Burris et al. 2020). Many are terribly food-insecure, however, coming from troubled or impoverished households. They often lack easy access to good food when they need it.
Teens need enormous amounts of food. Peg Bracken, in her wonderful I Hate to Cook Book (1960), memorably ended a recipe for a hearty casserole with “Dinner for six, or an afternoon snack for a teenage boy.” All of us who have raised teenage boys will understand.
Ethnic Food Cultures
Stamdard American food is, after all, an ethnic culture, a synthesis made by white European-ancestry settlers from many sources. One fascinating story is that of ketchup, traced by Claudia Kreklau (2025) in an extremely thorough and well-referenced article. She takes it from its roots in Fujianese fermented fish sauce (ke tsiap) to a mixed anchovy-based category of sauces in 18th-century England. It led to Worcestershire sauce (vinegar, sugar, spices, onions, garlic, anchovies) and even more fascinating mixes—walnut ketchup had walnuts, anchovies, shallots, mace, pepper, cloves, and garlic, and was then combined with cayenne, soy, etc. in some applications. These spread in due course of time to America, where ketchup generally meant the walnut form. Meanwhile, thanks to spread from the New World to the Mediterranean countries, tomatoes got more and more popular. Tomato ketchup was invented. It then spread over central Europe. Then the migration of Anna and John Henry Heinz from Germany to America brought a new enterprise. Their son Henry John (1844-1919) went from a humble start to spectacular success. He started making ketchup on a large scale in 1876, with more sugar, vinegar, and pulp than others. The recipe changed and simplified over time, becoming the now-universal commodity.
North American Anglo food was heavily influenced by religion, often highly deviant cults, as most recently chronicled by Christina Wang in Holy Food (2023). Most of these banned, and still ban, alcohol, tobacco, and hot spices. Many ban meat and encourage consumption of whole grains and beans. The Seventh-Day Adventists, a particularly successful group, are one such, though most now eat meat and processed grains. They also consume very high amounts of sugar (personal observation), neutralizing some of the advantages of their diet, but they have a noteworthy life expectancy.
The United States forms of African American food have been mentioned above in the Africa section. It is a wildly creative and complex mix. The pies, cakes, breads, and most of the ordinary “made dishes” are British Isles transplants. So are chitlins (chitterlings), traditionally eaten with mustard in England, but presumably intestines were eaten in Africa too. As most people know, African Americans were forced to learn to use the “odd bits” of animals, because the slaveowners took all the good parts. Neckbones was as good as it got, for Blacks in the old south. “Nose to tail” eating was universal in the British Isles, Europe, Africa, and pretty much everywhere at the time. No one could afford the choosiness of modern diners, who reject even excellent “body parts” like liver, oxtails, shanks, and sweetbreads.
A fondness for greens, especially strong-flavored ones, persisted from Africa. Turnip greens and collards were English in background, but filled the bill, and became identified with African American culture: “Corn bread and pepper sauce and good old turnip greens” (in one song). The greens were cooked with bacon or salt pork, if you could get any, and often a chile or two. The pot liquor was delicious, sopped up with the corn bread.
Maize was the staple food in the United States, for southerners of all backgrounds. Native processing into hominy has been noted. Corn bread with white flour was an English invention.
Beans of many sorts were critical to life. The classic African dishes were made with black-eyed peas, an African native. Most famous among these is the thoroughly African dish Hoppin’ John: blackeyes cooked with rice, spiced with chiles to taste, and made with bacon or salt pork if available. No one knows where the name came from. One of many origin myths refers to a lame vendor in old Charleston, whose wife or relative, Limpin’ Susan, gives her name to a rice and okra dish (Cross and Crawford 2023:160-165). Hoppin’ John is traditionally eaten with collards or similar greens on New Year’s Day for good luck, a tradition I religiously maintain. (I am a small but significant part African American, and keep the foodways going.)
Blackeyes are usually cooked in mixed stews or made into falafel-like fritters in Africa, and are used in soups in the United States. Pigeon peas are another African import, possibly originally from India. They have become definingly important in the Caribbean, but remain largely tropical. More common were Native American beans of all possible colors and patterns, with white “Navy” beans probably most common. They were acquired from the Indigenous people immediately, and became the protein staple of the poor and even the middle class of all “races” throughout the old south and southwest, and even as far as Boston with its famed white baked beans.
The other member of the Three Sisters, squash, was adopted immediately, due to its similarity to gourds and to the native West African pumpkin Telfairia occidentalis. In the United States, the native species, Cucurbita pepo, was the source of pumpkins, summer squash, and ornamental gourds. In the Caribbean, the “pumpkin” was butternut squash, C. moschata. The famous Jamaican pumpkin soup is thus “butternut squash soup” on United States menus.
Barbecue, probably the signature African American food complex, is originally Caribbean, but has come a long way since the Arawak and Carib peoples set up simple wooden frames for roasting, smoking, or drying meat over an open fire. The frames were the original barbacoa. Another word for it, boucan, produced the buccaneers—people who may have been pirates when opportunity offered, but normally lived by hunting, fishing, and foraging, cooking their meat on a boucan. They often smoked and dried it and sold it to ships.
In the Caribbean and then in the United States, the term “barbecue” quickly spread to meat cooked over an open fire, grill or no, and then to the pit-cooked meats well known in both African and Native American cultures but not common in Europe. Cooks used increasingly spicy and complex sauces to baste the roasting meats. Smoking survived as a dominant method of preparation. From these origins, barbecue has evolved into one of the most complex, diverse, and elaborate cooking styles in the world.
Wonderful accounts of the golden age of barbecuing and its modern fate may be found in Zora Neale Hurston’s writings on Florida food (Opie 2015) and Black barbecue chef Adrian Miller’s Black Smoke (2023). Hurston, a great and still underappreciated Black author, does a notable job of capturing the life of old-time large-scale barbecues. Any book on African American foodways is bound to touch on the tradition. It has, of course, been enthusiastically adopted by white, Latino, and even Asian-American cooks, with constantly growing diversity.
The Native American contribution was overwhelmingly important in one way: it contributed the staple food of the old south, maize. The Native Americans had developed ways of cracking corn into cookable-sized bits, and of making hominy by boiling kernels in wood ashes. This eliminated the phytic acid and thus eliminated the pellagra problem—which resurfaced, especially among Whites, as milled maize flour and meal became available. People no longer made or lived on hominy. Hoecakes were essentially a Native American food, as were various corn drinks and preparations, but cornbread is English-influenced, usually depending on some white flour and chemical leavening. It is still eaten African and Native American style, sopped in cooking liquids, but more often is eaten English style, with butter and jam.
I have touched on the rice cookery above. Rice cooking in the American South began as a straightforward transplant from the Rice Coast. The history has been traced by Judith Carney in Black Rice (2001; Carney and Rosomoff 2009), and early by Karen Hess in Carolina Rice Cookery (1992). Pilaf or pilau from India reached America almost as soon as rice did, and morphed into the “perloo” and “peloo” of the South. New Orleans famously added French herbs, sausages, and sophisticated techniques like preparing a roux. But the basic cooking is African, as shown by names like “jambalaya” (Wolof for “mixed grain stew”) and cala (a West African word for rice), used for rice dumplings that are unbelievably light and flavorful when fresh-cooked.
Native American influence appears in gumbo filé, ground sassafras leaves. They provide a wonderful spicy flavor that quickly caught on with African transplants. Also Native American is the fondness for crayfish, to say nothing of muskrat, alligator, garfish, turtles, and other wild meats.
These more exotic game items are largely eaten by the Cajun people. Supposedly descended from French exiled from Acadia (now New Brunswick) after the English took it over, they are a mixed group, very possibly more Native American than anything else. The original Acadians were described as blond and blue-eyed; modern Cajuns tend to be black-haired, brown-eyed, and olive-skinned. Census figures show a sharp drop in Native American population and an equally sharp rise in French population in Louisiana in the middle 19th century.
Louisiana cuisine remains one of the great local cuisines, with influences wide-flung over North America. The classic source is the Picayune Creole Cook Book (1901, current available edition by Dover, 1971; the name refers to the main newspaper of the time, which originally cost a picayune, the New Orleans equivalent of a French sou). Among countless modern cookbooks, we may single out Cookin’ with Queen Ida (Guillory 1990), written by a lady whom many would indeed consider the unquestioned queen of Zydeco music, the upbeat Cajun musical tradition. It is basically French Canadian accordion music, with singing, but made a great deal wilder than anything Canadian by the West African rhymic miracles so typical of Louisiana music. (Zydeco itself is a food word; it is a somewhat parodied version of the Cajun pronunciation of les haricots, “the beans,” both green and dried beans being associated with Cajun lifeways.)
One does not have to go to the wilds of Louisiana to eat alligator, however. In the southeast coastal lands, from Florida north to the Carolinas, settlers also learned from Native Americans how to hunt and cook gators. They were a major food in the Okefenokee Swamp in the old days. They are still universal on menus serving local specialties, in Florida and in the Low Country (coastal Georgia and the Carolinas)
Jewish-American food has entered American foodways abundantly. Almost all the signature dishes are Ashkenazic; the Ashkenazim are Jews from north, central, and east Europe, supposedly descended from a small founder group that migrated from Italy to Alsace, originally the valley of Ashkenaz, in the early Medieval period. Genetics more or less confirms the story, but with many additions from local people. (Contrary to a persistent story, the Ashkenazim are not descendants of the Medieval Khazars, whose leaders converted to Judaism.)
The classic American Jewish foods radiated from New York in the 20th century. They are largely East European foods, taken up by the Jews there during the “Pale of Settlement” period when the Polish-Lithuanian Empire welcomed them and much of western Europe was expelling them. Bagels and lox are possibly the most widely known, involving smoked salmon, as non-Levantine a food as can be imagined. People are fond of pointing out that “lox” is the oldest word in the English language; it is identical to the Indo-European *laks for salmon or large fish. Challah is simply a kosher form of the old European and Near Eastern ritual bread, with milk and butter replaced by oil to satisfy kashruth (kosher requirements). Knishes are Jewish versions of classic East European dumplings. Smoked and pickled herring and other preserved fish preparations are from the Polish-Lithuanian area. And chicken soup is possibly the most universal food on earth.
One American Jewish food that stands out is pastrami: cured, smoked, and steamed beef brisket. Brisket (from the foreparts of cattle) is the traditional Jewish cut, because removing the veins in the abdomens of cattle is difficult but is required by kosher law. In the United States it is considered a New York delicatessen invention. In Canada, however, a very similar commodity—usually salted and dried rather than pickled in brine—is known as “Montreal smoked meat,” and regarded as indigenous there. The Montreal Jewish community is as venerable, well-established, and culturally important as that of New York, though smaller.
All have noted the similarity of the word to Romanian pastrama (smoked mutton, or salted dried meat in general) and its ancestor, Turkish bastırma (beef air-dryed after salting and covering with paprika to preserve it). Yet American pastrami is clearly a descendant of the Alsatian dish pickelfleisch (pickled meat). The Irish scholars Angela Hanratty and Diarmuid Cawley (2024) show convincingly that Romanian Jewish immigrants brought the word pastrama, which in New York was applied to what elsewhere was variously called smoked meat or pickled meat.
Cowboy cooking was an odd mix of traditions. Mexican influence was strong enough to provide the word “coci,” from Mexican cocinero, “cook,” used in southwestern cow camps. Naturally, every part of a butchered animal was used. Of uncertain origin was “son of a bitch stew,” based on the “mar gut” (milk-filled small intestine of a calf; Harris 2011:148). “Son of a gun stew” was more general and less gut-based. In contrast to the lily-white cowboys of movie fame, cowboys were very often Black, Mexican, Native American, or a mix of some of the above with the more stereotypic Scots-Irish wanderers. A fair number still are. The food reflected this. It also reflected field conditions; coffee was supposed to be “black as night, strong as an ox, and hot as hell.” Cowboys were militant in ways not known to Hollywood; they formed an active and fairly successful union in the 19th century.
Mexican-American cooking is another tradition with great antiquity and countless variations. Its origin in Spain and Mexico is noted above. In New Mexico, farming in old-fashioned ways continues, either because of local conservatism (as I have often seen) or because of revival. My anthropologist friend Devon Peña comes from an old Colorado Hispanic land grant family, and as he moved toward retirement from the University of Washington he came more and more attached to the old place, where he now lives and works on restoring the system. He put together a wonderful collection of stories by revivalists like himself and local old-timers among his neighbors (Peña et al. 2017). Some of them bake bread and dry corn kernels in the old beehive ovens the Spanish introduced—ovens that go back to the ancient Near East.
Asian-American food also took on a life of its own. The most famous of American Chinese foods, chop suey, has found itself used as the title of more than one book, and the subject of many imaginative, and imaginary, origin myths. It was not invented to get rid of restaurant scraps, or because a restaurant found itself short of food when a visiting dignitary appeared, or to cheat the foreigners. It is, in fact, a venerable and universal Chinese dish. The name—za sui in Mandarin, tsap seui (or “chop suey”) in Cantonese—means “miscellaneous leftovers.” That being a rather general descriptor, the dish ranges from the “odd bits” left over from butchering an animal, in the north, to leftover small vegetables and chicken meat, in the south. The Californian form appeared possibly earlier in New York, but was certainly established soon after the gold rush of 1848. It was a dish of vegetable growers in the Toisan and Seiyap districts of Guangdong province. (Toisan is Mandarin taishan, “terrace mountain,” and Seiyap is “four districts.”) They spoke a slightly different dialect of Cantonese from the familiar one of Canton and Hong Kong. They would sell their vegetables and then cook up for dinner the ones too small or misshapen to sell. Often, these were the tenderest and most flavorful of the lot. They were flavored with ginger, garlic, and soy sauce. These were, of course, the “miscellaneous leftovers” of the dish title In the United States, any available vegetables and meat were used. (See Peters 2013, but most of this paragraph is based on my own research in Hong Kong and California.)
California’s great contribution to Chinese cuisine was the fortune cookie, actually invented in a Japanese tea room in San Francisco, and based on a Japanese cookie (Peters 2013). I suspect also influence from the American sugar cookie. It appeared in the early 20th century. Who thought of folding it around a “fortune” seems unclear, but for a long time a single white man was responsible for all the fortunes in San Francisco. Some were Confucian taglines, many were folk wisdom. Today, they are bland nonsense, though sometimes someone gets assertive enough to have a quiet joke; one I received said “You will live in interesting times,” with reference to the fake-Chinese curse “May you live in interesting times” (which actually surfaced in England in the 1930s).
One of those odd stories of immigrant success in new-land foodways concerns the pink doughnut box. A Cambodian refugee named Ted Ngoy got a start in the new land by setting up a doughnut shop. He and other Cambodians succeeded mightily as franchisers or renters of doughnut shops, and soon the field was dominated by them in much of southern California. Ngoy found pink boxes were cheaper than white ones, and the result was an identification of doughnuts and pink boxes in the south; when it reached Hollywood, their movies and TV shows made the box go worldwide (Sanchez 2023).
California’s fusion cuisine extends to truly exotic blends, such as Punjabi-Mexican food. Many Punjabis, often Sikhs, emigrated to California in the 19th and 20th centuries, establishing communities in the far south and the center. Intermarriatge and fusion cooking were natural consequences. Roti quesadillas are a known item, and curries have blended with chile stews (Chopra 2019). Corn bread is a Punjabi staple, and tortillas were an easy borrowing.
Acharya, K. T. 1998. A Historical Dictionary of Indian Food. New Delhi: Oxford University Press (Oxford in India).
Adams, Martin. 2010. “Fermented Meat Products.” In Fermented Foods of the World, Jyoti Prakash Tamang and Kasipathy Kailasapathy, eds. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press. Pp. 309-322.
Adas, Michael. 2011. The Burma Delta: Economic Development and Social Change on an Asian Rice Frontier, 1852-1941. Reprinted with new preface. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
Aguilera-Lizarraga, Javier, et al. 2021. “Local Immune Response to Food Antigens Drives Meal-
Induced Abdominal Pain.” Nature 590:151-156.
Aimutis, William R., and Rohan Shirwalker. 2024. “A Perspective on the Environmental Impact of Plant-Based Protein Concentrates and Isolates.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 121:e2319003121.
Allentoft, Morten E; Martin Sikora;…Eske Willerslev. 2024. “100 Ancient Genomes Show Repeated Population Turnovers in Neolithic Denmark.” Nature 625:329-337.
Allentoft, Morten…Eske Willerslev. 2024. “Population Genomics of Post-Glacial Western Eurasia.” Nature 625:301-311.
Alvard, Michael S., and David A. Nolin. 2002. “Rousseau’s Whale Hunt? Coordination among Big-Game Hunters.” Current Anthropology 43:533-560.
Anderson, E. N. 1988. The Food of China. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Anderson, E. N., and Raymod Pierotti. 2022. Respect and Responsibility among Indigenous Pacific Coast Nations: The World Raven Made. Cham, Switzerland: SpringerNature.
Anderson, E. N., and Raymond Pierotti. 2022. Respect and Responsibility in Pacific Coast Indigenous Nations: The World Raven Makes. Cham, Switzerland: SpringerNature.
Anderson, M. Kat. 2005. Before the Wilderness. Socorro, NM: Ballena Press.
Anderson, M. Kat. 2005. Tending the Wild: Native American Knowledge and the Management of California’s Natural Resources. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Andrews, Anthony. 1983. Maya Salt Production and Trade. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.
Aneli, Serena; Massimo Mezzavilla; Eugenio Bortolini; Luca Pagani. 2022. “Impact of Cultural and Genetic Structure on Food Choices along the Silk Road.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 119:e2209311119.
Antani, Vishu [sic], and Santosh Mahapatra. 2022. “Evolution of Indian Cuisine: A Socio-Historical Review.” Journal of Ethnic Foods 9, article 15.
Arranz-Otaegui, Amaia, and Joe Roe. 2023. “Revisiting the Concept of the ‘Neolithic Founder Crops’ in Southeast Asia.” Vegetation History and Archaeobotany 32:475-499.
Arranz-Otaegui, Amaia; Lara González Carretero; Monica N. Ramsey; Dorian Q. Fuller; Tobias Richter. 2018. “Archaeobotanical Evidence Reveals the Origins of Bread 14,400 Years Ago in Northeastern Jordan.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 115:doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1801071115, pp. 7925-7930.
Arthur, John W. 2021. “Beer, Ritual, and Identity: Ethnoarchaeological and Archaeological Study in Konso, Southern Ethiopia.” Journal of Anthropological Archaeology 64:101350.
Avieli, Nir. 2012. Rice Talks: Food and Community in a Vietnamese Town. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.
Ayora-Diaz, Steffan Igor (ed.). 2016. Cooking Technology: Transformations in Culinary Practice in Mexico and Latin America. London: Bloomsbury.
Ayora-Diaz, Steffan Igor (ed.). 2019. Taste, Politics and Identities in Mexican Food.
Bailey-Serres, Julia; Jane E. Parker; Elizabeth A. Ainsworth; Giles E. D. Oldroyd; Julian I. Schroeder. 2019. “Genetic Strategies for Improving Crop Yields.” Nature 575:109-118.
Bain, Robert. 1973. The Clans and Tartans of Scotland. Revised by Margaret MacDougall. Several edns.; orig. 1938.
Basu, Analabha; Neela Sarkar-Roy; Partha P. Majumder. 2016. “Genomic Reconstruction of the History of India Reveals Five Distinct Components and a Complex Structure.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 113:1594-1599.
Beaujard, Philippe. 2009. Les mondes de l’océan Indien. Tome I: De la formation de l’État au premier système-monde Afro-Eurasien (4e millénaire av. J.-C. – 6e siècle apr. J.-C.). Paris: Armand Colin. 613 pp.
Beaujard, Philippe. 2012. Les mondes de l’Océan Indien. Tome II: L’océan Indien, au coeur des globalisations de l’ancien Monde du 7e au 15e siècle. Paris: Armand Colin.
Beckford, George L. l972. Persistent Poverty: Underdevelopment in Plantation Economies of the Third World. New York: Oxford University Press.
Beghini, Francesco, et al. 2025. “Gut Microbiome Strain-Sharing within Isolated Village Social Networks.” Nature 637:167-175.
Behling; A. Correa-Metrio; W. Church; S. N. Huisman; T. Kelly; F. E. Mayle; C. N. H. McMichael. 2021. “Widespread Reforestation before European Influence on Amazonia.” Science 372:484-487.
Beldados, Alemseged; Abel Ruiz-Geralt; Carla Lancelotti; Yemeni Meresa; A. Catherine D’Andrea. 2023. “Pre-Aksumite Plant Husbandry in the Horn of Africa.” Vegetation History and Archaeobotany 32:635-654.
Benavente Velarde, Teofilo. 1995. Pintores Cusqueños de la Colonia. Cuzco: Municipalidad de Qosqo.
Bernard, H. Russell, and Jesús Salinas Pedraza. 1989. Native Ethnography. A Mexican Indian Describes His Culture. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Bhui, Rahul; Maciej Chudeck; Joseph Henrich. 2019. “Work Time and Market Integration in the Original Affluent Society.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 116:22100-22105.
Bhutia, Kalzang Dorjee. 2024. “The Chile Is My Uncle: Spicy Kinship between Humans and More-Than-Humans in the Sikkimese Himalayas.” Food and Foodways 32:122-141.
Blanton, Laura, et al. 2016. “Gut Bacteria That Promote Growth Impairments Transmitted by Microbiota from Malnourished Children.” Science 351:830.
Blanton, Laura; Michael J. Barratt; Mark R. Charbonneau; Tahmeed Ahmed; Jeffrey I. Gordon. 2016. “Childhod Undernutrition, the Gut Microbiota, and Microbiota-directed Therapeutics.” Science 354:1533.
Bolotnikova, V. A.; L. M. Vapelnik; I. P. Korzun; L. D. Markova; D. K. Shapiro. 1979. Byelorussian Cuisine. Minsk: Uradzhai.
Boserup, Ester. 1965. The Conditions of Agricultural Growth: The Economics of Agrarian Change under Population Pressure. Chicago: Aldine.
Brears, Peter. 2015. “The Haggis, Great Pudding of the English Race.” Petits Propos Culinaires 104:16-27.
Brielle, Esther…David Reich; Chapurukha M. Kusimba. 2023. “Entwined African and Asian Genetic Roots of Medieval Peoples of the Swahili Coast.” Nature 615:866-873.
Brillat-Savarin, Jean Anthelme. 1925. The Physiology of Taste. Translated by Arthur Machen. (French original 1825.) London: Peter Davies Ltd.
Bryan, Christopher, et al. 2016. “Harnessing Adolescent Values to Motivate Healthier Eating.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 113:10830-10835.
Buckley, Brendan; Kevin J. Anchukaitis; Daniel Penny; Roland Fletcher; Edward R. Cook; Masaki Sano; Le Canh Nam; Aroonrut Wichienkeeo; Ton That Minh; Truong Mai Hong. 2010. “Climate as a Contributing Factor in the Demise of Angkor, Cambodia.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 107:6748-6752.
Buell, Paul D., and E. N. Anderson 2010. A Soup for the Khan. Leiden: Brill.
Buell, Paul D., and E. N. Anderson. 2021. Arabic Medicine in China. Leiden: Brill.
Burkill, I. H. 1966. A Dictionary of the Economic Products of the Malay Peninsula. Kuala Lumpur: Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives, Govt. of Malaysia, for the Govts. of Malaysia and Singapore.
Burris, Mecca; Sarah Bradley; Kayla Rykiel; David Himmelgreen. 2020. “Teen Food Insecurity: Finding Solutions through the Voices of Teens.” Human Organization 79:13-23.
Cai Tinglan. 2023. Miscellany of the South Seas: A Chinese Scholar’s Chronicle of Shipwreck and Travel through 1830s Vietnam. Tr.-Intro by Kathlene Baldanza and Zhao Lu. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Campanella, Richard. 2013. “Geography of a Food, or Geography of a Word? The Curius Cultural Diffusion of ‘Sagamité.’” Louisiana History 54(4)465-476.)
Capalbo, Carla. 2017. Tasting Georgia: A Food and Wine Journey in the Caucasus. Northampton, MA: Interlink Books.
Carneiro, Robert L. 1970. “A Theory of the Origin of the State.” Science 169:733-38.
Carneiro, Robert. 2012. “The Circumscription Theory: A Clarification, Amplification, and Reformulation.” Social Evolution and History 11:2:5-30. “Answers to Critiques.” 131-190.
Carney, Judith. 2001. Black Rice: The African Origins of Rice Cultivation in the Americas. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Carney, Judith, and Richard Nicholas Rosomoff. 2009. In the Shadow of Slavery: Africa’s Botanical Legacy in the Atlantic World. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Carter, Alison, et al. 2019. “Temple Occupation and the Tempo of Collapse at Angkor Wat, Cambodia.” PNAS 116:12226-12231.
Casanova, Emmanuelle; Timothy D. J. Knowles; Alex Bayliss; Richard P. Evershed. 2022. “Dating the Emergence of Dairying by the First Farmers of Central Europe Using 14C Analysis of Fatty Acids Preserved in Pottery Vessels.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 119:e2109325119.
Caserta, Leonardo C., et al. 2024. “Spillover of Highly Pathogenic Avian Influenze H5N1 Virus to Dairy Cattle.” Nature 634:669-676.
Castillo, Cristina Cobo; Bérénice Bellina; Dorian Q. Fuller. 2016. “Rice, Beans and Trade Crops on the Early Maritime Silk Route in Southeast Asia.” Antiquity 90:1255-1269.
Centeno, Miguel A.; Peter W. Callahan; Paul A. Larcey; Thayer S. Patterson (eds.). 2023. How Worlds Collapse: What History, Systems, and Complexity Can Teach Us about Our Modern World and Fragile Future. New York: Routledge.
Chakraborty, Kalyan Sekhar; Greg F. Slater; Heather M.-L. Miller; Prabodh Shirvalkar; Yadubirsingh Rawat. 2020. “Compound Specific Isotope Analysis of Lipid Residues Provides the Earliest Direct Evidence of Dairy Product Processing in South Asia.” Scientific Reports.
Chaudhuri, K. N. 1985. Trade and Civilisation in the Indian Ocean: An Economic History from the Rise of Islam to 1750. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Cherno, Melvin. 1963. “Feuerbach’s ‘Man Is What He Eats’: A Rectification.” Journal of the History of Ideas 24:397-406.
Chevalier, Jim. 2019. Before the Baguette: The History of French Bread. North Hollywood, CA: Chez Jim Books.
Chevalier, Jim. 2020. They Came Bearing Bread: The Hard Times of the Porteuses de Pain. Los Angeles: Author.
Chevalier, Jim. 2021. Feasting with the Franks: The First French Medieval Food. Los Angeles: Chez Jim Books.
Chew, Sing C. 2018. The Southeast Asia Connection: Trade and Polities in the Eurasian World Economy, 500 BC-AD 500. New York: Berghahn.
Choin, Jeremy, et al. 2021. “Genomic Insights into Population History and Biological Adaptation in Oceania.” Nature 592:583-589.
Clift, Peter D., and Jade d’Alpoim Guedes. 2021. Monsoon Rains, Great Rivers, and the Development of Farming Civilizations in Asia. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Codding, Brian F.; Adrian R. Whitaker; Nathan E. Stevens. 2019. “Territorial Behavior and Ecology in Western North America.” Quaternary International 518:1-2.
Cohen, Jon. 2024. “Meat from Gene-Edited Pigs Could Hit the Market.” Science 383:940-941.
Coleman, Jude. 2023. “Laos Cave Fossils Prompt Rethink of Human Migration Map.” Nature 618:658-659.
Coon, Carleton S. 1958. Caravan: The Story of the Middle East. New York: Henry Holt.
Craig, O. E.; H. Saul; A Lucquin; Y. Nishida; K. Taché; L. Clarke; A. Thompson; D. T. Altoft; J. Uchiyama; M. Ajimoto; K. Gibbs; S. Isaksoon; C. P. Heron; P. Jordan. 2013. “Earliest Evidence for the Use of Pottery.” Nature 496:351-354.
D’Alpoim Guedes, Jade; Sydney Hanson; Thanik Lertcharnrit; Andrew D. Weiss. Vincent C. Pigott; Charles F. W. Higham; Steven Weber. 2020. “Three Thousand Years of Farming Strategies in Central Thailand.” Antiquity 94:966-982.
Dalby, Andrew, tr. and ed. 2011. Geoponika, Farm Work: A Modern Translation of the Roman and Byzantine Farming Handbook. Totnes, Devon: Prospect Books.
Damasio, Antonio. 1994. Descartes’ Error: Emotion, Reason, and the Human Brain. New York: G. P. Putnam’s Sons.
Darlington, Susan. 2013. The Ordination of a Tree: The Thai Buddhist Environmental Movement. Albany: SUNY Press.
Davis, Kyle Frankel, et al. 2019. “Assessing the Sustainability of Post-Green Revolution Cereals in India.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 116:25034-25041.
Davis, Thomas. 2000. Sustaining the Forest, the People, and the Spirit. Albany: SUNY.
Day, Mary Beth; David A. Hodell; Mark Brenner; Hazel J. Chapman; Jason H. Curtis; William F. Kenny; Alan L. Kolata; Larry C. Peterson. 2012. “Paleoenvironmental History of the West Baray, Angkor (Cambodia).” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 109:1046-1051.
De Certeau, Michel; Luce Giard; Pierre Mayol. 1998. The Practice of Everyday Life. Vol 2: Living and Cooking. Tr. Timothy J. Tomasik. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.
Deb, Debal. 2019. “Restoring Rice Biodiversity.” Scientific American, Oct., pp. 54-61.
Delcourt, Paul, and Hazel Delcourt. 2004. Prehistoric Native Americans and Ecological Change: Human Ecosystems in Native North America Since the Pleistocene. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Deng, Jianhua; Hsiao-chun Hung; Mike T. Carson; Adhi Agus Octaviana; Budianto Hakim; Truman Simanjuntak. 2020. “Validating Earliest Rice Farming in the Indonesian Archipelago.” Scientific Reports 10, article 109894.
Dentan, Robert Knox. 1979. The Semai, A Nonviolent People of Malaya. 2nd edn. New York: Holt, Rinehart, Winston.
Dikötter, Frank. 2010. Mao’s Great Famine: The History of China’s Most Devastating Catastrophe, 1958-1962. New York: Walker and Co.
Domínguez-Rodrigo, Manuel, et al. 2021. “Early Pleistocene Faunivorous Hominins Were Not Kleptoparasitic, and This Impacted the Evolution of Human Anatomy and Socio-Ecology.” Scientific Reports 11:16135.
Douglas, Mary. 1966. Purity and Danger: An Analysis of Concepts of Purity and Taboo. London: Routledge, Kegan Paul.
Dove, Michael. 1985. Swidden Agriculture in Indonesia: The Subsistence Strategies of the Kalimantan Kantu’. Hague, Netherlands: Mouton.
Dove, Michael. 2011. The Banana Tree at the Gate: A History of Marginal Peoples and Global Markets in Borneo. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Drucker, Philip, and Robert Heizer. 1967. To Make My Name Good: A Re-examination of the Southern Kwakiutl Potlatch. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Earle, Rebecca. 2020. Feeding the People: The Politics of the Potato. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Earle, Timothy. 1993. Chiefdoms: Power, Economy, and Ideology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Ehlert, Judith, and Nora Katharina Faltmann (eds.). 2020. Food Anxiety in Globalising Vietnam. Singapore: Palgrave MacMillan (Springer Nature Singapore).
Ehret, Christopher. 2017. “Agricultural Origins: What Linguistic Evidence Reveals.” In The Cambridge World History, vol. 2, A World with Agriculture, 12,000 BCE-500 CE, Graeme Barker and Candice Goucher, eds. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pp. 55-92.
El-Asmar, Joseph. 2020. The Milk of Lions: A History of Alcohol in the Middle East. “UK”: Gilgamesh.
Farrer, James, and David L. Wank. 2023. The Global Japanese Restaurant: Mobilities, Imaginaries, and Politics. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.
Firth, Raymond. 1936. We the Tikopia. London: George Allen & Unwin.
Firth, Raymond. 1940. The Work of the Gods in Tikopia. London School of Economics, Monographs on Social Anthropology. 2 v. London: Percy Lund, Humphries & Co.
Firth, Raymond. 1959. Social Change in Tikopia: Restudy of a Polynesian Community after a Generation. London: George Allen and Unwin.
Firth, Raymond. 1961. History and Traditions of Tikopia. Wellington, NZ: Polynesian Society.
Food and Drink. 2019. “The World’s Oldest Recipes Decoded.” Online, Nov. 4.
Fowler, Cynthia. 2013. Ignition Stories: Indigenous Fire Ecology in the Indo-Australian
Monsoon Zone. Raleigh: Carolina Academic Press.
Fritz, Gayle. 2019. Feeding Cahokia: Early Agriculture in the North American Heartland. University of Alabama Press.
Fu, Qiaomei…Svante Paabo, David Reich. 2016. “The Genetic History of Ice Age Europe.” Nature 534:200-205.
Geber, Jonny; Monica Tromp; Ashley Scott; Abigail Bouwman; Paolo Nanni; Jonas Grossman; Jessica Hendy; Cristina Warinner. 2019. “Relief Food Subsistence Revealed by Microparticle and Proteomic Analyses of Dental Calculus from Victims of the Great Irish Famine.” PNAS 116:19380-19385.
Geddes, W. R. 1976. Migrants of the Mountains: The Cultural Ecology of the Blue Miao (Hmong Njua) of Thailand. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Geertz, Clifford. 1963. Agricultural Involution: The Processes of Ecological Change in Indonesia. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Geertz, Clifford. 1980. Negara: The Theatre State in Nineteenth-Century Bali. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Gehrig, Jeanette L., et al. 2019. “Effects of Microbiota-directed Foods in Gnotobiotic Animals and Undernourished Children.” Science 365:139.
Gentile, Christopher L.; Tiffany L. Weir. 2018. “The Gut Microbiota at the Intersection of Diet and Human Health.” Science 362:776-780.
GenomeAsia100K Consortium. 2019. “The GenomeAsia100K Project Enables Genetic Discoveries across Asia.” Nature 576:106-11.
Georges, Robert A. 1984. “You Often Eat What Others Think You Are: Food as an Index of What Others Think One Is.” Western Folklore 43:249-256.
Georgievsky, N. I.; M. E. Melman; E. A. Shaura; A. E. Shemjakinsky. 1975. Ukrainian Cuisine. Kiev: Technika.
Gewertz, Deborah; Fred Errington; Tatsuo Fujikura. 2013. The Noodle Narratives: The Global Rise of an Industrial Food into the Twentieth Century. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Ghalichi, Ayshin,…Wolfgang Haak. 2024. “The Rise and Transformation of Bronze Age Pastoralistsin the Caucasus.” Nature 635:917-s925.
Gibbons, Ann. 2014. “Three-Part Ancestry for Europeans.” Science 345:1106-1107.
Gibbons, Ann. 2023. “Genetic, Historic Records Reveal Origin of Lager.” Science 380:331.
Gimbutas, Marija. 1965. Bronze Age Cultures of Central and Eastern Europe. Hague: Mouton.
— 1974. The Gods and Goddesses of Old Europe: 7000 to 3500 Myths, Legends and Cult Images. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Goldstein, Darra. 2020. Beyond the North Wind: Russia in Recipes and Lore. California and New York: Ten Speed Press.
Goldstein, Darra. 2022. The Kingdom of Rye: A Brief History of Russian Food.
Goody, Jack. 1982. Cooking, Cuisine and Class: A Study in Comparative Sociology, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Goss, Erica; Javier Tabima; David Cooke; Silvia Restrepo; William Fry; Gregory Forbes; Valerie Fieland; Martha Cardenas; Niklaus Grünwald. 2014. The Irish Potato Famine Pathogen Phytophthora infestans Originated in Central Mexico Rather Than the Andes.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 111:8791-8796.
Gourou, Pierre. 1955. The Peasants of the Tonkin Delta: A Study in Human Geography. New Haven: HRAF Press.
Grainger, Sally. 2016. “Ancient Fish Sauce in a Modern World.” Petits Propos Culinaires, 105, 93-105.
Griffiths, Michael L., et al. 2020. “End of Green Sahara Amplified Mid- to Late Holocene Megadroughts in Mainland Southeast Asia.” Nature Communications 11:article 4204.
Grillo, Katherine, et al. 2020. “Molecular and Isotopic Evidence for Milk, Meat, and Plants in Prehistoric Eastern African Herder Food Systems.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 117:9793-9799.
Groucutt, Huw S., et al. 2021. “Multiple Hominin Dispersals into Southwest Asia over the Past 400,000 Years.” Nature 597:376-380.
Grove, A. T., and Oliver Rackham. 2001. The Nature of the Mediterranean World. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Gu, Baojing; Xiaolinjg Zhang; Xuemei Bai; Bojie Fu; Deli Chen. 2019. “Four Steps to Food Security for Swelling Cities.” Nature 565:31-33.
Gurven, Michael, and Kim Hill. 2009. “Why Do Men Hunt? A Reevaluation of ‘Man the Hunter’ and the Sexual Division of Labor.” Current Anthropology 50:51-74.
Gurven, Michael. 2006. “The Evolution of Contingent Cooperation.” Current Anthropology 47:185-192.
Gutiérrez, Andrea. 2024. “Meat on and off the Menu: The Delight of the Mind and the Erasure of Meat from Indian Recipe Collections.” Global Food History 10:140-158.
Haak, David C.; Leslie A. McGinnis; Douglas J. Levey; Joshua J. Tewksbury. 2008. “Why Are Not All Chiles Hot? A Trade-Off Limits Pungency.” Proceedings of the Royal Society B 279:2012-2017.
Haggerty, Paul, et al. 2023. “Language Trees with Sampled Ancestors Support a Hybrid Moel for the Origin of Indo-European Languages.” Science 381:414.
Hamilton, Roy W. 2003. The Art of Rice: Spirit and Sustenance in Asia. Los Angeles: UCLA Fowler Museum of Cultural History.
Hanford, James Holly. 1913. “The Mediaeval Debate between Water and Wine.” Proceedings of the Modern Languages Association 28:315-369.
Hanratti, Angela, and Diarmuid Cawley. 2024. “Pickelfleisch, Pastirma, and beyond: An Overview of the Myths of the Origin of Pastrami.” European Journal of Food, Drink and Society 4:74-95.
Harrington, John P. 1932. Tobacco among the Karuk Indians of California. United States Government, Bureau of American Ethnology, Bulletin 94.
Harvey, Graham. 2006. Animism: Respecting the Living World. New York: Columbia University Press.
Hassibi, Saman, and Amir Sayadabdi. 2018. A Persian Cookbook: The Manual by Bavarchi. London: Prospect Books.
Hawkes, Corinna, and Jessica Fanzo. 2020. “Health.” In Mark Lawrence and Sharon Friel, eds. London: Routledge. Pp. 11-22.
Healy, Melissa. 2018. “Delectables Not Found in Nature.” Los Angeles Times, June 21, B2.
Heinrich Böll Foundation, Rosa Luxembourg Foundation, Friends of the Earth Europe. 2017. Agrifood Atlas: Facts and Figures about the Corporations that Control What We Eat.
Hernández, Alfonso. 2009. “The Vita-migas of Tepito.” Tr. Laura Roush. Ethnology 47:89-93.
Hess, Karen. 1992. The Carolina Rice Kitchen: The African Connection. Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina Press.
Hickey, Gerald Cannon. 1982. Free in the Forest: Ethnohistory of the Vietnamese Central Highlands, 1954-1976. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Hieu. Dinh Trong, and Emmanuel Poisson. 2023. Bamboo in Vietnam: An Anthropological and Historical Approach. London: Taylor & Francis. Needham Institute Research Series.
Higham, C. F. W. 2021. “The Later Prehistory of Southeast Asia and Southern China: The Impact of Exchange, Farming, and Metallurgy.” Asian Archaeology 4:63-93.
Higman, B. W. 2008. Jamaican Food. Kingston, Jamaica: University of the West Indies Press.
Hlusko, Leslea J., et al. 2018. “Environmental Selection during the Last Ice Age on the Mother-to-infant Transmission of Vitamin D and Fatty Acids through Breast Milk.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 115:E4426-E4432.
Hockings, Kimberley J., and Robin Dunbar (eds.). 2020. Alcohol and Humans: A Long and Social Affair. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Hofmann, Robert; Nils Müller-Scheessel; Johannes Müller. 2024. “Trypillia Mega-Sites: A Social Levelling Concept?” Antiquity 98:380-400.
Høglund, F. 1990. “Date Honey Production in Dilmun in the 2nd Millennium BC: Steps in the Technological Evolution of the Madbasa.” Paléorient 16:77-86.
Holmgren, David. 2002. Permaculture: Principles and Pathways beyond Sustainability. Author.
Holmgren, David. 2012. The Permaculture Handbook: Garden Farming for Town and Country. Vancouver, BC, Canada: New Society Publishers.
Hoogervorst, Tom G. 2022. “Qaliyya: The Connections, Exclusions, and Silences of an Indian Ocean Stew.” Global Food History 8:106-127.
Hornaday, William T. 1913. Our Vanishing Wild Life: Its Extermination and Preservation. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons.
Hunn, Eugene, with James Selam. 1990. Nch’i-Wana, the Big River. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Hunn, Eugene. 1979. “The Abominations of Leviticus Revisited: A Commentary on Anomaly in Symbolic Anthropology.” In: Ellen, Roy F., and David Reason (eds.), Classifications in Their Social Context. London: Academic Press. Pp. 103-116.
Hurston, Zora Neale. 2015. Zora Neale Hurston on Florida Food: Recipes, Remedies and Simple Pleasures. Ed. Fred Opie. Charleston, SC: American Palate, a Division of the History Press.
Ibn Fadlān. 2012. Ibn Fadlān and the Land of Darkness: Arab Travellers in the Far North. Tr. Paul Lunde and Caroline Stone. London: Penguin.
Ibn Khaldun. 1958. The Muqaddimah. Translated by Franz Rosenthal. New York: Pantheon Books.
Imhoff, Daniel. 2003. Farming with the Wild: Enhancing Biodiversity on Farms and Ranches. Designed by Roberto Carra. San Francisco: Sierra Club.
Inskip, Sarah; Gina Carroll; Andrea Waters-Rist; Olalla López-Costas. 2019. “Diet and Food Strategies in a Southern Al-Andalusian Urban Environment during Caliphal Period, Écija, Spain.” Archaeological and Anthropological Sciences 11:3857-3874.
Irving-Pease, Evan K.,…Eske Willerslev. 2024. “The Selection Landscape and Genetic Legacy of Ancient Eurasians.” Nature 625:312-320.
Işin, Priscilla Mary. 2018. Bountiful Empire: A History of Ottoman Cuisine. London: Reaktion Books.
Işin, Priscilla Mary.2013. Sherbet and Spice: The Complete Story of Turkish Sweets and Desserts. I. B. Tauris.
Iyer, Raghavan. 2023. 660 Curries. New York: Workman Publishing.
Izikowitz, Karl Gustav. 1951. The Lamet: Hill Peasants in French Indochina. Göteborg, Sweden: Elanders.
Jacobs, Jane. 1984. Cities and the Wealth of Nations: Principles of Economic Life. New York: Random House.
Jaramillo, Cleofas M. 1981. The Genuine New Mexico Tasty Recipes. Orig. 1942. Santa Fe: Ancient City Press.
Jianu, Angela, and Violeta Barbu (eds.). 2018. Earthly Delights: Economies and Cultures of Food in Ottoman and Danubian Europe, c. 1500-1900. Leiden: Brill, Balkan Studies Library.
Johns, Timothy. 1990. With Bitter Herbs They Shall Eat It: Chemical Ecology and the Origins of Human Diet and Medicine. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.
Kaelberer, Melanie Maya; Kelly L. Buchanan; Marguerita E. Klein; Bradley B. Barth; Marcia M. Montoya; Xiling Shen; Diego V. Bohorquez. 2018. “A Gut-brain Neural Circuit for Nutrient Sensory Transduction.” Science 361:1219.
Kahneman, Daniel. 2011. Thinking, Fast and Slow. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux.
Kamal, Nadia, et al. 2022. “The Mosaic Oat Genome Gives Insights into a Uniquely Healthy Cereal Crop.” Nature 606:113-119.
Kant, Immanuel. 1978. Anthropology from a Pragmatic Point of View. Tr. Victor Lyle Dowdell (Ger. Orig. 1798). Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press.
Kaplan, Karen. 2024. “Obesity Drugs Out of Reach for Many.” Los Angeles Times, April 16, pp. 1, 12.
Karuzaman, Mohd Yusuf Bin; Shahrim Ab Karim; Farah Adibah Binti Che Ishak; Mohd Mursyid Bin Arshad. 2020. “The Diversity of Traditional Malay Kuih in Malaysia and Its Potentials.” Journal of Ethnic Foods, 7, article 22.
Katz, Sandor Ellix. 2012. The Art of Fermentation. White River Junction, VT: Chelsea Green Publications.
Keller, Andreas; Hanyi Zhuang; Qiuyi Chi; Leslie B. Vosshall; Hiroaki Matsunami. 2007. “Genetic Variation in a Human Odorant Receptor Alters Odour Perception.” Nature 449:468-472.
Keller, Phillip. 1970. A Shepherd Looks at Psalm 23. Grand Rapids, MI: Daybreak Books.
Kim, Soon-Hee; Juyeon Ko; Dae Young Kwon. 2023. “Jang, Korean Fermented Soybean Product, the Result of Endeavors of Ancients for the Best Taste of Korean Diet.” Journal of Ethnic Foods 10, article 33.
Kimura, Aya H. 2021. “Tsukemono (Japanese Pickles) and Their Traditional Vegetables.” Gastronomica 21:13-19.
Kindstedt, Paul S. 2012. Cheese and Culture: A History of Cheese and Its Place in Western Civilization. White River Junction, VT: Chelsea Green.
King, Michelle T. (ed.). 2019. Culinary Nationalism in Asia. London: Bloomsbury.
Kinsella, Thomas. 1969. The Tain. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Kirleis, Wiebke, et al. 2024. “A Complex Subsistence Regime Revealed for Cucuteni-Trypillia Sites in Chalcolithic Eastern Europe Based on New and Old Macrobotanical Data.” Vegetation History and Archaeobotany 33:75-90.
Klee, Gary (ed.). 1980. World Systems of Traditional Resource Management. New York: V.H. Winston and Sons.
Koehler, Jeff. 2013. “Morocco’s Threads of Red Gold.” Saudi Aramco World, Sept-Oct., 2-9.
Kohn, Eduardo. 2007. “How Dogs Dream: Amazonian Natures and the Politics of Transspecies Engagement.” American Ethnologist 34:3-24.
Krech, Shepard, III. 1999. The Ecological Indian: Myth and Reality. New York: W. W. Norton.
Kreklau, Claudia. 2025. “Ketchup: The Transnational Creation of a Global Condiment, c. 1700-1920.” Gastronomica 25:1-12.
Krug, Aubrey Streit, et al. 2023. “The Next Era of Crop Domestication Starts Now.” Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences 120:e2205769120.
Kuijt, Ian, and Arkadiusz Marciniak. 2024. “How Many People Lived in the World’s First Villages? Reconsidering Community Size and Population Pressure at Neolithic Çatalhöyük.” Journal of Anthropological Archaeology 74, article 101573.
Lamond, Elizabeth (ed.-tr.). 1890. Walter of Henley’s Husbandry, Together with an Anonymous Husbandry, Seneschaucie, and Robert Grosseteste’s Rules. London: Longmans, Green, and Co. 1890.
Lando, Richard. 1979. The Gift of Land: Irrigation and Social Structure in a Toba Batak Village. Ph.D. dissertation, Dept. of Anthropology, University of California, Riverside.
Lane, Michelle; Rebecca L. Robker; Sarah A. Robertson. 2014. “Parenting from Before Conception.” Science 345:756-759.
Lang, James. 2001. Notes of a Potato Watcher. College Station, TX: Texas A & M Press.
Lansing, J. Stephen, et al. 2022. “Deep Ancestry of Collapsing Networks of Nomadic Hunter-Gatherers in Borneo.” Evolutionary Human Sciences 4, e9.
Lansing, Stephen. 1991. Priests and Programmers: Technologies of Power in the Engineered Landscape of Bali. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Lansing, Stephen; Stefan Thurner; Ning Ning Chung; Aurélie Coudurier-Curveur; Čağil Karakaş; Kurt A. Fesenmyer; Lock Yue Chew. 2017. “Adaptive Self-organization of Bali’s Ancient Rice Terraces.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 114:6504-6509.
Larena, Maximilian, et al. 2021. “Multiple Migrations to the Philippines during the Last 50,000
Years.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 118:e2026132118.
Larsson, Mikael, and Brendan Foley. 2023. “The King’s Spice Cabinet—Plant Remains from Gribshunden, a 15th Century Royal Shipwreck in the Baltic Sea.” PLoS One doi 10.1371/journal.pone.0281010.
Lazaridis, Iosif, et al. 2025. “The Genetic Origin of the Indo-Europeans.” Nature 639:132-142.
Leach, Edmund R. 1973. Political Systems of Highland Burma: A Study of Kachin Social Structure. London: London School of Economics, Monographs in Social Anthropology #44.
Ledford, Heidi. 2024. “Crispr-Edited Crops Break New Ground in Africa.” Nature 626:245-246.
Lee, Richard B. 1979. “The !Kung San: Men, Women, and Work in a Foraging Society. CUP.
Lee, Richard, and Irven DeVore (eds.). 1968. Man the Hunter. Chicago: Aldine.
Levis, C.; F. R. C. Costa; F. Bongers; M. Peña-Claros; C. R. Clement; ca 70 others. 2017. “Persistent Effects of Pre-Columbian Plant Domestication on Amazonian Forest Composition.” Science 355:925-931.
Lévi-Strauss, Claude. 1962. La pensée sauvage. Paris: Plon.
Lévi-Strauss, Claude. 1969. The Raw and the Cooked. New York: Harper & Row.
Lewicki, Tadeusz. 1974. West African Food in the Middle Ages According to Arabic Sources.
Leypey, Mathew Fomine Forka. 2018. “Food Production and Consumption in Cameroon.” Petits Propos Culinaires 112:66-99.
Li, Mengton, et al. 2022. “Gut-Brain Circuits for Fat Preference.” Nature 610:722-730.
Li, Xiaofei, et al. 2021. “Long-term Increased Grain Yield and Soil Fertility from Intercropping.” Nature Sustainability 4:943-950.
Liberman, Zoe; Amanda L. Woodward; Kathleen R. Sullivan; Katherine D. Kinzler. 2016. “Early Emerging System for Reasoning about the Social Nature of Food.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 113:9480-9485.
Lieberman, Victor. 2003. Strange Parallels: Southeast Asia in Global Context, c. 800-1830. Vol. 1: Integration on the Mainland. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Lieberman, Victor. 2009. Strange Parallels: Southeast Asia in Global Context, c. 800-1830. Vol 2: Mainland Mirrors: Europe, Japan, China, South Asia, and the Islands. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Lippi, Marta Mariotti; Bruno Foggi; Biancamaria Aranguren; Annamaria Ronchitelli; Anna Revedin. 2015. “Multistep Food Plant Processing at Grotta Paglicci (Southern Italy) around 32,600 cal BP.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 112:12075-12080.
Livarda, Alexandra, and Marijke Van der Veen. 2008. “Social Access and Dispersal of Condiments in North-West Europe from the Roman to the Medieval Period.” Vegetation History and Archaeobotany 17:S201-S209
Locqueville, Jonathan, et al. 2022. Semi-Domesticated Crops Have Uniqaue Functional Roles in Agroecosystems: Perennial Beans (Phaseolus dumosus and P. coccineus) and Landscape Ethnoecology in the Colombian Andes.” Journal of Ethnobiology 42:198-216.
Lombardo, Umberto, et al. 2025. “Maize Monoculture Supported Pre-Columbian Urbanism in Southwestern Amazonia.” Nature 639:119-123.
Lucero, Lisa J.; Roland Fletcher; Robin Coningham. 2015. “From ‘Collapse’ to Urban Diaspora: The Transformation of Low-Density, Dispersed Agrarian Settlements.” Antiquity 89:1139-1154.
Lucock, Mark D. 2023. “The Evolution of Human Skin Pigmentation: A Changing Medley of Vitamins, Genetic Variability, and UV Radiation during Human Expansion.” American Journal of Biological Anthropology 180:252-271.
Lucquin, Alexandre, et al. 2018. “The Impact of Enviromental Change on the Use of Early Pottery by East Asian Hunter-Gatherers.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 115:7931-7936.
Lucquin, Alexandre, et al. 2023. “The Impact of Farming on Prehistoric Culinary Practices throughout Northern Europe.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 120:e2310138120.
Lucretius. 1928. De Rerum Natura. Tr. W. H. D. Rouse. Latin orig. ca 55 BC. London: William Heinemann; New York: G. P. Putnam’s Sons.
Lyu, Mengze, et al. 2022. “ILC3s Select Microbiota-Specific Regulatory T Cells to Establish Tolerance in the Gut.” Nature 610:744-751.
Maangchi with Martha Rose Shulman. 2019. Maangchi’s Big Book of Korean Cooking: From Everyday Meals to Celebration Cuisine. New York: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt.
Madson, Chris. 2015. “Comeback of the Wood Duck.” Ducks Unlimited, Nov.-Dec., 74-81.
Magaña González, Claudia Rocío. 2016. “Technologies and Techniques in Rural Oaxaca’s Zapotec Kitchens.” In Cooking Tchnology: Transformations in Culinary Practice in Mexico and Latin America, Steffan Igor Ayora-Diaz, ed. London: Bloomsbury.
Malinowski, Bronislaw. 1922. Argonauts of the Western Pacific. New York: Dutton.
Malinowski, Bronislaw. 1935. Coral Gardens and Their Magic. New York: American Book Company.
Marinova, Elena, et al. 2024. “Predynastic and Early Dynastic Plant Economy in the Nile Delta: Archaeobotanical Evidence from Tell el-Iswid.” Vegetation History and Archaeobotany 33:103-110.
Marshall, Michael. 2022. “Did a Mega Drought Seed Global Chaos 4,200 Years Ago?” Nature 606:498-501.
Marten, Gerald (ed.). l986. Traditional Agriculture in Southeast Asia. Honolulu: East-West Center.
Mayer, Jane. 2016. Dark Money: The Hidden History of the Billionaires Behind the Rise of the Radical Right. New York: Doubleday.
Mayrink Lima, Thamylles Thuany; Bianca de Oliveira Hosken; Bárbara Côgo Venturim; Isabelle Lima Lopes; José Guilherme Prado Martin. 2022. “Traditional Brazilian Fermented Foods: Cultural and Technological Aspects.” Journal of Ethnic Foods 9, article 35.
Mazumdar, Sucheta. 1999. “The Impact of New World Food Crops on the Diet and Economy of China and India, 1600-1900.” In Food in Global History, Raymond Grew,ed. Boulder, CO: Westview.
McCallum, Cecilia. 2014. “Cashinahua Perspectives on Functional Anatomy; Ontology, Ontogenesis, and Biomedical Education in Amazonia.” American Ethnologist 41:504-517.
McColl, Hugh, et al….Eske Willerslev. 2018. “The Prehistoric Peopling of Southeast Asia.” Science 361:88-92.
McGovern, Patrick; Benjamin Luley; Nuria Rovira; Armen Mirzoian; Michael Callahan; Karen Smith; Gretchen Hall; Theodore Davidson; Joshua Henkin. 2013. “Beginning of Viticulture in France.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 110:10147-10152.
McGovern, Patrick; Mindia Jalabadze; Stephen Batiuk; Michael Callahan; Karen E. Smith; Gretchen R. Hall; Eliso Kvavadze; David Maghradze; Laurent Bouby; Osvaldo Failla; Gabriele Cola; Luigi Mariani; Elisabetta Boaretto; Roberto Bacilieri; Patrice This; Nathan Wales; David Lordkipanidze. 2017. “Early Neolithic Wine of Georgia in the South Caucasus.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 114:E10309-E10318.
McHugh, James. 2021. Asn Unholy Brew: Alcohol in Indian History and Religions. New York: Oxford University Press.
McIntosh, Roderick J. 2005. Ancient Middle Niger: Urbanism and the Self-Organizing
McNeill, J. R. 2003. The Mountains of the Mediterranean World: An Environmental History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Metchnikoff, Elie. 1908. The Prolongation of Life. Tr. P.Chambers Mitchell. New York: G. P. Putnam’s Sons.
Metchnikoff, Olga. 1921. Life of Elie Metchnikoff, 1845-1916. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Michaud, Jean. 2020. “The Art of Not Being Scripted So Much.” Current Anthropology 61:240-263.
Miller, Adrian. 2023. BlackSmoke: African Americans and the United States of Barbecue. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.
Minnis, Paul (ed.). 2014. New Lives for Ancient and Extinct Crops. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.
Mintz, Sidney. 1985. Sweetness and Power: The Place of Sugar in Modern History. New York: Penguin.
Moeller, Andrew, et al. 2016. “Cospeciation of Gut Microbiota with Hominids.” Science 353:380-382.
Mollison, Bill. 1988. Permaculture: A Designers’ Manual. Sisters Creek, Tasmania: Tagari Publications.
Mollison, Bill. 1997. Introduction to Permaculture. Berkeley, CA: Ten Speed Press.
Molloy, Barry. 2023. “Was There a 3.2 ka Crisis in Europe? A Critical Comparison of Climatic, Environmental, and Archaeological Evidence for Radical Change during the Bronze Age-Iron Age Transition.” Journal of Archaeological Research 31:331-394.
Montanari, Massimo. 2021. A Short History of Spaghetti with Tomato Sauce. New York: Europa Editions.
Morais, Sarah, et al. 2024. “Cryptic Diversity of Cellulose-Degrading Gut Bacteria in Industrialized Humans.” Science 383:1197.
Mt. Pleasant, Jane. 2015. “A New Paradigm for Pre-Columbian Agriculture in North America.” Early American Studies 13:374-412.
Mt. Pleasant, Jane, and Robert F. Burt. 2010. ‘Estimating Productivity of Traditional Iroquoian Cropping Systems from Field Experiments and Historical Literature.” Journal of Ethnobiology 30:52-79.
Nabhan, Gary. 2014. Cumin, Camels and Caravans: A Spice Odyssey. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Nahum-Claudel, Chloe. 2020. “Pyrotechnical Mastery and Humanization: Amazonian Cuisine, Care, and Craft in Evolutionary and Semiotic Perspective.” Current Anthropology 61:418-440.
National Academy of Sciences. 1996. Lost Crops of Africa. Vol. I: Grains. Washington, DC: National Academy of Sciences Press.
National Academy of Sciences. 2006. Lost Crops of Africa. Vol. II: Vegetables. Washington, DC: National Academy of Sciences Press.
Nature. 2020a. “A Bombshell for Whisky Counterfeiters.” Nature 577:600. C14 dating! “One drink that was purported to be from 1863 was actually made between 2007 and 2014.”
Nature 2022. “Sugary Diets Keep Gut Microbes from Fighting Obesity.” Nature 609:445.
Netting, Robert M. 1993. Smallholders, Householders: Farm Families and the Ecology of Intensive, Sustainable Agriculture. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
Netting, Robert McC. 1981. Balancing on an Alp: Ecological Change and Continuity in a Swiss Mountain Community. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Nikitin, Aleksey G., et al. 2025. “A Genomic History of the North Pontic Region from the Neolithic to the Bronze Age.” Nature 639:124-131.
Nowak, Zachary. 2014. “Folklore, Fakelore, History.” Food, Culture and Society 17:103-124.
O’Connell, James F.; Jim Allen; Martin A. J. Williams; Alan N. Williams, Chris S. M.
Turney, Nigel A. Spooner, Johann Kamminga, Graham Brown, Alan Cooper. 2018. “When Did Homo sapiens First Reach Southeast Asia and Sahul?” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 115:8482-8490.
O’Connell, James; Kristen Hawkes; Nicholas Blurton Jones. 2025. “Targeting the Hunting Hypothesis: Review of Evidence from the Hadza.” Evolutionary Anthropology doi 10.1002/evan.70002.
O’Connor, Kaori. 2015. The Never-Ending Feast: The Anthropology and Archaeology of Feasting. London: Bloomsbury Academic.
Oh, Youri, et al. 2019. “The Development of Nyonya Cuisine in the Malay Archipelago: Penang and Malacca Nyonya Cuisine.” Journal of Ethnic Foods 6, article 17.
Olalde, Iñigo, et al. 2014. “Derived Immune and Ancestral Pigmentation Alleles in a 7,000-year-old Mesolithic European.” Nature 507:225-228.
Otero, Gerardo. 2018. The Neoliberal Diet: Healthy Profits, Unhealthy People. Austin, TX: University of Texas Press.
Padilla-Iglesias, Cecilia, et al. 2022. “Population Interconnectivity over the Past 120,000 Years Explains Distribution and Diversity of Central African Hunter-Gatherers.” PNAS 119:e2113936119.
Pandey, Gyanendra. 2014. Sri Ksema Sarma Ksemakutuhalam: Classical Treatise on Health Care, Dietetics and Cookery-Culinary Science. Varanasi: Chowkhamba Krishnadas Academy.
Park, Hyunhee. 2021. Soju: A Global History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Patin, Etienne, et al. 2017. “Dispersals and Genetic Adaptation of Bantu-Speaking Populations in Africa and North America.” Science 356:543-546.
Paudel, Devendra; Bandana Dhungana; Melanie Caffe; Padmanaban Krishnan 2021. A Review of Health-Beneficial Properties of Oats.” Foods 10:2591. Doi doi.org/10.3390/foods10112591.
Pauketat, Timothy R. 2009. Cahokia: Ancient America’s Great City on the Mississippi. New York: Penguin.
Pauketat, Timothy. 2023. Gods of Thunder: How Climate Change, Travel, and Spirituality Reshaped Precolonial America. New York: Oxford University Press.
Peña, Devon G.; Luz Calvo; Pancho McFarland; Gabriel R. Valle (eds.). 2017. Mexican-Origin Foods, Foodways, and Social Movements: Decolonial Perspectives. Fayetteville: University of Arkansas Press.
Pennisi, Elizabeth. 2022a. “Exercise-Crazy Mice Have Their Gut Microbes to Thank.” Science 378:1157.
Penske, Sandra, et al. 2023. “Early Contact betweeen Late Farming and Pastoralist Societies in Southeastern Europe.” Nature 620:358-365.
Perakis, Steven, and Julie C. Pett-Ridge. 2019. “Nitrogen-fixing Red Alder Trees Tap Rock-derived Nutrients.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 116:5009-5014.
Perfecto, Ivette, and Inge Armbrecht. 2003. “The Coffee Agroecosystem in the Tropics: Combining Ecological and Economic Goals,” in Vandermeer, John H. (ed.). Tropical
Perry, Charles. 2012. “The Death of Rotted Barley.” Petits Propos Culinaires 95:116-119.
Peters, Erica. 2012. Appetites and Aspirations in Vietnam: Food and Drink in the Long Nineteenth Century. Walnut Creek: AltaMira.
Peters, Erica. 2013. San Francisco: A Food Biography. AltaMira.
Peters, Joris; Ophélie Lebrasseur; Evan K. Irving-Pease; Greger Larson. 2022. “The Biocultural Origins and Dispersal of Domestic Chickens.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 119:e2121978119.
Peterson, Lucas Kwan. 2020. “If Indies Fail, Giant Chains Will Dominate.” Los Angeles Times, March 29, FO5.
Pierson, David. 2019. “The Dynasty Behind the Musang King Durian.” Los Angeles Times, July 6, A1, A6
Pilcher, Jeffrey. 1998. Que vivan los tamales! Food and the Making of Mexican Identity. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press.
Pilling, David. 2020. “Bitter Truths about Big Chocolate.” Los Angeles Times, Jan. 6, A9.
Piñer, Hélène Jawhara. 2021. Sephardi: Cooking the History. Boston: Cherry Orchard Press, imprint of Academic Studies Press.
Piñer, Hélène Jawhara. 2022. Jews, Food and Spain.
Pinkaew Laungaramsri. 2001. Redefining Nature: Karen Ecological Knowledge and the Challenge to the Modern Conservation Paradigm. Chennai, India: Earthworm Books.
Pironon, S., et al. 2024. “The Global Distribution of Plants Used by Humans.” Science 383:293-287.
Pontzer, Herman. 2023. Burn. New York: Penguin Random House.
Posth, Cosimo, et al. 2023. “Palaeogenomics of Upper Palaeolithic to Neolithic European Hunter-Gatherers.” Nature 615:117-126.
Potts, D. T. 1997. Mesopotamian Civilization: The Material Foundations. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.
Prebble, Matthew, et al. 2019. “Early Tropical Crop Production in Marginal Subtropical and Temperate Polynesia.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 116:8824-8833.
Quave, Cassandra L., and Andrea Pieroni. 2014. “Fermented Foods for Food Security and Food Sovereignty in the Balkans: A Case Study of the Gorani People of Northeastern Albania.” Journal of Ethnobiology 34:28-43.
Quintana Morales, Eréndira,…Sarah Walshaw…et al. 2022. “Diet, Economy, and Culinary Practices at the Height of Swahili Urbanism.” Journal of Anthropological Archaeology 66: article 101406.
Rahman, Fadly. 2020. “Tracing the Origins of Rendang and Its Development.” Journal of Ethnic Foods 7:article 28.
Ramos-Elorduy, Julieta. 1998. Creepy Crawly Cuisine: The Gourmet Guide to Edible Insects. Rochester, VT: Park Street Press.
Randall, Robert A. 1977. Change and Variation in Samal Fishing: Making Plans to ‘Make a Living’ in the Southern Philippines. Ph.D. thesis, Dept. of Anthropology, University of California, Berkeley.
Ratajczak, Zak; Scott L. Collins; John M. Blair; Jesse B. Nippert. 2022. “Reintroducing Bison Results in Long-Running and Resilient Increases in Grassland Diversity.” PNAS 119:e2210433119.
Rath, Eric. 2010a. Food and Fantasy in Early Modern Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Rath, Eric. 2010b. Japanese Foodways, Past and Present. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.
Ready, Elspeth, and Eleanor A. Power. 2018. “Why Wage Earners Hunt: Food Sharing, Social Structure, and Influence in an Arctic Mixed Economy.” Current Anthropology 59:74-97.
Reed, Richard K. 1995. Prophets of Agroforestry. Austin: University of Texas Press.
Reed, Richard K. 1997. Forest Dwellers, Forest Protectors: Indigenous Models for International Development. Needham Heights, MA: Allyn and Bacon.
Reich, David (with ca 100 authors). 2019. “The Genomic History of the Iberan Peninsula over the Past 8000 Years.” Science 363:1230-1234.
Reichel-Dolmatoff, G. 1971. Amazonian Cosmos: The Sexual and Religious Symbolism of the Tukano Indians. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Reichel-Dolmatoff, G. 1976. “Cosmology as Ecological Analysis: A View from the Rain Forest.” Man 11:307-316.
Reichel-Dolmatoff, G. 1996. The Forest Within: The World-View of the Tukano Amazonian Indians. Themis, imprint of Green Books, Foxhole, Dartington, Totnes, Devon.
Reid, Anthony. 1988. Southeast Asia in the Age of Commerce, 1450-1680. Vol. I, The Lands below the Winds. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Reid, Anthony. 1993. Vol. 2: Expansion and Crisis. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Reilly, Benjamin. 2013. “Revisiting Consanguineous Marriage in the Greater Middle East; Milk, Blood, and Bedouins.” American Anthropologist 115:374-387.
Rindos, David. 1984. The Origins of Agriculture. New York: Academic Press.
Robertson, George Scott. 1896. The Kafirs of the Hindu-Kush. New York: Lawrence & Bullen.
Rosenstock, Eva; Julia Ebert; Alisa Scheibner. 2021. “Cultured Milk: Fermented Dairy Foods along the Southwest Asian-European Neolithic Trajectory.” Current Anthropology, Supplement 24, pp. S256-S275.
Roumasset, James A. 1976. Rice and Risk. Amsterdam: North Holland Pub Co.
Rozin, Elisabeth. 1983. Ethnic Cuisine: The Flavor Principle Cookbook. Lexington: The Stephen Greene Press.
Sahlins, Marshall. 1972. Stone Age Economics. Chicago: Aldine.
Sakamoto, Kumiko; Lilian Daniel Kaale; Reiko Ohmori; Tamahi Kato (Yamauchi) (eds.). 2023. Changing Dietary Patterns, Indigenous Foods, and Wild Foods in Relation to Wealth, Mutual Relations, and Health in Tanzania. Cham, Switzerland: Springer.
Salaman, Redcliffe. 1949. The History and Social Influence of the Potato. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Salem, Nada, et al. 2025. “Ancienty DNA from the Green Sahara Reveals Ancestral North African Lineage.” Nature 641:144-150.
Salque, Melanie; Peter I. Gobucki; Joanna Pyzel; Iwona Sobkowiak-Tabaka; Ryszard Grygiel; Marzena Szmyt; Richard P. Evershed. 2013. “Earliest Evidence for Cheese Making in the Sixth Millennium BC in Northern Europe.” Nature 493:522-525.
Sanchez, Rudy. 2023. “The History of the Pink Doughnut Box, AKA the ‘994.’” The Food Journal [of the Culinary Historians of Southern California] 21:2:4-5.
Sanders, Laura. 2016. “Microbes Can Play Games with the Mind: The Bacteria in Our Guts May Help Decide Who Gets Anxiety and Depression.” Science News, May 14, https://www.sciencenews.org/article/microbes-can-play-games-mind
Santanach, Joan. 2008. The Book of Sent Soví: Medieval Recipes from Catalonia. Robin Vogelzang, tr. Barcelona: Barcino-Tamesis.
Sarant, Louise. 2017. “Space to Grow.” Nature 544:S14-S16.
Sauer, Carl. 1925. The Morphology of Landscape. UCPG.
Sauer, Carl. 1963. Land and Life, a Selection from the Writings of Carl Ortwin Sauer. Ed. by John Leighly. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Schiefenhövel, Wolf, and Helen Macbeth (eds.). 2011. Liquid Bread: Beer and Brewing in Cross-Cultural Perspective. New York: Berghahn
Schmidt, Clemens, and Stephan Schiffels. 2023. “Estimating Human Mobility in Western Eurasia with Large-Scale Ancient Genomic Data.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 120:e2218375120.
Schug, Gwen Robbins; Jane E. Buikstra; Sharon N. DeWitte; Sonia R. Zakrzewski. 2023. “Climate Change, Human Health, and Resilience in the Holocene.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 120:e2209472120.
Schwartz, Randy. 2001. “Searching for the Pre-Expulsion Foods of Spain.” Repast XVII:7-11.
Scott, Ashley, et al. 2021. “Exotic Foods Reveal Contact between South Asia and the Near East during the Second Millennium BCE.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 118:e2014956117.
Scott, James C. 2009. The Art of Not Being Governed: An Anarchist History of Upland Southeast Asia. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Sefton, Juliet, et al. 2022. “Implications of Anomalous Relative Sea-Level Rise for the Peopling of Remote Oceania.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 119:e2210863119.
Seguin-Orlando, Andaine, et al…Eske Willerslev. 2014. “Genomic Structure in Europeans Dating Back at Least 36,200 Years.” Science 346:1113-1118.
Sen, Colleen Taylor. 2016. Fasts and Feasts: A History of Food in India. London: Reaktion Books.
Sengupta, Jayanta. 2023. “Bengali Mughlai Platter on the Table: Muslim and Indo-Persian Food Culture in Bengal.” Global Food History 9:130-148.
Serventi, Silvano, and Françoise Sabban. 2002. Pasta: The Story of a Universal Food. New York: Columbia University Press.
Shipman, Pat. 2015. The Invaders. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Shiva, Vandana. 1991. The Violence of the Green Revolution: Third World Agriculture,
Ecology, and Politics. London: Zed.
Shiva, Vandana. 2000. Stolen Harvest: The Hijacking of the World Food Supply. Cambridge, MA: South End Press.
Shiva, Vandana. 2013. Making Peace with the Earth. London: Pluto Press.
Sillitoe, Paul. 2010. From Land to Mouth: The Agricultural “Economy” of the Wola of the New Guinea Highlands.
Sillitoe, Paul. 2010. From Land to Mouth: The Agricultural “Economy” of the Wola of the New Guinea Highlands. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Silva Noelli, Francisco, et al. 2022. “Ñande reko: The Fundamentals of Guaraní Traditional Environmental Knowledge in Southern Brazil.” Vegetation History and Archaeobotany 31:187-203.
Simões, Luciana, et al. 2023. “Northwest African Neolithic Initiated by Migrants from Iberia and
Simoons, Frederick. 1994. Eat Not This Flesh: Food Avoidances from Prehistory to the Present. 2nd edn. Madison: University of Wisconsin.
Slicher von Bath, B. H. 1963. The Agrarian History of Western Europe, 500-1850. NY: St. Martin’s.
Smith, Bruce (ed.). 2011. The Subsistence Economies of Indigenous North American Societies: A Handbook. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Scholarly Press with Rowman and Littlefield.
Smith, Hilary A. 2017. Forgotten Disease: Illnesses Transformed in Chinese Medicine. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Smits, Samuel A., et al. 2017. “Seasonal Cycling in the Gut Microbiome of the Hadza Hunter-gatherers of Tanzania.” Science 357:802-806.
Sonnenburg, Justin L., and Fredrik Bäckhed. 2016. “Diet-microbiota Interactions as Moderators of Human Metabolism.” Nature 535:56-64.
Sonnert, Nicole D., et al. 2024. “A Host-Microbiota Interactiome Reveals Extensive Transkingdom Connectivity.” Nature 628:171-179,
Spencer, J. E. 1966. Shifting Cultivation in Southeast Asia. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Sponsel, Leslie. 2012. Spiritual Ecology: A Quiet Revolution. Santa Barbara, CA: Praeger.
Ståhlberg, Sabira, and Ingvar Svanberg. 2025. “How Many Pärämäts Can You Eat?” Anthropos 120:57-69.
Stalker, Nancy A. (ed.). 2018. Devouring Japan: Global Perspectives on Japanese Culinary Identity. New York: Oxford University Press.
Steward, Julian. 1959. Theory of Culture Change. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press.
Stimmellmayr, Raphaela, and Gay Sheffield. 2022. “Traditional Conservation Methods and Food Habits in the Arctic.” In Arctic One Health: Challenges for Northern Animals and People, Morten Tryland, ed. Cham, Switzerland: Springer. Pp. 469-501.
Stock, Jay T., et al. 2023. “Long-term Trends in Human Body Size Track Regional Variation in Subsistence Transitions and Growth Acceleration Linked to Dairying.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 120:e2209482119.
Stokstad, Erik. 2019. “The New Potato.” Science 363:574-577.
Su, J.; C. Hu; X. Yan; Y. Jin; Z. Chen; Q. Guan; Y. Wang; D. Zhong; C. Jansson; F. Wang; A
Schnürer; C. Sun. 2015. “Expression of Barley SUSIBA2 Transcription Factor Yields High-starch Low-methane Rice.” Nature 523:602-606.
Surya, Reggie, and Felicia Tedjakusuma. 2022. “Diversity of Sambals Traditional Indonesian Chile Pastes.” Journal of Ethnic Foods 9, 25.
Sutton, Mark, and E. N. Anderson. 2014. Introduction to Cultural Ecology. 3rd edn.
Svanberg, Ingvar. 2021. “The Importance of Animal and Marine Fat in the Faroese Cuisine: The Past, Present and Future of Local Food Knowledge in an Island Society.” Frontiers in Sustainable Food Systems 5: article 509476.
Svanberg, Ingvar. 2023. “Fermented Mutton in the Faroe Islands: The Survival of a Local Artisanship and Food Heritage.” Journal of Ethnic Foods 10:16, doi 10.1186/s42779-023-00182-7.
Taallavaara, Miikka; Jussi T. Eronen; Miska Luoto. 2018. “Productivity, Biodiversity, and Pathogens Influence the Global Hunter-Gatherer Population Density.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 115:1232-1237.
Taché, Karine, et al. 2025. “Farmers with a Taste for Fish: New Insights into Iroquoian Foodways at the Dawson Site.” American Antiquity 90:157-173.
Tewksbury, Joshua J., and Gary Nabhan. 2001. “Directed Deterrence by Capsaicin in Chillies.” Nature 412:403-404.
Tewksbury, Joshua J.; Douglas J. Levey; Maribeth Huizinga; David C. Haak; Anna Treveset. 2001. “Costs and Benefits of Capsaicin-Mediated Gut Retention in Dispersers of Wild Chillies.” Ecology 89:107-117.
Thiam, Pierre. 2008. Yolele! Recipes from the Heart of Senegal. New York: Lake Isle Press.
Thiam, Pierre, with Jennifer Sit. 2015. Senegal: Modern Senegalese Recipes from the Source to the Bowl. New York: Lake Isle Pres.
Thick, Malcolm. 2014. To What Extent Did People Eat Vegetables in the Early Eighteenth Century?” Petits Propos Culinaires 100:21-42.
Thompson, Vicki A., et al. 2014. “Using Ancient DNA to Study the Origins and Dispersal of Ancestral Polynesian Chickens across the Pacific.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 111:4826-4831.
Thorburn, Craig. 2014. “The Edible Birds’ Nest Boom in Indonesia and Southeast Asia: A Nested Political Ecology.” Food, Culture and Society 17:535-553.
Tieman, Denise; Guangtao Zhu; Marcio F. R. Resende Jr.; Tao Lin; Cuong Nguyen, Dawn Bies; Jose Luis Rambla; Kristty [sic] Stephanie Ortiz Beltran; Mark Taylor; Bo Zhang; Hiroki Ikeda; Zhongyuan Liu; Josef Fisher; Itay Zemach; Antonio Monforte; Dani Zamir; Antonio Granell; Matias Kirst; Sanwen Huang; Harry Klee. 2017. “A Chemical Genetic Roadmap to Improved Tomato Flavor.” Science 355:391-394.
Tsing, Anna Lowenhaupt. 2015. The Mushroom at the End of the World: On the Possibility of Life and Capitalist Ruins. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Unger, Peter. 2018. “The Real Paleo Diet.” Scientific American, July, 42-49.
Uno, Kevin; Pratigya J. Polissar; Kevin E. Jackson; Peter B. DeMenocal. 2016. “Neogene Biomarker Record of Vegetation Change in Eastern Africa.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Science 113:6355-6353.
Unsworth, Richard K. F., et al. 2022. “The Planetary Role of Seagrass Conservation.” Science 377:609-613.
Vainstein, Sevyan. 1980. Nomads of South Siberia: The Pastoral Economies of Tuva. Cambridge, Studies in Social Anth, 25. Ed. Caroline Humphrey, tr Michael Colenso. Russian original, 1972.
Valdiosera, Cristina, et al. 2018. “Four Millennia of Iberian Prehistory Illustrate the Impact of Prehistoric Migrations at the Far End of Eurasia.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 115:3428-3433.
Valle, Gabriel R. 2017. “Food Values: Urban Kitchen Gardens and Working-Class Subjectivity.” In Mexican–Origin Foods, Foodways, and Social Movements: Decolonial Perspectives, Peña, Devon G.; Luz Calvo; Pancho McFarland; Gabriel R. Valle, eds. Fayetteville: University of Arkansas Press. Pp. 41-61.
Van Driem, George. 2021. Ethnolinguistic Prehistory: The Peopling of the World from the Perspective of Language, Gense and Material Culture. Leiden: Brill.
Van Dyk, Garritt. 2015. “Méthode Anglaise: the Origins of Champagne.” Petits Propos Culinaires 103:75-109.
Van Eenennam, Alison L. 2024. “Addressing the 2050 Demand for Terrestrial Animal Source Food.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 121:e2319001121.
Vandermeer, John H. (ed.). 2003. Tropical Agroecosystems. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.
Velez-Ibañez, Carlos. 1996. Border Visions: Mexican Cultures of the Southwest United States.
Walters, Dale. 2017. Fortress Plant: How to Survive when Everything Wants to Eat You.” Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Wandsnider, LuAnn. 1997. “The Roasted and the Boiled: Food Composition and Heat Treatment with Special Emphasis on Pit-Hearth Cooking.” Journal of Anthropological Archaeology 16:1-48.
Wang, Chaoyue, et al. 2022. “Sardinian Dietary Analysis for Longevity: A Review of the Literature.” Journal of Ethnic Foods 9, article 33.
Wang, Jianhua “Ayoe.” 2013. Sacred and Contested Landscapes. Ph.D. dissertation, Dept. of Anthropology, University of California, Riverside.
Wang, Ke, et al. 2025. “Ancient DNA Reveals Reproductive Barriers Despite Shared Avar-Period Culture.” Nature 638:1007-1014.
Wang, Tianyi,…Mark Stoneking, Qiaomei Fu. 2025. “Prehistoric Genomes from Yunnan Reveal Ancestry Related to Tibetans and Austroasiatic Speakers.” Science 388:935.
Wang, Weiwei; Khanh Trung Kien Nguyen; Chunguang Zhao; Hsiao-Chun Hung. 2023. “Earliest Curry in Southeast Asia and the Global Spice Trade 2000 Years Ago.” Science Advances 9 (29), doi 10.1126/sciadv.adh5517.
Wang, Weiwei; Khanh Trung Kien Nguyen; Chunguang Zhao; Hsiao-Chun Hung. 2023. “Earliest Curry in Southeast Asia and the Global Spice Trade 2000 Years Ago.” Science Advances 9 (29), doi 10.1126/sciadv.adh5517.
Warriner, Christina. 2022. “An Archaeology of Microbes.” Journal of Anthropological Research 78:4, doi 10.1086/721976.
Watson, Andrew M. 1983. Agricultural Innovation in the Early Islamic World: The Diffusion of Crops and Farming Techniques. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Webb, James L. A., Jr. 1995. Desert Frontier: Ecological and Economic Change along the Western Sahel, 1600-1850. Trade; nomads and cults depend on each other; “white”=herder, “black”=ag.
Wheatley, Paul. 1961. The Golden Khersonese: Studies in the Historical Geography of the Malay Peninsula before A.D. 1500. Kuala Lumpur: Univ. of Malaya Press.
Wheatley, Paul. 1965. A Note on the Extension of Milking Practices into Southeast Asia During the First Millennium. Berkeley: Center for Southeast Asian Studies, Institute of International Studies, University of California.
Whicher, George F. 1949. The Goliard Poets. Boston: Author.
Wilken, Gene. 1987. Good Farmers: Traditional Agricultural Resource Management in Mexico and Central America. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Woodfill, Brent K. S.; Brian Dervin Dillon; Marc Wolf; Carlos Avendaño; Ronald Canter. 2015. “Salinas de los Nueve Cerrros, Guatemala: A Major Economic Center in the Southern Maya Lowlands.” Latin American Antiquity 26:162-179.
Xenophon. 1990. “The Estate-Manager.” In Conversations of Socrates, Xenophon, tr./ed. Hugh Tredennick and Robin Waterfield (Greek original early 4th century BC). London: Penguin. Pp. 271-359.
Yamin-Pasternak, S.; A. Kliskey; L. Alessa; I. Pasternak; P. Schweitzer. 2014. “The Rotten Renaissance in the Bering Strait: Loving, Loathing, and Washing the Smell of Foods with a (Re)acquired Taste. Current Anthropology 55:619-646.
Yeh, Hui-Yuan; Aleks Pluskowski; Uldis Kalejs; Piers D. Mitchell. 2014. “Intestinal Parasites from a Mid-14th Century Latrine from Riga, Latvia: Fish Tapeworm and the Consumption of Uncooked Fish in the Medieval Eastern Baltic Region.” Journal of Archaeological Science 49:83-89.
Yos Santasombat. 2003. Biodiversity, Local Knowledge and Sustainable Development. Chiang Mai, Thailand: Regional Center for Social Science and Sustainable Development, Chiang Mai University.
Yungman, Limor. 2024. “Gut Feeling: Digestive Confections According to Medieval Arabic Cookery Literature.” Food and History 22:67-88.
Zeru, Tesfaye, et al. 2023. “Spicy Shiro Flour and Berbere Flour (an Ethnic, Indigenous Food of Ethiopia.” Journal of Ethnic Foods 10, article 28.
Zhang, Xin, et al. 2021. “Quantification of Global and National Nitrogen Budgets for Crop Production.” Nature Food 2:529-540.
Zohary, Daniel. 2012. Domestication of Plants in the Old World: The Origins and Spread of Cultivated Plants in Southwest Asia, Europe, and the Mediterranean Basin. [4th edn. of the following.] Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Silent Spring Arrives: The Collapse of Bird Populations in Riverside, California
E. N. Anderson, June 2024
Abstract
Silent spring is here. Several mornings this spring I have walked out into my yard and heard nothing. Eventually a mockingbird sings, a dove coos, and slowly a few birds call, but birds are dramatically down in just two years. Rachel Carson’s sad prediction in Silent Spring (1962) has become reality. In 1962, walking out on any California morning was an amazing experience of bird calls and song. It is now almost or totally silent.
Almost all species are declining in Riverside now. Many species flourished with the spread of agriculture and suburbs, which brought water, fruit trees, sheltered gardens, and other blessings. Unfortunately, they have lately brought more deadly chemicals, supposedly to kill pests but actually killing all living things. Strong rodenticides are wiping out our natural rodent controls, the hawks and owls. Insecticides and other poisons have decimated insect-eating birds. Most seed-eating birds must feed their young on insects at first, so this loss of insects has greatly reduced birds like goldfinches. Herbicides and fires destroy natural habitats. Introduced epidemics, such as the H5N1 bird flu and West Nile virus, have devastated some species. Climate change has brought unprecedented heat and drought. The drought of 2019-22 was particularly serious. Birds have not recovered after two subsequent wet years.
Natural habitat has largely vanished. Fires and other factors eliminated what little chaparral the area had, and have almost eliminated the coastal sage scrub. It is replaced with nonnative grasses and annuals. The riparian strips are increasingly fragmented, or eliminated outright. Sycamore Canyon Park and Box Springs Mountains Wilderness Park preserve a large amount of excellent habitat. So does the March Base ammunition storage facility and an associated ecological strip east of the facility, but this area is now slated for warehouses.
It is likely that there will be almost no birds in Riverside in 20 years. Only concerted, dedicated citizen action can save any significant populations.
Birds are sharply declining worldwide, with a very conservative estimate of 29% decline over North America since 1970 (Rosenberg et al. 2019), and a more local study showing dramatic declines in the Mohave Desert since early naturalists studied it (Iknayan et al. 2018). Declines in many species in Riverside, California, has been obvious for years. On the other hand, so have some increases. The record deserves some attention.
This status and distribution account covers the Box Springs Mountains, Sycamore Canyon Park, and immediately adjacent suburbs. The limits are the footslopes of the Box Springs Mountains in Moreno Valley, a couple of miles south of the south boundary of Sycamore Canyon Park, and the Riverside Freeway (Highway 91) between Alessandro and Columbia Avenues.
This area is about half suburbs, about half open land. The entire Box Springs range, a small hill range rising from 1000’ at base to a bit over 3000’ at the top, is protected, much of it by a wilderness park. Sycamore Canyon Park protects 1500 acres, now surrounded by suburbs, warehouses, and busy streets, making dispersal hard for mammals but not interfering with flying birds. The University of California campus has a large agricultural operations and experiment area, with ponds, and a large and lush botanic garden.
This is strictly a personal and informal record. I have not dealt with casual records. Most of the eastern warblers have turned up in Riverside at one point, and almost all regular California migrants have occurred, but this list concentrates only on species that are regular and whose population changes, if any, are significant. (I do include a few once-only records too weird or interesting to neglect.) Notably missing are the extremely thorough records for the University of California, Riverside, campus. I have taught there all my adult life, and seen most the bird species that have shown up, but many of them were seen only on campus as strays from far away. I have seen such oddities as Pine Warbler and Ovenbird, but will confine the following account to birds common enough to have a dynamic history of interest to conservationists.
I am grateful to John Green and David Rankin for constant help in all things bird-related. The species order below follows the convenient Sibley guide, 1st edn. 2000, where the scientific names can easily be found.
I have lived in northeast Riverside or just across the mountains in Moreno Valley since 1966, keeping records of birds observed. I have lived in southern California since 1955, first birding Riverside County in 1956, so have a sense of earlier changes. The bird life has changed dramatically during that time. Many birds have gotten rare, others common. Birds of the old agricultural environment have disappeared. Others, urban in association, have appeared and become established. Some have appeared and then gone.
The droughts of the 21st century have had major effects. The great drought of 2019-2022 led to several sharp declines, some not evident until the wet year of 2023. This coincided with a huge epidemic of bird flu that caused enormous die-offs in the eastern and central United States; how much the flu had to do with decline in Riverside remains obscure. Very few birds showed up to breed, compared to previous years. The most obvious damage was to the “annual crop” species like goldfinches, which crashed. Longer-lived birds like American Kestrels did better, but most birds showed a sharp decline relative to 2019. Two wet years in a row—2023 and 2024—stabilized many birds, but others, including House Finches, goldfinches, Song Sparrows, and other small common species, continue to be dramatically down relative to 2019.
Overall, the pattern fits with the models of Victor Cazalis (2022), who has shown on the basis of worldwide studies (largely of tropical forest environments) that the first to go are “habitat-specialist, sensitive, endemic, and threatened” species; these are “losers.” Then “winners” take over: “non-specialist, large-range, human-tolerant, anthropophilic, and non-native” (Cazalis 2022, abstract). Then the winners begin to give way, as disturbance increases, until only the most anthropophilic (human-associated) are left. Species richness of the area can increase at first, then usually decreases, though other patterns exist. In Riverside, long before I came, major predators were gone, and open-country and wetlands birds were decreasing. I have seen the agricultural landscape largely replaced by city, except for the University of California research fields.
The major factor in decline is the loss of brush-loving birds, due to fire and drought and the consequent replacement of native sage scrub and chaparral by weedy annuals. Most of the hills in our area have now become grassfields. This has led to near-disappearance as breeding birds of the Lazuli Bunting and Black-chinned Sparrow, decline in such species as Costa’s Hummingbird, Wrentit and California Thrasher, and lesser declines in birds that can adjust to human-planted shrubbery such as Bewick’s Wrens and Spotted Towhees. On the other hand, the Rufous-crowned Sparrow, which actually prefers a brush-grass mix, stayed almost as common as ever until donkeys became so common that the sparrows cannot nest undisturbed. The Say’s Phoebe has increased along with the open hill grasslands.
Next most important are suburbanization, eliminating open-country and agricultural species; pesticides, largely by eliminating food; and the general slow decline caused by night lighting, tall buildings, and other factors that endanger migrants. A deadly toll of pervasive poisons, cats, cars, polluted air, and human-vectored epidemics makes suburbs as hostile an environment for birds as all but the harshest deserts.
Disease was certainly a major factor in the early days of the West Nile virus in the 2000s, but populations seem to have stabilized now. Other mysterious declines seem so rapid and large that they are most reasonably explained as the result of disease, but no data exists (see Spotted Dove and Brewer’s Blackbird below).
One other factor in decline was the Brown-headed Cowbird, which lays its eggs in the nests of smaller species. The young cowbird outcompetes the smaller nestlings, and they usually starve. Small cowbird flocks routinely flew through riparian areas in spring, searching for nests. A female lays many eggs and rarely misses a nest. This led to the decline of several species and the complete extirpation from our area of several, including Willow Flycatcher, Swainson’s Thrush, Warbling Vireo, and Purple Finch. All the small riparian birds have been affected. Eventually the cowbirds too disappeared, partly for lack of victims, but of the birds they parasitized, few have even begun to recover.
The increases are all due to expansion of suburbs, providing new habitat for birds that like such environments. There is one exception: Say’s Phoebe, formerly rare, has become one of the commonest birds. Burning of the native brush created the short-grass habitat preferred by the phoebe.
Some interesting contrasts would seem to demand more research. Evergreen forest warblers, formerly abundant migrants, are almost gone, while other warblers continue without so much decline; this certainly has something to do with logging of their nesting areas, but the decline is so great that there must be more to it. The cliff swallow, formerly the commonest swallow, has become one of the rarest. Some flycatchers increase while others die out.
Caused by factors outside our area are the declines in migrants, especially warblers. The reasons for this are multifarious and not always clear. General decline of insect life, as the world gets saturated with pesticides, is probably the major one; it is the insect-eating birds that have declined most. Northerly species may simply be staying farther north (American Robin being a clear case), but the neotropical migrants are simply gone. The declines in some species, such as Townsend’s Warbler and Olive-sided Flycatcher, are horrific throughout their entire range, not just California. Clearcutting of breeding habitat and wintering habitat has been taking place and must be involved. Insecticides on the wintering grounds are also a probable factor.
An extremely disturbing change, since it has strong implications for human health and survival as well as for wildlife, is the collapse of the large-insect-eating guild: Poorwills, Western Kingbirds, Ash-throated Flycatchers, Loggerhead Shrikes, Western Meadowlarks, etc. Another guild collapse, involving far more individuals though without (so far) eliminating whole species, involves the aerial foragers. The Cliff Swallow has declined from thousands to ones and twos in our area. All other aerial foragers have declined sharply.
The major cause of these declines is the collapse of insect populations. It is really rare to see a butterfly (especially anything other than the Cabbage White, Pieris rapae complex) in the Box Springs Mountains, where they used to swarm and occasionally go through migrations or outbreaks of thousands. Grasshoppers are uncommon where they used to swarm. Flies and mosquitoes are no longer the maddening, insufferable problem they were. One indication of the level of decline is the lack of need to clean one’s windshield; once one had to clean one’s windshield every time one filled the gas tank. Now there are rarely any “bug spots.” Another indication is the lack of fauna at the porch light in the evening. In the 1960s, the amazing quantity and variety of insects attracted to lights was breathtaking—the weirdest forms would turn up. Almost everything in a basic insect guidebook was there to see. Now there is almost nothing. The decline in insects is worldwide (see series of articles in Nature for 11 April 2024). It results from heavy pesticide use, habitat destruction, and climate change.
Obviously, with no insects, insectivorous birds will die out. Currently, only the phoebes, with their almost supernatural ability to see, chase, and capture the tiniest gnats, flourish and thrive. Cassin’s Kingbird hangs on by falling back on berries when necessary; apparently the Western Kingbird does not do that.
Among migrants, we have few shorebirds and no sea ducks, but it is worth noting the horrific decline of these species worldwide. Southern California’s shores and surf are empty.
A happier reason for decline is environmental sanitation. Cleanup of dead animals, closing of garbage dumps, and dramatic reduction in human littering has led to an extreme decline in Turkey Vulture numbers (they no longer breed anywhere near here) and a sharp decline in gulls, Rock Dove (Pigeon), Starling, House Sparrow, Brewer’s Blackbird, and possibly other species in our area.
Another happy effect of change is that the decline of large-scale stock farming has led to a reduction Brown-headed Cowbirds.
Conversely, suburban birds do well. Many are increasing along with suburbs. Black Phoebes, Mockingbirds, Hooded Orioles, and some other species are far commoner than they once were. (Unfortunately, this has apparently peaked; Black Phoebes and Hooded Orioles are down relative to 2019.) Within the last 50 years, Band-tailed Pigeons, Acorn Woodpeckers, and, very recently, Allen’s Hummingbirds and the nonnative Collared Dove and Nutmeg Manakin have colonized the area.
The Habitat
The area consists of uplands formed of granodiorite (locally grading into tonalite), emplaced around 90-110 million years ago, deep below the earth’s surface. It is cut by many “veins” (dykes and sills) made up of quartz, feldspar, and other minerals that cooled slowly and filled in cracks in the granodiorite. The major ones often show prospectors’ diggings, vain attempts to find gold at the rock contacts. Darker spots indicate lumps of much older schist partially absorbed by the granodiorite under conditions of enormous heat and pressure miles below the earth’s surface.
The whole area has been uplifted by tectonic action, which still goes on, with small earthquakes being a familiar feature of local life. The area is thus cut by hundreds of faults, large and small. The larger ones define the major slopes, including the spectacular west scarp face of the Box Springs Mountains.
They also determine the major lines of drainage. Several large permanent springs and a greater number of temporary ones (flowing after heavy rain) provide water. Two Trees Canyon provides the major westward drainage of the Box Springs Mountains, and has a large permanent spring and several small transient ones. The well-named Big Spring also feeds into it. The name “Box Springs” derives from a spring complex at the southwest corner of the range, boxed by the railroad in the 19th century to prevent cattle intrusion; it supports another extensive riparian strip of woodland. Sycamore Canyon, a very large and deep canyon, drains the western part of Moreno Valley, and is thus a large permanent stream. It is joined by many small streams, some permanent, many within the park. South of Sycamore Canyon Park, across Alessandro, the ammunition storage facility of March Base comprised a square mile of fenced land surrounded by open space. This protected grassland supports the only meadowlarks and Western Kingbirds left in our area. An ecological corridor east of it, between Alessandro and Van Buren, includes several stringers of riparian vegetation along transient creeks. This is extremely rich and lush habitat, a lifeline for riparian species. Tragically, the March Base facility was sold by the government to a warehouse construction company, with the result that the wildlife there (which includes jackrabbits and Long-tailed Weasels) is doomed. One hopes the ecological strip can be protected.
The natural vegetation of the area is now almost entirely eliminated by fire. It was largely coastal sage scrub, dominated on sunny slopes by brittlebush (Encelia farinosa), on shady ones by buckwheats (Eriogonum spp., mostly fasciculatum), black sage (Salvia apiana), white sage (Salvia apiana), and California coast sagebrush (Artemisia californica). Chaparral covered the Box Springs Mountains slopes above 2500’ as well as the more sheltered slopes of Sycamore Canyon. It was basically chamise (Adenostoma fasciculatum) and mountain lilac (Ceanothus crassifolius) with many other species including sumacs, currants, brush cherry (Prunus ilicifolia), and other species. Buckwheats and deerweed (Acmispon glauca) were the main successional plants. A distinctive habitat covered the rolling mesa area of Sycamore Canyon Park: scattered California junipers living in open sage scrub. Wet canyons support a dense riparian flora of California sycamore (Platanus racemosa), willows (largely Pacific Willow, Salix lasiolepis), cottonwood (Populus Fremontii), and rarely other species.
Dry and seasonal canyons and moist spots such as seeps and rockfoot areas were usually dominated by Mexican elderberry (Sambucus mexicana—for now; it gets reclassified every couple of years), whose berries are an essential food for many birds. Sumacs (Malosma laurina, Rhus glabra), penstemon species, monkeyflowers (Diplacus spp.), and other small bushes also occupy these water-concentrating rock formations.
The margins of the riparian strips are marked by dense stands of mulefat (Baccharis pilularis), poison oak (Toxicodendron diversifolium), threeleaf currant (Rhus trilobata), and much less often some other species. In one place in Sycamore Canyon, a salt meadow has developed, bringing saltbushes (Atriplex spp.), saltgrass (Distichlis spicata), and other saline species to the area. The canyon also has rare stands of yerba mansa (Anemopsis californica) and Indian hemp (Apocynum cannibinum), the latter quite likely introduced by Native Californians in pre-settlement times.
Fire has eliminated or greatly degraded almost all the chaparral and coastal sage scrub, and every year large new areas burn over. Once, the natives regrew, but now introduced weeds choke out the shoots and steadily increasing drought and heat makes renewal impossible. Also, nitrogen from fossil fuel combustion has fertilized the area, benefiting the grasses and mustards and losing the natives their former advantage of being able to thrive on low-N soils. The burned areas have been taken over by various introduced weedy grasses, mustards, and small flowers such as filaree (Erodium, largely cicutarium) and stinknet (a new invader, Oncosiphon pilulifera).
Some native annuals persist, notably fiddlenecks (Amsinckia intermedia) and tarweeds (Deinandra spp.), but drought has reduced most annuals to the vanishing point, though there was a spectacular showing of poppies and Phacelia spp. in 2019. The riparian strips are preserved from most fire by moisture, but invaded by fan palms (Washingtonia filifera and W. robusta), which at least are native to Riverside County (the former) and the wider California floral world (robusta, common not far south of the US border). More serious invaders are castor bean (Ricinus communis, a major pest), giant reed (Arundo donax), and other species. Even California walnut (Juglans californica) occurs in Sycamore Canyon. Fortunately, most of the riparian areas are still in good shape, unlike the scrublands.
The suburbs and much of UCR campus are covered by introduced ornamental trees, shrubs, lawns, and flowers, of very wide variety. Many are beneficial to wildlife, producing nector-rich flowers or good fruits, or providing nesting habitat and protective cover. The suburbs thus abound with life—but only the few organisms that can tolerate traffic, dense cat populations, and enormous doses of deadly poisons. Saturating one’s property with many times the legal safe doses of toxic chemicals is a way of life. When buying our current home, we found a shed in the back absolutely filled with deadly poisons for every imaginable organism from mammals to molds. We promptly took all to the county toxic waste disposal, and then tore down the shed and took all its woodwork there too—the whole shed was drenched in poison. The boards showed the characteristic slits that mark injection of “protective” chemicals. We could easily have murdered a large number of people with what was in that shed. This is all too typical of surburban life. It impacts birds largely through eliminating insects and other invertebrates, but rodent poisons also get into the owl and hawk populations, probably causing the recent reduction of barn owls in the city.
Other wildlife
Coyotes, raccoons, opossums (introduced from the US South in historic times), gray foxes, and smaller fauna abound, all happily entering the suburbs to feed. Striped skunks moved in and completely replaced spotted skunks during the 1970s.
Two rare mammals of conservation concern occur. The Bryant’s woodrat (or pack rat; Neotoma bryanti) has recently been split from the desert woodrat. It is local to southern California, and has been reduced to rarity by fire, drought, and suburbanization. Formerly abundant in the area, it is now almost gone. The Stephens’ kangaroo rat (Dipodomys stephensi) is a rare, local species of level areas, largely in western Riverside County. It still abounds in the more level parts of Sycamore Canyon Park and the open areas around the March Base ammunition dump (as well as in March Base itself).
Many lizards and snakes occur, including the rare and declining Orange-throated Whiptail (Aspidoscelis hyperythrus). Vast numbers of insects and other invertebrates, including many native bees, once occurred, but now not only are most insects gone, but many of the survivors are nonnative.
BIRDS
Canada Goose. Common migrant overhead, mostly Nov.-Dec. and Feb. Has become a common breeding bird in Fairmount Park.
Mallard Duck. Occasional flyover. A few nest on ponds not far from mountain foot, e.g. UCR Agricultural Operations reservoirs, occasionally golf courses, and probably the Eastern Municipal Water District waterworks adjacent to Sycamore Canyon Park. More nest in Fairmount Park, where they are heavily mixed with domestic ducks.
Most duck species are observed in winter on the Agricultural Operations ponds and the golf course ponds. Common ones include Ring-necked Duck, Ruddy Duck, and Hooded Merganser (most years).
Mountain Quail. Very rare wanderer to area. Noted after winter storms in the Box Springs Mountains.
California Quail. Abundant till the droughts of 2001-2, 2006-7, and 2019-22; now much less so, but still common in riparian and chaparral areas. Completely disappeared from lower Two Trees Canyon in 2015, because of a combination of drought and an exceptionally active Cooper’s Hawk nest that raised two young. Recovered substantially after wet years of 2018-19, then decreased again with drought. Survives very locally in suburbs, but does not do well.
Ring-necked Pheasant. Formerly fairly common in the orange groves of the area, rarely appearing around the foot of the Box Springs range. Eliminating the groves has eliminated this bird. It was completely gone before 1990.
Double-crested Cormorant. Erratic but sometimes common migrant; large flocks often fly overhead. As with the other waterbirds, this species is common and regular at Perris Reservoir and the San Jacinto Wildlife Area, and the very commonly used migration routes from these to the coast or over Cajon Pass takes these birds directly over the Box Springs Mountains area. Flocks of water birds, and also migrant hawks, often avoid flying over mountains by flying over Pigeon Pass (on the east side of the Box Springs), or over Box Springs Pass and then over UCR.
White Pelican. Uncommon migrant, but flocks sometimes move northwest from the reservoirs and Salton Sea, flying over Moreno Valley and Pigeon Pass. Much less common than formerly.
Great Blue Heron. Uncommon migrant and drop-in, usually at ponds, sometimes flying over or in fields. Common at ponds and lakes around Riverside.
Great Egret. Fairly common migrant or year-round visitors at Riverside lakes and ponds.
Snowy Egret and Green Heron show up more rarely.
Black-crowned Night Heron. Migrant. Now very rare, formerly much more common.
Turkey Vulture. Uncommon migrant. Much less common than formerly. Migrant numbers steadily decline. Used to breed in Riverside area; declined with sanitation, disappearing as breeder with loss of garbage and rapid clean-up of dead animals.
Osprey. Rare migrant.
White-tailed Kite. Rare in the early 20th century, but established in the Santa Ana River bottom. Became steadily commoner, peaking in the 1970s, when it was a common bird. Steady decline since, and now almost completely gone; very rarely seen. The theory in the 1970s was that new suburb construction chased lots of mice out of their holes, and then final suburbanization eliminated open habitat without chasing any more mice.
Bald Eagle. Rare migrant, mostly February. Winters at Lake Mathews nearby.
Northern Harrier. Rare migrant, very rare wintering bird; formerly common migrant and fairly common winterer. This bird has declined dramatically everywhere in its worldwide range.
Sharp-shinned Hawk. Common, migration and winter.
Cooper’s Hawk Common resident. Pairs breed every year in Two Trees Canyon, Sycamore Canyon, and the ecological strip south of the latter. Others breed elsewhere in the city. This bird was very rare in the mid-20th century; DDT and probably other factors had almost eliminated it. With banning of DDT, it slowly began to increase, and is now very common here, with consequent devastation of easy-to-catch prey species. Cooper’s Hawks love pigeons, which are big, meaty, fairly easy to catch, and presumably as tasty to hawks as to humans, so where Cooper’s go the pigeons and doves thin out.
Red-shouldered Hawk. Always (since 1950s at least) a substantial and increasing breeding population in Riverside city, until 2023. Only rarely forages outside the suburbs, but has nested near Two Trees Canyon mouth and routinely forages up to the western foot of the mountains. It has spread with suburbs, where it enthusiastically catches rats and other animals. Unfortunately, some decline in 2023 coincided with a savage bird flu epidemic in the US and with the increased use of extremely strong rat poisons. Since the Red-shoulder feeds around houses, it is much more vulnerable than the Redtail, which hunts in open country where poisons are not usually spread. Some recovery in 2024, but still less common than formerly.
Swainson’s Hawk. Very rare migrant, mostly spring. Formerly commoner; appears to be steadily declining as local migrant.
Red-tailed Hawk. Most birds of prey are declining, but the redtail seems to increase slowly but steadily. Hunts for rats and ground squirrels along freeways and seeks out burns to hunt mammals that cannot find much cover. A dramatic situation was created by a major fire in Two Trees Canyon around 1988; the mammals had no cover and up to 8 red-tails hunted constantly over the burn all winter. Ground squirrels never recovered in the area. Breeds wherever there are tall groves. The Two Trees Canyon pair is particularly site-faithful, nesting every year in the central part of the riparian strip. Pairs in Sycamore Canyon and elsewhere are similarly faithful. The mercifully preserved ecological strip south of Sycamore Canyon Park (across Alessandro) has several pairs. The total population of the area is large.
Ferruginous Hawk. Formerly uncommon but regular migrant and rare winter in Pigeon Pass and south from there; now extremely rare. Never seen by me on the Riverside slope of the mountains until an immature appeared in upper Two Trees Canyon in fall 2017 and went on to spend the winter. None seen since.
Golden Eagle Rare wanderer. Formerly much more common, breeding not far away (in Colton and all the higher mountain ranges) and common in winter. By 1970 it was gone as a breeding bird from most areas, and rare as a winterer. A pair nested on the Box Springs Mountains in 1979 and successfully raised one young, a female. Wind farms in the San Gorgonio Pass have killed many golden eagles, contributing to decline.
American Kestrel. Steady decline, as in most of the US, but not so bad here as in many (or most) areas. Until recently, a fairly common resident. However, following the drought of 2019-22, many pairs failed to breed in 2023. Considerable recovery in 2024.
Merlin. Very rare migrant. (Winters some years at UCR.)
Peregrine Falcon. Has occurred on UCR campus and was briefly regular on tall buildings in downtown Riverside in early 2010s.
Prairie Falcon. Rare migrant; once many migrants on the east side of the Box Springs and in the Pigeon Pass area, including the headwaters of Two Trees Canyon. One spent late fall and early winter in and near southern Sycamore Canyon Park in 2023-4.
Virginia Rail. A marsh formed at the mouth of Two Trees Canyon in a wet spring (1999) and a pair of these rails actually nested there (information from John Green).
American Coot. Common in winter on ponds and lakes throughout Riverside, but not as common as formerly.
Killdeer. Rare migrant and winterer, heard calling overhead on rainy nights. May still breed in UCR Agricultural Operations. Bred until recently in the large protected pond areas of the Eastern Municipal Water District. Steady rapid decrease during my entire time in California, especially with draining of wetlands in the mid-20th century. This formerly extremely abundant bird has shared the fate of many shorebirds. It has decreased at least 95% in our area as winterer.
Solitary Sandpiper. I try to avoid one-shot sightings, but this one is too weird to miss. One spent several days, Sept. 16-20, 2014, at a transient rainpool left by rains from Hurricane Norbert, at the foot of the Box Springs Mountains, where the railroad blocked a wash channel.
Bonaparte’s Gull. Rare migrant (common where lakes and ponds occur, nearby).
Ring-billed Gull. Abundant in the old days. Steady rapid decline (even more dramatic in Los Angeles) after about 1990. This tracks the rise of recycling and better sanitation and garbage pickup, and probably also the greater charms of Lake Perris luring them away from our (cleaner) area. Closing the landfill north of the Box Springs Mountains greatly reduced gull numbers in our area.
California Gull. As for Ring-billed.
Rock Pigeon (Rock Dove). Extremely common 50 years ago, now almost extirpated from this entire area except for Riverside downtown, because of environmental sanitation and the Cooper’s Hawk population rebound. The very active Cooper’s Hawk nests since 2000 seem to have finally exterminated it from the entire eastern part of our area; Rock Doves occur only casually in the northeast corner of the city. They remain common in downtown Riverside, though Peregrine Falcons occasionally hunt them there.
Band-tailed Pigeon. Uncommon winterer as of 1966. The extreme wet year of 1968-69 drove huge flocks out of the mountains due to heavy snow, and kept them out. Many started breeding in oaks all over southern California, including Riverside suburbs and UCR campus. They stayed, and are still here. Populations rapidly climbed, and one could see flocks of 50 or more in the 1990s. Then Cooper’s Hawk populations recovered, and the band-tails declined in lockstep with the Cooper’s increase. Band-tails are declining in much of their range, so this phenomenon may be widespread. The band-tails and Cooper’s have now apparently reached an accommodation, with band-tails still found in every part of Riverside that has many large live oak trees. Combination of drought and very active Cooper’s hawk breeding in 2013 till present lowered numbers somewhat, and they have stayed down. Now that Rock Doves are essentially gone, the pressure on Band-tails is greater than ever, and they will probably not survive. Band-tails flock to the Box Springs Mountains in large numbers during elderberry season in early summer, with flocks of dozens (formerly) and at least 5-10 (now) often rising from elderberry bushes. The populations in the higher mountain ranges nearby are declining, partly due to poaching (information from Norm Lopez). Sharp decline in 2023-4, possibly due to the bird flu epidemic.
Eurasian Collared Dove. This introduced European bird spread through North America from the 1930s onward, appearing in our area by the early 21st century. Began to show up rarely but regularly by 2010. Now a regular but quite uncommon resident, though it is now common in much of the southwestern US. Our Cooper’s Hawks may be, once again, responsible for keeping it uncommon.
Spotted Dove. Introduced from south China to Los Angeles around 1890-1900, this species spread rapidly and steadily. It was extremely common in Riverside by the 1960s, its loud coo being one of the most characteristic suburban sounds. It suddenly began to decline in the early 1990s and totally disappeared by the early 2000s. It then disappeared from Los Angeles too, and is now extirpated completely from California. Cooper’s Hawk population recovery is almost certainly one part of the story, but the speed and completeness of population collapse, even in Los Angeles where Cooper’s Hawks are rare, implies a disease epidemic of some sort.
Common Ground Dove. Expanded from the deserts into the Riverside area with the expanding orange groves, and contracted as the groves did. Formerly not uncommon around groves, including the lower fringes of the Box Springs range, but gone by about 1980.
Mourning Dove. Much commoner when barley was farmed in Moreno Valley and when north Riverside was mostly orange groves. Part of the reason is probably the recovery of the Cooper’s Hawk population. However, this hardy survivor has adjusted, and remains one of the commonest birds in the area. No recent decline noted.
Parrots. Various escaped cage birds show up now and then. Species seen in the suburbs include Lilac-crowned Parrot, Cockatiel, Budgerigar, and Canary-winged Parakeet. Others will surely appear.
Greater Roadrunner. Formerly commoner, but still fairly common in all more or less wild areas, with about one pair per canyon. Regularly seen in suburbs.
Barn Owl. Remained common till about 2010, after which decline, very notable since 2014. The decline seems to track decline in human-commensal mammals (rats, etc.) due to tough plastic garbage bins and reduction in littering, and probably also to stronger rodenticides; the state has now banned the strongest rodenticide because of devastating effect on wildlife. Still fairly frequent in suburban areas, but sharp decline since 2022-3, probably due at least in part to continuing use of extremely strong rodenticides.
Flammulated Owl. One record near mouth of Two Trees Canyon, Sept. 1992, too unusual to ignore.
Western Screech Owl. Still not uncommon in suburban areas with large oak trees. Rarely observed, because it calls primarily in the wee hours of the late night, but sleepless nights reveal it was and is regular everywhere I have lived in Riverside.
Great Horned Owl. This powerful predator maintains several nesting pairs in the Box Springs Mountains, Sycamore Canyon, UCR campus, and suburbs—it is a common bird for a predator. It is probably a main reason for cat disappearances that get blamed on “coyotes.” A pair has always lived and nested in Two Trees Canyon. Pairs occur in every major canyon, and in many old and large suburban trees.
Burrowing Owl. Rare migrant. Formerly common breeder in the interior valleys, even in quite urban areas around Riverside. Now eliminated, probably from all of western Riverside County, by suburbanization. I saw it as a breeding bird in Norco, in 1956. It is long gone.
Spotted Owl. One spent the first part of winter in Two Trees Canyon, first noticed 1-26-1988 (but surely there earlier) to 2-28-1988. Frequently photographed.
Long-eared Owl. Rare migrant. Regular, even common (at least formerly), in winter in old orchards in the San Jacinto Wildlife Area, but declining everywhere (as it is throughout North America). Formerly nested in riparian areas of the Inland Empire (Dawson 1923), likely including the Santa Ana River wetlands; nested at Morongo Reserve till fairly recently. Now altogether gone as a breeding bird in southern California.
Lesser Nighthawk. Said to have been common in open valley areas in the old days; now gone as a breeding bird from the Inland Empire. Occasionally seen in migration.
Common (Booming) Nighthawk. Rare wanderer from San Bernardino Mountains, where it breeds (but very much less commonly than formerly). Seen over Moreno Valley and Box Springs range, but not for many years.
Common Poorwill. Rare but regular migrant; slopes of the hills, e.g. in Two Trees Canyon. Much less common than before, when probably summer resident.
Vaux’s Swift. Uncommon spring migrant. Formerly much more common. Usually seen only when heavy cloud cover forces it to fly low. Steady decline over decades, throughout its range.
White-throated Swift. Much less common than formerly. Still fairly common migrant into the 2000s, but now definitely uncommon everywhere. Probably was once a fairly regular breeder in rockier areas. Formerly nested under highway bridges near Box Springs (the springs themselves) and may occasionally still. Rare nester elsewhere.
Black-chinned Hummingbird. This aggressive hummingbird succeeded well until the droughts after 2012. Growth of planted and wild sycamores led to an increase, especially where planted sycamores were near households with hummingbird feeders. Peak around 2011-2012; fewer in 2013; final, total collapse in 2016, when only migrants were observed in the canyon and in most of northeast Riverside. A displaying male in May 2018 indicated there was at least one pair in the lower canyon that year. It has now apparently completely deserted the whole area for breeding. Over the state it has been declining at 1-2% per year (English et al. 2022).
Anna’s Hummingbird. Always common resident. Now commoner than before, spreading with suburbs and feeders. Largest of hummers, it dominates the feeders and also most flowers.
Costa’s Hummingbird. Formerly abundant. Considerably less common now, because fire has turned the flowering bush areas into cheat grass and because drought has reduced the native flowers even more since 2001. Still found, but in steadily shrinking numbers, in the Box Springs wherever there are reliable summer flowers. Costa’s has taken to civilization, but Anna’s and Allen’s beat it out from feeders. It survives especially where humans have created desertlike habitat. Its adaptation to suburbs has led to its meeting the Anna’s and hybridizing; hybrids were apparently extremely rare before 1970 but are not so rare now.
Rufous Hummingbird. Far less common than formerly. Was a very common spring and late summer migrant in the 1960s. Now rare. Still a common summer migrant (July-August) around red flowers in the hills. There is a massive decline rangewide, probably from pesticides etc. on the wintering grounds. Statewide, Rufous/Allen’s hummingbirds declined at 7% per year from 2009 to 2019, indicating a horrific population crash, not fully explained (English et al. 2022).
Allen’s Hummingbird. Dramatic invader. Formerly in southern California (at least south and east of Ventura) confined to Channel Islands and Palos Verdes Peninsula. Spread in recent years, reaching Riverside at some undetermined point possibly in the 1990; first known nesting in 2008. Now common resident of the city, wherever there are many red flowers. Does not occur in wild areas, except briefly as a migrant; strictly a yard and garden bird. Its rapid spread and success in southern California cities, starting from a small population in Palos Verdes Hills (probably augmented from other sources), contrasts dramatically with the decline of most species, and of this species in particular in much of its range.
Calliope Hummingbird. Very rare migrant.
Belted Kingfisher. Uncommon migrant and winter visitor at ponds.
Acorn Woodpecker. Expanding as a suburban bird, as planted oaks grow and flourish. This bird did not occur in the area as a breeder before the late 1960s. There were no oaks here in the old days. By the late 1960s it had colonized areas of the city that had old (human-planted) live oak trees, and it has steadily increased in range and numbers since. Strictly a suburban bird, it almost never appears in the wild areas. Some decline appears to have followed the serious drought of 2020-22; some stabilization since.
Red-breasted Sapsucker. Rare, winter. Rarer than formerly.
Downy Woodpecker. Formerly common in winter, possibly breeding in Santa Ana River bottoms. Now essentially gone, though wanderers may occasionally appear.
Hairy Woodpecker. Rare wanderer. One appeared in fall 2017 and stayed through the winter in Two Trees Canyon.
Nuttall’s Woodpecker. Common resident; no change, perhaps even some increase with growth of trees. A common suburban bird, occurring also in all riparian areas. Readily comes to feeders, thus augmenting its success.
Northern Flicker. Uncommon winter visitor. Formerly common resident, no change noted from 1966 to 2011—but in the spring of 2011 all the flickers in the area, from Two Trees Canyon to the whole of Riverside city, disappeared, apparently simultaneously. They are now uncommon winter visitors. Drought and decline in ant numbers seem likely causes.
Olive-sided Flycatcher. Formerly uncommon migrant. Now very rare. The decline of this bird from one of the commonest in North America 40 years ago to extreme rarity now has been very striking. Factors identified in the literature include changes in forest composition that make its nests more findable to predators, and cultivation on its very limited wintering grounds in South America. There is also the tremendous decline of large insects everywhere, and the abundance of pesticides on the bird’s migration routes as well as its wintering area. Possibly it is given to population fluctuations; it was not scientifically described until 1831, and Audubon considered it extremely rare. Yet in the 20th century it was abundant in evergreen forests throughout North America.
Western Wood Pewee. Formerly very common migrant, now uncommon. Much less common than formerly.
Willow Flycatcher. Uncommon migrant. Formerly an extremely common nesting bird in riparian areas of southern California (Dawson 1923), now completely extirpated except for tiny, local relict populations (not in our area). Cowbirds appear to be the cause, along with destruction of much of the riparian woodlands.
Hammond’s Flycatcher. Rare to uncommon migrant. Empidonax flycatchers are notoriously hard to tell apart. All are seen locally. Pacific-slope is the most common and regular; Hammond’s may be next, or Willow. Definite decline in Empidonax flycatchers of all types in recent decades.
Gray Flycatcher. Rare migrant and very rare winter bird.
Dusky Flycatcher. Rare migrant, much rarer than formerly.
Pacific-slope Flycatcher. Fairly common migrant; has bred in Two Trees Canyon’s densest riparian area. No longer breeds and is much less common than once.
Black Phoebe. Abundant resident. Expanding steadily with suburbanization and sprinklers. Usually stays in the suburbs, but appears anywhere that has any water at all, natural or piped. Population leveled off and has declined recently (since 2020, sharply since 2022).
Say’s Phoebe. Common, winter; breeds in higher dry areas nearby, including the Box Springs Mountains (now from top to bottom). Has actually increased, with conversion of brush to grass over most of the Box Springs Mountains and Sycamore Canyon Park.
This is the only bird that has clearly increased for reasons other than suburbanization. It has taken over the vast areas that were formerly coastal sage scrub but are now weedy grassland. Doubtfully bred in the area as of the 1950s, but now is one of the commonest breeding birds of the open areas, and has even invaded suburbs where there are open patches to forage. Its astonishing ability on the wing, which give it the Indigenous name of “wind’s grandchild” in Arizona, allows it to engage in long chases of even tiny prey. Population has leveled off since 2020.
Ash-throated Flycatcher. Rapidly decreasing migrant, perhaps still rare summer breeder in the hills. Formerly common migrant and breeding bird. Replacement of chaparral and coastal sage scrub with cheat grass has cost it most of its breeding habitat here. However, most of its habitat in the western US and in Mexico is intact, and the key to its decline is the steady decline in large insects. It is one of the fast-disappearing guild of large-insect-eaters.
Cassin’s Kingbird. This is an interesting story. A few years after the Westerns largely disappeared, the Cassin’s began to expand, presumably to fill the niche. They often hunt from the very same trees the Westerns used. Most if not all the expansion is since 2000. Numbers of both kingbirds leveled off around 2011, with the Cassin’s common but no longer increasing, and the Western rare but hopefully stable. Nests abundantly in suburbs and wild riparian woodland. The extreme droughts of 2015-16 and 2020-22 led to abandonment of some of these nesting points, however. Decrease in 2024.
Western Kingbird. Formerly abundant summer breeding bird in all open grassland and field areas. Now almost gone as a breeder, as it is from almost all of southern California. (Statewide, it survives mostly in places with extensive not-very-disturbed grassland.) Still fairly common migrant. Survives, or did until recently, as breeder in the wilder parts of Moreno Valley badlands and elsewhere—ironically, occupying the newly created grasslands resulting from replacement of chaparral by cheat grass. A couple of pairs survive and reproduce in the March Air Force Base ammunition storage facility south of Alessandro, where the birds are protected by chain-link fencing and razor wire. Successfully bred in the UCR agricultural fields in 2011 and apparently in 2013, and apparently at head of Two Trees Canyon in 2013. Most interestingly, a family appeared and successfully nested in the trees in the open country at the end of Manfield St. in 2015—the same trees being occupied by a family of Cassin’s. In spite of the high drama inevitable in kingbird families, the two families apparently got along well. Unfortunately, the droughts of 2015-16 and 2020-22 reduced the already-small population.
Loggerhead Shrike. Now rare migrant. The last breeding pair I saw in the area lived at the mouth of Two Trees Canyon. It nested every year, and usually raised young; it disappeared in the early 1990s. The young never seemed to establish themselves. This bird is now almost gone from southern California, as from most of its range. One of the more depressing worldwide events of the last 20-30 years has been the decline of many, if not most, shrikes. (Birding in Hong Kong reveals the same decline in the once-abundant Brown Shrikes that we see in Loggerheads here.) Declines of large insects, loss of grassland, and direct poisoning by insecticides, are causes.
Warbling Vireo. Formerly abundant migrant, now uncommon. This bird used to be an abundant breeding species of riparian forests in southern California. Cowbirds and habitat loss have wiped it out. It now appears completely or almost completely extirpated from southern California.
Bell’s Vireo. Formerly common migrant and summer breeding bird (at least nearby); declined due to nest parasitization by cowbirds. With the decline of cowbirds, this vireo expanded again, becoming common in riparian areas nearby, though so far not in the Box Springs Mountains (except as a rare migrant). However, several breed around Box Springs. Breeds abundantly in Sycamore Canyon Park and the riparian areas south of it across Alessandro Blvd. Supposedly saved in the Santa Ana River bottoms due to volunteers and paid staff systematically going through the willow thickets and throwing cowbird eggs out of vireo nests. Alas, higher-nesting vireos like the Warbling Vireo did not benefit from this.
Plumbeous Vireo. Very rare migrant.
Cassin’s Vireo. Uncommon migrant. Formerly much more numerous, though never really common. This bird has suffered extreme declines in the mountains where it breeds, tracking the rapid rise of cowbird numbers there as well as drought and fire.
Western Scrub-Jay. Some reduction from West Nile in 2010, but now about as common as ever. Largely a suburban bird now; natural habitat is so degraded by fires and cheat grass that the birds have taken to the suburbs. Seems to have shared in the widespread and rather mysterious decline of birds in 2023-4.
American Crow. This bird has taken a terrific beating from West Nile virus. The population declined well over 90% in the first 2 years of the virus (by my counts), and declined further since. However, they are rapidly recovering, and are common again, though nothing like their former abundance. There used to be many thousands breeding in the river bottom. Many streamed over to feed at the now-closed garbage dump between Blue Mountain and Pigeon Pass. Successive waves of West Nile keep knocking them back, however, with a serious outbreak in 2014. It might seem hard to be sorry for a bird that eats so many other birds’ eggs and young, but the highly social crow must be seriously and sadly affected by seeing the death of young and of flockmates.
Northern Raven. Very abundant resident. Increasing, as garbage and roadkills get commoner and competition from crows and vultures disappears. Lives mainly in the wildlands, but forages all over the city, seeking anything live or dead that has high nutrient value.
Horned Lark. Formerly common breeder in wide open fields, at least in Moreno Valley; now gone. Migrant in grassfields of Sycamore Canyon and occasionally UCR fields. Still bred in large numbers in the Eastern Municipal Water District lands until the late 20-teens, but this colony abandoned (a few larks in the area in spring 2022 seem not to have stayed). This tracks a general decline of the species in California, where its habitat is now suburbanized, overgrazed, or used by off-road vehicles and the like.
Purple Martin. Formerly very rare migrant. Not seen in recent years. This bird was always rare in southern California. It has declined steadily for the last 50 years, apparently throughout its range. Starlings out-competing martins for nesting holes have had at least something to do with this, but decline of large insects is clearly a more important factor.
Northern Rough-winged Swallow. Common but erratic migrant; some breed in lower parts of the Box Springs area, especially under freeway overpasses near Box Springs itself. Ironically, this once rarest of local swallows is the least affected by decline, though it too is fading slowly.
Violet-green Swallow. Formerly common migrant, but, as for Tree, much less so than once. Visible decline since drought became serious in 2020, and, as with other birds hard hit by drought, not recovering since. Very few in 2024.
Tree Swallow. Common early migrant, but far less common than even two decades ago. Very rarely seen in spring 2024. May still breed locally, but evidence is scarce.
Cliff Swallow. Major decline. Huge population as of 1966, nesting—among other places—under the cornices of the Citrus Experiment Station buildings (now the Business School) and on the agricultural buildings at UCR. The species has declined throughout California, with habitat loss (especially loss of reliable mud supplies for nest-building) and with loss of aerial insects. Some still nest in UCR’s agricultural fields. In 2014, the birds established a flourishing colony under the freeway bridge over University Avenue, showing that no amount of traffic can discourage them; in 2016 a few still nested there, but then no more. A large colony of barn and cliff swallows persisted in the Eastern Municipal Water District waterworks and nearby March Base ammunition storage facility, a large area with much water that is securely protected, until drought (probably) led to decrease, but some rallying by 2024.
This bird occurred in millions in southern California in the 1960s, with up to 100,000 counted at nesting season at San Juan Capistrano Mission. None has nested there for many years now. The bird was once a major part of the local bird fauna, but is now facing extirpation. No other swallow has declined so much, and indeed the numerical decline of this swallow is the greatest of any species except (probably) the Brewer’s Blackbird. The need for quality mud and probably a need for large colonies (for protection and socializing) are factors.
Barn Swallow. Erratically common migrant. A few (formerly many) pairs breed in the Riverside area and erratically forage over wildlands. The last significant colony, in the EMWD grounds and nearby, is greatly reduced. Formerly abundant.
Mountain Chickadee. Formerly casual, usually after winter storms with heavy snow in the mountains. Now a fairly regular winter bird, especially in the UCR botanic garden but sometimes in pines nearer the mountains. Probably tracking the growth of planted conifers.
Oak Titmouse. Formerly at least occasional, in suburbs and canyons, but very susceptible to West Nile, and thus now rare. Probably gone or nearly so, except as a casual visitor.
Bushtit. Still common everywhere that natural brush or extensive planted shrubbery occurs, but much less common after the extreme droughts of the 2000s, and gone from the vast areas of cheat grass where it abounded when those areas were coastal sage scrub. These birds can fluctuate in numbers dramatically from year to year and even from season to season, depending on conditions, making the level of decline hard to estimate, but it is certainly down at least 90% from the 1960s, largely because of loss of habitat to fire and drought. Visible decline throughout our area after the extreme 2021-2 drought.
Red-breasted Nuthatch. Rare wanderer in migration and winter, (but fairly regular winterer in pines on UCR campus). Irruptive, more common some winters.
White-breasted Nuthatch. Occasional wanderer, turning up in suburban areas.
Brown Creeper. Rare migrant or wanderer.
Rock Wren. Formerly abundant on the Box Springs Mtns. and Sycamore Canyon rocky areas, and indeed anywhere with extensive rocky outcrops. Less common after droughts since 2015. Sharp reduction from 2020 on, with drought, burros, and probably other problems.
Canyon Wren. Common in canyons of the Box Springs Mtns. Also in Sycamore Canyon. Declining, however, apparently tracking drought.
House Wren. Common, summer; slightly less so in winter. In spite of its name, it is confined to wild riparian areas in our area, and any wren seen around houses here is almost certain to be a Bewick’s. Much more common as migrant than as breeder. Apparent decline after 2020.
Bewick’s Wren. Common, but gone from pure-grass areas of the hills. Survives wherever some dense brush exists. Formerly abundant in the chaparral and sage scrub, so replacement of these by grass has meant a major population reduction—at least 90%–in the hills. It has, however, successfully colonized suburbia, and remains one of the commonest birds.
Cactus Wren. Rare wanderer. A pair set up house in a large cactus garden (owned at the time by Jerry Gordon) at the mouth of Two Trees Canyon in the late 1980s and early 90s and bred, and indeed there was some spread, with records all along the west edge of the range, but the birds disappeared in the early 2000s. Otherwise, very rare visitor.
Blue-gray Gnatcatcher. Formerly fairly common winterer and migrant, now much less common. Probably bred locally in the old days.
California Gnatcatcher. The species was first described from “Riverside,” and occurred in our area; its nearest current breeding station is in the Gavilan Hills, if it still survives there. There are a few recent reports from the Box Springs Mountains area. My only observation in this area is of one near the end of Blaine St., Nov. 6, 2020.
Ruby-Crowned Kinglet. Common, winter. Possible decline noted; probably, individuals are staying farther north.
Wrentit. Still common, but drastically reduced by burning of hills and replacement of brush by introduced weedy grasses. Survives only where dense brush exists, but at least stable there, especially in poison oak thickets. Always commonest in riparian brush, which has expanded somewhat, but has lost almost all its habitat on the hills.
Western Bluebird. Common, winter. Formerly, usually did not show up till snow closed off mountain feeding areas. Now it appears early and stays late, and since about 2011 it nests (uncommonly) on and near UCR campus and erratically in Sycamore Canyon Park. A lovely addition to our fauna. Probably could not have nested without the recent decline in starling numbers. In the 1960s and 1970s it was eliminated from much of its lowland habitat through starlings pre-empting the tree holes it needs for nesting. Part of the increase may be due to the bluebirds being forced out of the mountains by drought and fires.
Swainson’s Thrush. Formerly common migrant, now uncommon. Largely (though not totally) eliminated as breeding bird from southern California, by riparian habitat decline and by cowbird parasitization of nests.
Hermit Thrush. Fairly common fall migrant and winterer. Less common than formerly.
American Robin. Still common wintering bird. Much less common in winter than it used to be. Global warming is letting them stay farther north. Breeds in the urban areas, though much less often than formerly. Robins, however, apparently did not breed in the lowlands at all until permanent watering, shade trees, and lawns entered the picture. Apparently wintering birds from the mountains or farther north simply decided to stay around. Numbers nesting in Riverside peaked in the 1980s-90s and have recently declined sharply.
Varied Thrush. Formerly extremely rare winter visitor to area. In the winter of 2014-15, hordes of them descended, with up to a dozen a day seen in the Botanic Gardens and one or two in Two Trees Canyon. This was a winter when several northern and eastern species appeared for the first time or in unusual numbers. No reason is apparent for this phenomenal migration. Since then, it is back to rarity.
California Thrasher. Still fairly common wherever natural brush occurs. Fire and subsequent replacement of brush by weedy grasses has reduced the population probably 90%. However, it has stabilized, remaining very common wherever even small patches of natural brush remain.
Sage Thrasher. Formerly rare to fairly frequent migrant, mostly March and April; now almost gone, due to decline of overall numbers as sagebrush disappears from the Great Basin.
Northern Mockingbird. Abundant resident, commoner than ever. This bird is now purely a human commensal in southern California, and increases with suburbia. Commonly observed in the wilder areas, also, foraging up from suburban nesting grounds, often to eat elderberries in the hills.
European Starling. Not here in the 1950s. Showed up mid-60s and common by late 60s. Kept increasing till peak around 1980s, then slow decline. Environmental sanitation seems to be the cause; the bird forages for insects but eats much human food wastes, and may depend on the latter. Now almost gone from the wilder areas. Pairs persist in Riverside city, commoner in denser suburbs near fast-food outlets.
American Pipit. Winter visitor. Much less common than formerly. Decline tracks loss of open fields. Still erratically common in the open grasslands on the higher parts of the Box Springs range, on UCR campus, and in grasslands of Sycamore Canyon Park.
Cedar Waxwing. Common winterer. Very much less common than before. This bird appears to be declining all over the west.
Phainopepla. Common migrant and occasional summer breeder in canyons and washes with elderberries and/or other small-berried bushes. Even manages to breed in suburban small parks.
Orange-crowned Warbler. Common migrant, rare winter. Less common than formerly, but has declined much less than most warblers.
Nashville Warbler. Fairly common migrant, much less so than formerly.
MacGillivray’s Warbler. Fairly common migrant, much less so than formerly.
Common Yellowthroat. Fairly common migrant, rare winter, occasional local breeder. Unlike other warblers, seems to be holding its own.
American Redstart. Very rare migrant.
Yellow Warbler. Formerly abundant migrant, breeding in riparian habitat. Now much less so, but may be recovering somewhat, though numbers seem erratic. Like the Warbling Vireo, this bird has been almost wiped out of southern California by cowbirds and riparian habitat loss. It was back on UCR campus as an apparently successful breeder in 2011 and since. An impressive population expansion led to its being downright common in summer 2014. Drought has thinned it out since, however. Breeds around Box Springs (the actual spring), and in other riparian areas nearby, but not in the riparian strips in the mountain range. Breeds in Sycamore Canyon Park riparian strips and the ecological strip south of it across Alessandro.
Yellow-rumped Warbler. Common migrant and winterer, but was much commoner once. Steady decline from about 1990, becoming a rapid and serious decline after 2010. The Myrtle type was a regular winterer in past years, but is now very rare.
Black-throated Gray Warbler. Now rare migrant. Very much less common than formerly; well over 90% decline, tracking horrific declines of its numbers in its mountain breeding areas. Drought probably has much to do with this, but perhaps insecticides on the wintering grounds are the real problem. Much of its range in California has burned out and become impossible for breeding purposes.
Townsend’s Warbler. Regular migrant, once seasonally common in Two Trees Canyon and UCR campus. Very much less common than formerly; overall decline over 90%. Formerly fairly common winterer in live oaks and similar trees in the suburbs around the Box Springs range and on UCR campus now much less common. The wintering population here is apparently all from the Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Much of its forest habitat in California has burned out in the last 10 years, greatly reducing breeding.
Hermit Warbler. Rare migrant, formerly much more numerous though never common. This bird depends on old-growth dense forest for breeding, and has lost most of its habitat to logging and forest fires. It is probably vulnerable on the wintering grounds also.
The Black-throated Gray, Townsend’s, and Hermit Warblers represent some of the most extreme declines of any migrants in our area.
Wilson’s Warbler. Formerly common to abundant migrant, now declined but still fairly common. Still, there seem to be fewer every year.
Yellow-breasted Chat. Summer visitor. Breeds at Box Springs (the actual spring). Has tried breeding elsewhere, and at least formerly was common breeder in the Santa Ana River bottoms. Otherwise uncommon migrant.
Western Tanager. Fairly common migrant. Far less common migrant than formerly. It is not clear why this bird has dramatically declined in the last two or three decades. Much of its California range has burned in the last 10 years, and drought has affected all the range. Large flocks were often seen in spring migration; now seeing even one or two birds is rather unusual. This bird nests in the same areas as the Black-headed Grosbeak, has somewhat similar feeding patterns, and was once at least as common, if not more so. The grosbeak has held its numbers, and is thus now much more common than the tanager. This needs explaining.
Black-headed Grosbeak. Common migrant, only slightly less common than formerly.
Blue Grosbeak. Breeds at least occasionally at Box Springs. Breeds regularly and commonly in Sycamore Canyon and nearby riparian strips. Has bred casually at other springs, but drought has probably ended this. Otherwise, rare migrant. This bird nests only in dense willow thickets near open grasslands. Despite cowbirds and suburbanization, it remains a common breeder in that habitat. Some reduction, presumably due to drought, from 2022; dramatic rebound in 2024.
Lazuli Bunting. Common migrant; formerly bred in the higher Box Springs (probably not every year; largely after fires), but drought has eliminated it in recent years. Breeds in ecological refuge strip and March Base ammunition storage facility south of Alessandro.
Indigo Bunting. Rare migrant; I saw one over several days in May 1994, Two Trees Canyon, and have suspected others in other years. Also Sycamore Canyon Park, April 13, 2021.
Green-tailed Towhee. Rare but regular migrant and winterer. Usually in urban areas, very rare in wild ones.
Spotted Towhee. Eliminated from the high parts of campus and from much of the Box Springs Mountains by post-fire replacement of native brush with introduced weedy annuals, with decline around 90% in such areas. Remains common where there still is brush. Uncommon but widespread in suburbs, wherever there are extensive areas of dense shrubbery.
California Towhee. This indestructible bird is commoner than ever. They even survive in areas where introduced weedy annuals have replaced sage scrub and chaparral, as long as there are any bushes at all. They are always the first birds to come back after fires, sometimes returning to their territories before the ground cools. Extremely abundant in the suburbs; few yards are without their pair. One key to its success was revealed when I watched a pair drive a hungry cat away from their nestling. The weight ratios are comparable to those of a human driving off a tyrannosaur.
Rufous-crowned Sparrow. Better able than other species to accommodate to the vegetation change from sage scrub to grass; still common on the hills. Less so than formerly, but nothing like the declines of the Bewick’s Wren, Wrentit, etc. Harder hit in Sycamore Canyon Park (which is more level and more thoroughly burned) than in the Box Springs Mountains. Unfortunately, overgrazing and general environmental damage by burros has eliminated this otherwise hardy, and very attractive, species from most of the Box Springs Mountains and other burro-infested hills.
Bell’s Sparrow. Greatly reduced in number by replacement of sage scrub by annuals, but they hang on wherever brush continues to exist. Gone from Two Trees Canyon and at least some other areas by 2011, but remains common all along the lower pediments of the Box Springs Mountains and in comparable habitats in Sycamore Canyon Park and south of Alessandro, wherever there are sizable tracts of coastal sage scrub surviving. Sage sparrows may occasionally wander here and should be watched for (the desert race of Bell’s is almost indistinguishable; our common one is the easily distinguished coastal race).
Black-throated Sparrow. Very rare migrant or wanderer.
Black-chinned Sparrow. Common migrant; still breeds in the higher parts of the Box Springs range; numbers steadily and greatly reduced by fires and droughts.
Brewer’s Sparrow. Formerly common migrant, mostly in spring; now greatly diminished in numbers.
Chipping Sparrow. Formerly common migrant and occasional winterer; now almost gone.
Grasshopper Sparrow. Formerly erratically and locally common breeder in Moreno Valley but hard to find; now gone from at least the west and central parts of Moreno Valley, because of urbanization. Spring migrant (and presumably fall migrant, but impossible to find unless singing) in grasslands of Sycamore Canyon Park, so presumably at least occasional in other grasslands.
Savannah Sparrow. Very common migrant, fairly common through the winter, in extensive grasslands and open areas, including all open level areas around the Box Springs Mountains, in Sycamore Canyon Park, on UCR campus, and elsewhere. Some reduction in numbers, but one of the least hard hit of our birds.
Vesper Sparrow. Common migrant in grasslands, such as the outwash area of Two Trees Canyon and the Sycamore Canyon Park grasslands. Regular in winter.
Lark Sparrow. Rare migrant; rarer than in previous decades. Formerly common migrant in Moreno Valley, fairly common winter; now much less common. Common breeder in grasslands in and around March Base ammunition storage facility, and possibly still in or near Sycamore Canyon Park, but requires protected ground areas for nesting.
Golden-crowned Sparrow. Common migrant and occasional winterer wherever there is dense brush. Much more often heard than seen.
White-throated Sparrow. Very rare wanderer, migration and winter.
White-crowned Sparrow. Abundant migrant and winterer (Gambel’s). Dark-lored birds, presumably oriantha, occasionally seen late in spring migration and very rarely in winter. No reduction in numbers noted.
Fox Sparrow. Rare migrant and wintering bird. Remains common in local mountains.
Song Sparrow. Abundant everywhere in dense riparian brush. Also extremely successful in suburbs, where any area with dense shrubbery will have its resident one. Probably has increased with suburbanization. Major decline in 2022-3 probably follows on the 2019-22 drought, but may indicate ravages of bird flu or the like, since two wet years have not reversed this decline.
Lincoln’s Sparrow. Uncommon but regular migrant and winterer wherever there is dense riparian brush.
Dark-eyed Junco. Migration and winter. Much less common than formerly. Almost all are the Oregon subspecies, but Slate-colored and Pink-sided have been seen. Less common in nearby mountains, also.
Western Meadowlark. Formerly extremely abundant winterer and frequent breeder, anywhere that was at all open. Conversion of high Box Springs Mtns to grass has brought a sizable wintering population, but even this population is sharply declining. A few sometimes stay around through the summer and may breed. This bird has crashed all over the west, with population declines of over 99% very widely in California. This decline tracks suburbanization, fencerow-to-fencerow cultivation, heavy pesticide use, conversion of native brush and grassland to weedy nonnatives, and heavy stocking rates of cattle. The only places where meadowlarks nest now are the few places with extensive grassland subject to light grazing, or controlled burning, as in the Santa Rosa Plateau reserve, or in protected areas that are open, like the San Jacinto Wildlife Area. A small population persists in the extremely closely guarded March Base ammunition storage facility.
Brown-headed Cowbird. Fairly common, especially in spring. Much less common than formerly, and declining due to trapping and decline of cattle raising, but still too common for the welfare of riparian birds. Its decline correlates with some rebound of breeding populations of Bell’s Vireo, Yellow-breasted Chat, and goldfinches (but then the goldfinches crashed again with drought).
Red-winged Blackbird. Occasional in migration and summer, where there is water. Once a common migrant, now very rare. (Tricolor and Yellow-headed have been seen in the past, but only as stragglers.)
Brewer’s Blackbird. The most spectacular and mysterious decline in our area. In farming days, this bird occurred in flocks of thousands in the area. Now it is totally gone from northeast Riverside. It has declined all over southern California. My observations suggest that foot pox (avian pox) is one reason; many birds on UCR campus were heavily infected. Cleaner farming is another, urban sanitation another, starling competition probably is another. There are no doubt other problems. The bird has been essentially a human commensal for decades; its natural habitat was probably damp areas near water. It early deserted these for farms, and in its heyday it was largely a farm and ranch bird associated with dairies and other farm environments with much water and food. The last population in northeast Riverside hung on by scavenging in the Stater Brothers parking lot north of campus. It faded out by 2020. The species is still a town bird in Los Angeles.
Great-tailed Grackle. This bird invaded San Bernardino and other California communities, becoming abundant at Glen Helen Park and nearby golf courses. However, it stopped increasing by the late 20th century, and has not become established in our part of Riverside. My only observation is April 25, 2022, over the southern part of Sycamore Canyon Park. More apt to occur at Fairmount Park.
Bullock’s Oriole. Always a fairly common migrant, but much less so than formerly due to loss of nesting habitat in California. However, unlike the smaller riparian birds, it is still seen, due to its being rather large for cowbird parasitism (cowbirds prefer smaller birds, and more open nests) and because this oriole has adapted itself to suburbs. Occasionally still breeds not far from our area in open stands of trees in grassland country. Seems to be declining steadily.
Hooded Oriole. Common summer resident in fan palm trees; an obligatory fan palm nester. Thus, probably not native to the area, appearing only with palm plantings. Dawson (1923) considered it much less common than Bullock’s, a situation now reversed. The Hooded faced a decline when starlings moved into the area and took over the palm trees, but it survived and has rallied considerably, as starling population declines. It is now commoner than ever, expanding with suburbs and growth of taller palms. Hummingbird feeders help this oriole. Unfortunately, the urban areas now trim palms excessively, to their major damage and to the cost of the orioles. Some visible reduction in parts of Riverside in 2024 clearly followed extreme palm pruning.
Scott’s Oriole. Very rare migrant and wintering bird. Extreme droughts in the desert have greatly reduced the population of this species in recent years. One noted near foot of Box Springs Mtns., May 6, 2018.
Purple Finch. Formerly common in migration and winter. I recorded it on almost every morning walk in spring through the 1980s. Now mostly gone, probably largely because of cowbird parasitism on its breeding grounds. Still occurs erratically in winter. Greatly reduced in breeding in the surrounding lower mountains where it once was abundant.
House Finch. Became commoner in early and mid 20th century, due to orchards and suburbanization. Some decline recently, especially since 2011. This is probably because of droughts and the slow decline of home and commercial fruit growing, but also because of an eye disease first noted in 1994 that has now swept the continent, affecting house finches. Sharp reduction in 2023, with stabilization but no increase in 2024, almost certainly due to disease, possibly bird flu.
Pine Siskin. Occasional, winter, often after storms in the mountains and in irruption years.
Lawrence Goldfinch. Formerly uncommon but regular in Riverside, common in parts of Moreno Valley; now rare, as it is in most of southern California. The usual combination of factors that devastate riparian birds—cowbirds and habitat destruction—is presumably the cause. This bird’s entire habitat is being urbanized. With cowbird decline, there was considerable recovery. The birds were abundant in 2010 and 2011. However, they declined after that, almost certainly because of drought, and by 2015-16 were rare again, with continued decrease since.
Lesser Goldfinch. Remained abundant till recently; still common, but sharp decline since the droughts since 2001, especially from 2013 on, with real collapse in 2023. Decline tracks the decline of home fruit growing and of orchards, as well as the droughts. Hard to explain the recent crash without postulating an epidemic, perhaps bird flu, in 2023. Stabilization but no increase in 2024.
American Goldfinch. Like other small riparian birds, extreme decline in southern California. Still fairly common wintering bird through the early 2000s, but became increasingly rare. With decline of cowbirds, this bird appeared to be recovering, but then came drought. Population very low in 2013 and even rarer since. One in south Sycamore Canyon Park on April 27, 2021, is the last I have noted locally.
House Sparrow. Not as common as it used to be. Declining widely. This scavenging human commensal has declined steadily with environmental sanitation, but still succeeds by eating bird seed handouts and what crumbs still fall. More rapid decline in the recent droughts.
Nutmeg Manakin. Invasive; a southeast Asian bird propagated by escapes or releases from cages. Common locally, and rather erratically, in suburbs around UCR.
Pin-tailed Whydah (Vidua macroura). Escaped cage birds wander over southern California, and turn up in suburbs here, notably Andulka Park. They do not seem to have a resident population at present.
Major declines of breeding birds:
Turkey Vulture
American Kestrel
Rock Dove
Mourning Dove
Lesser Nighthawk
White-throated Swift
Costa’s Hummingbird
Ash-throated Flycatcher
Tree Swallow (major decline)
Cliff Swallow (extreme decline)
Scrub Jay
American Crow (extreme decline, then some recovery)
Oak Titmouse
Bushtit
Bewick’s Wren
Wrentit
Robin
Starling
Blue-gray Gnatcatcher
Yellow Warbler
Lazuli Bunting (possibly all gone)
Spotted Towhee
Bell’s Sparrow
Black-chinned Sparrow
Grasshopper Sparrow
Western Meadowlark (extreme decline relative to 1950s)
Brown-headed Cowbird (extreme decline)
Bullock’s Oriole
Lawrence’s Goldfinch
Lesser Goldfinch
American Goldfinch
Most of the neotropical migrants have suffered declines ranging from minor (e.g. Black-headed Grosbeak) to extreme (Olive-sided Flycatcher), and many wintering birds too, including the Townsend’s Warbler.
Totally extirpated as breeders in the immediate area and more widely:
White-tailed Kite (increased, then declined, now apparently completely gone)
Ring-necked Pheasant
Spotted Dove
Common Ground Dove
Burrowing Owl
Black-chinned Hummingbird
Northern Flicker
Loggerhead Shrike
Warbling Vireo
California Gnatcatcher? (early status uncertain)
Brewer’s Blackbird
Significant increases, all stopped or reversed as of 2024:
Cooper’s Hawk
Band-tailed Pigeon (increased, then declined again, but still commoner than formerly)
Cazalis, Victor. 2022. “Species Richness Response to Human Pressure Hides Important Assemblage Transformations.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States 119:e2107361119.
Dawson, William Leon. 1923. The Birds of California. San Francisco: South Moulton Company.
English, Simon G., et al. 2022. “Demography of Two Species and One Genus of Hummingbirds with Contrasting Population Trends in California, USA.” Journal of Field Ornithology 92:475-484.
Iknayan, Kelly, and Steven R. Beissinger. 2018. “Collapse of a Desert Bird Community over the Past Century Driven by Climate Change.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 115:8597-8602.
Rosenberg, Kenneth V.; Adriaan M. Dokter; Peter J. Blancher; John R. Sauer; Adam C. Smith; Paul A. Smith; Jessica C. Stanton; Arvind Punjabi; Laura Helft; Michael Parr; Peter P. Marra. 2019. “Decline of the North American Avifauna.” Science 366:120-124.
Sibley, David Allen. 2000. The Sibley Guide to Birds. New York: Knopf.
To me, the critical moment in ethnobiology was the point at which anthropologists began to specify what words meant in traditional small-scale languages, instead of “translating” words by finding an English or Latin equivalent. Self-conscious use of “native categories” began with Lewis Henry Morgan and Frank Cushing in the 1870s, and won its way slowly against some opposition. The term “ethnobotany” was coined by John Harshbarger in 1895. By the time of John Peabody Harrington, indigenous categories were focal to research, and “ethnozoology” appeared as a term. Harrington had much to do with spreading the idea. I got into the field in 1960, by which time “ethnoscience” had just been added to the mix. My personal experiences at the dawn of that field may be useful to historians of ethnobiology.
*
To me, the critical moment in ethnobiology was the point at which anthropologists began to specify what words meant in traditional small-scale languages. The near-universal pattern before had been to use an English or Latin equivalent. Earlier translators of all forms of literature were often quite careless about this. Apparently Mary, the mother of Jesus, became a virgin by mistranslation: the Aramaic for “young woman” was translated early into Greek parthena, “virgin,” and even later Biblical writers followed this. More clear are the mistranslations of Asian writings into western literature in the 18th and 19th centuries. At that point, most of the translators were missionaries, and they cared little about biology or even philosophic concepts. They had been concerned largely with translating Christian concepts into Asian languages. Thus, translating in the reverse direction, 18th and 19th century translators rendered Chinese mei “sour apricot” as “plum,” Japanese tanuki “raccoon dog” as “badger,” and so on. This continues. Chinese qing, the comprehensive term for green, blue, and light gray, is translated with glorious indifference to context into English; I have seen references to a “green fox,” a “blue buffalo,” and so forth. Non-anthropological writers in general cannot seem to understand that many languages lump these colors, and it does not mean that the people could not see the differences in actual hue. Chinese, in fact, has distinctive words for pure green and pure blue, derived from dyestuff names. Such mistranslation extends to philosophy. Missionaries often could not resist pushing their favorite Christian words onto the Chinese. Thus the famous pair of ren and li, literally “humaneness and principle,” appear as “benevolence and righteousness”—good forthright Victorian Christian virtues.
On the other hand, scholars since the earliest times often worked to find the right words to translate alien concepts. This was perhaps especially true in religion, where exact translations of the Bible were required from earliest times. Even so, countless errors crept in, such as “eagles” for “vultures” in the King James Bible (see Hunn 1979). Islam reduces the problem by holding that the Quran was revealed in 7th century Arabic and must stay that way. Students must learn it in the original, hopefully with good glosses to explain the meaning. Chinese classics are also read and studied in classical Chinese, with commentaries to explain them. Translations into modern vernacular Chinese are a new thing. The characters are the same, but grammar and usage are different, and the classics are in a telegraphic form that would have required unpacking even in their own time. Greek and Latin classic presented much deeper problems, because their main modern readers were people speaking daughter languages or wholly different languages. Concepts like kalon agathon “beautiful and noble” had implications far beyond their literal meaning.
The problem of translating concepts to and from unwritten languages of small-scale societies confronted Bible translators from the beginning. Trying to discuss deserts, camels, lions, and such in Inuit or Paiute posed obvious difficulties. Trying to understand what the Inuit or Paiute were saying was often even harder. Countless mistakes are enshrined in modern placenames. “Arequipa” means “yes, you may rest here,” an answer to the Spanish request expressed by pointing to the ground and making questioning noises. Similarly, when Columbus on one of his voyages stopped a canoe full of Maya north of the Yucatan peninsula and asked about the name of the land over there, the person he questioned looked blank, and somebody helpfully said “Ma’ u’ yu’u’ ka t’aan ih”—“he didn’t understand what you said.” Columbus took the accented syllables and everyone was happy. The Spanish then compounded the error by thinking tan was the Nahuatl locative ending tlan or tan, and thus started to refer to the inhabitants as Yucatec, tek being the Nahuatl ending for “people a place ending in tan.” Some scholars have now taken this to a truly ridiculous level by assuming “Yucatec” is a genuine indigenous term, and spelling it Yukatek. Such is linguistic evolution.
Seriously translating unwritten languages became a real scholarly concern with the rise of kinship studies, and especially the landmark work of Lewis Henry Morgan. He was far from the first to realize that traditional kinterms do not map onto English or Latin ones, but he was the first to realize how much it mattered for understanding society. His monumental compilation kinship systems, Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity of the Human Family (1871), remains unparalleled. It came out in the same year as Darwin’s Descent of Man and Edward Tylor’s Primitive Culture—surely the true birth year of anthropology as a serious discipline.
Morgan’s students and correspondents were quickly converted. He and they expanded the interest in what would come to be called “native categories.” He applied them to Iroquois terms (Morgan 1954 [1851]) and house terms (Morgan 1882), but it was left to his follower Frank Cushing to invent what we now consider real ethnobiology. Cushing was a New York boy who became fascinated with “Indians.” Discovering the work of Morgan, he was converted, and became an anthropologist, without at the time needing much teaching. He attached himself to research trips in the southwest, and was influenced by Jesse Walter Fewkes, who started so much in southwest studies; Fewkes was already working on Indigenous plant names and uses. Cushing nested in Zuni Pueblo, and spent several years there. Here he invented participant observation, leading an entirely Zuni life—farming, hunting, and eventually being initiated into the highly respected Bow Priesthood. Unfortunately, he was always sickly, as well as being a bit erratic, and he died before publishing most of his work. (According to Zuni tradition, he was disclosing some secrets of the Bow Priesthood, and thus was struck dead.) Enough survives to produce profound respect for his ethnographic skills.
His most impressive work appeared in an odd fashion: during one of several periods of needing money, he wrote a series of articles for a milling company’s house magazine. These were collected after his death, and published as Zuni Breadstuff by the Museum of the American Indian in New York (Cushing 1920). This is possibly the most anthropologically sophisticated and thorough report on a small-scale culture’s staple food in early anthropological literature. Almost all the articles concern maize. Cushing not only wrote down all the practical knowledge he could collect, but also all the Zuni rituals and religious and ideological ideas about maize. They were an integral part of maize production and consumption.
In this and in his articles on Zuni ethnobiology (see Cushing 1979), he was meticulous about explaining the Zuni words rather than providing a simple translation. For this, he was taken to task by Matilda Cox Stephenson, who had written a Zuni ethnobotany conspicuously failing in that regard. Cushing responded with a reasoned argument for getting the Indigenous concepts right, rather than merely approximating. Morgan and Cushing continued to inspire authors. The next generation included Frank Russell, who taught briefly at Harvard before being consigned by ill health to the deserts of Arizona. Here he completed a superb ethnography of the Pima (now Akimel O’odham) before passing away (Russell 1908). The book is the first ethnography to take the Indigenous perspective consistently in all aspects of culture. At about the same time appeared Alice Fletcher and Joseph La Flesche’s enormous ethnography, The Omaha Tribe (1906), compiled largely by La Flesche, who was himself an Omaha. Franz Boas’ enormous ethnographic compilations of Northwest Coast lore similarly involved reliance on Indigenous consultants. His work with George Hunt (part Anglo, part Tsimshian, but raised from early childhood by and as a Kwakiutl) is famous as perhaps the most utterly comprehensive ethnography from a largely Indigenous point of view. It includes a vast number of recipes, collected with the help of George Hunt’s Kwakiutl wife. She also supplied a range of respectful sayings used by women for such acts as asking permission of trees to take bark from them, and then thanking them for the gift.
The other major development of the time was the beginning of John Peabody Harrington’s epochal work. He dedicated his life to documenting Native American languages, working on dozens of them, focusing most on Chumash, a nearly lost language family. He and his wonderful Chumashan consultants had a great deal to do with saving the languages and culture, now being robustly revived by tribal members. Unfortunately, he became more and more paranoid, hiding his work and refusing to publish. A few early researches on Pueblo groups and on the Karok saw the light, and in these he and his coauthors argue for full exploration of Indigenous categories in linguistics (Harrington 1932; Henderson and Harrington 1914; Robbins, Harrington and Freire-Marreco 1916). Cushing is duly acknowledged in the Pueblo work, and his influence clearly lies behind it. It is worth noting that these books popularized the fairly new coinage “ethnobotany” (Harshberger 1896) and introduced the companion word “ethnozoology.”
The scene now shifts to England. British ethnography had rarely taken Indigenous perspectives. Bronislaw Malinowski was to change all this. Apparently Cushing was the ultimate source of Malinowski’s ideas. As nearly as I can reconstruct it from the histories (Kuklick 1991; Kuper 1983; Stocking 1995), A. C. Haddon met Cushing in New York and was told how and why to seek out Indigenous categories rather than simply using loose translations. Haddon told his co-explorer W. H. R. Rivers, who was Malinowski’s main teacher in anthropology. Rivers tried some work with Indigenous categories, but was pulled back by his main field, psychology, working with “shell-shocked” soldiers in World War I. His work laid the foundations of what we not call post-traumatic stress disorder and its treatment. Meanwhile, Malinowski found himself interned on the Trobriand Islands by Australia; being from Poland, at that point occupied by Germany, Malinowski was classed as an “enemy alien.” With nothing to do but ethnography, Malinowski compiled what may still be the best single corpus of ethnography ever done on one group of people, in spite of Malinowski’s thoroughly Colonial and unregenerate attitude. (He was to reform later, and train Jomo Kenyatta and other rebels against the British Raj.) His classic book was Argonauts of the Western Pacific (1961, orig. 1922), which greatly elaborated on Morgan’s analysis and understanding of kinship. His work Coral Gardens and Their Magic (1935) was his major contribution to ethnobiology, and here he meticulously documents the full meanings of all terms for crops, garden tools, processes of gardening, and so forth. Following Cushing again, he details the rituals as an integral part of the gardening process.
The next major event was the birth of ethnobiology and ethnoscience, new coinages that rose along with the union of cognitive, linguistic, ethnological, and biological research in the 1950s. This union was effected by students of George Peter Murdock at Yale. Many had worked on Murdock’s enormous project to study Micronesia, newly acquired from Japan after WWII. The first on the post, however, was Harold Conklin, who had been researching the Philippines. Here the veteran botanist H. H. Barnett introduced him to ethnobotany and the need to get the names right. The result was Hanonoo Agriculture (Conklin 1957), still a landmark in the field. His papers (the major ones collected in Conlin 2007) discuss in detail his ways of studying language.
The other great ethnobiologist and linguistic analysis of the Murdock lineage was Charles Frake. He wrote little, but his papers (collected by Anwar Dil, 1980) remain the best introduction to semantic analysis of words for things, specifically in Indigenous languages. It is revealing that Conklin’s and Frake’s main contributions to the field were dictionaries, not ethnographies. Among Frake’s students at Stanford was Brent Berlin, who quickly became the leader of semantic analyses of traditional terminological systems for plants and animals. His work Ethnobiological Classification (1992) remains the definitive study of that field. It has never been surpassed, and findings since then have largely confirmed his analysis, though qualifying it substantially in some areas.
In particular, we have rediscovered Cushing’s finding that religious and spiritual dimensions are often embedded in traditional words and concepts, and must be considered part of the definition of a term. (See, for various perspectives on this observation, Anderson 1996; Berkes 2008; Kohn 2013; Sponsel 2012).
A large number of publications in ethnobiology and ethnoscience followed, and the field acquired increasing sophistication in cognitive psychology and in linguistics. Some pushback developed, from people who opposed such detailed study of people’s actual concepts and words. Marvin Harris (1968) attacked the entire enterprise as a waste of time, since he considered simple comparative ethnology to be the only real purpose of anthropology. His mission was to ground the field in functional studies of how cultures guide people in getting calories and protein. Among other things, he was largely responsible for the misuse of “emic” and “etic” to mean “insider’s view” and “outsider’s view,” a mistake that still bedevils the field. Kenneth Pike generalized the terms from “phonemic” and “phonetic,” to mean “given by the structure of the language itself” as opposed to “given by analysis using a generalized grid suitable for all languages.”
An example I always use of how clueless Harris was even about his own chosen area (calories) was his attack on Metzger and Williams’ study of Tzeltal firewood (1966). He considered it too trivial a topic. He should have known that firewood was at the time the principal use of wood by humans, and probably still is today. I had to spend serious time in the field with the Maya learning which woods to use and how dry they should be. In an area with dozens of tree species, ranging from worthless woods that flash off in a minute to the rock-hard, slow-burning, coal-forming jabiin (Piscidia piscipula), firewood gathering is a major subject, and getting firewood can absorb two or three hours of a Maya woman’s day.
The earlier work could now be rooted in knowledge of how humans classify and how language is constructed. Findings on traditional biological classification were brought together in Ethnobiological Classification (1992).
People with similar anthropological, linguistic, cognitive, and biological backgrounds formed a tight group, coalescing around the Society of Ethnobiology and the Society for Economic Botany, which eventually changed its name to the Society for Ethnobotany. Impressive ethnographies, comparable in scope to the earlier works of Russell and Malinowski but drawing on far more sophisticated social science, included Eugene Hunn and James Selam’s ethnography of the Sahaptin, N’Chi-Wana, the Big River (1990), and Russell Bernard and Jesús Salinas Pedraza’s Native Ethnography (1989). From many non-United States examples, we may simply mention Ian Saem Majnep’s magical books with Ralph Bulmer (1977, 2007).
This type of tightly constructed, meticulously detailed, scientifically grounded ethnography continues today. Eglée and Stanford Zent’s work with the Venezuelan Nï Jotï y Jodena U (2019) is exemplary (but hard to find and solely in Spanish).
Berlin, Hunn, Conklin, and other stalwarts set standards that cannot be totally neglected, and all serious ethnobiological research now takes account of the need to document Indigenous linguistic usage, as well as both practical ceremonial associations of plants and animals in the cultures in question.
Unfortunately, I am seeing a drift away from the standards of the late 20th century. Several factors have conspired to thin out the use of Indigenous categories in current ethnobiological work. One is the steady rise of academic silos. The easy cross-disciplinary days when we could merge anthropology, biology, psychology, and linguistics are gone. Specialized knowledge is now required to make significant contributions to any of these areas, and no one can stay current enough to be functional in even two of them. This, in turn, leads to loss of focus on the essential cross-disciplinary nature of the field. We can fix the problem up to a point by working with people from different disciplines, but even this is getting hard to do.
Under such case, the disciplines are drifting apart. More and more biologists are attracted to ethnobiology, but they are not always well trained in eliciting and recording Indigenous categories and worldviews. More and more anthropologists are interested in “animal studies,” “plant studies,” “multispecies ethnography,” and similar newly-evolving subfields, but they are often quite ignorant of biology. They can write at length about people who live with animals, but they are not always in a position to say much about the animals. There is a new field of “critical plant studies,” but apparently it has nothing to do with ethnobiology; it seems to be about modern people’s attitudes toward plants. A notable exception is Anna Tsing (e.g. 2015), who does her homework on biological as well as ethnographic issues. Similarly, there is a new and exciting trend in environmental history to combine standard history with extremely competent and well-deployed biology, allowing for major new insights in that area (some good new examples are Hoffmann 2023 for Europe, Lander 2021 for China).
It is thus useful to recapitulate the reasons for wanting more accuracy in these matters. First, it should be common scholarly convention to at least be accurate in identification. Blue buffaloes and plums that are really apricots should absolutely not be allowed. Second, there is point made by Cushing and echoed by his many followers: We are trying to understand Indigenous culture, including language, and we obviously are not understanding those matters if we insist on using simple glosses for words that cover complicated realms. Working on China, I have found that sloppiness in translating simple plant and animal names goes with sloppiness in translating more serious philosophical and religious terms. Understanding is not served by that. Third, there are serious issues of psychology and linguistics at stake here. There are even philosophical questions to address, as David Ludwig has been telling us for some years now (Ludwig 2018; Ludwig et al. 2023). Brent Berlin has been so much the authority for years that few think of going beyond his work.
Fourth, the world’s languages are among the most amazing creations of the human spirit. Every language is a masterpiece of brilliant innovation. The classifications of the world embodied in biological terminology are stunning works, like the masterpieces of portraying nature that one finds in medieval manuscripts (e.g. Phebus 1998). We should pay them the highest respect. This, at the very least, means getting the names right.
Appendix
Some examples of why you need to look at local categories: What happens to words.
Other categories can be really different. In Tahitian East Polynesian, there is no concept of “water.” Salt water is a totally different thing from fresh. Salt is “white people’s seawater”—so seawater and salt are classed together, but fresh water has a totally different word.
Words can be polysemous—having more than one meaning. “Wood” in English means both the material and the grove that produces it. “Tree” once had a similar extension, meaning “wood” as a material, but this has been lost, and “tree” means only the living plant itself.
Words very often get used metaphorically, and then the metaphoric meaning may become commoner than the original meaning. Only dog breeders now use “bitch” in its original sense.
Words can get expanded over time. Chinese wen “marks” originally meant spots on an animal, tally marks made by people, and the like. When writing was invented, it was used for characters. It thus came to mean “literature,” and then “culture in general,” and by extension “civil” as opposed to “military”: wen vs. wu, people who write vs. people who fight. Something similar happened with English “score,” originally meaning to scratch something, thus expanded to mark a win in a game, and on from there. “Current” extended from streams to electricity, to say nothing of current events.
Words can contract in meaning over time. “Man” was the original gender-neutral term for “person” in English (cf mann in German). It has only recently come to mean “male.” One of Frake’s examples of semantics is the multiple-level contrast of “man” in English: Person vs animal; male vs. female; adult vs child (man vs boy); stalwart tough guy vs meek one (“Are you a man or a mouse?”). Thus the word has four levels of contrast (Frake 1980).
A Chinese example is fan “cooked grain,” which originally meant any grain or even root staple crops, and still does in North China, but has become restricted to cooked rice in South China, parallelling Southeast Asian words for cooked rice (e.g. Indonesian nasi).
And, speaking of rice, in English we call the semidomesticated aquatic grain Zizania “wild rice,” though it is not very closely related to rice. However, in China, real rice (Oryza sativa) occurs in both domesticated and wild forms, and so does Zizania. Worse, Zizania has now been fully domesticated in US. Thus, we now speak of “wildrice” to mean Zizania, even when it is domesticated, and “wild rice” to speak of wild Oryza. So, China has both wild rice and domesticated wildrice. Clear?
Another process famous in ethnobiology is marking reversal. Newly introduced animals, foods, etc., are very often called “foreign X,” “new X,” or something like that, “X” being the local equivalent. Thus, in English, chiles get called “red pepper,” using the term for a completely different and unrelated plant that is similarly spicy. Chinese does this a lot: “foreign jakfruit” for pineapple, “foreign pomegranate” for guava, and so on. Often, the foreign item becomes more familiar than the local, and thus the “foreign” gets dropped. So pineapples are jakfruits in China now. Maize is called by a name formerly applied to a kind of millet. Similarly, anyone learning Maya might wonder why there are native Maya words for horses and guns, in spite of those being very new to Maya experience, coming with the Conquest. The answer is that the Maya soon saw the resemblance of horses to tapirs, and called the horse the “Castilian tapir”—kaaxlan ts’iimin. Soon the horse became much better known than the tapir, so the horse is now just ts’iimin, while the tapir is k’aaxih ts’iimin, “forest tapir.” The word for gun originally meant “blowgun.” So the Spanish gun was at first a Castilian blowgun.
All these processes are common in most languages. Thus, pinning down the meaning of a word often means following up metaphoric extensions, expansions, restrictions, changes over time, marking reversals, and much more. It is not a simple or easy process. Ethnobiologists must spend a great deal of time in the field hearing people actually talk about plants and animals.
References
Anderson, E. N. 1996. Ecologies of the Heart. New York: Oxford University Press.
Berkes, Fikret. 2008. Sacred Ecology: Traditional Ecological Knowledge and Resource Management. 2nd edn. Philadelphia: Taylor and Francis.
Berlin, Brent. 1992. Ethnobiological Classification: Principles of Categorization of Plants and Animals in Traditional Societies. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Bernard, H. Russell, and Jesús Salinas Pedraza. 1989. Native Ethnography: A Mexican Indian Describes His Culture. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Boas, Franz. 1921. Ethnology of the Kwakiutl. Bureau of American Ethnology, Annual Report XXXV: 43-1481.
Hunn, Eugene. 1979. “The Abominations of Leviticus Revisited: A Commentary on Anomaly in Symbolic Anthropology.” In: Ellen, Roy F., and David Reason (eds.), Classifications in Their Social Context. London: Academic Press. Pp. 103-116.
Hunn, Eugene, with James Selam. 1990. Nch’i-Wana, the Big River. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Kohn, Eduardo. 2013. How Forests Think: Toward an Anthropology Beyond the Human. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Kuklick, Henrika. 1991. The Savage Within: The Social History of British Anthropology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Kuper, Adam. 1983. Anthropology and Anthropologists: The Modern British School. 2nd edn. London: Routledge.
Lander, Brian. 2021. The King’s Harvest: A Political Ecology of China form the First Farmers to the First Empire. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Ludwig, David; Charbel El-Hani; Abigail Nieves (eds.). 2023. Special Issue on Philosophy and Ethnobiology. Journal of Ethnobiology 43, no. 3.
Malinowski, Bronislaw. 1935. Coral Gardens and Their Magic: A Study of Methods of Tilling the Soil and of Agricultural Rites in the Trobriand Islands. London: George Allen and Unwin.
Metzger, Duane, and Gerald Williams. 1966. “Some Procedures and Results in the Study of Native Categories: Tzeltal ‘Firewood.’” American Anthropologist 68:389-407.
Morgan, Lewis Henry. 1871. Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity of the Human Family. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution. Contributions to Knowledge 17:2.
— 1954 (orig. 1851). League of the Ho-De-No-Sau-Nee or Iroquois. New Haven: Human Relations Area Files.
— 1877. Ancient Society. New York: Henry Holt.
— 1882. Houses and House-Life of the American Aborigines. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office.
Phébus, Gaston, Comte de Foix. 1998. The Hunting Book of Gaston Phébus. Introduction by Marcel Thomas and François Avril, tr. Sarah Kane; commentary by Wilhelm Schlag. London: Harvey Miller Publishers.
Robbins, Wilfred William; John Peabody Harrington; Barbara Freire-Marreco. 1916. Ethnobotany of the Tewa Indians. Washington, DC: Bureau of American Ethnology. Bulletin 55.
Russell, Frank. 1908. The Pima Indians. Bureau of American Ethnology, Annual Report XXVI, pp. 3-390.
Majnep, Ian Saem, and Ralph Bulmer. 1977. Birds of My Kalam Country. Auckland, NZ: University of Auckland Press.
— 2007. Animals the Ancestors Hunted. Adelaide, S. Australia: Crawford House.
Malinowski, Bronislaw. 1961 [1922]. Argonauts of the Western Pacific. New York: Dutton.
Malinowski, Bronislaw. 1935. Coral Gardens and Their Magic: A Study of Methods of Tilling the Soil and of Agricultural Rites in the Trobriand Islands. London: George Allen and Unwin.
Sponsel, Leslie E. 2012. Spiritual Ecology: A Quiet Revolution. Santa Barbara, CA: Praeger (Imprint of ABC-CLIO).
Stocking, George. 1995. After Tylor. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
Tsing, Anna Lowenhaupt. 2015. The Mushroom at the End of the World: On the Possibility of Life and Capitalist Ruins. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Zent, Eglée; Stanford Zent; Nï Jotï y Jodena U. 2019. Nï Jotï Aye: Jkyo Jkwainï / Libro Comunitario Jotï: Historia, Territorio, y Vida. Caracas: Ediciones IVIC (Instituto Venezolano de Investigaciones Científicas).
Just about 8400 pages as of 2021 (after bk 32, article 51, chap 61). Splitting the difference on coauthored books.
PUBLISHED
Books and Monographs
1. 1970. The Floating World of Castle Peak Bay. Washington, DC: American Anthropological Association, Anthropological Studies Series, Vol. 3, 274 pages.
2. 1972. Essays on South China’s Boat People. Taipei: Orient Cultural Service. 146 pages.
3. 1973. Eugene N. Anderson and Marja L. Anderson. Mountains and Water. Taipei: Orient Cultural Service. 179 pages.
4. 1978. Eugene N. Anderson and Marja L. Anderson. Fishing in Troubled Waters: Research on the Chinese Fishing Industry in West Malaysia. 346 pages. Taipei: Orient Cultural Service.
5. 1978. A Revised, Annotated Bibliography of the Chumash and Their Predecessors. Socorro, New Mexico: Ballena Press. 82 pp.
7. 1988. The Food of China. New Haven: Yale University Press. 263 pp.
7a. 1997. One chapter, “Traditional Medical Values of Food,” reprinted (from above) in a book of readings in nutritional anthropology: Counihan, Carole, and Penny Van Esterik (eds.): Food and Culture: A Reader. New York and London: Routledge. Pp. 80-91.
8. 1996. Ecologies of the Heart. New York: Oxford University Press. xiii + 256 pp.
8a. 1999. One chapter, “Chinese Nutritional Therapy” (pp. 29-54), reprinted in a book of readings in nutritional anthropology: Alan Goodman, Darna Dufour and Getel Pelto (eds.), Nutritional Anthropology: Biocultural Perspectives on Food and Nutrition. Mountain View, CA: Mayfield. Pp. 198-211.
9. 1996. Ed./introduction to: Duff, Wilson: Bird of Paradox, the Unpublished Writings of Wilson Duff. Surrey, B.C.: Hancock House. (Introductory material, pp. 1-117, and editorial matter, pp. 281-313, plus overall editing, of posthumous work by a leading Canadian anthropologist.)
10. 1997. Coyote Way. Pleasant Hills, CA: Small Poetry Press. 100 pp. (Poetry.)
11. 2000. A Soup for the Qan. By Paul D. Buell and E. N. Anderson. London: Kegan Paul International. 715 pp. (Chinese text [ca. 160 pp.], translation, and book-length editorial matter, scholarly commentary, and annotations.)
Second edition, 2010. Xviii, 662 pp. Leiden: Brill.
12. 2003. Those Who Bring the Flowers: Maya Ethnobotany in Quintana Roo, Mexico. By E. N. Anderson with José Cauich Canul, Aurora Dzib, Salvador Flores Guido, Gerald Islebe, Felix Medina Tzuc, Odilón Sánchez Sánchez, and Pastor Valdez Chale. Chetumal, Quintana Roo: ECOSUR. 323 pp.
Spanish edition: Las Plantas de los Mayas: Etnobotánica en Quintana Roo, México. Tr. Gerald Islebe and Odilón Sánchez Sánchez. Chetumal: Colegio de la Frontera Sur (successor to ECOSUR).
13. 2004. Introduction to Cultural Ecology, by Mark Q. Sutton and E. N. Anderson. Walnut Creek: AltaMira (division of Rowman and Littlefield). Xiii + 385 pp.
Second edition, 2009.
Third edition, 2013.
14. 2004. Rights, Resources, Culture, and Conservation in the Land of the Maya. Ed. by Betty B. Faust, E. N. Anderson, and John G. Frazier. Westport, CT: Greenwood.
15. 2005. Everyone Eats. New York: New York University Press. Viii + 294 pp.
2nd edn., 2014.
16. Chase-Dunn, Christopher, and E. N. Anderson, eds. 2005. The Historical Evolution of World-Systems. New York: Palgrave MacMillan.
17. 2005. Animals and the Maya in Southeast Mexico, by E. N. Anderson and Felix Medina Tzuc. Tucson: University of Arizona Press. Xviii + 251 pp.
18. 2005. Political Ecology in a Yucatec Maya Community. Tucson: University of Arizona Press. Xx + 275 pp.
19. 2007. Floating World Lost: A Hong Kong Fishing Community. New Orleans: University Press of the South. Ix + 206 pp.
20. 2008. Mayaland Cuisine: The Food of Maya Mexico. St. Louis: Mira Publishing Co.
2nd edn., 2013, 213 pp.
21. 2010. The Pursuit of Ecotopia: Lessons from Indigeonous and Traditional Societies for the Human Ecology of Our Modern World. Santa Barbara, CA: Praeger (imprint of ABC-Clio). Xiii + 251 pp.
22. 2011 Ethnobiology, ed. by E. N. Anderson, Deborah M. Pearsall, Eugene S. Hunn, and Nancy J. Turner. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley-Blackwell. Viii + 399 pp.
23. 2013 Warning Signs of Genocide, by Eugene N. Anderson and Barbara A. Anderson. Lanham, MD: Lexington Books (division of Rowman and Littlefield). Xiii + 213 pp.
24. 2014. Caring for Place. Walnut Creek: Left Coast Press. 305 pp. (Selected by Choice magazine as an Outstanding Academic Book for 2014; about 1/10 of books they review, and thus about 2.5% of all academic books, make this cut)
25. 2014. Food and Environment in Early and Medieval China. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. 338 pp.
Reviews: Robert Hart, Economic Botany 70:94; Kaori O’Connor, Journal of Anthropological Research 72:1, http://www.journals.uchicago.edu/doi/full/10.1086/685268
26. 2016 Barbara Anderson and Gene Anderson: A Power of Good: Language of a Midwestern Childhood. Chesterfield, MO: Mira Publishing. 95 pp. (Popular booklet.)
27. 2017 K’oben: 3,000 Years of the Maya Hearth, by Amber O’Connor and E. N. Anderson. Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield. 203 pp.
28. 2017 E. N. Anderson and Barbara Anderson. Halting Genocide in America. Chesterfield, MO: Mira Publishing. 91 pp.
29. 2019 The East Asian World-System: Climate and Dynastic Change. Cham, Switzerland: Springer Nature. Xii + 248 pp.
30. 2020 Paul D. Buell, E. N. Anderson, Montserrat de Pablo, and Moldir Oskenbay. Crossroads of Cuisine: The Eurasian Heartland, the Silk Roads, and Foods. Leiden: Brill. xi + 340 pp.
31. 2020 E. N. Anderson and Barbara Anderson. Complying with Genocide: The Wolf You Feed. Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield. 172 pp.
32. 2021 Paul D. Buell and Eugene N. Anderson. Arabic Medicine in China: Tradition, Innovation, and Change. Leiden: Brill. 1005 pp.
Refereed/Scholarly Journal Articles
1. 1963 “Tahitian Bonito Fishing,” Kroeber Anthropological Society Papers 28:87-113.
2. 1964 “A Bibliography of the Chumash and Their Predecessors,” University of California Archaeological Survey Reports 61:25-74.
3. 1967 “Prejudice and Ethnic Stereotypes in Rural Hong Kong,” Kroeber Anthropological Society Papers 37:90-107.
4. 1967 “The Folksongs of the Hong Kong Boat People,” Journal of American Folklore 80:285-296. Reprinted in Essays on South China’s Boat People, 1972.
5.+ 1968 “Changing Patterns of Land Use in Rural Hong Kong,” Pacific Viewpoint 9:1:33-50. Reprinted in Mountains and Water, 1973.
6. 1969 Eugene N. Anderson and Marja L. Anderson. “Folk Medicine in Rural Hong Kong.” Ethnoiatria II:I. Reprinted in Mountains and Water, 1973.
7. 1969 Eugene N. Anderson and Marja L. Anderson. “Cantonese Ethnohoptology.” Ethnos, pp. 107-117. Reprinted in Mountains and Water, 1973.
8. 1969 “Sacred Fish,” Man 4:3:443-449. Reprinted in Essays on South China’s Boat People, 1972.
9. 1970 “The Boat People of South China,” Anthropos 65:248-256. Reprinted in Essays on South China’s Boat People, 1972.
10. 1970 “Traditional Aquaculture in Hong Kong,” Journal of Tropical Geography 30:11-16.
11. 1970 “Reflexions sue la cuisine.” L’Homme 10:2:122-124.
12. 1970 Eugene N. Anderson and Marja L. Anderson. “The Social Context of a Local Lingo.” Western Folklore XXXIX:153-165.
13. 1971 “Beginnings of a Radical Ecology Movement.” Biological Conservation 3:4:1-2.
14. 1972 “Radical Ecology: Notes on a Conservation Movement.” Biological Conservation 4:4:285-291.
15. 1972 Eugene N. Anderson and Marja L. Anderson. “Penang Hokkien Ethnohoptology.” Ethnos 1-4:134-147.
16. 1972 “Some Chinese Methods of Dealing with Crowding.” Urban Anthropology 1:2:141-150. Reprinted in Mountains and Water, 1973.
17. 1972 “On the Folk Art of Landscaping” Western Folklore XXXI:3:179-188.
18. 1973 “A Case Study in Conservation Politics: California’s Coastline Initiative.” Biological Conservation 5:3:160-162.
19. 1974 “On the Need for Studies of Food Consumption Ideas.” Journal of the New Alchemists 2:128-132.
28. 1975 “Songs of the Hong Kong Boat People.” Chinoperl News 5:8-ll4.
21. 1977 “The Changing Tastes of the Gods.” Asian Folklore 36:1:19-30.
22. 1980 “’Heating’ and ‘Cooling’ Foods in Hong Kong and Taiwan.” Social Science Information 19:2:237-268.
23. 1984 “`Heating’ and `Cooling’ Foods Re-examined.” Social Science Information 23:4/5:755-773.
24. 1985 “The Complex Causation of South Chinese Foodways.” Annals of the Chinese Historical Society of the Pacific Northwest, pp. 147-158.
25. 1985 “Two Chinese Birds Among the Golden Mountains.” Annals of the Chinese Historical Society of the Pacific Northwest for 1984, pp. 257-259.
26. 1987 “Why is Humoral Medicine So Popular?” Social Science and Medicine, 25:4:331-337.
27. 1987 Eugene N. Anderson and Chun-Hua Wang. “Changing Foodways of Chinese Immigrants in Southern California.” In Annals of the Chinese Historical Society of the Pacific Northwest, 1985-86, pp. 63-69.
28. 1990 “Up Against Famine: Chinese Diet in the Early Twentieth Century.” Crossroads 1:1:11-24.
29. 1991 “Chinese Folk Classification of Food Plants.” Crossroads 1:2:51-67.
30. 1992 “Chinese Fisher Families: Variations on Chinese Themes.” Comparative Family Studies 23:2:231-247.
31. 1992 “A Healing Place: Ethnographic Notes on a Treatment Center.” Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly 9:3/4:1-21.
32. 1993 “Gardens in Tropical America and Tropical Asia.” Biotica n.e. 1:81-102.
33. 1993 “Southeast Asian Gardens: Nutrition, Cash and Ethnicity.” Biotica n.e. 1:1-12.
34. 1998 Teresa Wang and E. N. Anderson. “Ni Tsan and His ‘Cloud Forest Hall collection of Rules for Drinking and Eating.’” Petits Propos Culinaires 60:24-41.
34a. Reprinted with additions and corrections by Victor Mair and ENA: Eugene N. Anderson, Teresa Wang, and Victor Mair. 2005. “Ni Zan, Cloud Forest Hall Collection of Rules for Drinking and Eating.” In Victor Mair, Nancy Steinhardt and Paul R. Goldin (eds.), Hawai’i Reader in Traditional Chinese Culture. Honolulu, HI: University of Hawaii Press. Pp. 444-455.
35. 1999 “Child-raising among Hong Kong Fisherfolk: Variations on Chinese Themes.” Bulletin of the Institute of Ethnology, Academia Sinica, 86:121-155.
36. 2000 E. N. Anderson, Teik Aun Wong and Lynn Thomas. “Good and Bad Persons: The Construction of Ethical Discourse in a Chinese Fishing Community.” Bulletin of the Institute of Ethnology, Academia Sinica, 87:129-167.
37. 2000 “Maya Knowledge and ‘Science Wars.’” Journal of Ethnobiology 20:129-158.
38. 2002 “Some Preliminary Observations on the California Black Walnut (Juglans californica). Fremontia 30:12-19. (Nonrefereed scholarly journal of the California Native Plant Society).
39. 2004 Barbara A. Anderson, E. N. Anderson, Tracy Franklin, and Aurora Dzib-Xihum de Cen. “Pathways of Decision Making among Yucatan Mayan Traditional Birth Attendants.” Journal of Midwifery and Women’s Health 49:4:312-319.
40. 2007 “Malaysian Foodways: Confluence and Separation.” Ecology of Food and Nutrition 46:205-220 (Special Issue: Tribute to Christine S. Wilson (1919-2005), ed. by Barrett P. Brenton, Miriam Chaiken, and Leslie Sue Lieberman.)
41. 2011 “Yucatec Maya Botany and the ‘Nature’ of Science.” Journal of Ecological Anthropology 14:67-73.
42. 2012 E. N. Anderson and Barbara Anderson: “Development and the Yucatec Maya in Quintana Roo: Some Successes and Failures.” Journal of Political Ecology 18:51-65.
43. 2012 “Anthropology of Religion and Environment: A Skeletal History to 1970.” Journal for the Study of Religion, Nature and Culture 6:9-36.
44. 2012 Hiroko Inoue, Alexis Alvarez, Kirk Lawrence, Anthony Roberts, E. N. Anderson and Christopher Chase-Dunn. “Polity Scale Shifts in World-Systems Since the Bronze Age: A Comparative Inventory of Upsweeps and Collapses.” International Journal of Comparative Sociology 53:210-229. (I contributed only about 1% of this.)
45. 2012 “Religion in Conservation and Management: A Durkheimian View.” Journal for the Study of Religion, Nature and Culture 6:398-420.
46. 2013 “Conquest, Migration and Food in Mongol China: Yuan Food in Chinese Context.” Journal of Chinese Dietary Culture 9:1-51.
48. 2017 “Birds in Maya Imagination: A Historical Ethno-ornithology.” Journal of Ethnobiology 37:637-662.
49. 2017 Chelsey Geralda Armstrong, Anna C. Shoemaker, Iain McKechnie, Anneli Ekblom, Péter Szabó, Paul J. Lane, Alex C. McAlvay, Oliver J. Boles, Sarah Walshaw, Nik Petek, Kevin S. Gibbons, Erendira Quintana Morales, Eugene N. Anderson, [8 others], Carole Crumley. “Anthropological Contributions to Historical Ecology: 50 Questions, Infinite Prospects.” PloS One, doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0171883. Ca. 40 pp.
50. 2019 Christopher Chase-Dunn, Peter Grimes, and Eugene N. Anderson, “Cyclical Evolution of the Global Right.” Canadian Review of Sociology 56:529-555.
51. 2021 Fernández-Llamazares, Álvaro, et al. and 29 others. I am #14. “Scientists’ Warning to Humanity on Threats to Indigenous and Local Knowledge Systems.” Journal of Ethnobiology 41:144-169.
Invited Book Chapters and Working Papers
1. 1972 “The Life and Culture of Ecotopia,” in Reinventing Anthropology, edited by Dell Hymes. New York: Pantheon Press, pp. 264-283. Reprinted in paperback, Vintage, 1973.
2. 1975 “Chinese Fishermen in Hong Kong and Malaysia,” in Maritime Adaptations in the Pacific, edited by Richard Casteel and George I. Quimby, pp. 231-246. Hague: Mouton. (In “World Anthropology” series.)
3. 1975 Eugene N. Anderson and Marja L. Anderson. “Folk Dietetics in Two Chinese Communities and its implications for the Study of Chinese Medicine.” In Medicine in Chinese Cultures, edited by Arthur Kleinman, Peter Kunstadter, E. Russell Alexander, and James E. Gale. USHEW, pp. 143-176.
4. 1977 Eugene N. Anderson and Marja L. Anderson. “Modern China: South.” In Food in Chinese Culture, edited by K.C. Chang, Yale University Press, 1977, pp. 319-382.
5. 1978 Eugene N. Anderson and Marja L. Anderson and John H.C. Ho. “Environmental Background of Young Chinese Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma Patients.” In Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma: Etiology and Control, edited by G. Dethe and Y. Ito. Lyon, France: WHO, International Agency for Research on Cancer. Pp. 231-240.
6. 1979 “Social History of Hong Kong Boat Folk Songs” in Legend, Lore and Religion in China: Essays in Honor of Wolfram Eberhard on His Seventieth Birthday,” edited by Sarah Allen and Alvin Cohen, CMC Asian Library Series No. 13. San Francisco: Chinese Materials Center, pp. 155-175.
7. 1981 “The Changing Social Context of Hong Kong Fishermen’s Songs.” Proceedings of the 30th International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa: China, Vol. I. Mexico City: El Colegio de Mexico. 15 pp.
8. 1982 “Cuisine,” invited article for The Cambridge Encyclopedia of China. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 382-390.
Reprinted with some revisions in the second edition of the encyclopedia, 1991, pp. 368-377.
9. 1983 “A View from the Bottom: The Rise and Decline of a Malaysian Chinese Town.” In The Chinese in Southeast Asia, Vol. 2, Peter Gosling and Linda Lim, eds., pp. 147-169. Singapore: Maruzen Asia.
10. 1984 “Ecologies of the Heart.” In Proceedings, International Chinese Conference, Michael W. Gandy, Mason Shen and Effram Korngold, eds., pp. 205-230. Oakland: Michael Gandy.
11. 1985 “A Mosaic of Two Food Systems on Penang Island, Malaysia.” In Food Energy in Tropical Systems, Dorothy Cattle and Karl Schwerin, eds. Food and Nutrition in History and Anthropology Series, Vol. l4, pp. 83-104. New York: Gordon and Breach.
12. 1987 “A Malaysian Tragedy of the Commons.” In The Question of the Commons, McCay, Bonnie, and James Acheson, eds. Tucson: University of Arizona Press. Pp. 327-343.
13. 1987 Eugene N. Anderson and Harry Lawton. “Chinese Religion, Temples and Festivals in the San Bernardino Valley. In Wong Ho Leun: An American Chinatown. The Great Basin Foundation, editors. San Diego: The Great Basin Foundation. Vol. 2, pp. 25-44.
14. 1989 “The First Green Revolution: Chinese Agriculture in the Han Dynasty.” Food and Farm, Christina Gladwin and Kathleen Truman, eds. New York: University Press of America and Society for Economic Anthropology, pp. 135-151.
15. 1994 “Food and Health at the Mongol Court.” In: Kaplan, Edward H., and Donald W. Whisenhunt (eds.): Opuscula Altaica: Essays Presented in Honor of Henry Schwarz. Bellingham: Western Washington University, pp. 17-43.
16. 1994 “Fish as Gods and Kin.” In: Dyer, Christopher, and James R. McGoodwin (eds.): Folk Management in the World’s Fisheries. Niwot, CO: University Press of Colorado, pp. 139-160.
17. 1994 “Food.” In: Wu Dingbo and Patrick Murphy (eds.): Handbook of Chinese Popular Culture. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, pp. 35-54.
18. 1995 “Prinz Wen Huis Koch–Einfuhrung in die chinesische Nahrungs-Therapie.” In: Keller, Frank Beat (ed.): Krank Warum? Ostfildern, Germany: Cantz (for Swiss Ethnological Museum), pp. 3-22.
19. 1995 “Natural Resource Use in a Maya Village.” In: Fedick, Scott, and Karl Taube (eds.): The View from Yalahau. Riverside: Latin American Studies Program Field Report Series #2. Pp. 139-148.
20. 1996 “Gardens of Chunhuhub.” In: Hostetler, Ueli (ed.): Los Mayas de Quintana Roo: Investigaciones antropologicas recientes. Universitat Bern, Institut fur Ethnologie, Arbeitsblatter, #14. Pp. 64-76.
20a. 1998. Republished in slightly different form in Tercer Congreso Internacional de Mayistas, Memoria. Mexico City: Universidad Autónoma de México and Universidad de Quintana Roo. Pp. 291-310.
21. 2001 “Flowering Apricot: Environmental Practice, Folk Religion, and Daoism.” In: N. J. Girardot, James Miller, and Liu Xiaogan (eds.): Daoism and Ecology: Ways within a Cosmic Landscape. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, Center for the Study of World Religions, Harvard Divinity School. Pp. 157-184.
Translated into Chinese for Chinese edition of this book, Beijing, 2008.
22. 2001 “Comments.” In: Richard Ford (ed.), Ethnobiology at the Millennium. Ann Arbor, MI: Museum of Anthropology, University of Michigan. Anthropological papers No. 91. Pp. 175-186. (Comments on a series of papers from the Society of Ethnobiology annual conference, 2000, published here in book form.)
23. 2002 “Biodiversity Conservation: A New View from Mexico.” In: John R. Stepp, Felice S. Wyndham, and Rebecca K. Zarger (eds.): Ethnobiology and Biocultural Diversity. Athens, GA: University of Georgia Press. Pp. 113-122.
24. 2003 “Traditional Knowledge of Plant Resources.” In: A. Gomez-Pompa, M. F. Allen, Scott Fedick, and Juan J. Jimenez-Osornio (eds.): The Lowland Maya Area: Three Millennia at the Human-Wildland Interface. New York: Haworth Press. Pp. 533-550.
25. 2003 “Caffeine and Culture.” In: William Jankowiak and Daniel Bradburd (eds.): Drugs, Labor, and Colonial Expansion. Tucson: University of Arizona Press. Pp. 159-176.
26. 2003 “China,” subentries “Ancient and Dynastic China,” “Beijing (Peking) Cuisine,” “Guangzhou (Canton) Cuisine,” “Sichuan (Szechuan) Cuisine,” “Zhejiang (Chekiang) Cuisine,” Encyclopedia of Food and Culture, ed. by Solomon Katz and William Woys Weaver. New York: Charles Scribners’ Sons. Pp. 379–396.
27. 2003 “Ess- und Trinkkultur.” Das Grosse China-Lexikon, ed. by Brunhild Staiger, Stefan Friedrich und Hans-Wilm Schütte. Darmstadt, Germany: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft. Pp. 194-197. (Encyclopedia entry.)
28. 2004 E. N. Anderson, Betty B. Faust, John G. Frazier. “Introduction: An Environmental and Cultural History of Maya Communities in the Yucatan Peninsula.” In: Betty B. Faust, E. N. Anderson, and John G. Frazier (eds.): Rights Resources, Culture, and Conservation in the Land of the Maya. Westport, CT: Praeger. Pp. 1-30.
29. 2004 “Valuing the Maya Forests.” In: Betty B. Faust, E. N. Anderson, and John G. Frazier (eds.): Rights Resources, Culture, and Conservation in the Land of the Maya. Westport, CT: Praeger. Pp. 117-130.
30. 2004 “Heating and Cooling Qi and Modern American Dietary Guidelines: Personal Thoughts on Cultural Convergence.” In Jacqueline Newman and Roberta Halperin (eds.): Chinese Cuisine, American Palate. New York: Center for Thanatology Research and Education, Inc. Pp. 26-33.
31. 2004 Barbara Anderson, E. N. Anderson, and Roseanne Rushing: “Violence: Assault on Personhood.” In Barbara A. Anderson: Reproductive Health: Women and Men’s Shared Responsibility. Sudbury, MA: Jones and Bartlett. Pp. 163-204.
32. 2005 E. N. Anderson and Christopher Chase-Dunn: “The Rise and Fall of Great Powers.” In Christopher Chase-Dunn and E. N. Anderson (eds.): The Historical Evolution of World-Systems. New York: Palgrave MacMillan. Pp. 1-19.
33. 2005 “Lamb, Rice, and Hegemonic Decline: The Mongol Empire in the Fourteenth Century.” In Christopher Chase-Dunn and E. N. Anderson (eds.): The Historical Evolution of World-Systems. New York: Palgrave MacMillan. Pp. 113-121.
34. 2007 E. N. Anderson and Lisa Raphals: “Taoism and Animals.” In Paul Waldau and Kimberley Patton (eds.): A Communion of Subjects: Animals in Religion, Science, and Ethics. New York: Columbia University Press. Pp. 275-290.
35. 2009 “Northwest Chinese Cuisine and the Central Asian Connection.” In David Holm (ed.), Regionalism and Globalism in Chinese Culinary Culture. Taipei: Foundation of Chinese Dietary Culture. Pp. 49-78.
36. 2009 “Cuisines” and “Health, Nutrition, and Food,” Berkshire Encyclopedia of China (online), pp. 529-535 and 1010-1012.
37. 2010 “Indigenous Traditions: Asia.” Berkshire Encyclopedia of Sustainability, vol. 1, The Spirit of Sustainability. Pp. 216-221.
38. 2010 “Food and Feasting in the Zona Maya of Quintana Roo.” In John Staller and Michael Carrasco (eds.), Pre-Columbian Foodways: Interdisciplinary Approaches to Food, Culture, and Markets in Ancient Mesoamerica. New York: Springer. Pp. 441-465.
39. 2010 “Managing Maya Landscapes: Quintana Roo, Mexico.” In Leslie Main Johnson and Eugene S. Hunn (eds.), Landscape Ethnoecology: Concepts of Biotic and Physical Space. New York: Berghahn. Pp. 255-276.
40. 2010 “Food Cultures: Linking People to Landscapes.” In Sarah Pilgrim and Jules Pretty (eds.), Nature and Culture: Rebuilding Lost Connections. London: Earthscan. Pp. 185-196.
41. 2011 “Emotions, Motivation, and Behavior in Cognitive Anthropology.” In David Kronenfeld, Giovanni Bennardo, Victor C. de Munck, and Michael D. Fischer (eds.), A Companion to Cognitive Anthropology. New York: Wiley-Blackwell. Pp. 331-354.
42. 2011 “Introduction.” In E. N. Anderson, Deborah Pearsall, Eugene Hunn and Nancy Turner (eds.), Ethnobiology. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley-Blackwell. Pp. 1-14.
43. 2011 “Ethnobiology and Agroecology.” In E. N. Anderson, Deborah Pearsall, Eugene Hunn and Nancy Turner (eds.), Ethnobiology. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley-Blackwell. Pp. 305-318.
44. 2011 “Drawing from Traditional and ‘Indigenous’ Socioecological Theories.” In Helen Kopnina and Eleanor Shoreman-Ouimet, Environmental Anthropology Today. London: Routledge. Pp. 56-74.
45. 2011 “War, Migration, and Food in Mongol China: Yuan Dynasty Food and Medicine.” In Proceedings of the 12th Symposium on Chinese Dietary Culture. Taiwan: Foundation for Chinese Dietary Culture. Pp. 1-32.
46. 2011 “China.” In Food Cultures of the World: Encyclopedia. Vol.: Asia, Ken Albala, ed. Santa Barbara, CA: ABC-Clio. Pp. 61-72.
Access electronically: http://ebooks.abc-clio.com. User B5342E, password abccomp.
47. 2013 “Culture and the Wild.” In The Rediscovery of the Wild,Peter H. Kahn, Jr., and Patricia H. Hasbach, eds. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Pp. 157-180.
48. 2013 “What Shapes Cognition? Traditional Sciences and Modern International Science.” In Explorations in Ethnobiology: The Legacy of Amadeo Rea, Marsha Quinlan and Dana Lepofsky, eds. Denton, TX: Society of Ethnobiology. Pp. 47-77.
49. 2013 “Foreword.” In Environmental Anthropology Engaging Ecotopia: Bioregionalism, Permaculture, and Ecovillages, Joshua Lockyer and James Veteto, eds. New York: Berghahn. Pp. xi-xviii.
50. 2013 “Learning Is Like Chicken Feet: Assembling the Chinese Food System.” In International Conference on Foodways and Heritage, Conference Proceedings, Sidney C. H. Cheung and Chau Hing-wah, eds. Hong Kong: Government of Hong Kong, Leisure and Cultural Services Dept. Pp. 3-20.
51. 2013 Stand Straight and Never Bend: How China Fed Millions of People for Thousands of Years. Working Paper #1, Dept. of Anthropology, Sun Yat-sen University [Zhongshan University], Guangdong, China. 24 pp.
52. 2013 “Tales Best Told Out of School: Traditional Life-Skills Education Meets Modern Science Education.” In Anthropology of Environmental Education, Helen Kopnina, ed. New York: Novinka. Pp. 1-24.
53. 2014 “China.” In Food in Time and Place: The American Historical Association Companion to Food History. Berkeley: University of California Press. Pp. 41-67.
54. 2016 “Agriculture, Population, and Environment in Late Imperial China.” In Environment, Modernization and Development in East Asia: Perspectives from Environmental History, Ts’ui-jung Liu and James Beattie, eds. Houndsmill, Basingstoke, UK: Palgrave MacMillan. Pp. 31-58.
Translated into Chinese, Taipei 2018, pp. 55-96
55. 2017 “Ethnobiology and the New Environmental Anthropology.” In Routledge Handbook of Environmental Anthropology, Helen Kpnina and Eleanor Shoreman-Oiuimet, eds. Abingdon (Oxford) and New York: Pp. 31-43.
56. 2017 “Traditional and Nontraditional Medicine in a Yucatec Maya Community.” In Plants and Health: New Perspectives on the Health-Environment-Plant Nexus, Elizabeth Olson and Richard Stepp, eds. New York: Springer. Pp. 1-16.
57. 2018 “Chinese Cuisine.” In Asian Cuisines: Food Culture form East Asia to Turkey and Afghanistan, Karen Christensen, ed. Great Barrington, MA: Berkshire. Pp. 3-11.
58. 2018. “Traditional Chinese Medicine and Diet.” In Asian Cuisines: Food Culture form East Asia to Turkey and Afghanistan, Karen Christensen, ed. Great Barrington, MA: Berkshire. Pp. 12-15.
59. 2019 “Traditional Intensive Organic Farming.” In Organic Food, Farming and Culture: An Introduction, ed. by Janet Chrzan and Jacqueline A. Ricotta. London: Bloomsbury Academic. Pp. 31-43.
60. 2019 E. N. Anderson, Jacqueline A. Ricotta, and Janet Chrzan. “Conclusion.” In Organic Food, Farming and Culture: An Introduction, ed. by Janet Chrzan and Jacqueline A. Ricotta. London: Bloomsbury Academic. Pp.293-300.
61. 2020 Chelsey Geralda Armstrong and Eugene N. Anderson. “Ecologies of the Heart.” In Archaeologies of the Heart, Kisha Supernant, Jane Eva Baxter, Natasha Lyons, and Sonya Atalay, eds. Cham, Switzerland: SpringerNature. Pp. 39-58.
62. 2021. “Ecology: Environments and Empires in World History, 3000 BCE-ca. 1900 CE,” by James Beattie and Eugene Anderson. In The Oxford World History of Empire. Vol. 1, The Imperial Experience, edited by Peter Fibiger Bang, C. A. Bayly, and Walter Scheidel. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Pp. 460-493.
Electronic Publications
1. 1998 “Managing Maya Commons: Chunhuhub, Quintana Roo.” Proceedings of the International Association for the Study of Common Property, annual conference, Vancouver, Canada. One of several papers selected by the organizers of the conference for electronic publication. (Book chapter 35 above is a greatly expanded and rewritten version.)
3. 2018 Articles for Wiley International Encyclopedia of Anthropology, online: E. N. Anderson and Kristen Sbrogna, “Agroecology”; Mark Q. Sutton and E. N. Anderosn, “Cultural Materialism” (i.e. Cultural Ecology); E. N. Anderson, “Motivation.”
4. 2019 The Cyclical Evolution of the Global Right, by Christopher Chase-Dunn, Peter Grimes, and E. N. Anderson. Irows working papers 134, at https://irows.edu.ucr/papers/irows134.htm.
2. 1966 “Bird Selling in San Hui,” Hong Kong Bird Report, 1965 pp. 49-51.
3. 1968 “The Chumash Indians of Southern California,” Malki Museum Brochure #4. Malki Museum Press. (Popular writing) Reprinted 1975.
4. 1969 “The Kingfishers” and “The Duck Farm,” In Transit: The Gary Snyder Issue, pp. 24-25. (Two poems)
5. 1969 “The Social Factors Have Been Ignored,” Harvard Educational Review, 39:3:581-585. (Commentary, unrefereed, in major journal.)
6. 1969 “Caucasian Genes in American Negroes,” in Science, 166:3911:1353. Reprinted in Human Population, Genetic Variation and Evolution, by Laura Newell Morris. 1971, pp. 446-447. (Letter, reprinted in reader on human genetics.)
7. 1970 “Lineage Atrophy in Chinese Society,” American Anthropologist 72:363-365. Reprinted in Mountains and Water, 1973. (Unrefereed research note in major journal)
8. 1970 Invited Comment on: “Mannerism and Cultural Change: An Ethnomusicological Example,” by Ruth Katz, Current Anthropology, XI:469. (Note)
9. 1970 “Hoklo Boat People,” Urgent Anthropology, Current Anthropology, XI:I:82-83. (Brief comment in major journal.)
10. 1970 “Toward a Planner’s Guide to Ecology,” Ecology: The Journal of Cultural Transformation, 1:6-11. (Popular writing)
11. 1970 “Notes for the Biosphere,” Ecology: The Journal of Cultural Transformation, 1:2-5. (Popular writing)
12. 1971 “A Food Tract,” Ecology: The Journal of Cultural Transformation, 1:3:5-18 and 1:4:6-13. (Popular writing)
13. 1971 “A Design for the Tropical Center,” The New Alchemy Institute Spring Bulletin, pp. 16-20. (Scholarly but unrefereed journal.)
14. 1971 “A Design for the Tropical Center” (in Spanish). Leaflet distributed by The New Alchemy Institute. 6 pages. (Largely a translation of the previous item.)
15. 1972 Western Riverside County: A Natural History Guide, E. N. Anderson, Riverside. 33 pages. (Popular writing, booklet)
16. 1972 Man on the Santa Ana. Tri-County Conservation League Riverside. 10 pages. (Popular writing, booklet)
17. 1972 The Living Santa Ana River. Edited and majority written by E.N. Anderson. Tri-County Conservation League, Riverside. 3l pages. (Popular writing, booklet)
18. 1972 Herbs. Jurupa Cultural Center, Riverside. 32 pages. (Popular writing, booklet)
19. 1973 The Edible Forest. Jurupa Cultural Center, Riverside. 26 pages. (Popular writing, booklet)
20. 1973 Vegetables. Jurupa Cultural Center, Riverside. 26 pages. (Popular writing, booklet)
21. 1977 Comment on Marvin Harris’ “Cultural Ecology of India’s Sacred Cattle.” Current Anthropology 18:3:552.
22. 1977 Comment on R. Winzeler. Current Anthropology 18:3:552.
23. 1977 Will Staple, Gene Anderson, Lowell Levant. Coyote Run: Poems by Will Staple, Gene Anderson, Lowell Levant. Anderson Publications, Riverside. (Book; my poems, pp. 27-56)
24. 1978 “Sea Birds Off Tahiti” Western Tanager. Journal of Los Angeles Audubon Soceity, p. 6. (Popular.)
25. 1978 Invited Comment on Paul Diener and Eugene Robkin, “Ecology, Evolution, and the Search for Cultural Origins: The Question of Islamic Pig Prohibition.” Current Anthropology 19:3:509.
26. 1979 “Chinese Food: First Million Years.” Wok Talk III:5:1, 8. (Popular.)
27. 1979 “Beijing and Delhi.” Western Tanager 45:10:6. (Popular. Reprinted in Bird Watcher’s Digest.)
28. 1980 Invited comment on Paul Diener, “Quantum Adjustment, Macroevolution, and the Social Field: Some Comments on Evolution and Culture.” Cultural Anthropology 21:4:431-432.
29. 1980 Comment on Daniel E. Moerman, “On the Anthropology of Symbolic Healing.” Current Anthropology 22:1:107.
30. 1980 “Food and Philosophy in Ancient China.” Wok Talk IV:3:1-7. (Popular.)
35. 1981 “The Foods of China’s Golden Age.” Wok Talk VI:1:9-10. (Popular.)
36. 1982 “Wisdom Literature as Prayers to Coyote.” Coyote’s Journal, P. 64. (Poem; major journal of poetry and literature)
37. 1983 The Inland Empire: A Natural History Guide. Jurupa Cultural Center, Riverside. (Booklet, 62 quarto pp.)
38. 1983 Nunez, Christina; Michael Hogan; E. N. Anderson. Food Banks and the Anthropology of Voluntary Organizations. California Anthropology 13:2:23-39. (Minor unrefereed journal. I was responsible for about 1/3 of this article. The other two authors were students here. Item missing from previous files, because the senior author published it without telling me.)
39. 1984 “Plant Communities and Bird Habitats in Southern California, Part II: The Chaparral.” Western Tanager 52:3:1-4. (Popular.)
40. 1985 Three poems in Reflections, Iain Prattis, ed. Washington: American Anthropological Association. (Collection of poetry by anthropologists about anthropological themes) pp. 211-217.
41. 1985 Invited comment on Cecil Brown, “Mode of Subsistence and Folk Biological Taxonomy.” Current Anthropology 26:1:53-54.
42. 1986 Invited comment on Cecil Brown, “The Growth of Ethnobiological Nomenclature.” Current Anthropology 27:1:11-12.
43. 1986 Comment on “The Social Context of Early Food Production” Current Anthropology 27:3:262-263.
44. 1988 Jean Gilbert, Claudia Fishman, Neil Tashima and Barbara Pillsbury, Fred Hess, Elvin Hatch, Barbara Frankel and Gene Anderson. “National Association of Practicing Anthropologists’ Ethical Guidelines for Practitioners.” American Anthropological Association Newsletter 29:8:8-9.
45. 1992 Invited comment “On Training and Certification,” CommuNiCator (Newsletter of the Council on Nutritional Anthropology), 16:1:1-2.
46. 1992 “Can Ancient Maya Wisdom Save Our Favorite Birds from the Cows?” Western Tanager March 1992, pp. 1-4. (Popular.)
47. 1992 “Four Fields in Ecological Anthropology,” long contribution to ongoing debate on the “Four Fields in Anthropology,” Anthropology Newsletter (official newsletter of the American Anthropological Assn.), Nov. 1992, p. 3.
48. 1993 “Teaching Philosophy,” statement to accompany Honorable Mention for Distinguished Teaching award from National Association of Student Anthropologists, Anthropology Newsletter, Feb. 1993, p. 18.
49. 1993 “A ‘Blue-Headed’ Solitary Vireo from Baja California,” The Euphonia 2:1:22. (Brief note)
50. 1993 “How Much Should We Privilege ‘Native’ Accounts?” American Anthropologist 95:706-707. (Commentary, unrefereed, in major journal.)
51. 1994 “Caught in the Flood of Urbanization.” Western Tanager 61:4:1-3. (Popular.)
52. 1995 “After the Fire: Bird Use of a New Burn.” Western Tanager 61:7:1-3. (Popular.)
53. 1995 “On Objectivity vs. Militancy.” Current Anthropology 36:820-821. (Commentary.)
54. 1997 “Vegetables, Roots, and Wisdom in Old China.” Journal of Ethnobiology 17:1:147-148 (Short Communication).
55. 2000 “On an Antiessential Political Ecology.” Current Anthropology 41:105-106.
56. 2000 “On ‘Are East African Pastoralists Truly Conservationists?’” Current Anthropology 41:626-627.
57. 2000 “Brief Notes on Observations in Spain.” Anthropology Newsletter 41:9:41-42.
58. 2001 Folk song text (collected and translated by myself), five photographs I took, and summary of my research writings on Hong Kong, published in Elizabeth Johnson: Recording a Rich Heritage: Research on Hong Kong’s ‘New Territories.’ Hong Kong Heritage Museum, Hong Kong. Pp. 82-88.
59. 2001 “Psychology and a Sustainable Future.” American Psychologist 56:5:457-458. (Comment on a series of articles on psychology and the environment.)
60. 2001 “Tropical Forest Game Conservation.” Conservation Biology 15:791-792. (Edited comment; major journal.)
61. 2002 Comment on “Maya Medicine in the Biomedical Gaze” by Ronald Nigh. Current Anthropology 43:789-790.
62. 2003 “Tropical Multiple Use.” Journal of Conservation Ecology 7:14. (Comment on earlier article: Victor Toledo, B. Ortiz-Espejel, L. Cortes, P. Moguel, M. D. J. Ordonez, 2003, “The Multiple Use of Torpical Forests by Indigenous Peoples in Mexico: A Case of Adaptive Management,” Journal of Conservation Ecology 7:article 9 online.)
63. 2008 Comment on “Reason and Reenchantment in Cultural Change: Sustainability in Higher Education” by Peggy Barlett (Current Anthropology 49:1077-1098). Current Anthropology 49:1090.
64. 2009 Comment on “Cultural Relativity 2.0” by Michael Brown (Current Anthropology 49:363-383). Current Anthropology 50:251.
65. 2010 Comment on “Attachment and Cooperation in Religious Groups” by Carol Popp Weingarten and James S. Chisholm. Current Anthropology 51:421-422.
66. 2010 “Ancient and Modern Foods from the Tarim Basin.” Expedition 52:3:5-6.
68. 2011 “Salt Water Songs of Hong Kong.” In The Columbia Anthology of Chinese Folk and Popular Literature, Victor H. Mair and Mark Bender (eds.). New York: Columbia University Press. Pp. 145-147.
69. 2012 “Cooking with Kublai Khan.” Flavor and Fortune 19:4:13-14.
70. 2013 “Folk Nutritional Therapy in Modern China.” In Chinese Medicine and Healing: An Illustrated History, TJ Hinrichs and Linda Barnes, eds. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Pp. 259-260.
71. 2013 “Are Minds Modular?” (Letter, with answer by Michael Shermer and comment by Steven Pinker.) Scientific American, May, 8-9.
72. 2-13 “Happiness Now or Later.” (Letter, with answer by editors.) Scientific American Mind, July/August, p. 4.
73. 2013 “Foreword.” In Environmental Anthropology Engaging Ecotopia: Bioregionalism, Permaculture, and Ecovillages, Joshua Lockyer and James R. Veteto, eds. New York: Berghahn. Pp. xi-xviii.
74. 2013. Preface and two poems, “Desert in Fall” and “Nocturne.” In A Poet Drives a Truck: Poems by and for Lowell Levant, Ronald Levant, Carol Slatter and Caren Levant, eds.Copley, OH: Truck Stop Press.
75. 2016 “Foreword.” In Shen Nong Bencao Jing: The Divine Farmer’s Classic of Materia Medica, translated and edited by Sabine Wilms. Corbett, OR: Happy Goat Productions. Pp. xxiii-xxx.
76. 2018 Comment on Ludwig, David. 2018. “Revamping the Metaphysics of Ethnobiological Classification.” Current Anthropology 59:415-438.
77. 2019 “Afterword.” In American Chinese Restaurants: Society, Culture and Consumption, Jenny Banh and Haiming Liu, eds. New York: Routledge. Pp. 301-303.
78. 2020 “Archaeologies of the Heart: People, Land, and Heritage Management in the Pacific Northwest,” by Chelsey Geralda Armstrong and E. N. Anderson. In Ecologies of the Heart, K. Supernant, K.; J. E. Baxter; N. Lyons, S. Atalay. Pp. 39ff.
UNPUBLISHED (BUT CIRCULATED AND AVAILABLE) TECHNICAL WRITINGS
1. 1967 “The Ethnoichthyology of the Hong Kong Boat People,” Ph.D. Dissertation, University of California, Berkeley. Printed in Essays on South China’s Boat People, 1972. 105 pp.
2. 1987 Eugene N. Anderson and Evelyn Pinkerton. “The Kakawis Experience.” Kakawis Family Development Centre, 68 pp. + appendices. (Contracted technical study and report to Kakawis Family Development Centre.)
3. 2007 Sun Simiao. Recipes Worth a Thousand Gold: The Food Sections. Tr. Sumei Yi, ed. E. N. Anderson. Ms circulated electronically. 56 pp.
4. 2007 The Tropical Food Security Garden. On website, www.krazykioti.com.
5. 2015 Sycamore Canyon Natural History. A report to the Riverside Municipal Museum. Available on website, www.krazykioti.com.
REVIEWS:
Review Articles
1. 1977 The Chinese by C. Osgood. Reviews in Anthropology 4:1:17-24.
2. 1981 Review article of Arthur Kleinman: Patients and Healers in the Context of Culture: An Exploration of the Borderland between Anthropology, Medicine and Psychiatry, and Margaret Lock, East Asian Medicine in Urban Japan. Reviews in Anthropology 8:1:45-58.
3. 1984 Cooking, Cuisine and Class by Jack Goody. Reviews in Anthropology 10:2:89-95.
4. 1994 Islands, Plants and Polynesians ed. by Paul Alan Cox and Sandra Anne Banack, and Traditional Plant Foods of Canadian Indigenous Peoples: Nutrition, Botany and Use by Harriet Kuhnlein and Nancy J. Turner. Reviews in Anthropology 23:97-104.
5. 1995 Human Ecology as Human Behavior by John Bennett, and Radical Ecology by Carolyn Merchant. Reviews in Anthropology 24:113-122.
6. 1999 “Native American Cultural Representations of Flora and Fauna.” Ethnohistory 46:373-382
7. 2000 The Ecological Indian by Shepard Krech. Journal of Ethnobiology 20:37-42.
8. 2002 “ New Textbooks Show Ecological Anthropology Is Flourishing.” Reviews in Anthropology 33:231-242.
9. 2007 Behavioral Ecology and the Transition to Agriculture, ed. by Douglas Kennett and Bruce Winterhalder. Journal of Ethnobiology 27:277-280.
10. 2009 Trying Leviathan: The Nineteenth-Century New York Court Case that Put the Whale on Trial and Challenged the Order of Nature, by D. Graham Burnett. Journal of Ethnobiology 29:362-365.
11. 2014 E. N. Anderson and Seth Abrutyn: “Robert Bellah’s Religion in Human Evolution.” Journal for the Study of Religion, Nature and Culture 8:111-127.
Short Reviews
(Probably not a complete list, since I think I have missed some announcements from Choice that my short reviews for them were published)
1. 1966 “La peche au grand filet a Tahiti,” by Paul Ottino. Journal of Polynesian Society 75:1:130-131.
2. 1967 The Sea Nomads, by David E. Sopher. Oceania 37:4:313-314.
3. 1974 Tai Yu Shan: Traditional Ecological Adaptation in a South Chinese Island, by Armando de Silva and The Men and Women of Chung Ho Ch’ang, by Mary B. Treudley. American Anthropologist 76:3:610-611.
4. 1975 December’s Child, by Thomas Blackburn. Journal of California Anthropology 2:2:241-244.
5. 1975 Chinese Symbols and Superstitions by H. T. Morgan, Journal of American Folklore. Spring 1975.
6. 1976 California: Five Centuries of Cultural Contrasts by J. Nava and B. Barger. Journal of California Anthropology 3:3:100-102.
7. 1977 The Eye of the Flute by T. Hudson et al. Journal of California Anthropology 4:1:1-141-142.
8. 1977 Migrants of the Mountains by W.R. Geddes Ethnopharmacology Society Newsletter 1:1:5-6.
9. 1977 Fig Tree John: An Indian in Fact and Fiction by P. Beidler, Journal of California Anthropology 4:2:322.
10. 1978 Food in Chinese Culture by Charles W. Hayford, Journal of Asian Studies XXXVII:4:738-40.
11. 1978 Edible and Useful Plants of California by Charlotte Clarke, Journal of California Anthropology 5:1:139-140.
12. 1981 Chinese Village Politics in the Malaysian State by Judith Strauch, Newsletter of the Association for Political and Legal Anthropology 5:3:17-19.
13. 1981 Manna: An Historical Geography by R.A. Donkin, Journal of Historical Geography 7:3:329-330.
14. 1983 “Cities in China” film series (three films: “Xian,” “Suzhou,” Biejing”). American Anthropologist 85:2:491-492.
15. 1984 Shenfan by William Hinton, American Anthropologist 1986:1002.
16. 1984 Nourishment of Life by Linda Koo, Social Science and Medicine 20:3:350-354.
17. 1985 Living the Fishing by Paul Thompson, et al, Urban Life 14:3:350-354.
18. 1987 Wives and Midwives by Carol Laderman, Medical Anthropology Newsletter.
19. 1987 Man and Land in Chinese History by Kang Chao, American Asian Review V:3:105-107.
20. 1987 Medicine in China History, Vol. 1: A History of Ideas. Vol. 2: A History of Pharmaceutics. Vol. 3: Nan-Ching: The Classic of Difficult Issues by Paul Unschuld, American Asian Review V:3:115-118.
21. 1988 The Cambridge History of China, vol. I: The Ch’in and Han Empires, ed. by Denis Twitchett and Michael Loewe, American Asian Review VI:1:78-82.
22. 1990 Disputers of the Tao by A. C. Graham. American Asian Review 8:4:135-139.
23. 1991 Cannibalism in China by Key Ray Chong. American Asian Review 9:2:109-112.
24. 1991 Native North American Interaction Patterns by Regna Darnell and Michael K. Foster, eds. Culture: Journal of the Canadian Anthropological Society, pp. 92-94.
25. 1991 Nch’i Wana: The Big River by Eugene Hunn. American Anthropologist 93:4:1002-1003.
26. 1991 With Bitter Herbs They Shall Eat It by Timothy Johns. Journal of Ethnobiology 11:2:184-186.
27. 1992 Origins of Agriculture and Settled Life by Richard S. MacNeish. Journal of Ethnobiology 12:198-26.
28. 1993 Coyote Stories and A Salishan Autobiography by Mourning Dove. Anthropology and Humanism Quarterly 18:2:84-85.
29. 1993 Tangweera by C. Napier Bell. Anthropology and Humanism Quarterly 18:2:85-86.
30. 1994 The Flowering of Man by Dennis Breedlove and Robert Laughlin. Economic Botany 48:1:101-102.
31. 1995 The Cuba Commission Report: A Hidden History of the Chinese in Cuba ed. by Dennis Helly. Journal of Caribbean Studies 10:99-101.
32. 1995 Chumash Healing by Phillip L. Walker and Travis Hudson. Journal of Ethnobiology 14:184.
33. 1995 Environmental Values in American Culture by Willett Kempton, James S. Boster, and Jennifer A. Hartley. Choice 33.2.
34. 1995 Prophets of Agroforestry: Guaraní Communities and Commercial Gathering by Richard K. Reed. Choice 33:3.
35. 1995 Memoirs of an Indo Woman: Twentieth-Century Life in the East Indies and Abroad by Marguerite Schenkhuizen, ed. and trans. by Lizelot Stout van Balgooy. Anthropology and Humanism 20:172-173.
1995 Prehistoric Cultural Ecology and Evolution, by Donald Henry. Choice 33-4589.
36. 1996 Earth’s Insights by J. Baird Callicott. Journal of Ethnobiology 16:130-131.
37. 1996 Eat Not This Flesh (2nd edn.) by Frederick Simoons. Journal of Ethnobiology 16:128-130.
38. 1996 Guest People: Hakka Identity in China and Abroad ed. by Nicole Constable. Choice 34:4.
39. 1997 Green Guerrillas ed. by Helen Collinson. Choice 34:6.
40. 1997 Humanity’s Descent by Rick Potts. Choice 35:1.
41. 1997 Hunting the Wren by Elizabeth Atwood Lawrence. Journal of Ethnobiology 17:67-68.
42. 1997 The Animal World of the Pharaohs by Patrick F. Houlihan. Journal of Ethnobiology 17:135-136.
43. 1997 Wild Men in the Looking Glass and The Artificial Savage by Roger Bartra. Journal of Ethnobiology 17:136-138.
44. 1997 Eco Homo by Noel T. Boaz. Choice 35:4.
45. 1997 Greenlanders, Whales, and Whaling by Richard Caulfield. Choice 35:4.
46. 1998 Shamanic Songs and Myths of Tuva by Mihaly Hoppal. Choice 35:5.
47. 1998 Bhutan: Mountain Fortress of the Gods ed. by Christian Schicklgruber and Francoise Pommaret. Choice 35:7.
48. 1998 Uncommon Ground by Victoria Strang. Choice 35:7.
49. 1998 Knowledges: Culture, Counterculture, Subculture by Peter Worsley. Choice 35:10.
50. 1998 Contested Arctic ed. by Eric Alden Smith and Joan McCarter. Choice 35:10.
51. 1998 Natural Premises: Ecology and Peasant Life in the Western Himalaya, 1800-1950 by Chetan Singh. Choice 36:5.
52. 1998 Our Babies, Ourselves: How Biology and Culture Shape the Way We Parent, by Meredith Small. Choice 36:2.
53. 1999 Golden Arches East: McDonald’s in East Asia, edited by James L. Watson. Anth rpos 94:307-310.
54. 1999 Wisdom from a Rainforest, by Stuart Schlegel. Choice 36:8.
55. 1999 Siren Feasts, by Andrew Dalby. Journal of Ethnobiology 18:2:188.
56. 1999 Building a New Biocultural Synthesis, ed. by Alan Goodman and Thomas Leatherman. Choice 36:10.
57. 1999 Rebuilding the Local Landscape: Environmental Management in Burkina Faso,
by Chris Howorth. Choice 37:3.
58. 2000 That Complex Whole: Culture and the Evolution of Human Behavior, by Lee Cronk. Choice 37:5.
59. 2000 Anthropology of Food: The Social Dynamics of Food Scarcity by Johan Pottier. Anthropos 95:1:296-298.
60. 2000 Plants for Food and Medicine ed. by H. D. V. Prendergast, N. L. Etkin, D. R. Harris, and P. J. Houghton. American Anthropologist 102:50-51.
61. 2000 Ruins of Identity: Ethnogenesis in the Japanese Islands by Mark J. Hudson. Choice 37:7.
62. 2000 Sustaining the Forest, the People, and the Spirit by Thomas Davis. Choice 37:10.
63. 2000 Las Plantas de la Milpa entre los Maya by Silvia Teran and Christian Rasmussen. Journal of Ethnobiology 19:219-220.
64. 2000 The Ambonese Curiosity Cabinet, by Georgius Everhardus Rumphius. Journal of Ethnobiology 19:258-259.
65. 2000 The Great Maya Droughts, by Richardson Gill. Choice 38:3.
66. 2001 In One’s Own Shadow: An Ethnographic Account of the Condition of Post-Reform Rural China, by Xin Liu. Choice 38:3.
67. 2001 Indigenous Environmental Knowledge and Its Trasnformations: Critical Anthropological Perspectives, ed. by Roy Ellen, Peter Parkes, and Alan Bicker. Choice 38:10.
68. 2001 Portraits of “Primitives”: Ordering Human Kinds in the Chinese Nation, by Susan Blum. Choice 38:10.
69. 2001 Between Mecca and Beijing: Modernization and Consumption among Urban Chinese Muslims, by Maris Boyd Gillette. Choice 38:10.
70. 2001 Feeding the World, by Vaclav Smil. Journal of Ethnobiology 20:217-221.
71. 2001 El Bosque Mediterráneo en el Norte de África, by Jesús Charco. Journal of Ethnobiology 20:237-238.
72. 2001 The Age of Wild Ghosts: Memory, Violence, and Place in Southwest China, by Erik Mueggler. Choice 39:02.
73. 2001 Environmental Anthropology: From Pigs to Politics, by Patricia Townsend. Choice 39:1.
74. 2001 New Directions in Anthropology and Environment: Intersections, ed. by Carole Crumley. Choice 39:4.
75. 2001 Imperfect Balance: Landscape Transformations in the Precolumbian Americas, ed. by David Lentz. Journal of Ethnobiology 21:53-55.
76. 2001 The Ecological Indian: Myth and Reality, by Shepard Krech III. Journal of Ethnobiology 20:37-42.
76a. 2002 A Society without Fathers or Husbands, by Hua Cai. Choice 39:5.
77. 2002 The Hmong of China: Context, Agency, and the Imaginary, by Nicholas Tapp. Choice 39:5.
78. 2002 Cocina indigena y popular, by CONACULTA. Petits Propos Culinaires 69:124-125.
79. 2002 Chinese Gleams of Sufi Light, by Sachiko Murata. Philosophy East and West 52:257-260.
80. 2002 Hosts and Guests Revisited: Tourism Issues of the 21st Century, ed. by Valene Smith and Maryann Brent. Choice 39:08.
81. 2002 Black Rice, by Judith A. Carney. Journal of Ethnobiology 21:53-54.
82. 2002 Changing Chinese Foodways in Asia, ed. by David Wu and Tan Chee-Beng. Journal of Asian Studies 61:2:689-691.
83. 2002 Mayo Ethnobotany, by David Yetman and Thomas VanDevender. Choice 39:11.
84. 2002 Feasts: Archaeological and Ethnographic Perspectives on Food, Politics, and Power, ed. by Michael Dietler and Brian Hayden. Anthropos 97:573-574.
85. 2002 The Cambridge World History of Food, ed. by Kenneth Kiple and Kriemhild Ornelas. Journal of Ethnobiology 22:163-164.
86. 2002 Ways of Being Ethnic in Southwest China by Stevan Harrell. Choice 40:03.
87. 2002 Culture, Environment, and Conservation in the Appalachian South, ed. by Benita J. Howell. Choice 40:3.
88. 2002 Appetites: Food and Sex in Postsocialist China, by Judith Farquhar. Choice 40:04.
89. 2003 When Culture and Biology Collide, by E. O. Smith. Choice 40:3479.
90. 2003 The World and the Wild, ed. by David Rothenberg and Marta Ulvaeus. Pacific Affairs 75:4:588.
91. 2003 China to Chinatown: Chinese Food in the West, by J. A. G. Roberts. Journal of Asian Studies 62:569-571.
92. 2003 Changing Chinese Foodways in Asia, ed. by David Wu and Tan Chee-beng. Anthropos 98:620-622.
93. 2003 Crafting Tradition, by Michael Chibnik. Choice 41-1618.
94. 2003 New Year Celebrations in Central China in Late Imperial Times, by Goran Aijmer. Choice 41-2554.
95. 2004 Moral Politics in a South Chinese Village: Responsibility, Reciprocity and Resistance, by Hok-Bun Ku. Choice 41-5442.
96. 2004 Indus Ethnobiology, ed. by Steven A Weber and William R. Belcher. Choice 41-5993.
97. 2004 Food in the Ancient World from A to Z, by Andrew Dalby. Journal of Ethnobiology 24:163-164.
98. 2004 Political Ecology: An Integrative Approach to Geography and Evnironment-Development Studies, ed. by Karl Zimmerer and Thomas J. Bassett. Choice 41-6682.
99. 2004 Social History and African Environments, ed. by William Beinart and JoAnn McGregor. Choice 41-6689.
100. 2004 The Nehalem Tillamook: An Ethnography, by Elizabeth Derr Jacobs. Choice 41-1026.
101. 2004 The Retreat of the Elephants, by Mark Elvin. Journal of Ethnobiology 24:352-354.
102. 2004 Anthropology of the Performing Arts, by Anya Royce. Choice 42:3518.
103. 2004 Miniature Crafts and Their Makers: Palm Weaving in a Mexican Town. Choice 42:6669.
104. 2005 Political Ecology, by Paul Robbins. Choice 42-5341.
105. 2005 Miniature Crafts and Their Makers: Palm Weaving in a Mexican Town, by Katrin S. Flechsig. Choice 2004:10393.
106. 2005 Collapse: How Societies Choose to Fail or Succeed, by Jared Diamond. Journal of Ethnobiology 25:143-145.
107. 2005 The Origin and Evolution of Cultures, by Robert Boyd and Peter Richerson. Choice 43:1027.
108. 2005 Facing the Wild: Ecotourism, Conservation and Animal Encounters, by Chilla Bulbeck. Choice 43:1641.
109. 2005 Intelligence in Nature: An Inquiry in Knowledge, by Jeremy Narby. Choice 43:2765.
110. 2006 Tending the Wild: Native American Knowledge and the Management of Calfornia’s Natural Resources, by Kat Anderson. Journal of California and Great Basin Anthropology 25:255-258.
111. 2006 Survival Skills of Native California, by Paul D. Campbell. Journal of California and Great Basin Anthropology 25:262-263.
112. 2006 Food Plants of China, by Hu Shiu-Ying. Journal of Ethnobiology 26:165-167.
113. 2006. Where Rivers and Mountains Sing: Sound, Music and Nomadism in Tuva and Beyond, by Theodore Levin. Choice 44:0226.
114. 2006 Miraculous Response: Doing Popular Religion in Contemporary China, by Adam Yuet Chau. Choice 44-0394.
116. 2006 People and Nature: An Introduction to Human Ecological Relations, by Emilio Moran. Choice 44:2770.
117. 2006 As Days Go By: Our History, Our Land, and Our People—The Cayuse, Umatilla and Walla Walla, ed. by Jennifer Karson. Choice 45-1077
118. 2007 Be of Good Mind: Essays on the Coast Salish, ed. by Bruce Granville Miller. Choice 45:2204.
119. 2007 The Earth Only Endures: On Reconnecting with Nature and Our Place in It, by Jules Pretty. Choice 45:4461.
120. 2007 Traditional Ecological Knowledge and Natural Resource Management, ed. by Charles R. Menzies. American Anthropologist 109:571-572.
121. 2008 “An Anthropology of Chocolate.” Review article on Chocolate in Mesoamerica: A Cultural History of Cacao, ed. by Cameron McNeil. American Anthropologist 110:71-73.
122. 2008 Chumash Ethnobotany: Plant Knowledge among the Chumash People of Southern California, by Jan Timbrook. Choice 45-6271.
123. 2008 Chumash Ethnobotany: Plant Knowledge among the Chumash People of Southern California, by Jan Timbrook. Journal of Ethnobiology 28:136-138.
124. 2008 Animals the Ancestors Hunted: An Account of the Wil Mammals of the Kalam Area, Papua-new Guinea, by Ian Saem Majnep and Ralph Bulmer. Journal of Ethnobiology 28j:134-136.
125. 2008 Wild Harvest in the Heartland: Ethnobotany in Missouri’s Little Dixie, by Justin Nolan. Journal of Ethnobiology 28:139-140.
126. 2008 Life in a Kam Village in Southwest China, 1930-1949, by Ou Chaoquan, tr. by D. Norman Geary. Brill, 2007.
127. 2008 Kinship and Food in South East Asia, ed. by Monica Janowski and Fiona Kerlogue. Copenhagen: NIAS press, 2007. Anthropos 103:2:598-599.
128. 2008 The Nature of an Ancient Maya City: Resources, Interaction and Power at Blue Creek, Belize, by Thomas Guderjan. Choice 46-1659.
129. 2008 Environmental Anthropology: a historical reader, ed. by Michael R. Dove and Carol Carpenter. Choice 46-1566.
130. 2008 Koekboya (and) Nomads in Anatolia, by Harald Bőhmer. Journal of Ethnobiology 28:318-319.
131. 2009 The Fishermen’s Frontier: People and Salmon in Southeast Alaska, by David F. Arnold. Choice 46-4615.
132. 2009 State and Ethnicity in China’s Southwest, by Xiaolin Guo. Choice 46-5188.
133. 2009 Christmas Island: An Anthropological Study, by Simone Dennis. Choice 46-6282.
134. 2009 Against the Grain, ed. by Bradley Walters, Bonnie J. McCay, Paige West and Susan Lees. Journal of Ethnobiology 29:360-362.
135. 2010 Spirits of the Air: Birds and American Indians in the South, by Shepard Krech. Choice 47-3251.
136. 2010 California Indians and the Environment: An Introduction (2nd edn.), by Kent Lightfoot and Otis Parrish. Choice 47-3252.
137. 2010 Biocultural diversity and indigenous ways of knowing: human ecology in the Arctic, by Karim-Aly Kassam. University of Calgary Press, 2009. Choice 47-5105.
138. 2010 Terres de Vanoise: Agriculture en Montagne Savoyarde, by Brien Meilleur. Journal of Ethnobiology 30:173-174.
139. 2010 Material Choices: Refashioning Bast and Leaf Fibres in Southeast Asia and the Pacific, edited by Roy Hamilton and Lynne Milgram. Ethnobiology Letters 1:3.
140. 2010 Trying Leviathan, by D. Graham Burnett. Ethnobiology Letters 1:4-6.
141. 2010 Grass Roots: African Origins of an American Art, edited by Dale Rosengarten, Theodore Rosengarten, and Enid Schildkrout. Ethnobiology Letters 1:7-8.
142. 2010. Spirits of the Air: Birds and American Indians in the South, by Shepard Krech III. Ethnobiology Letters 1:16-17.
143. 2010. Naming Nature: The Clash between Instinct and Science, by Carol Kaesuk Yoon. Ethnobiology Letters 1:30-32.
144. 2010 After the first full moon in April: a sourcebook of herbal medicine from a California Indian elder, by Josephine Grant Peters and Beverly R. Ortiz. Choice 48-1558.
145. 2010 Jungle laboratories: Mexican peasants, national projects, and the making of the pill, by Gabriela Soto Laveaga. Choice 48-2255.
146. 2011 Different truths: ethnomedicine in early postcards, by Peter A. G. M. de Smet. Kit Publishers, 2010. Choice 48-2759.
147. 2011 Biocultural diversity conservation: a global sourcebook, by Luisa Maffi and Ellen Woodley. Earthscan Publications Ltd., 2010. Choice 48-2767.
148. 2011 Indigenous Knowledge, Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, by Raymond Pierotti. Ethnobiology Letters 2:3-5.
149. 2011 Feeding the People, Feeding the Spirit: Revitalizing Northwest Coastal Indian Food, ed. by Elise Krohn and Valerie Segrest. Ethnobiology Letters 2:45.
150. 2011 Dark Green Religion, by Bron Taylor. Journal for the Study of Religion, Nature and Cultue 5:2:244-245.
151. 2011 Troubled Natures, by Peter Wynn Kirby. Choice 48-6986.
152. 2012 The Banana Tree at the Gate, by Michael Dove. Ethnobiology Letters 3:13.
153. 2012 From the Hands of the Weaver, ed. by Jacilee Wray. Choice 50-2152
154. 2012 Walking the Land, Feeding the Fire: Knowledge and Stewardship among the Tlcho Dene. Choice 50-2267.
155. 2012 Swamplife: People, Gators and Mangroves Entangled in the Everglades, by Laura Ogden. Choice 49-3461.
156. 2012. Our Nelson Island Stories, ed. by Ann Fienup-Riordan. Choice 49-3334.
157. 2012 Instituting Nature: Authority Expertise, and Power in Mexican Forests, by Andrew Mathews. Choice 49-5757.
158. 2012. Crude Domination: An Anthropology of Oil, ed by Andrea Behrends, Stephen P. Reyna, and Gunther Schlee. Choice 49-5152.
159. 2012 The Modern Maya: Incidents of Travel and Friendship in Yucatan, by Macduff Everton. Choice 50-0365.
160. 2013 Spiritual Ecology, by Leslie Sponsel. Current Anthropology 54:245-247.
161. 2013 Stealing Shining Rivers, by Molly Doane. Choice 50-5663.
162. 2013 The Ordination of a Tree, by Susan Darlington. Choice 50-6248.
163. 2013 Environmental Anthropology, ed by Helen Kopnina and Eleanor Shoreman-Ouimet. Choice 51-1575.
164. 2014 Environmental Winds, by Michael Hathaway. Choice 51-2805.
165. 2014. How Forests Think, by Eduardo Kohn. Choice 51-2744.
166. 2014 Uses of Plants by the Hidatsas of the Northern Plains, by Gilbert Wilson. Choice 52-2068.
167 2014 Native Art of the Northwest Coast: A History of Changing Ideas, ed. by Charlotte Townsend-Gault, Jennifer Kramer, and Ki-Ke-In. Choice 51-3635.
168 2014 The Ecology of the Barí: Rainforest Horticulturalists of South America, by Stephen Beckerman and Roberto Lizarralde. Choice 51-4520.
169 2014 The Bushmen, by Jiro Tanaka. Choice 52-1491.
170 2014 Uses of Plants by the Hidatsas of the Northern Plains, by Gilbert Wilson. Choice 52-2068.
171 2015. Hunters, Predators and Prey: Inuit Perceptions of Animals, by Frederic Laugrand. Choice 52-4291.
172. 2015 Islands’ Spirit Rising: Reclaiming the Forests of Haida Gwaii. Choice 52-4414.
173. 2015. The Sea Is My Country: The Maritime World of the Makahs, an Indigenous Borderland People, by Joshua Reid. Choice 53-0957.
174. 2015 Tikal: Paleoecology of an Ancient Maya City, by David L. Lentz, Nicholas Dunning and Vernon Scarborough (eds.). Choice 53-1796.
176. 2016 The Invention of Science: A New History of the Scientific Revolution, by David Wootton. Ethnobiology Letters 7:1:55-58, http://ojs.ethnobiology.org/index.php/ebl/issue/view/23/showToc
177. 2016 The Ecology of the Barí: Rainforest Horticulturalists of South America, by Stephen Beckerman and Roberto Lizarralde. Human Ecology 44:393-394.
178 2016 Embodying Ecological Heritage in a Mayan Community: Health, Happiness and Identity. Choice 53-5298.
179 2016. Introduction to Ethnobiology, by Ulysses Paulino-Albuquerque and Rodrigo Romeu Nobrega Alves. Choice 54-0648.
180. 2016. Why the Porcupine Is Not a Bird, by Gregory Forth. Choice 54-0747.
181. 2017 Tracing China: A Forty-Year Ethnographic Journey, by Helen Siu. Choice 54-3876.
182. 2017 Handbook on Ethnic Minorities of China, ed. by Xiaowei Zang. Choice 54-4838.
183. 2017 Radical Territories in the Brazilian Amazon, by Laura Zanotti. Choice 54:3895.
184. 2017 Science and Civilisation in China. Vol. 6, Biology and Biological Technology. Part IV: Traditional Botany: An Ethnobotanical Approach, by Georges Métailié. Translated by Janet Lloyd. Ethnobiological Letters 8:1:43-45.
185. 2017 Rural China on the Eve of Revolution: Sichuan Fieldnotes, 1949-1950, by G. William Skinner, ed. by Stevan Harrell and William Lavely. Choice 54-5679.
186. 2017 Empire of Cotton: A Global History, by Sven Beckert. Ethnobiology Letters 8:1:97-100.
187. 2017 The Patterning Instinct: A Cultural History of Humanity’s Search for Meaning, by Jeremy Lent. Choice 44-1414.
188. 2017 Moral Ecology of a Forest: The Nature Industry and Maya Post-Conservation, by José Martinez-Reyes. Ethnobiology Letters 8:1:142-143.
189. 2018 Chow Chop Suey: Chinese Food and the American Journey, by Anne Mendelson. Gastronomica, Spring. 2 pp.
197 2018 Poisonous Pandas: Chinese Cigarette Manufacturing in Critical Historical Perspectives, ed.by Matthew Kohrman et al. Choice 56:1250.
198 2018. Social Memory and State Formation in Early China, by Li Min. Choice 56:1171.
199 2018 Histoire et voyages des plantes cultivées à Madagascar avant le XVI siècle, by Philippe Beaujard. Ethnobiology Letters 9:2:245-246.
200 2018 The First Domestication: How Wolves and Humans Coevolved, by Raymond Pierotti and Brandy R. Fogg. Ethnobiology Letters 9:2:247-249.
201 2018 Domestication Gone Wild, ed. by Heather Swanson, Marianne Lien, and Gro Ween Choice 56-3191.
202 2019 Coastal Heritage and Cultural Resilience, ed. by Lisa Price and Nemer Narchi. Choice 56-G140.
203 2019 Energy at the End of the World, by Laura Watts. Choice 56-TJ808.
204 2019 The Southeast Asia Connection: Trade and Politics, by Sing Chew. Journal of World-System Research, Winter-Spring (online).
205 2019 An Inconstant Landscape: The Maya Kingdom of El Zotz, Guatemala by Thomas Garrison and Stephen Houston. Choice 56:4382.
206 2019 Anthropomorphizing the Cosmos by Prudence Rice. Choice 56-4760.
207 2019 Energy at the End of the World by Laura Watts. Choice 56-4348.
208 2019 Taste, Politics, and Identities in Mexican Food ed. by Steffan Igor Ayora-Diaz. Choice 57-0144.
209 2019 Beyond Repair: Mayan Women’s Protagonism in the Aftermath of Genocidal Harm, by Alison Crosby. Choice 57-0702.
210 2019 Ambient Temperature and Health in China ed. by Hualiang Lin, Wenjun Ma, and Qiyong Liu. Doody reviews online.
211 2019 Gao Village Revisited: The Life of Rural People in Contemporary China, by Mobo C. F. Gao. Choice 57-1416.
212 2019 Oral Health in America: The Stain of Disparity, ed. by Henrie Treadwell and Caswell Evans. Doody reviews online.
213 2019 Fruit from the Sands: The Silk Road Origins of the Foods We Eat, by Robert Spengler III. Ethnobiology Letters 10:109-110.
214 2019 Philosophical and Methodological Debates in Public Health, ed. by Jordi Vallverdu, Angel Puyok and Anna Estany. Doody Enterprises, review online.
215 2019 Multiple Nature-cultures, Diverse Anthropologies. Choice 57-2320.
216 2020 Foundations of Physical Activity and Public Health, 2nd edn, ed. by Harold W. Kohl III, Tinker D. Murray, and Deborah Salvo. Doody Enterprises, review online.
217 2020 Violence and the Caste War of Yucatan by Wolfgang Gabbert. Choice 57-3752..
218 2020 Culture, Environment and Health in the Yucatan Peninsula: A Human Ecology Perspective, ed. by Hugo Azcorra and Federico Dickinson. Doody Enterprises, online.
219 2020 Suckling: Kinship More Fluid, by Fadwa el Guindi. Doody Enterprises, online.
220 2020 Commercialisation of Medical Care in China, by Rama Baru and Madhurima Nundy. Doody Enterprises, online.
221 2020 Global Climate Change, Population Displacement, and Public Health: The Next Wave of Migration, by Lawrence Palinkas. Doody Enterprises, online.
222 2020 Understanding Collapse by Guy Middleton. Cliodynamics, summer 2020.
224 2020 Cultivating Nature: The Conservation of a Valencian Working Landscape by Sarah Hamilton. Environment and Society: Advances in Research 11:148-149.
225 2020 The River That Made Seattle: A Human and Natural History of the Duwamish, by B. J. Cummings. Choice 58-0856.
226 2020 Theology and Evolutionary Anthropology: Dialogues in Wisdom, Humility, and Grace,ed. by Celia Deane-Drummond and Agustin Fuentes. Choice 58-1084.
227 2020 Health of People, Health of Planet and Our Responsibility, ed. by Wael K. Al-Delaimy, Veerabhandran Ramanathan, and Marcelo Sanchez Sorondo. Doody Enterprises, online.
228 2020 Ecological Integrity in Science and Law, ed. by Laura Westra, Klaus Bosselmann, and Matteo Fermeglia. Doody Enterprises, online.
229 2020 The Real Business of Ancient Maya Economies: from Farmers’ Fields to Rulers’ Realms, ed. by Marilyn A. Masson, David Freidel, and Arthur A. Demarest. Choice 58-2036.2
230 2021 Implications of the California Wildfires for Health, Communities, and Preparedness, by National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine, Workshop on Preparedness. Doody Enterprises, online.
231 2021 Ethical Water Stewardship ed. by Ingrid Stefanovic and Zafar Adeel. Doody Enterprises, online.
232 2021 Animals through Chinese History: Earliest Times to 2011, ed. by Roel Sterckx, Martina Siebert, and Dagmar Schäfer. Ethnobiology Letters 12:1:14-15.
233 2021 Feeding the People: The Politics of the Potato, by Rebecca Earle. Ethnobiology Letters 12:1:55-57.
234 2021 Ancient Maya Politics by Simon Martin. Choice 58-3234.
235 2021 Salt in Eastern North America and the Caribbean: History and Archaeology, ed. by Ashley A. Dumas and Paul N. Eubanks. Choice 59, issue 2, HD-9213, 59-0489.
236 2021 Social Medicine and the Coming Transformation, ed. by Howard Waitzkin, Alina Perez, and Matthew Anderson. Doody Enterprises, online.
237 2021 The Story of Food in the Human Past: How We Ate Made Us Who We Are, by Robyn E. Cutright. American Anthropologist, online, doi.org/10.1111/aman.13641.
238 2021 Deconstructing Health Inequity: A Perceptual Control Theory Perspective, ed. by Timothy Carey, Sara J. Tai, and Robert Griffiths, eds. Doody Enterprises, online.
“Cool” is remarkably enduring as a word. It comes from the West African concept,
according to Robert Faris Thompson (Jessica Ogilvie, “You Know It,” LAT, Nov.
10, 2012, p.E7). Chevere is South
American Spanish for “cool.”
Traveling light….
The train done gone and the Greyhound bus don’t
run
But walkin’ ain’t crowded and I won’t be here
long.
Traditional
blues verse
Got the key to the highway, I’m booked out and
bound to go,
Gone to leave here runnin’ cause walkin’ is mo’
slow
Studies
of genocide find that once killing is started, almost everyone joins in. People suddenly change from peace and order
to violent murder, and often back to peace when the dictator falls. This can be explained only by the existence
of both potentialities within people. Human
evil is here defined as gratuitous harm to people and other lives. It very often comes from simply following
orders or doing a job, or from “greed” (gain by predatory taking from others),
but most often it comes from hatred and defensiveness. At worst—and very commonly—it causes people to
hurt themselves simply to hurt disliked others. At root, it can be traced to irrational,
overemotional responses to fear and threat.
These are common among people abused as children and subsequently, and
among people raised in disempowering, oppressive, intolerant environments. They become resentful, frustrated, and
personally weak—lacking in self-efficacy.
They often bully or scapegoat others, usually even weaker persons. Social hate is especially damaging, seen in
genocide, bigotry, warfare, allowing people to starve or die of disease when
they could have been saved, and other mass destruction. Empowerment, rational coping with stress, and
comprehensive morality based on “we’re all in this together” are the major
cures. These general cures can be
applied to specific social issues.
**
“Son, it’s
time to teach you the most important lesson about life and people. It is that everyone has within him, or her,
two wolves: a good wolf that wants to
help everyone and do what’s best for all, and a bad wolf that wants to do evil
and hurt people and the world.”
“Father,
that’s scary. It really worries me. Which wolf wins out in the end?”
“Son: the
wolf you feed.”
Native American folktale
**
Preface
This
story—perhaps more Manichaean than Native American—captures much of what I have
learned in my life. I was raised to
think people are good, and that evil is merely ignorance. The people around me gave the lie to
that. They were often quite deliberately
bad. Many ordinary people, perhaps most
at one time or another, hurt themselves just to hurt others. They ruin marriages and friendships because
of imagined or trivial slights. They vote their own destruction by electing
people who promise to crush “the others.”
They sacrifice their lives for violent and extremist causes. Humanity has a sorry record. Despite claims of moral progress, the
genocidal dictator and the suicide bomber are the emblems of the late 20th
and early 21st century.
Yet,
obviously, many people are good, some are saintly, and almost everyone is good some
of the time. Even mass murderers and
psychopaths usually have a history of decent behavior when not having a
psychotic break.
Jesus
said: “Ye are the salt of the earth: but
if the salt have lost his savour, wherewith shall it be salted? It is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be
cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men” (Matthew 5:13). The salt of the earth—as opposed to sea
salt—came from salt springs, and was contaminated with ordinary dirt or
carbonate. Over time, aerial moisture
would leach the salt out, leaving only the residue. Natural human goodness and sociability is
subject to similar leaching. This was,
of course, Jesus’ real message. (One
wonders what Biblical literalists make of verses like this one.)
Most
people are in a rather neutral, everyday state most of the time, not thinking
of acting saintly or demoniacal, but they are still torn between virtuous
ideals of helping, sheltering, and caring, and vicious ideals of excluding, ignoring,
and hurting. They are either working for and with people, or working against
people. We are constantly forced to
decide. As Pascal Boyer (2018:33) says,
“Observers from outside our species would certainly be struck by two facts
about humans. They are extraordinarily
good at forming groups, and they are just as good at fighting other groups.”
The
nature and promotion of good have been addressed by every religious writer in
history, as well as countless psychologists and other scientists. Covering this literature is neither necessary
nor possible in the present brief essay.
Evil is less well studied.
Outside of religious imprecations against sin, there are rather few
studies, mostly by psychologists. Of
these, particularly valuable are Roy Baumeister’s Evil (1997), Aaron Beck’s Prisoners
of Hate (1999), Alan Fiske and Taj
Rai’ Virtuous Violence (2014), Ervin
Staub’s books (1989, 2003, 2011), the Sternbergs’ The Nature of Hate (2008), and James Waller’s Becoming Evil (2002) and Confronting
Evil (2016). Simon Baron-Cohen’s Zero Degrees of Empathy (2011), Steven
Bartlett’s The Pathology of Man (2005),
Gavin de Becker’s The Gift of Fear (1997),
Fiske and Rai’s Virtuous Violence (2014),
Robert Sapolsky’s Behave (2017), and Kathleen Taylor’s Cruelty (2009) cover some important
psychological terrain. Zeki and Romaya
(2008) review the physiology of hate.
Albert Bandura’s book Moral
Disengagement (2016) exhaustively treats that aspect of evil.
Most
of these books, as well as the literature on genocide, spice up their texts
with horrific stories. Baumeister is
especially graphic. I have absolutely no
interest in transmitting such stories here.
If you need to know how bad people get, seek out those sources.
By evil, I mean a very specific thing:
deliberate harm to people simply because one wants to harm them, because of
what they are or might be. It is the
state described by words like “murderous,” “malevolent,” and “cruel.” Ordinary everyday selfishness is bad enough,
but it is part of the human condition; most of us give ourselves the benefit of
the doubt, cutting corners, being stingy, cutting ourselves some slack. This is no doubt deplorable most of the time,
but it is not what I am considering in this book; I have devoted two previous
books (Anderson 2010, 2014) to the problem of overly narrow and short-term
planning and acting, and need not go into it here. Selfishness becomes more evil as it moves
into violent robbery, gangsterism, and raiding.
There is obviously a transition zone.
Similarly, violence in defense of self and loved ones is not evil, and
is often praiseworthy. A transition zone
exists between clearly necessary violence—resisting Hitler in 1941, for instance—and
clearly excessive use of force, as when police gun down an unarmed boy and
claim “defense.” Transition zones make
moral decisions difficult—“hard cases make bad law”—so I will confine this book
to issues like genocide and intimate partner violence that are clearly
unacceptable in functioning societies.
**
Part I.
Human Evil in Context
Starting with Genocide
Visiting
Cambodia together, we saw the relics of genocide and the devastation it had
wrought. We resolved to study genocide
seriously.
At
that time, little was known about genocide in general. Thousands of historical sources covered
Hitler’s Holocaust, and a much smaller but still important literature covered
the mass murders by the Young Turks, the USSR leadership, and Mao Zedong. Much more recent genocides, such as those in
ex-Yugoslavia, Rwanda, and Cambodia itself, were only beginning to be visible
in scholarly sources.
Very
few generalizations had come out of this work.
Rudolph Rummel had just written a book, Statistics of Democide (1998; see also Rummel 1994), arguing that
genocide was the natural result of totalitarian regimes. His oft-repeated conclusion was direct: “Power
kills, and absolute power kills absolutely” (Rummel 1998, passim; a rephrasing
of Lord Acton’s famous quote about corruption.)
We
quickly realized that this was not far wrong, but that it was not quite true or
adequate. Hitler was democratically
elected, though he committed genocide only after taking total power. Several other notorious genociders have been
democratically elected. They usually
seized absolute power in the process of killing, but often not until the
killing was under way. We thus set off
on a long voyage of discovery, comparing all documented genocides since 1900 to
find common themes.
When
science reaches this stage—several teams working on a problem—one expects
simultaneous discoveries, and they occurred in this case. Barbara Harff (2012) and ourselves (Anderson
and Anderson 2012, 2017), and shortly after us Hollie Nyseth-Brehm, developed
broadly the same model of genocide, and James Waller, in his great work Confronting
Evil (2016), has developed it further.
Gregory Stanton’s well-known list of traits (2013) is another
independent invention of a similar, but more developed, model.
It is quite a simple
one. A would-be leader wins by
developing a whole ideology based on ethnic or ideological hate, but going
beyond mere hate to promise a utopian world—usually, harking back to a lost golden
age and promising to recall it and improve it–if we can only eliminate
“certain people.” He often flourishes
only when difficult and uncertain economic times give people economic
incentives to look for radical solutions, but many such leaders take power in
good times; mobilizing antagonism is always available as an easy and
straightforward way to win in politics. All that is required is that the existing
administration is either fighting a war and not doing well (as in Russia when
Lenin took power), or widely perceived as corrupt and incompetent. People then work for change. Most commonly, the country in question had a
long record of ethnic and political killing, but this was not always the case.
Many dictators simply
rode popular movements to victory, but many were installed by large economic
interests, almost always rentiers—landlords, natural resource owners, and
others who make their money from controlling primary production rather than
from enterprise. Oil has been the
greatest single backer of modern autocratic states, from fascist (several in
Africa and elsewhere) to feudal (Saudi Arabia) to socialist (Venezuela). We will examine this link in due course. In the early 20th century, most
dictators were puppets installed by fascist or communist regimes when they
conquered countries, and in the mid-20th the United States installed
or backed several genocidal fascist regimes, most notably in Guatemala and
Chile (on the history of 20th century genocides, see Anderson and
Anderson 2012; Kiernan 2007; Rummel 1994, 1998; Shaw 2013). Since then, however, genocidal and autocratic
regimes have come to power through coups, local wars, or, very often,
elections. Corrupt and weak regimes
create conditions where many will vote for strongmen.
John Kincaid says of
American far-right politics, “right-wing movements are successful when they
deploy rhetorical frames that synthesize both material and symbolic politics”
(Kincaid 2016:529), and this finding summarizes a fact that seems well
documented worldwide. Oliver Hahl and
collaborators (2018) have shown that “lying demagogues” succeed with
disaffected voters who feel disrespected by elites and cultural brokers; lying,
violating norms, openly expressing widely-held prejudices, and economic
populism are a particularly successful (and deadly) combination. Trump in the United States was only one of
many leaders who triumphed in the early 21st century by using this
technique.
When
he (such leaders are male, so far) takes over, he quickly moves to consolidate
power. He can usually bring about a brief return of prosperity, by cracking
down on crime and by “making the trains run on time” (as the proverb claims for
Mussolini), but the prosperity may be illusory or short-lived. Alternatively, the leader may take over during
a war, in which case he may lead the people to victory—or may simply make
things even worse, as in Cambodia. He
suspends whatever democratic or institutional checks exist, and becomes a
dictator or functional equivalent. Many
small genocides have taken place in democracies, but, in almost all such cases,
the victims were not citizens and were under de facto authoritarian rule. Native Americans in the 19th
century constitute a prime example.
A
dictator begins by consolidating his power.
As Rudolph Rummel often reiterated, “power kills, and absolute power
kills absolutely.” Almost inevitably, a
dictator begins to consolidate his rule by killing “certain people”—whether
they are Jews, bourgeoisie, political enemies, educated people, “heretics,” or
any other salient group that seems opposed in some way to the new order. I term these “structural opponent groups.” The savagery and scope of the killing sometimes
depends on the number of targeted groups, which in turn depends on the
extremism of the dictator. Hitler’s
indiscriminate hatred extended from Jews to handicapped people to gays to
modern artists, totaling over six million dead. The Khmer Rouge killings in Cambodia included
people defined by ethnicity, education, foreign influence, and other broad
variables. The Rwandan genocide began
with Tutsi, but quickly moved on to eliminate many Hutu (Nyseth Brehm 2017b). At the other extreme are mass political
killings that eliminate the opposition and anyone related to it, but at least
stop there, such as Agustin Pinochet’s in Chile, which killed about 10,000
people. These political genocides blend
into the sort of mass political elimination characteristic of medieval empires.
Usually,
there is then a lull in the killing. The
leader has his power. However, eventually,
unrest challenges his position. In some
cases, he is forced out by popular movements.
Dictators often fall. Frequently,
they come to believe their own personality cult, think they are infallible and
can do anything, and decline into something hard to tell from madness (Dikötter 2019). Often, however, a leader meets the new
challenge by another wave of mass murder.
The challenge is often external war, as in Hitler’s Germany and the
Khmer Rouge’s Cambodia. Sometimes it is
power jockeying within the ruling party, as in the USSR and Mao’s China. Sometimes it is civil war or revolt, as in
the Indian subcontinent when successive episodes of violence accompanied the
breakaway of Pakistan from India, the later breakaway of Bangladesh from
Pakistan, and the failed revolution of the Tamils in Sri Lanka.
The
most important thing to note is that the people go along. Humans are prone to anger and hate, and
even the most incompetent politician can whip up hatred and direct it against
enemies.
This
simple model—exclusionary ideology, dictatorship, consolidation, and
challenge—turns out to be 100% predictive.
We concentrated on genocide under the strictest construction of Raphael
Lemkin’s definition of the term—actual mass murder of innocent citizens or
subjects by their own government—as opposed to general killing of civilians in
war. Some of the best work on genocide
has used that wider definition (e.g. Kiernan 2007, Shaw 2013). Our model does
not work for this extended use of the term.
One would have to have a predictive model of all war—something that has
so far defied scholarship, despite literally thousands of attempts. Wars are notoriously multicausal; it usually
takes several reasons to make leaders decide to go to war. Economic gain (or plain loot), political
power of the state or its leaders, land, ethnic and religious conflicts,
maintaining warrior culture, and other factors all operate.
By
contrast, genocide is usually rather simple: when autocratic leaders feel they
are in a shaky situation, they kill.
Very often—famously with Hitler, Stalin, and Mao—they come to depend
more and more on the level of hatred of their backers, and thus must whip up
more and more hate to stay in power; this makes them take still more power and
kill still more minorities, to provide red meat to their “base.”
There are four ways to
hate: hate upward (hating the elites), down (hating the less fortunate, from
the poor to the less abled to the minorities), laterally (real enemies or
social rivals), or not at all. Bad
leaders, and often even relatively good ones, move more and more toward getting
their followers to hate downward—to hate the weak, the powerless, the
minorities. Even those who took power by
marshaling upward hate, such as the Communists, soon find it pays better to get
their followers to hate downward.
A
marginal sort of genocide is “cold genocide”:
Slow and not very sure elimination of an ethnic group by selective
killing over a long time, coupled with every effort to destroy the group as a
distinguishable entity possessing its own culture or ideology. The term “cold genocide” was coined by Kjell
Anderson to describe the Indonesian pressure on West Irian (West Papua). It has been applied to the far larger and
bloodier repression of the Falun Gong movement in China since the late
1990s. This movement, a spiritual
discipline that by all accounts except the Chinese government’s was utterly
inoffensive, seemed dangerous to the Communist leadership, because of its size
and rapid growth. Suppression included
propaganda wars, but also mass torture, imprisonment (“reeducation” in
“camps”), and killing by extracting body parts for transplantation or the
international black market (Cheung et al. 2018, citing a huge literature). The Falun Gong has become the major source of
hearts, livers, and other vital organs in China, a practice that may seem even
more ghoulish than most genocidal atrocities.
The
Chinese government has now expanded its reach to include the Muslim Uighurs of
Xinjiang. Approximately a million have
been placed in concentration camps (“vocational training centers”) and
subjected to intense pressure to acculturate to Han majority norms (Byler
2018). Children have been removed from
homes and parents, and educated according to Han patterns. Islam is attacked in particular. The Uighurs’ sin appears to have been
agitating for minority rights guaranteed by the Chinese constitution. The Chinese government has accused them of
ISIS-style terrorism because of a very few extreme individuals. Recently, government agencies in Uighur
territory have been ordering thousands of clubs, stock probes, tear gas
canisters, spiked clubs, handcuffs, prison uniforms, and other instruments of
suppression and torture (SBS News 2018).
This constitutes “culturocide,” the form of genocide that involves
destruction of an entire culture by restriction of personal freedoms and forced
removal and re-education of children—one of the forms of genocide specifically
addressed by Lemkin.
Most
genocides have been propagated by elites: ruling governments or powerful groups
that whip up hatred to consolidate their power.
However, these groups may have started as small popular movements, like
the original fascists. Moreover, settler
genocides are largely bottom-up phenomena, and so are many small-scale
religious massacres and revolutionary bloodlettings like the French Terror.
Mobs, genocides, and wars do not just happen,
and they are not the result of blind forces.
They are invoked by individuals.
People do not spontaneously go into orgies of murder, unless some leader
or leaders are profiting in important ways.
Whipping up hatred in others is not confined to leaders—anyone can do
it—but ordinary people doing it at grassroots levels can do only so much
damage, though if they form a large organization like Hitler’s Nazis or the Ku
Klux Klan they can have devastating effects.
Further
work since 2012 has extended the models backwards, to look at the factors
behind the final extreme abuse of autocratic power. From Waller’s Confronting Evil, Frank
Dikötter’s How
to Be a Dictator (2019), among other books (cited below), we learn that the
vast widely-targeted genocides of modern times accompany the decline of
traditional societies and communities and the rise of mass communication and
mass top-down society. Links evolve from
networks of local people, only somewhat influenced by governments, to
top-to-bottom chains of authority by huge governments that take more and more
power, even in peaceful and democratic societies. When a dictator seizes control in such a
mass society, he can quickly draw on his power, on loyalty, and on the lack of
countervailing horizontal forces. He can
rapidly turn a peaceful, orderly society into a killing machine.
He
will do it only if he has not only public but also financial support, and many
genocides are enabled by specific firms or economic interests. These turn out to be primary-production
interests—extractive, often rentier, often export-oriented—in most cases (see
below, part 3). Large agrarian
interests—landlords—are often involved, and more recently the oil industry has
been notorious (Auzanneau 2018).
Sometimes industries come on board, as in Nazi Germany. Some communist genocides have taken place
with support from peasants and workers rather than giant firms, but some others
had the support of giant state-owned economic interests.
The
dictators who invoke genocides are also a special selection (Dikötter 2019). Many genocidal leaders fall into two types. Most are elites, often military, but a
surprisingly large number of them are marginal—subalterns or regional-derived,
educated in metropoles or big cities, and educated in contexts that are also
somewhat marginal, ranging from military academies (very often) to extremist
mentoring by other radicals or lovers of violence (for details, see, again,
Anderson and Anderson 2012; Waller 2016; this has been noted before, e.g.
Isaiah Berlin noted a correlation with origin in border regions; Rosenbaum
2019:7). The range is from Napoleon
(Corsican), Stalin (Georgian), and Hitler (Austrian) to Mao (educated in Japan)
and the Cambodian genocide leaders (educated in Paris with mentoring by the
Egyptian Samir Amin). Very many of the
genociders have been military men: Napoleon the corporal, the Argentine
colonels, General Rios Montt in Guatemala, Idi Amin in Uganda, and many
more. Leading in mass killing is, of
course, the job of military officers.
Usually,
the ideologues of these exclusionary ideologies are not themselves
killers. Karl Marx dreamed revolution,
but actually spent his time studying and writing in the magnificent reading
room of the British Museum. Friedrich
Nietzsche for Germany and Gabriele d’Annunzio for Italy were the major thinkers
behind fascism, but they led scholarly lives.
It was left to lieutenants, and lieutenants of lieutenants, to become
the hard-nosed opportunistic toughs that led the movements and were also the
initial followers and fighters. They
were often animated more by hatred and ambition than by attention to doctrine.
These
leaders all shared a quite specific ideology of the purity and superiority of
one group over the abysmal badness of another, with the further concept that
all members of each group have those respective essences. This can be broken up into 20 specific ideas,
carefully extracted from an enormously extensive analysis of the rhetoric of
genocide leaders in 20 of the major historic cases by Gerard Saucier and Laura
Akers: “tactics/excuses for
violence, dispositionalism/essentialism, purity/cleansing language,
dehumanization, dualistic/dichotomous thinking, internal enemies, crush-smash-exterminate-eliminate
[language]
, group or national unity, racialism in some form, xenophobia/foreign
influence, uncivilized or uncivilizable, attachment/entitlement to land, body
or disease metaphor, revenge or retaliation language, traitor talk (treason,
treachery, etc.), conspiracy, subversion, something held sacred,
nationalism/ethnonationalism, threat of annihilation of our people” (Saucier
and Akers 2018:88).
They
add some other frequent themes, including “placing national security above other
goals,” wanting to move fast and thoroughly, and thinking “individuals must
suffer for the good of the collective” (Saucier and Akers 2018:90). They find
all of these in many cases, from Hitler’s and Stalin’s rhetoric to the less
widely known writings of the Serbian and WWII-Japanese leadership and the
propaganda of mass murderers of Indigenous people in Australia and the United
States. Dehumanizing terms like “rats,”
“cockroaches,” and “insects” appear to be universal. One can, for instance, note the Communist
Chinese leadership’s invocations against Falun Gong and dissidents as “rats”
and “subversives” (Cheung et al. 2018).
The
worst genocides are usually associated with extreme ideologies: Leninist
communism, fascism, extremist religion, or nationalist and ethnic
fanaticism. Extremist ideologues must be
a strange combination to succeed: ideologically zealous, yet utterly amoral and
opportunist in the ways they take power (Dikötter
2019 provides valuable case studies).
More pragmatic military dictators like Egypt’s, and economic hardliners
like Pinochet in Chile, usually kill their opponents and anyone suspected of
opposition, but do not engage in the vast orgies of extermination that almost
always follow from ideologues taking power.
They too are opportunist and amoral, but they usually make little secret
of it.
On
the other hand, the people must be susceptible.
As Mao Zedong used to say, “a spark can ignite a prairie fire,” but that
depends on the availability of dry grass.
Humans are easily enough turned to evil to give any credible leader a
chance. Understanding such events
involves working back from the event to the direct perpetrators and their
mindsets, and then on to the back stories.
The casual tendency of modern historians and other scholars to attribute
causes of historical events to abstractions (“the economy,” “politics,”
“culture,” “climate”) is wrong. Marx is
often blamed for it, because of vulgarization of his theory of history, but he
was careful to specify that real people must lead the revolution, even if it is
“inevitable” sooner or later because of economic forces. Marx was also aware that those economic
forces were themselves caused by the choices of real people. Other thinkers from Ibn Khaldun to Max Weber
and Anthony Giddens (1984) have made the same general point: structures emerge
from individual actions and interactions.
There is no definite link
between genocide and any particular economic system, organization, interest, or
condition. Capitalist, socialist, and
communist countries have all done it.
Claims that genocide is most likely during economic downturns or is
associated with deprivation do not hold up (Anderson and Anderson 2012; Nyseth
Brehm 2017a, 2017b). International war
generally dominated mass bloodshed before 1945, but since then genocide has far
overshadowed it, causing more deaths than all wars, murders, and crimes
combined. One suspects this has
something to do with the dispensability of labor. Kings of old could not afford to decimate
their own work force. Now, with rapid
population growth and machines displacing workers, governments can deal with
problems by thinning out their own people, saving the price of war.
Genocides fall into three
types: settler, consolidation, and crisis genocides (our classification, but see
Waller 2016 for much fuller but similar typology). Settler genocides occur when a large,
powerful society takes over land from small or scattered groups, especially
when the powerful society is technologically advanced and the smaller victim
groups are less so (“Whatever happens, we have got / the Gatling gun and they
have not”—Hilaire Belloc; also quoted as “Maxim gun”). The most famous cases are the United States
(Dee Brown 1971; Madley 2016), Brazil (Hemming 1978), and Australia (Pascoe
2014), but the same story can be told of societies from Russia to China to
Japan (Kiernan 2007). It goes far back
in time. Ancient Babylon and Assyria
exterminated captives. The Romans and medieval
Europeans exterminated rebellious subject peoples and took their
possessions. The Bantu took southern
Africa from the Khoi-San with attendant exterminations. Settler genocides depended on convincing a
large part of the citizenry to kill the Indigenous peoples, and to threaten
protectors and dissidents into silence.
A particularly good study of this is Benjamin Madley’s study of
California in the 19th century (Madley 2016).
This counts as genocide
only if the victims had been conquered and subjected. Extermination of enemies who are fighting
back with everything they have is normal war, not genocide. The dividing line is obviously blurred, but
extremes are easy to see; the wars with the Apaches and Comanche (Hämäläinen 2008) in the
United States and Mexico in the 1870s were initially fair fights with little
quarter given by either side, and thus not genocide, but the extermination of
the Yuki in California in the mid-19th century was genocidal
massacre of helpless conquered people (Madley 2016; Miller 1979).
Modern genocides fall
into four categories: communist, fascist, military dictatorship, and random
cases of rulers who lack ideology. The
last are usually military, since military men have an advantage in seizing
power, but almost as often they are democratically elected politicians. Sometimes an initially able ruler becomes
more and more extreme (or even demented) with age. The one common thread is that they come to
power by marshaling hate.
Some genocides have
direct corporate backing. American
corporations acting through the CIA established genocidal regimes in Guatemala,
El Salvador, and Chile. European
colonial powers sometimes established murderous successor regimes in liberated
colonies, or, conversely, set up a hopeless government that soon fell to
genocidal rebels. Former colony status
is a fair predictor of genocide.
Many genocidal regimes
have survived and flourished despite mass murder because states support
business interests that are benefited by the regimes in question. Cases range from early fascist Italy under
Mussolini to more modern states such as Nigeria and Equatorial Guinea. The oil industry is notorious for this, but
armaments merchants are interested, for obvious reasons. One also recalls “blood diamonds,” blood
coltan (columbium-tantalum ore, source of conflict in DR Congo), and other
commodities deeply stained.
Plantation slavery or
serfdom is one back story. Developed in
ancient Mesopotamia, it was the first institution based on cruel treatment of
disenfranchised multitudes by ruling elites.
It grew steadily, especially in the west, peaking in the Atlantic slave
trade and the indentured-labor plantations of Asia in the 18th and
19th centuries. It led to a vast amount of murder.
Consolidation genocides
are the commonest and often among the worst.
They occur when a rather shaky totalitarian regime based on exclusionary
ideology takes over full control of a country.
They usuallyoccur in that
situation, but the kill totals range widely, from rather small-scale
politicides (like Marcos’ in the Philippines and Pinochet’s in Chile) to vast
mass murders like Mao’s in China. The
scale depends on the extremism of the new government, especially its
exclusionary ideology. Ideology was not
a huge factor in the pragmatic (though murderous) Marcos government; at the
other extreme, the indiscriminate hatreds of the Nazis led to the vast
massacres of the Holocaust.
Crisis genocides occur
when genocide is brought about or exacerbated by war, either international or
civil. Very minor local rebellions can
serve as excuses for already-planned genocides, as in Guatemala in the 1980s
(where violence continues; Nelson 2019), or international war can vastly
escalate already-ongoing genocides, as in Hitler’s Germany in the 1940s. Sometimes consolidation and crisis occur
together, as in Cambodia in the late 1970s, producing the most extreme of all
genocides.
Almost all genocides fall
into one of these three types. The only
exceptions are cases in which an extreme (if not downright psychopathic)
dictator continues to kill whole populations without let or stay. Stalin and Mao are the major cases in
history, but other apparently demented monarchs from Caligula to Tamerlane
might be mentioned.
Genocides
range greatly in the numbers and percentages of people killed. The Cambodian genocide, which killed perhaps
¼ of the total population, is unique.
Rwanda’s genocide killed 10% of the population—a million people—in only
100 days, a rate of killing calculated at 333.3 murders per hour, 5.5 per
minute (Nyseth Brehm 2017b:5). Most
genocides are fortunately smaller; many are “politicides,” confined to classes
of political enemies of the dictator.
Mere political killings do not count as genocides, but mass political
murders by people like Agustin Pinochet of Chile and Ferdinand Marcos of the
Philippines threw far wider nets. Not
only actual opponents, but families of opponents, ordinary protestors, children
who seemed somehow opposed to the regime, and random suspects were killed. The scope of genocide depends on the size and
range of targeted groups, which in turn depends on the extremism of the
exclusionary ideology of the leaders.
Hitler targeted a huge and, at the end, almost random-looking assortment
of peoples. Pinochet narrowly targeted
suspected liberals and leftists.
Recent
attacks on “social media” for being platforms that amplify hatred (e.g. Zaki
2019:146-150) made me aware of an important and previously neglected fact: the
greatest genocides, the ones in which whole nations seem to have gone mad and
collapsed in orgies of blood, were propagated by print media and radio. The first, the Turkish massacre of the
Armenians and other Christian minorities, was even prior to radio. The others—notably Germany and central Europe
under Hitler, the USSR under Stalin, China under Mao, Nigeria in the Biafra
War, and the Indonesian, Cambodian, and Rwanda-Burundi genocides—were driven by
newspapers, radio, and public appearances.
Social media allow discussion, argument, persuasion, and grassroots
movements. Radio in totalitarian
societies is the ultimate in faceless, top-down communication to people who
have no way of answering or commenting on any scale. Public appearances by
leaders, and propaganda pictures and films, are not much better: they show the
leader in crisp uniform, from a distance, generally high above the masses. It is surely significant that there have been
no huge, out-of-control genocides in societies with good social media. The worst recent genocide in terms of mass
participation by ordinary people is that in Myanmar, where access to modern
media is limited. Even TV has the value
of showing the leader up close, making him look less than respectable. But the real value of Facebook, Twitter, and
the like is that allow us to answer back.
They are often compared to face-to-face encounters, to the disadvantage
of the social media, but the real comparison is with the passivizing and
alienating radio and its cousins.
Genocides
have become much commoner and bloodier since 1900. Earlier genocides were largely religious
persecutions (such as the Inquisition) or settler genocides. Since 1900, genocides have targeted wider
groups, often huge segments of society.
This tracks the decline of community and the rise of mass hierarchic
society, as we have noted.
Through
history, genocidal regimes just kept killing till conquered by outsiders or
popular movements. Then they often
returned to bad ways unless they underwent decisive political changes—sometimes
forced on them by conquest, as with Germany and Japan after WWII. Slavery, though not
genocide by our definition, is very close to it, and requires a similar
mentality: the basic idea that one whole group of humans does not deserve human
consideration. By establishing that
mind-set, it helped the progress to modern genocide. The slave trade was notoriously bloody.
Genocide
and war always include far more than mere killing. Victims are routinely tortured. Women and girls are almost always raped. People are burned or buried alive. The deliberate sadism goes beyond anything an
ordinary creative torturer could devise; there have been instruction books on
torturing for centuries, and there are now websites on the “dark web.” Ordinary people are as prone to do all this
as the leaders themselves. Similar
findings are common in studies of warfare, criminal gangs, and perhaps above
all the whole history of heresy persecution in religions. Even domestic violence often involves
unspeakable torture and humiliation of spouse, children, or other family
members.
Ordinary people caught up
in even the most mundane street gangs soon learn to commit unspeakable acts
without second thoughts. Psychological
explanations of this range from direct explanations in terms of conformity,
anger, learned hate, and social antipathy (Baron-Cohen 2011; Baumeister 1997)
to the elaborate Freudian-Lacanian framework of Edward Weisband (2017,
2019). Animal models (of which there are
many in Clutton-Brock 2016, esp. chapters 8 and 13) suggest that competition
for control of resources and of mates and mating bring out the worst in all
mammal species, turning otherwise meek and inoffensive animals into
demons. Human domestic violence usually
(if not always) turns on control and relative power issues (B. Anderson et al.
2004). Rage over shakiness of control
certainly lies behind much genocide and genocidal behavior. Exploring the full scale of this phenomenon,
and of other causes for rage, remains an urgent task for the future.
The universality of the
phenomenon, especially perhaps in street gangs, suggests that it is all too
normal a part of human potential, but many of Weisband’s cases (such as the
Nazi death camp leaders) seem to be genuinely psychotic or brain-damaged. Whatever the explanations, the performative
sadism of human violence is a particularly horrific thing to find so
universally.
Genocide
(aside from settler genocide) is a particularly interesting case because ethnic
genocide is a relatively new form of evil.
Outside of religious persecutions—the real font of genocide–huge-scale
elimination of vast numbers of peaceable fellow citizens, simply because they
fall in some arbitrary category, is new enough that people have not adjusted to
it as a matter of ordinary life since time immemorial (as slavery was
considered to be). Conforming to
genociders is, or was in the early 20th century, a new way to be
bad.
The
Enlightenment gave rise to ideas of peace and freedom. War was reduced, and slavery slowly but
surely was outlawed everywhere. However,
the Enlightenment was founded not only on rapid expansion of trade, commerce,
communication, and science, but also on the slavery and exploitation that it
eventually fought.
As
the world filled up in the 20th century, problems of overpopulation,
pressure on resources, and competition for goods became more salient. Leaders by this time tended to be old and not
battle-hardened, so they did not always deal with such problems by
international war, as almost everyone had done before 1800. Often, either during war or instead of war,
the modern leaders turned on sectors of their own people, waging genocide
campaigns. Wars and slaving were
partially replaced by internal mass murder.
Genocide developed from religious persecution and settler colonialist
practices.
Genocide,
like other violence, must ultimately reduce to hatred. The government must be able to whip up mass
hatred, to get support and help in its project of mass murder. To the extent that people are hateful and
angry, they are susceptible to this persuasion.
On the other hand, they may simply be “following orders” and “doing
their job,” becoming callous to the whole enterprise (Paxton 2005, Snyder
2015). The genocidal leader or leaders mobilize an insecure or downward-mobile
majority, or fraction of the majority, against the most salient or disliked
minorities.
Genocide
seems to sum up the other forms of violence.
Like war, it is often about loot and land (Kiernan 2005). Like intimate partner violence, it always
involves some issues of control and insecurity about control and power. Like civil war, it often begins with
rebellion, driven by class or religious or ethnic conflict. Finally, leaders of genocidal regimes are
often classic bullies, a point elaborated below.
Mass
Killing in General
The
forms of mass killing are international war, civil war (which differs from
interpolity war in causes and usual course; see Collier and Sambanis 2005),
revolution and rebellion, genocide, structural violence on large scales, mass
poisoning by pollution, denial of medical care, and mass starvation through
refusing to take action on agriculture, welfare, or food security (on famine as
mass murder, see Howard-Hassman 2016). Large-scale
human sacrifice, once a major part of religion and kingship, has fortunately
been eliminated, but sacrificing millions to the cults of guns, automobiles,
and oil continues. These form something
of a continuum. Genocide sometimes grows from bureaucratic neglect.
These
all have different risk factors.
International war is hard to predict and almost always multicausal. The War of Jenkins’ Ear (1739-1748) was not
just about Jenkins’ ear. Usually, desire
to capture a neighbor’s territory and resources, a desire to support one’s own military
machine and sometimes one’s armaments industry, pressure by hot-headed males
hungry for glory and loot, claims of wounded national pride, and ideological
differences with the enemy are all involved.
Traditional or manufactured hatreds are always conspicuous. Small incidents are typically taken as
excuses. (In the case of Jenkins’ ear,
the war was a complex fight between Britain and Spain over New World
territories and other issues). Nations
such as the medieval Turks and Mongols may have war as their major economic
activity and even their whole lifeway.
Rivalries within families forced rivals to compete to see who could
amass the most loot and glory (Fletcher 1980:238).
War seems to have been
around forever, if one counts the local raids and small wars typical of
small-scale societies. War seems to have
been especially common in chiefdoms and early states. Population growth, rivalry for land and loot,
and hierarchic institutions had run ahead of peace-keeping mechanisms. Typically, neighbors come into conflict over
land and resources, but such conflicts can almost always be settled by
negotiation. When they get out of
control, however, traditional rivalries may develop, as between France and
England through much of history. Then,
honor, nationalism, and eventually real hatred come into play, increasing the
danger. Specific histories are almost
invariably complex and highly contingent on hard-to-predict events.
With
the state, maintenance of order slowly developed. Even so, the incidence of violence and war
varied widely within tribal and early state societies. Just as there are violently aggressive people
and saintly ones, there are bloodthirsty and pacific groups. Particularly interesting are profound changes
over time. Scandinavians changed from
Vikings to democratic socialists (Pinker 2011).
English changed from Shakespeare’s blood-drenched warriors to today’s
peaceable folk. Germany changed from the
most demonic country in history to leader of a peaceful Europe in only one
generation. Most dramatic was Rwanda,
where gradual increase in hate and violence built up to the genocide of 1994
that killed 1/10 of the population—but then ended suddenly and was followed by
amazingly peaceful, tranquil, well-regulated recovery (as shown by brief
research there by ourselves, and much more detailed ongoing research on the
ground by Hollie Nyseth-Brehm).
Lies
are universal in war; “truth is the first casualty,” and George Orwell’s
analyses remain unsurpassed. People
believe lies against all evidence when their political beliefs are served
thereby, as several modern studies have shown (Healy 2018). Patiently pointing facts can work, but only
when the truth is inescapable and unequivocal (Healy 2018). The endless circulation of repeatedly
discredited fictions about Jews and blacks is well known.
The ability of people to
change dramatically from war mode to peace mode, from bad wolf to good wolf, is
truly astounding. Recent studies have
shown that this is heavily contingent on social pressure. Michal Bauer and coworkers (2018) found that
in an experimental setting, Slavic high school students in Slovakia were twice
as likely to play hostile toward Roma in a game than toward other Slavic
students—but only if someone started it.
They would all play peacefully unless someone made a hostile move, but
if that happened all the Slavic students generally joined in. It was easy to flip the group from tolerant
to ethnically discriminatory.
Today,
a range of violent engagements are common.
International war is still with us, though current ones all grew from
local civil wars. Civil wars abound, and
merge with local rebellions. Civil wars
stem from rebellion, revolution, or coup, or—very often—from breakaway
movements by local regions, as in the United States’ Civil War (Collier and
Sambanis 2005).
Criminal gangs dominate
whole countries; the governments of Honduras and El Salvador are particularly
close to their gangs. Gangs kill for
loot, rivalry, “honor,” turf, women, and other usual causes. Individual murder for gain, revenge, or hate
blends into gang killings and then up into militias, armies, and nations; there
is no clear separation. A murder in a
gang-dominated country like El Salvador may have individual, gang, and national
overtones.
Finally, ordinary,
everyday murders are usually over issues of control. The commonest murders are within the family;
next, within the neighborhood. The mass
murders of unknown (though usually local) victims that dominate the media are
relatively rare, though much commoner in the United States than in most
countries.
Genocide continues, in
Myanmar, Sudan, South Sudan, and several other countries. China is committing genocide against its
Uyghur population; it has imprisoned a million and killed countless more (Byler
2018; Stavrou 2019). China is also
repressing Tibetans, Mongols, Kazakhs, and Hui, apparently for no reason other
than a desire to crush religious and cultural minorities, since China’s
world-leading security and surveillance system has surely established these
minorities are not a security risk. Turkish
repression of Kurds and Brazilian massacres of Indigenous people have now
reached genocidal proportions. Violent, genocidal
or potentially genocidal regimes now control about 1/6 of the world’s
countries. It is highly contingent. In many cases, the dice could easily have
rolled the other way. Evil ranges in
extent; Hitler had real power, his American imitators very little before 2017. The degree of evilness is not well correlated
with its success.
Today, with warfare
constant and technologically sophisticated, militarism is on the increase,
dictatorships are becoming common again (as in the mid-20th
century), and whole societies are becoming militarized. An important special issue of Current Anthropology, the leading
anthropological journal, is devoted to this; an important introduction by the
issue editors, Hugh Gusterson and Catherine Besteson (2019), details the rapid
rise and current pervasiveness of the new hi-tech militaristic world and
worldview. Military bases around the
world have led to virtual slavery of local hired workers, as well as
dispossession of local farmers and others (see also Lutz 2019; Vine 2019). Besteman’s article (2019) details the
progressive conversion of the world into an armed camp, with the rich routinely
attacking the poor nations—no new thing that, but more and more a worldwide
unified effort, rather than a country-by-country issue. Gusterson (2019) recounts the use of drones to
create terror; there is no one to fight—only a strange, buzzing object that
brings random death and chaos. As
Gusterson shows, drones are claimed to hit actual individual terrorists and
military targets with pinpoint accuracy, but of course they do no such thing;
they are used to terrorize whole populations with large-scale random strikes on
soft targets. Militarized cultures
develop in zones of war and conflict, as they have throughout time (e.g. Fattal
2019; Hammami 2019).
Another
set of cases of people turning violent and destructive is provided by the
well-known cycles of empire. Every
preindustrial state had cycles of rise and fall, usually at vaguely predictable
intervals, with a 75-100 year period and a 200-300 year period being
common. The great Medieval Arab thinker
Ibn Khaldun (1958) first isolated, described, and explained these. Recently, Peter Turchin (2003, 2006, 2016;
Turchin and Zefedov 2009) and I (Anderson 2019) have elaborated on Ibn Khaldun’s
theory. There is thus no reason to go
into it here; suffice it to say that internal processes make dynastic crises
inevitable, over the long run, in such societies. At such times, rebellion, local wars,
banditry, and sometimes international wars break out, and societies often
dissolve into chaos. Basically, it is a
process in which a society based on positive-sum games (cooperation,
law-abiding) dissolves into negative-sum games, in which groups and power brokers
try to take each other out.
On rare occasions, a
whole empire may completely collapse, as Rome did in the 5th
century. This represents yet another
society-wide set of cases of fairly rapid change from peace and order to
violence and mass death.
Slavery
At
the slave museum in Zanzibar, built on the old slave quarters there, one can
see the hellholes were slaves were confined, read their stories, and see many
excellent exhibits with contemporary accounts, drawings, and even
photographs. The most disquieting, and
the most pervasive, message is that the slave trade was an ordinary business,
like selling bananas. Hundreds of people
routinely raped, murdered, tortured, brutalized, and oppressed their fellow
humans, for eight hours a day (or more), simply as a regular job. These slavers no doubt felt like any other
workers—bored, annoyed by trivial problems, angry at the boss every so often,
but indifferent to the subjects of their effort. They were not singled out for being violent,
or psychopathic, or intolerant; they were simply locals who happened to be
available. Anyone could do it.
Mistreatment
of enslaved people involves minimalizing them—not denying their humanity, but
denying that it matters. They can be
treated brutally because they do not count.It is perhaps harder to imagine the
mind-sets of people who worked in the slave trade, day after day, for a whole
working lifetime, than to imagine the mind-sets of genociders. Today, most people in developed countries are
repelled even by bad treatment of farm animals.
I remember when people treated animals worse than they do today, but
even in my rural youth, animals were never treated as badly as slaves were
treated in Zanzibar, Byzantium, the American South, and other places where
slavery occurred. The animals needed to
stay healthy to turn a profit. By
contrast, the whole goal of slaving is to reduce humans to helpless, terrified
victims, through intimidation and brutalization. Their health was a secondary concern at
best. It was easier to get new slaves
than to deal with well-treated ones.
Slavery
has cast a long shadow over America, influencing American politics profoundly
to this day (Acharya et al. 2018). Many,
possibly half, of Americans believe slavery was happy blacks playing banjos and
occasionally picking a bit of cotton under the benevolent eyes of the
plantation owners. The rest usually
think of slavery as the work of a few utterly evil men, like Simon Legree of Uncle Tom’s Cabin. The fact is that slavery involved thousands
of men and women brutalizing other men and women, simply as a regular job,
carried out with varying degrees of racist hate but with little thought about
the whole issue. In America the
brutalizers were white and the victims black, but in most of history—and today
in countries like Thailand and Ukraine—the slaves were the same race and very
often the same culture and society as their oppressors. Roy Baumeister, in his book Evil, comments on how repugnant most
people find evil acts, but how quickly they get used to them and see them as
routine. There is no evidence that
slavers found even the initial phases of their work particularly
unpleasant. They put in their eight
hours (or more) of rape, torture, and murder with a “just doing a job”
mentality.
John
Stedman wrote a classic 18th-century account of the horrors of
slavery in Surinam (Stedman 1988 [1790]).
Stedman was a mercenary in the service of the plantation owners, so at
first he was biased in favor of slavery and against slaves; his horror at what
he saw convinced him that slavery was an evil practice. He reports a great deal of real hatred by
slaveowners of their slaves, and a great deal of torture simply for torture’s
sake, often because of extreme (and not wholly unjustified) fear of slave
rebellions, and the fear-driven belief that only brutality could prevent
those. His writings became foundational
to the antislavery effort, first in England, then worldwide. Most interesting, though, is his extremely
extensive documentation (confirmed by every other early report) of the
matter-of-fact, everyday, routine brutality.
It simply never occurred to most people of the time that this was
monstrous.
One
also recalls John Newton’s conversion, at about the same time, from slaving
captain to extremely repentant Christian; after years of depression, he felt
divine forgiveness, and wrote the hymn “Amazing Grace,” which, somewhat
ironically, became a favorite of African-American churches. As with resisters of pressure to commit
genocide, repenters of slaving are rare in the archives.
Slavery
in traditional societies (from the Northwest Coast of North America to
pre-slave-trade Africa), was sometimes less murderous and torture-filled. But it was never other than cruel and
oppressive. All records from all
societies speak of rape, terrorizing, and brutalizing. Yet, no one in history—not Buddha, not
Confucius, not Jesus—opposed slavery as an institution, until the Quakers in
the 18th century concluded it was against God’s law. The tide then turned with striking speed. Enslavement of Europeans was basically over,
outside the Turkish Empire, well before 1800.
Enslavement of Native Americans was theoretically banned in the Catholic
countries, and was actually reduced to a rare and local phenomenon by
1800. Enslavement of Africans continued
well into the 19th century, being legally abolished between 1820 and
the 1880s.
Illegal slavery continues today. The Council on Foreign Relations (2019)
estimates that there are 40.3 million slaves in the world. Few are chattel slaves like those in
Zanzibar; most are forced prison laborers (e.g. in North Korea), persons
enslaved for debt, or sex slaves (including forced marriage sufferers). Sex slavery, with all the attendant horrors, is
carried out in the familiar spirit of “all in a day’s work,” by thugs and pimps
from Thailand to Hollywood. Reading
reports of child sex slavery shows how low humans can sink, all the time
thinking they are doing what culture and economics require. As always, there is no evidence that most of
these people are especially evil to begin with.
Some child-sex slavers are clearly psychopathic, but others simply drift
into the life and do what they believe is necessary. Many were sex slaves themselves.
Structural Violence and Callousness
Millions
of deaths today come simply from the bureaucratic attitude that people are
merely things to move around, like rocks.
One of the most chilling books I have read is The Future of Large Dams by Thayer Scudder (2005). Scudder spent his life studying refugees from
huge dam projects. In almost every case,
people displaced by big dams were simply ordered to move. Their homes were bulldozed, their livelihoods
flooded. There were usually token
“relief” efforts, but these were so trivial as to be more insulting than
helpful. Millions of refugees were left
to shift for themselves, and in poorer nations that meant many of them
died. Scudder bends over backwards to be
fair, which makes the stories sound even worse; one cannot write him off as
biased.. The bureaucrat perpetrators are
cut from the same cloth as the cold “doing my job” slavers and Nazi
executioners. There is a huge subsequent
literature on dams and displacement; suffice it to cite Sunil Amrith’s Unruly Waters (2018), which puts India’s
and China’s megadams in historical context while describing their social and
ecological devastation. Almost always,
the displaced are poor, and often from minority groups, while the benefits go to
the relatively rich: landlords, urban power-users, and the like.
Similarly, pollution is
generated by giant firms producing for the affluent, but the pollution is
almost always dumped on the poor and vulnerable (Anderson 2010 covers this
issue in detail). The populations
sacrificed for the greater good of the giant firms are the stigmatized ones; Erving
Goffman’s classic work Stigma (1963)
is highly relevant.
Related
are the horrific famines invoked by governments against their own people, as
described in State Food Crimes by
Rhoda Howard-Hassmann (2016) and for specific, particularly horrible cases by
Anne Appelbaum (2017) for Ukraine in the 1930s and Hazel Cameron (2018) for
Zimbabwe in 1984. Not only totalitarian
governments, but the British in 1840s Ireland and 1940s Bengal, and most
settler societies in their campaigns to get rid of colonized peoples. In the Irish potato famine, aid was denied
although Ireland was exporting food and England was rich (Salaman 1985;
Woodham-Smith 1962) Many countries have deliberately
invoked famine as a form of state policy.
The Holodomor in the Ukraine and Russia in the 1920s was an extreme case
(Howard-Hassman 2016). America’s 19th-century
extermination of the buffalo was explicitly done to starve the Native
Americans, and thus was genocidal.
Johan
Galtung (1969) coined the term “structural violence” to describe destruction by
the cold workings of the social system, ranging from the results of
institutionalized bigotry to bureaucratic displacement and refusal to provide
famine relief. Structural violence is
usually a matter of passing public costs onto those held to deserve no better,
usually poor and vulnerable people.
Again, ethnic and religious hate is very often involved. The targeted victims—selected to pay the
costs of industrial development, public works, crop failures, and the like—are
almost always poor, and very often from minority groups. Robert Nixon has used the term “slow
violence” for this.
There
is, however, a range from clearly and deliberately murderous and unnecessary structural
violence, such as the Holodomor and the Ethiopian famine under the Derg, down
to the tragic results of incompetent and irresponsible planning. Famines before 1900 were usually due to
genuine crop failures in societies that did not have adequate safety nets, and
often could not have had. The gradation
from such tragedies to deliberate mass murder by starvation is not an easy one
to unpack. There will always be
controversial cases. Lillian Li’s
classic Fighting Famine in North China (2007) goes into detail on a
society that was desperately short of food but did have a well-developed safety
net; the famines reflected a complex interaction of crop failures, local
violence, and government success or failure at deploying their extensive but
shaky relief infrastructure. Such cases
remain outside the scope of this book, which deals only with cases such as the
Holodomor and the buffalo slaughter, in which famine was deliberately created
for genocidal reasons. On the other
hand, massive displacement of people without preparation for resettlement or
rehabilitation is herein considered intrinsically genocidal, even if done—or
supposedly done—for good economic reasons.
I
hereby introduce the word “bureaupathy” to describe the associated attitude and
mindset. It is a mental state as sick
and destructive as psychopathy and sociopathy.
It is quite different from greed; the bureaucrats are usually following
orders or truckling to rich clients, rather than enriching themselves. It does, however, merge into corporate
murder-for-gain, which is done with similar cold-blooded indifference. Tobacco companies continue to produce a
product that causes up to ¼ of deaths worldwide, and no one in those companies
seems to feel either genocidal hate or moral compunction. Similarly, big oil and big coal preside not
only over thousands of pollution-caused deaths per year, but over the creation
of a global-warmed future that will lead to exponentially increasing deaths. Unlike the innocent, uneducated rural
American voters, oil executives know perfectly well that climate change is
real, and what it will cost. They read
the journals and are trained in science.
Many documents, leaked or quite open, show they are aware. They continue to produce oil and lie about
its effects on health and the ecosystem.
Hate vs. Greed
This
alerts us to two very different kinds of harm.
Hatred causes genuinely gratuitious harm: no one benefits. In fact, the hater usually harms himself or
herself just to hurt others; suicide bombing is the purest case. It is a negative-sum game: both sides lose. Selfish greed, however, does benefit the
doer; by the definition used here, it harms the other people in the transaction
more than it benefits the doer or doers.
Big dams benefit the rich and urban, but usually hurt the displaced
people and the total economy more. The
cost-benefit ratios of big dams are notoriously bad. More pure cases of selfish greed, such as
drug gang violence and medieval Viking raids, are even clearer: the thugs get
some loot, but the entire polity suffers, especially but not only the looted
victims. Professional gambling is
another case in point: the house always wins in the end, since it is there to
make a profit. Casino owners get
rich. They do it at the expense of victims,
often nonaffluent and often compulsive, who are ruined and often commit
suicide. The total cost-benefit ratio is
negative. But the victims choose to
gamble, so it is hard to stop the industry.
In this case, as in “the right to bear arms” and many others, individual
liberty is traded off against social costs.
Simple
rationality—ordinary common sense—would stop hate as a motive for harm. Stopping greed is more difficult, especially
when the greedy have the power to force their will on the rest of society, as
oil interests do today. From a
regulator’s point of view, there is also the problem of defining exactly where
reasonable cost-benefit ratios turn to unreasonable ones. Big dams do sometimes benefit the whole of
society, or at least they have in the past.
Simple morality directs that displaced persons should be compensated,
but other cases of “takings” are less clear.
If some suffer because they were selling poisons and the poisons are
finally banned, should those sellers be compensated? Or penalized for selling the poisons in the
first place? Much of politics is about
such issues, which seriously problematize the whole issue of evil.
In
war, genocide, and murder that most harm is usually clear-cut. So much, however, is due to greed—the entire
tobacco economy, most of the oil economy, most of the dam-building, and so
on—that looking far more seriously at cost-benefit accounting is a major need
for the future. On the other hand, the
role of hate, or at least of infrahumanization, in even these cases cannot be
underestimated. The case of dams is,
again, the best example: those displaced are almost always poor and rural, and
thus “do not count.” They can be ruined
and even reduced to starving to death, without any of the rulers or engineers
or construction bosses caring—sometimes without even noticing. The oil industry, also, typically dumps its
pollution on poor rural areas, such as rural Louisiana and the Indigenous
communities of Canada. When oil pollutes
a well-to-do urban area, there are protests and political and legal
action. Moreover, oil, tobacco, and
other harming industries have made it a practice to whip up hatred to get the
public to oppose valid science, as will be discussed below. Thus, hate, or at least discounting whole communities,
is central to the wider and more general applications of greed.
How Much Violence?
Several recent studies
attempt to quantify deaths by violence in human societies. Stephen Pinker (2011) famously concluded
people kill much less than they used to.
This is apparently wrong (Fry 2013; Mann 2018), but small-scale
societies kill at a relatively high rate.
Many small-scale farming societies, especially chiefdoms, are
particularly bloody. The human average
seems to be about 1% dying by violence per year, but it varies from insane
meltdowns like the 100 Years War, the fall of Ming, and the Khmer Rouge
genocide to total lasting peace.
In
a recent comparative study of war, Kissel and Kim (2018) define it as organized
conflict between separate, independent groups.
They note that the terms “aggression” and “war” cover a vast range of
very different behaviors. “Coalitionary”
killing of enemies is confined to ants and people and chimpanzees and maybe a
few other mammals; only humans do it on any scale. The genetics of aggression are as ambiguous
as ever. They note some archaeological
massacres, including one in Kenya 10,000 years ago, and cannibalism evidence in
many areas of the world—possibly during famines. They see a big change after agriculture and
settlement growth, but more in the size and organization of war than in the
commonness of aggressive killing. They
see war as cultural.
A
recent study by Dean Falk and Charles Hildebolt (2017) finds a wide range, from
small-scale societies that have essentially no violent killings to those where
a large percentage of deaths are violent.
Variation is much higher than among state-level societies. In general, it appears that small-scale
societies do have a somewhat higher percentage of violent deaths than large
state societies, but the margin is not great (if it exists at all). The genocides, slaving deaths, and mass
murders of modern states go well beyond Pinker’s estimates (Mann 2018). In few societies is murder and war the norm;
such a society would quickly self-destruct.
In fact, there are records of societies that did so. Something very close happened to the Waorani,
but they were persuaded by missionaries to become more peaceful (Robarchek and
Robarchek 1998). There is a range in states from Afghanistan and ancient
Assyria to relatively peaceful Tokugawa Japan and Yi Korea, or, today,
Scandinavia and Switzerland. Most states
through history have been undemocratic and repressive, with many political
murders.
Among the Enga, one of
the most violent societies in Falk and Hildebolt’s sample, powerful self-made
leaders—“big men”—often whip up war for their own advantage, but may also make
peace for the same reason; the oscillation from peace to extreme violence that
has characterized Enga society is heavily determined by these self-aggrandizing
maneuvers (Wiessner 2019). Popular will
often forces peace on disruptive young men or would-be leaders, however.
An “average” is hard to
calculate and probably meaningless, since most societies swing back and forth
between war and peace, conflict and stability.
The average may be close to urban America’s less privileged
neighborhoods.
Since
death is forever, the consequences of murder are irreparable, while good is
easily undone. (The same goes, in
general, for environmental damage; it is rarely, if ever, fully reversible.) A society requires countless small good acts
to make up for a terminally bad one.
Human nature must average positive to keep societies functional.
Human
tendencies to defend social position, defend the group, and defend or seize
land and resources continue to keep violence at a high level in most
societies. From the books cited above, a
clear pattern emerges of why people kill.
As individuals, if not killing in simple defense of self and loved ones,
they kill either for gain (as a paid job or for loot) or for social
control. Most often, they kill to
maintain social position: control over a spouse, “honor” in local societies,
revenge on a neighbor, dominance over minority members, or control of a personal
position of some kind. Even psychopaths
who kill compulsively usually wait for such opportunities. Probably most killing is done for
“defense.” Even aggression in war
becomes “preemptive strikes.” Genocide
is occasioned by extreme fear of minorities.
Targets
change over time. In agrarian societies,
the groups were very often rival branches of ruling families, clans, or
lineages. There was also, usually, an
opposition of “us” versus “barbarians,” i.e. semiperipheral marcher states or
semiperipheral invasive groups. In the
west, intolerant monotheist religions powered up hatred of other religions and
of “heretics,” and this tended to spill over into hate of all “others.” Opposition of men vs women, old vs young, and
rich/powerful/elite vs poor always create tension points. Toxic conformity takes over.
Gavin
de Becker (1997) provided many accounts of psychopaths and mass murderers. All turn on the obsessive need of the killer
to control someone—the woman he is stalking, the parents who have tortured him
growing up, the owner of a valued good who has tried to protect it.
Killers
in such situations either commit suicide or are fairly easily caught, but
gangsters who kill randomly may not be.
In particular, many gangs in the United States and elsewhere require a
new recruit to commit a murder, as a rite of passage. Such initiates seek out homeless mentally ill
individuals who will not be missed (or even identified, in many cases) and
whose death will not be investigated seriously.
This murder-for-position leads to further crime. In the United States, a killer usually is
jailed eventually, but in much of Latin America he (or sometimes she) will
often be accepted by society and escape the law.
As
groups, humans kill largely to maintain the power of the group over perceived
and hated rivals. These structural
opponent groups may be traditional enemies, new rivals, or ideological or
ethnic opposites. The hatreds lead to
international war, religious strife, civil war (most often between regions),
ideological murders and genocides, and other types of group violence. War for land is also extremely frequent. This led Ben Kiernan to title his great study
of warfare and genocide with the old Nazi phrase Blood and Soil (2007); he saw identity and land as the two great
reasons for mass killing. Nationhood and religion, both sources of a fictive or
socially constructed identity, are deadly, much more so than actual blood
relationship. I am far from the first to
remark on the human tendency to kill real people in the service of vapid
dreams.
War
for loot (portable wealth) seems largely limited to Viking raids, Turkic wars, Caucasus
Mountain feuds, and banditry in general.
It is the moral norm, and often the livelihood, of classic “barbarians,”
for whom it is a way of life rather than considered an evil or an exception. On
the other hand, wars to acquire land and mineral resources, to help one’s
national armaments industry, and to support its military, are universal throughout
history. Still, group hatred remains one
great reason for war, just as individual social control is apparently the
commonest reason for murder. Greed, even
for land, is controllable; the deadly mix of social fear, social hate, and need
for social control is the real “heart of darkness” within humans.
People Almost All Join In
One
thing is common to all genocides and wars:
Some individual or individuals whip up hatred, and the public goes along.
Usually, the leaders are desperate for power and are not particularly
restrained by morals. The masses,
however, can be almost anyone, anywhere, any time, though most sources agree
that genuinely threatening and unsettled conditions make it easier for tyrants
to whip up enmity. There are on occasion
mobs that spontaneously riot and destroy minority neighborhoods, but even these
normally have a single instigator or small group of instigators.
Normally,
this involves a flip from peaceful, economically rational behavior to
behavior that is violent, destructive, and economically, personally, and
morally irrational according to normal standards of the group and of
humanity. The bad wolf suddenly takes
over. Genocide leaders are men—they
are almost all men—who are geniuses at making people do this psychological
flip. They can manipulate social
fear, using a mix of charisma and exaggerated group rivalry. They can whip up the hatred that is latent in
people, and mobilize it. They are
masters of redefining groups to make them smaller, tighter, more defensive,
more closed. They can get people to
circle the wagons. They can make people
see it is an “exception” when moral rules are broken to harm a rival group,
something people all too often figure out without help (Sapolsky 2017,
summarized p. 674). The human ear and
brain reduce their processing of ordinary peaceful messages, and become more
sensitive to ominous messages and less sensitive to people or to rational
considerations; people can be reduced to blind rage (Monbiot 2019).
It
is particularly clear that a certain type of narcissistic, cocksure, extremist
leader can often manage to take advantage of human loyalty, religion, or
ideology to reduce a whole nation to near-hypnotism, adulating him (he is
always male—so far) with worshipful adoration.
Frank Dikötter
(2019) has investigated this in the case of several 20th century
dictators, including Mussolini, Hitler, and Stalin, and found many common
threads. All consolidated power
ruthlessly and came more and more to depend on a cult of personality. They became strongmen, above the law, above
tradition, above any restraint—even the restraints of their own claimed
ideologies. The more they did, the more
the loyal citizens adored them, until they miscalculated and caused actual ruin
through war or economic collapse. The
sad fact is that the tendency of humans to conform with society and follow its
leaders—usually useful traits, preventing chaos—can be and often is misused in
the most horrific ways.
In
all genocides, the mass of the population is susceptible to messages of hate. It is astonishingly easy to make ordinary
“decent” citizens into mass murderers.
People go along with the evil leaders. The public follows the leaders as loyally as
they do in international wars or in actual defense of the nation. The leaders are power-hungry and hateful
individuals, but their followers are not; yet their followers do appalling
things on command. Detailed interviewing
over time in Germany, China, the USSR, Rwanda, and other states showed that
people were swept away by the rhetoric, and then strengthened in murderous
resolve by the fact that everyone else was involved in the killing. Most people simply did what they were told, or
what their neighbors were doing. They
often took a sort of pleasure or satisfaction in doing it, but often found it
simply a job that had to be done. It is
often pointed out that Hitler killed only one person: himself. It was the people “just following orders”
that did the real work.
This
mass conformity is very extensively documented. (Particularly good recent reviews of it are
found in Paxton 2005, Snyder 2015, Staub 2011, Tatz and Higgins 2016, and
Waller 2016.) It seems particularly
common where hatreds are traditional, as with the Jews in “Christian” Europe,
but it is reported everywhere. The same
is true of criminal gangs, slave procurement, police work in less lawful parts
of the world, and indeed every situation where ordinary people get caught up in
violence. They almost always conform
(see esp. Baumeister 1997; Waller 2016).
Finally,
the testimony of many anthropologists (e.g. Atran 2010, 2015), psychologists
(Baumeister 1997), criminologists (De Becker 1997), and other experts all confirm
that perfectly normal people can and do become terrorists and murderers in any
social situation that puts a high value on such behavior as serving the
group. Scott Atran’s accounts of Islamic
terrorists are particularly revealing: the terrorists and suicide bombers are
usually young persons who have experienced traumatic events in their own small
worlds. They are not particularly
violent, certainly not psychotic. They
are very often recruited through intensive influence by leaders of local extremist
organizations—leaders who rarely endanger themselves.
Otherwise,
worldwide, accounts of recruits to violent gangs often speak of neighborhoods
where the only alternative to membership in a violent gang is being killed by
one. Criminals who are not part of gangs
are far more apt to be genuinely demented—usually psychopathic. Even among such loners, however, writers like
Roy Baumeister and Gavin De Becker stress the number who seem superficially
normal. For the record, the pirates,
smugglers, and sometime killers I knew on Asian waterfronts in my youth were
largely a perfectly normal lot; they got caught up in an ugly world and had few
or no alternatives. By contrast, the one
American mass killer I have known was a deeply troubled individual, bullied and
treated cruelly for his obvious mental issues until he finally snapped.
There
are, in short, some people whose inner demons drive them out of control—though
they can be identified and stopped (De Becker 1997). Far more common are ordinary individuals: we
normals who have within us the two wolves, waiting for food. The relevant works are surprisingly silent on
what makes one or the other wolf take over.
The old Victorian clichés—coming from bad seed or a broken home, falling
in with bad company, taking to drink—are echoed to this day in one form or
another. They have much truth, and we
now know more, but there is still much to learn.
Older
literature often described such behavior as regression to “animal” or “savage”
behavior, but no other animal does anything remotely close. Nonhuman animals fight and kill when
threatened or when vying for mates or territory (Clutton-Brock 2016), but they
rarely kill without those immediate motives, they rarely torture (though cats
and many others will toy with prey, cruelly by our standards), and they
certainly do not make social decisions to starve millions of their fellows to
death.
“Savages” in the old sense of the term do not
exist and never have. The small-scale
societies of the world do about the same things that modern states do, but on a
very much smaller scale, and they lack the technological ability to carry out
the mass tortures and murders so common now.
They could not force mass starvation on their societies even if they
wanted to. Claims of greater violence
among early, small-scale societies and early states, e.g. in Pinker (2011), are
based on outrageous sampling bias (Fry 2013; Mann 2018). Pinker compares the most warlike of
documented small societies with the most peaceful modern ones, which does show
we are capable of being better than we often are, but says nothing about what
social levels are most murderous.
In
fact, virtually anyone can be converted,
rather easily, into a monster who will torture, rape, and murder his or her
neighbors and even family members for reasons that no rational person could
possibly accept after serious consideration. Religious wars over heresies provide extreme
cases. In such conflicts as the
Albigensian Crusade, the 13th-century genocide that gave rise to the
infamous line “kill ‘em all and let God sort ‘em out,” probably not one in a
thousand participants could explain the differences between Catholic and
Albigensian Christianity (see Anderson and Anderson 2012). Yet the murders of neighbors and friends went
on for decades. The same endures today,
as in the persecution of Shi’a by ISIS (Hawley 2018).
Such
phenomena raise the question of how and why normal, peaceable human beings can
so easily flip into genocidal states, and then back into peaceful states after
the genocide is stopped. Many of the
most horrible genocides were committed in countries long known for the
tranquility, peacefulness, cooperativeness, and even tolerance of their
citizenry. Cambodia and Rwanda were
particularly clear examples. On the
other hand, some genocidal countries had a long and bloody history of
independence and conflict. No pattern
emerged from this line of enquiry.
In
most genocides, those who resisted and worked to save victims were
astonishingly few. Tatz and Higgins
(2016) have recently collected the data from the Holocaust and other genocides. They find that even when there was no penalty
for refusing, ordinary people went along with mass murder. This was as true in the United States and
Australia in the 19th century as in Hitler’s Gemany and Pol Pot’s
Cambodia. It is sobering for modern
Americans to read how otherwise normal, reasonably decent, “Christian”
Americans could perform the most unspeakable and unthinkable acts on Native
Americans—often neighbors and (former) friends—without a second thought (see
e.g. Madley 2016). Colin Tatz’ harrowing
summary of settler genocides in Australia reveals the same (Tatz 2018). Nor did more moral citizens do much to
restrain the killers. The “Indian
lovers” like Helen Hunt Jackson and James Mooney who agitated to protect Native
Americans in late 19th century America were few.
Hollie
Nyseth Brehm (2017b), in a particularly thorough analysis of the Rwandan
genocide, found that killing was clearly top-down-directed, with a
concentration around the capital and major cities and among well-educated (and
thus elite) people, but also was commoner in areas with low marriage, high
mobility, concentration of Tutsi, and political opposition—especially by Hutu
themselves—at the grassroots. The areas
in and around the capital, Kigali, were far more deadly than areas at the
northern margins of the country. This is
the opposite of the pattern seen in settler genocides, where murder was far
commoner on borders where settler populations were expanding at the expense of
Indigenous people.
Accounts
from China’s Cultural Revolution indicate that people were swept up in mass
hysteria, but were also afraid of appearing to be neutral, since lack of
enthusiasm in persecuting victims led to substantial trouble, up to being made
a victim oneself. A few of the many
memoirs indicate that the writers were unreconstructed Maoists, but the vast
majority worked under orders, from fear or social pressure or conformity. Many repented, and write agonizing stories of
their internal sufferings as well as the sufferings they inflicted and endured.
Anyone, Anytime, Can Turn Evil
The alternation between peace and
rage is typical of animals, especially carnivores; we see it often in dogs and
cats. Chimpanzees show it too. Humans are different in two ways. First, many humans are always “on the fight”
or “in your face,” seemingly looking for imagined slights, threats to their
honor, and excuses for a fight. This is
both individual and cultural.
Arguably the biggest cause of
slights, anger and hate is ranking out: arrogance, putting others down, open
insulting superiority. This is particularly touchy if A really does outrank B
and has to show it, as in the military, in hierarchic business firms, and in
traditional societies with hereditary nobility.
A display of modesty can go too far, but a display of arrogance is
disastrous. Soldiers and bureaucrats
have to game this. It is a minefield,
even more than romance, let alone ordinary civility. Every day brings new outrages by minorities
insulted—sometimes unintentionally—by people in power. The sheer advantage of the priviledged, in
everyday discourse, makes even “niceness” seem a putdown. As with other forms of slight and offense,
the Scottish ballads and Shakespeare’s plays are full of this: people are
outraged at failures to recognize superior status, but even more outraged at
having their noses rubbed in someone else’s social superiority.
Some cultures and
subcultures teach violent response to offenses as normal behavior (Baumeister
1997). Such “honor cultures” always track
societies with a bloody, unsettled, poorly controlled past. Killing, however, goes far beyond such
societies. Humans fall into rage states
not only when fighting immediate rivals for food or territory or mates, as dogs
and cats do, but also over issues that do not directly concern them: war with
remote enemies, malfeasance in distant countries, terrorist attacks in far-off
cities, political injustices to other groups of people. Humans specialize in offense, outrage,
antagonism, and hate, and will take any excuse.
Antagonism
is the opposite pole to Agreeableness on the Agreeableness scale of the widely
used Big Five personality test.
Worldwide, people range between the two extremes, and there is a
substantial inherited component, though much (I believe most) of one’s level of
agreeableness/antagonism is learned.
Highly antagonistic people are, of course, heavily overrepresented among
doers of evil, and are very susceptible to inflammatory rhetoric (Kaufman
2018).
People,
even quite antagonistic ones, are usually peaceful in ordinary everyday life,
and even helpful, generous, and tolerant.
Many are curmudgeons, even snappish or bigoted, but at least not
violently cruel. It takes some effort to
make them do deliberate harm to those who have not harmed them.
However,
it does not take much effort. Following
discovery of this fact among Nazi survivors, psychologists experimented with
students, seeing how easy it was to make them be cruel to other students. Stanley Milgram’s famous experiments with
faked electric shocks, Philip Zimbardo’s with students acting as jailers and
prisoners, and many subsequent experiments showed—to the horror of
psychologists and the reading public—that it was very easy indeed.
Zimbardo’s
experiment with a mock prison, at Stanford, had to be stopped within a week,
because the students took their roles too seriously (Blum 2018 criticized this
experiment, but has been effectively answered by Zimbardo, 2018). This led to major reforms of experimental
ethics, as well as to much soul-searching (Zimbardo 2008). Contrary to published accounts, Zimbardo did
not initially allow the “prisoners” to leave the experimental situation, and in
any case privileged white and Asian young men (as these students were) hardly
provide a realistic prison situation, given America’s racist and brutal prison
system (Blum 2018). However, Zimbardo’s
main finding stands: people, even the “best” young men, can turn into evildoers
with astonishing ease if they are following orders.
People
flip easily from a normal state—mild and peaceable—to an aroused state of
anger, hatred, aggression, brutality, or rage.
There is a continuum, but phenomenologically it often feels as if we are
dominated by either the good wolf or the bad one—not by an intermediate,
neutral wolf. Our enemies are not always
external. Suicide is the commonest
homicide. Next most common is killing family members.
We
have a choice. We must choose to be
angered, and can always choose to “turn the other cheek.” A punch in the face is hard to ignore (though
some can manage it), but by far the most anger we feel is over trivial slights
that can easily be ignored, or over social issues that may not concern us
directly. I am much more frequently
angered by reading about injustice, murder, or war in places I have never been
and involving people about whom I know nothing than I am by threats to myself. Reading the political literature, one
realizes that some people are outraged by the very existence of
African-Americans somewhere, or by the fact that not everyone worships the same
way. An excellent column by Ron
Rolheiser (2018) talks with some ironic detachment about the human proclivity
to moral outrage. Humans love to work
themselves up into anger, or even hysteria, about perfectly trivial issues
irrelevant to their own lives. Most of
us in the scholarly world know teachers who turn red in the face at such things
as bad grammar in student papers.
Indeed,
almost all the evil discussed herein is deliberately
chosen because of outrage over something that does not directly or seriously
concern the chooser. The Jews were
not really destroying Germany, nor were the Tutsi causing much trouble in
Rwanda, nor were the victims of Mao’s purges doing anything remotely worthy of
national outrage and mass murder. All of
us have encountered a great deal of everyday prejudice, bigotry, and open
hatred of people for being what they are, as opposed to what they may have
done. This too has been studied; Gordon Allport
(1954) reviewed early sources. Since
then a huge literature has accumulated (see below).
Robert
Louis Stevenson’s story of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde is uncomfortably compelling. We sense, somehow, that we could all go
there. Hannah Arendt’s famous phrase
“the banality of evil” (Arendt 1963) is also compelling. Indeed, evil is banal, for the very good reason
that it is usually done by the kid next door, or his equivalent.
Peace
came to Colombia after more than 50 years of conflict between the
government—often via paramilitary gangs—and FARC, which began as a rebel
organization but became largely a cocaine ring.
The paramilitary groups were little if any better. Both sides accommodated to and dealt with the
organized drug cartels. Thousands of
people were involved, and they committed the usual torture, rape, and murder
associated with such activities. With
peace came rehabilitation. Sara Reardon
(2018) investigated the process. She
quotes one of the rehabilitation psychologists, Natalia Trujillo: “I realized
not all of them are sociopaths. I realized most of them are also victims.” In
fact, it is obvious from Reardon’s account that the vast majority were closer
to victimhood than to pathology. They
were local people, some originally idealistic, swept up in a nightmare. Many were forced to fight to save themselves
and their families. Most of the combatants
have returned to ordinary life with varying degrees of success; some have been
killed by revengeful farmers and others who were devastated or had loved ones
murdered. Unfortunately, but predictably, the peace did not hold.
The way that ordinary people
can be caught up in senseless civil war is clearly shown. Similar stories from Liberia, Sierra Leone,
and other civil wars, back to the United States’ own, show this to be typical.
In
short, the vast majority of killing and harming in the world is done by people
“just following orders.” They range from
people mindlessly conforming, or even hating what they do, to enthusiastic
perpetrators who needed only the excuse.
Especially successful are orders to kill or oppress minorities or to
ignore their suffering when displaced.
Orders or requests to care for people and help them meet far more
resistance. The United States has faced
continual protests and objections over its exiguous and miserable government
safety nets, but no trouble finding soldiers for wars in the Middle East, and
Trump had no trouble whipping many of his followers into frenzies of violence
and hate. For better or worse—usually
for worse—people are easily mobilized by antagonism, but difficult to mobilize
by religious teachings of love and care for fellow humans. People are too apt to be spontaneously
antagonistic and destructive, simply due to overreaction to the negative. They hate trivial enemies, callously neglect
valuable but less-noticed people, and take too little account of the good.
The average human is
pleasant, smiling, friendly, and civil most of the time, but when threatened or
stressed he or she becomes defensive.
This usually begins with verbal defense or with passive-aggressive
sulking. It escalates if the threat escalates—usually
matching the threat level, but often going beyond it, in preemptive strike
mode. This is a necessary and valuable
mechanism when genuine defense is needed.
The differences between
people and cultures then matter. The
average human seems easily persuaded to wad up all frustrations, irritations,
threats, and hurts into a ball, and throw that ball at minorities and
nonconformists. This displacement and
scapegoating comes up over and over again in all studies of human evil,
especially genocide.
The
world is far from perfect. Wars, crimes,
and genocides happen. We must deal with
them. We are rarely equipped with
perfect ways of doing this. Cool,
rational action in the face of hostility requires both courage and the
knowledge of what to do.
Failing
that, action is difficult. The most
available and simple option is to follow the orders of those who do know, or to
conform with cultural norms that provide strategies for dealing with problems. The next most available option is to maintain
a front of hostility: to be touchy, aggressive, or fearful. Ideally, one can seek out the knowledge to
cope better, but this requires effort and time.
One can also flee, hide, become a hermit, act as virtuous as possible in
the hopes that virtue will prevail, or simply die.
Recognizing
this choice matrix makes the victory of the bad wolf more understandable. Facing a hostile world, people are prone to
let the bad wolf roam, or to follow the orders of those who do.
The model that
emerges, then, is one of ordinary people dealing with ordinary everyday
frustrations, slights, trivial hurts, and difficulties, who can easily be
persuaded by extremist leaders to direct their frustration at scapegoats. Scapegoating minorities to maintain control
by venting diffuse anger is the food of the bad wolf. Violence comes from directing diffuse
hate to a specific target. This is the
common theme of the books on evil listed at the beginning of the present
work.
Such violence sums up
into war and genocide when human agents with their own damaged agendas are
swayed evil leaders who are willing to go beyond normal social rules. This is the human response that evil leaders
from Caligula to Hitler to Trump have whipped up. The immediate cure is minimizing offense-taking,
but the ultimate cure is finding enough good in the world to balance out the
offenses.
Often, though not always,
these leaders, in turn, are the creatures of landlord or rentier elites wishing
to maintain control over income streams and resources. The deadly combination of propertied
interests, evil leaders, and frustrated masses is the common background of
modern mass killings.
Part II. Roots of
Human Evil
1. Human Nature?
Speculations
on human nature have taken place throughout the ages. The classic Christian and Buddhist views are
that people everywhere are basically good; evil is a corruption of their nature
by bad desires. The problem, according
to Buddhist theology, is giving way to greed, anger, and lust. The Christian tradition is similar; “love of
money is the root of all evil,” according to Paul (I Timothy 10). Most Confucians follow the great Confucian
teacher Mencius in seeing people as basically prosocial, corrupted by bad or
inadequate education. Many small-scale
and traditional societies hold that people are basically sociable and
well-meaning, but must develop themselves through spiritual discipline and
cultivation. Quakers speak of the “Inner
Light.” Modern biologists and
anthropologists have found it in the social and proto-moral inclinations now
known to be innate in humans.
Conversely,
the commonest western-world view is probably that of Niccolo Machiavelli, Thomas
Hobbes and Sigmund Freud: people are basically evil, selfish, competitive, and
out for themselves at the expense of others.
This view goes back to the ancient Greeks; Marshall Sahlins (2008)
provides a full history of it. Social
behavior must be forced on them by harsh training. Hobbes saw “man in his natural state” as
being in a permanent condition of “warre of each against all” for resources
(Hobbes 1950 [1657]:104). Freud had a
darker view: Innate human nature was the
Id, a realm of terrifying lust, murderous hate, and insatiable greed. Both men thought “savages” showed “man in his
natural state”; they believed travelers’ tales rather than real descriptions,
and thought “savages” were bloodthirsty, cruel, and driven by the lusts of the
moment, with no thought of the future.
In fact, even without modern anthropology, they should have known from
actual accounts that small-scale societies are about as peaceful and orderly as
our own.
These dark views come
from traditional folk wisdom, which incorporates a good deal of cynicism based
on the common observation of people hurting themselves to hurt others
more. A worldwide folktale tells of a
man who is granted one wish (by an angel, godmother, or other being) but on the
condition that his neighbor will get twice what he gets; if the man wishes for
a thousand dollars, his neighbor gets two thousand. The man thinks for a while, then says “Make
me blind in one eye!”
Machiavelli,
Hobbes, Freud, and their countless followers assumed that society will force
people to act decently through powerful discipline. This is impossible. One cannot make mountain lions form social
contracts, or teach crocodiles to cooperate.
An animal that is naturally individualist, each animal competing with
others, cannot create a society capable of enforcing rules. Joseph Henrich (2016), among many others, has
pointed out that only an animal with cumulative culture, natural sociability,
and an innate tendency to cooperate could have social norms and expect
conformity to them. Hobbes, Freud, and
others expected far too much of human rationality. Rationality is notoriously unable to restrain
emotion. Ask any teenager, or parent of
one.
A
serious cost of the Hobbesian view is that by assuming people are worse than
they are, Hobbesians excuse their own tendencies to act worse than they
otherwise would. Hobbesian views have
always been popular with hatemongers.
The
other classical and mistaken view of humanity is the rational self-interest
view. The briefest look at humanity
instantly dispels that. People do not
act in their self-interest, and rarely act rationally in that restricted sense
(see e.g. Kahneman 2011). The
“irrational” heuristics that people use can be highly useful as shortcuts,
creating mental efficiency (Gigerenzer 2007; Gigerenzer et al. 1999), but they
constantly cause trouble when cool reason is needed. Human limits to rationality are now so well
documented that they need no further notice here.
The
rationalist view is a far more positive view of humanity than Hobbes’ or
Freud’s. It does not give much space to
evil; evil would occur only when it really pays in material terms, which is not
often. Unfortunately, irrational evil
appears much commoner in the real world.
Tyrants may often die in bed, but they often do not. Suicide bombers and other front-line fighters
for the wrong are obviously not advancing their rational self-interest. Straightforward shortsighted but “rational”
calculation does explain some bad acting, but does not explain people going far
out of their way to be hateful and cruel, or the common human tendency to resist
improving themselves and their surroundings.
Over the 5000 years of recorded history, countless people around the
world have chosen, over and over, to suffer and work and make themselves
miserable simply to hurt others.
Technology has often developed for war.
Rational choice could be believed as a general motive only because hate,
vengefulness, overreaction to slights, and irrational hate of nature are so
universal that they are not even noticed, or are considered “rational.”
The contrasting view also goes back to the
ancient Greeks, who wrote of human abilities to love, cooperate, and found
democracies. Christianity later built on
a view that people could love each other; the line “love thy neighbor as thyself”
goes back to Moses. However, few could
see humanity as innately good, or believe in virtuous utopias. There were always a few, but on the whole
belief in a “noble savage” view is largely a straw man. Rousseau did not believe any such thing (the
phrase actually comes from John Dryden), nor do most of the others accused of
having it. In so far as it is taken
seriously, it does not survive the many accounts of war in small-scale
societies. Even relatively “noble”-believing
sources (e.g. Fry 2013) cannot gloss over the frequency of killing in almost
all societies.
A
more realistic, but still dubious, take on humans comes from the
Zoroastrian-Manichaean tradition. This
tradition sees correctly that people are a mix of well-meaning, helpful,
prosocial good and cruel, brutal evil.
It further holds, less believably, that the good comes from the
immaterial “spirit” realm, evil from the flesh.
This view, which entered Christianity with St. Paul (see his Letter to
the Romans), lies behind the extreme Puritanism of much of western society—the
view that sees sex, good food, good wine, and dancing as Sins with a capital
S. Everything of the flesh tends toward
corruption. Good sex is the door to
hell. “The fiddle is the devil’s riding
horse,” according to an old American saying.
I was raised in a time and place when this view was widespread. The social revolution of the 1960s cut it
back sharply, but it keeps resurfacing. Yet, a great deal of human good comes via
those “sins.” Condemning these is
regularly used to distract people from the real sins: cruelty, oppression,
gratuitous harm, selfish greed, hatred.
A
deeper problem with the Manichaean view is that people are usually neither
saintly nor demonic. They are just
trying to make a living and then get some rest and relaxation. Their forays into proactive goodness or
proactive evil are extensions from ordinary low-profile getting along. This
leaves us with the Native American folktale: the two wolves, like the “good and
bad angels” that folk Christianity took over from Manichaean belief, are
symbols of the prosocial and hostile sides of humanity, of working with people
versus working against them.
In this sense, people are
not bad or good; they are good to kin and culturally constructed fictive kin,
bad to rivals, and neutral to everyone else.
There is a very slight positive bias, enough to have saved the human
race so far. But people will kill vast
numbers of distant strangers without thinking much about it, as King Leopold of
Belgium did—indirectly—in the Congo.
In general, people are far
better than the savages of Hobbes and Freud, but not as good as idealists or
rationalists assume. The hopeful dreams
of “positive psychology” and “humanistic psychology” have turned to dust. Ordinary everyday human life is full of
minor slights and disrespects, and of misfortunes interpreted as personal
attacks when they were not meant as such.
It is also full of minor kindnesses and helpful moves. From this constant low-level evil and good,
it is easy to move suddenly and unexpectedly to much greater evil or good. We
are always poised near the edge of flipping into violence or heroism. Everyday hurt and disrespect can be exploited
by evil leaders who whip up hate and deploy it against their victims—usually
the weak. Everyday good and care can be
stimulated by situations or by moral suasion, and people can be heroic. Often
the contrast is between “realism”—the cynical realism of evildoers—and hope,
often the unrealistic idealism of the best. People must often choose the ideals
or be lost to the cynics.
At
worst, intergroup competition leads to cruelty, viciousness, nastiness, greed
(here defined, recall, as hurting others by taking their goods for oneself,
without fairly compensating them), and other vices. We are still not sure how much these are inborn
tendencies—like minimal morality—and how much they are learned. Most authorities think they are learned. Others concentrate on the learned aspects. However, broad capacities to fight, hate, and
destroy are clearly innate in all higher animals. Humans seem to have more of these innate
cruel tendencies than do other animals, at least as far as “proactive” violence
goes. But real wolves—as opposed to the
ones inside us—have their own fights; normally peaceful and calm, they erupt
into violence when a new wolf threatens an established pack, or when a bear or
human or other enemy attacks (Clutton-Brock 2016). Dogs, domesticated descendants of wolves,
still engage in “resource guarding”; an otherwise peaceful dog, especially if
leashed, will attack anyone that seems to menace its owner. We are a predatory mammal; we can be expected
to act accordingly.
We
are gifted by our mammalian heritage with the ability to love, care, fear,
hate, and fight. These we share with all
higher mammals. We are also gifted with
the uniquely human ability to form complex, diverse social and cultural systems
that construct care, fear, aggression, and other natural drives in ways that
can amplify both good and evil out of all bounds.
People
are abjectly dependent on their societies.
We live in stark terror of rejection and ostracism. They therefore overreact, negatively, to any
challenge to their social standing.
Therein lies the problem of the human condition.
2. Evolution?
Any
animal must divide its attention between avoiding threat and getting
necessities of life. Thus, all animals
have a fight-flight-freeze response repertoire for dealing with the former, and
ways of dealing with the latter to obtain food, shelter, territory, reproduction,
and other needs with minimum danger.
They may be jealously protective of mates and homes. Animals compete for these, and social animals
compete for place in the group. Humans,
with far more complex social lives than other animals, add socially constructed
identifications with groups, their basic principles, and their identifying
flags (from skin color to religious beliefs).
Overreaction to threat is
selected for; thinking a poisonous snake is a rope is far less adaptive than
thinking a rope is a snake (to use the classic Indian example). Failure to find food in a day means a better
hunt tomorrow, but failure to identify a deadly threat means no tomorrow ever
again, for oneself and often for one’s genetic investment in young. Even plants react with fear; a chainsaw can
end in a few minutes a few centuries of investment in growth.
This is the ultimate
biological substrate of human reactions, including the human tendency to
overreact to perceived (and even imagined) threat. Humans seem about half dedicated to crushing
opposition, from criticism to competition, and half dedicated to peacefully
obtaining what they need and wish.
Feedback in perceived threat—deadly spirals—is made probable by the need
to react to even mild threat as potentially serious. Contingent variation in personal,
situational, and cultural factors prevents better prediction than a rough
50-50.
It is now well
established that humans are innately “moral,” in the sense that they have
natural predispositions to fairness, generosity, tolerance, welcoming,
acceptance, sociability, friendliness, and other social goods. (There is now a huge literature on this; see
e.g. De Waal 1996; Bowles and Gintis 2011; Henrich 2016; Tomasello 2016, 2019.) It is basically a rediscovery of what Mencius
knew in the 4th century BCE. People
are naturally interested in the world and the other people in it. More neutral are anger at real harms, and
desire to satisfy basic wants, including a desire for pleasure and beauty. Bad traits that appear universal, but
possibly not inborn, include hatred of nonconformists and structural opponents,
a tendency to grab desired stuff from others, a tendency to resent real or
imagined slights, and above all weak fear.
Excessive need for
control is notably a part of the picture, especially in intersex violence. In many species of mammals, will kill other
males and even their own female companions to maintain it (Clutton-Brock 2016:
Heid 2019 for applications to humans).
Intraspecific aggression and violence are universal in higher animals,
highly structured, and shaped by evolution (Clutton-Brock 2016). Even meerkats,
regarded by many humans as particularly cute, are murderous to rival groups;
females will hunt out and kill pups of neighboring packs (Clutton-Brock 2016:303).
The rapid transition from harmony, empathy, playfulness, and cooperation to
cold-blooded murder of weaker “others” is not confined to humans, or even to
large predators like wolves.
A few recent writers have
made important contributions to the study of human nature as producing good
(prosociality and cooperation) and evil.
Two stand out in particular for very recent work: Michael Tomasello and
Richard Wrangham.
Michael Tomasello, in A
Natural History of Human Morality, postulates that morals evolved in three
steps. First came natural sympathy,
developed from the loving emotions that all higher mammals feel for their
mothers and siblings; these are extended to other kin and ultimately to any
close associate, in human society.
Infants display this from birth.
Second, as humans evolved cooperative hunting and foraging, they learned
to respect, help, share with, and support their partners. Apes do not do this; they may co-hunt but
they do not share or cooperate more than minimally. Wolves and meerkats do, however. Third, and uniquely human, all social groups
have cultural moral repertoires. They
have long lists of “oughts,” almost always said to be divinely sanctioned.
Tomasello follows almost
everyone in arguing that the human tendency to cooperate evolved in
foraging. Cooperative animals could hunt
big game, find isolated honey trees and share the news, and work together to
catch fish. A bit of evidence he misses
is the parallel with wolves. Canids
scaled up from fox-like animals to hunt big game. However, their need to run fast denied them
the chance to develop the formidable claws that allow cats to be solitary
hunters of big animals. Wolves thus
learned to cooperate to chase and bring down large animals. This skill is seen today in the incredible
skills of herding dogs at coordinating their efforts. They not only have to know exactly what each
other dog is thinking and planning; they have to put themselves in the
positions of the humans and the sheep. I
once watched two shepherds and some muttish sheepdogs negotiate a herd of sheep
through a difficult traffic intersection in the Pyrennees. The shepherds did almost nothing; the dogs
had to work together, trusting each other to keep order in a deadly environment,
while understanding what the shepherds wanted and what the sheep would do. They managed this three-species balancing act
perfectly.
A good Kantian, Tomasello
looks to abstract rules founded on basic principles of cooperation and
mutualism. Tomasello is fond of citing
Christine Korsgaard for this approach, and she does indeed argue powerfully for
the Kantian view (Korsgaard 1996).
Kantian “deontological” ethics deduce rules from basic principles. In contrast, utilitarian “assertoric” ethics
hold that ethics are practical solutions to everyday problems (see e.g. Brandt 1979). It is fairly clear, ethnologically, that both
these methods of creating moral rules happen in the real world, and every
culture has a mix of high abstractions and pragmatic rules-of-thumb. Moral philosophers tend to emphasize one or
the other.
No other animals have
anything remotely like cultural rules that regulate whole large groups that are
not only not face-to-face but many involve millions of people who never meet at
all. As Tomasello points out, children
raised in human families learn these rules very early, but family pets do not
(Tomasello 2016:154, 2019; pets do learn to act differently in different
cultures, but only through simple training).
Tomasello admits that he emphasizes conformity and cooperation and that
people are frequently immoral (Tomasello 2016:161), but does not take into
account the actual alternatives within moral systems that allow people to
murder each other for purely moral reasons, from Aztec human sacrifice to
capital punishment. In a later
publication (Tomasello 2018) he admits that conflict must have had something to
do with shaping human moralities. Tomasello’s
Rousseauian view keeps him from addressing hatred, but one can assume, from his
work, that nonhuman animals can’t really hate; it takes too much long-view and
abstraction.
Tomasello sharply
contrasts apes and human infants. Even
before they can talk, human infants show a vibrant sociability more complex
than chimpanzees. By the time they are
three, children have reached not only a level of social sensitivity that
outdoes the ape; they also can thnk morally, reason according to what they see
others doing and thinking, and react on the basis of knowing that others will
expect moral or conventional or socially appropriate responses. Apes barely do anything like this; they show
awareness of others’ thoughts and fear of punishment and domination, but they
do not understand abstract social rules.
By the age of six, human children are rational, reasonable beings who
know how to apply the moral and pragmatic rules of their cultures (Tomasello
2019).
In fact, going Tomasello
one better, those of us who have raised children in other cultural settings are
aware that children know by three that there are other sets of social rules,
and by six they are masters of language-shifting, rule-shifting, and
norm-shifting depending on what group they are with. It was almost spooky to watch my young
children quickly learn that a mass of undifferentiated words must be separated
into “Chinese” (tonal, rhythmic, spoken with those outside the family) and
“English” (a very different-sounding language used with the family and a few
friends).
Tomasello continues to
see humans as basically cooperative, helpful, generous, and moral (according to
their societies’ codes, but never normalizing hurt or cruelty). They show astonishing levels of fairness by
three years of age, in contrast to apes, who simply grab anything they want
from weaker apes. He has plenty of
evidence, and has shown that such virtues are universal among children. However, much of his sample derives from child-care
centers in college towns, and this gives it a rather irenic balance. We who grew up in what my wife calls “the
real world” are aware of less harmonious child environments. They force children to choose right from the
start between the two wolves.
Recently,
Richard Wrangham has brought this issue to the foreground in his book The Goodness Paradox (2019). He contrasts reactive aggression—ordinary
anger and rage leading to violence—with proactive aggression, which evidently
started out as hunting, but was retooled far back in our evolution to become
planned, deliberate, often cool-headed violence. Compared to other primates, humans have much
less reactive violence. We are far less
violent than chimpanzees, in particular.
Even the peaceable bonobos rival us.
On the other hand, we display far more proactive violence—our raids,
wars, genocides, organized crimes, and the like are at least planned and
premeditated, at worst truly cold-blooded rather than passionate.
He then questions how we
could have evolved to do this. His
answer lies in our ability to cooperate to take down excessively violent
individuals. Even chimpanzees do this to
some extent. Humans do it quite
generally. Anyone reading old
ethnographies and accounts is aware of the extreme frequency of stories of a
psychopathic or hyperaggressive man (it is almost always a man) being quietly
eliminated. Often, four men will go out
hunting, three will return, and no questions are asked. Wrangham follows Christopher Boehm (1999) in
seeing this sort of take-down of a dominant or domineering individual as basic
to traditional societies.
Wrangham hypothesizes
that this happened enough to influence human evolution. It selected against reactive aggression, but
selected for proactive aggression. Other
factors, such as the needs of foraging and food preparation, selected for
cooperation. Once cooperation was
established and used in proactive aggression, it was available to allow a group
to devastate the neighboring group that shows less solidarity in war.
This theory is neat,
consistent, and plausible, but there is no real evidence for it. No one has counted the number of males
eliminated by cooperative execution.
Moreover, Wrangham weakens his argument by showing that cooperative
execution is very often—perhaps usually—invoked against nonconformists, often
meek and innocent ones, rather than against bullies and psychopaths. In fact, it appears from the accounts that
bullies and psychopaths very often invoke the violence themselves, and execute
the weak—especially weak potential competitors.
This would select for violence,
not against it. It seems that we will
have to get better data, and to explore other possibilities.
In any case, Wrangham
seems to have at least some of the story.
Truly inborn is a strong tendency to form coalitions that act against
each other and, in the end, against everyone’s best interests. Samuel Bowles and others have explained this
as developing in feedback with solidarity in war. Those who stand together prevail, wipe out
the less cooperative enemy groups, and leave more descendants (Bowles 2006,
2008, 2009; Boyer 2018; Choi and Bowles 2007).
This is known as “parochial altruism.”
Individuals may not be locked in “warre of each against all,” but groups
very often are. Richared Wrangham
(2019:133-134) dismisses this, finding too little evidence of self-sacrifice
for the group or large-scale pitched battles in hunter-gatherer warfare. This is not exactly relevant. The only requirement is for groups to be
solidary and mutually supportive; individuals do not have to go out of their
way to sacrifice themselves. Moreover,
Wrangham has not adequately covered the literature. There is much evidence for large-scale
raiding, small but bloody battles, and defensive aggression among hunter-gatherers
(see e.g. Keeley 1996; Turney-High 1949).
Serious and dangerous war is found in all the well-studied sizable
nonagricultural groups, such as the Northwest Coast, Plains, and California
Native peoples. Wrangham was apparently
misled by his focus on tiny hunter-gatherer bands that do not have the manpower
to support large wars.
A different view is
provided by Samantha Lang and Blaine Flowers (2019). They begin from the other extreme: the
phenomenon of individuals caring for others who have terminal dementia and thus
can never pay back any debts (material or psychological) to their
caregivers. The vast majority of such
caregiving is within the family—60.5% from children, 18% from spouses, most of
the rest from other relatives—but even this is “irrational” in economic terms,
and even in biological terms, since it costs the caregivers and prevents them
from investing more in their children.
Moreover, the residual 5% of care is often given by devoted volunteers,
who simply want to help others. They note
that all this can simply be seen as an “exaptation” from inclusive fitness—if
we are selected to care for kin, we have to care for all kin—but also note that
no nonhuman animal is known to do this (though there are some anecdotal records
of group-living predators supporting disabled members).
Yet another view comes
from work of Oliver Curry, Daniel Mullins, and Harvey Whitehouse (2019). They hold that people evolved through
cooperation, and that cooperation was then constructed as morality. In their “morality-as-cooperation” theory,
there are seven basic values:
“Allocation of resources to kin (family values)…, coordination to mutual
advantage (group loyalty)…, social exchange (reciprocity)…, contests between
hawks (bravery) and doves (respect) [that is two things]…, division
(fairness)…, possession (property rights).”
These they break down into a list of specific values that are very
widely held; for instance, family values start with “being a loving mother,
being a protective father, helping a brother, caring for a frail relative,”
(Curry et al. 2019:54). They look at 60
societies around the world, finding all that are well reported have some form
of all these, except for fairness, which is spottily attested.
To a biologist, the only
reasonable explanation is that selection originally operated as it does in all
higher animals, through inclusive fitness:
mutual care is deployed among families to maximize genetic success over
time. This then can be extended along
ever-wider kinship lines, and to increase in scope to include in-marrying
spouses (typically women, in traditional human societies, though in many
agricultural societies it is the men that move). Then further increase of scope takes in whole
communities, perhaps via in-laws and distant cousins. The defining moment (or long period) in the
history of humanity was when we extended kinship to include culturally
constructed relatives. This in turn
derives, at least in critical part, from the need to marry out—not only to
prevent inbreeding but to build solidarity with neighbor groups.
By this time—the time in
the past when kinship extended so widely—the link with genetics is essentially
lost. The huge groups characteristic of
modern human societies can form. We can
freely adopt strangers’ children, marry people from other countries, and devote
our lives to helping humanity. However,
perhaps the most universally known social fact is that we continue to privilege
close family members, and to build solidarity by self-consciously using family
terms: Bands of brothers, church fathers and mothers, sisterhoods, fellow children
of Adam and Eve. A very widely known
proverb (I have heard and seen it in countless forms) summarizes the normal
human strategic condition: “I against my brother; my brother and I against our
cousin; my cousin, brother, and I against our village; and our village against
the world!” The closer we are to others,
the more solidary we feel with them.
Aggregating along kinship lines allowed Genghis Khan and his followers
to build world-conquering armies by widely extending kin claims and tolerance
of difference. On the other hand, the
closer we are to others, the more they can hurt and anger us. They are around us more, and we are
psychologically involved with them.
Their opinions matter, and their help is necessary.
Solidarity
in the face of attack by an enemy group is a human norm. It is probably an evolved behavior, selected
for by that situation occurring frequently over the millions of years. Samuel Bowles (2006, 2008) held that it came
from the tendency of larger groups to kill out smaller ones. Since these groups had cores of relatives,
kin selection operated, and gradually wider and wider circles of kin would be
solidary, as people evolved or learned the ability to demand loyalty, detect
disloyal members, and punish them. By
that model, violence against outgroups would have evolved along with detection
and punishment of nonreciprocity within groups.
So long as it is actual defense against an attacking enemy, group
loyalty in violent confrontation is a matter of necessity.
Most
groups are peaceful internally but often at war with neighbors. These are impossible to explain from old,
simplistic models of human behavior. How
could Hobbesian savages or Freudian ids differentiate so cleanly? How could virtuous “noble savages” be so
bloody to their neighbors? The only view
of humanity that allows it is one in which humans are usually living ordinary
low-key lives, but can easily be motivated to support their group in conflict,
and somewhat less easily motivated to be peaceful and proactively helpful.
This
makes evolutionary sense. Groups need to
exchange mates, to avoid inbreeding.
This means that selection cannot totally favor one’s own genetic
investment all the time. In fact, there
is a paradox: one can maximize one’s own genetic advantage only by having
children with a genetically quite different mate. The classic arguments for genetic
determination of selfishness all founder on this rock. On the other hand, groups also compete for
scarce resources, such as hunting grounds.
If there is enough food, larger groups will outcompete smaller ones, and
will also have enough genetic diversity within themselves to allow
endogamy. The ideal group size seems to
be around 50-100, which, in fact, is the size of the usual human face-to-face
group (Dunbar 2010). Such groups tend to
be parts of larger associations, typically around 500, a figure consistent from
the number of speakers of a given language in hunting-gathering societies to
the number of Facebook friends that a moderately sociable person has; very
often, the groups of 50 are exogamous, but the groups of 500 are largely
endogamous (Dunbar 2010).
In
modern societies, groups cross-cut each other, and an individual may have one
reference group that is “neighbors,” another for “workmates,” another for
“religious congregation,” another for “hobby,” and so on. This makes it possible to shift groups and
loyalties, a point highly relevant to genocide, where an individual can
suddenly change from highlighting “neighbors” to highlighting “ethnicity” and
killing such neighbors as are suddenly shifted from one to the other. Such individuals often shift back after the
genocide. This is notably attested for
Rwanda (see e.g. Nyseth Brehm 2017a, 2017b).
Recently,
Mauricio González-Forero and
Andy Gardner (2018) set out to test what model fit best with what we know of
the evolution of the human brain, which more than tripled in size in a mere 2
million years—incredible speed for the evolution of a basic organ. These authors needed to take into account the
origin and dispersal of humans from east Africa between 150,000 and 70,000
years ago. Their enterprise was highly
speculative, involving assumptions that may be wrong, but at least they had
considerable data on the genetics, dispersal rates, and behavior of the humans
in question. They conclude that
conflictual models of human evolution are not supported. Conflict is too costly. Animals that fight all the time would not
develop large brains—in fact, they probably would not survive at all. Human conflicts are indeed costly, reducing
cooperation even against the others (Aalerding et al. 2018; see also De Dreu et
al. 2016).
Simple sociability as a cause of
complex behavior is even less well supported.
They found that highly social animals generally have smaller brains than
closely related, less social species. Care
substitutes for thinking. They conclude
that only ecology can account for it. A
positive feedback loop exists between finding more and better food and having a
bigger, better brain. More brain enables
us to find, select, and prepare highly nutritious food. Humans have adapted increasingly over time to
seek out rich patches of good food.
Graeber and Wengrow (2018) hold that
humans probably evolved in larger and more complex groups than usually thought,
and that problems of equality and conflict are endemic to such groups, which
then develop ways to cope. Such coping
may be successful or may not be. As I
have pointed out (Anderson 2014), an animal that can find rich patches of food
can support a large group. Best of all,
we can talk, and thus tell the group that there is a dead mammoth behind the
red hill, or a lion in wait beyond the stream.
González-Forero and Gardner have
not explained how humans became so violent.
The obvious answer, avoiding the high costs of conflict, is that humans
evolved to move rapidly into new habitats, displacing smaller groups they found
in the way. The resulting gains would
outweigh the costs of conflict. This has
happened countless times in history; it surely happened countless times in
prehistory. Human hatred of opponent
groups and disregard for nature must come in part from predatory expansion.
People also have rather poor innate
controls on killing off their food supply.
Most human groups have learned how to manage sustainably, but they often
overshoot, and in any case the learning was originally done the hard way, if
local myths and stories are any guide.
Traditional peoples usually have tales of overhunting and then starving. Children are told such stories with the
morals clearly spelled out.
The
nearest to a common thread in the evolution of human badness is “my group and I
at the expense of others.” One’s group
usually comes first. Cross-cutting and
nested allegiances make groupiness problematic, however, affording hope for
more solidarity.
The imperative human need
for society—without which we cannot normally survive—makes ostracism and
rejection the most frightening of possibilities. People become defensive at the slightest
hint of it. Antagonism, aggression, and
stark fear result. Anger and insecurity
lead to defensiveness and sour moods.
3. Human Variation
All humans must satisfy
basic physiological needs, including genuine physical needs for security, control
of our lives, and sociability. Beyond
that, people are highly variable. They
vary along the now-classic five dimensions of personality—extraversion,
openness, conscientiousness, agreeableness, and neurosis—from total introverts
to total extraverts, from rigid closure to expansive risk-taking, and so
on. Some of this is known to be highly
heritable. Much is caused by culture and
environment. Early trauma actually
changes gene activity (epigenetics).
Even gut microbiota are credited for affecting behavior.
From what has been said
above, one would expect the most relevant variation to be in weakness, insecurity,
and tendency to anger, and that is what we find. The combination makes people defensive. They become the people who “have a chip on their
shoulder” and “have an attitude.” Being
weak and insecure makes one highly reactive to threat or harm, and apt to be
passive-aggressive about it. Being
insecure and angry leads to the barroom brawler and similar folk characters. Being weak, insecure, and angry, whether
dispositionally or situationally, leads to overreaction: escalation of
defensive behavior, often to violence. Note that “situationally”; individuals
can be very different at different levels of threat and harm. Yet disposition always matters. Some people have enough strength of character
to stay unbroken in tyrants’ prisons. At
the other extreme, the tyrants themselves are often living proof that a weak,
insecure, hostile person who has assumed total power will still be weak,
insecure, and hostile.
Beyond that, whether they
are violent are not depends on what they have learned—culturally, socially, and
personally. Individuals violently abused
in childhood very often become violent adults.
Mass murderers and major bullies are virtually 100% certain to have been
abused physically (see Batson 2011; Baumeister 1997; Zaki 2019; and other
sources on the good). Similarly,
cultures constructed by people who have long been weak, insecure and subject to
abuse (and thus anger) naturally put a high value on defensiveness and
“honor.” Such is the history of the
border-warrior cultures at the fringes of old and oppressive civilizations, of
oppressed subcultures within dominant cultures, and of subcultures of anomie
and alienation.
Conversely, the more
people are self-confident, secure, and self-controlled, whether dispositionally
or situationally, they can damp down responses to challenge, and react
rationally and coolly. The human average
seems to be toward the more weak, insecure, and angry end, if only because we
all start that way as infants.
Self-efficacy (Bandura 1982) must be learned and developed.
Competitive distinction
is challenged easily, and social disrespect and slighting become pretexts for
revenge up to and including deadly force.
Anti-intellectualism follows when people insecure about their own lack
of self-improvement and education are rendered really uncomfortable about it,
either by direct insults or by seeing better-qualified but “inferior” people
rise. Much of America’s all too
well-known anti-intellectualism and anti-“elitism” comes from people in dominant
groups who see people from less prestigious groups moving up the educational
and cultural ladders.
Deviation from the
mythical-average person described above occurs because of cultural and social
teachings, specific insecurities, general perceived level of threat, and
personality traits such as openness, conscientiousness, and agreeableness. More specific learned themes, such as how to
show anger, how to be violent, and whom to hate, then come in as the final
stage of shaping the bad and good wolves.
A
few resist the pressures to kill during mass genocides. They have strong internal controls on
aggression. Others are less constantly
moral, but most humans have a great deal of innate empathy—abilities to feel
others’ emotions and sensations, understand them, and act accordingly (Denworth
2017).
Some
few, on the other hand, seem genuinely evil.
They seem almost incapable of acting without harming someone. These are generally called sociopaths or
psychopaths: people who appear to have
been born without a moral compass and without a way of acquiring one. Others seem moral enough most of the time but
apt to lapse into uncontrollable violence.
These are not insensitive individuals.
Unlike autistic people, who are usually well-meaning despite lack of
social abilities, psychopaths and hyperaggressive persons often seem to have
preternatural social skills. “A person
with autism spectrum disorder has little ability to assume the perspective of
someone else. Psychopaths, on the other
hand, understand what others are feeling but have a profound lack of empathetic
concern” (Denworth 2017:61; cf. Baskin-Sommers et al. 2016). They may have anomalies in neural connections
in the brain. Serious killers may be far
more troubled than ordinary psychopaths.
The one mass murderer I have known was both mentally deficient and
severely disturbed. By contrast, people
I have known who killed in war were perfectly normal. They were also traumatized by the
experience.
Sociopaths
seem residents of a different world.
They lie without a second thought, and, even when it clearly is against
their better judgment, they seem to prefer dealing treacherously and unfairly
with others. Ordinary rational
self-interest simply does not work for them.
I have known several who regularly wrecked their lives by wholly
gratuitous betrayal. They simply could
not understand why betraying others brought outrage. On the other hand, one of
the sociopaths I knew was a prominent politician, and—though rather notorious—has
never been singled out as being worse than many colleagues.
Psychopaths
and sociopaths are, in fact, notoriously successful in business and
politics. Published descriptions of
genociders make many of them seem psychopathic, but tests are obviously lacking.
There
are also extremely aggressive individuals, sadists, and others who verge on
psychopathy; most have a background of brutal abuse in childhood, by parents
and peers, or of major trauma. Some may
simply be “born that way,” others appear made by environment; a harsh, hostile,
critical environment worsens all.
Mass
shooters are so common in the United States that profiles of them have been
assembled by researchers. The shooters
are very often white supremacists targeting ethnic minorities (Cai et al. 2019). Jillian Peterson and James Denaley (2019)
report a more specific set of findings: “First, the vast majority of mass
shooters in our study experienced trauma and exposure to violence at a young
age. The…exposure included parental
suicide, physical or sexual abuse, neglect, domestic violence and/or severe
bullying….Second, practically every mass shooter…had reached an identifiable
crisis point in the weeks or months leading up to the shooting.” This included things like job loss and
relationship failure (often, I take it, related to progressive alienation of
the shooter). Third, most of the
shooters had studied the actions of other shooters”—they were diligent
students. “Fourth, the shooters all had
the means to carry out their plans.”
They could get guns, including illegal guns, though most simply bought
guns at the store or used ones already in the home. “Most mass public shooters are suicidal, and
their crises are often well known ot others before the shooting occurs. The vast majoirty of shooters leak their
plans” but are not taken seriously, nor are they reported to authorities.
Most
people, however, are peaceable, empathetic, and reasonable most of the
time. We can arbitrarily guess that at
most 10% of humanity are deeply evil—not always acting badly, but doing evil on
a regular enough basis to produce serious net harm to their communities. This 10% figure is supported by crime rates,
vote totals for extremist candidates, and common experience. Others show social dominance orientation (see
e.g. Altemeyer 2010; Guimond et al. 2013), looking favorably on high levels of
social and economic inequality in society and to patriarchal social
organization. Dominance is not a human
need, but certainly is a widespread want, and the simple desire for it is a
major source of evil. Most mammals have
dominance hierarchies. Humans are
notably lacking in innate tendencies in that direction (Boehm 1999), but very
often develop them anyway, especially via top-down hierarchic systems.
These
dubious actors can be balanced by the best 10% or so: the individuals who never say an unkind word,
are unfailingly sensitive and considerate, give gifts and donations freely and
save little for themselves, and devote their lives to careers in healing,
teaching, charity, and aid. The sad
evidence of the genocide literature suggests that even such people can be
corrupted, though only with difficulty.
The reasons for such variation in mentality are partly unknown, partly
developmental. The latter shall be
discussed below.
The
other 80% (approximately) of us are the people within whom the two wolves
constantly compete. Common experience
suggests that there is a straight and unbroken continuum from the most evil
through the bloody-minded to ordinary middling souls, and then to the 10% who
are near sainthood. There are continua
from acceptance to rejection of groups, from positive to negative-sum gaming,
from laudable ambition to power-madness, from necessary defense against enemies
to defensiveness based on cowardly fear.
It is hard to cut these continua.
Defensiveness attenuates
as it moves up toward actual strength and reasonableness, the cures. It also attenuates if people collapse into
total fear. It moves outward to callousness
and then thoughtlessness. The core mood
is more or less that of a child’s temper tantrum: a mix of violently negative emotions from
which fear, anger, and rage slowly differentiate as the child grows or as the
adult gets better control.
The
common ground is simple: wanting social and economic security, especially in
social acceptance and position. What
matters is how rationally and cooperatively one seeks to satisfy those wants.
One
might think of a continuum from a clearly demented psychopath (like Mexico’s
drug-gang leaders) to an ordinary criminal gangster, then to a schoolyard bully
grown up to be a spouse abuser, then to an ordinary person who grumbles and
scolds and occasionally fights but rarely harms anyone, and then onward to a
basically good and honorable soul who loses her temper on frequent occasions
but does no worse than that, and finally to a truly virtuous individual—say,
the leader of a charitable medical group.
I have observed this continuum everywhere I have been, and through
literature and psychological studies we can be sure it is essentially
universal. People everywhere range from
very bad to very good, as they range from passive to active and from weak to
strong (the classic three dimensions of agentive evaluation; Osgood et al. 1957).
Common
experience also teaches that those of us in the 80% tend to weasel good and
bad. We drive too fast. We eat at cafes that underpay their staff. We take advantage of cheap deals when we know
there is some dirty game on. We skimp on
public commitments. We spend too much
time giving nibbles to the bad wolf while trying to serve the good one. We shirk, laze, dodge responsibilities, and
commit the “deadly sin” of sloth. We
are, in short, frail and fallible humans—and require strong social standards backed up by law to keep us on the
straight and narrow path (as discussed at length in Henrich 2016). Religious and moral ideals must be enforced
by social conventions. Most of us have
experienced life in communities where traffic laws were laxly enforced, and
have seen ordinary “good” people slip into more and more dangerous driving
until accidents make the police take better note.
Allow that people are, on
average, 50% good and 50% bad. (Again,
these are guesses. We have no real
measures.) The worst 10% can win by
mobilizing the 40% who are worse than average but not totally evil, and then
getting enough of the relatively good to make a majority. In fact, Hitler was elected with a bare
plurality, not a majority, and the same is true of many elected evil
leaders. Trump was elected by 25.7% of
the voting public, with almost half of registered voters not bothering to vote
at all.
Half good, half bad
predicts the institutions we see in societies: they are meant to preserve the
good, and to redirect the bad to fighting “the enemy” rather than the rest of
us. And they never work perfectly.
People
vary from best to worst along several dimensions. The most important of these from the point of
view of explaining evil are agreeableness vs. hostility, tolerance vs. hatred,
peacefulness vs. violent aggression, help vs. gratuitous harm, reasonable vs.
unreasonable, open-minded vs. closed, and charity vs. greed. Behind these are deeper continua: Individual
to group; weak to strong; attacking weak to attacking strong; courageous to
cowardly; greed to defensiveness; rational to irrational. People can hate those richer and more
powerful, or—more usually—the weaker.
They can be cold and callous or savagely furious.
All these are related. All are consistent with the “Big Five” and
“Hexaco” personality theories. The Big
Five personality dimensions—extraversion, openness, conscientiousness,
agreeableness, and neuroticness—are predictive: individuals low on
agreeableness and high in neuroticness are more apt to do evil than those who
are the reverse. People very low in
openness become conservatives, and thus often involved in fascism; those very
high in openness may become left-wing rebels.
There are, however, good or evil persons who are at the best or at the
worst ends on many or all measures. Social
pressures as well as personality are determinative. The Big Five (or Six) do not directly predict
levels of violence, aggression, competitiveness, or hatred. Genocide and other extreme mass-level evils
come from hatred, so it must be considered the worst of the lot, and though it
is probably commoner among the less agreeable and more neurotic it is well
distributed over the human species.
Degree of scapegoating, and targets of scapegoating, are also hard to
predict from basic personality factors; they are social matters, largely
learned, though the tendency to scapegoat others seems part of human nature.
Greed
is often regarded in the US as the worst of sins, a belief going back to Paul
on love of money. However, selfish greed
succeeds in mass politics only when it marshals support through whipping up
hate. The few rich must have the support
of millions of less affluent; these can be persuaded to act and vote against
their self-interest only by making them sacrifice their own self-interest out
of intemperate hate. We have seen this
in every genocidal campaign in history, as well as in almost all wars, and many
political and religious movements.
Moreover,
greed is often a social hatred issue; it is not really about material wealth,
but about rivalry for power—for control of people and resources. The normal expectation if one wants a
material item (for itself) is to cooperate with others to work for it, or at
least to work for others in a peaceful setting.
Smash-and-grab is not the normal or widely approved way to get goods. Neither is crime, ordinary or white-collar. The rich who desire endless wealth are not
after wealth; they are after social position and social adulation.
Really
extreme, high-emotion evil thus usually comes from social hatreds—whether due
to psychosis, greed for position, “honor,” extreme defensiveness, extreme need
to control others, extreme sensitivity to slights, or—most common and deadly of
all—displacing hatreds and aggressions onto weaker people or onto defenseless
nature. When not feeding from those troughs, the bad wolf tends to go to sleep,
leaving the field to the good wolf.
In
other words, people will kill in competition for goods, but more usually
negotiate; they kill for land in wars, but tend to negotiate there too. They kill in competition for power, which is
more dangerous since positions of power are necessarily limited. Above all, they kill for reasons of social
standing and honor.
Genocidal
killing goes further: it is usually focused on religion or political
ideology—givers of fundamental morals and of security. Where ethnicity is more the source of basic
values, ethnicity is the ostensible cause.
A pathological leader, or indeed almost any dictator, will be sure to
stress the links, identifications, group memberships, and reference groups that
provide the best opportunity for stirring up hatred and violence. This is the secret to extremist leadership:
make the most deadly links the most salient.
Recruiters for jihad, for instance, stress the Islamic, and specifically
Wahhabist, identification of people who might otherwise see themselves as
French, or Moroccan, or factory workers, or soccer players, or any of the other
cross-cutting loyalties we all have. A
genocidal leader will also do best to appeal to a majority that feels itself
threatened or downwardly mobile.
The
reasons for violence and evil are, in order, security, power, greed,
prestige/standing, and psychopathy (or basic aggressiveness), plus the critical ingredient: violence
and/or cruelty as preferred coping strategy. Anger and hate are the mediators, and hatred
is generally defensive. Even callous
bureaupathy has to start with someone who makes a deliberate choice to destroy
poor people to give more money to rich people.
Personal factors involved
are concerns of power, control, social place, and greed and other wants. The social and cultural contexts are
all-important, telling individuals whom and how much to hate. The worst individuals seek out each
other. They also seek out the worst
cultural and social values and attitudes.
This produces a strong multiplier effect, highly visible in right-wing
social movements. Cowardly
defensiveness, gain (not just greed but even routine jobs), power and control
needs, and innate aggression levels all play into such attitudes.
The same individual who is an
angel of help and mercy within his or her group can be a formidable soldier, a
suicide bomber, or a crazed killer when group defense is involved. In fact, the same individual can be
alternately angel and devil to his or her own significant other, as many
stories of domestic violence tell us.
Revenge
is often the most terrible of motives.
People tend to be at their very worst when thinking they are revenging
selves for slights, disrespect, or actual harms. This is when they cheerfully torture and
murder. Thus all genociders wind up focusing on a story of their group being
victimized by the opponent group or groups.
This is absolutely key to understanding genocide and extreme violence.
Revenge
is often for betrayal. Betrayal is
another common response of the human animal to threat and fear. Suspected betrayal can bring about real
violence. A vicious cycle can be
established, as in Shakespeare’s Othello.
Finally, different forms of violence
seem to accompany different personality profiles. Mass shooters are typically alienated young
males, usually right-wing. Domestic
violence is associated with high control need, as noted. Bullying, as we have seen, is associated with
glorification of physical strength and devaluing of intellectual qualities as
well as weakness. Sheer aggressiveness
can be a separate personality trait, as can the closely related “oppositional
personality disorder.” Spread over these
types are the general qualities of alienation, excessive control need,
excessive antagonism, resort to violence as first resort, and brooding or
ruminating about real and imagined wrongs.
These are the real foods of the bad wolf—the human qualities that we
must address to give the good wolf a chance.
4. Cultural Variation
Cultures
also vary. “Culture” is a general term
for learned, shared knowledge and behavior within social groups, above the
family level. Cultural knowledge is
constructed over time by interaction between group members. It can change rather fast, as when a
particularly violent period such as WWII forces people to confront issues they
often try to avoid.
Since humans will
inevitably compete for scarce resources, conflict is inevitable. All societies know theft, violence, and
treachery. All condemn these and have
mechanisms for coping with them. Especially
touchy are issues with affection, social support, and control. These may or may not really be limited, but
people often perceive them so. Power is
particularly problematical, since there is less and less “room at the top” as
one ascends a hierarchy. Conflicts,
especially over power and control, tend to escalate, creating fear and
stress. These in turn make people
defensive, leading to still more conflict.
We need not be Hobbesian to see that conflict is likely in the human
condition.
This being the case, all
cultures include a great deal of shared and often widely-accepted knowledge
about anger, violence, conflict, conflict resolution, and other relevant
matters (Beals and Siegal 1966). All
cultures include canonical rules for dealing with conflict and violence. All cultures have storylines and plans about
these matters. All cultures include
stories people tell to provide models of how to deal with violent conflict. Children are raised on stories explaining how
to defuse a fight. Adults go on to Homer’s Iliad, Shakespeare’s history plays, China’s Three Kingdoms Story, Japan’s Tale
of the Heike, and on down, from these epic works to the latest Hollywood
action movie. People constantly refer
back to these model cases. Genocide
stories, especially the story of Hitler’s Holocaust, have become part of the
world’s knowledge pool.
Knowledge
from one realm is freely adapted to others.
We draw on knowledge of ancient history to understand modern war. We draw on knowledge of animal conflict to
understand the deepest roots of our own.
Drawing with the best judgment on the widest set of data is an ideal to
strive for, but biases—often culturally constructed—interfere. Clearly, changing cultural plans for dealing
with violence, dissent, and conflict is basic to understanding such processes
(Beals and Siegal 1966).
A pattern broadly visible
in eastern Asia is one in which both individuals and societies can flip from
extremely peaceful to extremely violent and back to peace. Chinese dynasties exhibit this pattern:
during times of strong government, they were very peaceful and orderly, but in
dynastic breakdown periods, violence became universal and appalling. Japan had similar flips, for example from the
rather calm Ashikaga shogunate to the civil wars of the 16th century
and then the peaceful and orderly Tokugawa shogunate. A modern case is Cambodia. The Cambodians were famously peaceful. They dropped rapidly back to peaceful
behavior after the meltdown in the 1970s that killed some 25% of the
population. Rwandans moved from genocide
to peace and order with surprising ease.
Like Cambodians, they are usually gentle and tolerant people, far from
the western media stereotypes of “savage tribal Africans.”
Still
other societies have chronic low levels of violence, fluctuating but never very
high. Still others, especially in the
Middle East and northern Africa, have fluctuated over time from constant
low-level violence to major outbreaks.
Some few, such as the Waorani of South America, are or were almost
continually violent. Clayton and Carole
Robarchek studied the Semai of Malaysia, among whom violence is condemned and
virtually nonexistent, and then for comparison studied the Waorani, who were
rapidly killing themselves out until missionaries persuaded them to be more
peaceful (Robarchek 1989; Robarchek and Robarchek 1998). The societies turned out to be strikingly
similar in economy, child-rearing practices, and other behaviors; they differed
in that the Semai dealt with conflict by flight and avoidance, the Waorani by
almost immediately escalating to violence.
Mountainous
borderlands tend to be famous for violence.
Think of the Caucasus and the Appalachians. Fertile plains are more easily pacified, both
because farmers have more to lose and because control is easier to exert. People in any setting may change. The Scottish borders that were once infamous
for violence—immortalized in some of the world’s greatest ballads—are now among
the most peaceable places on earth. We
have already noted the example of the Vikings, to say nothing of the
now-peaceful Waorani. When threats from
stronger neighbors were constant, and internal problems could not be solved
because of constant trouble, these societies were violent. When security within and without was
possible, they pacified.
A different way of
looking at society and culture concerns the form of economy. Overall, rentier societies, especially those
with servile labor, produce right-wing politics; ones dominated by secondary
and tertiary industries and hopeful workers often produce left-wing
activity. The United States has generally
been hopeful, so votes progressive in bad times, but often right-wing in good
times, to keep taxes low and industries growing. The rise of southern-style politics in the
United States, and its spread to the northern midwest, tracks the rise of
primary production and declining but still powerful heavy industry, and the
rise of giant firms vs decline of small ones.
In short, cultures and
societies, like individuals, respond to insecurity by becoming more defensive,
and to physical threat by becoming more violent. With confidence and security—from strength
and from secure leadership—they can and will change rapidly in more peaceful
directions. Of course, such facts deal a
death blow to the myth of “human nature.”
If Hobbesian devils can convert to Rousseauian angels in a few years,
and if whole societies can suddenly become violent and as suddenly stop, where
are the primal drives?
Societies must also find
ways to deal with the formation of sub-societies with different rules: feuding,
mafias, corruption, etc. Then there are
two variables: how well the society can enforce the rules, and how well its
members want to. The rich and powerful
are above the law to some extent in most societies, and they may be perfectly
happy to let mafias terrorize the general populace. On the other hand, a society as totally at
the mercy of gangs as El Salvador and Honduras are today, or as riven by
religious and tribal conflicts as Afghanistan, cannot long survive with a
crisis.
Social
differences are often in the cultural construction of bullying, power-jockeying,
and hatred. These can become idealized
and culturally taught, via religion and other ideologies. Nazism is the most obvious and extreme case
of a culture constructed from such bases, but it is only the most extreme of
many movements. World religions
eventually construct power via hierarchies, initiations, and other
institutions. All cultures construct
aggression through ideas about war and defense.
Religion usually includes peace, harmony, and nonviolence among its
ideals, but it is also the source of foundational beliefs and foundational
morals for many or most societies, and the most important source of security
for many believers. Devout believers who
depend on religion for both certainty and security often feel deeply and
directly threatened by challenges to their faith. The same goes for true believers in any
comprehensive ideology, from communism to fascism. Gods are usually either benign or a
human-like mix of creative good with all-too-human foibles (like Zeus and
Coyote), but all religions also postulate a vast host of evil spirits who mean
nothing but harm: demons, devils, bad winds, ghosts, demiurges, and countless
more. These projections of human fear
and hate into the supernatural realm fit Durkheim’s view of religion as the
collective representation of the community (Durkheim 1995 [1912]); they are the
community’s worst—and most often hidden—feelings, displaced outward.
Many
of the cultural groups that committed the worst genocides were famous for their
obedience to authority: Cambodians, Rwandans, Chinese, Germans, Indonesians…the
list is long. Many warlike and
independent groups also became genocidal, but the link with obedience is clear
enough to be thought-provoking The great
genocides—ones in which the populace in general seems to have gone mad with
blood—were generally in such societies, though the Turks and several other
exceptions can be mentioned.
Since
overreaction to negatives is the general problem, it follows that culture can
establish the idea that one should overreact. This regularly occurs in cultures of “honor”
(Baumeister 1997; Henrich 2016).
Defensiveness can seem moral in highly unstable societies.
Cultures
provide scripts and storylines and schemas for action. These cultural models (to use the
technical term) provide canonical ways to deal with or adapt to life. Most of them are adaptive and valuable, but
every bad type of action has its model too.
Hitler’s anti-Semitism drew on centuries of pogroms and massacres, well
scripted and following a set of plotlines.
Contemporary Islam provides accessible models for suicide bombing. In the United States, there is now an all too
well-known cultural model for mass shooting, followed in one form or another by
hundreds of alienated, angry, often sulking individuals—most of them young men
and many of them white supremacists or similar right-wingers (Cai et al. 2019). There is another cultural model for spouse
abuse; similar models of mistreatment exist in most other cultures. Other cultural models exist for criminal gang
behavior, robbery, suicide, and other violent acts. A desperate person needs only to activate the
model. He or she will learn what weapons
to use, how to obtain them, how to deploy them, and what to do next. Planning is simple and kept to a minimum.
We
have also seen above how social and cultural pressures act on everyone—even the
least alienated, and indeed especially the most conformist and
well-socialized—to get the vast mass of individuals to go along with genocide. Here, direct social pressure, including
threats of ostracism or worse, is added to the cultural models.
In
ordinary everyday violence, the bad wolf wins when a particularly susceptible
individual—aggressive, alienated, or simply angered beyond bearing—is subjected
to social pressure to act violently, and has an available cultural model of how
to do it. In war and genocide, everyone
is expected to join in and do their bit, and almost everyone does. In bullying, terrorism, and domestic
violence, only some do; they are alienated or desperate for control, and they
nurse their sorrows until an available cultural model becomes salient. Terrorists are usually persuaded by intense
pressure from their social group. In all
cases, violence depends on a prior development of anger, hate, and need to
assert control. Individuals get into a
tighter and tighter spin of negative emotions.
An agent-based approach (in the tradition of Ibn Khaldun and Max
Weber) allows us to see that humans do not just reflect their culture. They balance family, cultural group,
subcultural group, father’s people, mother’s people, spouse’s people, immigrant
neighbors, and last but not least their own interests as individuals. People are constantly faced with moral
choices of whom to go with and how much to cheat selfishly.
The hardest problem is how to deal with social criticism and
disrespect. The descendant of
territorial defensiveness in animals is human defensiveness about social place
and social position—“honor,” “face,” etc.
(Humans are not territorial in the sense most mammals are. We socially construct space in all manner of
free-form ways; see Lefebvre 1992.)
The great Greek tragedies, the best of the medieval epics, the
Scottish tragic ballads, and equivalent literature around the world (including
many Native American tales), reveal people in crisis situations, where they are
forced to reveal their deepest selves.
In the crises when ordinary life is disrupted, individuals are forced
into extreme good and evil behavior.
Many of these dramas turn on inescapable conflicts between two loyalties. Often, as in Scottish ballads and many Native
American stories, the drama turns on loyalty to true love versus loyalty to
family. The heroes and heroines are powerful, but
have the costs of their virtues, the fatal flaws that comes with their
power.
These stories may be the best ways to understand humanity and its
conflicts. Great literature strips off ordinary everyday conformity and reveals
the bare human in full glory or vileness.
Greek tragedies do this. So do
Medieval epics, Chinese classical stories, and other great works. Folk literature always contains such stories.
They are critically important for understanding humanity. First, they show that people are agents, not
mindless slaves of genes or culture or society; everyone has to deal with and,
hopefully, resolve such conflicts. Second,
they show that cultures are not homogeneous, and mindless conformity cannot
work indefinitely. There are cultural
models of different loyalties: loyalties to different groups that often come
into conflict. There are tradeoffs
between long-term and wide-flung interests and short-term narrow ones. There are conflicts over allocating
resources.
An inevitable conflict often
recorded in song and story is between security and advancement. Advancing in society requires taking some
risks. People usually and naturally act
to minimize risk for maximum advancement, but there are plenty of exceptions,
and they are often the leading entrepreneurs and inventors. Managing to try to make advancement
opportunities more secure is a major part of economic behavior for many of
us. Cutthroat competition is thus
stressful.
The conflict most relevant to the
present book is the one between loyalty and morality. When dictators whip up their populations to
commit genocide, this conflict becomes agonizing. Most people choose loyalty, as we have
seen. Many are perfectly happy with
it—they wanted to eliminate the minorities anyway—but many are not at all
happy, and have to be steamrolled into it.
Already noted is the inevitable conflict over rank and the resulting
problems with arrogance, humility, ranking out, and insult.
These songs and stories turn on
courage and on failure, on individuals against the world, and on opportunity
and challenge. They are the corrective
to dismissing and devaluing people. The
hero powerful against the storm, especially if the hearer or reader can
identify with that hero, is humanity in compelling form and inescapable
predicament.
In modern society, traditional folk
and elite societies, communities, and cultures are thinned down or extirpated. People are left to the tender mercies of
vast, impersonal governments and firms.
This not only disempowers them; it also robs them of those canonical
stories that once modeled behavior in conflicted times.
This out-of-control
inequality, and above all the sheer bigness, makes people feel weak, out of
control of their lives, and lacking in self-efficacy. They become timid, and succumb all the more
easily to toxic conformity and obedience.
Lost are such empowering and strengthening cultural forms as great art
and literature, and even ordinary civility and decency. Weakness and fear makes people desperate for
security, including material security; the result can look like greed, but is
actually cowardice.
6. Explaining
It: Fight, Flight, Freeze
People
are usually sociable, but react to threat as all large, strong animals do, by
fighting back. They are stressed not
only by direct threat, but by threat to their social position, and their sense
of control of their lives (Bandura 1982, 1986; Langer 1983).
The
fight-flight-freeze response is wired into the nervous systems (Sapolsky 2017,
2018). Faced with superior strength and
an escape route, an animal will flee; with no escape, it will freeze; if it is
cornered and attacked, it will fight, even against superior strength. This response is mediated through the ancient
limbic system in the lower back part of the brain. A threat is first processed by the amygdala,
which recognizes and catalogues it (the amgydala being also a center of memory,
as well as the center of much emotionality).
A message goes to the hypothalamus, where the center of the
fight-flight-freeze response occupies a small group of nuclei that release
aggressive behavior, including speeding up the heart, raising blood pressure,
and directing blood toward appropriate muscle and nerve systems (thus away from
functions like digestion). This area
sends messages down to the pituitary gland, attached to the bottom of the
hypothalamus. Hormones are released from
the anterior pituitary, and circulate through the body, stimulating—among other
things—release of adrenaline and cortisol from the adrenal glands (Fields
2019). Adrenalin and the bone-derived
hormone osteocalcin drive the actual physiological responses that are the core
of the fight-flight-freeze response (ScienceBeta 2019).
All this is under varying
degrees of control from the frontal and prefrontal cortex—very little in a
lizard, a great deal in a well-socialized human. In a human, “the frontal cortex makes you
do the harder thing when it’s the right thing to do” (Sapolsky 2017:45,
emphasis his). That can mean doing what
is reasonable (foregoing a reward now for a bigger one later) or what is social
(foregoing a theft because it is morally wrong). Conversely, stress disorients. Sustained stress and fear lead to chronic
biologic responses that impair judgment and lead to heightened responses
(Sapolsky 2017:130-1360).
Under such conditions,
animals and people can flip almost instantly from peaceful, calm behavior to
extreme violence. This is the
biological substrate of the change from good wolf to bad wolf.
Humans have considerably
complicated the response. We are faced, more than other animals, with a
tradeoff between reacting emotionally and rationally. The medial frontal cortex, home of social
emotionality, dominates empathetic and sensitive choices, and—with other
regions—cognitive empathy (Kluger et al. 2019; Lombardi 2019). The dorsolateral prefrontal cortex is more
involved with “cool, utilitarian choices” (Kluger et al. 2019:12). The ventromedial prefrontal cortex integrates
many of these, and processes morality and its social applications, as well as
cognitive interaction choices. It is
conspicuously absent in reaction of psychopaths to others’ pain (Lombardi
2019:20). More interesting, in
psychopaths, is their lack of connection between the reward processing center
of the brain—the ventral striatum—and the center for examining outcomes and
consequences, including emotional ones, in the ventral medial prefrontal cortex
(Lombardi 2019:29). A quite different situation is found in people on the
autism spectrum, who may be socially challenged but are generally well-meaning,
trying hard but often failing to be social; damage to the anterior cingulate
cortex is suspected. It seems that
differences in brain regions and connections lie behind a great deal of human
good and evil. This does not explain why
the same individual can transition so rapidly from one to the other.
In people, because of the
necessity to prioritize dealing with threat, hate is all too often stronger
than love, viciousness stronger than caring, defensive resistance to change
stronger than greed or desire for self-improvement. Chronic threat and stress crystallize the
fight response into hatred, the flight response into escapism, and the freeze
response into conformity or apathy. One
result is that polls often mispredict how people will act: people generally
answer that they want more wages, or better health care, or other positive
things, but then vote or act their hate.
This led to massive misprediction of the 2016 election results.
Flight can thus be into
video games and daydreams, freezing can be labeled “depression” or “laziness”
by psychologists or judgmental peers, and fighting is usually verbal rather
than violent. Still, all the limbic
responses are there, underlying the prefrontal plans and cultural instructions
that introduce the complexity. (Much of
what follows is derived from, or at least agrees with, Beck 1999 and Staub
2011; Gian Caprara [2002] has critiqued Beck’s model for being too narrow and
not covering a wide enough range of situations and contexts, so the model is somewhat
expanded here, following Caprara.)
The
most basic root of aggression is fear (on which see LeDoux 2015). Any animal capable of fighting will fight
when threatened or attacked, if there is no alternative. Animals also fight for resources: for mates above all, but also food, space,
and other necessities. This may involve
fear of loss of necessary resources, but often—especially with mates—it is
simply fighting to win desired goods.
Sheer discomfort—sickness, hunger, loss—can also make most animals more
aggressive or fight-prone. The order
is: Stressors; feeling of inadequacy or
frustration; defensiveness; then, if the bad wolf wins, hatred and aggression.
Grief
can also be a source of stress and thus of violence. The role of grieving in motivating suicide
bombing has been addressed by Atran (2010).
In many cultures, from Appalachia to New Guinea, grief over previous
killings leads to revenge, and is expected to do so.
The
human difference is that humans are compulsively and complexly social (Henrich
2016). They live by, through, and for
their social systems: families, communities, neighborhoods, networks, and—in
the modern world—states. Humans feel
fear when these communities are threatened.
Even humans not at all involved in a community will often feel fear or
anger over seeing it attacked. People
willingly die for their communities. We
routinely observe the heroism of soldiers sacrificing themselves in war,
parents dying to save children, suicide bombers blowing up supposed enemies
(Atran 2010; Bélanger et al. 2014), and even gutter punks dying for their drug
gangs.
Such
fighting, fleeing, and freezing are structured along social lines. The usual human condition, socially
constructed on the innate bases described above, seems to be kind, friendly,
and warm to one’s in-group, hospitable to strangers, hostile to opponent groups
in one’s own society, and deeply hostile to individuals in one’s own society
who seem to be a threat to one’s control or to society’s most fundamental beliefs.
The real problem is threat to social place and position, which can lead to
anything partner abuse to international war, depending on the scale. Threats to social beliefs lead to savage
persecution of “heretics.” Heretics and
minority religions are the victims of many of the very worst massacres. They usually live mixed in among the orthodox. Perhaps the intimacy is related to the
extreme violence of such persecutions. Cognitive dissonance can make people act worse
than they might.
It
is also universally known that people are most easily united by being
confronted with a common threat, especially a human threat—an invading army, looting
gangs, or simply those “heretics.”
Leaders and would-be leaders thus tend to seek or invent enemies.
Existential
threat—simple fear of death—also exacerbates hatred. In a fascinating study, Park and Pyszczynski
(2019) found that making fear of death salient to experimental subjects made
them become more defensive about their group identification and core values, and
more intolerant and antagonistic toward others.
They found, moreover, that mindful meditation could reduce this, and
eliminate it in practiced meditators, providing a rather unexpected and
potentially important weapon against hate.
Thus,
natural human tendencies to deal with fear by fighting or escaping can be
mobilized by leaders. All they need to
do is mobilize fear—whether it be fear of war, or economic problems, or change,
or minority groups getting ahead, or any other stress—and convince an increasing
sector of the population that this problem can be handled by removing some
group. Typically, people will redirect
anger they feel against targets unsafe to criticize, or even just anger from
stubbing their toes or having problems with the house, into hatred. Hate of the strong is unsafe to act out, so it
is displaced onto the weak. Scapegoating—hating
people or groups through displacement—is the most cowardly of the defense
mechanisms. Intolerance is a close
second. Denial, rigidity, and low-level
escapism are among others.
Doğan and collaborators (2018)
have found, studying modern Ethiopian societies, that war is much less likely
in egalitarian groups, because everyone is at risk and no one gets a huge chunk
of the spoils. In hierarchic societies,
the leaders are less at risk (young men do the dying) and yet get
disproportionate shares of the loot, as well as increased power. So they are happy to invoke war. The current world situation, where national
leaders are not only safe from fighting but often have never served in the
military, is an extreme case of this.
There is a whole
decision tree in the fight-flight response.
Responding to stress, people must decide—at some level, usually
preattentive—to fear it or not. They
then decide which of the three possibilities to choose, and at what level of
response—from verbal confrontation to murderous attack. They must then decide where to direct their
efforts. If they fight, they can direct
action against actual enemies, as in war and revolution, or displace action
against weaker parties instead of against the actual threat. This is a strikingly common response among
some animals, notably baboons. It is
clearly related to human bullying, and thus to the hypertrophied bullying that
is genocide.
The
basic principles of a cognitive-emotional explanation of evil can be summarized
as follows. First (and in this case
going back to Freud’s defense mechanisms), people tend to blame other
people—not fate, not the structures of the economy, not the weather, and most
certainly not themselves—for whatever goes wrong in their lives. The root of much evil is the belief that we
can fix our problems by controlling or eliminating other people, rather than by
rational means. This is particularly
true of people who have weak confidence in their control of their lives and
situations. (See especially Bandura 1982
on self-efficacy, and the rational-emotional psychology of Albert Ellis, e.g.
1962; the cognitive-behavioral work on evil of Aaron Beck 1999; also Baumeister
1997; Maslow 1970.)
Antagonism is the general cover term for
the usual sources of evil. It is usually
mindless, coming from culture, conformity, or orders. Its natural basis is the normal “fight”
response to threat, but it is increasingly distorted by weak fear, especially
when weakness is part of cultural norms.
The daily kibble of the bad wolf is frustration, resentment of trivial
or imagined slights, everyday irritation, rejection, disempowerment,
harassment. This is especially true if
one assumes the slights and minor rejections are due to malignant intent (Ames
and Fiske 2015). The raw red meat that
gives it strength and power to take over is social hate.
Political anger—which
appears to be the main anger in modern societies—is most certainly decided on:
one learns who to hate and persecute and how angry to get, and one must decide
to follow the leaders in this. The steps
one’s mind goes through in dealing with stress involve decisions at every
point. First, one must identify
something as a threat. Then one must
decide whether to react with flight or fight.
One must decide how much flight or fight to apply.
This requires attention
to what is actually causing the threat.
If one is being chased by a bear, no questions need be asked, but
dealing with widespread social problems is something quite different. Reasonable alternatives include distancing
oneself, resenting silently, turning the other cheek, being as pleasant or
fearless as possible, and just bearing hardship. From there, the next step is to actual
caring: helping, enjoying, working.
A more important
realization is that we are dealing with two phenomenologically different kinds
of emotionality. The fight-flight-freeze
response, and the fear and anger that are part of it, are normal. Quite different is the weakness and
consequent out-of-control fear that comes from personal lack of confidence,
lack of support, and lack of courage. Cowardly
emotions differ from these normal equivalents.
Honest fear in the face of a real threat is not the same as irrational
panic in the face of a trivial one. Real
anger—wrath at actual injury—is different from the fearful anger of a person
who has no confidence in his or her ability to control a situation, and
therefore hysterically overreacts.
Carelessness from sheer inattention to detail is not the same as defiant
sloppiness or toxic irresponsibility.
Love is not the same as dependence and controlling clinginess,
especially since the latter competes psychologically with real caring interest
in the other person.
In violence in general,
but especially in genocidal movements, these play out in different ways. The initial leaders and revolutionaries are
hard-nosed fighters, animated by hatred and opportunism but not scared of
anything. Very often they have been
devalued through no fault of their own: they are poor, or from marginal regions
(Napoleon’s Corsica, Hitler’s Austria, Stalin’s Georgia), or they are short or
disfigured, or something of the sort (cf. Dikötter 2019 for several cases). Far-right-wing acquaintances of mine (I have
known hundreds, over a long life) follow a pattern: they arr males, from the
dominant reference group (white in the US, land Cantonese in Hong Kong, and so
on), but neither affluent nor well-educated nor very successful. Accounts suggest that this is typical. Such people, from Napoleon to my
acquaintances, become resentful toward society, and make up in anger and
oppositional stance what they lack in social prestige. They are anything but weak and fearful. (This compensation theory of problematic
behavior has a long history and literature.
It has been abundantly qualified and nuanced; the simple form is not a
total explanation. See our usual
sources, notably Baumeister 1997, Beck 1999.)
The vast majority of
genociders and other killers, however, are weak and defensive—low in
self-efficacy, in Albert Bandura’s terms.
(See the thorough and insightful discussion of such matters in Bandura
1982, 1986.) They are the conformists
who require only social pressure from the leaders to turn murderous. Individual sense of weakness is much less of
a problem if the self-doubting person feels he or she has family or community
support. This should be obvious, but
requires some reflection. The kind of
support, the areas in which one is supported or not, and the people doing it
(family or friends or the wide world), all matter greatly. We all are weak at times, and defensive at
times. Most, perhaps all, of us feel
weak and defensive in the face of overwhelming threat or stress. It always sets a limit on our coping.
An important and
thoughtful recent study by Robert Bornstein (2019) puts this in real-world
situational perspective. Studying
domestic abuse (my prime model for genocide), Bornstein found sky-high rates in
two mutual dependence situations. First,
when a man is dependent on a woman for personal validation and she is dependent
on him for emotional and financial support, he feels a powerful need to control
her and she finds it very hard to escape.
Second, when adult children are dependent for financial support on an
elder who is dependent on them for physical care, elder abuse is highly
likely. In these cases, the problems of
lack of control and desperate need to assert it become obvious.
My sense is that the real
back story of genocide and similar mass killing is precisely this weak
defensiveness. Ordinary fear and harm
lead to the ordinary fight-flight-freeze responses. Weak defensiveness leads to a quite different
cluster of behaviors: above all
scapegoating and bullying, of which more below, but also to passive-aggression,
taking extreme offense at trivial or imagined slights, extreme jealousy and
envy, petulance, silent resentment, and similar mechanisms. Brooding about these is the real food of
the bad wolf. If I am right, the
back story of mass violence is the ability of strongman leaders who brag of
being above the law to mobilize latent weak defensiveness, resentment, and
frustration, and turn it against scapegoats.
They are the constituency that votes for such men, the passive citizens
that allow coups by such men, and then the obedient subjects of such men.
The worst of it is that
the more overwhelming the situation, the more weak and defensive we all
get. Hard times and strongmen bring out
the weakest and most defensive side of people.
This is the key reason why they are so easily mobilized to break from
passivity to hatred of scapegoats. The break point where the good wolf gives
way to the bad wolf, in every studied case of large-scale genocide and mass
murder, comes when the leaders get enough power and social visibility to
exploit weak defensiveness and other hatreds to flip the masses into genocidal
mode. As so often, Rwanda provides a
particularly well-studied case (see Nyseth Brehm 2017a, 2017b, and references
therein).
This explains the rarity
of people like Oscar Schindler standing firm against genocide. It requires a level of self-confidence,
self-control, and community-supported morality that very few of us have.
This is one half of the
explanation for political extremism. The
other will be discussed below: the conflict between groups that feel they are
downwardly mobile and those that are moving up.
This classic Marxian conflict drives much of world politics today.
It
is notoriously easier to unite people against a perceived enemy than for a good
cause (Bowles 2006; Henrich 2016). Thus,
evil tends to win, in the “real world.”
The larger the organization the more dangerous this tendency
becomes. An empire or a giant firm will
attract the power-hungry, and they will often rise rapidly, since they are
unencumbered by the scruples that restrain most of us. Since people follow their leaders, history
shows that people are considerably worse in aggregate than they are as
individuals.
People often unite more
easily against good others than against evil ones, because it is easier to go
after weaker and milder than against the powerful and brutal. Moreover, being good tends to be a small-scale,
personal activity, while hatred gets extended to whole classes of people. The weaker, more salient, and more physically
and socially close perceived enemies are, the easier to go after them. So evil often starts with domestic
violence. Even more often, it starts
with attacks on weaker neighbors or on oppressed minorities. Actual enemies are often the last to be
attacked, since they will fight back. It
is easy to unite people through conformity to exclusionary norms (Henrich 2016). Tolerance and openness, however, are a bit of
a psychological luxury; they sharply decline when people feel their mental
energy is exhausted (Tadmor et al. 2018).
Still more of a luxury is actual enjoyment; one must be out of threat
zone to relax enough to cultivate the arts of life.
The worst problems occur when power-mad
people figure out how to use morality to sell their drive for power. Religious hatred is the commonest way,
but nationalism, militarism, and communist and other revolutionary ideologies
have done as well. In the United States
we have seen hatred justified by opposition to illegal immigrants, by appeals
to law and security, and even by opposition to “hate speech,” which seems always
defined as strong speech by one’s opponents.
The
rich often want power and status, not money per se. (What follows is a skeletal outline of
material on power reviewed in Anderson and Anderson 2012, 2017; see also
Traverso 2019.) They thus will play
zero-sum and negative-sum games with the rest of us, because they want relative
positions. They want to be powerful more
than they want money (not that they mind having more of it also). Critical
is that Success, or Power and Control, or Wealth and Status, is their whole life
involvement, not just one thing they want.
Thus
we may say that evil is usually done for four reasons: callousness toward people who “don’t count”;
anger toward people who do count—very often loved ones and family that one
wishes to control but cannot control; hatred toward specific groups, almost
always scapegoated minorities; and hatred of actual enemies. Greed as a factor may lie behind these, but
it generally acts through them; the selfishly greedy dehumanize or disregard
their victims. This produces some
ambiguity. In a war, one must maximize
killing of the opposition, including civilians and ordinary unfortunates
drafted by evil but personally safe overlords.
Another
major background factor in evil is negative-sum gaming. This often involves seeing the world as
steadily declining, such that one can do better only by taking from
others. It views resources as
limited. This view tends to come from a
focus on social power and status, where positions really are limited and one is
controlling or controlled; economic welfare is more easily spread or increased
for all, but it too often involves competition over limited goods. Often, people who feel the world is getting
worse see themselves as hopelessly downward-bound; they see no way to slow this
except by taking more and more from weaker people and groups. This was visible in much of the voting for
Donald Trump. His backing was
concentrated among people who saw their groups as downwardly mobile. They saw their best hope in getting what they
could, while they could, at the expense of other groups. Fear is abundantly obvious in such cases. The resulting policies are hardly helpful;
taking oneself down to take others down even more—the suicide bombers’ logic—is
ruinous in the long run.
Hate
is successful at unifying society, blinding people to ripoffs and corruption,
getting otherwise unmotivated people to fight for their exploiters, and
otherwise allowing evil people to get the mass of ordinary people on their
side. The main generalization is that
the more deeply important a social identification is, the more hatred it can
mobilize. Religion so often leads to
especially irrational and extreme violence because it is about basic
issues. Yet, far less important matters
can cause fighting; even sports team rivalries may lead to war (Anderson and
Anderson 2012).
The
range of behaviors goes on to touchiness about “honor,” overattention to
negativity, holding people to ridiculous standards, rage, overcontrolling,
dominating, domineering, general antagonism, inimical attitude, and finally
violence and murder. Common or universal
is an attitude that everyone’s bad traits are what count; their good does
not. People become rigid and judgmental.
Minor slights become cause for murder. These can be at individual or group levels. Mass shooters fit the profile: alienated,
usually young, males, dealing with threats to personhood or social place by
indiscriminate murder-suicide. Ability
to think rationally or morally suffers in proportion. Ability to enjoy and love suffer too (Bandura
1982, 1986).
The
common ground here is insecurity leading to irrational levels of harm to the
“threatening group” or “the competition.”
The worst and commonest reason is direct threat to one’s personhood. Following that come desire for wealth, power,
control, prestige, status, lifestyle.
Always, in group hate,
there is either a massive devaluing of certain groups or a general
defensiveness, and usually both. The
front story is actual evil or good; the mid story is the emotions and feelings
that motivate; the real back story is destructive competition versus
cooperation. The ultimate back story is
individual defensiveness, weakness, neurosis-psychosis, and other psychic
factors.
Sidebar
The basic axioms of
authoritarianism are:
Since I’m in power, I’m
better than you.
My first need is to
keep you under control.
Your differences from
me—especially in such basic matters as religion and ethnicity—are bad:
threatening, inferior, inappropriate, offensive.
You must be kept weak.
Since raw fear is the
easiest and most straightforward way to do this, torture and cruelty are
central elements of power and discipline.
But, since those attract resistance, in time they must be softened by an
ideology of “good” and “ideals” plus development of a socio-political-economic
structure that keeps the weak down.
The rulers, or would-be
rulers, are the Chosen People.
“Progressives” are often as bad in this regard as other bigots.
I’m more powerful than
you, so I make the rules. This holds all
the way from “I’m the mom, that’s why” up to the dictator level.
If
people learn rational or common-sense ways of coping with fear and threat, they
are less likely to fall into hatred and toxic conformity. If they do, however, they may become
authoritarians. The “authoritarian
personality” created by Freudian mechanisms (Fromm 1941) has not stood the test
of time, but “authoritarian predispositions” leading to an “authoritarian
dynamic” are now well attested and studied (Duckitt 1994, 2001; Stenner
2005). They are called up or exacerbated
especially by normative fear: fear of the breakdown of the social norms that
give what the authoritarian mind considers necessary structure to society. These norms typically involve norms that keep
minorities and women “in their place,” and otherwise create a rigid top-down
order. Learned helplessness (Peterson et
al. 1993) often leads to toxic conformity.
Authoritarian
predispositions and behaviors may include devotion to strongmen, hatred and
fear of homosexuals and other norm-benders, love of stringent punishment for
lawbreakers (especially those low on the social scale), militarism, and similar
conditions. There is, however, a great
range of ideology here, from the near-anarchist violent right wing to the
genteelly hierarchic older businessmen of a midwestern suburb. It seems likely that we are dealing with
several different responses to weakness in the face of threat, the common
denominators being a need for a strong-man leader and a need for underlings to
blame and oppress. Authoritarianism is
surprisingly common within societies and surprisingly widespread over the world
(Stenner 2005).
This
rests on several observations about human responses to threat and stress. Three other important ones deserve
attention: People hate in others what
they dislike in themselves (especially if they feel guilty about it); they like
in others what they want for themselves; they use their strengths to make up
for their deficiencies. These are all
involved in bullying and authoritarianism.
Bullying can have permanent negative effects on bullied children’s
brains (Copeland et al. 2014).
The
problems usually follow from cowardice and hostility, which reinforce each
other. In an isolated person, they come
out as giving up, or as setting oneself against the world. In the far commoner case of a social person,
they come out in displacing aggression against the weak. Fear forbids aggressing against actual
offenders (if there are any); antagonism is displaced downward, to
scapegoats. This usually leads to
bullying them. Of course, as Robert
Sapolsky points out, “You want to see a kid who’s really likely to be a mess as
an adult? Find someone who both bullies and is bullied” (Sapolsky
2017:199). That probably describes
virtually all serious bullies.
Bullying involves
belittling them: regarding them as low or worthless. Underlings use malicious gossip to get back
at powerful bosses. “I’m better than you” and “I’m worse than you” are bad
enough, but the worst is “I’m worse than you, so I have to pretend I’m better,
and if in power I have to bully you.”
The classic bully is resentful toward the world at large. He attacks both the weak (“contemptible”) and
those in authority; he revels in breaking laws and conventions (Sapolsky
2017:199). Bullies resent civility; it
interferes with their activities, and they brand it as “weakness.” They resort to lying and “gaslighting” as
routine methods of manipulating others, and to insults. They tend to be violent and unpredictable.
A
standard bullying routine is to insult the victim, then take any response as an
“offense” and “slight” that justifies attack.
Imagined slights are quite adequate.
The genociders’ version of this is the attribution of all manner of
horrific but imaginary sins to the targeted group; Hitler’s claims about the
Jews are the most famous in this regard, but all genociders—at least all those
with a recorded history—do it. Genocide
is bullying writ large.
Another
very common aspect of bullying is that bullies are adulated as “strong” and
“independent” by those who would love to be bullies but are too personally
weak. They become groupies, followers,
toadies. Women who are afraid to be
violent themselves, but would love to be bullies, find male bullies irresistible,
leading to a remark attributed to Henry Kissinger, “power is the best
aphrodisiac.”
Evil
people, from ancient Greek demagogues to Hitler and Trump, can most effectively
get the least competent of the tier-just-above-bottom to hate the bottom
tiers. Failing that, they can always
whip up nativistic hate of foreigners, especially immigrants.
Most
movements that end in authoritarianism and genocide start by recruiting bullies
and haters, then gather momentum. Not
until they win, and succeed in turning the polity into a dictatorship or
turning a local community into one defined by hate, can they recruit the vast
mass of ordinary people. However, there
are cases in which many followers are genuine idealists, not bullies, and then
the picture is complicated by the restraint introduced by the idealists. Stalin in the USSR was infamous for purging
his movement of these idealists, leaving only those who were either bullies or
saw repression as simply a necessary job to do.
Following,
again, Baumeister (1996), Baron-Cohen (2011). Beck (1999) and others, we can
identify several subtypes of persons who despise or hate downward. The widest and most general category is those
who simply believe in the necessity of hierarchies and of maintaining those
hierarchies through keeping those below firmly in their place (as described by
Haidt 2012, and argued, in effect, by Aladair MacIntyre 1984, 1988). An extreme form is the strongman philosophy
that argues for rulers being above the law, or being the law, and often acting
outrageously simply to show they have the power; this was the classic attitude
of European royalism, and is similar to the politics of modern strongmen. At the other end of power distribution are the
weak and timid souls who desperately try to maintain their position by keeping
firmly down anyone that seems to be below them.
Opposed
to these views are two types of philosophy.
First comes abjuring all anger and negative judgment, as advocated by
many religions. The second is directing
one’s anger against the powerful, especially the powerful and lawless or
harming, as advocated by revolutionaries.
This latter allows anger to be directed upward rather than scapegoated
downward in a social hierarchy. This is
not necessarily a good thing, as we know from the sad ending of many
revolutions.
We
have now come to the core of what feeds the wolves. The bad wolf is fed by fear socially
channeled into scapegoating and bullying; by culture and society based on
top-down power that is poorly restrained; and by personal grievance and offense
coming out in hate and irrational harm.
This may be deployed in the service of greed, sadism, defense, or
“honor,” but the basic animal is the same.
The good wolf is fed by the opposite: dealing with problems as
rationally and peacefully as possible, in a society where equality and
tolerance are values. This too may be
deployed for gain or defense or any other purpose. The rest of this book will be dedicated to
unpacking that simple formula.
Fear
and fight lead to three overarching social vectors: ingroup versus rival group;
general level of hostility; and minimizing. These are called “othering” today, and often
considered to be a part of human nature.
This is not correct. The actual
direct causes of evil appear to be cowardice, hostility, and minimizing or
infrahumanization. The first two are
overreaction (overemotional reaction) to fear, threat, and hurt, with
structural opponentship (not just difference) seen as a threat. The common ground is seeing people, or some
people, as bad or unworthy. All or some people are to be bulldozed,
dominated, or preyed on—even family
and friends, let alone real opponents. (On discrimination, see Kteily, Bruneau,
et al. 2015; Kteily, Hodson, and Bruneau 2016; Parks and Stone 2010; Rovenpor
et al. 2019.)
The
third is failure to consider people as fully human, or even failure to consider
people at all. People become Kantian
objects (Kant 2002): mere numbers on a spreadsheet, dirt to be bulldozed out of
the way of construction projects, or underlings to be disregarded.
Such
minimizing can be aggressive. It can be
cold and calculating. It can be simply mindless—just not thinking of the
problems of the servants or workstaff.
It involves devaluing people: maintaining that they are unworthy of
attention, concern, or care. Sometimes
it involves not noticing people at all.
It tends to go with callous indifference, as opposed to hostility and
anger. Anger shows at least some respect
for the opponent; the opponent is worthy of being noticed and hated. Not infrequently, the opponent is even
considered superior, as when revolutionaries attack the state, or a David goes
up against a Goliath.
Othering
without much hostility is typical of traditional people; they know the “others”
are different, but have little to do with them.
Usually, strangers and travelers are welcomed, often very warmly. My wife and I have traveled the world and
almost never run into hostile reactions, nor have our students of all
backgrounds and economic situations.
Exceptions are neighboring groups, often traditional rivals for land and
resources. Hostility without much
othering—without displacing it to an outgroup—produces gangsters and aggressive
loners.
The
human norm seems to be occasional anger and aggression against even one’s
nearest and dearest, great aggressiveness against structural-opponent groups,
and indifference to the rest—the unknown multitudes out of one’s immediate ken.
One consoling lie that such people
tell themselves is that we live in a just world (Lerner 1980), in which people
get what they deserve. The poor are
lazy, the rich worked for their wealth.
People displaced by dams somehow deserve to be displaced. Genociders come to believe fantastically
overstated lies: the people they hate are truly evil, subhuman, the sources of
all ills. Thus, to the totally other,
evil is done from callousness: coldly planned aggressive war, bureaupathy. There is then a continuum through “different”
members of one’s own society—internal others—to family members. The closer people are socially, the more
hatred is necessary, or at least usual, before harm is done.
The
most clearly established fact is that infants are born with some degree of
innate fear of strangers, and the more different those strangers look and act
from the parents, the more the fear. Thus, some degree of “othering” on the
basis of appearance and voice sound is normal.
On the other hand, infants show acute interest in other people,
especially faces, toward which they orient (Tomasello 2019). They seem innately primed to recognize the
more universal emotional expressions: smiles, angry looks, and so on. Moreover, people differ at birth in how shy
they are and how aggressive they are.
These vary independently, apparently.
Infants react quickly to
smiles, reassurance, gentle touch, and other marks of friendship, and react in
the opposite way to frightening stimuli like shouts and rapid, dramatic
movement. Infants also look to their
parents for signs of how to treat the stranger.
They are extremely reactive to parental moves and voices; the parents
may be completely unaware of how strongly they are signaling the infant.
From
birth, people can react along a whole spectrum of ways, from initial fear but
quick reassurance and friendliness to initial fear made worse by scary
stimuli. This is rapidly exacerbated by
the reactions of parents, siblings, and soon other family members and
friends. Culture enters in right from
the start, by conditioning the reactions of all these important people in the
infants’ lives. By three or four,
children already know that certain recognizable groups are liked while others
are disliked. They learn gender roles,
clothing associations, and other quite complex cultural messages to a striking
degree (Tomasello 2016, 2019). Much of
this was learned quite unconsciously, with no one intending to teach, and
without the children realizing they were learning.
This
means that any group of people will show a variety of reactions, not notably
predictable. The most predictable thing
is that every group will have its structural opponent groups: groups that they
feel are competing with them for power, land, jobs, resources, social
recognition, political sway, poetry, art motifs, foods, and anything else that
people compete about. The word “rival”
literally means “sharer of a river bank” (Latin rivus, riverbank), in recognition of the universality of arguments
over water, especially for irrigation; in the western United States, “whiskey’s
for drinking, water’s for fighting,” as Mark Twain said. In the United States, the classic divide has
been white vs black, and in much of the US today “race” and “diversity” means,
basically, that antagonism. In Canada,
the same “worst structural opponent” attitudes are white vs Native American
(First Nations to Canadians). Blacks in the US and Native Americans in Canada
are notably overrepresented in “hard case” stories in the media. (This struck me when I compared Seattle and
Vancouver, BC, newspapers in the 1980s.)
Stories of substance abuse, crime, and welfare dependence often feature
photographs of them, even where they are a very small percentage of such “hard
cases.”
Going
back in history, one recalls the love-hate—mostly hate—relationship of England
and France, of France and Germany, of Germany and Poland, of Poland and Russia,
and so on forever. And throughout Europe
the Roma are victims of vicious prejudice; they are often the ones in the
hard-case stories in the newspapers, even when they are a microscopic
percentage of the national population.
To
my knowledge, every culture has prejudices like this. Moreover, as we all know, different
stereotypes go with different groups. To
white racists, blacks are “inferior” and “dumb,” “Mexicans” (by which they
generally mean anyone with a Latin American heritage) are “rapists” and
“criminals,” and so on. To many American
blacks, all whites are suspect and all or almost all are racist and
dangerous. These views are variously
nuanced. We have probably all
encountered racists who hate “blacks” but sincerely like their close friends
and neighbors who happen to be black: “He isn’t really a black guy, he’s old
Joe.”
One
reason for such self-contradictions is the degree to which “old Joe” conforms
to local norms and morals. A complex
field experiment in 28 German cities showed considerable bias against helping
hijab-wearing women, but the same woman without the hijab but still obviously a
Middle Easterner got about as little hate as a clearly native German woman.
Moreover, and more importantly, if the hijab-wearer helped protest littering
(by a confederate of the experimenters, of course!), she was helped in turn at
the same levels as the non-hijab-wearers (Choi et al. 2019). The general conclusion is that foreigners who
mark their “difference” from the host society are accepted if they mark their
“similarity” to the host society by proactive behavior.
Typically,
individuals who regard a group as low or despicable put up with its members as
long as they “keep their place,” but not when they try to assert equality or
rights. Racists who tolerate “old Joe”
do not tolerate Al Sharpton. Misogynists
may love their docile wives (in a patronizing way), but hate feminists. When I worked with fishermen in Hong Kong, I
found the same phenomenon: fishermen were regarded as lowly by most of the rest
of society, but were tolerated unless they tried to assert full equality. The psychology seems essentially universal in
stratified societies.
Relations
of power notoriously exacerbate hatreds.
This is so extreme, so obvious, and so universal that no one misses
it. Less obvious is the effect of
specific kinds of power. Blacks are notoriously
in a particularly bad place in American society because they were
enslaved. “Mexicans,” however, are the
structural opponents who are most devalued by South Texas white
racists, because of Texas’ history of breakaway
from Mexico and later oppression of Mexican workers.
Hard
times sometimes make hatreds worse, but sometimes draw the country together and
thus make hatreds recede somewhat; the Depression gave us Hitler in Germany and
the New Deal in the US. Good times can
make hatreds worse, especially if a large percentage of the majority is left
behind watching a tiny group get richer and richer, as in the US in the 1920s
and since 2016.
This
being the case, it is inevitable that politicians invoke hatreds and usually do
everything possible to whip them up and make them worse, the better to “lead”
the “people” against the “foe.”
To foreigners from realms
too distant to be actively stereotyped, most people worldwide are welcoming and
friendly. There is a range from
incredibly hospitable to quite suspicious and unfriendly. The former is usually found in stable, secure
communities. The latter response is
common in highly ingrown communities like the stereotypic European peasant
villages, but also in highly unstable and insecure communities
A
common claim is that religious hatreds are often the worst. This seems true especially in the
monotheistic “Abrahamic” religions, though it is more widespread than
monotheism. In so far as it is true (it
seems to be untested), the reason probably is that religion is about the most
basic values, hopes, dreams, and beliefs that people have. (It is not about how the world started! The world-origin stories are there just to provide
some validation.) In China and historic
Central Asia, much less intolerance was observed, because religions were not
given such narrow and dogmatic interpretation, and value sets existed
independently of faiths. On the other
hand, many of those who are extreme in religious hate are not deeply
knowledgeable about their religion (see e.g. Atran 2010 and Traverso 2019 on
Islam), and may fight only for meaningless tags instead of content, as Edward
Gibbon accused Christians of doing in the war between homoousia and homoiousia.
A
final generalization is that othering relationships and stereotypes change
fast. We have observed immigrant groups
to the United States get stereotyped by the media within a few years. We have observed the rapid demonization of
Muslims in the US.
The common theme of all
these matters, and of all evil, is rejection of people simply for being what
they are. In Paul Farmer’s oft-quoted
remark, “the idea that some lives matter less is the root cause of all that is
wrong with the world.” (This line is
very widely quoted, but I have not found a source citation.) They are condemned
simply because they are poor, or Jewish, or female, or black-skinned, or rich,
or any of the other things that give hateful people an excuse to dismiss whole
categories of humanity. However, extreme
rage and hate are very often deployed against wives, husbands, children,
parents, close friends, and other loved ones.
Family violence seems, in fact, to be a strikingly accurate small-scale
model of genocide. Assassination is even
farther from Farmer’s general case; it involves targeting people because they are important. Thus, while usually the targets of evil are
downvalued, sometimes they are targets specifically because they are highly
valued.
Othering
takes many forms. One recalls the
British stereotypes of “foreigners” and “savages” in the days of the British
Empire: French ate frogs and snails and were effeminate, Germans drank beer and
were big and dull, Italians were dirty and noisy and smelled of garlic, and so
on for every group the British contacted.
American stereotypes of the 20th century were usually
similar, though less well defined.
Children’s books reveal these stereotypes most clearly, and were one of
the main ways they were learned.
Political cartoons often trade on them to this day.
The
same general rules apply to hate and disregard for other lives—for animals and
plants. Cruelty to animals and
destruction of nature are common. The
mindset seems to be the same: either uncontrolled rage at the familiar, or
displacement of hate and fear to weak victims, or sheer indifference backed up
by social attitudes. The Cartesian idea
that animals are mere “machines” that have no real feelings has justified the
most appalling abuses.
Summing
up, evil occurs in four rough attitudinal clusters: negative stereotypy; callousness (cold
indifference, selfish greed, cold callousness, etc.); anger, rage, and hate,
variously directed; and psychopathy-sadism.
A
final part of the back story is that humans everywhere dislike
foldbreakers—people who conspicuously resist conforming to basic social
rules. Even people who are unusually
good may be disliked because being so good is “different” (Parks and Stone
2010). Usually, enforcing conformity
serves to make cantankerous or poorly-educated people fall in line. Very often, however, it simply makes people
hate anyone conspicuously unlike the herd.
Individuals (including geniuses and artists) or groups (Jews in
Christian countries, black people in white countries, and so on) are
targeted. A further cost is that
members of devalued groups lose their sense of autonomy in proportion to the
level of devaluing and repression of the group (Kachanoff et al. 2019). They become less able to help themselves,
precisely when they most need to do so.
Groups cope with
foldbreakers by trying to covert them, by ostracizing them, or by learning to
live with them (Greenaway and Cruwys 2019), but all too often by killing them
(Wrangham 2018). The group may even
break up, if foldbreakers form a large faction (Aalerding et al. 2018;
Greenaway and Cruwys 2019). All groups
experience conflict, all have conflict resolution mechanisms (Beals and Siegal
1966), but when mechanisms are ineffective genocide often results. Intergroup competition makes for solidarity—in
fact it is famously the best way to develop that—but intragroup competition is
deadly to solidarity, and must be resolved for a group to function, so
available methods are sure to be used—even if fatal to minorities. Intragroup deviants can be hard to spot,
which makes them particularly frightening to the more sensitive group members
(Greenaway and Cruwys 2019).
Particularly in danger are highly salient groups that seem relatively
wealthy or successful to majorities, especially if the majorities feel themselves
stressed or downwardly mobile. Jews in
Depression Europe, Tutsi in Rwanda in the difficult 1980s and early 1990s, and
any and all educated people in Cambodia in the 1970s serve as clear examples.
The level of sensitivity to intragroup variation varies
enormously from person to person, society to society, and culture to culture,
something little studied.
Anthropologists have documented intolerance to deviance and consequent
occasional breakup of communities among the Pueblo tribes of the southwestern
United States, among small southeast European villages, and among Middle
Eastern village societies, among others, while high levels of tolerance are
documented for some—not all—urban trading and commercial communities. More confusing still is a pattern, notable
among some religious communities, for extreme tolerance of many kinds of
behavior but extremely rigid observance of defining traditions of the
group. Intragroup deviance is a matter
that needs more theoretical attention. All religions attack the major evils,
but people do evil and then claim their religions made them do it. There are always excuses. Morality is never enough. But, with laws, people can create peaceful communities.
Evil is not necessary. It can be
reduced to low levels.
Critically
important is awareness that there is a
continuum from good to evil, and specifically from actual enmity to utterly
unprovoked genocide: from treating people with antagonism, as enemies, because
they actually are so, to treating them as enemies because they might really be
a threat, to treating people as enemies because they seem different and
numerous enough to seem a threat to fearful leaders, to treating any different
group as a threat simply because its difference is obtrusive or because it is in
the way of settlement or “development.” This
tends to correspond very closely with the continuum from courageous fighting
against attacking force to increasingly cowardly displacement of aggression to
ever weaker targets.
People
may believe that a currently weak group is secretly powerful, or might become
so, and could be a threat. Preemptive
strikes then occur. The Jews were a
small, innocent, relatively defenseless minority. Hitler directed against them all the anger
stirred up in Germany by the loss of WWI and the Depression, and then revived
and greatly extended the old image of the Jews as all-powerful and
all-destroying.
A
more local example is intimate partner violence. This almost always involves a man, usually the
physically stronger of the pair, beating a woman because he feels that he is
somehow losing control of her (B. Anderson et al. 2004). Very often, he feels generic anger against
the world, or against stronger people in his life, and takes it out on the most
vulnerable available person: wife, child, older parent. Domestic violence is extremely close to
genocide—it might even be called the individual-level equivalent (Anderson and
Anderson 2012, 2017).
Roy
Baumeister, in his book Evil (1997),
documents at length the unexceptional nature of people who do evil things. He also documents the degree to which they
self-justify: they think they are doing the right thing, or the reasonable
thing, or the expedient thing. They
rationalize to avoid guilt, and they use carefully disinfected language. Most commonly of all, they think or say that
they are only doing what everyone does.
In genocides and slave camps, they are right; everyone in their
situation is indeed doing it.
Baumeister
demolishes the old idea that evil people are those with low self-esteem; it
appears that the worst problem in that area is with people who have “high but unstable self-esteem” (Baumeister
1997:149; his emphasis). They are often
bullies, because they think highly of themselves but are insecure enough to be
wounded by challenges. People need some
degree of self-esteem and self-regard, so they concentrate on their strong
points and minimize others’ lives and endowments.
He
also debunks the idea that evil people dehumanize their victims. They most often see their victims as fully
human—just not deserving of normal consideration. In recognition of this, Castano (2012)
suggests the term “infrahumanization.”
Baumeister runs through the standard explanations for violence (“greed,
lust, ambition…” on p. 99—the classic land, loot, women, and power—as well as
sadism and psychopathy), only to show how inadequate they are; crime rarely
pays much, lust turned evil does not feel particularly good, and ambition
served by evil rarely ends well. Greed
to the point of ripping others off, or crushing them, is not usually profitable
in the long run. It is normally done
when society forces people into evil ways of making a living, such as raiding
in Viking days or slaving in the 18th century. He sees “egotism and revenge” as more
important (Baumeister 1997:128-168).
People committing evil are often showing off their ability to maintain
their power. “Threatened egotism”
(Baumeister 1997:377; Baumeister et al. 1996) is the deadliest of the factors
he lists.
This,
however, results from two things: basic predisposing factors of personality
(threatened egotism, sadism, psychopathy) and immediate triggering factors
(greed, idealism). Moreover, “greed” is
not desire for material goods; it is willingness to get material goods at the expense of other people, harming them
in the process. The same goes for
social position, social acceptance, and even desire for power and control. They are not bad in themselves, because they
can be, and often are, used for good.
They become evil and cause harm when they are won at the expense of others.
Those
triggers do not cause evil in people who are not in a state of hatred,
bullying, or overcontrolling others. In
people who have fed the good wolf, desire for material goods is satisfied by
working with others for the common good, or at least by healthy competition of
the Adam Smith variety; desire for social acceptance and approbation is
satisfied by being nice enough to be genuinely liked; desire for power and
control is satisfied by being a good leader and administrator. We all know people who are not particularly
nice or pleasant people, but who make good administrators anyway, simply
because it is the reasonable thing to do.
People are notoriously sociable, and do not need Immanuel Kant to
explain that good social strokes are, in the end, more rewarding for most
people than inordinate wealth or power.
We are left no closer to an explanation of why ordinary people without
the basic personality factors of a psychopath become genocidal or become
slavers.
Baumeister
also points out that much evil is done in the name of good—of idealism. He is, like Ames and Fiske (2015), far too
quick to believe that murderous “good-doers” (from the Inquisition to the Khmer
Rouge) believe what they say. My rather
wide experience of those who talk good but do evil is that they are usually,
and consciously, hypocrites. At best,
their willingness to do real harm in the name of imaginary good is hardly a
recommendation for their morals.
Idealism that involves little beyond torturing people to death hardly
deserves the name of idealism. It is not
an explanation for evil; it simply raises the question of why people sometimes
think that torturing is idealistic, or that idealism can reduce to murder.
On
the other hand, idealism that necessarily costs lives but really is for the
greater good, like the fight against fascism in WWII, can be genuine. Similarly, defensive war against invaders is
often a good thing. Of course, idealism can get corrupted fast, as
in the French and Russian revolutions. The boundary between good and evil is the point
at which a reasonable person, independently judging the situation, would judge
that there is clearly gratuitous harm occurring. Rationality is hard to achieve in this
world, but necessary in this case.
(Influence by Immanuel Kant, esp. 2002, and John Rawls, 1971 and 2001,
is obvious here; I am following them on “rationality” in this context, thus
avoiding the need to explain it.)
Acting
reasonably good seems the default option for most people most of the time. It is even difficult to make people into
killers. Not only the Nazis, but also
armed forces everywhere, have always had trouble accomplishing this (Baumeister
1997:205-212).
However,
even the most trivial differences in feeding eventually allow the bad wolf to
take over from the good one. The
strongest desire of humans is social belonging; therefore, people feel strong
needs to conform to social norms and to whatever social currents are flowing
(see e.g. the studies of Kipling Williams [2007, 2011] on ostracism). The currents are not always good ones.
Albert
Bandura’s book Moral Disengagement (2016)
points out that evil is often done for alleged moral reasons (as in religious
persecutions), or for openly immoral ones (as when a sadist psychopath kills),
but most evil involves some degree of moral disengagement: minimizing,
excusing, or justifying what is done.
Bandura covers the individual agency involved in this, and also the way
society magnifies that by marshaling euphemisms, blaming others, playing the
“you do it too” card, minimizing damage, dehumanizing or partially dehumanizing
victims, personally disengaging and becoming callous or escapist, causal
displacement, attribution of blame to the victims or to the wider society, and
above all justifying one’s behavior by claiming a higher morality. Bandura covers recent newsworthy events: gun
violence and gun culture, terrorism, banking crimes, pollution and
environmental damage, capital punishment, and others. He thus spares us (most of the time) the
citing of Hitler that tends to let moderns off the hook.
Moral
disengagement, victim-blaming, and self-justification are indeed typical of
almost all human activities that do harm and of almost all humans that harm
others. The problem with Bandura’s book
is that he lumps evil morality (fascist ideology, Communist extremism) with
disengagement, which is surely wrong.
Still, Bandura has done an extremely important task in covering with
great thoroughness the ancillary mental gymnastics that allow people to harm
and kill without much guilt. Moral
disengagement leads to bureaupathy.
Alan
Fiske and Taj Rai (2014) have argued that almost all violence is moral: it is
justified by the moral teachings of the society in question. They point out that violent behavior such as
blood revenge, horrific initiation rites, war, raiding, human sacrifice, brutal
discipline, and physical punishment have all been considered not only moral but
sacred duty in literally thousands of societies around the world. Steven Pinker (2011) reminds us that revenge
killings, duels, killing of one’s own disobedient children, rape and killing of
slaves, and many other forms of mayhem were not only accepted but approved in
western society—including the United States—well into the 19th
century. Disapproving of such behavior is
very recent. Antiwar sentiments are also
recent. Taking over land by
exterminating its occupants was universal, and broadly accepted, until the
mid-19th century.
Fiske
and Rai see societies as displaying relational models. These come in four kinds, which can all be
combined in one society:” communal sharing: unity… authority ranking:
hierarchy…equality matching: equality [Rawlsian fairness]… and market pricing:
proportionality” (Fiske and Rai 2014:18-21).
There are six “constitutive phases” of moral violence: “creation [of
relationships]… conduct, enhancement, modulation, and transformation [again of
relationships]….protection; redress and rectification…termination…mourning”
(sacrifices, self-mutilation, and the like as mourning rituals) (Fiske and Rai
2014:23-24). Violence follows the
models: a result of group solidarity (usually against other groups) in
unity-driven societies; keeping people in their place in hierarchic ones;
maintaining equity in egalitarian societies; and “an eye for an eye, a tooth
for a tooth” in market-driven ones.
Complex societies can be expected to have all four types of relational
models operating inside people’s heads and in the cultural spaces, and thus to
have violence for all those reasons and more.
Genocide,
as we have seen, is moralized as necessary to eliminate the loathesome and
hated groups within society. Aggressive
war is moralized by a felt need for land and loot—Hitler’s lebensraum, American settlers’ manifest destiny. Murder is moralized as honor killing, or
revenge, or any of many dozen other motives.
Brutal punishment is moralized as necessary to keep people in line and
maintain proper behavior.
Fiske
and Rai deal largely with cultural groups and cultural norms. Unusual events like genocide are not quite in
the picture, though, for example, Europe’s massacres of Jews go back many
centuries. Exceptional murder and
violence for gain or from psychopathy or sadism are explicitly exempted from
their theory, being immoral even to the perpetrators.
The
problems with this work are numerous.
First, and most obvious, there is no explanation of where such morals
come from, beyond the idea (almost universally agreed) that violence is
necessary to maintain any social order at all.
We are left wondering why honor killings, cruel initiation rites, rape,
incest, and the like are found in some places and not others. (As for the rites: John and Beatrice Whiting showed decades ago
that they are found in societies where all children, including boys, are raised
almost exclusively by women, and must transition to men’s roles at
puberty. They occur in almost all such
societies and in few, if any, others.
See Whiting and Child 1953.)
Second,
all societies, and especially all those more complex than a hunting-gathering
band, have multiple moral alternatives.
One does not have to be a violent barroom brawler in the modern United
States, even in the working-class white south (cf. Nisbett and Cohen 1996 on
honor and violence in that milieu). Very
few Middle Eastern Muslims become terrorists or suicide bombers, despite
western stereotypy. Intimate partner
violence is normal in some societies—19% of world societies, according to Fiske
and Rai (2014:160), a strangely precise figure—but is uncommon and a “marked
case” in most.
Third,
Fiske and Rai do not distinguish between genuine cultural rules, individual
moral poses, and outrageously lame excuses.
It is certainly a cultural rule almost everywhere to kill attackers who
are trying to kill you and your family.
It is a cultural rule in all civilizations that if you are a soldier you
must kill enemies when ordered. It is a
rule in all medically competent societies that surgeons can and should commit
“violence” to save their patients (as noted by Plato and Aristotle). It is an individual choice, not a rule, to
beat your wife and children, murder your rival, or commit suicide. Doing such things is sometimes done for
deeply held moral reasons (murdering your wife’s lover in many societies) but
is usually done for reasons that do not play well in courts of law.
Political
violence often is clearly due to hatred, however cloaked in rhetoric. Much becomes clear when one listens to playground
bullies (the following lines come from my own childhood): “He was littler than me, so I beat him
up.” “I’m torturing this squirrel to
death because it’s a varmint, it ain’t good for nothin’.” “I hit my little sister to make her shut
up.” Fiske and Rai quote a number of
young peoples’ justifications for killing that are no more persuasive, but
sounded moral in some sense. The
grown-up forms of such excuses, “all the easy speeches that comfort cruel men”
as G. K. Chesterton put it (in the poem “O God of Earth and Altar”), are no
less lame for being suave and phrased in proper political language.
My
personal experience with violence—and I have known murderers, pirates,
criminals, and other assorted perpetrators—is that almost all violence except obvious
self-defense or defense of one’s country and loved ones is justified by excuses,
and most of them are as lame as the schoolyard bullies’ offerings. Reading the genocide literature is
particularly revealing. The actual sins
of the Jews, Tutsi, Hutu, urban Cambodians, and so on were trivial or
nonexistent. The hatred was whipped up
deliberately for the basest reasons. The
high moral justifications were blatant lies.
How many followers believed them remains unclear. People usually say after a genocide is over
that they conformed out of fear. They
are usually unwilling to admit any further belief in the propaganda, though a
surprising number—including men of the calibre of Martin Heidegger and Ezra
Pound—stayed faithful to fascism all their lives, and there are similar loyal
Maoists in China today. (On the case of
Heidegger, see Pierre Bourdieu’s important work, 1991.)
We
are left with the near-universality of moral justifications for violence, but
with a range from genuine, deeply held moral belief through serious but
not-very-moral personal grievance down to the skimpiest of fig leaves covering
crude hatred, rage, and greed. Fiske and
Rai have done a major service in focusing on these justifications and on the
social poses that evoke them. The claim
that such moral arguments actually motivate violence must be evaluated case by
case.
The
roots of evil have a genetic component.
Psychopathy, sociopathy, and aggressiveness seem to run in families. The fight-flight-freeze response is universal
among higher life forms. In humans,
however, most evil is learned, as the enormous person-to-person, time-to-time,
and group-to-group variation shows. (Most
of what follows is derived from or paralleled in Beck 1999 and Ellis e.g. 1962,
with specifics about evil from Baron-Cohen 2011, Bartlett 2005, Baumeister
1997, Tomasello 2019, and other previously noted sources, tempered by my
experience as a parent. See also
Sapolsky 2017:222 for coverage of this material.) Most bad behavior is done in conformity with
one’s immediate social group. Most
humans start out neutral: tending to wind up about half good and half bad, but
actually winding up according to how they were trained. This, of course, is the
real message of our two-wolves story.
There
is a clear genetic drive in infants to explore, engage, learn, socialize,
communicate, and even create. Babies are
surprisingly interactive, and mostly in a positive way, trusting and smiling. They cry a lot when they are uncomfortable,
and can fear strangers, but they are basically a rather positive set of
humans. Allowing them to explore and
interact in a secure, supportive environment is the key to feeding the good
wolf pup.
“Learning”
may be too narrow a word for environmental influences. Trauma even generations ago can affect the
brain, via epigenetics. Trauma in the
womb and during birth can more directly injure brain tissue. One common result of such trauma is reduction
in control over violent emotions and actions.
It does not occur in all cases, but it is not rare. The exact location of the trauma matters, but
trauma is usually widespread enough to affect at least some relevant brain
centers. Fear is focused in the
amygdala, aggression more widely in the limbic system, but interpretation of
stimuli as frightening and reaction to fear by rational or irrational means are
distributed over the brain, typically following neural pathways from the
amygdala and other basal structures to the frontal lobes and the motor
centers. Eventually, all the brain is
involved. Any trauma can impact the
fear-aggression pathways somewhere. (See,
again, Beck 1999; Bandura 1982.)
However,
humans are tough. They can adapt to
terrible conditions, at least if they have support. Werner and Smith (1982, 2001) studied children
growing up resilient or otherwise. They
found that about ¾ of children raised in poverty and rough surroundings in
rural Kaua’i in the mid-20th century did perfectly well. These were the ones who had strong, reliable
families. Half the rest were redeemed by
institutions—good schools, the military, and the like. The final fourth were products of broken
homes, and usually of abuse and neglect.
Abuse teaches children to abuse, and neglect teaches them to
neglect. Those children lived rough
lives.
Resilience
comes at a cost. Further studies have confirmed Werner and Smith’s findings
about effective prevention, but have found that such resilience is accompanied
by emotional fragility, physical stresses of all sorts including cardiovascular
problems and metabolic syndromes, and sometimes a failure of resilience in key
areas. All are proportional to the
difficulty of coping with the stresses in question. Interventions are now able to help, but no
one gets away unscathed from a harsh background (Hostinar and Miller 2019; see
also Reynolds et al. 2019).
Infants have several
states, including sleep and rest; fretting and whining; temper tantrums; and
dependent loving and caring, combined with an exploratory interest in the
world. Adults break the fretting state
into whining and complaining. The
temper-tantrum state develops into fear, anger, and hate. Empowerment is always needed in education.
Infants start by feeling
generalized discomfort when scared, wet, cold, hungry, or otherwise needy. They cry for what they want. Failing in that, they can bear it or become
frustrated. Over the first two years of
life, frustration turns to anger. Good
parents teach children to bear when needs cannot immediately be met; bad
parents punish the child for whining. Young
children quite normally throw temper tantrums if they are tired, frustrated,
uncomfortable, scared, or in need of affection or a sense of control. Ignored, these taper off; punished, they turn
to lifetime anger. This turns to hate if
the child learns to hate from parents and peers. Meanwhile, better-raised children learn to
help, share, and be sociable.
Adults usually acts from
fear of losing social place, but the babyish causes—fatigue, discomfort, and
the rest—still operate. On the other
hand, children learn to reason, to think things through, to obey, to be
considerate, and to conform (for good or ill) at the same time they learn to
throw temper tantrums (Tomasello 2019). Security, especially security within a
supportive circle of family, is the child’s greatest social need. Children denied acceptance or other social
validation lose security and become fearful, often acting out fear through
anger.
A
human child with poor parenting may overcompensate, using learned but
ineffective coping mechanisms to deal with weakness and fear, because of
failure to learn other (and more appropriate) coping mechanisms. Since humans are supremely social animals,
the child learns to fear isolation, abandonment, hate, scorn. Physical fears become less important; in
fact, they are easily handled by a child or adult who feels that her social
group “has her back.”
Abusive
childrearing produces adults who make up for felt deficiencies by using what
they do have to bully others. The unintelligent
but physically strong schoolyard bullies beat up “smart kids” as a way of using
what they have—strength to deal with ego threats caused by what they lacked. The converse is the intellectual arrogance of
many a physically less-than-perfect academic. Weak fear due to failure to learn good coping
mechanisms leads to abject conformity, especially conformity to ego-reinforcing
notions like the superiority of “my” group to “yours.” White supremacists are often those who fear
or know that they have nothing else to feel supreme about. Children, especially if female, may be
exposed to sexual harassment, which is a form of bullying. (It is not
a form of romance or normal sexuality.
Men do it to dominate, control, and demonstrate power, not to be
affectionate.)
In
short, people begin as scared babies, who then, to varying degrees and in
varying areas of their lives, grow up. Most of us partially succeed and partially
fail, and that is a dangerous combination.
We are fearful and defensive because of the remaining weakness and
failure. We use our strengths to
defend—often to overdefend, and often to deflect our hostility downward, to
those weaker than we are. Caring for others is innate, but must be
developed, and ways to be caring and considerate must be taught (see esp. Tomasello 2019). All
cultures have rules about this, and all cultures have alternatives, including
“nice” ones for everyday and less nice ones for dealing with actual threats and
enemies. The capacity to harm is also innate, and can be developed; harsh,
unpredictable, gratuitously cruel environments bring it out. Children as adults pay it forward: they
often treat others the way they were treated as children. This tends to be a default option.
Learning when to use the appropriate
coping mechanism is thus crucial.Anything that empowers the growing child
to take care of her own problems, by teaching proper and effective responses,
feeds the good wolf. This means that the
child must be taught what to do—preferably as the situation unfolds; backed up
for doing it; and backed up further in case the response is inadequate.
If
the parent, peer, teacher, or elder then criticizes the child and takes over,
“fixing” the situation that the child has “ruined,” the bad wolf gets a huge
meal. Few things feed the bad wolf better than deliberately
weakening a child by telling her she can’t cope. The resulting frustration and weakening turn
into aggression eventually. Widespread
rejection follows, leading to still more anger.
Being
raised by one highly critical parent and another parent who retreats and
becomes passive is one common formula for producing a scared and defensive
child. Weakness and hypercritical
judgment very often go together, either in the same parent or in a couple; perhaps
hypercritical people attract weak spouses.
These couples can raise children who are hypersensitive and defensive,
feeling that even the tiniest slight is a total attack on their personhood. By contrast, if both parents are punitive but
reasonably strong as persons, the child usually turns out well enough, but can
become a bully; if both mild and gentle, the child becomes well-adjusted but
often frail in the face of the world’s harshness. Firm, but accommodating and open about communicating,
seems to be the ideal parenting stance, but research is ongoing.
A critically important point made by the
psychologists is that a typical young child comes to depend especially on one specific
immature defense mechanism, which then becomes the most stubborn and
intractable problem in adulthood—the one thing most resistant to psychotherapy
and life experience, and the one hardest to bring to full consciousness and
self-awareness. The bigot’s hatred and
overreaction to threat are often the products of such deeply entrenched
immature mechanisms. Psychologists also
find that it is challenges to precisely the most relied-on defense mechanism
that bring out the greatest fear, anger, and reactive defensiveness in
people. If your favorite coping
mechanism is racism, for instance, you will be more defensive about your racism
than about other defenses. Risk factors
include a Manichaean worldview, and the idea that hierarchy is automatically
appropriate and top-down control necessary.
In short, in ordinary life, much of the problem is that the default is
always to stay with early-learned responses instead of self-improving, and with
initial support groups instead of expanding one’s field to all humanity (on the
above matters, the classic works of Ellis 1962 and Maslow 1970 remain useful).
Conversely,
nothing feeds the good wolf better than praising the child for doing what she
could, while instructing her how to do even better next time. Wolves
feed on empowerment: empowering and supporting the child feeds the good wolf,
empowering other people at the expense of the child feeds the bad wolf. Empowerment means, among other things,
teaching coping strategies that work (Cattaneo and Chapman 2012). To work, they must be reasonable, which
random violence and other evil behaviors are not. (Adults can be coldly and rationally evil,
but that usually comes later.)
Self-confidence and self-control, in particular, are the basic
necessities to manage the weakness, insecurity, and anger that we have seen to
be basic in hyperdefensive and scapegoating reactions.
Somewhere
in between is providing support without teaching proactive coping
strategies. A child who knows her
parents have her back is in good shape.
But for coping methods she must rely on whatever methods are available. She must copy or improvise. These are rather random and unsatisfying
methods, especially since copying without real instruction is not often
successful. The essential pieces of the
strategy can easily be missed, or underemphasized.
Growing up with adult authority makes people tend
to defer, adulate, and obey upwards in the age and status hierarchy. This tends to cause them to displace hate
downward, scapegoating the younger and weaker.
Abusive, erratic, cruel raising leads to adulating strongmen; usual
parent-dominant tradional upbringing leads to conservatives. Good parenting leads to children who develop
into adults who can treat others as equals, and who are self-respecting and
self-reliant.
Supportive
and considerate parenting vs unsupportive and harsh parenting can be set up as
a 2 x 2 table. Supportive and
considerate is ideal. Supportive and
harsh was the traditional European and frontier American way; it worked, in its
way, for the time. Unsupportive and
undirecting yet gentle is more or less the classic “spoiling.” Unsupportive and harsh is the abusive
parenting that produces brutes.
The normal order of
learning a new skill is a very good one: from most simple and direct to most
abstract. Children learn to walk, talk,
play musical instruments, and do homework by gradual steps, from simple and
direct to abstract and complicated. This
is the way to learn civil behavior: from politeness formulas to basic
considerateness and sharing, then to basic principles. The simplest virtues are carefulness,
civility, mutual aid, sociability, considerateness, and generosity. Then they can move on to more abstract
virtues. Teenage angst and misbehavior can be cured or alleviated by giving
rights in proportion to responsibilities. In teaching, exposure to real (and realistically
taught) contexts (laboratories, field, great art) works; books and schoolrooms
are slightly above neutral. The result
is that raising a child to be caring and sociable, but also to bear stoically
the discomforts of life, feeds into a sense of justice, fairness, compassion,
and social decency. The family creates
the basic psychodynamics. The peer group
provides the ways to express those—whether through bullying, random violence,
and cruelty or through mutual help, support, and kindness (J. R. Harris 1998).
Finally,
in a situation where control is lost, or where evil people are in control,
everyone seems to regress not only into “following orders,” but into the
combination of cowardice and hostility that drives brutality in the first place. Post-traumatic stress disorder is very common
among former soldiers, and more so among victims of genocide, and probably
perpetrators also. Post-traumatic stress
is a risk factor for violence, but most PTSD sufferers do not become
violent.
Working back from a given
violent act, we see it is grounded in anger, hatred, or callous
doing-the-job. The wellsprings are, most
often, desires for material gain, or power and control, or social acceptance
and respect, or desire to protect these, or—perhaps above all-desire to protect
one’s group and self. Sheer desire to
kill can be a factor, in psychopaths and similar damaged persons. Social pressures are extremely important and
often determinant. Cultural biases and
cultural models of coping are also often determinant. Factors exacerbating the situation can
include anything from economic hard times to unsettled and chaotic social
periods to ordinary irritants like hot days, smog, and confinement; these are
outside our scope here. Lest this all
sound dauntingly complex, note that most evil can be explained by desire for
goods, control, and respect, combined with unnecessarily harmful and hateful
coping mechanisms taught by society or incorporated in cultural models. The ramifications and manifestations of these
are complex, but the basic framework is not inordinately so.
One
social and cultural force is pressure on young men to prove themselves by acts
of social daring or self-sacrifice. In
warlike or violent societies, and sometimes even in peaceful ones, young men
are under extreme pressure to be soldiers, fighters, or just “bad dudes.” Young men are high in aggression and
testosterone with or without cultural pressure, but they are peaceful enough in
peaceful societies; their activity is used in work, or sports, or community
service, or studying. But in warrior
societies it becomes “toxic masculinity.”
Status
emulation guarantees that the upper classes, elders, and superiors have more
effect on this than the rest of us do. “The
people strive to imitate all the actions and mannerisms of their prince. It is thus very true that no one harms the
state more than those who harm by example…. The bad habits of rulers are
harmful not only to themselves but to everyone.” Petrarch (as quoted by Sarah
Kyle, 2017:157.)
People
clearly have a strong innate tendency to become hateful, cruel, and violent. It is not a mere ability that society trains
into us. The generalized cognitive
abilities to make computers, drive cars, and trap fish in weirs are all innate,
in that any trained human of reasonable intelligence can do them; but humans do
not have any innate tendencies to carry those specific tasks. They do not make computers unless taught,
within a society with a long history of technological development. Evil is different. Every known cultural and social group in the
history of the world has had its cruel, brutal, murderous individuals, and the
horrible record of wars and genocides proves that almost every human will act
with unspeakable cruelty under social pressure.
As long as humans are social animals with strong fight-flight-freeze
responses, the chain from defense to hostility to evil is sure to be
reinvented, and to become popular wherever displaced aggression is socially tolerated. As long as human childrearing is imperfect,
leading to weak but resentful children and adults, evil leaders will take
advantage of that weakness and resentment. Evil
is not inevitable, and can be prevented, but it takes over when given even a
small chance, due to the human fight responses to threat and stress. Almost any person will become evil if
pressured enough, but almost any person can be kept from evil if pressured in
that direction. Culture usually provides
both good and bad models and teachings.
All societies have three
processes always operating: negative feedback loops maintaining the situation
without change; cycles; and positive feedback loops producing slow progress or
decline over long periods of time.
Progress has generally dominated throughout history, despite long
declines like that of the Roman Empire.
Human groups in ancient times were generally patriarchal lineages with
in-marrying women. These developed into
the vast fictive-ancestor lineages of nomad and mobile people from the Mongols
to the Scots. Much later, sedentary
agriculture led to more association based on place, eventually leading to the
nation-state. It also led to many
societies becoming matrilineal, with much more power to women, and often with
the men doing the marrying-in.
Over the last 50,000
years, there has been progress in science, arts, lifespan, food production, and
other areas. Complex large societies
arose; they needed markets and government as well as norms—markets and
political structures supplement norms in organizing at huge scales (here and
below, see e.g. Christian 2004; McNeill and McNeill 2003; Morris 2010; Turchin
2006, 2016).
Unfortunately, there has
also been advance in the technology and practice of war, cruelty, and
repression. War is somewhat less common
than it was in early civilizations (Pinker 2011), but bloodier and more
technologically sophisticated. Many technological
advances were developed for war, and only later applied to civilian use. More effort and money have gone into war than
into almost any other sector of social action.
Violent death rates were always high (Wrangham 2018:238), ranging from
less than 1 per thousand in peaceful modern societies to as many as 200 or more
in some highly stressed tribes. Wars and
murders seem to have become less frequent (Pinker 2011; Wrangham 2018), but
wars are far vaster in scope, and genocide has appeared as a major cause of
death. Evil leaders can appeal to group
hate in a way not easily managed (though not unknown) in ancient
societies.
Also increasing is the
extent and inequality of hierarchic social relations. For countless millennia, people lived in
small bands with little differentiation except by age and gender (Boehm 1999). With the rise of complex societies came the
rise of more and more unequal social relations, climaxing in the kings and
emperors of old and the heads of state and CEOs of today. This causes rapidly increasing competition
for scarce positions of power, and more and more defensiveness on the part of
those who gain such positions.
In agrarian societies,
resentment and antagonism is directed against bandits and barbarians, as well
as coups and religious deviants. Early
trade and commerce led to mercantilism and then freedom and democracy as the
alternative, so the hopeful revolutions.
Early but full industrialization produced socialism and communism. Later industrialization produced fascism,
because elites were entrenched and powerful and good at oppressing and at
divide-and-rule. Resource squeezes made
everyone worse off and less hopeful, thus easily turned to hate.
It thus becomes clear
that hatred is a natural human response, but is socially engaged, manipulated,
and deployed by the powerful to advance their own interests. The most obvious case is war for gain—predatory
invasion of the weak by the strong. From
the Assyrians to the European settlers of the Americas, and from the
“barbarians” sacking Rome to the wars over oil in Africa in the 1980s and
1990s, loot has been the driver of war.
However, it is not the only one.
Family politics, religious hatred, and even minor slights can push a
tense situation into outright war. In
the modern world, where genocide and civil war are commoner than international
war, it is most often the giant primary-production interests that mobilize hate
and decide who shall be the victims.
They usually go after local weaker minorities, but anyone can be fair
game. On the other hand, class hate,
dimly related to Marxism, may be the driver, as in Venezuela today. The
point is that hate does not exist in a vacuum.
It is deliberately manipulated and targeted by the powerful.
Warfare in premodern
times took place between rival claimants to the throne (often different
branches of the royal lineage), between rival states and empires, between rival
ethnic groups, and between religious factions.
In Europe, for instance, we see a progression from warring tribes to
city-states to the Roman Empire with its frontier generals and barbarians. After the fall of Rome, rival nobles
assembled loyal knights and dragooned peasants into being arrow fodder. Then the wars of religion dominated until the
Treaty of Westphalia substituted nation-states for religious factions, and war
became a battle of nations rather than of faiths. Meanwhile, racism and ethnic hatred became
dominant. The wars of empires and
nations at least call forth courage and self-sacrifice; ethnic, religious, and
class hatred seem largely mean spite.
Playing over this goes
the more general tendency of humans to be too tightly social, leading to group
hate, or too individual, leading to selfish greed and corruption—Kant’s
principles of aggregation and differentiation applying to public morality. We can see that the racism and religious
bigotry paralyzing America today are merely the latest in an endless sequence
of powerful, evil people taking or maintaining power, control, and wealth by
marshaling their troops through antagonism and hate.
Religious
hate grew out of identification of religion with rival powers, and then crushing
the conquered people, and thus hating and repressing their religion. Conquered Persian dualists, Jews, and then
Christians were harassed in Roman Empire times.
After Constantine, Christians crushed non-Christians and
“heretics.” Racism as a visible, significant
force (beyond simple ethnic prejudice) began by the late Roman Empire, but was
not serious until the 16th Century, with the conquest of the
Americas and much of Africa. The
expansion of the slave trade drove racism to a high point in and after the 18th
century.
Haves
vs have-nots is a permanent opposition in society, as Marx pointed out, but
real classes arose only with fully developed ancient civilizations, and did not
get serious till highly developed empires appeared. In China, hate was mobilized along kinship
(especially within imperial families), political sectors, and to a lesser
extent region and ethnicity. Improvement
in rationalizing bureaucracy, terror, and surveillance help explain the
increase in longevity of Chinese dynasties, notably the success of Ming and
Qing against all odds. It is
increasingly difficult to expect revolution to succeed. Eventually, the elites will turn on each
other. If they are evil leaders, since
they are amoral and only hate and greed hold them together; they betray each
other the minute they can. This happened
repeatedly in historic times (Ibn Khaldun 1958).
Traditional
societies rarely committed genocide in the modern sense. Tyrants killed political rivals and their
families. Wars were total, with
civilians not excepted. But wiping out
whole groups of non-offensive subjects of one’s own government was not common, except in cases of religious
crusades against “heretics.” Typically,
a dynastic cycle ended when the rulers had grown so weak and corrupt that no
one could put up with them any longer, at which point a general or invader or
popular leader would mobilize popular discontent and bring down the
regime. This happened over and over in
Europe, west Asia, China, and elsewhere, and is well understood (Anderson 2019;
Ibn Khaldun 1958).
Actual
genocides were rarer, and generally confined to religion. They tended to occur when forces of modernity
directly challenged the landlords and rentiers of the old order. Not only did a
new economy threaten them; new ideologies and sciences challenged their whole
self-justifying worldview. Genocide,
based on hate and fear, is thus quite different from (even though it may grade
into) normal warfare and dynastic cycling.
Those latter phenomena are based on rivalry, especially for power, also
for land and loot. They always include
hate of the enemy, but not usually hate of one’s own weaker groups. Indeed,
they may unite the whole polity against the common foe.
Large-scale
killers were often highly selective about their massacres. The Mongols and other Central Asian
conquerors were famously indifferent to religion, and even ethnicity (at least
outside their own); they were equal-opportunity massacrists. The Americans of the 19th century
committed genocide against Native Americans and repressed African-Americans,
but were fiercely independent otherwise; the Cossacks of old Russia were similar,
hating minorities while triumphing in indepencence. Today, independence is neither so desired nor
so possible. Voters motivated by hatred
vote for strongmen, and put themselves under a yoke of tyranny, from the
Philippines and India to the United States and Brazil. This deadly mix has appeared before in times
of rapid change.
The late Roman Empire saw
violent repression, first of and then by Christians. Later, Europe, challenged
by aggressive spread of trade, commerce, and new scientific knowledge from the
Islamic world, resorted to the Crusades and persecution of heretics in the 12th
and 13th centuries. Spain’s
Reconquista descended into genocide after the final conquest of the Muslims in
1492. Then Europe’s own progress and
religious ferment challenged old regimes in the 16th and 17th
centuries, leading to vast religious wars that involved genocidal murder of
opposing religious communities (including the Irish Catholics in Ireland). In the 19th century, following the
Industrial Revolution and its political revolutions, the forces of modernity
rolled into eastern Europe, where the result was anti-Jewish pogroms and Tsar
Nicholas II’s persecution of serfs and minorities, and into China, where
rebellions ensued and the Qing Dynasty met these with reactionary measures. In the early 20th century, new
ideas, arts, and sciences challenged primary production, leading—among other
things—to fascism.
These periods elevated
tyrants such as Philip the Fair, Ferdinand and Isabela,Oliver Cromwell, and
Empress Cixi. They represented landlords
and other rentier elites against the forces of change. As in later centuries, such negative leaders
were often marginal persons: individuals coming from remote regions, and often
subjected to poverty and hardship when young.
Genghis Khan, Zhu Yuanzhang (the leader who drove the Mongols from
China), and several Roman emperors fit this pattern.
Following Adam Smith
(1910/1776) and other political economists, and oversimplifying them somewhat
for convenience, we find that improvements on this warlike pattern developed in
expanding economies, especially those dominated by the trade, commerce, and
human resources sector of the economy.
That sector must invest in people to survive; it depends on skilled
workers and innovation. Economies
dominated by rentier primary production—plantation agriculture, mining, fossil
fuels, and the like—are regressive, and often repressive. Agrarian societies from the Inca to Sumer to
China wound up the same: city, king, court, bureaucracy, vast mass of farmers
from rich to landless.
Between enlightened
traders and reactionary plantation owners are the majority of people—the
ordinary workers and businesspersons who have to make a living today. They are thus more concerned with whether the
immediate economy is going up or down than with vast forces of Progress or
Return to the Old Days. Especially if
they are in business, they default conservative, but can shift rapidly and
easily rightward or leftward.
Class is also, famously,
a relevant factor; it has diminished from great importance in the mid-20th
century in American voting to near irrelevance now, with almost equal shares of
rich, middling, and poor voting Democrat or Republican. This has tracked the rise of social issues
such as racism and medical care at the expense of concern for immediate
economic returns.
In many traditional
societies, “honor” and distinction came from killing and looting, not from
honest work or trade. Not only warlike
but even quite peaceful agrarian societies shared this attitude. Fighting was honorable, compromising and
peacemaking dishonorable.
One can predict with
considerable accuracy the amount of evil in society by assessing the amount of
rentier or primary-production-firm dominance of the political economy and the
level of warlikeness of the culture. Within
equally agrarian societies, Afghanistan, rampant with landlordism and steeped
in a heritage of violence already noted by Alexander the Great, compares with
more peaceable Bhutan. The other
dimension—from agrarian to late-industrial—is seen in the conversion of
formerly warlike societies to currently peaceful ones. The Vikings, ruled by landholding and
slaveholding earls, contrast with their peaceable descendants in modern
Scandinavia’s world of trade, commerce, and education.
The ancient Greeks saw a
cycle: democracy gave way to autocracy (monarchy or oligarchy), which gave way
to tyranny, which collapsed and left the way open for democracy. This proved less than predictive, but cycles
from relatively open to relatively totalitarian societies and back do appear in
many historical records (Ibn Khaldun 1958).
Really new good ideas
spread from rich cores of trade and communication-based systems. Military technology seems to spread fastest
of all innovations. Next come
innovations in communication; people want to be in touch. Then comes ordinary production. Last comes the spread of morality. Then in the twentieth century, primary
production, especially fossil fuel production, took over, and now rules most of
the world.
Critical
to progress were several steps, mostly taken in Europe or China. One was rapid discovery science, foreseen by
the ancient Greeks, then developing between 1100 and 1600 in Europe. Rationalized property rights and freer
markets followed, for better or worse, in the 17th century. The Enlightenment then emphasized law and
recourse, with ideals of free speech, press, religion, assembly, and
conscience. (It is not mere coincidence
that this took place at the same time as the explosion of slavery.) Equality before the law for full citizens,
and expansion of the citizen concept, came a bit later in the 18th
century. The logic led to a rapidly
growing movement to end slavery, beginning in the mid-18th century
and continuing till slavery was legally ended, though not ended de facto, in
the late 19th.
The Enlightenment
succeeded not just because of the rise of trade, commerce, and science. Another key was the development of world
trade too fast for any nation-state to control it. Opportunity exploded, and traders managed it
themselves, through international networks.
They had to deal, without government supervision, with people of very
different cultures, faiths, and technologies.
This was one breeding ground of concepts of liberty, self-governance,
tolerance, freedom of conscience, and personal responsibility. One can compare the rapid rise of
enlightenment in multinational Europe with its relative failure in East Asia
during the centuries when the Qing Dynasty imposed its crushing weight on the
East Asian world-system.
The Enlightenment did not
invent the rule of law or welfare-oriented governments; Europe and China
already had those. What the
Enlightenment brought were science and participatory democracy coupled with the
ideal of freedom of conscience.
Another milestone was free public education,
an idea from the early 19th century.
Through all of this, popular demand by people rising in society but left
out by the elites was the usual cause.
It was always a fight: entrenched interests always opposed good changes,
and religious elites were often the worst.
When self-interest combined with needs for fairness and equality,
progress occurred. The more normal human
tendency to weather down and adapt to the system was always used by the elites
to repress the masses. So were hatreds
of all kinds, as we have seen.
2 American
Ideas
The Founding Fathers worked with a strong
sense that we are all in this together and
that my rights stop where yours start, sometimes
phrased as “your right to swing your arm ends at my nose.” Finally, they were aware that a society and
its laws and economy exist within a moral shell, and that shell must be
embodied in the laws and indeed in the whole system. (They got this thoughtful perception from
Adam Smith’s writings on morals.) These
basic principles lie behind the Constitution.
This led to emphasizing freedom of
conscience, thus of speech, religion, ideology, assembly, and voting. It meant free enterprise, within reason. It also meant freedom from torture,
warrantless search, and other abuses of government power. It meant equality in justice, opportunity,
and law, with protection in oppression.
It meant rule of law, not of men.
It meant presumption of innocence, protection of all, and mutual
defense.
These were seen as necessary because evil so
often wins unless actively stopped. A
polity must have balances of power, equality before the law, universal voting
rights, full recourse (rights to sue, etc.) in the event of direct harm, and
the other rights the Founding Fathers thought—wrongly—that they had guaranteed
in the Constitution. It is amazing how
easily Republicans now get around those rights.
The United States failed at the beginning,
in allowing slavery and in refusing citizenship to Native Americans while
taking their land. It failed again in
the Reconstruction by not enforcing full civil rights, and by letting the
carpet-baggers cream off wealth from the south.
These ills were eventually corrected, but not the lingering racism and
power abuses that resulted. These
failures have led cynics to dismiss the entire American program, equality,
freedom, and all. This is not a helpful approach.
The Depression was much better
managed. Fairness and, eventually, civil
rights followed from bringing some degree of justice to the economy.
While the world was wide-open, when
exploration and colonization were running wild, and then as long as technology
was increasing wealth faster than population, freedom and Enlightenment values
flourished. Today, with closing
frontiers, people are rushing to make all they can. Failing that, they support and follow the
powerful, in hopes of at least holding onto something. The poor have given up hope of getting rich;
they can only hope to cut other, weaker groups down and take what little those
groups have. This is a negative-sum
game. Some cultures are much more prone
to see the world as a zero-sum or negative-sum game than are others (Róźycka-Tran
et al. 2015; Stavrova and Ehlebracht 2016).
The United States was formerly rather moderate in this regard, but
negative-sum thinking has increased. Reform in US history has been strongly
cyclic.
The course is highly consistent. A few idealists will see a problem and a
solution. If they are right, and if the
problem gets worse, more and more people will be attracted to the cause, until
a majority is on board and can prevail.
This happened with the Enlightenment values that drove the Revolution
and the US Constitution. The next major
crisis was slavery: anti-slavery was early dismissed as crackpot, but with the
progressive damage to the whole US economy by plantation agriculture with
enslaved workers, anti-slavery prevailed (through war). Next came the mounting criticism of
deforestation and wildlife loss in the late 19th century, climaxing
in Theodore Roosevelt’s environmental reforms.
The next crisis was the Depression, which led to massive economic
reforms. Then came environmental and
food production crises in the 1960s, dealt with (inadequately) by laws in the
late 1960s and early 1970s. Visionaries
are always proposing new reforms, but these are picked up by the majority only
if they are immediately practical ways of addressing real and worsening
problems. On the other hand, the
opportunity allows the visionaries to pass many measures that the majority
would probably not support otherwise.
The Bill of Rights, for instance, was added to the Constitution by
Enlightenment visionaries; the Bill probably went beyond what the majority
wanted at the time.
All the crises after independence were
caused by the reactionary behavior of the plantation and big-resource-firm
sector. Slavery at its worst led to the
Civil War; suicidal levels of environmental destruction led to massive reform
campaigns in 1890-1910 and 1955-1975; cutthroat speculative and rentier
capitalism led to the Depression and resulting New Deal.
3
Progressive Erosion of Old Society
The
steady rise of giant firms has been noted, and protested, since the 1870s, but
it continues. It has had a steadily more
distorting effect on the economy and on politics (this and what follows is
largely common knowledge, but otherwise follows Anderson 2010; Anderson and
Anderson 2012, 2017; Putnam 2000; Turchin 2016; Snyder 2018).
As
folk society and traditional elite society collapsed with the decline of local
communities and the rise of mass society (Putnam 2000), people became more and
more dependent on giant corporations to integrate their worlds. Politics became less and less public and more
corporate. A worldwide shift from
lateral and community-wide association to top-down hierarchies, separate or competing,
appeared.
The
broad contours of politics in the early 20th century made sense: the
Republicans were the party of business, ranging from family farms to local
businesses and up to large firms; the Democrats were the party of labor. This led to reasonable dialogue (though also
plenty of bullying and cruelty by bosses).
The change beginning in the 1920s, but not serious till the 1970s, was
toward a Republican party uniting racism and giant reactionary firms, and
eventually a Democratic party also becoming absorbed with identity politics more
than with economic issues. This has led
to nothing but hatred, largely Republican racism and religious bigotry, but
also some real reverse racism on the left.
Serious discussion of economic issues is increasingly contaminated or
lost in a welter of mutual accusations.
One
of the first effects of the shift from a farm-and-small-business America to an
urban one dominated by giant firms was the disappearance of folk society. The old-time world of folk, elite, and town
forced people to work hard, cooperate, and toughen up. Now, life is easy but frustrating, especially
for those who aren’t succeeding. Bereft
of the support of old-time communities and the opportunity to work with
different types of people, humans become alienated, weak, and hence
cowardly. This leads to fascism.
In
traditional agrarian society, life was short and usually ended violently. People tended to escape into religion. They also had songs and folk literature to
teach them that individuals mattered—that life and death need not be in vain. Now, few are in that position, so political
action is commoner. In small-scale
societies, religion was about spirit power, since controlling the
uncontrollable was desirable and any control of anything helped. Now, fear and overoptimism are the
problems. So, pragmatic proactive help
become the main alternative to giving up.
The
decline of that world also led to the decline of folk and traditional culture
after 1950, and then to the dominance of popular culture and passive
consumption. Arts deteriorated. Great literature made people confront
tragedy, intense emotion, and social and personal complexity; it became less
and less appreciated. The burgeoning
interest in nonwestern cultures that taught people tolerance and mutual
appreciation in the 1960s and 1970s waned, leading to increasingly dispiriting
identity politics after 2000.
Perhaps
most interesting has been the disappearance of the self-improvement
agenda. The humanistic psychology and
personal development movements of the 1960s-1970s collapsed and left little
trace, outside of improvement in counseling practices. They succumbed to a backlash by people who
relied on thinking they were tough, and often on outright bullying, to maintain
their self-image. Weak and defensive
individuals were threatened by the whole notion of self-improvement. They attacked it with a vengeance.
The
arts succumbed to dominance by giant “entertainment” corporations. They became dominated by faddism, conformity
with the widest number, enjoyment as simply watching TV and playing video games. The Depression and WWII led to a lullaby
culture, the soothing and mindless pop culture of the early 1950s. That gave way to a range of developments,
from rich and complex to trivial, but ultimately mass culture settled on
“action” movies, video games, and other superficiality. Much of ordinary life settled on the least
emotionally and cognitively involving forms: mindless music, wallpaper art,
fast food.
Political
organization peaked in the 1930s and again in the 1960s with the civil rights
and antiwar movements; solidarity, voter drives, demonstrations, teach-ins, and
other forms of resistance thinned out.
Utopian experiments such as communes had a silly side, but they at least
expressed hope; they are few and far between now. Only the Great Depression and
WWII solidified people around progress toward the good. The 60s got most people motivated, but not
enough.
This
preceded political decline. Traditional
culture had kept Enlightenment values, including the Founding Fathers’ values,
alive. As traditional cultures and
educational forms disappeared, and Hollywood filled the gap, American politics
shifted rapidly from democratic to fascist.
What
happened in politics was similar to what happened to food. Decline of food traditions and rise of
agribusiness corporations led to the rise of sugar, salt, and soybeans, with
resulting heart trouble and diabetes. The
same rise of giant corporations led to the discovery, first in the plantation
sector and then in the fossil fuel world, that political power came from a mix
of lobbying and whipping up hatred to get right-wing votes. This led to a rise of racism, religious
bigotry, intolerance, and incivility—not just in the United States, but
worldwide. Face-to-face community has
been largely replaced by virtual communities.
Among the casualties are newspapers, local helpfulness, and Robert
Putnam’s bowling leagues—Putnam’s book Bowling Alone (2000) used their
decline as a marker of the widespread decline of civic and civil culture in
America. With folk and community
cultures dead and ideas of artistic quality gone, people collapse into a
mass—Tocquevillian “subjects” as opposed to “citizens,” as Putnam puts it.
The
result is a pattern in which environmentalism, concern for fine arts, liberal
politics, and community all decline.
Real wages and returns to labor decline.
Deaths of despair—suicide, drug overdoses, and the like—increase. Conversely, even in recent years, science
progresses; medical treatment improves, but not access to it; comforts of
ordinary life continue to increase.
Sexual
mores and other Old Testament values relaxed as old-time farming and rural folk
society disappeared. This has certainly
had its good sides, but also has led to a constant renegotiation of norms, not
an easy task.
In
short, the traditional world of rural and small-town America, of Christian
churches and local folksingers, of factories and workshops, is gone or
fading. Its economic underpinnings are
dissolving, as hi-tech and smart machines replace workers and farming becomes
concentrated in a few corporate hands.
It had its wonderful side, but also a very dark side. The worst features of it—racism, religious
bigotry, class oppression, and gender biases—are still very much with us. Increasingly, older and less educated whites
take refuge in those pathologies of the older world. So do ordinary suburban older whites, who see
their privileges challenged by upwardly mobile minorities.
All
this would be manageable if the hatred were not used by the giant but
downward-bound productive interests, especially the fossil fuel
corporations. They have funded much of
the hatred and anti-science activity of the last few decades.
The
Republican party has been captured completely by these corporations, and has
become a vehicle for subsidizing big oil, big coal, big agribusiness, the
military procurement and arms industry, and their allies. It has thus become a party of white supremacy
and military right-wing Christian religious agitation. The Democrats have moved from the party of
the working class into a position as the party of relatively upwardly-mobile
groups: minorities, women, urban young people, the education and health establishments,
and to some extent the hi-tech world.
This
new party alignment gives the Republicans a perfect platform to mobilize the
weak defensiveness considered above.
Everyone, progressive or regressive, has some weak defensiveness within,
if only because we all start as babies and never quite get over it. We never take full control of our lives and
eliminate all babyish crumbling in the face of out-of-control reality. The Republicans, however, are placed to take
advantage of it, via scapegoating and repression. The Democrats only lose by it. Weak defensiveness takes the form of lashing
out at “whites” and “males,” censoring right-wing speech, and otherwise playing
into Republican hands. Democrats will
have to be the party of self-control or they will lose all.
4 Decline
from 2000, collapse from 2016
The
real key to what happened next was the rise of corporations that live by
out-of-date production processes and by deliberately harming humans and the
environiment: big oil, big coal, toxic
chemicals, munitions and “defense,” and the shady sectors of finance and
gambling. These are the home industries
of the funders and leaders of the political right. The core has been the linkage of big oil and
the munitions-arms-military procurement industries. They support each other. They naturally attract those rich from
gambling, shady finance, private prisons, the mafia, and similar interests. They naturally defend themselves. They have defined themselves into a state of
war with the American people. They
flourish only by polluting, selling guns, resisting clean power, digging up
mountains, and generally damaging the public interest.
Leaders in the United
States include the great oil barons such as the Kochs, who funded global
warming denial as well as the Tea Party, ALEC, and other Republican agendas
(see e.g. Abrams 2015; Auzanneau 2018; Cahill 2017; Folley 2019; Hope 2019; Klein
2007, 2014; Mayer 2016; Nesbit 2016; many of these sources detail the enormous
sums paid to congresspersons for special favors). Even more extreme are the Mercers, who fund
the major white supremacist and far-right hatred organizations and media (Gertz
2017; Silverstein 2017; Timmons 2018), and the Princes, including Trump’s
Secretary of Education Betsy DeVos. These
and their allies are the people who have most to gain from a government that
lives by war and repression. They are
also the most heavily dependent industries on federal subsidies, contracts,
sweetheart deals, loopholes, giveaways, and failure to enforce laws. They are also the most in danger from a
government that cares about people.
Big oil, in particular, would
be uneconomic without government support, because the costs of cleaning up
pollution and dealing with damages would be insupportable (see Oil Change
International 2017). The CEOs would be
in danger of prison time for their shady lobbying and deliberate release of
pollution. These industries that invest
heavily in lobbying and campaigns. Their
fears and defensiveness are thoroughly understandable. Fossil fuels receive over $649 billion in
federal subsidies every year (Ellsmoor 2019; figures from International
Monetary Fund), and plow a good deal of that back into the system via political
donations, effectively bribing legislators to provide even more subsidies. A vicious spiral is created. They create another vicious spiral by
investing much of the money in anti-science propaganda, from racism to global
warming denial, and in whipping up hatreds.
They have been able to divide the voters and eliminate the chance of
unity against the common threat that fossil fuels present. Big Oil, and especially the Koch brothers,
have spread their tentacles throughout the world. Najib Ahmed, writing in Le Monde
diplomatique, shows how “US climate deniers are working with far-right racists
to hijack Brexit for Big Oil,” which “exemplifies how this European nexus of
climate science denialism and white supremacism is being weaponized by US
fossil fuel giants with leverage over Trump’s government” (Ahmed 2019).
With
this went an explosive increase in rent-seeking, quick money games, and
financial shenanigans, leading to monumental inefficiency in the economy
(Mazzucato 2018). Corruption in
government has greatly added to this.
The situation in which everyone is out for what they can get, at the
expense of the system, is characteristic of the end phases of political cycles.
Another
casualty has been traditional conservatism.
The old union of small-government advocates, hierarchic law-and-order
defenders, patriots, and security advocates has disappeared. Most of them at least had some sense of honor
and honesty. They were also
pro-environment, an attitude totally reversed now (as extensively documented by
Turner and Isenberg 2018). The current “conservatives” favor big government
interfering continually in people’s private lives (in sex, drugs, religion,
media, and more), are indifferent to hierarchies (though loving strong-men),
and make covert deals with Russia, Saudi Arabia, Israel, and other countries
against America’s obvious interests.
Their main concerns are using racism and religious bigotry to whip up
support for the giant primary-production firms.
As to honor and honesty, one may allow the record to speak.
The
decline of cultures and their ideals came before the political decline, and
before any economic effects. Economic
growth continues. It seems that the last
thing to be affected by a change in economic organization is the economy
itself.
All
the worst things that progressives and liberals feared over the last 50 years came
together in a perfect storm in the Trump administration: attacks on democracy,
freedom, equality before the law, the environment, science, minorities, the
press, the poor, the workers. One main
driver has been the rise of inequality—especially the rise in power and wealth
of the rich. The rich are literally
above the law; it is almost impossible to convict them of anything, given their
ability to pay lawyers and bribe politicians.
Nazism and fascism have been revived, with even more focus on Big Lies
than in Hitler’s Germany, and with even more fawning surrender of America to
the most reactionary of the giant corporations. There is no question that Trump is directly
copying Hitler; Burt Neuborne has listed eleven pages of close, highly specific
similarities (Neuborne 2019:22-33).
Trump kept Hitler’s speeches by his bed for years (Neuborne 2019:20),
and sometimes uses Hitler’s literal words. The Big Lie and other fascist
methods of rule and control are manifestations of weak fear and take advantage
of it. Since 2016 they have become the
government. Nor is the United States unique; this is a worldwide movement (Luce
2017; Snyder 2018).
The
worst of that process is that it allows truly evil people, who are often
motivated by extreme greed and hate, to get ahead. Contrary to tropes of “the 1%,” most rich
people are reasonable enough. The
problem is that the few evil, sometimes downright psychopathic, rich—the Kochs,
Mercers, Princes, Trumps, and their ilk—are highly motivated to seek power. Since they are ruthless and not restrained by
morals, they outcompete others easily, and then become more and more lawless
and thus more competitively successful. When they get power, they use it
vindictively. They do not merely
increase their wealth; they attack the rest of us. True Trump supporters channel all their fear,
frustration, resentment, anger, and spite against the less fortunate. The segment of the left that is racist and
sexist (hating whites and males) differ only in that they are secure and
privileged enough to hate up, not down. Democrats should realize that the right
wing now represents only the reactionary fraction of the super-rich. They do not want economic growth; it would
lessen their control by making their industries more and more obsolete. They want a decline from which they can
benefit.
Evil
ideology in the United States perfectly tracks economic evils. The slave-based plantation world began
it. Continued decline of the rural south
has made it more toxic. It has spread
first into other declining rural areas, then into declining manufacturing ones. The “Southern Strategy” of Lee Atwater and
Karl Rove was perfectly timed to take advantage of this. The situation appears to be comparable in
other countries. The ties to
giant-corporate primary production are clear.
Extreme hierarchy of power and wealth, and economic and social
stagnation, are endemic to such systems.
Much of this is direct,
face-to-face politics. Investigative
journalism (e.g. Mayer 2016; Rich 2018) reveals that Trump was tied directly to
McCarthy’s right-hand man, Roy Cohn; that the Koch brothers started the Tea
Party and other right-wing organizations; that all these are directly connected
by personal ties, and are also tied to powerful Democrats. The extent of actual friendship and
mentorship on the far right is far too little studied and appreciated. This is not “conspiracy”; it’s long-standing
networks of friendship, political aid, mentorship, and power-sharing, going
directly back to the pro-Hitler activists of the 1930s via such ties as the
Koch and Coors family interests.
The political conversion
of the border south, Idaho, Montana, and the Dakotas from “blue” to “red”
between 1970 and 2016 came with the decline of labor unions and small farms and
the rise of giant primary-production firms in those states. It was directly precipitated by a steady
stream of right-wing propaganda telling people that their problems were not due
to economic unfairness or mismanagement but to minorities. This led to a massive flip, especially in
2016, from voting self-interest to voting hate.
Many seem to have become convinced that the minorities rather than the
system (or the rich) were the source of their problems; others thought there
was no hope except to keep the minorities down; but surveys and comparisons
reveal and many or most simply voted because hysterical hatred had been whipped
up against particular groups and persons.
People who had been feeding the good wolf were feeding the bad one.
One must go back to
Hitler and Stalin to find anything comparable in terms of the sheer number of
groups attacked by the Republicans in the 2016 and 2018 campaigns. It results in cruelty—deliberately going
after not only the poor and weak, but everything that helps people: education,
medical care, sustainable resource use, etc.
These new leaders support and are supported by the war and gun industry
and the fossil fuels producers, the mega-polluters, and almost no one
else.
Trump voting has been
analyzed by Bob Azarian in Psychology
Today (2019). He sees, among other
things, immediate concerns over morality; sheer fear, conservatives being
relatively fearful; overestimating of expertise by voters; authoritarian
personality; Trump’s ability to engage people as celebrities do; and, of
course, racism and bigotry. One can add
a real fear of immigrants and Muslims, due to exaggeration and lies by
Republicans, and a real fear of change and process, especially among less
educated white males, who see themselves threatened by the rise of other
groups. Immigrants, who tend to be
highly motivated and enterprising, do present a threat to such persons. So do upwardly-mobile women and minorities
freed from open discrimination in hiring.
So does the steady decline in community and folk society in the rural
United States. The Trump voters have
their reasons to want to stop and reverse progress. Diana Mutz (2018) reports similar findings;
perceived threat to economic and social position dominated Trump voting.
Current
problems in the United States include a full-scale frontal attack on democracy:
on free press, voting rights, civil rights, civility, and equal protection
under the law. Brian Klaas, in his book The Despot’s Apprentice (2017), provides
a thorough account of these attacks, with many important and thought-provoking
comparisons to tyrannies and despotisms around the world. This attack is supported by the Big Lie
technique, by exploiting religious and racial bigotry, by attacks on the poor,
and by anti-scientific lies and misrepresentations. Huge subsidies and special favors for giant
corporations are now the rule, in a climate of corruption. Clearly, American democracy and freedom are
doomed unless Americans unite to save their best traditions (see Klaas 2017).
The
United States saw regime change in 2016-17, with the collapse of the
240-year-old Enlightenment traditions and the commencement of a regime
dedicated to eliminating those.
Corruption in the modern United States guarantees collapse. Most of it is legal. Firms donate as they wish to politicians who
vote on the issues that are critical to those firms. Legislators vote on subsidies for firms that
fund their campaigns. The interests that
depend heavily on subsidies and that also harm the general good through
pollution or dangerous speculation become the biggest donors.
In
general, the more socially tightly bound and the more hierarchic a society is,
the more people unite in hating and lowest-common-denominator social
presentation. Progress and individual
tastes divide. The far right has learned
to unite followers not only by arousing bigotry, but also by providing
lowest-common-denominator entertainment (video games, trash music, and the
like) that debase individuals and make them conform at a bottom level. George Orwell foresaw this in 1984 and commented extensively on it in
his essays.
The war on science and
public truth gets more serious as the Trump administration gains more and more
control of departments and agencies, and censors speech, cuts funding for
science, and denies scientific facts (Friedman 2017; Sun and Eilperin 2017; Tom
2018). Many Republicans have come to
hate and fear education, especially higher education; a poll show that most
oppose and distrust it (Savransky 2017).
The few giant firms that
support right-wing politics to the tune of hundreds of millions of dollars a
year now control the United States, through the Republican Party. The 2017 tax cuts, opposed by 75% of voters
and appealing only to the rich, show this dominance clearly.
Suicide,
opiate abuse, and Trump voting are all strongly correlated; they are at high
levels in the same places, including rural counties in Appalachia and the
northern Midwest (Snyder 2018). They
indicate a level of despair in these downwardly-mobile areas. Since these areas are overwhelmingly white,
much of the despair translates to anger against minorities who are supposedly
taking the livelihood or at least the social status of the white workers. Diana
Mutz (2018) found that voting for Trump tracked perceived threats to group
status, not economic woes. The
suicidal tip of the iceberg reveals the degree to which rational self-interest,
as normally understood, fails to explain right-wing attitudes, in
the United States and elsewhere. Mass
shootings, suicide bombings, genocides, and voting for amoral strongmen are
manifestations of a self-destructive level of hate and fear.
In
short, the United States faces a unique crisis, involving a shift far to the
right of anything seen before except in the Confederacy before 1861. Racist and religious prejudice financed by
giant firms are taking over politics (Beauchamp 2018; Lopez 2017; MacLean 2017;
Metzl 2019). From the farthest right,
there are calls for civil war and mass killings (Nova 2017). Justice is corrupted at the highest levels
(Eisinger 2017; Neuborne 2019).
Democracy is suffering from increasing distortion (Browning 2018). The human costs are far worse than most
people realize. For example, American
children are 76% more likely to die before reaching 21 than children in other
developed countries; high infant mortality and enormous levels of gunshot
deaths are the main causes (Kliff 2018).
Even Francis Fukuyama, famed for his overoptimistic views of the future,
has recognized the darkness (Fukuyama 2016).
Politics becomes more emotional, more
passionate, and less civil, as shown by Lilliana Mason in her book Uncivil Agreement (2018). An increasing number of young, uneducated
white men have flocked to Trump’s standard.
They are frightened by the rise of minorities and immigrants, and of
more educated workers, all of whom compete directly for economic position. In a world where memories of the 2008
recession are still fresh and where wages are stagnant, these fears are
expectable.
An
economic downturn or fear of losing the 2020 elections could precipitate
dictatorship and its inevitable result (Neuborne 2019:227-228). It is possible that the Republican
administration will crack down around 2020, declare a state of emergency,
suspend the Constitution, and begin full-scale genocide (on this possibility
see Goitein 2019). The Republicans, like
Hitler (and apparently copying him), have engaged in widespread hatred. Trump, in campaigning and in tweets, has
attacked Muslims, Mexicans, Jews, African-Americans, Native Americans,
liberals, poor people, feminists, and others beyond counting. Followers have added their voices, sometimes
advocating extermination of gays (as preacher Kevin Swanson and several other
right-wing “Christians” have done).
The centrists, liberals,
and moderate-conservatives of the United States have very little time to unite
and stop this. Without unity, it is
unstoppable. The stalwart unity of the reactionaries
and disunion and mutual criticism on the left are expectable and typical of
periods of declining empire. The people
who were dominant want it all back, and what should be the rising and
progressive fraction are despondent and easily set against each other.
The
center and left in the United States have recently fallen back on being “the
opposition”—opposing rather than proposing.
We need to borrow a leaf from parliamentary systems of government. These usually have a
government-in-opposition: a shadow cabinet made up of opposition figures who
discuss policy and plan what to do if they cycle back into power. The United States now needs a Democrat group
who can develop policy and unite the party around it, via opposition figures
serving as virtual cabinet ministers, heads of agencies, and the rest of the
government machinery. History teaches
that people must go against something to unite successfully. We can only do that in the name of a higher,
nobler, more inclusive goal. Even Hitler
knew enough to do it. We certainly
should.
We
have seen how certain “progressives” of the 2010s failed disastrously by
opposing their antagonism toward men and whites to right-wing antagonism toward
women and minorities. One does not fight
fire with fire in a gasoline storage depot.
5. A Dark
Future
We
have a new mode of production, that unites China, North Korea, and Venezuela
with the United States despite alleged differences between “communism” and
“capitalism.” The new mode is one in which giant
primary-production corporations, especially oil, coal, and agribusiness,
control the economy. They are tied
closely to government by subsidies and special favors and rules as well as by
bribery and corruption. In other countries,
they are actually a part of government.
Big oil and big coal—the reactionary energy-suppliers that should now be
displaced by solar and wind power—have an especially distorting effect, because
they are in such desperate need of maintaining political reaction and fighting
environmental protection. Their role is
like that of slavery and the slave trade in past times, not only the Atlantic
trade of the 18th and 19th centuries but also the
Byzantine and Genoese slave trade from the Black Sea region in the Middle
Ages. All these had enormous distorting
effects on politics and culture, driving reactionary and anti-Enlightenment
views and policies. The thousand-year
cultural stagnation of the Byzantine Empire seems due to this. Relying on reactionary and harmful methods of
getting basic energy is culturally fatal.
Capitalism
in the narrow sense—control of society by capitalists—is dead. If “neoliberalism” ever existed, it does so
no more. (The term has been used so
loosely that it has no established meaning; it once meant the extreme
free-market view.) Giant firms working
through tyrannical governments are the future, or at least the foreseeable
future. Since the rapid growth of these
extractive industries cannot go on much longer, a hard limit will be set within
100 years (and probably within 50), leading probably to mass starvation,
hopefully to some search for solutions.
Even
the dinosaur firms are somewhat horrified at what is happening in the US,
Turkey (Altınay 2019), Hungary, and elsewhere, but they cannot escape it now. They depend on racists, religious fanatics,
and other extremists. The right wing worldwide has abandoned
traditional conservatism in favor of an agenda that is anti-intellectual,
anti-education, anti-science, anti-environment, anti-health-care, anti-poor,
anti-young, anti-old, anti-minority, religiously bigoted in favor of extremist
right-wing beliefs, anti-women, militarist, gun crazy, violent, pro-corporation
and anti-taxpayer, corrupt, pro-unequal treatment and inequality, opposed to
all human and civil rights, pro-dictatorship, anti-freedom of conscience,
strongly hierarchic. In their world, the
powerful can do what they please and are above the law, the weak do what they are
told.
Primary
production by itself is not the predictor of evil. Evil does come from the primary-production end
of the economy, but only from the fraction of it that is controlled by powerful
landlord or corporate interests. The
evil done in the world for the last 200 years has been largely at the bidding
of plantations, fossil fuel companies, agribusiness, and related
interests. The driver is the
slave-worked plantation and its modern descendants: an economy based on a tiny, rich, powerful
elite ruling a vast servile labor force of which most are expendable and can
thus be killed in unlimited numbers to maintain discipline or simply for
convenience. Very different were the old
monarchies, even tyrannies, which could not kill at will—they usually could not
spare so much labor.
In
the future, worldwide, concentration of power and wealth will go on, while
resources diminish and global warming runs on apace—unless the human race sees
fit to stop fighting and hating and start working for the common good. The economy remains one of throughput, as
opposed to efficiency and recycling.
The
Republicans, and equivalent parties in other countries from Russia to Turkey to
Brazil, are now trapped. They depend
financially on a handful of giant corporations that are increasingly acting against
the interests of the majority, and are increasingly dependent on bribing
politicians for support—including exemption from laws, especially laws
protecting people against physical damage.
China’s tobacco industry operates with the full support of the government,
though tobacco kills 1.2 million Chinese a year, because the government depends
on tobacco taxes and many individual politicians depend on bribes (Kohrman et
al. 2018). The oil interests occupy a
similar position in the United States.
The
future after 2030-2050 is clear enough: the world will move toward emulation of
existing top-down primary-production systems.
These are recapitulating the society of the old agrarian empires. Some 20% of the population will be starving, 65%
barely surviving, 10% secure but not well off, 4% well off, 1% ruling and super
rich. There will be a steady downward
sift as population falls, first from starvation, then from disease as health
care gets cut back.
The
world has made a collective decision to have one final orgy of consumption,
rather than converting to sustainability and assuring a future for our children
and grandchildren. This appears in the
rise of fanatically anti-environmental regimes in the United States, Brazil
under Jair Bolsonaro, and elsewhere. The
rise of strongmen—individuals who specifically and explicitly violate laws and
morals to show they are above such things—has given us fascist leaders feeding
on hate not only in those cases but also (currently) in Hungary, India, Israel,
Kazakhstan, Philippines, Poland , Russia, Turkmenistan, Uganda, and elsewhere. Such strongmen above the law are recorded in
the most ancient texts; Nebuchanezzar was an early one, followed by a whole
list of Roman emperors, then such conquerors as Tamerlane and Henry VIII. The Greek and Roman historians already had
the type thoroughly described. They
always have the support of publics who feel threatened by change and progress,
especially the poorer members of majorities, but also the primary-production
and rentier interests. Today, big oil
and urban mobs take the place of a team formerly made up of rentier landlords
and rural laborers.
Today’s
strongmen share a whole range of characteristics. First and foremost, they sanction their rule
by appeals to extremist religion or its ideological equivalent (especially
communism). This religion is virtually
identical whether called “Christian,” “Muslim,” “Jewish,” “Buddhist,” or
“socialist.” It sanctions total power in
the hands of the ruler; repression of women, often to the point of rendering
them passive vessels of men; violence in defense of the faith; denial of equal
rights to those not in the specific cult in question; and extreme opposition to
the messages of peace, love, harmony, forgiveness, and charity that are the
hallmarks of the actual faiths claimed.
Second, they lead attacks on weaker minorities, whether political,
ethnic, religious, or lifestyle.
Juntas with similar
amoral characteristics, but lacking the strongman image, control another few
dozen countries. Democracy is on the
wane worldwide. Strongmen sometimes
limit themselves to military dictatorship (as currently in Egypt) but more
often invoke full-scale fascist regimes, with ethnic hatred, fusion of
government and giant corporations, militarism, glorification of force, and
other fascist principles. They are
skilled at mobilizing otherwise peaceful, passive majorities against
minorities.
In
all cases, the fundamental ideology is one of rigid hierarchy, with respect or
adulation due to superiors and stronger individuals, contempt and oppression
due to those below. Callousness or
contempt of the poor and of less powerful miorities shades over into outright
sadistic treatment, of which the ultimate form is full genocide. This ideology follows from the “conservative”
reading of Nietzsche (which I accept as the correct one). Nietzsche did not
inspire it—he properly credited it to the more authoritarian side of ancient
Greek thought—but he expressed it, and his expression inspired the Nazis, the Randians,
and others who went well beyond his glorification of power into outright
glorification of mass deaths.
This form of thought
animates many a weak bully, who invariably calls out his opponents as “weak” or
“snowflakes.” It goes with dismissal of
all well-meaning public projects as “fantasy,” but glorification of the
military and of warlike adventuring. It
also, as pointed out repeatedly by George Orwell, goes with ferociously
anti-intellectual, anti-nature, and anti-art attitudes. Orwell’s portrayal of destruction of high
culture and promotion of pop trash in 1984 and Animal Farm is
expanded in most of his essays. It
turned out to be eerily predictive of the Republican preference for a
reality-TV star and public buffoon over a whole slate of veteran politicians.
The difference from the
old days is that with better means of surveillance and massacre, monitoring and
genocidal elimination of dissidents will replace the wars and campaigns of
old. North Korea, China, Iran, Turkmenistan,
Uzbekistan, and several Middle Eastern countries already display this
regime. Turkey, Thailand, India, the
United States, Israel, Venezuela, Russia, Hungary, Poland, Brazil, and several
other countries are moving rapidly toward it.
Many of these are oil countries; most have powerful primary-production
interests dominating their politics.
Interesting exceptions include Hungary and Israel, which have
diversified and progressive economies but have gone fascist. More interesting are the countries with powerful
primary-production interests that are not going fascist. Norway and Canada depend heavily on oil, but
are developed countries, so are more diversified. Bolivia, Zambia, and a few other countries
are anomalously liberal for countries dominated by extraction.
The
“base” for the leaders of these countries seems largely the same, especially in
the cases of the United States, Brazil, Turkey, Hungary, and Russia, and it is
similar to Hitler’s base in Germany.
Older people of the dominant ethnic and religious group, especially if
involved in traditional occupations like farming and small business, make up
most of it, so that rural areas are solidly right-wing even if cities are
solidly liberal. The big businessmen in
dinosaur firms and the rootless young men (and some women) of the dominant
groups are heavily involved. Puritanical
religion, as opposed to liberal or social-oriented religion, is heavily
involved. Less educated or more
traditionally trained individuals from the dominant ethnic and religious groups
are overrepresented. The young, the
minorities, and the occupants of socially oriented or new-type occupational
roles are less involved.
The
common thread seems to be that wealth is rapidly increasing but is being
captured by the top 1%, while the masses stagnate economically. The most frustrated and resentful are the
less progressive fractions of the majority ethnic groups, and they are the
drivers of the fascist trend, as they often were in the earlier fascist wave of
the 1930s (a point made by Edsall 2018).
Really rough times have sometimes led to fascistic or psychopathic
leaders taking over, but real hardship often tends to make people unite behind
a capable leader rather than a merely evil one.
The breakdown of the United States in 1860 gave us Lincoln; growth
appropriated by the rich while working-class whites lost out gave us Trump.
Democracy,
in the end, may prove unstable—a brief interlude between the monarchies of the
past and the fascist tyrannies rising in the present. Resource crunches may simply make it
impossible for the good to prevail.
However, this is not necessary at present. We can stop the downward slide.
There
is one striking conclusion that emerges from all: Evil is
almost always due to power challenged. Rulers
consolidating dictatorship, totalitarian rulers under threat, schoolyard
bullies dominating weak but smart kids, insecure and inadequate husbands
beating wives, politicians facing trial, oil company bosses facing better
energy generation and consequent loss of power and position, druglords facing
upstart thugs all have this in common, and above all majorities facing imagined
challenge by immigrants and minorities.
The only hope lies in eliminating total
power and restraining by law and superior force those who abuse power. This will not be adequate, but it is the
basic first step.
6. A Final
Note
Many
people of the younger generation now appear to be giving up, saying “The United
States has always been like this.” They
can point to a bloody history of slavery, genocide of Native Americans,
internment of Japanese and (some) Germans, Jim Crow laws, denial of the vote to
women, the Texas Rangers and their institutionalized harassment of Mexicans and
Mexican-Americans, anti-gay violence, and much more.
However,
those ills have always been challenged and all were eventually stopped, or at
least made illegal. Slavery and racism
go on, but underground. The campaigns to
stop them were widely supported, and involved much heroism and sacrifice. Slavery was stopped by a bloody war. The women’s suffrage movement, the labor
movement, the civil rights movement, the environmental movement, and other
movements involved a great deal of bloodletting. They prevailed in the end.
Most communities and states have
systems of checks and balances. It is
when these break down, or are deliberately dismantled, that the psychopaths and
hatemongers take over, and genocide can begin.
We have observed above that the two commonest reasons for murder,
whether genocide or individual, are desire for power and desire for acceptance
and approval. Frustration of these leads
to escalating conflict, especially when someone with an unusually high lack of
perceived control or of perceived approval feels frustrated in those needs. The more the perceived weakness and failure,
and the more the frustration, the more the overreaction to a slight, and the
more the resulting conflict spins out of control.
Throughout history, people have had
to cope with human evil. Religion has
been by far the main and most important way, over and above ordinary community
solidarity. Religion has produced
countless saints, sages, holy men, holy women, teachers, and meditators, many
of whom were genuinely virtuous people—though many were not, at least by most modern
standards. Religion has been the carrier
vehicle for most of the moral messages in human history.
However, religion has, notoriously,
been the excuse for many of the most horrific mass murders. No religion has a notably better track record
than any other. Christianity became the
excuse for the Crusades. Islam moved all
too quickly from a call for unity and peace to a call for jihad. Monotheistic religions appear to have a worse
record than others, but the others are far from perfect. Classical Greek stoicism and related
philosophies of ataraxia (suppressing desire) became excuses for expanding the
Greek and Roman empires. Even Buddhism,
which explicitly bans violence and teaches compassion to all beings, became the
religion of the samurai, and has been the excuse for countless killings over
time, including two of the worst genocides in modern history: the
long-continuing campaigns to exterminate the Tamils in Sri Lanka and the
Rohingya Muslims in Burma. There are
many other cases in history. The
Rohingya massacres should end the stereotypes about peaceable Buddhism and
violent Islam widely current in American society.
The basic problem with religion is
that it claims to have the one absolute truth.
This leads to intolerance for other claims, even obviously correct ones
(see the fate of evolution by natural selection, as a theory, in religious
societies). Moreover, organized
religions generally have organized hierarchies, often with a single apical
leader, and such hierarchies inevitably reprise Rummel’s principle: “Power kills, and absolute power kills
absolutely” (Rummel 1998). The same
dismal fate occurs with religion-like ideological systems, notoriously
including communism and fascism.
Since all cultures and traditions include alternative morals and
moral codes, religions that are founded on impeccable principles of love, care,
justice, and empathy always develop countertraditions that teach hate, cruelty,
and butchery, from human sacrifice to burning heretics at the stake. These are then often held-especially by
rulers consolidating power—to be the highest of moral goods, superior to the
everyday care and help. Ordinary selfish
greed can be handled; sadism considered as highest morality is harder to
control.
The alternative is not abandonment of religion or of truth, but
of expanding the basic principle of intelligent enquiry: we are searching for
truth but have not found it all, and the more people cooperate in searching for
truths, the better we all do.
There is a common theme of religion
turned evil: it is obsessed with control, especially control over the more
vulnerable and less dominant members of society. The clearest and most obvious common theme of
religions that harm is that they focus on harming and oppressing women. This is the distinguishing feature between
right-wing and liberal Christianity, extremist and ordinary Islam,
ultra-Orthodox and reform Judaism, extremist and ordinary Buddhism, and so on
throughout the world’s religions.
Repression of women usually carries over to repression and abuse of
children (“Spare the rod and spoil the child,” a folk version of Proverbs
23:13-14). Degree of intolerance for
heresies, including the most minor and trivial divergences from practice, also
tracks religion turned harmful; the opposite is ecumenism or tolerance.
Religions all seem to fall into the
trap of seeing ordinary innocent need-satisfaction and fun as “sin,” while
social jockeying for position and control is taken for granted, and even put to
evil use to promote the faith. No
religion seems to face the obvious fact that most evil in the world is done to
maintain social position or control. Religions
have hierarchic orders, organized monasteries and priesthoods, and so on, thus
leaving themselves open for the worst sins of all while fighting the trivial
ones.
Killing desire, the goal of some
religions and philosophies, frequently succeeds in killing desire for the
morally good, while leaving hatred intact.
At best, it allows people to avoid confronting the world, including its
evils.
Some argue that religion is “the
problem,” but the alternatives do not have a good track record. Nationalism, fascism, capitalism, and
communism are the leading ideologies developed as alternatives. Stalin and Mao repressed religion (all
religion) with even more sadistic enthusiasm than Christians in the 17th
century demonstrated in repressing heretics.
The problem is clear: all these are
social, all of them define groups, and it is social group hatred that is the
main and usual problem. Religions
usually blame greed and lust, but cannot get rid of them. The real problem is social hate, and the religions
do not even try to get rid of it. They
often cause it. Religion and its
imitators provides communitas, but also unreal abstractions and unprovable
visions. People then commit to those,
and carry out real murders in support of them. In short, grand ideological frameworks are not
going to save us.
2. First
Steps to Policy: Evaluating What Helps
From
what went before, it appears that the current problems facing the world are
best conceptualized under five heads, from more specific and immediate to
general and deep-rooted:
Saving
the environment, especially from dinosauric interests such as Big Oil and Big
Agribusiness. This means protecting
biodiversity, switching immediately and thoroughly to renewable energy, and
being as sustainable as possible—by whatever measure is useful.
Restoring
the rule of law, at the expense of the fascistic despots that now run all the
largest nations and many of the smaller ones.
Fighting
racist, religious and ideological bigotry and hatred, by teaching tolerance,
valuing diversity, and social solidarity.
Getting
people to stop, think, learn, and make reasonable decisions, instead of going
with exaggerated media-driven overreactions.
Above
all, the real back story: dealing with the chronic social fears and stresses
that create most of the problem. This
requires fair, responsive, responsible governments and leaders. Such are now exceedingly rare, and the worst
sort of strongman leaders control dozens of countries. Restoring fair, equitable governance is
clearly basic to security and thus to reassuring people, reducing threat,
making individuals feel capable of dealing with threat, and thus greatly
reducing the drive to hate and harm.
We
also desperately need an educational system that will create and foster self-confidence,
self-control, concern for quality of life, and dedication to
self-improvement. These are necessary to
blocking hatred and defensiveness.
People need to see themselves as independent agents improving the world,
or at least their own lives, rather than followers and mindless conformists.
Obviously, we also need
to increase such basic amenities as medical care, education, and justice.
To do all this, we will
have to work on technology, ideology, morality, and praxis. What follows, for most of the rest of this
book, is heavily moral. It will sound
sententious to many, but I believe there is a need to establish an agreed moral
ground as well as dealing with practical issues and stopping violence.
The
rest of this section will be largely devoted to my ideas on these topics. I claim no great originality, but will not be
citing literature except where I am directly using someone else’s ideas.
In
general, social change comes from individuals working within existing
structures, often modifying those structures in the process. There is a front story of individual
decisions, a mid story of human context, and a back story of demography,
climate, existing rules and laws, and historical contingencies that create a
“path dependent” situation. Charismatic
or brilliant leaders succeed, but only in hopeful times. They cannot do much in reactionary times and
regimes. Democracy helps, but
reactionary democracy does not.
Good
behavior does not come easily. One must
not only be moral, but—more importantly—able to deal rationally and as coolly
as possible with actual harms and stresses. The innate impulses toward
developing morality stem from human needs for warm sociability. As we have seen, developing these requires at
least some support, empathy, and empowerment of children growing up, and
self-efficacy among adults. Since people
being much worse than many of us once thought, we need stricter laws and sanctions. Recent events worldwide have proved that we
most especially need laws against malicious lying for political reasons. We also need much stricter sanctions against
betrayal, bullying, and hate crimes. We
need far better civil rights protection.
The Founding Fathers lived at a time when politically active people
could be assumed to be at least somewhat brave and responsible. Not now.
Violence normally
requires weakness and irrationality to drive it, so strength and reasonableness
help. However, there are
exceptions. Violence is the default
recourse and first recourse in warrior cultures, though mostly in intergroup
relations. Culture enters in to tell
individuals when to be violent. In any
society, violence can be dealt with only by strict, fair laws, with no
corruption. A wider moral shell is
necessary, but not sufficient. There
must be law and order with firm, impartial enforcement; norms of peace;
conflict resolution mechanisms, formal and informal, general and specific. Experience teaches that there must also be
something adventurous but nonviolent for young men to do. Ordinary sports appear to fail at this, but
exploring, seafaring, and the like are available. Peace is also helped by an expanding economy
that raises all boats, or at least prevents groups from sinking. This need not be ecologically ruinous; we can
expand into sustainable energy and services instead of mass-produced bulk
goods.
Recall that it is easier
to unite people against a common enemy, and to get them to follow orders if
those orders involve destroying a hated or despised group, than to unite people
in the cause of love and care. People
are sociable, and usually loving and caring to their close kin and friends, but
fear and hate dominate public interaction unless rigidly combatted.
The one thing that almost
everyone agrees on, in politics, is that the first requirement for a government
is that it protects its people. Until
now, that has been interpreted as military protection, with economic protection
added to the list in the 20th century. Today, the dangers to a given citizenry are,
first, environmental (especially climate change); second, genocide and related
corrupt and violent internal politics; third, preventable diseases and health
risks. The first and third were not
manageable by government when the Founding Fathers wrote. The second was, but was far less a problem
than external invasion; such is no longer the case.
The citizenry also has a
right and a need to be protected from hatred and hate crimes, and from major
loss in quality of life, as by loss in aesthetic opportunities, nature, historic
monuments, and the like. Protection of
economic benefits by managing the economy well is clearly necessary, but now
less important than preventing the catastrophic disasters that climate change
and pollution are bringing about.
3. A different
kind of civilization
An
ideal to strive toward is a civilization depending on growth in environmental
and cultural amenities rather than mass-production of manufactured goods. We currently measure economic growth and
development by the amount of value created by human activity, rather than by
the amount of value overall. Mining,
manufacturing, and any form of resource-transforming count—even if all they are
doing is producing pollution (Anderson 2010). Often, this means that pure
destruction is highly valued on paper, though it brings nothing but harm to
actual people. Preserving nature,
allowing environments to recover, and creating personal amenities not traded in
the market do not count. Art and craft
production does not count unless it is counted in the manufacturing and sales
statistics. Singing songs for one’s
children does not count, but polluting the air with hideous electronic music
does.
An
opposite model of how to run a civilization existed in old Southeast Asia. Nobody assessed economic growth, though the
governments did tax value created. What
mattered was saving forests and fruit trees, growing rich and complex crop
assemblages, creating beautiful arts, living happily, and letting others live
as they wished. Societies were ruled by
kings, but were astonishingly free and open.
The landscapes were beautiful, and got richer, lusher, and more diverse
over time, because agriculture was devoted to producing human food rather than
industrial goods. There was some war and
killing, but nothing remotely like what we have seen in the past 100 years in
the world. The one great problem was
disease, which was rampant, but with modern medicine this has been stopped, and
lifespans are comparable to the west.
The problems now are rapid population growth in a context of even more
rapid shift to western industrialization and destruction. Similar, if less materially successful,
cultures existed in other areas worldwide.
The Maya of Mexico and Central America have been notably good at maintaining
ecosystems, for instance.
We
are not going to return to Southeast Asia in 1900, but we can use their design
principles: a world where people are helped by moving toward the more natural,
more simple, more beautiful, and more sustainable. Our current industrial civilization sets all
its incentives, subsidies, and accounting in the opposite direction: valuing
destruction of nature to make vast and complex amounts of ugly stuff by
unsustainable practices.
We need to value trees, grasses,
gardens, birds, fish, landscapes, clean water, health, good food, beautiful art
and music, and other amenities, rather than sheer throughput of materials. Bhutan, basically a Southeast Asian state in
economy and ecology though culturally and linguistically Tibetan, has in fact
done this, measuring its “gross domestic happiness” via such indices. They show a genuine alternative, a way out of
our rush to collapse.
4.
Education
To recapitulate: the most direct and basic cause of evil is
anger turning to hate and hate turning to violence. This usually comes from strong reaction to
social slights, threats, and harms.
Escalating anger leads to fighting.
In such cases, the food
of the bad wolf is brooding on insults and personal offenses. Weak and defensive individuals, especially
those that have physical power (often in the form of guns) but lack of
perceived self-efficacy in social life, are the most avid consumers of that
food, and the most dangerous of people.
On the wider scale,
genocides and mass killings occur when ruthless leaders take power through
extremist ideologies, using those ideologies to whip up hatred that unites
masses against victims. In this case,
there is an initial coterie of zealots and then a vast mass of weak, conformist
followers who allow their everyday frustrations and resentments to be mobilized
in the cause of destruction. Once again:
the food of the bad wolf is ruminating on minor slights and harms, in this case
leading to weak and defensive persecution of scapegoats. The weak and defensive conformists are the
voters who vote for vicious dictators, the passive enablers of dictatorial
coups, and then the easily-swayed subjects of brutal regimes.
Part of this food for the
bad wolf is the insidious thought that some people don’t matter. Education must also teach people to control
hostility and aggression, the real problems in cases of hatred. Teaching students that hatred and unprovoked
aggression are unacceptable—morally wrong and socially destructive—is obviously
necessary. To feed the good wolf, we need to feed the irenic and full-person
sides of human nature. The best food for
good wolf is reflecting that every being is important, and every human deserves
consideration. Common decency and
honesty would be enough to keep the good wolf fed and the bad one at bay. Surely schools, media, and public life can
teach that much.
Education therefore needs
to talk at length about domestic violence, bullying, genocide, and war. All educators—including parents and, indeed,
everyone—must teach young people not to hate, not to brood about trivial
slights, and not to escalate conflict.
Anger and fighting have their place, but overreaction and hatred do not.
People need to be taught about bullies
and the strongmen who are bullies writ large.
They also need to grow up in a world of enforced laws against such
behaviors, to get a sense of the need for the rule of law.
Conflict resolution is
thus important. Children and adults need
to learn how to deal with conflicts other than by angering and fighting. This should be combined with teaching them
not to displace their fear, stress, and aggression. Specifics include better parenting and better
advice and counseling.
Education must return to teaching civics and basic civil morality—not
elaborate or puritanical rules, but simple common decency. American history must go back to teaching the
ideals that founded the nation and have continued to improve over time. American education has suffered terribly from
both jingoistic idolization of America, denying its past of racism, genocide,
and slavery, and hypercritical focus on such ills at the expense of recording
the ideals and the progress toward them.
One would hope for education in the great literature and arts of the
past—the whole world’s past—but teaching the “classics” did not save Europe
from fascism and communism, so perhaps something was missed in the old days of
liberal education.
More serious is the need to require and demand that public and private
education teach verified science and absolutely ban global warming denial,
anti-evolution, anti-vaccination propaganda, and other outright lies propagated
for the purpose of harm. We are not
policing education at all well. When it
teaches hateful lies, we are corrupting the nation. Freedom of speech absolutely must not extend
to freedom of schools to teach lies.
This is among the most immediate and critical of needs.
Schools need to change
profoundly, to teach civility and ordinary decency and to deal with
values. Today, schools have come
increasingly to drill students mindlessly in basic skills, to be assessed by
endless standardized tests that kill thought and destroy creativity. Some students report writing stories and
poems surreptitiously because the schools discourage such behavior. We need to go back to older ideals. The most important thing to teach is civil
behavior, not STEM skills. Teaching
students how to learn, how to do
research or at least find out accurate information, is vital also. Teaching truth is important, teaching how to
tell truth from lies is even more so, but teaching students how to find out for
themselves and improve their
knowledge and accuracy of knowledge is most important of all.
Traditional education,
worldwide, usually taught skills through doing, in an apprentice role. It taught values and abstract principles
through stories and songs (see Kopnina and Shoreman-Ouimet 2011, especially my
essay therein, Anderson 2011). It taught
ordinary declarative knowledge through taking young people out in the world and
letting them experience what they were learning. That last is no longer adequate—knowledge is
not just local any more—but should be pursued as much as possible. Certainly we need to return to these
principles. They worked; our modern
system does not teach well, except when it uses them. Nobody expects students to learn sports, or
musical instrument playing, or doctoring, through lectures. Nobody should expect morals to be learned
without songs and stories.
The other point, building
self-efficacy to prevent weak defensiveness and conformity to dictators,
involves teaching students to do their own thinking and acting—to be
independent and creative. This involves
making students (and everyone) do their own work, rather than rote memorizing
and taking tests. It also means moving
people away from radio, television, and other passive-listener media, toward
active interchange. Even video games at
least involve some effort. Messaging,
email, and the social media may yet save us.
People also need to know
that someone, somewhere, is backing them up.
Education needs to deal with issues of alienation, isolation, prejudice,
rejection, and marginalization. This is
a widely recognized point, but widely ignored in a world that will not spend
money on schools or psychological help.
Clearly, education,
therapeutic enough to cure people of weak defensiveness, hatred, and
scapegoating, is the most important need in combatting evil. Now that we know the basics of feeding good
and bad wolves, we need to reform educational systems accordingly.
5. Some
Moral Principles
The Seven Deadly Sins are all too
well known, as identified by the early Christian church from late Greek
thought, but no one seems to recall the matching set of Seven Virtues. They are: Faith, hope, charity, justice,
prudence, temperance, fortitude. This
seems as reasonable a place to start as any, but the following will highlight
justice-as-fairness, following John Rawls, and tolerance, following none of the
Seven. Intolerance was not a bad thing
in ancient times.
If people were really selfish, they would want
what we know people really enjoy: happy, cooperative, mutually beneficial, warm
societies and communities above all else—not self-aggrandizement at the expense
of their friends and families and communities.
If people were not mean, they would hate disease and misery and
unnecessary suffering—not each other or science or nature. If they were interested in actual control
rather than power to bully others, they would hate autocracy and unnecessary
hierarchy.
Caring is the nexus, the
alternative for which we strive. We seek
especially the broad sense: wanting good for others and wanting a good and
harmonious society (even infants want that).
The Bible calls this agapé
or caritas.
Buddhists call it compassion. Humans
being so prone to domination by the bad wolf, we must err on the side of
caution, caring, helping, reching out, and empowering.
Viktor Frankl noticed
that survivors of Hitler’s concentration camps were those that had something
deeply important to live for and be responsible for. Usually, this would be either families or
work that was a real Calling rather than a mere job. Sometimes it was religion. He spent his life extending this observation,
learning that almost all people need or want a deep meaning of this sort in
their lives (Frankl 1959, 1978). This is
one basic counter to living for hate.
Unfortunately, and perhaps ironically, group conflict is one of the most
powerful ways to give meaning to life (Rovenpor et al. 2019). Nothing is more meaningful to people than
fighting for a cause. One must use caution in deploying the classic
“work and love” in support of tolerance.
The
other counters are the opposites of excessive anger: reasonableness and
peacefulness. The opposites of hatred
are tolerance and valuing diversity. The
opposites of callousness are responsibility, but above all empathy and
compassion, which may in the end be the most important qualities for all
good-doing. The daily kibble of the good
wolf is support, empowerment, caring, compassion, mutual aid, mutual
responsibility, mutual respect, and mutual concern. The red meat that gives it strength to win is
conscious work to create and build social solidarity.
In
dealing with evil, we need to attack it directly: to oppose rational truth to
hatred, political lies, oppression, cruelty, abuse of power, and the summation
of all these in fascism and similar political ideologies. We need to call out such things directly,
constantly, and explicitly.
Above
all, we need to drive rational, reasonable thinking and behavior against the
irrationality (sometimes downright insanity) of murderous harm.
Nothing
helps except dealing directly with it.
When your baby throws up all over you, all you can do is clean it
up. Prayer doesn’t help, good thoughts
don’t help, meditation doesn’t help. You
keep loving the baby and do what is necessary.
The only direct way to stop murder
and mass violence is through appealing to reason and rational discourse while also
enforcing strict laws within a rule of law.
This,
by itself, is not enough. We need to oppose
evil with cultural and social teachings of help and unity, sustained by the
innate moral or premoral sense of mutual aid and generosity that seem to inhere
in humans. Directly relevant, also, are
natural interest—especially active warm interest—and curiosity, and the urge to learn more in order to
improve. Natural toughness and
innocent enjoyment are reasonable and useful.
The reason that advancing the good
so often fails is not mere selfishness.
It is antagonism to cooperating and to working with others as equals,
especially as seen in refusal to learn, change, and self-improve as part of the
process.
The cure is seeing all people as worthwhile
and that we are all in this together. The long first part of this book demonstrated
at length that the root problem is rejecting people for reasons of “essence”:
the false belief that “race,” ethnicity, religion, and the like are somehow
basic essences that condemn whole groups of people. The only cure is seeing all as not only
tolerable but worthy of help and of civil behavior. Ideally, they are all equal before the law,
and equal in opportunity—a hope not approximated in modern societies.
Seeing
all as worthy requires checking excessive anger. It also requires proactive compassion and
empathy, to avoid callous bureaupathy and similar evils. Studies on how to further such goals exist
(Batson 2011; McLaren 2013; Zaki 2019).
Our authors, notably Beck (1999) and Maslow (1970), provide ideas and
experiences.
The
task is to minimize both the level of anger and number of things that arouse
it. A fascist dictator will try to
find as many reasons for anger as he can, finding ways to include almost everyone
in the violent movement (see e.g. Traverso 2019 on recent successes and
failures at whipping up hatreds in Europe).
I recognize the drawbacks
of utilitarian calculation, but I cannot see any way to evaluate policies and
politics except by net help to people and the environment versus net harm to
same. Things like peace and freedom must be calculated within that shell. There are times when peace is wrong, such as
when one’s country is invaded. There are
necessary limits to freedom, such as denying people the right to bully others. Proactive effective help is good, by
definition, but can be worse than nothing when it is badly planned, or unneeded
and intrusive. The usual
social-conformity measures are usually helpful, keeping society together, but they
can be bad: being too conformist, going along to get along, and the like.
Helping
requires self-efficacy, reasonableness, self-control, self-confidence, and
courage (i.e. ability to go into unknown and risky, where self-confidence
fails). Obviously, parents and schools
need to do everything possible to develop these. Self-confidence, including confidence in
one’s moral principles and above all confidence in one’s control of one’s life,
is the key virtue for preventing collapse into blind conformity, including
conformity to genocidal leaders. It also
prevents collapse into domestic violence and other individual violent
acts.
The
countervailing forces are indifference (resulting in callousness) and actual
hate. Hatred in particular must be
fought wherever and whenever it arises.
If it becomes pervasive in society, violence becomes inevitable. Genocide is the ultimate case of hatred spun
out of control; it can only be stopped in advance by fighting hate and
displacing evil leaders.
The usual moral
touchstone, the Golden Rule, does not work perfectly. My neighbors do not take well to being
treated to Brussels sprouts, Scottish murder ballads, or displays of Chinese
art. Granted that such individual
preferences are probably not what was intended by the Golden Rule, where do we
draw the line? I do not inflict my
rather old-fashioned Christian morality on my kids, let alone the world at
large. Conversely, I would not accept
the hierarchic social morality that works in and is highly popular in Singapore
and China. We simply cannot use
ourselves as measures of all things and all people.
The
only reasonable touchstone is helping people.
But what helps? Is it help in
their terms, or in mine? One hopes for
easy cases—things that are recognized by almost everyone as helping, such as
feeding the hungry. Not all cases are
easy. If I were in Singapore (where I
lived and worked for a while many years ago), would I work to advance its quite
popular but rigid moral code, which—then at least—banned chewing gum, rock
music, and Playboy? Or would I work to advance
freedom and liberty of conscience, according to my own view of helping? Such cases can only be decided by detailed
consideration and consultation.
As David Hume said,
“Reason is, and must ever be, the slave of the passions” (Hume 1969
[1739-1740]:462). Reason is a good
slave. It is the only way to get things
right so that we can survive. It is the
only possible route to change and improvement.
But it matters more to get the passions right, such that reason is a
slave to the good ones. It is at least
as competent and hard-working a slave to evil as to good.
One opposite to evil is
the “universal positive regard” of the psychologists (Rogers 1961), but that is
a process goal, not achievable in the real world. Checking evil often involves direct fighting
against real enemies, so life cannot be free from harming others. This multiplies the need for rational
thought, since any irrationality can lead to harming the wrong people.
The cure for misdirected
aggression and rejection is action that is as helping as possible. Most religions have come up with this idea,
but only certain forms of the religion feature it. It has been termed the “Social Gospel” in
Christianity. It also characterizes
reform Judaism, Ahmadiyya, the Three Teachings tradition in China, various
forms of Buddhism, and other traditions.
There needs to be a Goddess of Common Sense.
The Southern Poverty Law
Center has listed ten ways to fight hatred: Act, join forces, support the
victims, speak up, educate yourself, create an alternative, pressure leaders,
stay engaged, teach acceptance, dig deeper.
Desire for wealth, power, status, standing, and sociability can lead to
positive-sum games and thus to goodness and progress, but all too often desire
leads to zero-sum or negative-sum playing.
Then, when others push back, conflict escalates, eventually spinning out
of control unless damped down. To be
evil, this must—by my definition, at least—reach irrational levels.
Damping must start with
desire (as religions have always taught).
It cannot end there. We must
teach and invoke policy to get people to play positive-sum games and to be
reasonable. We must put in place
conflict-resolution mechanisms (Beals and Siegal 1966). We must teach a morality of peaceful behavior
instead of vengeance and predation. Finally, we must outlaw actual harming,
including indirect harms that are currently accepted, such as pollution
damage. Damping down conflict is the
most immediate and direct need, however. The greatest problem in conflict, always, is
escalation. Really successful ways to
damp that down, all the way from playground fights and intimate partner
violence to international conflicts and genocides, are not always deployed, and
more research on them is seriously needed.
As we have noted above, the ordinary small-scale tensions, problems, and
slights of daily life keep people in a state that allows sudden
positive-feedback loops to emerge and lead to exploding conflict.
Since cowardice and
self-doubt lie behind so many of the problems, there is a serious need to
promote self-efficacy, self-reliance, and ability to act—notably including the
knowledge of how to de-escalate conflict.
People are often too busy
or defensive or simply lazy to work hard for the good; we cannot expect
everybody to do it. Dealing with
indirect problems like environmental woes is especially difficult. People discount the future, are too
optimistic, and hate the endless small adjustments that fixing the environment
entails. It is easier to go for one big
fix, such as a war.
Since overreaction and
misreaction are root problems, the start of the cure is facts. We have to get science back to a place where
people will accept scientific findings.
After that, the clearest intervention needed is demanding civil rights
and civil behavior.
This
provides a guide for a moral shell involving solidarity with others above all,
especially tolerance and valuing diversity, but also concern for
self-improvement and quality of life, including a return to the civility,
mutual respect, responsibility, and patience that we are losing.
Reasonableness
is inadequate. People cheat on their own
morals; they fall short and provide excuses.
They fail to reason correctly, and err in predictably self-serving
directions.
Even
without that, people must sacrifice to make community work. They need to make up for cheaters, and they
must be heroic in emergencies. We cannot
expect everyone to love and care much beyond the family and friendship circle.
(What follows draws heavily on John Rawls’ doctrine of fairness as justice
[Rawls 1971, 2001] but is informed by a range of ethical positions, from
Kantian [Kant 2002] and neo-Kantian [Korsgaard 1996] to neo-utilitarian [Brandt
1979, 1992, 1996] to Aristotelian virtue ethics [Aristotle 1953]; see also
Anderson 2010).
Thus,
every society on earth has had to develop a morality of self-sacrifice and
service to others, enforced it by public opinion. This was memorably argued by Adam Smith, who
correctly saw it as a necessary shell around his economic utopia of free
small-scale competition (Smith 1910, 2000).
They must conform up, to higher standards of behavior, rather than down
into toxic conformity to evil norms.
This requires personal strength.
From
what has gone before in this book, we conclude that evil is due to extreme
individuals—psychopaths, sociopaths, and the like—who often become leaders; to
cowardice and failure to cope with hurt, stress, and threat; and to conformity
with orders from people suffering from those two conditions. Ordinary selfish greed is also a huge
problem, but rarely gets out of control unless the other three conditions hold. People are notably good at stopping each other
from selfish greed. Studies show that
humans are good at “cheater” detection, and at stopping cheaters by shaming,
ostracism, and outright punishment (Tomasello 2016; Wrangham 2019). Ordinary people develop a conscience that
restrains them from cheating even when they can get away with it, and a concern
for people that makes them want to help others and do right by them. It is hard to separate these good mental
states from sheer fear of shame and punishment; all combine to keep most people
only somewhat selfish. We all cheat a
bit, but most of us limit it to fairly innocuous matters. The psychopaths are those who cheat in spite
of being attacked, writing off the attacks as unfair and hypocritical.
It is worth briefly
noting that some “sins” are not what they seem: gluttony is a matter of eating
disorders, themselves caused by problems usually apart from food; “sloth” is
usually hatred for dull work, or physical illness, or psychological inanition
due to fear and stress; and so forth.
Many early moralities foundered on the rock of condemning reasonable and
normal desires, rather than the irrational reactions to fear and stress that
made people seem sinful or immoderate in their desires. It seems likely that puritanical condemning
of normal desires did more damage by creating fear, stress, and guilt than it
brought benefit to anyone.
We
must maintain a consistent, oft-repeated ideology of unity, solidarity, mutual
aid, mutual care, and tolerance. From a
general sense of “we’re all in this together,” the first personal virtues are
openness, warmth, interest in the world, self-confidence, and ability to enjoy
life. These were highlighted by Aristotle
(1953), but they have been amazingly neglected since his 4th-century-BCE
days. These imply a set of learned
personal orientations: compassion, respect, responsibility. These in turn entail civility,
reasonableness, courage, patience, and hard work. Social attitudes include empathy and
egalitarianism—both equality before the law and the rough-and-ready sense that
we are all here and thus have to take care of each other and take people as they
are.
Empathy
and altruism are linked; psychological studies have unpacked both. Humans are wired for empathy in ways unknown
among other animals, and can build on that by learning to be much more
empathetic than is “natural” from the genetic base. We are experts at putting ourselves in
others’ places, feeling what they feel, and understanding how they could react
to situations. Daniel Batson (2011), a
leading expert on empathy, points out that these are different things. Understanding others’ feelings, matching
those feelings, and understanding how our own feelings can be different from
others’, are all different agendas. Lack
of empathy is, of course, far too typical of bureaucrats and governments, and
of many ordinary people who have either never learned real empathy or have
suppressed what they know (Baron-Cohen 2011).
Batson went on to show that altruism goes beyond this: we need to value
others. We have seen that understanding
the feelings of others can make cruelty worse; the sadist can use understanding
and sensitivity to devise the most fiendish tortures. This is well known from the annals of both
crime and Hitler’s death camps (Baumeister 1997).
Batson
further points out that empathy and altruism are not enough. They can make people unfair. One naturally has more empathy to one’s
family and friends than to strangers, and thus tends to skew altruism. The extreme is reached in those super-rich
families that take care of their own very well indeed while giving nothing to
charity. Batson, a Kantian who follows
Kant and Rawls into a realm of absolute ethics of fairness and principle,
opposes such narrow empathy to his general principles of fairness. However, in a particularly thoughtful passage
(Batson 2011:220-224), he traces the limits of extreme fairness: not only can
we not really do it—family ties are generally too strong—but we are also
masters at rationalizing, excusing, justifying, and otherwise weaseling out of
our principles, when emotions are strong.
Jamil
Zaki, in The War for Kindness (2019), takes up where Batson left
off. Summarizing Batson’s work, he goes
on to detail a number of programs for dealing with real-world problems
involving various kinds of empathy: reforming criminals, teaching police to be
community servants rather than “warriors,” teaching autistic children, and
simply helping ordinary people with problems.
We have the tools; we can go well beyond the remedies for hatred and
lack of empathy suggested by Beck (1999) and our other basic sources. The only problem is that all these remedies
involve intensive one-on-one work, “saving the world one person at a
time.” Meanwhile, strongman leaders whip
up millions with hateful rhetoric. It is
all too easy to turn nations of peaceable Germans or Cambodians into killers. Fortunately, peace did reverse that process in
those and other countries.
Recall
what was said earlier: the real food of the wolf is personal weakness or lack
of self-efficacy, leading to taking offense easily, brooding on it, and
escalating it in response. The cure is
to minimize offense-taking, but then to find morality, empathy, beauty, care,
compassion, and goodness in the wide world and in humanity. Both dealing with evil and separately
appreciating and respecting the good seem needed.
Religions
have tried for millennia to make people love all humans, or have compassion for
all living things. This is
difficult. People love or at least feel
solidary with their reference groups, which can be very large; many Chinese
feel deep solidarity and passionate loyalty to their billion and a quarter
compatriots. But genuine love for all
humans is rare indeed. Unfortunately, it
is demonstrably far easier to learn hate for targeted groups, even groups whose
members the haters have never met.
The
only philosophy that seems to have addressed this problem squarely is
Confucianism. Confucianism generally
holds that people are innately compassionate, helpful, and prosocial. However, first, they also have tendencies in
other directions, particularly in the direction of selfish greed. Second, they naturally and necessarily
privilege family over strangers (Confucians long anticipated Darwin here). Third, they do indeed rationalize away moral
conflicts. Thus, Confucianism sought to
define what each category of people owes others, with family, friends,
neighbors, the nation, and all humanity as the relevant categories. Debate still rages among Confucians about the
perfect balance, but the real message is that humans in the real world need to
accommodate different levels of empathy and be as fair as possible under such
circumstances. (See Mencius 1970; I have
benefited greatly from discussions with Neo-Confucian thinkers, especially Ben
Butina, Dean Chin, Bin Song, and Tu Weiming.)
All
these result in ability to be socially responsible, and to carry out mutual
aid, a highly desirable end-state (Smith 2000).
Basic to this are what I would consider the leading interpersonal moral
needs: caring, compassion,
considerateness and civility, reasonableness, respect, and responsibility (4
C’s and 3 R’s). It includes the values
that create peace and unity in society: solidarity, tolerance, valuing
diversity, mutual aid, and empowerment; thus, for society, peace, justice,
fairness, equality, truth, and inquiry (as argued by Rawls 1971). On these are built leadership, civic action,
mutual aid, and social responsibility in general. The short summary of all this is valuing
people (Batson 2011; Zaki 2019), or at least taking them seriously, as fellow
travelers on the planet.
The
main stem of this runs from caring to actual help. Ancillary to this stem are self-efficacy and
learning. Self-efficacy involves
self-control, not trying to control
others, courage, industry, and loyalty.
It includes self-improvement in appreciation, knowledge, and
psychological functioning (Bandura 1982, 1986).
Learning,
knowledge, and wisdom are obviously necessary, and critical, for this
enterprise. That involves keeping an
open mind about new findings, but no
open mind about hatred or cruelty. It
also requires self-control (including giving up the attempt to overcontrol
others), patience, and courage, but above all the ability to work hard, in
focused and thorough way, for the common good.
Hypocrisy and toxic conformity are banished. Education must follow accordingly.
It pays to look at this with a
medical gaze: see exactly what is wrong, why it is wrong, and what is the
cure. Moralizing in the abstract is of
less use, though also necessary.
“Process goals” are
goals that can never be fully reached, but that make the world better the
closer we approach to them. The classic
example is health. Perfect health is
impossible in this flawed world. We
could always be a little better off. But
striving for better and better health is obviously worth doing. Similarly, we will never be able to feed
everyone, but the FAO’s goal of secure, healthy, nourishing, accessible food
for everyone in the world is a goal worth striving for; the closer we get to
it, the better off we are. Other such
goals include learning, appreciation of diversity and beauty, and cooperation. We might even list cleaning, fixing, and
maintenance.
Freedom, tolerance, and
wealth all stop at moderation. Tolerance
must stop before it reaches tolerance for rape, murder, and theft. One should never be intolerant of persons as
such, but certainly we must be intolerant of evil acts. We must also frequently oppose actual
enemies, even though they are persons and deserve respect and fair treatment as
such. Inequality and excessive wealth are notorious
social evils.
There is a difference
between goals that must be intrinsically moderate, like drinking (assuming one
drinks at all) or exercising, and goals where the issue is targeting rather
than moderation per se. Tolerance is
such a targeting goal: being tolerant of ordinary differences is close to a
process goal (though it always requires some moderation), but being tolerant of
Nazism is intolerable—the classic “tolerance paradox.” Similarly, wrath is usually a bad thing, but
wrath against leaders of genocide is appropriate and commendable.
This gives us morals in pairs:
Caring vs indifference; courage vs. cowardice; peace vs. hate and
hostility; proactive help vs. laziness; responsibility vs. irresponsibility;
reason vs. irrationality; carefulness vs. carelessness; respect vs. scorn. Courage comes before hate, though hate is the
Problem, because hate comes from fear and thus courage is a prior and more
basic virtue.
Another need is for proactive positive action, and that requires
a vision of the Good and an ability to enjoy.
Cowardly defensiveness destroys enjoyment; it causes anhedonia. If one can openly enjoy something, one is
already moving toward the good. It is
natural for the social animals we are to want others to enjoy and to share in
our enjoyments. Puritans and constant
complainers are notoriously easy to delude into genocidal evil. Puritanism about anything—not just sex or
alcohol—feeds the bad wolf.
We
need a new moral order (Anderson 2010), based on keeping the good wolves fed
and the bad ones starved. Morality
exists because people are compulsively and necessarily social, and yet get
offended and angry and then hateful and aggressive. In this case, it should be the opposite of
hatred, callousness, and irrationally violent response to perceived threat.
Following
Kant, the first rule of morality is to take all people, and ultimately all
beings, as important, to value them (again following Batson), and to accept
them as valid beings—fellow travelers on this planet. As Kant said: they must be subjects of
concern, not objects to be used.
This
is one of the messages of epics like the Iliad, of the classic Scots ballads,
and of great literature the world over.
The extreme opposite of the typical Hollywood “action movie,” in which
cardboard characters are killed by dozens without anyone’s concern. The slide from traditional literature to
Hollywood thrillers is clearly related to the rise in genocide and violence;
the latter tracks the former and other pop cultural forms that teach
indifference to life. The rise of inequality,
especially the rise in power of giant multinational firms, is a much more
obvious driver of indifference to people and of taking them as Kantian objects
(Kant 2000).
Great
cultural productions can thus be used for self-improvement and for learning
about the humanity and sensitivies of others.
If they are simply read for schoolwork, however, they do very
little. The depressing lack of empathy
and humanity among well-educated leaders has often been noted. Particularly sad is learning of the number of
extremely intelligent, highly educated, creative people who sympathized with
the fascists in Europe in the 1930s. The
most famous cases were Martin Heidegger, Ezra Pound, and Leni Riefenstahl, but
there were countless more. Poets from T.
S. Eliot to e. e. cummings were sympathizers early on, and wrote viciously
anti-Semitic poetry, though they cooled when they saw what was happening. Fortunately, no significant thinkers or
writers have seen fit to approve of fascism in recent decades (see Travserso
2019 for the nearest-to-exceptions).
The
main pillars of that are caring, charity, and peace. These can take us on to active help: feeding
the hungry, healing the sick, and the other standard social goods. We are called to be nice to all, but for life
work do your best at what you do best to help.
St. Paul’s “gifts differing” (Romans 12:6) is a watchword: people have
different strengths, and this allows a complex society to exist and to be far
more productive and efficient than one in which everyone had the same
skills.
Long-term,
wide-flung interests should prevail above short-term, narrow ones. In the real world, the short term must be
considered, because failure to attend to immediate threats and concerns can
kill before the long term is reached.
However, the world is now sacrificing more and more long-term interest
to shorter and shorter benefits. A
classic case is overfishing. At current
rates of fishing, there will be no wild commercial fisheries by 2050 (Worm
2016; Worm et al. 2006). This occurs
largely because of overcompetition among fishers and subsidies by governments. Another problem is the opposite: overplanning
and top-down control.
A
final need is more integrity. Never
humanity’s strong point, it has declined for the usual reasons, especially the
loss of community to the rise of giant corporations and their
passivity-creating media. Ordinary lies
are common enough now. Even more common
is a broader failure to keep commitments, as modeled all too well by our
political leaders. The highest integrity
is working single-mindedly for more quality in life and thus real improvement
of the world. Quality ranges from better
music to better environment to better leadership; everyone has some particular
skill or calling, and can work for some cause, depending on innate and learned
abilities. The Japanese have a word, ikigai,
“life value,” for living one’s calling in a satisfying way.
Within
this moral shell, the most important thing to do is avoiding hatred and
rejection of people or any other beings on the basis of prejudice: imagined
“essence” that is somehow bad. Tolerance
and valuing diversity are essential. The
costs of prejudice are substantial.
Subtly foregrounding “maleness” made African-American boys do better on
tests, while foregrounding “blackness” made them do worse, because of
internalized stereotypes (Cohen et al. 2006).
Similar results have turned up over a wide range of stereotypes, e.g.
foregrounding “Asian” vs. “women” makes Asian-American women do better or do
worse, respectively, on math tests (Clark et al. 2015). A part of this is realizing that there are no
pure races and no pure cultures, and there never have been. The racist and culturist appeals to purity
are major sources of evil. Recently,
even “progressives” have been seduced by pure-culture theories, as in the more
naïve theorizing about decolonialization and cultural appropriation. Decolonialization means fixing social
inequalities, not rejecting all cultural change. Cultural appropriation is bad when it
involves insulting stereotypes of others, or stealing their livelihood—not when
it is simply normal borrowing. Some
progressives are being lured into genuine right-wing thinking—the old fascist
lies about pure cultures and their need to remain pure. In fact, a social morality for the future
would involve, critically, learning the best from all the world’s traditions
about how to manage the environment, reduce conflict, and keep societies moral. Every culture and society on earth has
experiences with these problems and has something to teach us.
Direct
action should be to help, not harm unnecessarily; work for a living and some
material comforts, but, beyond minimal personal comforts, only to share with
others and help others in the world; constantly work to learn more, find more
truths, and abandon more wrong views; defend, but only against real direct
threats, not imagined or trivial social slights or indirect or potential
enemies. Morals thus cover social
interaction, self-efficacy and self-control, learning, and public values.
Religion
teaches us to be as good as possible to sinners and lure them into a warm,
supportive community. Religions all
idealize helping, concern, and peace, but often fail to encourage the interest,
engagement, and love of beauty that are also necessary for the common
good. Puritanical religions in fact fear
these, since they tend to make people think independently and want to change.
Practical
concerns and economic adjustments are not going to do all the lifting. Economics has followed culture and ideology
in the past, and will no doubt continue to follow. Obviously, in the future, we will have to set
up a society based on sustainable use of the earth, equality of opportunity,
substantial public sector, and controls on inequality, but the immediate need
is to unify behind a set of principles that will stop fascism and restart
progress in those directions.
The
first step, since the root problem is hatred (in the broad sense—including
deliberate dismissal), is to shore up civil and personal rights to provide
maximal protection from abuse of minorities, women, children, and other
vulnerable groups, and maximal recourse for those groups in case of
injury. Hate crimes (to say nothing of
genocide) must be condignly suppressed.
That includes deliberate incitement to hate crime.
Ideally,
we will have physical neighborhoods held together by strands of mutual aid, co-work
on projects, mutual responsibility, and general neighborliness. Virtual and dispersed communities are also
valuable and need all the encouragement they can get, but there is no
substitute for face-to-face contact and mutual aid. This requires promoting
tolerance; all traditional small communities had their experiences of
intolerance and violence.
We
need to make our current values far clearer, but we also need to combine them
with emotional and personal appeals, as religions do. This takes us back to education and the
media. It also requires some
resolutions, at the political level, about what kind of society we want. The rapid descent of the Republicans from a
party of business to a party of hate has been terrifying to watch. It is similar to the evolution of fascism in
Europe, and communism in the USSR and China.
The
old ideas of “economic determinism” do not work. We have now seen genocide and other evils
arising in every type of economic situation and every type of economic
regime. The classic modes of production
are not helpful. “Socialism” covers
everything from Denmark and Norway to North Korea to Venezuela. “Capitalism” covers everything from Germany
to Equatorial Guinea. This does not get
us far.
We
have, in fact, seen genocide arise in every type of system except true
democracy with equality before the law and full equal rights for everyone. And even true democracy has proved unable to
get rid of war, violence, gangsterism, and everyday crime. Obviously, we need all the laws we can have,
to outlaw harming others gratuitously, but laws exist in a moral shell, and we need
to work on that as well as on making the laws apply to all equally.
The nexus, always, is caring for and about others. Only powerful self-interest combined with
social pressure can lead to doing good.
Morals exist to drive people to do good even when scared.
The
morality enshrined in the Constitution is based on the theory of equal rights.If
people recognize the need for equality before the law and equal opportunity
under law, they must work from this principle above all. Then, the clear moral order for the world is
saving nature, promoting responsibility and mutual aid (with the more fortunate
or strong helping those less so), promoting learning and truth, and
nonviolence.
It is important to understand that both this
and other moral views can go with economic growth, wealth accumulation, and the
other things that developers currently consider “good.” There is no reason to pick one over the other
except for common human decency. In
the long run, the Trumpian view is unsustainable, because it leads to
dinosauric interests pushing the system into collapse, but in the short run, we
have seen the lack of any real break from Obama’s growth economy to
Trump’s. “Capitalism,” whatever it is,
can be range from rather benign to utterly malignant. The socialist alternative is equally
ambiguous; Norway and Venezuela are both “socialist” in some ways, but Norway
has a morality based on social decency, Venezuela has a moral order based on
Trump-style dictatorial violence and bullying.
It
is depressing to read how the British and Americans, good Christians and lovers
of Shakespeare and Milton, ran most of the world slave trade that killed
perhaps 100,000,000 people in the 18th and early 19th
centuries. It is similarly depressing (though
less bloody) to read the sorry history of religious movements, communes,
idealistic communities, grassroots utopias, and the hippie movement. Good intentions not backed up by firm social
rules led only to collapse.
People
being imperfect, progress comes from outlawing the bad and forcing minimal
civil decency. Appeals to inner virtue
are not enough. Historically, help has
come from science and education, relative economic freedom within moral limits
(as Adam Smith argued), and the Enlightenment program. That program of democracy, equality, rule of
law, separation of church and state, and civil rights has done wonders. So has the idea of promoting people according
to their knowledge and ability rather than according to their birth. Meritocracy has a bad name recently, but any
acquaintance with history shows that the alternatives were worse.
Comparing
societies and communities that minimize violence and cruelty with those torn by
it shows that only strict and specific
rules help. Rights are general; if
they are not backed up by specific laws and court judgments, they are empty. All societies outlaw murder, and that ban has
real effect, depending on how many ancillary rules are passed. Above all, it depends on how much the
societies in question frown on violence as a way of solving problems. Some societies regard violence as the only
“manly” or “honorable” way to deal with problems, and they have murder and
warfare rates that are many times—sometimes orders of magnitude—greater than
the rates in societies that privilege peaceful methods of coping (Baumeister
1997; Pinker 2011; Robarchek and Robarchek 1998).
The
Founding Fathers of the United States were aware of the problems of hatred,
autocracy, lack of checks and balances, and lack of recourse. They instituted participatory democracy in
hopes that people would pick the best, or at least the less awful. They created a mesh of checks and balances
that distributed power fairly well. They
separated church and state, to prevent the awful conflicts that had driven many
of their ancestors from Europe. Most
important, they established a rule of law rather than a rule of men. This worked well for a long time, but then
the genocidal demagogue Andrew Jackson took over and began a long, bloody
process of consolidating power in the hands of the president and then using
that power to bad ends. This process has
now reached the very edge of fascist dictatorship, and American democracy may
not long survive.
Absolutely necessary is the right to
recourse. People who are injured
must be able to sue, to protest, to speak out, to vote evil leaders out, and to
defend themselves in any reasonable way.
The success of democracies at preventing genocide and famine is notable,
but even more important is the realization that in such democracies, only
actual citizens avoid being killed or starved (Anderson and Anderson 2017;
Howard-Hassmann 2016). Noncitizens, such
as Irish in the British Isles in the 1840s and Native Americans in the United
States before 1924, are starved and killed without compunction.
Communities
must have written and unwritten (customary) laws that strictly and thoroughly
regulate violence and callousness. These
laws must be based on a principle of equality before the law, which requires at
least some degree of economic equality, because otherwise the rich will simply
buy their way out of enforcement. Laws
must be based on the principle that violence is the last resort in dealing with
any problem other than direct personal attack.
They must also strictly forbid activity that destroys many solely to
benefit a few, such as big dams, engineered famines, and exposure of
impoverished workers or families to pollution.
There must be legal requirements to rehabilitate both victims and
lawbreakers.
Communities
must extinguish specific bad behaviors by specific rules, but they go on to
encourage general good behaviors and ideals by more broad appeals to morality.
Above
all, concentration of power in the hands of one person is always
dangerous. Even a long run of good
administrators or autocrats comes to an end.
Sooner or later a bully or psychopath takes over. I have seen this process on small scales in
academia, where chairs and deans usually have enough power to devastate their
units, ruin careers, destroy students, and corrupt or block research. Academia usually picks better leaders, but
one bad one does incalculable harm.
There are benevolent despotisms in the world—Singapore and Oman occur to
mind—but they rarely last.
On
national scales, the takeover of democracies by tyrants has been noted ever
since ancient Greece, and the results were known to be awful even then, as
Aristotle’s Politics tells us. Democracy works only so far as a way of picking
good leaders; again, the ancient Greeks already knew of charismatic demagogues—in
fact, they coined the words. Participatory democracy seems still the best way
of picking leaders, but then they must be restrained by a mesh of laws that
create checks and balances and prevent corruption. The United States is hopelessly behind in
these regards. The extreme corruption
and tyranny of the Trump presidency came after a long downward slide, visible
since the Nixon presidency. Similar
devolution from Hungary and Brazil to Turkey and the Philippines characterizes
politics in the 21st-century world.
Today, to the classic
rights, we need to add the right to a livable environment; a right to good
education, at least to the point of literacy, basic science, basic math, and
competence with technology; a right to free enquiry; a right to government
honesty, with full recourse if the government knowingly circulates lies; and a
right to decent medical care at little or no cost. These all follow as entailed corrolaries of our
natural rights to life, liberty, and pursuit of happiness.
From what has gone before, the needs center on three areas: damping
down conflicts caused by desire for wealth, power, and approval; balancing
power so that it is distributed as widely and evenly as possible, with checks
and balances at the top and equality before the law for all; and a widely
distributed search for truth—science in a broad sense—instead of religious or
ideological claims for absolute truth or nihilistic denial of truth’s
existence.
In the United States, and increasingly in other countries, the rule of
law has collapsed, and the first need if we can take the country back would be
to restore that rule. Second would be
some sort of truth and reconciliation agenda for dealing with the hatred that
has spun out of control in recent years, and not only on the right. Rational and civil discourse must replace
increasingly unhelpful confrontation and in-your-face insult. Hate speech up to a point is protected as
free speech, for the very good reason that “sunlight is the best disinfectant”
(see below). What needs to be stopped is
actual incitement to violence. Also,
hateful lies should be checked by false-advertising laws. I thouroughly agree with the proposal to make
campaign statements and public speeches by leading politicians sworn testimony,
with mandatory jail sentences for deliberate lies.
The simplest, cleanest model of mass violence is that a strongman
backed and funded by sunsetting industries whips up hatred of minorities that
have long been salient as weaker rivals or enemies. Obviously, action must start by preventing
evil leaders from rising, and preventing them from leading a charge by
deploying ever more vicious rhetoric.
Individual violence is more complex, but turns on issues of greed, power,
and social acceptance and respect.
Individuals are not, however, violent because of those motives; they are
violent because they have learned that violence is the best way to get those
goals under existing circumstances.
Alternatives to violence thus become needed. Peterson and Denaley’s findings (see above,
p. 33) show that mass shooters have a characteristic background, involving
abuse, and usually announce their plans in some way before they act. Proactive prevention of abuse and proactive
listening, reaching out, and treating young people with violent and suicidal or
murderous ideology is obviously needed.
From a wider social context, several obvious things need doing in the
United States to accomplish any of these goals.
Among these are: making campaign statements sworn testimony to prevent
outright lying, ensuring voting rights, ending gerrymandering and voter
suppression, getting big money out of politics and making all political money
fully transparent, fighting corruption, saving the environment, and cracking
down on hate crimes and incitement of them.
We need an entire new civil rights movement, focused immediately on
putting a total end to gerrymandering, voter suppression, partisan purging of
voter rolls, new Jim Crow laws, and similar games. We need to limit money in politics, starting
with a Constitutional amendment to end dark money, demand full disclosure, and
force politicians to recuse themselves from voting to help, subsidize, or act
in support of any direct economic interest (as opposed to public-interest and
worker groups, and even trade organizations) that funded their campaigns.
Freedom of speech must be defended, but does not include direct
incitement to violence, or libel, or false advertising. These provide enough of a platform to allow
us to ban campaign lies, Fox News-style public lying for evil ends, and direct
rabid hatred that cannot help but lead to violence. A great deal of “hate speech”—ordinary racist
rhetoric, for instance—must be protected, because if it is banned then those in
power will ban anything that annoys them.
This is a “slippery slope” argument that is quite true. We have hundreds of years of experience, in
every realm from religion to education to politics to community “civility” and
“political correctness,” to prove it. The
principle is, once again, my rights stop where yours start.
A major part of this must be vastly increasing research on social
problems, especially evil as herein defined.
Both scientific research and investigative reporting are required. The great newspapers are a shadow of their
former selves. We desperately need much
more exposure of dark places.
We must ban subsidies as much as possible, and certainly ban subsidies
to maintain dinosaur industries that cost more than they produce. We must block
the chain from lobbyist to “regulator”; those who lobby for a polluting
industry can never be allowed to regulate it.
Above all, we must take actual social and environmental costs—the hard
cash people lose—into account in all social and political accounting. Oil is profitable only because its real costs
are passed on as externalities. Many
calculations have shown that gasoline would cost hundreds of dollars per gallon
if those costs were internalized. (For
more, see Anderson 2010.)
The only way to get these goals accomplished is the tried and true
combination of mass peaceful demonstrations, teach-ins, media campaigns with
new media dedicated to the task, proposals for comprehensive legislation, and
above all getting people voted into office at all levels of government from
waterworks boards on up (see Chenowith and Stephan 2012 on what succeeds in
people’s campaigns). These are the
measures that worked for the labor movement, the civil rights movement, the
antiwar movements, the environmental movement, and every other popular cause
that got beyond shouting. Voting and
media attention without demonstrations and other active measures are not
enough.
Social pressures,
leadership, and social behavior are critical, motivating most of the good and
evil behavior; cultural models are critical in providing plans for how to act;
and individual personality and environment factors finally determine what a
given person will do. The social,
political, and economic environment provides a back story, but the direct
motivation is typically social pressure by leaders and peers. Improving bad situations requires full social
change. Revolutions rarely work; they
simply bring other violent leaders to the fore to replace earlier ones. Social and cultural change requires deeper
and more systematic, and therefore more gradual, evolution. This requires personal commitment. The oft-heard argument that changing oneself
is a waste of time because only vast social changes matter is
self-defeating. Without changing
ourselves, unless we are already committed actors, we will never have the
courage or drive to change anything.
Bringing
about all those changes will depend on teaching and otherwise carrying the
word, on contributing to organizations that fight for justice and truth, and on
modeling civil behavior. People need to
choose reasonably what groups to join and what groups to prioritize. Joining extremist political groups is the
order of the day. We need centrist
groups, community organizations, aid associations, and other groups that will
bring people together to help and to meet each other—groups that will be
unifying rather than divisive.
One cannot keep a totally
open and tolerant mind. As in eating and
drinking, moderation is advised. The
ills I am addressing in this essay—genocide and its small-scale correlates such
as bullying, callousness, and domestic violence—do not deserve “open minded”
assessment. They must be stopped.
Very few ways of feeding
the good wolf have worked in the past, but those few have worked very
well. Unsurprisingly (given the human
condition), they largely add up to empowerment of individuals through provision
of human rights. We also need to go back
to civility in society, as long argued by Jurgen Habermas (1987), and stop
fighting each other over every change.
By
far the best way has been guaranteeing civil and human rights, equal for all,
before the law, and enforced strictly by executive and court action. This has eroded disastrously in the United
States, but grown steadily in much of western Europe.
Gandhi,
Martin Luther King Jr., and Nelson Mandela exemplify the most important:
appealing to solidarity and natural human social goodness in the face of
oppression. Next most important and
effective has been empowerment. Doing
scientific research to find out what improves the human condition is a strong
third. Forthrightly opposing evil is a
long fourth, but still needs to be done.
Group
hatred has traditionally been addressed by getting the groups together in
positive situations, giving them common goals or working with the common goals
they already have, affirming irenic and tolerant values, stressing the
advantages of diversity, looking for common ground, striving to make groups as
equal as possible (at least in opportunity and before the law), stoutly
defending civil rights and explaining why those are beneficial to all, and other
well-known methods.
All
this does work, but not perfectly. The
most notorious case of failure was the heroic attempt made in Yugoslavia to get
the various nationalities in that “united Slav” (“Yugo-“Slavia”) country to get
along. Unfortunately, it was
counterproductive; the well-meaning majority tried too hard, alienated a
vicious and noisy minority, and faced breakup, war, and genocide when
Yugoslavia threw over communism (these insights come from my own questioning
and observation in Croatia in 1988).
“Multiculturalism” in the United States has had some similar problems;
when it emphases the classic American e
pluribus unum, it works, but too often it emphasizes differences and even
antagonisms without emphasizing the common ground and common goals. It often
fostered the deadly mistake of seeing subcultures and ethnic communities as
closed, steel-walled spheres, completely cut off from each other. That view directly causes and fosters ethnic
hatred.
Some
traditional societies have dealt with potential religious conflicts for
centuries, and managed them by a number of social rules and strategies. The people of Gondar, an Ethiopian city that
is a traditional stronghold of Christianity but has a large Muslim population,
have learned to get along, and have taken ISIS in stride, partly by casting it
as non-Muslim or otherwise aberrant (Dulin 2017). Similar accommodations have worked until
recently in many countries, but the breakdown of very old and long-established
ones in Iraq, Syria, and China bodes ill for the future.
The
standard methods of increasing happiness—gratitude, good thoughts, reaffirming
values, and other mindfulnesses (Lyubomirsky 2007)—are also of some use, but
never transformed a society. Only
uniting economic incentives, charismatic leaders, and common morality ever
works to improve conditions. We need
positive and inclusive dialogue that is factual yet hopeful. We need healing and rejuvenation. Recall, also, that mindful meditation reduces
existential fear and thus defensiveness and intolerance (Park and Pyszczynski
2019).
Wayne Te Brake (2017), studying
the decline of religious war in Europe, found that nation-states had to
facilitate the process of getting people to live in harmony. The bottom line was that people who were
neighbors had to get along. Where the cuius regio, eius religio rule held, the
country had only one religion, and intolerance kept right on, but in areas
where pluralism was established, governments finally realized they had to
guarantee rights to religious minorities—ushering in the Enlightenment, by slow
degrees. It appears that government
peacemaking led to philosophers and politicians coming up with ideas of
religious freedom, which eventually led to ideas of liberty of conscience. Something similar happened with civil rights
in the modern United States in the 1950s and 1960s, but the results have been
less satisfactory so far. State and
local governments have dragged their feet.
Still, the model is there.
The
good wolf is fed by empowerment, which brings confidence and hope, and allows
rational assessment and coping. Weakness
and fear feed the bad wolf. They lead to
scared and defensive reactions, including sudden breakdowns into terror, rage,
and violence, and allowing strongmen above the law to rule the polity. Society,
especially social leaders protecting their stakes, almost always do the actual
feeding.
For having a decent world, and for having a
future for the world, we must make moral choices, not simply economic
ones. We must make a moral choice to
help people rather than hurt them. That
involves honesty with ourselves about the ways that weakness, resentment,
overreaction to trivial or imagined slights, and overreaction to trivial harms
combine to feed the bad wolf and thus feed displacing resentment onto weaker
people and onto the natural world.
Then we must work to feed the good
wolves, all of them, everywhere, out in the world. The food of good wolves is caring and
consideration for all, especially as shown through empowerment by decent,
supportive, respectful behavior.
Freedom
of speech is most at risk. The Trump
administration is attacking the media in exactly the way Hitler did in the
1930s. Unfortunately, some of the
misguided “progressive” camp is going after the media too, in the name of
suppressing “hate speech.” There are
classic problems with this, all identified by the Founding Fathers, and by Tom
Paine and John Stuart Mill.
Since
the people in power will naturally be the ones doing the censoring, all
opposition to those in power will soon be censored, and everything that
supports them will be permitted, no matter how vile it is. This is, in practice, the greatest reason why
censorship is generally bad.
Hate speech is in the eye of the beholder. No definition can be tight enough to stop
people from insisting that what they say is not hate speech, and what their
opponents say is always hate speech no matter how nicely phrased. (Politeness can be a way of subtly
maintaining white privilege, for instance.)
Hate speech can be educative–if not the speech itself, then from the
fact that people say it, believe it, and act on it.
Suppressing
speech drives it underground, where it spreads like wildfire—as censored things
always do—and is attractive simply because it was suppressed. There is an Arab saying that “if you forbid
people from rolling camel dung into little balls with their fingers, they would
do it, because they would think that if it is forbidden there must be something
good about it.” Moreover, suppressing
speech makes the suppressed people into instant martyrs, no matter how unsavory
they seemed before.
Last,
it is immoral to shut other people up because you happen to dislike what they
say. They have a right to their opinions
and their mouths.
If
what they say is downright libel, or a direct call to violence, or a lie that
directly leads to physical harm to people (like a con game, or incitement to
murder), that is something else. Lying
under oath is properly forbidden. It has
been suggested that campaign speech should be sworn testimony, at least when
facts are stated, and thus lies like Trump’s would be illegal. We also have no freedom to disclose
proprietary secrets, or to plagiarize.
Freedom is not a matter of absolute freedom; it is a matter of
considering others’ rights. However, the
wise activist errs on the side of liberty.
All
this we learned in the Free Speech Movement in Berkeley in the 1960s, but it
has all been said before, ever since Voltaire and Jefferson.
Similar
conclusions apply to freedom of press, assembly, and religion. However, religion has now been so thoroughly
abused as a cover for political campaigning and even for money-laundering and
profiteering that it must be restricted.
Taxing the churches seems an inescapable necessity if the US is to
flourish. Politics is probably protected
speech, up to a point, but outright campaigning by churches—with donations of
laundered or illegally-gained money—is banned in the US by the Johnson
Rule. It is inappropriate for churches
and temples.
Preachers
who are clearly in it for the money rather than the souls are all too common,
and tax laws must recognize this. The
problem is not just one of politics; the rapidly escalating religious hate that
has swept the world, and notably the United States, in the last generation is
to a very large degree a product of preaching for money. Corrupt and evil men posing as preachers find
that the easiest way to make it pay is to preach hate and right-wing
politics. This is the story of ISIS and
the Taliban as well as of Trump’s preacher claque.
Thus,
cleaning up the institution of
religion would seem to be a part of assuring liberty of conscience. Above all, though, liberty of conscience must
be preserved.
Tolerance,
the most desperately needed and vitally important civic virtue, is also under
an astonishing amount of attack from the left as well as the right.
It
really should need no defense. Many of
the same considerations as those above will apply.
If
you do not tolerate others, they will not tolerate you. They may not even if you do tolerate them,
but, in general, hate breeds hate, acceptance breeds acceptance.
We are all in this together. A functioning society must grow, change, and
build, and can do that only by unified effort, mutual aid, and solidarity. The alternative is mutual destruction. The dominant group may win for a while by doing
others down, but it merely hurts itself—first by losing those other groups and
whatever they can offer, but second by starting a spirit of hate and rivalry
that inevitably tears up the dominant group itself, in due course of time.
As
usual, there are limits. Obviously, we
do not want to tolerate rape, murder, or robbery. The argument is for tolerating people as
individuals—the essential personhood behind whatever unacceptable behavior they
may sometimes present. They deserve
fairness and consideration, but if they are acting to harm others, they must be
stopped. Toleration of ideas is a good;
we need to argue and negotiate and work them out. Toleration of specific behaviors is allowable
only in so far as those behaviors do not actively and unnecessarily harm
people. Not all harm to people is
bad. Plato and Aristotle were already
pointing out 2400 years ago that surgeons “harm” people for their own
good. One wants to minimize hurt, but
some pain is necessary.
In
short, tolerance is a major goal, but must be qualified by common sense. None of
this affects tolerating people as human beings, or, for that matter,
tolerating other life forms. Essential
acceptance of living beings, simply because they are fellow travelers on the
planet, is the basic and essential need
of a functioning society.
It
is therefore unacceptable to hate or reject anyone because of skin color,
ethnicity, language, history, or the like.
No morality can justify that.
Total personal rejection of anyone for any reason is unacceptable. We may have to kill a person in self-defense,
but we are not given license to hate that individual simply for being. We are also not given license to kill off his
entire ethnic group just because he attacked us. We know that “races” are not biological
entities, and that all human groups are pretty much identical in potential, but
even if we did find a group that was—say—less intelligent by some measure than
the average, we would morally have to pay them the same respect and treatment
as everyone else.
This
is the real underpinning of the classic Enlightenment virtues: liberty,
equality, fairness, justice as fairness, and civil behavior in civil
society. Never mind that the
Enlightenment was financed by slavery and colonialism. The point is that much of its content was
explicitly directed against slavery
and class discrimination. No one in the
history of the world had opposed slavery in general until 18th-century
religious thinkers, largely Quakers, did so.
Fairness means serious attention to disadvantaged groups, not just
even-handed treatment of all. Equality
before the law has been in sorry shape under Trump, with flagrant favoring of
whites and rich people over the rest.
Racism
and religious bigotry are more open now than they have been since the 1960s or
perhaps even the 1920s. However, the
real underlying problem seems to be a more general increase in hostility and
antisocial aggression. We have mass
shootings in which the victims are country music fans (Las Vegas), Baptist
churchgoers (Texas), Walmart customers, and other ordinary Americans. By far the greatest number of mass-murder and
terrorist killings in recent years have been of this sort; very few are either
Islamic-extremist or otherwise religiously or racially motivated. Ordinary murders are also increasing again
after years of decline.
It
thus seems that there is a major need for calming speeches and for ideas on how
to reduce violence and antagonism in general.
Certainly, we still need to combat racism, and to defend freedom of
religion, especially freedom from bullying in the name of religion. We need even more to combat overall
hostility.
This
brings us to solidarity: Mutual aid,
mutual support, mutual empowerment and strengthening. It worked for the labor movement and for the old-time
Democrats; disunion, carefully nurtured by the right wing and now by the far
left, has led to the decline of both those institutions. The war between Clinton and Sanders
supporters took down Clinton in 2016, and will guarantee a Republican win in
2020 if it is not resolved.
A
major part of this is civility. We are
getting farther and farther from civil discourse. The right wing is usually the leader and
always the most successful in extreme, exaggerated, intemperate, and insulting
remarks, and we should leave that to them.
We always lose if we try that tactic.
This
brings up science and environment. The
Trump administration, including the Republicans in Congress, have launched a
full-scale war against both. They do not
stop with dismissing science that is embarrassing to their corporate donors,
such as research on climate change and pollution. They have attacked everything from
conservation science to Darwinian evolution.
This is perhaps the area where the Republican base—giant primary-production
firms, racists, and right-wing religious extremists—shows itself most
clearly. “Scientific” racism and
creationism are now supported; the genuine science that disproves these is
attacked. Budget cuts to basic science
and to science education are planned; they are serious enough to virtually
destroy both. Republicans realize that
promoting such a wide anti-scientific agenda—climate change denial, claims that
pesticides are harmless to humans, anti-vaccination propaganda,
anti-evolutionism, racism, and so on—can only succeed if the entire enterprise
of science is attacked. The whole
concept of truth is a casualty, with the calls for “alternative facts.” Ideas of proof, evidence, data, and expertise
are regarded as basically hostile to Republicanism.
Clearly,
it will be national suicide ot allow this to go on. Not only is further scientific research
necessary to progress; a government that makes policy in defiance of the facts
of the case will not survive. We have
already been afflicted with Zika, MRSA, and a host of other germs because of
indifferent attention to public health.
Rising sea levels are eating away at coastlines. Bees and other critically important insects
are disappearing. Foreign policy made in
a fact-free environment has devastated the Middle East. The future will be incalculably worse. Attention to science education, moral
education, and humanistic education remains small.
Part
of this is environmental concern, and there we need to draw on traditional
moralities. Most cultures, worldwide,
have solved the problems of sustainability—usually by teaching respect for all
beings. Children absorb this at a very
young age. They go on to remember that
trees, fish, grass, and future humans all need to be regarded as worthy of
consideration—to be used only as necessary and to be protected for future uses
or simply to keep them alive. The
western world has long been an outlier, worldwide, by treating resources as
things to destroy without a second thought.
With
a proper spirit of respect, we will be able to preserve species and
environments and to avoid destroying the environment with pollutants and
excessive construction. In the short
run, we will have to fall back on laws.
The framework existing as of 2016 was inadequate but was a good start;
it is now lost, and we will have to start from scratch, hopefully with better
laws to be designed in future. There are
countless books on solving the environmental crisis, and to go further into it
here would be tedious. What matters is
recognizing that we must think of sustainability and respect.
The
Endangered Species Act has been under permanent attack by Republicans since it
was proposed. The ostensible reason is
that the act saves worthless weeds and bugs at the expense of human interests. The real reason is that it protects habitat
that corporate interests want to use.
Balancing
environmental protection against immediate use is always difficult, and
requires much more attention than it usually receives, but in this case there
should be no question. “Extinction is
forever.” Once a species is extinct, it
can never be brought back (despite recent claims for reconstruction through
DNA—still merely a vision). Most of the
species proposed for protection are economically and ecologically valuable. A few “weeds and bugs” do get protection, but
they are probably more important than they look. We still have no idea what is important in
nature. Sometimes, loss of an apparently
minor species has caused meltdown of a whole ecological system. Beyond mere utility, there is an issue of
respect for life and living things.
Individuals can be replaced; species cannot.
We
also need a mechanism for moving quickly to protect species that collapse
suddenly. A new pesticide, an epidemic,
a rampantly multiplying introduced pest, or an ill-considered human action can
rapidly change a species from common to endangered.
The
need for environmental protection and conservation is now obvious to everyone
except certain giant corporate interests, who persist in seeing everything
natural as a problem to be eliminated.
Even far-right activists admit a need for some action. Sustainability of resource use is obviously
necessary when at all possible, given the rapid expansion of US population and
economic activity. Some things will
inevitably be lost; we need to restore a great deal to make up for that.
Anti-pollution
rules, wise use rules, and conservation in general are under full and total
attack by the few corporate interests, however.
This has led to some extreme rhetoric on all sides. Always, the worst problem is the fossil fuel
industry, which not only causes most of the pollution and global warming, but
is fighting for its life against cheaper, more efficient, ecologically
preferable energy sources. It now
survives thanks to enormous taxpayer subsidies, so it plows vast sums into
lobbying and into spreading disinformation.
The amount this industry spends on those activities could very possibly
finance a full-scale conversion to clean energy.
One
huge problem that is widely ignored is loss of farmland. Soil conservation has been quite effective in
the US in recent years, leading to complacency.
The real problems now are urbanization and pollution. Vast areas of productive soil and waters are
lost to these. California has urbanized
almost a third of its farmland, including almost all the very best land, in the
last two centuries. Within my memory,
“Silicon Valley” (the San Jose Valley) was probably the most productive orchard
land in the world. It now has no
orchards at all. Nothing is being done
to halt the steady conversion of the best land to suburbs and parking
lots. Other states suffer less, but the
problem is nationwide (and worldwide).
Conversely,
there are some reasons to pull back on Obama’s new national monuments, and
rather more reasons to look for more due process in future. Obama declared vast areas of mixed-use land
as national monument, without local consultation or input, and with some
disregard for established interests. In
general, one can only sympathize with land protection, but more local input is
highly desirable for both pragmatic and democratic reasons.
Forestry
has also suffered from a see-saw battle between lock-down preservation and
totally destructive and wasteful clearcutting.
Wiser solutions (reforestation, controlled burning, thinning, etc.) have
been well known for over 100 years. They
are too rarely invoked today. A scan of
satellite photographs of Oregon is instructive:
tiny pockets of overcrowded locked-down preserves, surrounded by vast
moonscapes of badly recovering clearcuts.
Oregon has lost most of its songbirds, as well as its forestry
futures. There is a desperate need to
maintain more wilderness, for reasons that have filled many whole books, but
that would need to include some burning to preserve actual wild conditions.
Specific
conservation areas of major concern:
Biodiversity and endangered species preservation
Forest management: sustainable logging, controlled
burning, disease control, etc.
Grasslands, wetlands and streams, brushlands,
deserts: sustainable management
Agriculture: getting away from deadly chemicals,
continuing to fight soil erosion, saving farmland from urbanization, reducing
meat and increasing vegetables, etc.
Pollution
Urban sprawl and urban crowding; urban blight;
lack of parks, markets, etc.
Aesthetics
Park and recreation areas that are actually
accessible to everyone
Environmental education
Regulating imports: banning endangered species and
hunting trophies, controlling dangerous pest importation, banning palm oil,
banning or discouraging other ecocidal crops, etc.
There
is now no question that the world is
warming rapidly, and that human-released greenhouse gases are the main
reason. The outright denialist positions
are now apparently monopolized by public-relations people working for fossil
fuel corporations. (There is a long list
of books and articles documenting this.)
Since not only all scientists, but all persons who have spent much time
outdoors over more than a couple of decades, must admit that global warming is
occurring, the denialists have fallen back on saying that it’s happened
before. Indeed it has; we know the
causes, which were either the earth changing its tilt in regard to the sun (so
the sun more effectively warmed the earth) or natural releases of greenhouse
gases, especially carbon dioxide and methane.
The most dramatic well-known episode of that was a massive outpouring of
CO2 from volcanoes, about 50 million years ago.
The Eocene world warmed rapidly and dramatically, and stayed warm for
about 200,000 years. Then it cooled so
fast that trees growing in the high Arctic froze in place. Explorers unthinkingly used some of them for
firewood, only later discovering that their firewood was 50 million years
old. We are now releasing quantities of
greenhouse gases comparable to those released by the volcanoes.
The
immediate consequences include slow but sure sea level rise, and increase in
global temperatures to the point where major changes in biota and in human
lives will occur. In a bit of karma, the
world’s main oil producing region, the lowland Middle East, will become
uninhabitable in a few decades, as air temperatures soar into the 180s. No one knows where this will end. There is no reason to expect that the earth
will not suffer the fate of Venus, with surface temperatures in the hundreds of
degrees.
The
fastest and most effective way to deal with this is by leaving or restoring
natural vegetation, especially forests.
That alone could blot up 20% of atmospheric carbon, given quite possible
scenarios. Other agricultural changes in
the direction of less fuel-intensive, more biointensive farming would greatly
help also. There is a long literature on
this, some reviewed in:
Griscom, Bronson; Justin Adams; Peter Ellis; Richard Houghton; Guy Lomax; et
al. 2017. “Natural Climate Solutions.” Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences 114:11645-11650.
Ultimately, the solution
must extend to clean power; power generation for electric grids,
transportation, and industry accounts for the other 80% of greenhouse gas
release.
The denial industry has
been financed by the large fossil-fuel corporations, who have hired
public-relations firms and in-house scientists.
The Koch brothers are the most conspicuous organizers and funders of the
effort, but ExxonMobil, Shell, and other firms have been involved.
Health
All
other developed countries, and many less developed ones, now have government
health care systems: socialist, single-payer, or government-insured. All these systems work better than the US
system, but every normal measure: life expectancy, days lost to work, maternal
mortality, infant mortality, and coping with illnesses in general. The US mix of government, private insurance,
and private or religious health care is a disaster. American pay twice as much as Europeans for
vastly inferior care. The only
reasonable solution is to expand Medicare and Medicaid to cover everyone, while
also expanding the CDC and other government agencies that deal with
health.
Health
education is another problem, as is the level of nutrition in virtually all environments
in the US (and, in this case, most of the rest of the world also).
Research
should add more work on prevention and education to the ongoing research on
actual pathology and treatment. We are
not doing enough to prevent conditions like substance abuse. We are not doing enough to stop pollution
and clean up polluted environments.
Education
Another
value in extreme danger under the Trump administration is education. His Secretary of Education opposes the whole
idea of education, in the usual sense, and totally opposes public
education. She is systematically
planning to minimize schooling and turn it into indoctrination in right-wing
views. We need the exact opposite:
education to produce genuinely better people—people who are not hateful bullies,
but who want to help others.
Americans
are not getting the type of education they need. This would be one that 1) teaches civics,
including the Constitution and a non-whitewashed US history; 2) teaches actual
science and how one can tell falsehoods and investigate truth; 3) teach the
young about the depth and complexity of human emotions.
Humanistic
education these days runs too heavily to comic books and other media that may
be well enough in themselves, but do not have the sustained engagement with
human feelings and thoughts that one gets from Shakespeare, Cao Xueqin,
Dostoievsky, Thomas Mann, or Toni Morrison.
Serious music seems to have disappeared from most people’s lives; again,
whatever is true or not about “quality,” music of Victoria or Beethoven engages
much more deep and complex emotions than the popular stuff. Whatever one likes or feels is appropriate,
people need more insights into humanity than they get from American popular
culture. A reasonable order of teaching
children would be starting them with civil behavior (considerate, respectful,
sharing; responsible reasonable), then going on to teach compassion and
helpfulness because we are all in this together and must follow something like
the Golden Rule. This should be done along
with reading, writing, history, and math, if we are to survive.
The
Republican tax cuts have caused a massive and steadily increasing flow of
wealth from the poor and middle class to the super-rich. Cutting tax deductions that the middle class
uses, while maintaining those for the rich, accompanies huge cuts to the
highest brackets of taxing and trivial and temporary cuts to the rest of
us. The resulting rise in national debt
will be managed by cutting Medicare, Medicaid, Social Security, and other
programs that transfer wealth to the less fortunate. The worst problem with that, from an economic
point of view, is that money in those programs is immediately spent—it goes
directly into circulation, to buy goods and services. The rich, in contrast, hoard their money,
waiting for ideal investment possibilities.
This
is bad enough in the current good times, but Republican policies will certainly
cause a depression in the near future.
At that point the less affluent will lose their jobs and savings, and
the rich will have every incentive to move their wealth offshore—investing in
other countries or stashing their money in tax shelters like Bermuda and the
Cayman Islands. Other countries will be
developing while the US is depressed; hence the rich will invest in the other
countries.
By
that time, also, education will have been devastated by Republican policies and
funding cuts (see Kansas, currently leading in that area). There will be no pool of young, educated
people to re-grow the economy. The
depression will feed on itself, bringing the United States down, and letting
other nations pick up the lead.
The
Democrats must unite, first of all, before doing anything else. The current disunion (routinely described in
the media as a “circular firing squad”) is suicidal. Democrats will never win any close elections
until they at least vote for each other.
Then,
obviously, appealing to the former base—the great working class—is the next
most important thing to do. Democrats
are perceived, with much reason, as having forsaken the workers to pursue other
issues, many of which are of interest mainly to well-to-do, educated
urbanites. Populist issues like health
care and tax fairness should be foregrounded.
Third
is getting out the vote. This should be
obvious, but Democrats have failed to do it for the last several
elections. Money is spent on lavish
media campaigns—not terribly effective—instead of the proven doorbell-ringing
and precinct phoning and activism.
Fourth
is a concentrated fight against voter suppression and gerrymandering. Again, this should be obvious, but Democratic
officials have been surprisingly quiet about it.
Fifth
is more aggressive calling out the Trump administration on their constant lies
and misrepresentations, and above all naming names of their funders and backers
who are really calling the dishonest shots—the Koch brothers on global warming,
for instance.
There
are many other issues I could name, but those five, in order, seem to me the
key ones. Without attention to these
five, the Democratic party is finished, and the US will be a one-party nation.
First,
the standard freedoms, including all human and civil rights, guarantee of
impartial justice (especially impartial to dollars) and rights to
organize. Explicitly, money is not
speech.
Next,
full rights to a decent environment—minimal pollution and waste, no subsidies
for primary production, preservation of as much of nature as possible given the
need to maintain a decent standard of living.
Next,
no offensive war; war only to defend the country from direct attack, but that
can cover going after terrorists abroad.
Then,
firm graduated tax rate, written into the constitution. No tax exemptions except for legitimate
business and work expenses, and actual, effective charities. No exceptions for
churches, for “charities” that do not spend over 80% of their incomes on actual
charity work (as opposed to “overhead” and administration), or political
outfits masquerading as “non-profits.”
Offshore tax havens and the like would be absolutely illegal, with
extreme penalties.
No subsidies, no favoring specific businesses,
minimal restriction of business and trade, but firm regulations such that harm
and cheating do not happen.
Free
universal health care (free up to a point—small deductibles possible, and no
free discretionary treatment such as plastic surgery for looks).
Free
universal education with arts as well as sciences in the schools.
Savage
penalties for corruption, which would be defined to include donating campaign
funds beyond a set low limit.
Universal
national service: a year in the military, a year doing environmental work, then
a year of social work. Lifetime
emergency call-up, as in Switzerland.
Discouragement
of hate and hate speech. Citizens see
their duty as opposing it and damping it down.
No penalties, but extreme, savage penalties for violating civil rights
and for hate crimes.
Campaign
fund regulations, especially in sensitive things like judicial elections.
Aesthetics
encouraged; national conservation in museums, sites, etc.
Acknowledgements
Thanks to Barbara Anderson, Christopher Chase-Dunn,
Peter Grimes, Hollie Nyseth Brehm, Jennifer Skornik, and Andrea Wilson for
ever-valuable comments.
Acharya,
Avidit; Matthew Blackwell; Maya Sen.
2018. Deep Roots: How Slavery
Still Shapes Southern Politics.
Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Ahmed,
Nafeez. 2019. “How US Climate Deniers Are Working with
Far-Right Racists to Hijack Brexit for Big Oil.” Le Monde Diplomatique, June, https://mondediplo.com/outsidein/brexit-climate-deniers
Allport,
Gordon. 1954. The Nature of Prejudice. Cambridge, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Altemeyer,
Bob. 2010. “Highly Dominating, Highly
Authoritarian Personalities.” Journal of
Social Psychology 144:421-448.
Altınay, Ayşe Gül.
2019. “Undoing Academic Cultures
of Militarism: Turkey and Beyond.”
Current Anthropology 60:Supplement 19:S15-S25.
Ames,
Daniel, and Susan T. Fiske. 2015. “Perceived Intent Motivates People to Magnify
Observed Harms.” Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences 112:3599-3605.
Amrith,
Sunil. 2018. Unruly Waters: How Rains, Rivers, Doasts, and
Seas Have Shaped Asian History. New
York: Basic Books.
Anderson,
E. N. 2010. The Pursuit of Ecotopia. Santa Barbara, CA: ABC-Clio.
Anderson,
E. N. 2011. “Drawing from Traditional and ‘Indigenous’
Socioecological Theories.” In Helen
Kopnina and Eleanor Shoreman-Ouimet, Environmental
Anthropology Today. London: Routledge.
Pp. 56-74.
Anderson,
E. N. 2014. Everyone Eats. 2nd edn. New York: New York University Press.
Anderson,
E. N. 2019. The East Asian World-System: Climate Change
and Dynastic Cycles. Springer.
Anderson,
E. N., and Barbara A. Anderson. 2012.
Warning Signs of Genocide. Walnut
Creek, CA: AltaMira.
Anderson,
E. N., and Barbara A. Anderson.
2017. Halting Genocide in
America. Chesterfield, MO: Mira
Publishing.
Anderson,
Kjell. 2015. “Colonialism and Cold Genocide: The Case of
West Papua.” Genocide Studies and
Prevention 9:9-25.
Applebaum,
Anne. 2017. Red Famine: Stalin’s War on Ukraine. New York: Penguin/Random House.
Arendt, Hannah.
1963. Eichmann in Jerusalem: A
Report on the Banality of Evil. New
York: Viking.
Aristotle.
1953. The Ethics of
Aristotle. Tr. J. A. K. Thomson. New York: Penguin.
Atran, Scott.
2010. Talking to the Enemy: Faith, Brotherhood, and the (Un)Making of
Terrorists. New York: HarperCollins.
Auzanneau,
Mattheiu. 2018. Oil, Power, and War: A Dark History. Translated by John F. Reynolds. Corvallis, OR and White River Junction, VT:
Post Carbon Institute and Chelsea Green Publishing.
Bandura, Albert. 1982. “Self-Efficacy Mechanism in Human
Agency.” American Psychologist
37:122-147.
—
2016. Moral Disengagement: How
People Do Harm and Live with Themselves.
New York: Worth Publishers, MacMillan Learning.
Baron-Cohen, Simon. 2011.
Zero Degrees of Empathy: A New Theory of Human Cruelty. London:
Allen Lane. In US as: The Science of Evil: On Empathy and the
Origins of Cruelty. New York: Basic Books.
Bartlett, Steven James. 2005.
The Pathology of Man: A Study of
Human Evil. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas.
Baskin-Sommers, Arielle; Allison M.
Stuppy-Sullivan; Joshua W. Buckholz.
2016. “Psychopathic Individuals
Exhibit but Do Not Avoid Regret During Counterfactual Decision-Making.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences
113:14438-14443.
Batson, Daniel.
2011. Altruism in Humans. Oxford:
Oxford University Press.
Bauer, Michal; Jana Cahliková; Julie Chytilová;
Tomáš Želinsky. 2018. “Social Contagion of Ethnic Hostility.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences
115:4881-4886.
Baumeister, Roy.
1997. Evil: Inside Human Violence
and Cruelty. San Francisco: W. H.
Freeman.
Baumeister, Roy F.; Laura Smart; Joseph M. Boden. 1996.
“Relation of Threatened Egotism to Violence and Aggression: The Dark
Side of High Self-Esteem.”
Psychological Review 103:5-33.
Beals, Alan R., and Bernard J. Siegel. 1966.
Divisiveness and Social Conflict: An Anthropological Approach. Stanford:
Stanford University Press.
Beck, Aaron. 1999. Prisoners of Hate: The Cognitive Basis of
Anger, Hostility, and Violence. NY:
HarperCollins.
Bélanger, Jocelyn J.; Julie Caouette; Keren
Sharvit; Michelle Dugas. 2014. “The Psychology of Martyrdom: Making the
Ultimate Sacrifice in the Name of a Cause.”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 107:494-515.
Besteman, Catherine. 2019. “Militarized Global Apartheid.” Current Anthropology 60:supplement 19:S26-S38.
Cameron, Hazel. 2018.
“State-Organized Staration: A Weapon of Extreme Mass Violence in matabeleland
South, 1984.” Genocide Studies
International 12:26-47.
Caprara, Gian V.
2002. Review of Prisoners of Hate by Aaron Beck. Contemporary Psychology/APA Review of Books
47:180-184.
Castano, Emanuele. 2012.
“Antisocial Behavior in Individuals and Groups.” In The Oxford Handbook of Personality and
Social Psychology, Kay Deaux and Mark Snyder, eds. New York:
Oxford University Press. Pp.
419-445.
Cattaneo, Lauren Bennett, and Aliya R.
Chapman. 2010. “The Process of Empowerment: A Model for Use in Research and Practice.” American Psychologist 65:646-659.
Chenoweth, Erica, and Maria Stephan. 2012.
Why Civil Resistance Works. New
York: Columbia University Press.
Cheung, Maria; Torsten Trey; David Matas; Richard
An. 2018. “Cold Genocide: Falun Gong in China.” Genocide Studies and Prevention 12:38-62.
Choi, Donghyun Danny; Mathias Portner; Nicolas
Sambanis. 2019. “Parochialism, Social Norms, and
Discrimination against Immigrants.”
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 116:16274-16279.
Choi, Jung-Kyoo, and Samuel Bowles. 2007.
“The Coevolution of Parochial Altruism and War.” Science 318:636-640.
Christian, David.
2004. Maps of Time: An Introduction to Big History. Berkeley: University of California
Press. New preface, 2011.
Clark, Jason K.; Kelsey C. Thiem; Jamie Barden;
Jillian O’Rourke Stuart; Abigail T. Evans.
2015. “Stereotype Validation: The
Effects of Activating Negative Stereotypes after Intellectual
Performance.” Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology 108:531-552.
Clutton-Brock,
Tim. 2016. Mammal Societies. New York: Wiley Blackwell.
Cohen, Geoffrey L.; Julio Garcia; Nancy Apfel; Allison
Master. 2006. “Reducing the Racial Achievement Gap: A Social-Psychologicval Intervention.”
Collier, Paul, and Nicholas Sambanis. 2005. Understanding Civil War: Evidence and
Analysis. 2 v. Washington, DC: World
Bank.
Copeland, William; Dieter Wolke; Suzet Tanya
Lereya; Lilly Shanahan; Carol Worthman; E. Jane Costello. 2014.
“Childhood Bullying Involvement Predicts Low-Grade Systemic Inflammation
into Adulthood.” Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences 111:7570-7575.
Council on Foreign Relations. 2019.
Modern Slavery: Its Root Causes and the Human Toll. [Online presentation.] Posted by Council on Foreign Relations, Oct.
17, https://www.cfr.org/interactives/modern-slavery/?utm_medium=social_owned&utm_source=fb&utm_campaign=modern-slavery&utm_content=101719&fbclid=IwAR3liNVOwm3K647DO5FxwsGHdtEd7k-u0Xv3fBKl1CVg_2N6I8N79UGCRP4#!/section1/item-1
Curry, Oliver Scott; Daniel Austin Mullins; Harvey
Whitehouse. 2019. “Is It Good to Cooperate? Testing th Theory of Morality-as-Cooperation
in 60 Societies.” Current Anthropology
60:47-69.
De Becker, Gavin.
1997. The Gift of Fear. New York: Random House.
De Dreu, Karsten K. W.; Jδrg Gross; Zsomber Méder;
Michael Giffin; Eliska Prochazkova; Jonathan Krikeb; Simon Columbus. 2016.
“In-group Defense, Out-group Aggression, and Coordination Failures in
Intergroup Conflict.” Proceedings of the
American Academy of Sciences 113:10524-10529.
de Waal, Frans. 1996. Good Natured:
The Origins of Right and Wrong in Humans and Other Animals. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Falk, Dean, and Charles Hildebolt. 2017. “Annual War Deaths in Small-Scale
Versus State Societies Scale with Population Size Rather than Violence.” Current Anthropology 58:805-813.
Fattal, Alexander L. 2019.
“Target Intimacy: Notes on the Convergence of the Militarization and
Marketization of Love in Colombia.”
Current Anthropology 60:supplement 19:S49-S61.
Fields, R. Douglas. 2019. “The Roots of Human Aggression.” Scientific American, May, 64-71.
Fiske, Alan Page, and Tage Shakti Rai. 2014.
Virtuous Violence: Hurting and Killing to Create, Sustain, End, and
Honor Social Relationships. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Fletcher, Joseph.
1980. “Turko-Mongolian Monarchic
Tradition in the Ottoman Empire.”
Harvard Ukrainian Studies 3-4 (1979-1980):1:236-251.
Gigerenzer, Gerd. 2007. Gut Feelings:
The Intelligence of the Unconscious.
New York: Viking.
Gigerenzer, Gerd; Peter M. Todd; and the ABC [Adaptive Behavior and
Cognition] Research Group. 1999. Simple Heuristics That Make Us Smart. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Goffman, Erving.
1963. Stigma: Notes on the Management of Spoiled
Identity. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
González-Forero,
Mauricio, and Andy Gardner. 2018. “Inference of Ecological and Social Drivers
of Human Brain-size Evolution.” Nature
557:554-557.
Graeber, David, and David Wengrow. 2018.
“How to Change the Course of History (At Least, the Part that’s Already
Happened).” Eurozine, March 2, file:///C:/Users/user/Downloads/Graeber%20and%20Wengrow%20on%20society.html
Greenaway,
Katharine H., and Tegan Cruwys.
2019. “The Source Model of Group
Threat: Responding to Internal and External Threats.” American Psychologist 74:218-231.
Greene,
Ross. 2016. Lost and Found: Helping Behaviorally
Challenged Students (and, While You’re At It, All the Others). New York: Wiley (Jossey-Bass).
Guimond,
Serge, et al. 2013. “Diversity Policy, Social Dominance, and
Intergroup Relations: Predicting Prejudice in Changing Social and Political
Contexts.” Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology 104:941-958.
Gusterson,
Hugh. 2019. “Drone Warfare in Waziristan and the New
Military Humanism.” Current Anthropology
60:supplement 19:S77-S86.
Gusterson,
Hugh, and Catherine Besteman. 2019. “Cultures of Militarism: An Introduction to
Supplement 19.” Current Anthropology
60:supplement 19:S3-S14.
Habermas,
Jürgen. 1987. The Theory of Communicative Action. 2 v.
Tr. Thomas McCarthy; Ger orig 1981.
Boston: Beacon.
Hahl,
Oliver; Minjae Kim; Ezra W. Zuckerman Sivan.
2018. “The Authentic Appeal of
the Lying Demagogue: Proclaiming the Deeper Truth about Political
Illegitimacy.” American Sociological
Review 83:1-33.
Haidt,
Jonathan. 2012. The Righteous Mind: Why Good People Are
Divided by Politics and Religion. New
York: Pantheon.
Hämäläinen,
Pekka. 2008. The Comanche Empire. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Hammami, Rema.
2019. “Destabilizing Mastern and
the Machine: Palestinian Agency and Gendered Embodiment at Israeli Military
Checkpoints.” S87-97.
Harff, Barbara.
2012. “Assessing Risks of
Genocide and Politicide: A Global Watch List for 2012.” In Peace
and conflict 2012, J. Joseph Hewitt,
Jonathan Wilkenfeld, and Ted Robert Gurr, eds.
Boulder, CO: Paradigm Press. Pp.
53-56.
Harris, Judith Rich. 1998.
The Nurture Assumption: Why Children
Turn Out the Way They Do. New York: Free Press.
Hawley, Emily.
2018. “ISIS Crimes Against the
Shia: The Islamic State’s Genocide Against Shia Muslims.” Genocide Studies International 11:160-181.
Healy, Melissa.
2018. “No lie: Voters Tolerate
Politicians’ Fibs.” Los Angeles Times,
Dec. 24, A5.
Heid, Markham.
2019. “The Roots of Good and
Evil.” The Roots of Good and Evil, Special TIME Edition, pp. 16-23.
Hemming, John. 1978. Red Gold: The Conquest of the
Brazilian Indians. London: MacMillan.
Henrich, Joseph.
2016. The Secret of Our Success:
How Culture Is Driving Human Evolution, Domesticating Our Species, and Making
Us Smarter. Princeton: Princeton
University Press.
Hobbes, Thomas.
1950 [1651]. Leviathan. New
York: Dutton.
Hostinar, Camelia E., and Gregory E. Miller. 2019.
“Protective Factgors for Youth Confronting Economic Hardship: Current
Challenges and Future Avenues in Resilience Research.” American Psychologist 74:641-652.
Howard-Hassman, Rhoda E. 2016.
State Food Crimes. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Hume, David.
1969 [1739-40]. A Treatise of
Human Nature. New York: Penguin.
Ibn Khaldun.
1958. The Muqaddimah. Tr. Franz Rosenthal. New York: Pantheon.
Kachanoff, Frank J.; Donald M. Taylor; Thomas H.
Khullar; Julie Caouette; Michael J. A. Wohl.
2019. “The Chains on All My
People Are the Chains on Me: Restrictions to Collective Autonomy Undermine the
Personal Autonomy and Psychological Well-Being of Group Members.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology
116:141-165.
Kahneman, Daniel.
2011. Thinking, Fast and
Slow. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux.
Kant, Immanuel.
2002. Groundwork for the
Metaphysics of Morals. Ed/tr Allen W.
Wood. German original late 18th
century. New Haven:
Yale University Press.
Kiernan, Ben.
2007. Blood and Soil: A World History of Genocide and Extermination
from Sparta to Darfur. New Haven: Yale
University Press.
Kincaid, John D.
2016. “The Rational Basis of Irrational Politics: Examining the Great
Texas Political Shift to the Right.”
Politics and Society 44:525-550.
Kissel, Marc, and Nam Kim. 2018.
“The Emergence of Human Warfare: Current Perspectives.” American Journal of Physical Anthropology
168:doi.org/10.1002/ajpa.23751.
Klein,
Naomi. 2007. The Shock Doctrine. New
York:
Metropolitan Books (Henry Holt).
Klein,
Naomi. 2014. This Changes Everything: Capitalism vs. the
Climate. New York: Simon and
Schuster.
Kluger,
Jeffrey; Tiffany Sharples; Alexandra Silver.
2019. “What Makes Us Moral.” The
Secinece of Good and Evil: Special TIME Edition, pp. 6-15.
Kohrman,
Matthew; Gan Quan; Liu Wennan; Robert N. Proctor (eds.). 2018.
Poisonous Pandas: Chinese Cigarette Manufaturing in Criotical Historical
Perspectives. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
Kteily,
Nour; Gordon Hodson; Emile Bruneau.
2016. “They See Us as Less than Human:
Metadehumanization Predicts Intergroup Conflict via Reciprocal
Dehumanization.” Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology 110:343-370.
Kyle,
Sarah R. 2017. Medicine and Humanism in Late Medieval Italy:
The Carrara Herbal in Padua. London: Routledge
Taylor & Francis
Lang, Samantha F., and Blaine J. Fowers. 2019.
“An Expanded Theory of Alzheimer’s Caregiving.” American Psychologist 74:194-206.
Langer, Ellen. 1983. The Psychology of Control.
Beverly Hills: Sage.
LeDoux, Joseph.
2015. Anxious: Using the Brain to
Understand and Trust Fear and Anxiety.
New York: Viking.
Lefebvre, Henri.
1992. The Production of
Space. (Fr. orig. 1986.) New York: Wiley-Blackwell.
Lerner, Melvin.
1980. Belief in a Just
World: A Fundamental Delusion. NY:
Plenum.
Li, Lillian.
2007. Fighting Famine in North
China: State, Market, and Environmnentqal Decline, 1690s-1990s. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Lombardi, Lisa.
2019. “Where the Demons
Play.” The Science of Good and Evil, Special TIME Edition, pp. 24-29.
Lopez, Ian Haney.
2017. Dog Whistle Politics: How Coded Racial Appeals Have Reinvented
Racism and Wrecked the Middle Class. New
York: Oxford University Press.
Luce, Edward. 2017. “The Retreat of Wsestern Liberalism. New York: Atlantic Monthly Press.
Lutz, Catherine.
2019. “Bureaucratic Weaponry and the Production of Ignorance in Military
Operations on Guam.” Current
Anthropology 60:supplement 19:S108-S121.
Lyubomirsky, Sonja. 2007.
The How of Happiness: A
Scientific Approach to Getting the Life You Want. New
York: Penguin
Press.
MacIntyre, Alasdair. 1984.
After Virtue: A Study in Moral
Theory. Notre Dame, IN: Notre Dame University Press.
Morris, Ian.
2010. Why the West Rules…For
Now. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux.
Mutz, Diana C.
2018. “Status Threat, Not Economic Hardship, Explains the 2016
Presidential Vote.” Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences 115:E4330-E4339.
Nelson, Diane M.
2019. “Low Intensities.” Current Anthropology 60:supplement
19:S122-S133.
Nesbit, Jeff.
2016. Poison Tea: How Big Oil and
Big Tobacco Inventd the Tea Party and Captured the GOP. New York: St. Martin’s.
Neuborne, Burt.
2019. When at Times the Mob is
Swayed: A Citizen’s Guide to Defending Our Republic. New York: New Press.
Nisbett, Richard, and Dov Cohen. 1996.
Culture of Honor: The Psychology of Violence in the South. Boulder, CO: Westview.
Osgood, Charles E.; G. Suci; P. Tannenbaum. 1957.
Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press.
Park, Yong Chin, and Tom Pyszczynski. 2019.
“Reducing Defensive Responses to Thoughts of Death: Meditation,
Mindfulness, and Buddhism.” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology 116:101-118.
Parks, Craig D., and Asako B. Stone. 2010.
“The Desire to Expel Unselfish Members from the Group.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology
99:303-310.
Pascoe, Bruce.
2014. Black Emu, Dark Seeds:
Agriculture or Accident? Broome, WA:
Magabala Books Aboriginal Corporation.
Paxton, Robert O.
2004. The Anatomy of
Fascism. New York: Knopf.
Peterson, Christopher; Steven Maier; Martin E. P.
Seligman. 1993. Learned Helplessness. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Peterson,
Jillian, and James Denaley. 2019. “Who Are the Mass Shooters?” Los Angeles Times, Aug. 6, A11.
Putnam, Robert.
2000. Bowling Alone: The Collapse and Revival of American
Community. New York:
Simon and Schuster.
Rawls, John.
1971. A Theory of Justice. Cambridge: Harvard
University Press.
Rawls, John.
2001. Justice as Fairness: A
Restatement. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Reardon, Sara.
2018. “After the Violence.” Nature 557:19-24.
Reynolds, Arthur J.; Suh-Ruu Ou; Christina F> Mondi;
Alison Giovanelli. 2019. “Reducing Poverty and Inequality Through
Preschool-to-Third-Grade Prevention Services.”
American Psychologist 74:653-672.
Robarchek,
Clayton. 1989. “Primitive Warfare and the Ratomorphic
Image of Mankind.” American
Anthropologist 91:903-920.
Robarchek, Clayton, and Carole Robarchek. 1998.
Waorani: The Contexts of Violence and War. Fort Worth, TX:
Harcourt Brace.
Rogers,
Carl. l96l. On Becoming a Person. Boston:
Houghton Mifflin.
Rolheiser, Ron.
2018. “Moral Outrage.” Internet posting by author, April 15.
Rosenbaum, Ron.
2019. Explaining Hitler: The
Search for the Origins of His Evil. New
York: Da Capo Press, Perseus Group.
Rovenpor, Daniel R.; Thomas C. O’Brien; Laura De
Guissmé; Antoine Roblain; Peggy Chekroun.
2019. “Intergroup Conflict
Self-Perpetuates via Meaning: Exposure to Intergroup Conflict Increases Meaning
and Fuels a Desire for Further Conflict.”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 116:119-140.
Róźycka-Tran, Joanna; Paweƚ Boski; Bogdan
Wojciszke. 2015. “Belief in a Zero-Sum
Game as a Social Axiom: A 37-Nation Study.”
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology 46:525-548.
Rummel, Rudolph. 1994. Death by Government. New Brunswick, New
Jersey: Transaction Books.
— 1998.Statistics of Democide. Munchen, Germany:
LIT.
Sahlins,
Marshall. 2008. The Western Illusion of Human Nature. Chicago: Prickly Paradigm Press.
Salaman,
Redcliffe. 1985. The History and Social Influence of the
Potato. 2nd edn., ed. by J.
Hawkes. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Sapolsky, Robert.
2017. Behave: The Biology of
Humans at Our Best and Worst. New York:
Penguin.
—
2018. “Double-Edged Swords in the
Biology of Conflict.” Frontiers in
Psychology, 9:2625 (online).
Saucier,
Gerard, and Laura Akers. 2018. “Democidal Thinking: Patterns in the Mindset
Behind Mass Killing.” Genocide Studies
and Prevention 12:80-97.
Scudder, Thayer. 2005. The Future of Large Dams.
London: Earthscan.
Sen, Amartya.
1982. Poverty and Famines: An Essay on Entitlement and Deprivation. Oxford:
Oxford University Press.
Shaw, Martin.
2013. Genocide and International
Relations: Changing Patterns in the Transitions of the Late Modern World. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Stavrova, Olga, and Daniel Ehlebracht. 2016.
“Cynical Beliefs about Human Nature and Income: Longitudinal and
Cross-Cultural Analyses.” Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology 110:116-132.
Stedman, John Gabriel. 1988.
Narrative of a Five Years’ Expedition against the Revolted Negroes of Surinam. Ed. Richard Price and Sally Price. Baltimore: Johns
Hopkins University
Press. (Orig. ms 1790; orig. publ. 1806-1813.)
Stenner, Karen.
2005. The Authoritarian
Dynamic. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
Sternberg, Robert J., and Karin Sternberg. 2008.
The Nature of Hate. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Sun, Lena, and Janet Eilperin. 2017.
“CDC Gets List of Forbidden Words: Fetus, Transgender, Diversity.” Washington Post, Dec. 15,
Tadmor, Carmit T.; Ying-yi Hong; Melody M. Chao;
Ayala Cohen. 2018. “The Tolerance Benefits of Multicultural
Experiences Depend on the Perception of Available Mental Resources.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology
115:396-426.
Tatz, Colin.
2018. “Seldom Asked, Seldom
Answered: II(b) or not II(b)?” Genocide
Studies International 11:216-227.
Tatz, Colin, and Winton Higgins. 2016.
The Magnitude of Genocide. Santa
Barbara: Praeger, “an imprint of ABC-CLIO.”
Taylor, Kathleen.
2009. Cruelty: Human Evil and the
Human Brain. Oxford: Oxford University
Press.
Te Brake, Wayne.
2017. Religious War and Religious
Peace in Early Modern Europe. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Tom, Joshua C.
2018. “Social Origins of
Scientific Deviance: Examining Creationism and Global Warming Skepticism.” Sociological Perspectives 612:341-360.
Tomasello, Michael. 2016.
A Natural History of Human Morality.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
—
2018. “The Origins of Morality.”
Scientific American, Sept., 70-75.
Traverso, Enzo.
2019. The New Faces of
Facism. Translated by David Broder
(French orig. 2017). Verso.
Turchin, Peter.
2003. Historical Dynamics: Why States
Rise and Fall. Princeton: Princeton
University Press.
—
2006. War and Peace and War: The Life
Cycles of Imperial Nations. New
York: Pi
Press.
Turner, James Morton, and Andrew C. Isenberg. 2018. The Republican Reversal. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Vine, David.
2019. “No Bases? Assessing the Impact of Social Movements
Challenging US Foreign Military Bases.”
Current Anthropology 60:supplement 19:S158-S172.
Waller, James. 2002. Becoming Evil: How Ordinary People Commit Genocide and Mass
Killing. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Waller, James.
2016. Confronting Evil: Engaging
Our Responsibility to Prevent Genocide.
New York: Oxford University Press.
Weir, Kirsten.
2018. “Dismantling Hate.” Monitor on Psychology, Jan. 42-47.
Weisband, Edward.
2017. The Macabresque: Human
Violation and Hate in Genocide, Mass Atrocity and Enemy-Making. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
—
2019. “The Macabresque: Human
Violation in Comparative Analytical Perspectives.” Journal of Genocide Research 21:323-334.
Werner, Emmy, and Ruth S. Smith. 1982.
Vulnerable but Invincible: A
Longitudinal Study of Resilient Children and Youth. New
York:
McGraw-Hill.
Werner, Emmy E., and Ruth S. Smith. 2001.
Journeys from Childhood to Midlife: Risk, Resilience and Recovery. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.
Whiting, John W. M.; Irvin L. Child. 1953.
Child Training and Personality: A Cross-Cultural Study. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Wiessner, Polly.
2019. “Collective Action for War and for Peace: A Case Study among the
Enga of Papua New Guinea.” Current
Anthropology 60:224-244.
Williams, Kipling D. 2007.
“Ostracism.” Annual Review of
Psychology 58:425-452.
—
2011. “The Pain of
Exclusion.” Scientific American Mind,
Jan.-Feb., 30-37.
Woodham-Smith,
Cecil. 1962. The Great Hunger. New York: Harper & Row.
Worm, Boris.
2016. “Averting a Global
Fisheries Disaster.” Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences 113:4895-4897.
Worm, Boris; Edward B. Barbier; Nicola Beaumont;
J. Emmett Duffy; Carl Folke; Benjamin S. Halpern; Jeremy B. C. Jackson; Heike
K. Lotze; Fiorenza Micheli; Stephen R. Palumbi; Enric Sala; Kimberley A.
Selkoe; John J. Stachowicz; Reg Watson.
2006. “Impacts of Biodiversity
Loss on Ocean Ecosystem Services.”
Science 314:787-790.
Wrangham, Richard.
2019. The Goodness Paradox. New York: Pantheon (Penguin Random House).
Zaki, Jamil.
2019. The War for Kindness:
Building Empathy in a Fractured World.
New York: Crown.
Zeki, Semir, and John Paul Romaya. 2008.
“Neural Correlates of Hate.” PLoS
One 3 (10):e3556.
Zimbardo, Philip.
2008. The Lucifer Effect: Understanding How Good People Turn Evil. New York: Random House.
—
2018. “Philip Zimbardo’s Response
to Recent Criticisms of the Stanford Prison Experiment.” Blog, June. http://www.prisonexp.org/response
Northwest Coast: Traditional Indigenous Relationships with
Plants and Animals
E. N. Anderson
Draft of March 2019
This is a book in progress.
It is about half done. What is
needed is a search through old collections of “myths and texts” to find as much
documentation as I can of traditional conservation and sustainability
ideas. I have also only begun work on
the art section and some other sections.
I have been working on this book off and on for over 30 years, and at 78
I fear I will not live to finish it. The
press of events has made it impossible to work for the immediate future. So here is half of it, for anyone that wants
that much!
You are free to use it, but cite it fully and list as “work
in progress.”
Contents
Preface
Introduction
1. Nature
2. Traditional
Culture Areas
3.
Cultural-Ecological Dynamics
4. Traditional
Resource Management
5. White Settler
Contact and Its Tragic Consequences
6. Resource Mismanagement
Since 1800
7. The Ideology
behind It All
8. Respect
9. Worldviews
Underwriting Knowledge
10. Teachings and
Stories
11. The Visual Art
12. Conclusions
Appendix 1. A Note on
Languages
Appendix 2. The Old
Northern Worldview
Appendix 3. The
“Wasteful” Native Debunked
Preface
This work
tells the story of traditional management of plant and animal resources by
Native peoples of the Northwest Coast of North America. There, management strategies are rooted in
practice developed over thousands of years of living off the land. A broad ideology of conservation, wise use,
care, and respect has evolved.
There are
many similarities between Northwest Coast views and those of other hunting and
fishing peoples of the northern hemisphere, and one feature of this book is to
trace resemblances and relationships—more suggestively than systematically, but
at least with some grounding.
The book is the product of many
years of thinking about experiences, many of them long ago. I first visited the Northwest in 1960,
driving major highways through Washington and Oregon. Work exigencies have taken me back to the
area, for at least flying visits, in most years since. I did field research on the Northwest Coast
in 1983-87, primarily in 1984 and 1985.
I lived in Seattle from 2006 through 2009.
My research was rather varied in
nature, and in the end focused largely on the writings of Wilson Duff, an
anthropologist active in the mid-20th century (Duff 1996). However, I did field work on ecological and
environmental issues for about several months in 1984 and another three in
1985, largely among the Nuu-chah-nulth and Haida. I have driven or hiked through every part of
the region treated, covering every mile of major highway in Washington, Oregon
and California, and a fairly thick sampling of British Columbia and
southern Alaska. I can also draw on a great deal of field
experience in Mexico and some in Mongolia, where I could live with Indigenous
people who still fully maintained beliefs and ontologies similar to the ones
described herein.
This book
is also a belated fulfillment of a promise:
to help Native people get fair treatment in their land claims. Aboriginal title to land and rights to manage
resources were not recognized in Canada.
They were finally given some standing from the late 1990s, but use and
management rights are still controversial.
In the United States, Native peoples were recognized as “dependent
nations” from the earliest years of the republic, but the interpretations of
this have fluctuated, depending on whether “dependent” or “nations” was being
foregrounded. Treaty rights to fisheries
were disregarded in Washington state, for instance, until Judge Boldt in 1978
ruled that they had to be enforced. Title to land was recognized, but was signed
away (often at gun point) through unequal treaties, or was simply stolen or
acquired by duplicity. Various claims
and compensation have resulted, but in both Canada and the United States there
is a long way to go. In 1985 I promised
to Haida friends that I would write what I could that would be useful. I have since written several items about
Northwest Coast human ecology, notably my introduction to Wilson Duff’s
writings (1996) and relevant sections in my books Ecologies of the Heart (1996) and Caring for Place (2014), and the time has come to bring all
together.
Earl Maquinna George,
Nuu-chah-nulth scholar, has written: “The
work of a non-native is colored by the inability of the outsider to experience
the context of the information collected…there are many parts of native life
that have never come out in their work” (George 2003:38). Of this I am painfully aware, and I am in no
position to do any better. Fortunately,
I can often rely on quoting George and other First Nations writers. Many Indigenous persons are now leading
scholars of their traditions, and I will have much occasion to refer to them
below.
The position of a person who has
devoted his life to being a cross-cultiural interpreter is never easy. Recently, people like me have been criticized
far more severely than Earl George would do.
The point under it all is that we really do not have the lived
experience of people who grew up with the label “Native American.” We do not have the specific experiences of
oppression, stereotyping, prejudice, and disenfranchisement. On the other hand, we can use the data, and
we can bring some comparative focus to the enterprise. We can also bring a real desire to understand
and help. Above all, we can help get the
word out. I try to quote as much as
possible, from both early collections and modern works.
There is a
serious issue with making use of traditional stories recorded in collections of
texts. Many of these were recorded with
full permission, for publication, and were told by people who had the rights to
tell them. Many were not. I have tried to confine my citations of
traditional stories to material in the first category, but to do anything like
a proper job, I must cite materials that may be in the second. I have, however, consciously tried to avoid
using distorted, “edited,” bowdlerized, or otherwise “settler”-altered
materials, and materials clearly recorded from shaky sources or published
without even the pretense of permission. I ask forgiveness for errors. I believe that the traditional teachings of
the Northwest Coast are so important that they should be made available to the
wider world if they are already out there in published form.
In usage, I
prefer the term “Native American,” though it has drawbacks. Most of the people in question call themselves
“Indians,” but often prefer to be “Native Americans” in formal contexts. In Canada “First Nations” is now the polite
term of reference. “Indigenous” is a
vexed term, but cannot be avoided.
“Local” and “traditional” have their usual vague meanings. I am quite aware that while some traditions
are thousands of years old, some are only a generation old; if their bearers
think of them as “traditions,” I am not going to object.
Similarly, we are stuck with
“supernatural” to refer to spirit beings, though they are considered perfectly
natural on the Northwest Coast, and include the immortal essences of ordinary
animals, these having been “supernaturals” in ancestral times. I try to avoid making irrelevant
discriminations such as “natural” and “supernatural” (see Miller 1999), but
most sources use the word, and better recent coinages like “supramundane” are
just not current usage. Finally, the
term “authentic” has become so polarized in Northwest Coast studies that I try
to avoid it altogether. It has been
especially problematic in art, where modern Native American works were often
criticized in the past for not being like those of a hundred years earlier,
these latter being somehow more “authentic.”
I apologize for any offense given by particular usages.
Native
terms are spelled as they are in the sources I quote. I am not a professional linguist, do not
speak any Northwest Coast languages, and am in no position to decide what is
“correct,” in a land with dozens of languages and hundreds of local
variants. Many different systems of
linguistic transcription are in use, and many Native people prefer the old
missionary syllabary system, despite its unsavory origins and implications,
because it has been so familiar for so long.
See Appendix 1 for a quick guide to languages.
I am
grateful to a wide range of people, but owe a special debt to my coworker in
the 1980s Evelyn Pinkerton, who is not only the finest ethnographer I have ever
seen at work but a superb scholar and human being. I have also had special help and support over
the years from Marnie Duff, Leslie Johnson, Joyce LeCompte-Mastenbrook, Nancy
Turner, and many other scholars. My
contacts with First Nations people were all too short, usually confined to
brief interviews, but I need to acknowledge in particular Guujaw (Gary
Edenshaw), Ki-Ke-In (Ron Hamilton), Nelson Keitlah, the late Ray Seitcher, and others. For particularly valuable advice in the field
work years and since, I am grateful to Ron and Marianne Ignace. I thank also many people whose names I
withhold for various reasons of privacy.
Introduction
The
Northwest Coast of North America is of interest for many reasons, not least
being the careful management of plant and animal resources by Indigenous
peoples there. Thanks to care backed by
an ideology of respect, the Native people supported dense populations with rich
artistic traditions and complex stratified societies. The environment was not just sustainably
managed; it was managed to get better over time. Burning for berries, stocking fish,
cultivating root crops, and other techniques exemplified in real time the
visionary goal of “sustainable development” that seems so hard to imagine in
today’s world.
The characteristics of the
Indigenous Northwest are so well described in so many books that it would be
tedious to go into detail; see the classic cultural summaries in the
Smithsonian Institution’s Handbook of
North American Indians, Northwest Coast volume (Suttles 1990).
Defining
the region is, however, briefly necessary.
The Smithsonian Insititution Handbook is divided into volumes by culture
areas. My “Northwest Coast” overlaps
their Plateau (Walker 1998) and Subarctic (Helm 1981), and even makes
incursions into California (Heizer 1978).
The problem is that the Indigenous people did not divide themselves into
neat culture areas. The classic
Northwest is defined by large plank houses, monumental visual art, ranked
societies with chiefs, commoners and slaves, dependence on fish for
subsistence, and heavy use of wood in this thickly-forested environment. The Plateau is defined by large pit houses,
use of riverine fish (anadromous or not), heavy use of roots dug in semidesert
lithic plains, less strongly ranked societies, and smaller settlements. The Subarctic is a land of small
lightly-built houses, seminomadic societies made up of small bands or groups,
and heavy use of mammalian prey (though fish remained staple in many
areas).
Obviously, there will be border
groups that partake of two or three cultural areas—sharing one trait with one
area, another with another. The
Tsetsaut, Wetsuweten and other Athapaskan-speaking groups shared varying amounts
of Northwest culture while being Subarctic in other ways, including linguistic
affiliation. The Wasco and Wishram along
the Columbia mediated between Coast and Plateau; so did some other groups. The little-known Calapuya and Molalla of
Oregon do not seem to fit comfortably into any category. The Yurok, Karok and their neighbors in
California neatly bridge the gap between Northwest and California. The Klamath and Modoc might be considered
Northwest Coast, Plateau, California, or even Great Basin. The areal classifications are modern constructs,
not some sort of cast-iron reality.
Given this ambiguity, I see every
reason to draw examples and principles from the farthest extent possible. Essentially, any group in a drainage basin
whose outlet is on the Pacific is within my purview. This lets me go far inland up the Columbia
and Skeena rivers. I will, of course, usashamedly
take examples from even farther afield, where they are relevant (largely in the
case of Athapaskan groups that are in other drainages but are very similar in
culture to the ones in my area of focus, but also from as far afield as east
Siberia).
Using river drainages to define
areas has the advantage that the drainages are biologically real and important
things, unlike the culture areas, which are somewhat arbitrary classification
schemes imposed originally by museum scholars.
Moreover, the rivers provided trade and communication corridors. Northwest Coast trading was long-range and
extensive. Routes led for hundreds of
miles, and individuals often traveled hundreds of miles themselves. Heavy-loaded canoes went up and down the
coast, and there was even regular canoe traffic across Hecate Strait between
Haida Gwaii and the mainland; this is such dangerous water that off-season
kayakers are often lost today, and many a big boat has been wrecked. Rivers unified peoples. Individuals of totally unrelated languages
could, and frequently did, meet at major fishing areas, trade, exchange ideas, and
frequently marry. It was evidently
rather rare, in anything close to a border zone, to speak only one
language. Many people grew up with two
languages in the home.
The boundary between America and
Asia is similarly meaningless culturally.
Since Franz Boas, anthropologists have realized that the northeast
Siberian Indigenous peoples were culturally similar to the Northwest Coast
ones, though the languages were different (except for Yuit, shared across
Bering Strait). Boas persuaded the
wealthy New Yorker Morris Jesup to fund a major “expedition” to study societies
on both sides of the Strait. It was not
an expedition in the normal sense, but funding for ethnographers and
archaeologists to spend months or a year in a given area, finding all they
could about it. Some of the great
classics of ethnography resulted, and some shall be considered below.
Since then, studying the two sides
of the North Pacific as one area has been an agenda pursued by William Fitzhugh
and his associates (see esp. Fitzhugh and Crowell 1988), Ben Colombi and James
Brooks (2012), and others. Even farther
afield, I encountered attitudes and practices in Mongolia that were essentially
the same as what I have seen in the Northwest, and the connecting links via the
Siberian societies prove a continuous cultural pattern, not independent
invention. I shall thus introduce Asian
examples as occasion affords.
More tenuous are connections across
the Subarctic to old Europe. The Jesup
Expedition found no lack of evidence of continuity. Such things as skis/snowshoes, dogsleds,
complex harpoons, skin tipis, and particular forms of sewn skin clothing prove
conclusively that there was a “circumpolar” cultural area. Since we also observe the same patterns of
belief and practice in regard to hunting and animals prevalent throughout this
area, we can safely assume that there has been at least some sort of ongoing
contact, however indirect, thin, qualified, and tentative. I have thus defined an “Old Northern
worldview,” based on these patterns. I
have, however, relegated it to an appendix (Appendix 2), in the rather confident
expectation that I will be challenged for vast overgeneralization. Time will, hopefully, tell how much sharing
matters in this case.
Finally, I cannot stress strongly enough that all
groups within this vast area are different, and the families and
individuals within them are different from each other. Generalizing at the level found in this
volume is at a very general level
indeed. It blurs out countless major
differences and minor nuances. I am concerned with very broad principles of
environmental management. These can be
safely generalized, but only if they are kept at a high level of
abstraction. In what follows, I will
make distinctions where necessary, but readers should remember that extensive quotes from individuals apply, in
the last analysis, only to that individual and, hopefully, his or her
ethnic group. I quote to illustrate very
broad and general points about northwestern North America or even the Old
Northern worldview in general, but the quotes will have nuances and specific
details relevant to the quoted individual’s own life and experience.
I,
personally, am struck by the similarities across this vast area—the reverence
for salmon and wrens that stretches from ancient Ireland to Haida Gwaii, the
personhood of moose by the Yukaghir and Beaver—but readers should be aware that
the ancient Irish are otherwise not much like the Haida, nor are the Yukaghir
the Beaver in disguise. We have had more
than enough of the ascription of “shamanism” to all Indigenous peoples, of the
myth of the Noble Savage (Ellingson 2001), and of the stereotype of the
“primitive in harmony with nature.” I
am quite conscious of both the differences between groups and of the extreme
danger of essentializing and overgeneralizing.
I am trying to tease out particular themes that are both widespread and
valuable from a maze of cultural specifics.
Readers are warned not to take anything I say as essentializing some
mystic unity among these groups.
I am not
alone, though, in finding commonalities.
The Haida have been compared for over 100 years with the Vikings, and
this has been put on a systematic footing by Johan Ling, Timothy Earle and
Kristian Kristiansen (2018). They define
a type of society, the maritime chiefdom, based on seafaring, trade,
slave-taking, and some on-shore production of goods and food. They see close similarities between early
Bronze Age and Viking Scandinavia, which is hardly surprising, but then observe
that societies from the Haida to the Solomon Islanders display similar
patterns: chiefdoms made up of fiercely independent people, united behind
leaders of descent groups, living by fishing and seafaring, trading
extensively, and taking, trading, and using slaves. They compare these with nomadic herding
peoples, who often have similar patterns of high mobility and extensive
trading.
On the
Northwest Coast, the Haida are certainly the best example. Some of the Kwakwala-speaking groups, such as
the Lekwiltok, come close. The Nuu-chah-nulth,
Makah, and other coastal groups are more local, less trade- and slave-oriented,
more satisfied with producing for themselves.
There is, in fact, a smooth gradation from the Haida through these
groups to the Salish peoples, perhaps more often targets of slaving than
slavers themselves, and much more local in their journeys. The interior groups often traded and had some
slaves, but did not take long sea journeys.
This gradation from sea-raider to local producer makes one dubious of
the value of inventing a “maritime mode of production” (as Ling et al.
do). One may better speak of a natural
adaptation to local circumstances. Be
that as it may, the comparison stands.
Northwest Coast people and
neighboring Siberians share certain ideas, just as westerners share ideas of
individualism and individual rationality without losing cultural identity
thereby. These ideas are worth attention,
but do not diminish cultural and personal uniqueness. These groups also share
much more specific things: details of shamanism and vision quests, specific
folktales and songs, specific traits of material culture, even games and
clothing styles. Also, trade kept links
open; Anastasio (1972:169) provided a list of 53 classes of goods regularly
traded in the Plateau, from abalone shells to yew wood for bows, and even that
list is incomplete. Turner (2014:137ff)
similarly discusses the effects of trade on language; words were borrowed
freely all over the region. The cultural
links are real and multifarious.
However, I could write a whole book
about the differences between all, and about the dangers of essentializing.
This is not that book, but it is written with a lively awareness of that issue.
1. Nature
The northwest corner of North
America is a land of vast forests and high mountains. It is difficult country for making a living,
especially for hunter-gatherers. Most of
the biomass is tied up in wood.
Moreover, the trees are living chemical factories, producing compounds
that discourage insects and other herbivores.
Thus, compared to the deciduous forests of eastern North America or the
tropical rainforests, they are quite poor in wildlife. One can hike for miles without encountering
anything more than a squirrel or two and a flock of chickadees and nuthatches. Old-growth mixed forests develop a richer
fauna, but much of the region is covered with Douglas fir, famously well
protected by its hardness and its chemical defenses against herbivores of all
types. After living in Doug-fir woods
for years I am convinced it is about the most inedible tree on earth. Nothing bothers it.
Food, from a human standpoint,
concentrates along the rivers and coasts.
The fish resources are legendary, and even now have to be seen to be
believed. The major fish resource is anadromous
(sea-running) salmonids of seven species.
Five species are called “salmon” by Anglo-Americans, two others are
“trout.” The “salmon” are—in rough order
of popularity as food—the chinook or king (Oncorhynchus
tschawytscha), sockeye (O. nerka),
pink (O. gorbuscha), coho (O. kisutch), and chum or keta (O. keta). The “trout” are the rainbow, which when
sea-running is the “steelhead” (O. mykiss)
and the cutthroat (O. clarki), which
very locally sea-runs too. Several other
trout and char species occur, and a few of them occasionally sea-run. (The Great Book on Pacific salmonids is
Thomas Quinn’s The Behavior and Ecology
of Pacific Salmon and Trout, 2nd edn. 2017, a must-read for all
those interested in Northwest ecology. Among
many good accounts of salmon and Native salmon fisheries are Grabowski 2015,
Hunn 1990, and Ross 2011 for the Columbia.)
Large rivers may have several runs
of the major species, each run coming at a different time and being slightly
different genetically from other runs of the same species in the same
river. Salmon smell and taste their way
home; the young imprint on their place of rearing, and can detect the scent of
their native river far out to sea. Once
in the river, they smell their way up to their origin stream. Magnetic sense allows them to navigate by
that method too. They evidently
recognize bodies and currents of water.
They often do, however, pioneer new homes, especially if—as often
happens—landslides or other events have made old homes unreachable. Salmon are famous for their ability to cross
many obstacles—swimming up major waterfalls—but they cannot deal with a really
high waterfall. Also, making a river
harder to negotiate may cause them to starve before they reach home. Each run has evolved to store exactly the
amount of fat it needs to swim upriver—they do not feed once in the rivers. In the past, landslides sometimes blocked
rivers and at least temporarily stopped runs.
Modern dam, railroad, highway and other construction that make rivers
faster, rockier, more barriered, or otherwise more difficult lead to
elimination of runs, through this unfortunate mechanism.
The amount of fish was enormous in
the old days. The Fraser River sockeye
run was estimated to be around 160,000,000 fish in 1901, though in 1904 it was
down to 6,500,000 due to cyclic variations.
Runs are subject to disastrous accidents that depress that year’s run
for a long time without affecting other years’ runs. The total Fraser salmon run may have produced
3 million to 60 million kg of fish (figures from Michael Kew as summarized by Ignace
and Ignace 2017:515). The Columbia and
Yukon systems had many more. Smaller but
still enormous runs negotiated the other rivers. Even tiny creeks had their own tiny
runs. The large rivers had runs of all
six or seven species. Smaller streams
often had fewer. Steelhead were
particularly adaptible (even tiny California creeks have steelhead runs), Tales of streams that appear “more fish than
water” abound from the old days, and a photograph in Thomas Quinn’s book (p.
434) shows that this can be only a slight exaggeration for some streams even
today.
Salmon must die after spawning,
because their decaying bodies fertilize the water and provide the necessary
nutrients for the young. This sacrifice
of life for the newborn is widely noticed and emotionally appreciated by Native
peoples, who—in most areas—quickly learned to return all bones to the water to
sustain the runs. Bears take enormous
quantities of salmon and eat them on the banks, thus fertilizing those banks as
well as the water; thus, incredibly lush vegetation develops along the
rivers. Closing the cycle, much of that
vegetation has evolved to dispersed by bears—typically, the bears eat the fruit
and then excrete the seeds packaged in fertilizer. Humans, by managing berry and root resources,
took this natural cycle to a new level of sophistication.
The odd scientific specific names
of the salmon are Siberian local names for the species; “sockeye” is a straight
borrowing from a Salishan language into English. All the Native languages have different terms
for each species. Few have a general
term for “salmon,” though some do (me
in Kwakwala, for instance). Many indigenous
people find it ridiculous that Whites lump such dissimilar fish under one term. Settler societies, in fact, soon acculturate,
and refer to “pinks,” “sockeyes,” and so on, never using the word “salmon”
again except in broad economic-statistical contexts. Northwest Coast people are apt to laugh at
outsiders naïve enough to refer to a given fish as a “salmon.” The odd “Latin” species names of the salmon
are the Siberian local names, showing that Siberia too has different names for
all.
These species are ecologically
differentiated. Chinooks become huge,
especially in the Columbia River drainage, where early-running “springs” were
known as “June hogs” from their enormous size.
They run far up the rivers.
Sockeye are smaller, and spawn in small streams draining into lakes, and
the young fish rear in the lakes before moving to sea. Some populations have evolved to spend all
their lives in lakes, never growing large or going to sea; these are known as
“kokanee salmon.” They are particularly
typical of lakes far from the ocean. Pinks
run into the lower courses of rivers in enormous numbers. Coho, usually rather small, run very far up
into small tributaries and streams; they need particularly cold and clean
water, and are thus rapidly dying out in drought-stricken California. Chum salmon stay in wide lower river courses
and estuaries. Steelhead run into even
smaller and more marginal streams than coho, and were the widest of all in
distribution, with runs all the way to southern California.
The earliest known use of salmon by
humans in North America occurred in central Alaska some 11,500 years ago; the
salmon were chum (Halffman et al. 2015).
It is interesting that salmon had already reached that northern drainage
by then; it had been totally frozen and unusable not many thousand years
before. Salmon generally return to their
native rivers, but are also fast at pioneering when new habitat is available.
Recently, the Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) has become a ranched or
farmed fish in the Northwest, with locally disastrous consequences; it has
escaped locally and competes with the native fish, but far more serious are the
diseases and pests it brought with it, which have totally wiped out the pinks
and decimated other species in the areas of farming (largely southern British
Columbia).
Salmon were the key resource
everywhere that major rivers or their tributaries ran. Closely related fish, including trout and char
of the genus Salvelinus and many
whitefish of the genus Coregonus,
abound in streams and lakes but do not normally enter the ocean. They are locally the staple fish, especially
in colder inland areas. Interestingly,
one thing the entire world seems to agree on is the superior eating quality of
salmonids. They are the height of
gourmet dining more or less everywhere they occur, including areas where they
have been recently introduced—notably the southern hemisphere, which has few of
its own but which has taken to farming salmonds on a huge scale.
A conoisseurship of salmon exists
on the Northwest Coast, among both Native people and settler societies. True salmon gourmets can not only tell the
species, they can tell which river a salmon came from and sometimes even which
run in a particular river. (At least
they claim this. I have not seen a taste
test done.) One learns to tell the
rich, subtle flavor of chinook from the deep, oily meatiness of sockeye and the
ethereal, evanescent fragrance of fresh-caught pink. Cohos and farmed Atlantics
are more modest but still excellent food, though true Northwesterners tend to
abstain religiously from farmed salmon.
Chum or dog salmon is less flavorful, as the names imply; it was saved
for use as chum (bits of fish thrown out to lure other fish to be caught) or
for feeding the dogs. Recent attempts to
rehabilitate it as “keta salmon” have not met with much success. Still, it was highly valued by groups like
the Nuu-chah-nulth because it was abundant and easy to dry. It is said to develop a fine flavor when
properly dried.
Other riverine resources included
sturgeon, which, like the salmon, are anadromous. The white (Acipenser transmontanus) and green (A. medirostris) occur. Both
are large; the white can be mammoth, reahing 20 feet and 1200 pounds. Both have suffered from overfishing even more
than most river fish.
Another very important resource,
especially in the Columbia River drainage, was “eels” (lampreys, Lampreta or Entosphenus, formerly called Petromyzon). Especially important is the the Pacific
lamprey Entosphenus tridentata. These too are anadromous. They have proved less popular with settler
societies, possibly because of their strange appearance, but they are said to
be superb eating. Many Native groups
still relish them and want to manage them for recovery, though they are
notorious predators of salmon (see Jay Miller’s very important article on
lampreys, 2012). They too needed
respect; Miller quotes Patricia Phillips on Oregon usage: “Night eels were only
supposed to be cut with a knife made from freshwater mussel shell, otherwise
the eels would feel insulted and fishermen might not catch any more of
them.” (Lampreys caught at night were
supposed to be better and healthier than day-caught ones. Miller 2014:130.)
Many other fish species occur, with
suckers being locally very important, especially well inland where anadromous
fish are available only during major runs.
Some suckers have huge spawning runs of their own, into shallows or
spring areas, and these runs may be critically important to local groups. The Lost River Sucker of the
Oregon-California border, now acutely endangered, was so important to the Modoc
that it was a religiously important fish.
The Achomawi similarly revere the suckers of Big Lake in northeastern
California, and they have been able to get some protection for this run.
An important article by Virginia
Butler and Michael Martin (2013) points out that, at least in the Columbia
River drainage, salmon were far from the only important fish. They were probably the most important single
resource, but, locally, other species could outweigh them in total importance. Many small freshwater fish occur and could be
used, but were probably insignificant resources (on fish in the Northwest, see
Hart 1973; McPhail 2007; Wydoski and Whitney 2003). In the Pend Oreille drainage, for instance, a
wide range of local trout, whitefish and other species was important. Kevin Lyons (2015) provides a very valuable
study with complete lists, catching technologies, and life history data.
Elsewhere, open seacoasts afforded
sea fish, sea mammals, and shellfish. Marine fish abound, and many strictly
freshwater species are common enough to support indigenous communities around
lakes in the interior. Even the rivers
had shellfish, including the formerly abundant, valuable, and easy-to-harvest
freshwater mussels (Jones 2015).
The candlefish (Thaleichthys pacificus), a smelt so rich
in oil that dried ones can literally be used as candles, was a staple food,
specifically an oil source. It was so
important that it is known on the coast as “eulachon,” pronounced and
frequently spelled “ooligan,” from Tsimshian halimootxw, “savior”—the same term now used for Jesus (Daly
2005:113, 193). Getting oil from it
originally involved letting the fish decay in cold water till the water could
be heated to cook the fat out. This properly
aged ooligan grease is an acquired taste (as the present author can attest).
Ocean fish were at least as
important as salmon for the more maritime groups. Herring were especially abundant, gathering
to spawn in bays. The roe was almost as
important a resource as the herring themselves.
Halibut, rockfish, “cod” (a general term for fish, mostly not cod), and
other marine fish were important. The
Haida, living on islands with small and generally poor salmon streams, depended
more on sea fish than on anadromous ones.
Other marine resources were
extremely important too. The Northwest
Coast is absolute paradise from a shellfisher’s point of view. Rocky shores provide attachment for abalones,
mussels, chitons, and limpets. Chitons,
now a little-noted resource, were very popular because of their excellent
flavor (Croes 2015; I can confirm both their popularity among the Haida and
their excellent flavor in Haida Gwaii).
Sandy beaches and, above all, the vast mudflats of the bays and
estuaries provide clam habitat. Shifting
bars in bays and estuaries were ideal for oysters, which require this
environment. The cold, nutrient-rich
waters are moved by currents that carry enormous amounts of nutrients to these
relatively passive feeders. Shellfish do
not offer many calories, and a day of hard gathering in cold wet conditions may
involve more expenditure of calories than it brings in, but shellfish were so
common on the coast that they usually paid well. Vast shell middens thus dot the coastline,
and in fact shellfish are still an enormously important commercial resource in
the Northwest. Seaweeds were also major
resources, though less well known because they do not preserve archaeologically
and have only occasionally been well documented as foods. (On these types of sea resources, see Lamb
and Hanby 2005 for fine photographs and general accounts).
Marine mammals once abounded. Seals and sea lions were important meat
sources. Some Northwest Coast peoples
did extensive whaling—quite an accomplishment for people in open dugout canoes
(Colson 1953; Sapir 2004; Sepez 2008). The
importance of sea mammals has been underestimated, because heavy whaling,
sealing, and sea otter hunting depleted these resources before anthropologists
got to the area. Protection has allowed
the gray and humpback whales to recover somewhat, and many now frequent the
sounds of wesern Vancouver Island, where they allow such close approach that
people sometimes pat them on the head.
Whaling could pay well under such circumstances, though it was still
difficult enough to demand incredible levels of ceremony and magic (Sapir
2004). Sealing was so extensive that the
seal resource base was reduced even before European contact, at least in
California (Kay and Simmons 2002) and possibly all along the coast. Deward Walker (2015) has provided an
extremely thorough and detailed account of riverine seal and sea lion hunting
along the coast from Washington to California.
Seals and sea lions used to come
far inland along the rivers (Walker 2015).
Here they ate a great deal of fish, which evidently did not endear them
to the local people, who hunted them when possible. White settlers exterminated them from the
rivers, but with protection they are now back, eating enormous quantities of
fish, including endangered runs and rare, declining species such as
sturgeons. This is a source of some
concern (Walker 2015). Restoring Native
hunting would be a very good way to handle the situation.
Land mammals are numerous: moose (very locally), deer, elk, mountain
goat, mountain sheep, and smaller animals such as marmots and squirrels. The land was generally rather poor in game,
but many areas were exceptions: lush
mountain meadows, lowland prairies, riparian strips, and wetlands.
Birds were locally important. As usual, water was more productive than
land. Millions of ducks, geese, swans,
cranes, alcids, and other waterfowl flocked to the coasts, lakes, and
marshes. On land, grouse were locally
common, especially in forest openings and prairies.
A final note about animals from the
human point of view is that some were food:
fish, shellfish, herbivorous mammals.
Some were competition: bears, wolves, mountain lions and other predators
all of which consumed humans on occasion, but, more importantly, competed for
the same foods. Some animals were
neither very edible nor dangerous, but were respected for their intelligence
and thus their presumed role in creating the world: coyotes, ravens, mice, many
others locally. The complexities of
these relationships will appear in due course.
Plant foods concentrated in
meadows, glades, and wetlands: Many
species of berries, roots, tubers, stems, shoots, leaves, even flowers. Many trees had edible inner bark, gathered
when soft in spring and eaten ground up or in long strands like noodles. Some fungi and lichens were edible. In most of the region, these plant and fungal
foods did not supply many calories compared to fish or mammals, but they were
often essential and always valuable for nutrients. In the interior parts of Washington and
Oregon, root foods were extremely important.
Increasingly as one goes south through Oregon into California, plant
foods such as acorns became more abundant, being about as important as fish to
the California groups.
Berries were among the more
important plant foods in most of the area.
Huckleberries and blueberries (Vaccinium)
are especially common and widespread, especially in the mountains. They tend to be fire-followers, which is
important for reasons that will appear.
Highbush cranberries (Viburnum)
are locally common. Blackberries and
raspberries (Rubus) occur in many
species. Particularly common and
important in the coastal northwest is the salmonberry (Rubus spectabilis), a raspberry of indifferent flavor but extremely
high bearing; it also has edible shoots that are like bitter celery.
With berries, as with fish, humans
compete with bears for the resource.
Many tales recount the problems thus occasioned. A hungry grizzly can supposedly eat 100,000
berries a day. I have watched a grizzly
pick up whole huckleberry bushes and pass them through her teeth, pulling off
berries, leaves and twigs and swallowing all together. Berries are a plant’s way of getting birds
and mammals to disperse (and fertilize) its seeds, and bears probably take much
credit for distributing berries around the landscape.
Critical in all the above is the
extreme contrast between fantastically rich waters—shoreline and sea—and
usually poor land resources, especially at high altitudes. On land, there were similar if less extreme
contrasts between berry and root patches—mostly openings, prairies, and
plains—and the forests, which were very poor in foods that humans could
exploit. Not only are they minimally
productive of edible material; most of what they do produce is tens or hundreds
of feet up, out of normal human reach.
Even in the water, there are differences. At one extreme are choke points where falls
and rapids delay salmon migration and concentrate the fish ascending the river;
the most famous one is The Dalles on the Columbia, but there are similar if
less dramatically productive cascades in most large rivers. At sea, certain points where currents meet
and upwelling zones appear are particularly productive.
The commonest tree is Douglas
fir. Its superior wood now makes it a
staple of world trade, but it was of less use aboriginally; the hard wood is
difficult to work, though it makes excellent firewood. A useful statistic is that a mature Douglas
fir may have 70,000,000 needles, a fact not at all surprising to the present
author, who spent years sweeping a deck under a grove of them. (For this, and for more useful information
about forest management conflicts, see Satterfield 2003.) Since Douglas fir grows only in sun and
usually only in disturbed habitats, it is naturally a follower of fire, flood,
and blowdown. It is thus the ideal tree
for management by clearcut-and-replant, and therefore dismal cornfield-like
stands of “Doug fir” cover most of the accessible Northwest today.
Much more useful to Native people was
the red cedar (Thuja plicata, technically
a cypress, not a cedar). Its wood is
softer and easy to work, but extremely durable, making it the preferred
material for canoes, totem poles, and woodwork in general. One can carve, split, or bend it with
convenience, and it is very tractable and cooperative—few knots or splinters or
checks or splits. It grows to enormous
size—only the redwoods are much bigger—and thus a single log can make a dugout
big enough to carry a whole crew and several tons of freight. Dugouts are still made of cedar today, mostly
for show but sometimes still for use.
Cedars invaded the Northwest rather
slowly after the glaciations, not becoming common in more northern areas till
about 6000 years ago; cedar and spruce are still spreading northward. Cedars could be overharvested. On Anthony Island in Haida Gwaii, where the
red cedar is at the very edge of its range, cedars decline dramatically from
about 500 AD, when the island became the site of a large village with many
canoes and totem poles (Lacourse et al. 2007).
The related yellow cedar replaces
the red in cold and wet areas. Its wood
is useful, and its shreddy bark makes perfectly serviceable clothing. Another useful tree was the red alder (Alnus rubra), much smaller but with hard
wood. The Pacific yew (Taxus brevifolia) provided the best bows
(as the European yew did in old England).
Many small trees with distinctive characteristics exist, such as the
Oregan crabapple (Malus fusca), a
true apple with extremely hard wood and small fruits that are sour but good
(see long, detailed study by Reynolds and Dupres 2018). Much commoner and more visible are the true
firs, Abies species. Many species exist, some of which grow to
250’. Despite priority over the name,
they have lost it to the Douglas fir in the Northwest. It is not a fir (it may
be closer to pines), but is far commoner and has much better wood, so it has
usurped the name “fir.” In western
Canada, true firs are called “balsams.”
In the northwestern US, they are “true firs.”
Old-growth coastal forests in the Northwest
are quite incredible sights. (Vaillant
2005 gives a stunning and romantic description.) Many species of evergreens grow to 200’ or
more, some over 300’. The redwoods of
northwestern California can reach 379’; they are by far the tallest trees in
the world. The only other trees on earth
conclusively known to break 300’ are the Douglas fir and Sitka spruce. Possibly other Northwest Coast trees (grand
fir, sugar pine, and red cedar) broke 300 in the past. The sheer amount of wood is incredible. Wildlife is thin, and mostly far up in the
canopy. Stands were often over 500 years
old, since fire and other catastrophes are rare.
Soil fertility was maintained by
nitrogen fixation by lichens, and also—more exotically—by bears dragging salmon
up from streams. The bears would eat
some salmon, scavengers would eat more, and the fish and bear-dung would
fertilize the land, sometimes as heavily as a modern farmer fertilizing a crop
(Gende and Quinn 2006). This kept alive
many trees that needed much nitrogen and could not get it otherwise, such as
Sitka spruce.
The interior is different: fires are much more frequent, and the
dominant trees are the fire-following pines and Douglas firs. (On forest fire regimes, see Agee 1993.) These do not grow under their own shade, and
thus are slowly replaced by shade-tolerant hemlock, cedars, balsam firs, and so
on if the fires do not return. This can
take a while. Douglas firs can live hundreds
of years. Replacement is just beginning
in the 100-year-old forests around Seattle.
Soil has much to do with it.
Replacement is far along on rich, deep soils, but barely starting on
barren ridgetops. In the drier and more
lightning-prone parts of the interior, fire intervals are much more common than
this, so pine and Douglas fir remain dominant indefinitely.
Douglas firs do not tolerate
extreme cold, though they can take a lot, and they are replaced in high
mountains and north of central BC by spruces of various species. The interior north is dominated by white
spruce, with black spruce on wet sites. Middle
mountain slopes and plateaus that burned often were occupied by lodgepole
pine. Resources are few in pine forests,
but include a wide range of fungi (some now commercially valuable) as well as
edible cambium and a few herbs.
The typical replacement situation
involves alder or cottonwood coming in first.
Alder normally comes in first, especially in less fertile areas, because
it fixes nitrogen, as beans do, using symbiotic root bacteria (Rhizobium). Faster-growing but nitrogen-demanding
cottonwood and willow take over in very fertile sites. Maples, wild cherries, and several other
species of trees occur as minor components in the forests.
The extensive openings created by
wetlands, prairies, high mountain meadows and tundras, coastal barrens, and the
like are covered by a wide variety of grasses, composites, herbs and
bulbs. Most of these are useful to
humans for food, medicine, basketry, cordage, bedding, and many other
purposes.
The vast lava plateaus of interior
Washington and Oregon were originally covered by grassland or sagebrush. These environments were rich in edible roots
and bulbs, as well as other plant resources, plus deer and pronghorns. Root crops are low in calories and take a lot
of work, so fish remained the main resource in most of the region.
Productivity
of the seas and waters was almost uniformly high, but the land was uneven in
this regard. Vast areas of rugged, high
mountains were almost worthless to early humans except for hunting marmots and
mountain goats, and a few other resources.
Much of the forested area was thin on resources, and fire to produce
openings was welcome. At the other
extreme of productivity were the mouths of the major rivers. Here the nutrients of a large percentage of
North America were concentrated. Tens of
millions of salmon and countless lesser fish swarmed in the waters. The extensive mud banks were veritable
factories of clams and oysters. Waterfowl
in millions flocked there. The rich
alluvial soil produced roots, berries, and herbs, as well as fast-growing
trees. Bits and pieces of this riverine
richness still exist along the lower Skeena, Fraser, Skagit and Columbia, but
so terribly hurt by mismanagement that we can form no real idea of what it was
like 300 years ago.
2. Traditional
Cultural Areas
In this study I discuss the region
classically defined as the “Northwest Coast” (Suttles 1990) and “Plateau”
(Walker 1998) cultural areas, as well as neighboring Athapaskan-settled areas
linked by rivers and trails to the coast.
Roughly, this comprises what is today the panhandle of Alaska; most of
British Columbia; all of Washington, and Oregon; northwestern California; and
small neighboring bits of Yukon and Idaho.
Operationally, I am largely defining my topic area as the region where
salmon are common enough to be a major resource. This basically means the Pacific-slope
drainages from the Klamath to Alaska.
However, I exclude Alaska itself, except for the panhandle, because it
is culturally so different as to require a separate discussion. I also exclude most of Idaho and western
Montana, where the rivers run to the Pacific but the fish are few enough to
make the people adapt to other resources, and thus the cultural ecology is
different indeed.
Within this area, most of the basic
ideas I am considering are broadly similar:
respect for animals and plants, taking them as people (“other-than-human
persons”), managing them for conservation but cropping them heavily, and so
on. Since I am concerned with cultural
representations of conservation, it is these similarities that matter to my
immediate project, and thus I feel comfortable about treating in one book a
range of societies that are fantastically different in many other ways. However, the differences matter too. One notable example is the contrast between
the spectacular totem poles and housefronts of the northern Northwest and the
unobtrusive, low-key, but exquisitely detailed arts of the other regions.
The classic Northwest Coast was the
realm of large permanent villages and highly complex societies dependent on sea
fisheries and salmon. They are the
creators of the great art objects and ceremonies that makes the Northwest so
famous.
The Athapaskan groups ranged from
small mobile bands hunting big game and camping seasonally for fish to groups
bordering on and culturally close to the Northwest Coast tribes. The Athapaskan groups share a particular and
striking epistemology that will be of major concern below.
The Plateau peoples are the most
varied ecologically, ranging from the Shuswap and Lakes in the northern forests
to the Yakima on the sagebrush deserts of interior Washington. They lived on a varied diet of fish, game,
roots, berries and other plant foods.
Their usual houses were substantial pit houses: the foundation was dug out two or three feet
deep into the ground, large logs were set up in a square, and substantial
timbers were put over these to make a domed roof; the whole was then covered
with sod. These large, comfortable,
well-insulated houses were ideal for the climate, and they hardly changed for
5,000 years. The Plateau people were
highly mobile, at first in canoes, later on horseback, and their mobility
patterns have locally persisted to this day; they may suddenly disappear from
one place and reappear in another they supposedly “abandoned” decades before,
to the surprise of Euro-American settlers (Ackerman 2005; Pryor 1999).
Humans entered North America from
Asia, probably about 16,000 years ago, give or take a millennium. Earlier dates are suggested by equivocal but
interesting evidence from both North and South America. The stock that came in at these early times
was similar to recent finds in south-central Siberia at 24,000 and 17,000 year
old levels. These finds have been
genetically sequenced (Raghavan et al. 2014) and prove to be somewhat
intermediate genetically between Europe and East Asia; they have many resemblances
to earlier Chinese finds and to European and west Asian populations. The split between east Siberians and Native
Americans is about 20,000-23,000 years old; the Athabascans separated later,
about 13,000 years ago (Raghavan et al. 2015). There is no believable evidence of early
contact from Europe to the Americas (despite some claims in the media). There is no question that Native Americans
entered the Americas via the Bering Strait within the last few tens of
thousands of years. Native Americans now
hold that “we have always been here,” but this applies to their existing
languages and societies, not to their ultimate genetic ancestors—as their
origin myths generally show, since most relate migrations, or tell of times
before humans, when the animals were the people.
Archaeological finds in the
Northwest go back to about 12-15,000 years ago, but the area must have been
settled before that. Humans were in
South America by 13,000 years ago. They
must have gone through the Northwest to get there. An early site, On Your Knees Cave on the
Prince of Wales islands in Alaska, goes back to 10,300 years ago, has obsidian
from Mt. Edziza, on the mainland some 200 km away (Moss 2011; Turner 2014-1:57;
on Mt. Edziza, see Reimer 2018). A
wetsite on Haida Gwaii has even preserved wooden tools that look like recent
ones but are over 10,000 years old (Moss 2011:90). Now-extensive archaeology has turned up a
long record of gradual learning to use the land more and more efficiently. There are few, if any, sharp breaks in the
record; apparently, people and societies have been developing rather smoothly
(Moss 2011), with no evidence of the vast migrations and sudden cultural
intrusions that delight archaeologists of Asia.
It is now widely agreed that the
main early route into the Americas was along the Northwest Coast. The famous “Plains corridor” between the
Cordilleran and eastern Canadian ice sheets probably did not open early enough
to be a competitor, though evidently people came down it as soon as they could. The Pleistocene glacial maximum, which
covered Canada with ice from Atlantic to Pacific and made travel impossible,
was earlier than we used to think—more like 19,000 than 16,000 years ago (Clark
et al. 2009). Thus, people could
probably have come down the coast by 15,000 BC.
But what was then the coast is now 300 feet deep, the sea levels having
risen. So we know nothing of the
earliest migrants.
By 10,000 years ago, however,
people were established in Haida Gwaii (the Queen Charlotte Islands) and elsewhere
along the coast. There is total cultural
continuity in Haida Gwaii; apparently the ancestral Haida settled there and
never moved. They were drying salmon in
large villages 7000 years ago (Cannon and Yang 2006), e.g. at Namu, where
occupation goes back to 11,000 yeas ago.
Salmon and shellfish increases there from 6000 years ago (Moss 2011; Turner
2014-1:84).
The Archaic period lasted from
before 10,000 BCE to about 4400, and was characterized by small, mobile groups
wandering the landscape, hunting and fishing.
After 4400, the Pacific period set in, lasting until contact with
European settlers. Settled life rapidly
advanced, with “storing large volumes of food; increased population density,
sendentism, [increasing] household
and community size; escalated warfare; development of canoe-based land-use
patterns; more institutionalized social status differences,” and more intensive
management of resources (Sobel et al. 2013:31).
Pit houses appear in the interior by very early dates, and were common
everywhere by 3000 years ago (Turner 2014-1:85). By this time also, high-elevation sites were
occupied, evidently for berrying and other resource extraction (Turner 2014-1:97).
Development
was fairly slow in early millennia, though large pit houses appear quite early
in the record. Very large, complex
societies were established by 1000 BCE.
In the Fraser River canyon, truly astonishing developments existed by
1800 years ago. At Bridge River, a
ttributary that joins the Fraser just north of Lillooet, by 1400-1300 BP there
was a huge village with dozens of house pits, some large enough to imply houses
holding some 50 people (Prentiss, Cross, et al. 2008; Prentiss, Foor, Hogan, et
al. 2012; Prentiss, Foor, Cross, et al. 2016).
Also notable was the rapid rise of inequality; there were chiefs and
commoners—more accurately, high-ranked and lower-ranked lineages—and they were
very different indeed in the archaeological record. This village, and other large villages on the
middle Fraser, were abandoned around 1000 years ago. This appears to be due to overhunting,
overfishing, and presumably the Medieval Warm Period’s negative effects on fish
(the water may have grown too warm for healthy runs). People reverted to more egalitarian and
nomadic lifestyles.
Prentiss and her collaborators
review several possible reasons for the rise of inequality in a village like
this. Social learning and imitation is
expectably involved. Self-aggrandizing
individuals probably arose; “competitive signaling” by feasts and donations presumably
occurred, as it did later. Presumably
some coercion was involved. There must
have been rebels, surely. Inequality
could emerge partly through competition between individuals—presumably their
families would slowly evolve into ranked lineages. Prentiss tends to favor a more moderate
situation, in which “house size evolves to solve problems to do with labor
management, kin relations, and defense” (Prentiss et al. 2012:544). One assumes
some ideological and ceremonial reflection of this (ibid.), but no obvious
evidence suggests itself. Fishing, and
control of good fishing spots, was the basis of it all.
Further research showed diminishing
returns to hunting and fishing as the site grew more populous. More and more mouths had to be fed from less
and less available food. This would have meant competition, with the better
providers winning out. Powerful lineages
could have arisen as the more successful families consolidated their hold. Thus in their 2018 paper, the Prentiss group
opts for Malthusian pressure as the driver of inequality, social complexity,
and bigger, better-built villages. It
would not be the first or only time in history when food problems drove
hierarchy and dominance. When the
fishery declined sharply around 1000-900 CE, the population dispersed and the
village was abandoned. It was reoccupied
just before settler contact, but abandoned for good in the 1850s, as gold
rushes drove Indigenous people away from the Fraser.
Pit houses got larger in early
millennia. On the coast they began to
give way to plank houses by 4000-5000 years ago; square house-floors a thousand
years older may indicate even earlier ones (Ames and Sobel 2013:131; Moss 2011). One survives (as an archaeological ruin) from
800 BCE (Sobel 2013:31). Many were found
at the Ozette site. A single house could
contain 35,000 board feet of planks and a village could have a million board
feet tied up in housing (Ames and Sobel 2013:138), to say nothing of the amount
used for containers, tools, and fuel. Houses
400 and even 1200 feet long are claimed in early explorers’ accounts,
especially for the Lower Columbia and Lower Fraser areas, where resources were
really rich. These would have been
adjacent “townhouse” units housing whole villages.
In fact, the whole Northwest Coast
shows remarkable continuity, with in-situ development of cultures. The best-known areas are, unsurprisingly,
those nearest the archaeology faculties of the University of British Columbia
and the University of Washington. Here,
fairly complex cultures are already known by 3000 years ago, and the modern
cultures seem to have been established well over 1000 years ago. Something of a cultural peak was reached in
the Marpole phase along the lower Fraser River and in neighboring areas,
2000-3000 years ago (for Fraser culture history see Carlson et al. 2001). This may correlate with drier conditions that
changed resource availability (Lepofsky, Lertzman et al. 2005). Major stone fortifications in this area show
a great deal of warfare was present in the late prehistoric period (Schaeper
2006). The global altithermal from
around 9000 to 4000 years ago gave way on the Coast, as elsewhere, to a cold
period about 3800-2600 (Moss 2011:138).
The same correlation of drying with
reduced salmon, more diverse exploitation, and resultant rapid rise in cultural
complexity was independently noted for the interior Plateau (Prentiss et al.
2005). There, complexity of village life
increased sharply around 2500 years ago when drier conditions set in. It reached almost modern levels about 1100
years ago at the start of the Medieval Warm Period, a relatively warm period
from the 900s to 1300 CE. Some increase
took place thereafter, in spite of the Little Ice Age from 1300 to 1800.
A more recent site is Sunken
Village, on Sauvie Island in the Columbia at Portland. Here, vast acorn processing and storage
facilities exist. Acorns and hazelnuts
were staples. “The acrorn-leaching
technology and baketry of Sunen Village show marked similarities to those of
much more ancient Jomon period acorn-processing sites throughout Japan” (Turner
2014-1:101), with similar basket and bag techniques; this is independent
invention rather than diffusion.
Another revealing, though tragic,
find was of a young man who apparently fell and froze some 300 years ago at the
edge of a glacier in British Columbia near the Alaska border. Recent melting revealed his body. He had eaten salmon, crab, and coastal
vegetables, so he was evidently coming from the coast. Particularly interesting was a magnificent
spruce-root hat he wore, a masterpiece of basket technology (Turner 2014-1:105
shows a photograph). Apparently he not
only has living relatives, but is probably an individual remembered in local
oral tradition (Moss 2011:142-144). He
was cremated and his ashes scattered near where he was found.
By the time the white voyagers and
traders reached the area in the mid-18th century, an incredible
linguistic diversity existed in the northwest.
This evidently dates back to the very early settlement. There was maximal opportunity for unrelated
groups to establish themselves, and for related peoples to diverge so much that
their original relationships are now untraceable. Many high-level linguistic linkages have been
postulated (e.g. between Haida and Na-Dene and between Wakashan and Salishan),
but I am unconvinced (not dogmatically so; just skeptical) after looking at a
fair amount of evidence. One fairly
well-documented, though still controversial, relationship is striking, however: Na-Dene has now been argued to be related to Ket,
a rarely-spoken language within a group of very closely related “Yeniseian”
languages spoken along the central Yenisei River in Russia (Vajda 2004). It is not really surprising, given histories
of migration and contact, to find a large language family whose closest
relationships are in the Old World rather than next door in the northwest.
There were six very different
language phyla along the coast: the
Haida on their islands; the Na-Dene (Tlingit and Athapaskan) on the northern
coasts and throughout the northern interior; the Tsimshian in the lower Skeena
and Nass drainages and neighboring coast; the Wakashan (including Haisla,
Heiltsuk, Kwakwala and Nuu-chah-nulth) along most of the rest of the coast, the
Salish along the “Salish Sea” coasts and much of the interior; and the tiny
Chemakuan language family on the Olympic Peninsula. Haida has often been argued to be a part of
the Na-Dene group, but the evidence is poor; most of the resemblances seem to
me to be either clear borrowings (e.g. yel
??? for raven in northern Haida; raven is yel in Tlingit, gagak in
southern Haida CHECK THIS) or fairly
likely ones. If there is a true
relationship, it is at a very deep level.
There were several additional
language groupings in the interior. Theoretically
related to Tsimshian in a huge “Penutian” phylum, but the evidence for
relationships among these languages does not convince me. One group includes Cayuse and Molalla in Oregon. It is not obviously related to Tsimshian, or
indeed to any other group. Also
“Penutian” are the Sahaptian languages of the middle Columbia River in
Washington and Oregon, and the Chinookan languages of the lower Columbia
River. None of these show overwhelmingly
obvious relationships to the group originally called “Penutian” languages,
which occur in California. Further
research on relationships is needed.
People and groups could easily
switch languages, and bilingualism was frequent. The Gitksan may be an Athapaskan group that
switched to a Tsimshianic language fairly recently (Miller 1982) or may include
descendents of many Athapaskans. The
Inland Tlingit of southwest Yukon were certainly Athapaskan-speakers till
recently, and preserve some memory of the change.
These languages were usually
grammatically and phonologically complex.
The Salish languages are among the most difficult in the world for
outsiders to pronounce. Nancy Turner has
shared with many of us a word from Nuxalk (a particularly difficult Salishan
language): čłp’xwłtłpskwč’, meaning
“he had in his possession a bunchberry plant” (just the simple word p’xwłtłhp “bunchberry” with a third
person possessive).
In spite of the difficulties,
practically every adult knew at least two, often completely unrelated,
languages, and many knew three or four.
A kaleidoscopic variety of languages was jammed into a very small
space. War, raid, trade and
intermarriage were all constant.
Intermarriage guaranteed that many people spoke two languages from
birth, and in some areas it was said that the very concept of having only one
native language was strange. There was
thus little barrier to the spread of even the most difficult-to-communicate
knowledge, including technical trainings, myths, songs, and religions.
Tragically, all these languages are
disappearing, and some are long gone.
One aspect of this has been the loss of the higher style registers. Chiefs could speak in extremely formal,
rhetorical, arcane styles. Wilson Duff’s
notes, which I studied in the 1980s, record that the last speakers of the
highest level of chiefly rhetoric passed away in the 1960s. This left Florence Edenshaw Davidson, one of
the more impressive women in Native American history (Blackman 1982), as the
last fluent speaker of apparently somewhat less arcane, but still highly
aristocratic, Haida. I was fortunate to
meet her and one or two other elders before their passing, but heard no
speeches. (John Enrico recorded an
enormous amount of data from Ms. Davidson, but has not seen fit to publish much
of it.) I was more fortunate among the
Nuu-chah-nulth, where fine speechmaking in elite style is still extant among
the elders. If what I heard there is any
sample (and I am sure it is), we have lost an incredible amount in losing the
old elite registers and speeches.
In historic times, the climax of
cultural richness and complexity was in the north, among the Haida, Tsimshian,
and their neighbors. In prehistoric
times, however, the climax may well have been around the Salish Sea. This is the body of water whose Canadian
portion is the Gulf of Georgia, whose American portion is largely Puget Sound,
and whose shared portion is the Juan de Fuca Strait. Since it is geographically and ecologically
one, with its core area stretching from the Fraser River delta to central Puget
Sound, it has recently acquired the much more apt name of Salish Sea. The international border runs right through
it, splitting a major ecological, linguistic, and cultural focus in two.
Contact
across the Bering Strait or even directly across the North Pacific—at least via
lost and wrecked boats from Asia—maintained cultural connections. The Bering Strait comprised a cultural
highway, as Boas pointed out long ago (Fitzhugh and Crowell 1988). One language, the Eskimoan Yupik, was and is
spoken on both sides of the strait.
Songs, tales, and other lore were found to link the Siberian Chukchi and
Koryak with the American Tlingit and others.
Metal came to the Northwest by
trade and in the wrecks; the Northwest people also learned to work naturally
occurring copper from the Copper River (Alaska) and elsewhere (see excellent
review by Acheson 2003). The earliest
Boston and English traders brought more, up to tons per voyage (Acheson 2003:229). All this helped greatly with the woodworking,
especially iron from wrecks and later from traders. This metal spread far inland, being often
traded for interior products such as furs and “clamons”—elk hides prepared for
armor (Cooper et al. 2015). These hides
can be made so tough that they will stop arrows and even long-shot musket
balls.
A final
note on language is the rise, tremendous flourishing, and final decline of
Chinuk Wawa, known as Chinook Jargon in English (and thus in most of the
literature). This is a drastically
simplified form of Chinook, with many loanwords from other languages. These are largely Nuu-chah-nulth and
Washington Salish languages, but include English and French. The Wawa developed within and for the fur
trade in the late 18th century.
It probably had some degree of ancestry in widespread and presumably
somewhat altered Chinook spoken before contact with the whites. The Chinook language was the most important
of a small group of closely related languages spoken on both sides of the lower
Columbia River. The Chinook people,
situated at the mouth of that great corridor, naturally became major traders,
and their language was widely known far up the Columbia and up and down the
coasts. It was thus well placed to
become the substrate for a trade jargon.
Chinuk Wawa uses a simplified phonology and drastically simplified
grammar. It was spoken throughout the
Northwest Coast, though not commonly north of central British Columbia, and
many whites were fluent speakers, though virtually no whites ever learned any
of the traditional languages. George
Lang (2008) has provided a delightful and scholarly history of Wawa. It survives in countless loanwords and
placenames, though it has more or less died out as a spoken language.
3. Social and Cultural-ecological
Dynamics
Society consisted of lineages
ranked in some sort of order of power or nobility. Within these were hereditary
chiefs, ordinary people of status, and commoners. There were rather few of the last; this was a
world where there were more elites than masses.
This is, however, probably a post-European-settlement phenomenon, due to
mass population decline and consequent shortage of people to fill the ranks of
the titled (see Boelscher 1988:52 for the debate on this idea). Below this were slaves, a distinctly separate
class, made up largely of captives from other tribes and their
descendents. Raiding for slaves was
universal and important. Slaves could be
killed, and sometimes were (de Laguna 1972 has particularly interesting
accounts, though scattered through a huge book, and hard to find; see also
Boelscher 1988:59-62).
Viola Garfield’s description of the
Tsimshian can stand for the whole northern coast: “Chiefs delegated work to their immediate
relatives, wives, children and slaves and set a goal of the quantities to be
collected. They supervised men’s work
while their senior wives supervised the labor of younger women and female
slaves. Feasts. Potlatches and ajor
undertakings like the building of a new house, were planned several years in
advance and surpluses were accumulated in accordance with such long range plans…all
resource properties belonged to lioneages or their titular heads. However, the privilege of using areas
belonging to a[n individual] man were extended to his sons during his lifetime”
(Garfield, Barbeau and Wingert 1950:15, 17). This latter custom conflicts with
the normal rule of matrilineal inheritance, and was at the discretion of the
chiefs.
There has been debate on whether
the Northwest Coast was a “class society.”
The slaves were clearly a lower class.
There remains a question of whether there was a major distinction
between chiefs and commoners, or the chiefs were merely primi inter pares. Certainly
some of the great chiefs of the mid-19th century were rulers of
villages and had large bands of followers, but they were to some extent a
product of the settlers’ fur trade.
Scholars who have worked with more egalitarian groups like the Gitksan
tend to think pre-fur-trade chiefs merely gave symbolic leadership to families
(Daly 2005:196). Scholars working with
the more powerful groups of the outer coast, such as the Haida and Tsimshian,
are more open to the “class” word (Garfield, Barbeau and Wingert 1950:28; Roth
2008). Certainly noble families were
acutely aware of their status, as all ethnographies and Indigenous writers of
the truly coastal groups agree. Class”
is rather an ambiguous concept at best, and also the Northwest Coast’s more
powerful groups were in process of change and differentiation, making their
societies “boundary phenomena” in many ways.
Societies were also organized into
“houses.” The actual houses were usually
large, and had names. The house as a
named institution, however, was more than that: it was often coterminous with
the lineage, or with the group of close bilineally-reckoned relatives typical
of central coast First Nations. Houses
thus became quite comparable to the “houses” of Europe, as in house of Windsor,
house of Tudor, or house of Gotha—though obviously on a smaller scale. This comparison was first taken seriously by
Claude Lévi-Strauss (e.g. 1982), and has been much discussed since, especially
by Jay Miller (2014, passim).
A particularly interesting
institution was the name (Miller 2014, passim).
A child would have a personal name, but anyone of substance eventually
succeeded to a hereditary title within his or her lineage, and new names could
be created. Names were honored titles
comparable to those of feudal Europe. As
Macbeth was first addressed as Cawdor, later as Glamis, and finally as
Scotland, so a Northwest Coast person would be addressed by the latest and
highest name he or she had acquired. The
difference was that Macbeth took over the estates with those names, whereas
Northwest Coast names are strictly personal titles; they imply decision-making
power over lineage estates or other property, but they are not the actual names
of properties. Unlike many aspects of
Northwest Coast culture, nametaking goes on today, and is increasingly important. One of the most obvious immediate reasons for
a potlatch is taking a new name. This
could have interesting kinship ramifications; among the matrilineal Gitksan,
the father and his family had the work of producing and assembling spiritual
and material wealth for a child’s naming ceremonies (Adams 1973:38-39).
Many chiefly names that are
mistakenly considered to be personal names in some of the literature are
actually more comparable to titles.
Examples include Shakes in Tlingit Alaska, or Legaix among the Tsimshian
near Prince Rupert. One could be, for
instance, the Capilano of North Vancouver, just as Shakespeare’s MacBeth became
successively Cawdor, Glamis, and King when he took over those titles. (Capilano—Salish keypilanoq—was the title of the head chief of the village near
which Capilano Community College now stands.)
The hereditary chiefly name
Maquinna, passed on for centuries on northern Vancouver Island, inspired an
excellent discussion of this whole concept by the current Maquinna, Chief Earl
George of Ahousaht (George 2003). A
trained anthropologist, he explains in anthropological terms the cluster of
rights and responsibilities that the name actually labels. As Maquinna, he has major responsibilities
spread over the central west coast of Vancouver Island. Another autobiography with enormous and
fascinating detail on names and rank is that of the wonderful and impressive
Kwakwakawakw noblewoman Agnes Alfred (2004).
Among outsider accounts,
Christopher Roth’s account of Tsimshian naming (Roth 2008) and Boelscher’s of
Haida (1988:151-166) are particularly thorough and excellent. A very detailed section of W. W. Elmendorf’s
ethnography of the Twana of Puget Sound (1960) describes naming in the more
southerly reaches. Roth points out that
a name has a reality of its own, and the bearer of a name comes in a real sense
to be the name—complete with all its
duties and responsibilities. Again,
readers of Shakespeare’s Macbeth will
(at least partially) understand. Macbeth
did not just get the letters “Cawdor” and “Glamis” after his name, let alone
the word “King” in front; he became a very different social entity as he took
over those titles. Inheritance,
marriages, and house traditions are similar to those of old Europe. As Jay Miller reports for the Tsimshian: “Today, Northwest natives are well aware of
such parallels between the dynbastic marriages of European and of Tsimshian
noble houses” (Miller 2014:97). Some
assimilation to European norms has probably taken place since white settlement,
but the parallels go back long before contact.
Like kingship in medieval Scotland,
Northwest Coast names are often spiritual and religious. God appoints kings and kingship is a divine
duty. The ancestors are involved in the
appointment of a new Legaix, and some names are so spirit-linked that they
convey direct spirit power. Names thus
are unique; only one person at a time can have a specific name. They are confined to their descent
groups. There are male and female names,
chiefly and nonchiefly names, and names that go with particular functions.
Names are not all formal hereditary
titles of this sort. Ordinary names
include casual personal monikers, but even these usually have stories attached
to them. Family histories describe the
origins of names identified with particular descent lines. These follow from tales that often involve
meeting supernatural beings and getting spirit powers, but may merely
commemorate secular events. These latter
events can be minor or even silly, but once they become grounds for a name,
they are canonical stories for the group (see Roth 2008, esp. pp. 40 ff.; cf.
royal nicknames in medieval Europe, which conveyed respect even when
intrinsically disrespectful like “Charles the Fat”).
An individual may take many names
during life: a youthful personal name,
an adult name, and then any number of titles.
Taking a new name of any status, as well as any other change of status
such as a marriage (at least between nobles), must be recognized with a potlatch. This—plus a laudable desire for hospitality
and fun— keeps the potlatch alive and flourishing today. Even groups whose native language has died
out often maintain names. Names were
often taboo when the wearer died. All
the Puget Sound languages have one name for the mallard duck, except for one
group, the Twana, that calls them “red feet,” because a chief within historic
time had had a name sounding like the usual “mallard” word (Elmendorf
1960:393). Puget Sound Salish has
special words for various types of naming taboos.
Residence on most of the coast was
in very large plank houses that contained whole lineages or large
families. These could be enormous; a
house reportedly 500 feet long existed on the lower Fraser just after 1800. In front of these, among the northern and
central groups, were the famous “totem poles,” which displayed family crests
and portrayed historically interesting family stories or other events.
Most of these events were
mythical. Rarely, however, they were
recent, or not even local events;. Abraham Lincoln was carved on one pole. A fascinating bit of evidence on what
constituted as an event occurred in 1825, when a small group of Gitksan on a
party of retaliation against a murder stopped at the first trading post in west-central
British Columbia, kept by a Mr. Ross.
“Here they observed the white man, his possessions, and his strange
ways, for the first time, and considered their adventure in the light of a
supernatural experience. They marveled
in particular at the white man’s dog, the palisade or fortification around his
houses, and the broad wagon road.” One,
Wa-Iget, took this dog as a crest, and had it carved on his totem pole at
Kisgagas, under the name of ‘Auge-maeselos
(“dog of Mr. Ross,” r being
pronounced l; Barbeau 1929:103). Another took the palisade, and built a small
palisade around his totem pole (Barbeau 1950:10).
Southward, these were replaced by
large carved house posts among the Nuu-chah-nulth and Salish. South of northern Washington there was little
or no large-scale carving.
The interior groups lived in large,
but not very large, semisubterranean houses.
To build one, a large circular pit was dug down a few feet into the
ground, with level floor and often a bench ring along the side. Four large pillars supported a log frame roof
that was then covered with lighter materials and then with earth. Such a house was warm in winter, cool in
summer, and resistant to all weathers.
It is very ancient in the region.
Similar houses were once constructed all over western North America and
northeastern Asia. (Versions of them
often survive as ceremonial structures, such as the kivas of the Pueblos and
the ceremonial houses of the Navaho and the central Californians.) Semisubterranean houses were replaced by
lighter, more portable or easily-built dwellings in most regions in the last
few millennia.
Inland, away from the great fishing
stations, society rapidly became less complex and rich. In the north, the deep interior was a world
of hunters of large mammals. They had
exactly the opposite dynamic: they had
to be sparse on the ground and highly mobile, with few possessions. Farther south, in the Plateau region, root
foods became more important, and were managed intensively. This was less divisive, and in any case
salmon were important there too, if less so than on the coast. Societies intermediate in size and complexity
arose. Intermediate complexity also
characterized the first tier of Athapaskan groups in Canada and Alaska.
The traditional explanation for
this is that the groups “borrowed” ideas from the Coast, presumably late. However, current archaeology suggests that
the complexity developed slowly throughout the region. The Athapaskans and Plateau peoples were not
latecomers, but were always part of the process. The more concentrated the subsistence base,
the more complicated life and communities became.
Throughout the Northwest, the
relative importance of fishing at set places for anadromous fish is a good
predictor of social complexity and village size. This pattern was established by at least 3000
years ago.
Interestingly, in the southern part
of the coastal region, the fish were as common as in the north, but the
societies were generally simpler; the reason appears to be that the rivers (and
therefore the runs) were smaller, while the landward resources—seeds, nuts,
game—were richer. Evidence occurs in
northwest California: The Klamath River
system is a large system that once had huge fish runs, in an otherwise rather
barren area; and, as the model predicts, the groups along it had highly complex
societies and large towns. Elsewhere,
people could and did scatter out in small villages near more varied productive
sites.
The Northwest Coast people were
generally a highly warlike set of societies, though there was a range. The Haida and the Lekwiltok Kwakwakawakw
enjoyed reputations as particularly fierce and terrifying warriors, at least in
the 19th century. Tsimshian groups
conquered along fur trade routes, developing powerful chiefs. By contrast, many of the southern groups—from
southwest British Columbia south along Puget Sound and the coast—seem to have
been relatively peaceful, but perhaps only relatively. Fairly typical for most of the region is the
following paragraph about the people of the Fraser River area in southern
British Columbia:
“Relations
[of the Lillooet]
with the Chilcotin were generally hostile, and stories are
common of their raiding the Lillooet for salmon and attacking isolated hunting
parties and wandering children for slaves….
The Halkomelem on the Lower Fraser River…engaged in warfare with the
Lower Lillooet over elk hunting in the Pitt and Harrison river areas, and
hunters of both tribes were massacred.
In the distant past, the Lillooet made war on the coastal people and
took many slaves. Sometime earlier, the
Shuswap waged war on the Lower Lillooet, driving them from their lands and
fisheries between Anderson Lake and Birkenhead River…. The lower Lillooet in the early 1800s were
subjected to frequent raids by the Thompson.
Allied forces of Thompson, Shuswap, and Okanagan attacked the Lake
Lillooet but remained friendly with the Fraser River Band of Lillooet…”
(Kennedy and Bouchard 1998a:176). All
this action and violence took place in an area of only about 10,000 square
miles. Within that area—and, to
generalize—within most of the Northwest Coast—all groups were at least
occasionally hostile to each other.
Peace could
be maintained by scattering eagle or swan down over participants in a
ceremony. This insured peace at the
ceremony, and if done properly or in a treaty ceremony would insure peace
between fighting elements, potentially for all eternity (though reality
interfered with that vision). Potlatches
often involved a peace-treaty or truce component, with down being
featured. Thus, warlike tendencies were
not uncontrolled or uncontrollable, and peace—necessary to maintain trade and
management—was guaranteed most of the time for most communities.
War, strong chieftainship, and
highly localized resources went together.
If a group was focused on a single river with a huge run of fish, they
desperately needed to protect it, and they needed slaves to help process the
fish during the run—any and all labor was valuable. They thus tended to be warlike: making
themselves secure, and then raiding outward for slaves. Other groups had to be warlike to defend
themselves, and so the process continued,
Even so, in
the more evenly productive landscape of Puget Sound, warfare and strong
chieftainship seems rather subdued.
Groups could spread widely over the country and maintain large—and thus
more secure—populations. This may be
part of the explanation for the individualism and personal freedom noted for
these societies (Angelbeck 2016; Angelbeck and Grier 2012; Miller 2014). Bill Angelbeck notes that the highly
individualized quest for personal guardian spirits was a key part of this. Each boy and many if not all girls went on a
vision quest at puberty or in early teens, seeking guardian powers. These were not usually spoken of openly. They allowed a person to avoid irksome social
duties by saying “my spirit doesn’t like/permit that” (Angelbeck 2016). Since others did not really know what one’s
spirit was, or what it wanted, this was hard to counter. Angelbeck and Grier (2012) even use classic
anarchist theory (as in Kropotkin 1904) to explain Sound Salish and nearby
dynamics, and James C. Scott did for northern southeast Asia (Scott 2009). The result seems a bit overdone—most
hunting-gathering societies are individualist and free, and it is the northern
Northwest Coast societies that are the anomaly.
One need not really invoke political theory. Still, the point is worth making, and the
high levels of individualism in the Northwest—not only Puget Sound—is worth
remembering.
The social requirements of
chieftainship in a warlike world are great.
Chiefs had to attract and keep warriors through generosity. A pattern of competitive feasting and wealth giveaways
is sure to develop.
Feasts come in many forms. The Tsimshian word liligit, “calling people together,” includes occasions memorably
listed by Joan Ryan, who holds the Sm’ooygit Hannamauxw title of the Gitksan
people:
“[S]ettlement feasts (which occur
after funerals); totem pole- or gravestone-raising feasts; welcome feasts (to
celebrate totem pole-raising events); smoke feasts; retirement feasts; divorce
feasts; wedding feasts; restitution feasts; shame feasts; reinstatement feasts
(pertaining to Gitksan citizens who have disobeyed Gitksan laws [but
repented]); first game feasts; welcome feasts (to celebrate births); graduation
feasts (to celebrate recent achievements, either academic or spiritual);
cleansing feasts (to restore spirits after serious accidents); and coming out
feasts (to mark the transition from teen years to adult years). The feast system is a vehicle by which the
Gitksan Nation carries out activities and transactions that affect the daily
lives of the House members” (Ryan 2000:ix).
And this is not even a totally complete list. Similar occasions entail feasts elsewhere on
the coast. Note that almost all of these
involve marking some significant change in status of an individual, said change
requiring announcement, recognition, and validation by the whole
community. The purpose of many
potlatches is in effect to get an actual vote on the change. If it requires community acceptance, having
everyone show up for the feast shows that the change is indeed accepted. If few or no helpers will contribute to the
feast, or if few show up, or if they show up but insult the host, the change is
obviously not approved. Few indeed would
give a potlatch if this were a risk, but it did happen in the past, and
occasioned fighting or actual war.
Among many accounts of potlatches,
we may single out the Tsimshian chief William Beynon’s 1945 account of a series
of potlatches by the Gitksan (linguistically close to the Tsimshian; Beynon
2000). Potlatching was illegal at the
time, but the Gitksan country on the Skeena was remote, and Beynon was hardly about
to be excluded. His account remained
unpublished until 2000. Beynon’s father
was Welsh, his mother Tsimshian, which made him one of the lucky ones: White by
Canadian law (patrilineal), Tsimshian by matrilineal Tsimshian law.
The high point of feasting is the
familiar potlatch of the Northwest Coast.
(The word comes from a Nuu-chah-nulth word meaning “to give.”) Generosity was such a high value, and so
useful in society, that Thomas McIlwraith recorded: “A native store-keeper once ruefully
commented on the fact that he woiuld gain no advantage from the goods on his
shelves, since he hoped merely to sell them, not to give them away” (quoted
Kramer 2013:738). This certainly
reverses most Anglo-American attitudes!
The reasons for the potlatch have
been debated. Some rather strange ideas
have been floated, including the stereotypic-racist one that it was just
craziness on the part of ignorant savages.
Better known and more reasonable is the hypothesis of Wayne Suttles and
Stuart Piddocke (Piddocke 1965; Suttles 1987) that the potlatch arose to even
out resources. A group would give a
potlatch in good times, and thus in bad times would be able to call on
reciprocity from more fortunate people. However,
this hypothesis did not hold up well (Adams 1973; John Douglass, interview,
1984). It turned out that potlatches
would not work for this, because they have to be planned years in advance,
before scarcity or abundance would be known.
Ordinary reciprocity works instead for the purpose (as Adams and
Douglasss both emphasize). On the other
hand, Suttles’ data show some evidence for redistribution and evening-out in
his major research area, Puget Sound and the Salish Sea (Wayne Suttles, 1987,
and interview, 1984).
Potlatches may locally have served
to equalize resources, but this has never been proved, and seems definitely
unlikely in many cases. Suttles (1987)
has discussed the whole controversy, with pros and cons. Since he wrote, the equalization theory has
been abandoned by writers familiar with the region (Daly 2005:59-60). One problem with it is that the potlatching
group all gets together to finance the enterprise, and relatively poor
individuals must often give up quite a bit; even guests may have to give more
than ethnographies usually imply. And a
potlatch takes months to years to plan and stage, whereas local resource
shortages tend to appear suddenly.
People needing assistance disperse to kin rather than waiting for the
next potlatch somewhere.
The ostensible purpose of most
potlatches is to mark ritually a major change in status: taking a new name (and
thus a new position), coming of age, getting married, or dying. Funeral potlatches have been the most
important and widespread potlatches in recent times, but in the past nametaking
was apparently the most important.
Still, other cultures around the
world mark such transitions without spectacular giveaways. The giveaways, demonstration of powers and
possessions, and feasts powerfully increase and mark the status of the
potlatchers, and this is clearly their most important reason (Adams 1973). John Adams (1973) showed that they also can
serve indirectly to redistribute population, notably from larger but troubled
groups to smaller and cohesive ones, because of shifting after the potlatch.
In early times there was a much
more compelling reason to potlatch. Philip
Drucker and Robert Heizer showed some time ago (1967) that the root purpose was
organization and mobilization for conflict, including—focally—competition for
warriors or for chief-status allies. A
successful chief wins loot by fighting.
This he can donate to warriors directly, or can translate into wealth
for the whole group, thus organizing and leading his own people. Either way, he can thus attract more warriors
to his side or form alliances with neighboring groups. A less successful chief must either defer or
attempt to do better. If he cannot be
generous enough, his warriors defect, and he is as good as dead.
Similar patterns of competitive
feasting and generosity are well known for West Africa, highland Southeast
Asia, early-day Afghanistan (Robertson 1896), and many other areas of the
world. Often, professional poets—the
bards of Ireland, scops of Anglo-Saxon society, griots of Africa, song leaders
on the Northwest Coast—sang the leader’s praises at such feasts.
Particularly close to the Northwest
Coast is the society of medieval Ireland (Europe’s northwest coast!)—as
reflected in the epic “Cattle Raid of Cooley” (Kinsella 1969). Society there depended heavily on salmon
runs. Chiefs competed to attract
warriors by giving feasts and distributing wealth and booty. Bards sang the praises of the generous. Warfare included slave raiding and
head-hunting. Chiefs were called ri, usually translated as “king,” but
that is a bit of Irish hyperbole—though the word is indeed cognate with Latin rex. Chieftainship was based in the kinship group,
and hotly contested. This often led to
the competitive feasting pattern, as in the Northwest.
Some astonishing parallels
occur: the wren is a powerful bird for
both Irish and Haida (and also the Quileute), because although it is tiny, it
sings in the worst winter storms, and its song rings cloud and clear above the
howling of the wind. In societies that
share a belief that song gives spirit power, this makes the bird a truly
powerful being (Lawrence 1997 for the Irish; my own research on Haida). Among the Nuu-chah-nulth the wren is the
source of reliable words, “One Who Always Speaks Rightly” (Atleo 2004,
2011:98). The belief in the magic power
of song is shared all across Europe and Siberia, along with several folktales
(such as the Swan Maiden and “Orpheus” myths) and a number of religious
practices including reverence for tree spirits, but the Irish and Haida respect
for the wren seems to have been a genuine independent development. Moving to Scotland, we may add the clan
crest, closely parallel to Northwest Coast concepts. (The Anderson clan crest is an oak tree
surrounded by a leather belt, which seems quite close to Haida and Tsimshian
themes.)
Singers and tale-tellers graced
potlatches also. We know little of their
professional status, but the major songs, dances, and masks were lineage
property. We also are somewhat unclear
on the range of chiefly power; the great chiefdoms in which one man extended
dominion over several villages seem likely to be products of the fur trade (as
among the Tsimshian) in the early post-contact period (Matson et al.
2003). Chiefs could be powerful, and there
was an ideology of this; the Nuu-chah-nulth related chiefs and whales (Harkin
1998; Sapir 2004). As Nuu-chah-nulth
anthropologist Ki-Ke-In points out: “[T]he Nuuchaanulth [sic] people
historically had policing, a judiciary system, and a most sophisticated and
inclusive system of ownership and title….the entire sea and land territory and
everything in it are vested in the Taayii Ha’wilth,” the head chief(Ki-Ke-In 2013:29). He did not have European-style autocratic
control, but he acted as leader of his wide, kin-linked community. The value of the term “chiefdom” has thus
been challenged (see Miller 2014:94), but the chiefs had enough power over
enough area to make the term useful, even though the Northwest Coast chiefdoms
were small in extent and low in population compared to the great chiefdoms of
old Polynesia or Mesoamerica.
The survival of potlatching for 200
years after pacification of the northwest shows that it had other purposes than
mere war mobilization. The direct reason
for a potlatch was and is usually succession to a great name. Sometimes it was defense of that name, as
when a potlatch was given to wipe away shame because a holder of a high title
had—for example—stumbled at a feast, or been insulted. (Potlatches could, by
the same token, shame an opponent.)
The potlatching person or group
will invite everyone in their personal networks. Those who actually attend are showing their
support for the new title. Their very
presence is essentially a vote for the new status. They normally provide gifts of their own,
also, and these show support for the title-holder. In the old days this was a life-and-death
matter; such exchanges made loyalty bonds that were expected to hold in war. (Again, the Irish institution is so similar
that one can usefully apply the explanations in The Tain, Kinsella 1969.)
Today, in the actively political and community-oriented world of the
Northwest’s First Nations, such support is only slightly less vital. Potlatching is the cement and mortar that
holds the tribal organizations and political alliances together. Those who condemned the potlatch as wasteful
or irrational had obviously never studied the institution.
Potlatches are about giving away
vast amounts of food and other useful goods, but they are also about displaying
what can never be given: names, crests,
dances, sacred possessions (Roth 2008:102ff).
A potlatcher may point out that the food shared out is the product of
the potlatcher’s titled endowment property (Daly 2005:59, citing Philip Drucker
as well as Daly’s own work). Once again
this institution recalls medieval Ireland and England. The king could and did feast his followers
and give away gold and coin, but he could not give away the crown jewels, the
ritual sword and mace, or the intangible names and titles. As on the Northwest Coast, many of the
material possessions had supernatural qualities. A Tsimshian inherited copper is not just a
piece of copper sheeting, just as Excalibur was not just a sword.
A particularly common and
widespread type of potlatch was the memorial potlatch, held first when a
high-born person died, and then again when his or her totem pole—today,
headstone—was raised (see notable discussion in Fiske and Patrick 2000). This was the occasion to validate the
succession: the name-taker had to host
the potlatch, feeding and giving lavish gifts to those who came. Chiefs and others of status had to give
potlatches for marriage, to call everyone to witness and support the
couple. Assumption of any new name or
title provided other occasions for name-taking. A girl reaching puberty, and
thus the age when arrangements for marriage can begin, has a “coming-out
potlatch.”
Potlatches still abound, for all
these latter purposes. Name-taking has
replaced war. Competitive gift-giving
can replace physical conflict; “fighting with property,” as Helen Codere (1950)
famously called it. It can also be
simple ambition, or lack thereof. A
friend of mine was in line to be a hereditary chief in one of the
Nuu-chah-nulth groups, but did not want the responsibility at the time, so let
his younger brother potlatch for the position; later the younger brother got
tired of it, so my friend potlatched and took over the job.
The demographic collapse on the
Northwest Coast led to a pile-up of titles:
there were too few people competing for too many names. This, plus the availability of trade goods,
caused potlatching to spin into heights of lavish expenditure that horrified
the Protestant missionaries. They
managed to get the potlatch outlawed in Canada from 1884 to 1953. Potlatching continued anyway, but covert and
somewhat distorted. This was a major
psychological blow to the people (Atleo 2011).
All the missionaries accomplished was giving a couple of generations of
Native people a contempt for the overt racism in settlers’ law.
Potlatching became extremely
competitive among the Kwakwaka’wakw (Kwakiutlan) peoples. This was partly because of the pile-up of
titles. It was partly because their
complex system of descent does not produce clear lineages, so many people have
a chance at inheriting a name and set of privileges. It was also partly because the central
location of the Kwakwaka’wakw made them a crossroads for wealth, opportunity,
and communication. Their potlatches were
the spectacular ones involving vast destructions of property, such as huge
fires of burning whale and seal oil (highly precious commodities). North and south of them, potlatches and
feasts were calmer, more routine, and more concerned with actual orderly succession—not
that that prevented politicking and gossip (cf. Boelscher 1988 for Haida, Roth
2008 for the Tsimshian). Boelscher (1988) pointed out that in potlatching as in
other matters involving rhetoric, oratory, and public presence, there is a
tremendous amount of individual jockeying for position, often by denying one’s
own position with exaggerated modesty.
Rhetoric is highly formulaic and stereotyped, but people manage to
assert individuality through practice.
As so often, autobiographies are particularly useful sources (e.g.
Alfred 2004; Blackman/Davidson 1982; Spradley/Sewid 1969).
Devotees of potlatch literature
will note that I am downplaying the gift/obligation side—so famously studied by
Marcel Mauss (1990) and debated ever since—of the institution. Complicated and highly variable rules of
reciprocity, with or without interest, are reported. All this is not particularly relevant to my
purposes here, but quite apart from that I tend to find the gift exchanging
rather secondary. (See Daly 2005; Roth
2008; and other sources cited above, but I am also going with my own research
observations here.) Potlatching is war
mobilization, social glue, name and title validation, status-change validation,
validation of land ownership, and much else.
Gift transactions, however defined and managed, are more means than
ends. They are necessary and obligatory,
but it is what they show—what they communicate—that matters. The gift-giver is
rewarding guests for recognizing—some even say voting for—a due adoption of a
new name and station in life. The names
and privileges, not the rewards, are what matter. And in the old days of intergroup warfare,
the rival power of chiefs mattered even more.
The social
structure of Northwest Coast peoples was thus based heavily on kinship—extended
very widely, to include adopted kin, animals and mountains that were reckoned
as kin, mythologically related groups descended from a mythic ancestor, and kin
related by wide-flung marriages. Position
within the social system was all-important.
Social positions were loci of power, not only political but
spiritual. “A traditional chief had a
moral and religious obligation to transform chaotic cosmic energy into socially
useful power by being a conduit for it down throiugh his spine, ceremonial
cane, or totem pole, which, above all, was the ‘deed’ to ‘his’ rank, name,
house, and territory” (Miller 2014:96).
Northwest Coast society was made up
of kinship groups: patrilineages or
patrilineal kindreds in the south, matrilineages in the north and northern
interior, and various intermediate accommodations—including something close to
double-descent—in the middle (especially among Wakashan speakers).
The Na-Dene, Tsimshian and Haida
peoples are all matrilineal, and in fact their combined territories make up
largest matriliny-dominated area on the planet.
The Haida, Tsimshianic groups, and Tlingit had large and powerful
matrilineages, and are among the most strongly matrilineal societies in the
world. (This disproves, among other
things, the old idea—sometimes still heard—that matriliny is the result of hoe
agriculture). As late as the late 20th
century, Canada’s strongly patrilineal and patriarchal legal system conflicted,
often dramatically, with Indigenous law and practice. A person with a Native mother and
Anglo-Canadian father was a full member of both societies, and could move
easily in both worlds. An individual
with a non-Native mother and Native father was a rootless person, not really
part of either world. When I did
research on alcoholism in British Columbia, I found a disproportionate
percentage of such individuals to be alcoholic.
Fortunately, since those days, Canadian law has become less narrowly
patriarchal. The point is that kinship
really gives identity and personhood on the Northwest Coast; one is a member of
one’s family in a way incomprehensible, or at least alien, to many
non-Indigenous people. We will later see
how relevant this is to environmental actions.
These matrilineages are further
grouped into larger groupings: the Eagle
and Raven moieties among the Haida, three or four comparable phratries among
the Tlingit and Tsimshian. One must
marry outside one’s group. All have
Eagle and Raven groups, and a Haida Eagle cannot marry a Tsimshian one.
Lineages
are involved in resource ownership.
Among the Haida, for instance, lineage “members share rights to
ancestral villages, to fishing, hunting, and gathering locations, including:
–major salmon-spawning rivers
–halibut and cod banks off shore
–important berry patches (especiallyi cranberry and
crabapple)
–bird nesting sites (particularly species of sea gull,
Cassin’s auklet, and ancient murrelet)
–rights to stranded whales on the coastline near
lineage-owned lands
–trap and deadfall sites for land mammals along rivers
–access to house sties in ancestral villages” (Boelscher
1988:35).
Poaching on someone else’s land,
even to take small items, was cause for fighting.
Especially in the northern coast,
lineages (matrilineages in the north) had crests: natural (or supernatural) things that were
symbols and that provided some supernatural power for them. Usually these were impressive animals, such
as killer whales, grizzly bears, sharks, wolves, sealions, eagles, frogs and
dragonflies (these being spiritually powerful beings), ravens, and the
like. Some plants were crests, as well
as weather (Haida crests incuded cumulus and cirrus clouds), the moon, and
various spirit beings. People could add
crests when interesting events involving crest-type beings happened to their
families. These crests were typically
shown on totem poles, blankets, and even the person; a Haida man would have his
lineage crest tattooed on his body (Boelscher 1988:142).
Almost equally important were
lineage rights to particular songs, dances, designs, and other intellectual
property. Lineages and phratries even
had their own origin myths, very different from other lineages’ stories. In fact, laws regarding intellectual property
were complex and sophisticated, rather like modern copyright legislation. A song could be unowned and available for
everyone to sing, or owned by the moiety or phratry, or by the lineage, or by a
family or an individual. Whoever owned
it could allow someone else to sing it, but a substantial payment or exchange
was required. This could be indirect;
lineage A might generously allow someone from lineage B to sing a lineage A
song, but of course lineage B was expected to do something equivalently generous
for lineage A at some point. Showing off
one’s lineage dances, songs, and arts was—and in many areas still is—an
integral part of potlatching and feasting.
Often it involved competitive display; at other times it was closer to
an arts festival.
Thomas McIlwraith, in his early
days as ethnographer of the Nuxalk, inadvertently sang a song belonging to one
family, whereupon an elder of that family had to adopt him on the spot to spare
everybody serious shame and difficulty (quoted in Kramer 2013:737).
Individuals owned the products of
their own labor, especially things like bows and arrows, clothing, food, and
personal articles, but also songs they composed and the like. An individual might pass songs and crests on
to his or her children; a man could even pass them to his children among the
matrilineal Haida (Boelscher 1988:38), though that could be a touchy
proposition. Normally, privileges
including songs and crests were the property of matrilineages in the northern
coast, and passed on accordingly.
Among the matrilineal societies,
women had great authority, and owned property.
Chiefs were generally (but not always) male, being the brothers of the
women who were the hereditary heads of the lineages; but women had real
power. There is a famous story of a
Haida chief taking refuge on a fur trader’s boat because he had dared to sell
some furs belonging to his wife. She and
her brothers were out after him. He had
to stay on the boat, under protection of the trader, for months before he could
work out an arrangement to go home. Like
other matrilineal societies worldwide, these were not “matriarchies,” but did
give more power to women than patrilineal societies generally do. On the other hand, among the patrilineal
societies of the southern Northwest Coast, women were by no means meek or
oppressed; they held their own and had considerable real power, partly through
controlling access to and management of plant resources, many shellfish
resources, and other subsistence matters.
These societies were organized in
moieties; among the Tsimshian, the moieties had split into two parts, giving a
four-phratry system, but the original moiety structure was still identifiable
(Miller 1982). Crest privileges and
their artistic expression were taken so seriously that upper-class artists
“worked in great secrecy, punihing with death any unqualified person
unfortunate enough to stumble on their workshops hidden in the forest” (Miller
1982; if this runs true to Tsimshian form, however, the threat was enough and
killings were very rarely carried out).
In general, ownership among the
Northwest Coast peoples was extremely highly developed and complex—as far from
the old idea of “primitive communism” as one could possibly get. Few have doubted that this was related to the
need for control over, and management of, resources. Even the ownership of songs and art motifs
could be seen as related to maintaining group solidarity and identity for
defense of hard goods—although it was very much more than that, being integral
to all aspects of social life.
The patrilineal societies were
largely in the southern areas—Washington and Oregon, and the Fraser River area
in British Columbia. They were not so
extremely lineal-oriented as the matrilineal groups; they tended toward
bilateral reckoning. The lineage system
was comparable, however,
A different matter was the
situation in the middle: the Nuu-chah-nulth, Kwakwaka’wakw, and some immediate
neighbors. Here reckoning was equally
through father’s and mother’s line. “The
immerdiate family grouping (derived from four grandparents) is technically
called a kindred, while the huge
extended family, which was and is transnational or intertribal (throiugh eight
great-grandparents), is technically called an intersept” (Miller 2014:79). Names, titles and privileges were taken up by
any member of the kindred who wanted to potlatch for them and could get enough
support and resources to do so.
Individuals thus often had, and still have, titles inherited through the
father’s line and others through the mother’s. Among the Nuu-chah-nulth this
accompanied a kinship terminological system similar to that of the Hawaiians,
with every relative in one’s own generation being “brother” or “sister,” and
every one in the parent generation being “father” or “mother.” This still persists for the parent generation,
with the slight transformation that relatives other than actual mothers and
fathers become “uncle” or “auntie.”
Since virtually all Nuu-chah-nulth can trace at least some degree of
relationship to all others, the terms wind up being extended to all Nuu-chah-nulth
in the generation above one’s own.
It should be emphasized that family
and traditional title are still important everywhere. Kinship remains the basis of society, and
large, close, mutually supportive families are the rule.
4. Traditional
Resource Management
The Northwest Coast has always
seemed anthropologically anomalous. Despite
being “hunters and gatherers,” the Native peoples maintained high populations,
lived in large villages, and had a complex social organization (Coupland et al.
2009; Matson et al. 2003). Noble
families led large populations of relative “commoners,” and a large population
of slaves (captured in wars and raids) provided a hard-working underclass. Unlike the incidental slaves used for
household services in many small-scale societies, the slaves of the northwest
were a genuine population of critically important servile workers. They cut and carried wood, drew water, and
processed the fish that were the basis of subsistence.
The Northwest Coast has turned out
to be much less anomalous now that we have better data on nonagricultural
populations elsewhere in the world.
Complex nonagricultural populations with large settlements and
complicated ownership rules extended all along the Pacific Coast, even into
Baja California, and were characteristic of southern Florida and several other
parts of the New World, as well as of northern Australia and Mesolithic
Europe. All these societies depended to
a great extent on sea and riverine foods, often anadromous fish.
Moreover, we now realize that the
Northwest Coast groups practiced extensive horticulture. They managed, increased, transplanted, and
selectively harvested plants, and had at least one or two domesticated species. (Tobacco was the only widespread one—which
says something about human preferences.)
Of this more anon. More and more
authorities are now referring to the Northwest Coast people as
horticulturalists, rather than hunter-gatherers.
Above all, however, they were
exploiters of the aquatic world. Fish
runs are highly concentrated in time and space, forcing the people that depend
on them to concentrate in large social agglomerations on a regular basis. This in turn requires some sort of
comprehensive social organization, with strong authority structures provides by
kinship groupings or chieftainship or—usually—both. Also, the best fishing stations are well
worth fighting for, and the resulting conflict forces even more tight military
organization on the people. Last, the
enormous but brief salmon runs of the Northwest require huge bursts of labor,
since people need to develop a virtual assembly line of filleting and drying
the catch for preservation through the rest of the year. Slavery becomes economic under such
circumstances. Raiding for slaves adds
to fighting for fishing sites as an economically important activity.
Complexity has traditionally been
explained by the “rich” or “abundant” resources of the Northwest, but this is a
false claim. The resources consist
largely of fish, which are not always easy to catch. The great salmon runs of the major rivers are
indeed incredible, but one must average out the productivity of the rivers over
the thousands of square miles of barren mountains and food-poor forests that
make up 99% of the area in question. In
the southern areas—from central Washington and extreme southern British
Columbia southward—root crops, berries, and nuts become increasingly abundant,
but do not become common enough to be major staples till one gets to the lower
Columbia River. Moreover, salmon runs
sometimes fail, especially in the north.
When a run failed, all the people could do was move away, hopefully
finding some relatives to stay with.
This meant that, for instance,
maintaining the population of eight to ten thousand on Haida Gwaii was no easy
undertaking. The land was rather poor in
berries and roots (though not as poor as it is now; see below). There were few large game animals, only a
tiny herd of caribou. There were not
even any large salmon streams. The
people had to carry out dangerous open-sea fishing for halibut and hunting for
sea mammals. Even more fearful was the
need to cross the wide and treacherous Hecate Strait to trade for oil and other
goods with the less-than-friendly Tsimshian.
The Haida needed formidable toughness and intelligence, and it is
reflected in their stunning art and oral literature. Similar cases could be made for other groups
along the coast and into the deep interior.
The Nuu-chah-nulth and closely
related Ditidat and Makah of the outer coasts of Vancouver Island and the
Olympic Peninsula depended to varying degrees on whaling. The Makah got up to 80-90% of their food from
whales and much of the rest from seals, and some Nuu-chah-nulth groups were not
far behind (MacMillan 1999). They could
stay out in canones for days, keeping small fires on stone or other fireproof platforms
in the canoes (Reid 2015:143-145).
Earlier authors tended to believe the Indigenous groups could not have
caught many whales, but excavations at the Ozette site in Washington proved the
contrary, and further historical scholarship by Joshua Reid and others has
shown that the Native groups took not only the docile grays but also humpback,
sperm, and other whales, even blues and orcas (Reid 2015:144-145). Ozette was a village covered by a landslide
on the Olympic Peninsula coast about 300 years ago. Ozette also revealed a great deal of fine
art, like that historically known, as well as large houses, and a complex use
of plant materials, including all the common woods (see Turner 2014-1:108-110
for lists).
Whaling from an open canoe is very much like
the whaling Herman Melville so graphically described in Moby Dick. The difficulty of
striking a swimming whale with an enormously heavy harpoon from an open boat is
made clear by a famous photograph; an early photographer, Asahel Curtis,
managed to immortalize the moment when Makah whaler Charles White struck a
whale, and the picture has been reproduced countless times (see e.g. Reid
2015:175; a huge blowup of the picture decorates the Makah Cultural and
Research Center in Neah Bay). It is not
surprising that whalers resorted to magical practices that could involve months
of ritual preparation (Drucker 1951; Jonaitis 1999; Reid 2015:150).
On a more practical note, these
groups had to be prepared for finding themselves far out at sea. A harpooned whale could run seaward, towing
the harpooner’s canoe on what Melville’s whalers called a “Nantucket
sleighride.” They could take days to
paddle back to shore (Drucker 1951). If
the night was clear, they could “steer by the pole star,” but fog was typical: “Combinations of regular swell patterns and
winds enabled them to fix their approximate location, even in the regular fogs
that conceal the coast. Experienced
Makah mariners also used the water’s appearance and the set of the riptide to approximate
their location when out of sight of land,” and they could also predict the
weather (Reid 2015:142). They thus had a
navigational science similar to that of the Micronesians and other deep-ocean
voyagers.
The Makahs also developed a
commercial sealing industry in the late 19th century, even
purchasing and running some long-distance-voyaging schooners (Reid
2015:177-196). Unfortunately,
overfishing by settlers’ industrial craft virtually wiped out the whale and
seal resource by the early 20th century.
Whale and seal products were traded
widely, and these groups often had to depend on trade relationships for
necessary food items; they were, to a significant extent, specialized
whalers. Such dependence on trade for
staple food is unusual, to say the least, among hunter-gatherers. The westcoast pattern developed from about
3000 to 2000 years ago, but dependence on whaling probably increased after the
latter date. The Nuu-chah-nulth naturally yearned to possess the safer living
of salmon streams, and fought many a war to acquire such.
On the other hand, sea mammals are
not only bigger than fish, they average much fatter. A seal or whale obviously equals a lot of
salmon, and produces an enormous amount of oil as well as meat. It is quite possible that some Northwest
Coast groups got most of their calories from sea mammals, not fish, as was
certainly the case for Aleutian and other island Alaskan Native groups (see
e.g. Jolles 2002).
David Arnold (2008:24) estimates
that the Tlingit consumed about 6 million pounds of fish a year in aboriginal
times, given the very conservative estimate of 500 pounds of fish per
person. In fact they could well have
required twice that. 500 pounds would
represent only about 1200 calories of fat salmon, and only half as many of lean
fish. The Tlingit had little but fish to
eat. They did take many sea mammals and
birds, but 500 pounds of fish per year is still a very conservative estimate.
Indeed, at the other corner of the
region, the average Spokan ate almost 1000 lb. of salmon in a year. (Ross 2011:359; I think the figure better
applies to all fish.) This would be
about 1,400,000 pounds per year for the whole tribe, representing well over
100,000 fish (Ross 2011:359, citing Allan Scholtz). And this though the Spokan, unlike the
Tlingit, got half their calories from plant foods. The Tlingit got their salmon at river mouths,
where they were fat, while the Spokan caught fish far upriver, where they had
used most of their fat reserves fighting their way up the Columbia. Even so, 1000 lb. may be exaggerated, since
the Spokan got half their almost calories from plants and some more from
game. A reasonable guess for the
Northwest Coast as a whole would be two pounds of fat fish or three of lean per
day.
Fish are low-calorie fare. Three hundred calories per pound is typical
for fish like halibut and rockfish.
Salmon fatten up for their runs up the rivers, and a fat salmon entering
a river could be four times that rich in calories, but otherwise even salmon
are not high in calories. Herring and
oolichans are high to very high in fat, but not available except during brief
runs. And the Native people lived hard
outdoor lives—calorie consumption was extremely high. The Tlingit would need up to twice Arnold’s
estimate. Other groups would need
similar amounts. Bears and other
predators took a huge number of salmon also, and the pressure on the resource
base was high.
Under the circumstances, it is not
surprising that all possible resources were used. This provided, and still provides, an
incentive for managing the entire landscape sustainably. Worldwide, the higher the percentage of
natural resources that are used, the more people need to maintain the
ecosystem. Conversely, when people
depend on a handful of non-native foods (as in the United States) there is no
incentive to maintain the natural environment, and, indeed, every incentive to
destroy it. The wide spectrum of foods
and industrial resources used by Indigenous peoples in the Northwest contrasts
strikingly with the extreme poverty of crops grown on any significant scale by
white settlers.
Not only were salmon and sea fish
important, but river fish now neglected, such as suckers and lampreys, were
major resources. The three local species
of lampreys (Lampreta spp., formerly
placed in the genus Petromyzon),
called “eels” in the Northwest though not related to true eels, are now almost
extinct. They were major resources once. Temain favorite foods—though now very hard to
get (Miller 2012). Two were parasites on
salmon and other fish; the third was a small nonparasitic species. Suckers were key resources in many inland
areas, from the Columbia to the northeast California plateau. Again many species are endangered, including
the Lost River sucker, whose runs used to sustain the Modoc; diversion for
irrigation has almost dried up its river.
Suckers remain important in the Pit River area, among other places.
Fish were always carefully managed,
as will appear below. Social groups had
depended on the fish for millennia, and knew what they could take and how to
maximize returns. They used a variety of
gears, traps, weirs, and other devices, including stone weirs to catch fish on
receding tides (Menzies 2016).
Conservation was generally effected by limiting days of fishing,
permitting escapements, and improving breeding conditions, rather than by
limiting gears or daily takes. Improving
spawning success included things such as clearing redds, returning fish wastes
to water for nutrients recycling, and protecting spawning streams.
Shellfish were also carefully
managed by developing breeding grounds and enforcing limits. Charles Menzies (2010; 2016:119-130) has
described abalone management by the Tsimshian.
Populations collapsed after settler contact and overfishing. This led to ethnographic erasure of the
importance of abalone in precontact times.
Menzies’ archaeological work turned up massive amounts of abalone
shells, leading to new realization of its former importance. The same could be said of many other resources
and foods that we now are beginning to realize were once important.
Marine and freshwater resources
were managed carefully. The high point
was the creation of “clam gardens”:
Rock-barriered areas where beaches could upgrade or be developed to maximize
clam production. We will discuss these
below.
Northwest Coast knowledge of the
environment was as thorough, detailed and comprehensive as one would expect
from 15,000 or more years of continuous occupation of and dependence on the
land. Ethnobiology of most groups has
been documented in detail. The most
comprehensive work is Nancy Turner’s five-foot shelf of classic ethnobotanies,
many of them coauthored with First Nations people, climaxing in her enormous Ancient Pathways, Ancestral Knowledge (2014;
see esp. vol. 2, pp. 198-244). The most
comprehensive work on animals and places has been done by Eugene Hunn,
especially in N’Chi Wana (1991), and
his students such as Thomas Thornton, whose book Being and Place among the Tlingit (2008) goes beyond ethnobiology
to discuss major ontological and epistemological points.
Knowledge can be something as
simple as knowing bird songs that announce plant seasons. In spring, when salmonberries flower and set
fruit, the woods are suddenly full of Swainson’s Thrushes returning from their
winter homes. Their exquisitely
beautiful songs sound everywhere: woodily woodily woodily woodily, rising
up the scale. The Saanich (Wsáneć) of Vancouver Island hear
this as “weweleweleweleweś”—“ripen, ripen,
ripen.” (Turner and Hebda 2012:103. Such playful wording of bird songs is
widespread in North America; I have encountered similar Maya stories.)
Northwest Coast peoples managed the
environment extremely well (Alberta Society of Professional Biologists 1986;
Deur and Turner 2005 Hunn 1990; Kirk 1986; Menzies 2006; Miller 1999, who gives valuable
comparative materials and seasonal rounds; Turner 2005). The basic principle was to use and value
everything, or almost everything.
Total-landscape management resulted.
The whole region was managed to some degree, and productive areas were
intensively managed. But since almost
everything was useful, the first rule of management was to keep
everything. Since management was by
village or extended family, it was also necessary to manage for long-term,
wide-flung payoffs. Short-term payoffs
depleted the resource for one or a very few people. That made short-term exploitation a selfish
crime against society, and it was correspondingly condemned.
They were the first to admit that
they were far from perfect; every, or almost every, group has tales of
overharvesting followed by famine. The
fact that these tales were retold with cautionary import is what matters. There was a learning curve, and everyone knew
it. Many individuals, moreover, tell of
overharvesting themselves and getting social sanctions applied in no uncertain
terms (e.g. Atleo 2011:50). Such stories
are far more revealing of how management really accomplished than are the
romantic stereotypes of the “Indian at one with nature.”
Fish management was notably careful. Not only were spears and hooks universal, but
very effective netting was done. Trawl
nets and set reef nets were used in the Salish Sea, and seines, weirs, scoop
nets, and other nets were used everywhere.
Nettles might be grown especially for making nets, or tough grass traded
in from other areas (Miller 2014:83). It
was easy to take all the fish from a small river or creek.
Thus, strict limits were set on
fishing, and this was usually religiously represented—there were strong
religious rules and ceremonies relating to fishing. This is well documented all the way from the
Tlingit in the north (Arnold 2008) to the Yurok in the far south (Swezey and
Heizer 1977), and for most groups in between, e.g. the groups along the Skeena
(Morrell 1985). The first fish was
subject to ceremonies; often it had to be taken by a religious leader. (The best account is in Swezey and Heizer
1977, but similar practices were universal on the coast.) People waited until the season was thus
opened. This allowed leaders to provide
for escapement, for spawning or for the tribes upriver. Swezey and Heizer (1977) report for the
Klamath River tribes that the latter was a motive; not allowing enough fish to
get through the lower river weirs was cause for the upriver tribes to make war
on those downstream. Ceremonies thus not
only allowed escapement for breeding, but also kept the peace.
Other areas too had a fish leader
to start the season. The Lakes and
Colville Salishans fished at Kettle Falls, and the Lakes scholar Lawney Reyes,
recalling his childhood, reports:
“During the salmon harvest, the
head authority at the falls was the appointed Salmon Chief. Before any nets or traps were set or
fishermen were positioned, he stood near the lower falls, facing downriver, and
prayed. The Salmon Chief welcomed the
arrival of the chinook [salmon]. He
apologized and thanked those salmon that would be separed or taken in the
traps. HE assured the hcinook that most
would be allowed to go upriver to spawn and bring forth their young….
“It was the responsibility of the
Salmon Chief to see that the closely related tribes…shared equally in all
salmon that were caught. Other tribes
that came to fish at the falls were also treated fairly…. According to Sin-Aikst [Lakes] tradition, the
first Salmon Chief was chosen by Coyote…. [who] made Beaver the Salmon Chief
[and told him]
…. ‘You must never be greedy and you must see to it that no one
else is greedy.’” (Reyes 2002:46-47).
The Lakes and their neighbors had,
in fact, such a supervisor for all hunting and fishing activities—there was a
hunting chief as well as a salmon chief and other fishing leaders. Such leaders of hunting and fishing had a
special title, xa’tús, from a word
for “first”(Kennedy and Bouchard
1998b:241; Miller 1998:255). The salmon
chief was locally called “salmon tyee” (Miller 1998:255), tyee being Chinook Jargon for “chief.”
The tight grounding of conservation
in religion, including origin myths, is found everywhere in the region. It goes a long way to disprove the occasional
claim that conservation is actually a new idea, learned from the Whites. Many early ethnographers segregated
“religion” and “subsistence” in separate parts of their ethnographies; it would
be better to take the religion-environment-subsistence interaction as the basic
unity, with “religion” and “subsistence” being artificial categories imposed
from outside.
The Nuu-chah-nulth and Tlingit, at
least, and probably other groups, stocked eggs and fry in salmon streams (see
e.g. Deur and Turner 2005:19; George 2003:74).
Gilbert Sproat describes this from the early 19th century
(Sproat 1987 [1868]). Since Sproat was
the first European to visit the areas he described, this was evidently a
pre-contact practice. A Saanich origin
myth of salmon, and of the use of wild parsley (Lomatium) as “medicine” to lure it, talks of the creator
hero-twins stocking salmon as they went around Vancouver Island (Turner and
Hebda 2012:132). Earl Maquinna George
describes the process in detail, and also points out that the Nuu-chah-nulth
would clear choking vegetation out of streams but leave enough to keep the
stream healthy; salmon need some logs for shelter and protection. The Nuu-chah-nulth also understood that bears
were people too, and needed and deserved their fair share of the catch, for all
to cooperate and consent (Atleo 2011:100-101).
Fish populations throughout the Northwest
Coast region were carefully managed (Johnsen 2009). The European settlers found fish incredibly
abundant—rivers during runs were said to be “more fish than water.” Some of this abundance is surely due to
population recovery after Indian fishing was reduced in the contact period
(Ames 2005:84), but an extremely important and little-remarked fact is that
even the tiniest and most insignificant streams had runs at contact. Even normal natural processes would have
exterminated some of these small-stream runs.
Such streams have few fish and short run-times. More to the point, one man with a net can
easily “rob a creek” (take all the fish in it) in a couple of weeks of fishing.
Since most salmon run eventually into
creeks small enough to rob, overfishing can quickly wipe out even a huge
river’s salmon stocks. We know that
Indian fishing was heavy. Only stocking
combined with careful conservation could have maintained the runs.
Limiting fishing was, of course,
the major and most necessary way to manage this. It was done by many means, e.g. not fishing
before a certain date or before a large escapement, and these limits were
ritually enforced. The classic account
is by Swezey and Heizer (1977) for the Klamath River, but parallels exist
throughout the region. Competition and
cooperation over resources drove protection of one’s tribal resource base
(Johnsen 2009). As usual, there are
equivalent stories from other regions; Erich Kasten quotes Indigenous elders on
Kamchatka as counseling leaving salmon and opening weirs (Kasten 2012:79). One elder remembered asking, as a child, why
some fish were spared and being told those were females that would reproduce
the fish. Today, the runaway market in
Russia for caviare has doomed the female fish, which are often simply stripped
of caviare and left to rot, to the horror of traditional persons. Kasten recommends reviving traditional ways
of conserving before it is too late. Comparable accounts from Siberia make it clear
that conservation was general there (e.g. Koestler 2012; Wilson 2012). Tsimshian
anthropologist Charles Menzies records stories of overhunting and overfishing
told as cautionary tales, with conservation morals drawn (Menzies 2012, esp. p.
165). The Alutiiq conserved and managed
fish until settler societies forced overfishing (Carothers 2012).
Another conservation measure was
returning inedible parts of the fish to the water. Salmon die on spawning because the young
depend on the nutrients from their parents’ bodies; this enormous import of nutrients
from the sea to the river headwaters allows the fantastic productivity of
Northwest Coast streams, which would otherwise be extremely nutrient-poor. (Coniferous forests make oligotrophic
streams.) The Native people know this,
and some at least see it as equivalent to human parents feeding their children
(Gottesfeld 1994b). We will consider
some teaching stories about this, below.
Returning the bones to the water seems to be universal along the acidic,
oligotrophic streams of the coast, but on the Plateau the bones were more often
ground up for human consumption (e.g. Ross 2011:429), probably because the
streams are richer in nutrients and do not need the addition.
The Tlingit of Alaska not only
stocked or restocked streams and took out beaver dams that were blocking these
streams. They also excavated shallow
pools (ish) in small spawning
streams, to prevent drying in summer, freezing in winter, and excess
predation. They devised a complex trap
system to divert salmon fry while trapping dolly varden trout, which eat salmon
eggs. They not only prevented
overfishing, they were careful to take about three males for every one female
from the upriver runs, to maximize spawning.
This was done with the usual recognition of salmon as people deserving
and requiring respect. Steve Langdon
calls this an “existencescape of willful intentional beings.” Following Viveiros de Castro (2015) he speaks
of “relational ontology” and “abductive reflexivity” (Langdon 2016).
In addition to stocking salmon, at
least some Northwest Coast groups (specifically the Kwakwaka’wakw and nearby
Salishan-speaking groups) protected clam beaches by creating low rock walls
along the seaward side to prevent beach erosion (Williams 2006). These “clam gardens” have now been the subject
of major research by Dana Lepofsky and her colleagues and students (Augustine
et al. 2016; Lepofsky et al. 2015; Moss 2011).
With the help of First Nations advisors and of Randy Bouchard and
Dorothy Kennedy, experts on the ethnography of the local Salishan groups,
Lepofsky and her group have found large numbers of rock walls separating,
marking off, shoring up, and preserving large areas of clam beaches. More, they learned that local people had been
painstakingly clearing the beaches of large boulders, cobbles, and logs for
countless centuries. Also, clam
digging—which was rigorously managed for sustainability—broke up the substrate,
which otherwise became too hard for easy clam establishment. The group tried these various techniques on
sample beaches and found that the number of clams was increased
severalfold. They recommend that these
techniques be introduced to modern beach management.
Given what we know of plant and
fish management, and the importance of clams and other shellfish in the diet,
it would be surprising if no enhancement of shellfish was done. It is very easy to overharvest shellfish, and
indeed many Native American groups did, as early as several thousand years ago
(Rick and Erlandson 2008, 2009). Huge
shell middens stand up as islands or bars in marshy areas, and cover up to
hundreds of acres along rivers and coasts in the Northwest; some were several
metres deep. As with fish, only diligent
conservation and management could keep the shellfish resource flourishing in
near-settlement locations.
In fact, what Lepofsky and her
group found is really clam farming—as intensive and demanding as the oyster and
mussel farming now practiced widely in Washington state. It is at least as labor-intensive and
landscape-changing as anything done on the Northwest Coast, and is quite
comparable in both labor needs and results to the horticulture of many Native
American groups in more easterly parts of North America. Along with the emerging knowledge of plant
management, it changes our idea of the Northwest Coast peoples; they were more
like proto-agriculturalists than “hunters and gatherers.”
Birds too were carefully managed,
with seabirds and their eggs being taken in a self-consciously sustainable way
(Hunn et al. 2003), as is archaeologically confirmed by continued abundance of
the birds on even very vulnerable islands (Moss 2007).
Game management is less easy to
evaluate. Overall, there are few
declines demonstrated in the archaeological record—in fact, none was found in a
major review by Virginia Butler and Sarah Campbell (2004; Butler 2005). They did not even find a shift in
exploitation from big game to lower-ranked resources. Elk were as common 200 years ago as 5000
years ago. Locally, the situation gets
more interesting, with patterns of local decline or scarcity contrasting with
considerable abundance (Kay and Simmons 2002, and see below). The fact remains that the Northwest Coast was
rich in game when first contacted by White settlers, and unlike the situation
in California (Preston 2002), this first contact came before introduced disease reduced the population and allowed game
numbers to rebound.
Game was conserved by conscious
choice to shift hunting grounds when game became depleted, and by the whole
complex of ideas associated with respect for animals (see below): not to take
too many, to kill with a shot (rather than wound and allow escape), to use all
of an animal, and other restrictions.
Explicit conservation was common.
This stands in marked contrast with, for example, June Helms’ careful
description of the ecology of the northeastern Athapaskas (Helm 2000). They not only shot what they could, they
opposed government conservation ideas explicitly and at length, with the result
that game was drastically depleted around settlements.
Apparently, in the old days, the
population of humans was so thin and mobile that it did not much affect local
populations, and if it did people simply moved elsewhere. Firearms and population growth created a
problem that eastern Dene culture apparently could not solve (Helm 2000, esp.
pp. 66-68, 79-84). The contrast with the
Northwest is similar to the contrast in South America between sparse groups
like the nonconserving Machigenga/Matsigenka and more careful groups that are
more populous and settled (Beckerman et al. 2002).
Among the Spokan of eastern
Washington, “[l]and mammals were never stalked or taken at springs, as this was
disrespectful and, if violated, was believed to be the main reason for game
leaving an area” (Ross 1998:273)—naturally enough, as waterhole hunting is the
surest way to wipe out local game. Possibly less directly useful was the same
group’s way of dealing with bears; “the successful hunter…sang the bear’s death
song” and observed “three days of strict behavioral and dietary taboos to avoid
dreaming of the bear or being burned later by fire or struck by lightning”
(Ross 1998:273, 2011:314). But this
shows both respect for the bear and awareness of interaction and
interdependence in ecology—though bears and lightning would not be associated
by most peoples. The Spokan were
competent enough hunters to wipe out the game, using tricks like taking scent
glands from animals and luring them with the scents (Ross 2011:307-308). It is worth noting that the Spokan lived on
fish and plant materials (mostly berries and roots), about 50% each; game was a
rare treat (Ross 2011:311).
Wet sites that preserve many types
of remains for archaeologists have given us new insights into the
Northwest. At Ozette in Washington
state, whaling was far more important than anyone realized, and wooden arrows
without stone points were far more common than stone-tipped ones (Croes 2003),
showing that hunting was far more important than the relative rarity of classic
“arrow point” discoveries had suggested.
Baskets show cultural continuity and adaptability over long time
periods, and reveal the extreme importance of transporting and storing food
(Bernick 2003; Croes 2003).
Plant Resource Management
The Northwest Coast peoples, like
other western American hunter-gatherers, managed plant resources by
cultivating, pruning, transplanting, fertilizing, and indeed all gardening
activities short of actual domestication.
Many authors have surveyed these practices for the Northwest (e.g. Blukis
Onat 2002; Deur and Turner [eds.], 2005, esp. Lepofsky, Hallett et al. 2005 and
Turner and Peacock 2005 therein; Gottesfeld 1994b; Kirk 1986; Turner 2005). In addition, Kat Anderson’s great study of
Californian Native plant management practices (M. K. Anderson 2005) not only
covers the extreme southern end of the region, but describes many techniques
used throughout. Jay Miller’s statement
that “While women did encourage the growth of certain wild plants, they did
this unobtrusively” (Miller 2014:21) is an odd observation. Burning, planting, massively selective
harvesting, and other techniques were far from unobtrusive. They were also very successful, and carefully
done. In fact, in the same book, Miller
more accurately says “this cultivating was intense—much more than a light or
selective tending of ‘wild’ species (Blukis Onat 2002) . Not quite farming, it was definitely
gardening” (Miller 2014:131, from a previously published paper). Women used digging sticks, and had
appropriate prayers and formulae for working with them and with plants in
general.
At least the Secwépemc (Shuswap)
had recognized resource stewards; stewardship was a named office (Ignace and
Ignace 2017:193-194). They watched over
fish, game, and plant stocks, organized and timed burning for berries and other
resources, maintained trails, and oversaw conservation. They appear to be a development from the
“fish chiefs” and “game bosses” reported generally over western North America.
Burning was by far the most
important method of managing the environment (Agee 1993, esp. p. 56; M. K.
Anderson 2005; Stewart et al. 2002). The
Northwest forests do not burn easily, but they do burn. Clearings, meadows, and brushfields burn much
more easiliy. The old idea that burning
had little effect on resources is disproved by the rapid recent changes in
environments the Native Americans managed by fire. An idea that burning was relatively recent
has been rendered unlikely by pollen studies and Native cultural traditions,
though natural burning was common in the drier and higher areas and must have
had much role in maintaining berry fields.
(They did, after all, evolve over millions of years before people were
there to burn.) The pollen records
indicate localized burning going back at least several thousand years (Sobel et
al. 2013:37). Plateau forests burn much
more easily, and were regularly burned for berries, to eliminate pests, and to
renew the landscape and kill insect pests and ticks (Ignace and Ignace 2017:192;
Ross 2011:267-272, citing an enormous literature as well as his own field
work). There was even special spirit
power for burning (Ross 2011:271).
Burning for berries was simple and
productive (Joyce Lecompte-Mastenbrook, ongoing research; Ross 2011, esp.
344ff; many other writers). The major
berries of the northwest—huckleberries, blackberries, raspberries of various
sorts, and so on—are basically fire-followers, and all the Native groups
learned exactly how often and when to burn to maximize production.
Root crops also grow largely in
burned-over prairie and grassland habitats.
Fire suppression has made them rare or absent in many areas, and indeed
the forests reclaim unburned areas rapidly.
The oak forests found from California (commonly) to Washington (locally)
to British Columbia (only around Victoria) require burning for maintenance;
those of BC are now succumbing rapidly to invasion by palnts favored by fire
suppression. They once supplied numerous acorns, which were a staple in
California and probably close to one in the Willamette Valley. Acorns had to be leached, and in Oregon they
were often buried in mud for the winter, thus becoming “Chinook olives” (Gahr
2013:74).
However, in at least one area, pollen
records show less burning in the last
2500 years, after Native cultures became complex (Walsh et al. 2008). This seems to accompany a local wet phase,
but it is a confusing finding. Probably,
small local fires reduced the chance of major fires that would have left a
clearer signature in the record.
Berries “were closely tended and
maintained by fire clearing until government prohibited this practice. Today …due to lack of burning, they have
changed in such a way that inferior species and subspecies of berries have
replaced the quality species of the past (Art Mathews in Daly 2005:221; Gitksan
data, but applicable everywhere in the Northwest). I might chalk this up to “good old days”
rhetoric if I had not observed it myself throughout much of western North
America over the last 60-odd years.
Almost everywhere, the favorite berry patches of my youth have grown up
to forests, brush, or grassland.
Invasion by inferior species is bad enough, but a far worse problem (and
one thing Mathews was talking about) is the fact that shading and crowding make
berry plants produce fewer and sourer fruit.
Every home gardener who has let trees encroach on his berry patch knows
this, but it is rarely mentioned in the ecological literature.
Sugar also occurred in sweet sap
and conifer cambium, and from Douglas firs, which sometimes exude a
trisaccharide sugar from their twigs and branches; it gathers like snow on the
twigs. It was so loved in the interior
that it was known as “breast milk” in some groups (Turner 2014-1:215). Pit-cooking of roots such as camas turned the
indigestible inulin to fructose, thus making them sweet; European sweets and
starches were accepted quickly and seen as parallel (ibid. and many references
cited there). Balsamroot was similarly
prepared not only for food but for medicine; it contains strongly antibiotic
chemicals (Turner 2014-1:431).
The only domesticated plant
acknowledged in most of the literature was tobacco. Tobacco cultivation was certainly
pre-Columbian, but not necessarily in all groups where it is known (Moss
2005). One species (Nicotiana attenuata) was grown by the Haida and probably their
neighbors, and also was grown widely in California and probably into
Oregon. It seems likely that other
groups grew it but stopped doing so before anthropologists reached them. N.
quadrivalvis, a plant from the central part of the continent, was
occasionally farmed in its area of origin, and may have spread into our region
at some time.
Root crops were harvested in ways
that propagated them: large tubers were
taken, small ones replanted; roots might be cut and the stem replanted.
Harvesting was done such that weeds were eliminated. Particularly favored crops show what appears
to be actual selection from thousands of years of this care.
Camas (Camassia quamash and C.
leichtlinii; the latter may be simply a form of C. quamash) was particularly important, and has been for a long
time (Lyons and Ritchie 2017). It seems
to have been at least partially domesticated.
It shows several traits characteristic of domestic crops, including
large showy flowers (compared to its close relatives), large edible structures,
and extremely good adaptation to gardens and gardening (personal observation,
from garden cultivation of it by myself and many other persons I know). Douglas Deur says it is a “cultivated plant”
in the coastal forests, being maintained there only by human activity. Presumably it was introduced from inland (see
Deur and Thompson 2008:51; Gahr 2013:70).
Turner and Hebda (2012:120-121)
quote a detailed account by Marguerite Babcock of camas management in southeast
Vancouver Island; it was clearly cultivated, and if not domesticated then very
close to it. Turner (2014-2:167-176)
provides an extremely detailed account—unique in the ethnographic literature—of
how much yield was obtained from various plant resources by Indigenous
harvesting efforts. Few resources
yielded high. Anyone with experience
picking berries, which have changed less under domestication than most plants,
will have a good idea of effort involved.
Domestic berries yield higher than unmanaged wild stands, but no higher
than burned and cultivated wild stands (my considerable personal experience
confirms Turner here).
Roots were managed by harvesting
with digging sticks, thinning stands and allowing selection of particular
sizes. Balsamroot (Balsamorrhiza spp.) produces edible roots that develop over years
into huge, woody, inedible taproots; these were left to reproduce, and very
small roots were left to grow.
Carrot-sized roots were harvested (Ignace and Ignace 2017:190).
Wetland resources such as yellow
pond lily nuts (the wokas of the
Klamath; Colville 1902) and the wapato or “Indian potato” (Sagittaria; see Gahr 2013:69) were similarly managed. They too may well have been on the road to
domestication. This sort of root
management gave the Native people the ability to shift rapidly to cultivating
potatoes. The Haida were trading
potatoes in bulk with English and “Boston” ships well before 1800. In fact, potatoes have been a staple on the
coast about as long as they have in Ireland.
The potato was introduced by the Spanish. Surviving traditional potatoes of the Ozette
and Makah types are still genetically South American (Ignace and Ignace 2017:515;
Turner 2014-1:198-200), presumably from direct and early introduction by the
Spanish.
The root foods, including other
managed ones ranging from glacier lilies (Erythronium)
and frilillary (Fritillaria spp.) to
clover (Trifolium, especially T. wormskioldii), were baked for long
periods in earth ovens, to break down the long-chain polysaccharides,
especially inulin, into digestible short-chain sugars. As experimenters with cooking such roots may
be painfully aware, the long-chain molecules can cause acute digestive distress
if ingested without breakdown. Nancy
Turner’s five-foot shelf of books give the best and fullest information on these
roots and their preparation; she and her students have devoted lifetimes to the
research.
We know that fruit trees like
Oregon crabapple, Indian plum, hawthorn, and moutain ash were managed, but we
do not know much about it. Techniques
included pruning around them, opening land for them, and otherwise encouraging
them. They were often transplanted into
new areas, and local orchards established.
Were the seeds planted? Probably,
but we do not know. Hazelnuts are better
known; they were carefully managed throughout the Northwest, with trees
carefully tended, pruned, and probably transplanted locally (Armstrong et al.
2018).
Fibre crops were also managed. The Secwépemc, for instance, “carefully
tended” patches of Indian hemp (Apocynum
cannabinum) “by removing brush and undergrowthnear the patch to encsure
straight and thick growth of the perennial hemp shoots” (Ignace and Ignace 2017:191). Cutting the shoots for fibre made the new
ones grow out straight and tall. This is
typical of Indian hemp management all over western North America (see e.g. M.
K. Anderson
2005). Indian hemp was sometimes
transplanted to new areas in California and presumably in the Northwest Coast
region as well.
Bow staves were taken off living
yew trees in the coastal forests, junipers and other trees in the Basin and
probably the Plateau. This indicates
major forbearance and the working of conscience. Yews and junipers produce few straight
branches. Staves are best taken off the lower part of a branch, to get the
compression wood. The branch very slowly
regrows. With junipers, only one stave
in about twenty years can be taken (Wilke 1998), and for yews the figure is
probably about the same. This means that
people must be restrained by their conscience; no one can patrol all the few
trees with straight branches. All over
the Northwest, one sees yew trees with the characteristic scars, indicating
that people saved their bow trees. (For
the same reason—bow staves—yew trees were planted thickly around castles in the
British Isles in the middle ages. Many of them are still growing, providing a
thick shade.)
Similar “culturally modified trees”
or “CMT’s” include cedars used for bark or planks. Cuts were made near the foot of the tree and
then about 20 or 30 feet up, the cuts being shallow for bark and deep for
planks. The bark was pulled off in long
strips. The planks were sometimes split
off, but it was easier to let the tree grow until the stresses of growth split
the plank off without human effort. The
scars, again, show that people took only enough for their needs, without
killing or greatly harming the trees.
The scars healed and bark could be taken again (see e.g. Schlick
1998:59).
The only true domesticate was the
dog. In some groups, it was subject to
serious selective breeding—most unusual for small-scale societies. A wool-bearing variety of dog was developed
by the Salish. The painter Paul Kane
managed to see and draw one; it looks rather like a lamb. It sadly became extinct in the mid-19th
century, but biologist Russell Barsh (pers. comm., 2007) is trying to breed it
back. Another endangered special variety
is the Tahltan bear dog, developed for bear hunting by the Tahltan people of
northern British Columbia. It somewhat
resembles the Karelian bear dog of Finland.
Other groups apparently also had special hunting breeds in the old days.
Moreover, wild animals were
probably tamed on more than a few occasions.
Early accounts speak of Salish women trapping mountain goats in spring,
when they were shedding their winter coats.
The women pulled the loose fur off the goats and let them go. The wool was then spun with the dog wool, and
woven on sophisticated native looms to make the beautiful traditional
blankets. Mountain goats are notoriously
tameable—they became pests in Glacier National Park, begging for food from
tourists—and it is fairly obvious that the Salish tamed their goats. Goat hunting did go on, but I suspect it was
done as an unobtrusive cropping of semi-managed herds. The rifle has changed game hunting in
America; bow hunting required a close approach.
The sensible thing to do with the smaller, more tameable animals, like
mountain sheep, mountain goats, and deer, was to keep the herds as tame and
unsuspecting as possible, taking laggards and easily-shot animals but never
taking enough to alarm the group. This
is why archaeology reveals a “poor management” practice of taking many females
and young rather than concentrating on the conspicuous, wary adult males, as a
modern rifle-hunter would. (On hunting
in western North America in general, see Frison 2004; Kay and Simmons 2002. Frison was a rancher and an expert hunter,
and draws on his knowledge.)
The Northwest Coast Native peoples
were formidable hunters, and certainly kept game populations down. Respect was a needed, and not always
adequate, check on overhunting. Stories
warned people to take no more animals than they needed, or even a specific small
number. For the Shuswap, “’Stinginess’
[in distributing fish and game…invited bad luck for the future….Most of all, resource management was carried
out through a value system that enforced the use of all parts of killed animals
and sanctioned individuals who were wasteful” (Ignace 1998:208).A major origin myth of the Coeur d’Alene
instructs hunters to take no more than two deer per hunt (Frey 2001:4, and
subsequent discussion throughout book).The
Kaska “do not kill animals needlessly,” realize that “animals are best saved
for times when they are most useful” (Nelson 1973:155), are averse to using
poison because animals eating the poisoned animals will die in turn, thus
killing needlessly (ibid, 244), and in short “have a well-developed conservation
ethic” (ibid, 311).
The same could be said for all the
other Northwest Coast groups, so far as ethnography goes. In fact, these rules
are common worldwide among hunting groups, including European ones.
Clearly, the Native peoples knew
overhunting all too well, and knew exactly what its effects were and how much
hunting would be suicidal (see Kay and Simmons 2002).These stories make no sense at all unless
people had overhunted, had found out the consequences to their cost, had
consciously learned better, and had even more self-consciously developed a
stern morality of conservation!The fact
that this morality was taught so diligently, with so many stories, proves that
it met a felt need.Historians routinely
use the existence of a law as proof that the outlawed activity was common
enough to be a problem.The same can be
said here. The Chinook and their neighbors had rules about taking no more than
necessary, but supplying the Anglo-American settlers made this a negotiable
issue, and one hunter supposedly took 20 to 30 deer per day in one early-19th-century
winter (Gahr 2013:66; I am fairly sure several hunters were involved, but in
any case the toll was unsustainable).
Martin and Szuter (1999, 2002)
found that “no man’s lands” between warring tribes were rich in game, while
village areas were not.(Similar
findings are reported from South America to Vietnam, and I have found the same
thing in Mexico).Martin and Szuter argue
that the game was killed out near settlements, though bothering and disturbing
may have had more to do with driving them away. Of course the game animals are smart enough to move to safe places.We can observe this today throughout the
world.
In short, Native people had good
sense but were not infallible, and they created morals accordingly.Contra the old stereotypes, they are not
wantonly wasteful killers (pace Krech 1999, last chapters; see Appendix 3 below),
not natural conservationists (pace Hughes 1983), and most certainly not mere
animals with no impact on nature (see appalling quotes from Anglo settlers in
Pryce 1999:85-90, and her excellent discussion of this whole issue).
The role of cultivation was underplayed
by early anthropologists.This was
partly because they wanted to emphasize the sophistication of “hunter-gatherer”
societies as a way of disproving evolutionary schemes.Douglas Deur and Nancy Turner (2005) point
this out, but they exaggerate the case.It
remains true that the NorthwestCoast
peoples were hunting-gathering societies, without significant domestication or
agriculture.Most hunter-gatherer
societies manage the environment, often intensively.Early anthropologists knew that, and had no
reason not to make the hunter-gatherers seem even more sophisticated by
emphasizing it.
Much more true is Deur and Turner’s
point that women were rarely taken seriously by early ethnographers.Indeed, what Fiske and Patrick say of the
Babine could be said of almost all Northwest Coast peoples:“We do not have reliable accounts of women’s
lives, property, or social obligations for the early contact or precontact
eras.All the available fur trader and
missionary accounts are full of contradictions and replete with biases” (Fiske
and Patrick 2000:238).
Deur and Turner (2005:33) note that
the famous fish dependence of the Northwest Coast peoples must have been
overstated, because living on fish would cause unhealthy overconsumption of
protein and perhaps of vitamin D.The
peoples in question had to have been eating a lot of carbohydrates.Records show diet breadth was always great;
people worked to maintain diversity in all matters.
On the other hand, it should never
be forgotten that roots, berries, and shellfish are all low to extremely low in
calories, and the Northwest Coast people could not have gotten much of their
subsistence from them.What has been
missed is not so much the plant foods but the importance of oil, both from
ooligan fish and from mammals (sea lions, whales, deer, elk, and so on).Early accounts stress the enormous importance
of oils in trade, feasting, and food. The Makah used to compete to see who could
drink the most whale oil at feasts (Colson 1953).People were desperate for oils.Suffice it to say that “ooligan” is derived
from a Tsimshian word meaning “savior,” now used for Jesus.Watertight boxes of oil from the ooligan
(oolichan, eulachon), a smelt that is mostly fat by dry weight, were traded all
up and down the coast. The Haida sailed
their great canoes over tens of miles of some of the most dangerous waters in
the world, and traded their most valuable possessions, to get these boxes of
oil.The biggest ooligan run was on the
Columbia River, where the commercial catch in the peak year, 1945, was over 5.5
million pounds—and the noncommercial (including Indigenous) catch at least as
high (Reynolds and Romano 2013).The
fish is almost extinct in the Columbia drainage now, thanks to dams and pollution.
Oil provided necessary
calories.In the Northwest, clothing is
not much barrier against the constant rain, which soaks or trickles through
anything.Thus oil was used externally
as “clothing,” as well as being consumed internally to keep metabolism up.Anyone who has lived and worked with Native
people on the outer coast is aware of the incredible calorie needs that working
in that climate entails, and of the incredible amounts of food that have to be
eaten to keep body warmth while carrying out any task.Early descriptions of people paddling for
four continuous days in cold rain (Drucker 1951; Sproat 1987 [1868]
) may be
hard to match now, but I have seen many feats of sustained effort in cold rain
that at least make the old stories thoroughly credible. They are possible only if the workers are
eating heavily.
Today, the old oil sources are
largely gone, and drinking oil straight is no longer in vogue, so recent
writers have generally missed the importance of this in the past.
An account of a typical meal was
provided by William Clark around 1805, in his famously creative spelling. He “was invited to a lodge by a young Chief”
of the Clatsop in Oregon, and received
“great Politeness, we had new mats to Set on, and himself and wife
produced for us to eate, fish, Lickorish [shore lupine, Lupinus littoralis], & black roots [edible thistle, Cirsium edule], on neet Small mats, and
Cramberries [Vaccinium oxycoccos]
& Sackacomey beris [kinnikinnik, Arctostaphylos
ua-ursi[, in bowls made of horn, Supe made of a kind of bread made of
berries [cf. salal, Gaultheria shallon]
common to this Countrey which they gave me in a mneet wooden trancher, with a
Cockle Shell to eate it with.” (Quoted
in Gahr 2013:65, from Lewis and Clark 1990:118; her notes in brackets). The dominance of fish and berries is notable,
and the few plant foods were roots.
An obvious question is how many of
the cultivation techniques of the Northwest were learned from early European
settlers. By far the most important
management technique, burning, was certainly aboriginal; every Native American
group in a burnable environment used this method, as did hunters, foragers, and
horticulturalists around the world. Unlike
the equivocal situation in California, where natural fire is so common that it
makes aboriginal burning difficult to assess, historic and archaeologically
evidenced burning on the Northwest Coast can usually be safely ascribed to
Native activity. Natural fire is
exceedingly rare west of the Cascades in Oregon and Washington and the Coast
Range crest in Canada (see Lepofsky et al. 2005).
Intensive root-digging was
certainly pre-contact, and indeed goes back far in the archaeological record,
and the diggers must have known the effects of their cultivation on the
crops. Otherwise, Wayne Suttles (2005), James
MacDonald (2005), and Madonna Moss (2005) have considered the matter, coming to
rather little resolution. Intensive pruning and transplantation and at least
some fertilizing are recorded, but are very possibly post-contact. Clearing, weeding, fencing, sowing,
transplanting, mulching, and fertilizing are all documented (Turner 2014-2:193).
Enormous quantities of plant foods
were gathered. A tribe of a thousand
people could easily run through a million camas bulbs in a year, and a single
family might eat 100,000 to 200,000 salal berries in a year (Deur 2005:14). Salal is the commonest berry bush over much
of the Northwest, and its bearing capacity, especially when periodically burned
over, is incredible—thousands of families gathering on that scale would not
make a dent in its yield.
Boas records a no-nonsense
conservation belief among the Kwakwaka’wakw:
“Even when the young cedar-tree is quite smooth, they do not take all of
the cedar-bark, for the people of the olden times said that if they should peel
off all the cedar-bark…the young cedar would die, and then another cedar-tree
near by would curse the bark-peeler so that he would also die” (George Hunt,
ed./tr. Franz Boas, 1921:616-617; several other conservation-related beliefs
and prayers are given in this section of Boas’ ethnography).
On the other hand, as we have seen,
overharvesting cedars was known to occur, though in a different group with less
cedar to manage (Lacourse et al. 2007).
More general, and perhaps more
valuable, was asking permission of a tree or plant to take its bounty (see
below). Native persons still ask a tree
for permission to take some bark, and then thank and praise the tree. Boas and others recorded many praises and
requests of this sort (Turner and Peacock 2005).
As discussed earlier, resources
were owned in the Northwest Coast, according to complex rules and ownership
systems. Nancy Turner et al. (2005;
Turner 2014, vol. 2, passim) provide a review, but the full complexity defies
summary, and must be found in the old ethnographies, and especially in Richard
Daly’s ethnography of the Gitksan and Witsu’weten. The latter was based on trial evidence of
ownership, and thus has an extremely full, detailed and accurate account. It applies only to the two groups mentioned,
but broadly similar ownership patterns exist throughout. They are generally even more precise and
self-consciously maintained along the coast itself, least precise and tightly
enforced in the deep interior.
Along the coast and up the major rivers, every
fishing spot, productive cedar grove, and berry patch was tightly owned. Good hunting grounds for localized species
like marmots and mountain goats were also.
Widely necessary goods that were locally abundant but otherwise
nonexistent, notably mineral resources, might be open to all (Daly 2005:263). Complex arrangements for sharing, loaning,
and even renting are widely reported, especially for fishing sites. If a run failed or a slide blocked a stream,
a group would be in desperate straits, and neighboring groups would then allow
fishing access. Daly (2005) reports
boundary markers, special passes (braided straps and the like) used by people
borrowing access, and other highly specific ownership applications. Male ethnographers underappreciated the
importance of female ownership of plant resources, which was incredibly complex
and detailed (Turner 2014-2:90-91), quite comparable to land rights of
intensive farmers. Rights were loaned,
land was opened, usufruct was differentiated from outright ownership, and
sharing was subject to complex rules and norms.
Generosity was always idealized, but ownership strictly enforced.
Finally,
the region had few food taboos. Animals
that ate carrion—including those famous tricksters, ravens and coyotes—or were
otherwise more or less disgusting were avoided. The Haida did not eat killer whales, because
humans (especially males, and most especially those who die by drowning) are
reincarnated as killer whales and killer whales that die are then reborn as
humans. Killer whales are easily
identifiable as individuals by their patterns, and, at least as of the 1980s,
Haida would discuss which local killer whale was which recently deceased Haida
man (I have heard people do this, and Boelscher 1988:183 also notes it). The Haida word for “killer whale,” sgaana, also means “spiritual
power.” (A shaman is sgaaga, one who has power; one
high god figure was Sins Sgaanaa,
“power of the shining heavens”; Boelscher 1988:172-173.) The Haida also regarded some foods as high
status, some as low; the former were foods that came from large animals—whales
being particularly high—or that were taken by collective effort, like salmon
and berries. Low foods were those that
involved individual and unobtrusive collecting:
shellfish and similar beach foods, especially (Boelscher 1988; I also
noted this
in Haida Gwaii, though some shellfish, such as chitons, were
so well liked that they had a certain degree of status). There seems little comparable information on
other groups, except the general observation that salmon and large land mammals
are highly regarded everywhere. Whales
were certainly special among the whaling groups.
Studying this successful management
reveals a fascinating truth. The Native
Americans managed superbly on the basis of an ontology that postulates spirits
in everything from salmon to mountains, and that leads to a practical
conclusion that vision questing and contacting spirits through soul-voyages
will provide the deepest and most valuable information about the world. Modern settler societies introduced the idea
of hard-headed, pragmatic, rational science, and promptly devastated the
resources of the region through incredibly stupid behaviors. It simply did not occur to these rational,
scientific invaders that if you catch all the fish you will have no fish
left. It did not occur to them that if
you cut all the trees there will be no trees.
When, belatedly, they came to realize these subtle facts—occasionally by
1880, usually not until well into the 20th century—they had no way
of motivating change toward better management.
The result today is rapid extinction of fisheries, with yet another
river going out of production almost every year; loss of forest resources,
often permanently; loss of berries, roots, and game; and a landscape which in
many cases has become a moonscape.
Counter-trends—restored fish, successful farming (far more productive
than pre-Columbian root-crop cultivation), sustainable forestry—have come from
counter-traditions. Either the Native
Americans have regained some control of their resources (as in Haida Gwaii) or
“counter-cultural” settler groups have had their way. Of these latter, small-scale and mixed
farming remains fairly widespread, but organic farming, community forestry,
fish restoration by dam removal, and other successful interventions are rare
and sporadic.
In short,
mystical spiritism and “irrational” vision-questing outperform economic
rationality to the point of total contrast.
This is, obviously, a huge embarrassment for those who still hold that
Western Man has some special pipeline to divine wisdom.
The reasons
for the failure of rational scientific management are clear. The direct reason is the “steep discount
slope”: people discounted the future. It
could take care of itself; only today, or next year, matter. This has been elaborated into various forms
of corporate logic: shareholder payouts, government tax bases, imperative
demand, and the rest. The result is
always the same: maximize profit now and forget the long term. This led to massive accumulation for a while,
supporting thousands of people. But now
the landscapes in question are ruined for the foreseeable future, and the
short-term profits were usually not reinvested very productively. Over even the medium term, Native management
wins out hands down. There are more people
now than there were once, but that is because the current population gets its
food largely from elsewhere. The areas
that supported dense Native populations from local resources are now in many
cases deserted. Some farmland
areas—especially the Willamette, Columbia, Yakima, Okanagan and Snake
valleys—produce enormous amounts of food, far more than aboriginally, and this
may make up for the loss of fish and other foods, but does not excuse the
overall damage.
The reasons
for the success of spirit beliefs (“animism” if you will) are not so
clear. Being less than convinced of the
reality of sentient, agentive wills within bushes and clouds, I tend to think
the reasons are fourfold. First, animism
leads people to respect their environments.
Second, spirit vision questing validates individual knowledge and
experience; people learn to take seriously their experience-based perceptions
of the world. Third, Northwest Coast
religions are intensely social. The
spirits are part of society, but, more to the point, life is with other
people. One has to be responsible toward
them, including the children who will need fish and trees and roots 50 or 100
years from now. Fourth, respect for
everything means that everything should be used—it is disrespectful to ignore a
being that is offering itself to you—but that nothing must be overused; that
too is disrespect. Thus, the landscape
was used comprehensively but lightly.
Everything had some sort of use, down to the most insignificant scraps
of vegetable tissue. Nothing was
overused; monocropping was not a concept.
(The vaunted reliance on salmon has been exaggerated in the literature,
as will appear.) There was an overall,
light pressure on the landscape.
Many readers of this book—if it
reaches its intended audience—will see plants, salmon, and rocks as conscious
agents who decide what to do for their human friends. (And not all those believing readers are
Native American. I personally know
several anthropologists who were converted to Northwestern spirit beliefs by
experiences in the field.) I have no
quarrel with this conclusion, or with others that will appear below. What matters is that we understand that
Native management was sustainable in important ways, while settler management
has not been, and that this is a problem in need of exploration.
5. White Settler
Contact and Its Tragic Consequences
Endemic local dissention probably
explains the ease of European conquest, as well as Jared Diamond’s “guns, germs
and steel” (Diamond 1997). From Cortes
and the Pizarros onward, Europeans immediately learned that they could take
advantage of Native rivalries to set Indians against Indians and clean up on
the result. In the rare cases when
Indigenous people could unite and stay united, they generally held their
own. On the Northwest Coast, the
successes of the Tlingit and Tsimshian in early fighting stand as examples, but
solidarity never reached beyond the “tribal” level, and the Native people never
forged a united front. Even the rare
unity showed by the Nez Perce in the Nez Perce War did not save them; they were
harrassed by other tribes and eventually betrayed by Blackfoot warriors.
The total population of the
Northwest Coast in precontact times was at least 200,000-250,000 and very
likely more, quite high given the resource base. White man’s diseases, local wars, and
massacres reduced the population about 95% by 1900, as established by Robert
Boyd (Boyd 1999; Boyd and Gregory 2007; Trafzer 1997). In one particularly horrendous case, the
peoples of the lower Columbia River area, as Boyd relates, “plummeted from in
excess of 15,000 to just over 500 survivors” between about 1770 and 1855 (Boyd
2013a:247), a decline of 97%. Perhaps
most serious from California north into Washington was the malaria epidemic of
1830-33 (Boyd 1999; Boyd et al. 2013 passim).
Conversely, some of the tribes of the interior, where malaria was rare
or absent, may have lost “only” 75% or so between 1770 and 1900. They lost population in the 20th
century, when—for instance—the 1918-19 and 1928 influenza epidemics wiped out
whole communities. However, the most
extremely remote suffered no major long-term declines in population from
introduced diseases, since the epidemics—these flu events being apparently the
worst—reached them along with modern medicine (see e.g. Helm 2000:120-123,
192-219).
Boyd notes depression and despair
after epidemics; this has been underestimated in the past. We now know how utterly devastating the loss
of even one or two loved ones can be to a community, particularly to children. The loss of 95% of one’s society is, to
moderns, unimaginably horrible, except to those who have gone through
genocides. I suspect it colors the
often-gloomy myths and tales of western North American Native people. One recourse, but a surprisingly rare one,
was to blame the whites, who had inadvertently or deliberately introduced the
disease and who sometimes threatened to unleash it on the Native population
(Boyd 2013a). This blame was a
contributing factor to some killings of settlers; aboriginally, unexplained
deaths were assigned to witchcraft, and witches were sought out and
killed. Often these victims were
medicine persons, since it was assumed that those who had curing power might
well have killing power too.
Boyd and others rightly stress
disease as the major killer, but the role of war, massacre, hard usage, denial
of hunting and gathering options and of relief food, and other directly brutal
behavior need more emphasis than they usually receive. Catherine Cameron and others have recently
established, in an important volume (Cameron et al. 2015), that disease was
less important, especially early in contact, than has been alleged in most of
the literature, and that declines were often due to direct violence. Boyd certainly establishes the importance of
disease in the Northwest, but it is certainly true that other causes of
mortality were highly important. Small
wars around the edges of the region—the Rogue River War in southwest Oregon,
the Modoc War in northeast California, the Bannock War in Idaho, the Nez Perce
war of 1877 fought from Idaho to Montana, the Chilcotin War in central British
Columbia, and others—led to many casualties.
Of course these were wholly one-sided, and usually started by openly
genocidal settlers. Governments
collaborated to varying degrees. The
Rogue River War of 1855-56 was extreme, in that troops and settlers indulged in
mass murder, leaving few survivors (Beckham 1996). The Bannock War of 1878 was also notably
one-sided as to fatalities. These two
conflicts resemble genocide more than actual war; there was some serious
fighting, but inevitable victory by troops was followed by indiscriminate
killing.
Wars wound down after this, but starvation,
exposure, and other forms of mistreatment continued to kill many Native people
on and off reservations. Alcoholism and
suicide have taken a grim toll. Suicide,
especially among young people caught between cultures and feeling they do not
belong, reached epidemic levels in several cases, leading to some of the
highest rates in the world. These
effects of conquest and racism deserve to be placed with disease as major
causes of fatalities.
Native populations began recovering
around 1900, and are now close to early levels.
Marriage into settler societies has contributed to this. However, parts of the Northwest have fewer
people now than in 1700. The languages
and cultures suffered blows from which many have never recovered.
The natural environment did not
fare any better. Clearcutting has
destroyed almost all the old-growth forest and created many landscapes where
good forest is not recovering. The fish
resources, especially the salmon, are a tiny fraction of what they were, and
fish populations are still declining. In
addition to the standard problems of overfishing, dams, and pollution, new
problems continue to arise. Farmed
Atlantic salmon have introduced diseases and parasites that are rapidly wiping
out the native species in southern British Columbia.
The Native people were rapidly
dispossessed of their fisheries and other resources, often despite treaties. They were urged to follow the “white man” and
take to farming, but when they did their lands were routinely seized by greedy
whites; one well-studied case study is the life of Arthur Wellington Clah
(Brock 2011), who initially succeeded very well in the settler world, but was
chased off parcel after parcel until he died in poverty. (He figures in this book in a less direct but
very important way: his son Henry Tate and grandson William Beynon became the
great chroniclers of Tsimshian society, Beynon in particular being a superb
ethnographer.) In the 1980s I studied
the ways the previously very successful Native fishery in British Columbia was
systematically cut to pieces by right-wing governments and shady practices. The Columbia River, once the richest salmon
stream, has suffered from both dispossession of Native rights and destruction
of the vast majority of its fish resources.
It will probably lack anadromous fish of any kind by 2100. (Excellent studies include Dupuis et al.
2006, Ulrich 2001; see also Grijalva 2008 for the general problem of
environmental justice and Native Americans).
Forced acculturation and active
repression of Native traditions further devastated the cultures. The boarding schools, in particular, were
sites of major problems. Fortunately,
both the people and their cultures began to get some measure of attention
around 1900, allowing a reversal of population decline, and, to some extent, of
cultural decline. A standard history on
the United States side of the border is Alexandra Harmon’s Indians in the Making (1998); a British Columbia equivalent is John
Lutz’ Makúk: A New History of
Indian-White Relations (2008); for a notably temperate, dispassionate,
thoughtful Indigenous view, see Richard Atleo’s Principles of Tsawalk (2011).
The clear writing and sober, understated tone make all these books
noteworthy. Harmon’s is better for
political machinations that created “tribes” and blood quanta; Lutz’ book is
outstanding for its superb history of Indian labor, with discussion of the ways
the Indians were forced out of logging, fishing, trapping, and other activities
that formerly gave them a good living
The modern “tribes” and “nations”
are creations of settler government policy.
From the start, the settler groups needed clear polities and clear
leaders to negotiate with. Finding fluid
polities and leadership systems, the settlers simply created clear-cut
“tribes.” Sometimes “tried to create” is
more accurate; groups remained cantankerously independent and fluid. The process has been described many times,
notably in Alexandra Harmon’s and John Lutz’ books and in Andrew Fisher’s Shadow Tribe (2010). It has left us with most unclear
understandings of earlier arrangements, at least on the United States side of
the border, where change and population decline came earlier. The high population density and extensive
trade show that there was some way of organizing life above the village level,
but we do not really know what it was.
Native Americans were not even
citizens until 1924 in the United States, 1961 in Canada. Significantly, though, British Columbia had
defied the national government by giving Indians provincial voting rights in
1949. By this time the land was almost
completely alienated. In the United
States, at least some large reservations and solid treaty rights obtained, but
Canada has been much less accepting of Native title and rights. The Indians in British Columbia have only
tiny reserves and few subsistence rights.
On the American side, having treaties and reservations has not made the
Native people much better off than their Canadian neighbors. A classic study concerns the Okanagan, whose
territory was split in half by the border.
Canadians thought the Canadian Okanagan were better off, United States
writers thought those on the US side were, but in fact the Okanagan were in the
same desperate poverty and want on both sides (Carstens 1991; there is a
similar study of the Blackfoot).
In the early 20th
century, less direct cruelty and rapacity was seen, but jobs were scarce for
Native people. Economic depression often
led to psychological depression. Many
communities dealt with aimless, disordered lives by heavy drinking. Others did what they could, especially by
maintaining the old hunting, gathering, and fishing ways for sheer survival.
Similar findings occur for tribes
split by the Alaska-Canada border. “In
recent years…the Canadian Han have enjoyed far better subsistence hunting and
fishing rights than their Alaskan counterparts” (Mishler and Simeone
2004:xxii-xxiii). This is a very recent
situation, and subject to possible change in future. Conditions for Indigenous hunters, and for
game, have rapidly deteriorated in Alaska with a series of Republican governors
backed by the oil industry and representing affluent White constituencies,
including rich sport hunters who decimate animals needed by Native people for
subsistence.
Conversely, the Canadian situation
improved dramatically when courts began recognizing Native rights in the
1990s. In 1991, in the case of Delgamuukw vs. the Queen, a British
Columbia court handed down an infamous decision that denied the existence of
Native land title, basically because the Natives had no written records and
therefore their obvious occupation of the land for 12,000 years or more did not
count. This was overturned by the
Canadian Supreme Court in 1997, and Native title recognized, at least under
some circumstances. This led to the
Nisga’a signing a treaty in 2000 that ceded official title of their lands (and,
allegedly, some neighbors’ land too) in exchange for money and use rights. Other tribes still contest their cases. It should be noted that Canada had recognized
at least some native claims from the beginning of British rule in 1763, and
thus most of the nation was covered under signed treaties. However, British Columbia had been a separate
colony (not officially part of Canada) for many years, and had not done so,
except for a very few in the far northeast and southwest, involving very small
areas of land.
The reservations were bones of
contention, because treaties were often unfair, and in any case the United
States Congress rarely ratified treaties made with Indians. This led to feelings of betrayal, and
consequently to some violent outbreaks by people who had been promised larger
and better lands. The reservations were
often treated as concentration camps until the 1930s (or even later). However, the fact that reservations really
helped was made clear by the “termination” of the Klamath tribe in the 1950s
(Stern 1966). The reservation was
privatized; almost all the land was taken even before the Indians got their
shares, and then the Indians were cheated out of most of what was left. They have been trying ever since to get a bit
back.
Repression of culture and language
were comparable in both countries. The
United States’ lack of a safety net has cut deeply; Canadian Native peoples can
expect (though they do not always get) better health care and other
services. Racism remains widespread and
extremely virulent. Let not the reader
be fooled by the genteel parlor-liberalism of Vancouver and Seattle; the rural
Whites are unreconstructed, and they are the ones the Native people must deal
with on a day-to-day basis. When I asked
one rural British Columbian why he thought the Indians created so much fine
art, his reply was “They are too lazy to work.”
Land claims, treaty rights, and
aboriginal title have been the subject of many lawsuits, some successful, in
the last 30 years, and the situation has improved somewhat; the problem is so
fiendishly complex that discussion must remain outside the scope of this book,
even though this book owes everything to that exact question. For a particularly good story of the movement
that inspired my work, see Ian Gill’s All
That We Say Is Ours (2009), a biography and history of the Haida struggle
to maintain land claims and fisheries.
More directly relevant is the
destruction of traditional culture. An
amazing amount survives, but the languages are almost gone everywhere; very few
tribes have any speakers under 50, and those few have a bare handful. Nowhere is there a viable linguistic
community of young people, except among the most remote groups of the far north. Some 40% of the Indigenous languages of North
America are gone, with another 40% spoken only by older people. Stories, knowledge, art, and experience
persist after the language is gone, but usually become rapidly
impoverished. Sad experience from more
heavily impacted parts of the continent, to say nothing of Celtic languages in
Europe, shows that all eventually will die out, unless current attempts at
reclaiming traditions and educating the young are much better funded. Language and cultural loss is an
environmental disaster as well as a humanistic one. Knowledge of the environment and of managing
it is encoded in the language used to talk about it, and when the language
goes, the knowledge diminishes with it, as has been shown in many studies (see e.g.
Hunn 1990).
Language revitalization movements
rarely work, partly because they tend to be school-based, often using the
familiar rote-drill method that convinced my generation that we could not learn
languages. Native American writer Barbra
Meek in We Are Our Language (2010)
provides an account of one of the more hopeful, but typical, ones (from just
outside our area), and a full review of the relevant literature. Successes are rare; the lifelong work of Nora
and Richard Dauenhauer (e.g. 1987, 1990) among the Tlingit is exemplary but,
alas, atypical. The rural environments
in which many Native people live are conducive to the mindless claim that
people can learn only one language well.
In fact, the more languages one knows, the better one is at learning
more languages, and also at thinking and learning in general. (In my experience, those who claim otherwise
do not know their own languages well.)
Certainly, those Native Americans who have become fluent in both Native
and settler tongues have tended to do well.
But the foolish claim persists, and still prevents many children from
getting a fair chance at important learning opportunities.
It also remains to be seen whether
heritage languages learned as second languages in school will preserve the (formerly)
accompanying environmental knowledge.
Teachers are aware of the concern, but traditional ecological knowledge
is generally passed on in the bush, or similar settings, and in some cases can
only be passed on in such contexts. The
knowledge may be more easily passed on in English in the bush than in a
heritage language in a settler-style classroom.
Some recent writers, Native and
white, have attacked the “myth of the vanishing Indian” because the Indians did
not in fact vanish (see e.g. Harmon 1998).
True, but their populations were reduced by an average of 95% in the
Northwest, as in the rest of the New World (Boyd 1999; Boyd and Gregory 2007;
Trafzer 1997). As of the 1890s, there
was every reason to believe that the Indians as a separate people would cease
to exist in a very few years. Many
groups did vanish entirely, at least as linguistic and cultural entities. In the Northwest, the grim roll includes the
Tsetsaut, the Chemakum, and several Chinookan groups. (Many groups elsewhere on the continent were
completely gone before 1800). The many
people who forecast the final extinction of the “race” had every reason to do
so.
The convenient argument that
“introduced diseases” did all the damage is dishonest. Massacres, one-sided “wars,” and deliberate
denial of health care were almost as bad.
Some groups were subjected to outright genocide—merciless attempts at
total extermination by the United States.
Among Northwest Coast groups, this was especially the case in the Rogue
River “war” of the 1850s (Beckham 1996; Youst and Seaburg 2002). The Athapaskan and Takelman peoples of the
Rogue River drainage had resisted invasion of their lands, and when miners and
settlers flooded in, violence quickly spiraled out of control. There was some actual fighting—it was not
pure massacre—but the hopelessly outnumbered Rogue people soon lost, and the
genociders moved in. Local
“exterminators”—that was the word used at the time—with the often-grudging aid
of the United States Army killed almost all, and exiled the few who were not
slain. An area that had supported at
least 10,000 people was left with virtually no Native American
inhabitants.
The survival of the last 5% of the
Native Americans of the Northwest was due to heroism on the part of the
survivors and their few White allies.
The fact that the Indians did not vanish is due most of all to the
incredible toughness of the survivors.
Anthropologists and historians have collected or reconstructed several
stories of Native American individuals who not only survived but led their
people through the fires of hell. These
make some of the most deeply moving reading one can find in this world. (Notable examples include Ford 1941; Sewid
1969; and Youst and Seaburg 2002. The
first two are recorded autobiographies, the last an amazing job of
reconstructing a long and eventful life from scattered and fragmentary
records. See also Atleo 2004, 2011;
George 2003; and Reyes 2002 for later-period accounts.)
Changing white settler attitudes
were also involved. “Indian lovers” were
hated and despised in the 1870s and 1880s, but gradually prevailed, and shamed
the nations into changing their ways somewhat.
Anthropologists were leaders in this from the beginning. Unfortunately, many pro-Indian individuals,
including some anthropologists (notably Alice Fletcher), backed breaking up the
reservations into individual allotments, in a misguided attempt to make the
Indians into Anglo-style small farmers on family-owned holdings. This proved disastrous; the Native peoples lost
almost all their land (see e.g. Stern 1966 for the Klamath). The million and a half acres of the Siletz
Reservation in Oregon dwindled to a few scattered plots, and the Grande Ronde
suffered similarly (Youst and Seaburg 2002).
Ironically, gambling is saving it: casino earnings are used to buy back
a few acres at a time.
Bad enough to deny the
near-extinction of the Native people, and the total extinction of many groups
and more languages. Worse to say,
blandly, that the Indians kept right on going, and thus write the heroism of
the survivors and the villainy of their persecutors out of the human record.
We need to remember the grim
record. We need to teach it in history
courses, just as Europe teaches Hitler’s holocaust. We need to do everything we can to prevent
such genocides in future, and denying them is the worst possible course.
Racism continued through the 20th
century, and even the tolerant and successful Sin-Aikst (Lakes) scholar and
artist Lawney Reyes had bitter memories of insults, persecution, and ill
treatment in youth (Reyes 2002). I remember noting in the 1980s the way the British
Columbia newspapers, when highlighting “social problems” such as crime,
substance abuse, and dependence on welfare, usually picked a Native family to
foreground in any story. The
corresponding Washington state media almost always picked a Black one. The proportions of Black and Native people in
these polities was about the same in both, and was quite small. White Anglos had by far the most “social
problems,” in actual numbers.
Also disastrous have been many of
the missionary institutions, which not only attacked Native religion and even
family and kinship, but also forcibly removed children into boarding schools
that were, in fact, often nothing but sex slave camps where the children were
violently abused by beatings and rampant sexual molestation. Little attempt was made to teach. The Catholic church, in Canada and in Rome,
knew about the rampant sexual molestation in Catholic schools throughout North
America and Europe for decades and did nothing about it. The Church, and the Anglican church, have now
made some apologies, but few amends.
Native languages were banned. A whole “stolen generation” (to borrow an
Australian phrase) has resulted. In my
research on alcoholism treatment on the Northwest Coast, I found that all
people I interviewed who had been through the residential schools had been
active alcoholics for at least some of their lives. The percentage of alcoholism was much lower
among those who had escaped this brand of welfare.
The churches and missionaries got
the potlatch outlawed from 1884 to 1953 as a heathen institution incompatible
with the modern state; apparently the missionary mind is such that mass
organized sexual abuse of minors was regarded as more properly compatible
therewith. Ironically, the first legal
potlatch in 1953 was the one organized by Wilson Duff and Kwakiutl artists to
inaugurate the totem pole park at the British Columbia Provincial Museum (now
Royal British Columbia Museum; see Hawker 2003:138).
Treaty rights to fishing and
whaling were guaranteed in the United States and eventually enforced (though
not until the late 20th century), but Canadian First Nations still
struggle for similar recognition (see e.g. Coté 2010).
Conditions on the reservations and
reserves slowly improve. However,
bureaucracy enters, insidiously, in even the best-intentioned situations. Displacement of Native peoples was followed
by waste and misuse of resources by settlers of all sorts. The Canadian government has had to intervene
to save many Northwest Coast groups from starvation and disease, as well as from
the alcoholism and violence that followed destruction of livelihood and
culture. Even the welfare system that
results has its negative effects. In
their detailed major study of bureaucracy and law in a colonial Canadian
context, Fiske and Patrick state: “It
[i.e., the welfare system]
sustained the hierarchy of state/nation relations
that circulates limited resources within the nation while disempowering the
extended family…and…has aggravated relations of dependency” (Fiske and Patrick
2000:119). Even the most benign
extension of alcoholism treatment, nursing services, and the like has the
effect of rubbing in the “problems” and “difficult situation” of the indigenous
peoples. They do not love this (Fiske
and Patrick 2000, e.g. p. 182).
However, thanks to anthropologists
as well as Indigenous people, the languages and cultures are at least recorded
and available for study. Some Native
people have denounced such recording, but sufficient refutation is found in the
marvelous picture of Nuu-chah-nulth elder Hugh Watts reading to his grandchildren
from the texts that Edward Sapir collected from Hugh’s great-grandfather,
Sayach’apis, in the early 20th century—and the photo is presented by
Charlotte Coté, also a descendent of Sayach’apis (Coté 2010:83). Sayach’apis’ texts represent one of the
greatest literary documents in any culture worldwide, let alone one that was
reduced almost to the vanishing point in his time. We are more than lucky to have them, and to
have Sapir’s warm and respectful biography of Sayach’apis (Sapir 1922)—a
tribute and acknowledgement far ahead of its time, and even of ours.
6. Resource
Mismanagement Since 1800
The Northwest has been as
devastated as the rest of the world by foolish exploitation in the last 150
years. Overlogging has decimated the
forests. Careless plowing and grazing
have led to ruin of the soil in many open areas. The game is shot out.
The mentality was classic pioneer:
maximize initial drawdown of all resources, meanwhile hoping to move on to the
next open area, or, at worst, build up a replacement in the form of agriculture
or the like. The worldview has been
unkindly but accurately summarized as “rape, ruin and run.” This mentality is not confined to
Anglo-Americans (Anderson 2014). It has
been detected archaeologically in the settlement of Polynesia and in the Bronze
Age and Iron Age Mediterranean. It
characterized the Japanese spread into Hokkaido. The Russians and Chinese both acted it out in
Siberia. But the Anglo-Americans had an
extreme form of the ideology, one that typically considered all nature to be an
enemy, to be utterly destroyed as soon as possible and replaced with a
Europe-derived artificial landscape. And
they had the tools: guns, steam engines, fish wheels, machines of all sorts.
Another and more insidious and
deadly difference from the Native Americans was and is that the settlers were
interested in only a very few resources.
They depleted the game. They
mined gold and later coal and other minerals.
They logged the forests. They
concentrated on salmon and later on other fish.
Gone was the sensitive total-landscape management that concerned itself
with berries, roots, bark, grasses, small animals, and other resources. The white settlers not only drew down the
immediately saleable resources with little thought of sustainability; they
destroyed the other resources without even considering them.
White individualism contrasts with
Native American sociality, but is really a lesser problem in this case, since
the Whites tended to stand as a united front against Native Americans.
The worst damage is to the fish
resource, especially the river-running species.
Indian management was displaced over time and replaced with far worse
Anglo-American management (excellent histories of this exist: Arnold 2008; Harris 2008; Schreiber
2008). Salmon are at least a concern
even to Whites, but lampreys, sturgeon, suckers, and other species have almost
disappeared without much attention paid to them. (Sturgeon survive only in a few of the
biggest rivers.) Dams, overfishing,
pollution, and the other usual factors have wiped out the salmon from much of
their original range and reduced them to low abundance everywhere. The final “unkindest cut” has been farming
Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar). Parasites—notably “fish lice,” parasitic
copepods—from these fish escape and decimate the local salmon, which have no
resistance. A small salmon-farming
industry in the waters east of Vancouver Island has led to total extermination
of pink salmon throughout the region—millions of wild self-reproducing salmon
sacrificed for a few thousand high-cost alien ones. Naturally, Native people have objected to fish
farming (Schreiber 2002; Schreiber and Newell 2006—the latter contrasts correct
but “spiritual” Native knowledge with either incredible blindness or outright
lying by the White managers).
The fate of the Northwest Coast
fisheries shows something about ownership regimes. The White settlers prefer private property,
and, failing that, national government ownership and control: National Parks and Forests in the US, Crown
lands or provincial and national parks in Canada. The national governments lease out most land
outside parks for forestry or mining by giant corporations. The Native people, by contrast, universally
vested property rights in localized kinship groups—communities, in a word.
For farming, individual ownership
has its points, but experience shows that fisheries don’t work that way. Native control allowed exquisitely careful
management of stocks—using the most efficient methods to get the exact number
of fish that could be safely taken, and then stopping the fishery. Western control has led to individual or
national development that was incompatible with fish—dams, for instance—and to
virtually uncontrolled overfishing at all levels. State and national governments simply do not
have the necessary focus, attention, or priority structure. They have other things to do, like use the
rivers to generate hydroelectric power or to dispose of pollution. They are also subject to voter pressure by
fishermen desperate to take just a few more and let the future take care of
itself. There is simply no way to
prioritize the fishery while simultaneously regulating it tightly enough to
preserve it.
British Columbia and Washington are
the worst cases, with their fisheries devastated. Alaska still has enough Native and local
control to keep some fisheries healthy, but mining interests are closing in
fast. Oregon has, ironically, saved some
of its fish thanks to powerful sport-fishing lobbies. The sport fishers are not dependent on
fishing for survival, like the commercial fishermen, and thus are more willing
to let some fish escape now to make sure there will be fish tomorrow. Long and detailed studies of the resulting
biological, cultural and social disasters are legion.
Andrew Fisher’s excellent study of
the devastation of the Columbia River Indians and their salmon is one example
(Fisher 2010). Dams and overfishing
wiped out the salmon; racism and oppression did not succeed in exterminating
the Indians, but reduced them to greater and greater poverty over time. Fisher quotes some racist comments from
settlers, over time, that are too revealing to leave out here. The local Indian agent, John D. C. Atkins,
opined in 1886 that the Indian “must be imbued with the exalting egotism of
American civilization so that he will say ‘I’ instead of ‘We,’ and “this is
mine’ instead of ‘This is ours’” (p. 90).
A textbook used in Oregon schools in the first half of the 20th
century said that “the Indian vanished because he could not learn the ways of
the white man. He could not survive in
competition with the dominant race” (144).
This at a time when thousands of Native Americans were trying
desperately to survive, and by and large succeeding, in the face of genocidal
racism.
A case study, perfect for our
purposes because it shows the whole situation in microcosm, is Charles Menzies’
study of the abalone fishery of northern British Columbia (Menzies 2010, 2016). As he summarizes it: “In the face of aggressive overfishing of bilhaa (abalone) by non-Indigenous
commercial fishermen, the Canadian Department of Fisheries and Oceans closed
all forms of harvesting of bilhaa” (Menzies 2010) in spite of the fact that the
Gitxaala (Tsimshian) and probably other groups had been harvesting these
shellfish with extreme care for sustainability for thousands of years. This caused some hardship for the
Gitxaala. Menzies documents their caring
regime, and advocates a return to a controlled fishery; but it may be too late.
California’s major bit of Northwest
Coast scenery, the Klamath drainage, provides a particularly revealing case. The Klamath Basin at the headwaters was
settled early on by farmers and stockmen, displacing the Indians in the
genocidal Modoc War. More recently,
drought has reduced the Klamath flows, while irrigation has expanded in the
farming areas. There is no longer enough
water for both farms and fish.
This came to a head in 2003. The U. S. Bureau of Reclamation had disposal
over most of the upstream water, and it was subjected to intense lobbying by
the upriver farmers and downriver fishers.
The farmers are largely well-to-do Republicans. The fishermen downriver are less affluent and
very often vote Democrat, and they include large Native American groups. 2003 being a year of Republican national and
state governments, the water went to the farmers, and the fish died. (Much of this is from my own research; see
e.g. Service 2003 for a neutral account; Williams 2003 for an unabashedly
pro-fish position; Carolan 2004 for a broader overview, but he incredibly
misses the political dimension, thus his account is of rather limited
worth. See Swezey and Heizer 1977 for
the far superior pre-contact management system.)
The conflicts above thus involve
political power as well as property regimes.
Decisions essentially always go to Whites over Indians—racism being
severe in the Northwest, particularly in the 19th and early 20th
centuries—and to giant corporations over everyone and everything else. Some dramatic exceptions have occurred,
however, starting with Judge Boldt’s decision in Washington state in 1974 to enforce
the treaty rights giving the Native people an equal share of the fish
resource. Since then, Canada has had to
recognize at least some Native title to lands.
Other decisions have restored many community management regimes and
ownership systems in both nations.
Significantly, the classic claim
that humans go for the main chance—material or financial maximization—is
massively disproved by this history.
Throughout the last 200 years, White authorities have decided for regimes
and stakeholders that were devastating the resource base with extremely low
returns to themselves or society. The
potatoes and barley raised by the White farmers up the Klamath were worth far
less than the fish would have been if the runs had been maintained. Political power—from votes, campaign
donations, skin color, and actual political position—trumps financial benefit
(except to the giant corporations, and even then often only in the short
run).
An interesting case is the
evolution of the MacMillan Bloedel
timber corporation. H. R. MacMillan and
Charles Bloedel brought scientific sustainable forestry practices to British
Columbia and Washington, respectively.
They appear to have been quite idealistic and to have run their
companies well. Eventually they joined
forces. At first all went well, but long
before MacMillan died in 1976, the logging was out of control. By the 1980s, after decades of corporate
mergers and political shenanigans, “Mac and Blo” became a worldwide byword for evil
and irresponsible logging. Things have
improved since, especially since Mac and Blo fell on hard times and were taken
over by Weyerhauser in 1999. However,
the sustanable forestry of the original founders is still a dream (the
literature on this is huge and need not concern us; see Vaillant 2005 for a
dramatic but accurate popular account).
An interesting comparison comes
from the Russian coast closest to the United States. Anna Kerttula (2000) describes Russian
mismanagement and waste of resources.
The Yup’ik villagers there had been sustanably and efficiently hunting
sea mammals, birds, and fish while the Chukchi herded reindeer on the
tundra. Russians brought wasteful
hunting and herding practices (throwing away much of the meat). They also damaged the tundra seriously by
construction and driving heavy vehicles, and caused rampant pollution. This was totally uneconomic; it was
subsidized by the state as a way of “civilizing” the “natives,” whom the
Russians despised openly and treated as utter inferiors. When the USSR collapsed, this artificial and
destructive economy collapsed with it, and the local people were thrown back on
their traditional subsistence economy—much damaged by Russian environmental
abuse. It is interesting to see how
clearly foolish and culture-bound the Russians’ “superior” practices were. We in America are so used to Anglo settler
mismangement that we tend to forget just how awful it is, and how much it is
driven by culture rather than economics.
The Russian way is culturally different enough to be striking in that
regard.
The result of these bad management practices, and above all of the
politics that creates them, has been widespread economic ruin in the rural
Northwest, especially the Native communities.
Today, global warming is causing
even more widespread damage. It has
caused millions of acres of forest to die; pine beetles give the coup de grace, but the real problem is
warm winter that spare the beetles from freezing, followed by hot dry summers
that weaken the trees. Fish, root crops,
and other resources are succumbing to increasingly hot and dry conditions.
However, in recent years,
comanagement of resources has come in, with local Native communities
cooperating with government agencies (Natcher et al. 2005; see above). One notable area is the west coast of
Vancouver Island (Goetze 2006; Pinkerton 1989; Pinkerton and Weinstein
1995). This does not always work well,
especially when the government ignores Native input—as is often the case (e.g.
Nadasdy 2004). Obviously, comanagement
works only if it is in fact comanagement.
Perhaps it
is best to leave the last word to Snuqualmi Charlie, talking to Arthur Ballard
in the 1920s. He concluded a long story
of Moon’s creation and transformation of the world:
“Moon
said, ‘Fish shall run up these rivers; they shall belong to each people on its
own river. You shall make your own
living from the fish, deer and other wild game.’
“I
am an Indian today. Moon has given us fish and game. The white people have come and overwhelmed
us. We may not kill a deer nor catch a
fish forbidden by white men to be taken.
I should like any of these lawmakers to tell me if Moon or Sun has set
him here to forbid our people to kill game given to us by Moon and Sun”
(Ballard 1929:80).
7. The Ideology
Behind It All
Native
American biologist Raymond Pierotti has written: “A common general philosophy and concept of
community appears to be shared by all of the Indigenous peoples of North
America, which includes: 1) respect for
nonhuman entities as individuals, 2) the existence of bonds between humans and
nonhumans, including incorporation of nonhumans into ethical codes of behvior,
and 3) the recognition of humans as part of the ecological system” (Pierotti
2011:198-199). These indeed fully apply
on the Northwest Coast, where they are considerably elaborated.
Thanks to
early and superb ethnographic research, we can understand the Northwest Coast
ideologies of management in a way we cannot do for other parts of the
world. Enormous record of myths, texts,
tales, and instructions, compiled by early and more recent ethnographers,
allows us to see exactly what people said in traditional times.
Some of the
Northwest Coast ethnographic collaborations are particularly impressive. The Tsimshian chief William Beynon collected
materials for several ethnographers. All
too predictably, he never got authorship credit for this, though he did most of
the work; his first major publication under his own name came out in 2000, 42
years after his death (Beynon 2000). He
was in fact the real ethnographer in many cases (Halpin 1978). Incredibly impressive also is the work of
Edward Sapir with Tom Sayachapis and other Nuu-chah-nulth elders, of Franz Boas
with George Hunt, and of James Teit with many interior Salish. Teit became a major activist for Native
American rights as well as an ethnographer, and his story—forgotten until a
stunning recent biography (Thompson 2007) saved him from oblivion—is one of the
most impressive in the history of “action anthropology.”
More recent collaborations, such as
Nancy Turner’s “five foot shelf” (much of it written with Native coauthors) and
the collaboration of Eugene Hunn (1991) and James Selam, carry on the great
tradition. Just out of our region, but
very close and sharing the same ideology, are the Yupik of Alaska, whose
ethical relations with the animal persons has been described in exquisite
detail by Ann Fienup-Riordan (1994, 2005).
She quotes elders at enough length to fill several books. Many Northwest Coast groups remain sadly
little known, but at least we have excellent work by many ethnographers for
representative groups from every region.
No other part of the world except the American Southwest and the central
desert of Australia has been so well documented in terms of ecological and
environmental beliefs. We do not have a
single account of local knowledge and conservation in a modern American town
that is as good as the work of Turner or Hunn or Fienup-Riordan.
One major component was attachment
to place. Northwest Coast groups had
lived where they were for countless years; the Haida seem to have occupied
Haida Gwaii for over 10,000 years, continuously. Knowledge of and devotion to one’s immediate
habitat is at a level possibly unparalleled in the world. On the Skagit River, the local version
universal Northwest Coast story of the boy left alone who must re-create his
slain tribe includes a passage that says it all: the people he revives from
bones “had no sense…so the boy made brains for them from the very soil of that
place” (Miller 2014:70-1). That line
really says it all.
There are, however, several crucial
beliefs lying behind this. These beliefs
are the keys to conservation in Northwest Coast ideology, and all the resources
of the collective representation of community are deployed to make people
accept them.
A good place to begin is with seven
“fundamental truths” of Northwest Coast ecological thinking, as abstracted by Frank
Brown and Kathy Brown (2009:folder, p. 2) of the Heiltsuk Nation:
“…1. Creation:
We the coastal first peoples have been in our respective territories (homelands)
since the beginning of time.” (This
might be interpreted as “since the beginning of our peoples as identifiable
cultural and linguistic entities,” since in fact much migration has occurred,
and many of the origin myths actually recount it. But, for instance, archaeology demonstrates
cultural continuity in Haida Gwaii for well over 10,000 years. The Haida and the other major groups of the
Northwest certainly or almost certainly emerged in their present homelands and
have been there since the glaciers.)
“2.
Connection to nature: We are all
one and our lives are interconnected.
“3.
Respect: All life has equal
value. We acknowledge and respect that
all plants and animals have a life force.”
“4.
Knowledge. Our traditional
knowledge of sustainable resource use and management is reflected in our
intimate relationship with nature and its preictable seasonal cycles and
indicators of renewal of life and subsistence.
“5.
Stewardship: We are stewards of
the land and sea from which we live, knowing that our health as a people and
our society is intricately tied to the heath of the land and waters.
“6.
Sharing. We have a responsibility
to share and support to provide strength and make others stronger in order for
our world to survive.
“7.
Adapting to Change:
Environmental, demographic, socio-political and cultural changes have
occurred since the creator placed us in our homelnds and we have continuously
adapted to and survived these changes.”
More specific rules for food
gathering are listed by Inez Bill of the Tulalip of northwest Washington state:
“Taking and gathering only what you
need so Mother Nature can regenerate her gifts to us.
“Remembering to not waste any of
our traditional food.
“Sharing what you gather with
family, friends and elders that are not able to go out and gather whenever
possible.
“Including prayer and giving thanks
when gathering.
“Preparing local native foods at gatherings.
“Preparing food with a good heart
and mind so when you serve your meal, people will enjoy their meal.
“Providing nourishment for our
people and their spirits, but also the spirit of our ancestors. We will strive to continue this way of life” (quoted
Krohn and Segrest 2010:42).
There is some obvious modernization
and settler society influence here (“Mother Nature…”) that may divert attention
from two critically important traditional ideas: prayer and thanks while gathering, and having
a “good heart and mind” when preparing and distributing. Throughout the Northwest Coast and onward to
a great deal of North America and Siberia, these are vital points for
maintaining good relations with the spirits of plants and animals, and indeed
with the spirit powers in general. One
may contrast the Euro-American food rules for the Muckleshoot school, a few pages
later in the same folder: “No trans-fat
and hydrogenated oil. No high fructose
corn syrup,” etc. (Krohn and Segrest 2010:49).
The contrast of spiritual and chemical is significant.
Rodney
Frey, writing on the Coeur d’Alene of northern Idaho, also (and with
appropriate modesty and tentativeness) identifies five basic principles, but
they are somewhat different: “…the
understanding that the landscape is spiritually created and endowed…that the
landscape is inhabited by a multitude of ‘Peoples,’ all of whom share in a
common kinship…. That… [humans have an] ethic of sharing [which includes the
animal people too]….that…the gifts [of nature] are also to be respected and not
abused…and…one is to show thanks for what is received… The fifth and final teaching encompasses…the
ethic of competition” (Frey 2001:9-12).
The last is particularly interesting.
Humans do not simply wait around for the gifts to come to them. They must work, compete with each other and
with other beings, and compete with the powers of weather and geography. Life is not easy, and nothing comes without
major effort.
Richard
Atleo (2011:143-144) sees unity as basic, but coming from reconciling
complementary polarities. He sees
individual identity as “an insignificant leaf” (144) in face of basic
unity. He elaborates a philosophy of haḥuuƚi, “land” in the sense of
communally owned and managed place (cf. Australian Aboriginal “country”),
deriving from the idea of unity.
Marianne and Ron Ignace
explain the Secwépemc (Shuswap)
foundational belief thus: “…ce ntral to
the relationship between an animal and the fisher or hunter who ‘bags’ the
animal is the concept that the animal gives itself to the fisher or
hunter…. Plants as sentient beings also
give themselves…. Therefore, the harvesting of all things in nature presupposes
prayer that thanks the Tqelt Kúkwpi7 (Creator) for providing the animals or
plants…as well as thinking th eanimals or plants for giving themselves…. All
parts of the Secwépemc land and environment are …thought of as a ‘sentient
landscape.’” (Ignace and Ignace 2017:382 ).
This belief appears to be universal throughout northwestern North
America and eastern Siberia. More
specific to the Shuswap is a tradition of painting one’s face red or black at
power places, such as lakes and mythic spots, but other groups have similar
ways of paying respect to spiritual sites.
This general custom extends through much of east Asia, where such sites
may be tied with sacred cloths, circled clockwise on foot, and otherwise
revered.
I believe
all these principles apply to all northwestern cultural groups, with varying
emphasis in varying areas. All these themes
can be identified in folktales and teachings throughout the region, and indeed
throughout all northern North America.
Countless authors have pointed out
for decades that the Northwest Coast people, and indeed most North American
indigenous groups, consider plants and animals to be people—“other-than-human
persons,” in the standard phrase, apparently introduced by A. Irving Hallowell
from his studies on the Native peoples of central Canada (1955, 1960). Like humans, these people have spirits that
are conscious and have agency and language. All have a life force. The Nuu-chah-nulth anthropologist Ki-Ke-In
relates that there are many ch’ihaa,
spirits, in the world, which draw closer in winter; that humans and other
beings have a life force, thli-makstii, which
goes ultimately into the stars after death, eventually ending in the
Taa’winisim (Milky Way; Ki-Ke-In 2013:28).
Plants were people, and as such critical in ceremonies and in the search
for guardian spirits (Turner 2014-2:324-350).
Other-than-human persons can take
human or humanoid form when in their own world; salmon, for instance, are
people who live in houses at the bottom of the ocean, and don their salmon
skins only to sacrifice themselves for the benefit of their relatives on shore. (This represents Philippe Descola’s ontology
of shamanism [Descola 2013], being the same belief that he reports from his
South American researches.) The Katzie
Salish, living where the most sturgeons spawn, in the lower Fraser drainage,
believed the Creator had two children; the boy was the ancestor of the Katzie, the
girl of the sturgeons. Whenever they
caught a sturgeon, it was their beloved sister sacrificing herself for them
(Jenness 1955). Widely believed among
Salishan groups is the idea that all living resources are human-like in their
own homes, donning outer coverings for human use. Berries are like small babies in their
real—spiritual—state (Miller 1999). For
the Sahaptin, “waqayšwit ‘life’ [is]
an animating principle or ‘soul’ possessed by people as well as animals,
plants, and forces of nature. The
presence of ‘life’ implies intelligence, will, and consciousness. This is the basis for a pervasive…morality,
in which all living beings should respect one another and are involved with one
another in relations of generalized reciprocity” (Hunn and French 1998:388).
Thus, the basic or original being
that became an animal, or was transformed into one by the Transformer, was
incarnated in all subsequent animals of that kind, or—alternatively—remained as
master of them. Thus, mythic Raven is
incarnate in all ravens, or else exists in the spirit world as the guardian of
all ravens. The former version of the belief seems to prevail in the north. The latter prevails in some parts of the
coast (being e.g. reported for the Puget Sound Salish by Miller
1999:10-11). It is the standard form in
many areas to the south, including Mexico. (This belief reaches to the Maya of Quintana
Roo. The deer god Siip, Zip in old
literature, still has some role in overseeing deer today; the “leaf-litter
turkey,” a giant ocellated turkey, is the eternal master of wild turkeys,
punishing hunters who take too many of them; see Llanes Pasos 1993. Versions of the same belief extend into South
America [Blaser 2009; Descola 2013]). The
Yukaghir have spirits of the animals, overall game-guardian spirits, and
locality spirits (Willerslev 2007). Even
farther afield, so do the Khanty of northwest Siberia, for whom an excellent
ethnography by Andrew Wiget and Olga Balalaeva (2011) is now available.
The leading character in creation
myths was a Transformer who changed ambiguously humanlike persons, and more or
less formless supernatural beings, into the humans, animals, trees, and
geological formations of today. This
story is known from Alaska (e.g. the Han people; Mishler and Simeone 2004) to
California and beyond (see comparisons, mostly for the central coast, in Miller
1999; and many stories in Boas 2003 and Thompson and Egesdal 2008). People who are broadly humanlike but have
some animal-like characteristics became the animals they resembled. Formless supernaturals became rivers and
mountains.
Usually the Raven is the
transformer on the coast, Coyote the major one in the interior. (The missionaries originally used the Chinook
word for “coyote” for God; Lang 2008:70.)
A being without specifically known form does the job farther north and
east. The Gitksan Transformer, Wegyet,
can be either raven or humanoid, apparently at will; similar shape-shifting is
found in several other creator figures throughout North America. The Tsimshian had a high god known as gal (Miller 2014b:42) and the Haida seem
to have regarded the Shining Heaven as a high god.
In the Columbia Plateau region also,
there was a widespread concept of a high god who oversaw the animal
spirits. Coyote may have been the
immediate creator of much that we have here, but he was under control of a
higher power. (The old idea that
“primitive” people lack a high god and have only animistic spirits was
disproved a century ago; Lowie 1924.)
For the Colville of northeast Washington, the creator was originally a
sort of Power-in-process, a being whose existence was the flow of his
creation. Eventually “the ‘chief’ who
made the world and all its creations decided thereafter that he would have no
body, legs, or head, and would instead become Sweatlodge for the continued
benefit of human beings” (Miller 2010:47; cf. Ray 1933). He lives on, instantiated in every sweatlodge
created since.
Also reported from the Plateau and
not from other areas is a concept of sacred spaces with sacred deer: “Near my home is a sacred area—about one
acre—where sacred deer used to live. One
adult deer would always present itself only to a young man just before he was
about to get married. But only to a
young man who, before starting his hunt, had for three days sweated while
singing his power song, of course fasted,” and been virtuous. He would shoot the deer, give the meat to his
intended-wife’s mother to redistribute, and make the hide into a robe for the
new wife or (in due course) their baby (Ross 2011:145, quoting an unfortunately
unnamed elder recorded in Ross’ field notes).
Not only plants and animals, but
also mountains and rivers, were people, and were owed consideration
accordingly; “we…talked to the river, so we could get some fish from it without
hurting the river at all,” as an Elder woman told First Nations student Johnnie
Manson (2016).
Such kinship with all being
obviously made conservation a great deal more compelling. Even people who care little for unrelated
fellow humans will care for their own kin.
This implies that animals are not
just killed by humans; they offer themselves voluntarily to their human
relatives. Their spirits then
reincarnate in new members of the species, just as human souls reincarnate
within a descent group.
Today as in the past, a new baby
will be examined to see which recently-deceased elder has reincarnated. The Khanty (Wiget and Balalaeva 2011) and
Yukaghir have the same belief, and the ever-perceptive Rane Willersley (2007:50ff.)
points out for the latter that, while the essence of the person is
reincarnated, the new child is his or her own person—not just a recycled
relative. This is so strikingly like
genetic reality that one assumes the indigenous peoples noticed that descent
produces great similarities in appearance and basic personality and yet
considerable differences in the final result.
Like Aristotle realizing that heredity must be a “pattern” conveyed from
parent to child, rather than a tiny homunculus or divine intervention, the
Northwest Coast people recognized the inheritance of traits and reasoned an
explanation based on their worldview.
If the souls of previously hunted
animals were treated with respect, new (newly reincarnated) individuals of that
species will offer themselves. Of this
much more below, but at this point we must quote Richard Atleo’s point that
Northwest Coast people pray for the animals to make themselves available, but
when European “religious people pray to God for a supply of meat…the meat has
no say in the matter” (Atleo 2004:85). The
key here is respect, as will appear below.
Under special circumstances, humans
can visit the salmon people, or the bear or mountain goat people, and see them
in human or humanoid form. Countless
Northwest Coast stories recount such adventures (see e.g. Andrade 1969 [1931],
with tales of visits to shark people, seal people, and others). Unsurprisingly, there is also a Yukaghir one: (Willerslev
2007:89-90). Humans can marry animals,
plants, or even stars, and many Northwest Coast kinship groups are descended
from such unions. Totem poles typically
show the animal ancestors of the sponsors of the pole. Hunting involves the hunter leaving the human
realm and entering into animal worlds. This often requires a great deal of ritual, in
which the hunter’s wife is often essential, especially in hunting for large
animals from whales to deer (see S. Reid 1981 for a detailed description of
Kwakwaka’wakw ideology in this area).
Many a local crest derives from
such visits. Some members of the
Tsimshian Blackfish phratry “met Nagunaks” when they “inadvertently anchored
over his house” at the bottom of the sea; “he sent bglue cod, one of his
slaves, to investigate…. The steersman was annoyed by the splashing of the
fish, caught it and broke its fins,” which caused the sea-guardian Nagunaks to
take them to his house, warn them never to harm animals unnecessarily, and then
release them with privileges and songs, sending them off in a fast-speeding copper
canoe. They thought they had been gone
for four days, but they were gone four years.
The privileges became lineage crests and emblems (Garfield, Barbeau and
Wingert 1950:42). This is a version of a
story known not only throughout the Northwest Coast but through much of North
America and Eurasia. The sequence of
offense, warning, release with teachings and privileges, and days that were
really years is canonical.
This is a form of the Native American theory that Eduardo Viveiros
de Castro defines as “’perspectivism’: the conception according to which the
universe is inhabited by different sorts of persons, human and nonhuman, which
apprehend reality from distinct points of view.
This conception was shown to be associated to some others, namely:
The
original common condition of both humans and animals is not animality, but
rather humanity;
Many
animals species [sic], as well as other types of ‘nonhuman’ beings, have a
spiritual component which qualifies them as ‘people’; furthermore, these beings
see themselves as humans in appearance and in culture, while seeing humans as
animals or as spirits;
The
visible body of animals is an appearance that hides this anthropomorphic
invisible ‘essence,’ and that can be put on and taken off as a dress or
garment;
Interspecific
metamorphosis is a fact of ‘nature.’
…the
notion of animality as a unified domain, globally opposed to that of humanity,
seems to be absent form Amerindian cosmologies.” (Viveiros de Castro
2015:229-230).
The Northwest Coast people,
however, do not so often seem to see the anthropomorphic form as the real or
essential one; in many cases, it seems that animal persons have two forms,
equally their own.
Animals have powerful spirits, and
are in fact spirit beings, able to move back and forth between our everyday
world and the spirit realm. For the
Spokane, “[a]nimals are in touch with, and move between, the two worlds. That sensitivity allows certain animals to
foretell eveents, such as weather, death, or the arrival of a guest. They can see into the spirit world…. Through
animals, man can obtain a vision into that other world; through them, he finds
his spirit power….” (Egesdal 2008:140.)
Animals have many powers. In the northern Northwest Coast, the land
otter (the river otter, Lutra canadensis)
can lure one to drowning and then take over body and soul and turn the person
into an “otter-man,” a zombie-like being.
This is still a matter of concern, and on Haida Gwaii the fear has
spread to the Anglo-Canadian settlers, who can be quite nervous about the
“gogeet” (Haida gagitx, otter-man;
Anderson 1996). Otters move easily in
both the great realms of life, land and water (de Laguna 1972; Halpin 1981a; Jonaitis
1981, 1986); they even enter the underworld (they live in burrows). Moreover, they play a lot, and even
incorporate humans into their play. Most
daunting of all, they often try to lure people into the water to play with
them, as I have personally experienced on several occasions. Significantly, otters abound in shamanic art
(charms and the like) but are largely absent from public art (totem poles and
crest art; Jonaitis 1981, 1986, and my personal observation), though a few
appear on Gitksan poles (Barbeau 1929:73, 88).
Barbeau recorded a shaman’s otter song, for curing, among the Tsimshian
(Garfield, Barbeau and Wingert 1950:122).
The bukwus or “wild man” took
the place of the otter, to some extent, in Kwakwaka’wakw tradition (Halpin
1981a).
At least among the Tahltan, mink
and weasel have some similar magical powers (Albright 1984). For the central Salish groups, the fisher, a
very otter-like animal, has magic curing powers, and passing a stuffed fisher
over a person is part of healing (Lévi-Strauss 1982).
The dog is
ambiguous, as in most of the world (Amoss 1984; for the Yukaghir, Willersley
2007:76; the Tłįchǫ Dene are descended from a dog who took human form and
married a human woman). As the only
aboriginal tame animal, it moved in the human and the nonhuman realms, as the
otter moves in three worlds. It is singularly
absent from myths and art on the Northwest Coast, though obviously not
elsewhere. (The Tłįchǫ Dene, who are
well outside the Northwest Coast cultural area, treat dogs with respect but
think them unable to survive in the wild—unlike wild animals and the Tłįchǫ themselves. The Tłįchǫ also tend to think of animals as very different in powers and natures
from humans, though still being other-than-human persons. One Tłįchǫ wanted to learn caribou knowledge,
and eventually could turn himself into a caribou—but he learned so much that he
became a caribou and could not become human again, since he had more caribou
knowledge than human knowledge; Legat 2012:89.)
Salmon are
people too, and abundantly present in myth.
Something of the empathy between human and salmon people is found in a
powerful song recorded by Marius Barbeau and translated by William Beynon—the
song the salmon sing as they go upriver:
“I
will sing the song of the sky.
This
is the song of the tired—the salmon panting as they swim up the swift current.
I
go around where the water runs into whirlpools.
They
talk quickly, as if they are in a hurry.
The
sky is turning over. They call me.”
This
was sung by Tralahaet (a Tsimshian chief) and translated by Benjamin Munroe and
William Beynon, early 20th century.
Recall that the salmon give birth and die; this poem is about
sacrificing one’s life for the rising generations. (Garfield, Barbeau and Wingert 1950:132.)
“Commonality
between species” means “we are all brother and sisters not only to each other,
but also to every life form.” This implies
“respect, kindness, generosity, humility, and wisdom” not only toward and for
humans, but for other life-forms (Atleo 2004:88). It should be pointed out that “brothers and
sisters” here translates Nuu-chah-nulth words that cover all related persons in
one’s own generation. Since
Nuu-chah-nulth kinship is reckoned over many generations, almost all
traditional Nuu-chah-nulth can trace some relationship to almost all others,
and thus are all literally brothers and sisters (or whatever generation term is
appropriate). And, since animals are
persons involved in human kin networks, one can be quite literally brother to a
wolf or sister to a whale. This
extension of kinship does fade over distance, and a far-off “brother” or
“sister” can be no closer to oneself than some of my long-lost third cousins are
to me. However, it is taken seriously,
to a point really striking to an outside observer; correspondingly, my
Nuu-chah-nulth friends were struck by the weakness of kin ties among
Euro-Canadians.
One may add
that society—human, but also other social mammals’ society—is reinforced by
strong social codes. These are
generated, and apply, at the level of community: for humans, on the Northwest
Coast, the local realm of a chiefly lineage or lineage-group and associated
commoners and others. This would involve
around 500 people—fewer in the cold interior, many more around the rich Salish
Sea. It also involved all the nonhuman
lives in the area.
Communities
were tightly organized. This too varied,
from the extremely close-knit kin and community groups of the Nuu-chah-nulth to
the loose and flexible ones of the interior Athapaskans, but the similarities
still strike me as more important than the differences. Even the Nuu-chah-nulth recognized
individuals and their needs, balancing them with the collectivity in a very
self-conscious manner (see Atleo 2004:55-56).
The strong awareness that a community is made up of interacting
individuals led to a philosophy of individuals-in-society. This integrated harmoniously with the
philosophy of people-in-nature—more accurately, no “nature,” only different
kinds of people.
The
contrast is with the western world, where the usual alternative to
individualism is “communitarianism,” which, often, consists of justifications
for top-down autocracy. Northwest Coast
community morality integrates the individual in the community but does not
subject him or her to a king, pope, or dictator. Chiefs had real authority, and in some parts
of the coast could sometimes get downright tyrannical, but their power was
limited—usually very much so. These were
face-to-face communities, strongly ranked but small enough that the chief knew
he had to get along; otherwise, as noted, he would be abandoned or killed.
What
Theodore Stern says of some Plateau groups would apply throughout the
Northwest: “On winter nights [children]
were an apt audience for elders reciting myths; daily they heard the headman’s
exhortations and on special occasions the war stories…. From their parensts and grandparents, as well
as those brought in to speak of their lives, they heard praised the virtues of
obedience, of honesty, and of charity to the unfortunate” (Stern
1998:406). The “unruly” were punished. Teaching stories were filled with lore on
managing and the morality behind it (Turner 2014, vol. 2, esp. pp.
244-266).
Thus, the
Northwest Coast peoples could be paradoxically freer than most westerners
manage to be. Rampant individualism
cannot work in practice in a large group, for obvious reasons, and the western
remedy has always been top-down autocratic control—by church if not by
centralized government. The ancient
Greeks already saw, and criticized, this, in their pessimistic ideas on the
sequence from democracy to aristocracy to tyranny. The alternative of free self-organizing and
self-governing communities was not unknown to them. It was a reality later in much of the Celtic
and Germanic world until medieval times and locally later, but it never
replaced the dismal alternation between libertarian and tyrannical
alternatives.
Thomas Hobbes (1651) is the locus
classicus; he saw no alternative to
“warre of each against all” except a totalitarian king. If only he had known enough about the peoples
he called “savages,” he would have realized there were other possibilities.
On the other hand, recall what has
been said of warfare above; typical of the Northwest Coast was superb relations
with nonhuman persons, good relations with one’s own people, and warfare with
other people of different language and homeland. The goal, at least for some, was peace with
all species within one’s own lands, and warfare outside of that. By contrast, the western world has long had
an ideal—often neglected but never quite forgotten—of peace with one’s own
species everywhere. Unfortunately,
modern western societies also exhibit total war against nature.
The intense
Native American relationship of community and land must be continually stressed,
and this brings us back to stewardship.
A group is localized, and their local world is desperately important. Its mountains, trees, major rocks, and rivers
are transformed beings that are part of local society. They may be actual kin to the humans of the
immediate area. This concept is alien to
the modern Euro-American settlers, who have been in the area for three centuries
or less. However, it is similar to the
rootedness of many villages in Europe, with their sacred wells, their megalithic
monuments, and their churches built on sites of pre-Christian temples.
This and
the two previous principles led to a powerful and quite deliberate conservation
ethic. Conservation was “wise use” of
every resource, rather than lock-down preservation. It contrasts especially with the modern
concept of sacrificing most of the land for devastating misuse while locking up
a tiny fraction for aesthetic or recreational reasons. The Northwest peoples used all the land in a
carefully managed, sustainable manner.
For example: “Among the Lower
Lillooet, resource stewards…directed the use of specific hunting grounds and
some fisheries. These were hereditary
positions, at least in the historic period, but required special
knowledge. Spiritual qualities were not
requisite for this position, but such qualities were required for the
specialized hunters” (Kennedy and Bouchard 1998a:182). All other groups in the northern interior had
these stewards also. The Spokan, for
instance, had a fish leader or fish chief to oversee fishing, and a fish shaman
to make sure that all the rules of proper resource management were kept; there
was also a fish trap keeper (Ross 2011).
Rules that were pragmatic (no blood or waste in the water; it repels
salmon) merged into purely ritual rules, all being believed equally necessary
to keep the fish coming.
The Lakes (Sinixt) Salish of
southern British Columbia had almost all moved to Washington state (to a
reservation with related groups), had mostly merged into other groups, and had
been declared extinct in Canada as long ago as 1956, but when a road was
punched through their main surviving cemetery they all appeared in force and
blockaded the road (Pryor 1999). A
threat to the old sacred ground brought the tribe together again.
Individual moral experience,
especially the vision quest, is discussed and constructed into community
morality.
This is brilliantly described by
the Nuu-chah-nulth scholar Richard Atleo, a traditionally-raised Northwest
Coast person who is also highly educated in European science and philosophy: “In
traditional Nuu-chah-nulth culture…the world of good and evil is known and
experienced collectively through the practice of oosumich [vision quest; spiritual discipline including bathing in
cold water]. Consequently, in these
communities the collective spiritual experiences of people determine human
perceptions of the nature of the world.
There can be no equivalent to a Plato, or a Socrates, or some such
individual who might create a school of thought abvout reality that is later
shared by some loyal followers. Rather,
good and evil are determined by consensus through personal spiritual
experiences that are reflected in the physical realm. Individual experiences are judged in the
context of broad community experiences” (Atleo 2004:37). Atleo has gone on to elaborate concepts of
consent, continuity, personal independence and responsibility, and polarity,
including the reconciliation of opposites (Atleo 2011).
Socialized conservation comes
naturally to the highly social Nuu-chah-nulth, who live in a world of kinship
and community that is tight and close even by Native American standards, but it
applies generally. The first words I learn in most languages are “hello” and a
couple of cuss-words, but the first word I learned in Nuu-chah-nulth was tłeko, which is most simply translated
“thank you!” but which has so many deeper implications of exchange,
interdependence, formal relations, and group morality that it is routinely used
even by Nuu-chah-nulth who are otherwise strictly English speakers. (See e.g. Coté 2010:xi-xii. She spells it
“kleko,” which is itself interesting; English-speakers find “tł” difficult as
an initial, and substitute “kl”; traditional Nuu-chah-nulth speakers of my
acquaintance have the opposite problem, and naturally substitute “tł” for “kl,”
thus, for instance, saying “ten o’tłock.”
Coté is Nuu-chah-nulth, but finds the English spelling more convenient.)
The Nuu-chah-nulth tend to pack a huge
range of associations into one word, instead of multiplying highly specialized
words as English does.
The Haida seem a good deal more
self-consciously individualist, and the Athapaskan groups less communal in
lifestyle, but they have the same philosophy; the difference is that the
resulting consensus is looser. (At least
this is my experience, and I know at least some would agree with me.) The contrast of Nuu-chah-nulth and
Euro-Canadians is really striking in
this regard, as anyone who has observed extensive interactions within and
between these groups can testify.
Discussion to reach a collective moral conclusion contrasts vividly with
defiant independence and militant liberty of conscience (Atleo 55-56; 2011,
amply confirmed by my own research).
On the other hand, note that in the
final analysis the Northwestern collective morality is based on individual
experiences, from which the shared principles are then teased out. This contrasts with the rigid top-down
morality and power/knowledge of many western institutions: the more hierarchic churches, the schools,
and above all the state. (Of course,
this brings church and state into many a conflict with the individualistic
Euro-Canadians and Euro-Americans! But
that is another story.)
The Plateau groups, however,
display a key difference: Individuals
can indeed use their spiritual experiences on vision quests to start social
movements that take on a life of their own.
The “prophets” famous in 19th-century Plateau history almost
certainly have a long, complex history reaching back centuries or millennia. This makes them more like the ancient Greeks,
especially when one remembers that the philosophy of Plato—and still more that
of sages like Pythagoras—had a strong spiritual component.
This brings us to the vision quest,
the all-important life-transforming experience that all Northwest Coast young
people used to experience, and that a surprisingly large number still undergo.
Let us begin with Richard Atleo
again: “Oosumich is a secret and
personal Nuu-chah-nulth spiritual activity that can involve varying degress of
fasting, cleansing [often by using herbal emetics], celibacy, prayer, and
isolation for varying lengths of time depending upon the purpose” (Atleo
2004:17); it also includes beating oneself with medicinal branches, including
those of a plant containing a natural soap, which thus has a cleansing effect
(Atleo 2004:92). For whaling it could
last eight months, for hunting three or four days (Atleo 2004:17).
The Nuu-chah-nulth oosumich, or
uusimch (George 2003:48; phonetically ʔuusumch)
is a quest for spiritual power and purity.
“Oo” or uu literally means
“spiritual mysteries” and is used just to mean “be careful” (Atleo 2004:74,
83). It is related to management
practices, even controlled burning, which similarly manages the world to
reconcile conflicting impulses of destruction and preservation (Atleo
2011:133).
Related lonely quests for power,
with bathing in cold water, beating oneself with medicinal branches, fasting,
and other self-denials, occur among most Northwest Native groups (Benedict
1923; Miller 1988, 1997, 1999). Similar
spiritual quests are known throughout the continent. Such quests or spiritual retreats are
undergone throughout life by medicine persons, warriors, and others in need of
extra spiritual power. The extreme
eight-month retreats of Nuu-chah-nulth whalers (e.g. Atleo 2011:101-102) show the
great danger, great potential benefits to the whole community, and consequent
special needs for spiritual power of that enterprise. (Herman Melville’s Moby Dick is worth recalling.)
“Indian doctors,” shamans or
spirit-possessors, were primarily curers, but they could kill by sorcery,
become invisible, foretell the future, protect people, and find lost persons
and objects (see e.g. particularly complete account in Ignace and Ignace 2017:387-393;
also Jolles 2002:;172-173).
Secwépemc children as young as five
or six might receive spirit powers.
Elders might “doctor” them with animal skins or parts to give them the
power of the animal. Ron Ignace received
grizzly bear and woodworm powers this way.
Woodworms, the larvae of wood-boring beetles, are known throughout the
Northwest for their ability to drill slowly and patiently through the hardest
wood, and thus give persistence and tenacity.
In early adolescence, youths went for the more typical Northwestern
vision quest: “…a yong person had to live in solitude for days, potentially
weeks and months, often on more than one stay.
Through…fasting and prayer in solitude, individuals found their personal
seméc (spirit guardian power)…. Songs
would come to them, given by an animal or a force of nature, like fire or
water, that thus showed itself to the person questing and transferred its
spirit power” (Ignace and Ignace 2017:383-384; see long list of spirit powers
on p. 386). The initiate thus had to
shift for himself or herself for many days, with only the few resources brought
along for the trip. One elder lamented
the difficulty of finding remote enough places in this modern world. Getting one’s power from natural beings created
an intense bonding with the wild and with natural realities.
Bathing in cold water was
apparently a universal part of the quest in the Northwest. Under conditions of hunger, cold, stress, and
loneliness, the young person would sooner or later have dreams and visions, and
these would validate the calling.
Known from the Northwest to the
Plateau (Benedict 1923) and the Plains (the classic account being Neihardt
1932, but there are many others), vision questing extends down into Mexico, but
from the southwest and southern United States on southward it was often
supplemented or replaced by group or social training and initiation.
In the vast majority of cases, it
is undergone around the time of puberty.
Often there is one long and arduous quest; sometimes a boy or girl will
undergo several quests. Boys usually—but
not always—undergo longer and harder quests than girls, and further discussion
below will focus on the boys, whose quests are much better described in the
literature.
The typical
adolescent spirit quest usually involves isolation at a Power Place, an area of
great known concentration of spirit power.
Power places can be mountaintops, dramatic cliffs, waterfalls, stream
eddies, or other dramatic spots.
Mountaintops are the ones preferred for spirit questing, because of
their isolation and extreme conditions of cold, violent weather, spectacular
scenery, and fearfulness.
The youth subjects himself to
fasting, drinking only cold water, bathing in cold water, purification, staying
awake as much as possible, and continual praying or crying for visions. After a few days or at most weeks of this,
visions or powerful dreams are virtually guaranteed. Stress physiology combined with cultural
expectations insure that even the least sensitive person will have them.
The quest was highly individual
among the Plains and Plateau nations, more socially constructed and integrated
into collective ceremonies on the Coast, and reduced to a quiet, secret, lonely
forest experience among the Athapaskan groups.
There is a huge literature on it, particularly for the Coast.
The Salish peoples are especially
well covered. Among them: “In order to
exploit his natural environment successfully a person needed to establish lines
of communication with the nonhuman realm. He would doso primarily through a
vision or encounter with a more or less individualized, personalized
manifestation of the power which pervaded the wild realm of nature…. Contact
could be achieved only if the human supplicant were purged of the taint of
human existence…. Daily bathing in the
river was the cornerstone of this regime” (Amoss 1978:12-13, from research with
the Nooksack). The young person had to
be away from humans, in a power place, subjecting him- or herself to privation
and discomfort. Women were restricted in
action, less often allowed to go far off, and thus tended to get lesser powers
(Amoss 1978:13-14). They could, however,
become clairvoyants.
The vision typically tells the
youth what power he has—or, in western psychological terms, gives the youth
mental freedom to realize what he really wants to do with his life (cf. Jilek
1982). For the Plains tribes, it
normally gave warrior power, but the Northwest Coast groups, with their highly
varied range of activities, presented a wider range of possibilities. Woodworking power came from Master Carpenter
or an equivalent spirit being, thus proving the deeply religious nature of art
in traditional society. Seamanship,
fishing, housebuilding, and all manner of other powers could be given.
Since this power comes from the
all-important spirit world, it cannot be gainsayed. Thus, if parents had been hoping the boy
would become a woodworker, but the spirits make him a hunter, a hunter he shall
remain. This is not infrequently used by
a boy or girl to validate his or her career choice at the expense of parental
planning. Many a college student forced
by parents to “go into medicine,” learning of this aspect of the spirit quest
in an anthropology class, has dearly wished for such an institution in modern
America.
Obviously, some of these spirit
gifts were more noble than others, and youths were counseled to be happy with
whatever they got. Some delightful
stories make the point. Among the Upper
Skagit, one youth got only the power to win eating contests. He was embarrassed and ashamed. But then a much more powerful enemy tribe
challenged the Upper Skagit people to war or equivalent competition. The Upper Skagit had the good sense to demand
the right to pick the type of contest…and of course our poor youth was soon the
hero of his people (Collins 1974).
Special, everywhere, was healing
power. All the way from Siberia to
California (thus bridging the Bering Strait), healing or shamanic power had a
special name, separate from other spirit power.
A healer received power to travel to the spirit world to find out the
cause and cure of illness. The whaling
power of the Nuu-chah-nulth was also of a special nature, and involved
meditating among human skulls and other mementi
mori, as part of dealing with the danger of the art.
The spirit
vision quest thus gives meaning and direction to life. It has thus been rehabilitated lately for
treating adolescent alienation and problematic behavior, and community
alienation and aimlessness (Amoss 1978).
This is especially true among the Salish groups, because among them the
youth returns to society and dances out his vision in a public ceremony. A youth is not supposed to reveal or talk
about the actual spirit that gave him the vision, but he receives a song and
dance that sometimes make the spirit identifiable. A youth who moves and growls like a bear, or
a wolf, for instance, reveals what sort of spirit he has. Others then dance their visions, or simply
dance along with everyone.
This gives the Salish youths a
chance to validate their power, life choices, and personal experience of the
Divine, as well as to reconnect with their culture, community, and identity. This is done through dancing during the winter
ceremonial season. The youth—and the
adult for the rest of life—dances in such a way as to demonstrate, but not show
too clearly, his or her spirit power. Onlookers
can only guess what animal or other spirit the individual received, but his or
her life and work demonstrates the actual power received.
Spirit dancing holds the community
together, reveals and reinforces social structure, spreads resources widely,
and acts as religious focus; as such, it maintains a vibrant cultural and
social world in what is otherwise a situation of limited possibilities (Amoss
1978).
Spirit dancing has proved a
powerful social therapy. It has been
instrumental in reducing alcoholism, suicide, depression, and anomie among
young people, especially if combined with other help. It has given people a sense of control and
self-efficacy. Literally hundreds,
perhaps by now thousands, of Salish youths have had their lives turned around
by it (Amoss 1978; Collins 1974; Jilek 1972).
Psychologist Wolfgang Jilek (1972)
memorably described his findings on this and his conclusion that the spirit
dancing worked far better than clinical therapy for the Salish youths. I have talked to Jilek, and many others,
about this; the encounter that I most remember was with a Catholic priest who
had actually taken part in the dancing.
Someone with me asked “Doesn’t the church say that is all from the Devil?” To which the priest replied, quietly and
seriously, “Anything that has the effects I’ve seen must be from God.”
Returning to the
wider—lifelong—quest for spirit power, as Richard Atleo says, powerful
individual spiritual experiences validated individuals’ sense of self, and then
fed back into the community’s collective experience of spirituality and thus of
morality. Morals were constantly being
tested against individual transformative experience. Since the latter was, inevitably, highly
conditioned by cultural expectation and tradition as well as personal
experience, it normally reinforced the moral tenets of the people.
On the other hand, it also allows
for change, and validates ideas about how to cope with new circumstances. This is most obvious on the Plateau, with its
many prophets announcing visions about the Whites, the horses they brought, and
other new matters. These prophets were
lifelong vision-questers, who had mystical experiences and intense spirit
journeys on a regular basis throughout life.
The coastal Salish also had prophet cults, and other groups had
individuals who taught new adaptations.
The relevance of this to
conservation will appear below, in the consideration of traditional
stories. Many of these depend on some
young person having a spirit vision in which the animal persons tell him or her
what they expect and need from humans.
The vision is described matter-of-factly—the youth meets a mountain goat
and is led to the home of the goats—but many touches reveal that the journeys
are spirit journeys rather than physical ones.
Spirit journeys by medicine persons
were also regular features of life in the Northwest. Healers sent their souls to the spirit worlds
for many purporses. They also used their
special spirit powers, those peculiar to the curing life. Curing was especially important, and usually
involved sucking out objects or “pains” magically implanted in a patient by a
witch or else going to the land of the dead to retrieve a lost soul (see e.g.
Boyd 2013a). More directly relevant to
ecology were spirit-journeys to find out why the fish were not running or the
game was scarce. Typically, the finding
was that a taboo had been broken—in particular, someone had been disrespectful
to the animal persons. Social rules were
powerfully reinforced.
A point not often enough made is
that the major role of curers in traditional times was probably treating mental
illnesses and sicknesses. Infectious
diseases were rather few, until the Whites brought the full range of Old World
conditions. The healers had no way of
coping with these, and died along with their patients. In pre-contact times, the few infectious
diseases were generally either minor and easily treated with herbs, or were
chronic and fluctuating. Probably much
more common were physical traumas—accidents, bear bites, war wounds, falls—and
these could be treated by first aid and some dramatic placebo-effective ritual.
Conversely, mental and social
problems were evidently numerous and serious.
Winter confined people in their houses with seemingly endless rain,
cold, and night outside. Summer brought
frantic activity to get food put away.
Dangers of war and interpersonal conflict were always present. Anyone even slightly prone to depression,
aggressiveness, schizophrenia, or other problems would be sorely tested. Thus, healers had to specialize in these
conditions. Of course, they interpreted
them as spiritual, but their ways of dealing with them were pragmatic. Psychologists such as Wolfgang Jilek (1972)
have pointed out that traditional psychological therapy was stunningly
effective, and was based on principles perfectly comprehensible to a modern
psychologist. I can testify to the truth
of this from some experience (Anderson 1992; Anderson and Pinkerton 1987).
All this ritual, healing, and
animal protection is part of a religious system loosely known as
“shamanism.” A better name should be
coined. True shamanism is a tightly
defined complex of religious ideas and behaviors that centers on Siberia and
central Asia (the classic account by Eliade, 1964, is dated and less than
satisfactory; see the superb work of Caroline Humphrey 1995, 1996, and the beautifully
illustrated work of Pentikäinen et al. 1999 for better overviews). The word “shaman” is the word for a
soul-sending individual healer, in the Tungus languages of eastern
Siberia. Northwest Coast religion is so
similar that is can be called “shamanism” without stretching definitions, but
as one moves farther east, the characteristic shamanistic features gradually
fade, and we are left with a religion more focused on individual spirit
experience, less on the spectacular and complex rituals of the shaman per
se.
Shamanism is based on individual
soul-travel to the land of gods and dead or to the skyworld or underworld, to
find lost souls or lost objects, find causes and cures for illness, and
otherwise fix social and personal problems.
The shaman has an animal familiar, or several of them, and often other kinds
of spirit powers exist. Shamans can
normally transform themselves into animals or spirit beings. Ordinary people with special spirit powers
can transform also. Folktales in
shamanic societies almost invariably include many competitions between rivals,
to see who can assume the most powerful shape, foiling the rival (see Bland
2012). (Such stories endure even in
modern Europe, e.g. the Child ballad of “The Twa Magicians,” a Scottish tale
that survived into the 20th century). Moreover, animals—usually the predators in
particular—can transform into humans, or into other shapes. In fact, the transformation,
interpenetration, and mutual shape-shifting and soul-shifting between human and
natural realms is a key basic tenet of shamanic societies. (This problematizes, to say the least,
Descola’s claim that “animism” postulates spiritual similarity but physical
difference beween people and other-than-human persons; Descola 2013.)
Some authors describe all Native American religion as
shamanic, even the priestly religion of the high cultures of Mesoamerica and
the Andes. Others do not even allow the
Northwest Coast into the “shamanism” camp. Still others draw the line somewhere in
between. Some exceedingly acrimonious exchanges
have taken place about this. Some of the
best studies, like Jay Miller’s Shamanic
Odyssey (1988; see also Miller 1999), integrate Northwest Coast religion
into the shamanism complex. Others do
not.
This allows us better understanding
of the superficially “strange” or “exotic” ethnozoology of the Athapaskan
peoples of northwest Canada. Recent superb descriptions of these people by
Julie Cruikshank (1998, 2005), Jean-Guy Goulet (1998), Leslie Johnson (2000,
2010), T. F. McIlwraith (2007), Paul Nadasdy (2004), Robin Ridington (1981a,
1981b, 1988, 1990), Henry Sharp (19878, 2001), David Smith (1999) and others
have presented a very consistent picture. From somewhat outside our area, but
from closely related Athapaskan peoples, comes the thorough account of Richard
Nelson (1983), which speaks to conservation issues.
The Athapaskans see the world
through trails and paths (Johnson 2010; Legat 2012; Ridington 1981b,
1988). They have complex terminologies
for types of places, mostly habitats for hunting and gathering. They may name features that seem small and
insignificant to outsiders, while leaving whole mountains unnamed—as do many
peoples worldwide (Johnson 2010; anthropologists were surprised at this, but
the beautiful high ridge I see from my window has no name, and it is in a major
city). The trailways were taken by
ancestral beings long ago, and the small features were spots that were critical
in those mythic adventures. Again there
are world parallels; I have stood in a quite young grove of trees, in Kakadu
National Park in Northern Australia, that is locally regarded as composed of
transformed supernatural beings from the Dreaming time.
Robin Ridington has studied the
Dunne-za (“Beaver”) people of British Columbia.
He reports: Beneath each mountain
or valley lay the body of a giant animal that had been sent below the earth’s surface
when the great transformer Saya taught the Dunne-za of old to be hunters rather
than game. The melodic lines of their
songs were said to be the turns of a trail to heaven and the steady rhythm of
drum, the imprint of tracks passing over this imaginary terrain” (Ridington
1981b:240). The giant underground
animals are widely known in the Northwest (Sharp 1987), and are the explanation
for earthquakes; stories about one of them cluster around the faults running
through Seattle.
Ridington continues to describe
finding the game by dreaming where they are.
Camps among the Dunne-za were always set up so that there was bush unbroken by
human trails in the direction of the rising sun. People slept with their heads in this
direction and received images in their dreams.”
Dreaming the locations of game is also noted for related nearby groups
by Henry Sharp (1987, 2001) and Jean-Guy Goulet (1998). The hunters, among these Athapaskan groups as
among other North American Indigenous nations, find that “the animals could not
be killed unless they had previously given themselves to the hunter in his
dream images. It was said that the real
hunt took place in the dream and the physical hunt was only a realization of
what had already taken place” (Ridington 1981b:241).
Leslie Johnson has written at
length about the differences between this moving-traveler view of the world and
more static or totalizing views (Johnson 2010).
She contrasts the Athapaskan view, rich in narrative, personal history,
and subsistence knowledge, with the abstract, arbitrary, geometric grids laid
down on the land by modern states. True,
but having grown up in rural Nebraska almost a century ago, I can testify that
a few generations of farming and childrearing transforms a grid into a
richly-known, well-loved, story-laden landscape. It is the living, or
“dwelling” (Ingold 2000; Legat 2012) that counts. The Anglo-Canadians may have soullessly
gridded the land, but more serious is their tendency to “rip, ruin, and run,”
taking all the fish or trees or minerals and leaving a desert. If they had stayed and made a living from the
total landscape, as the Native peoples did, they would have come to appreciate
it—as Johnson and other long-resident immigrants have indeed done.
For Canadian Athabaskan peoples,
animals exist as spirits, as well as in fleshly form. One dreams of these animals, and dreams of
their trails. The spirit comes from the
sky (Ridington 1981a, 1988) or some other nebulous place, moves about on
earth. The hunter dreams the path and
goes to intersect the animal. If
successful, he kills it, and the animal’s soul returns to spirit land, to take
fleshly form again later (as we have seen, above, for other groups).
One summary of an Athapaskan
worldview sees the past as “continually pulled through to the present” by
stories and experiences; humans constantly learning spiritual and practical
knowledge; “all beings take different trails, each utilizing different places
within the dè [land, country],” (Legat 2012:200). All are related and interact. Stories and trails hold the world
together.
What is astonishing is that the
hunters do, in fact, dream where the moose and deer are, go where their dreams
lead, and actually find and kill the animals.
Often, Anglo-Canadian hunters have no success using their hi-tech
hunting methods in the same woods.
Thanks to the work of Goulet (1998), Ridington (1981a, 1981b, 1988, 1990),
Sharp (2001), and David Smith (1998), we have some sense how bioscience can
explain this. The hunter notices
countless cues at a preattentive level while he (men do most of the hunting) is
out in the forest. Every faint track,
nibbled twig, bent branch, distant sound, muddied watercourse, old bedding
ground, and unusual bird noise is noted.
Trying to notice and evaluate all these cues consciously would overwhelm
the mind. They are attended preconsciously
or at the bare edge of consciousness. At
night, they are all integrated in dreams—and the dreams do, indeed, tell the
hunter where lies the game.
Psychologists now hold that the purpose of dreams is to integrate and
organize such preattentive knowledge, and process it or store it for use. The Dunne-za were years ahead of the
psychologists.
The First Nations of the Northwest
know every tree, every rock, and every fishing spot in a vast wilderness better
than I know my own living room. They also
believe also that giant fish produce earthquakes by twitching their tails
(Sharp 2001), and that animals have spirits that communicate with hunters. These beliefs make perfect sense in the
context of animism. Many, perhaps most,
cultures worldwide explained earthquakes by assuming a giant animal lived
underground. Spirits that communicate is
not only the basic postulate that defines “animism”; it is also a perfectly
logical and reasonable explanation for what is perceived by hunters in
traditional situations.
A particularly fasciating belief,
subject of a long and brilliant study by Julie Cruikshank (2005), holds that
glaciers hate to have meat fried near them.
This belief obtains around Glacier Bay among the Tlingit and their
neighbors, and has apparently even spread to some local Whites. As Cruikshank points out, people avoid
throwing meat into the fire, or otherwise creating a smell of burning meat,
because it attracts bears (as McIlwraith 2007:114 also reports). Since a glacier is a huge, moving, unpredicable,
constantly changing, and dangerous thing, it appears like a grizzly bear to
people who believe that all animated and growing things have spirits. Nothing could be more natural than assuming
that the glacier will wax savage at the smell of scorching meat, as a grizzly
would.
The coast
proper had a quite different set of ideological systems, widely based on
extended kinship groups: moieties (dividing society into halves), phratries
(dividing it into fourths—originally by halving the moieties), lineages, and
other extended kinship groups.
Individuals could inherit or be given privileges and spirit powers; so
could groups, from whole communities down to families. Especially common were powers, songs, myths,
and art motifs inherited at the lineage to moiety levels—that is, the level of
large groups but not entire communities.
A large group could sponsor a potlatch, and a community needed the
variety and competition allowed by having several groups each with its own
powers.
This system
reached a high development among the Tsimshian peoples (Adams 1973; Beynon
2000; Menzies 2016 [Southern Tsimshian]; Miller and Eastman 1984). These groups—the Coast Tsimshian, Southern
Tsimshian, Nishga, and Gitksan—were divided into four phratries, probably
created by dividing into two the moieties basic to neighboring societies. The key concept is halait: supernatural, spiritually derived power, or anyone
manifesting that power, as in a dance, ritual, or chiefly display of
authority. Halait were spiritual
groundings of chiefship and power. They
are validated and explained by adaox,
“the family-owned histories of the origin, migrations, and eventual settlement…of
the Houses…they indicate how the latter acquired their crests and powers” (M.
Anderson and Halpin 2000:15. These last include the naxnox, hereditary privileges in the form of masks, totem pole
motifs, dances, songs, myths, and ritual regalia.
These are
displayed in actual ceremonial contexts.
Initiation and name-taking was necessary to assume naxnox. A chief would have to go to heaven (or have a
vision of it). This made him a semoiget, “real person.” On return he would often be able to display a
terrifying power, such as cannibalism (biting people or pretending to) or
eating dogs. Dogs were considered
inedible and even poisonous, so tremendous power was necessary to eat one and
survive. In practice, the devouring was
faked (at least in reported cases), but—just as wearing a mask makes one into
the being represented by the mask—the fakery had a transcendent reality.
The full
displays in the winter ceremonies included potlatches, feasts, dances,
storytelling, and other performances.
Here and elsewhere on the Coast, they were carefully planned and
absolutely spectacular. No one who
watches even the etiolated winter dances of today fails to be profoundly moved.
Of course,
all this had everything to do with ecological management and resource
ownership. Here is the great Tsimshian?
Gitksan? leader and spokesman Neil Sterritt explaining it:
“For
centuries, successive Gitksan and Wet’suwet’en leaders have defended th
boundaries of their territories. Here, a
complex system of ownership and jurisdiction has evolved, where the chiefs
continujally validate their rights and responsibilities totheir people, their
lands, and the resources contained within themn. The Gitksan and Wet’suwet’en express their
ownership and jurisdiction in many ways, but the most formal forum is the
feast, which sisometimes referred to as a potclatch” (as quoted in M. Anderson
and Halpin 2000:31).
8. Respect and Its
Corollaries
The Browns’
Fundamental Truth 3 seems to me the most critical characteristic of Northwest
Coast thought, and indeed of Native American thought in general. It deserves special treatment.
Above all, the Native peoples
believe that one must show “respect” to the animals or they will not offer
themselves to be hunted successfully. Even
where the discourse of “respect” is eroding with westernization, the practices
of treating slain game animals politely and reverently still go on, with that
as the ultimate justification (McIlwraith 2012). It is particularly striking to find these
beliefs still vividly and powerfully alive and motivating even among quite
acculturated groups that have been subjected to Canadian colonial domination
and coerced assimilation for a couple of centuries; as McIlwraith points out,
they were supposedly assimilated more than 50 years ago. McIlwraith cites a whole lineage of authors on
this (McIlwraith 2012:25, citing Goulet 1998; Nadasdy 2003; Ridington 1990;
Tanner 1979; Teit 1919; and many others).
Critically, respect involves not
taking more than one needs for immediate consumption. This includes family and needy
neighbors. It also includes guests,
especially for rituals involving necessary feasting. A large feast may mean a very large
take. Still, taking too many animals is
always bad and disrespectful and always is subject to punishment. This clause frightens even the greedy (if
they are at all traditional in their beliefs).
It succeeds well in practice, as I know from research in both the
Northwest Coast and Maya Mexico and several places in between.
This wide
concept of respect—iisʔaḱ in
Nuu-chah-nulth, and as usual the word covers far more than English “respect”—is
found throughout the Northwest, and, indeed, much more widely. The Gold Tungus of Siberia have the same
basic attitudes (Arseniev 1996), which are apparently continuous right across
Bering Strait. The Mongols share this;
traveling in Mongolia I found the same concept of respect for all nature, from
trees to rocks. A young Mongol friend of
mine wanted to collect pretty rocks, but did not, because it would be
disrespectful to the rocks to move them for such a frivolous reason. The word used in Mongolia is shuteekh, focally respect for
elders. Khundelekh is used among some Mongols (Marissa Smith, email to me,
July 8, 2013), and in Inner Mongolia bishirt
(Lulin Bao, pers. comm., 2014). Many
other cultures, from Rumania to South America, have the same concept. My student Jianhua “Ayoe” Wang found
respect to be the key concept for environmental management among his Akha
people in southern Yunnan (Wang 2013). The idea of respecting flowers and rocks by
leaving them in place is found in the Northwest Coast too. Annie Peterson Miner, last speaker of Miluk
Coos, after commenting on the need for a girl to share her first berries and a
boy his first game without eating them themselves, added: “Annie said that picking flowers and
gathering shells and rocks were also prohibited. ‘It might start to rain or bring bad
luck.’ She said, ‘Things were just to be
there, not to be picked.’ It was also
bad luck to catch wild things” (Youst 1997:68).
The same basic stories about the
person who killed wantonly and was given stern warnings by the supernaturals
are heard from Alaska to South America.
Every Northwest Coast collection of tales records myths about this, and
often actual stories of people punished for it, for example by having to give
all their kill to relatives (Atleo 2011:50), or being
turned to stone with one’s dog for hunting too many mountain goats (Teit
1919:241-242), or simply having accidents and bad luck (very widely). I have heard such stories in both British
Columbia and Yucatan.
Evert Thomas (pers. comm. at Society of Ethnobiology meeting, 2009) tells me that among the Bolivian Quechua, susto (fear sickness) in children can come from overhunting by
their parents; the masters of the game punish the hunter by making his family sick. The Khanty, who at least until recently
practiced sustainable hunting and careful reindeer herding, apparently have
similar ideas (Wiget and Balalaeva 2011). Even the Yukaghir, who are now apparently far
less conserving than the Northwest Coast peoples, have something of this idea
(Willerslev 2007).
Sport hunting and trophy hunting
are thus definitely out of favor, being clearly disrespectful: killing an
animal for pleasure, and as often as not leaving the carcass to rot. This put the people of Iskut in another quandary: should they guide White sport-hunters? Survival forced that issue—they had to do it
to get enough money to live—but it was a debate.
Weirs themselves also need
respect. They are ritually constructed
and often consecrated, and thus they become persons. This is known for the Iroquois and Yurok, as
well as for Northwest Coast peoples.
They must be treated with proper attention, and (among the Iroquois and
Algonquian, in early times) given wives (Miller 2014:135-142).
Mistreating fish is deadly. When a man on the Nass harmed a small salmon
gratuitously, his whole village was destroyed by fire (Barbeau 1950:77). Frogs are even more dangerous when offended;
a widespread northern coast myth deals with individuals who wantonly cast frogs
into the fire, only to have frogs destroy their village by giant conflagrations
(versions in Barbean 1950:65-75; many other versions exist). Salmon remains are usually returned to the
rivers, insuring good nutrition for the young, but among the Tsimshian they are
burned, and failure to burn every leftover causes trouble (Barbeau
1950:165-176).
Deploring sportfishing as
disrepectful “playing with fish” is so widely condemned that it has become the
title of a book of “lessons from the north,” by Robert Wolfe, who encountered
this particuilar lesson among the Yupik of Alaska (Wolfe 2006).
Respect is also basic in Plateau
societies. It “included not only other
human beings but also food, air, water, the plants and animals whose lives were
taken, and all other aspects of nature….
The very acts of making or teaching art were highly regarded” and artists
respected (Loeb and Lavadour 1998:79).
The
pattern is worldwide, and extends to the Yuit of St. Lawrence Island. R. Apatki, talking to Carol Jolles in 1992,
tells us:
“Whatever
they first caught, they show them to…God….
They
return the bones, whatever they are to the fields.
Those
[bones]
that belong to the sea, they went to throw away down to sea….
They
light small lamps. There they
sacrifice. The small ceremonial fires
are some sort of altars….
They
[the ancestors]
had taken very good care of it [St. Lawrence Island], just like
they honor it, those people.
They
take good care of the hunting grounds, these places—all hunting ground. Respectfully.
They
don’t go to places until when it is time to go there.
They
don’t put some things [trash and the like] on hunting grounds. They respectfully use them….” (Jolles
2002:296-297; the whole text is well worth looking up).
Jolles
also gives accounts of respectful treatment of kills. Estelle Oozevaseuk told her in 1989 of giving
water to seal kills, a universal custom among Inuit peoples and their neighbors,
and giving bits of food to fox kills and others (Jolles 2002:298-299). A whole complex of respectful behaviors is
described in following pages: special games, special ways of dividing kills,
special stories. Reverential ceremonies
for major games animals, notably whales, go on all year. Jolles effectively shows how closely the
respect for animals tracks the very respectful, structured behavior traditional
within the human community.
Finally,
one is not supposed to boast of success.
Hunters and fishers return saying they have taken nothing much. (This also is shared widely; Willerslev
[2007:37] reports it for the Yukaghir, and I can testify from experience that
it is a rule in Finland.) Boasting
brings ridicule and censure, but it also can actually drive the animals away,
since it is disrespectful of them. I think anyone with much experience in the
field will understand these and related concepts. I have seen more than one proud White hunter
humbled, and more than one biologist as well.
One need not believe in spirits to see the value of humility in the bush.
South Wind, the Tillamook Salishan
trickster and transformer hero, learned this the hard way. He caught no fish, day after day, till it was
explained to him that he would have to cover any fish he caught with green
branches and leaves, then burn the bones and skin in a fire that is to be
extinguished. Water from washing up must
go on that fire, not in the bush (Deur and Thompson 2008:38). Similar stories come from the Chinook (Boyd
2013b). More common and interesting is
the instruction to return all bones (and often other waste) to the water (which
the Tillamook and Chinook did not do,
at least with the first salmon). As
noted above, it restores necessary nutrients.
The Tututni had a rite in which “[a] religious leader offered thanks to
the fish for returning once again…the villagers sent out their private thoughts
of gratitude. This giving of respect to
the salmon—and in othersettings to deer and elk, roots and berries, and other
gifts from the lands and waters…was not some romantic construct. The Tututnis saw themselves as…citizens along
with the plants and animals, and it was proper to show appreciation” (Wilkinson
2010:22-23).
Frey (2001:9) tells of a Coeur
d’Alene woman who resisted a pest control worker’s call to get rid of
spiders. As she said, “’…that Spider
might have had a message for me, something to say to me. Why would I want to kill him?’” And two pages later, we read of a man who
wanted to rob a muskrat’s store of food, but was prevented by his wife (Frey
2001:11). The Coeur d’Alene pray
extensively before hunting or gathering wild foods, and also give thanks, often
by leaving some tobacco where they have gathered (Frey 2001:180-182). He quotes a wonderful oration about respect
for deer who have given their lives to the hunters as food (p. 205).
An extreme (and possibly a bit
self-serving) bit of rhetoric on the Northwest Coast is a Nuu-chah-nulth speech
to a just-harpooned whale:
“Whale, I have given you what you wish
to get—my good harpoon. And now you have
it. Please hold it with your strong
hands. Do not let go. Whale, turn towards the fine beach…and you
will be proud to see the young men come down…to see you; and the yong men will
say to one another: What a great whale
he is! What a fat whale he is! What a strong whale he is! And you, whale, will be proud of all that you
hear them say of your greatness” (Coté 2010:34, quoting text recorded and
translated by T. T. Waterman).
Significantly, the Nuu-chah-nulth abstained totally from the very active
whale fishery initiated by Anglo-Canadian settlers on Vancouver Island (Coté
2010:64). Apparently they saw that the
whales were not treated with respect.
As usual, this has parallels all
over North America. The Yup’ik of
southwest Alaska have enormously elaborate rules (Fienup-Riordan 1994, 2005)
for paying respects to mammals and fish, even the small, poor-quality blackfish
(valuable because once a winter staple for dogs as well as a back-up food for
humans). Fish see traps and nets
differently according to the behavior of the fishers; the fish want to
sacrifice themselves to those that have treated their previous incarnations
with respect (see esp. Fienup-Riordan 1994:123).
Seals are thought to live in a giant
ceremonial men’s house under the sea.
Here they arrange themselves by social rank, as humans do. They discuss “whether to give themselves to
human hunters” (Fienup-Riordan 2005:xvi), giving themselves only to those that
show respect. When seals are caught and
shared out, the seals’ yuit (persons;
sing. yua) go into their bladders, so
these are saved and restored to the sea at a major festival at the start of
winter (the sealing season and the ceremonial season; the Yup’ik have an
extremely rich and evocative ceremonial life, beautifully described by
Fienup-Riordan). Here too, bones had to
be ritually disposed of; seal bones had to go into fresh water (1994:107), but
salmon bones were not returned to rivers.
“Yup’ik cosmology is a perpetual cycling between birth and rebirth,
humans and animals, and the living and the dead” (1994:355), and between land
and sea also.
Generosity to other humans is
rewarded by generosity from nature; generous hunters are successful hunters
(Fienup-Riordan 2005:38; a belief that seems to be worldwide). Other social rules too lead to good fortune
if followed, bad fortune if violated.
In general, there was a strong
separation between sea creatures and land ones, but they were interlocked by
trails and processes. Sea creatures
wanted land amenities (hence the seal bones in fresh water), land creatures
wanted sea goods (see 1994:140ff.). This
fits well with Claude Lévi-Strauss’ analysis of the separation of land and sea,
and its mediation by travel and myth, among the nearby Tlingit and other groups
(Lévi-Strauss 1958, 1995).
People are observed by a high god,
the Ellam Yua, “person of universal awareness.”
“Ella can mean ‘outside,’
‘weather,’ ‘sky, ‘universe,’ or ‘awareness’” (Fienup-Riordan 1994:262). The ellam
iinga, all-watching eye, is shown as a small circle with a dot in the
center, a universal motif in Yup’ik art (p. 254 ff.).
As in most of the Arctic and much
of Asia, there were elaborate rules for dividing up large animals and giving
particular parcels to particular categories of relatives. Any violation of rules led to the animals
going away. For instance, if the
blackfish are taken with an ordinary dip net, instead of a special device reserved
for them, “the blackfish will become extinct and be depleted” (Clara Aagartak,
quoted Fienup-Riordan 1994:119). Most of
this long book consists of similar rules.
The great Greenlander ethnographer Knut Rasmussen found equally
elaborate rules in the central Arctic (Rasmussen 1931, 1932).
The Tłįchǫ Dene, far to the northeast
of the Northwest Coast, have very similar concepts. Blood of a slain animal must be cleaned up,
butchering must be done properly, and there are many rules for such
matters. “The Tłįchǫ elders attribute
the disappearance of wildlife to industrial development and to a lack of
respect, which inevitably causes destruction” (Legat 2012:30). On one hunting trip, caribou did not show
themselves, so the hunt leader made the people eat all the meat they had
brought and made Dr. Legat send away her leather backpack—whereupon the caribou
immediately appeared. Since there was
meat and hide in the camp, they had not felt needed (Legat 2012:84).
Among the Spokan, as reported by
John Alan Ross: “After killing a deer,
the hunter exercised considerable care in butchering…and skinning…for fear than
an act of disrespect would impair his future hunting success, or worse, keep
the offended species away from the hunting range of his group” (Ross
2011:256). Ross records several other
respectful practices also, including slitting the throat of a slain game animal
to release its life-force (p. 257). He also watched as a youngster borrowed his
great-grandfather‘s traps and went out to trap coyotes without thinking to
carry out the necessary ritual; the elder expected both of them would now be
kept awake at night by the laughter of the coyotes, who, of course, would laugh
at the trapper rather than approaching the traps (Ross 2011:290).
Plants too had to be respected;
when berrying, shouting “to a distant partner…was considered as being
disrespetful to the plants” and would cause them to withhold berries; recent
widows could not pick (Ross 2011:352).
Ceremonies, especially for the very valuable huckleberries, paid respect
to the berry plants. Roots were the
subject of ceremonies, including the rather touching one that recognized a
young girl when she got her first digging stick and another when she dug her
first root—which was, of course, given away (Ross 2011:335; or the root might
be worn as a charm). Wild rose was
ritually very important, used to drive away evil spirits and influences,
cleanse after a death, and the like; brushes of the plants were used, and water
in which flowers or hips were soaked (Ross 2011:351 and passim).
Similar beliefs extend to
Mexico. A Nahuatl fish-trapping charm
recorded around 1600 says, in part: “I
have come to lay for you your oriole arbor, your oriole fence, within which you
will be happy, within which you will rejoice, within which you will seek all
kinds of food, the flowery food…My elder sister the Lady of Our
Sustenance…spread out for you your oriole mat, your oriole seat…she is awaiting
you with her atole drink…” (Ruiz de Alarcón 1982:166-167, modified). The oriole arbor is a fish trap, and this is
a charm to lure fish into it! Apparently
the idea of promising much to a flighty water-creature is widespread.
Finally, the K’iche’ Maya of
Guatemala do not allow men to touch the metates that the women use to grind
maize, because for a man to touch it “shows the stone no respect” (Searcy
2011:93). I have not heard this among
the Yucatec Maya, who are less sharply gender-divided than the K’iche’, but
certainly the idea of respect for stones—let alone living beings—is thoroughly
established among the Yucatec too. My
Yucatec friends respected animals—domestic, game, or useless—and would
completely understand the Spokan hunter.
They took pride, for instance, in killing with one shot, and were both ashamed
and heartbroken when they wounded a game animal and thus made it suffer.
Respect also must be given to the
supernatural powers (as in all cultures).
In Haida Gwaii (Haida Land—the Queen Charlotte Islands), every stream
has a Creek Woman, a female supernatural who guards and protects that creek and
its salmon. A man once swore at the
Creek Woman of Pallant Creek, because he kept losing his hat—one he was not
entitled to wear in any case. The woman
destroyed the whole town (Enrico 1995:160-169).
This prohibition on disrespect for spirit guardians of waters carries
right across the Bering Strait, being important to the Mongols (Roux
1984:132ff.). Insulting supernaturals
draws collective punishment, as did disrespect for God in ancient Israel.
Natcher et al. (2005) describe a
situation in which Native people—Tutchone, in the Yukon— resisted advice from
biologists to release caught fish that were small-sized or rare. The Native persons insisted that this would
be disrespectful to the fish, whose spirits would be offended. Moreover, sport fishing was even more
disrepectful of the fish—it was wanton destruction for fun. Needless to say, these beliefs made for major
problems in communication between the Tutchone and the Anglo-Canadian
biologists. McIlwraith (2007:123) found
the same opinion among the nearby Tahltan-speaking Dene of Iskut. Other conflicts between Native thinking and
biologists’ “scientific management” surface (Schreiber and Newell 2006).
However, respect can be
anti-conservation as well. Respect
includes taking an animal that offers itself to you. This is another belief shared all round the
subarctic, from the Cree (Brightman 1993) to the Yukaghir (Willerslev 2007:35;
see the already-cited sources for the Northwest, with a particularly good
discussion in Nadasdy 2004). In fact, it
goes right down to South America. In
Paraguay, a Native American game management program ran into heavy water
because the local people, the Yshiro, were willing to conserve, but had to take
peccaries that offered themselves, thus severely discomfiting the biologists
(Blaser 2009; there was special concern for the rare and local Flat-headed
Peccary).
The offering-and-reincarnating
belief can thus become a charter for overhunting. This has occurred among the Yukaghir, who
have the same basic beliefs about animals as the Northwest Coast peoples, but
are now seriously overhunting game (Willerslev 2007:30-35). Rapid decline in game numbers are met with
the pathetic line I have heard from fishermen all over the world: “They’ve just gone elsewhere for a
while.” However, even the Yukaghir have
traces of a respect-by-not-overhunting belief.
Thus Willerslev expresses very well a tension clearly found all over the
Siberian and Native American world: “In
fact, it would be fair to say that we find two polar tendencies in Yukaghir
subsistence paractices: One in the direction
of overpredation…, the other in the direction of limiting one’s killings to an
absolute minimum….” (Willerslev 2007:49).
The Yukaghir have rather different reasons for this from Native
Americans, but the basic ideas are the same.
The Yukaghir’s neighbors, including the Mongols, Tuvans (Kenin-Lopsan
1997), and Tungus, are far more conservationist in their ideology and behavior,
but face some of the same tension.
However, even the Yukaghir must
have once had a stronger restraint on hunting.
They would long ago have hunted themselves into suicidal starvation
without it. Apparently, Soviet cultural
oppression (chronicled in harrowing detail by Willerslev) ended it. (Willerslev cites Soviet ethnography claiming
that massive overhunting is aboriginal and traditional in the Arctic, but this
is so obviously tendentious as to be ridiculous. The Siberian Arctic has been settled for
centuries by Russians, and their devastating cultural impact on hunting beliefs
as on everything else was felt by the early 18th century; see e.g.
Georg Steller’s observations in Kamchatka in the 1740s [Steller 2003].)
Similar problems with overhunting,
justified by reincarnation, are reported for eastern Canada (Brightman 1993;
Krech 1999; Martin 1978). Similar cultural
pressures from settlers have occurred there.
Most sources seem to maintain that eastern Canadian hunters maintain
respect and hunt with some care (Berkes 1999), but unquestionably there has
been heavy hunting in the past, especially in the fur trade days (Martin 1978). Overhunting by Native people does occur in
the Northwest, but I am convinced from my own experience and that of other
researchers I know that overhunting is far less common than it would be
otherwise—and far less common than among local whites. The Coast Salish traditions, for instance,
hold that a family could take only one grouse per year (Krohn and Segrest
2010:97)—a tight limit.
The rigors of hunting must be
undergone, partly to show the animals that the hunter really wants and needs them. If they then come to care about the hunter
and the people dependent on hunting success, they will offer themselves. On the other hand, if the hunter has offended
them, they will take off and be unapproachable.
Sometimes a mountain can withhold them.
Near Iskut is a hill called Stingy Mountain, because the mountain goats
there are notoriously good at escaping hunters.
An outsider would probably find that the mountain affords good lookout
and listening posts for the wary goats, but the local people say the mountain
is deliberately refusing to let them be hunted (McIlwraith 2007:116). Among the Yukaghir, even one’s own protective
spirit can be stingy (Willerslev 2007:43), but I have not encountered this idea
on the Northwest Coast.
Thus, if an animal offers itself,
it has to be killed. It spirit goes on
to reincarnate in another animal. Hence
the problem with fish, above, and similar problems with moose conservation
(again the same problem surfaces for the Yukaghir). McIlwraith (2007) reports that the people of
Iskut refrain from killing cow moose when they possibly can, especially if the
cow is likely to be pregnant; so, if a cow just stands there when a hunter
comes up on her, the hunter is in a terrible quandary. The ban on killing female game animals in
breeding season (and moose pregnancies last almost a year) is widespread if not
often emphasized in the literature (see e.g. Miller 1999:98 for the Salish),
and is another part of the “respect” rule that says “don’t waste.”
In fact, this dilemma has caused
confusion for both indigenous people and anthropologists. The indigenous people must always decide
whether respect in the form of not taking too much or respect in the form of
taking what is offered prevail in a given situation. The anthropologists argue about whether the
“natives” “conserve” or not, depending largely on whether they have observed
people take what is offered or go with the conserving option. Individual hunters differ greatly in this
regard. I suspect the general pattern is
what I found among my Maya friends: the
greedier ones go with taking what is offered, the more thoughtful ones with
conservation.
This brings us back to the problem
that, since the animals’ souls go on to reincarnate, there is little
recognition of the finite quality of game.
A Cree (from eastern, not western, Canada) told Harvey Feit (2006): “The animals are still there, they just do
not want to be caught.” Obviously this
attitude is unhelpful for conservation.
Long experience with hunters and fishers of all races, however, teaches
me that almost all of them say this, whether or not they believe in
reincarnation of animal souls. Fishermen
in particular almost never admit the fish are actually getting scarce. The fish are always out there, “just not biting
today.” Sometimes they secretly know the
truth, and will admit that over a drink, but usually they are genuinely in
denial; such at least is my experience, studying fisheries development in many
countries.
Critically, however, respect also
involves the point mentioned above: not
taking more than one needs for immediate consumption. This includes family and needy
neighbors. It also includes guests,
especially for rituals involving necessary feasting. A large feast may mean a very large
take. Still, taking too many animals is
always bad and disrespectful and always is subject to punishment. This clause frightens even the greedy (if
they are at all traditional in their beliefs).
It succeeds well in practice, as I know from experience in both the
Northwest Coast and Maya Mexico.
The animal, when dead, must still
be treated with respect, since its spirit lives on and takes notice. This is particularly true in more northerly
groups. Inuit and Yuit groups offered
fresh water to kills, and treated them respectfully; disrespecting a dead
animal could lead to major accidents (see e.g. Jolles 2002). Cutting up a dead walrus disrespectfully was
thought to lead to the terrible winter of 1878, and more recently disrespect to
a slain bear caused a snowmobile crash and human death (Jolles 2002: 98-9, 183). Once again, this extends across the Bering
Straits, reaching an apogee in the bear cult of the Ainu.
Significantly, only wild game is
thought of this way. Domestic animals
get less respect.
“Respect,” however, goes much farther than
this. One does not speak ill of animals,
or insult them. Saying anything
disparaging about a fresh kill is particularly serious (see e.g. McIlwraith
2007:115). Animals must be killed as
cleanly and painlessly as possible.
McIlwraith was told quite graphically to be sure a fish was dead before
gutting it: “’How would you like to be
gutted if you were still alive?’” (McIlwraith 2007:117; I remember being told
similar things by Anglo fishermen in my childhood). Very widely throughout the Northwest, fresh
water is offered to a newly-killed animal (especially sea mammals, along the
coast). Various ceremonies, some of them
extremely elaborate, must be performed.
A large animal may be decorated before being brought home. This practice extends right across the Bering
Strait into Siberia, where it is widespread.
Permission must be asked, and thanks given, even to small bushes and
herbs for use of their valued parts (see e.g. Turner 2014-2:316-320, and for
ceremonial recognition 326-328, 337-342).
Many geological features remind
children of such matters. Typical is a
story McIlwraith (2007:146) brings us from Iskut: A hunter protested against a goat refusing to
be caught, and the hunter and his dog were promptly turned to stone. The rock is evidently one of those vaguely
human-shaped rocks that people everywhere love to tell stories about. It is pointed out to children as a cautionary
tale. There are similar cautionary rocks
everywhere in the Northwest, and for that matter throughout the world.
An actual recent event—not a
folktale—was related by Lawrence Aripa (quoted in Frey 1995:177-179). There was an individual named Cosechin who
was a doctor and prophet of the 19th century (see Pryor 1999). However, this story probably does not apply
to him, but to another Cosechin, or to some generic bad actor who has, in the
story, picked up the name. In any case,
it is considered historically true. The
ellipses represent Mr. Aripa’s pauses in the story, not my leaving out material;
italics represent spoken emphasis.
A person named Cosechin
“was just cruel…to animals.
He would knock down trees
and not use
them.
He would grab leaves from the trees in the springtime
and scatter
them to try to kill the trees.
And you know it’s the custom of the Indian that when they’re
going to use
something from a tree
or…even
fish or hunt,
they…ask
permission first…
‘Mr.
Tree may I use some part of you
or
I need it…for warmth for my children,’”
And so on. Cosechin
treated humans just as badly, but notice the animals and plants come first.
Cosechin was told to reform, and threatened. He shaped up for a while, but
“he went
back to his old ways like.
And then…all of a sudden…he disappeared….”
The obvious implication is that someone did away with him,
and no one was about to inquire into the matter. There are many similar stories in the
literature.
The Northwest Coast and the
Quintana Roo Maya definitely prefer—or used to prefer—to err on the side of
caution. The literature suggests that
overhunting seems much more common in Siberia and perhaps east Canada. Again, I suspect this is due to outside influence,
but there is a difference of opinion on this (Brightman 1993; Krech 1999). And
the Northwest Coast people explicitly credit past overhunting for their
conservationist rules.
To western biologists, the
combination of intimate knowledge and “exotic beliefs” is
incomprehensible. Conversely, to First
Nations people, the biologists’ cold numbers and impersonal regard for animals
as mere statistics is incomprehensible.
Nadasdy describes many cases of nonmeeting of minds. These would be hilariously funny if they were
not so tragic, but in fact they are tragic, because the biologists generally
win, with disastrous consequences not only for the Native people but for the
animal populations. Nadasdy (2007) has
more recently argued for adopting the Native viewpoint on spirits and
personhood among animals, or at least a willing suspension of disbelief
regarding it.
We can now, however, see why the
First Nations believe as they do. They
relate to the animals through lived experience, not through abstract
book-learning. Thus their knowledge and
teaching are experiential and procedural, not analytic and declarative. Being close to the animals in question makes
avoiding the agency heuristic difficult or impossible. The animals are assumed to have a human
consciousness within them. They can
talk, and even take off their animal skins and appear in humanoid form. Because of these things, relationships with
the animals are intensely emotional, and the emotions in question are complex
and deep. Finally, this emotionality
drives a relationship of mutual power and mutual empowerment; the animal persons
have their power, humans have theirs.
Biologists, on the other hand, assert a particular kind of
power/knowledge and also represent the power of the State intruding on local
societies (Nadasdy produces an excellent, detailed Foucaultian account of this).
The recent work in northwest Canada, and
similar work elsewhere, is surprisingly disconnected from cognitive
anthropology. This was not true of
earlier researchers like Robin Ridington, and is not true of some modern ones
like Leslie Johnson, but most of the above-cited authors seem ignorant of the
cognitive anthropology literature, or at least do not cite it. Yet, they could profit from cognitive
anthropology at least as much as cognitive anthropology can profit from the
Canadian research. Cognitive
anthropology can benefit from their attention to total phenomenological
experience, especially the embodied and procedural types of knowledge and the
awareness of emotional and moral responses.
The Canadian researchers and their equivalents elsewhere could benefit
greatly from cognitive anthropology’s rigorous investigation of specific word
meanings and semantic domains, from procedures to assess cultural consensus and
variability, from awareness of models and the relationship of models to
reality, and, in short, from much greater awareness of exactly what they are
recording and how to make sure they are getting it precisely right.
Some of them would fear this as too
scientistic or cut-and-dried, or too limited to small domains like firewood
taxonomy. Yet, one need only recall such
studies as Steven Feld’s Sound and
Sentiment (1982) or Keith Basso’s Wisdom
Sits in Places (1996), which are thoroughly sophisticated in use of
ethnosemantic and psychological methodologies, to realize that extremely
sensitive and humanistic studies of feeling and experience can benefit from
cognitivist techniques. Both groups can
benefit from more attention to the immediate experiential bases of knowledge;
both have dealt with the issue at some length, but traditional cognitivists
have often confined their attention to limited and rational systems, while some
of the newer researchers are prone to think in generalizations (like Nadasdy’s
highly defined and rather stereotypic contrasts of “hunters and bureaucrats”),
and could pay more detailed attention to fine-grained systems.
The Northwest Coast
and North Woods Native peoples have a cosmology that is not only “spiritual”
but intensely moral. They ask for
permission before taking anything from nature; I have seen women ask permission
of a tree to take a bit of its bark. In
regard to animals, respectful treatment is required: killing only for necessity, not killing too
many at a time, treating the remains in accord with ritual regulations that
communicate respect, giving away one’s first kill (especially for male hunters)
or first basket of berries (for girls; to elders; Gahr 2013:68) and much of
one’s subsequent meat take, and so on through countless rules. There were ceremonies for the first salmon
taken in the year, and also first fruits and first roots ceremonies (Gahr
2013:68 for the Chinook, but every well-described group reports them or
something equivalent). These are taught
through myths—typically stories that communicate the dreadful consequences of
not following the rules (Anderson
1996).
As so often, related ideas from the
nearest parts of Eurasia illumine these relationships. Siberians—both hunters and herders—butchering
animals may apologize, or pray, or even say “I had no idea to kill, I killed
you by mistake” (Stépanoff et al. 2017:58).
Herders maintain the attitudes of hunters, and vice versa; they all know
the animals of their neighborhood, they treat them with respect, and then care
for them in life and, ritually, in death.
Animals have souls and spirit power, and agency not only in normal animal
ways but in spiritual and sacral ways.
On the Northwest Coast,
knowledge is divided sharply into esoteric vs public. Esoteric is divided in turn into knowledge of
shamans and knowledge of secret-society initiates. Public knowledge is divided into special
ritual and mythic knowledge of chiefs and ordinary knowledge available to
everybody. Most “science”—that is,
empirical knowledge not depending on supernatural belief—is in the public
sphere, but not herbal medicine, which is mostly a shaman specialty. These other ways of dividing up and
classifying knowledge are valuable in their
particular situations.
Athabaskan
knowledge is rarely formally discursive.
In other words, people rarely talk about it in general principles. Significantly, conservation is an exception
here, at least among some Athabaskans (Nelson 1983); others are much less prone
to talk about conservation in general, but still talk about management rules
(McIlwraith 2007). People are quite
conscious of, and vocal about, the need to manage and to harvest selectively.
On the other hand, education was thorough, systematic, extensive, and carefully
managed (Mandeville 2009:199-204). It
was done through a combination of field training and apprenticeship, myths and tales,
ordinary storying, and plain old-fashioned outright explanation.
Education
was gender- and kin-structured. Among
the matrilineal Gitksan, for instance, much education was expected to come from
the father’s side. This was partly due
to gender roles (a father would teach his son hunting), but partly to the
desire to keep the father’s side involved in the ordinary and ritual life of
the child. Many privileges, ritual and
ceremony came from the mother’s side, since the child would succeed to those,
not to his or her father’s privileges.
Conversely, in patrilineal societies, a mother and her kin would teach
the child both women’s work and their own family stories and privileges.
Other education processes involve
meetings of the whole community, which may involve long and ritualized speeches
and ceremonial rhetoric in general, as well as storytelling. The Okanagan have a political process known as
En’owkin (Armstrong 2005a), basically a council meeting of a type familiar over
most of Native North America. Everyone
gets together and talks out issues, with elders—not necessarily older people,
but rather citizens with special knowledge or political ability—address the
issues. Sharing and community are
addressed as major values in such meetings.
Conformity was less important than
having one’s own spirit visions. For the
Kwakwaka’wakw (and they are not alone): “Everyone had to be divided from the
familiar, the ‘natural,’ so that he could see freshly and learn to act
according to circumstances and not according to routine. The anti-social hero is typicallyl he who
‘looks through’ society. I was one of
the main aims of Kwakiutl society to use his insight…It would be true..to say
of Kwakiutl society that it was based on common dissent. Every member was carefully trained to be able
to decide for himself” (S. Reid 1981:250-251; this was and is as true for women
as for men).
9. Worldviews
Underwriting Knowledge: Confrontations
between Native and Anglo-American Views
The Native
Americans have constructed a whole worldview from such experiential knowledge
and from the logical conclusions they draw from it. Given the well-demonstrated human
psychological tendency to infer agency whenever possible, they inferred that
there are spirits in the trees and animals, or divine game-masters guarding
them. The daughter of the spirit
guardian of fish, for instance, might marry a forsaken boy and provide him with
rich stocks of fish, as in a Wishram folktale (Sapir 1990:169). They also
inferred many more mundane things, such as the idea that earthquakes are caused
by monstrous fish or animals moving about.
These views and many others, some
reasonable, some shamanistic illuminations, comprise a whole cosmovision, or
ontology—far more than a “religion” in the ordinary sense, far more than a mere
worldview or creation story. It is
different from the western scientific view, and even from western religious
stories, constructed as those are by priests and theologians. A cosmovision based entirely on logical
developments from direct, embodied, experiential knowledge is an amazing and
wondrous creation (on Northwest Coast worldviews, see Turner’s superb overview,
2014-2:24-350, which defies summary but emphasizes the personhood of plants and
landscapes including mountains and rocks).
As Fiske and Patrick say (citing Theresa
O’Neill), “Western philosophy marginalizes morality and spirituality as
optional while ‘perceiving practical principles of processes of production,
reproduction and power relations as basic to human life everywhere….’ Western
notions of the self based on economics and the individual as opposed to notions
of the self based on spirituality and the group underlie conflicts that arise
in efforts ot create autonomous and/or parallel legal orders” (Fiske and
Patrick 2000:236-237). This is clearly a
bit overdrawn—western thought does not consider morality optional!—but there is
a real point here. Both the fusion of
spiritual, ethical, and practical in Native Northwest Coast thought, and the
application of all three to both human and nonhuman persons, are really totally
different from anything in the western tradition.
On the potlatch, they quote the
early anthropologist Pliny Earle Goddard to good purpose: “There are perhaps two main principles
involved; first that all events of social or political interest must be
publicly witnessed; and second that those who perform personal or social
service must be puiblicly recompensed.
There is a third more general social law that all guests on all
occasions must be fed” (Fiske and
Patrick 2000:218, quoting Goddard 1934:1311.)
Thus, as Nadasdy points out in a
passage that should be read by all those interested in traditional knowledge
(2004:112), anyone analyzing traditional worldviews cannot separate out the
knowledge that outsiders see as “practical” from the knowledge that outsiders
see as “mere cultural belief.”
One can, to be sure, take the
clearly useful knowledge out of context and use it, but this does not represent
the traditional view. It is, thus,
inadequate for comanagement or co-work purposes. Yet, bureaucrats and outsiders generally have
major problems with this; total acceptance of the Native view means accepting
those giant earthquake-causing fish. One
can only hope for understanding. There
is never pure acceptance.
Nadasdy sees no real hope of
cooperation. The bureaucrats must assert power over knowledge, the
Native people must lose. This is partly guaranteed, as he points out,
by the fact that “numbers” and “scientific” evidence is all that is taken
seriously by the Canadian government and its agencies; local knowledge is “mere
anecdote” or “unverified.” A better way
of assessing local knowledge is desperately needed.
However, Nadasdy, and some other recent
anthropologists (such as Jean-Guy Goulet 1998), in otherwise superb accounts of
such knowledge, reify and essentialize culture.
They see experiential knowledge as confined to First Nations, and
revealing “incommensurability”—that word again (Nadasdy 2004:62ff)—with
bioscientific knowledge. This is not the
case—as Nadasdy admits (footnote, 2004:277), undermining his whole claim. The Native people obviously have an
incredible pragmatic knowledge of their resources, and that is fully
commensurable with genuine bioscientific knowledge. What is incommensurable is the abstract
ontology behind the different views: the
Native spiritual one and the biologists’ lab-based reductionism.
As to the wider issue of
incommensurability, however, Nadasdy is working from a highly essentialized
view of “culture.” He appears to see a culture as a perfectly
integrated, rather unchanging whole. My
more practical view allows me to be more open about learning from others. I bake bread by feel rather than by recipe; I
use stoneground whole wheat flour, and used to grind my own. My only modern convenience is a gas-fired
oven. In short, I bake bread the same
way as the nameless women who invented it (except they used wood as the
fuel). I cannot imagine what their
worldview was like, but the bread is pretty much the same. Bread cares little about cosmovision, but—as
every baker knows—it is a living thing, thanks to its vibrantly alive yeast
networks, and knows a sure hand from an incompetent one. In the ways that matter to it, those
wonderful women of old are with me in my kitchen, and we all meet in perfect
understanding.
Similarly, my elders in the
Anglo-American midwest and south had many of the same attitudes as the
Northwest Coast peoples. We children
were taught to kill animals cleanly, not take too many, not let them suffer,
and so on. We were taught to look down
on indiscriminate shooters. Moreover,
many, if not most, hunters and fishers believed that ultimately a catch was a
gift from God, not just a matter of your own skill. You had to be grateful accordingly. This all goes a fair way to bridging the gap
between “indigenous” and “western.”
Worldviews do indeed influence the
realities of counting sheep (Nadasdy 2004), but do not prevent comparison of
the results. Nadasdy’s main example of a
failure to communicate does not involve cosmovision at all, but was a simple
disagreement over whether the local mountain sheep were overhunted or not. The more knowledgeable Native Americans
thought so, and had all the good evidence.
The biologists thought otherwise, after hearing from powerful trophy-hunter
interests. One need not go beyond common
sense, of a sourly cynical sort, to understand this disagreement.
If people are trapped in narrow
views, that is not incommensurability at work. It is just ordinary narrowness. In the case of Settler society not
understanding Native society, it is all too often mere racism.
McIlwraith (2007) appears to argue
that biologists are so trapped in a mentality of lists and reductions that they
cannot and therefore should not use “TEK” at all—they would only corrupt
it. This does not fit the practice of
biologists I know (and I know many biologists).
In any case, there are real reasons to pick out the most useful bits of
traditional knowledge and bring them into wider practice. Of course it does violence to the holistic
vision of culture, but so does all technical and medical practice. Does one treat malaria, or contemplate its
holistic phenomenology? There is a place
for the latter, and it may even be necessary in some sense, but direct
treatment is what we usually wish.
The Native
view generates a particular morality, one of caring and nurturing; animals are
protected and conserved out of “respect” or care, rather than because of
mathematical models of populations (Nadasdy 2004). Nadasdy points out that the Native people he
knew tended to think of the mathematical models as disrespectful; they treated
animals like things, instead of like the people—or “other-than-human
persons”—that they are. Readers who find
this strange should think of pets. Are
dogs and cats in Anglo-American society mere numbers in a population graph, or
are they individuals with complex lives and moral claims? How would you, dear reader, feel if your pet
were a mere number, to be culled if there are several other dogs in town? This, in fact, occurred in northeast Canada,
when Inuit dogs were indiscriminately killed in the mid-twentieth century,
leaving the Inuit utterly heartbroken.
This is not to imply that wild
animals are “pets” to the Native Americans; they are not. They are hunted for food. They are seen as having spirits that are
powerful and often dangerous. The point
is that they are known to be complex, deep, individual beings, not just numbers
or soulless automatons. In this the
Native people are more right than the scientists; animals may not have powerful
guardian spirits, but they are certainly
not automatons or mere creatures of instinct.
That view of them stems from the religious views of Descartes and his
peers, who were concerned about souls, not science. Long discredited in serious science, it
remains basic to bureaucratic management.
Biologists talk of “harvesting” game, setting Indigenous peoples’ teeth
on edge.
Proof that we are dealing with
practical experience rather than essentialized Culture is found in eastern
California. There, ranchers who know the
land and wildlife from experience find it impossible to deal with, or
communicate with, biologists who know it only from books (Hedrick 2007). Even though cows exist only to be sold for
slaughter, they are not mere numbers to the ranchers; they are living beings
with personalities and with needs for care.
Even though grass is merely a food for cows rather than a spirit being,
the ranchers can tell if it is overgrazed or not; the biologists are clueless,
and assume the worst, thus ham-handedly interfering with ranching. So we wind up with serious disagreements
among people who not only share an Anglo-American culture but in some cases
actually took more or less the same general science courses in college! Particularly ironic is that the biologists in
Hedrick’s study took the same superior,
unwilling-to-listen attitude to the ranchers that Nadasdy’s bureaucrats did to
the people of Yukon, though the ranchers were not only from the same culture
but a good deal richer, and often better educated, than the biologists. Status in these transactions does not depend
solely on race or socioeconomic position.
Nadasdy and
many others have noted the double-bind in which indigenous people are often
placed: if they change with the times,
they are no longer practicing their “traditional, authentic” culture and thus
need no consideration, but if they do not change, they are “locked in blind
tradition.” Of course there was never a
frozen “traditional, authentic” time.
They deserve consideration for what they have, not what they supposedly
once had. The Maya of Chunhuhub, within
the time of my work there, have added several plants (such as Hawaiian noni and
South American passion fruit) to their gardens, have tried out and abandoned
pesticides, and have even taken to computers, but their culture and cosmovision
still live. They are getting more and
more comfortable with international bioscience, abstract and rationalized as it
is, but their direct knowledge, and the distinctive Maya culture built from
that, go on.
Nadasdy is
contrasting an extremely traditional and land-based group with an extremely
urban bureaucratic world. The
Anglo-Canadians who deal with the Kluane First Nation are often totally ignorant
of the bush and are also trapped in Weberian bureaucratic rationalism. Wildlife biologists who know nothing about
wildlife except from books try to deal with people who know everything about
wildlife but have hardly read a book.
Thus, though the contrast he evokes is not all-pervasive or intrinsic,
it is certainly real and extreme in northwest Canada (as I can attest from my own
research there). Native peoples who have
never seen a city try to deal with city bureaucrats who have never seen a
moose. The result is predictable, and
chaotic. Culture is real, and the fact
that it is not necessarily destiny is easy to forget in the Yukon.
But personal experience is real too, and surely the Kluane would be much
more able to deal with Hedrick’s ranchers than with biologists turned
bureaucrat.
Nadasdy is
on surer ground when contrasting Native and bureaucratic views of the land as
“property.” The Athapaskan peoples were
more or less nomadic. They used the land,
they managed it, they had a strong sense of it and of who belonged to what
area, but of course they did not have a concept of formal title and deed,
either collective or individual. They
were, however, not even remotely like the mere aimless wanderers on a vast
unowned space, as the Canadian government officially held them to be (until
very recently). Since “property” and
“title,” and even “rights” to land, are legal fictions rather than
experience-derived knowledge, they are more amenable to Nadasdy’s cultural-idealist
analysis. Among other things, he points
out (2004:233) that modern notions of “property” were developed partly in
conscious opposition to the old (and mistaken) view of Native Americans as mere
wanderers who owned and managed not at all.
He is, of course, referring primarily to John Locke’s famous, or
infamous, line: “In the beginning, all
the world was America” (Locke 1924:140.)
This said, the contrast between
ageless, culturally constructed, “spiritual” Native knowledge and rational, cut-and-dried
“Western” knowledge is greatly overdrawn in much of the literature. It has everything to do with the stereotypes
of “the Indian” in romantic literature, from Locke to Chateaubriand and J.
Fenimore Cooper to Walt Disney’s Pocahontas.
The Indian was sure and silent in the forest, taught by instinct and by
native cunning. His (or even “her”)
knowledge was innate and mystical. The
westerner can never match the Indian’s woodcraft, but the Indian can never be
rational and civilized like the westerner, and attempts to make Indians
civilized end in dismal failure—Pocahontas’ archetypal death and Nadasdy’s
community’s alcohol abuse.
The problem
comes not from contrasting a basically spiritual and moral view with a
basically reductionist and materialist one—that is real enough in these
cases—but from overdrawing the contrast.
Native knowledge is dynamic, flexible, experience-driven, and basically
practical. So is much of Western
knowledge. Native Americans construct
from their local knowledge a spiritual cosmovision that has certain logical
features, notably spirits of the animal and plant world. Westerners had similar beliefs until recently,
and many east California ranchers believe strongly in a Christianity that
involves an intimate, personalistic relationship between God, humanity, and the
land (Monica Argandona, pers. comm.; Hedrick 2007). Perhaps many urban Westerners have become
“rational” in Weber’s sense, but Westerners too have experiential and spiritual
knowledge.
Morality
is constructed from experience, in all societies—indigenous or not. Morals emerge and are negotiated within the
family, the immediate peer group, and the local community—however far they may then be extended. Westerners tend to confine morality to human
persons, but do extend it at least to pets, and often to livestock and wild
animals (at least “charismatic megafauna”).
Thus,
cultural essentialization and reification fail.
Culture is not an arbitrary crust, a frozen crystalline array, or a
unified, harmonious whole. It is a lot
of working knowledge, shared to varying degrees, constructed into varying
levels of abstraction, and—above all—moralized.
It works from actual behavior to necessary working rules, and from there
to abstract rules, covering both “is” and “ought.”
It is,
thus, not deduced from general principles or from its big, broad covering
assumptions or laws. Quite the
reverse: the latter are induced from the
daily practice. They are, to exactly the
extent that they are general and all-covering, removed from reality. Reality tells us how to catch a fish, how to
make a snare, how to ride a horse. From
this working knowledge we have to go farther and farther into speculation if we
want grand generalizations. We induce or
infer these from increasingly abstracted principles. The final claims—animals are persons, God is
an angry god, science is objective—are the farthest from daily experience. They do feed back on practice, as in the
miscounted sheep, but even then the truth on the ground is more complex. Racism and greed had much more to do with the
sheep count than worldviews did.
These stories get around—sometimes
around the world. Franz Boas (2006
[1895]:660) traced many elements all over North America and even to Asia. Some, like the Flood, Swan Maiden, and
Orpheus stories, are almost worldwide. In
a marvelous collection of tales from the Thompson Indians of south-central
British Columbia (Hanna and Henry 1995), Annie York tells a version of the Swan
Maiden myth that harmoniously blends European and Native elements of this
story—known all across the Holarctic from Ireland to Canada. It is delightful to see the ends meet this
way. (See also Snyder 1979—a study of
this myth in Haida Gwaii and elsewhere, done by the great poet Gary Snyder, in
his early days as an anthropology student.)
Local stories capture truths. A recent analysis showed that myths of a vast
serpent under the earth coincide perfectly with the location of the giant
east-west fault that endangers Seattle (Krajick 2005). The local Salish had obviously observed
enough earthquakes to know where to expect them, and they shared the worldwide,
and thoroughly common-sense, belief that earthquakes are caused by a monster in
the earth shaking himself. (I have run
into exactly the same belief in China, where people know that dramatic scarp
faces are earthquake-prone locations, and hold that a dragon in the earth is
responsible. It is worth noting that the
scientific explanation for earthquakes has been discovered within my
lifetime. When I was in college, the
dragon was still as good an explanation as anything dominant in the geology of
that era.)
All Northwest Coast groups that have
been studied report teachings about conservation and wise management. These include cautionary tales, outright
instruction, prayers, and other oral literature (see e.g. Ignace and Ignace
2017:203-210).
Throughout the Northwest Coast,
stories tell of people who were disrespectful to fish, mountain goats, and
other animals, only to have these prey animals move away, leaving people to
starve. Native American ethnographers often
stress these, and non-Native anthropologists have learned to recognize their
importance as moral conservation teachings.
Tsimshian
ethnographer Charles Menzies repeats from the earlier Tsimshian ethnographer
William Beynon a story of a salmon woman who married Raven, the creator-trickster;
of course he inevitably disrespected her (his way) and she and the salmon left
him to starve. Other stories tell of
disrespectful behavior toward salmon that lead to the same result (Menzies
2016:87-90). Menzies concludes: “If
respected, they will reward the harvester.
History has taught us that catching too much salmon…will result in a
marked decline or total extirpation…The same history has also shown that not
taking enough seems to have a similar effect [because of overspawning or disease—ENA]. Thus the oral histories provide guidelines…”
(Menzies 2016:90).
The
Coos of Oregon told a story of children who caught and roasted a raccoon,
laughing at its shrinking up and looking funny while roasting, all died except
one who did not laugh. This was
universally known and taught to keep kids from laughing at animals (but the
irrepressible Annie Miner Peterson, narrator of this story to ethnographer
Melville Jacobs [1940:146-147], said she laughed anyway, and survived). Peterson also narrated a story of a man who
was pitied by the supernaturals for his poverty; he was given a strange fish
for good luck; his wife made him ask for too much, and he lost the luck (Jacobs
1940:133-135). This is a version of a
story almost universally known from ancient Greece to China to America.
The origin stories of the Northwest
Coast all tell of a Transformer who traveled the world, making it what it is
today. Sometimes he is Raven, Mink or
Coyote, sometimes wholly human or wholly supernatural. Often, supernatural beings opposed him, and
he changed them into what they are today.
Most widespread of these stories is that the ancestral Deer was a
humanoid, found sharpening two stone knives to kill the Transformer. The latter jammed the knives onto his forehead
and made him a Deer, running off to be food for people henceforth. More friendly was a powerful fellow
transformer who made friends with the hero, and was thus given the privilege of
choosing what to be; he chose to become the Nimpkish River (on Vancouver
Island; versions in Barbeau 1950:150; Boas 2006 [1895]:306). That is why this beautiful stream has all the
kinds of salmon in it (or had before the logging companies massacred it—to the
heartbreak of the Nimpkish people).
The close connection of humans and
animals comes through in all the myths and tales.
Myths, as
elsewhere, convey the basic moral and personal lessons of the societies that
tell them (see e.g. Atleo 2011 for an extended account of their uses in
Indigenous education). Long epics of
human/nonhuman transformation and interchange are universal. Famous examples include the bear-mother story
(see e.g. Barbeau 1953:108-146) and a long, brilliant, tightly organized tale
of human-salmon transformations and interactions (several versions in Barbeau
1953:338-367). All these reinforce the
general message of respeft for animals and concern for the entire living world.
Conservation is promoted by
countless stories (Frey and Hymes 1998, esp. pp. 585-587). Most promote it indirectly, by stressing the
importance and interdependence of all plants and animals. Thus whole books can be almost devoid of
specific directions to conserve; Coquelle Thompson’s repertoire has almost
nothing, for instance (Seaburg 2007).
But, given the wealth of stories in the northwest, even a small
percentage adds up to a huge number of stories.
Many stories include incidental comments about saving a few animals to
reproduce and maintain the population (e.g. Mandeville 2009:214). Sometimes these few are referred to as
“seeds.”
The
commonest and most widespread concerns a hunter who takes too many animals, is
captured by animal powers and taken into a mountain or under a lake, and
instructed never to do that. He is then
released if his sins were not too great, but if he wantonly disregarded advice,
he dies. This story occurs with
strikingly little variance from Alaska to the Popoluca of far southern Mexico
(Foster 1945). Related stories exist in
the Old World, from Tuva (Kenin-Lopsan 1997) to the Caucasus (Tuite 1994).
Rodney
Frey (1995) gives several versions.
Since his book is about Native storytelling, not about animals or
conservation, this represents a fair sampling of how important the story is. The purest form he provides is a Wishram story,
originally published by Edward Sapir and beautifully re-edited by Frey, of a
man who got elk power, took too many elk, and was punished by death (Frey
1995:197-182 from Sapir 1995:283-285; it is the source of the quotes above on
pride and taking too much).
A
happier outcome is found among the Thompson:
the hunter listens to advice. A
hunter of mountain goats was taken in by them in their humanoid form. (The reasons they took him in are unclear in
this version, but in other versions the hunter has helped a goat, or other
animal, and been respectful to it, and is rewarded.) He learned their ways, marrying and having a
son in the process. He returned to teach
his people to respect them: “When you
kill goats, treat their bodies respectfully, for they are people. Do not shoot the female goats, for they are
your wives and will bear your children.
Do not kill kids, for they may be your offspring. Only shoot your brothers-in-law, the male
goats. Do not be sorry when you kill
them, for they do not die but return home.
The flesh and skin (the goat part) remain in your possession; but their
real selves (the human part) lives just as before, when it was covered with
goat’s flesh and skin.” (Teit 1912:262,
quoted Lévi-Strauss 1995:70). Claude
Lévi-Strauss has discussed this myth at length in another context, showing its
relationship to other myths of kinship to the animal people.
A story from the Klickitat (southern
Washington):
“Coyote would go
about hunting;
he would shoot and kill all sorts of
things.
And now then he
shot and killed a deer.
Then he butchered
it.
There were two
young ones in its belly.
He threw them away
and left them there,
at that place there.
The two young deer
lay there.
And rain and snow
came upon them.
And the Deer who he
had killed felt very badly at heart about them.
Then after that
Coyote went all over
and shot and killed nothing.”
For the obvious
reason. He is instructed to sweat in the
sweat lodge five times (the Klickitat sacred number) and then never do such a
thing again. He leaves this instruction
for human beings, who are soon to come into the world:
“’All right then….
And this is the way
the people will do whenever they shoot
and kill game.
They will carry all
of it back home.
Nothing will they
throw away.
Alnd always will
they sweat for the purpose of the hunt….”
(Joe Hunt,
collected and translated by Melville Jacobs in the 1920s, ed. and publ. Frey
1995:49-52)
Wasting anything killed gets
punishment: no more game. Note that the slain deer survives in spirit
form and is able to bring this about.
Killing a pregnant doe is already bad, and made much worse by the lack
of respect shown to the fawns.
Even relatively useless animals must
be treated with respect. The Haida have
a story of people who tortured frogs by burning them, the result being that the
frogs burned their village (see e.g. Boas 2006 [1895]:608).
And even Coyote himself. He was vital to creation, he made the world
what it is, but he was always a zany, greedy, irresponsible, delightfully silly
rogue. The idea of the Creator as a
wild, wise, poetic fool not only makes beautiful poetry, it solves the “problem
of evil”; evil was created by mistake and by foolishness. Raven, along the coyote-less northern coast,
has a similar role, but is smarter, greedier, and rather more sinister. Still, he attracts the same mix of respect
and scorn.
One of the finest Coyote narrations
ever recorded is Lawrence Aripa’s telling of the Coeur d’Alene story of “Coyote
and the Green Spot” (Frey 2001:134-144).
It was originally told in English, allowing us to share the wonderful
style that is otherwise inevitably lost in translation. In it, Coyote’s long-suffering wife Mole
reflects:
“This worthless Coyote,
he’s no good,
he’s mischievous,
he does
things that are bad…
But
he’s a Coyote….
and
we have to have Coyotes on this earth.”
She reflects on
this several times as she revives him from the dead—her role in many a Coyote
tale. Coyote’s tricks always fail, he always gets killed in the end, but he is
always revived—because, as she says, “Well we do need a Coyote.” He promises to reform when he revives, but of
course is soon back to his tricks, and Aripa ends the story:
“But he is still
the Coyote,
and he will always remain the
Coyote.”
And we are fortunate
in that.
This sense that all beings are
necessary to the world, no matter how inconsequential or annoying they seem, is
absolutely basic to Native North American religion, and has been
underemphasized in the past. We need it
now.
A sad indication of how much of the
teaching is lost comes from a Salishan tale of a man who went off to join the
seals. (This story reminds us of the
were-seal legends of Scotland and Ireland; as so often, Celtic and Northwest
Coast thinking run parallel.) Franz Boas
recorded this story in the 1890s (Boas 2006:221-224), but without a moral,
leaving it merely a story of a man who unaccountably went off to become a seal.
Around a hundred years later, Honoré
Watanabe recorded a version from Sliammon narrator Mary George. In George’s version, the man is actively
captured or persuaded away by the seal folk, and becomes an ancestor of the
Sliammon. She added a long moral
(extracted here):
“You always see
seals.
If you see them, you appreciate
them.
Talk nicely to them….
They are a part of
us.
That’s why we
really respect seals today…..
Seals are our people.” (George and Watanabe 2008:128-129.)
A related story was
told by Annie Miner Peterson of the Coos (Jacobs 1940:149-150), and a long and
complex seal narrative filled with ideals of respect for animals was recorded
from Sauk-Suiattle Salish elder Martha Lamont (Bierwert 1996:230-309). Presumably most other early collectors failed
to hear or record morals in cases like this.
We are deprived of many applications that we now need to know.
Sometimes conservation is stressed
indirectly. The Kutenai culture hero
Yaukekam (I am simplifying the spelling) had to get the components of arrows
from their animal keepers. Ducks had the
feathers, and he gave them the power to grow a new crop of beautiful feathers
every year, freeing up the old ones for fletching, during the annual
moult. (Ducks do not make the greatest
arrow feathers, but I assume geese are included here.)
These conservation stories were
often dramatized in the spectacular winter dance ceremonies. In 2010 I was privileged (greatly) to see the
?Atla’gimma dance-drama, a forest spirit ceremony owned by four Kwakwaka’wakw
families from the Rivers Inlet area. It
was performed at the 33rd annual conference of the Society of
Ethnobiology, by kind courtesy of Kwaxsistalla (Adam Dick) and his family. It is a spectacular performance, involving
some twenty dancers masked and costumed as fantastical spirit-beings of the forest. The story is the standard one known from the
Arctic to the Maya of Quintana Roo, Mexico, where my friend Don Jacinto told it
to me from his own experience: a young
man goes hunting, takes more than he needs, and is caught by the spirits and
warned never to do that again. The
spirits instruct him in how to act properly and respectfully toward the forest
and its living beings. A number of minor
points of ecology appear incidentally; a young tree growing from a stump (a
universal sight in the Northwest Coast) shows continuity and rebirth. The full performance is long and extremely
dramatic, and is accompanied by many long speeches that thank, bless, and
instruct all those present.
Plants too can be
over-collected. From Columbia River
people comes a story of a mouse who stole too many roots, which loaded her down
so much she drowned crossing a creek; mice have been thieves since (Ackerman
1996:21-22).
In the mid-19th century,
Chief Seattle (Sealth, Siatl) gave a famous speech defending his people’s land
and land rights. This speech was,
unfortunately, heavily “edited” by a Baptist group in the 20th
century; much of the militant defense of land was taken out, and some syrupy
Christian-sounding rhetoric substituted.
Alas, the syrupy additions tend to be the parts most often quoted. This has given rise to a myth that the speech
is purely fraudulent. This is not the
case; Seattle’s famous and passionate defense of Indian rights and of the
hunting-gathering way of life against White theft and ruin was real. However, no full version of it appeared for
about 30 years, so the one that finally emerged is rather suspect. Yet, shorn of the purple English added in late
versions, it rings true to the general spirit of northwestern American rhetoric
of the time. The whole story has been
told by Albert Furtwangler (1997), and by Rudolf Kaiser (1987), who salvaged
what can be found of the original.
11. The Visual Art
In this
section I will confine myself to the coast from northwest Washington to
Alaska. The interior and southerly
groups have their own art forms. These
are not only very different from the classic “Northwest Coast” art; they are
also less directly concerned with animals and the spirit world. They are usually geometric and ornamental,
rather than visual statements of a whole philosophy. (On Northwest Coast art, see esp. the superb
and encyclopedic collection Native Art of
the Northwest Coast, edited by Charlotte Townsend-Gault et al.; for the
interior, Ackerman 1996.)
This contrasts with ideology and
verbal art, where the commonalities overwhelmingly outweigh the
differences. The obvious practical
reason for the difference is the more stable, settled life on the coast and the
consequent greater opportunity to amass whole arrays of tools as well as
gigantic works of art. The Plateau
tribes and the Oregon and California coastal ones had large permanent houses
and sophisticated tool arrays. However,
there is more to it than that. There are
clearly some aesthetic and philosophical differences that so far defy analysis
but that have an important effect.
It was briefly thought in the early
20th century that the spectacular art of the Northwest was largely a
post-contact phenomenon, but archaeology has found plenty of examples of fine
art going back more than 2000 years (Duff 1975). The climate is not kind to wood or even to
soft stone, so little remains except hard-stone work. However, that is revealing. Also, we can compare the ancient ivories from
Alaska (Wardwell 1986), dating back as far as 2000 years, which reflect a style
rather close to Northwest Coast art—considerably closer to it than are
contemporary Yupik and Inupiak art.
(Compare the plates in Wardwell 1986:71-91 with the stonework in Duff
1975 and with the earliest historic northern Northwest Coast art.) The sheer volume of art certainly increased
after contact, but the style and content were developed before.
Sheer
aesthetic wonder at the bounty of fish and other resources must lie behind the
Northwest Coast attitude to nature and art (as noted by Lam and Gonzalez-Plaza
2007). It is, however, not the major
drive. The main focus is on spirits, and
the unity of cosmos and local community that exists on the spiritual level and
that is maintained by spiritual exchanges, gifts, and actions.
The highest
purpose of this art is to display kinship affiliations and stories and
associated hereditary privileges within the kinship groups. Dance costumes including huge masks,
blankets, frontlets, and other goods are for displaying in ritual
dances—usually kingroup-owned—at potlatches and cemeteries.
“Totem poles” have nothing to do with
totemism; they display important events in the ancestry of the chiefly descent
group that set them up. The great ones
are usually house poles; smaller ones are memorial poles, so similar to
gravestones in concept that many groups have switched to the latter without
changing the associated ceremonies.
Still others are for art’s sake, or for museums, or parks. Whatever the purpose, the poles always
commemorate the chiefly ancestry of the carvers or their people (see Garfield
and Forrest 1961; Halpin 1981b).
Aesthetic
power shows spiritual power. An artist
whose work has a powerful emotional effect on the viewer has received power
from the appropriate spirit. The Haida
have a Master Carpenter (or Carver) as one of their most important
supernaturals. The evocative quality of
the art is greatly enhanced for its intended audience by the social
connections, family histories, and personal connections.
Indigenous
lawyer and leader Douglas White, with his sister, visited the American Museum
of Natural History. They came upon a
screen that had belonged to their Nuu-chah-nulth great-grandfather. “ My sister and I were stunned and deeply
moved. After standing in front of the
screen for five minutes…we realized we had to do something. I told my sister that we should go back to
the screen, and I would sing one of our family’s potlatch songs, and she should
dance.” Which they did, “for a full five
minutes—tears streaming down our faces at the emotional and spiritual impact of
an unexpected reconnection with such a critical part of our family’s
existence…. No one disturbed us, not even the security guard, who came close
but did not intervene…my sister and I were transformed that day by the
experience of singing and dancing in front of our screen” (White 2013:642).
Thus, gifts
of carved, painted, or woven art works are the highest of gifts, and are
appropriate prestations to new title-holders at the most important events. The best Northwest Coast art still usually
stays in this highly-charged, emotional world, and rarely gets out to the
museums, at least until everyone has seen it and viewed it appropriately. Exceptions occur when a museum or public body
can directly commission a work of art for an appropriate public ceremonial
purpose. It is within this personal universe
that craftsmanship becomes both a social and a spiritual thing. “As the late Haida artist Bill Reid never
tired of pointing out, the highest morality is craftsmanship. One can give nothing more precious of oneself
than something well-designed and well-crafted” (Bill Reid, personal
communication to Richard Daly, in Daly 2005:45; Reid said more or less the same
to the present author). This obviously
takes art far beyond the decorative (or merely shocking or titillating) function(s)
it serves in the modern western world.
Northwest Coast art is much more comparable to art in Europe in the medieval
age of cathedrals and altarpieces.
It
therefore makes sense that carving was considered a powerful spiritual
gift—from the Master Carver himself, in Haida thinking—and that many carvers
were of high rank. Tsimshian artmakers
were gitsontk, “people of the hidden
studios”—they were highly respected people who worked in chambers or studios
taboo to ordinary people and used for formal meetings as well as art (Garfield
1939; Halpin 1981a:274). This sense that
artists are specially gifted, and the corollary that high-born persons are
drawn to that trade, is very much alive today.
Studios are still power places for many, all up and down the coast.
Totem poles
and other outdoor art weather away quickly in the Northwest, even if made of
cedar. (They almost always are, because
it is easy to work but relatively slow to weather away.) This disappearance is regretted, but seen as
the natural process. New poles are
carved at need. Again one recalls
medieval European attitudes toward art:
wooden sculptures in the open, or days of work on exquisite detail far
up in the church roof where no human eyes would ever see it. The art was for audiences more than human.
Daly
(2005:68) notes: “The art-appreciating
public….forgets that its perceptions are informed by its own literate,
written-down tradition…. This public
does not see past the rotting artifact to a culture alive and confident of its
roots and its pedigree.” He is thus not
in favor of specially preserving the poles. The public could answer that culture is all
very well, but there is also all humanity to consider. The species at large may have some moral
claim on a truly beautiful object made for public display, and this is a moral
claim recognized by all nations today (via UNESCO among other vehicles). Today the rule is still for the best poles to
be in the open, to pass away with time, but also to carve replica poles for
museums, if so desired.
Body,
house, and cosmos are often equated. For
the Puget Sound Salish, a house is a kneeling body, the house front being the
face (Miller 1999:36). The hearth in the
house could be the sun, the ridgepole a backbone, river, and Milky Way all at
once, and the four main supporting posts then become human limbs as well as the
pillars that hold up the sky. Canoes
were similarly represented. “In
consequence, curing, bailing, and cleaning were all reflexes of a renewal of
the world” (Miller 1999:36).
The Tsimshian, and Haida (Duff
1981:215), however, saw the house front as the whole front-facing side of an
animal sitting on its haunches, with the result that the door is often the
entrance to the womb. One housefront
represented a female bear. The humans
entered and exited through its vagina, thus either being born or returning to
the womb whenever they passed. There is
even a small face above the door where a clitoris should be.
(Jonaitis 1981, 1986, 1988, 1991, 1999, 2008) MacDonald (1983) Vancouver Art Gallery (2006)
Ronald
Hawker (2003) has chronicled the “dark ages” of coast art, from 1921 to
1961. The first date was that of the
arrest of dozens of people and the confiscation of potlatch goods, including
fine art objects, at the Cranmer potlatch. This marked the beginning of really condign
and general enforcement of the anti-potlatch law, previously rather less than
seriously enforced in remote areas. The
second date is, of course, the granting of citizen rights (including freedom of
religion and thus of ceremonies) on the Canadian side. Hawker points out that art survived, but he
has to admit it was down to a slender thread //n//. //Footnote/ Hawken (2003, esp. p. 8) has some
rather unfortunate things to say about
those who speak of a “renaissance” after 1961.
He was evidently not on the coast before 1961. If I may be permitted a bit of reminiscence,
it was indeed possible, though difficult, to find good art then—but it was
considered “mere craft” and a fine carving or basket would cost $10 or
$20. Fine large pieces were virtually
impossible to find. Having watched from
a distance and later studied close-hand the renaissance, from 1960 through the
1980s, and interviewed many of the participants, I can testify that there was a
quite incredible explosion of quantity and quality—and of price, as people of
all “races” came to appreciate the work.
Sordid lucre may be the worst way to evaluate such things, but it does
give some measure of how much people care.//
Few artists continued. Charlie James in Alert Bay continued to carve
“Kwakiutl” poles, with some government and business patronage, and taught his
stepson Mungo Martin. The latter, who
organized that first potlatch at the British Columbia Museum, was a genuinely
great artist by any standards, European or Native. He was also a fine and patient teacher of
art, culture, and ceremony. (My
introduction to Northwest Coast art in its native home was watching him carve
at the Royal British Columbia Museum in 1960.)
He taught a whole new generation, including the art historian Bill Holm,
long curator at the Burke Museum at the University of Washington. Holm’s classic analysis of Northwest Coast
art as serious art rather than craft (Holm 1965) was the opening fire of the
revolution in publc appraisal of and attention of the art. It remains a standard textbook, found in
countless art studios throughout the coast.
Holm, a highly capable artist himself, also knew the other traditional forms.
He was, for a while, the only person to know several classic Kwakwaka’wakw
dances, and generously taught many young First Nations people. For this he eventually received a Kwakwala
name.
Meanwhile, art revived among the
more northern tribes. Of course the
Tlingit and Alaskan Haida benefited from the fact that potlatches and
ceremonies had never been banned in Alaska (thanks to the First Amendment),
though the missionaries tried their hardest to discourage them. So art had not shrunk so much there.
In any case, a huge explosion of
art followed from legalization of the potlatch, local White interest, and
patronage by the University of British Columbia as well as the two museums and
their local urban counterparts. Bill
Reid became a leader of the Haida art renaissance, along with Robert Davidson
and several others. Like Martin, Reid
and Davidson went far beyond mere copying of old forms, and were genuinely
great creative artists by any standards. Reid was also an excellent writer and speaker
(De Menil and Reid 1971; Reid 2000); he had a career in radio before turning to
art. Reid’s dialogue on classic art
pieces with Bill Holm (Holm and Reid 1975) was a landmark in understanding the
art as form and message.
Another pioneer of the renaissance
was Wilson Duff, longtime curator of art at the Royal British Columbia Museum
in Victoria, later professor at the University of British Columbia. He analyzed the art in depth and with
sensitivity and theoretical interest, trying to understand the mindsets behind
it. His work was cut short by early and
tragic death, but stimulated serious thought as well as public interest (Abbott1981;
Duff 1975, 1981, 1996).
Wilson Duff, Bill Holm and Bill Reid
(1967) worked together on the famous “Legacy” exhibit at the Vancouver Art
Gallery (Vancouver’s city art museum, not a private gallery). The combination of anthropological theorist,
structural analyst, and leading artist was perfect. A major stated purpose of this exhibit was to
get Native art taken seriously as fine art, rather than dismissed as “craft”
and consigned to museums of natural history.
At this the show succeeded brilliantly.
Native art prices shot out of sight, and many a career was
launched. Also, the show more or less
explicitly gave Native people the right to explore, expand on, and develop
their traditions any way they saw fit, without being attacked for
“unauthenticity” whenever they got beyond the pre-1921 forms. We now have Native video, glassmaking art,
mixed media, everything, and the art keeps getting better all the time—but this
is beyond my subject matter here.
A later Legacy show organized by
Peter MacNair (MacNair et al. 1984) highlighted new creations since the 1960s
revival. The catalogue contains
particularly fine photos and biographies.
Great art continues, increasing every day, as more and more of the
younger generation find emotional satisfaction as well as economic prospects in
the art. The spiritual knowledge that
drives it remains active and vibrant. It
has reacted to Christianity and secular modernity, but those settler intrusions
have strengthened the old concepts as often as they have weakened them. (This point derives largely from my own field
work and interviews, but see e.g. G. Wyatt 1994, 1999.)
The art is highly relevant to
environmental ideology and practice.
Above all, it encodes the spirit beliefs recorded above, putting them in
dramatic visual form for all to see.
(Among major collections, see e.g. Musée de l’Homme Paris 1970; MAYBE THIS IN FN?) Stonework was particularly difficult to make
under aboriginal conditions, and thus particularly revealing, and it preserves
for thousands of years, allowing us to see that Northwest Coast art developed
slowly and steadily. A thorough
collection of stone art, with all too brief introduction (the author died about
the time the book was published), was provided by Wilson Duff (1975).
Masks are particularly important,
because anyone wearing and dancing with a mask becomes the being or animal
portrayed, or at least is inspired by its spirit. In the spectacular performances of the
central and northern coast, huge masks were created, many of which could be
changed during performances by strings attached to moving parts. Raven could open and close his beak, cranes
could flap their wings, supernaturals could open and close their eyes. Among the Tsimshian, fast shifting of masks
was also practiced; men could shift from male to female and back by shifting
masks, often along with women doing the same (Halpin 1981a). This partially explains one of the most
striking works of Northwest Coast art: a set of two neatly-fitting masks carved
in hard stone by an unknown Tsimshian artist in the mid-19th century
(one was collected in 1879; Duff 1975:164).
Apparently, metal tools were used.
The inner mask has eyes wide open, with an alert look; the outer mask
has its eyes closed and appears peaceful and at rest. Duff (1975) and Marjorie Halpin (1981a)
analyzed this pair, noting that they could be changed rapidly. In the flickering firelight of a winter
ceremony, it would seem that a stone-headed being was opening and closing his
eyes. Open eyes stand for alertness and
perception. Halpin quotes a Tsimshian
writer in 1863 describing relgious conversion as having his eyes bored (Halpin
1981a:286). Tsimshian masks and other
visual privileges are naxnox (see
above), and often accompany societies of initiated persons of noble lineages,
such as the Dog Eaters and Cannibals.
The Kwakwaka’wakw also have
hereditary mask privileges that go with secret societies, including a
supposedly cannibal society whose members can theoretically take bites out of
people (but in practice usually or always fake it). The most famous cluster of initiate-related
masks and dances concerns the monstrous man-eating birds known as the Hohokw,
the Baqbaqwalanukhsiwe, the Crooked Beak of Heaven, and others. Masks of these beings are so large that only
a very muscular person can dance with them; they can weigh 30 kg. Other classic masks include Moon, Sun, wolf,
raven in various incarnations, bukwus (Wild
Man of the Woods), nułmał (a sinister
“fool,” an ominous clown), grizzly bear, sea creatures, and many more. Many of these are significantly ambigous figures,
like the terrifying but helpful monster-birds and the humorous but dangerous nułmał.
The mix of danger with humor or help is an expression of strong spirit
power, and the three together make up a basic underpinning of Kwakwaka’wakw
philosophy, an armature on which to base ontological and moral thinking.
12. Conclusions
NancyTurner,
leading authority on human ecology on the Northwest Coast, has compiled a list
of lessons she wants the world to learn.
She advocates “connecting with communities and places,” celebrating
generations and elders, recognizing relationships, being grateful and
responsible while maintaining accountability, “valuing and supporting
diversity,” using different teaching styles, and using all these to re-create
healthy, sustainably managed ecosystems (Turner 2014-2:403, 404, 405-411).
More
specific recommendations and more radical views come from the Indigenous
authors already cited.
Appendix 1. A Note on
Languages
The
Northwest Coast is famous, or infamous, for the variety and difficulty of its
languages. Many, especially in the core
area from Washington to southern Alaska, are full of guttural sounds and have a
huge range of phonemes. They actually
sound better than they look on paper.
The off-putting symbols of the International Phonetic Alphabet make
transcriptions look positively unearthly, but the reality is usually a
fair-spoken and pleasant-sounding tongue.
Oratory and rhetoric were, and sometimes still are, developed as truly
great arts. I have been moved to tears
by Nuu-chah-nulth speeches even though I could get almost none of the words.
Taking the whole stretch from
Alaska to northern California, we have the following:
Eskimo-Aleut: Unrelated to any other languages, and to each
other only about as closely as English and Greek. Several “Eskimo” languages exist in Alaska,
including Inuvialut, Yupik, and Chugach; they are about as close as the Romance
languages. Yupik is spoken on both sides
of Bering Strait.
Na-Dene
(pronounced “nah-daynay”): A vast,
continguous sweep of languages, centering on and originating from south-central
Alaska. The “Na” branch includes only
one language, Tlingit; “na” is their word for “people” (presumably cognate with
the “ne” of “Dene,” which is in fact pronounced “dena” in several areas). The Dene branch includes the Athapaskan
languages, among which some variant of “Dene” means “people.” Most of the Athapaskans are interior peoples
in the frigid spruce forests of Alaska and western Canada, but small groups
split off early and drifted as far as southern Washington, coastal Oregon, and
northwestern California. The Navaho and
Apache of the Southwest are also Athapaskan, but they came down from Canada
much later, possibly while the Spanish were invading from the other end of the
continent. I have met British Columbia
Athapaskans who had encountered Navaho at intertribal meetings and could
actually talk with them, more than trivially, in their respective Athapaskan
languages.
Na-Dene is probably distantly
related to the Ket language of Siberia (Edward Vajda, mss.)—the only other
cross-Bering relationship among American languages. (The occasionally-alleged link of Athapaskan
with Chinese is spurious.)
The Na-Dene have the distinction of
being powerfully matrilineal, and indeed are one of the biggest chunks of
matrilineal people on earth. So are all
their neighbors in northwest British Columbia; one wonders who influenced whom.
Haida: A very old linguistic isolate, apparently on
the islands of Haida Gwaii since they were first settled over 10,000 years ago. Possibly distantly related to Na-Dene, but on
bad evidence. Swanton collected a word
list of words similar in Haida and Tlingit, but most are obviously recent
loans, and the rest could be due to chance.
Some linguists claim they have better evidence, but if they have
adequately published it, I cannot find it.
The languages are very different.
I have some experience with Haida and have examined Swanton’s list; I
find the linkage unconvincing.
Tsimshian: Three closely related languages spoken in the
lower Skeena and Nass River areas.
Possibly distantly related to the Penutian languages farther south
(q.v.).
Wakashan: The Heiltsuk, Haisla, and Kwakala languages,
which form a tight group (Northern Wakashan), and the slightly more distant
Nootkan languages: Nuu-chah-nulth of west Vancouver Island, and the
Nitinat-Makah language of southern Vancouver Island and neighboring northwest Washington. “The Haisla are said to have spoken a
Tsimshianic language until some date in the late-precontact period” (Roth
2008:17).
Salishan: A vast variety of highly diverse langauges,
stretching from central British Columbia inland to western Montana and south to
northwest Oregon. They have the dubious
distinction of being the most guttural, glottal-stopped, and
consonant-dominated languages in the world, making them difficult for an
outsider to learn. Still, many
non-native-speakers have done it.
Chemakuan: A tiny language isolate with only two
languages: Chemakum (extinct) and
Quileute (dying fast, unfortunately).
Algonkian: the great family that dominates the
northeastern continent; it extends west to extreme eastern British Columbia
(Cree) and to northwestern California.
The relevant languages of the latter area are so distinct it is often
separated as a coordinate branch, Ritwan, of a wider grouping
(Algonkian-Ritwan). Kutenai (spoken at the BC-Idaho-Montana tripoint) may
be related; if so, the relationship is distant indeed.
Penutian: This family includes the Sahaptin languages
of central Washington and neighboring Oregon; and most of the languages of
central Oregon and central California, as far south as the Tehachapi. These languages are far apart. The most geographically separate are as
linguistically different as English is from Armenian or Hittite—so the
relationships are tenuous. The Tsimshian
family is even more distant, and its alleged relationship to Penutian requires
restudy. Interestingly, the Mayan
language family of Mexico and Guatemala is probably related to Penutian. Edward Sapir first proposed this; Cecil Brown
and I have collected a good deal of supporting evidence, but can’t quite clinch
the case, due to lamentable loss of the languages in California, making
comparative material wholly inadequate.
Karok and
Shastan: Northwest Californian outliers
of the “Hokan phylum,” so ancient and diverse that many linguists question its
existence. If it is real, these languages
have relations all over California and Baja California.
Yukian: A tiny family with only three or four
languages, all extinct, that once flourished in northwestern California. It may be distantly related to the isolated
languages of south Louisiana (Greenberg 1987) but no one has proved this.
So we have
eleven or more totally distinct groupings, as different from each other as
English is from any one of them—or from Bantu or Arabic. This makes the Northwest Coast and California
one of the most diverse areas on earth, linguistically. Joseph Greenberg (1987) grouped all these
except Eskimo-Aleut and Na-Dene into one great Amerindian phylum, which would
also include the other languages of the Americas, but he did not live to prove
its reality and no one now accepts it on faith.
Conversely, Joanna Nichols ( )
finds these languages so different that she believes they must represent
different migrations from Siberia—there has not been enough time for them to
differentiate in the Americas! With
America now thought to have been settled at least 15,000 years ago, there is
actually time. But the languages
certainly are different.
Experience
has taught me to question any link that is not well established. There are Russian linguists who postulate a
vast “Nostratic” superphylum including all the major languages of the northern
Old World, and there are even linguists who postulate a single “Proto-World”
language. I find the evidence for
Nostratic (the most modest, limited form of it) very slightly convincing, but
Proto-World strikes me as well within the realm of fantasy, along with
extraterrestrial contacts. That said, I
do not know any Northwest Coast languages, so I cannot speak with authority on
issues concerning them. I have looked
extensively through materials—mainly collections of texts—in all the languages,
however, so at least I know something of the words and sounds.
Since the
Americas were probably settled from the Northwest, we would expect to find
maximal linguistic diversity there, and to find the great language phyla
stretching out from there, getting less diverse as they go. This, indeed, we often do find. Na-Dene, Algonkian, and Penutian are most
diverse in the Northwest and get less so as one moves away from it. Salishan is most diverse along the coast
(Nuxalk being the most distinctive), less so inland.
In the old
days, most adults had enough contact with other languages to learn at least one
other, and some people knew several—especially at places like the mouth of the
Columbia, where many small groups existed and traded widely. I have heard at least semi-believable stories
of areas where people had no idea of “a native
language”—everyone spoke at least two from birth! One such that I know from some experience was
the Port Alberni area of Vancouver Island, where Nuu-chah-nulth were moving in
on Salish territory when the white settlers came. Most people seems to have known both
languages.
Appendix 2. The Old Northern Worldview
The Northwest
Coast worldviews are special instantiations of a more general worldview that I
refer to as “Old Northern” (Anderson 2014).
This general type of ontology probably had no single place of origin; it
developed through constant feedback, over thousands of years, between the many
societies that share it. Thanks to
continued contact, migration, and information flow around the circumpolar land
masses, it has remained rather uniform (at least in some aspects). A steady diffusion of beliefs and practices has
tended to homogenize beliefs about subsistence and environment. I am not claiming some sort of deep spiritual
identity; I am claiming only a broad similarity, created (at least in part)
through cultural transmission, of ontology and of environmental management
ideas.
It sees humans
and animals, and often plants, mountains, and streams, as spiritual beings,
linked by spirit contacts and interactions.
It is an instantiation of the “animistic” type of ontology as defined by
Philippe Descola (2013). This is a
hunters’ world (Descola 2013), and humans depend on animals; they must show
respect, care for the animals’ souls, hunt carefully, and communicate with
animals via rituals and visions.
The Old
Northern worldview, as I see it, was shared across the Old World and New World
arctic and subarctic zones, and down throughout the hunting-gathering societies
of North America and the hunters and pastoralists of northeast Asia and high
central Asia. It seems to become
progressively diluted as it enters agricultural societies. It slowly erodes with the coming of cities,
mass trade, and industrial production.
It eventually disappears as an identifiable worldview, but survives in
such things as the nature consciousness of the Celtic peoples, the animistic
beliefs about tree spirits in Chinese folk culture, and the survival of beliefs
in animal companion spirits (naguales)
in modern Mexico. It thus has no
definable boundaries in space or time; it is a fuzzy set.
South America’s
indigenous cultures often show Old Northern origin or influence, but they vary
greatly (see above; also Balee 1994; Lentz 2000; and Sullivan’s great synthesis
of South American native religions, 1989).
Some have something close to the North American sense of interpenetration
with the natural (Reed 1995, 1997; Reichel-Dolmatoff 1968, 1971, 1976, 1996;
Sullivan 1989; Ventocilla et al. 1995).
One group, for instance, believes that humans are reborn as peccaries
and vice versa, leading to an alternation of generations. The peccary you kill is your relative
sacrificing himself, or herself, to feed you (Blaser 2009; Descola 2013). This clearly resonates with Old Northern
reincarnation concepts.
Of major
concern to our purposes here is the universal conservation ideology of the Old
Northern view, especially in regard to animals.
Major gods or goddesses protect them:
Artemis/Diana in Europe, Cybele in Asia Minor, Prajapati in India, and
spirits of each animal species in much of the New World. Trees, or at least some of them, are sacred
everywhere, and one must ask permission for taking bark or wood, and must be
respectful of them. Water is widely
regarded as sacred, and rules against polluting it are correspondingly
widespread among cultures that have some shortage of it, especially in Siberia
and Mongolia (see my posting “Water” on my website, www.krazykioti.com). Mountains are sacred (at least some of them),
and often the sacred mountains are taboo for hunting and getting resources, or
at least are taboo for all but the lowest-impact uses.
As we have seen
in the main text of this book, this was a hunters’ world, in which human and
other-than-human persons are intertwined and can change into one another. Healers and religious officiants can go into
trance, visit the spirit lands, and find out how to deal with human problems
ranging from sickness to bad hunting luck.
Typically, the underworld, this world, and the upper world are linked by
a sacred tree. This became the ash
Yggdrasil in Scandinavia, the birch in the northern Uralic cultures, and so on,
and has gone as far as Yucatan, where the Maya still revere the ceiba as the
world-pole tree. The world tree is known
beyond the Old Northern area, and may be almost humanity-wide (Cook 1974).
The spectacular
cave art of Europe, which goes back some 35,000 years (Clottes 2008), implies
reasonably strongly that this world-view existed at that time. Beautifully drawn animals, with human-animal
hybrid figures, were drawn in remote, dark caves (not in the inhabited, lit caves beloved of cartoonists).
Some aspects of
the Old Northern view may be survivals of the original worldview of humans from
our earliest origins. Joseph Campbell
traced many similarities between the most remote and distinctive surviving
humans, the San of South Africa, and hunter-gatherers elsewhere. He inferred a basic worldview, the “way of
the animal powers” (Campbell 1983). Most
scholars would probably caution that he overstated the case, but he appears to
have had a case, especially as evidence accumulates that most of the world’s
languages are related and that all existing humans are genetically close enough
to be cousins. Modern humans originated
in northeast Africa a mere 150,000 years or so ago, and probably did not get
far from home until less than 100,000 years ago. They have been in Australia for 50-60,000
years, in Europe 40,000 years, in northeast Siberia a mere 20,000 or less, in
the Americas somewhat over 15,000. In
more recent millennia, there has been constant migration, exchange, and mutual
learning, leading to such widespread homologies as the animal-soul beliefs of
the Old Northern system.
Campbell points
not only to animal spirits but to trance-healing, pictograph art showing
animals, the ritual power of song and dance, and the belief in a skyworld for
spirits and an underworld for the dead, as well as the mythic importance of
hunters (cf. Fontenrose 1981) and their association with transformers.
Campbell based
some of his thinking on Carl Jung’s concept of archetypes—symbols that appear
over and over in myth, and clearly have some resonance with the human
mind. Animals, the world-tree,
waterfalls, snakes, and sacred mountains occur in religious symbolism
everywhere (as of course do images of mother, father, and child), and qualify
as archetypes. Unfortunately, Jung’s
concept is too vague and general for my purposes here. These images may be, in part, genetically
imprinted on us; all primates are scared of snakes. They may be derived from a common source (if
Campbell’s animal-powers religion has any reality). They are most certainly subject to
independent invention everywhere humans have gone. Nobody could miss the centrality of
parent-child bonds, the salience of mountains, the awesome power of water
rushing over a waterfall, or the lifesaving value of water welling up in a
spring. Thus we cannot say much about
what “archetypes” really are, or were.
Belief in, and
reverence for, the spirits and deities in all things is more or less what E. B.
Tylor (1871) caled “animism.” Tylor
viewed it as “primitive,” which led to the term “animism” being shunned for a
while, but it is now being rehabilitated by scholars who realize it is not some
sort of primitive holdover. It is as
developed and sophisticated a religious view as any other (Descola 2013; Harvey
2006; Hunn 1990). Animism is based on
the tendency to assign spirits or personhood to living things, or sometimes to
everything. Chinese folktales assign
wilful, agentive spirits of rags, discarded bits of paper, and old roof
tiles.
Humans in
animism are clearly different from animals and other nonhuman beings. Each can transform into the other, under some
conditions, but the very fact that this is a subject for myth shows that it is
not expected to be routine. Similarly,
culture is different from nature. Claude
Lévi-Strauss (1962, 1963, 1964-1971) was right: most groups (but perhaps not
all) seem to make a distinction between culture and nature. Every human group known to me has a belief in
“natural humans” like Bigfoot—hairy “savages” (Latin homo sylvaticus “forest person”), people in their “natural state,”
lacking culture.
One widespread
idea within the Old Northern cluster is a belief in the Master (or Mistress) of
Animals. Others include the universality
of animal souls, the full personhood of animals, the need to respect them, the
idea that they sacrifice themselves to the hunter, many ideas of “power
animals” and plants and places, and other details (Hayden 2013). Such beliefs are lacking in the southern hemisphere,
except where Native Americans have carried them to South America over
time. They are vestigial in the warmer
parts of the Old World. Of course, not
everyone shares all these beliefs. Paul
Radin (1927 , 1957) early documented the striking range of difference in belief
that existed within one small Native American group. Indeed, Brian Hayden notes
that, in traditional hunter societies, typically 10-20% of individuals do not
believe in spirits at all (Hayden 2013:495; cf. Hayden 2003). Every society has its nonbelievers. I thus
treat here of widely, but not universally, shared ideas.
The Old
Northern complex is associated with shamanism, but many of the relevant groups
have ancestor cults and other religious manifestations outside of the
shamanistic system. True shamanism is
characterized by rather specific ideas of the cosmos. The shaman goes into trance and goes through
a long dark passage, or climbs the world tree, or otherwise takes a long and
arduous “shamanic journey” to reach the lands of spirits above or below. (The best account I have seen is in Caroline
Humphrey’s superb book Shamans and Elders,
1996, written with the Mongol shaman Urgunge Onon. Eliade’s classic Shamanism, 1965, is seriously dated, though still useful for an
overview.) Aids to trance such as
flashing lights, hypnotic drumming, dancing, and hyperventilation are
used. The shaman is an individual
performer, but socially recognized, and shamans may share secrets quite widely,
so there is something like an organized religion here in spite of the lack of a
“church.” In fact, today, Siberian
shamanism is well organized and becoming a major religion.
This sort of
shamanism is confined to the Tungus and their neighbors, especially the
Mongols, eastern Turkic peoples, and the peoples of central Siberia. It grades into the “Tengrism” (worship of
Heaven, Mongol tengri) in Mongol and
Turkic cultures and in early China (where Heaven was tian, a possibly related word).
In these societies Heaven was an abstract, non-humanoid high God.
Within the Old
Northern universe are many religions similar to shamanism. Very similar views extend widely in east Asia,
subarctic Eurasia and Native North America, but they are different from true
shamanism. Particularly in northern
Siberia and interior North America, they are more ad hoc, less formalized, less
detailed, and thus appear to represent a broader and probably older spectrum of
belief. (I say “probably older” not
because of long-discredited ideas of “cultural evolution,” but because classic
Mongol-Tungus shamanism seems to me to have been influenced by high
civilizations; these shamans use mirrors and metal swords.) Alternatively, many Native American
religions are as complex, elaborated, and self-conscious as the Asian ones, but
involve a more complex vision questing in which all individuals seek spirit
power and are expected to get it, but only some go on to higher or more
specialized powers that are comparable to the shamanic ones of Asia (Benedict
1923 and many subsequent works).
The tendency to
use “shamanism” for all Native American (let alone all “noncivilized”!)
spiritual beliefs seems to me too sloppy and vague to be desirable. There is a huge debate on this issue in the
literature (Humphrey [1996]; Kenin-Lopsan [1997]; Nowak and Durrant [1977]; for
critiques, see summaries of critical opinions in Harvey 2006 and Willerslev
2007). Even Northwest Coast healers are
shamans only by wide extension of the term.
Shamanism is
clearly one modern derivative of the Old Northern view. The latter has evolved into, or contributed at
some level to, many other local forms.
These include East Asian nature mysticism (as in Daoism, Zen, and
Shinto), Native North American religions, and early Celtic visionary traditions.
Some or all of these (especially Zen)
obviously have other roots as well.
Shamanism (in the narrow sense) has also graded into or blended with
quite different worldviews in Korea and China, as historical studies show. There is every reason to believe that spirit
mediumship developed from shamanic religion in China, Japan (Blacker 1986), and
Korea (Kendall 1985, 1988). Similarly,
ancient Greek religion is clearly a solidly Old Northern religion,
influenced—more and more heavily over time—by Mesopotamian, Levantine, and
Egyptian religions (cf. Dodds 1951; Fontenrose 1959, 1981).
As so
often, insightful comparisons with medieval Ireland can be made. The unique, fascinating, and complex story of
“mad Sweeney” (Heaney 1984) gets into realms of shamanic soul-travel. It is a Christian epic; Sweeney offends an
early missionary, who curses him by making him go “mad” and flee from a
battle—an unbearable shame for an Irish chief.
Sweeney wanders through Ireland, finally finding peace in his last days
in a Christian community. It is quite
obvious that Sweeney is not so much “mad” as engaging in ancient shaman-like
practices, though the anonymous author also describes strikingly well the
effects of war-induced terror. Sweeney
was evidently a practitioner of a shamanic spiritual discipline that is
downvalued by Christianity. He flies,
takes great leaps, shifts shape, foretells the future, talks with wolves,
diagnoses mental states, and otherwise acts like a classic northeast Asian
shaman. The anonymous author the work,
though Christian, has an obvious sympathy with Sweeney and his “madness.” The result is one of the most amazing
“inside” accounts of soul travels in all world literature, and it is very well
worth comparing with Jay Miller’s and others’ Northwest Coast “shamanic
odysseys.” We have this work in a rather
late and somewhat corrupt version, but the language is medieval Irish Gaelic,
and includes a great deal of extremely beautiful poetry; readers of Irish can
consult J. G. O’Keeffe’s excellent bilingual edition (1913).
Another
Irish mythic figure, King Conare, was part bird in origin and was protected by
birds who could shed their feather mantles and appear as humans. From them he got power but had to observe
certain rules (geasas) to keep
it. He was constantly being put in
positions of having to break these rules, and thus eventually died (Gantz
1981:60-106). The shape-shifter spirits
granting power, the rules attending that, and the myth turning on loss of power
through having to break the rules are exactly the same in Northwest Coast
mythology. The similarity seems too
close for independent invention.
Throughout the
Old North, souls are highly mobile—they can and often do leave the body. They can inhabit other venues in the
process. This implies that soul travel,
soul exchange, dream journeys, and ghosts are all regular features of
life. A given soul can inhabit animal or
human bodies, and shape-shifting is common.
Trees and
mountains are people and have their own spirits. High regard for trees and their spirits is
one of the main beliefs binding the Old Northern world into a single
worldview. Shutova (2006) reports for
the Siberian Udmurt, and Wiget and Balalaeva (2011) for the Khanty, rather
similar regard for trees to that reported for Northwest Coast peoples (Turner
2005). Rivers are important, and
dramatic water features such as waterfalls and sinkholes are revered—again all
the way from the Khanty (Wiget and Balalaeva 2011:114) to the Maya. Dramatic rocks and prominences are too, but
this is so universally true of humanity that it hardly marks an Old Northern
trait. Trees, waters, and mountains are
sacred or highly revered. Tibet’s Pure
Crystal Mountain, for one, maintains its forests (Huber 1999).
When animals
are not interacting with people, they often live in villages, look like humans,
and see their world in humanlike terms.
This view is universally attested in the literature from ancient
Scandinavian and Celtic culture right across Siberia and throughout Native
North America. It is also very
widespread in South America (see e.g. Descola 2013; Lloyd 2007:145). American Native views probably developed from
Old Northern views brought across the Bering Strait as long ago as 15,000
years.
But animal
people are not quite the same as human people, even when in their humanoid
forms. They still act like themselves. Thus Descola (2013) sees “animism” as
postulating similarity in material form but not in essence. Yukaghir reindeer people in their humanoid
form grunt instead of talking and eat lichen instead of meat (Willerslev
2007:89-90; at least one Siberian Yukaghir hunter told Rane Willerslav of an
actual visit to a village of wild reindeer in their human form [Willerslev
2007:89-90]. The hunter admitted he
might have dreamed it all, but was fairly convinced it had been real).
In many
societies, stretching across the whole Old Northern world, the Masters of the
Game are exceedingly important. These
are gods, spirits, or sometimes giant or superior animals, that are the leaders
or divine protectors of their species.
This belief system stretches from the Khanty of far northwest Siberia
(Wiget and Balalaeva 2011:106-107) to
the Maya of Mexico (Llanes Pasos 1993) and on into South America. It is thus one of the most strikingly uniform
and specific traits of the Old Northern worldview.
In Georgia
(Caucasus), the worship of pre-Christian deities who served as Masters of the
Game persisted into the twentieth century.
The Georgians proper revere Ochopintra in this role (Tuite 1994:73,
134). The closely related Svan people
worshiped the goddess Dael or Dali (Tuite 1994:18, 45-47, 126, 141-3),
equivalent to the Roman Diana. She
protected game, and punished those who hunted improperly, wastefully, and
destructively. Significantly, these deities, and many related beliefs
associated with plants and animals, survived 1700 years of Christianity. On the other hand, the European separation of
nature from culture is present—though not extreme—in Georgia, and very possibly
goes back to ancient times (as it does among the Greeks).
The associated
reverence for animal persons is perhaps most famously shown in an old ballad
about a woman whose son died killing a leopard (or tiger; Tuite
1994:37-41). The woman sings to the
leopard’s mother:
“I will go, yes I will see her,
And bring her words of
compassion.
She will tell her son’s story
And I will tell her of mine.
For he too is to be mourned
Cut down by a merciless sword.”
The werewolf is
a common type, but the “bear doctor” is far commoner. “Bear doctor” is a Californian term, used by
Native Californians speaking English (see Blackburn 1975). But the idea stretches from America to
Scandinavia, where the berserkers are
the same type of were-being; berserk
means “bear shirt.” In historic times,
berserkers were ordinary humans who fell into a battle-frenzy, but they had
been bear transformers in the mythic past.
The Celtic battle-frenzy (made famous by Caesar’s accounts of the Gauls)
must have been originally the same or related, though no bear stories survive
about it.
Common, if not
universal, are myths in which a trickster-transformer god or chief spirit makes
things what they are today. The head
transformer is Coyote in most of western North America, Raven in the northwest
and in northeast Siberia, and various humanoid or composite beings in most of
the rest of the western hemisphere. The
cognate European and Chinese figure is the fox, but he has degraded to a mere
folklore character. So has the Japanese
trickster, the raccoon-dog or tanuki
(generally mistranslated “badger” in English, thanks to some early translator
now remembered only for his zoological incompetence).
Tricksters are
sometimes female, but the dominant Trickster-Transformer deity is always
male. He is powerful and well-meaning,
but often foolish, and easily seduced by women or by greed. From the Finnish Väinamöinen to the Japanese
raccoon dog to the Raven and Coyote, he
does the same general sorts of things:
changing his own shape, changing supernaturals into harmless forms,
turning animals from humanoid to animal form, providing light and water and
song, and meanwhile having a wonderful run of salacious adventures. Even the long-Christianized Irish retain many
Transformer stories, often—ironically—told of St. Patrick (see e.g. Dooley and
Roe 1999). He did not transform himself,
but he transformed the giants of old into ordinary men, drove the snakes out of
Ireland, and so on.
Widespread or
universal Old Northern stories draw on this belief system. Naturally, given the hunting-dominated
lifestyle of most ancient Old Northern societies, the hero and/or heroine are
very often hunters. This is one of the
proofs that ancient Greece was solidly Old Northern.
These stories
extend all the way from Ireland and Greece to North America. One is the swan maiden story (Snyder
1979). Another is the Orpheus myth
(widespread in North America, e.g. Seaburg 2007:221-227; often with Coyote as
the Orpheus figure; see Archie Phinney in Ramsey 1981; also Blackburn
1975:172-175, and indeed almost any collection of American myths). The Orpheus myth, in the ancient world as in
Native America and in the beautiful ballad version from the Shetland Islands, often
had a successful ending. The tragic
ending we know today was set firmly in place by Virgil in the Georgics (Fantham 2006:xxx). But some Native American versions, including Archie
Phinney’s text collected from his Nez Perce grandmother, are as tragic as
Virgil’s. One proof that Northern minds
run in the same channels is the astonishing similarity not only in plot but in
emotional portrayals and character development between Phinney’s shattering and
heartbreaking text and Rainer Maria Rilke’s incomparable retelling of Virgil’s
story (Rilke 1964:142-151).
Another is the
transformation of animals into stars.
The Great Bear was a literal bear in stories told throughout the region
(Schaefer 2006). The resemblance of the
constellation to a bear is far from obvious; this implies that the story
actually spread from one source, rather than being independently invented. Also widespread are a tale of two sisters who
married stars (Thompson 1955-1958), tales of persons transformed into animals
by witchcraft (as in the story of the princess kissing the frog), and countless
stories of animal creators. The
earth-diver myth, in which the land is created from a bit of mud retrieved by a
diving animal from the bottom of the cosmic waters is closely linked with this
northern worldview, but is found far outside its borders and may be human-wide.
In this
worldview, people are not subsumed into nature or mere pawns of the
environment. Quite the reverse; rugged,
dramatic individualism is characteristic.
It is especially visible in Celtic epics and ballads, but also in
Northwest Coast hero tales, Korean and Finnish epics, and other traditional
vocal forms. There is an emphasis on the
value of individuals, even ordinary ones, as in the Scottish ballads with their
everyday heroes and heroines. This theme
also appears in the many tales of the lone shaman battling dark forces in an
alien world (e.g. Nowak and Durrant 1977).
I believe the Old Northern view, with its tales of heroic ordinary
people, is a major source of Greek individualism. The writings of Homer and the myths retold by
Aeschylus show that it comes from the earliest stratum of Greek thought. The ancient Greeks invented the “individual”
as we now use that word, and also invented tragedy, through the dramas of
Aeschylus and Sophocles; they made heroes of ordinary men and women standing
tall in the face of terrible fates and disasters. The idea of the ordinary person dauntlessly
facing fate, though alone and beset on every side, appears here for the first
time in history; earlier heroes like Gilgamesh had been semi-divine. It appears that the Old Northern worldview
lies behind all this.
Many of the
beliefs make most sense in relation to hunting.
Hunters have to stay pure and avoid smelling like humans, since game
animals are acutely aware of such things.
Apparently universal in the Old Northern world is a prohibition against
sex before hunting, especially with a menstruating woman; the smell is too
human (see e.g. Willerslev 2007:84).
This may be purely psychological, but it may have roots in actual
game-animal alertness. Hunting is often
sexualized (Willerslev 2007:110, who notes worldwide comparisons).
A minor but
interestingly widespread aspect of this is the avoidance of talking about one’s
hunting, or naming animals hunted; they might hear and be offended. This is bad enough if one might lose game,
but worse if one calls up a predator such as a bear. Bears are thus referred to by various euphemisms;
in fact the English word “bear” goes back to a Germanic root cognate with
“brown,” apparently used because the Indo-European root was to be avoided. (And cf. “bruin.” Incidentally, the Indo-European root is
itself interesting. A philologist
working from such forms as Latin ursus and
Greek arctos reconstructed it as,
approximately, *ughrtko—close enough
to grrhaahr! to suggest where that
root came from!) Rane Willerslev
(2007:100) reports a Yukaghir hunter talking about having seen the tracks of a
Russian in felt boots. Another
commented, “We’ll pay him a visit tomorrow.”
Of course the felt boots—no doubt mentioned in a significant tone of
voice—were the giveaway here. At other
ends of the Northern world, the Maya often refer to a jaguar as “red paw” (chak mool) instead of by its right name
(balam), and tigers are referred to
by a whole flock of euphemisms all over east and south Asia.
All the
participants in this worldview have strong indigenous traditions of
conservation, or at least of sustainable resource management. A particularly noteworthy account of a
Siberian shamanistic society and its conservation practices is provided by the
Tuvan writer Mongush Kenin-Lopsan (1997).
Hundreds of sources deal with indigenous management in northwestern and
western North America (Anderson 1996).
Native American
cosmologies demand a much wider respect—nothing less than kinship, sociability,
responsibility, and care toward all beings.
Raymond Pierotti has written: “A
common general philosphy and concept of community appears to be shared by all
of the Indigenous peoples of North America, which includes: 1) respect for nonhuman entities as persons,
2) the existence of bonds between humans and nonhumans, including incorporation
of nonhumans into ethical codes of behvior, and 3) the recognition of humans as
part of the ecological system” (Pierotti 2011:198-199). These indeed fully apply on the Northwest
Coast, where they are considerably elaborated.
It should not
surprise us if reality is often short of this.
Traditional people, like all people, frequently fail to live by their
ecological morals. (For Native American
society, see Kay and Simmons 2002; for other areas of the world, Kirch 1994,
1997, 2007; cf. comparable problems in the Mediterranean world described by
McNeill 1992 and Ponting 1991). Plains
Indians, when they got horses and guns and moved from older homelands to the
high plains, lost a good deal of their resource management practice. (See Krech 1999, but he exaggerates, and
there are useful correctives in Native accounts, e.g. Black Elk [DeMaillie
1984] and Lame Deer and Erdoes 1972).
However,
throughout North America, the strong conservation ethic had its effect. It was based on the idea that the spirits
will punish anyone who takes more than he or she needs for immediate use by
self and personal social group. Native American views, at least in North
America, stem from this worldview and carry forward its close relations with
nature. (See e.g. Bernard and Salinas
Pedraza 1989; Davis 2000; Haly 1992; Jenness 1951; Menzies 2006; Neihardt 1934;
Nelson 1983; D. Smith 1999; Tanner 1979.
Further documentation includes Alberta Society of Professional
Biologists 1986; Callicott 1989, 1996; Lopez 1992; Nelson 1973; Scott 1996.)
The locus
classicus may be the American Northwest. Less dense populations generally did
much less managing, because they had much less need for it. Thus, many North American groups were
decidedly weak on conservation (Hames 2007; Kay and Simmons 2002), though
others were exemplary. The North
American system is so universally supported by tales of overuse leading to
disaster that there is really no question that people learned the hard
way. The reputed share that Native
Americans had in exterminating the Pleistocene megafauna would have taught them
common sense, in so far as they were responsible (there is no real evidence
that they were). Siberia and neighboring
areas were comparable, often having superb conservation ideology.
In some areas
they persist with enthusiastic support, and contribute to modern political
debate (see e.g. Kendall 1985 for Korea; Metzo 2005 for Mongolia). In others, including Japan and most of
Europe, they are largely displaced by later-coming belief systems, but they are
still there (for Japan, see esp. Blacker 1986; for Scotland, Carmichael 1992).
Working people
close to the land in modern societies may often be closer to Native Americans
than to academics. Kimberly Hedrick’s
brilliant study of ranching in California (Hedrick 2007) showed that some
individuals combine both. Her ranchers
were often college-educated, and could talk learnedly of range ecology, global
marketing, and amino acid constituents of feeds, but when they were out riding
the range, they slipped into a totally different worldview. The concern with abstractions shifted to a very
much more pressing and specific concern with caring for cattle and rangeland.
They shifted from abstract concepts to personal stories; every creek, hill, and
cabin had its story, just as in Native American society. They also shifted—consciously or unconsciously—from
elite American English to cowboy dialect.
In the Old
Northern worldview and its descendents and relatives, we are people-in-nature,
not people separate from nature, and certainly not people opposed to nature or
(as Marxian communism puts it) “struggling against nature.” This has ethical implications, many of which
are stressed in recent scholarship.
For the Great Lakes area, we have a
considerable literature; notable is American
Indian Environmental Ethics by Baird Callicott and Michael Nelson (2004),
because it is a rigorous and excellent study by two ethical philosophers and
also because it is based on actual Native American texts recorded by a
traditional Native American ethnographer, William Jones of the Sauk and Fox. There are also many short accounts;
particularly good collections include Snodgrass and Tiedje (2008) and Tucker
and Grim (1994). One could point to many other works (e.g. Davis 2000; Medin et
al 2006).
Native California has been less well
served, probably because the cultures were severely impacted by foreign
settlers before anthropologists went among them, but there are several
important texts available (Anderson 2011).
I am less familiar with other parts of the continent, but to the
classics of Black Elk (de Maillie 1984; Neihard 1932) and Lame Deer (1972) we
can now add Ray Pierotti’s wonderful review (2011).
One problem common to most sources is a
lack of grounding in thorough study of the ethical systems of the traditional
and local cultures under study. There
are, in fact, only two thorough and detailed studies of traditional Native
American ethical systems. Unfortunately,
they do not deal with classic Old Northern societies, but with societies
influenced by town and city traditions from pre-Columbian Mexico. Richard Brandt’s Hopi Ethics (1954) and John Ladd’s The Structure of a Moral Code (1957). Both are by ethical philosophers rather than
anthropologists. Both were stimulated by
anthropological work, at Chicago and Harvard respectively.
Richard Brandt, a young man starting his
career at that time, went on to become the leading utilitarian ethicist in the
United States (see Brandt 1979, 1992, 1996).
It is fairly clear that his Hopi experiences influenced him (compare pp.
319-336 of Brandt 1954 with his later three books). His work is noteworthy for following the
grand utilitarian tradition of Mill and Sidgwick in using clear, readable
English, as opposed to the incomprehensible philosophy-jargon found in many
philosophic writings.
Brandt’s
account of the Hopi begins with the moral terms (Brandt 1954:91). He stresses the basic importance of hopi—properly human, “the Hopi
way”—versus kahopi (we would now
spell it qahopi), “not Hopi.” However, Brandt notes that the moral
implications of this term are not simply that custom or tradition is ideal
(Brandt 1954:94). Most social customs
are mere conventions, not especially moral.
Conversely, individualist behavior can be very moral. (Ladd notes the same for the Navaho and for
morals in general.) Commoner but less
revealing are oppositions of anta “good,
morally right” and ka-anta “bad,” and loloma “good, good-looking, nice” and kaloloma. The equation of
the good and the beautiful in that last word is also found in Navaho, and, of
course, it was much discussed and debated in ancient Greece too.
The
problems of studying traditional ethics were beautifully summed up by Clyde
Kluckhohn in his foreword to Ladd’s book (Kluckhohn 1957:xiv). As he reports it, he asked their mutual
friend and frequent consultant Bidaga (a.k.a. Son of Many Beads) why
he—Kluckhohn—had never gotten such ethical details. Bidaga gave him “a long lecture which
culminated with the sentence: ‘I have
been trying to explain these things to you for thirty years, but you never
asked me the right questions.’”
In Ladd’s work, the famous Navaho word hozhon (we would now spell it hozhǫǫ) “good, beautiful, harmonious,
proper” and its opposite hochoon (hochǫǫ)“bad” are discussed; subsequent
discussions by writers like John Farella (1984) and Gary Witherspoon (1977) are
better. From these later accounts we
realize that the Navaho are much more self-consciously and socially moral than
Ladd thought, and that their concepts of hozhon and hochon refer to the whole
universe—divinities, humans, nature. The
universe is a fundamentally moral place; the Navaho would reject, at least in
detail, Hume’s claim that one cannot deduce an ought from an is. This also goes a long way toward adding a
more Kantian side to the utilitarian and Aristotelian threads that Ladd
notes.
Hozhon is a concept that environmentalists
should adopt. The idea is that beauty,
goodness, harmony, health, peace, and smooth function are aspects of one
general reality. The Navaho,
significantly, also realize that ugliness, disharmony, death, and other bad
things have a necessary place in the world.
As Ladd notes, the monster-slaying hero-twins were persuaded to leave
four monsters—hunger, violence, old age, and death—so that the world would not
become static and overpopulated. If
there were always harmony, there would be no change, progress, innovation, or
valuable conflict (Farella 1984; Witherspoon 1977). The world must maintain a dynamic tension
between peaceful harmony and dynamic destruction. Coyote, the source of evil in Navaho cosmology,
is a necessary and even a revered animal.
Related is a high
order of social and personal morality, enforced by spiritual agents in the
natural world. A Navaho ritual singer
told the great pioneer ethnographer Washington Matthews: “Why should I lie to you?
I am ashamed before the earth; I am ashamed before the heavens; I am ashamed
before the blue sky; I am ashamed before the darkness; I am ashamed before the
sun; I am ashamed before that standing within me which speaks with me. Some of these things are always looking at
me, I am never out of sight. Therefore I
must tell the truth. That is why I
always tell the truth. I hold my word
tight to my breast.” The Navaho are
rather Aristotelian in their morality based on cultivating individual virtues
to avoid troubles as well as social sanctions and shame or guilt before the
world (Ladd 1957).
Traditional Native American
worldviews typically go with a particular educational strategy (see e.g. Cajete
1994; Gardner 2003; Goulet 1998; Sharp 2001).
Children learn by doing, with almost no verbal instruction. They copy what their elders do, without much
correction, and learn by their mistakes as they try to imitate. Verbal teaching, if any, is done by personal
stories. What little correcting of the
young is done verbally is done by telling stories on oneself: “When I was young, I…” is a typical formula
starting off a story of obvious—but completely tacit—application to the younger
hearers present. (See also Greenfield
2004 on such learning among the Tzotzil Maya and Hunn 2008 on early learning
among the Zapotec.) Once again, rural
Anglo-Americans, including Hedrick’s ranchers, converge on Native Americans in
these matters. They teach by the book in
schoolhouses and churches, but in the field or on the job they teach by example
and personal story, as I know from my own rural-American background as well as
from Hedrick’s research.
Appendix 3. The “Wasteful”
Native Debunked
At some
point it is necessary to deal with two old chestnuts that are always raised
when anyone speaks of Native American conservation practices.
First,
buffalo jumps. Native Americans on the
plains stampeded bison over cliffs, thus killing a number at a time. This has been condemned as “wasteful” by generations
of white writers (the same people that shot tens of millions of bison for the
hides and tongues or solely to starve the Indians out). The idea seems to be that the Indians drove a
million buffalo over a cliff every time they wanted a light lunch (Krech 1999,
who should know better, still spins this story).
In fact,
the vast majority of buffalo jumps were used only once, and the rest rather
rarely; there were not very many sites in all, considering the enormous amount
of space and time involved (Bamforth 2011).
The busiest, the Head-Smashed-In Jump in Alberta, was used only once a
generation during its peak years (according to displays at the site, now a
World Heritage Site). The total number
of bison killed in all the jumps in the plains, through the 12,000 or so years
of human occupancy, was probably in the low millions.
There was, however, undeniably some
waste—too many buffalo killed for the population to use. The problem is that bison, unlike cattle, are
not domesticated to the point of stupid obedience. You can’t pick out one. If you start a herd, you can’t stop them, and
they may—but, in fact, rarely did—all go over the edge. Moreover, the extremely high numbers killed at
places like Head-Smashed-In were apparently not killed just for the local
population. Grease and dried meat were
prepared in quantity, apparently for extensive trade (Bamforth 2011).
Getting them to go at all is the
hard part. Bison do not herd easily, and
they are too intelligent to go stampeding over a cliff. Arranging a jump involved months of
planning—watching the bison routes, building cairns that looked like warriors
posted along the path to the cliff, organizing the work force, and so on. Then when the time came, the bison had to be
stampeded such that the ones in back forced the ones in front over the cliff;
otherwise the ones in front would simply stop and not go over. This all involved serious danger, since the
bison would naturally tend to turn when they got to the cliff, and run back the
other way—right over the waiting Indians.
This had to be discouraged by such measures as lighting smoky
fires. If the bison did fall over the
cliff, they could fall on other people waiting to dispatch them. According to one story, that is how
Head-Smashed-In got its name; one foolhardy soul got too close to the jumpoff
place.
The other chestnut is the reputed
Native American extermination of the Pleistocene megafauna. This was originally claimed by Paul S. Martin
in the 1960s (Martin 1967, 1984, 2002, 2005; Martin and Klein 1984). His only evidence was that the Native
Americans appeared in North America about the same time that several large
species—including all the largest ones—became extinct.
At least the buffalo jumps were
real, and a lot of buffalo died that way.
But the extinction of the megafauna has not been connected with Native
Americans by much direct evidence. There
are a few mammoth and mastodon kill sites from early millennia, but only very
few. Reputed kill sites for horses and
other extinct creatures do not hold up well on analysis.
Martin’s original position was that
humans entered North America about 12,000 years ago, moved very fast and
increased their numbers very fast (3% per annum), and wiped out the megafauna
in a sudden “blitzkrieg.” This is not
credible—such increases would have been impossible in a difficult environment
filled with predators, new diseases, and such.
But it now appears that people were in the Americas much earlier
(probably from 15,000-17,000 years ago).
Also, at least the mastodons lasted longer than was once thought. All this makes a slower and more believable
process possible. (John Alroy [2001a,
2001b] has created a simulation showing that people could indeed cause the
extinction under such circumstances.
Fair enough, but one might add that it would be even easier to construct
a simulation showing that little green men from Mars did it, or, for that
matter, that it never happened and there are mammoths around us now. Simulations are wonderful things. See Brook and Bowman 2002.)
On the other hand, the deadly
Clovis points that are actually found in mammoth and bison carcasses did not
develop till many of the megafaunal species were already extinct (or at least
are no longer found in the paleontological record; Wolverton et al. 2009). Clovis flourished around 11,000 years ago
(Waters and Stafford 2007), while most of the megafauna disappear around
12,000-14,000 years back. The main
collapse of the megafauna in what is now Indiana was between 14,800 and 13,700
years ago, long before Clovis (Gill et al. 2009). Indeed, there is no evidence for humans in
Indiana at that time. If there were any,
they were exceedingly few. Extinction in
California came later, mainly around 12,000 years ago, when more people were
present but when climate was also dramatically changing.
The only real evidence for Martin’s
position is that not only in North America, but also in Australia, New Zealand
(Worthy and Holdaway 2002), and countless smaller islands, the coming of modern
humans coincided with the extinction of the larger and slower species of
wildlife, and usually with most of the ground-nesting birds. This is indeed very good circumstantial
evidence. It also suggest some other
possibilities beyond hunting. All
scholars now seem to agree that the very widespread use of fire to manage the
landscape is the main thing driving extinctions in Australia. Rats eating eggs apparently drove most of the
extinctions of birds. People hunted moas
in New Zealand, but otherwise most of the species are tiny, obscure, and rare,
not the sort of thing people would hunt.
Disease has certainly wiped out much island life. Fire, other newcoming animal species, and
diseases could all have had a hand in the American extinctions; I personally would
be very surprised if fire was not involved, given both the Australian case and
our current knowledge of the universality of fire in Native American
management.
One may also note that the
phenomenon of pioneering peoples sweeping through a continuent without thought
for the morrow is apparently universal among humans. We have seen it in the colonial histories of
the Americas, Australia, and other areas.
Indeed, nonhuman species can explode when they enter a new area, only to
stabilize later as they eat themselves out of a home and as diseases and
parasites build up. The earliest Native
Americans thus may be expected to have hunted with no thought of the morrow
until game grew scarce enough to force them to change.
On the other hand, island life
forms generally have few or no predators of any kind, and are thus not adapted
to predation. America’s megafauna
included lions, wolves, sabertooths, giant bears, and other carnivores. Martin argued that humans are somehow
different, but any experience with game animals shows that this is not the
case. Animals exposed to other predators
quickly learn to be wary of humans too.
Similar areas in the Old
World—Europe, China, southeast Asia, and so on—did not see their megafauna
disappear when modern humans came. In
fact, China still has a few elephants, rhinos, tigers, pandas, and so on, and
maintained a quite rich megafauna until the rise of the Chinese empire.
The other main candidate for
causing the megafaunal extinctions is climate change. We know that much earlier glaciations ended
with comparably huge extinction events, although no humans were around to
affect this (Finnegan et al. 2011). The
cold peak 18,000 years ago was extreme—more severe than any other well-known
ice age in the last several million years—and the warm-up after that was rapid. By 14,800 years ago, when Indiana began to
lose megafauna, the climate was still very cold; changes in vegetation, and the
coming of frequent fire, were far in the future (Gill et al. 2009). However, by 12,000 years ago, times were warm
and dry. Then a sudden, dramatic
reversal (the Younger Dryas event) froze the continent again around 11,000
years ago. Cooling took perhaps only a
few centuries. It was followed by an
extremely rapid shift to hot, dry conditions.
It is difficult to imagine large, slow-breeding animals tracking all
this, and indeed much less dramatic swings in earlier millennia all led to
massive extinction events (late Eocene, late Miocene, early Pleistocene,
etc.).
The rapid drying and heating,
especially, is significant. In 2001-2
and 2005-6, essentially no rain fell throughout the entire southwestern quarter
of North America. A two- or three-year
period like that would have exterminated the megafauna. Such a period is quite likely for the
Altithermal, the hot dry period that peaked around 7000-8000 years ago. The lack of major change in Indiana at the
early dates of decline makes human hunting more imaginable as an explanation
(Johnson 2009), but there were few (if any) humans there to hunt, and no
evidence of a deadly hunting technology till much later. So a major mystery remains.
Further
proof is the extinction of several large waterbirds, such as the La Brea stork
(Grayson 1977). This is clearly climate;
these birds did not depend on the megafauna, but rather on wet Pleistocene
conditions.
In summary,
it seems not only possible but probable that humans contributed to the
extinction of the mammoths and mastodons, and perhaps also did in the giant
ground sloths. These were sluggish, and
unable to defend themselves against missiles.
The other extinct megafauna includes a number of horse species, a huge
camel, a llama, southerly species of ox and mountain-goat, and several smaller
forms. These seem to have disappeared
before the rise of human hunters, or at least there is no credible association
of them with humans. They are the sort
that would not make it through rapid climate change. Relatives of two of them—the llama and a
flat-headed peccary—not only survived in South America but survive there yet,
in spite of extremely heavy hunting pressure.
Many
carnivorous mammals and birds died off, including all the largest, but almost
everyone agrees these went because their large-herbivore prey disappeared.
Humans
might well have finished off the last few of these, especially if they were
concentrated around water holes by a drought like that of 2005-6. I thus find myself with Barnofsky et al.
(2004), arguing that the
situation is unclear, but it seems hard to question “the intersection of human
impacts with pronounced climatic change” (2004:70. For more pro-Martin, but still reasonable,
positions, see several articles in Kay and Simmons 2002).
In spite of
this common-sense middle ground. the argument has remained polarized, with True
Believers and total skeptics. The True
Believers are often biologists who have no faith in or sympathy with humans or
with human hunting (e.g. Ward 1997).
Many are mere popularizers who have no scholarly competence in this
regard, and at least a few are outright racists who simply hate Native
Americans. On the other hand, Raymond
Hames (2007) has recently provided a well-argued, well-reasoned defense of the
overkill hypothesis. Martin maintains
his extreme position, which has become increasingly indefensible, and has
resorted some very bizarre arguments. He
dismisses Grayson’s birds as “cowbirds” that depended on the megafauna, in
spite of the fact that close relatives elsewhere are the antithesis of
that. He also argues, repeatedly (see
all cited sources), that the lack of
evidence proves his point, since the wipeout happened so fast! This brings us close to the conspiracy theorists
of the popular press, who prove their theories by arguing that the absence of
evidence shows how successful “the government” or “the Trilateral Commission”
has been in hiding it.
Perhaps the most interesting thing
about all this is a point made by Deloria:
any overhunting by people 12,000 years ago has very little to do with anything
Native Americans may be doing now.
Pioneers everywhere are notorious for overrunning their newly settled
lands and wasting resources lavishly; they learn better soon. The Anglo-American settlement of North
America, with its wave of deforestation followed by a wave of reforestation,
shows this clearly enough. In any case,
12,000 years is a long time! Cultures do
change, and archaeology shows that the old story of the changeless, timeless
Indian was preposterous (see e.g. Pryce 1999).
A mere 2,000 years ago, my Celtic ancestors were fighting dressed only
in blue paint, and taking the heads of conquered enemies.
The sociology of the controversy is
possibly more interesting than the fate of the megafauna. All the believers appear to be biologists,
many of whom clearly have a very sour view of humans in general, at least as
managers of nature, and some of whom (as I know from experience) are frankly
racist toward Native Americans.
Skeptics include Vine Deloria Jr.
(1988); Donald Grayson (1977, 1991, 2001; Grayson and Meltzer 2003); Shepard
Krech (1999), in spite of his exaggeration of the buffalo jumps; and many
others (Wolverton et al. 2009 provides the latest and most sophisticated review
of the skeptical position). Skeptics
seem usually to be either Native Americans or anthropologists.
The present chapter should be
enough to point out that (1) Native Americans have a very lively sense of
conservation, and observe it in practice, but (2) they teach it through highly
circumstantial stories of overhunting that led to starvation. This should more or less settle the
case. Yes, Native American conservation
is real, but, no, Native Americans are no different from anyone else; they
learn through experience, and some of the experience is hard-won. They probably did contribute somewhat (we
will never know how much) to the extinctions, and they surely learned from
that.
References
Abbott, Donald
(ed.). 1981. The World Is as Sharp as a Knife: An Anthology in Honour of Wilson Duff. Victoria: British Columbia Provincial Museum.
Acheson, Steven.
2003. “The Thin Edge: Evidence for Precontact Use and Aworking of
Metal on the Northwest Coast.” In Emerging from the Mist: Studies in Northwest Coast Culture History, R.
G. Matson, Gary Coupland and Quentin Mackie, eds. Vancouver:
University of British Columbia Press.
Pp. 213-229.
Ackerman, Lillian A. 2005.
“Residential Mobility among Indians of the Colville Reservation.” Journal of Northwest Anthropology 39:21-31.
Ackerman, Lillian A. (ed.).
1996. A Song to the Creator:
Traditional Arts of Native American Women of the Plateau. Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma Press.
Adams, John W.
1973. The Gitksan Potlatch:
Population Flux, Resource Ownership and Reciprocity. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
Adamson,
Thelma. 2009. Folk-Tales of the Coast Salish. (New edn. With introduction by Willilam R.
Seaburg and Laurel Sercombe; original, New York: American Folklore Society,
Memoir 27, 1934). Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska Press.
Agee, James K.
1993. Fire Ecology of Pacific
Northwest Forests. Washington, DC:
Island Press.
Alberta Society of Professional
Biologists. 1986. Native People and Renewable Resource
Management. Edmonton: Author.
Alfred,
Agnes. 2004. Paddling to Where I Stand: Agnes Alfred, Qwiqwasutinuxw Noblewoman. Tr. Daisy Sewid-Smith, ed. Martine Reid. Seattle:
University of Washington Press.
Alroy,
John. 2001a. “A Multispecies Overkill Simulation of the
End-Pleistocene Megafaunal Mass Extinction.”
Science 294:1893-1895.
—
2001 b. “Response.” Science 294:1459-1460.
Ames, Kenneth. 2005.
“Intensification of Food Production on the Northwest Coast and
Elsewhere.” In Keeping It Living: Traditions of
Plant Use and Cultivation on the Northwest Coast of North America, Douglas
Deur and Nancy Turner (eds.).
Seattle: University of Washington
Press; Vancouver: University of British
Columbia Press. Pp. 67-100.
Ames, Kenneth M., and Elizabeth A. Sobel. 2013.
“Houses and Households.” In Chinookan Peoples of the Lower Columbia,
Robert T. Boyd, Kenneth M. Ames, and Tony A. Johnson, eds. Seattle: University of Washington Press. Pp.
125-`45.
Amoss, Pamela.
1978. Coast Salish Spirit
Dancing: The Survival of an Ancestral Religion.
Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Amoss, Pamela.
1984. “A Little More than Kin,
and Less than Kind: The Ambiguous Northwest Coast Dog.” In The
Tsimshian and Their Neighbors, Jay Miller and Carol M. Eastman, eds. Seattle: University of Washington Press. Pp. 292-305.
Anastasio, Angelo.
1972. “The Southern Plateau; An
Ecological Analysis of Intergroup Relations.”
Norhwest Anthropological Research Notes 6:109-229.
Anderson, E. N. 1992. “A Healing Place:
Ethnographic Notes on a Treatment
Center.” Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly
9:3/4:1-21.
— 1996. Ecologies
of the Heart. New York: Oxford
University Press.
—
2011a. “California.” Paper, California Indian Conference, 2010,
Irvine, CA; revised 2011.
—
2011b. “Yucatec Maya Botany and
the ‘Nature’ of Science.” Journal of
Ecological Anthropology 14:67-73.
— 2014. Caring for Place. Walnut Creek, CA: Left Coast Press.
Anderson, E. N., and Evelyn Pinkerton. 1987.
“The Kakawis Experience.” Tofino, BC: Kakawis Family Development Centre. 68 pp. + appendices.
Anderson, M. Kat.
2005. Tending the Wild: Native American Knowledge and the Management
of California’s Natural Resources. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Anderson, Margaret, and Marjorie Halpin. 2000.
“Introduction.” In Potlatch at Gitsegukla: William Beynon’s
1945 Field Notebooks. Vancouver:
University of British Columbia Press.
Andrade, Manuel.
1969. Quileute Texts. (Orig. 1931, Columbia University Press.) New York: AMS Press.
Armstrong, Chelsey Geralda; Wal’ceckwu Marion Dixon; Nancy
J. Turner. 2018. “Management and Traditional Production of
Beaked Hazelnut (k’áp’xw-az’, Corylus
cornuta, Betulaceae) in British Columbia.”
Human Ecology 46:547-559.
Armstrong, Jeannette. 2005. En’owkin: Decision-making as if
sustainability mattered. In Ecologicalliteracy: Educating our
children for a sustainable world, Michael K. Stone and Zenobia Barlow, eds. Pp. 11-17. San Francisco: Sierra Club Books.
— 2005. Okanagan Education for Sustainable Living: As
Natural As Learning to Walk or Talk. In Ecologicalliteracy:
Educating our children for a sustainable world, Michael K. Stone and
Zenobia Barlow, eds. Pp. 80-84. San
Francisco: Sierra Club Books.
Arnold, David F. 2008.
The Fisherman’s Frontier: People
and Salmon in Southeast Alaska. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Arseniev, V. K. 1996.
Dersu the Trapper (Dersu Uzala).
Tr. Malcolm Burr. (Russian
original, early 20th century.)
Kingston, New York: McPherson and Co.
Atleo,
E. Richard (Umeek). 2004. Tsawalk:
A Nuu-chah-nulth Worldview.
Vancouver: University of British
Columbia Press.
— 2011. Principles of Tsawalk: An Indigenous Approach
to Global Crisis. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press.
Augustine, Skye; Dana Lepofsky; Nicole Smith; Nathan
Cardinal. 2016. The Clam Garden Network: Linking Ancient
Mariculture to Modern Shellfish Management and Cultural Reconnections. Paper, Society for Applied Anthropology,
annual conference, Vancouver, BC.
Balée, William. 1994.
Footprints of the Forest. New
York: Columbia University Press.
Ballard, Arthur C. 1929. Mythology of Southern Puget
Sound. University of Washington
Publications in Anthropology 3:1:31-250.
Bamforth, Douglas.
2011. “Origin Stories,
Archaeological Evidence, and Postclovis Paleoindian Bison Hunting on the Great
Plains.” American Antiquity
76:24-40.
Barbeau, Marius.
1929. Totem Poles of the Gitksan,
Upper Skeena River, British Columbia.
National Museum of Canada, Bulletin 61.
Ottawa: National Museums of Canada.
Barbeau, Marius.
1950. Totem Poles. Ottawa: National Museum of Canada.
Barnosky,
Anthony D.; Paul L. Koch; Robert S. Feranec; Scott L. Wing; Alan B. Shabel.
2004. “Assessing the Causes of Late
Pleistocene Extinctions on the Continents.”
Science 306:70-75.
Beckerman,
Stephen; Paul Valentine; Elise Eller.
2002. “Conservation and Native
Amazonians: Why Some Do and Some Don’t.” Antropologica 96:31-51.
Beckham, Stephen Dow.
1996. Requiem for a People. (Orig. publ. 1971.) Corvallis, OR: Oregon State University Press.
Benedict, Ruth Fulton.
1923. The Concept of the Guardian
Spirit in North Ameica. Menasha, WI:
American Anthropological Association.
Memoir 29.
Bernard, H. Russell, and Jesús
Salinas Pedraza. 1989. Native Ethnography. A Mexican Indian Describes His Culture. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Bernick, Kathryn.
2003. “A Stitch in Time: Recovering the Antiquity of a Coast Salish
basket Type.” In Emerging from the Mist: Studies
in Northwest Coast Culture History, R. G. Matson, Gary Coupland and Quentin
Mackie, eds. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press. Pp. 230-243.
Beynon, William.
2000. Potlatch at Gitsegukla:
William Beynon’s 1945 Field Notebooks.
Ed. Margaret Anderson and Marjorie Halpin. Vancouver: University of British Columbia
Press.
Bierwert, Crisca. 1999. Brushed by Cedar, Living by the River: Coast Salish Figures of Power. Tucson: University
of Arizona Press.
Bierwert, Crisca (ed.). 1996.
Lushootseed Texts: An Introduction to Pugeet Salish Narrative
Aesthetics. Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska Press.
Blackburn, Thomas. 1975.
December’s Child: A Book of
Chumash Oral Narratives. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Blacker, Carmen. 1986.
The Catalpa Bow: A Study of
Shamanism in Japan. 2nd
edn. London: George Allen & Unwin.
Blackman, Margaret.
1982. During My Time: Florence
Edenshaw Davidson, a Haida Woman.
Seattle: University of Washington
Press.
Bland, Richard
L. 2012.
“Bernard Fillip Jacobsen and Three Nuxalk Legends.” Journal of Northwest Anthropology 46:143-166.
Blaser, Mario.
2009. “The Threat of the
Yrmo: The Political Ontology of a
Sustainable Hunting Program.” American
Anthropologist 111:10-20.
Blukis
Onat, Astrida R. 2002. “Resource Cultivation on the Northwest Coast
of North America.” Journal of Northwest Anthropology 36:125-144.
Boas, Franz. 1918. Kutenai Tales. Washington, DC: United States Government, Bureau of American
Ethnology, Bulletin 59.
— 1921. Ethnology of the Kwakiutl. 2 v.
Washington, DC: United States
Government, Bureau of American Ethnology, annual report for 1913-1914.
— 2006. Indian Myths and Legends from the North
Pacific Coast of America. [German
original 1895.] Tr. Dietrich Bertz. Ed. Randy Bouchard and Dorothy Kennedy. Vancouver:
Talon.
Boelscher, Marianne.
1988. The Curtain Within: Haida Social and Mythical Discourse. Vancouver:
Unversity of British Columbia Press.
Boyd, Robert T.
1999. The Coming of the Spirit of
Pestilence: Introduced Infections
Diseases and Population Decline Among Northwest Coast
Indians,m 1774-1874. Seattle: University
of Washington Press.
— 2013a. “Lower Chinookan Disease and
Demography.” In Chinookan Peoples of the Lower Columbia, Robert T. Boyd, Kenneth M.
Ames, and Tony A. Johnson, eds. Seattle:
University of Washington Press. Pp. 229-249.
— 2013. “Lower Columbia Chinookan
Ceremonialism.” In Chinookan Peoples of the Lower Columbia, Robert T. Boyd, Kenneth M.
Ames, and Tony A. Johnson, eds. Seattle:
University of Washington Press. Pp. 181-198.
Boyd, Robert T.; Kenneth M. Ames; Tony A. Johnson
(eds.). 2013. Chinookan Peoples of the Lower Columbia. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Boyd, Robert, and Cecilia D. Gregory. 2007.
“Disease and Demography in the Plateau.”
Journal of Northwest Anthropology 41:37-70.
Brandt, Richard B. 1954.
Hopi Ethics: A Theoretical
Analysis. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Brightman,
Robert. 1993. Grateful Prey: Rock Cree Human-Animal Relationships. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Brook, Barry W., and
David M. J. S. Bowman. 2002. ‘Explaining the Pleistocene Megafaunal
Extinctions: Models, Chronologies, and
Assumptions.” PNAS 99:14624-14627.
Brown,
Frank, and Y. Kathy Brown. 2009. Staying the Course, Staying Alive. (CD and folder.) Vancouver, BC: Biodiversity BC.
Butler, Virginia L.
2005. “Sustainable Use of Animal
Resources on the Northwest
Coast?” Presentation, American Anthropological Association,
annual conference, Washington, DC.
Butler,
Virginia L., and Sarah K. Campbell.
2004. “Resource Intensification and Resource Depression in the Pacific
Northwest of North America: A Zooarcheological Review.” Journal of World Prehistory 18:4:327-405.
Butler, Virginia L., and Michael A. Martin. 2013.
“Aboriginal Fisheries of the Lower Columbia River.” In Chinookan
Peoples of the Lower Columbia, Robert T. Boyd, Kenneth M. Ames, and Tony A.
Johnson, eds. Seattle: University of
Washington Press. Pp. 80-105.
Cajete, Gregory. 1994.
Look to the Mountain: An Ecology
of Indigenous Education. Skyland, NC: Kivaki Press.
Callicott, J. Baird. 1994.
Earth’s Insights: A Multicultural
Survey of Ecological Ethics from the Mediterranean Basin to the Australian Outback. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Callicott,
J. Baird, and Michael P. Nelson.
2004. American Indian
Environmental Ethics: An Ojibwa Case
Study. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall.
Cameron,
Catherine M.; Paul Kelton; Alan C. Swedlund (eds.). 2015.
Beyond Germs: Native Depopulation in North America. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.
Campbell, Joseph. 1983.
The Way of the Animal Powers. New
York: A. van der Marck Editions.
Cannon, Aubrey, and Banya Y. Yang. 2006.
“Early Storage and Sendentism on the Pacific
Northwest Coast: Ancient DNA Analysis of Salmon Remains from Namu, British
Columbia.”
American Antiquity 71:123-140.
Capuder, Karen.
2012. Forked Tongues at sveGalivu/Sequalitchew: A
Critical Indigenist Anthropology of Place in sAalifabs/Nisqually
Territory. Thesis, Dept. of Anthropology, University of Washington.
Carlson, Keith Thor, et al.
2001. A Stó:lō-Coast Salish
Historical Atlas. Vancouver: Douglas and MacIntyre; Seattle: University
of Washington Press; Chilliwack: Stó:lō Heritage Trust.
Carolan, Michael.
2004. “Ontological Politics: Mapping a Complex Environmental
Problem.”
Environmental Values 13:497-522.
Carothers, Courtney. 2012.
“Enduring Ties: Salmon and the Alutiiq/Sugpiaq Peoples of the Kodiak
Archipelago, Alaska.” In Keystone Nations: Indigenous Peoples and
Salmon across the North Pacific, Benedict J. and James F. Brooks, eds. Santa Fe: School of American Research
Press. Pp. 133-160.
Carstens, Peter.
1991. The Queen’s People: A Study of Hegemony, Coercion, and
Accommodation among the Okanagan of Canada.
Toronto: University of Toronto
Press.
Clark,
Peter U.; Arthur S. Dyke; Jeremy D. Shakun; Anders E. Carlson; Jorie Clark;
Barbara Wohlfarth; Jerry X. Mitrovica; Steven W. Hostetler; A. Marshall
McCabe. 2009. “The Last Glacial Maximum.” Science 325:710-714.
Clottes, Jean. 2008.
Cave Art. London: Phaidon.
Codere, Helen.
1950. Fighting with
Property. New York: J. J. Augustin.
Collins, June M.
1974. Valley of the Spirits: The Upper Skagit Indians of Western
Washington. Seattle: University of British Columbia Press.
Colson, Elizabeth.
1953. The Makah Indians: A Study of an Indian Tribe in Modern American
Society. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press.
Colville, Frederick Vernon.
1902. Wokas, a Primitive Food of
the Klamath Indians. United States
National Museum, Report, 1902, pp. 725-739.
Cooper, H. Kory; Kenneth M. Ames; Loren G. Davis. 2015.
“Metal and Prestige in the Greater Lower Columbia River Region,
Northwestern North America.” Journal of
Northwest Anthropology 49:143-166.
Coté, Charlotte.
2010. Spirits of Our Whaling
Ancestors: Revitalizing Makah and
Nuu-chah-nulth Traditions. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Coupland, Gary; Terence Clark; Amanda Palmer. 2009.
“Hierarchy, Communalism, and the Spatial Order of Northwest Coast Plank
Houses: A Comparataive Study.” American Antiquity 74:77-106.
Croes, Dale.
2003. “Northwest Coast Wet-Site
Artifacts: A Key to Understanding
Resource Procurement, Storage, Management, and Exchange.” In Emerging
from the Mist: Studies in Northwest
Coast Culture History, R. G. Matson, Gary Coupland and Quentin Mackie,
eds. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press. Pp. 51-75.
Croes, Dale R.
2015. “The Undervalued Black Katy
Chitons (Katharina tunicata) as a
Shellfish Resource on the Northwest Coast of North America.” Journal of Northwest Anthropology 49:13-26.
Cruikshank, Julie.
1998. The Social Life of
Stories: Narrative and Knowledge in the Yukon Territory. Lincoln: University
of Nebraska Press.
Cruikshank, Julie.
2005. Do Glaciers Listen? Local Knowledge, Colonial Encouinters, and
Social Imagination. Vancouver: University
of British Columbia
Press.
Daly, Richard.
2005. Our Box Was Full: An Ethnography for the Delgamuukw
Plaintiffs. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press.
Dauenhauer, Nora Marks, and Richard Dauenhauer. 1987.
Haa Shuká, Our Ancestors: Tlingit
Oral Narratives. UW and Sealaska
Heritage Foundation, Juneau.
— 1990. Haa Tuwunáagu Yís, for Healing Our
Spirit: Tlingit Oratory. University
of Washington and Sealaska Heritage
Foundation, Juneau.
De Laguna, Frederica.
1972. Under Mount Saint
Elias: The History and Culture of the
Yakutat Tlingit. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution. Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology 7.
Deloria, Vine, Jr.
1988. Custer Died for Your Sins: An Indian Manifesto. Norman, OK:
University of Oklahoma Press.
DeMaillie, Raymond J. 1984. The Sixth Grandfather: Black Elk’s Teachings Given to John G.
Neihardt. Lincoln: University of Nebraska.
De Menil, Audrey,
and Bill Reid. 1971. Out of the Silence. New York: Harper and Row for the Amon Dcarter
Museum, Fort Worth.
Descola, Philippe.
2013. Beyond Nature and
Culture. Tr. Janet Lloyd (French
original 2005). Chicago: University of
Chicago Press.
Deur, Douglas, and Nancy Turner. 2005.
“Introduction: Reassessing
Indigenous Resoufce Management, Reassessing the History of an Idea.” In Keeping
It Living: Traditions of Plant Use and
Cultivation on the Northwest Coast of North America, Douglas Deur and Nancy
Turner (eds.). Seattle: University of Washington Press;
Vancouver: University of British
Columbia Press. Pp. 3-36.
Deur, Douglas, and M. Terry Thompson. 2008.
“South Wind’s Journeys: A
Tyillamook Epic Reconstructed from Sevearl Sources.” In Salish
Myths and Legends: One People’s Stories,
M. Terry Thompson and Steven Egesdal, eds.
Lincoln: University of Nebraska
Press. Pp. 2-59.
Deur, Douglas, and Nancy Turner (eds.). 2005.
Keeping It Living: Traditions of
Plant Use and Cultivation on the Northwest Coast of North America. Seattle:
University of Washington Press; Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press.
Diamond, Jared.
1997. Guns, Germs and Steel. New
York: W. W.
Norton.
Diver,
Sibyl. 2012. “Columbia River Tribal Fisheries: Life History
Stages of a Co-Management Institution.” In
Keystone Nations: Indigenous Peoples and
Salmon across the North Pacific, Benedict J. Colombi and James F. Brooks,
eds. Santa Fe, NM: School of American
Research Press. Pp. 207-235.
Dodds, E. R. 1951.
The Greeks and the Irrational.
Berkeley: University of
California Press.
Dooley, Ann, and Harry Roe. 1999.
Tales of the Elders of Ireland: A
New Translation of Acallam na Senórach. Oxford:
Oxford University Press.
Drucker, Philip.
1951. The Northern and Central
Nootkan Tribes. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution, Bureau of American
Ethnology. Bulletin 144.
Drucker,
Philip, and Robert Heizer. 1967. To Make My Name Good: A Re-examination of the Southern Kwakiutl Potlatch. Berkeley: University
of California Press.
Duff, Wilson.
1996. Bird of Paradox. Ed. E. N. Anderson. Surrey, BC: Hancock House.
Duff, Wilson.
1975. Images: Stone: BC: Thirty Centuries of Northwest Coast Indian
Sculpture. Toronto: Oxford University Press.
Duff, Wilson; Bill Holm; Bill Reid. 1967.
Arts of the Raven. Vancouver:
Vancouver Art Gallery.
Dupris, Joseph; Kathleen Hill; William Rodgers Jr. 2006.
The Si’lailo way: Indians, Salmon
and Dams on the Columbia River. Foreword
by Vine Deloria, Jr. Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press.
Egesdal, Steven.
2008. Introduction to “Coyotes
and Buffalo: a Tradtional Spoken Story.”
In Salish Myths and Legends: One People’s Stories, M. Terry Thompson
and Steven Egesdal, eds. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Pp. 139-146.
Ellingson, Ter.
2001. The Myth of the Noble
Savage. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Elmendorf, W. W.
1960. The structure of Twana
Culture. Pullman, WA: Research Studies,
Washington State University, Monographic Suppplement 2, part 1.
Enrico, John.
1995. Skidegate Haida Myuths and
Histories. Skidegate: Queen Charlotte Islands Museum.
Fantham, Elaine. 2006.
Introduction. In Georgics, by Virgil. Tr. Peter Fallon, intro. Elaine Fantham
(Latin orig. ca. 38 BC). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Pp. xi-xxxiii.
Farella,
John. 1984. The Main Stalk: A Synthesis of Navaho Philosophy. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.
Felger,
Richard, and Mary Beth Moser. 1985. People of the Desert and Sea: Ethnobotany of the Seri Indians. Tucson:
University of Arizona Press.
Fienup-Riordan, Ann. 1994.
Boundaries and Passages: Rule and
Ritual in Yup’ik Eskimo Oral Tradition.
Norman, OK: University of
Oklahoma Press.
—
2005. Wise Words of theYup’ik
People: We Talk to You because We Love
You. Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska Press.
Feit, Harvey.
2006. “The Animals are Still
There, They Just Do Not Want to be Caught”:
Exploring Nonmodern Conservation and Caring in James Bay Cree
Spirituality and Hunting. Paper, American
Anthropological Association, annual conference, San Jose.
Finnegan, Seth; Kristin Bergmann; John M. Eiler; David S.
Jones; David A. Fike; Ian Eisenman; Nigel C. Hughes; Aradhna K. Tripati;
Woodward W. Fischer. 2011. “The Magnitude and Duration of Late
Ordovician-arliy Silurian Glaciation.”
Science 331:903-906.
Fisher, Andrew H.
2010. Shadow Tribe: The Making of
Columbia River Indian Identity.
Seattle: University of Washington
Press.
Fiske, Jo-Anne, and Betty Patrick. 2000.
Cis Dideen Kat: When the Plumes
Rise. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press.
Fitzhugh, William W., and Aron Crowell. 1988.
Crossroads of Continents: Cultures of Siberia and Alaska. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution
Press.
Ford, Clellan S.
1941. Smoke from Their
Fires: The Life of a Kwakiutl
Chief.
Foster, George.
1945. Sierra Popoluca Folklore
and Beliefs. Berkeley: University of
California Press.
Frey, Rodney.
1995. Stories That Make the
World: Oral Literature of the Indian
Peoples of the Inland Northwest. Norman,
OK: University of Oklahoma Press.
— 2001. Landscape Traveled by Coyote and Crane: The World of the Schitsu’umsh (Coeur d’Alene)
Indians. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Frey, Rodney, and Dell Hymes. 1998.
“Mythology.” In Handbook of North American Indians. Vol. 12, Plateau, Deward E. Walker, Jr., ed.
Washington: Smithsonian
Institution. Pp. 584-599.
Frison, George.
2004. Survival by Hunting: Prehistoric Human Hunters and Animal
Prey. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Furtwangler, Albert.
1997. Answering Chief
Seattle. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Gahr, D. Ann Trieu.
2013. “Ethnobiology: Nonfishing
Subsistence and Production.” In Chinookan Peoples of the Lower Columbia,
Robert T. Boyd, Kenneth M. Ames, and Tony A. Johnson, eds. Seattle: University of Washington Press. Pp.
63-79.
Gantz, Jeffrey.
1981. Early Irish Myths and
Sagas. New York: Dorset.
Garfield, Viola.
1939. Tsimshian Clan and
Society. University of Washington
Publications in Anthropology, 7:167-340.
Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Garfield, Viola E.;
Paul S. Wingert; Marius Barbeau.
1950. The Tsimshian: Their Arts
and Music. Publications of the American
Ethnological Society XVIII. New York: J.
J. Augustin.
Garfield, Viola E., and Linn A. Forrest. 1961.
The Wolf and the Raven: Totem Poles of Souitheastern Alaska. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Gende, Scott M., and Thomas P. Quinn. 2006.
“The Fish and the Forest.” Scientific American, Aug., pp. 84-89.
George, Earl Maquinna.
2003. Living On the Edge: Nuu-Chah-Nulth History from an Ahousaht
Chief’s Perspective. Winlaw, BC: Sono Nis Press.
George, Mary, and Honoré Watanabe. 2008.
“The Seal, a Traditional Sliammon-Comox Story.” In Salish
Myths and Legends: One People’s Stories,
M. Terry Thompson and Steven Egesdal, eds.
Lincoln: University of Nebraska
Press. Pp. 121-129.
Gill, Ian. 2009. All That We Say Is Ours: Guujaaw and the Reawakening of the Haida
Nation. Vancouver: Douglas &
MacIntyre.
Gill, Jacquelyn L.; John W. Williams; Stephen T. Jackson;
Katherine B. Lininger; Guy S. Robinson.
2009. “Pleistocene Megafaunal
Collapse, Novel Plant Communities, and Enhanced Fire Regimes in North America.” Science 326:1100-1103.
Gleason, Susan Marie.
2001. In Search of the
Intangible: Geophyte Use and Management
along the Upper Klamath River Canyon.
Ph.D. dissertation, Dept. of Anthropology, University of California,
Riverside.
Goddard, Pliny Earle.
1934. Indians of the Northwest
Coast. New York: American Museum of Natural History.
Goetze, Tara. 2006.
“Empowered Co-Management: Towards
Power-Sharing and Indigenous Rights in Clayoquot
Sound, BC.”
Anthropologica 47:2:247-266.
Gottesfeld,
Leslie M. Johnson. 1994a. “Conservation, Territory, and Traditional
Beliefs: An Analysis of Gitksan and
Wet’suwet’en Subsistence, Northwest British Columbia, Canada.” Human Ecology 22:443-465.
—1994b.
“Wet’suwet’en Ethnobotany: Traditional Plant Uses.” Journal of Ethnobiology 14:185-210.
Goulet, Jean-Guy A. 1998.
Ways of Knowing: Experience,
Knowledge, and Power among the Dene Tha.
Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.
Grabowski, Stephen.
2015. “Structure of a Resource:
Biology and Ecology of Pacific Salmon in the Columbia River Basin.” In Rivers,
Fish, and the People: Tradition, Science, and Historical Ecology of Fisheries
in the American West, Pei-lin Yu,
ed. Salt Lake City: University of Utah
Press. Pp. 12-41.
Grayson,
Donald K. 1977. “Pleistocene Avifaunas and the Overkill
Hypothesis.” Science 195:691-693.
— 1991. “Late
Pleistocene Mammalian Extinctions in North America: Taxonomy, Chronology, and Explanations.” Journal of World Prehistory 5:193-231.
—
2001. “Did Human Hunting Cause Mass
Extinction?” Science 294:1459.
Grayson,
Donald K., and David J. Meltzer.
2003. “A Requiem for North
American Overkill.” Journal of
Archaeological Science, 2003, 1-9.
Greenberg, Joseph H.
1987. Language in the Americas. Stanford, CA:
Stanford University Press.
Greenfield, Patricia Marks. 2004.
Weaving Generations Together:
Evolving Creativity in the Maya of Chiapas. Santa Fe, NM: School of American Research Press.
Grijalva, James M.
2008. Closing the Cirlce: Environmental Justice in Indian Country. Durham, NC:
Carolina Academic Press.
Goulet, Jean-Guy A.
1998. Ways of Knowing: Experience, Knowledge, and Power among the
Dene Tha. Lincoln:
University of Nebraska Press.
Halffman, Carrin; Ben A. Potter; Holly J. McKinney; Bruce P.
Finney; Antonia T. Rodrigues; Dongya Yang; Brian M. Kemp. 2015.
“Early Human Use of Anadromous Salmon in North America at 11,500 Years
Ago.” Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences 112:12344-12348.
Hallowell,
A. Irving. 1955. Culture and Experience. Philadelphia:
University of Pennsylvania Press.
— 1960.
“Ojibwa Ontology, Behavior, and World-View.” In Culture
in History: Essays in Honor of Paul
Radin, Stanley Diamond, ed. New
York: Columbia University Press. Pp. 19-52.
Halpin,
Marjorie. 1978. “William Beynon,
Ethnographer, Tsimshian, 1888-1958.” In American Indian Intellectuals, Margot
Liberty, ed. St. Paul: West Publishing Co. Pp. 140-156.
— 1981a.
“’Seeing’ in Stone: Tsimshian Masking and the Twin Stone Masks.” In The World is as Sharp as a Knife: An Anthology in Honour of Wilson Duff,
Donald Abbott, ed. Victoria: British
Columbia Provincial Museum. Pp.
2269-288.
Halpin,
Marjorie. 1981b. Totem Poles: An Illustrated Guide. Vancouver: University of British Columbia
Press.
Haly, Richard. 1992.
“On Becoming a Mountain: Or Why
Native Americans Have Animals for Souls.”
Paper, American Anthropological Association, Annual Meeting, San
Francisco, CA.
Hames, Raymond. 2007.
“The Ecologically Noble Savage Debate.”
Annual Review of Anthropology 36:177-190.
Hanna,
Darwin, and Mamie Henry. 1995. Our Tellings.
Vancouver: University of British
Columbia Press.
Harmon, Alexandra.
1999. Indians in the Making: Ethnic Relations and Indian Identities around
Puget Sound. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Harris, Douglas.
2008. Landing Native
Fisheries: Indian Reserves and Fishing
Rights in British Columbia, 1849-1925. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press.
Hart, J. L. 1973.
Pacific Fishes of Canada. Ottawa:
Fisheries Research Board of Canada.
Harvey, Graham. 2006.
Animism: Respecting the Living
World. New York: Columbia University Press.
Hawker, Ronald W.
2003. Tales of Ghosts: First Nations Art in British Columbia,
1922-1961. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press.
Hayden, Brian.
2003. Shamans, Sorcerers and
Saints: A Prehistory of Religion.
Washington, DC: Smithsonian Books.
— “Hunting on
Heaven and Earth.” Current Anthropology
54:495-496.
Here, and citing to book above:
Heaney, Seamus.
1984. Sweeney Astray. London:
Faber and Faber.
Hedrick, Kimberly.
2007. Our Way of Life: Identity,
Landscape, and Conflict. Ph.D. thesis, Dept. of Anthropology, University of California,
Riverside.
Heizer, Robert (ed.).
1978. California. Handbook of North American Indians, vol.
8. Washington, DC: Smithsonian
Institution Press.
Helm, June. 2000.
The People of Denendeh: Ethnohistory of the Indians of Canada’s
Mnorthwest Territories. Iowa City, IA:
University of Iowa Press.
Helm, June (ed.). 1981.
Subarctic. Handbook of North
American Indians, vol. 6. Washington,
DC: Smithsonian Institution Press.
Holm, Bill. 1965.
Northwest Coast Indian Art: An Anlsysi of Form. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Holm, Bill, and William Reid. 1975.
Form and Freedom: A Dialogue on Northwest Coast Indian Art. Houston, TX: Rice University Press.
Humphrey, Caroline.
1995. “Chiefly and Shamanist
Landscapes in Mongolia.” In
The Anthropology of
Landscape: Perspectives on Space and Place, Eric Hirsch and Michael
O’Hanlon, eds. New York: Oxford
University Press. Pp. 135-162.
Humphrey, Caroline, with Urgunge
Onon. 1996. Shamans and Elders: Experience, Knowledge, and Power among the
Daur Mongols. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Hunn, Eugene. 1990. Nch’i-Wana, the Big River. Seattle:
University of Washington Press.
Hunn, Eugene. 2008. A Zapotec Natural History: Trees, Herbs, and Flowers, Birds, Beasts and
Bugs in the Life of San Juan Gbëë.
Tucson: University of Arizona
Press.
Hunn, Eugene S., and David French. 1998.
“Western Columbia River Sahaptins.”
In Handbook of North American
Indians. Vol. 12, Plateau, Deward E. Walker, Jr., ed. Washington:
Smithsonian Institution. Pp.
378-394.
Hunn, Eugene; Darryll R. Johnson; Priscilla N. Russell;
Thomas F. Thornton. 2003. “Huna Tlingit Traditional Environmental
Knowledge, Conservatgion, and the Management of a “Wilderness” Park.” Current Anthropology 44 Supplement:
S79-S104.
Hymes, Dell, and William Seaburg. 2013.
“Chinookan Oral Literature.” In Keystone Nations: Indigenous Peoples and
Salmon across the North Pacific, Benedict J. Colombi and James F. Brooks,
eds. Santa Fe, NM: School of American
Research Press. Pp. 163-180.
Ignace,
Marianne Boelscher. 1998. “Shuswap.” In Plateau
(Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 12), Deward Walker, ed. Washington:
Smithsonian Institution. Pp.
203-219.
Ignace, Marianne, and Ronald Ignace. 2017. Secwépemc People, Land and Laws. Montreal and Kingston: McGill-Queen’s University
Press.
Jacobs, Melville.
1940. Coos Myth Texts. University of Washington, Publications in
Anthropology, 8:127-260.
Jenness, Diamond.
1955. The Faith of a Coast Salish
Indian. Victoria,
BC: British Columbia Provincial
Museum [now Royal British Columbia
Museum], Memoir 3.
Jilek, Wolfgang.
1972? Indian Healing. Surrey, BC:
Hancock House.
Johnsen, D. Bruce.
2009. “Salmon, Science, and
Reciprocity on the Northwest Coast.”
Ecology and Society 14:2:43.
Johnson, Christopher.
2009. “Megafaunal Decline and
Fall.” Science 326:1072-1073.
Johnson, Leslie Main.
2010. Trail of Story, Traveller’s
Path: Reflections on Ethnoecology and
Landscape. Edmonton, AB: AU Press (Athabaska University).
Jolles, Carol Zane.
2002. Faith, Food and Family in a
Yupik Whaling Community. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Jonaitis, Aldona.
1981. Tlingit Halibut Hooks: An Analysis of the Visual Symbols of a Rite
of Passage. New
York: American Museum
of Natural History. Vol. 57, part. 1.
— 1986. Art of the Northern Tlingit. Seattle: University
of Washington Press.
— 1988. From the Land of the Totem Poles. New York: American
Museum of Natural
History.
—
(ed.). 1991. Chiefly Feasts: The Enduring Kwakiutl Potlatch. New York: American
Museum of Natural History; Seattle: University of Washington Press.
— 1999.
The Yuquot Whalers’ Shrine. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
— 2008.
“A Generation of Innovators in Southeast Alaska.” American Indian Art, autumn, 56-67.
Jones, Jason M.
2015. “Intensification of
Secondary Resources along the Lower Spokane River and the Role ofMargaritifera falcata, the Western
Pearlshell.” In Rivers, Fish, and the People: Tradition, Science, and Historical
Ecology of Fisheries in the American West, Pei-lin Yu, ed. Salt Lake City: University of Utah
Press. Pp. 127-154.
Kaiser, Rudolf.
1987. “Chief Seattle’s Speech(es): American Origins and European
Reception.” In: Swann, Brian, and Arnold Krupat (eds.). 1987.
Recovering the Word; Essays on Native American Literature. Berkeley: University
of California Press.
Kasten, Erich.
2012. “Koryak Salmon Fishery:
Remembrances of the Past, Perspetives for the Future.” In Keystone
Nations: Indigenous Peoples and Salmon across the North Pacific, Benedict
J. Colombi and James F. Brooks, eds.
Santa Fe: School of American Research Press.
Kay, Charles E., and Randy T. Simmons (eds.). 2002.
Wilderness and Political Ecology: Aboriginal Influences and the Original State of Nature. Salt Lake City: University
of Utah Press.
Kenin-Lopsan,
Mongush B. 1997. Shamanic Songs and Myths of Tuva. Ed./tr. Mihály Hoppál. Budapest: Akadémiai Kiadó.
Kendall, Laurel. 1985.
Shamans, Housewives, and Other Restless Spirits: Women in Korean Ritual Life. Honolulu:
University of Hawaii Press.
— 1988.
The Life and Hard Times of a Korean Shaman. Honolulu:
University of Hawaii Press.
Kenin-Lopsan,
Mongush B. 1997. Shamanic Songs and Myths of Tuva. Ed./tr. Mihály Hoppál. Budapest:
Akadémiai Kiadó.
Kennedy,
Dorothy, and Randall Bouchard. 1998a. “Lillooet.”
In Plateau (Handbook of North
American Indians, vol. 12), Deward Walker, ed. Washington:
Smithsonian Institution. Pp.
174-190.
—
— 1998b. “Northern Okanagan, Lakes, and
Colville.” In Plateau (Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 12), Deward
Walker, ed. Washington: Smithsonian Institution. Pp. 238-252.
Kerttula, Anna M.
2000. Antler on the Sea: Yup’ik
and Chukchi of the Russian Far East.
Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
Ḳi-ḳe-in (Ron Hamilton).
2013. Hilth Hiitinkis—From the
Beach. In Native Art of the Northwest Coast; A History of Changing Ideas, Charlotte
Townsend-Gault, Jennifer Kramer, and Ḳi-ḳe-in, eds. Vancouver: University of British Columbia
Press. Pp. 26-30.
Kinsella,
Thomas. 1969. The Tain.
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Kirch, Patrick V. 1994.
The Wet and the Dry: Irrigation and Agricultural Intensification in
Polynesia. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
— 1997.
Microcosmic Histories. American
Anthropologist 99:31-42.
— 2007.
“Hawaii as a Model System for Human Ecodynamics.” American Anthropologist 109:8-26.
Kirk, Ruth.
1986. Wisdom of the Elders. Vancouver:
Douglas and MacIntyre.
Kluckhohn, Clyde. 1957.
“Foreword.” In The Structure of a Moral Code, by John
Ladd. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press. Pp. i-xiv.
Koester, David.
2012. “Shades of Deep Slamon:
Fish, Fishing, and Itelmen Cultural History.” In Keystone Nations: Indigenous Peoples and Salmon across the North
Pacific, Benedict J. and James F. Brooks, eds. Santa Fe: School of American Research
Press. Pp. 47-64.
Krajick,
Kevin. 2005. “Tracking Myth to Geological Reality.” Science 310:762-4.
Kramer, Jennifer.
2013. “’Fighting with Property’:
The Double-edged Character of Ownership.”
In Native Art of the Northwest
Coast: A History of Changing Ideas. Townsend-Gault, Charlotte; Jennifer
Kramer; Ḳi-ḳe-in, eds. Vancouver:
University of British Columbia Press.
Pp. 720-756.
Krech, Shepard, III.
1999. The Ecological Indian: Myth and Reality. New
York: W. W.
Norton.
Krohn, Elise, and
Valerie Segrest. 2010. Feeding the People: Revitalizing Northwest Coastal Indian Food
Culture. Bellingham: Northwest Indian College.
Kropotkin, P. 2004.
Mutual Aid, a Factor of Evolution.
London: Wm. Heinemann.
Lacourse, Terri; Rolf W. Mathewes; Richard J. Hebda. 2007.
“Paleoecological Analyses of Lake Sediments Reveal Prehistoric Human
Impact on Forests at Anthony Island UNESCO World Heritage Site, Queen Charlotte
Islands (Haida Gwaii), Canada.”
Quarternary Research 68:177-183.
Ladd, John. 1957.
The Structure of a Moral Code.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Lam, Mimi, and Roberto Gonzalez-Plaza. 2007.
“Evolutionary Universal Aesthetics in Ecological Rationality.” Journal of Ecological Anthropology 10:66-71.
Lamb, Andy, and Bernard P.
Hanby. 2005. Marine Life of the Pacific Northwest. Madeira Park, BC: Harbour Press.
Lame Deer, John Fire, and
Richard Erdoes. 1972. Lame Deer, Seeker of Visions. Simon and Schuster.
Lang, George. 2008.
Making Waw: The Genesis of Chinook Jargon. Vancouver: University of British Columbia
Press.
Langdon, Steve.
2016. Tlingit Relations with
Salmon in Southeast Alaska: Concepts,
Innovations and Interventions. Paper,
Society for Applied Anthropology, annual conference, Vancouver, BC.
Lawrence, Elizabeth
Attwood. 1997. Hunting the Wren: Transformation of Bird to Symbol. Knoxville: University
of Tennessee Press.
Legat, Allice.
2012. Walking the Land, Feeding
the Fire: Knowledge and Stewardshoip among the Tłįchǫ Dene. Tucson:
University of Arizona Press.
Lentz, David L. (ed.). 2000.
Imperfect Balance: Landscape
Transformations in the Precolumbian Americas.
New York: Columbia University
Press.
Lepofsky, Dana; Douglas Hallett; Ken Lertzman; Rolf
Mathewes; Albert (Sonny) McHalsie; Kevin Washbrook. 2005.
“Documenting Precontact Plant Management on the Northwest Coast: An Example of Prescribed Burning in the
Central and Upper Fraser Valley, British Columbia.” In Keeping It Living: Traditions of
Plant Use and Cultivation on the Northwest Coast of North America, Douglas
Deur and Nancy Turner (eds.).
Seattle: University of Washington
Press; Vancouver: University of British
Columbia Press. Pp. 218-239.
Lepofsky, Dana; Ken Lertzman; Douglas Hallett; Rolf
Mathewes. 2005. “Climate Change and Culture Change on the
Southern Coast of British Columbia 2400-1200 Cal. B. P.: A Hypothesis.
American Antiquity 70:267-293.
Lepofsky, Dana; Nicole F. Smith;
Nathan Cardinal; John Harper; Mary Morris; Gitla (Elroy White); Randy Bouchard;
Dorothy I. D. Kennedy; Anne K. Salomon; Michelle Puckett; Kirsten Rowell. 2015.
“Ancient Shellfish Mariculture n the Northwest Coast of North
America.” American Antiquity 80:236-259.
— 1963.
Structural Anthropology. New
York: Basic Books.
— 1962.
La pensée sauvage. Paris: Plon.
—
1964-1971. Mythologiques. 4 v.
Paris: Plon.
— 1982. The Way of the Masks. Tr. Sylvia Modelski (Fr. orig. 1979). Seattle:
University of Washington Press.
— 1995. The Story of Lynx. Tr. Catherine Tihanyi. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Ling, Johan; Timothy Earle; Kristian Kristiansen. 2018.
“Maritime Mode of Produdtion: Raiding and Trading in Seafaring
Chiefdoms.” Current Anthropology
59:488-524.
Llanes Pasos, Eleuterio.
1993. Cuentos de cazadores.
Chetumal: Govt. of Quintana Roo.
Lloyd, Geoffrey. 2007.
Cognitive Variations: Reflections
on the Unity and Diversity of the Human Mind.
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Locke, John. 1924
[1690]. Two Treatises on
Government. New York: Everyman.
Loeb,
Barbara, and Maynard White Owl Lavadour.
1998. “Transmontane Beading: A
Statement of Respect.” In Native Arts of the Columbia Plateau: The
Doris Swayze Bounds Collection, Susan E. Harless, ed. Bend, OR, and Seattle, WA: High Desert Museum
and University of Washington Press. Pp.
71-86.
Lopez,
Kevin Lee. 1992. “Returning to Fields.” American Indian Culture and Research Journal
16:165-174.
Lowie, Robert.
1924. Primitive Religion. New York:
Boni and Liveright.
Lutz, John.
2008. Makúk: A New History of Aboriginal-White
Relations. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press.
Lyons, Kevin.
2015. “Recognizing the
Archaeological Signatures of Resident Fisheries.” In Rivers,
Fish, and the People: Tradition, Science, and Historical Ecology of Fisheries
in the American West, Pei-lin Yu, ed.
Salt Lake City: University of Utah Press. Pp. 96-126.
Lyons, Natasha, and Morgan Ritchie. 2017.
“The Archaeology of Camas Production and Exchange on the Northwest
Coast: ith Evidence from a Sts’ailes (Chehalis) Village on the Harrison River,
British Columbia.” Journal of Ethnobiology 37:346-367.
MacDonald, George F.
1983. Haida Monumental Art. Vancouver:
University of British Columbia Press.
MacDonald, George F., and John Cove (eds.). 1987.
Tsimshian Narratives. 2
vols. Ottawa: Canadian Museum of Civilization. Directorate Paper 3.
MacDonald, James.
2005. “Cultivating in the
Northwest: Early Accounts of Tsimshian
Horticulture.” In Keeping It Living: Traditions of
Plant Use and Cultivation on the Northwest Coast of North America, Douglas
Deur and Nancy Turner (eds.). Seattle: University of Washington Press;
Vancouver: University of British
Columbia Press. Pp. 240-273.
MacMillan, Alan D.
1999. Since the Time of the
Transformers: The Ancient Heritage of the Nuu-chah-nulth, Ditidaht, and
Makah. Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press.
Mandeville, François.
2009. This Is what They Say. Translated by Ron Scollon. Foreword by Robert Bringhurst. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Manson, Johnnie.
2016. Place, Indigeneity, and the
Social World: Lessons from the Land, Lsessons from the Bread-line. Paper, Society for Applied Anthropology,
annual conference, Vancouver, Canada.
Martin,
Calvin. 1978. Keepers of the Game. Berkeley: University
of California Press.
Martin,
Paul S. 1967. “Pleistocene Overkill.” Natural History 76:32-38.
—
1984. “Prehistoric Overkill: The Global Model.” In Martin,
Paul S., and Richard Klein (eds.).
Quarternary Extinctions: A
Prehistoric Revolution. Tucson: University
of Arizona ress. Pp. 354-405.
—
2002. “Prehistoric Extinctions: In the Shadow of Man.”
In Kay, Charles E., and
Randy T. Simmons (eds.). Wilderness and Political Ecology: Aboriginal
Influences and the Original
State of Nature. Salt Lake City: University
of Utah Press. Pp. 1-27.
— 2005. Twilight of the Mammoths: Ice Age Extinctions and the Rewilding of America. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Martin,
Paul S., and Richard Klein (eds.).
1984. Quarternary
Extinctions: A Prehistoric Revolution. Tucson: University
of Arizona Press.
Martin, Paul S., and Christine R. Szuter. 1999.
War Zones and Game Sinks in Lewis and Clark’s West. Conservation Biology 13:36-45.
—2002 Game Parks
before and after Lewis and Clark: Reply to Lyman and Wolverton. Conservation Biology 16:244-247.
Matson, R. G.; Gary
Coupland; Quentin Mackie (eds.). 2003. Emerging from the Mist: Studies in Northwest Coast
Culture History. Vancouver: University
of British Columbia
Press.
Mauss,
Marcel. 1990. The Gift.
Tr. W. D. Halls. (Fr. orig. 1925.)
London: Routledge.
McIlwraith, Thomas
F. 2012.
“We Are Still Didene:” Stories of Hunting and History from Northern
British Columbia. Toronto: University of
Toronto Press.
MacNair, Peter L.; Alan L. Hoover; Kevin Neary. 1984.
The Legacy: Traditional and Innovation in Northwest Coast Indian
Art. Vancouver: Douglas and MacIntyre;
Seattle: University of Washington Press.
McNeill, J. R. 1992.
Mountains of the Mediterranean World.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
McPhail, J. D. 2007.
The Freshwater Fishes of British Columbia. Edmonton: University of Alberta Press.
Medin, Douglas; Norbert O. Ross; Douglas
G. Cox. 2006. Culture and Resource Conflict: Why Meanings Matter. New York:
Russell Sage Foundation.
Meek, Barbra.
2010. We Are Our Language: An
Ethnography of Language Revitalization in a Northern Athabaskan Community. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.
Menzies, Charles R.
2010. “Dm sibilaa’nm da laxyuubm
Gitxaala: Picking Abalone in Gitxaala
Territory.” Human Organization
69:213-220
Menzies, Charles R.
2012. “The Disturbed Environment:
The Indigenous Cultivation of Salmon.”
In Keystone Nations: Indigenous
Peoples and Salmon across the North Pacific, Benedict J. Colombi and James
F. Brooks, eds. Santa Fe, NM: School of
American Research Press. Pp. 161-182.
Menzies, Charles R.
2016. People of the Saltwater: An
Ethnography of Git lax m’oon. Lincoln:
University of Nebraska Press.
Menzies, Charles (ed.).
2006. Traditional Ecological
Knowledge and Natural Resource Management.
Lincoln:
University
of Nebraska Press.
Metzo, Katherine R. 2005.
“Articulating a Baikal Environmental Ethic.” Anthropology and Humanism 30:39-54.
Miller,
Jay. 1982. “Tsimshian Moieties and Other
Clarifications.” Northwest
Anthropological Research Notes 16:148-164.
— 1988.
Shamanic Odyssey: The Lushootseed
Salish Journey to the Land of the Dead in Terms of Death, Potency, and
Cooperating Shamans in North America.
Menlo Park, CA: Ballena Press.
—
1998. “Middle Columbia River
Salishans.” In Plateau (Handbook of North American Indians,
vol. 12), Deward Walker, ed.
Washington: Smithsonian
Institution. Pp. 253-270.
— 1999.
Lushootseed Culture and the Shamanic Odyssey: An Anchored Radiance. Lincoln, NE:
University of Nebraska Press.
— 2010.
“Jesus Versus Sweatlodge: Corpus
Christi among the Interior Salish on the Colville Reservation of Washington
State.” Journal of Northwest
Anthropology 44:45-51.
— 2012. “Lamprey ‘Eels’ in the Greater Northwest: A
Survey of Tribal Souirces, Experiences, and Sciences.” Journal of Norhwest Anthroplogy
46:65-84.
— 2014. Rescues, Rants, and Researches: A Re-View of
Jay Miller’s Writings on Northwest Indien Cultures. Darby C. Stapp and Kara N. Powers,
editors. Richland, WA: Northwest
Anthropology, Memoir 9.
Miller, Jay, and Carol Eastman (eds.). 1984.
The Tsimshian and Their Neighbors of the North Pacific Coast. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Morrell,
Mike. l985. The Gitksan and Wet’suwet’en Fishery in the Skeena River System.
Hazelton, B.C., Canada:
Gitksan-Wet’suwet’en Tribal Council.
Moss, Madonna L.
2005. “Tlingit Horticulture: An Indigenous or Introduced Development?” In Keeping It Living: Traditions of Plant Use and Cultivation on
the Northwest Coast of North America, Douglas Deur and Nancy Turner
(eds.). Seattle: University of Washington Press;
Vancouver: University of British
Columbia Press. Pp. 274-295.
— 2007. “Haida and Tlingit Use of Seabirds from the Forrester Islands,
Southeast Alaska.” Journal of Ethnobiology 27:28-45.
— 2011. Northwest Coast: Archaeology as Deep
History. Washington, DC: Society for
American Archaeology.
Musée de l’Homme
Paris. 1970. Chefs-d’oeuvre des art indiens et esquimaux
du Canada. Paris: Société des amis du Musée de l’Homme Paris.
Nadasdy, Paul.
2004. Hunters and Bureaucrats. Vancouver: University
of British Columbia
Press.
Nadasdy, Paul.
2007. “The Gift of the
Animals: The Ontology of Hunting and
Human-Animal Sociality.” American
Ethnologist 34:25-47.
Natcher, David C.; Susan Davis; Clifford
G. Hickey. 2005. “Co-Management: Managing Relationships, Not Resources.” Human Organization 64:240-250.
Neihardt,
John. l932. Black Elk Speaks. New York:
William Morrow.
Nelson,
Richard K. 1973. Hunters of the Northern Forest. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
— l983.
Make Prayers to the Raven. Chicago: University
of Chicago Press.
Nowak, Margaret, and Stephen
Durrant. 1977. The Tale of the Nišan Shamaness: A Manchu Folk Epic. Seattle:
University of Washington Press.
O’Keeffe,
J. G. 1913. Buile Suibne (the Frenzy of Suibhne), being
the Adventures of Suibhne Geilt: A Middle-Irish Romance. London: Irish Texts Society.
Palmer,
Andie Diane. 2005. Maps of Experience: The Anchoring of Land to Story inSecwepemc
Discourse. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
Pentikäinen, Juha; Toimi Jaatinen; Ildiko Lehtinen;
Marja-Riitta Saloniemi (eds.). 1999.,
Shamans. Tampere, Finland:
Tampere Museum, Publication 45.
Piddocke,
Stuart. 1965. “The Potlatch System of the Southern
Kwakiutl: A New Perspective.” Southwestern Journal of Anthropology
21:244-264.
Pierotti,
Raymond. 2011. Indigenous Knowledge, Ecology, and
Evolutionary Biology. New York: Routledge.
Pierotti, Raymond, and Daniel R.
Wildcat. 1999. “Traditional Knowledge, Culturally-based
World-views and Western Science.” In Posey, Darrell (ed.). 1999.
Cultural and Spiritual Values of Biodiversity. London and Nairobi: UN Environment Programme.
Pp. 192-199.
Pinkerton,
Evelyn (ed.). 1989. Cooperative Management of Local
Fisheries: New Directions for Improved
Management and Community Development. Vancouver: University of British Columbia.
Pinkerton,
Evelyn, and Martyn Weinstein. 1995. Fisheries That Work: Sustainability through Community-Based
Management. Vancouver: David Suzuki Foundation.
Ponting, Clive.
1991. A Green History of the
World: The Environment and the Collapse
of Great Civilizations. Penguin. 2nd edn
Prentiss, Anna Marie; Guy Cross; Thomas A. Foor; Mathew
Hogan; Dirk Markle; David S. Clarke.
208. “Evolution of a Late
Prehistoric Winter Village on the Interior Plateau of British
Columbia: Geophysical
Investigations, Radiocarbon Dating, and Spatial Analysis of the Bridge River
Site.” American Antiquity 73:59-82.
Prentiss, Anna Marie; Thomas A. Foor; Guy Cross; Lucille E.
Harris; Michael Wanzenried. 2012. “The Cultural Evolution of Material
Wealth-Based Inequaloity at Bridge River, British Columbia.” American Antiquity 77:542-564.
Prentiss, Anna Marie; Thomas A. Foor; Ashley Hampton; Ethan
Ryan; Matthew J. Walsh. 2018. “The Evolution of Material Wealth-based
Inequality: The Record of Housepit 54, Bridge River, British Columbia.” American Antiquity 83:598-618.
Prentiss, William; James C. Chatters; Michael Lemert; David
S. Clarke; Robert I. O’Boyle. 2005. “The Archaeology of the Plateau of Northwestern North America during the Late Prehistoric
Period, 3500-200 BC.” Journal of World
Prehistory 19:47-118.
Pryce, Paula. 1999.
Keeping the Lakes’ Way.
Toronto: University of Toronto
Press.
Quinn, Thomas.
2017. The Behavior and Ecology of
Pacific Saalmon and Trout. 2nd
edn. Seattle: University of Washington
Press in association with American Fisheries Society.
Radin, Paul.
1927. Primitive Man as
Philosopher. New
York: Appleton.
— 1957. Primitive Religion. New York: Dover. (Orig 1937; this has a new preface.)
Raghavan, Maanasa, et al.
2015. “Genomic Evidence for the
Pleistocene and Recent Population History of Native Americans.” Science 349:841.
Raghavan, Maanasa; Pontus Skoglund; Kelly E. Graf; Mait
Metspalu; Anders Albrechtsen; Ida Moltke; Simon Rasmussen; Thomas W. Stafford
jr.; Ludovic Orlando; Ene Metspalu; Monika Karmin; Kristiina Tambets; Siiri Rootsi;
Reedik Mägi; Paula F. Campos; Elena Balanoxvska; Oleg Balanovsky; Elza
Khusnutdinova; Sergey Litvinov; Ludmila P. Osipova; Sardana A. Fedorova;
Mikhail I. Voevoda; Michael DeGiorgio; Thomas Sicheritz-Ponten; Søren; Brunak;
Svetlana Demeshchenko; Toomas Kivisild; Richard Villems; Rasmus Nielsen;
Mattias Jakobsson; Eske Willerslev.
2014. “Upper Palaeolithic
Siberian Genome Reveals Dual Ancestry of Native Americans.” Nature 505:87-91.
Ramsey, Jerold. 1981.
“From ‘Mythic’ to ‘Fictive’ in a Nez Perce Orpheus Myth.” In:
Traditional Literatures of the
American Indian: Texts and
Interpretations, ed. by Karl Kroeber.
Lincoln: University of Nebraska
Press. Pp. 25-44.
Rasmussen, Knud.
1931. The Netsilik Eskimos. Copenhagen: Gyldendal Boghandel, Nordisk Forlag. Reports of the Fifth Thule Expedition, vol. 8. 542 p.
— 1932. Intellectual Culture of the Copper
Eskimos. Copenhagen: Gyldendal Boghandel, Nordisk
Forlag. Reports of the Fifth Thule Expedition, vol. 9.
Ray,
Verne. 1933. The Sanpoil and Nespelem, Salishan Peolples
of Northeastern Washington.
Seattle: University of
Washington, Publications in Anthropology, V.
Reed, Richard K. 1997.
Forest Dwellers, Forest Protectors:
Indigenous Models for International Development. Boston:
Allyn and Bacon.
— 1995.
Prophets of Agroforestry: Guaraní
Communities and Commercial Gathering.
Austin: University of Texas
Press.
Reichel-Dolmatoff, G. 1971.
Amazonian Cosmos: The Sexual and
Religious Symbolism of the Tukano Indians.
Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
— 1976.
“Cosmology as Ecological Analysis:
A View from the Rain Forest.” Man
11:307-316.
— 1996.
The Forest Within: The World-View
of the Tukano Amazonian Indians. Themis,
imprint of Green Books, Foxhole, Dartington, Totnes, Devon.
Reid,
Bill. 2000. Solitary Raven: Selected Writings of Bill
Reid. Ed. by Robert Bringhurst. Vancouver: Douglas and MacIntyre; Seattle:
University of Washington Press.
Reid, Joshua
L. 2015.
The Sea Is My Country: The Maritime World of the Makah. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Reid,
Susan. 1981. “Four Kwakiutl Themes on Isolation.” In The World is as Sharp as
a Knife: An Anthology in Honour of Wilson Duff, Donald Abbott, ed. Victoria: British Columbia Provincial
Museum. Pp. 249-256.
Reimer,
Rudy. 2018., :”The Social Importance of Volcanic peaks for
the Indigenous Peoples of British Columbia.”
Journal of Northwest Anthropology 52:4-35.
Reyes, Lawney
L. 2002.
White Grizzly Bear’s Legacy:
Learning to be Indian.
Seattle: University of Washington
Press.
Reynolds, Nathaniel D., and Christine Dupres. 2018.
“The Pacific Crabapple (Malus fusca) and Cowlitz Cultural
Resurgence.” Journal of Northwest Anthropology 52:36-62.
Reynolds, Nathaniel D., and Marc D. Romano. 2013.
“Traditional Ecological Knowledge: Reconstructikng Historical Run Timing
and Spawning Distribution of Eulachon through Tribal Oral History.” Journal of Northwest Anthropology
47:47-70.
Rick, Torben
C., and Jon M. Erlandson (eds.). 2008. Human Impacts on Ancient Marine
Ecosystems: A Global Perspective. Berkeley: University
of California Press.
Ridington,
Robin. l98la. “Technology, World View, and Adaptive
Strategy in a Northern Hunting
Society.” Canadian Review of
Sociology and Anthropology,
l9:4:469-48l.
— 1981b.
“Trails of Meaning.” In The World is as Sharp as a Knife: An
Anthology in Honour of Wilson Duff, Donald Abbott, ed. Victoria: British Columbia Provincial
Museum. Pp. 289-247.
— 1988.
Trail to Heaven: Knowledge and
Narrative in a Northern Native Community.
Iowa City: University of Iowa
Press.
— 1990. Little
Bit Know Something, Stories in a Language of Anthropology. Vancouver/Toronto:
Douglas & McIntyre.
Rilke, Rainer Maria.
1964. “Orpheus. Eurydice.
Hermes.” In New Poems. Translated by J.
B. Leishman. Pp. 142-147.
Robertson, George Scott.
1896. The Kafirs of the
Hindu-Kush. London:
Lawrence and Bullen.
Ross,
John Alan. 1998. “Spokane.”
In Plateau (Handbook of North
American Indians, vol. 12), Deward Walker, ed. Washington:
Smithsonian Institution. Pp. 271-282.
Roth, Christopher F.
2008. Becoming Tsimshian: The Social Life of Names. Seattle:
University of Washington Press.
Roux, Jean-Paul.
1984. Religion des Turcs et des
Mongoles. Paris: Payot.
Ruiz de Alarcón, Hernando.
1982. Aztec Sorcerers in
Seventeenth Century Mexico: The Treatise
on Superstititions by Hernando Ruiz de Alarcón.
Tr./ed. Michael Coe and Gordon Whittaker. Albany:
State University of New York, Institute for Mesoamerican Studies,
Publication 7.
Ryan, Joan, Sm’ooygit Hannamauxw. 2000.
“Preface.” In Potlatch at Gitskegukla: William Beynon’s
1945 Field Notebooks, Margaret Anderson and Marjorie Halpin, eds. Vancouver: University of British Columbia
Press. Pp. ix-x.
Sapir, Edward.
1922. “Sayach’apis, a Nootka
Trader.” In American Indian Life, Elsie Clews Parsons, ed. Lincoln:
University of Nebraska Press. Pp.
297-323.
Sapir, Edward.
1990. The Collected Works of
Edward Sapir. VII. Wishram Texts and Ethnography. Ed. William Bright. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Sapir, Edward, etc.; ed. Eugene Arima, Terry Klokeid,
Katherine Robinson. 2004. The Whaling Indians: West Coast Legends and Stories, Legendary
Hunters. Ottawa: Canadian
Museum of Civilization.
Satterfield, Terre.
2003. Anatomy of a Conflict: Identity, Knowledge, and Emotion in
Old-Growth Forests. New edn. Vancouver, BC: University of British Columbia.
Schaefer, Bradley E. 2006.
“The Origin of the Greek Constellations.” Scientific American, Nov, 96-101.
Schaeper, David M.
2006. “Rock Fortifications: Archaeological Insights into Pre-Contact
Warfare and Sociopolitical Organization among the Stó:lō of the Lower Fraser
River Canyon, BC.” American Antiquity
71:671-705.
Schlick, Mary Dodds.
“Handsome Things: Basketry Arts of the Plateau.” In Native
Arts of the Columbia Plateau: The Doris Swayze Bounds Collection, Susan E.
Harless, ed. Bend, OR, and Seattle, WA:
High Desert Museum and University of Washington Press. Pp. 57-70.
Schreiber, Dorothee.
2002. “’Our Food Sits on the
Table’: Wealth, Resistance and Salmon
Farming in Two First Nations Communities.”
American Indian Quarterly 26:360-377.
— 2008. “’A Liberal and Paternal Spirit’: Indian Agents and Native Fisheries in Canada.” Ethnohistory 55:87-118.
— and Dianne Newell. 2006.
“Negotiating TEK in BC Salmon Farming:
Learning from Each Other or Managing Tradition and Eliminating
Contention?” BC Studies 150:79-102.
Scott, Colin. 1996.
“Science for the West, Myth for the Rest? The Case of James Bay Cree Knowledge Construction.” In Naked Science: Anthropological Inquiry into Boundaries, Power, and Knowledge, Laura
Nader, ed. New York: Routledge. Pp. 69-86.
Scott, James C.
2009. The Art of Not Being
Governed: An Anarchist History of Upland
Southeast Asia. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Seaburg, William R.
(ed.). 2007. Pitch Woman and Other Stories: The Oral Traditions of Coquelle Thompson,
Upper Coquille Athabaskan Indian.
Lincoln: University of Nebraska
Press.
Searcy, Michael T. 2011.
The Life-Giving Stone:
Ethnoarchaeology of Maya Metates.
Tucson: University of Arizona
Press.
Sepez, Jennifer.
2008. “Historical Ecology of
Makah Subsistence Foraging Patterns.”
Journal of Ethnobiology 28:110-133.
Service, Robert.
2003. “’Combat Biology’ on the
Klamath.” Science 300:36-39.
Sewid, James.
1969. Guests Never Leave
Hungry: The Autobiography of James
Sewid, a Kwakiutl Indian. Ed. James
Spradley. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Sharp, Henry. 1987.
“Giant Fish, Giant Otters, and Dinosaurs: ‘Apparently Irrational Beliefs’ in a
Chipewyan Community.” American
Ethnologist 14:226-235.
— 2001. Loon:
Memory, Meaning and Reality in a Northern Dene Community. Lincoln: University
of Nebraska Press.
Shutova, Nadezhda. 2006. “Trees in Udmurt Religion.” Antiquity 80:318-327.
Smith, David M.
1999. “An Athapaskan Way of Knowing: Chipewyan Ontology.” American Ethnologist 25:412-432.
Snodgrass,
Jeffrey, and Kristina Tiedje (eds.).
2008. Special issue, “Indigenous Religions and Environments:
Intersections of Animism and Nature Conservation.” (see their “Introduction: Indigenous Nature Reverence and
Conservation—Seven Ways of Transcending an Unnecessary Dichotomy.”) Journal for the Study of Religion, Nature and
Culture 2:6-29.
Snyder, Gary. 1979.
He Who Hunted Birds in His Father’s Village: The Dimensions of a Haida Myth. Bolinas,
CA: Grey Fox Press.
Sobel, Elizabeth A.; Kenneth M. Ames; Robert J. Losey. 2013.
“Environment and Archaeology of the Lower Columbia.” In Chinookan
Peoples of the Lower Columbia, Robert T. Boyd, Kenneth M. Ames, and Tony A.
Johnson, eds. Seattle: University of
Washington Press. Pp. 23-41.
Spradley, James.
1969. Guests Never Leave
Hungry: The Autobiography of James
Sewid, a Kwakiutl Indian. New
Haven: Yale University Press.
Sproat, Gilbert Malcolm.
1987. The Nootka: Scenes and Studies of Savage Life. Ed. Charles Lillard. (Orig. edn. 1868.) Victoria:
Sono Nis Press.
Steller, Georg.
2002. Steller’s History of
Kamchatka. Tr. Margritt Engel and Karen
Willmore. Fairbanks: University of Alaska Press.
Stépanoff, Charles; Charlotte Marchina; Camille Fossier;
Nicolas Bureau. 2017. “Animal Autonomy and Intermittent
Coexistences: North Asian Modes of Herding.”
Current Anthropology 58:57-81.
Stern, Theodore.
1966. The Klamath Tribe: A People and Their Reservation. Seattle:
University of Washington Press.
— 1998. “Cayuse, Umatilla, and Walla Walla.” In Handbook of North American Indians. Vol. 12, Plateau, Deward E. Walker, Jr., ed.
Washington: Smithsonian
Institution. Pp. 395-419.
Stewart, Omer C.; Henry Lewis; Kat Anderson. 2002.
Forgotten Fires: Native Americans
and the Transient Wilderness. Norman,
OK: University of Oklahoma Press.
Sullivan, Lawrence. 1988.
Icanchu’s Drum: An Orientation to
Meaning in South American Religions. New
York: MacMillan.
Suttles,
Wayne. 1987. Coast Salish Essays. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Suttles, Wayne.
2005. “Coast Salish Resource
Managmgement: Incipient Agriculture?” In Keeping
It Living: Traditions of Plant Use and
Cultivation on the Northwest Coast of North America, Douglas Deur and Nancy
Turner (eds.). Seattle: University of Washington Press;
Vancouver: University of British
Columbia Press. Pp. 181-193.
Suttles, Wayne (ed.).
1990. Northwest Coast. Handbook of North American Indians, vol.
7. Washington: Smithsonian Institution.
Swezey,
Sean L., and Robert F. Heizer.
l977. “Ritual Management of
Salmonid Fish Resources in California.” Journal of California Anthropology
4:6-29.
Tanner, Adrian. 1979.
Bringing Home Animals. New
York: St. Martin’s Press.
— 1919.
“Tahltan Tales.” Journal of
American Folk-Lore 32:198-250.
Thompson, Judy.
2007. Recording Their Story:
James Teit and the Tahltan. Vancouver:
Douglas and MacIntyre, Canadian Museum of Civilization, and University of
Washington Press.
Thompson, M. Terry, and Steven M. Egesdal. 2008.
Salish Myths and Legends: One
People’s Stories. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.
Thompson, Stith. 1955-1958.
Motif-Index of Folk-Literature.
Bloomington: Indiana University
Press.
Thornton, Thomas
F. 2008.
Being and Place among the Tlingit.
Seattle: U niversity of Washington Press.
Townsend-Gault, Charlotte; Jennifer Kramer; Ḳi-ḳe-in. 2013.
Native Art of the Northwest Coast; A History of Changing Ideas. Vancouver: University of British Columbia
Press.
Trafzer, Clifford E.
1997. Death Stalks the
Yakama. East Lansing,
MI: Michigan State University
Press.
Tucker, Mary Evelyn, and John A. Grim (eds.). 1994.
Worldviews and Ecology: Religion,
Philosophy, and the Environment. Maryknoll, NY: Orbis Books.
Tuite, Kevin. 1994.
An Anthology of Georgian Folk Poetry.
Cranbury, NJ: Associated
University Presses.
— 2014.
Ancient Pathways, Ancestral Knowledge:
Ethnobotany and Ecological Wisdom of Indigenous Peoples of Northwestern
North America. Montreal and Kingston:
McGill-Queen’s University Press. 2v.
Turner, Nancy J., and Richard J. Hebda. 2012.
Saanich Ethnobotany:
Culturally Important Plants of the WSÁNEĆ People. Victoria: Royal BC Museum Publishing.
Turner, Nancy, and Sandra Peacock. 2005.
“Solving the Perennial Paradox:
Ethnobotanical Evidence for plant Resource Management on the Northwest
Coast.” In Keeping It Living: Traditions of
Plant Use and Cultivation on the Northwest Coast of North America, Douglas
Deur and Nancy Turner (eds.).
Seattle: University of Washington
Press; Vancouver: University of British
Columbia Press. Pp. 101-150.
Turner, Nancy; Robin Smith; James T. Jones. 2005.
“’A Fine Line Between Two Nations’:
Ownership Patterns for Plant Resources among Northwest Coast Indigenouis
Peoples.” In Keeping It Living: Traditions of
Plant Use and Cultivation on the Northwest Coast of North America, Douglas
Deur and Nancy Turner (eds.).
Seattle: University of Washington
Press; Vancouver: University of British
Columbia Press. Pp. 151-179.
Tylor, Edward. 1871.
Primitive Culture. London: John
Murray.
Ulrich,
Roberta. Empty Nets: Indians, Dams and the Columbia River. Corvallis:
Oregon State University Press.
Vaillant,
John. 2005. Golden Spruce: A True Story of Myth, Madness, and
Greed. New York: W. W. Norton.
Vajda,
Edward. 2004. “Ket.” (Languages
of the World/Materials, Vol. 204.)
Munich: Lincom Europa.
Vancouver Art Gallery (Daina Augaitis
et al…). 2006. Raven Travelling: Two Centuries of Haida Art. Vancouver Art Gallery with Douglas and
MacIntyre.
Ventocilla, Jorge; Heraclio Herrera;
Valerio Nuñez. Editorial assistance of
Hans Roeder. 1995. Plants and Animals in the Life of the
Kuna. Tr Elisabeth King. Austin:
University of Texas Press.
Viveiros
de Castro, Eduardo. 2015. The Relative Native: Essays on Indegenous
Conceptual Worlds.” Chicago: HAU Books.
Walker, Deward E., Jr. (ed.). 1998.
Plateau. Handbook of North
American Indians, Vol. 12.
Washington: Smithsonian
Institution.
Walsh, Megan K.; Cathy Whitlock; Patrick
J. Bartlein. 2008. “A 14,300-year-long Record of
Fire-Vegetation-Climate Linkage at Battle
Ground Lake,
Southwestern Washington.” Quarternary Research 70:251-264.
Wang,
Jianhua “Ayoe.” 2013. Sacred and Contested Landscapes. Ph.D. dissertation, Dept. of Anthropology,
University of California, Riverside.
Ward,
Peter. 1997. The Call of Distant Mammoths: Why the Ice Age Mammals Disappeared. New York:
Springer-Verlag.
Wardwell, Allen.
1986. Ancient Eskimo Ivories of
the Bering Strait. New York: Hudson
Hills Press for American Federation of Arts.
Waters, Michael R., and Thomas W. Stafford
Jr. 2007. “Redefining the Age of Clovis: Implications for the Peopling of the
Americas.” Science 315:1122-1126.
White, Douglas.
2013. “’Where Mere Words Failed’:
Northwest Coast Art and Law.” In Native
Art of the Northwest Coast: A History of Changing Ideas. Townsend-Gault,
Charlotte; Jennifer Kramer; Ḳi-ḳe-in, eds.
Vancouver: University of British Columbia Press. Pp. 633-676.
Wiget, Andrew, and Olga Balalaeva. 2011.
Khanty: People of the Taiga. Fairbanks:
University of Alaska Press.
Wilke,
Philip. 1988. “Bow Staves Harvested from Juniper Trees by
Indians of Nevada.” Journal of
California and Great Basin anthropology 10:3-31.
Wilkinson,
Charles. 2010. The People Are Dancing Again: The History of
the Siletz Tribe of Western Oregon.
Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Willerslev, Rane.
2007. Soul Hunters: Hunting, Animism, and Personhood among the
Siberian Yukaghirs. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Wilson, Emma.
2012. “The Oil Company, the Fish,
and the Nivkhi: The Cultural Value of Skhalin Salmon. In Keystone
Nations: Indigenous Peoples and Salmon across the North Pacific, Benedict
J. and James F. Brooks, eds. Santa Fe:
School of American Research Press. Pp.
25-46.
Witherspoon, Gary. 1977.
Language and Art in the Navajo Universe.
Ann Arbor: University of Michigan
Press.
Wolfe,
Robert. 2006. Playing with Fish and Other Lessons from the
North. Tucson: University of Arizona
Press.
Wolverton,
Steve; R. Lee Lyman; James H. Kennedy; Thomas W. La Point. 2009.
“The Terminal Pleistocene Extinctions in North America, Hypermorphic
Evolution, and the Dynamic Equilibrium Model.”
Journal of Ethnobiology 29:28-63.
Worthy,
Trevor, and Richard N. Holdaway.
2002. The Lost World of the
Moa: Prehistoric Life of New Zealand. Bloomington: University of Indiana Press.
Wyatt, Gary.
1994. Spirit Faces: Contedmporary
Masks of the Northwest Coast. Vancouver:
Douglas and MacIntyre; Seattle: University of Washington Press.
— 1999. Mythic Beings: Spirit Art of the Northwest
Coast. Vancouver: Douglas and MacIntyre;
Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Wyatt, Victoria.
1989. Images from the Inside
Passage. Seattle: University of
Washington Press.
Wydoski, Richard S., and Richard R. Whitney. 2003.
Inland Fishes of Washington. 2nd
edn. Seattle: University of Washington
Press.
Youst, Lionel.
1997. She’s Tricky Like Coyote: Annie
Miner Peterson, an Oregon Coast Indian Woman.
Norman: University of Oklahoma Press.
California: Traditional Indigenous Relationships with Plants an
California: Traditional
Indigenous Relationships with Plants and Animals
Work
in progress; please do not cite without permission.
This
is intended to be one part of a book that will also include a section on the
Pacific Northwest, thus covering the Pacific coast of North America from the
Mexican border (or just south of it) to southern Alaska. The book is on traditional plant and animal
management and ideology. It draws
heavily on myths and texts, especially early recordings from the days when
texts were important to anthropology (sadly no longer true—though some stalwart
souls are still recording them). I am
interfacing biology with culture, using phenomenology and ethnobiology as the
main ways into the latter.
Unfortunately,
events are making it impossible to work on the book. The California section is substantially
finished, though I am updating it as new materials appear. These now are largely supportive of the basic
points, so the time has come to post this work on my website for anyone to
use.
“…we
are constantly walking on herbs, the virtues of which no one knows.” -Pastor, Chujmas elder, as quoted by Fernando
Librado Kitsepawit, Ventureño Chumash (Librado 1979:56; cf. Blackburn 1975:258)
Californian Environments
The Pacific
Coast of North America, in pre-European times, had the distinction of
supporting large, populous, highly complex societies that lived by hunting and
gathering and that almost totally lacked agriculture. Many groups along the immediate coast and
major rivers were not only larger and more differentiated than most
hunter-gatherer cultures, but more so than many horticultural societies around
the world. (On California Native
environments, see Jones and Klar 2007; Lightfoot and Parrish 2009.)
The reason
has traditionally been considered “the rich environment,” but actually the
environment is not incredibly rich. The
Northwest Coast has huge salmon resources, but to balance this out it has
millions of acres of dense evergreen forest with almost nothing for humans to
eat. California and the interior regions
have rich seed resources and appreciable game, but are dry at best, and are
subject to frequent prolonged droughts that make finding food a desperate
proposition. Irrigated agriculture on a
large scale has made these dry areas productive, but without that they can be
quite barren.
It is not
surprising, then, to learn from archaeology that complex societies did not
exist until around 3,000 years ago (give or take a millennium). What is surprising is the rise of such
societies—a phenomenon still unexplained.
Before even attempting explanation, we need to understand the
complexity.
Let us,
then, look at how such societies maintained themselves.
For convenience,
I will make the arbitrary decision to divide these two regions by the
California state line. Groups split by
the line will be considered to lie in the state where their major population once
dwelt (except for the Modoc, who belong properly to the Plateau region, and are
poorly known because of the genocidal “Modoc War”). The decision is slightly less arbitrary than
it looks. In spite of often being
classified as “Northwest Coast,” the Karok, Yurok, and Athapaskan groups of
northwest California are politically, mythologically, and socially rather
typical Californians, and lived by a Californian economy depending heavily on
acorns.
This
distinction gives us a Californian region whose economy was based on management
of varied seed and nut resouces. The northwest
part of the state depended largely on fish, with seed and root foods important. The Central Valley and other regions living
near rivers and lakes had a similar economy, with perhaps relatively more seeds
and nuts. The Plateau region of
traditional anthropology begins from the Cascade Range crest and extends
eastward to the Rockies, and is defined in terms of human ecology by the
intensive focus on wild root, corm and bulb foods, which are cultivated and
stored(see e.g. Hunn 1991; Turner et
al 1990). The Plateau economy grades
into the Californian economy in the northeast corner of the state, where the
Achomawi and Atsugewi lived on fish, acorns, seeds, and root crops (Garth 1978;
Olmsted and Stewart 1978). Most of the
rest of California depended largely on acorns, and to a lesser extent other
nuts, with seed and root crops important.
The thinly-occupied deserts had few acorns, and life here depended on a
wide range of plant foods; pinyon nuts were locally common and important. I will not be dealing with the Great Basin or
Baja California, except that far northern Baja California is linguistically and
culturally a part of Native California by all standards, and will be included.
I shall,
however, include the southeastern groups in California, which depended to a
great extent on agriculture rather than, or along with, wild seed management. As usual, culture areas grade into each
other; agriculture supplied about half or less of the food of the Mohave and
Quechan along the Colorado on the state line, and only a small percentage of
the food of the Kumeyaay and Cahuilla.
Montane and coastal Kumeyaay probably did not practice it at all. By contrast, agriculture supplied most of the
food of the Akimel O’odham (Pima) in south Arizona, and most other culturally
Southwestern groups.
Classic
ethnographic California thus focuses on the Mediterranean and montane parts of
the state. Most of the large, complex
cultures developed in the former. In
spite of being called “Mediterranean,” California is not much like the
Mediterranean Sea region. The
Mediterranean is landlocked and sun-warmed—a downright hot-tub. This keeps its bordering countries warm in
winter, and hot and often rainy in summer.
California’s coast is chilled by the California Current, a vast river of
ocean water flowing down from Vancouver Island at a temperature around 55 F. This creates such extreme conditions that the
diving seabirds of Baja California are arctic forms (auklets, murrelets, and
subarctic cormorants), while the soaring ones are tropical (terns,
frigatebirds). Thus coastal California
is always cool and pleasant, but is quite dry.
More important to Native peoples, the California current and related
upwelling produces fantastic biological productivity in coastal waters, and
keeps the land cool and moist, permitting great productivity there too. (Morocco’s Atlantic coast is similar, but the
Mediterranean Sea shores are not.)
This cold
ocean keeps even southern California’s mountains pleasant and forested. At elevations equivalent to California’s
giant sequoia belt, Turkey’s mountains have thin woods, and reach a timberline
around 8000 feet. This low line is set
not by cold but by drought due to Saharan and Arabian winds.
Conversely,
much of the Mediterranean is exposed to winter storms and summer rains from
farther north. I have been caught in a major
winter snowstorm on the Riviera (but, then, I have seen snow down to 1000’ in
southern California) and subjected to days of rain in August in Rome. California is walled off by mountains from
the full force of northern and eastern winds.
The exception is southern California, where major passes allow such
winds to roar down as the dreaded “santanas,” named because they pour down the
Santa Ana River and other canyonways. A
desert wind, it combines the violence of the mistral with the heat of the scirocco.
California
ranges from warm to hot in summer, cool to cold in winter. Rains varied (before recent climate change)
from 130” a year in the far northwest mountains to 2” or less in the lowest
valleys of the eastern deserts. Such “average” figures mask incredible
variation. El Centro, on the Mexican
border in southeastern California, averages 2” a year. In the middle 1970s it made its average
perfectly: there was essentially no rain
for six years, and then in August of 1976 a west Mexican chubasco (hurricane) dropped 12” in one day.
Northern California has its own
variety. In February 1964, I saw the
Sacramento River running more than ten miles wide. A bridge about 100’ above the normal level of
the Eel River was washed out. Yet in
summer 2009 the Sacramento was far below its usual banks and the Eel was almost
totally dry, and in 2015 the rivers were still lower. Within my years in Riverside, yearly rainfall
has fluctuated by an order of magnitude (2” to over 20”), and the deserts
eastward varied even more than that.
Such conditions would stress anyone, and they certainly proved difficult
for hunting-gathering peoples.
Throughout California there is an
alternation of El Niño conditions with drier years. El Niño is caused by warm water in the east
Pacific, and brings heavy winter rains.
They start just after the winter solstice, and thus around Christmas—hence
the name (originated in Peru), which refers to the baby Jesus. El Niños came every 5-7 years in the late 20th
century, but before and since that time they were less frequent. They provide about twice as much rain as
normal years. In the normal years, the
warm-water pool of the Pacific is around Indonesia, bringing the rain to that
country and to Australia instead of to the American coasts. Recently, a tendency has arisen to refer to
particularly cool and dry conditions in California as “La Niña” years, as if
Jesus had a long-lost sister! All, in
turn, is part of the vast global El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO) system.
Globally
warm periods, like the Medieval Warm Period and the present, are hot and dry in
California. Globally cool periods like
the Pleistocene and the Little Ice Age are generally wet, but California
suffered some searing droughts at the height of the Little Ice Age, which was
globally dry (Gamble 2008).
Today,
global warming, partly natural and partly due to human release of greenhouse
gases, is drying and heating California.
Vegetation is dying, and animal life with it. Drastic reduction of both natural vegetation
and agriculture is now in progress, and the future is bleak. California has taken a world lead in
combatting global warming, but without national and world support, all efforts
will have little effect. Political
activity funded and driven by oil and coal companies have checkmated all
attempts to slow—let alone stop—the warming process. Unless greenhouse gas release is controlled,
California could easily become a lifeless desert, like the central Sahara,
within a few centuries.
The Chumash saw it all as a
gambling game. All year, Coyote (with
his allies) gambles with the Sun (with his).
On the winter solstice, the Moon judges the game. If Coyote has won, the winter will be rainy
and there will be much food. If the Sun
wins, winter conditions all too familiar to southern Californians will
ensue: the sun will beat down, day after
day, from a brazen sky, and no food will grow (Blackburn 1975). In the Santa Barbara County mountains, there
is a cave where the Chumash bored a hole through solid rock. The rising sun on the winter solstice morning
strikes straight through the hole and illuminates a painting of a coyote on the
cave wall. One can easily guess what
magic was tried there. Alas, modern
science cannot do much better than the ancient Chumash at predicting, and no
better at controlling.
Biotic California
The
Californian region of the biologists is Mediterranean California. It includes several formations: chaparral (dense brushlands), scrub
formations of many types, montane and lowland forests, Mediterranean steppe and
grassland, winter-rain deserts, and the rainy, wooded northwest part of the
state (Barbour et al. 2007). Over 8000 native
species of plants occur. In spite of
claims for extreme diversity (e.g. Lightfoot and Parrish 2009), this is less
than comparable Mediterranean-climate zones of the world in Turkey and South
Africa, and far less than many dry-tropical areas. Still, it is diverse enough to provide
tremendous variety and opportunity for hunters and gatherers.
Any account
of the state will describe these plant associations. However, earlier accounts exaggerate the
extent of grassland. Contrary to earlier
assessments, it is now clear that the vast flat lowland valleys of California
were usually covered by sparse scrub and annual wildflowers, not bunchgrass
(Minnich 2008). One can still see this
in the few areas of the Central Valley that are not cultivated. The wildflowers were thick and tall near the coast,
but inland they would wither away to very little, leaving the ground sparsely
covered, or, in such desert plains as the Antelope Valley and southern Central
Valley, absolutely bare. This was
especially true where salt was concentrated by deposition in closed drainage
basins (as can be seen in several areas today, e.g. the salt lake in Carrizo
Plain).
Anna Gayton (1948) was perceptive
enough to notice these facts in early accounts, and realize what it meant for
the Yokuts who lived there: they could
not find game, or even water, in the vast burning flats, and had to live near
rivers and lakes. These, at contact
(following the wet centuries of the Little Ice Age), were very extensive; there
was a vast chain of marshy lakes in the San Joaquin Valley that supported
enormous fish and water plant resources (Latta 1977). I can barely imagine this, being able to
recall the last bits of marsh and lake, still visible in the 1950s. Today, it is difficult to imagine the
drought-starved plowed fields having been, only recently, huge marshy lakes
teeming with fish, ducks, geese, turtles, frogs, tule elk, and every sort of
water plant and insect.
The deserts also were covered with
scattered bushes and, in wet springs, annual wildflowers. The current cover of grass that dominates
most of lowland California is made up of introduced Mediterranean weeds, which
have outcompeted native plants (Minnich 2008), even replacing chaparral and
woodland after hot fires. The state
looks very different today from its aboriginal appearance. Even in the wildest parts of the western
United States, enormous deterioration in the environment was occurring by the
1870s. One of J. W. Powell’s workmen—a
semiliterate frontiersman who cannot be accused of romantic
environmentalism—wrote to Powell in 1880, describing southern Utah: “The
foothills that yielded hundreds of acres of sunflowers which produced
quantities of rich seed, the grass also that grew so luxuriantly when you were
here, the seed of which was gathered with little labor, and many other plants
that produced food for the natives is all eat out [sic] by stock” (Powell
1971:47).
Animal life was equally rich. The vast herds of deer and elk reported by
explorers probably involved recovery from heavy hunting by Native Californians
and heavy predation by bears, but there were evidently always many
cervids. Moutain sheep, including the
desert bighorn, were evidently abundant before diseeases introduced by domestic
sheep virtually exterminated them (they survive today partly because Fish and
Game workers patiently catch and inocuate them). Fish choked the rivers. Salmon and steelhead were particularly
prominent. Fall, winter, and spring runs of salmon stayed in the rivers for
months until spawning time; they had to run when the streams had enough cool water,
making summer runs impossible. Steelhead
(sea-running rainbow trout) still occur in many rivers, but in small
numbers. The salmon runs are
disappearing fast, except in the Klamath, where Native Californians have fought
desperately to keep the runs alive. Even
there, the outlook is cloudy. Trout have
done much better, thanks in large measure to stocking, and to vigilant
monitoring by fishers. Other fish,
including the native warm-water fish of the Sacramento, Colorado, and
elsewhere, are extinct or nearly so.
The end is near; the usual
combination of global warming, suburbanization, agribusiness, waste of water,
and pollution are closing in fast on what is left of Californian nature, and
all will be gone within a few decades unless desperate measures are taken. (For a good, and depressing, summary see Allen
et al. 2014).
Cultural Contours
Humans have
been in California for a long time. The
oldest date so far is 13,000 years ago (give or take a bit; see Erlandson 2015
for this and following dates) from Santa Rosa Island, but to get down the coast
and out to a rather remote island would have taken some time. Just north of California, at Paisley Cave in
Oregon, there are dates as far back as 14,800 years ago. People had reached Monteverde in southern
Chile by 13,000 years ago. So California
was almost surely settled by 15,000 years ago.
Settlers probably came down the coast at first, but Paisley Cave is far
inland.
The initial
population was small, and increased only slowly. A few fluted points show that California was
not entirely untouched by the Clovis style of spearpoint around 12,000 years
ago, but points are few and scattered.
More local and more numerous points follow. Then a very long period coinciding with the
hot, dry Altithermal demonstrates that California was thinly populated by
atlatl-wielding hunters from 8000 to 5000 years ago. Conditions during the Altithermal were like
those of the “new normal” developing after 2014, with extreme heat and dryness,
though the southeast had higher rain than now, due to expansion of the summer
monsoon from Arizona. Ancient pack rat
middens made of local twigs reveal that mountains now bare had juniper and
other bushes.
Climate
ameliorated after 5000 years ago, and people responded by becoming more
numerous and sedentary. They began a
shift to acorns, small seeds, and geophyte (root, bulb and corm foods; see
Pierce and Scholtze 2016; Reddy 2016).
Increase was faster from about 3000
years ago, and in fact seems to have increased exponentially after that. Hunting was still with the atlatl, but more
attention was paid to plants and fish than to land game. Robert Bettinger (2015:34) points out how this
tracked improvements in plant use technology. The importance of better acorn processing has
long been well known, and seeds became so important that there was even local
domestication (see below). There was
evidently a positive feedback: the improvements allowed more population growth,
which in turn made people want more improvements.
We must avoid recourse to explanation
through “population pressure,” however, since groups evidently differed in
their responses to the rising population.
They could innovate, borrow, migrate, fight, starve, or otherwise deal. Migration, especially, is well attested by
linguistic and archaeological data. Humans love sociability above all other
things, and want to live together, share, intermarry, dance, and generally have
fun in groups. They also like good food
better than bad food—however their culture defines those. Thus, wanting to procure more and better
animal and plant resources is not a mindless reflex of “population pressure.” It is a way to cope with scarcity, but also a
way to support larger, livelier setttlements with a higher quality of life,
however defined by the people in question.
Also, humans do not always love the neighbors, as shown inter alia by the number of skeletons
with projectile points in their bones in California cemeteries, and large
settlements afford protection. Pierce
and Scholtze (2016) echo Bruce Smith’s call to look at cultural niche
construction. People increasingly create
their own environments (not just niches!).
In California, burning and other management techniques clearly increased
along with acorn and small seed reliance.
The bow and
arrow probably caused a minor revolution (Bettinger 2015:44-48). Bows and arrows are better for getting game,
especially small game, than the previous technology based on spears,
spear-throwers (atlatls), nets, and traps.
An increase in animal bones appears at the time the bow and arrow
reached California, around 400-500 CE.
This allowed people to capitalize on the improved plant management,
because it provided enough protein to allow more sedentization in remote
back-country areas rich in plant resources.
(Less remote areas had access to fish, shellfish, and nuts, and were not
limited by quality protein availability.)
It allowed more sedentary lifestyles and more dispersal into small
groups (especially in summer), for the same reason. The land was used more efficiently. Cultivation and, in the southeast, true
agriculture expanded and flourished. In
the pinyon areas, for instance, pinyon exploitation greatly increased, because
it was possible to spend extended time in the dry, otherwise-resource-poor
areas where pinyons grow. Vessels for
carrying water must have had a lot to do with that. Bettinger stresses the importance of stored
food (largely nuts), which were family property rather than shared by all.
Along the
coast, things were very different. The
bow and arrow had much less effect, since the staples were fish, shellfish, and
sea mammals (speared at landings or from boats). What mattered most was sea temperature,
especially in southern California, where warm currents from far south often
intrude on the more usual cool water.
Warm currents brought fewer fish, and those larger, faster, and harder
to catch. Thus they were lean times for
local people. This affected demographics
over time. Yet, here too, there was a
sharp inflection in the population growth curve around 4000-3000 years
ago. In this case, it seems to result
from better marine technology, ranging from the Chumash plank canoe (dating to
perhaps 2000-2500 years ago; Gamble 2002) to superior fishhook and net
designs. Again this went in tandem with social
structure. Villages got large, with notable differentiation in burials. The bow and arrow came even later on the
coast, in some places as late as 1250 in some areas (Bettinger 2015:100). It reached the Chumash around 500 CE,
following which there was a rise in violence, and presumptively war, that
cooled slowly as people adjusted to the new weapon (Bettinger 2015:109).
This has recently had fateful
effects, as southern California has been one of the poster children for the
frequency and violence of war among hunter-gatherers alleged by Steven Pinker (2011) and others. If the violence-ridden cemeteries sample only
a brief and atypical time, Pinker’s ideas need adjusting (as pointed out in
detail from much other evidence in Fry 2013).
Complexity, and probably language
distributions, reached something like contact-period levels around 400-600
CE. By this time, bow hunting, mortars
to grind acorns and other large seeds, sophisticated metate production for
small seeds, and agriculture in the far south were established. Corn-bean-squash agriculture spread in from
the southwest at some quite early stage, and was probably still spreading when
the Spanish came; it was long-established by then in the Colorado River and
Imperial valleys. Local cultivation and
possibly domestication of wild seeds—barley and, in the south, maygrass (Reddy
2016:237)—is implied by the seed record.
The weather
turned hot and dry again after 900, reaching a climax in the late 1200s, which
were apparently as hot and dry as the mid-2010’s. Californians endured, turning to more
intensive use of still-available resources, especially marine ones where
available. Shifts away from the formerly
vast marshes of the interior are noteworthy.
California’s eastern neighbors crashed.
The Four Corners and Utah were about 90% depopulated. Incipient civilization crashed into small
village societies in the southern southwest.
People migrated, dispersed, set up villages wherever water was still
available. The effect on California’s rather extensive trade with Arizona and
points east must have been substantial. “[P]rehistoric interaction between the
two regions was regular and sustained and…economic or political developments in
one area are likely to have hadhad important implications in the other” (Smith
and Fauvelle 2015:710), as shown by the very extensive and long-lasting trade
that brought shells, asphaltum, and the like from the coast, turquoise from the
California desert, and pottery and stone goods (and probably cloth) from the
Southwest. The trade dropped off sharply
after the 1200s, but California kept growing in population and social
complexity.
Cooler,
wetter times followed, and the Little Ice Age from 1400 to 1700-1750 restored
glaciers to California’s highest peaks.
Plant resources exploded, and human populations grew accordingly.
There were only 250,000-300,000
Native Californians as of 1700 (Cook 1976).
This means fewer than two persons per square mile (California’s area is
158,633 sq. mi.). This population likely
represents a reduction from peak, however, because Spanish diseases had already
ravaged the state (Preston 1996), having been introduced when Spanish first
touched on what is now California—1540 along the lower Colorado, 1542 on the
coast.
Languages and Society
California is famous for the
diversity of its indigenous languages (Golla 2011 provides an encyclopedic
survey). At least 64, possibly 80,
languages were spoken (Shipley 1978; Golla treats 78), including two whole
language families—Yukian and Chumashan—that are completely confined to the
state. Many people were multilingual,
and in some areas it seems that the very concept of a single “native language”
did not exist (Dixon 1907—if I read him aright; cf. Golla 2011)—a worthy
example for us today. (For background on
California Native peoples, the classic account by Kroeber, 1925, is dated and
now sometimes sounds patronizing, but is still a superb summary; more
up-to-date and sensitive are the great Handbooks of the Smithsonian Institution,
but one must not only read the huge California volume [1978] but also relevant
parts of the Plateau volume [Walker 1998] and the Southwest volumes, since the
state was divided among these various cultural regions. For prehistoric times, see Jones and Klar
2007, especially Victor Golla’s excellent article on languages and language
prehistory, which is summarized and updated in Golla 2011.)
Relationships of California
languages with languages elsewhere are usually so remote as to be unclear. Chumashan was once tentatively linked with
several other Californian and Southwestern languages in the “Hokan phylum,” but
Chumashan is in fact very distant from other “Hokan” languages. Edward Sapir, and later in more detail Joseph
Greenberg (1987), provided intriguing evidence for linking Yuki with the
languages of southern Louisiana, and this appears to be a good likelihood
(Golla 1911; it may also be very distantly related to Siouan).
Edward Sapir and Morris Swadesh
thought the Penutian family of languages of central California were related to
the Mayan languages of Mesoamerica, and Greenberg (1987) accepted this. There is much evidence, most obviously the win- root for “person,” as in Wintu wintu and Maya winik, and the tendency to count using base 20, which in Mayan is
also “winik”—because the number is derived from counting on fingers and toes,
so 20 is a whole “person.” The Mayanist
Cecil Brown and I investigated this idea some years ago, and found dozens of
intriguiging pairs like that, but unfortunately the Penutian languages are so
poorly attested in the record that we could not come to any definite
conclusions and did not publish our work.
I remain convinced, however.
Penutian is generally thought to be related to most of the Plateau
languages in a Penutian phylum. Sapir
and some followers considered it to be related to the Tsimshian languages of
British Columbia, but that link is, at best, controversial.
One very important problem in
understanding Californian, and other Native American, languages is that much
was lost by the time that even the earliest ethnographers spread out to study
the cultures. In particular, all these
languages had the same sorts of style registers that English or any other world
language has. There were styles
appropriate to chiefly speeches, styles appropriate to medicine formulas,
styles peculiar to particular animal characters in myths, and so on. Particularly important was the division into
high style, such as a chief would use in a formal speech, and ordinary daily
style. Victor Golla (2011:226-227)
discusses what little is known, from the very few languages that survived long
enough for such refinements to be noted.
There was another, intermediate,
register, such as a chief might use in his daily directives to the people
(recall Garth’s observations cited above). There were also special modes of speech used
by shamans, and still others for myth-telling.
There were evidently some lower registers too, the equivalent of rustic
dialect or slang. We have no idea of
most of these. On the whole, all that
was recorded was the ordinary register, the others having been forgotten (as
noted by e.g. Laird 1976 for the Chemehuevi).
A. L. Kroeber did hear some formal speaking from Yurok and Mohave
consultants, and gives tantalizingly short transcriptions of the Mohave (Kroeber
1972:81-83).
Hokan, Chumashan, and Yukian
languages have been spoken in California for many thousands of years and
presumably originated there. Penutian
languages are thought to have intruded from the north several millennia
ago. The Algonkian-related Yurok and
Wiyot came later, and the Athapaskan and Uto-Aztekan languages later still,
probably in the last 2000-3000 years.
Intrusion of the Shoshonean languages into the coastal areas happened
about 1500 years ago, give or take a few centuries. Dissimilar song and vocal styles (Keeling 1992a,
1992b) and vocabularies (O’Neill 2009) fit with other cultural differences,
separating e.g. the otherwise culturally close Karuk and Yurok. Both, for instance, indicate direction
upriver/downriver/away from river, rather than by compass points, for reasons
that will be obvious if you look at a map or satellite photograph, but Karuk—longer
established—has a more complex and intricate system for marking it (O’Neill
2008).
Dramatic shifts in languages
probably track changes in resource procurement.
The spectacular radiation of the Shoshonean groups from the southern
Sierra into southern California (Takic) and across the Great Basin (Numic)
coincides with the coming of the bow and arrow and probably has something to do
with it—not only because of fighting and hunting power, but also because of
better plant resource procurement (Bettinger 2015:48-49)
The state is traditionally divided
into subcultural areas. We may ignore
these; they are rather debatable. There
are, expectably, cultural gradations at the margins into the neighboring
culture areas.
More
interesting to us here is the question of social complexity. In general, Californian peoples lived in
small village communities (“tribelets”; Kroeber 1925) of about 200-1000
people. They centered around a single
winter village or a very small group of such.
People dispersed in the spring and summer to forage and amass storable
foods. Some of these village communities
were notably self-sufficient. A. L.
Kroeber interviewed one old man who had never been more than a day’s walk from
his home in the remote northern California coast ranges (Kroeber
1925:145). Bettinger (2015) takes
limited mobility as usual. Archaeology,
however, shows substantial trade, and it appears more likely that this old man
and others like him were limited in their travels by post-Anglo-settlement conditions.
The
smallest communities were apparently those in the Mohave Desert and Great
Basin. Even along the Colorado River and
in the densely populated northwest, the operational unit was often the family;
tribal consciousness existed but there was no real tribal government. People lived in what Robert Bettinger calls
“orderly anarchy” (Bettinger 2015). He
traces it to the effects of the bow and arrow on settlement (see above).
William Kelly reported “anarchy”
for the Cocopa (Kelly 1977, esp. p. 78).
For them, the word for “leader” literally meant “mad dog, crazy person”
(Frank Blue, quoted Kelly 1977:80). So
much for leaders! The Cocopa, like other
groups, had orators, who performed the hard-work harangues noted above (Kelly
1977:80), but had no real designated authority.
Even so, riverine communities on
the Klamath, Sacramento, and (probably) other major rivers, and the coastal
communities of the Santa Barbara Channel, were large. Many of these in the latter two areas seem to
have gone on to become chiefly villages ruling over whole polities, with small
tributary villages in the hinterland.
This is believably, but not certainly, attested for the Chumash and
Tongva (Gabrielino) of southern California.
It is a more than reasonable inference for the Patwin and neighboring
groups of central California (cf. Kroeber 1932). Chumash polities of up to 2500 square miles
are possible. (See Bean and Blackburn
1976 for several articles on California politics and group sizes. Bettinger 2015 clearly underestimates the
level of chieftainship and chiefdom organization.) Unfortunately, we shall never know the truth,
for these groups were shattered by conquest and disease in the early historic
period. The Patwin and several Chumash
groups narrowly avoided total extinction.
In terms of
Julian Steward’s useful if imperfectly defined “levels of sociocultural
integration” (Steward 1955), these were simple chiefdoms. This means that they were organized into
ranked descent groups, with chiefly lineages ruling over commoner
lineages. One village would be the
chiefly seat; other, smaller settlements would be tributary. Some Californian societies got substantially
more complex, as will appear (see Arnold 2004; Bean and Blackburn 1976; Gamble
2008). These groups thus not only had
dense populations; they had complex societies with chiefs who evidently
practiced redistribution economies.
Early accounts (Crespí 2001; Gamble 2008; Kitsepawit 1981) show that
Chumash chiefs gathered fish and seed resources and lavished them on guests and
others. Their society was not much less
complex that of the Iron Age Irish that we will consider anon, though the
latter had sophisticated metallurgy, the wheel, writing, beer, wine, and other
trappings of civilization.
On the
other hand, we are not to see these societies as necessarily very similar to
chiefdoms elsewhere, especially agricultural ones. California’s societies were very
different. Kent Lightfoot and coworkers
(1911) have pointed out that the vast shellmounds and earthmounds of central
California, some of which contained hundreds or thousands of burials, are a
unique feature that indicates a very different society, one about which we know
little (most of the mounds are very old, up to 3000 years or more). Villages of that time were large, but not of
the size one would normally associate with huge earthworks. This and other complex early manifestations
indicate a society apparently rather different from any now known.
They also
warred, as chiefdoms do. As in other
chiefdoms from the Northwest to Ancient Ireland, chiefs held feasting and
dancing parties that had a competitive edge.
To refuse an invitation to a chief’s fiesta
could be cause for war, at least among the Chumash (Gamble 2008:194). Wars over slights of this kind occurred also
in northwestern California. As is
chiefdoms everywhere, feasts were important (Gamble 2008:224-227). One reason was recruiting fighting men. Another was cementing alliances with rivals
would would otherwise have become enemies.
Cemeteries in the relevant parts of the state show high levels of
violent death (Lightfoot and Parrish 2009:85-89), as is true in chiefdoms
everywhere. The Yurok writer Lucy
Thompson stresses the enormous value of the huge Klamath River dance ceremonies
in reducing conflict. All local groups were invited and had to settle disputes
before participating. Apparently this
worked well, since no one wanted to miss these events (Thompson 1991:145-146
and elsewhere). Presumably, large
ceremonies in other parts of the state had somewhat similar effects.
Steward’s other levels of
integration were tribes, bands, and states.
(Note, incidentally, that these are not
“evolutionary stages” and were never intended to be taken as such [Steward
1955]. They are all the end products of
very long and intricate developmental sequences. Some of his students confused the issue by
hanging an evolutionary scheme on them.)
The smaller village communities would be “tribes” in his sense (though
not as organized as his general characterization implies). Steward’s “band level” of integration was
modeled on what he thought was characteristic of the Shoshonean groups of the
Great Basin, but they have turned out to be much more organized and sizable,
definitely “tribes” in his sense.
Steward mischaracterized them for several reasons, but the main one was
that he studied them in their late historic condition, devastated by disease,
massacre, oppression, and forced acculturation (Clemmer 2009b.) States did not exist in California, or
anywhere else north of central Mexico, until European colonization.
All the above typology crosscuts
what is probably a more important truth:
All the California groups were organized into village-level or village-cluster-level
societies, led by a not-very-powerful chief or a patrilineal chiefly group, and
showing some occupational specialization.
All else was elaboration on this basic pattern. The central village was not only the winter residence,
but was the ceremonial center, where rituals and fiestas were held (Bean and
Blackburn 1976). It was the meeting
ground not only for the community but for visitors and traders. It was often regarded as the center of the
world, or at least the center of the little world of its community members. The situation of the typical village society
was dynamic, with back and forth changes in complexity over time (Bettinger
2015), but it was oscillation around the village level of organization.
These groups managed to stay together
and maintain their ceremonies and organization with minimal government,
apparently through simple sociability and shared culture. Even if the sources have exaggerated the
“anarchy” of California, it was a world held together by norms, which in turn had
their force because people needed each other and thus needed shared rules to
live by. Neither organized religion nor
organized government were necessary.
Thomas Hobbes was exactly wrong; monarchy was not only unnecessary, it
was downright undesirable. Grassroots
self-organization literally beat it out of the field. There is, obviously, a lesson here. California was no dream of peace. There were countless feuds and small
wars. Steven Pinker (2011) exaggerates
its violence, but probablly not by much.
Yet California was no “savage state” either; the life of Californians
was the antithesis of being “nasty, poore, solitary, brutish and short” (Hobbes
1950 [1657]). And the dramatically more
hierarchic and class-ridden Northwest Coast had at least as much violence.
In the larger groups, the chief had
an assistant or cochief who did the orating and much organizing (see e.g.
Goldschmidt 1951; Librado 1977). This
dual leadership is probably related to the “peace chief/war chief” team found
eastward throughout the continent.
In general, the larger and more dense the
population, the larger the elite group, and the more different it was from the
commoners. Also, the larger and denser
the population, the more specializations could exist. The deep interior groups had chiefs and
shamans and little (if anything) more.
Leaders for irrigation, rabbit hunting, and other collective activities
were selected ad hoc or were chosen for long periods by the tribe; they were
known to the Anglo settlers as “water bosses,” “rabbit bosses,” and so on. At the other extreme stood the Chumash, with
specialized priests, healers, canoe makers, canoe owners and operators, and
other formally recognized and named occupational specialties (Gamble
2008).
Chumash elites formed a group known
(in at least one Chumash area) as the ‘antap. Data are not clear as to whether it was a
hereditary class-like formation, a hereditary council of lineage elders, or a
sodality like the Plains Indians warrior societies. Perhaps it was somewhere in between all
these. We cannot tell from the late
accounts that survive. Similar groups of
elites or ceremonial leaders are known for other chiefdoms in the state. The Chumash also had a “Brotherhood of the
Canoe” (Kitsepawit 1977), made up of canoe owners and makers; it was an elite,
specialized society.
My impression is that trade was
more important than population size or density in driving these distinctions of
rank and specialty. Groups central to
great trade routes, and especially the groups that lived where land trade had
to shift to the water, were the most chiefdom-like. This meant especially the great villages of
the Chumash and Tongva, gathered around lagoons that made good harbors; the large
Patwin and Nisenan settlements on the lower Sacramento and the Sacramento
delta; the towns near the junction of the Klamath and Trinity Rivers; and the
towns at good harbors on San Francisco Bay and Clear Lake. I believe that organization for trade was
more important than population in driving social complexity. On the other hand, areas central to trade but
low in population density, like the obsidian quarry areas of the East Sierra
and elsewhere, were not socially complex, so a fair density of population is
evidently a sine qua non for complexity.
In spite of the well-known fondness
of California groups for staying at home and never straying far, trade was
important, and trading went on (see below).
People’s unwillingness to travel meant that many intermediaries might be
involved, but contact was real, and small “world-systems” developed. Christopher Chase-Dunn and Kelly Mann (1998)
have described the world-system of the Wintu (see Goldschmidt 1951, one of the
sources they used, for a notable account).
The Wintu was probably a subsystem of the great Sacramento drainage
network focused on the Patwin. Similar
very small world-systems centered on the Yurok, the Chumash and Tongva, and the
Lower Colorado River, and rather predict or map out Kroeber’s cultural subareas
within the wider California system. A
world-system assumes a core group or groups; a semi-periphery; and a
periphery. For the Chumash-Tongva, the
semiperiphery might be seen as including the interior Chumashan groups, the
Salinan, Juaneno, Luiseno and Cahuilla; the periphery the Serrano, Vanyume and
Alliklik. The Chumash and Tongva were
richer and more populous. Unlike modern
core nations, did not have a stable advantage in trade over these groups, but
did have some advantage, and could defeat them in conflict.
The desert and Colorado River
tribes had to travel much farther to stay alive, and thus came to love
traveling, and to make long journeys fairly often. In a striking passage, James O. Pattie (1962
[1831]), a fur trapper, tells of walking from the Colorado to the mountains of
far northern Baja California in the 1820s.
He and his band of hardened mountain men barely made it—they crawled the
last miles on hands and knees. Their
Indian guides not only ran on ahead to check the route, and ran back to the
men, but when they all made it to water Pattie and his company collapsed while
the Indians had a dance! His group and
other trappers took over a million beaver from the lower Colorado in those
decades, eliminating the beaver and permanently changing and degrading the
hydrology of the whole region.
California’s indigenous groups were
shattered beyond all measure by European contact (Castillo 1978). Diseases no doubt came with the first Spanish
contacts in Baja California, the Lower Colorado (1540), and Cabrillo’s coastal
voyage (1542). Disease surely ran far
ahead of Europeans thereafter, as it did elsewhere in the continent (Hull 2009,
2015; Preston 1996, but, as Hull points out, Preston goes far beyond the
evidence). Actual Spanish settlement in
1769—much earlier in Baja California—brought much more disease, as well as
military action. Indigenous peoples were
gathered into the missions, which supplied little food, oppressed the Native
peoples without providing rights or protection, and stopped much of the
burning, hunting, and gathering (K. Anderson 2005; Timbrook 2007). However, Native Californians could maintain
some of their lifestyle, gathering wild seeds and hunting, since the missions
could not feed them. Virginia Popper
(2016), analyzing plant remains from colonial sites, found several local
adaptations, from Spanish continuing their Mexican lifestyles to Native people
living quite traditionally.
Anglo contact was even more
traumatic. Diseases swept through the
population. A malaria epidemic in 1833
killed 1/3 of the population of the north-central part of the state (Cook
1955), and went on to ravage Oregon, where Robert Boyd’s study is exemplary
(1999). Smallpox epidemics were
frequent, and endemic disease also occurred.
The relative role of disease in depopulation has been exaggerated
(Cameron et al. 2015; Hull 2015). Its
absolute role was horrific, but genocide, virtual enslavement in the missions,
poor nutrition, disruption of Indigenous lifeways, and other causes were
probably as important in the declines of the Californian nations.
In the 1850s, northern California
became one of the areas of the United States subjected to outright
genocide: state-backed, official or
quasi-official campaigns of extermination (Madley 2012, 2016; Trafzer and Hyer
1999). Most of this took place under the
brief reign in the 1850s of the Know-Nothing party, which was pro-slavery and
openly genocidal toward Native Americans.
The Yahi were eliminated except for a few survivors, notably the famous
“Ishi” (R. Heizer and T. Kroeber 1979; T. Kroeber 1961). The Yuki and their neighbors were almost
wiped out (Miller 1979), as were several small groups. The Wiyot of the Eureka area were subjected
to massacre and were almost all killed (Elsasser 1978). The Tolowa were decimated, as a spillover of
the Rogue River War (Madley 2012). This
at least had the effect of showing the three connected tribes of Yurok, Karok
and Hupa what was in store for them. The
Karok, and to some extent the other two with them, holed up in the
fantastically rugged and inaccessible mountains of their homelands and fought
back, in one of the very few genuinely successful resistance movements in the
United States. After decades of sporadic
warfare, they received treaties and reservations, and are still among the most
numerous and culturally intact groups in the western United States. This is a story that, amazingly, has never
been told, and it deserves a major historical study. Heroic but ultimately futile resistance by
the Cahuilla (Phillips 1975) and the Central Valley tribes (Phillips 1993) has
received more and better historical attention.
So have the resistance campaigns of the relatively nearby Seri, Yaqui
and Apache in Mexico and along the border, but, in general, successful
resistance to genocide has not been much studied—a surprising and deplorable
omission.
Elsewhere, Madley documents the
murder of 1,340 Native people by California militias, 1680 by the U.S. Army,
and 6,460 by settlers and vigilantes.
These are reasonable figures, but one suspects that many a murder is
lost in the records. Madley’s work has
brought the California genocide from one of the least-known in history (my use
of the term has been questioned in the past) to perhaps the best-documented
genocide of an Indigenous population, with the possible exception of parts of
Australia. The sheer death figures do
not even begin to describe the cultural effects, however. Cultural repression in day schools and
boarding schools, segregation, prejudice, deliberate breaking up of
populations, scattering of groups between reservations that opened and closed
with dizzying speed in the 19th century, and other methods
calculated to destroy California cultures persisted for decades. It is testimony to incredible resistance,
resilience, and sheer toughness that some cultural groups survived as
identifiable “tribes.” More than a few
white settlers, also, rallied to the cause, including such early “Indian lovers”
as Helen Hunt Jackson and George Wharton James.
They could be unenlightened by modern standards, but they saved many
people.
The Modoc War is perhaps the best
known of the sad stories (Dillon 1973).
The Modoc were forced onto a reservation established for their
traditional enemies the Klamath. They
were there subjected to harassment by both Klamaths and whites. A small band left the reservation, holed up
in the horribly rough and inaccessible lava beds of Modoc County, and held off
the United States Army for six months, only to be ultimately starved out and
sent to die in a prison camp in Oklahoma.
The struggle still needs full
treatment; it has always seemed to me to be the archetypal story of the
conquest of the Americas. We have the
story in many versions. In addition to
the historical and anthropological accounts, we have contemporary accounts from
several different points of view. The
settlers spewed out racist hate via local newspapers. The army’s deep concerns and tactical debates
are available in full (Cozzens 2002:98-298).
The Indian agent for Oregon desperately tried to prevent the war, but
was overwhelmed, and we have his heartbroken story (Meacham 1875). Most interesting, perhaps, is the narrative
of the incredibly heroic Native interpreter Winona, transmitted through her son
Jeff Riddle (1974). Winona shuttled back
and forth, at constant risk of her life, interpreting and mediating for both
sides. With this Rashomon-like
kaleidoscope of views, and with the story’s location in the black and starkly
beautiful lava beds, the tale would make a stunning film, but a tragic one, not
a Hollywood show.
Throughout California and the west,
even after pacification and treaties, food supplies were stolen by corrupt
officials (Jackson1885; Phillips 1997), and educational institutions did more
sexual abuse and labor exploitation than teaching. Before 1863 Native people could be enslaved,
and conditions after Emancipation were not always much better. They could still be thrown off their lands
illegally, as at Cupa in San Diego County (Castillo 1978). Many groups had their reservations
“terminated” in the late 19th and again in the mid-20th
centuries; this involved giving them individual allotments, which they usually
soon lost to sharp dealers or outright illegal squatters. A thorough history of the Wintu (Hoveman
2002) provides documentation of one of the more fortunate groups; the Wintu, in
the upper Sacramento drainage, survive, but were almost exterminated and lost
almost all their land.
The last termination in the area
was the Klamath Reservation termination in southern Oregon in 1954 (Stern
1966), the effects of which were so horrific that terminations were virtually
ended nationwide. Local entrepreneurs
even resorted to the classic 19th-century trick of giving men bottles
of whiskey in exchange for signing their names on blank sheets of paper—the
paper later being filled in with a deed of sale of allotted land.
The sordid record of murder and
destruction has been often told, and would not be worth raising yet again if it
were not for the fact that, today, denial or partial denial of it has become
commonplace. Not only do the
Euro-Americans gloss over it; the surviving Native groups often do. This is an understandable but sadly
misdirected reaction to their being called “extinct” or “culturally extinct,”
for decades. They naturally want to
assert their survival.
Indeed, they survived, and by truly
heroic efforts—especially their own, but also the efforts of a few Anglos, such
as Helen Hunt Jackson and George Wharton James.
But it was a near thing. In 1900
there were only about 15,000 identifiable California Indians. This fits perfectly with Henry Dobyns’ “95%
rule” (Dobyns 1983)—the average Native American group was reduced 95% from
settlement to lowest point. There were
actually many more individuals, mostly of mixed ancestry, hiding out or calling
themselves “Mexicans,” but the total number was still tiny. Only around 1900 did the precipitous decline
from disease and cruel treatment begin to reverse itself. In the 19th century, there was
every reason to assume the California Indians would be gone in a few years, at
least as identifiable ethnic groups.
As it was, though population has
fortunately rebounded, most of the languages are now lost, and the last few are
kept alive by diligent efforts of a handful of Native people and cooperating
linguists (see Leanne Hinton 1994, whose work has been outstanding).
I would thus urge modern people,
including Native people, to be understanding of the “vanishing Indian” attitude
of 1900. We should pay more attention
than we have done to the level of loss through disease, oppression, and
outright genocide. We should pay far more attention to the relatively few
people—including those forgotten Yurok and Karok fighters—who prevented the
vanishing from being total.
Native Californian Uses of Biota
Major resources are listed in Kent
Lightfoot and Otis Parrish’s recent book, California
Indians and Their Environment (2009).
The most useful plant resources were divided into two types: nuts and seeds. Nuts grew on trees. Acorns were by far the most important. The classic account is E. W. Gifford’s “California
Balanophagy” (1957), “balanophagy” being a delightful coinage for “acorn
eating.” They could produce around 70,000
kg/sq km in prime habitat (Bettinger 2015:110, citing Martin Baumhoff), enough
to feed far more people than California ever had. There were many species, cropping on
different cycles, so nuts were always plentiful.
Pine nuts, walnuts, buckeyes,
laurel nuts, wild cherry kernels, and many other nuts were also important, more
so than the literature generally suggests.
Resources such as pine nuts from gray and Coulter pines, for instance,
were surely more important than the literature suggests. Seeds came from a vast range of annual and
small-sized perennial plants. Some major
ones were sage species, notably chia (Salvia
columbariae), tansy-mustard (Descurania
pinnata), redmaids (Calandrinia
ciliata), tarweeds (Madia and Hemizonia spp.), sunflowers of several
genera, and a great profusion of grass species. Loss of people, especially from remote and
mountainous areas, came early after Spanish settlement, losing us knowledge of
much resource use.
Berries, fruits, shoots, sap,
roots, bulbs, corms, cambium, and every other plant part short of hard wood
were eaten. Berries were particularly
rich and prone to follow fires. An odd
line in Pedro Fages’ accounts of Spanish conquest mentions wine from elderberry
fruits; he may have meant “juice,” but the Paiute made real wine from cactus
fruits (Powell 1971:50), presumably having learned it from the Oodham, and the
Opata of Sonora did indeed make elderberry wine—a lot of it—and it was
apparently strong and good (Yetman 2010:38-39).
(The Fages entry spawned an odd story about wine from willow fruit,
because someone misread saucos
“elderberries” as sauces “willows.”)
California
ethnobotany has been richly explored over several generations, but we have
probably lost most of the old knowledge.
Even so, what remains is stunning.
Most of the southern California tribes have produced full ethnobotanical
books (for the Cahuilla, Bean and Saubel 1972; Chumash, Timbrook 2007;
Kawaiisu, Zigmond 1981; Santa Ysabel Kumeyaay, Hedges and Beresford 1986; Baja
California Kumeyaay, Wilken-Robertson 2018; Serrano, Lerch 1981; others in
manuscript) and northern California has not been neglected (e.g. Welch 2013;
for Northern Paiute, just across the line in Nevada, Fowler 1991; reviews, K.
Anderson 2005; Mead 1986). Ethnozoology
is less well covered (but see Timbrook and Johnson’s Chumash ethnoornithology, 2013).
Old records remain important. J. P. Harrington’s are the richest (see
Timbrook 2007). Powers’ Tribes of California (1877) preserved
much. Records are still being discovered
and made available. A recent publication
by James Welch (2013) makes available the enormous wealth of information
collected by John and Grace Hudson from the Northern Pomo in the late 19th
and early 20th centuries. By
the time that professional ethnographers reached the Pomo, the genocidal
effects of white settlement (well summarized by Welch) had led to much loss,
and the Hudson material is invaluable (e.g. noting 12 more basket materials
than previously known). Fortunately, a
good deal of Pomo knowledge did survive, and does so still (Goodrich et al.
1980).
Plants provided a rich source of
effective medicines. Among those proved
by chemical analysis to “work” are willows and several other species (salicylic
acid—the source of aspirin), many mints (menthol and similar oils), sagebrush
(thujone, which is vermifugal and in high doses abortifacient), many
tannin-rich barks, and a whole range of mild but useful antibacterial and
antifungal compounds. Mineral
medications include naturally occurring salts, antibacterial compounds,
absorbent clays, and many more. Hundreds
of plants used medicinally have not yet been fully analyzed. The Native Californians were also eclectic;
modern healers freely use not only Native remedies from all over North America,
but even Chinese herbal medicine, as well as drug store cures (see e.g. Peters
and Ortiz 2010). Medical knowledge was
highly prized, healers were enormously valued, and traditional medicine by both
herbal and religious methods was very widely known and practiced—and to a striking
extent still is.
Animal
foods included deer, elk, pronghorn, rabbits, gophers, squirrels and ground
squirrels, and hundreds of bird species (Kay and Simmons 2002). Countless insects were used (Sutton
1988). Even the bones were ground
up. Small animals could be mashed whole,
bones and all, into “gopher-burger.”
Larger animal bones were mashed and boiled to extract bone grease, an
important food elsewhere in North America and probably locally in California
(Sunseri 2015).
Hundreds of species of fish and
shellfish were used. Sea mammals were important, perhaps more so than fish for
the Chumash (Gamble 2008), such that some rookeries on shore were depleted (see
below). Areas along major rivers, and
along parts of the coast with good harbors for canoes, could rely on extremely
rich and reliable fish resources. Shells
were valuable for beads and tools after the animals within had been eaten. The great salmon fisheries of the major
rivers stretch the imagination. Where
there were no salmon, there were river-running trout; the huge rainbow trout of
the Pyramid Lake drainage ran upriver to Truckee Lake to spawn, and at such
times the river was described as more fish than water (LaRivers 1994, noting
this is an exaggeration but that the runs were incredible; he notes that the
Basin lakes are extremely nutrition-rich).
Ocean fisheries were important too, with vast runs of smelt of many
species, sardines, anchovies, and herring, as well as plenty of larger
fish. A smelt run in 1857 left fish
piled “a foot deep” on the beaches of northwestern California (Tushingham and
Christiansen 2015:192). Specialized
fishing, with large seagoing canoes and huge riverine weirs and fish dams,
developed after 1000 BCE, much of it within the last 1500-2000 years. Intensive fishing and shellfishing in the
south, however, came earlier, and indeed there were extensive shell middens
dating to many thousand years ago.
(“Were,” because development has destroyed them on the mainland—within
my memory, in Baja California and on Point Sal.
Research is now more or less confined to the islands.)
Otherwise, animals could be very
thin on the ground. Ethnographic
accounts suggest that rabbits (including jackrabbits, which are technically
hares) were the most widespread and reliable land animal resource base. Reptiles and predatory mammals were widely
avoided as food.
Mark Raab (1996), among others, has
demolished the idea that Californians were rolling in food. Most of the state is, after all, desert or
barren mountain. But some areas were
indeed quite lush. These were especially
the interfaces between water and land, and most especially the high-energy
ones: river deltas, current-swept channels, lakes with large feeder streams. Populations were dense in the favored areas;
numbers of people rose in feedback with elaborate technological and social
systems. In less favored areas, drought
years or local disasters could produce real want. Either way, population often pressed on
resources. Even so, with only some
250,000-300,000 people in a very rich landscape, California hardly suffered
from serious long-term pressure on major resources. Work-horse trees like oak and buckeye, and
productive, management-responsive annuals like chia sage (Salvia columbariae), would support large populations in normal
years. Human populations would be
trimmed back in years of extreme drought or flood. Still, it is doubtful if the population
figures represent a population at “carrying capacity.” One suspects that they could have worked
harder, stored more, fought less, and supported several times their contact-era
population.
Storage was necessary, and many methods
developed. Meat and fish were dried or
smoked. Seeds were kept in baskets. Acorns were stored in large raised granaries
made of basketry, withes, or brush. The
Western Mono serve as a good example:
Christopher Morgan (2012) found that they lived in small communities
(about 13 being typical but some reaching as many as 75) which had three or
more granaries, but also had dispersed caches around the countryside, so that one
was never far from stored acorns. A
granary held about 725 kg of acorns; about seven of these would support a
community of 13, providing about 4 million calories (Morgan 2012:724-725). Granaries were lined with pine needles—other
groups sometimes used sagebrush, which is insecticidal—to discourage pests and
keep the acorns dry. Stored food had to
sustain the groups during the long and harsh winter of their mountain
habitat. The far larger towns in lowland
California had much less severe winters to contend with, but needed more food,
and must have stored enormous quantities.
Bears raided caches, making extra storage necessary.
Bettinger (2015:90) has pointed out that
meat, fish and the like are front-loaded: they are edible immediately and
usually are so eaten, and if they are processed it has to be done
immediately. In California, that was
largely an issue with fish, which had to be split and dried or smoked as soon
as caught. Nuts, especially acorns, are
back-loaded: they are easy to gather and store, but take enormous amounts of
processing. So they are normally
harvested in vast quantities in a brief harvest period, then stored to be
processed and used at need. This had
social effects. At one extreme, great
assemblages of people were necessary to catch and dry salmon, but these
assemblages would later disperse. At the
other, seed and nut dependence led to smaller but more stable, permanent
groups.
Mineral resources were generally
concentrated in a few spots, making widespread trade necessary. Salt was required for survival and was
sometimes hard to get. Even more
concentrated in source were obsidian and other silicates that would take a
sharp edge; they were essential for points, knives, and the like. At particularly good obsidian sources, I have
seen the ground literally paved with flakes over many acres. Good-quality grinding stone for mortars and
metates could be surprisingly rare and valuable. It is hard to imagine people carrying huge
metates all over the desert, but they did, finding the labor worthwhile to get
metates from superior quarries (Schneider 1993). Soft chlorite schist, as on Santa Catalina
Island, was mined for making bowls.
Marcasite became beads used as money in north-central California.
The extent and importance of trade
in California has sometimes been stressed (Lightfoot and Parrish 2009), but on
the whole it has been underestimated.
Some communities, especially on the rather impoverished Channel Islands
of the south, may have actually depended on trade for food, at least in some
seasons (Arnold 1987, 2004). If true—and
it is highly controversial—this would be a very rare case worldwide of a
hunting-gathering population depending on trade in staples. Inland, California shell beads got as far
afield as Arizona and northern Mexico.
Dentalium shell beads from Vancouver Island got to northern California.
The degree to which all these items
truly constituted money is not clear.
They could be used for buying food, so they were not merely ceremonial
(Bettinger 2015:184). They were
certainly monetized in early Spanish times, in areas of dense population, but
the Spanish may have had much to do with this.
Clearly the shell items represented a kind of money, but only a special
purpose currency, used in specific contexts, perhaps largely ceremonial ones in
many or most cases. Dentalium shells
were used as money in the northwest of the state (and further north), but the
fact that they were adorned and decorated so they would be happy and would lure
more money to the owner (Bettinger 2015:182) shows how different the concept of
money was there from what we now experience.
Indigenous Management
The
Californian peoples generally lacked agriculture, but there were significant
exceptions, proving that they knew full well how to grow crops and could have
done so if they had found it worth while.
Tobacco was grown very widely over the state. The Karok, otherwise nonagricultural, knew
enough about farming it to fill an entire book (Harrington 1932). The neighboring Yurok believed that wild
tobacco was dangerous, only cultivated tobacco being safe to use (Heizer
1978:650).
The southeast part of the state was
firmly agricultural, growing the famous trinity of maize, beans, and squash, as
well as several minor crops. They also
sowed wild grass, including the possibly domesticated local millet Panicum sonorum. They may have cultivated amaranth species
(Castetter and Bell 1951; Forde 1931:107-109; Nabhan 1982, 1985).
The Owens Valley Paiute irrigated
wild plants (Lawton et al. 1993). This
was presumably derived from true agricultural practices their ancestors carried
out further south, since it is now beyond reasonable doubt that the
proto-Uto-Aztecans were farmers, and the loss of farming in the Great Basin is
a recent and derived condition (Hill 2001).
The Southern Paiutes of Nevada had agriculture from ancient times. Sowing of wild seed crops is attested for a
few groups (Lightfoot and Parrish 2009:127), and there were surely more groups
who sowed. Transplantation is also well
attested, but especially for groups that had agriculture, notably the Kumeyaay
(Shipek 1993).
Finally, increase in native barley
(Hordeum sp.) seed size, to far
beyond anything natural, took place in central California (Wohlgemuth 1996,
2004). Similar seed dynamics are
reported from the Los Angeles River area (Reddy 2016:237). This implies either true domestication or at
least intensive manipulation of stocks.
But the experiment ended: the
central Californians came to focus more and more on oaks and other tree crops,
and the barley seeds shrank again, at least in central California.
In such a climatically fluctuating
place as California, agriculture is difficult.
One need only read accounts by early European settlers trying to predict
year by year, in the days before statewide irrigation systems. Hunting and gathering must have seemed more
reasonable. But it too necessitated some
higher organization if people were to manage the environment, store food, and
accumulate fixed productive capital in the form of nets, weirs, canoes, and so
on. Hence the benefit of complex
societies. In an environment that is
sometimes exceedingly rich but sometimes—and unpredictably—exceedingly poor,
they make sense.
Also, the development of
agriculture, throughout the world, took place in areas central to vast trade
and communication routes. Presumably the
exchanges of goods and ideas were crucial.
Coastal California is a cul-de-sac.
Morever, the Californian biotic and cultural region has no single
center; it is polycentric. Even today,
the Anglo-Americans of the Bay Area, Los Angeles, Sacramento, San Diego, and
other cities all have their own subcultures and hinterlands. There was no one confined lush area, like the
Jordan Valley, Mesopotamia, or the Nile Valley in the Old World or like the
Valley of Mexico in the New, to bring people together.
The earliest agriculture in the
world, that of the Near East, arose in a rather similar environment, but at
oases within dry and desert-like parts of it.
Significantly, oases within California’s driest deserts are precisely
the areas where agriculture waspracticed
in the state. Such lush pockets in an
otherwise very challenging environment evidently make agriculture more
appealing. Near Eastern agriculture
arose just after the Younger Dryas event, when environmental stresses and
opportunities were high. California had
extremely few people at the time, and never had such climatic traumas afterward
(cf. McCorriston 2000).
Far more
prevalent was intensive manipulation of wild plants (K. Anderson 2005; K.
Anderson and Lake 2013, 2017; K. Anderson and Rosenthal 2015; Blackburn and K.
Anderson 1993). Native Californians
pruned, trimmed, cultivated, selectively harvested, and in short did everything
that a modern gardener does for her plants—but without domestication. At the edge of the region, the level of
cultivation of camas (Camassia spp.)
and wokas (yellow waterlily seeds; Colville 1902; Deur 2009) reported for the
Klamath and Modoc amounts to nearly or fully agricultural-level manipulation. They also managed fish, and manipulated
huckleberry intensively, as well as wild carrot and other root crops (Deur
2009). So did their neighbors the
Shasta, who also managed oaks for acorns (Gleason 2001). Unfortunately, recording data on management
was much less commonly done than recording ethnobotanical uses, and we are left
in ignorance of most of it (see e.g. Welch 2013 on this issue).
Geophytes—root,
bulb and corm crops—were particularly subject to manipulation. Corms of Brodiaea,
Dichelostemma, and other plants (Anderson 2017; Gill 2017; Gill and Hoppa
2016; Wohlgemuth 2017) were particularly widespread and important. Tubers of Cyperus
esculentus, Eleocharis, and other plants (Lawton et al. 1976; Pierce and
Scholtze 2016) were cultivated in the Owens Valley.
This level of management was a
quite different startegy from agriculture.
It was, instead, whole-landscape cultivation, maximizing production
across a huge range of resources. By
contrast, the Near Eastern Neolithic peoples in similar environments focused on
two or three to cultivate intensively, thus inventing agriculture.
The large bulbs and flowers of
camas (specifically C. quamash and—if it is a separate species–C. leichtlinii), the response of these
plants to cultivation, and their striking failure to thrive and compete after
the Native population was exiled from the meadows, all imply true
domestication. My impression from observing
camas in the wild and growing it in my garden is that if it were grown by a
“truly agricultural” people it would unhesitatingly be called a domesticate.
Indeed,
throughout California the level of management was impressive. The area covered by camas and wokas was
enormous. Not far away, within
California proper, the Shasta (Gleason 2001), Achomawi, and Atsugewi (T. Garth
1978) cultivated bulb- and root-rich meadows extensively. Wild crops included monocots of many
families—true lilies, Mariposa lilies, camas, and so on—as well as roots,
mostly of the carrot family, such as wild carrots (Perideridea) and Lomatium. Root-digging seems very generally to have
involved careful cultivating: small
roots were left to regrow or were even planted; competing plants were removed;
the soil was loosened; parts that could regrow roots were returned to the
ground; and so on.
Root-digging involved a veritable
Protestant ethic of hard work and diligent, responsible effort. Among the Atsugewi, men tried to marry the
girls who brought in the most roots, and myths told of heroic diggers who
married well (Garth 1978:237-238). This
was part of a more general ethic of hard work in all spheres of life, best
studied by Garth among the Atsugewi, but generally found in California (see
e.g. Spott and Kroeber 1942 on the Yurok).
Garth reports chiefs calling everyone up at dawn with harangues such as:
“Get up and do something for your living.
Be on your guard. Be on the
lookout for Paiute [raiders]. You have
to work hard for your living. There may
be a long winter so put away all the food you can” (Garth 1978:237).
Probably no bulb-rich meadow in the
state was left alone, and apparently all that were even remotely close to a settlement
were cultivated quite intensively (judging from K. Anderson 2005, 2017, and
Gleason 2001). Even the Paiute and
Shoshone, in some of the most merciless deserts on earth, enormously modified
their habitats. They have been involved
in management efforts recently. Many
desert habitats were improved for wildlife and biodiversity by their care, as
shown by Catherine Fowler (1992, 2013).
They conserved waterfowl—a staple food—by leaving eggs if there were
hatchlings in the nest (Fowler 2013:165-167; taking all eggs from a
recently-laid clutch does no harm, since ducks and coots simply lay more). They also had cautionary tales to keep
children from stealing too many bird eggs.
With Fowler we move partly beyond
state boundaries into neighboring Nevada.
This allows us to include also the careful review by Richard Clemmer
(2009a) of “conservation” among the Western Shoshone. These groups did not preserve pristine
wilderness. They burned carefully and
according to plans, sowed grass seeds, and managed vegetation. They hunted pronghorn sustainably, planning
hunts only when pronghorn populations had built up. It is absurdly easy to overhunt pronghorn,
because they are easy to lure and are slow reproducers. An estimated 30-40 million pronghorn were
reduced to 13,000 around 1900 by settler hunting. Before that, large communal drives, under
some sort of direction but probably not a specialized shaman, took place,
especially around the time and place of pinyon harvesting (Wilke 2013). Charms were used but there is some indication
that some pronhorn were allowed to escape.
Certainly the areas were allowed to recover before another hunt.
They may have managed rabbits and
beaver locally; evidence is unclear. I
suspect they did. Clemmer notes that
there were many beaver in the tiny Great Basin rivers when Anglo-American
trappers got there. This suggests either
management or great difficulty in hunting the beaver. Since the Shoshone were expert hunters, the
latter is unlikely, so good management is implied. Historic fur trappers had no difficulty in
trapping beavers from these small, accessible streams. Clemmer finds no evidence for management of
pine nuts or similar resources. Pine
nuts crop in only some years, and when they do they crop heavily, so there is
no real way to manage them. However, the
Timbisha Shoshone of California most certainly do manage pine nuts, by cleaning
up the groves to prevent wildfires, brush competition, and the like from damaging
the pinyon pine trees (Catherine Fowler, pers. comm.). It should be noted that pinyons are
notoriously erratic croppers—a strategy to foil seed-eating insects—and crop
only every few years (Bettinger 2015:68).
People had to scout the neighborhood to find groves that were
productive—an easy task, fortunately, since one can monitor the developing
cones over a year or so. Wandering
hunters would report back, and the group would know exactly when and where to
go when the cones were pickable—just before maturity, since at maturity they
open and the seeds scatter or are devoured by a host of animals.
Clemmer also found no evidence for
intensive fishing or management of fish, but data rapidly caught up with him
here. Just outside our area, a major
study by Deward Walker and collaborators turned up evidence for fishing on an
enormous scale, with a huge range of sophisticated technology, by the northern
Shoshone and their neighbors, who lived in the fish-rich Snake River drainage
(Walker 2010). This information
presumably applies to the Humboldt River too, and one can be fairly sure that
all Great Basin rivers were heavily fished.
Significantly, Walker found it “necessary to conduct research interviews
in either the Paiute/Bannock or Shoshone language” (Walker 2010:55)—in the 21st
century! This is real tribute to
cultural survival, and one that reminds us that lack of linguistic skills must
have caused early investigators to miss a great deal. Since the Shoshone (and closely related
Paiute/Bannock) lived at the rivers’ headwaters, where streams are tiny,
narrow, and often rather thin in fish, they could easily have wiped out the
salmon and other large river-running fish.
The fact that salmon continued to abound proves some considerable degree
of management.
Further, and much more thorough,
work on plant and animal management in Nevada results from the comprehensive
and thorough work of Jeremy Spoon and his many Southern Paiute coworkers in the
White/Muddy river drainage of southern Nevada (Spoon and Arnold 2014; Spoon,
Armold, and Newe/Nuwuvi Working Group 2011, 2012a, 2012b; Spoon, Arnold, Lefler
and Milton 2015; Spoon, Arnold, Lefler, Wendel, and Nuwuvi Working Group 2013,
2014a, 2014b; these reports are quite repetitious but each has its own findings
also). Among newly reported information
are care about pruning mistletoe from pinyon pines, and a great deal about
managing water—desperately scarce in their area. One elder observed: “Science is a tool to measure stuff. Culture is a tool to maintain what you
have. That’s what I believe” (Spoon et
al. 2013:56). These elders contrasted
interaction with “management,” the latter seen as a not-so-good idea from the
white settlers. They noted a high
respect for rocks, which remember whether they were moved for good or bad
reasons—a belief I have encountered in Mongolia. One of Spoon’s reports is in
fact titled The Voices of the Rocks Sing
Through Us (Spoon et al. 2014b).
They also discuss talking with trees.
This makes solid sense when one is used to the significant silences—often
filled with nonverbal communication—that mark and enhance Native American
conversations. Fire management is as
among California groups described below; pruning, small patch burns in the
right season, some clearing of brush beforehand, and general careful preparation
and timing (Spoon, Arnold, Lefler and Milton 2015).
The level of personal restraint and
responsibility involved could reach quite incredible proportions. Philip Wilke (1988) found that desert
junipers cropped for bow staves were carefully conserved. A juniper with a straight branch was a rare
commodity. About one bow stave per
twenty years could be taken from such a branch, preferably from the compression
wood on the under side; then the juniper had to be left to recover. Yet there are such trees all over the range
of the juniper. Bowyers had to be on
their own recognizance—no one was out there patrolling. Individual conscience restrained them from
taking too much. This self-policing went
on for countless centuries over millions of square miles. I have observed the same for yews in the
Pacific Northwest; any venerable yew with straight branches shows the long,
straight scars. Such “culturally managed
trees” are often well known locally, to the point that “CMT” has become a
normal word in modern archaeology and land management.
California’s and Nevada’s
indigenous people normally engaged in long migrations between winter villages
and spring and summer harvesting grounds.
These migrations took them through successive habitats, usually on the
route from lowlands to highlands and back.
Presumably the routes would change to avoid places heavily harvested in
immediately previous years. No meadow in
the state, except extremely remote and high-altitude ones, would have been long
ignored. Archaeology shows this
clearly. Look around any meadow anywhere
in the state, and (unless settlement or flooding have destroyed the record) you
will find tiny scatters of flakes where someone sharpened a knife, broke an arrow
point, or quickly flaked out a skinning tool.
On the
other hand, recent writers have been too quick to maintain that all California
was highly managed, with wilderness a meaningless concept. The Native Californians did not greatly
affect the rough, infertile parts of the state, or the high mountains. This was not purely because of
indifference. More significant was the
use of remote mountaintops and high-mountain environments for vision quests and
meditation, with the goal of gaining spiritual insights, knowledge, and
ability. Anthropologists generally refer
to this as “power,” but, significantly, Native people speaking English usually
call it “knowledge.” It refers to a
comprehensive spiritual vision that gives the visionary enough self-efficacy to
accomplish important matters; the highest knowledge is generally considered to
be that of healing. In any case, all
western North American peoples sought this, and depended on mountain wilderness
for it. All groups knew certain spots,
called “power places” in the literature, that were particularly good for vision
questing; mountaintops were particularly favored, but remotes lakes,
waterfalls, and springs were important.
Of this more anon; at present we need note only that wilderness was required
for a specific important use.
Most important of all was burning,
but readers should remember that all those other techniques were important as
well. This was not simply “firestick
farming.”
Fire was
the chief way of managing the environment, and here the record is somewhat
confusing. There is no question that
California Native peoples set fires everywhere that would burn, and that these
very substantially altered the vegetation over vast areas of the state (K.
Anderson 1999, 2005; K. Anderson and Rosenthal 2015; Lewis 1973; Lightfoot and
Parrish 2009, with major review of literature; Pyne 2004; Timbrook 2007). This was to be expected, for all Native American
peoples except those in non-combustible environments (basically, Arctic and
high-alpine areas and sand deserts) burned regularly (Pyne 2004; Stewart et al.
2002), and the effects on the vegetation were considerable; it is possible that
the entire Eastern North American forest was deliberately maintained as an
oak-chestnut-hickory community by burning (Delcourt and Delcourt 2004).
Juan Crespí’s diary from 1769
(Brown 2001; see Gamble 2008) is particularly revealing. He noted not only widespread deliberate
burning, but also that the vegetation in many areas was short annual pasture
rather than the chaparral and coastal sage scrub that are now, or recently
were, found in those locations. The
reviews by K. Anderson and by Lightfoot and Parrish list hundreds of sources
covering dozens of groups.
On the
other hand, a few doubters have raised their voices, and one of them is a
formidable authority: Richard Minnich (1983, 1987, 2001a, 2001b, 2008), one of
the two or three leading experts on California fire ecology. He points out at length that much of the
state is affected by dry lightning, which in the mountains can be an almost
daily phenomenon in late summer, and that other sources of ignition exist. (These might range from volcanism to spontaneous
combustion in animal nests.) California’s bone-dry summers and highly
inflammable vegetation combine to guarantee natural fires on a cyclic
basis. California would burn sooner or
later, indigenous people or no (see also Sugihara et al. 2006).
Chaparral and some California
forest formations are characterized by large numbers of species that seem
actually designed to burn: they dry out in
summer and contain resins, waxes, and other compounds that are highly
inflammable. These species all either
stump-sprout aggressively after fire, have fruits that need fire to open them,
or have seeds that need fire to germinate.
Some authorities think that these plants evolved to eliminate
competition and maximize their own dominance by this aggressive route.
For instance, California’s most
distinctive pine groups, the closed-cone and knobcone pines, have cones that
normally do not open unless burned. They
live in chaparral, grow and fruit rapidly, and are designed to burn on
20-to-50-year cycles. I have lived to
see the knobcone pine forest on the San Bernardino Mountains go through two cycles
and get well into a third. Obviously
they did not evolve in the last few centuries, and thus it is clear that
California has burned since long before the Native Americans perfected their
management systems.
Be that as it may, Native
Californians burned chaparral regularly, to increase edible plant, mammal, and
even insect resources. Kat Anderson and
Jeffrey Rosenthal (2015) report, for instance, that caterpillars, as well as
grasshoppers, were managed by fire, which causes rapid regrowth of the tender
new shoots on which they feed. These
authors describe the values of each stage of regrowth after fire. Burning also opened the brush, making travel
possible; a stand of mature chaparral is impenetrable, or at best very slow
going. Annual plants often produce more
seeds (they need heavy seeding to survive) and greens than perennials do.
Even fish could be helped. Michelle Stevens and Emilie Zelazo (2015)
point out that burning in summer opened up floodplains that flooded in fall,
winter and spring. Fish that spawned in
those areas, including many important ones endemic to the central part of the
state, were increased. Another benefit
was increase in number and quality of stems of plants used to make fishnets,
such as Indian hemp (Apocynum cannabinum)
and milkweed. These plants grow in moist
areas and produce longer, straighter stems after burning.
A
contrarian work is a volume edited by Thomas Vale (2002), which contains some
articles on California. Vale took a
considerably more extreme position than Minnich, and argued that Native
Americans did little managing by fire (or, for that matter, anything else). Vale’s work might have had more impact if it
had not been almost immediately buried under the enormous floods of
counter-evidence in Stewart et al. (2002), Pyne (2004) and K. Anderson (2005). Vale’s book was effectively answered, and
refuted, by in a review by Henry Lewis (2003), the pioneer investigator of fire
in Native North America.
Vale, like
Minnich, emphasized the probability that remote and mountainous parts of the
state would be more influenced by lightning than by Native burning. Lightning strikes were and are so much
commoner that Native burning would not have affected the cycle. Fire scars on trees have been used to assess
the frequency of fires, but the vast majority of lightning strikes burn one
tree (and perhaps its immediate neighbors) without starting a serious fire.
However, in California, the areas
near dense Indigenous settlement are also the areas with the least lightning. Dry lightning is almost nonexistent in
coastal California. Rivers and barren
areas prevent the spread of fire from distant mountains, though it certainly
does spread from nearby ranges (especially in the Santa Barbara area). Fire return intervals in all these areas,
even redwood forest, are so extremely frequent that lightning is highly
unlikely to be the major cause (Kat Anderson, pers. comm, Feb. 4, 2014).
Moreover,
the testimonies of Crespí and others make it clear that the vegetation was
burned far more frequently than even frequent lightning strikes would do. Taken together, they describe millions of
acres of annual pasturage. Yet, in early
historic times, these areas were brushlands.
Minnich (2008) has established that
the bunchgrass prairies of California’s interior valleys were nonnatural, and
indeed many of them were purely mythical—early mappers’
overgeneralizations. The potential
vegetation of most of the valleys is saltbush and other brush. Minnich
has qualified his stand on the inexorable nature of burning cycles (Minnich
2008 and pers. comm, 2009-2010; Minnich and Franco-Vizcaino 2002). It appears that chaparral and even desert
vegetation can be burned much more often than it would naturally do. This has made him more open to Native
American burning as a landscape shaper.
Californians
were careful fire managers; they made very small fires for their own use. J. W. Powell, writing on the Paiute, says:
“…an Indian never builds a large fire…and expresses great contempt for the
white man who builds his fire so large that the blaze and smoke keep him back
in the cold” (Powell 1971:53; this confirms a very widespread American folk
observation that I have heard since my childhood).
In short, the
evidence is unequivocal. They certainly
managed well-populated parts of the state by burning. On the other hand, their ability to reshape
the vast lightning-prone mountains of the state seems limited. K. Anderson (2005, and pers. comm, Feb. 4,
2014) finds that they maintained and expanded the mountain meadows and coastal
prairies of the state. These are now
rapidly growing up to forest, in spite of lightning strikes; but deliberate
fire suppression and the current years of drought (which favor trees over
meadow grass) are involved in this.
Another equivocal case is oak
woodlands. Oak seedlings die when burned. Frequent burning of oak groves would
eliminate them. On the other hand, oaks
survive burning when they grow large enough to have thick bark. I have seen coast liveoaks sprout rapidly back
from the very hottest fires. It takes
about ten years for a live oak to reach fire-withstanding age. Thus, rarer burning—once a new generation of
oaks had grown up—would eliminate fungal and insect pests, thin out the
competition, and maintain the groves.
A problem for everyone trying to
reconstruct Californian vegetation as of 1700 is that Europeans replaced
deliberate burning with deliberate fire suppression. The Chumash were already seeing this as a
major hardship, and complaining about it, by 1800 (Gamble 2008; Timbrook 2007).
The Achomawi, later, complained and
regretted the ruin of the forests (Rhoades 2013:112).
The only possible conclusion is
that human-set fire profoundly affected areas near large population centers,
minimally affected remote mountain and desert areas, and affected to an unknown
and probably unknowable degree the vast in-between zone.
The
situation in regard to animals is even less clear. California Native peoples overharvested the
choicest shellfish, such as abalone, which are delectable and easy to
over-collect (Jones, Porcasi, Gaeta and Codding 2008; Kennett 2005; Lightfoot
and Parrish 2009, summarizing a very large and contentious literature; Rick et
al. 2008). It seems clear that depletion
was very slow and gradual, and frequently reversed (Rick et al. 2008). People were fairly careful stewards. They may have overharvested fish, but the
wild swings in fish populations caused by ocean dynamics make this impossible
to judge. Fish have to accommodate to
the sudden alternations of El Niño’s warm water and La Niña’s cold, both
unpredictable in extent and reach.
Anyone familiar with fishing in California (especially the south) knows
that species of fish, sometimes in enormous numbers, suddenly appear and as
suddenly disappear when such events occur (cf. Gamble 2015; Jones et al. 2016).
Chumash fishing pressure in the
Santa Barbara Channel, however, was enormous, and declines of easily
overharvested species like sheepshead in the archaeological record are
therefore significant. The Chumash had
several named types of net. A 20-foot
gill net required 12,500 stems of Indian hemp (Apocynum cannabinum), which would have to be prepared, retted, and
spun. A 40-foot seine required 35,000
stems. With these nets they took great
quantities of small fish (Johnson 2015).
With these, they could easily fish out streams and bays. Indian hemp was carefully managed—pruned,
selectively harvested (K. Anderson 2005).
Its sporadic occurrence, especially in places where it does not normally
grow (such as dry lowlands) and which are not very near other stands, strongly
suggests deliberate planting. Apocynum androsaemifolium was an
inferior substitute in dry mountain areas, and nettles were also widely used
for cordage; both were managed.
Recent research on the Channel
Islands shows a tendency for popular resources to decline in hard times, but
the staple shellfish—mussels—was about equally common through time (Lapeña et
al. 2015; cf. Joslin 2015). Mussels
still abound on the islands. The highly
favored abalones were sharply reduced during hungry times, but were still
abundant till modern settler societies got at them and destroyed the resource—a
fate conspicuously absent from the closely corresponding Isla Cedros in Mexico,
where local conservation is still the rule (Des Lauriers 2010). The Channel Islands were settled by 13,000
years ago, and quite densely populated for most of the time since. In spite of epidemics, they remained densely
populated till the people were forcibly removed to the mainland in the Spanish
colonial period. These islands are small
and absurdly easy to overexploit, so the fact that they were still resource-rich
through the 18th and 19th centuries implies extremely
careful and thorough resource management.
Seabirds were little disturbed, but
a flightless duck (Chendytes lawi)
became extinct, through human hunting and probably also through predation by
human-introduced animals including foxes (Jones et al. 2008; Rick et al. 2008;
Rick et al. 2009; Whisler et al. 2015; there was also a puffin, Fratercula dowi, but it was so rare that
no one knows what happened to it). The
duck lasted for some 8,000 years after human contact, however (Jones et al.
2008; Jones and Codding 2010), which indicates human restraint. Indeed, one wonders why the Chumash allowed
it to die out; it could easily have been quasi-domesticated. They may have hunted it for prestige (Hildebrandt
et al. 2010) but probably did not (Jones and Codding 2010; I agree with them
that hunting a smallish bird that could not escape would not give anyone much
prestige). I suspect that period of
unfavorable climate may have led to both natural decline and desperation-caused
overhunting. The case seems to me more
interesting than the insignificance of the bird would warrant, since we have
here a prey that could very easily be exterminated, yet was not for many
millennia.
A classic
study of indigenous conservation was Sean Swezey and Robert Heizer’s study of
salmon management on the Klamath River (Swezey and Heizer1977; see also Kroeber
and Barrett 1960, Tushingham and Christiansen 2015). The tribes there allowed escapement of salmon
to preserve the stocks. This was
ritually represented; first-salmon rites, weir inauguration rites, and other
ceremonies provided a cycle that regulated take and escapement. Prayers to the salmon to return in abundance
were part of the maintenance; the Karuk prayed with the wonderful word ?imshírihraavish, “you will shine
upriver quickly” (O’Neill 2008:101).
However, this was not all; any
temptation to cheat was reduced by the fact that the tribes upstream would
protest, often violently, if escapements were inadequate. People kept each other honest. Everyone wanted an equal chance at the fish,
and would enforce it through warfare if necessary.
Rules on fishing were tight. Robert Spott reported that his people, in the
first half of the year (by their reckoning), could not take or eat salmon below
Cannery Creek; if a salmon was caught right at the point where the creek
entered the Klamath River, only the part that had passed the creek mouth border
could be eaten (Spott and Kroeber 1942:172; a great deal more about salmon
rituals follows). Weirs that could take
50 days to build were demolished after 10 days of fishing, to allow escapement.
This emphasizes how strict the
conservation rules were on the Klamath.
Recall that
the Native people of California’s northwest were blissfully lacking in formal
government, so, as with Great Basin bow stave trees, this management was
entirely based on people’s individual consciences reinforced by public opinion.
It seems
highly likely, and locally certain, that similar fishing regulations held
throughout the state. At contact, most
of southern California’s small streams had steelhead runs. A run even survives, or did until very
recently, in tiny San Mateo Creek in Orange County, and, again until recently,
in Malibu Creek in Los Angeles County.
All the streams in the region are so small that a single determined
fisherman could wipe out a run. The San
Mateo Creek run was down to one female
at one point. These runs could not have
survived without deliberate restraint, given the high aboriginal
hunter-gatherer populations. Similarly,
the dense population of Pomo around Clear Lake could not possibly have
subsisted on its fish resources (as they did:
McLendon and Lowy 1978) unless they practiced careful conservation. There were just too few fish, and these few
have to run up the creeks or concentrate in shallows to spawn, making them
utterly vulnerable. Even the simplest
aboriginal fishery could have wiped out the runs within a year or two. But we have no documentation on this;
apparently nobody thought to ask.
Another case in point is the
abundance of enormous trout and suckers, and the lack of decline in their
numbers, in the Lost and upper Klamath Rivers of the California-Oregon border
country (Stevenson and Butler 2015). The
Lost River in particular is a tiny stream that almost dries up in drought years
(hence its name—it tends to disappear in, or even before reaching, the vast
Tule Lake sink), and only careful management could have preserved large fish in
it. Mismanagement since contact almost
wiped out the Lost River sucker, but it is recovering under intensive
management. Suckers were also important
on the upper Pit River, where the Achomawi not only still fish for them but
still carefully manage them, watching and protecting their spawning areas and
not taking too many (Floyd Buckskin, pers. comm.).
Native Californians probably
overharvested mainland colonies of seals and sea lions (Broughton 1994, 2002;
Jones et al. 2004), but probably not as much as sometimes alleged (Jones et al
2004 pull back from their own earlier estimates; and see Rick et al. 2008). Remember that grizzly bears and gray wolves
entered the state at the same time humans did, and would have made mainland
pinniped colonies nonviable, humans or no.
Native hunters probably kept numbers of elk and deer well below
potential (Kay and Simmons 2002; compare the much better evidence for the
Columbia River area, in Martin and Szuter 1999). They tried their best to keep the numbers of
grizzly bears down, but probably with limited success. How much they could affect these animals, and
how much they tried, remains unclear. Extermination
of the megafauna no doubt allowed deer and elk to expand their populations
enormously, because of competitive release.
I suspect the Native peoples came into some degree of conscious
equilibrium with them. Elk, deer and
mountain sheep all tame themselves if given any chance, and herds habituated to
human presence might have been cropped almost like livestock. Indeed, red deer are farmed today in Europe
and New Zealand; red deer are basically the same as Californian “elk.” They are tamed, but not domesticated; true
domestication involves a genetic change to a new and artificially selected
strain, but red deer remain genetically wild.
William Hildebrandt (e.g. Hildebrandt
et al. 2010) has long argued that much hunting was done for prestige rather than
for economic return; very likely true, but I doubt whether this was
significant. The Native peoples had too
little margin. They had to hunt
rationally for food. Prestige would
naturally accrue to anyone bringing in a huge amount of meat, but I believe
people forewent rabbits to hunt deer because they knew the deer would provide
more meat rather than because it would provide more prestige. After all, a good-sized deer, around 180 lb.,
would dress out around 100 lb meat, and thus provide as much meat as 100-150
cottontails or 1600 sizable shellfish. Even
a fair chance at a deer would thus beat all but the biggest rabbit hunt or
shellfish expedition in economic terms.
California’s sparse population was
really not enough to do much damage to fleet, widely-dispersed game like deer
and pronghorn, though the effect on more concentrated stocks like sea lions and
tule elk, to say nothing of abalone, could be severe. Burning would be likely to lead to increases
in deer and elk. Slow-moving animals
like porcupines would be caught in the fires.
Many species would be indirectly affected by opening up the
landscape.
California’s population was not
evenly distributed. Along the Santa
Barbara Channel and the lower Sacramento, and around San Francisco Bay, there
were at least ten persons per square mile (judging especially from Chumash
population estimates, the best we have for a densely-populated part of the
state; see Gamble 2008, Kennett 2005).
Conversely, the higher mountains and the Mohave Desert had a tiny
fraction of a person per mile (I would estimate one person per ten square miles
for the Mohave). Intensity of management
and of hunting obviously varied proportionately.
However, the Mohave Desert people
managed to overhunt the bighorn sheep seriously. They were bighorn specialists, and when the
bow and arrow came in, a fatal temptation presented itself. Sites show rapid decrease of bighorns; the
rock art showing thousands of bighorns in that area may have been made in an
increasingly desperate attempt to call the sheep back spiritually (Garfinkel et
al. 2010). It stopped short around 1300,
probably because Numic speakers with a different lifestyle replaced whoever was
there before. Possibly the latter were
dying out from the consequences of their folly.
One assumes that this was not the only overhunting story in ancient
California.
An insight into Californian hunting is found in
Frank Latta’s work on the Yokuts (Latta 1977).
Asking Yokuts hunters how far their bows would shoot, he was told that
no one knew. No one would waste an arrow
and its valuable stone point by shooting it at a distant target. Hunters disguised themselves in deerskins and
sneaked up on deer and other animals, finally shooting from 10-20 yard range. John Wesley Powell noted the same thing among
the Paiute (Powell 1971:49), and, indeed, traditional hunters worldwide did the
same. This indicates an appreciable tameness
on the part of the deer. Deer are not
stupid, and are notoriously hard to sneak up on. The author recalls a story from many years
ago: just before hunting season, a
couple of California wildlife trackers painted a buck deer bright orange,
fitted him with a radio tracker, and followed him for a day through the brush
of the Shasta County back-country. They
knew exactly where he was at all times, thanks to the radio, but they saw
nothing of him except a flash of orange for a few minutes. In Michigan, a herd
of deer in a 50-acre fenced enclosure were intensively studied and censused
year after year, but the lead buck was never
seen. He avoided all contact even in
that tiny space, being known only from his tracks and shed antlers (Pierotti
2011:87).
Wanton, uncontrolled hunting would
make close-hunting tactics impossible.
Early explorers were told similar things by coastal peoples. The exceptionally powerful Hupa bows could
shoot a deer at 50 to 75 yards off, and the Hupa could shoot clear through the
soft parts of an animal (Goddard 1903:33).
But the Hupa preferred to get close, and disguised themselves as deer so
well that they had to take pains to avoid mountain lion attacks (Goddard
1903:21). So did the Maidu—one hunter was
attacked within living memory (Jewell 1987:125).
Deer were occasionally driven over
cliffs, at least by the Wintu (Lapena 1978:336), but this must have been an
exceedingly rare event. To anyone who
wants to drive deer over a cliff, all I can say is Good luck! I’d rather try to push water uphill with a
rake. Deer jumps are known for the
Spokan (Ross 2011:304), but required extensive and careful planning, as well as
rituals. The gullibility of city
anthropologists on the subject of “jumps” and “cliff drives” never ceases to
amaze those of us who have some field experience. Game animals are not stupid, and know a cliff
when they see one. Cliff drives required
very careful preparation, with many people organized to panic the animals and
keep them stampeded in the right direction, and if possible with fires. People must line the intended drive path,
yelling and waving blankets. If
possible, fences or barriers will be set.
This works for buffalo and sometimes with elk, but was evidently an
uncommon way to get deer.
Pomo hunters supposedly knew,
individually, every deer in their hunting radius, and indeed it is fairly easy
to learn to recognize individual deer and know their peculiarities. My Maya friends in Yucatan know their local
deer that way, and, for comparison, early Irish hunters did too, as shown by the
individually named stags in Irish epics. This allowed the Pomo to manage the deer
(Blackburn and Anderson 1993:20, citing Burt Aginsky). Indeed, traditional Native American hunters
are apt to know individually every large animal in their regular hunting
areas—at least that is my experience in the Northwest, Mexico, and the western
United States.
The
much-debated “Pleistocene overkill” need not concern us very long here, since
we are dealing with recent management systems.
Still, it requires a note. Paul
S. Martin inferred long ago that Native American hunting was the sole factor in
the disappearance of most of the large mammal species in the Americas around
12,000-14,000 years ago (Martin and Klein 1984). In its original form—involving a sudden enormous
expansion of human populations and hunting—this thesis is not credible. It assumes a population growth rate of 3%
over a vast area and a long time; nothing remotely like this has ever been
observed in premodern populations. It
assumes people spread with lightning speed throughout the Americas. And it assumes that people killed wantonly,
since even a high population would not have needed more than a tiny fraction of
the meat supposedly taken. Surely, even
without any conservation ideology, hunters would have thought twice about going
after mammoths and mastodons simply to destroy them. The danger would have been daunting.
Moreover,
mass kill sites are singularly absent.
We have a few scattered mammoth and mastodon kills, but not much
else. This is in stark contrast to the
huge bison kills, involving thousands of animals, that happened later, without
exterminating the bison. Contrasting,
also, are the massive boneyards on Sicily and Cyprus, where humans
unquestionably exterminated the local dwarf elephants and hippos (Simmons 2007;
displays in Sicily’s historical museum at Syracuse, studied Jan. 1, 2009). On Cyprus, one site alone has the bones of
over 500 pigmy hippos (Simmons 2007:231)—couple that with post-Pleistocene
drying and heating, and there is no question why that species went
extinct! This is exactly what we do not find anywhere in early North America. It is simply not credible that the there was
better preservation on a couple of Mediterranean islands than in the whole
North American continent. There is also
the fact that the vast terminal-Pleistocene boneyards we do have, such as the La
Brea tar pits, contain few or no human kills.
Thus, many
authorities, notably archaeozoologists such as Donald Grayson (over many
years—e.g. 1977, 1991, 2001), and Steve Wolverton (Wolverton et al 2009 and
references therein) have given no credence to this hypothesis. Neither have Native American authorities like
Raymond Pierotti (2011). Grayson pointed
out long ago that many bird species, and several small hard-to-catch animals
such as rabbits and dwarf pronghorns, went extinct. The birds were mostly carrion-eaters that
died out when their food did, but some were large water birds such as storks,
and only climate change can explain their demise.
On the
other hand, it is hard to deny some
role for human hunting (see, once again, Kay and Simmons 2002; also Krech 1999
for a relatively balanced review). This
is especially true since we now know that people were in North America earlier
than Martin thought, and that some of the megafauna—notably the
mastodons—persisted much longer than he thought. Spreading out the time frame makes the levels
of population growth and hunting much more believable.
People are highly efficient
hunters. Animals like giant ground
sloths would have seemed like walking free-lunch counters. The native mammals had no evolved or learned
knowledge of humans and no defenses against group hunting with spears. On the other hand, they would have learned it
fast—certainly the mastodons had plenty of time. It is not credible that animals used to
avoiding sabretooths, lions, dire wolves, short-faced bears and the like would
not soon figure out that humans were dangerous (veteran field biologist Raymond
Pierotti 2011 makes this point).
The most convincing argument for
overkill is indirect: everywhere that Homo sapiens has gone, large animals
have immediately begun to disappear.
This effect has been observed, archaeologically, from Australia,
Madagascar, Indonesia, east Asia, and indeed everywhere carefully studied on
the globe. Some scholars have made far
too much of this, though, by blaming even the extermination of tiny flightless
island birds on humans; in this case the damage was surely done by the rats,
dogs and pigs that people generally bring with them. In New Zealand, for instance, rats came with
the Maori, and probably did more than humans did to exterminate the moas. The latter were ground-nesters with eminently
edible eggs, and rats love nothing better than bird eggs.
In the Americas, the extinction
pattern fits climate, not hunting. The
uncommon meso-size fauna went first,
not last. If humans had hunted
everything out, the biggest, slowest, meatiest animals like ground sloths and
mastodons would have gone first, the mesoprey later, according to all tenets of
optimal foraging theory and common sense.
The truth was exactly the reverse.
I believe that, in the Americas,
human-set fires were surely far more important than hunting. (This is based partly on my observations of,
and my reading of scholarly research on, burning in Australia and Madagascar. It seems to be now generally accepted that
fire, not hunting, was the human factor in extinctions in Australia around
50,000 years ago. Both humans and
climate change are implicated in the rise of fire.) Slow-moving species like
the giant ground sloths could hardly have withstood frequent burning.
Also, humans and other invading
species after the peak of the last glaciation probably introduced diseases, and
epidemic disease could well have had a role in wiping out the big game. Within historic times, diseases have
decimated North American trees such as the chestnut, white pines, and
California oaks, and have wiped out Hawaiian native birds.
Last and most serious, climate
change after the glaciation was extremely rapid and disruptive. Similar rapid and dramatic extinction events
occurred at the ends of previous glaciaations, such as the Ordovician-Silurian
event (Finnegan et al. 2011). Humans
were, obviously, not involved in those events.
North America 18,000-20,000 years
ago was probably the coldest it has ever been.
It was hot and dry by 12,000, but then the Younger Dryas event dropped
temperatures back to Ice Age levels around 11,000 years ago. This in turn reversed, and an extremely hot
and dry period set in by about 6-7,000 BCE.
(On ancient California, see Jones and Klar 2007.) The changes were extremely rapid.
It would take only a few successive
years like the horrific droughts of 2001-2002 and 2011-2015 to exterminate all
lowland big game in California. There
would simply not be enough water for them.
Alternatively, and more probably, a couple of very dry years would so
concentrate the megafauna, and so reduce human hunters to starvation, that any
notions of conservation would go by the board, and desperate humans would
indeed kill the last few mammoths. I
expect that climate change (basically drought), fire, disease, and hunting, in
that order of importance, were all factors.
The whole
controversy has been greatly exacerbated by personal feelings. The overkill hypothesis has proved popular
with those who have an exceedingly limited faith in humanity’s ability to
manage anything, especially biologists.
Some of these are frankly anti-Native American. However, also among these ranks are more
pro-human and pro-Indigenous anthropologists and other social scientists who
dislike the “ecologically noble savage” stereotype (Kay and Simmons 2002). Some of these scholars, like Raymond Hames
(2007; his experience is in South America), have worked with Indigenous groups
that lack any conservation ideology and hunt without restraint. Others, including Kay and Simmons (and the
present writer), see the “ecologically noble savage” stereotype as patronizing,
and prefer to contemplate efficient if merciless hunters rather than meek and
inept ones.
Skeptics who doubt that humans
exterminated the megafauna have included not only Indigenous writers like Vine
Deloria, but also those who have little vested interest one way or another
(such as Grayson and Wolverton), and even those who stalwartly reject the “ecologically
noble savage” concept but are even more skeptical about Martin’s hypothesis
(e.g. Krech 1999).
As with
fire, we are left in some doubt.
California’s indigenous people certainly hunted hard and cropped the
more vulnerable fish and shellfish as close as they could. On the other hand, there were no extinctions
after the end of the Pleistocene, and archaeology shows only rather minor
declines in game populations over time.
Apparently people and wildlife reached a loose equilibrium.
Ownership
Ownership
is critical to management. Since John
Locke, conventional wisdom has it that private ownership is best, but modern
experience suggests that ownership at appropriate levels of management is
better. The California peoples already
knew this. Resources were owned or held
at various levels (Bettinger 2015).
Individuals owned their own tools and implements. Large productive capital goods like canoes
could be owned by rich individuals, families, or associations. Houses were owned by the families that lived
in them. Generally, but not everywhere,
families or lineages owned particular patches of food-producing plants, or
individual oak trees, or other productive land resources. More remote areas of the state, however,
tended to have community ownership of land, at least of remote lands. Families or village communities owned good
fishing spots. The village community
owned ceremonial structures and grounds, and held control with varying degrees
of formality over resources. As usual,
there was variation in different parts of the state, from the far northwest
where everything was owned by individuals or families to the much more
collectivist northeast and south.
The Luiseño, for instance, had four
levels of ownership. Individuals owned
their portable goods. Kingroups or
groups of related people owned tungva
“gardens,” understood to be oak groves, productive berry patches, and the
like. Village communities owned tchon tcho’mi, specific areas for
collective exploitation. Larger tracts of relatively useless land were held as
territory of particular village communities, but were not subject to specific
management by socially constituted groups (White 1963). The Achomawi maintained rights to hunt and
gather on land, owned by kingroups or possibly local groups (Rhoades
2013:68).
Fighting was generally about
revenge, sometimes women, rarely property.
Still, land and resource conflicts were numerous and important enough to
define groups and color lifestyles.
Access to resources was generally restricted to the owners, especially
relative to other North American peoples (Bettinger 2015:132-134). We read of people fighting over berries, oak
trees, and productive areas of land (e.g. Gamble 2008:258; Rhoades 2013; White
1963). Like many other people, they
exaggerated their grievances; Walter Goldschmidt, George Foster, and Frank
Essene, comparing notes in the 1930s, found that the groups they were studying
described the same war, but each claimed it was the aggrieved one, and that it
held on though badly outnumbered (Goldschmidt et al. 1939). Raymond White (1963) recorded in detail the
wars between Luiseño villages over resource encroachments.
The Yurok had an exceedingly
complex ownership system. Some things
were owned in common (“’everybody’ ownership”), others by the village or group
of houses, others by the house (which usually contained an extended family),
others by individuals (note that this is very similar to Luiseño ownership). At least after white settlement, individual
land ownership existed. Individuals
might hold fractional shares of an item.
Songs and ceremonies as well as resources and wealth goods were named
(Pilling 1978:146-147). For the
neighboring Hupa, Goddard (1903:26) notes extended-family ownership of acorn
groves and of fishing sites and stretches of fishing streams. Bettinger (2015:168-70) sees this as the
limiting case of his “orderly anarchy.”
He clearly underestimates the role of community and elders, since the
large towns of the northwest did function smoothly and coordinate everything
from weir-building to the yearly ceremonial round, but certainly ownership
tended to be at a grassroots level.
The Nomlaki occupy an intermediate
position, with individual ownership of personal goods and also certain trees
and the like; otherwise they preferred community ownership—villages headed by
chiefs who administered (Goldschmidt 1951:340).
For the Cahuilla, Lowell Bean and
Katherine Saubel (1972) describes family ownership of small plant resources,
lineage ownership of individual oaks, and village community ownership of land
and major resource clusters. For the Chemehuevi, descent groups owned
territories. These groups owned
songs—notably the Mountain Sheep, Deer, and Salt songs—by hereditary right, and
sang them to assert ownership and to show and teach knowledge of the ground. Large, vague divisions of the Chemehuevi
owned the songs. Families owned specific
versions of them, and these went with territory they owned, controlled, or
habitually visited. Such song groups
were exogamous (Laird 1976:21). The
songs described the country, often in the form of travels through it; the Salt
Song, for instance, traced a circle from the Bill Williams River (in southwest
Arizona) through southern Nevada, eastern California, and back. In striking parallel to the Australian
Aborigines, these ownership songs recounted travel over the country, with human
reactions, sacred places, waterholes, and other important matters incorporated
(Laird 1976:6-18).
Since we are not talking about
formal states, land was not formally owned, surveyed, and measured; vast remote
tracts were open for anyone (though loosely held by the nearest village), and
large shadow-zones existed between village holdings in such resource-poor
areas. Conversely, rich lands were
grounds for major and serious conflict.
All this
was less complicated than it looks. The
basic principle is that everything was owned at the level at which ownership
was most efficient. It would hardly be
sensible for the whole community to own a bow and arrow set. Conversely, an individual could not possibly
hold (even if he or she owned) a large oak woodland. The size of a particular resource item or
patch seems to have determined the size of group owning it. My sense is that a group owned a patch it
could easily crop, manage, and defend (cf. K. Anderson 2005; also the studies
in Bean and Blackburn 1976).
Population
density must have affected this. It
certainly seems, from the rather thin evidence, as if ownership was a more
serious matter among the Chumash than among the desert Shoshoneans (Clemmer
2009a, 2009b), and more serious among the Yurok and Karok than among the tribes
inland of them. Evidence is thin (though
see Bettinger 2015), and some of it goes against this generalization; ownership
of choice fishing spots by lineages is still very much alive among the Achomawi
(inland from the Karok), even after 200 years of oppressive contact with
Euro-Americans. Good fishing spots are
highly concentrated there, and it could well be that there—and
elsewhere—concentration of resources was more crucial than density of
people. Similarly, the Timbisha Shoshone
of Death Valley, though they had the sparsest population of any California
group, still maintain ideas of ownership of mesquite trees and pinyon groves.
Representations:
Sources
The early
and devastating decline of the Native Californians has left us quite poorly
informed about them.
Fortunately, a few exceptional
collaborations between particular researchers and consultants have produced
comprehensive and sensitively recorded bodies of data. We can be enormously grateful that California
was blessed with ethnographers who, whatever their faults may have been,
actually cared about traditional people and cultures, and wanted to learn all
they could. Even today, when many
ethnographers are interested only in high theory or in playing political games,
California remains blessed with a stunning array of people who care—including
Native ethnographers like Julian Lang and Katherine Saubel, as well as people
like Thomas Blackburn, Lowell Bean, and others cited in the present work.
Particularly notable are certain cases of longstanding cooperation
between an ethnographer and a Native Californian individual. A. L. Kroeber’s work with the traditional
Yurok elder Robert Spott is outstanding (e.g. Spott and Kroeber 1942). Roland Dixon evidently managed exceptional
rapport with the Maidu mythographer Hanc’ibyjim (Shipley 1991). John Harrington’s work with the Chumash,
especially Fernando Librado Kitsepawit (1981), is famous. Harrington’s former wife, Carobeth Laird,
cemented a particularly close collaboration by marrying her main consultant, George
Laird; she produced a trio of books (Laird
1975, 1976, 1984) that are California literary classics in their own
right—possibly the most sensitive, well-written, and moving collections of lore
and texts from the state. They have
languished in some obscurity, ironically because they were published by a
Native Californian organization (Malki Museum) rather than an academic
press!
Finally, special mention goes to
the incredible efforts of the few Native Californians who have studied and
recorded their own cultural traditions.
Julian Lang has done yeoman service on the Karuk and their neighbors
(Lang 1994). Native Californian elder,
ethnographer, and writer Katherine Siva Saubel has for several decades been the
unofficial dean of Native California studies (Bean and Saubel 1976; Saubel 2004). Self-taught and with no “position” other than
head of Malki Museum for most of its career, she compiled a record of
publication, research, public service, and collaboration with international
experts that is matched by few if any “formal” academics in the field.
Susan Suntree (2010) has integrated
many southern California Native origin stories and environmental teachings into
a beautiful, poetic volume that catches much of the essence of the land.
Unfortunately,
all the above, together with the enormous mass of other ethnographic work,
still fails to give a complete picture of the life and culture of any group. Often, our knowledge of a whole group depends
on one individual who did not actually grow up in traditional times. George Laird had forgotten much of Chemehuevi
lore, and we have essentially no other source.
Fernando Librado and Candelaria Valenzuela, our sources on the Ventureno
Chumash, were raised long after the missions had changed Chumash life. Our knowledge of the Kiliwa (just across the
line into Baja California) derives from one man, Rufino Ochurte. At least, he remembered quite traditional
times and did find an exceptional ethnographer in Mauricio Mixco (1983), so
when he does not mention conservation beliefs we can probably take it that
there were no important ones. (The
Kiliwa maintained a very sparse, highly migratory population in a harsh desert,
and probably had no need of them.)
Otherwise, however, a lack of reports of conservation myths and
injunctions means nothing; “absence of evidence is not evidence of absence.”
We are best informed for the Yurok
and Karok, who (with the Hupa) have been most successful at maintaining their
culture till now, so that information derives from their own highly educated
scholars such as Julian Lang as well as from many consultants interviewed over
many years by many investigators. Many
other cultural groups were contacted too late, and often by “green hands” doing
practice field work. Material culture
and ordinary social life have generally been well covered, since they show up
in the archaeological and historical records as well as in ordinary
ethnography. The situation for myth and
religion is far less good. These leave
little mark, and require extremely sensitive ethnography over many years to
document adequately. The contrast
between the myth records of Hanc’ibeyjim or the Lairds on the one hand, and the
hasty recordings by less sensitive ethnographers on the other, is most
striking. It reminds one of the contrast
between Homer and the children’s books summarizing his stories for the subteen
trade.
One final
problem with the sources is that California ethnography suffered from a
tendency to compartmentalize “religion” and “subsistence” (or “environment”) as
two separate things. “Religion” covered
abstract notions of gods’ “subsistence” meant pounding acorns and hunting
deer. Ways that religion sanctioned ecological
behavior fell between the chairs. Few
recorded such data. This problem is
endemic in Kroeber’s Handbook (1925)
and the larger Smithsonian Institution handbook (Heizer 1978). Kroeber’s trait-list ethnographic method did
not help the situation. (Cf. Swezey and
Heizer 1977 to show what could be done when the blinders were off.) On the other hand, ethnographers not bedeviled by artificial boundaries
do not report much specifically conservationist religious teaching, either (see
e.g. Laird 1976, 1984). It would probably
be more accurate to see the religion-environment-subsistence interaction as
basic, with “religion” and “subsistence” as segregates imposed artificially on
Californian culture by outside ethnographers.
One recalls
that it took three generations of ethnographic work to get much sense of how
Australian Aboriginal religion constructed landscape. Californian ethnographers, working with memory
cultures from the beginning, had no opportunity to do likewise.
Attitudes and Representations: Specific teachings
As
elsewhere, conservation derived from more general postulates about the
world. These have been best summarized
by Thomas Blackburn in December’s Child (1975;
this book refers to the Chumash but what follows applies equally well to all
California groups). He lists fourteen
postulates about the world as central to Indigenous thought:
A personalized universe
Kinship of all sentient beings
Existence and potential of supernatural or nonordinary Power
Determinism (within broad limits)
Negative-positive interaction (rather than pure good
separate from pure evil)
A dangerous universe (with many frightening supernatural as
well as natural beings)
Unpredictability
Inevitable, inherent inequality (especially of powers)
Affectability (all can potentially affect all)
Entropy (disorder builds up unless controlled)
Mutability
Closed universe
Dynamic equilibrium of oppositions
Centricity (the Chumash at the center of a circular world,
itself the middle plane in a multiplanar cosmos) (Blackburn 1975:65, with my explanatory
extensions)
Of these,
the most important in general and in managing landscapes are the first
three. The others may be considered
ancillary.
Blackburn
also lists thirteen things that are highly respected:
Knowledge
Age and seniority
Prudence
Self-consraint
Moderation
Reciprocity
Honesty (but also trickiness in the face of frightening
beings)
Industriousness
Dependability and responsibility
Self-asertion and self-respect
Pragmatism
Etiquette (proper behavior)
Language (Blackburn 1975:65)
Explicit
conservation in California representations of nature are rare, but Kat Anderson
found a great deal of conservationist ideology in her studies of Native
Californian plant management. She found
two universal rules: “Leave some of what
is gathered for the other animals and Do
not waste what you have harvested” (K. Anderson 2005:55; her italics; see
also Blackburn and Anderson 1993). In
fact, there is evidently a general rule not to waste at all. What is not harvested is left for later, or
left for the other people (the four-footed or winged ones). Native Californians would steal stored seeds
from mice and other rodents, and acorns from woodpeckers, but would always
leave some for the rightful “owners.”
People approached plants with
reverence and respect. They felt the
usual Native American kinship with nature (K. Anderson 2005:57-59). Their ceremonies for first fruits and
seasonal foods bonded people to the resource base. People were close to the land. Kat Anderson recorded a revealing comment
from a Chukchansi Yokuts elder: “I’ve
alwas wondered why people call plants ‘wild.’
We don’t think of them that way.
They just come up wherever they are, and like us, they are at home in
that place” (K. Anderson 2007:41). She
and Thomas Blackburn note: “Today,
native peoples still retain a deep respect for the natural world, and retell
stories that remind them of the absolute necessity for judicious
harvesting. Elders are quick to tell
younger gatherers, ‘Do not take all—and leave the small ones behind’” (Blackburn
and Anderson 1993:20).
Kat Anderson found that a general
sense of kinship with nature, or at least consociality with it, and a more
specific sense of genuine deeply-felt responsibility for conserving resources
for the wider good, were the basic attitudes of management. Yet—whether because it is really lacking or
because ethnography is so thin—there is little record of its being verbalized
explicitly in a philosophic ideology, as it is on the Northwest Coast (Atleo
2004).
An important exception is the
Klamath River region, where traditional culture continues to an appreciable
degree. For that area we have not only a
great deal of good ethnography, but a unique source in the form of an early
book by a Native Californian woman—Lucy Thompson’s To the American Indian (1991, orig. 1916). In it, she points out that the Yurok
carefully protected sugar pines, source of nuts and sugary sap (Thompson
1991:28ff). They conserved fish
(Thompson 1991:178-179) and burned carefully and systematically (Thompson
1991:31-33). In general, she stands in
striking contrast to ethnographies by outsiders—she stresses the religious
interaction with nature and its function in maintaining conservation. It seems highly likely that this was
universal, and that it was missed by early ethnographers for the reasons above
noted.
Confirmation for the Yurok case
comes from more recent work. The Yurok
spiritual teacher Harry Williams (on whom see Buckley 2002) tells: “I was with my grandfather, Charley
Williams. We were walking on a dirt path
down to the ocean. There was a bug
crossing our path, and my grandfather told me, ‘Reach down and help that bug on
its way.’ So I did. I reached down and helped the bug on the path
to where it was going. ‘Now, do you know
what you have done?’ Grandfather continued.
‘You won’t feel badly now, for perhaps a bird will someday eat the
bug. But you must remember that the
Creator created the bug for birds to eat.
He didn’t create them to get stepped on’” (Burrill 1993:43; presumably
the Creator is Wohpekumeu, the Yurok trickster-transformer; strictly speaking
there is no Yurok Creator, since the Yurok teach that the universe has always
existed). Lest anyone think this is an
exaggeration, I can testify that the Yucatec Maya routinely do things of this
sort, with similar teachings. Maya who
picked up a bug to show me would always put it back on the path, unharmed, and
headed the way it had been going (Anderson and Medina Tzuc 2005). Williams’ grandfather also said that rocks
are living things, and that “the white man is like the wind. Nobody knows where he comes from.” Williams also tells of a line he heard at a
Native American conference: “Creator
gave man two ears, and two eyes, but only one mouth. But the white man thinks he has five mouths,
no ears, and no eyes. That must be why
he talks so much” (Burrill 1993:106).
For the Karok, the “Ikxareyavs were
old-time people, who turned into animals, plants, rocks, mountains, plots of
ground, and even parts of the house, dances, and abstractions when the Karuk
came to the country” (Harrington 1932:8).
Many of the most feared of these prior beings turned into large and
spectacular rocks, a story which the Karok supposedly proved to Harrington by
pointing out that you can still see the rocks.
The Ikxareyavs who turned into abstractions remind us yet again of
classical Greece, with its goddesses such as Sophia and Nike, as well as the
ancient Hindus, who visualized Time (kali)
as a goddess.
The Hupa, culturally very close to
the Karok though linguistically unrelated, held that one Yinukatsisdai “made
all the trees and plants which furnish food for men…. If he sees food being wasted he withholds the
supply and produces a famine.” If
pleaded with, he may relent, and “then gives the food…in such bountiful
quantities that acorns are found even under the pines” (Goddard 1903:77). The puritanical and religious Hupa shared the
Northwest Coast view of punishment for waste, but added a fascinating touch in the
mercy of the creator. The corresponding
masters of deer are the Tans, who withhold deer from hunters if deer are not
treated with respect. As elsewhere in
the wider Northwest and California (e.g. Rhoades 2013:81), respect means not
only treating the dead deer respectfully but also totally refraining from
waste, overhunting, and hunting without serious need for food. Yet other deities care for fish in similar
ways (Goddard 1903:77-78). The fish,
like the deer and other food animals, had been kept by the supernaturals, and
had to be liberated by culture-heroes; there are many stories of these events,
and the stories are used in ceremonies to maintain the stock (Goddard
1904). Less effective, but not
unrelated, were prayers that birds and squirrels might not desire to eat the
acorn crop (in competition with the Hupa) (Goddard 1903:81). The Hupa regarded trails as sacred
persons.
The Yurok, Karok and Hupa joined in
enormous ceremonies that were intended to preserve and renew the world and its
resources. These ceremonies almost died
out, but managed to survive, and are now once again celebrated regularly. The belief in the need of humans to hold
elaborate and active rituals to keep the game, fish, and plant foods productive
has itself been preserved and renewed, especially since these groups have seen
the result of modern Californian indifference to conservation. Many myths detail the origin of these
ceremonies and the need for them, but specific teachings of directly
conservationist behavior are rather limited.
However, it seems clear that a general reverence and spiritual concern
for the landscape has a preservationist effect.
People will not thoughtlessly waste resources that are personally and
spiritually important.
Among the Lake Miwok, as in several
other parts of North America, “game animals were believed to be immortal and
under spirit control, and it was believed that animals sometimes transformed
themselves into other species” (Callahan 1978:272). The Yuki held that deer are immotal, their
souls living in a mountain under care of a Deer Guardian who is second only to
the Creator and who controls obsidian as well as deer. This belief in animal souls within a mountain
occurs widely in North America, as far as Huitepec, the sacred mountain near
San Cristobal in Chiapas. It is more than likely that the immortality and
protectedness of spirits of game was universal.
The Northern Pomo had a concept of
“xa, manifestations of the
supernatural spirits…left on earth from the beginnings and investing certain
peculiar objects with supernatural attributes….
Xa is the genius of procreation, acquisition,
alien to human activities…but a spiritual concomity of men whose aid may be
engaged through prayer and possession of its symbols…. Xa is
summoned by sexual contact, is the mystery of conception and gestation, leaves
its stamp on the buttocks of new born till erased by cognoscence; places an
indelible mark on the skin of a favored mortal…. Xa is the inspiration of song…, the rhythmic impulse of song-dance
ceremonies, the buoyancy of regalia…and the stimulus of fingers tapping upon
the flute. It is the celestial, beneficent influence as opposed to the
terrestrial demon of diaster…” (notes of
John Hudson, ca. 1900, from Welch 2013:169).
Xa resides in hawk and falcon
and eagle feathers, in crests and red tails of birds such as woodpeckers, and
in omens and apparitions. Five plants
have it: trail plant (Adenocaulon bicolor),
angelica, sweet cicely (Osmorhiza
sp.), Fendler’s meadowrue (Thalictrum
fendleri), and leather root (Welch 2013:169). As elsewhere in California, tobacco and
Jimson weed (Datura wrightii) were
sacred in a different way: they gave direct visions and healings. All this must have fed back on resource
management, but no early record of this seems to have survived.
Equally revealing is a story
related by Fernando Librado (1979:113):
A man was trapping rats in a pitfall trap, and an old Santa Rosa Chumash
told him: “’You are polluting our
mother, Xutash! [The Chumash earth goddess.] Remove this at once, If you defile our
Mother, she will give us nothing.’”
The Cocopa, who lived in a
landscape of abundance in the fertile Colorado River delta, lived simply and
never worried much about food—though famine threatened if a drought led to the
river being very low. William Kelly made
careful enquiries about religious beliefs connected with fertility, harvest,
wild foods, agriculture, and the whole suite, and found: “Harvest festivals…were…religious in nature;
yet their function, explicit and implicit, was in connection with group life
and social organization, and they were neither related to the harvest as such
nor a mechanism aimed at increasing effort or diligence in farming” (Kelly
1977:44). This seems general throughout
California (the Cocopa live in Baja California). The only rule related to such issues that is
even remotely ecological in function was the universal Native American rule
that a boy could not eat his own first kills (Kelly 1977:45). This has no conservation function in itself,
but in most of North America is part of teaching the boy respect for both the
game and the human social group that shares the kill. The Cocopa tabooed doves but apparently for
totemic, not environmental, reasons. As
agricultural people, they probably had a different take on myth, with Coyote a
creator of good crops and transformer of insulted ones into bitter wild foods,
rather than a producer of good wild foods for people to gather (see Nabhan 2013
for a brilliant, incisive analysis of this contrast in southwestern mythology).
We are, however, surely missing a
great deal. The Northern Paiute, whose
territory included the northeast corner of California, offered prayers to slain
game animals. They left the tail tip of
a hunted deer under a rock with the prayer “’Deer, thank you, and come
again.’ A similar offering was made for
bighorn sheep” (Fowler 1992:181). Note
that the deer will be reincarnated, and will again offer itself to the hunter
if treated well—a universal North American belief. Even roots required an offering or
prayer. Eagle feathers were harvested
without killing the eagle (ibid.). A
number of prayers, to the Sun and othe powers, were given daily or
frequently. Ceremonies insured continued
production of food resources. Yet Fowler
does not record conservation myths either.
Taboos may
also have had a conservation effect. The
Yana, for instance, did not allow salmon to be eaten with deer meat, small
game, or roots taken from gopher burrows (Sapir 1910:156). The salmon would cease to come if this taboo
was violated. One assumes it was
disrespectful to them. Possibly they did
not like to associate with prototypically “land” foods. There is no evident conservation here, but at
least some respect for the salmon was apparent.
The Wintu and related peoples tabooed a large number of things,
including most birds of prey and predatory animals (Du Bois 1935). The Nutuwich Yokuts even tabooed bear and
deer, being thus reduced to eating rabbits for meat, a most unusual degree of
forbearance (Gayton 1948:166). Taboos
this extensive would have a major ecological effect. They preserved even the hunted species
indirectly, by preserving keystone species in the ecosystem. Heizer (1978) cites a number of taboos and
rules from around the state that affect land use.
The Chilula
(Athapaskan) culture is barely known from a very few elderly people just after
1900. One of them “was a medicine woman
for troubles caused by the deer gods” (Goddard 1914:379). That is all we know of Chilula animal
religion, outside of a few generic myths, but it implies spirit guardians of
the game such as we know from most of Native America.
Attested
from one end of the state to the other are harangues by chiefs telling people
to work hard and diligently at hunting, gathering, and food production in
general. (The best description is for
the Atsugewi, but the custom is attested all the way to the Mohave [Kroeber
1972] and Cocopa [Kelly 1977:66].) Many
groups had a special designated Orator
as well, who could do this. People could
ignore if they chose, but they would then be subject to major criticism and
coolness, and hard work was a strong value everywhere from the northwest corner
(e.g. Buckley 2002, Kroeber 1972 for the Yurok) to just beyond the southeast
one (Cocopa: Kelly 1977:23). This would rather tend toward
overexploitation of the resources than conservation of them, and thus may have
much to do with the archaeological evidence noted above of local over-harvest.
Attitudes and Representations: General
Native American biologist Raymond
Pierotti states: “A common general
philosphy and concept of community appears to be shared by all of the
Indigenous peoples of North America, which includes: 1) respect for nonhuman entities as
individuals, 2) the existence of bonds between humans and nonhumans, including
incorporation of nonhumans into ethical codes of behavior, and 3) the recognition
of humans as part of the ecological system” (Pierotti 2011:198-199). This and all it implies is fully true for
California.
Respect. The
full panoply of North American Native conservation attitudes is reflected in an
astonishing prophecy that Cora Du Bois recorded from Kate Luckie, a Wintu
shaman, in 1925:
“When the Indians all die, then God
will let the water come down from the north.
Everyone will drown. That is
because the white people never cared for land or deer or bear. When we Indians kill meat, we eat it all
up. When we dig roots, we make little
holes. When we build houses, we make
little holes. When we burn grass for
grasshoppers, we don’t ruin things. We
shake down acorns and pine nuts. We
don’t chop down the trees. We only use
dead wood. But the white people plow up
the ground, pull up the trees, kill everything.
The tree says, ‘Don’t. I am sore.
Don’t hurt me.’ But they chop it down and cut it up. The spirit of the land hates them… The indians neverf hurt anything, but the
white people destroy all. They blast
rocks and scatter them on the earth. The
rocks says, ‘Don’t! You are hurting
me.’ But the white people pay no
attention. When the Indians use rocks,
they take little round ones for their cooking.
The white people dig deep long tunnels.
They make roads. They dig as much
as they wish. They don’t care how much
the ground cries out. How can the spirit
of the earth like the white man? That is
why God will upset the world—because it is sore all over” (Du Bois 1935:75-6;
cf. Heizer 1978:650).
Luckie continued to say that water
could not be permanently hurt, because it eventually runs to the ocean, and
that it would thus survive to destroy the current world by flood. The Wintu share the widespread North American
belief that there have been four worlds of people so far, and we are in the
fifth; it is to be destroyed by flood, according to Wintu tradition. Another Wintu shaman commented that “the gold
feels sorry” for the Indian people because they were driven from their homes by
men seeking that metal (Du Bois 1935:76).
(It is worth noting that Du Bois had no special interest in ecology or
environment, but was meticulous about documenting shamans and all they said;
hence these unique recordings.)
The California Native peoples
shared the widespread Native American belief that disrespect of powerful
animals brought danger. A story has
made it from the Chumash consultant Juan Justo to early ethnographer John
Peabody Harrington, thence to Chumash expert John Johnson, and then into Lynn
Gamble’s book on the Chumash—a typically indirect route:
“…Juan’s
uncle began to laugh and shout and make fun of [a rattlesnake]…. The other man
advised Juan’s uncle to be quiet,…but Juan’s uncle made all the more
noise….whereupon the other man left him and went on alone. When he was alone, Juan’s uncle looked around
a saw a whole pile of guicos [alligator
lizards] with their mouths open towards him and their tongues out….he…shut his
eyes and went jumping and climbing to break through the lizards, and when he
opened his eyes there was nothing there” (Gamble 2008:216, quoting John
Johnson’s edited version of a Harrington text).
I have heard very similar stories
on the Northwest Coast and among the Maya.
If the parallels hold—and I am sure they do—the lizards were warning
Juan’s uncle that if he teased a snake again he would suffer, probably through
a bite from the snake.
General respect for plants and
animals and their spirits and spirit guardians existed. Respect guided conservation generally. “One took what he needed and expressed
appreciation…. Without these attitudes the California Indians could have laid
waste to California long before the Europeans appeared” (Heizer 1978:650).
There was a very general sense that
plants needed human care, a sentiment backed up by experience, but going well
beyond the facts of Native management and care.
Plants and animals need to be
used, as a mark of respect. Neglecting
them wounds their spirits. They decline
and become weedy, poorly grown, and despondent-looking (K. Anderson 20005; Blackburn
and Anderson 1993; McCarthy 1993:225). I
have run into the same idea among Northwest Coast peoples and something very
close to it among my Maya friends. In
fact, California’s useful plants do respond to care; basketry plants put out
long straight shoots, nut trees crop more, and so on (Anderson 2005).
Such attitudes survive today in
areas where something like traditional plant uses can exist. Michael Wilken-Robertson, interviewing
Kumeyaay people in Mexico just south of the California border, heard from elder
Teodora Dcuero Robles:
“This I can assure you, the ancient
ones never damaged a tree, no, never; they loved them as something very
sacred. They would tell us not to go
breaking the branches of the pines, not to play there, nor to climb up on any
small tree, they said that they were almost juist like humans; ‘They are
watching us, they are taking care of us, they give us our food. Don’t go around damaging them don’t be
shouting, none of that,’ they would say, ‘take special care of them,’ for this
reason we know very well that we must take care of these trees. Also the medicinal herbs, those they
especially charged us to care for, we shouldn’t just go out and cut for no
reason, go out and cut them and throw them away to dry up, no. They told us many things, that we should even
care for the rocks, just imagein! The
rocks, the sand, the springs, the water flowing, all these things they said we
must respect” (Wilken-Robertson 2004:49, reprinted in Wilken-Robertson
2018:231-232). From the Paipai, a group
that moved from Arizona to northern Baja California about 300 years ago, comes
a story told by Eufemio Sandoval. The
Mexican government forbid them cutting juniper posts because the junipers were
getting rare. Sandoval commented “we
have never cut the plant to the root, but rather it has been a form of pruning
that we carry out. We just take what is useful as a post and leave the rest to
keep growing and developing” (Wilken-Robertson 2004:53-54, reprinted in
Wilken-Robertson 2018:236). Sandoval
held that this was better conservation than pure neglect. Recall Wilke’s findings on Great Basin
junipers.
There is little reference to
animals letting themselves be taken if they are respected, but apparently the
belief existed. One Mohave did say that
the Creator gave hunting to the desert tribes but not the Mohave, so when the
Chemehuevi “see game, the animals cannot run fast, or they sit down…they want
to be caught. The same with the Walapai. But if Mohave go to hunt, the animals run
swiftly away” (Kroeber 1972:84). A Wintu
hunter who failed to get deer would say “The deer don’t want to die for me any
more” (Heizer 1978:651). Many stories
around the state imply that animals not respected will not let themselves be
killed. Conversely, they might go
away. Elsewhere in North America, some
groups have noted that game disappears as white settlers fill up the landscape,
and suspect this is because Native hunting is outlawed and the game is offended
and leaves. I am certainly aware that
dramatic declines of deer have taken place since hunting has been banned in
settled areas, but in fact the reasons are drought (first of all),
suburbanization, and introduced diseases.
Still, the Native view has its merits; failing to keep the game alert,
and failing to weed out sick and slow individuals, has its costs.
The belief that wild plants and
animals, and even rocks, must be treated with respect is shared all over North America and among similar
societies in Asia. In Mongolia I learned
immediately that one had to treat all these entities with respect (shuutekh, a word whose root meaning is
respect for one’s elders). All have
spirits and the spirits are ever-present; they deserve respect as elders,
helpers, friends, and possible sacrificers of themselves to the human hunter or
forager. Thus there are absolute rules
against overhunting, overcollecting, and waste, and these are observed in the
remotest areas.
The widespread North American taboo
against a youth eating his first kill was probably general, and among the
Chumash one report says that a hunter or fisher could never eat his own kill, on pain of never succeeding again (Grant
1978:512, citing Z. Engelhardt). This is
evidently part of the North American complex of respect for animals. The Chumash are known to have prayed to the
swordfish to drive whales on shore, and to have had a swordfish dance; they
revered other powers of the sea also (Blackburn 1975; Gamble 2008).
They also had the idea, general in
western North America, that the bones of an animal should be treated carefully
and respectfully, because such things as breaking a bone would mean the animal
would reincarnate with a broken or missing leg; at least this is attested in
myth, if not in actual practice (Blackburn 1975:131, in a myth recorded by
Harrington). Another version of the same
myth has Momoy—Datura personified as
an old woman—protesting against a boy (her grandson in other versions) killing
unnecessarily: “Have you no sense at
all? You are just killing for the sake
of killing” (Blackburn 1975:147). Occurrences
like this, in Harrington’s very complete materials on the Chumash, make it seem
very likely that California Indians did not lack the usual western North
American values; ethnographers simply failed to record them.
And yet, among the Monache, careful
enquiry indicated otherwise: “No special
ritual precautions accompanied the hunting of deer or bear. Animals were not addressed before, during, or
after the kill” (Spier 1978:428). This
is reported because it is in such marked contrast to the situation in the
Northwest Coast and many other areas, where respectful addresses to the animals
were required, and were part of a conservation-related ideology. Generally, nothing is reported either way for
California peoples; “absence of evidence is not evidence of absence,” but the
lack is suggestive given Spier’s report.
Social
Bonds with Nature. All California
groups thought of the natural world as closely allied to the human one, almost
always with actual kin relations or equivalent social bonds.
Many Californian groups, especially in the center and south,
had lineages and moieties with animal emblems.
Moieties named Coyote and Wildcat (Bobcat) were found widely, as among
the Cahuilla and Serrano. The Yokuts
named them West and East, but divided the animals among them; “the Tachi
assigned Eagle, Crow, Killdeer, Raven, Antelope, and Beaver to the…West moiety
and Coyote, Prairie Falcon, Ground [Burrowing] Owl, Great Horned Owl, Skunk,
Seal” and other beings to the East (Wallace 1978:453, from E. W. Gifford’s
data; reference to Valley Yokuts, but all Yokuts groups apparently had more or
less the same). Anna Gayton (1976)
points out that people really felt close to their lineage animals. Eagle and Coyote were the lead animals
respectively. Within the moieties were
animal-named patrilineages; the Eagle lineage supplied chiefs. The Coyote
moiety had its own chiefs, however (Wallace 1978:454). Moieties sometimes owned certain foods, and
feasted each other with their respective foods (Gayton 1976:84).
The Miwok seem to have reached an extreme, extending human
society to the entire cosmos by classifying everything (at least everything
they noticed) into either the Land or the Water Moiety; the former included
mostly up-country beings, the latter not only water but also lowland creatures
(Gifford 1916, summary in Kroeber 1925:455; it is worth noting that Gifford’s
rather scattered and obscure studies of Miwok society are one of the more
amazing achievements in the history of kinship studies, being far ahead of
their time in almost every way; Gifford had a high-school education and was a
true autodidact). These had nothing to
do with individuals’ spirit power animals or other less global social
symbolism.
The Monache had lineages named
after birds or sometimes other animals; a lineage’s namesake was called its
“dog” in the sense of “pet animal”
(Spier 1978:433). The Eagle lineage was
the chiefly one; messengers (and talking leaders?) came from Roadrunner and
Dove lineages. The Yokuts used their
Dove lineages for this purpose, and Magpie lineage members as criers.
Humans
as Part of the Ecological System.
This phrase understates the powerful, deep and complex emotional
attachments to the land. For every
Californian group, their land is home—not just their personal home but the home
of their people since the time of creation (or at least of transformation into
our recognizable world). Lynn Gamble and
Michael Wilken-Robertson, in a recent, particularly sensitive account of Native
Californian relationships with the land (2009), describe “…a landscape that is
permeated with symbolic and ritual meanings[,] that embraces mythical
histories, ancestral pasts, and moral messages that overlay a landscape where
economic resources, such as foods and medicines, abound.
Related to this ideational
landscape are the themes of landscape as memory and landscape as identity. Specific places are reminders of a social
past that was filled with triumphs and disasters” and other stories. People remember “not just a boulder, but the
significant events associated with the boulder” (Gamble and Wilken-Robertson
2009:148). Every stream and hill, as
well as every sizable boulder, has its stories, and even individual trees are
often important landmarks. Often the
historic associations of these landmarks blend into myths and origin stories. Other, related groups in Baja California
maintain similar ties with the land, including long-lost homes on the United
States side of the border, where they have kin and other social relations
(Garduño 2016).
The article refers specifically to
the people of the Tijuana River basin in Baja California, but it could be said
with equal truth of every group in California, or for that matter the whole of
the North American Pacific coast. Every ethnographer who has written much about
the ideational culture of Native Californians has emphasized their extreme
attachment to and concern for the land, and I can certainly attest it from my
own experience there and in the Northwest Coast. Directions—including up toward the sky and
down toward the lower world—as well as places have enormous significance
ritually and culturally.
The Yumans of the Colorado River
drainage—close linguistic relatives of the Tijuana River people— speak of
“’Coyote Law,’…the law of the land—sometimes capricious and unreasonable like
Coyote himself—but nevertheless, the way things are. [Their] tales tell about Coyote Law” (Hinton
and Watahomigie 1984:6).
This train of investigation leads
to two broad conclusions. First and most
important, views of the land and its resources are impassioned. Native people are not sizing up “resources”
with the cold eye of the economic planner.
They are looking at their home.
For California’s people, the whole land is not only their family home,
but the home of their entire people since the beginning of time. We may understand the latter clause as
meaning “since the beginning of the group as an identifiable cultural and
social entity,” but that does not diminish its psychological force. The land is loved, but the emotional
involvement is much more than that; it is a total personal involvement, the
sort of interaction that Emmanuel Levinas regarded as literally infinitely
important, because it makes us who and what we are (Levinas 1969).
Second, knowledge is derived from
interactive practice, not from passive book-learning. Knowing the land comes from living on it and making
a living from it. Knowledge of plants
and animals comes from working with them in the field, not from a biology
text. Rural Anglo-Americans in my youth
learned the same way, and contrasted it quite sharply with “book
learning.” They knew that interactive
practice is far better for learning actual life skills and work skills,
whatever it may cost in knowledge of grand theory. However, their wider knowledge of the world
was book-learning (or TV-learning). For
traditional Californians, all knowledge
came from interactive practice. People
grew up knowing the local ecology from personal experience; they knew what the
fish ate, which plants grew together, what was needed for a healthy
ecosystem. Research comparing Native and
White rural folk in the northern Midwest is relevant here; even Whites who knew
the outdoors as intimately as the Natives thought very differently, seeing
species as separate and relatively isolated rather than part of a great web
that included humans (Medin et al. 2006).
Awareness of the possibility of
overpopulation—too much population pressure—is found in the story, reported for
every well-studied Californian group, of Coyote or Lizard or some similar
creature bringing death because the world would become too crowded if people lived
forever. Where Coyote is the
death-bringer, his own child is usually the first to die, and he regrets his
choice. The Mohave shaman Nyavarup had
“the small lizard” as deathbringer; the lizard says “’I wish people to
die. If they all keep on growing, there
will be no room. There will be no place
to go; if we defecate, the exrement will fall on someone’s foot’” (Kroeber 1972:6).
Mythic
Construction. Even myths and chants
came not from mindless classroom memorization but from ritualized transmission
around the flickering winter-season fire.
Myths could not be lightly told.
Relating them in summer could lead to rattlesnake bite, among other
things.
Mythic
animals were most conspicuously predators:
Coyote, Wolf, Fox, Eagle, Falcon, Condor, and so on. Many game animals seem to have been merely
game animals even in mythic time. Among
the Wappo, Elk was a humanoid pre-animal in mythic time, but hunted deer, which
were ordinary game animals (see tales in Radin 1924). Deer are rather rarely seen as having been
humanoid in mythic time (though the Karok have several Deer stories; Kroeber
and Gifford 1980). Among the Chemehuevi,
Coyote and Fox hunted rats and mice (Laird 1976).
Southern
Californian groups had long and complex origin cycles, involving creation by
heroic individuals. In the Serrano song
cycle for mourning ceremonies, the first song spoke of the earth, the second chukiam, “all growing things” (Lerch
1981:11). This refers to plants and
animals, but apparently to plants above all; it included a passage about the Datura plant, ritually used as a
halluncinogen in puberty rites and in medicine.
Cognate words such as chukit are
known among other southern Californian Shoshonean groups. The Serrano creator died in Big Bear Valley,
which thus has an enormous variety of plants, many of them endemic. It is interesting that “[t]he Serrano “were
not only aware of the phenomenon, they had an explanation for it in their
cosmology” (Lerch 1981:14). The mourners turned to pines, which still stand in
ranks around the valley (due, in modern terms, to the layered rock outcrops). The related Cahuilla have a long cycle of
creation myths centering on Mukat, a human-like figure who brought agriculture
among other useful plant and animal management strategies.
By
contrast, the far northwest of the state had no origin myths; the cosmos always
existed. However, creator-like beings
had altered it greatly and made it suitable for humans, who appear after the
time of such beings as the Karok ikxareyavs
(see below).
The Yuki and Kato had something
close to monotheism; their high god (Taikomol in Yuki, Nagaitcho to the Kato;
Goddard 1909) was far above Coyote and his fellow creatures, though they
fine-tuned the creation. Taikomol
created the universe by song and speech. In a beautiful Kato telling of the creation
story by Bill Ray in 1906, Nagaitcho and the dog he has created end by rejoicing
in their world:
“My dog, come along behind me and look.”
Vegetation had grown, fish had come into the creeks.
Rocks had become large….
“Walk fast, my dog.”
The land was good.
Valleys had appeared….
Water had begun to flow.
Springs had come….
“I made the land good, my dog,
Walk fast, my dog.”
Acorns were growing, pine cones were hanging,
Tarweed seeds were ripe, chestnuts were ripe,
Hazelnuts were good, manazanita berries were getting white,…
Buckeyes were good, peppernuts were black-ripe,
Bunch grass was ripe, grasshoppers were growing,
Clover was with seed.
Bear-clover was good. Mountains
had grown.
Rocks had grown, different foods were grown.
“My dog, we made it good.”
Fish had grown that they will eat.
“Waterhead Place we have come to now.”
Different plants were ripe.
They went back, they say,
His dog with him.
“We will go back,” he said.
(Goddard 1909:9394; slightly rewritten for
comprehensibility. Nagaitcho and his dog
return to the north, whence they came, and leave us this beautiful world.)
This hymn to all the wonderful
foods of the north coast ranges—and indeed they are excellent eating—is only a
tiny part of a very long creation story that mentions virtually every plant,
animal, fish, and geological feature in Kato habitat. It is all very reminiscent of Psalm 104, but
far more richly detailed. It also
reveals something of Bill Ray’s personal narrative style, which included long
chanted lists of plants, animals, and geographic features of the environment,
alternating with narrative that is largely spoken and is so telegraphic as to
be dreamlike. The combination is
powerful enough to make Ray one of the more distinctive and poetically gifted
California myth-tellers. Such lists are
a widespread stylistic feature in myths in many languages of north-central
California and elsewhere in the world (think of Hesiod’s Theogony).
The Athapaskan original takes full
advantage of the exquisite beauty and potential for sound-poetry of the
Athapaskan languages. The above is
rhythmical and rhymed poetry in the original, rhyming with the repeated
chorus-line word kwanang (“they say”).
Note that the mountains and rocks grow; they are living things in
California belief. Like Hanc’ibeyjim’s
creation story (Appendix) Ray’s is one of the greatest religious poems in world
literature, and it deserves more than languishing in a forgotten monograph. Here are the first few lines, in Kato,
simplified for easier reading from Goddard’s linguistic transcription:
“E lot, shiit la, nan dal, o dut t
ge ka la e kwanang,
To nai nas de le kwanang.
Sha na ta se gun cha ge kwanang
N gun sho ne kwanang.
Kakw chqal yani kakw ko winyal, e
lots ul chin yani ne n gun sho ne kwanang….”
Many other groups had Earthmaker
and Coyote or Wolf and Coyote as creators.
Earthmaker or Wolf was the senior, more responsible and sober one, the
stereotypic elder brother. Coyote was
young and wild, everybody’s crazy kid brother.
Of course, everyone respected Earthmaker but loved Coyote. A particularly beautiful and moving version
of this story is William Benson’s Pomo version (2002, where Coyote is called by
his Pomo name or alternative incarnation Marumda). The Pomo had a range of creation stories,
often conflicting, because of their diversity and the diversity of peoples
around them; they were influenced by the monotheistic Yuki to the north, the
Guksu Cult of the Patwin to the east, and so on (Barrett 1933). Other
fine stories are Hancibeyjim’s Maidu one (Dixon 1912; Shipley 1991; cf. below),
Laird’s Chemehuevi stories (Laird 1976,
1984), and stories from the Kiliwa (Mixco 1983) and Kawaiisu (Zigmond 1980,
1991).
The Yuman groups had humanlike but
mystical and powerful creators. The
Yuman peoples and the culturally related Chemehuevi told of these in long song
cycles, that describe the courses of the creator beings as they traveled around
the world—the known habitat of the people, that is—creating, transforming,
teaching, and instituting practices (see e.g. Kelly 1977; Kroeber 1972; Laird
1976, 1984). Individuals dreamed their
own versions of the song cycles.
Some Mohave song cycles are given
by Kroeber (1972; see also 1925:754-770), including a Mohave version of the
Salt cycle known also by the Chemehuevi.
It contains not only the origin of salt, but of tobacco, the stars, and
much else.
Kroeber found the cycles rambling
and uneventful, but he recorded them in his youth from elderly individuals, and
he was not fluent in the language; he seems to have gotten bland and truncated
versions. (Compare, for instance, Paul
Talejie’s short but brilliant creation tale in the closely related Walapai
language, in Hinton and Watahomigie 1984, and Laird’s Chemehuevi renderings.) Even Kroeber’s recordings contain some
striking poetry; one cycle begins: “At
Ha’avulypo Matavilya [the original creator] had made a house out of darkness
and lived there” (Kroeber 1972:44). The
cycle continues to tell of his death and burial. In the cycle of Yellak (goose?),
Yellak’s end is noted by Halykupa: “I know what made Yellak die. He became sick from the sky, the clouds, the
earth, the water, and the wind….Now cry.
Cry with the sky and with the wind…” (Kroeber 1972:63). His skin sank into the Colorado River and
turned into animals.
One reason Kroeber rather wearied
of these cycles is that they detail almost all important actions as having been
done and repeated facing each of the four directions in sequence, and there are
other stylized repetitions as well. Another is that some of the memorialized
events, complete with long songs, are nothing more than the hero seeing a
badger or catching a rat (Kroeber 1925:756).
The interest in these cycles attaches to their detailing geographical
points and the creation events that took place there—of sheep, deer, grapes,
salt, everything—rather than to exciting stories. California Native people have an unexcelled
sense of place, and—today as in the past—can find the simple mention of
familiar spots enormously moving.
With the songs, which were repeated
over and over, these cycles took anywhere from a night to several weeks of
nights to perform. Some were never
performed in their entirety, because, like epics everywhere, they could be
lengthened out indefinitely by adding elements and repeating songs.
Separate (or possibly, at some
level, from the Yellak bird myth cycle), but part of the same general tradition
of singing to create and transform, were the bird song cycles, which survive
among the Yuman and neighboring Uto-Aztecan peoples; these are not only about
birds, but can be about anything, and are sung for entertainment—often with
slow dancing. Bird songs were in decline
in the 1960s and 1970s, but have been enthusiastically revived, and now abound,
with several good recordings commercially available.
These spirit beings transformed the
world for their own reasons, but also to make it ready for humans. This can be compared to the Australian
Aboriginal beliefs in the Dreamtime, and to the most ancient stratum of Greek
myths. These latter, at least some of
which go back to a very ancient stratum of belief, lie behind the
“metamorphoses” that the Roman poet Ovid turned into art long after the
highly-charged shamanic power had gone out of them.
Thus at the south end of the state,
the Tipay (Diegueño) taught that Chaup, the focal deity of their religion,
“named and marked all animals whereby they lost their ti.pay (‘human’) nature” (Luomala 1978:604).
Thought and song created much of
the world. The very long and circumstantial
Achomawi origin tales of Istet Woiche (1992) and Maidu tales of Hanc’ibyjim
1991) seem to indicate that this belief reached a peak in the northeastern
corner of the state.
Calendars everywhere recognized
months, and frequently named them from the subsistence activities or seasonal
nature events that went with them.
California is distinctly lacking in
the specifically conservationist texts so commonly recorded from the Northwest
Coast and Mexico. There are none in the
above-cited major collections. Even
Zigmond, focusing on ethnobiological research, found none. Almost nowhere are there mythic stories about
animals driven away by overhunting. One
intriguing exception concerns the Patwin Hesi
cycle of the Kuksu religion. Four
songs were obtained from the deer of the Marysville Buttes, back when deer were
humanoid in mythic time; enemies took advantage of the deer while the latter
were ceremonially sweating, and exterminated them, which is why there are no
deer on the Buttes (Kroeber 1925:385-386).
This is quite a different story from the widespread North American motif of overhunting followed
by famine, but is clearly a relative with the same general perception behind
it. The Kuksu cult is associated with
morals and discipline, and this myth is surely significant. Farther afield are various myths in which
evil entities wreck the environment for no special reason, and are eventually
transformed into their present animal form, as for instance in the Yurok myth
of the origin of the mole and Jerusalem cricket (Kroeber 1976:47-54). These animals, in their humanoid form of
mythic time, bring death as well as widespread ecological damage. The sense that the environment has to be
orderly, constant, and well-managed to be fruitful lies behind this and similar
myths, and evidently served as a general sanction against damaging the
environment.
Apparently universal, however, is a
myth of a time when animals and fish were held by supernatural beings who would
not release them. A culture hero such as
Coyote or the Yurok Pulekukwerek outwits the keepers and releases the prey them
through a mix of heroism, trickery and magic.
Masters of the game animals—almost
universally recognized in the Native Americas—seem less common in
California. Supernatural beings
controlling or watching over plant and animal resources are mentioned, but
without much detail. The Southern
Paiute, who range into California (where they are called Chemehuevi), had this
belief: “All the deer on Kaibab Plateau
were believed to be owned by a supernatural being named Qainacav. During the hunting season (July and June,
also early fall), his name must not be mentioned, or else the luck of the whole
hunting season would be spoiled.”
Hunters sometimes encountered him in human or deer form, but seeing him
meant no luck that day. Anyone who
offended him would be lured off by deer tracks that eventually disappeared
(Sapir 1992:829, from notes made around 1910), one way of explaining one’s
inability to follow a trackway.
Few myths that I can find give
specific directions or charters for the plant and animal management that we
know was so universal (although some myths mention it in passing). Quite the contrary; animals in their mythic
humanoid forms go hunting and collecting quite at will, killing enormous
numbers of game animals and gathering all the seeds they want. The wishful dreams of the storytellers are
evident, but conservation teachings are not evident at all. The myths are extremely well supplied with
moral teachings, but the morals are social.
Tales show the awful results of condemning ungenerousness,
vindictiveness, mean-spiritedness, violence, sexual sins, ignoring good advice,
and trying to imitate others mindlessly, but not the awful results of
mismanaging resources. The stories are
set the times before human people, and thus I suspect they date back to a time
so ancient that the people were still few, with simple technology, when they
could take without a second thought. The
Northwest Coast conservation stories seem usually to concern real people,
albeit in long-ago times.
One exception is in an astonishing
Wappo text, “The Chicken-Hawk Cycle,” recorded by Paul Radin from Jim Tripo
(Radin 1924:87-147). This is one of the
most impressive and striking mythic texts ever recorded in California, and
deserves better than to languish obscure in a forgotten volume. Tripo spins it out to 60 pages; more typical
is a Karok version of the same story that manages only two pages (Kroeber and
Gifford 1980:250-252.) Much of the plot
turns on the anger of Moon, a captious old man, at the Hawk chief and his son
harvesting pine cones by breaking off the branches of Moon’s pine trees. Moon is not portrayed in a sympathetic light,
but it is clear that such a damaging way of getting pine nuts was genuinely bad
by Wappo standards.
Education
of the young came through these myths, through specific instruction, through
reprimand, but above all through interaction with the world, guided to varying
degrees by elders and peers (see Margolin 2005 for a fine summary of Native
Californian education). Autobiographies
recount dramatic experiences—accidents, vision quests, special hunting
accounts, personal crises—that were interpreted, usually briefly but in extremely
telling words, by elders. Apparently
this was a canonical way of learning, along with myths and initiation
rites. The long and complex initiation
rites of such groups as the Luiseno involved detailed explanations of cosmology
and of human life, including life crisis ritualization. Other rites of passage, such as marriages and
funerals, provided opportunities for songs, stories, and speeches that provided
a great deal of instruction. Finally,
chiefs at dawn often harangued their communities on the need to be up and
working. Overall, there was a great deal
of education, much of it quite formalized:
winter myth cycles, sings, initiations, funeral orations, and many more
occasions.
Religion, Cosmology, and Spiritual Concerns
A whole cosmology based on
interactive practice and intense emotional involvement is bound to be quite
different from one based on books, deductive logic, and laboratory
experiments. For one thing, it is hard
to avoid personalizing the land—seeing the rocks, plants, and animals as
people. Even modern Anglo-Americans name
their cars, talk to their dogs, and cherish their plants.
Thousands of years of such
interaction, in a world without labs and mass media, will inevitably make the
nonhuman world more personal. The
nonhuman beings are “other-than-human persons.”
They have will and intellect, but not like ours; they plan and
communicate, but we have to know how to hear them. They have supernatural power to
transmit.
The
Californians shared the almost universal Native American belief in a prior
cosmos, ruled by animal powers, that changed dramatically to make our present
cosmic order. The earlier beings
included Coyote, Quail, Wildcat, and other beings. There seems to be a vague tendency for
interior and mountain groups to have more strictly animal powers in mythic
time. At least, the mythic-time people
of the Yurok and the larger southern California tribes were very often
humanoid, especially the main characters.
The large, rich tribes of the Delta and Bay Area are not well enough
known for many conclusions.
Widely, however, especially in
central California, an apparently human-like high god or pair of gods was the
chief agent. The Wiyot were the
northwest pole of this belief; the Yurok, distantly related in language, lacked
it (Kroeber 1925:119). The Maidu, Wintu
and their neighbors had a high creator or Earthmaker/Earthnamer. Some (or all) Pomo groups had a similar high
god. Everywhere, he was very often
assisted by Coyote, who royally messed up the process (see e.g. Hanc’ibyjim in
Shipley 1991). Similar pairings in
southern California include Wolf and Coyote or Southern Fox and Coyote (Laird
1976, 1984).
What Walter
Goldschmidt said of the Nomlaki would apply equally well to all California Native
peoples: “To the Nomlaki, the world of
reality and the world of the supernatural were inseparable, so that even the
most practical undertaking was circumscribed by elaborate ritual inspired by
the religious ideas with which the act was invested…. The Nomlaki world was animistic. ‘Everything in this world talks, just as we
are now,’” one Nomlaki man told him (Goldschmidt 1978:345). There was, in fact, no concept of “reality”
or of “supernatural”; there was simply the cosmos, with a gradient from clearly
visible and tangible beings to invisible and intangible ones, and with a
gradient from animals that were just animals to the mythic human-like animals
of prehuman times.
Goddard, missionary turned
ethnographer, was deeply struck by the religious nature of the Hupa, and
sardonically remarked that “this undercurrent of deep religious feeling makes
the life and deeds of the Indian seem…strange to the white man” (Goddard
1903:88). Similar comments (if without
the depreciative aside about Anglo-Americans!) could be made about all
California Native people. Religion was
deeply felt and important in all aspects of life. This was closely connected with plant and
animal interactions. Like their
neighbors, they had a first salmon ceremony in the spring and a first acorns
ceremony in the fall, as well as a first-lamprey (“eel”) ceremony (Goddard
1903). (The related Lassik had a
bulbous-plant ceremony; Elsasser 1978.)
All this involved stressing the importance of maintaining the resource;
the ceremony was intended to keep the salmon and acorns coming, probably by
showing proper respect and entertainment.
I strongly suspect that conservation lessons were once part of the
rituals.
Thomas Buckley discusses the
importance of the spirit world, of doctoring power, and of “wealth” objects
(actually ritual objects), among the Yurok, as Goddard does for the Hupa. Of the wealth objects, Buckley says that
“[d]ance regalia are not objects but ‘people,’ sentient beings (like deer) that
have wewecek’, ‘spirit’ or ‘life,’
and that ‘cry to dance.’ As people,
their ‘prupose in life’ is to get out of the baskets and boxes in which they’re
stored and dance to ‘fix the world…’ (Buckley 2002:175). They sometimes ask their owners to be loaned
out so they can be danced at a ceremony in a neighboring community.
Buckley, like the Karok
anthropologist Julian Lang (1994), faults A. L. Kroeber for holding that the Yurok
were obsessed with material wealth per se.
Kroeber was not entirely unaware that wealth objects (dentalia shells,
obsidian blades, white deerskins, woodpecker scalps, and so on) were spiritual
things and tokens of spiritual power. He
recorded many stories in which they are personified and spiritualized (Kroeber
1976, e.g. 200-204; cf. Kroeber 1925:40-42).
However, these objects, the dentalium shells in particular, were used as
regular money too, for ordinary purchases and bargains.
Kroeber was writing at a time when
materialism, Marxian and otherwise, was dominant in American social science. Not only Kroeber himself, but his main Yurok
coworker, Robert Spott, seem rather matter-of-fact and materialist in their
narratives (Spott and Kroeber 1942). Euro-American
readers might recall the Renaissance associations of gold: money and material wealth, but also a
spiritual and magical substance. Interesting
is one rather barbed comment that Kroeber recorded from Dick of Wohkero. To a myth about Earthquake, who is
personified among the Yurok, Dick added that “[n]ow Earthquake is angry because
the Americans have bought up Indian treasures and formulas and taken them away
to San Francisco to keep. He knew that,
so he tore the ground up there (referring to the earthquake of the year before,
in 1906)” (Kroeber 1976:418).
Unsurprisingly, religion was
thoroughly embedded in the natural world, and ceremonies continually
constructed and reinforced ties with nature.
The Chumash had a particularly complex and arcane cosmology, paralleling
their complex socioreligious organization (Hudson et al. 1977).
The dances of the Kuksu religion of
central California included duck, grizzly, deer, coyote, goose, grasshopper,
turtle,condor, and other dances based on animals; presumably the dances invoked
them and imitated their motions. These
were not mere dances, but entire ceremonies centered on dancing (Kroeber
1925:378-380). These ceremonies were
“thought to bring rains, nourish the earth, and produce a bountiful natural
crop; perhaps also to ward off epidemcis, floods, earthquakes, and other
disasters…” as well as producing “an abundance of bulbs and greens,
and…acorns…” as well as game (Kroeber 1925:383-384). I take it this means that the dances were
essential to co-create the natural community as well as the human one; human
society being extended to include wild animals and plants, it is natural that
human community-building rituals would impact the other-than-human community
members favorably as well. Kroeber notes the significant lack of dances for critically important animals like fish and
rabbits; there was no one-to-one mapping.
Of course it is possible that such dances existed but were lost before
ethnography began.
Of course the agricultural tribes
of the southeast part of the state had agricultural ceremonies, like most
farming peoples of the world. Yet, as with
the Cocopa (see above), these seem not to have been elaborated as fertility or
harvest ceremonies.
Girls and boys coming of age went
through initiation rituals, sometimes involving hallucinogenic plants that
produced visions interpreted as spirit communications. These initiation rites seem to have been
among the most important ceremonies of the Native peoples. Many smaller groups had no other major
ceremonies, leaving initiation rites as the most important part of their
religion (cf. Kroeber 1925, e.g. p. 428; the Yurok, alone among major groups,
had no girls’ rites and apparently no true male rites either). This is particularly true in the south (north
through the Yokuts lands), where the use of toloache (Datura spp.) as a hallucinogenic drink made another link with the
plant world. The Luiseño youths acquired
animal guardian spirits while under its influence, and did not subsequently
kill the animal received (Kroeber 1925:670).
Toloache was widely used medicinally as well (see e.g. Librado 1979, esp.
pp. 68-72).
Widely, across the state, puberty
rites were the occasion for telling the longest, most detailed, most sacred
myths and group histories. This was when
people really learned their culture in its depth. All accounts agree that detailed and extensive
teachings were part of this, but no
accounts give us much detail on the contents of the teachings, primarily
because the rites vanished or went underground quite early. (Constance Du Bois found some among the
Luiseño.) One suspects that ecological
and conservation teachings were a major part of this initiation, but we will
never know.
At the other end of the life cycle,
groups in southern and central California burned the possessions of the dead,
and then in memorial ceremonies burned large quantities of their own
goods. This prevented a buildup of
material wealth, and indirectly served to eliminate the possibility of
accumulating wealth for status display.
This seems to have mattered little, however, since the northwestern
groups that did accumulate wealth for (spiritual) status did no notable damage
to the environment thereby.
There were
several major religious cults or general ceremonial complexes in the state,
each one confined to a few neighboring groups, possibly because of the
difficulties of translation into the many different languages of the
state. The Northwest group of Yurok,
Wiyot, Karok and Hupa (and to a lesser extent their hill neighbors) shared a
focus on fish ceremonials, world renewal dances and ceremonies, the white
deerskin dance, and other dances displaying ancient prized items of spiritual
power. The center of the state was
dominated by the Kuksu and related cults, centering on the Patwin, Wappo, and
Pomo groups. The spectacular rock art of
the Chumash and Yokuts (and probably the Gabrielino and other Shoshoneans,
though evidence is mostly lost) indicates another religious area. The bird songs of the lower Colorado and the
Chinigchinich cult of the Luiseno and their neighbors also involved two or
three major linguistic groupings each (counting the river Yumans as basically
one group). Finally, the rock art of the
inner deserts, focusing on mountain sheep in many sites, is distinctive.
By
contrast, more general folklore, as well as material culture, spread widely; it
could be shared by anyone within hundreds of miles. Folktales gradually transform, with north and
south being quite different. Language
was not much of a barrier, and of course hardly a barrier at all to the spread
and copying of material items.
Central to religion was spiritual
ability and efficacy. I have noted above
the tendency of anthropologists to use the word “power” for what Native people
generally call “knowledge.” One could
use the phrase “power/knowledge” if it had not been preempted by Foucault for a
very different idea.
A model developed especially with
the Luiseño concept of ayelkwi, but
valid rather widely (especially for groups in the south coast, of course),
lists four characteristics: “Power is
sentient and the principal causative agent in the universe”; it is found in the
upper, middle, and lower worlds and “possessed by anything having ‘life,’”
which can include rocks and tools as well as biota; it is in some degree of
equilibrium in the cosmos; and man is a central figure in power networks (Bean
1992:22, citing and partly following White 1963). One might qualify this for other parts of the
state primarily in regard to clause 4; in some places (including central
California, if I read the myths aright), humans are definitely less central
than some supernatural beings, and probably some of the larger natural ones
too. Power is totally bound up in
geography, with dramatic rocks, peaks, mountains, waterfalls, and other
striking landmarks being major “power places.”
People got power from vision
questing in the wilderness. They would
undergo strong physical discipline:
enduring cold and heat, bathing in freezing waters, living with little
or no food and water, and so on. (The
classic account of vision questing, Ruth Benedict [1923], refers to the Plateau
area just north of California; her account is broadly valid for the latter
place.) The Achomawi preserved this
knowledge later than most and were more willing to share it, so the map of
their power spots provided by D. L. Olmstedt and Omer Stewart (1978:226) is
exceptionally valuable. Famous rock art
sites are often power places. (Places I
know personally, but that are unpublished, shall remain unidentified!)
Most of the spots are dramatic peaks, but some are canyons, lakes, and large
springs. Power is largely a spiritual
essence that allows beings (including humans—to the degree they have learned
it) to control and create. It is typically
exercised through song. Shamans cure by
singing just as the creator beings shaped the world by singing. However, actual physical and mental ability
to do things is an expression of power, so it is not entirely “supernatural” by
European standards. It is learned
through conventional training as well as through visions and dreams. Knowledge of how to manage natural resources
is a key part of power.
As noted previously, California
Native peoples sought visions, usually in arduous vision quests, at puberty, in
the wilderness. This was another
religious mechanism binding Californians to their landscape. Apparently some groups, at least the Coast
Central Pomo (Loeb 1926:320), did not have the vision quest. Indeed, Loeb notes that the Pomo in general
lacked a belief in guardian spirits, otherwise the goal of vision quests among
most California (and indeed most North American) peoples. They did have shamans and shamanic healers,
however, and must have done something to get that power. However, the Pomo and Native people everywhere
dreamed of animals, daydreamed about animals, and interpreted their dreamings
as important.
Shamans operate by controlling power; but,
again, in the center and north, they operate more by controlling specific
“pains” that they own. To be shamans or
other religious officiants they had to have visions giving medicine power. (Strictly speaking, the term “shaman” applies
to healers of the ancient societies of Siberia, and it might be better to call
the Californian healers “medicine persons,” but “shaman” is established in the
literature and fairly well justified by the similarity of beliefs and practices
to Siberian ones. See Bean [ed.] 1992.)
The culturally and technologically
simpler groups had vision-questing shamans and no other religious
practitioners, but the complex chiefdoms had whole ranges of religious
officiants. These including true
priests: officiants of organized religious cults (as opposed to shamans, who
are independent individuals with special healing and visionary powers). The Kuksu cult complex of central California
had a priesthood (Loeb 1926:320), which presumably led to the decline or
disappearance of vision questing among the Coast Central Pomo. The Chumash of southwestern California had a
whole range of shamans and priests with specialized functions, ranging from
weather control to fishing to canoe safety (Bean and King 1974; Gamble 2008).
Californians feared shamans and
wizards with transforming and poisoning powers.
They acquired special visions of their familiar spirits. These were often animal powers, but could be
other natural or supernatural beings.
Different animals gave different powers, often related to the animal’s
traits; rattlesnake power often involved the ability to cure rattlesnake bites,
for instance. These beliefs closely
resemble shamanistic beliefs elsewhere, from eastern North America to Siberia.
A particularly important problem
was “bear doctors,” men who had bear power knew the magic for transforming
themselves into grizzlies at will. These
were known and feared all over the state, from the Hupa to the Chemehuevi (Burrill
1993; Laird 1976:38). Real grizzlies
usually prefer to leave humans alone, but bear doctors transform themselves in
order to do harm. One remembers the bear
transformation stories in the Old World, from the berserk (“bear shirt”) men of
ancient Scandinavia and the Celtic Arthur (“bear man,” “were-bear”) to the Ainu
bear cult with its divinization of bears.
People could sometimes transform into other kinds of animals, and
animals and spirits could become or appear to be people; of course the animals
in the time before people came were humanoid to varying degrees. Related Old World figures are the werewolf,
were-tiger, and leopard-man. All come
from a stratum of thought that is most famously seen in Siberian shamanism but
is far more widespread. Animal transformations
are central to this cosmology.
Other supernatural and ghostly
transformations are known. People with
supernatural powers can invoke and control this shape-shifting. So can many animals. The raccoon dog (tanuki, often mistranslated “badger”) is a shape-shifter in Japan,
and some tanuki stories are related to Californian Coyote tales. The trickery of the fox is proverbial
throughout Eurasia. Modern Europeans
have lost the transformation tales, but foxes in east Asia routinely turn into
beautiful women to beguile men.
Common all over the state, but
especially in the dry southeast, were weather shamans who could bring rain and
snow. Some songs for this purpose have
been recorded, and a rain shaman’s bundle has been almost miraculously preserved
and studied (Fenenga et al. 2012; Hopkins et al. 2012). It came from the Tübatulabal of the Kern
River valley, but incorporated many items, especially steatite smoking pipes,
from the Chumash. These are known to
have been used by the coastal tribes to blow smoke clouds that invited rain
clouds by a form of sympathetic magic.
Sometimes water was thrown into the air, during ceremonies, for similar
reasons. The bundle was used in
ceremonies along with detailed chants that were guaranteed to bring rain (if properly carried out, of course). Shamans had to know how to stop rain, to
prevent large rains they invoked from causing floods. There were many adept weather shamans among
the Tübatulabal and their neighbors until quite recently. The use of a magic bundle, incorporating a
collection of sacred stones and other items, is very widespread in North
America (see esp. Wildschut 1975 on Crow bundles; one Crow doctor, showing some
small stones with some gravel near them, said—with a twinkle in his eye—that
the rocks in the bundle had mated and had a litter).
Other “Indian doctors” could send
pains into people. These were often
pebbles, small snakes, or other physical objects. A “sucking doctor” would be called to suck
this pain out. He (rarely she) would
suck on the belly or chest of the patient, sometimes hard enough to draw blood
(assumed to be posioned). Often he would
produce the stone or small animal. I
have encountered this practice among the Maya as well; my old friend Don José
Cauich Canul sucked a live scorpion from the little niece of my field assistant
Don Felix Medina Tzuc. I did not see
this, but Don Felix described it. He was
duly impressed. Don José has taught me
something of his craft, including his use of sleight-of-hand, so I know where
the centipede really came from. Claude
Lévi-Strauss (1963 [1958]) has pointed out that this sort of deception is
typically done by doctors who believe that the old-timers really had such
powers, but modern ones have less power and must imitate the old-timers as best
they can. This seems to fit California
and Maya cases.
Arts
represented interaction with the nonhuman realm. Among the Yokuts, people wore
crowns of flowers during spring (Gayton 1976:83).
Much of the art were clearly
associated with shamanism; more is inferentially so. The spectacular rock art of southern and Baja California—some
of the most outstanding in the world—is highly abstract, and also features
strange and unearthly creatures. Most
viewers of the art, from anthropologists to artists, feel that shamanism and vision
states must be involved. (Some reviews
include Campbell 2007; Grant 1965; Whitley 2000, notably speculative; and for
Baja California, Crosby 1997, a more ambitious work than anything devoted to
Alta California. See also Jean Clottes’
stunning book Cave Art, 2008, which
deals with the paleolithic art of Europe but presents California material for
comparison on pp. 300-303.) Other, more
unassuming or crude pictographs and petroglyphs are almost certainly mere
“Kilroy was here” markers, or at best markers of local descent-group territory. Unfortunately, we do not have the keys
(though see Spoon et al. 2014a, 2014b—the Nevada Paiute still know something). The shamans are gone.
There are a few recorded
explanations, most of which refer not to shamanic visions but to puberty
rites. Often, puberty rites involved
explanations of the cosmos using pictorial but abstract symbols, and sometimes
the initiates were supposed to draw geometric designs of their own. The Luiseno girls’ puberty rite, for
instance, involved drawing red checkerboard, diamond, or maze patterns on
rocks, and many of these survived in my younger days in the Riverside
area. Unfortunately most have faded
now.
Otherwise, outside of fairly
obvious representations of animals, we have little identifiable rock art. Earlier theories of hunting magic have gone
by the wayside. Besides the known cases
just noted, other rock art sites are very often astronomically aligned—in
canyons down which the equinoctial sunrise strikes, for instance—or are on
remote and spectacular rock outcrops or in caves, rather than along game trails
or near water holes or the like. It is
very possible that a general relationship with the cosmos was intended and good
luck in hunting was one perceived consequence.
However, the focus remains on that general relationship, not on a
specific pragmatic application.
An excellent analysis of a mountain
sheep shrine, by Robert Yohe and Alan Garfinkel (2012), summarizes all that is
known of mountain sheep ceremonies, rock art, and hunting lore from southeast
California. Clearly, mountain sheep were
important game animals, and a huge and complex body of lore surrounded
them. (They were once extremely abundant;
their rarity today is due to introduced sheep diseases as well as overhunting
and habitat destruction.) The content of
ritual is lost to us, but at least there are still large amounts of art and
religious construction to analyze.
Songs were basic to activities and
teachings. They gave and expressed
power, and had power themselves. A good
explanation was given by a California basketmaker, Mrs. Mattz. Richard West reports that she
“…was hired
to teach basket making at a local university.
After three weeks, her students complained that all they had done was
sing songs…. Mrs. Mattz, taken aback, replied that the were learning to make
baskets. She explained that the process
starts with songs that are sung so as not to insult the plants when the
materials for the baskets are picked. So
her students learned the songs….. Upon their return to the classroom, however,
the students again were dismayed when Mrs. Mattz began to teach them yet more
songs. This time she wanted them to
learn the songs that must be sung as yo soften the materials in your mouth
before you start to weave…. The students
protested…. Mrs. Mattz…patiently explained the obvious to them: “You’re missing
the point,” she said, “a basket is a song made visible.” (Quoted Wilkinson 2010:382).
Appendix
To give the
flavor of Californian religious narrative, let us consider the beginning of the
creation myth told by Hanc’ibyjim (Tom Young) to Roland Dixon in 1902-03 (Dixon
1912). This myth was partially
retranslated and massively rewritten by William Shipley (1991). I will do still another rewrite, though I do
not know the Maidu language and have to rely on Dixon and Shipley.
Neither of
the translators refers to the incredible chantlike prosody of the narrative,
which comes across even to a non-Maidu-speaker like me. It is worth setting some of this up in poetic
form. Hanc’ibyjim uses the obligatory
marker of speech, –tsoia (“it is
said”), as a chorus, its sharp sound contrasting with the beautiful flow of the
narrative, full of “a” and “m” sounds.
Simply enjoy the sounds before reading the meaning. (Most letters are pronounced as in Spanish,
umlaut vowels as in German. The
apostrophe marks the accented syllable [not a glottal stop].)
Kō’doyapen kan ūniñ’ ko’do momim’ opit’mőni hintsetō’yetsoiam.
Literally, the first two lines
means “Earth-Maker and this world water full-when drifted about, it is
said. Kept drifting about where world-in
indeed little earth indeed saw-not, it is said.”
Translating
the first part of the story (and leaving out the endless repetition of “it is
said,” so effective in Maidu, so monotonous in English):
Earthmaker, when this world was covered with water, drifted.
He kept drifting; he saw nothing, not even a bit of earth.
He saw no creatures of any kind, nothing flying.
He went on and on, over the unseen earth.
The world seemed transparent, like the Valley Above in the
sky.
He felt sad.
“How, I wonder—how, I wonder—where, I wonder, in what world
or place, can we see the earth?” he
said. (After Dixon 1912:4 and Shipley
1991:18.)
[Coyote then appears, and he and
Earthmaker discuss creating the world.
Earthmaker sings:]
Where are you, my great mountains, my world mountains?
[Coyote
sings:]
Where are you, my foggy mountains, my world I could travel?
[A tiny
piece of land like a bird’s nest then appears, and the two succeed in
stretching it to make a world.
Meadowlark joins them, and Coyote goes on:]
My world, where I can go along the edge of the meadow,
My world, where I can travel side to side, wander all ways,
My world of mountains beyond mountains,
I call, singing, to my traveling-world,
In such a world shall I wander.
[There is
some conference among the three, about how to paint the world, and Coyote
continues:]
I will paint it with blood,
There will be blood in the world,
Creatures with blood will be born,
Animals with blood will be born,
Deer and other animals,
People shall be born,
Nothing will be missing, all those with blood will be born.
Red rocks will come into being,
The world will seem painted with blood,
It will be beautiful.
(After Dixon 1912:5-10 and Shipley 1991:19-22.)
Coyote…stretched out the land with his feet.
‘Pushing it out, little by little,
He stretched it out to where the usn rises—
Foirst, he stretched it out to there.
Then, to the south, and to where the sun sets,
He stretched it out, little by little. (Shipley 1991:22.)
Creation
continues, in an epic poem filled with intense images like those above. This story is as beautiful and powerful as
Genesis and one of the great religious poems of the world, yet it remains
unknown, and neither Dixon’s nor Shipley’s translations do it justice (judging
from analysis of Dixon’s line-by-line translation). We need a Maidu to do a real translation that
can bring out the full meanings and keep the power of the language.
References
Allen, Michael F.; Cameron W. Barrows; Michael D. Bell; G.
Darrel Jenerette; Robert F. Johnson; Edith B. Allen. 2014.
“Threats to California’s Desert Ecosystems.” Fremontia 42:2:3-8.
Anderson,
M. Kat. 1999. “The Fire, Pruning, and Coppice Management of
Temperate Ecosystems for Basketry Material by California Indian Tribes.” Human Ecology 27:79-113.
— 2005. Tending the Wild: Native American Knowledge and the Management
of California’s Natural Resources. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Anderson, M. Kat (ed.).
2017. Special Issue: California
Geophytes. Fremontia, 44:3.
Anderson, M. Kat, and Frank K. Lake. 2013.
“California Indian Ethnomycology and Associated Forest Management.” Journal of Ethnobiology 33:33-85.
Anderson, M. Kat, and Frank K. Lake. 2017.
“Beauty, Bounty, and Biodiversity: The Story of California Indians’
Relationship with Edible Native Geophytes.”
Fremontia 44:3:44-51.
Anderson, M. Kat, and Jeffrey Rosenthal. 2015.
“An Ethnobiological Approach to Reconstructing Indigenous Fire Regimes
in the Foothill Chaparral of the Western Sierra Nevada.” Journal of Ethnobiology 35:4-36.
Arnold, Jeanne E.
1987. Craft Specialization in the
Prehistoric Channel Islands, California. Berkeley:
University of California, Publications in Anthropology, 18.
Arnold, Jeanne E.
2004. Foundations of Chumash
Complexity. Cotsen Inst of Archaeology,
Perspectives in California
Archaeology, Vol. 7.
Atleo, E. Richard.
2004. Tsawalk: A Nuu-Chah-Nulth Worldview. Vancouver:
University of British Columbia Press.
Barbour, Michael; Todd Keeler-Wolf; Allan A. Schoenherr
(eds.). 2007. Terrestrial Vegetation of California. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Barrett, S. A.
1933. Pomo Myths. Milwaukee:
Public Museum of the City of Milwaukee, Bulletin, 15:1-608.
Bean, Lowell John.
1972. Mukat’s People: The Cahuilla Indians of Southern
California. Berkeley: University of California Press.
— 1992. “Power and Its Applications in Native
California.” In California Indian Shamanism, Lowell John Bean, ed. Menlo Park:
Ballena Press. Pp. 21-32.
Bean, Lowell John (ed.).
1972. California Indian
Shamanism. Menlo Park: Ballena Press.
Bean, Lowell, and Thomas C. Blackburn (eds.). 1976. Native Californians: A Theoretical Retrospective. Ramona,
CA: Ballena Press.
Bean, Lowell John, and Thomas F. King (eds.). 1974.
‘Antap: California Inidan Political and Economic
Organization. Ramona, CA: Ballena Press.
Bean, Lowell J., and Katherine Siva Saubel. 1972.
Temalpakh: Cahuilla Indian
Knowledge and Usage of Plants. Banning,
CA: Malki Museum Press.
Benedict, Ruth Fulton.
1923. The Concept of the Guardian
Spirit in North Ameica. Washington, DC: American Anthropological Association, Memoir
29.
Benson, William Ralganal.
2002. “Creation.” Tr./ed. Jaime de Angulo. In Surviving
Through the Days: A California Indian
Reader, Herbert Luthin, ed. Berkeley: University of California Press. Pp. 260-310.
Bettinger, Robert L.
2015. Orderly Anarchy:
Sociopolitical Evoluiton in Aboriginal California. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Blackburn, Thomas. 1975. December’s Child: A Book of Chumash Oral Narratives. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Blackburn, Thomas, and M. Kat Anderson. 1993.
“Introduction: Managing the
Domesticated Environment.” In Before the Wilderness: Environmental Management by Native
Californians, Thomas Blackburn and M. Kat Anderson, eds. Menlo
Park, CA: Ballena Press. Pp. 15-25.
Blackburn, Thomas, and M.
Kat Anderson (eds.). 1993. Before the Wilderness: Environmental Management by Native
Californians. Menlo Park, CA: Ballena Press.
Boyd,
Robert. 1999. The Coming of the Spirit of Pestilence: Introduced Infections Diseases and Population
Decline Among Northwest
Coast Indians,
1774-1874. Seattle: University
of Washington Press.
Broughton, Jack M.
1994. “Declines in Mammalian
Foraging Efficiency during the Late Holocene, San Francisco Bay, CA.” Journal of Anthropological Archaeology
13:371-401.
Broughton,
Jack M. 2002. “Pre-Columbian Human Impact on California Vertebrates:
Evidence from Old Bones and Implications for Wilderness Policy.” Kay, Charles E., and Randy T. Simmons
(eds.), Wilderness and Political Ecology: Aboriginal Influences and the Original State of Nature. Salt Lake City: University
of Utah Press. Pp. 44-71.
Burrill, Richard.
1993. Protectors of the
Land: An Environmental Journey to Understanding
the Conservation Ethic. Sacramento: Anthro Company.
Callahan, Catherine.
1978. “Lake Miwok.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol.
8:
California, Robert L. Heizer, ed.
Washington, DC: Smithsonian
Institution Press. Pp. 264-273.
Campbell, Paul Douglas.
2007. Earth Pigments and Paint of
the California Indians: Meaning and
Technology.” La Crescenta, CA: author.
Castetter, Edward F., and Willis H. Bell. 1951.
Yuman Indian Agriculture. Albuquerque: University
of New Mexico Press.
Castillo, Edward.
1978. “The Impact of
Euro-American Exploration and Settlement.”
In Handbook of North American
Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L. Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 99-127.
Chase-Dunn, Christopher, and Kelly M. Mann. 1998.
The Wintu and Their Neighbors: A
Very Small World-System in Northern California.
Tucson: University of Arizona
Press.
Clemmer, Richard O. 2009a.
“Native Americans: The First
Conservationists? An Examination of Shepard
Krech III’s Hypothesis with Respect to the Western Shoshone.” Journal of Anthropological Research
65:555-570.
—2009b. “Pristine Aborigines or Victims of
Progress? The Western Shoshones in the
Anthropological Imagination.” Current
Anthropology 50:849-881.
Clottes, Jean.
2008. Cave Art. London:
Phaidon.
Cook, Sherburne F.
1976. The Population of the
California Indians 1769-1770.
Berkeley: University of
California Press.
Colville, Frederick Vernon.
1902. Wokas, a Primitive Food of the
Klamath Indians. United States National
Museum, Report, 1902, pp. 725-739.
Cozzens, Peter.
2002. Eyewitnesses to the Indian
Wars, 1865-1890. Vol. 2: The Pacific Northwest. Mechanicsburg, PA: Stackpole Books.
Crespí, Juan.
2001. A Description of Distant
Roads: Original Journals of the First Expedition into California, 1769-1770. Ed./Tr Alan K. Brown. San Diego: San
Diego State University Press.
Crosby, Harry.
1997. The Cave Paintings of Baja
California: Discovering the Great Murals
of an Unknown People. San Diego: Sunbelt Publications.
Delcourt, Paul, and Hazel Delcourt. 2004.
Prehistoric Native Americans and Ecological Change: Human Ecosystems in Native North
America Since the Pleistocene.
New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Des Lauriers, Matthew Richard. 2010.
Island of Fogs: Archaeological and Ethnohistorical Investigations of
Isla Cedros, Baja California. Salt Lake
City: University of Utah Press.
Deur, Douglas.
2009. “A Caretaker Responsibility”: Revisiting Klamath and Modoc Traditions of
Plant Community Management.” Journal of Ethnobiology 29:296-322.
Dillon, Richard F.
1973. Burnt-out Fires. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Dixon, Roland.
1907. The Shasta. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History
17:381-498.
— 1912. Maidu Texts.
Leyden: E. J. Brill. Publications of the American Ethnological
Society, Vol. 4.
Dobyns, Henry.
1983. Their Number Became
Thinned: Native Population Dynamics in Eastern North America.
Knoxville: University
of Tennessee Press.
Du Bois, Cora.
1935. Wintu Ethnography. Berkeley:
University of California Publications in American Anthropology and
Ethnology 336:1:1-148.
Elsasser, Albert.
1978a. “Mattole, Nongatl,
Sinkyone, Lassik, and Wailaki.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol.
8:
California, Robert L. Heizer, ed.
Washington, DC: Smithsonian
Institution Press. Pp. 190-204.
— 1978b. “Wiyot.”
In Handbook of North American
Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert
L. Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 155-163.
Erlandson, Jon M.
2015. Paleoindian Use of
Shellfish on California’s Northern Channel Islands. Paper, Society of Ethnobiology, annual
meeting, Santa Barbara, May.
Fenenga, Franklin, and Francis A. Riddell. 2012.
“A Weather Shaman’s Rain-Making Bundle from the Tübatulabal and Its
Relationship to the History of Weather Control in Soiuth-Central
California.” Journal of California and
Great Basin Anthropology 32:109-126.
Finnegan, Seth; Kristin Bergmann; John M. Eiler; David S.
Jones; David A. Fike; Ian Eisenman; Nigel C. Hughes; Aradhna K. Tripati;
Woodward W. Fischer. 2011. “The Magnitude and Duration of Late
Ordovician-arliy Silurian Glaciation.”
Science 331:903-906.
Forde, C. Daryll.
1931. Ethnography of the Yuma
Indians. University of California
Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology 28:4:83-278.
Fowler, Catherine.
1992. In the Shadow of Fox Peak: An Ethnography of the Cattail-Eater Northern
Paiute People of Stillwater
Marsh. U.
S. Dept. of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Stillwater National
Wildlife Refuge, Cultural Resource Series #5.
— 2013. The Kasaga’yu: An Ethno-Ornithology of the
Cattail-Eatern Northern Paiute People of Western Nevada. In Explorations
in Ethnobiology: The Legacy of Amadeo Rea, Marsha Quinlan and Dana
Lepofsky, eds. Society of Ethnobiology,
Contributions in Ethnobiology, 1. Pp.
154-178.
Fry, Douglas P. (ed.).
2013. War, Peace, and Human
Nature: The Convergence of Evolutionary and Cultural Views. New York: Oxford University Press.
Gamble, Lynn.
2008. The Chumash World at
European Contact. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Gamble, Lynn (ed.).
2015. First Coastal
Californians. Santa Fe: SAR Press.
Short coll. of articles.
Garduño, Everardo.
2016. “Making the Invisible Visible: The
Yucamns of the U.S._-Mexico Transborder Region.” Human Organization 75:118-129.
Garfinkel, Alan, and Robert Yohe II. 2010.
“Bighorn Hunting, Resource Depression, and Rock Art in the Coso Range,
Eastern California: A Computer
Simulation Model.” Journal of
Archaeological Science 37:42-51.
Garth, T.
R. 1978.
“Atsugewi.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol.
8: California, Robert L. Heizer,
ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 236-243
Gayton, Anna.
1948. Northern Foothill Yokuts
and Western Mono. University of
California Anthropological Records 10:143-302.
— 1976. “Culture-Environment Integration: External References in Yokuts Life.” In Native
Califonrians: A Theoretical
Retrospective, Lowell John Bean and Thomas C. Blackburn, eds. Pp. 79-97.
Gifford, Edward Winslow.
1916. Miwok Moieties.
Berkeley: Unversity of
California, Publications in American Anthropology and Ethnology, 12:139-194.
— 1957 [1936]. California Balanophagy. In The
California Indians: A Source Book, R. Heizer, ed. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Gill, Kristina M. 2017.
“10,000 Years of Geophyte Use among the Island Chumansh of the Northern
Channel Islands.” Fremontia 44:3:34-38.
Gill, Kristina M., and Kiristin M. Hoppa. 2016.
“Evidence for an Island Chumash Geophyte-Based Subsistence Economy on
the Northern Channel Islands.” Journal
of California and Great Basin Anthropology 38:51-72.
Gleason,
Susan. 2001. In Search of the Intangible: Geophyte Use and Management along the Upper
Klamath River Canyon. Ph.D. thesis,
Dept. of Anthropology, University of California, Riverside.
Goddard,
Pliny Earle. 1903. Life and Culture of the Hupa. Berkeley: University of California
Publications in American Arcaheology and Ethnology, 1:1.
— 1904.
Hupa Texts. Berkeley: University
of California Publications in American Arcaheology and Ethnology, 1:2.
— 1909.
Kato Texts. Berkeley: University of California Publications in
American Arcaheology and Ethnology, 5:3:65-238.
— 1914.
Chilula Texts. Berkeley: University of California Publications in
American Archaeology and Ethnology, 10:7:289-379.
Goldschmidt,
Walter. 1951. Nomlaki Ethnography. Berkeley: University of
California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology, 42:4:302-443.
— 1978. “Nomlaki.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L.
Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 341-349.
Golla, Victor.
2007. “Linguistic
Prehistory.” In Calfironia Prehistory:
Colonization, Culture, and Complexity, Terry Jones and Kathryn Klar,
eds. Lanham, MD: AltaMira, division of Rowman and
Littlefield. Pp. 71-82.
—
2011. California Indian
Languages. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Grant,
Campbell. 1965. The Rock Paintings of the Chumash: A Study of
a California Indian Culture. Berkeley: University of California Press.
— 1978.
“Eastern Coastal Chumash.” In Handbook
of North American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L. Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 509-519.
Grayson,
Donald K. 1977. “Pleistocene Avifaunas and the Overkill Hypothesis.” Science 195:691-693.
— 1991.
“Late Pleistocene Mammalian Extinctions in North
America: Taxonomy,
Chronology, and Explanations.” Journal
of World Prehistory 5:193-231.
—
2001. “Did Human Hunting Cause Mass
Extinction?” Science 294:1459.
Greenberg, Joseph H.
1987. Language in the Americas. Stanford, CA:
Stanford University Press.
Hames,
Raymond. 2007. “The Ecologically Noble Savage Debate.” Annual Review of Anthropology 36:177-190.
Harrington, John P.
1932. Tobacco among the Karuk
Indians of California. United States Government, Bureau of American
Ethnology, Bulletin 94.
Hedges, Ken, and Christina Beresford. 1986.
Santa Ysabel Ethnobotany. San Diego: San Diego Museum of Man, Ethnic Technology Notes,
20.
Heizer, Robert F.
1978. “Natural Forces and Native
World View.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L.
Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 649-653.
Heizer, Robert F. (ed.).
1978. Handbook of North American
Indians, vol. 8: California.
Washington, DC: Smithsonian
Institution Press.
Heizer, Robert F., and Theodora Kroeber. 1979.
Ishi, the Last Yahi.
Berkeley: University of California
Press.
Hildebrandt, William; Kelly R. McGuire; Jeffrey S.
Rosenthal. 2010. “Human Behavioral Ecology and Historical
Contingency: A Comment on the Diablo
Cnayon Archaeological Record.” American
Antiquity 75:679-688.
Hill, Jane.
2001. “Proto-Uto-Aztecan: A Community of Cultivators in Central Mexico?”
American Anthropologist 103:913-934.
Hinton, Leanne.
1994. Flutes of Fire: Essays on California Indian Languages. Berkeley:
Heyday Books.
Hinton, Leanne, and Lucille Watahomigie. 1984.
Spirit Mountain: An Anthology of Yuman Story and Song. Tucson:
University of Arizona Press.
Hobbes, Thomas. 1950
[1657]. Leviathan. New
York: E. P.
Dutton.
Hopkins, Jerry N.; Gerrit L. Fenenga; Alan P. Garfinkel;
Samantha Riding-Red-Horse; Donna Miranda-Begay.
2012. “Further Refledtions on
California Rain-Making Shamanism: ‘The Other Half’ of the Tübatulabal Shaman’s
Rain-Making Bundle.” Journal of California
and Great Basin Anthropology 32:127-140.
Hoveman, Alice R.
2002. Journey to Justice: The
Wintu People and the Salmon. Redding:
Turtle Bay Exploration Park.
Hudson, Travis: Thomas Blackburn; Rosario Curletti; Jan
Timbrook (eds.). 1977. The Eye of the Flute: Chumash Traditional History and Ritual as
Told by Fernando Librado Kitsepawit to John P. Harrington. Santa Barbara: Santa Barbara Natural History Museum.
Hull, Kathleen L.
2009. Pestilence and
Persistence: Yosemite Indian Demography
and Culture in Colonial California.
Berkeley: University of
California Press.
— 2015.
“Quality of Life: Native Communities within and beyond the Bounds of
Colonial Institutions in California.” In
Beyond Germs: Native Depopulation in North
America, Catherine M. Cameron, Paul Kelton, and Alan C. Swedlund, eds. Tucson: University of Arizona Press. Pp. 222-248.
Hunn, Eugene.
1991. N’Chi-Wana, The Big
River. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Jackson, Helen Hunt.
1885. A Century of Dishonor. Boston:
Roberts Bros.
Jewell, Donald P.
1987. Indians of the Feather
River: Tales and Legends of Concow Maidu
of California. Menlo Park: Ballena Press.
Johnson, John R.
2015. The Importance of
Small-Sized Fishes in Chumash Subsistence.
Paper, Society of Ethnobiology, annual meeting, Santa Barbara, May.
Jones, Terry, and Brian F. Codding. 2010.
“Historical Contingencies, Issues of Scale, and Flightless
Hypotheses: A Response to Hidlebrandt et
al.” American Antiquity 75:689-699.
Jones, Terry L. Kenneth W. Gobalet; Brian Codding. 2016.
“The Archaeology of Fish and Fishing on the Central Coast of California:
The Case for an Underexploited Resource.”
Journal of Anthropological Archaeology 41:88-108.
Jones, Terry; William R. Hildebrandt; Douglas J. Kennett;
Judith F. Porcasi. 2004. “Prehistoric Marine Mammal Overkill.” Journal of California and Great Basin Anthropology
24:69-80.
Jones, Terry L., and Klar, Kathryn A. (eds.). 2007.
California Prehistory:
Colonization, Culture, and Complextiy.
Lanham, MD: AltaMira, division of
Rowman and Littlefield.
Jones, Terry L.; Judith F. Porcasi; Jon M. Erlandson; H.
Dallas Jr.; T. A. Wake; R. Schwaderer.
2008. “The Protracted Holocene
Extinction of California’s Flightless Sea Duck (Chendytes lawi) and Its Implications for the Pleistocene Overkill
Hypothesis.” Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences 105:4105-4108.
Jones, Terry L.; Judith F. Porcasi; Jereme Gaeta; Brian F. Codding. 2008.
“The Diablo Canyon Fauna: A
Coarse-Grained Record of Trans-Holocene Foraging from the Central California
Mainland Coast.” American Antiquity 73:289-316.
Joslin, Terry.
2015. Fishing and Ecological
Resilience on California’s Channel Islands.
2015. Paper, Society for American
Archaeology, annual conference, San Francisco.
Kay, Charles E., and Randy T. Simmons (eds.). 2002.
Wilderness and Political Ecology: Aboriginal Influences and the Original State of Nature. Salt Lake City: University
of Utah Press.
Keeling, Richard.
1992a. Cry for Luck: Sacred Song and Speech among the Yurok, Hupa
and Karok Indians of Northwestern California. Berkeley: University
of California Press.
— 1992b. “Music and Culture History among the Yurok
and Neighboring Tribes of Northwestern California.” Journal of Anthropoloigical Research
48:25-48.
Kelly, William H.
1977. Cocopa Ethnography. Anthropological Papers of the University of
Arizona, 29. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.
Kennett, Douglas J.
2005. The Island
Chumash: Behavioral Ecology of a
Maritime Society. Berkeley: University
of California Press.
Kitsepawit, Fernando Librado. 1981.
The Eye of the Flute: Chumash
Traditional History and Ritual as Told by Fernando Librado Kitsepawit to John
P. Harrington. Ed. Travis Hudson, Thomas Blackburn, Rosario Curletti, and
Janice Timbrook. Santa Barbara: Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History.
Krech,
Shepard, III. 1999. The Ecological Indian: Myth and Reality. New
York: W. W.
Norton.
Kroeber, A. L.
1925. Handbook of the Indians of
California. U. S. Government, Bureau of
American Ethnology, Bulletin 78.
— 1932. “The Patwin and Their Neighbors.” Berkeley:
University of California Publication in
American Archaeology and Ethnology 29:4:253-423.
— 1972. More Mohave Myths. University of California Anthropological
Records, 27.
— 1976. Yurok Myths. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Kroeber, A. L., and Samuel Barrett. 1960.
Fishing among the indians of Northewestern California. University of California Anthropological
Records 21:1-210. Berkeley: University of California, Dept. of
Anthropology.
Kroeber, A. L., and E. W. Gifford. 1980.
Karok Myths. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Kroeber, Theodora.
1961. Ishi in Two Worlds. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Laird,
Carobeth. 1975. Encounter with an Angry
God: Recollections of My Life with John
Peabody Harrington. Banning, CA: Malki Museum Press.
— 1976.
The Chemehuevis. Banning, CA: Malki Museum
Press.
— 1984.
Mirror and Pattern. Banning, CA: Malki Museum
Press.
Lang, Julian.
1994. Ararapikva, Creation
Stories of the People: Traditional Karok
Indian Literature from Northwestern California.
Berkeley, CA: Heyday Books.
Lapena, Frank.
1978. “Wintu.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol.
8: California, Robert L. Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 324-340.
Lapeña, Queeny; Jessica Morales; Rene Vellanoweth. 2015.
The Distribution and Chronology of Abalone Middens on the California
Channel Islands. Paper, Society for
American Archaeology, annual conference, San Francisco.
LaRivers, Ira.
1994. Fish and Fisheries of
Nevada. Reno: University of Nevada
Press.
Latta, Frank F.
1977. Handbook of Yokuts
Indians. 2nd edn. Santa Cruz, CA: Bear State Books.
Lawton, Hary W.; Philip J. Wilke; Mary DeDecker;
William M. Mason. 1976. “Agriculture among the Paiute of Owens Valley.” Journal of California Anthropology 3:13-51.
Lerch, Michael. 1981.
Chukiam (All Growing Things): The
Ethnobotany of the Serrano Indians. B.A.
thesis, University of California, Riverside, Dept. of Anthropology.
Levinas, Emmanuel.
1969. Totality and Infinity. Tr. Alphonso Lingis (Fr. orig. 1961). Duquesne University
Press, Pittsburgh.
Lévi-Strauss, Claude.
1963. “The Sorcerer and His
Magic.” In Structural Anthropology. Tr.
Claire Jacobson and Brooke Grundfest Schoepf. New York: Basic Books.
Chapter 9, pp. 167-185.
Lewis,
Henry. 2003. Review of Fire,
Native Peoples, and the Natural Landscape ed. by Thomas Vale. Journal of Ethnobiology 23:161-163.
Librado,
Fernando. 1979. Breath of the Sun. Ed. by Travis Hudson. Banning, CA:
Malki Museum Press.
Lightfoot,
Kent; Edward Luby; Lisa Pesnichak.
2011. “Evolutionary Typologies
and Hunter-Gatherer Research: Rethinking
the Mounded Landscapes of Central California.”
In Hunter-Gatherer Arhcaeology as
Historical Process, Kenneth Sassaman and Donald Holly Jr., eds. Tucson:
University of Arizona Press. Pp. 55-78.
Lightfoot, Kent G., and Otis Parrish. 2009. California Indians and
Their Environment: An Introduction. Berkeley: University
of California Press.
Loeb,
Edwin M. 1926. Pomo Folkways. Berkeley:
University of California, Publications in American Archaeology and
Ethnography 19:2:149-405.
Luomala,
Katharine. 1978. “Tipai-Ipai.”
In Handbook of North
American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L. Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 502-609.
Luthin,
Herbert W. 2002. Surviving Through the Days: A California Indian Reader. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Madley, Benjamin.
2012. “When the World Was Turned
Upside Down’: California and Oregon’s Tolowa Indian Genocide, 1851-1856.” In New Directions in Genocide Research, Adam
Jones, ed. London: Routledge. Pp. 171-197.
— An American
Genocide: The United States and the california Indian Catastrophe. New Haven: Yale University Press. 692 pp.
Illus.
Margolin, Malcolm.
2005. “Indian Pedagogy: A Look at Traditional California Indian
Teaching Techniques.” In Ecologicalliteracy: Educating our children
for a sustainable world, Michael K. Stone and Zenobia Barlow, eds. Pp. 67-79.
Martin,
Paul S., and Richard Klein (eds.). 1984. Quarternay Extinctions: A Prehistoric Revolution. Tucson: University
of Arizona Press.
Martin, Paul S., and Christine R. Szuter. 1999.
War Zones and Game Sinks in Lewis and Clark’s West. Conservation Biology 13:36-45.
McCarthy,
Helen. 1993. “Managing Oaks and the Acorn Crop.” In Before
the Wilderness: Environmental Management
by Native Californians, Thomas Blackburn and M. Kat
Anderson, eds. Menlo Park, CA: Ballena Press. Pp. 213-228.
McCorriston,
Joy. 2000. “Wheat.”
In Kenneth Kiple and B. Ornelas (eds.):
The Cambridge
World History of Food. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press. Vol. 1, pp. 158-174.
McLendon, Sally, and Michael Lowy. 1978.
“Eastern Pomo and Southeastern Pomo.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L.
Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 306-323.
Meacham, A. W.
1875. Wigwam and Warpath. Boston: John Dale.
Mead, George R.
2003. The Ethnobotany of the California Indians. La Grande,
OR: E-Cat Worlds.
Miller, Virginia P.
1979. Uknomno’m: The Yuki Indians of Northern California. Socorro, NM:
Ballena Press.
Minnich, Richard A.
1983. “Fire Mosaics in Southern
California and Northern Baja California.” Science 219:1287-1294.
— 1987. “Fire Behavior in Southern California
Chaparral Before Fire Control: The Mount Wilson Burn at the Turn of the Century.” Annals of the American Association of
Geographers 77:599-618.
— 2001a. “An Integrated Model of Two Fire
Regimes.” Conservation Biology
15:1549-1153.
— 2001b.
“Fire and Elevational Zonation of Chaparral and Conifer Forests in the
Peninsular Ranges of La Frontera.” In:
Changing Plant Life of La Frontera:
Observations on Vegetation in the United States/Mexico Borderlands,
Grady L. Webster and Conrad J. Bahre,eds.
Albuquerque: University of New
Mexico Press. Pp. 120-142.
— 2008.
California’s Fading Wildflowers:
Lost Legacy and Biological Invasions.
Berkeley: University of
California Press.
Minnich, Richard A., and Ernesto Franco-Vizcaino. 2002.
“Divergence in Californian Vegetation and Fire Regimes Induced by
Differences in Fire Management across the U.S.
Mexico
Boundary. In Fernandez, Linda, and
Richard T. Carson (eds.), Both Sides of
the Border: Transboundary Environmental
Management Issues Facing Mexico
and the United States. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Pp. 385-402.
Mixco, Mauricio J.
1983. Kiliwa Texts: “When I Have
Donned My Crest of Stars.” Salt Lake
City: University of Utah Press.
Morgan, Christopher.
2012. “Modeling Modes of
Hunter-Gatherer Food Storage.” American
Antiquity 77:714-736.
Nabhan, Gary.
1982. The Desert Smells Like
Rain: A Naturalist in Papago Indian
Country. San Francisco: North Point Press.
— 1985. Gathering the Desert. Tucson:
University of Arizona Press.
— 2013. “The Wild, the Domesticated, and the
Coyote-Tainted: The Trickster and the Tricked in Hunter-Gatherer versus Farmer
Folklore.” In Explorations in Ethnobiology: The Legacy of Amadeo Rea, Marsha
Quinlan and Dana Lepofsky, eds. Society
of Ethnobiology, Contributions in Ethnobiology, 1. Pp. 129-140.
Olmsted, D. L., and Omer C. Stewart. 1978.
“Achomawi.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol.
8:
California, Robert L. Heizer, ed.
Washington, DC: Smithsonian
Institution Press. Pp. 225-235.
O’Neill, Sean. 2008. Cultural Contact and Linguistic Relativity
among the Indians of Northwestern California.
Norman, OK: University of
Oklahoma Press.
Ortiz, Beverly R., with Julia F. Parker. 1991.
It Will Live Forever: Traditional
Yosemite Inhdian Acorn Preparation. Berkeley: Heyday Books.
Pattie, James O. 1962
[orig. edn. 1831]
. The Personal
Narrative of James O. Pattie.
Philadelphia: Lippincott.
Peters, Josephine Grant, and Bev Ortiz. 2010.
After the First Full Moon in april:
A Sourcebook of Herbal Medicine from a California Indian Elder. Walnut Creek:
Left Coast Press.
Phillips, George Harwood.
1975. Chiefs and
Challengers. Berkeley: University of California Press.
— 1993. Indians and Intruders in Central California,
1760-1849. Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma Press.
— 1997. Indians and
Indian Agents: The Origins of the
Reservation System in California, 1849-1852.
Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma
Press.
Pierce, Wendy, and Gary Scholze. 2016.
“The Macrofossil and Starch Grain Evidence for the Use of Root Crops in
the Owens Valley, California,m Icuding Two Potentially Irrigated Taxa.” Journal
of California and Great Basin Anthropology 36:205-219.
Pierotti, Raymond.
2011. Indigenous Knowledge,
Ecology, and Evolutionary Biology. New
York: Routledge.
Pilling, Arnold.
1978. “Yurok.” In Handbook
of North American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L. Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 137-154.
Pinker, Steven.
2011. The Better Angels of Our
Nature: Why Violence Has Declined. New York:
Viking.
Popper, Virginia S.
2016. “Change and Persistence:
Mission Neophyte Foodways at Selected Colonial Alta California
Institutions.” Journal of California and
Great Basin Anthropology 38:5-26.
Powell, John Wesley.
1971. Anthropology of the Numa:
John Wesley Powell’s Manuscripts on the Numic Peoples of western North America
1868-1880. Don D. Fowler and Catherine
S. Fowler, eds. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press.
Powers, Stephen.
1877. Tribes of California. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution.
Preston, William.
1996. “Serpent in Eden: Dispearsal of Foreign Diseases into
Pre-mission California.” Journal of
California and Great Basin Anthropology 18:2-37.
Pyne,
Stephen J. 2004. Tending Fire: Coping with
America’s
Wildland Fires. Washington, DC: Island Press (Shearwater Books).
Raab, Mark. 1996.
“Debating Prehistory in Coastal Southern
California: Resource
Intensification Versus Political Economy.”
Journal of California and Great Basin Anthropology 18:64-80.
Reddy, Seetha.
2016. “Changing Palates and
Resources: Reginonal and Diachronic Trends in Plant Use in Prehistoric
California.” Journal of California and
Great Basin Anthropology 36:227-244.
Rhoades, Lela.
2013. Lela Rhoades, Pit River
Woman. As told to Molly Curtis. Berkeley: Heyday Books.
Rick, Torben C.; Jon M. Erlandson; Todd J. Braje; James A.
Estes; Michael H. Graham; René L. Vellanoweth. 2008. “Historical Ecology and Human Impacts on
Coastal Ecosystems of the Santa Barbara Channel Region, California.” In Human
Impacts on Ancient Marine Ecosystems: A
Global Perspective, Torben C. Rick and Jon M. Erlandson (eds.). Berkeley: University
of California Press. Pp. 77-102.
Rick, Torben C.; Jon M. Erlandson; Rene L. Vellanoweth; Todd
J. Braje; Paul W. Collins; Daniel Guthrie; Thomas W. Stafford Jr. 2009.
“Origins and Antiquity of the Island Fox (Urocyon litteralis) on California’s Channel Islands. Quarternary Research 71:93-98.
Riddle, Jeff.
1974. The Indian History of the
Modoc War. Urion.
Ross,
John Alan. 2011. The Spokan Indians. Spokane: Michael J. Ross.
Santy,
Jenna. 2016. ‘The Promise of Microbotanical Research in
alifornia: A Case Study from CA-SBA-53, a Middle Holocene Archaeological Site
along Goleta Slough.” Journal
of California and Great Basin Anthropology 36:193-204.
Sapir,
Edward. 1910. Yana Texts.
Berkeley: University of
California, Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology, 9, pp. 1-235.
— 1992.
“Kaibab Paiute and Northern Ute
Ethnographic Field Notes.” Catherine S.
Fowler and Robert C. Euler, eds. In The Collected Works of Edward Sapir. Vol. X, William Bright, ed. Berlin:
Mouton de Gruyter.
Schneider,
Joan. 1993. Aboriginal Milling-Implement Quarries in
Eastern California and Western Arizona:
A Behavioral Perspective. Ph.D.
thesis, Dept. of Anthropology, University of California, Riverside.
Shipek, Florence. 1989.
“An Example of Intensive Plant Husbandry: The Kumeyaay of Southern California.” In: Harris, D. R., and G. C. Hillman
(eds.). Foraging and Farming: The Evolution of Plant Exploitation. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press. Pp. 159-170.
Shipley, William.
1978. “Native Languages of
California.” In Handbook of North
American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L. Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 80-90.
— 1991. The Maidu Indian Myths and Stories of
Hanc’ibyjim. Berkeley: Heyday Books.
Simmons, Alan H.
2007. The Neolithic Revolution in
the Near East: Transforming the Human
landscape. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.
Smith, Erin M., and Mikael Fauvelle. 2015.
“Regional Interactions between California and the Southwest: The Western
Edge of the North American Continental System.”
American Anthropologist 117:710-721.
Spier, Robert F. G.
1978. “Monache.” In Handbook
of North American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L. Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 426-436.
Spoon, Jeremy, and Richard Arnold. 2014. “Collaborative Research and Co-Learning:
Integrating Nuwivi (Southern Paiute) Ecological Knowledge and Spirituality to
Revitalize a Fragmented Land.” Journal
for the Study of Religion, Nature and Culture 6:477-500.
Spoon, Jeremy; Richard Arnold; Newe/Nuwuvi Working
Group. 2011. Nuwu Kanee, Nuwu Tooveenup (Our Home, Our
Story): Nuwuvi (Southern Paiute) and the Spring Mountains Landscape. Portland: Portland State University and The
Mountain Institute.
— 2012a. Nuwu-Vots
(Our Footprints): Nuwuvi (Southern Paiute) and the Pahranagat Valley. Report.
Portland: Portland State University and The Mountain Institute.
— 2012b. Our Gathering Place: Newe (Western Shoshone), Nuwuvi (Southern
Paiute), and the Ash Meadows Landscape.
Report. Portland: Portland State
University and The Mountain Institute.
Spoon, Jeremy; Richard Arnold; Brian J. Lefler; Christopher
Milton. 2015. “Nuwuvi (Southern Piaute), Shifting Fire
Regimes, and the Carpenter One Fire in the Spring Mountains National Recreation
Arewa, Nevada.” Journal of Ethnobiology
35:85-110.
Spoon, Jeremy; Richard Arnold; Brian Lefler; Kendra Wendel;
Nuwuvi (Southern Paiute) Working Group; U. S. Forest Service; U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service. 2013. Collaborative Resource Stewardship Plan:
Nuwuvi (Southern Paiute), the Sheep Mountains National Recreation Area and the
Desert National Wildlife Refuge Complex. Report. Portland: Portland State University and The
Mountain Institute.
— 2014a.
Interpretive and Public Use Site
Plan for the Black Canyon Archaeological District. Report. Portland: Portland State University and The
Mountain Institute.
— 2014b. The Voices of the Rocks Sing Through Us: Nuwuvi (Southern Paiute) and Black
Canyon. Report. Portland: Portland State University and The
Mountain Institute.
Spott, Robert, and A. L. Kroeber. 1942.
Yurok Narratives. University of
California, Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology, 35:9:143-256.
Stern, Theodore.
1966. The Klamath Tribe: A People and Their Reservation. Seattle:
University of Washington Press.
Stevens, Michelle L., and Emilie M.Zelazo. 2015.
“Fire, Floodplains and Fish: The Historic Ecology of the Lower Cosumnes
River Watershed.” In Rivers, Fish, and the People: Tradition,
Science, and Historical Ecology of Fisheries in the American West, Pei-lin
Yu, ed. Salt Lake City: University of
Utah Press. Pp. 155-187.
Stevenson, Alexander E., and Virginia L. Butler. 2015.
“The Holocene History of Fish and Fisheries of the Upper Klamath Basin,
Oregon.” Journal of California and
Great Basin Anthropology 35:169-188.
Steward, Julian. 1936.
Myths of the Owens Valley Paiute.
Berkeley: University of
California, Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology, 34:5:355-440.
— 1955. Theory of Culture Change. Urbana:
University of Illinois Press.
Stewart, Omer C.; Henry Lewis; Kat Anderson. 2002.
Forgotten Fires: Native Americans
and the Transient Wilderness. Norman,
OK: University of Oklahoma Press.
Sugihara, N. G.; J. W. van Wagtendonk; K. E. Shaffer; J.
Fites-Kaufman; A. E. Thode (eds.).
2006. Fires in California’s
Ecosystems. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Sunseri, Charlotte K.
2015. “Taphonomic and Metric
Evidence for Marrow and Grease Production.”
Journal of California and Great Basin Anthropology 35:275-290.
Suntree, Susan.
2010. Sacred Sites: The Secret History of Southern
California. Lincoln: University of
Nebraska Press.
Sutton,
Mark. 1988. Insects as Food: Aboriginal Entomophagy in the Great
Basin. Socorro, NM: Ballena Press.
Swezey,
Sean L., and Robert F. Heizer.
l977. “Ritual Management of
Salmonid Fish Resources in California.” Journal of California Anthropology
4:6-29.
Thompson,
Lucy. 1991 [orig. 1916]. To the American Indian: Reminiscences of a Yurok Woman. New ed., edited and with foreword by Peter
Palmquist; introduction by Julian Lang.
Berkeley: Heyday Books.
Timbrook, Jan.
2007. Chumash Ethnobotany: Plant Knowledge among the Chumash Peoples of
Southern California. Santa Barbara and
Berkeley: Santa Barbara Museum of Natural
History and Heyday Books.
Timbrook, Jan, and John R. Johnson. 2013.
“People of the Sky: Birds in Chumash Culture.” In Explorations
in Ethnobiology: The Legacy of Amadeo Rea, Marsha Quinlan and Dana
Lepofsky, eds. Society of Ethnobiology,
Contributions in Ethnobiology, 1. Pp.
179-218.
Trafzer,
Clifford, and Jack Hyer. 1999.
“Exterminate Them!” Written
Accounts of Murders, Rapes, and Enslavement of Native Americans during the Gold
Rush. Lansing: Michigan State University.
Turner,
Nancy J.; Laurence C. Thompson; M. Terry Thompson; Annie Z. York. 1990.
Thompson Ethnobotany. Victoria, BC: Royal British
Columbia Museum.
Tushingham, Shannon, and Colin Christiansen. 2015.
“Native American Fisheries of the Northwewstern California and
Southwestern Oregon Coast: A Synthesis of Fish-Bone Data and Implications for
Late Holocene Storage and Socio-Economic Organization.” Journal of California and Great Basin
Anthropology 35:189-215.
Vale, Thomas (ed.).
2002. Fire, Native Peoples, and
the Natural Landscape. Washington,
DC: Island Press.
Walker, Deward E., Jr. 2010.
“Traditional Fishing Practices among the Northern Shoshone, Northern
Paiute, and Bannock of the Duck Valley Indian Reservation: A Progress Report.” Journal of Northwest Anthropology 44:53-62.
Walker, Deward E., Jr. (ed.). 1998.
Plateau. Handbook of North
American Indians, Vol. 12. Washington: Smithsonian Institution.
Wallace, William J.
1978. “Southern Valley
Yokuts.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L.
Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 448-461.
Welch, James R.
2013. Sprouting Valley:
Historical Ethnobotany of ther Northern Pomo from Potter Valley,
California. Society of Ethnobiology,
Contributions in Ethnobiology, 2.
Whisler, Emily; Amira Ainis; Rene Vellanoweth. 2015.
Making Ancient Birds Sing: Avian Archaeology on the California Channel
Islands. Paper, Society for American
Archaeology, annual conference, San Francisco.
White, Raymond.
1963. Luiseño Social
Oganization. Berkeley: University of California Publications in American
Archaeology and Ethnology, 49:2:1-194.
Whitley, David S.
1996. The Art of the Shaman: Rock Art of California. Salt Lake City: University of Utah Press.
Wildschut,
William. 1975. Crow Indian Medicine Bundles. New York:
Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation.
Wilke,
Philip. 1988. “Bow Staves Harvested from Juniper Trees by
Indians of Nevada.” Journal of
California and Great Basin anthropology 10:3-31.
— 2013. “The Whisky Flat Pronghorn Trap Complex,
Mineral County, Nevada, United States: Preliminary Report.” Quarternary International 297:79-92.
Wilken-Robertson, Michael. 2004.
“Indigenous Groups of Baja Canlfirnia and the Environemnt.” In The
U.S.-M<exican BorderEnvironment, Tribal Environmental Issues of the Border
Region, Michael Wilken-Robertson, ed.
San Diego: San Diego State University Pres. Pp. 31-48.
— 2018. Kumeyaay Ethnobotany: Shared Heritage of the
Californias. San Diego: Sunbelt
Publications.
Wilkinson, Charles.
2010. The People Are Dancing
Again: The History of the Siletz Tribe of Western Oregon. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Wohlgemuth,
Eric. 1996. “Resource Intensification in Prehistoric
Central California: Evidence from
Archaeobotanical Data.” Journal of
California and Great Basin Anthropology 18:81-103.
Woiche, Istet.
1992. Annikadel: The History of the Universe as Told by the
Achomawi Indians of California. Recorded
and edited by C. Hart Merriam.
Tucson: University of Arizona
Press.
Wohlgemuth, Eric.
2004. 9,000 Years of Plant Use in
Native Central California: Implications of the Archaeobotanical Record
for Archaeologists, Native Peoples, and Restoration Practitioners.” Paper, Society of Ethnobiology, annual
conference, Davis, CA.
— 2016. “Early Limits to the Central California Acorn
Economy in the Lower Sacramento Valley.” Journal of California and Great Basin
Anthropology 36:181-192.
— 2017. “The California Archaeological Record and
Brodiaea Complex Conservation.”
Fremontia 44:3:42-44
Wolverton,
Steve; R. Lee Lyman; James H. Kennedy; Thomas W. La Point. 2009.
“The Terminal Pleistocene Extinctions in North America, Hypermorphic
Evolution, and the Dynamic Equilibrium Model.”
Journal of Ethnobiology 29:28-63.
Yetman, David.
2010. The Ópatas: In Search of a
Sonoran People. Tucson: University of
Arizona Press.
Yohe, Robert, and Alan P. Garfinkel. 2012.
“Great Basin Bighorn Ceremonialism:
Reflections on a Possible Sheep Shrine at the Rose Spring Site
(CA-INY-372), Rose Valley, Alta California.”
California Archaeology 4:201-224.
Zigmond, Maurice L.
1980. Kawaiisu Mythology. Socorro,
NM: Ballena Press.
— 1981. Kawaiisu Ethnobotany. Salt Lake City: University
of Utah Press.
— 1990. Kawaiisu.
Berkeley: University of
California, Publications in Linguistics, 119.
d Animals
Work
in progress; please do not cite without permission.
This
is intended to be one part of a book that will also include a section on the
Pacific Northwest, thus covering the Pacific coast of North America from the
Mexican border (or just south of it) to southern Alaska. The book is on traditional plant and animal
management and ideology. It draws
heavily on myths and texts, especially early recordings from the days when
texts were important to anthropology (sadly no longer true—though some stalwart
souls are still recording them). I am
interfacing biology with culture, using phenomenology and ethnobiology as the
main ways into the latter.
Unfortunately,
events are making it impossible to work on the book. The California section is substantially
finished, though I am updating it as new materials appear. These now are largely supportive of the basic
points, so the time has come to post this work on my website for anyone to
use.
“…we
are constantly walking on herbs, the virtues of which no one knows.” -Pastor, Chujmas elder, as quoted by Fernando
Librado Kitsepawit, Ventureño Chumash (Librado 1979:56; cf. Blackburn 1975:258)
Californian Environments
The Pacific
Coast of North America, in pre-European times, had the distinction of
supporting large, populous, highly complex societies that lived by hunting and
gathering and that almost totally lacked agriculture. Many groups along the immediate coast and
major rivers were not only larger and more differentiated than most
hunter-gatherer cultures, but more so than many horticultural societies around
the world. (On California Native
environments, see Jones and Klar 2007; Lightfoot and Parrish 2009.)
The reason
has traditionally been considered “the rich environment,” but actually the
environment is not incredibly rich. The
Northwest Coast has huge salmon resources, but to balance this out it has
millions of acres of dense evergreen forest with almost nothing for humans to
eat. California and the interior regions
have rich seed resources and appreciable game, but are dry at best, and are
subject to frequent prolonged droughts that make finding food a desperate
proposition. Irrigated agriculture on a
large scale has made these dry areas productive, but without that they can be
quite barren.
It is not
surprising, then, to learn from archaeology that complex societies did not
exist until around 3,000 years ago (give or take a millennium). What is surprising is the rise of such
societies—a phenomenon still unexplained.
Before even attempting explanation, we need to understand the
complexity.
Let us,
then, look at how such societies maintained themselves.
For convenience,
I will make the arbitrary decision to divide these two regions by the
California state line. Groups split by
the line will be considered to lie in the state where their major population once
dwelt (except for the Modoc, who belong properly to the Plateau region, and are
poorly known because of the genocidal “Modoc War”). The decision is slightly less arbitrary than
it looks. In spite of often being
classified as “Northwest Coast,” the Karok, Yurok, and Athapaskan groups of
northwest California are politically, mythologically, and socially rather
typical Californians, and lived by a Californian economy depending heavily on
acorns.
This
distinction gives us a Californian region whose economy was based on management
of varied seed and nut resouces. The northwest
part of the state depended largely on fish, with seed and root foods important. The Central Valley and other regions living
near rivers and lakes had a similar economy, with perhaps relatively more seeds
and nuts. The Plateau region of
traditional anthropology begins from the Cascade Range crest and extends
eastward to the Rockies, and is defined in terms of human ecology by the
intensive focus on wild root, corm and bulb foods, which are cultivated and
stored(see e.g. Hunn 1991; Turner et
al 1990). The Plateau economy grades
into the Californian economy in the northeast corner of the state, where the
Achomawi and Atsugewi lived on fish, acorns, seeds, and root crops (Garth 1978;
Olmsted and Stewart 1978). Most of the
rest of California depended largely on acorns, and to a lesser extent other
nuts, with seed and root crops important.
The thinly-occupied deserts had few acorns, and life here depended on a
wide range of plant foods; pinyon nuts were locally common and important. I will not be dealing with the Great Basin or
Baja California, except that far northern Baja California is linguistically and
culturally a part of Native California by all standards, and will be included.
I shall,
however, include the southeastern groups in California, which depended to a
great extent on agriculture rather than, or along with, wild seed management. As usual, culture areas grade into each
other; agriculture supplied about half or less of the food of the Mohave and
Quechan along the Colorado on the state line, and only a small percentage of
the food of the Kumeyaay and Cahuilla.
Montane and coastal Kumeyaay probably did not practice it at all. By contrast, agriculture supplied most of the
food of the Akimel O’odham (Pima) in south Arizona, and most other culturally
Southwestern groups.
Classic
ethnographic California thus focuses on the Mediterranean and montane parts of
the state. Most of the large, complex
cultures developed in the former. In
spite of being called “Mediterranean,” California is not much like the
Mediterranean Sea region. The
Mediterranean is landlocked and sun-warmed—a downright hot-tub. This keeps its bordering countries warm in
winter, and hot and often rainy in summer.
California’s coast is chilled by the California Current, a vast river of
ocean water flowing down from Vancouver Island at a temperature around 55 F. This creates such extreme conditions that the
diving seabirds of Baja California are arctic forms (auklets, murrelets, and
subarctic cormorants), while the soaring ones are tropical (terns,
frigatebirds). Thus coastal California
is always cool and pleasant, but is quite dry.
More important to Native peoples, the California current and related
upwelling produces fantastic biological productivity in coastal waters, and
keeps the land cool and moist, permitting great productivity there too. (Morocco’s Atlantic coast is similar, but the
Mediterranean Sea shores are not.)
This cold
ocean keeps even southern California’s mountains pleasant and forested. At elevations equivalent to California’s
giant sequoia belt, Turkey’s mountains have thin woods, and reach a timberline
around 8000 feet. This low line is set
not by cold but by drought due to Saharan and Arabian winds.
Conversely,
much of the Mediterranean is exposed to winter storms and summer rains from
farther north. I have been caught in a major
winter snowstorm on the Riviera (but, then, I have seen snow down to 1000’ in
southern California) and subjected to days of rain in August in Rome. California is walled off by mountains from
the full force of northern and eastern winds.
The exception is southern California, where major passes allow such
winds to roar down as the dreaded “santanas,” named because they pour down the
Santa Ana River and other canyonways. A
desert wind, it combines the violence of the mistral with the heat of the scirocco.
California
ranges from warm to hot in summer, cool to cold in winter. Rains varied (before recent climate change)
from 130” a year in the far northwest mountains to 2” or less in the lowest
valleys of the eastern deserts. Such “average” figures mask incredible
variation. El Centro, on the Mexican
border in southeastern California, averages 2” a year. In the middle 1970s it made its average
perfectly: there was essentially no rain
for six years, and then in August of 1976 a west Mexican chubasco (hurricane) dropped 12” in one day.
Northern California has its own
variety. In February 1964, I saw the
Sacramento River running more than ten miles wide. A bridge about 100’ above the normal level of
the Eel River was washed out. Yet in
summer 2009 the Sacramento was far below its usual banks and the Eel was almost
totally dry, and in 2015 the rivers were still lower. Within my years in Riverside, yearly rainfall
has fluctuated by an order of magnitude (2” to over 20”), and the deserts
eastward varied even more than that.
Such conditions would stress anyone, and they certainly proved difficult
for hunting-gathering peoples.
Throughout California there is an
alternation of El Niño conditions with drier years. El Niño is caused by warm water in the east
Pacific, and brings heavy winter rains.
They start just after the winter solstice, and thus around Christmas—hence
the name (originated in Peru), which refers to the baby Jesus. El Niños came every 5-7 years in the late 20th
century, but before and since that time they were less frequent. They provide about twice as much rain as
normal years. In the normal years, the
warm-water pool of the Pacific is around Indonesia, bringing the rain to that
country and to Australia instead of to the American coasts. Recently, a tendency has arisen to refer to
particularly cool and dry conditions in California as “La Niña” years, as if
Jesus had a long-lost sister! All, in
turn, is part of the vast global El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO) system.
Globally
warm periods, like the Medieval Warm Period and the present, are hot and dry in
California. Globally cool periods like
the Pleistocene and the Little Ice Age are generally wet, but California
suffered some searing droughts at the height of the Little Ice Age, which was
globally dry (Gamble 2008).
Today,
global warming, partly natural and partly due to human release of greenhouse
gases, is drying and heating California.
Vegetation is dying, and animal life with it. Drastic reduction of both natural vegetation
and agriculture is now in progress, and the future is bleak. California has taken a world lead in
combatting global warming, but without national and world support, all efforts
will have little effect. Political
activity funded and driven by oil and coal companies have checkmated all
attempts to slow—let alone stop—the warming process. Unless greenhouse gas release is controlled,
California could easily become a lifeless desert, like the central Sahara,
within a few centuries.
The Chumash saw it all as a
gambling game. All year, Coyote (with
his allies) gambles with the Sun (with his).
On the winter solstice, the Moon judges the game. If Coyote has won, the winter will be rainy
and there will be much food. If the Sun
wins, winter conditions all too familiar to southern Californians will
ensue: the sun will beat down, day after
day, from a brazen sky, and no food will grow (Blackburn 1975). In the Santa Barbara County mountains, there
is a cave where the Chumash bored a hole through solid rock. The rising sun on the winter solstice morning
strikes straight through the hole and illuminates a painting of a coyote on the
cave wall. One can easily guess what
magic was tried there. Alas, modern
science cannot do much better than the ancient Chumash at predicting, and no
better at controlling.
Biotic California
The
Californian region of the biologists is Mediterranean California. It includes several formations: chaparral (dense brushlands), scrub
formations of many types, montane and lowland forests, Mediterranean steppe and
grassland, winter-rain deserts, and the rainy, wooded northwest part of the
state (Barbour et al. 2007). Over 8000 native
species of plants occur. In spite of
claims for extreme diversity (e.g. Lightfoot and Parrish 2009), this is less
than comparable Mediterranean-climate zones of the world in Turkey and South
Africa, and far less than many dry-tropical areas. Still, it is diverse enough to provide
tremendous variety and opportunity for hunters and gatherers.
Any account
of the state will describe these plant associations. However, earlier accounts exaggerate the
extent of grassland. Contrary to earlier
assessments, it is now clear that the vast flat lowland valleys of California
were usually covered by sparse scrub and annual wildflowers, not bunchgrass
(Minnich 2008). One can still see this
in the few areas of the Central Valley that are not cultivated. The wildflowers were thick and tall near the coast,
but inland they would wither away to very little, leaving the ground sparsely
covered, or, in such desert plains as the Antelope Valley and southern Central
Valley, absolutely bare. This was
especially true where salt was concentrated by deposition in closed drainage
basins (as can be seen in several areas today, e.g. the salt lake in Carrizo
Plain).
Anna Gayton (1948) was perceptive
enough to notice these facts in early accounts, and realize what it meant for
the Yokuts who lived there: they could
not find game, or even water, in the vast burning flats, and had to live near
rivers and lakes. These, at contact
(following the wet centuries of the Little Ice Age), were very extensive; there
was a vast chain of marshy lakes in the San Joaquin Valley that supported
enormous fish and water plant resources (Latta 1977). I can barely imagine this, being able to
recall the last bits of marsh and lake, still visible in the 1950s. Today, it is difficult to imagine the
drought-starved plowed fields having been, only recently, huge marshy lakes
teeming with fish, ducks, geese, turtles, frogs, tule elk, and every sort of
water plant and insect.
The deserts also were covered with
scattered bushes and, in wet springs, annual wildflowers. The current cover of grass that dominates
most of lowland California is made up of introduced Mediterranean weeds, which
have outcompeted native plants (Minnich 2008), even replacing chaparral and
woodland after hot fires. The state
looks very different today from its aboriginal appearance. Even in the wildest parts of the western
United States, enormous deterioration in the environment was occurring by the
1870s. One of J. W. Powell’s workmen—a
semiliterate frontiersman who cannot be accused of romantic
environmentalism—wrote to Powell in 1880, describing southern Utah: “The
foothills that yielded hundreds of acres of sunflowers which produced
quantities of rich seed, the grass also that grew so luxuriantly when you were
here, the seed of which was gathered with little labor, and many other plants
that produced food for the natives is all eat out [sic] by stock” (Powell
1971:47).
Animal life was equally rich. The vast herds of deer and elk reported by
explorers probably involved recovery from heavy hunting by Native Californians
and heavy predation by bears, but there were evidently always many
cervids. Moutain sheep, including the
desert bighorn, were evidently abundant before diseeases introduced by domestic
sheep virtually exterminated them (they survive today partly because Fish and
Game workers patiently catch and inocuate them). Fish choked the rivers. Salmon and steelhead were particularly
prominent. Fall, winter, and spring runs of salmon stayed in the rivers for
months until spawning time; they had to run when the streams had enough cool water,
making summer runs impossible. Steelhead
(sea-running rainbow trout) still occur in many rivers, but in small
numbers. The salmon runs are
disappearing fast, except in the Klamath, where Native Californians have fought
desperately to keep the runs alive. Even
there, the outlook is cloudy. Trout have
done much better, thanks in large measure to stocking, and to vigilant
monitoring by fishers. Other fish,
including the native warm-water fish of the Sacramento, Colorado, and
elsewhere, are extinct or nearly so.
The end is near; the usual
combination of global warming, suburbanization, agribusiness, waste of water,
and pollution are closing in fast on what is left of Californian nature, and
all will be gone within a few decades unless desperate measures are taken. (For a good, and depressing, summary see Allen
et al. 2014).
Cultural Contours
Humans have
been in California for a long time. The
oldest date so far is 13,000 years ago (give or take a bit; see Erlandson 2015
for this and following dates) from Santa Rosa Island, but to get down the coast
and out to a rather remote island would have taken some time. Just north of California, at Paisley Cave in
Oregon, there are dates as far back as 14,800 years ago. People had reached Monteverde in southern
Chile by 13,000 years ago. So California
was almost surely settled by 15,000 years ago.
Settlers probably came down the coast at first, but Paisley Cave is far
inland.
The initial
population was small, and increased only slowly. A few fluted points show that California was
not entirely untouched by the Clovis style of spearpoint around 12,000 years
ago, but points are few and scattered.
More local and more numerous points follow. Then a very long period coinciding with the
hot, dry Altithermal demonstrates that California was thinly populated by
atlatl-wielding hunters from 8000 to 5000 years ago. Conditions during the Altithermal were like
those of the “new normal” developing after 2014, with extreme heat and dryness,
though the southeast had higher rain than now, due to expansion of the summer
monsoon from Arizona. Ancient pack rat
middens made of local twigs reveal that mountains now bare had juniper and
other bushes.
Climate
ameliorated after 5000 years ago, and people responded by becoming more
numerous and sedentary. They began a
shift to acorns, small seeds, and geophyte (root, bulb and corm foods; see
Pierce and Scholtze 2016; Reddy 2016).
Increase was faster from about 3000
years ago, and in fact seems to have increased exponentially after that. Hunting was still with the atlatl, but more
attention was paid to plants and fish than to land game. Robert Bettinger (2015:34) points out how this
tracked improvements in plant use technology. The importance of better acorn processing has
long been well known, and seeds became so important that there was even local
domestication (see below). There was
evidently a positive feedback: the improvements allowed more population growth,
which in turn made people want more improvements.
We must avoid recourse to explanation
through “population pressure,” however, since groups evidently differed in
their responses to the rising population.
They could innovate, borrow, migrate, fight, starve, or otherwise deal. Migration, especially, is well attested by
linguistic and archaeological data. Humans love sociability above all other
things, and want to live together, share, intermarry, dance, and generally have
fun in groups. They also like good food
better than bad food—however their culture defines those. Thus, wanting to procure more and better
animal and plant resources is not a mindless reflex of “population pressure.” It is a way to cope with scarcity, but also a
way to support larger, livelier setttlements with a higher quality of life,
however defined by the people in question.
Also, humans do not always love the neighbors, as shown inter alia by the number of skeletons
with projectile points in their bones in California cemeteries, and large
settlements afford protection. Pierce
and Scholtze (2016) echo Bruce Smith’s call to look at cultural niche
construction. People increasingly create
their own environments (not just niches!).
In California, burning and other management techniques clearly increased
along with acorn and small seed reliance.
The bow and
arrow probably caused a minor revolution (Bettinger 2015:44-48). Bows and arrows are better for getting game,
especially small game, than the previous technology based on spears,
spear-throwers (atlatls), nets, and traps.
An increase in animal bones appears at the time the bow and arrow
reached California, around 400-500 CE.
This allowed people to capitalize on the improved plant management,
because it provided enough protein to allow more sedentization in remote
back-country areas rich in plant resources.
(Less remote areas had access to fish, shellfish, and nuts, and were not
limited by quality protein availability.)
It allowed more sedentary lifestyles and more dispersal into small
groups (especially in summer), for the same reason. The land was used more efficiently. Cultivation and, in the southeast, true
agriculture expanded and flourished. In
the pinyon areas, for instance, pinyon exploitation greatly increased, because
it was possible to spend extended time in the dry, otherwise-resource-poor
areas where pinyons grow. Vessels for
carrying water must have had a lot to do with that. Bettinger stresses the importance of stored
food (largely nuts), which were family property rather than shared by all.
Along the
coast, things were very different. The
bow and arrow had much less effect, since the staples were fish, shellfish, and
sea mammals (speared at landings or from boats). What mattered most was sea temperature,
especially in southern California, where warm currents from far south often
intrude on the more usual cool water.
Warm currents brought fewer fish, and those larger, faster, and harder
to catch. Thus they were lean times for
local people. This affected demographics
over time. Yet, here too, there was a
sharp inflection in the population growth curve around 4000-3000 years
ago. In this case, it seems to result
from better marine technology, ranging from the Chumash plank canoe (dating to
perhaps 2000-2500 years ago; Gamble 2002) to superior fishhook and net
designs. Again this went in tandem with social
structure. Villages got large, with notable differentiation in burials. The bow and arrow came even later on the
coast, in some places as late as 1250 in some areas (Bettinger 2015:100). It reached the Chumash around 500 CE,
following which there was a rise in violence, and presumptively war, that
cooled slowly as people adjusted to the new weapon (Bettinger 2015:109).
This has recently had fateful
effects, as southern California has been one of the poster children for the
frequency and violence of war among hunter-gatherers alleged by Steven Pinker (2011) and others. If the violence-ridden cemeteries sample only
a brief and atypical time, Pinker’s ideas need adjusting (as pointed out in
detail from much other evidence in Fry 2013).
Complexity, and probably language
distributions, reached something like contact-period levels around 400-600
CE. By this time, bow hunting, mortars
to grind acorns and other large seeds, sophisticated metate production for
small seeds, and agriculture in the far south were established. Corn-bean-squash agriculture spread in from
the southwest at some quite early stage, and was probably still spreading when
the Spanish came; it was long-established by then in the Colorado River and
Imperial valleys. Local cultivation and
possibly domestication of wild seeds—barley and, in the south, maygrass (Reddy
2016:237)—is implied by the seed record.
The weather
turned hot and dry again after 900, reaching a climax in the late 1200s, which
were apparently as hot and dry as the mid-2010’s. Californians endured, turning to more
intensive use of still-available resources, especially marine ones where
available. Shifts away from the formerly
vast marshes of the interior are noteworthy.
California’s eastern neighbors crashed.
The Four Corners and Utah were about 90% depopulated. Incipient civilization crashed into small
village societies in the southern southwest.
People migrated, dispersed, set up villages wherever water was still
available. The effect on California’s rather extensive trade with Arizona and
points east must have been substantial. “[P]rehistoric interaction between the
two regions was regular and sustained and…economic or political developments in
one area are likely to have hadhad important implications in the other” (Smith
and Fauvelle 2015:710), as shown by the very extensive and long-lasting trade
that brought shells, asphaltum, and the like from the coast, turquoise from the
California desert, and pottery and stone goods (and probably cloth) from the
Southwest. The trade dropped off sharply
after the 1200s, but California kept growing in population and social
complexity.
Cooler,
wetter times followed, and the Little Ice Age from 1400 to 1700-1750 restored
glaciers to California’s highest peaks.
Plant resources exploded, and human populations grew accordingly.
There were only 250,000-300,000
Native Californians as of 1700 (Cook 1976).
This means fewer than two persons per square mile (California’s area is
158,633 sq. mi.). This population likely
represents a reduction from peak, however, because Spanish diseases had already
ravaged the state (Preston 1996), having been introduced when Spanish first
touched on what is now California—1540 along the lower Colorado, 1542 on the
coast.
Languages and Society
California is famous for the
diversity of its indigenous languages (Golla 2011 provides an encyclopedic
survey). At least 64, possibly 80,
languages were spoken (Shipley 1978; Golla treats 78), including two whole
language families—Yukian and Chumashan—that are completely confined to the
state. Many people were multilingual,
and in some areas it seems that the very concept of a single “native language”
did not exist (Dixon 1907—if I read him aright; cf. Golla 2011)—a worthy
example for us today. (For background on
California Native peoples, the classic account by Kroeber, 1925, is dated and
now sometimes sounds patronizing, but is still a superb summary; more
up-to-date and sensitive are the great Handbooks of the Smithsonian Institution,
but one must not only read the huge California volume [1978] but also relevant
parts of the Plateau volume [Walker 1998] and the Southwest volumes, since the
state was divided among these various cultural regions. For prehistoric times, see Jones and Klar
2007, especially Victor Golla’s excellent article on languages and language
prehistory, which is summarized and updated in Golla 2011.)
Relationships of California
languages with languages elsewhere are usually so remote as to be unclear. Chumashan was once tentatively linked with
several other Californian and Southwestern languages in the “Hokan phylum,” but
Chumashan is in fact very distant from other “Hokan” languages. Edward Sapir, and later in more detail Joseph
Greenberg (1987), provided intriguing evidence for linking Yuki with the
languages of southern Louisiana, and this appears to be a good likelihood
(Golla 1911; it may also be very distantly related to Siouan).
Edward Sapir and Morris Swadesh
thought the Penutian family of languages of central California were related to
the Mayan languages of Mesoamerica, and Greenberg (1987) accepted this. There is much evidence, most obviously the win- root for “person,” as in Wintu wintu and Maya winik, and the tendency to count using base 20, which in Mayan is
also “winik”—because the number is derived from counting on fingers and toes,
so 20 is a whole “person.” The Mayanist
Cecil Brown and I investigated this idea some years ago, and found dozens of
intriguiging pairs like that, but unfortunately the Penutian languages are so
poorly attested in the record that we could not come to any definite
conclusions and did not publish our work.
I remain convinced, however.
Penutian is generally thought to be related to most of the Plateau
languages in a Penutian phylum. Sapir
and some followers considered it to be related to the Tsimshian languages of
British Columbia, but that link is, at best, controversial.
One very important problem in
understanding Californian, and other Native American, languages is that much
was lost by the time that even the earliest ethnographers spread out to study
the cultures. In particular, all these
languages had the same sorts of style registers that English or any other world
language has. There were styles
appropriate to chiefly speeches, styles appropriate to medicine formulas,
styles peculiar to particular animal characters in myths, and so on. Particularly important was the division into
high style, such as a chief would use in a formal speech, and ordinary daily
style. Victor Golla (2011:226-227)
discusses what little is known, from the very few languages that survived long
enough for such refinements to be noted.
There was another, intermediate,
register, such as a chief might use in his daily directives to the people
(recall Garth’s observations cited above). There were also special modes of speech used
by shamans, and still others for myth-telling.
There were evidently some lower registers too, the equivalent of rustic
dialect or slang. We have no idea of
most of these. On the whole, all that
was recorded was the ordinary register, the others having been forgotten (as
noted by e.g. Laird 1976 for the Chemehuevi).
A. L. Kroeber did hear some formal speaking from Yurok and Mohave
consultants, and gives tantalizingly short transcriptions of the Mohave (Kroeber
1972:81-83).
Hokan, Chumashan, and Yukian
languages have been spoken in California for many thousands of years and
presumably originated there. Penutian
languages are thought to have intruded from the north several millennia
ago. The Algonkian-related Yurok and
Wiyot came later, and the Athapaskan and Uto-Aztekan languages later still,
probably in the last 2000-3000 years.
Intrusion of the Shoshonean languages into the coastal areas happened
about 1500 years ago, give or take a few centuries. Dissimilar song and vocal styles (Keeling 1992a,
1992b) and vocabularies (O’Neill 2009) fit with other cultural differences,
separating e.g. the otherwise culturally close Karuk and Yurok. Both, for instance, indicate direction
upriver/downriver/away from river, rather than by compass points, for reasons
that will be obvious if you look at a map or satellite photograph, but Karuk—longer
established—has a more complex and intricate system for marking it (O’Neill
2008).
Dramatic shifts in languages
probably track changes in resource procurement.
The spectacular radiation of the Shoshonean groups from the southern
Sierra into southern California (Takic) and across the Great Basin (Numic)
coincides with the coming of the bow and arrow and probably has something to do
with it—not only because of fighting and hunting power, but also because of
better plant resource procurement (Bettinger 2015:48-49)
The state is traditionally divided
into subcultural areas. We may ignore
these; they are rather debatable. There
are, expectably, cultural gradations at the margins into the neighboring
culture areas.
More
interesting to us here is the question of social complexity. In general, Californian peoples lived in
small village communities (“tribelets”; Kroeber 1925) of about 200-1000
people. They centered around a single
winter village or a very small group of such.
People dispersed in the spring and summer to forage and amass storable
foods. Some of these village communities
were notably self-sufficient. A. L.
Kroeber interviewed one old man who had never been more than a day’s walk from
his home in the remote northern California coast ranges (Kroeber
1925:145). Bettinger (2015) takes
limited mobility as usual. Archaeology,
however, shows substantial trade, and it appears more likely that this old man
and others like him were limited in their travels by post-Anglo-settlement conditions.
The
smallest communities were apparently those in the Mohave Desert and Great
Basin. Even along the Colorado River and
in the densely populated northwest, the operational unit was often the family;
tribal consciousness existed but there was no real tribal government. People lived in what Robert Bettinger calls
“orderly anarchy” (Bettinger 2015). He
traces it to the effects of the bow and arrow on settlement (see above).
William Kelly reported “anarchy”
for the Cocopa (Kelly 1977, esp. p. 78).
For them, the word for “leader” literally meant “mad dog, crazy person”
(Frank Blue, quoted Kelly 1977:80). So
much for leaders! The Cocopa, like other
groups, had orators, who performed the hard-work harangues noted above (Kelly
1977:80), but had no real designated authority.
Even so, riverine communities on
the Klamath, Sacramento, and (probably) other major rivers, and the coastal
communities of the Santa Barbara Channel, were large. Many of these in the latter two areas seem to
have gone on to become chiefly villages ruling over whole polities, with small
tributary villages in the hinterland.
This is believably, but not certainly, attested for the Chumash and
Tongva (Gabrielino) of southern California.
It is a more than reasonable inference for the Patwin and neighboring
groups of central California (cf. Kroeber 1932). Chumash polities of up to 2500 square miles
are possible. (See Bean and Blackburn
1976 for several articles on California politics and group sizes. Bettinger 2015 clearly underestimates the
level of chieftainship and chiefdom organization.) Unfortunately, we shall never know the truth,
for these groups were shattered by conquest and disease in the early historic
period. The Patwin and several Chumash
groups narrowly avoided total extinction.
In terms of
Julian Steward’s useful if imperfectly defined “levels of sociocultural
integration” (Steward 1955), these were simple chiefdoms. This means that they were organized into
ranked descent groups, with chiefly lineages ruling over commoner
lineages. One village would be the
chiefly seat; other, smaller settlements would be tributary. Some Californian societies got substantially
more complex, as will appear (see Arnold 2004; Bean and Blackburn 1976; Gamble
2008). These groups thus not only had
dense populations; they had complex societies with chiefs who evidently
practiced redistribution economies.
Early accounts (Crespí 2001; Gamble 2008; Kitsepawit 1981) show that
Chumash chiefs gathered fish and seed resources and lavished them on guests and
others. Their society was not much less
complex that of the Iron Age Irish that we will consider anon, though the
latter had sophisticated metallurgy, the wheel, writing, beer, wine, and other
trappings of civilization.
On the
other hand, we are not to see these societies as necessarily very similar to
chiefdoms elsewhere, especially agricultural ones. California’s societies were very
different. Kent Lightfoot and coworkers
(1911) have pointed out that the vast shellmounds and earthmounds of central
California, some of which contained hundreds or thousands of burials, are a
unique feature that indicates a very different society, one about which we know
little (most of the mounds are very old, up to 3000 years or more). Villages of that time were large, but not of
the size one would normally associate with huge earthworks. This and other complex early manifestations
indicate a society apparently rather different from any now known.
They also
warred, as chiefdoms do. As in other
chiefdoms from the Northwest to Ancient Ireland, chiefs held feasting and
dancing parties that had a competitive edge.
To refuse an invitation to a chief’s fiesta
could be cause for war, at least among the Chumash (Gamble 2008:194). Wars over slights of this kind occurred also
in northwestern California. As is
chiefdoms everywhere, feasts were important (Gamble 2008:224-227). One reason was recruiting fighting men. Another was cementing alliances with rivals
would would otherwise have become enemies.
Cemeteries in the relevant parts of the state show high levels of
violent death (Lightfoot and Parrish 2009:85-89), as is true in chiefdoms
everywhere. The Yurok writer Lucy
Thompson stresses the enormous value of the huge Klamath River dance ceremonies
in reducing conflict. All local groups were invited and had to settle disputes
before participating. Apparently this
worked well, since no one wanted to miss these events (Thompson 1991:145-146
and elsewhere). Presumably, large
ceremonies in other parts of the state had somewhat similar effects.
Steward’s other levels of
integration were tribes, bands, and states.
(Note, incidentally, that these are not
“evolutionary stages” and were never intended to be taken as such [Steward
1955]. They are all the end products of
very long and intricate developmental sequences. Some of his students confused the issue by
hanging an evolutionary scheme on them.)
The smaller village communities would be “tribes” in his sense (though
not as organized as his general characterization implies). Steward’s “band level” of integration was
modeled on what he thought was characteristic of the Shoshonean groups of the
Great Basin, but they have turned out to be much more organized and sizable,
definitely “tribes” in his sense.
Steward mischaracterized them for several reasons, but the main one was
that he studied them in their late historic condition, devastated by disease,
massacre, oppression, and forced acculturation (Clemmer 2009b.) States did not exist in California, or
anywhere else north of central Mexico, until European colonization.
All the above typology crosscuts
what is probably a more important truth:
All the California groups were organized into village-level or village-cluster-level
societies, led by a not-very-powerful chief or a patrilineal chiefly group, and
showing some occupational specialization.
All else was elaboration on this basic pattern. The central village was not only the winter residence,
but was the ceremonial center, where rituals and fiestas were held (Bean and
Blackburn 1976). It was the meeting
ground not only for the community but for visitors and traders. It was often regarded as the center of the
world, or at least the center of the little world of its community members. The situation of the typical village society
was dynamic, with back and forth changes in complexity over time (Bettinger
2015), but it was oscillation around the village level of organization.
These groups managed to stay together
and maintain their ceremonies and organization with minimal government,
apparently through simple sociability and shared culture. Even if the sources have exaggerated the
“anarchy” of California, it was a world held together by norms, which in turn had
their force because people needed each other and thus needed shared rules to
live by. Neither organized religion nor
organized government were necessary.
Thomas Hobbes was exactly wrong; monarchy was not only unnecessary, it
was downright undesirable. Grassroots
self-organization literally beat it out of the field. There is, obviously, a lesson here. California was no dream of peace. There were countless feuds and small
wars. Steven Pinker (2011) exaggerates
its violence, but probablly not by much.
Yet California was no “savage state” either; the life of Californians
was the antithesis of being “nasty, poore, solitary, brutish and short” (Hobbes
1950 [1657]). And the dramatically more
hierarchic and class-ridden Northwest Coast had at least as much violence.
In the larger groups, the chief had
an assistant or cochief who did the orating and much organizing (see e.g.
Goldschmidt 1951; Librado 1977). This
dual leadership is probably related to the “peace chief/war chief” team found
eastward throughout the continent.
In general, the larger and more dense the
population, the larger the elite group, and the more different it was from the
commoners. Also, the larger and denser
the population, the more specializations could exist. The deep interior groups had chiefs and
shamans and little (if anything) more.
Leaders for irrigation, rabbit hunting, and other collective activities
were selected ad hoc or were chosen for long periods by the tribe; they were
known to the Anglo settlers as “water bosses,” “rabbit bosses,” and so on. At the other extreme stood the Chumash, with
specialized priests, healers, canoe makers, canoe owners and operators, and
other formally recognized and named occupational specialties (Gamble
2008).
Chumash elites formed a group known
(in at least one Chumash area) as the ‘antap. Data are not clear as to whether it was a
hereditary class-like formation, a hereditary council of lineage elders, or a
sodality like the Plains Indians warrior societies. Perhaps it was somewhere in between all
these. We cannot tell from the late
accounts that survive. Similar groups of
elites or ceremonial leaders are known for other chiefdoms in the state. The Chumash also had a “Brotherhood of the
Canoe” (Kitsepawit 1977), made up of canoe owners and makers; it was an elite,
specialized society.
My impression is that trade was
more important than population size or density in driving these distinctions of
rank and specialty. Groups central to
great trade routes, and especially the groups that lived where land trade had
to shift to the water, were the most chiefdom-like. This meant especially the great villages of
the Chumash and Tongva, gathered around lagoons that made good harbors; the large
Patwin and Nisenan settlements on the lower Sacramento and the Sacramento
delta; the towns near the junction of the Klamath and Trinity Rivers; and the
towns at good harbors on San Francisco Bay and Clear Lake. I believe that organization for trade was
more important than population in driving social complexity. On the other hand, areas central to trade but
low in population density, like the obsidian quarry areas of the East Sierra
and elsewhere, were not socially complex, so a fair density of population is
evidently a sine qua non for complexity.
In spite of the well-known fondness
of California groups for staying at home and never straying far, trade was
important, and trading went on (see below).
People’s unwillingness to travel meant that many intermediaries might be
involved, but contact was real, and small “world-systems” developed. Christopher Chase-Dunn and Kelly Mann (1998)
have described the world-system of the Wintu (see Goldschmidt 1951, one of the
sources they used, for a notable account).
The Wintu was probably a subsystem of the great Sacramento drainage
network focused on the Patwin. Similar
very small world-systems centered on the Yurok, the Chumash and Tongva, and the
Lower Colorado River, and rather predict or map out Kroeber’s cultural subareas
within the wider California system. A
world-system assumes a core group or groups; a semi-periphery; and a
periphery. For the Chumash-Tongva, the
semiperiphery might be seen as including the interior Chumashan groups, the
Salinan, Juaneno, Luiseno and Cahuilla; the periphery the Serrano, Vanyume and
Alliklik. The Chumash and Tongva were
richer and more populous. Unlike modern
core nations, did not have a stable advantage in trade over these groups, but
did have some advantage, and could defeat them in conflict.
The desert and Colorado River
tribes had to travel much farther to stay alive, and thus came to love
traveling, and to make long journeys fairly often. In a striking passage, James O. Pattie (1962
[1831]), a fur trapper, tells of walking from the Colorado to the mountains of
far northern Baja California in the 1820s.
He and his band of hardened mountain men barely made it—they crawled the
last miles on hands and knees. Their
Indian guides not only ran on ahead to check the route, and ran back to the
men, but when they all made it to water Pattie and his company collapsed while
the Indians had a dance! His group and
other trappers took over a million beaver from the lower Colorado in those
decades, eliminating the beaver and permanently changing and degrading the
hydrology of the whole region.
California’s indigenous groups were
shattered beyond all measure by European contact (Castillo 1978). Diseases no doubt came with the first Spanish
contacts in Baja California, the Lower Colorado (1540), and Cabrillo’s coastal
voyage (1542). Disease surely ran far
ahead of Europeans thereafter, as it did elsewhere in the continent (Hull 2009,
2015; Preston 1996, but, as Hull points out, Preston goes far beyond the
evidence). Actual Spanish settlement in
1769—much earlier in Baja California—brought much more disease, as well as
military action. Indigenous peoples were
gathered into the missions, which supplied little food, oppressed the Native
peoples without providing rights or protection, and stopped much of the
burning, hunting, and gathering (K. Anderson 2005; Timbrook 2007). However, Native Californians could maintain
some of their lifestyle, gathering wild seeds and hunting, since the missions
could not feed them. Virginia Popper
(2016), analyzing plant remains from colonial sites, found several local
adaptations, from Spanish continuing their Mexican lifestyles to Native people
living quite traditionally.
Anglo contact was even more
traumatic. Diseases swept through the
population. A malaria epidemic in 1833
killed 1/3 of the population of the north-central part of the state (Cook
1955), and went on to ravage Oregon, where Robert Boyd’s study is exemplary
(1999). Smallpox epidemics were
frequent, and endemic disease also occurred.
The relative role of disease in depopulation has been exaggerated
(Cameron et al. 2015; Hull 2015). Its
absolute role was horrific, but genocide, virtual enslavement in the missions,
poor nutrition, disruption of Indigenous lifeways, and other causes were
probably as important in the declines of the Californian nations.
In the 1850s, northern California
became one of the areas of the United States subjected to outright
genocide: state-backed, official or
quasi-official campaigns of extermination (Madley 2012, 2016; Trafzer and Hyer
1999). Most of this took place under the
brief reign in the 1850s of the Know-Nothing party, which was pro-slavery and
openly genocidal toward Native Americans.
The Yahi were eliminated except for a few survivors, notably the famous
“Ishi” (R. Heizer and T. Kroeber 1979; T. Kroeber 1961). The Yuki and their neighbors were almost
wiped out (Miller 1979), as were several small groups. The Wiyot of the Eureka area were subjected
to massacre and were almost all killed (Elsasser 1978). The Tolowa were decimated, as a spillover of
the Rogue River War (Madley 2012). This
at least had the effect of showing the three connected tribes of Yurok, Karok
and Hupa what was in store for them. The
Karok, and to some extent the other two with them, holed up in the
fantastically rugged and inaccessible mountains of their homelands and fought
back, in one of the very few genuinely successful resistance movements in the
United States. After decades of sporadic
warfare, they received treaties and reservations, and are still among the most
numerous and culturally intact groups in the western United States. This is a story that, amazingly, has never
been told, and it deserves a major historical study. Heroic but ultimately futile resistance by
the Cahuilla (Phillips 1975) and the Central Valley tribes (Phillips 1993) has
received more and better historical attention.
So have the resistance campaigns of the relatively nearby Seri, Yaqui
and Apache in Mexico and along the border, but, in general, successful
resistance to genocide has not been much studied—a surprising and deplorable
omission.
Elsewhere, Madley documents the
murder of 1,340 Native people by California militias, 1680 by the U.S. Army,
and 6,460 by settlers and vigilantes.
These are reasonable figures, but one suspects that many a murder is
lost in the records. Madley’s work has
brought the California genocide from one of the least-known in history (my use
of the term has been questioned in the past) to perhaps the best-documented
genocide of an Indigenous population, with the possible exception of parts of
Australia. The sheer death figures do
not even begin to describe the cultural effects, however. Cultural repression in day schools and
boarding schools, segregation, prejudice, deliberate breaking up of
populations, scattering of groups between reservations that opened and closed
with dizzying speed in the 19th century, and other methods
calculated to destroy California cultures persisted for decades. It is testimony to incredible resistance,
resilience, and sheer toughness that some cultural groups survived as
identifiable “tribes.” More than a few
white settlers, also, rallied to the cause, including such early “Indian lovers”
as Helen Hunt Jackson and George Wharton James.
They could be unenlightened by modern standards, but they saved many
people.
The Modoc War is perhaps the best
known of the sad stories (Dillon 1973).
The Modoc were forced onto a reservation established for their
traditional enemies the Klamath. They
were there subjected to harassment by both Klamaths and whites. A small band left the reservation, holed up
in the horribly rough and inaccessible lava beds of Modoc County, and held off
the United States Army for six months, only to be ultimately starved out and
sent to die in a prison camp in Oklahoma.
The struggle still needs full
treatment; it has always seemed to me to be the archetypal story of the
conquest of the Americas. We have the
story in many versions. In addition to
the historical and anthropological accounts, we have contemporary accounts from
several different points of view. The
settlers spewed out racist hate via local newspapers. The army’s deep concerns and tactical debates
are available in full (Cozzens 2002:98-298).
The Indian agent for Oregon desperately tried to prevent the war, but
was overwhelmed, and we have his heartbroken story (Meacham 1875). Most interesting, perhaps, is the narrative
of the incredibly heroic Native interpreter Winona, transmitted through her son
Jeff Riddle (1974). Winona shuttled back
and forth, at constant risk of her life, interpreting and mediating for both
sides. With this Rashomon-like
kaleidoscope of views, and with the story’s location in the black and starkly
beautiful lava beds, the tale would make a stunning film, but a tragic one, not
a Hollywood show.
Throughout California and the west,
even after pacification and treaties, food supplies were stolen by corrupt
officials (Jackson1885; Phillips 1997), and educational institutions did more
sexual abuse and labor exploitation than teaching. Before 1863 Native people could be enslaved,
and conditions after Emancipation were not always much better. They could still be thrown off their lands
illegally, as at Cupa in San Diego County (Castillo 1978). Many groups had their reservations
“terminated” in the late 19th and again in the mid-20th
centuries; this involved giving them individual allotments, which they usually
soon lost to sharp dealers or outright illegal squatters. A thorough history of the Wintu (Hoveman
2002) provides documentation of one of the more fortunate groups; the Wintu, in
the upper Sacramento drainage, survive, but were almost exterminated and lost
almost all their land.
The last termination in the area
was the Klamath Reservation termination in southern Oregon in 1954 (Stern
1966), the effects of which were so horrific that terminations were virtually
ended nationwide. Local entrepreneurs
even resorted to the classic 19th-century trick of giving men bottles
of whiskey in exchange for signing their names on blank sheets of paper—the
paper later being filled in with a deed of sale of allotted land.
The sordid record of murder and
destruction has been often told, and would not be worth raising yet again if it
were not for the fact that, today, denial or partial denial of it has become
commonplace. Not only do the
Euro-Americans gloss over it; the surviving Native groups often do. This is an understandable but sadly
misdirected reaction to their being called “extinct” or “culturally extinct,”
for decades. They naturally want to
assert their survival.
Indeed, they survived, and by truly
heroic efforts—especially their own, but also the efforts of a few Anglos, such
as Helen Hunt Jackson and George Wharton James.
But it was a near thing. In 1900
there were only about 15,000 identifiable California Indians. This fits perfectly with Henry Dobyns’ “95%
rule” (Dobyns 1983)—the average Native American group was reduced 95% from
settlement to lowest point. There were
actually many more individuals, mostly of mixed ancestry, hiding out or calling
themselves “Mexicans,” but the total number was still tiny. Only around 1900 did the precipitous decline
from disease and cruel treatment begin to reverse itself. In the 19th century, there was
every reason to assume the California Indians would be gone in a few years, at
least as identifiable ethnic groups.
As it was, though population has
fortunately rebounded, most of the languages are now lost, and the last few are
kept alive by diligent efforts of a handful of Native people and cooperating
linguists (see Leanne Hinton 1994, whose work has been outstanding).
I would thus urge modern people,
including Native people, to be understanding of the “vanishing Indian” attitude
of 1900. We should pay more attention
than we have done to the level of loss through disease, oppression, and
outright genocide. We should pay far more attention to the relatively few
people—including those forgotten Yurok and Karok fighters—who prevented the
vanishing from being total.
Native Californian Uses of Biota
Major resources are listed in Kent
Lightfoot and Otis Parrish’s recent book, California
Indians and Their Environment (2009).
The most useful plant resources were divided into two types: nuts and seeds. Nuts grew on trees. Acorns were by far the most important. The classic account is E. W. Gifford’s “California
Balanophagy” (1957), “balanophagy” being a delightful coinage for “acorn
eating.” They could produce around 70,000
kg/sq km in prime habitat (Bettinger 2015:110, citing Martin Baumhoff), enough
to feed far more people than California ever had. There were many species, cropping on
different cycles, so nuts were always plentiful.
Pine nuts, walnuts, buckeyes,
laurel nuts, wild cherry kernels, and many other nuts were also important, more
so than the literature generally suggests.
Resources such as pine nuts from gray and Coulter pines, for instance,
were surely more important than the literature suggests. Seeds came from a vast range of annual and
small-sized perennial plants. Some major
ones were sage species, notably chia (Salvia
columbariae), tansy-mustard (Descurania
pinnata), redmaids (Calandrinia
ciliata), tarweeds (Madia and Hemizonia spp.), sunflowers of several
genera, and a great profusion of grass species. Loss of people, especially from remote and
mountainous areas, came early after Spanish settlement, losing us knowledge of
much resource use.
Berries, fruits, shoots, sap,
roots, bulbs, corms, cambium, and every other plant part short of hard wood
were eaten. Berries were particularly
rich and prone to follow fires. An odd
line in Pedro Fages’ accounts of Spanish conquest mentions wine from elderberry
fruits; he may have meant “juice,” but the Paiute made real wine from cactus
fruits (Powell 1971:50), presumably having learned it from the Oodham, and the
Opata of Sonora did indeed make elderberry wine—a lot of it—and it was
apparently strong and good (Yetman 2010:38-39).
(The Fages entry spawned an odd story about wine from willow fruit,
because someone misread saucos
“elderberries” as sauces “willows.”)
California
ethnobotany has been richly explored over several generations, but we have
probably lost most of the old knowledge.
Even so, what remains is stunning.
Most of the southern California tribes have produced full ethnobotanical
books (for the Cahuilla, Bean and Saubel 1972; Chumash, Timbrook 2007;
Kawaiisu, Zigmond 1981; Santa Ysabel Kumeyaay, Hedges and Beresford 1986; Baja
California Kumeyaay, Wilken-Robertson 2018; Serrano, Lerch 1981; others in
manuscript) and northern California has not been neglected (e.g. Welch 2013;
for Northern Paiute, just across the line in Nevada, Fowler 1991; reviews, K.
Anderson 2005; Mead 1986). Ethnozoology
is less well covered (but see Timbrook and Johnson’s Chumash ethnoornithology, 2013).
Old records remain important. J. P. Harrington’s are the richest (see
Timbrook 2007). Powers’ Tribes of California (1877) preserved
much. Records are still being discovered
and made available. A recent publication
by James Welch (2013) makes available the enormous wealth of information
collected by John and Grace Hudson from the Northern Pomo in the late 19th
and early 20th centuries. By
the time that professional ethnographers reached the Pomo, the genocidal
effects of white settlement (well summarized by Welch) had led to much loss,
and the Hudson material is invaluable (e.g. noting 12 more basket materials
than previously known). Fortunately, a
good deal of Pomo knowledge did survive, and does so still (Goodrich et al.
1980).
Plants provided a rich source of
effective medicines. Among those proved
by chemical analysis to “work” are willows and several other species (salicylic
acid—the source of aspirin), many mints (menthol and similar oils), sagebrush
(thujone, which is vermifugal and in high doses abortifacient), many
tannin-rich barks, and a whole range of mild but useful antibacterial and
antifungal compounds. Mineral
medications include naturally occurring salts, antibacterial compounds,
absorbent clays, and many more. Hundreds
of plants used medicinally have not yet been fully analyzed. The Native Californians were also eclectic;
modern healers freely use not only Native remedies from all over North America,
but even Chinese herbal medicine, as well as drug store cures (see e.g. Peters
and Ortiz 2010). Medical knowledge was
highly prized, healers were enormously valued, and traditional medicine by both
herbal and religious methods was very widely known and practiced—and to a striking
extent still is.
Animal
foods included deer, elk, pronghorn, rabbits, gophers, squirrels and ground
squirrels, and hundreds of bird species (Kay and Simmons 2002). Countless insects were used (Sutton
1988). Even the bones were ground
up. Small animals could be mashed whole,
bones and all, into “gopher-burger.”
Larger animal bones were mashed and boiled to extract bone grease, an
important food elsewhere in North America and probably locally in California
(Sunseri 2015).
Hundreds of species of fish and
shellfish were used. Sea mammals were important, perhaps more so than fish for
the Chumash (Gamble 2008), such that some rookeries on shore were depleted (see
below). Areas along major rivers, and
along parts of the coast with good harbors for canoes, could rely on extremely
rich and reliable fish resources. Shells
were valuable for beads and tools after the animals within had been eaten. The great salmon fisheries of the major
rivers stretch the imagination. Where
there were no salmon, there were river-running trout; the huge rainbow trout of
the Pyramid Lake drainage ran upriver to Truckee Lake to spawn, and at such
times the river was described as more fish than water (LaRivers 1994, noting
this is an exaggeration but that the runs were incredible; he notes that the
Basin lakes are extremely nutrition-rich).
Ocean fisheries were important too, with vast runs of smelt of many
species, sardines, anchovies, and herring, as well as plenty of larger
fish. A smelt run in 1857 left fish
piled “a foot deep” on the beaches of northwestern California (Tushingham and
Christiansen 2015:192). Specialized
fishing, with large seagoing canoes and huge riverine weirs and fish dams,
developed after 1000 BCE, much of it within the last 1500-2000 years. Intensive fishing and shellfishing in the
south, however, came earlier, and indeed there were extensive shell middens
dating to many thousand years ago.
(“Were,” because development has destroyed them on the mainland—within
my memory, in Baja California and on Point Sal.
Research is now more or less confined to the islands.)
Otherwise, animals could be very
thin on the ground. Ethnographic
accounts suggest that rabbits (including jackrabbits, which are technically
hares) were the most widespread and reliable land animal resource base. Reptiles and predatory mammals were widely
avoided as food.
Mark Raab (1996), among others, has
demolished the idea that Californians were rolling in food. Most of the state is, after all, desert or
barren mountain. But some areas were
indeed quite lush. These were especially
the interfaces between water and land, and most especially the high-energy
ones: river deltas, current-swept channels, lakes with large feeder streams. Populations were dense in the favored areas;
numbers of people rose in feedback with elaborate technological and social
systems. In less favored areas, drought
years or local disasters could produce real want. Either way, population often pressed on
resources. Even so, with only some
250,000-300,000 people in a very rich landscape, California hardly suffered
from serious long-term pressure on major resources. Work-horse trees like oak and buckeye, and
productive, management-responsive annuals like chia sage (Salvia columbariae), would support large populations in normal
years. Human populations would be
trimmed back in years of extreme drought or flood. Still, it is doubtful if the population
figures represent a population at “carrying capacity.” One suspects that they could have worked
harder, stored more, fought less, and supported several times their contact-era
population.
Storage was necessary, and many methods
developed. Meat and fish were dried or
smoked. Seeds were kept in baskets. Acorns were stored in large raised granaries
made of basketry, withes, or brush. The
Western Mono serve as a good example:
Christopher Morgan (2012) found that they lived in small communities
(about 13 being typical but some reaching as many as 75) which had three or
more granaries, but also had dispersed caches around the countryside, so that one
was never far from stored acorns. A
granary held about 725 kg of acorns; about seven of these would support a
community of 13, providing about 4 million calories (Morgan 2012:724-725). Granaries were lined with pine needles—other
groups sometimes used sagebrush, which is insecticidal—to discourage pests and
keep the acorns dry. Stored food had to
sustain the groups during the long and harsh winter of their mountain
habitat. The far larger towns in lowland
California had much less severe winters to contend with, but needed more food,
and must have stored enormous quantities.
Bears raided caches, making extra storage necessary.
Bettinger (2015:90) has pointed out that
meat, fish and the like are front-loaded: they are edible immediately and
usually are so eaten, and if they are processed it has to be done
immediately. In California, that was
largely an issue with fish, which had to be split and dried or smoked as soon
as caught. Nuts, especially acorns, are
back-loaded: they are easy to gather and store, but take enormous amounts of
processing. So they are normally
harvested in vast quantities in a brief harvest period, then stored to be
processed and used at need. This had
social effects. At one extreme, great
assemblages of people were necessary to catch and dry salmon, but these
assemblages would later disperse. At the
other, seed and nut dependence led to smaller but more stable, permanent
groups.
Mineral resources were generally
concentrated in a few spots, making widespread trade necessary. Salt was required for survival and was
sometimes hard to get. Even more
concentrated in source were obsidian and other silicates that would take a
sharp edge; they were essential for points, knives, and the like. At particularly good obsidian sources, I have
seen the ground literally paved with flakes over many acres. Good-quality grinding stone for mortars and
metates could be surprisingly rare and valuable. It is hard to imagine people carrying huge
metates all over the desert, but they did, finding the labor worthwhile to get
metates from superior quarries (Schneider 1993). Soft chlorite schist, as on Santa Catalina
Island, was mined for making bowls.
Marcasite became beads used as money in north-central California.
The extent and importance of trade
in California has sometimes been stressed (Lightfoot and Parrish 2009), but on
the whole it has been underestimated.
Some communities, especially on the rather impoverished Channel Islands
of the south, may have actually depended on trade for food, at least in some
seasons (Arnold 1987, 2004). If true—and
it is highly controversial—this would be a very rare case worldwide of a
hunting-gathering population depending on trade in staples. Inland, California shell beads got as far
afield as Arizona and northern Mexico.
Dentalium shell beads from Vancouver Island got to northern California.
The degree to which all these items
truly constituted money is not clear.
They could be used for buying food, so they were not merely ceremonial
(Bettinger 2015:184). They were
certainly monetized in early Spanish times, in areas of dense population, but
the Spanish may have had much to do with this.
Clearly the shell items represented a kind of money, but only a special
purpose currency, used in specific contexts, perhaps largely ceremonial ones in
many or most cases. Dentalium shells
were used as money in the northwest of the state (and further north), but the
fact that they were adorned and decorated so they would be happy and would lure
more money to the owner (Bettinger 2015:182) shows how different the concept of
money was there from what we now experience.
Indigenous Management
The
Californian peoples generally lacked agriculture, but there were significant
exceptions, proving that they knew full well how to grow crops and could have
done so if they had found it worth while.
Tobacco was grown very widely over the state. The Karok, otherwise nonagricultural, knew
enough about farming it to fill an entire book (Harrington 1932). The neighboring Yurok believed that wild
tobacco was dangerous, only cultivated tobacco being safe to use (Heizer
1978:650).
The southeast part of the state was
firmly agricultural, growing the famous trinity of maize, beans, and squash, as
well as several minor crops. They also
sowed wild grass, including the possibly domesticated local millet Panicum sonorum. They may have cultivated amaranth species
(Castetter and Bell 1951; Forde 1931:107-109; Nabhan 1982, 1985).
The Owens Valley Paiute irrigated
wild plants (Lawton et al. 1993). This
was presumably derived from true agricultural practices their ancestors carried
out further south, since it is now beyond reasonable doubt that the
proto-Uto-Aztecans were farmers, and the loss of farming in the Great Basin is
a recent and derived condition (Hill 2001).
The Southern Paiutes of Nevada had agriculture from ancient times. Sowing of wild seed crops is attested for a
few groups (Lightfoot and Parrish 2009:127), and there were surely more groups
who sowed. Transplantation is also well
attested, but especially for groups that had agriculture, notably the Kumeyaay
(Shipek 1993).
Finally, increase in native barley
(Hordeum sp.) seed size, to far
beyond anything natural, took place in central California (Wohlgemuth 1996,
2004). Similar seed dynamics are
reported from the Los Angeles River area (Reddy 2016:237). This implies either true domestication or at
least intensive manipulation of stocks.
But the experiment ended: the
central Californians came to focus more and more on oaks and other tree crops,
and the barley seeds shrank again, at least in central California.
In such a climatically fluctuating
place as California, agriculture is difficult.
One need only read accounts by early European settlers trying to predict
year by year, in the days before statewide irrigation systems. Hunting and gathering must have seemed more
reasonable. But it too necessitated some
higher organization if people were to manage the environment, store food, and
accumulate fixed productive capital in the form of nets, weirs, canoes, and so
on. Hence the benefit of complex
societies. In an environment that is
sometimes exceedingly rich but sometimes—and unpredictably—exceedingly poor,
they make sense.
Also, the development of
agriculture, throughout the world, took place in areas central to vast trade
and communication routes. Presumably the
exchanges of goods and ideas were crucial.
Coastal California is a cul-de-sac.
Morever, the Californian biotic and cultural region has no single
center; it is polycentric. Even today,
the Anglo-Americans of the Bay Area, Los Angeles, Sacramento, San Diego, and
other cities all have their own subcultures and hinterlands. There was no one confined lush area, like the
Jordan Valley, Mesopotamia, or the Nile Valley in the Old World or like the
Valley of Mexico in the New, to bring people together.
The earliest agriculture in the
world, that of the Near East, arose in a rather similar environment, but at
oases within dry and desert-like parts of it.
Significantly, oases within California’s driest deserts are precisely
the areas where agriculture waspracticed
in the state. Such lush pockets in an
otherwise very challenging environment evidently make agriculture more
appealing. Near Eastern agriculture
arose just after the Younger Dryas event, when environmental stresses and
opportunities were high. California had
extremely few people at the time, and never had such climatic traumas afterward
(cf. McCorriston 2000).
Far more
prevalent was intensive manipulation of wild plants (K. Anderson 2005; K.
Anderson and Lake 2013, 2017; K. Anderson and Rosenthal 2015; Blackburn and K.
Anderson 1993). Native Californians
pruned, trimmed, cultivated, selectively harvested, and in short did everything
that a modern gardener does for her plants—but without domestication. At the edge of the region, the level of
cultivation of camas (Camassia spp.)
and wokas (yellow waterlily seeds; Colville 1902; Deur 2009) reported for the
Klamath and Modoc amounts to nearly or fully agricultural-level manipulation. They also managed fish, and manipulated
huckleberry intensively, as well as wild carrot and other root crops (Deur
2009). So did their neighbors the
Shasta, who also managed oaks for acorns (Gleason 2001). Unfortunately, recording data on management
was much less commonly done than recording ethnobotanical uses, and we are left
in ignorance of most of it (see e.g. Welch 2013 on this issue).
Geophytes—root,
bulb and corm crops—were particularly subject to manipulation. Corms of Brodiaea,
Dichelostemma, and other plants (Anderson 2017; Gill 2017; Gill and Hoppa
2016; Wohlgemuth 2017) were particularly widespread and important. Tubers of Cyperus
esculentus, Eleocharis, and other plants (Lawton et al. 1976; Pierce and
Scholtze 2016) were cultivated in the Owens Valley.
This level of management was a
quite different startegy from agriculture.
It was, instead, whole-landscape cultivation, maximizing production
across a huge range of resources. By
contrast, the Near Eastern Neolithic peoples in similar environments focused on
two or three to cultivate intensively, thus inventing agriculture.
The large bulbs and flowers of
camas (specifically C. quamash and—if it is a separate species–C. leichtlinii), the response of these
plants to cultivation, and their striking failure to thrive and compete after
the Native population was exiled from the meadows, all imply true
domestication. My impression from observing
camas in the wild and growing it in my garden is that if it were grown by a
“truly agricultural” people it would unhesitatingly be called a domesticate.
Indeed,
throughout California the level of management was impressive. The area covered by camas and wokas was
enormous. Not far away, within
California proper, the Shasta (Gleason 2001), Achomawi, and Atsugewi (T. Garth
1978) cultivated bulb- and root-rich meadows extensively. Wild crops included monocots of many
families—true lilies, Mariposa lilies, camas, and so on—as well as roots,
mostly of the carrot family, such as wild carrots (Perideridea) and Lomatium. Root-digging seems very generally to have
involved careful cultivating: small
roots were left to regrow or were even planted; competing plants were removed;
the soil was loosened; parts that could regrow roots were returned to the
ground; and so on.
Root-digging involved a veritable
Protestant ethic of hard work and diligent, responsible effort. Among the Atsugewi, men tried to marry the
girls who brought in the most roots, and myths told of heroic diggers who
married well (Garth 1978:237-238). This
was part of a more general ethic of hard work in all spheres of life, best
studied by Garth among the Atsugewi, but generally found in California (see
e.g. Spott and Kroeber 1942 on the Yurok).
Garth reports chiefs calling everyone up at dawn with harangues such as:
“Get up and do something for your living.
Be on your guard. Be on the
lookout for Paiute [raiders]. You have
to work hard for your living. There may
be a long winter so put away all the food you can” (Garth 1978:237).
Probably no bulb-rich meadow in the
state was left alone, and apparently all that were even remotely close to a settlement
were cultivated quite intensively (judging from K. Anderson 2005, 2017, and
Gleason 2001). Even the Paiute and
Shoshone, in some of the most merciless deserts on earth, enormously modified
their habitats. They have been involved
in management efforts recently. Many
desert habitats were improved for wildlife and biodiversity by their care, as
shown by Catherine Fowler (1992, 2013).
They conserved waterfowl—a staple food—by leaving eggs if there were
hatchlings in the nest (Fowler 2013:165-167; taking all eggs from a
recently-laid clutch does no harm, since ducks and coots simply lay more). They also had cautionary tales to keep
children from stealing too many bird eggs.
With Fowler we move partly beyond
state boundaries into neighboring Nevada.
This allows us to include also the careful review by Richard Clemmer
(2009a) of “conservation” among the Western Shoshone. These groups did not preserve pristine
wilderness. They burned carefully and
according to plans, sowed grass seeds, and managed vegetation. They hunted pronghorn sustainably, planning
hunts only when pronghorn populations had built up. It is absurdly easy to overhunt pronghorn,
because they are easy to lure and are slow reproducers. An estimated 30-40 million pronghorn were
reduced to 13,000 around 1900 by settler hunting. Before that, large communal drives, under
some sort of direction but probably not a specialized shaman, took place,
especially around the time and place of pinyon harvesting (Wilke 2013). Charms were used but there is some indication
that some pronhorn were allowed to escape.
Certainly the areas were allowed to recover before another hunt.
They may have managed rabbits and
beaver locally; evidence is unclear. I
suspect they did. Clemmer notes that
there were many beaver in the tiny Great Basin rivers when Anglo-American
trappers got there. This suggests either
management or great difficulty in hunting the beaver. Since the Shoshone were expert hunters, the
latter is unlikely, so good management is implied. Historic fur trappers had no difficulty in
trapping beavers from these small, accessible streams. Clemmer finds no evidence for management of
pine nuts or similar resources. Pine
nuts crop in only some years, and when they do they crop heavily, so there is
no real way to manage them. However, the
Timbisha Shoshone of California most certainly do manage pine nuts, by cleaning
up the groves to prevent wildfires, brush competition, and the like from damaging
the pinyon pine trees (Catherine Fowler, pers. comm.). It should be noted that pinyons are
notoriously erratic croppers—a strategy to foil seed-eating insects—and crop
only every few years (Bettinger 2015:68).
People had to scout the neighborhood to find groves that were
productive—an easy task, fortunately, since one can monitor the developing
cones over a year or so. Wandering
hunters would report back, and the group would know exactly when and where to
go when the cones were pickable—just before maturity, since at maturity they
open and the seeds scatter or are devoured by a host of animals.
Clemmer also found no evidence for
intensive fishing or management of fish, but data rapidly caught up with him
here. Just outside our area, a major
study by Deward Walker and collaborators turned up evidence for fishing on an
enormous scale, with a huge range of sophisticated technology, by the northern
Shoshone and their neighbors, who lived in the fish-rich Snake River drainage
(Walker 2010). This information
presumably applies to the Humboldt River too, and one can be fairly sure that
all Great Basin rivers were heavily fished.
Significantly, Walker found it “necessary to conduct research interviews
in either the Paiute/Bannock or Shoshone language” (Walker 2010:55)—in the 21st
century! This is real tribute to
cultural survival, and one that reminds us that lack of linguistic skills must
have caused early investigators to miss a great deal. Since the Shoshone (and closely related
Paiute/Bannock) lived at the rivers’ headwaters, where streams are tiny,
narrow, and often rather thin in fish, they could easily have wiped out the
salmon and other large river-running fish.
The fact that salmon continued to abound proves some considerable degree
of management.
Further, and much more thorough,
work on plant and animal management in Nevada results from the comprehensive
and thorough work of Jeremy Spoon and his many Southern Paiute coworkers in the
White/Muddy river drainage of southern Nevada (Spoon and Arnold 2014; Spoon,
Armold, and Newe/Nuwuvi Working Group 2011, 2012a, 2012b; Spoon, Arnold, Lefler
and Milton 2015; Spoon, Arnold, Lefler, Wendel, and Nuwuvi Working Group 2013,
2014a, 2014b; these reports are quite repetitious but each has its own findings
also). Among newly reported information
are care about pruning mistletoe from pinyon pines, and a great deal about
managing water—desperately scarce in their area. One elder observed: “Science is a tool to measure stuff. Culture is a tool to maintain what you
have. That’s what I believe” (Spoon et
al. 2013:56). These elders contrasted
interaction with “management,” the latter seen as a not-so-good idea from the
white settlers. They noted a high
respect for rocks, which remember whether they were moved for good or bad
reasons—a belief I have encountered in Mongolia. One of Spoon’s reports is in
fact titled The Voices of the Rocks Sing
Through Us (Spoon et al. 2014b).
They also discuss talking with trees.
This makes solid sense when one is used to the significant silences—often
filled with nonverbal communication—that mark and enhance Native American
conversations. Fire management is as
among California groups described below; pruning, small patch burns in the
right season, some clearing of brush beforehand, and general careful preparation
and timing (Spoon, Arnold, Lefler and Milton 2015).
The level of personal restraint and
responsibility involved could reach quite incredible proportions. Philip Wilke (1988) found that desert
junipers cropped for bow staves were carefully conserved. A juniper with a straight branch was a rare
commodity. About one bow stave per
twenty years could be taken from such a branch, preferably from the compression
wood on the under side; then the juniper had to be left to recover. Yet there are such trees all over the range
of the juniper. Bowyers had to be on
their own recognizance—no one was out there patrolling. Individual conscience restrained them from
taking too much. This self-policing went
on for countless centuries over millions of square miles. I have observed the same for yews in the
Pacific Northwest; any venerable yew with straight branches shows the long,
straight scars. Such “culturally managed
trees” are often well known locally, to the point that “CMT” has become a
normal word in modern archaeology and land management.
California’s and Nevada’s
indigenous people normally engaged in long migrations between winter villages
and spring and summer harvesting grounds.
These migrations took them through successive habitats, usually on the
route from lowlands to highlands and back.
Presumably the routes would change to avoid places heavily harvested in
immediately previous years. No meadow in
the state, except extremely remote and high-altitude ones, would have been long
ignored. Archaeology shows this
clearly. Look around any meadow anywhere
in the state, and (unless settlement or flooding have destroyed the record) you
will find tiny scatters of flakes where someone sharpened a knife, broke an arrow
point, or quickly flaked out a skinning tool.
On the
other hand, recent writers have been too quick to maintain that all California
was highly managed, with wilderness a meaningless concept. The Native Californians did not greatly
affect the rough, infertile parts of the state, or the high mountains. This was not purely because of
indifference. More significant was the
use of remote mountaintops and high-mountain environments for vision quests and
meditation, with the goal of gaining spiritual insights, knowledge, and
ability. Anthropologists generally refer
to this as “power,” but, significantly, Native people speaking English usually
call it “knowledge.” It refers to a
comprehensive spiritual vision that gives the visionary enough self-efficacy to
accomplish important matters; the highest knowledge is generally considered to
be that of healing. In any case, all
western North American peoples sought this, and depended on mountain wilderness
for it. All groups knew certain spots,
called “power places” in the literature, that were particularly good for vision
questing; mountaintops were particularly favored, but remotes lakes,
waterfalls, and springs were important.
Of this more anon; at present we need note only that wilderness was required
for a specific important use.
Most important of all was burning,
but readers should remember that all those other techniques were important as
well. This was not simply “firestick
farming.”
Fire was
the chief way of managing the environment, and here the record is somewhat
confusing. There is no question that
California Native peoples set fires everywhere that would burn, and that these
very substantially altered the vegetation over vast areas of the state (K.
Anderson 1999, 2005; K. Anderson and Rosenthal 2015; Lewis 1973; Lightfoot and
Parrish 2009, with major review of literature; Pyne 2004; Timbrook 2007). This was to be expected, for all Native American
peoples except those in non-combustible environments (basically, Arctic and
high-alpine areas and sand deserts) burned regularly (Pyne 2004; Stewart et al.
2002), and the effects on the vegetation were considerable; it is possible that
the entire Eastern North American forest was deliberately maintained as an
oak-chestnut-hickory community by burning (Delcourt and Delcourt 2004).
Juan Crespí’s diary from 1769
(Brown 2001; see Gamble 2008) is particularly revealing. He noted not only widespread deliberate
burning, but also that the vegetation in many areas was short annual pasture
rather than the chaparral and coastal sage scrub that are now, or recently
were, found in those locations. The
reviews by K. Anderson and by Lightfoot and Parrish list hundreds of sources
covering dozens of groups.
On the
other hand, a few doubters have raised their voices, and one of them is a
formidable authority: Richard Minnich (1983, 1987, 2001a, 2001b, 2008), one of
the two or three leading experts on California fire ecology. He points out at length that much of the
state is affected by dry lightning, which in the mountains can be an almost
daily phenomenon in late summer, and that other sources of ignition exist. (These might range from volcanism to spontaneous
combustion in animal nests.) California’s bone-dry summers and highly
inflammable vegetation combine to guarantee natural fires on a cyclic
basis. California would burn sooner or
later, indigenous people or no (see also Sugihara et al. 2006).
Chaparral and some California
forest formations are characterized by large numbers of species that seem
actually designed to burn: they dry out in
summer and contain resins, waxes, and other compounds that are highly
inflammable. These species all either
stump-sprout aggressively after fire, have fruits that need fire to open them,
or have seeds that need fire to germinate.
Some authorities think that these plants evolved to eliminate
competition and maximize their own dominance by this aggressive route.
For instance, California’s most
distinctive pine groups, the closed-cone and knobcone pines, have cones that
normally do not open unless burned. They
live in chaparral, grow and fruit rapidly, and are designed to burn on
20-to-50-year cycles. I have lived to
see the knobcone pine forest on the San Bernardino Mountains go through two cycles
and get well into a third. Obviously
they did not evolve in the last few centuries, and thus it is clear that
California has burned since long before the Native Americans perfected their
management systems.
Be that as it may, Native
Californians burned chaparral regularly, to increase edible plant, mammal, and
even insect resources. Kat Anderson and
Jeffrey Rosenthal (2015) report, for instance, that caterpillars, as well as
grasshoppers, were managed by fire, which causes rapid regrowth of the tender
new shoots on which they feed. These
authors describe the values of each stage of regrowth after fire. Burning also opened the brush, making travel
possible; a stand of mature chaparral is impenetrable, or at best very slow
going. Annual plants often produce more
seeds (they need heavy seeding to survive) and greens than perennials do.
Even fish could be helped. Michelle Stevens and Emilie Zelazo (2015)
point out that burning in summer opened up floodplains that flooded in fall,
winter and spring. Fish that spawned in
those areas, including many important ones endemic to the central part of the
state, were increased. Another benefit
was increase in number and quality of stems of plants used to make fishnets,
such as Indian hemp (Apocynum cannabinum)
and milkweed. These plants grow in moist
areas and produce longer, straighter stems after burning.
A
contrarian work is a volume edited by Thomas Vale (2002), which contains some
articles on California. Vale took a
considerably more extreme position than Minnich, and argued that Native
Americans did little managing by fire (or, for that matter, anything else). Vale’s work might have had more impact if it
had not been almost immediately buried under the enormous floods of
counter-evidence in Stewart et al. (2002), Pyne (2004) and K. Anderson (2005). Vale’s book was effectively answered, and
refuted, by in a review by Henry Lewis (2003), the pioneer investigator of fire
in Native North America.
Vale, like
Minnich, emphasized the probability that remote and mountainous parts of the
state would be more influenced by lightning than by Native burning. Lightning strikes were and are so much
commoner that Native burning would not have affected the cycle. Fire scars on trees have been used to assess
the frequency of fires, but the vast majority of lightning strikes burn one
tree (and perhaps its immediate neighbors) without starting a serious fire.
However, in California, the areas
near dense Indigenous settlement are also the areas with the least lightning. Dry lightning is almost nonexistent in
coastal California. Rivers and barren
areas prevent the spread of fire from distant mountains, though it certainly
does spread from nearby ranges (especially in the Santa Barbara area). Fire return intervals in all these areas,
even redwood forest, are so extremely frequent that lightning is highly
unlikely to be the major cause (Kat Anderson, pers. comm, Feb. 4, 2014).
Moreover,
the testimonies of Crespí and others make it clear that the vegetation was
burned far more frequently than even frequent lightning strikes would do. Taken together, they describe millions of
acres of annual pasturage. Yet, in early
historic times, these areas were brushlands.
Minnich (2008) has established that
the bunchgrass prairies of California’s interior valleys were nonnatural, and
indeed many of them were purely mythical—early mappers’
overgeneralizations. The potential
vegetation of most of the valleys is saltbush and other brush. Minnich
has qualified his stand on the inexorable nature of burning cycles (Minnich
2008 and pers. comm, 2009-2010; Minnich and Franco-Vizcaino 2002). It appears that chaparral and even desert
vegetation can be burned much more often than it would naturally do. This has made him more open to Native
American burning as a landscape shaper.
Californians
were careful fire managers; they made very small fires for their own use. J. W. Powell, writing on the Paiute, says:
“…an Indian never builds a large fire…and expresses great contempt for the
white man who builds his fire so large that the blaze and smoke keep him back
in the cold” (Powell 1971:53; this confirms a very widespread American folk
observation that I have heard since my childhood).
In short, the
evidence is unequivocal. They certainly
managed well-populated parts of the state by burning. On the other hand, their ability to reshape
the vast lightning-prone mountains of the state seems limited. K. Anderson (2005, and pers. comm, Feb. 4,
2014) finds that they maintained and expanded the mountain meadows and coastal
prairies of the state. These are now
rapidly growing up to forest, in spite of lightning strikes; but deliberate
fire suppression and the current years of drought (which favor trees over
meadow grass) are involved in this.
Another equivocal case is oak
woodlands. Oak seedlings die when burned. Frequent burning of oak groves would
eliminate them. On the other hand, oaks
survive burning when they grow large enough to have thick bark. I have seen coast liveoaks sprout rapidly back
from the very hottest fires. It takes
about ten years for a live oak to reach fire-withstanding age. Thus, rarer burning—once a new generation of
oaks had grown up—would eliminate fungal and insect pests, thin out the
competition, and maintain the groves.
A problem for everyone trying to
reconstruct Californian vegetation as of 1700 is that Europeans replaced
deliberate burning with deliberate fire suppression. The Chumash were already seeing this as a
major hardship, and complaining about it, by 1800 (Gamble 2008; Timbrook 2007).
The Achomawi, later, complained and
regretted the ruin of the forests (Rhoades 2013:112).
The only possible conclusion is
that human-set fire profoundly affected areas near large population centers,
minimally affected remote mountain and desert areas, and affected to an unknown
and probably unknowable degree the vast in-between zone.
The
situation in regard to animals is even less clear. California Native peoples overharvested the
choicest shellfish, such as abalone, which are delectable and easy to
over-collect (Jones, Porcasi, Gaeta and Codding 2008; Kennett 2005; Lightfoot
and Parrish 2009, summarizing a very large and contentious literature; Rick et
al. 2008). It seems clear that depletion
was very slow and gradual, and frequently reversed (Rick et al. 2008). People were fairly careful stewards. They may have overharvested fish, but the
wild swings in fish populations caused by ocean dynamics make this impossible
to judge. Fish have to accommodate to
the sudden alternations of El Niño’s warm water and La Niña’s cold, both
unpredictable in extent and reach.
Anyone familiar with fishing in California (especially the south) knows
that species of fish, sometimes in enormous numbers, suddenly appear and as
suddenly disappear when such events occur (cf. Gamble 2015; Jones et al. 2016).
Chumash fishing pressure in the
Santa Barbara Channel, however, was enormous, and declines of easily
overharvested species like sheepshead in the archaeological record are
therefore significant. The Chumash had
several named types of net. A 20-foot
gill net required 12,500 stems of Indian hemp (Apocynum cannabinum), which would have to be prepared, retted, and
spun. A 40-foot seine required 35,000
stems. With these nets they took great
quantities of small fish (Johnson 2015).
With these, they could easily fish out streams and bays. Indian hemp was carefully managed—pruned,
selectively harvested (K. Anderson 2005).
Its sporadic occurrence, especially in places where it does not normally
grow (such as dry lowlands) and which are not very near other stands, strongly
suggests deliberate planting. Apocynum androsaemifolium was an
inferior substitute in dry mountain areas, and nettles were also widely used
for cordage; both were managed.
Recent research on the Channel
Islands shows a tendency for popular resources to decline in hard times, but
the staple shellfish—mussels—was about equally common through time (Lapeña et
al. 2015; cf. Joslin 2015). Mussels
still abound on the islands. The highly
favored abalones were sharply reduced during hungry times, but were still
abundant till modern settler societies got at them and destroyed the resource—a
fate conspicuously absent from the closely corresponding Isla Cedros in Mexico,
where local conservation is still the rule (Des Lauriers 2010). The Channel Islands were settled by 13,000
years ago, and quite densely populated for most of the time since. In spite of epidemics, they remained densely
populated till the people were forcibly removed to the mainland in the Spanish
colonial period. These islands are small
and absurdly easy to overexploit, so the fact that they were still resource-rich
through the 18th and 19th centuries implies extremely
careful and thorough resource management.
Seabirds were little disturbed, but
a flightless duck (Chendytes lawi)
became extinct, through human hunting and probably also through predation by
human-introduced animals including foxes (Jones et al. 2008; Rick et al. 2008;
Rick et al. 2009; Whisler et al. 2015; there was also a puffin, Fratercula dowi, but it was so rare that
no one knows what happened to it). The
duck lasted for some 8,000 years after human contact, however (Jones et al.
2008; Jones and Codding 2010), which indicates human restraint. Indeed, one wonders why the Chumash allowed
it to die out; it could easily have been quasi-domesticated. They may have hunted it for prestige (Hildebrandt
et al. 2010) but probably did not (Jones and Codding 2010; I agree with them
that hunting a smallish bird that could not escape would not give anyone much
prestige). I suspect that period of
unfavorable climate may have led to both natural decline and desperation-caused
overhunting. The case seems to me more
interesting than the insignificance of the bird would warrant, since we have
here a prey that could very easily be exterminated, yet was not for many
millennia.
A classic
study of indigenous conservation was Sean Swezey and Robert Heizer’s study of
salmon management on the Klamath River (Swezey and Heizer1977; see also Kroeber
and Barrett 1960, Tushingham and Christiansen 2015). The tribes there allowed escapement of salmon
to preserve the stocks. This was
ritually represented; first-salmon rites, weir inauguration rites, and other
ceremonies provided a cycle that regulated take and escapement. Prayers to the salmon to return in abundance
were part of the maintenance; the Karuk prayed with the wonderful word ?imshírihraavish, “you will shine
upriver quickly” (O’Neill 2008:101).
However, this was not all; any
temptation to cheat was reduced by the fact that the tribes upstream would
protest, often violently, if escapements were inadequate. People kept each other honest. Everyone wanted an equal chance at the fish,
and would enforce it through warfare if necessary.
Rules on fishing were tight. Robert Spott reported that his people, in the
first half of the year (by their reckoning), could not take or eat salmon below
Cannery Creek; if a salmon was caught right at the point where the creek
entered the Klamath River, only the part that had passed the creek mouth border
could be eaten (Spott and Kroeber 1942:172; a great deal more about salmon
rituals follows). Weirs that could take
50 days to build were demolished after 10 days of fishing, to allow escapement.
This emphasizes how strict the
conservation rules were on the Klamath.
Recall that
the Native people of California’s northwest were blissfully lacking in formal
government, so, as with Great Basin bow stave trees, this management was
entirely based on people’s individual consciences reinforced by public opinion.
It seems
highly likely, and locally certain, that similar fishing regulations held
throughout the state. At contact, most
of southern California’s small streams had steelhead runs. A run even survives, or did until very
recently, in tiny San Mateo Creek in Orange County, and, again until recently,
in Malibu Creek in Los Angeles County.
All the streams in the region are so small that a single determined
fisherman could wipe out a run. The San
Mateo Creek run was down to one female
at one point. These runs could not have
survived without deliberate restraint, given the high aboriginal
hunter-gatherer populations. Similarly,
the dense population of Pomo around Clear Lake could not possibly have
subsisted on its fish resources (as they did:
McLendon and Lowy 1978) unless they practiced careful conservation. There were just too few fish, and these few
have to run up the creeks or concentrate in shallows to spawn, making them
utterly vulnerable. Even the simplest
aboriginal fishery could have wiped out the runs within a year or two. But we have no documentation on this;
apparently nobody thought to ask.
Another case in point is the
abundance of enormous trout and suckers, and the lack of decline in their
numbers, in the Lost and upper Klamath Rivers of the California-Oregon border
country (Stevenson and Butler 2015). The
Lost River in particular is a tiny stream that almost dries up in drought years
(hence its name—it tends to disappear in, or even before reaching, the vast
Tule Lake sink), and only careful management could have preserved large fish in
it. Mismanagement since contact almost
wiped out the Lost River sucker, but it is recovering under intensive
management. Suckers were also important
on the upper Pit River, where the Achomawi not only still fish for them but
still carefully manage them, watching and protecting their spawning areas and
not taking too many (Floyd Buckskin, pers. comm.).
Native Californians probably
overharvested mainland colonies of seals and sea lions (Broughton 1994, 2002;
Jones et al. 2004), but probably not as much as sometimes alleged (Jones et al
2004 pull back from their own earlier estimates; and see Rick et al. 2008). Remember that grizzly bears and gray wolves
entered the state at the same time humans did, and would have made mainland
pinniped colonies nonviable, humans or no.
Native hunters probably kept numbers of elk and deer well below
potential (Kay and Simmons 2002; compare the much better evidence for the
Columbia River area, in Martin and Szuter 1999). They tried their best to keep the numbers of
grizzly bears down, but probably with limited success. How much they could affect these animals, and
how much they tried, remains unclear. Extermination
of the megafauna no doubt allowed deer and elk to expand their populations
enormously, because of competitive release.
I suspect the Native peoples came into some degree of conscious
equilibrium with them. Elk, deer and
mountain sheep all tame themselves if given any chance, and herds habituated to
human presence might have been cropped almost like livestock. Indeed, red deer are farmed today in Europe
and New Zealand; red deer are basically the same as Californian “elk.” They are tamed, but not domesticated; true
domestication involves a genetic change to a new and artificially selected
strain, but red deer remain genetically wild.
William Hildebrandt (e.g. Hildebrandt
et al. 2010) has long argued that much hunting was done for prestige rather than
for economic return; very likely true, but I doubt whether this was
significant. The Native peoples had too
little margin. They had to hunt
rationally for food. Prestige would
naturally accrue to anyone bringing in a huge amount of meat, but I believe
people forewent rabbits to hunt deer because they knew the deer would provide
more meat rather than because it would provide more prestige. After all, a good-sized deer, around 180 lb.,
would dress out around 100 lb meat, and thus provide as much meat as 100-150
cottontails or 1600 sizable shellfish. Even
a fair chance at a deer would thus beat all but the biggest rabbit hunt or
shellfish expedition in economic terms.
California’s sparse population was
really not enough to do much damage to fleet, widely-dispersed game like deer
and pronghorn, though the effect on more concentrated stocks like sea lions and
tule elk, to say nothing of abalone, could be severe. Burning would be likely to lead to increases
in deer and elk. Slow-moving animals
like porcupines would be caught in the fires.
Many species would be indirectly affected by opening up the
landscape.
California’s population was not
evenly distributed. Along the Santa
Barbara Channel and the lower Sacramento, and around San Francisco Bay, there
were at least ten persons per square mile (judging especially from Chumash
population estimates, the best we have for a densely-populated part of the
state; see Gamble 2008, Kennett 2005).
Conversely, the higher mountains and the Mohave Desert had a tiny
fraction of a person per mile (I would estimate one person per ten square miles
for the Mohave). Intensity of management
and of hunting obviously varied proportionately.
However, the Mohave Desert people
managed to overhunt the bighorn sheep seriously. They were bighorn specialists, and when the
bow and arrow came in, a fatal temptation presented itself. Sites show rapid decrease of bighorns; the
rock art showing thousands of bighorns in that area may have been made in an
increasingly desperate attempt to call the sheep back spiritually (Garfinkel et
al. 2010). It stopped short around 1300,
probably because Numic speakers with a different lifestyle replaced whoever was
there before. Possibly the latter were
dying out from the consequences of their folly.
One assumes that this was not the only overhunting story in ancient
California.
An insight into Californian hunting is found in
Frank Latta’s work on the Yokuts (Latta 1977).
Asking Yokuts hunters how far their bows would shoot, he was told that
no one knew. No one would waste an arrow
and its valuable stone point by shooting it at a distant target. Hunters disguised themselves in deerskins and
sneaked up on deer and other animals, finally shooting from 10-20 yard range. John Wesley Powell noted the same thing among
the Paiute (Powell 1971:49), and, indeed, traditional hunters worldwide did the
same. This indicates an appreciable tameness
on the part of the deer. Deer are not
stupid, and are notoriously hard to sneak up on. The author recalls a story from many years
ago: just before hunting season, a
couple of California wildlife trackers painted a buck deer bright orange,
fitted him with a radio tracker, and followed him for a day through the brush
of the Shasta County back-country. They
knew exactly where he was at all times, thanks to the radio, but they saw
nothing of him except a flash of orange for a few minutes. In Michigan, a herd
of deer in a 50-acre fenced enclosure were intensively studied and censused
year after year, but the lead buck was never
seen. He avoided all contact even in
that tiny space, being known only from his tracks and shed antlers (Pierotti
2011:87).
Wanton, uncontrolled hunting would
make close-hunting tactics impossible.
Early explorers were told similar things by coastal peoples. The exceptionally powerful Hupa bows could
shoot a deer at 50 to 75 yards off, and the Hupa could shoot clear through the
soft parts of an animal (Goddard 1903:33).
But the Hupa preferred to get close, and disguised themselves as deer so
well that they had to take pains to avoid mountain lion attacks (Goddard
1903:21). So did the Maidu—one hunter was
attacked within living memory (Jewell 1987:125).
Deer were occasionally driven over
cliffs, at least by the Wintu (Lapena 1978:336), but this must have been an
exceedingly rare event. To anyone who
wants to drive deer over a cliff, all I can say is Good luck! I’d rather try to push water uphill with a
rake. Deer jumps are known for the
Spokan (Ross 2011:304), but required extensive and careful planning, as well as
rituals. The gullibility of city
anthropologists on the subject of “jumps” and “cliff drives” never ceases to
amaze those of us who have some field experience. Game animals are not stupid, and know a cliff
when they see one. Cliff drives required
very careful preparation, with many people organized to panic the animals and
keep them stampeded in the right direction, and if possible with fires. People must line the intended drive path,
yelling and waving blankets. If
possible, fences or barriers will be set.
This works for buffalo and sometimes with elk, but was evidently an
uncommon way to get deer.
Pomo hunters supposedly knew,
individually, every deer in their hunting radius, and indeed it is fairly easy
to learn to recognize individual deer and know their peculiarities. My Maya friends in Yucatan know their local
deer that way, and, for comparison, early Irish hunters did too, as shown by the
individually named stags in Irish epics. This allowed the Pomo to manage the deer
(Blackburn and Anderson 1993:20, citing Burt Aginsky). Indeed, traditional Native American hunters
are apt to know individually every large animal in their regular hunting
areas—at least that is my experience in the Northwest, Mexico, and the western
United States.
The
much-debated “Pleistocene overkill” need not concern us very long here, since
we are dealing with recent management systems.
Still, it requires a note. Paul
S. Martin inferred long ago that Native American hunting was the sole factor in
the disappearance of most of the large mammal species in the Americas around
12,000-14,000 years ago (Martin and Klein 1984). In its original form—involving a sudden enormous
expansion of human populations and hunting—this thesis is not credible. It assumes a population growth rate of 3%
over a vast area and a long time; nothing remotely like this has ever been
observed in premodern populations. It
assumes people spread with lightning speed throughout the Americas. And it assumes that people killed wantonly,
since even a high population would not have needed more than a tiny fraction of
the meat supposedly taken. Surely, even
without any conservation ideology, hunters would have thought twice about going
after mammoths and mastodons simply to destroy them. The danger would have been daunting.
Moreover,
mass kill sites are singularly absent.
We have a few scattered mammoth and mastodon kills, but not much
else. This is in stark contrast to the
huge bison kills, involving thousands of animals, that happened later, without
exterminating the bison. Contrasting,
also, are the massive boneyards on Sicily and Cyprus, where humans
unquestionably exterminated the local dwarf elephants and hippos (Simmons 2007;
displays in Sicily’s historical museum at Syracuse, studied Jan. 1, 2009). On Cyprus, one site alone has the bones of
over 500 pigmy hippos (Simmons 2007:231)—couple that with post-Pleistocene
drying and heating, and there is no question why that species went
extinct! This is exactly what we do not find anywhere in early North America. It is simply not credible that the there was
better preservation on a couple of Mediterranean islands than in the whole
North American continent. There is also
the fact that the vast terminal-Pleistocene boneyards we do have, such as the La
Brea tar pits, contain few or no human kills.
Thus, many
authorities, notably archaeozoologists such as Donald Grayson (over many
years—e.g. 1977, 1991, 2001), and Steve Wolverton (Wolverton et al 2009 and
references therein) have given no credence to this hypothesis. Neither have Native American authorities like
Raymond Pierotti (2011). Grayson pointed
out long ago that many bird species, and several small hard-to-catch animals
such as rabbits and dwarf pronghorns, went extinct. The birds were mostly carrion-eaters that
died out when their food did, but some were large water birds such as storks,
and only climate change can explain their demise.
On the
other hand, it is hard to deny some
role for human hunting (see, once again, Kay and Simmons 2002; also Krech 1999
for a relatively balanced review). This
is especially true since we now know that people were in North America earlier
than Martin thought, and that some of the megafauna—notably the
mastodons—persisted much longer than he thought. Spreading out the time frame makes the levels
of population growth and hunting much more believable.
People are highly efficient
hunters. Animals like giant ground
sloths would have seemed like walking free-lunch counters. The native mammals had no evolved or learned
knowledge of humans and no defenses against group hunting with spears. On the other hand, they would have learned it
fast—certainly the mastodons had plenty of time. It is not credible that animals used to
avoiding sabretooths, lions, dire wolves, short-faced bears and the like would
not soon figure out that humans were dangerous (veteran field biologist Raymond
Pierotti 2011 makes this point).
The most convincing argument for
overkill is indirect: everywhere that Homo sapiens has gone, large animals
have immediately begun to disappear.
This effect has been observed, archaeologically, from Australia,
Madagascar, Indonesia, east Asia, and indeed everywhere carefully studied on
the globe. Some scholars have made far
too much of this, though, by blaming even the extermination of tiny flightless
island birds on humans; in this case the damage was surely done by the rats,
dogs and pigs that people generally bring with them. In New Zealand, for instance, rats came with
the Maori, and probably did more than humans did to exterminate the moas. The latter were ground-nesters with eminently
edible eggs, and rats love nothing better than bird eggs.
In the Americas, the extinction
pattern fits climate, not hunting. The
uncommon meso-size fauna went first,
not last. If humans had hunted
everything out, the biggest, slowest, meatiest animals like ground sloths and
mastodons would have gone first, the mesoprey later, according to all tenets of
optimal foraging theory and common sense.
The truth was exactly the reverse.
I believe that, in the Americas,
human-set fires were surely far more important than hunting. (This is based partly on my observations of,
and my reading of scholarly research on, burning in Australia and Madagascar. It seems to be now generally accepted that
fire, not hunting, was the human factor in extinctions in Australia around
50,000 years ago. Both humans and
climate change are implicated in the rise of fire.) Slow-moving species like
the giant ground sloths could hardly have withstood frequent burning.
Also, humans and other invading
species after the peak of the last glaciation probably introduced diseases, and
epidemic disease could well have had a role in wiping out the big game. Within historic times, diseases have
decimated North American trees such as the chestnut, white pines, and
California oaks, and have wiped out Hawaiian native birds.
Last and most serious, climate
change after the glaciation was extremely rapid and disruptive. Similar rapid and dramatic extinction events
occurred at the ends of previous glaciaations, such as the Ordovician-Silurian
event (Finnegan et al. 2011). Humans
were, obviously, not involved in those events.
North America 18,000-20,000 years
ago was probably the coldest it has ever been.
It was hot and dry by 12,000, but then the Younger Dryas event dropped
temperatures back to Ice Age levels around 11,000 years ago. This in turn reversed, and an extremely hot
and dry period set in by about 6-7,000 BCE.
(On ancient California, see Jones and Klar 2007.) The changes were extremely rapid.
It would take only a few successive
years like the horrific droughts of 2001-2002 and 2011-2015 to exterminate all
lowland big game in California. There
would simply not be enough water for them.
Alternatively, and more probably, a couple of very dry years would so
concentrate the megafauna, and so reduce human hunters to starvation, that any
notions of conservation would go by the board, and desperate humans would
indeed kill the last few mammoths. I
expect that climate change (basically drought), fire, disease, and hunting, in
that order of importance, were all factors.
The whole
controversy has been greatly exacerbated by personal feelings. The overkill hypothesis has proved popular
with those who have an exceedingly limited faith in humanity’s ability to
manage anything, especially biologists.
Some of these are frankly anti-Native American. However, also among these ranks are more
pro-human and pro-Indigenous anthropologists and other social scientists who
dislike the “ecologically noble savage” stereotype (Kay and Simmons 2002). Some of these scholars, like Raymond Hames
(2007; his experience is in South America), have worked with Indigenous groups
that lack any conservation ideology and hunt without restraint. Others, including Kay and Simmons (and the
present writer), see the “ecologically noble savage” stereotype as patronizing,
and prefer to contemplate efficient if merciless hunters rather than meek and
inept ones.
Skeptics who doubt that humans
exterminated the megafauna have included not only Indigenous writers like Vine
Deloria, but also those who have little vested interest one way or another
(such as Grayson and Wolverton), and even those who stalwartly reject the “ecologically
noble savage” concept but are even more skeptical about Martin’s hypothesis
(e.g. Krech 1999).
As with
fire, we are left in some doubt.
California’s indigenous people certainly hunted hard and cropped the
more vulnerable fish and shellfish as close as they could. On the other hand, there were no extinctions
after the end of the Pleistocene, and archaeology shows only rather minor
declines in game populations over time.
Apparently people and wildlife reached a loose equilibrium.
Ownership
Ownership
is critical to management. Since John
Locke, conventional wisdom has it that private ownership is best, but modern
experience suggests that ownership at appropriate levels of management is
better. The California peoples already
knew this. Resources were owned or held
at various levels (Bettinger 2015).
Individuals owned their own tools and implements. Large productive capital goods like canoes
could be owned by rich individuals, families, or associations. Houses were owned by the families that lived
in them. Generally, but not everywhere,
families or lineages owned particular patches of food-producing plants, or
individual oak trees, or other productive land resources. More remote areas of the state, however,
tended to have community ownership of land, at least of remote lands. Families or village communities owned good
fishing spots. The village community
owned ceremonial structures and grounds, and held control with varying degrees
of formality over resources. As usual,
there was variation in different parts of the state, from the far northwest
where everything was owned by individuals or families to the much more
collectivist northeast and south.
The Luiseño, for instance, had four
levels of ownership. Individuals owned
their portable goods. Kingroups or
groups of related people owned tungva
“gardens,” understood to be oak groves, productive berry patches, and the
like. Village communities owned tchon tcho’mi, specific areas for
collective exploitation. Larger tracts of relatively useless land were held as
territory of particular village communities, but were not subject to specific
management by socially constituted groups (White 1963). The Achomawi maintained rights to hunt and
gather on land, owned by kingroups or possibly local groups (Rhoades
2013:68).
Fighting was generally about
revenge, sometimes women, rarely property.
Still, land and resource conflicts were numerous and important enough to
define groups and color lifestyles.
Access to resources was generally restricted to the owners, especially
relative to other North American peoples (Bettinger 2015:132-134). We read of people fighting over berries, oak
trees, and productive areas of land (e.g. Gamble 2008:258; Rhoades 2013; White
1963). Like many other people, they
exaggerated their grievances; Walter Goldschmidt, George Foster, and Frank
Essene, comparing notes in the 1930s, found that the groups they were studying
described the same war, but each claimed it was the aggrieved one, and that it
held on though badly outnumbered (Goldschmidt et al. 1939). Raymond White (1963) recorded in detail the
wars between Luiseño villages over resource encroachments.
The Yurok had an exceedingly
complex ownership system. Some things
were owned in common (“’everybody’ ownership”), others by the village or group
of houses, others by the house (which usually contained an extended family),
others by individuals (note that this is very similar to Luiseño ownership). At least after white settlement, individual
land ownership existed. Individuals
might hold fractional shares of an item.
Songs and ceremonies as well as resources and wealth goods were named
(Pilling 1978:146-147). For the
neighboring Hupa, Goddard (1903:26) notes extended-family ownership of acorn
groves and of fishing sites and stretches of fishing streams. Bettinger (2015:168-70) sees this as the
limiting case of his “orderly anarchy.”
He clearly underestimates the role of community and elders, since the
large towns of the northwest did function smoothly and coordinate everything
from weir-building to the yearly ceremonial round, but certainly ownership
tended to be at a grassroots level.
The Nomlaki occupy an intermediate
position, with individual ownership of personal goods and also certain trees
and the like; otherwise they preferred community ownership—villages headed by
chiefs who administered (Goldschmidt 1951:340).
For the Cahuilla, Lowell Bean and
Katherine Saubel (1972) describes family ownership of small plant resources,
lineage ownership of individual oaks, and village community ownership of land
and major resource clusters. For the Chemehuevi, descent groups owned
territories. These groups owned
songs—notably the Mountain Sheep, Deer, and Salt songs—by hereditary right, and
sang them to assert ownership and to show and teach knowledge of the ground. Large, vague divisions of the Chemehuevi
owned the songs. Families owned specific
versions of them, and these went with territory they owned, controlled, or
habitually visited. Such song groups
were exogamous (Laird 1976:21). The
songs described the country, often in the form of travels through it; the Salt
Song, for instance, traced a circle from the Bill Williams River (in southwest
Arizona) through southern Nevada, eastern California, and back. In striking parallel to the Australian
Aborigines, these ownership songs recounted travel over the country, with human
reactions, sacred places, waterholes, and other important matters incorporated
(Laird 1976:6-18).
Since we are not talking about
formal states, land was not formally owned, surveyed, and measured; vast remote
tracts were open for anyone (though loosely held by the nearest village), and
large shadow-zones existed between village holdings in such resource-poor
areas. Conversely, rich lands were
grounds for major and serious conflict.
All this
was less complicated than it looks. The
basic principle is that everything was owned at the level at which ownership
was most efficient. It would hardly be
sensible for the whole community to own a bow and arrow set. Conversely, an individual could not possibly
hold (even if he or she owned) a large oak woodland. The size of a particular resource item or
patch seems to have determined the size of group owning it. My sense is that a group owned a patch it
could easily crop, manage, and defend (cf. K. Anderson 2005; also the studies
in Bean and Blackburn 1976).
Population
density must have affected this. It
certainly seems, from the rather thin evidence, as if ownership was a more
serious matter among the Chumash than among the desert Shoshoneans (Clemmer
2009a, 2009b), and more serious among the Yurok and Karok than among the tribes
inland of them. Evidence is thin (though
see Bettinger 2015), and some of it goes against this generalization; ownership
of choice fishing spots by lineages is still very much alive among the Achomawi
(inland from the Karok), even after 200 years of oppressive contact with
Euro-Americans. Good fishing spots are
highly concentrated there, and it could well be that there—and
elsewhere—concentration of resources was more crucial than density of
people. Similarly, the Timbisha Shoshone
of Death Valley, though they had the sparsest population of any California
group, still maintain ideas of ownership of mesquite trees and pinyon groves.
Representations:
Sources
The early
and devastating decline of the Native Californians has left us quite poorly
informed about them.
Fortunately, a few exceptional
collaborations between particular researchers and consultants have produced
comprehensive and sensitively recorded bodies of data. We can be enormously grateful that California
was blessed with ethnographers who, whatever their faults may have been,
actually cared about traditional people and cultures, and wanted to learn all
they could. Even today, when many
ethnographers are interested only in high theory or in playing political games,
California remains blessed with a stunning array of people who care—including
Native ethnographers like Julian Lang and Katherine Saubel, as well as people
like Thomas Blackburn, Lowell Bean, and others cited in the present work.
Particularly notable are certain cases of longstanding cooperation
between an ethnographer and a Native Californian individual. A. L. Kroeber’s work with the traditional
Yurok elder Robert Spott is outstanding (e.g. Spott and Kroeber 1942). Roland Dixon evidently managed exceptional
rapport with the Maidu mythographer Hanc’ibyjim (Shipley 1991). John Harrington’s work with the Chumash,
especially Fernando Librado Kitsepawit (1981), is famous. Harrington’s former wife, Carobeth Laird,
cemented a particularly close collaboration by marrying her main consultant, George
Laird; she produced a trio of books (Laird
1975, 1976, 1984) that are California literary classics in their own
right—possibly the most sensitive, well-written, and moving collections of lore
and texts from the state. They have
languished in some obscurity, ironically because they were published by a
Native Californian organization (Malki Museum) rather than an academic
press!
Finally, special mention goes to
the incredible efforts of the few Native Californians who have studied and
recorded their own cultural traditions.
Julian Lang has done yeoman service on the Karuk and their neighbors
(Lang 1994). Native Californian elder,
ethnographer, and writer Katherine Siva Saubel has for several decades been the
unofficial dean of Native California studies (Bean and Saubel 1976; Saubel 2004). Self-taught and with no “position” other than
head of Malki Museum for most of its career, she compiled a record of
publication, research, public service, and collaboration with international
experts that is matched by few if any “formal” academics in the field.
Susan Suntree (2010) has integrated
many southern California Native origin stories and environmental teachings into
a beautiful, poetic volume that catches much of the essence of the land.
Unfortunately,
all the above, together with the enormous mass of other ethnographic work,
still fails to give a complete picture of the life and culture of any group. Often, our knowledge of a whole group depends
on one individual who did not actually grow up in traditional times. George Laird had forgotten much of Chemehuevi
lore, and we have essentially no other source.
Fernando Librado and Candelaria Valenzuela, our sources on the Ventureno
Chumash, were raised long after the missions had changed Chumash life. Our knowledge of the Kiliwa (just across the
line into Baja California) derives from one man, Rufino Ochurte. At least, he remembered quite traditional
times and did find an exceptional ethnographer in Mauricio Mixco (1983), so
when he does not mention conservation beliefs we can probably take it that
there were no important ones. (The
Kiliwa maintained a very sparse, highly migratory population in a harsh desert,
and probably had no need of them.)
Otherwise, however, a lack of reports of conservation myths and
injunctions means nothing; “absence of evidence is not evidence of absence.”
We are best informed for the Yurok
and Karok, who (with the Hupa) have been most successful at maintaining their
culture till now, so that information derives from their own highly educated
scholars such as Julian Lang as well as from many consultants interviewed over
many years by many investigators. Many
other cultural groups were contacted too late, and often by “green hands” doing
practice field work. Material culture
and ordinary social life have generally been well covered, since they show up
in the archaeological and historical records as well as in ordinary
ethnography. The situation for myth and
religion is far less good. These leave
little mark, and require extremely sensitive ethnography over many years to
document adequately. The contrast
between the myth records of Hanc’ibeyjim or the Lairds on the one hand, and the
hasty recordings by less sensitive ethnographers on the other, is most
striking. It reminds one of the contrast
between Homer and the children’s books summarizing his stories for the subteen
trade.
One final
problem with the sources is that California ethnography suffered from a
tendency to compartmentalize “religion” and “subsistence” (or “environment”) as
two separate things. “Religion” covered
abstract notions of gods’ “subsistence” meant pounding acorns and hunting
deer. Ways that religion sanctioned ecological
behavior fell between the chairs. Few
recorded such data. This problem is
endemic in Kroeber’s Handbook (1925)
and the larger Smithsonian Institution handbook (Heizer 1978). Kroeber’s trait-list ethnographic method did
not help the situation. (Cf. Swezey and
Heizer 1977 to show what could be done when the blinders were off.) On the other hand, ethnographers not bedeviled by artificial boundaries
do not report much specifically conservationist religious teaching, either (see
e.g. Laird 1976, 1984). It would probably
be more accurate to see the religion-environment-subsistence interaction as
basic, with “religion” and “subsistence” as segregates imposed artificially on
Californian culture by outside ethnographers.
One recalls
that it took three generations of ethnographic work to get much sense of how
Australian Aboriginal religion constructed landscape. Californian ethnographers, working with memory
cultures from the beginning, had no opportunity to do likewise.
Attitudes and Representations: Specific teachings
As
elsewhere, conservation derived from more general postulates about the
world. These have been best summarized
by Thomas Blackburn in December’s Child (1975;
this book refers to the Chumash but what follows applies equally well to all
California groups). He lists fourteen
postulates about the world as central to Indigenous thought:
A personalized universe
Kinship of all sentient beings
Existence and potential of supernatural or nonordinary Power
Determinism (within broad limits)
Negative-positive interaction (rather than pure good
separate from pure evil)
A dangerous universe (with many frightening supernatural as
well as natural beings)
Unpredictability
Inevitable, inherent inequality (especially of powers)
Affectability (all can potentially affect all)
Entropy (disorder builds up unless controlled)
Mutability
Closed universe
Dynamic equilibrium of oppositions
Centricity (the Chumash at the center of a circular world,
itself the middle plane in a multiplanar cosmos) (Blackburn 1975:65, with my explanatory
extensions)
Of these,
the most important in general and in managing landscapes are the first
three. The others may be considered
ancillary.
Blackburn
also lists thirteen things that are highly respected:
Knowledge
Age and seniority
Prudence
Self-consraint
Moderation
Reciprocity
Honesty (but also trickiness in the face of frightening
beings)
Industriousness
Dependability and responsibility
Self-asertion and self-respect
Pragmatism
Etiquette (proper behavior)
Language (Blackburn 1975:65)
Explicit
conservation in California representations of nature are rare, but Kat Anderson
found a great deal of conservationist ideology in her studies of Native
Californian plant management. She found
two universal rules: “Leave some of what
is gathered for the other animals and Do
not waste what you have harvested” (K. Anderson 2005:55; her italics; see
also Blackburn and Anderson 1993). In
fact, there is evidently a general rule not to waste at all. What is not harvested is left for later, or
left for the other people (the four-footed or winged ones). Native Californians would steal stored seeds
from mice and other rodents, and acorns from woodpeckers, but would always
leave some for the rightful “owners.”
People approached plants with
reverence and respect. They felt the
usual Native American kinship with nature (K. Anderson 2005:57-59). Their ceremonies for first fruits and
seasonal foods bonded people to the resource base. People were close to the land. Kat Anderson recorded a revealing comment
from a Chukchansi Yokuts elder: “I’ve
alwas wondered why people call plants ‘wild.’
We don’t think of them that way.
They just come up wherever they are, and like us, they are at home in
that place” (K. Anderson 2007:41). She
and Thomas Blackburn note: “Today,
native peoples still retain a deep respect for the natural world, and retell
stories that remind them of the absolute necessity for judicious
harvesting. Elders are quick to tell
younger gatherers, ‘Do not take all—and leave the small ones behind’” (Blackburn
and Anderson 1993:20).
Kat Anderson found that a general
sense of kinship with nature, or at least consociality with it, and a more
specific sense of genuine deeply-felt responsibility for conserving resources
for the wider good, were the basic attitudes of management. Yet—whether because it is really lacking or
because ethnography is so thin—there is little record of its being verbalized
explicitly in a philosophic ideology, as it is on the Northwest Coast (Atleo
2004).
An important exception is the
Klamath River region, where traditional culture continues to an appreciable
degree. For that area we have not only a
great deal of good ethnography, but a unique source in the form of an early
book by a Native Californian woman—Lucy Thompson’s To the American Indian (1991, orig. 1916). In it, she points out that the Yurok
carefully protected sugar pines, source of nuts and sugary sap (Thompson
1991:28ff). They conserved fish
(Thompson 1991:178-179) and burned carefully and systematically (Thompson
1991:31-33). In general, she stands in
striking contrast to ethnographies by outsiders—she stresses the religious
interaction with nature and its function in maintaining conservation. It seems highly likely that this was
universal, and that it was missed by early ethnographers for the reasons above
noted.
Confirmation for the Yurok case
comes from more recent work. The Yurok
spiritual teacher Harry Williams (on whom see Buckley 2002) tells: “I was with my grandfather, Charley
Williams. We were walking on a dirt path
down to the ocean. There was a bug
crossing our path, and my grandfather told me, ‘Reach down and help that bug on
its way.’ So I did. I reached down and helped the bug on the path
to where it was going. ‘Now, do you know
what you have done?’ Grandfather continued.
‘You won’t feel badly now, for perhaps a bird will someday eat the
bug. But you must remember that the
Creator created the bug for birds to eat.
He didn’t create them to get stepped on’” (Burrill 1993:43; presumably
the Creator is Wohpekumeu, the Yurok trickster-transformer; strictly speaking
there is no Yurok Creator, since the Yurok teach that the universe has always
existed). Lest anyone think this is an
exaggeration, I can testify that the Yucatec Maya routinely do things of this
sort, with similar teachings. Maya who
picked up a bug to show me would always put it back on the path, unharmed, and
headed the way it had been going (Anderson and Medina Tzuc 2005). Williams’ grandfather also said that rocks
are living things, and that “the white man is like the wind. Nobody knows where he comes from.” Williams also tells of a line he heard at a
Native American conference: “Creator
gave man two ears, and two eyes, but only one mouth. But the white man thinks he has five mouths,
no ears, and no eyes. That must be why
he talks so much” (Burrill 1993:106).
For the Karok, the “Ikxareyavs were
old-time people, who turned into animals, plants, rocks, mountains, plots of
ground, and even parts of the house, dances, and abstractions when the Karuk
came to the country” (Harrington 1932:8).
Many of the most feared of these prior beings turned into large and
spectacular rocks, a story which the Karok supposedly proved to Harrington by
pointing out that you can still see the rocks.
The Ikxareyavs who turned into abstractions remind us yet again of
classical Greece, with its goddesses such as Sophia and Nike, as well as the
ancient Hindus, who visualized Time (kali)
as a goddess.
The Hupa, culturally very close to
the Karok though linguistically unrelated, held that one Yinukatsisdai “made
all the trees and plants which furnish food for men…. If he sees food being wasted he withholds the
supply and produces a famine.” If
pleaded with, he may relent, and “then gives the food…in such bountiful
quantities that acorns are found even under the pines” (Goddard 1903:77). The puritanical and religious Hupa shared the
Northwest Coast view of punishment for waste, but added a fascinating touch in the
mercy of the creator. The corresponding
masters of deer are the Tans, who withhold deer from hunters if deer are not
treated with respect. As elsewhere in
the wider Northwest and California (e.g. Rhoades 2013:81), respect means not
only treating the dead deer respectfully but also totally refraining from
waste, overhunting, and hunting without serious need for food. Yet other deities care for fish in similar
ways (Goddard 1903:77-78). The fish,
like the deer and other food animals, had been kept by the supernaturals, and
had to be liberated by culture-heroes; there are many stories of these events,
and the stories are used in ceremonies to maintain the stock (Goddard
1904). Less effective, but not
unrelated, were prayers that birds and squirrels might not desire to eat the
acorn crop (in competition with the Hupa) (Goddard 1903:81). The Hupa regarded trails as sacred
persons.
The Yurok, Karok and Hupa joined in
enormous ceremonies that were intended to preserve and renew the world and its
resources. These ceremonies almost died
out, but managed to survive, and are now once again celebrated regularly. The belief in the need of humans to hold
elaborate and active rituals to keep the game, fish, and plant foods productive
has itself been preserved and renewed, especially since these groups have seen
the result of modern Californian indifference to conservation. Many myths detail the origin of these
ceremonies and the need for them, but specific teachings of directly
conservationist behavior are rather limited.
However, it seems clear that a general reverence and spiritual concern
for the landscape has a preservationist effect.
People will not thoughtlessly waste resources that are personally and
spiritually important.
Among the Lake Miwok, as in several
other parts of North America, “game animals were believed to be immortal and
under spirit control, and it was believed that animals sometimes transformed
themselves into other species” (Callahan 1978:272). The Yuki held that deer are immotal, their
souls living in a mountain under care of a Deer Guardian who is second only to
the Creator and who controls obsidian as well as deer. This belief in animal souls within a mountain
occurs widely in North America, as far as Huitepec, the sacred mountain near
San Cristobal in Chiapas. It is more than likely that the immortality and
protectedness of spirits of game was universal.
The Northern Pomo had a concept of
“xa, manifestations of the
supernatural spirits…left on earth from the beginnings and investing certain
peculiar objects with supernatural attributes….
Xa is the genius of procreation, acquisition,
alien to human activities…but a spiritual concomity of men whose aid may be
engaged through prayer and possession of its symbols…. Xa is
summoned by sexual contact, is the mystery of conception and gestation, leaves
its stamp on the buttocks of new born till erased by cognoscence; places an
indelible mark on the skin of a favored mortal…. Xa is the inspiration of song…, the rhythmic impulse of song-dance
ceremonies, the buoyancy of regalia…and the stimulus of fingers tapping upon
the flute. It is the celestial, beneficent influence as opposed to the
terrestrial demon of diaster…” (notes of
John Hudson, ca. 1900, from Welch 2013:169).
Xa resides in hawk and falcon
and eagle feathers, in crests and red tails of birds such as woodpeckers, and
in omens and apparitions. Five plants
have it: trail plant (Adenocaulon bicolor),
angelica, sweet cicely (Osmorhiza
sp.), Fendler’s meadowrue (Thalictrum
fendleri), and leather root (Welch 2013:169). As elsewhere in California, tobacco and
Jimson weed (Datura wrightii) were
sacred in a different way: they gave direct visions and healings. All this must have fed back on resource
management, but no early record of this seems to have survived.
Equally revealing is a story
related by Fernando Librado (1979:113):
A man was trapping rats in a pitfall trap, and an old Santa Rosa Chumash
told him: “’You are polluting our
mother, Xutash! [The Chumash earth goddess.] Remove this at once, If you defile our
Mother, she will give us nothing.’”
The Cocopa, who lived in a
landscape of abundance in the fertile Colorado River delta, lived simply and
never worried much about food—though famine threatened if a drought led to the
river being very low. William Kelly made
careful enquiries about religious beliefs connected with fertility, harvest,
wild foods, agriculture, and the whole suite, and found: “Harvest festivals…were…religious in nature;
yet their function, explicit and implicit, was in connection with group life
and social organization, and they were neither related to the harvest as such
nor a mechanism aimed at increasing effort or diligence in farming” (Kelly
1977:44). This seems general throughout
California (the Cocopa live in Baja California). The only rule related to such issues that is
even remotely ecological in function was the universal Native American rule
that a boy could not eat his own first kills (Kelly 1977:45). This has no conservation function in itself,
but in most of North America is part of teaching the boy respect for both the
game and the human social group that shares the kill. The Cocopa tabooed doves but apparently for
totemic, not environmental, reasons. As
agricultural people, they probably had a different take on myth, with Coyote a
creator of good crops and transformer of insulted ones into bitter wild foods,
rather than a producer of good wild foods for people to gather (see Nabhan 2013
for a brilliant, incisive analysis of this contrast in southwestern mythology).
We are, however, surely missing a
great deal. The Northern Paiute, whose
territory included the northeast corner of California, offered prayers to slain
game animals. They left the tail tip of
a hunted deer under a rock with the prayer “’Deer, thank you, and come
again.’ A similar offering was made for
bighorn sheep” (Fowler 1992:181). Note
that the deer will be reincarnated, and will again offer itself to the hunter
if treated well—a universal North American belief. Even roots required an offering or
prayer. Eagle feathers were harvested
without killing the eagle (ibid.). A
number of prayers, to the Sun and othe powers, were given daily or
frequently. Ceremonies insured continued
production of food resources. Yet Fowler
does not record conservation myths either.
Taboos may
also have had a conservation effect. The
Yana, for instance, did not allow salmon to be eaten with deer meat, small
game, or roots taken from gopher burrows (Sapir 1910:156). The salmon would cease to come if this taboo
was violated. One assumes it was
disrespectful to them. Possibly they did
not like to associate with prototypically “land” foods. There is no evident conservation here, but at
least some respect for the salmon was apparent.
The Wintu and related peoples tabooed a large number of things,
including most birds of prey and predatory animals (Du Bois 1935). The Nutuwich Yokuts even tabooed bear and
deer, being thus reduced to eating rabbits for meat, a most unusual degree of
forbearance (Gayton 1948:166). Taboos
this extensive would have a major ecological effect. They preserved even the hunted species
indirectly, by preserving keystone species in the ecosystem. Heizer (1978) cites a number of taboos and
rules from around the state that affect land use.
The Chilula
(Athapaskan) culture is barely known from a very few elderly people just after
1900. One of them “was a medicine woman
for troubles caused by the deer gods” (Goddard 1914:379). That is all we know of Chilula animal
religion, outside of a few generic myths, but it implies spirit guardians of
the game such as we know from most of Native America.
Attested
from one end of the state to the other are harangues by chiefs telling people
to work hard and diligently at hunting, gathering, and food production in
general. (The best description is for
the Atsugewi, but the custom is attested all the way to the Mohave [Kroeber
1972] and Cocopa [Kelly 1977:66].) Many
groups had a special designated Orator
as well, who could do this. People could
ignore if they chose, but they would then be subject to major criticism and
coolness, and hard work was a strong value everywhere from the northwest corner
(e.g. Buckley 2002, Kroeber 1972 for the Yurok) to just beyond the southeast
one (Cocopa: Kelly 1977:23). This would rather tend toward
overexploitation of the resources than conservation of them, and thus may have
much to do with the archaeological evidence noted above of local over-harvest.
Attitudes and Representations: General
Native American biologist Raymond
Pierotti states: “A common general
philosphy and concept of community appears to be shared by all of the
Indigenous peoples of North America, which includes: 1) respect for nonhuman entities as
individuals, 2) the existence of bonds between humans and nonhumans, including
incorporation of nonhumans into ethical codes of behavior, and 3) the recognition
of humans as part of the ecological system” (Pierotti 2011:198-199). This and all it implies is fully true for
California.
Respect. The
full panoply of North American Native conservation attitudes is reflected in an
astonishing prophecy that Cora Du Bois recorded from Kate Luckie, a Wintu
shaman, in 1925:
“When the Indians all die, then God
will let the water come down from the north.
Everyone will drown. That is
because the white people never cared for land or deer or bear. When we Indians kill meat, we eat it all
up. When we dig roots, we make little
holes. When we build houses, we make
little holes. When we burn grass for
grasshoppers, we don’t ruin things. We
shake down acorns and pine nuts. We
don’t chop down the trees. We only use
dead wood. But the white people plow up
the ground, pull up the trees, kill everything.
The tree says, ‘Don’t. I am sore.
Don’t hurt me.’ But they chop it down and cut it up. The spirit of the land hates them… The indians neverf hurt anything, but the
white people destroy all. They blast
rocks and scatter them on the earth. The
rocks says, ‘Don’t! You are hurting
me.’ But the white people pay no
attention. When the Indians use rocks,
they take little round ones for their cooking.
The white people dig deep long tunnels.
They make roads. They dig as much
as they wish. They don’t care how much
the ground cries out. How can the spirit
of the earth like the white man? That is
why God will upset the world—because it is sore all over” (Du Bois 1935:75-6;
cf. Heizer 1978:650).
Luckie continued to say that water
could not be permanently hurt, because it eventually runs to the ocean, and
that it would thus survive to destroy the current world by flood. The Wintu share the widespread North American
belief that there have been four worlds of people so far, and we are in the
fifth; it is to be destroyed by flood, according to Wintu tradition. Another Wintu shaman commented that “the gold
feels sorry” for the Indian people because they were driven from their homes by
men seeking that metal (Du Bois 1935:76).
(It is worth noting that Du Bois had no special interest in ecology or
environment, but was meticulous about documenting shamans and all they said;
hence these unique recordings.)
The California Native peoples
shared the widespread Native American belief that disrespect of powerful
animals brought danger. A story has
made it from the Chumash consultant Juan Justo to early ethnographer John
Peabody Harrington, thence to Chumash expert John Johnson, and then into Lynn
Gamble’s book on the Chumash—a typically indirect route:
“…Juan’s
uncle began to laugh and shout and make fun of [a rattlesnake]…. The other man
advised Juan’s uncle to be quiet,…but Juan’s uncle made all the more
noise….whereupon the other man left him and went on alone. When he was alone, Juan’s uncle looked around
a saw a whole pile of guicos [alligator
lizards] with their mouths open towards him and their tongues out….he…shut his
eyes and went jumping and climbing to break through the lizards, and when he
opened his eyes there was nothing there” (Gamble 2008:216, quoting John
Johnson’s edited version of a Harrington text).
I have heard very similar stories
on the Northwest Coast and among the Maya.
If the parallels hold—and I am sure they do—the lizards were warning
Juan’s uncle that if he teased a snake again he would suffer, probably through
a bite from the snake.
General respect for plants and
animals and their spirits and spirit guardians existed. Respect guided conservation generally. “One took what he needed and expressed
appreciation…. Without these attitudes the California Indians could have laid
waste to California long before the Europeans appeared” (Heizer 1978:650).
There was a very general sense that
plants needed human care, a sentiment backed up by experience, but going well
beyond the facts of Native management and care.
Plants and animals need to be
used, as a mark of respect. Neglecting
them wounds their spirits. They decline
and become weedy, poorly grown, and despondent-looking (K. Anderson 20005; Blackburn
and Anderson 1993; McCarthy 1993:225). I
have run into the same idea among Northwest Coast peoples and something very
close to it among my Maya friends. In
fact, California’s useful plants do respond to care; basketry plants put out
long straight shoots, nut trees crop more, and so on (Anderson 2005).
Such attitudes survive today in
areas where something like traditional plant uses can exist. Michael Wilken-Robertson, interviewing
Kumeyaay people in Mexico just south of the California border, heard from elder
Teodora Dcuero Robles:
“This I can assure you, the ancient
ones never damaged a tree, no, never; they loved them as something very
sacred. They would tell us not to go
breaking the branches of the pines, not to play there, nor to climb up on any
small tree, they said that they were almost juist like humans; ‘They are
watching us, they are taking care of us, they give us our food. Don’t go around damaging them don’t be
shouting, none of that,’ they would say, ‘take special care of them,’ for this
reason we know very well that we must take care of these trees. Also the medicinal herbs, those they
especially charged us to care for, we shouldn’t just go out and cut for no
reason, go out and cut them and throw them away to dry up, no. They told us many things, that we should even
care for the rocks, just imagein! The
rocks, the sand, the springs, the water flowing, all these things they said we
must respect” (Wilken-Robertson 2004:49, reprinted in Wilken-Robertson
2018:231-232). From the Paipai, a group
that moved from Arizona to northern Baja California about 300 years ago, comes
a story told by Eufemio Sandoval. The
Mexican government forbid them cutting juniper posts because the junipers were
getting rare. Sandoval commented “we
have never cut the plant to the root, but rather it has been a form of pruning
that we carry out. We just take what is useful as a post and leave the rest to
keep growing and developing” (Wilken-Robertson 2004:53-54, reprinted in
Wilken-Robertson 2018:236). Sandoval
held that this was better conservation than pure neglect. Recall Wilke’s findings on Great Basin
junipers.
There is little reference to
animals letting themselves be taken if they are respected, but apparently the
belief existed. One Mohave did say that
the Creator gave hunting to the desert tribes but not the Mohave, so when the
Chemehuevi “see game, the animals cannot run fast, or they sit down…they want
to be caught. The same with the Walapai. But if Mohave go to hunt, the animals run
swiftly away” (Kroeber 1972:84). A Wintu
hunter who failed to get deer would say “The deer don’t want to die for me any
more” (Heizer 1978:651). Many stories
around the state imply that animals not respected will not let themselves be
killed. Conversely, they might go
away. Elsewhere in North America, some
groups have noted that game disappears as white settlers fill up the landscape,
and suspect this is because Native hunting is outlawed and the game is offended
and leaves. I am certainly aware that
dramatic declines of deer have taken place since hunting has been banned in
settled areas, but in fact the reasons are drought (first of all),
suburbanization, and introduced diseases.
Still, the Native view has its merits; failing to keep the game alert,
and failing to weed out sick and slow individuals, has its costs.
The belief that wild plants and
animals, and even rocks, must be treated with respect is shared all over North America and among similar
societies in Asia. In Mongolia I learned
immediately that one had to treat all these entities with respect (shuutekh, a word whose root meaning is
respect for one’s elders). All have
spirits and the spirits are ever-present; they deserve respect as elders,
helpers, friends, and possible sacrificers of themselves to the human hunter or
forager. Thus there are absolute rules
against overhunting, overcollecting, and waste, and these are observed in the
remotest areas.
The widespread North American taboo
against a youth eating his first kill was probably general, and among the
Chumash one report says that a hunter or fisher could never eat his own kill, on pain of never succeeding again (Grant
1978:512, citing Z. Engelhardt). This is
evidently part of the North American complex of respect for animals. The Chumash are known to have prayed to the
swordfish to drive whales on shore, and to have had a swordfish dance; they
revered other powers of the sea also (Blackburn 1975; Gamble 2008).
They also had the idea, general in
western North America, that the bones of an animal should be treated carefully
and respectfully, because such things as breaking a bone would mean the animal
would reincarnate with a broken or missing leg; at least this is attested in
myth, if not in actual practice (Blackburn 1975:131, in a myth recorded by
Harrington). Another version of the same
myth has Momoy—Datura personified as
an old woman—protesting against a boy (her grandson in other versions) killing
unnecessarily: “Have you no sense at
all? You are just killing for the sake
of killing” (Blackburn 1975:147). Occurrences
like this, in Harrington’s very complete materials on the Chumash, make it seem
very likely that California Indians did not lack the usual western North
American values; ethnographers simply failed to record them.
And yet, among the Monache, careful
enquiry indicated otherwise: “No special
ritual precautions accompanied the hunting of deer or bear. Animals were not addressed before, during, or
after the kill” (Spier 1978:428). This
is reported because it is in such marked contrast to the situation in the
Northwest Coast and many other areas, where respectful addresses to the animals
were required, and were part of a conservation-related ideology. Generally, nothing is reported either way for
California peoples; “absence of evidence is not evidence of absence,” but the
lack is suggestive given Spier’s report.
Social
Bonds with Nature. All California
groups thought of the natural world as closely allied to the human one, almost
always with actual kin relations or equivalent social bonds.
Many Californian groups, especially in the center and south,
had lineages and moieties with animal emblems.
Moieties named Coyote and Wildcat (Bobcat) were found widely, as among
the Cahuilla and Serrano. The Yokuts
named them West and East, but divided the animals among them; “the Tachi
assigned Eagle, Crow, Killdeer, Raven, Antelope, and Beaver to the…West moiety
and Coyote, Prairie Falcon, Ground [Burrowing] Owl, Great Horned Owl, Skunk,
Seal” and other beings to the East (Wallace 1978:453, from E. W. Gifford’s
data; reference to Valley Yokuts, but all Yokuts groups apparently had more or
less the same). Anna Gayton (1976)
points out that people really felt close to their lineage animals. Eagle and Coyote were the lead animals
respectively. Within the moieties were
animal-named patrilineages; the Eagle lineage supplied chiefs. The Coyote
moiety had its own chiefs, however (Wallace 1978:454). Moieties sometimes owned certain foods, and
feasted each other with their respective foods (Gayton 1976:84).
The Miwok seem to have reached an extreme, extending human
society to the entire cosmos by classifying everything (at least everything
they noticed) into either the Land or the Water Moiety; the former included
mostly up-country beings, the latter not only water but also lowland creatures
(Gifford 1916, summary in Kroeber 1925:455; it is worth noting that Gifford’s
rather scattered and obscure studies of Miwok society are one of the more
amazing achievements in the history of kinship studies, being far ahead of
their time in almost every way; Gifford had a high-school education and was a
true autodidact). These had nothing to
do with individuals’ spirit power animals or other less global social
symbolism.
The Monache had lineages named
after birds or sometimes other animals; a lineage’s namesake was called its
“dog” in the sense of “pet animal”
(Spier 1978:433). The Eagle lineage was
the chiefly one; messengers (and talking leaders?) came from Roadrunner and
Dove lineages. The Yokuts used their
Dove lineages for this purpose, and Magpie lineage members as criers.
Humans
as Part of the Ecological System.
This phrase understates the powerful, deep and complex emotional
attachments to the land. For every
Californian group, their land is home—not just their personal home but the home
of their people since the time of creation (or at least of transformation into
our recognizable world). Lynn Gamble and
Michael Wilken-Robertson, in a recent, particularly sensitive account of Native
Californian relationships with the land (2009), describe “…a landscape that is
permeated with symbolic and ritual meanings[,] that embraces mythical
histories, ancestral pasts, and moral messages that overlay a landscape where
economic resources, such as foods and medicines, abound.
Related to this ideational
landscape are the themes of landscape as memory and landscape as identity. Specific places are reminders of a social
past that was filled with triumphs and disasters” and other stories. People remember “not just a boulder, but the
significant events associated with the boulder” (Gamble and Wilken-Robertson
2009:148). Every stream and hill, as
well as every sizable boulder, has its stories, and even individual trees are
often important landmarks. Often the
historic associations of these landmarks blend into myths and origin stories. Other, related groups in Baja California
maintain similar ties with the land, including long-lost homes on the United
States side of the border, where they have kin and other social relations
(Garduño 2016).
The article refers specifically to
the people of the Tijuana River basin in Baja California, but it could be said
with equal truth of every group in California, or for that matter the whole of
the North American Pacific coast. Every ethnographer who has written much about
the ideational culture of Native Californians has emphasized their extreme
attachment to and concern for the land, and I can certainly attest it from my
own experience there and in the Northwest Coast. Directions—including up toward the sky and
down toward the lower world—as well as places have enormous significance
ritually and culturally.
The Yumans of the Colorado River
drainage—close linguistic relatives of the Tijuana River people— speak of
“’Coyote Law,’…the law of the land—sometimes capricious and unreasonable like
Coyote himself—but nevertheless, the way things are. [Their] tales tell about Coyote Law” (Hinton
and Watahomigie 1984:6).
This train of investigation leads
to two broad conclusions. First and most
important, views of the land and its resources are impassioned. Native people are not sizing up “resources”
with the cold eye of the economic planner.
They are looking at their home.
For California’s people, the whole land is not only their family home,
but the home of their entire people since the beginning of time. We may understand the latter clause as
meaning “since the beginning of the group as an identifiable cultural and
social entity,” but that does not diminish its psychological force. The land is loved, but the emotional
involvement is much more than that; it is a total personal involvement, the
sort of interaction that Emmanuel Levinas regarded as literally infinitely
important, because it makes us who and what we are (Levinas 1969).
Second, knowledge is derived from
interactive practice, not from passive book-learning. Knowing the land comes from living on it and making
a living from it. Knowledge of plants
and animals comes from working with them in the field, not from a biology
text. Rural Anglo-Americans in my youth
learned the same way, and contrasted it quite sharply with “book
learning.” They knew that interactive
practice is far better for learning actual life skills and work skills,
whatever it may cost in knowledge of grand theory. However, their wider knowledge of the world
was book-learning (or TV-learning). For
traditional Californians, all knowledge
came from interactive practice. People
grew up knowing the local ecology from personal experience; they knew what the
fish ate, which plants grew together, what was needed for a healthy
ecosystem. Research comparing Native and
White rural folk in the northern Midwest is relevant here; even Whites who knew
the outdoors as intimately as the Natives thought very differently, seeing
species as separate and relatively isolated rather than part of a great web
that included humans (Medin et al. 2006).
Awareness of the possibility of
overpopulation—too much population pressure—is found in the story, reported for
every well-studied Californian group, of Coyote or Lizard or some similar
creature bringing death because the world would become too crowded if people lived
forever. Where Coyote is the
death-bringer, his own child is usually the first to die, and he regrets his
choice. The Mohave shaman Nyavarup had
“the small lizard” as deathbringer; the lizard says “’I wish people to
die. If they all keep on growing, there
will be no room. There will be no place
to go; if we defecate, the exrement will fall on someone’s foot’” (Kroeber 1972:6).
Mythic
Construction. Even myths and chants
came not from mindless classroom memorization but from ritualized transmission
around the flickering winter-season fire.
Myths could not be lightly told.
Relating them in summer could lead to rattlesnake bite, among other
things.
Mythic
animals were most conspicuously predators:
Coyote, Wolf, Fox, Eagle, Falcon, Condor, and so on. Many game animals seem to have been merely
game animals even in mythic time. Among
the Wappo, Elk was a humanoid pre-animal in mythic time, but hunted deer, which
were ordinary game animals (see tales in Radin 1924). Deer are rather rarely seen as having been
humanoid in mythic time (though the Karok have several Deer stories; Kroeber
and Gifford 1980). Among the Chemehuevi,
Coyote and Fox hunted rats and mice (Laird 1976).
Southern
Californian groups had long and complex origin cycles, involving creation by
heroic individuals. In the Serrano song
cycle for mourning ceremonies, the first song spoke of the earth, the second chukiam, “all growing things” (Lerch
1981:11). This refers to plants and
animals, but apparently to plants above all; it included a passage about the Datura plant, ritually used as a
halluncinogen in puberty rites and in medicine.
Cognate words such as chukit are
known among other southern Californian Shoshonean groups. The Serrano creator died in Big Bear Valley,
which thus has an enormous variety of plants, many of them endemic. It is interesting that “[t]he Serrano “were
not only aware of the phenomenon, they had an explanation for it in their
cosmology” (Lerch 1981:14). The mourners turned to pines, which still stand in
ranks around the valley (due, in modern terms, to the layered rock outcrops). The related Cahuilla have a long cycle of
creation myths centering on Mukat, a human-like figure who brought agriculture
among other useful plant and animal management strategies.
By
contrast, the far northwest of the state had no origin myths; the cosmos always
existed. However, creator-like beings
had altered it greatly and made it suitable for humans, who appear after the
time of such beings as the Karok ikxareyavs
(see below).
The Yuki and Kato had something
close to monotheism; their high god (Taikomol in Yuki, Nagaitcho to the Kato;
Goddard 1909) was far above Coyote and his fellow creatures, though they
fine-tuned the creation. Taikomol
created the universe by song and speech. In a beautiful Kato telling of the creation
story by Bill Ray in 1906, Nagaitcho and the dog he has created end by rejoicing
in their world:
“My dog, come along behind me and look.”
Vegetation had grown, fish had come into the creeks.
Rocks had become large….
“Walk fast, my dog.”
The land was good.
Valleys had appeared….
Water had begun to flow.
Springs had come….
“I made the land good, my dog,
Walk fast, my dog.”
Acorns were growing, pine cones were hanging,
Tarweed seeds were ripe, chestnuts were ripe,
Hazelnuts were good, manazanita berries were getting white,…
Buckeyes were good, peppernuts were black-ripe,
Bunch grass was ripe, grasshoppers were growing,
Clover was with seed.
Bear-clover was good. Mountains
had grown.
Rocks had grown, different foods were grown.
“My dog, we made it good.”
Fish had grown that they will eat.
“Waterhead Place we have come to now.”
Different plants were ripe.
They went back, they say,
His dog with him.
“We will go back,” he said.
(Goddard 1909:9394; slightly rewritten for
comprehensibility. Nagaitcho and his dog
return to the north, whence they came, and leave us this beautiful world.)
This hymn to all the wonderful
foods of the north coast ranges—and indeed they are excellent eating—is only a
tiny part of a very long creation story that mentions virtually every plant,
animal, fish, and geological feature in Kato habitat. It is all very reminiscent of Psalm 104, but
far more richly detailed. It also
reveals something of Bill Ray’s personal narrative style, which included long
chanted lists of plants, animals, and geographic features of the environment,
alternating with narrative that is largely spoken and is so telegraphic as to
be dreamlike. The combination is
powerful enough to make Ray one of the more distinctive and poetically gifted
California myth-tellers. Such lists are
a widespread stylistic feature in myths in many languages of north-central
California and elsewhere in the world (think of Hesiod’s Theogony).
The Athapaskan original takes full
advantage of the exquisite beauty and potential for sound-poetry of the
Athapaskan languages. The above is
rhythmical and rhymed poetry in the original, rhyming with the repeated
chorus-line word kwanang (“they say”).
Note that the mountains and rocks grow; they are living things in
California belief. Like Hanc’ibeyjim’s
creation story (Appendix) Ray’s is one of the greatest religious poems in world
literature, and it deserves more than languishing in a forgotten monograph. Here are the first few lines, in Kato,
simplified for easier reading from Goddard’s linguistic transcription:
“E lot, shiit la, nan dal, o dut t
ge ka la e kwanang,
To nai nas de le kwanang.
Sha na ta se gun cha ge kwanang
N gun sho ne kwanang.
Kakw chqal yani kakw ko winyal, e
lots ul chin yani ne n gun sho ne kwanang….”
Many other groups had Earthmaker
and Coyote or Wolf and Coyote as creators.
Earthmaker or Wolf was the senior, more responsible and sober one, the
stereotypic elder brother. Coyote was
young and wild, everybody’s crazy kid brother.
Of course, everyone respected Earthmaker but loved Coyote. A particularly beautiful and moving version
of this story is William Benson’s Pomo version (2002, where Coyote is called by
his Pomo name or alternative incarnation Marumda). The Pomo had a range of creation stories,
often conflicting, because of their diversity and the diversity of peoples
around them; they were influenced by the monotheistic Yuki to the north, the
Guksu Cult of the Patwin to the east, and so on (Barrett 1933). Other
fine stories are Hancibeyjim’s Maidu one (Dixon 1912; Shipley 1991; cf. below),
Laird’s Chemehuevi stories (Laird 1976,
1984), and stories from the Kiliwa (Mixco 1983) and Kawaiisu (Zigmond 1980,
1991).
The Yuman groups had humanlike but
mystical and powerful creators. The
Yuman peoples and the culturally related Chemehuevi told of these in long song
cycles, that describe the courses of the creator beings as they traveled around
the world—the known habitat of the people, that is—creating, transforming,
teaching, and instituting practices (see e.g. Kelly 1977; Kroeber 1972; Laird
1976, 1984). Individuals dreamed their
own versions of the song cycles.
Some Mohave song cycles are given
by Kroeber (1972; see also 1925:754-770), including a Mohave version of the
Salt cycle known also by the Chemehuevi.
It contains not only the origin of salt, but of tobacco, the stars, and
much else.
Kroeber found the cycles rambling
and uneventful, but he recorded them in his youth from elderly individuals, and
he was not fluent in the language; he seems to have gotten bland and truncated
versions. (Compare, for instance, Paul
Talejie’s short but brilliant creation tale in the closely related Walapai
language, in Hinton and Watahomigie 1984, and Laird’s Chemehuevi renderings.) Even Kroeber’s recordings contain some
striking poetry; one cycle begins: “At
Ha’avulypo Matavilya [the original creator] had made a house out of darkness
and lived there” (Kroeber 1972:44). The
cycle continues to tell of his death and burial. In the cycle of Yellak (goose?),
Yellak’s end is noted by Halykupa: “I know what made Yellak die. He became sick from the sky, the clouds, the
earth, the water, and the wind….Now cry.
Cry with the sky and with the wind…” (Kroeber 1972:63). His skin sank into the Colorado River and
turned into animals.
One reason Kroeber rather wearied
of these cycles is that they detail almost all important actions as having been
done and repeated facing each of the four directions in sequence, and there are
other stylized repetitions as well. Another is that some of the memorialized
events, complete with long songs, are nothing more than the hero seeing a
badger or catching a rat (Kroeber 1925:756).
The interest in these cycles attaches to their detailing geographical
points and the creation events that took place there—of sheep, deer, grapes,
salt, everything—rather than to exciting stories. California Native people have an unexcelled
sense of place, and—today as in the past—can find the simple mention of
familiar spots enormously moving.
With the songs, which were repeated
over and over, these cycles took anywhere from a night to several weeks of
nights to perform. Some were never
performed in their entirety, because, like epics everywhere, they could be
lengthened out indefinitely by adding elements and repeating songs.
Separate (or possibly, at some
level, from the Yellak bird myth cycle), but part of the same general tradition
of singing to create and transform, were the bird song cycles, which survive
among the Yuman and neighboring Uto-Aztecan peoples; these are not only about
birds, but can be about anything, and are sung for entertainment—often with
slow dancing. Bird songs were in decline
in the 1960s and 1970s, but have been enthusiastically revived, and now abound,
with several good recordings commercially available.
These spirit beings transformed the
world for their own reasons, but also to make it ready for humans. This can be compared to the Australian
Aboriginal beliefs in the Dreamtime, and to the most ancient stratum of Greek
myths. These latter, at least some of
which go back to a very ancient stratum of belief, lie behind the
“metamorphoses” that the Roman poet Ovid turned into art long after the
highly-charged shamanic power had gone out of them.
Thus at the south end of the state,
the Tipay (Diegueño) taught that Chaup, the focal deity of their religion,
“named and marked all animals whereby they lost their ti.pay (‘human’) nature” (Luomala 1978:604).
Thought and song created much of
the world. The very long and circumstantial
Achomawi origin tales of Istet Woiche (1992) and Maidu tales of Hanc’ibyjim
1991) seem to indicate that this belief reached a peak in the northeastern
corner of the state.
Calendars everywhere recognized
months, and frequently named them from the subsistence activities or seasonal
nature events that went with them.
California is distinctly lacking in
the specifically conservationist texts so commonly recorded from the Northwest
Coast and Mexico. There are none in the
above-cited major collections. Even
Zigmond, focusing on ethnobiological research, found none. Almost nowhere are there mythic stories about
animals driven away by overhunting. One
intriguing exception concerns the Patwin Hesi
cycle of the Kuksu religion. Four
songs were obtained from the deer of the Marysville Buttes, back when deer were
humanoid in mythic time; enemies took advantage of the deer while the latter
were ceremonially sweating, and exterminated them, which is why there are no
deer on the Buttes (Kroeber 1925:385-386).
This is quite a different story from the widespread North American motif of overhunting followed
by famine, but is clearly a relative with the same general perception behind
it. The Kuksu cult is associated with
morals and discipline, and this myth is surely significant. Farther afield are various myths in which
evil entities wreck the environment for no special reason, and are eventually
transformed into their present animal form, as for instance in the Yurok myth
of the origin of the mole and Jerusalem cricket (Kroeber 1976:47-54). These animals, in their humanoid form of
mythic time, bring death as well as widespread ecological damage. The sense that the environment has to be
orderly, constant, and well-managed to be fruitful lies behind this and similar
myths, and evidently served as a general sanction against damaging the
environment.
Apparently universal, however, is a
myth of a time when animals and fish were held by supernatural beings who would
not release them. A culture hero such as
Coyote or the Yurok Pulekukwerek outwits the keepers and releases the prey them
through a mix of heroism, trickery and magic.
Masters of the game animals—almost
universally recognized in the Native Americas—seem less common in
California. Supernatural beings
controlling or watching over plant and animal resources are mentioned, but
without much detail. The Southern
Paiute, who range into California (where they are called Chemehuevi), had this
belief: “All the deer on Kaibab Plateau
were believed to be owned by a supernatural being named Qainacav. During the hunting season (July and June,
also early fall), his name must not be mentioned, or else the luck of the whole
hunting season would be spoiled.”
Hunters sometimes encountered him in human or deer form, but seeing him
meant no luck that day. Anyone who
offended him would be lured off by deer tracks that eventually disappeared
(Sapir 1992:829, from notes made around 1910), one way of explaining one’s
inability to follow a trackway.
Few myths that I can find give
specific directions or charters for the plant and animal management that we
know was so universal (although some myths mention it in passing). Quite the contrary; animals in their mythic
humanoid forms go hunting and collecting quite at will, killing enormous
numbers of game animals and gathering all the seeds they want. The wishful dreams of the storytellers are
evident, but conservation teachings are not evident at all. The myths are extremely well supplied with
moral teachings, but the morals are social.
Tales show the awful results of condemning ungenerousness,
vindictiveness, mean-spiritedness, violence, sexual sins, ignoring good advice,
and trying to imitate others mindlessly, but not the awful results of
mismanaging resources. The stories are
set the times before human people, and thus I suspect they date back to a time
so ancient that the people were still few, with simple technology, when they
could take without a second thought. The
Northwest Coast conservation stories seem usually to concern real people,
albeit in long-ago times.
One exception is in an astonishing
Wappo text, “The Chicken-Hawk Cycle,” recorded by Paul Radin from Jim Tripo
(Radin 1924:87-147). This is one of the
most impressive and striking mythic texts ever recorded in California, and
deserves better than to languish obscure in a forgotten volume. Tripo spins it out to 60 pages; more typical
is a Karok version of the same story that manages only two pages (Kroeber and
Gifford 1980:250-252.) Much of the plot
turns on the anger of Moon, a captious old man, at the Hawk chief and his son
harvesting pine cones by breaking off the branches of Moon’s pine trees. Moon is not portrayed in a sympathetic light,
but it is clear that such a damaging way of getting pine nuts was genuinely bad
by Wappo standards.
Education
of the young came through these myths, through specific instruction, through
reprimand, but above all through interaction with the world, guided to varying
degrees by elders and peers (see Margolin 2005 for a fine summary of Native
Californian education). Autobiographies
recount dramatic experiences—accidents, vision quests, special hunting
accounts, personal crises—that were interpreted, usually briefly but in extremely
telling words, by elders. Apparently
this was a canonical way of learning, along with myths and initiation
rites. The long and complex initiation
rites of such groups as the Luiseno involved detailed explanations of cosmology
and of human life, including life crisis ritualization. Other rites of passage, such as marriages and
funerals, provided opportunities for songs, stories, and speeches that provided
a great deal of instruction. Finally,
chiefs at dawn often harangued their communities on the need to be up and
working. Overall, there was a great deal
of education, much of it quite formalized:
winter myth cycles, sings, initiations, funeral orations, and many more
occasions.
Religion, Cosmology, and Spiritual Concerns
A whole cosmology based on
interactive practice and intense emotional involvement is bound to be quite
different from one based on books, deductive logic, and laboratory
experiments. For one thing, it is hard
to avoid personalizing the land—seeing the rocks, plants, and animals as
people. Even modern Anglo-Americans name
their cars, talk to their dogs, and cherish their plants.
Thousands of years of such
interaction, in a world without labs and mass media, will inevitably make the
nonhuman world more personal. The
nonhuman beings are “other-than-human persons.”
They have will and intellect, but not like ours; they plan and
communicate, but we have to know how to hear them. They have supernatural power to
transmit.
The
Californians shared the almost universal Native American belief in a prior
cosmos, ruled by animal powers, that changed dramatically to make our present
cosmic order. The earlier beings
included Coyote, Quail, Wildcat, and other beings. There seems to be a vague tendency for
interior and mountain groups to have more strictly animal powers in mythic
time. At least, the mythic-time people
of the Yurok and the larger southern California tribes were very often
humanoid, especially the main characters.
The large, rich tribes of the Delta and Bay Area are not well enough
known for many conclusions.
Widely, however, especially in
central California, an apparently human-like high god or pair of gods was the
chief agent. The Wiyot were the
northwest pole of this belief; the Yurok, distantly related in language, lacked
it (Kroeber 1925:119). The Maidu, Wintu
and their neighbors had a high creator or Earthmaker/Earthnamer. Some (or all) Pomo groups had a similar high
god. Everywhere, he was very often
assisted by Coyote, who royally messed up the process (see e.g. Hanc’ibyjim in
Shipley 1991). Similar pairings in
southern California include Wolf and Coyote or Southern Fox and Coyote (Laird
1976, 1984).
What Walter
Goldschmidt said of the Nomlaki would apply equally well to all California Native
peoples: “To the Nomlaki, the world of
reality and the world of the supernatural were inseparable, so that even the
most practical undertaking was circumscribed by elaborate ritual inspired by
the religious ideas with which the act was invested…. The Nomlaki world was animistic. ‘Everything in this world talks, just as we
are now,’” one Nomlaki man told him (Goldschmidt 1978:345). There was, in fact, no concept of “reality”
or of “supernatural”; there was simply the cosmos, with a gradient from clearly
visible and tangible beings to invisible and intangible ones, and with a
gradient from animals that were just animals to the mythic human-like animals
of prehuman times.
Goddard, missionary turned
ethnographer, was deeply struck by the religious nature of the Hupa, and
sardonically remarked that “this undercurrent of deep religious feeling makes
the life and deeds of the Indian seem…strange to the white man” (Goddard
1903:88). Similar comments (if without
the depreciative aside about Anglo-Americans!) could be made about all
California Native people. Religion was
deeply felt and important in all aspects of life. This was closely connected with plant and
animal interactions. Like their
neighbors, they had a first salmon ceremony in the spring and a first acorns
ceremony in the fall, as well as a first-lamprey (“eel”) ceremony (Goddard
1903). (The related Lassik had a
bulbous-plant ceremony; Elsasser 1978.)
All this involved stressing the importance of maintaining the resource;
the ceremony was intended to keep the salmon and acorns coming, probably by
showing proper respect and entertainment.
I strongly suspect that conservation lessons were once part of the
rituals.
Thomas Buckley discusses the
importance of the spirit world, of doctoring power, and of “wealth” objects
(actually ritual objects), among the Yurok, as Goddard does for the Hupa. Of the wealth objects, Buckley says that
“[d]ance regalia are not objects but ‘people,’ sentient beings (like deer) that
have wewecek’, ‘spirit’ or ‘life,’
and that ‘cry to dance.’ As people,
their ‘prupose in life’ is to get out of the baskets and boxes in which they’re
stored and dance to ‘fix the world…’ (Buckley 2002:175). They sometimes ask their owners to be loaned
out so they can be danced at a ceremony in a neighboring community.
Buckley, like the Karok
anthropologist Julian Lang (1994), faults A. L. Kroeber for holding that the Yurok
were obsessed with material wealth per se.
Kroeber was not entirely unaware that wealth objects (dentalia shells,
obsidian blades, white deerskins, woodpecker scalps, and so on) were spiritual
things and tokens of spiritual power. He
recorded many stories in which they are personified and spiritualized (Kroeber
1976, e.g. 200-204; cf. Kroeber 1925:40-42).
However, these objects, the dentalium shells in particular, were used as
regular money too, for ordinary purchases and bargains.
Kroeber was writing at a time when
materialism, Marxian and otherwise, was dominant in American social science. Not only Kroeber himself, but his main Yurok
coworker, Robert Spott, seem rather matter-of-fact and materialist in their
narratives (Spott and Kroeber 1942). Euro-American
readers might recall the Renaissance associations of gold: money and material wealth, but also a
spiritual and magical substance. Interesting
is one rather barbed comment that Kroeber recorded from Dick of Wohkero. To a myth about Earthquake, who is
personified among the Yurok, Dick added that “[n]ow Earthquake is angry because
the Americans have bought up Indian treasures and formulas and taken them away
to San Francisco to keep. He knew that,
so he tore the ground up there (referring to the earthquake of the year before,
in 1906)” (Kroeber 1976:418).
Unsurprisingly, religion was
thoroughly embedded in the natural world, and ceremonies continually
constructed and reinforced ties with nature.
The Chumash had a particularly complex and arcane cosmology, paralleling
their complex socioreligious organization (Hudson et al. 1977).
The dances of the Kuksu religion of
central California included duck, grizzly, deer, coyote, goose, grasshopper,
turtle,condor, and other dances based on animals; presumably the dances invoked
them and imitated their motions. These
were not mere dances, but entire ceremonies centered on dancing (Kroeber
1925:378-380). These ceremonies were
“thought to bring rains, nourish the earth, and produce a bountiful natural
crop; perhaps also to ward off epidemcis, floods, earthquakes, and other
disasters…” as well as producing “an abundance of bulbs and greens,
and…acorns…” as well as game (Kroeber 1925:383-384). I take it this means that the dances were
essential to co-create the natural community as well as the human one; human
society being extended to include wild animals and plants, it is natural that
human community-building rituals would impact the other-than-human community
members favorably as well. Kroeber notes the significant lack of dances for critically important animals like fish and
rabbits; there was no one-to-one mapping.
Of course it is possible that such dances existed but were lost before
ethnography began.
Of course the agricultural tribes
of the southeast part of the state had agricultural ceremonies, like most
farming peoples of the world. Yet, as with
the Cocopa (see above), these seem not to have been elaborated as fertility or
harvest ceremonies.
Girls and boys coming of age went
through initiation rituals, sometimes involving hallucinogenic plants that
produced visions interpreted as spirit communications. These initiation rites seem to have been
among the most important ceremonies of the Native peoples. Many smaller groups had no other major
ceremonies, leaving initiation rites as the most important part of their
religion (cf. Kroeber 1925, e.g. p. 428; the Yurok, alone among major groups,
had no girls’ rites and apparently no true male rites either). This is particularly true in the south (north
through the Yokuts lands), where the use of toloache (Datura spp.) as a hallucinogenic drink made another link with the
plant world. The Luiseño youths acquired
animal guardian spirits while under its influence, and did not subsequently
kill the animal received (Kroeber 1925:670).
Toloache was widely used medicinally as well (see e.g. Librado 1979, esp.
pp. 68-72).
Widely, across the state, puberty
rites were the occasion for telling the longest, most detailed, most sacred
myths and group histories. This was when
people really learned their culture in its depth. All accounts agree that detailed and extensive
teachings were part of this, but no
accounts give us much detail on the contents of the teachings, primarily
because the rites vanished or went underground quite early. (Constance Du Bois found some among the
Luiseño.) One suspects that ecological
and conservation teachings were a major part of this initiation, but we will
never know.
At the other end of the life cycle,
groups in southern and central California burned the possessions of the dead,
and then in memorial ceremonies burned large quantities of their own
goods. This prevented a buildup of
material wealth, and indirectly served to eliminate the possibility of
accumulating wealth for status display.
This seems to have mattered little, however, since the northwestern
groups that did accumulate wealth for (spiritual) status did no notable damage
to the environment thereby.
There were
several major religious cults or general ceremonial complexes in the state,
each one confined to a few neighboring groups, possibly because of the
difficulties of translation into the many different languages of the
state. The Northwest group of Yurok,
Wiyot, Karok and Hupa (and to a lesser extent their hill neighbors) shared a
focus on fish ceremonials, world renewal dances and ceremonies, the white
deerskin dance, and other dances displaying ancient prized items of spiritual
power. The center of the state was
dominated by the Kuksu and related cults, centering on the Patwin, Wappo, and
Pomo groups. The spectacular rock art of
the Chumash and Yokuts (and probably the Gabrielino and other Shoshoneans,
though evidence is mostly lost) indicates another religious area. The bird songs of the lower Colorado and the
Chinigchinich cult of the Luiseno and their neighbors also involved two or
three major linguistic groupings each (counting the river Yumans as basically
one group). Finally, the rock art of the
inner deserts, focusing on mountain sheep in many sites, is distinctive.
By
contrast, more general folklore, as well as material culture, spread widely; it
could be shared by anyone within hundreds of miles. Folktales gradually transform, with north and
south being quite different. Language
was not much of a barrier, and of course hardly a barrier at all to the spread
and copying of material items.
Central to religion was spiritual
ability and efficacy. I have noted above
the tendency of anthropologists to use the word “power” for what Native people
generally call “knowledge.” One could
use the phrase “power/knowledge” if it had not been preempted by Foucault for a
very different idea.
A model developed especially with
the Luiseño concept of ayelkwi, but
valid rather widely (especially for groups in the south coast, of course),
lists four characteristics: “Power is
sentient and the principal causative agent in the universe”; it is found in the
upper, middle, and lower worlds and “possessed by anything having ‘life,’”
which can include rocks and tools as well as biota; it is in some degree of
equilibrium in the cosmos; and man is a central figure in power networks (Bean
1992:22, citing and partly following White 1963). One might qualify this for other parts of the
state primarily in regard to clause 4; in some places (including central
California, if I read the myths aright), humans are definitely less central
than some supernatural beings, and probably some of the larger natural ones
too. Power is totally bound up in
geography, with dramatic rocks, peaks, mountains, waterfalls, and other
striking landmarks being major “power places.”
People got power from vision
questing in the wilderness. They would
undergo strong physical discipline:
enduring cold and heat, bathing in freezing waters, living with little
or no food and water, and so on. (The
classic account of vision questing, Ruth Benedict [1923], refers to the Plateau
area just north of California; her account is broadly valid for the latter
place.) The Achomawi preserved this
knowledge later than most and were more willing to share it, so the map of
their power spots provided by D. L. Olmstedt and Omer Stewart (1978:226) is
exceptionally valuable. Famous rock art
sites are often power places. (Places I
know personally, but that are unpublished, shall remain unidentified!)
Most of the spots are dramatic peaks, but some are canyons, lakes, and large
springs. Power is largely a spiritual
essence that allows beings (including humans—to the degree they have learned
it) to control and create. It is typically
exercised through song. Shamans cure by
singing just as the creator beings shaped the world by singing. However, actual physical and mental ability
to do things is an expression of power, so it is not entirely “supernatural” by
European standards. It is learned
through conventional training as well as through visions and dreams. Knowledge of how to manage natural resources
is a key part of power.
As noted previously, California
Native peoples sought visions, usually in arduous vision quests, at puberty, in
the wilderness. This was another
religious mechanism binding Californians to their landscape. Apparently some groups, at least the Coast
Central Pomo (Loeb 1926:320), did not have the vision quest. Indeed, Loeb notes that the Pomo in general
lacked a belief in guardian spirits, otherwise the goal of vision quests among
most California (and indeed most North American) peoples. They did have shamans and shamanic healers,
however, and must have done something to get that power. However, the Pomo and Native people everywhere
dreamed of animals, daydreamed about animals, and interpreted their dreamings
as important.
Shamans operate by controlling power; but,
again, in the center and north, they operate more by controlling specific
“pains” that they own. To be shamans or
other religious officiants they had to have visions giving medicine power. (Strictly speaking, the term “shaman” applies
to healers of the ancient societies of Siberia, and it might be better to call
the Californian healers “medicine persons,” but “shaman” is established in the
literature and fairly well justified by the similarity of beliefs and practices
to Siberian ones. See Bean [ed.] 1992.)
The culturally and technologically
simpler groups had vision-questing shamans and no other religious
practitioners, but the complex chiefdoms had whole ranges of religious
officiants. These including true
priests: officiants of organized religious cults (as opposed to shamans, who
are independent individuals with special healing and visionary powers). The Kuksu cult complex of central California
had a priesthood (Loeb 1926:320), which presumably led to the decline or
disappearance of vision questing among the Coast Central Pomo. The Chumash of southwestern California had a
whole range of shamans and priests with specialized functions, ranging from
weather control to fishing to canoe safety (Bean and King 1974; Gamble 2008).
Californians feared shamans and
wizards with transforming and poisoning powers.
They acquired special visions of their familiar spirits. These were often animal powers, but could be
other natural or supernatural beings.
Different animals gave different powers, often related to the animal’s
traits; rattlesnake power often involved the ability to cure rattlesnake bites,
for instance. These beliefs closely
resemble shamanistic beliefs elsewhere, from eastern North America to Siberia.
A particularly important problem
was “bear doctors,” men who had bear power knew the magic for transforming
themselves into grizzlies at will. These
were known and feared all over the state, from the Hupa to the Chemehuevi (Burrill
1993; Laird 1976:38). Real grizzlies
usually prefer to leave humans alone, but bear doctors transform themselves in
order to do harm. One remembers the bear
transformation stories in the Old World, from the berserk (“bear shirt”) men of
ancient Scandinavia and the Celtic Arthur (“bear man,” “were-bear”) to the Ainu
bear cult with its divinization of bears.
People could sometimes transform into other kinds of animals, and
animals and spirits could become or appear to be people; of course the animals
in the time before people came were humanoid to varying degrees. Related Old World figures are the werewolf,
were-tiger, and leopard-man. All come
from a stratum of thought that is most famously seen in Siberian shamanism but
is far more widespread. Animal transformations
are central to this cosmology.
Other supernatural and ghostly
transformations are known. People with
supernatural powers can invoke and control this shape-shifting. So can many animals. The raccoon dog (tanuki, often mistranslated “badger”) is a shape-shifter in Japan,
and some tanuki stories are related to Californian Coyote tales. The trickery of the fox is proverbial
throughout Eurasia. Modern Europeans
have lost the transformation tales, but foxes in east Asia routinely turn into
beautiful women to beguile men.
Common all over the state, but
especially in the dry southeast, were weather shamans who could bring rain and
snow. Some songs for this purpose have
been recorded, and a rain shaman’s bundle has been almost miraculously preserved
and studied (Fenenga et al. 2012; Hopkins et al. 2012). It came from the Tübatulabal of the Kern
River valley, but incorporated many items, especially steatite smoking pipes,
from the Chumash. These are known to
have been used by the coastal tribes to blow smoke clouds that invited rain
clouds by a form of sympathetic magic.
Sometimes water was thrown into the air, during ceremonies, for similar
reasons. The bundle was used in
ceremonies along with detailed chants that were guaranteed to bring rain (if properly carried out, of course). Shamans had to know how to stop rain, to
prevent large rains they invoked from causing floods. There were many adept weather shamans among
the Tübatulabal and their neighbors until quite recently. The use of a magic bundle, incorporating a
collection of sacred stones and other items, is very widespread in North
America (see esp. Wildschut 1975 on Crow bundles; one Crow doctor, showing some
small stones with some gravel near them, said—with a twinkle in his eye—that
the rocks in the bundle had mated and had a litter).
Other “Indian doctors” could send
pains into people. These were often
pebbles, small snakes, or other physical objects. A “sucking doctor” would be called to suck
this pain out. He (rarely she) would
suck on the belly or chest of the patient, sometimes hard enough to draw blood
(assumed to be posioned). Often he would
produce the stone or small animal. I
have encountered this practice among the Maya as well; my old friend Don José
Cauich Canul sucked a live scorpion from the little niece of my field assistant
Don Felix Medina Tzuc. I did not see
this, but Don Felix described it. He was
duly impressed. Don José has taught me
something of his craft, including his use of sleight-of-hand, so I know where
the centipede really came from. Claude
Lévi-Strauss (1963 [1958]) has pointed out that this sort of deception is
typically done by doctors who believe that the old-timers really had such
powers, but modern ones have less power and must imitate the old-timers as best
they can. This seems to fit California
and Maya cases.
Arts
represented interaction with the nonhuman realm. Among the Yokuts, people wore
crowns of flowers during spring (Gayton 1976:83).
Much of the art were clearly
associated with shamanism; more is inferentially so. The spectacular rock art of southern and Baja California—some
of the most outstanding in the world—is highly abstract, and also features
strange and unearthly creatures. Most
viewers of the art, from anthropologists to artists, feel that shamanism and vision
states must be involved. (Some reviews
include Campbell 2007; Grant 1965; Whitley 2000, notably speculative; and for
Baja California, Crosby 1997, a more ambitious work than anything devoted to
Alta California. See also Jean Clottes’
stunning book Cave Art, 2008, which
deals with the paleolithic art of Europe but presents California material for
comparison on pp. 300-303.) Other, more
unassuming or crude pictographs and petroglyphs are almost certainly mere
“Kilroy was here” markers, or at best markers of local descent-group territory. Unfortunately, we do not have the keys
(though see Spoon et al. 2014a, 2014b—the Nevada Paiute still know something). The shamans are gone.
There are a few recorded
explanations, most of which refer not to shamanic visions but to puberty
rites. Often, puberty rites involved
explanations of the cosmos using pictorial but abstract symbols, and sometimes
the initiates were supposed to draw geometric designs of their own. The Luiseno girls’ puberty rite, for
instance, involved drawing red checkerboard, diamond, or maze patterns on
rocks, and many of these survived in my younger days in the Riverside
area. Unfortunately most have faded
now.
Otherwise, outside of fairly
obvious representations of animals, we have little identifiable rock art. Earlier theories of hunting magic have gone
by the wayside. Besides the known cases
just noted, other rock art sites are very often astronomically aligned—in
canyons down which the equinoctial sunrise strikes, for instance—or are on
remote and spectacular rock outcrops or in caves, rather than along game trails
or near water holes or the like. It is
very possible that a general relationship with the cosmos was intended and good
luck in hunting was one perceived consequence.
However, the focus remains on that general relationship, not on a
specific pragmatic application.
An excellent analysis of a mountain
sheep shrine, by Robert Yohe and Alan Garfinkel (2012), summarizes all that is
known of mountain sheep ceremonies, rock art, and hunting lore from southeast
California. Clearly, mountain sheep were
important game animals, and a huge and complex body of lore surrounded
them. (They were once extremely abundant;
their rarity today is due to introduced sheep diseases as well as overhunting
and habitat destruction.) The content of
ritual is lost to us, but at least there are still large amounts of art and
religious construction to analyze.
Songs were basic to activities and
teachings. They gave and expressed
power, and had power themselves. A good
explanation was given by a California basketmaker, Mrs. Mattz. Richard West reports that she
“…was hired
to teach basket making at a local university.
After three weeks, her students complained that all they had done was
sing songs…. Mrs. Mattz, taken aback, replied that the were learning to make
baskets. She explained that the process
starts with songs that are sung so as not to insult the plants when the
materials for the baskets are picked. So
her students learned the songs….. Upon their return to the classroom, however,
the students again were dismayed when Mrs. Mattz began to teach them yet more
songs. This time she wanted them to
learn the songs that must be sung as yo soften the materials in your mouth
before you start to weave…. The students
protested…. Mrs. Mattz…patiently explained the obvious to them: “You’re missing
the point,” she said, “a basket is a song made visible.” (Quoted Wilkinson 2010:382).
Appendix
To give the
flavor of Californian religious narrative, let us consider the beginning of the
creation myth told by Hanc’ibyjim (Tom Young) to Roland Dixon in 1902-03 (Dixon
1912). This myth was partially
retranslated and massively rewritten by William Shipley (1991). I will do still another rewrite, though I do
not know the Maidu language and have to rely on Dixon and Shipley.
Neither of
the translators refers to the incredible chantlike prosody of the narrative,
which comes across even to a non-Maidu-speaker like me. It is worth setting some of this up in poetic
form. Hanc’ibyjim uses the obligatory
marker of speech, –tsoia (“it is
said”), as a chorus, its sharp sound contrasting with the beautiful flow of the
narrative, full of “a” and “m” sounds.
Simply enjoy the sounds before reading the meaning. (Most letters are pronounced as in Spanish,
umlaut vowels as in German. The
apostrophe marks the accented syllable [not a glottal stop].)
Kō’doyapen kan ūniñ’ ko’do momim’ opit’mőni hintsetō’yetsoiam.
Literally, the first two lines
means “Earth-Maker and this world water full-when drifted about, it is
said. Kept drifting about where world-in
indeed little earth indeed saw-not, it is said.”
Translating
the first part of the story (and leaving out the endless repetition of “it is
said,” so effective in Maidu, so monotonous in English):
Earthmaker, when this world was covered with water, drifted.
He kept drifting; he saw nothing, not even a bit of earth.
He saw no creatures of any kind, nothing flying.
He went on and on, over the unseen earth.
The world seemed transparent, like the Valley Above in the
sky.
He felt sad.
“How, I wonder—how, I wonder—where, I wonder, in what world
or place, can we see the earth?” he
said. (After Dixon 1912:4 and Shipley
1991:18.)
[Coyote then appears, and he and
Earthmaker discuss creating the world.
Earthmaker sings:]
Where are you, my great mountains, my world mountains?
[Coyote
sings:]
Where are you, my foggy mountains, my world I could travel?
[A tiny
piece of land like a bird’s nest then appears, and the two succeed in
stretching it to make a world.
Meadowlark joins them, and Coyote goes on:]
My world, where I can go along the edge of the meadow,
My world, where I can travel side to side, wander all ways,
My world of mountains beyond mountains,
I call, singing, to my traveling-world,
In such a world shall I wander.
[There is
some conference among the three, about how to paint the world, and Coyote
continues:]
I will paint it with blood,
There will be blood in the world,
Creatures with blood will be born,
Animals with blood will be born,
Deer and other animals,
People shall be born,
Nothing will be missing, all those with blood will be born.
Red rocks will come into being,
The world will seem painted with blood,
It will be beautiful.
(After Dixon 1912:5-10 and Shipley 1991:19-22.)
Coyote…stretched out the land with his feet.
‘Pushing it out, little by little,
He stretched it out to where the usn rises—
Foirst, he stretched it out to there.
Then, to the south, and to where the sun sets,
He stretched it out, little by little. (Shipley 1991:22.)
Creation
continues, in an epic poem filled with intense images like those above. This story is as beautiful and powerful as
Genesis and one of the great religious poems of the world, yet it remains
unknown, and neither Dixon’s nor Shipley’s translations do it justice (judging
from analysis of Dixon’s line-by-line translation). We need a Maidu to do a real translation that
can bring out the full meanings and keep the power of the language.
References
Allen, Michael F.; Cameron W. Barrows; Michael D. Bell; G.
Darrel Jenerette; Robert F. Johnson; Edith B. Allen. 2014.
“Threats to California’s Desert Ecosystems.” Fremontia 42:2:3-8.
Anderson,
M. Kat. 1999. “The Fire, Pruning, and Coppice Management of
Temperate Ecosystems for Basketry Material by California Indian Tribes.” Human Ecology 27:79-113.
— 2005. Tending the Wild: Native American Knowledge and the Management
of California’s Natural Resources. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Anderson, M. Kat (ed.).
2017. Special Issue: California
Geophytes. Fremontia, 44:3.
Anderson, M. Kat, and Frank K. Lake. 2013.
“California Indian Ethnomycology and Associated Forest Management.” Journal of Ethnobiology 33:33-85.
Anderson, M. Kat, and Frank K. Lake. 2017.
“Beauty, Bounty, and Biodiversity: The Story of California Indians’
Relationship with Edible Native Geophytes.”
Fremontia 44:3:44-51.
Anderson, M. Kat, and Jeffrey Rosenthal. 2015.
“An Ethnobiological Approach to Reconstructing Indigenous Fire Regimes
in the Foothill Chaparral of the Western Sierra Nevada.” Journal of Ethnobiology 35:4-36.
Arnold, Jeanne E.
1987. Craft Specialization in the
Prehistoric Channel Islands, California. Berkeley:
University of California, Publications in Anthropology, 18.
Arnold, Jeanne E.
2004. Foundations of Chumash
Complexity. Cotsen Inst of Archaeology,
Perspectives in California
Archaeology, Vol. 7.
Atleo, E. Richard.
2004. Tsawalk: A Nuu-Chah-Nulth Worldview. Vancouver:
University of British Columbia Press.
Barbour, Michael; Todd Keeler-Wolf; Allan A. Schoenherr
(eds.). 2007. Terrestrial Vegetation of California. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Barrett, S. A.
1933. Pomo Myths. Milwaukee:
Public Museum of the City of Milwaukee, Bulletin, 15:1-608.
Bean, Lowell John.
1972. Mukat’s People: The Cahuilla Indians of Southern
California. Berkeley: University of California Press.
— 1992. “Power and Its Applications in Native
California.” In California Indian Shamanism, Lowell John Bean, ed. Menlo Park:
Ballena Press. Pp. 21-32.
Bean, Lowell John (ed.).
1972. California Indian
Shamanism. Menlo Park: Ballena Press.
Bean, Lowell, and Thomas C. Blackburn (eds.). 1976. Native Californians: A Theoretical Retrospective. Ramona,
CA: Ballena Press.
Bean, Lowell John, and Thomas F. King (eds.). 1974.
‘Antap: California Inidan Political and Economic
Organization. Ramona, CA: Ballena Press.
Bean, Lowell J., and Katherine Siva Saubel. 1972.
Temalpakh: Cahuilla Indian
Knowledge and Usage of Plants. Banning,
CA: Malki Museum Press.
Benedict, Ruth Fulton.
1923. The Concept of the Guardian
Spirit in North Ameica. Washington, DC: American Anthropological Association, Memoir
29.
Benson, William Ralganal.
2002. “Creation.” Tr./ed. Jaime de Angulo. In Surviving
Through the Days: A California Indian
Reader, Herbert Luthin, ed. Berkeley: University of California Press. Pp. 260-310.
Bettinger, Robert L.
2015. Orderly Anarchy:
Sociopolitical Evoluiton in Aboriginal California. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Blackburn, Thomas. 1975. December’s Child: A Book of Chumash Oral Narratives. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Blackburn, Thomas, and M. Kat Anderson. 1993.
“Introduction: Managing the
Domesticated Environment.” In Before the Wilderness: Environmental Management by Native
Californians, Thomas Blackburn and M. Kat Anderson, eds. Menlo
Park, CA: Ballena Press. Pp. 15-25.
Blackburn, Thomas, and M.
Kat Anderson (eds.). 1993. Before the Wilderness: Environmental Management by Native
Californians. Menlo Park, CA: Ballena Press.
Boyd,
Robert. 1999. The Coming of the Spirit of Pestilence: Introduced Infections Diseases and Population
Decline Among Northwest
Coast Indians,
1774-1874. Seattle: University
of Washington Press.
Broughton, Jack M.
1994. “Declines in Mammalian
Foraging Efficiency during the Late Holocene, San Francisco Bay, CA.” Journal of Anthropological Archaeology
13:371-401.
Broughton,
Jack M. 2002. “Pre-Columbian Human Impact on California Vertebrates:
Evidence from Old Bones and Implications for Wilderness Policy.” Kay, Charles E., and Randy T. Simmons
(eds.), Wilderness and Political Ecology: Aboriginal Influences and the Original State of Nature. Salt Lake City: University
of Utah Press. Pp. 44-71.
Burrill, Richard.
1993. Protectors of the
Land: An Environmental Journey to Understanding
the Conservation Ethic. Sacramento: Anthro Company.
Callahan, Catherine.
1978. “Lake Miwok.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol.
8:
California, Robert L. Heizer, ed.
Washington, DC: Smithsonian
Institution Press. Pp. 264-273.
Campbell, Paul Douglas.
2007. Earth Pigments and Paint of
the California Indians: Meaning and
Technology.” La Crescenta, CA: author.
Castetter, Edward F., and Willis H. Bell. 1951.
Yuman Indian Agriculture. Albuquerque: University
of New Mexico Press.
Castillo, Edward.
1978. “The Impact of
Euro-American Exploration and Settlement.”
In Handbook of North American
Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L. Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 99-127.
Chase-Dunn, Christopher, and Kelly M. Mann. 1998.
The Wintu and Their Neighbors: A
Very Small World-System in Northern California.
Tucson: University of Arizona
Press.
Clemmer, Richard O. 2009a.
“Native Americans: The First
Conservationists? An Examination of Shepard
Krech III’s Hypothesis with Respect to the Western Shoshone.” Journal of Anthropological Research
65:555-570.
—2009b. “Pristine Aborigines or Victims of
Progress? The Western Shoshones in the
Anthropological Imagination.” Current
Anthropology 50:849-881.
Clottes, Jean.
2008. Cave Art. London:
Phaidon.
Cook, Sherburne F.
1976. The Population of the
California Indians 1769-1770.
Berkeley: University of
California Press.
Colville, Frederick Vernon.
1902. Wokas, a Primitive Food of the
Klamath Indians. United States National
Museum, Report, 1902, pp. 725-739.
Cozzens, Peter.
2002. Eyewitnesses to the Indian
Wars, 1865-1890. Vol. 2: The Pacific Northwest. Mechanicsburg, PA: Stackpole Books.
Crespí, Juan.
2001. A Description of Distant
Roads: Original Journals of the First Expedition into California, 1769-1770. Ed./Tr Alan K. Brown. San Diego: San
Diego State University Press.
Crosby, Harry.
1997. The Cave Paintings of Baja
California: Discovering the Great Murals
of an Unknown People. San Diego: Sunbelt Publications.
Delcourt, Paul, and Hazel Delcourt. 2004.
Prehistoric Native Americans and Ecological Change: Human Ecosystems in Native North
America Since the Pleistocene.
New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Des Lauriers, Matthew Richard. 2010.
Island of Fogs: Archaeological and Ethnohistorical Investigations of
Isla Cedros, Baja California. Salt Lake
City: University of Utah Press.
Deur, Douglas.
2009. “A Caretaker Responsibility”: Revisiting Klamath and Modoc Traditions of
Plant Community Management.” Journal of Ethnobiology 29:296-322.
Dillon, Richard F.
1973. Burnt-out Fires. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Dixon, Roland.
1907. The Shasta. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History
17:381-498.
— 1912. Maidu Texts.
Leyden: E. J. Brill. Publications of the American Ethnological
Society, Vol. 4.
Dobyns, Henry.
1983. Their Number Became
Thinned: Native Population Dynamics in Eastern North America.
Knoxville: University
of Tennessee Press.
Du Bois, Cora.
1935. Wintu Ethnography. Berkeley:
University of California Publications in American Anthropology and
Ethnology 336:1:1-148.
Elsasser, Albert.
1978a. “Mattole, Nongatl,
Sinkyone, Lassik, and Wailaki.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol.
8:
California, Robert L. Heizer, ed.
Washington, DC: Smithsonian
Institution Press. Pp. 190-204.
— 1978b. “Wiyot.”
In Handbook of North American
Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert
L. Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 155-163.
Erlandson, Jon M.
2015. Paleoindian Use of
Shellfish on California’s Northern Channel Islands. Paper, Society of Ethnobiology, annual
meeting, Santa Barbara, May.
Fenenga, Franklin, and Francis A. Riddell. 2012.
“A Weather Shaman’s Rain-Making Bundle from the Tübatulabal and Its
Relationship to the History of Weather Control in Soiuth-Central
California.” Journal of California and
Great Basin Anthropology 32:109-126.
Finnegan, Seth; Kristin Bergmann; John M. Eiler; David S.
Jones; David A. Fike; Ian Eisenman; Nigel C. Hughes; Aradhna K. Tripati;
Woodward W. Fischer. 2011. “The Magnitude and Duration of Late
Ordovician-arliy Silurian Glaciation.”
Science 331:903-906.
Forde, C. Daryll.
1931. Ethnography of the Yuma
Indians. University of California
Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology 28:4:83-278.
Fowler, Catherine.
1992. In the Shadow of Fox Peak: An Ethnography of the Cattail-Eater Northern
Paiute People of Stillwater
Marsh. U.
S. Dept. of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Stillwater National
Wildlife Refuge, Cultural Resource Series #5.
— 2013. The Kasaga’yu: An Ethno-Ornithology of the
Cattail-Eatern Northern Paiute People of Western Nevada. In Explorations
in Ethnobiology: The Legacy of Amadeo Rea, Marsha Quinlan and Dana
Lepofsky, eds. Society of Ethnobiology,
Contributions in Ethnobiology, 1. Pp.
154-178.
Fry, Douglas P. (ed.).
2013. War, Peace, and Human
Nature: The Convergence of Evolutionary and Cultural Views. New York: Oxford University Press.
Gamble, Lynn.
2008. The Chumash World at
European Contact. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Gamble, Lynn (ed.).
2015. First Coastal
Californians. Santa Fe: SAR Press.
Short coll. of articles.
Garduño, Everardo.
2016. “Making the Invisible Visible: The
Yucamns of the U.S._-Mexico Transborder Region.” Human Organization 75:118-129.
Garfinkel, Alan, and Robert Yohe II. 2010.
“Bighorn Hunting, Resource Depression, and Rock Art in the Coso Range,
Eastern California: A Computer
Simulation Model.” Journal of
Archaeological Science 37:42-51.
Garth, T.
R. 1978.
“Atsugewi.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol.
8: California, Robert L. Heizer,
ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 236-243
Gayton, Anna.
1948. Northern Foothill Yokuts
and Western Mono. University of
California Anthropological Records 10:143-302.
— 1976. “Culture-Environment Integration: External References in Yokuts Life.” In Native
Califonrians: A Theoretical
Retrospective, Lowell John Bean and Thomas C. Blackburn, eds. Pp. 79-97.
Gifford, Edward Winslow.
1916. Miwok Moieties.
Berkeley: Unversity of
California, Publications in American Anthropology and Ethnology, 12:139-194.
— 1957 [1936]. California Balanophagy. In The
California Indians: A Source Book, R. Heizer, ed. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Gill, Kristina M. 2017.
“10,000 Years of Geophyte Use among the Island Chumansh of the Northern
Channel Islands.” Fremontia 44:3:34-38.
Gill, Kristina M., and Kiristin M. Hoppa. 2016.
“Evidence for an Island Chumash Geophyte-Based Subsistence Economy on
the Northern Channel Islands.” Journal
of California and Great Basin Anthropology 38:51-72.
Gleason,
Susan. 2001. In Search of the Intangible: Geophyte Use and Management along the Upper
Klamath River Canyon. Ph.D. thesis,
Dept. of Anthropology, University of California, Riverside.
Goddard,
Pliny Earle. 1903. Life and Culture of the Hupa. Berkeley: University of California
Publications in American Arcaheology and Ethnology, 1:1.
— 1904.
Hupa Texts. Berkeley: University
of California Publications in American Arcaheology and Ethnology, 1:2.
— 1909.
Kato Texts. Berkeley: University of California Publications in
American Arcaheology and Ethnology, 5:3:65-238.
— 1914.
Chilula Texts. Berkeley: University of California Publications in
American Archaeology and Ethnology, 10:7:289-379.
Goldschmidt,
Walter. 1951. Nomlaki Ethnography. Berkeley: University of
California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology, 42:4:302-443.
— 1978. “Nomlaki.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L.
Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 341-349.
Golla, Victor.
2007. “Linguistic
Prehistory.” In Calfironia Prehistory:
Colonization, Culture, and Complexity, Terry Jones and Kathryn Klar,
eds. Lanham, MD: AltaMira, division of Rowman and
Littlefield. Pp. 71-82.
—
2011. California Indian
Languages. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Grant,
Campbell. 1965. The Rock Paintings of the Chumash: A Study of
a California Indian Culture. Berkeley: University of California Press.
— 1978.
“Eastern Coastal Chumash.” In Handbook
of North American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L. Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 509-519.
Grayson,
Donald K. 1977. “Pleistocene Avifaunas and the Overkill Hypothesis.” Science 195:691-693.
— 1991.
“Late Pleistocene Mammalian Extinctions in North
America: Taxonomy,
Chronology, and Explanations.” Journal
of World Prehistory 5:193-231.
—
2001. “Did Human Hunting Cause Mass
Extinction?” Science 294:1459.
Greenberg, Joseph H.
1987. Language in the Americas. Stanford, CA:
Stanford University Press.
Hames,
Raymond. 2007. “The Ecologically Noble Savage Debate.” Annual Review of Anthropology 36:177-190.
Harrington, John P.
1932. Tobacco among the Karuk
Indians of California. United States Government, Bureau of American
Ethnology, Bulletin 94.
Hedges, Ken, and Christina Beresford. 1986.
Santa Ysabel Ethnobotany. San Diego: San Diego Museum of Man, Ethnic Technology Notes,
20.
Heizer, Robert F.
1978. “Natural Forces and Native
World View.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L.
Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 649-653.
Heizer, Robert F. (ed.).
1978. Handbook of North American
Indians, vol. 8: California.
Washington, DC: Smithsonian
Institution Press.
Heizer, Robert F., and Theodora Kroeber. 1979.
Ishi, the Last Yahi.
Berkeley: University of California
Press.
Hildebrandt, William; Kelly R. McGuire; Jeffrey S.
Rosenthal. 2010. “Human Behavioral Ecology and Historical
Contingency: A Comment on the Diablo
Cnayon Archaeological Record.” American
Antiquity 75:679-688.
Hill, Jane.
2001. “Proto-Uto-Aztecan: A Community of Cultivators in Central Mexico?”
American Anthropologist 103:913-934.
Hinton, Leanne.
1994. Flutes of Fire: Essays on California Indian Languages. Berkeley:
Heyday Books.
Hinton, Leanne, and Lucille Watahomigie. 1984.
Spirit Mountain: An Anthology of Yuman Story and Song. Tucson:
University of Arizona Press.
Hobbes, Thomas. 1950
[1657]. Leviathan. New
York: E. P.
Dutton.
Hopkins, Jerry N.; Gerrit L. Fenenga; Alan P. Garfinkel;
Samantha Riding-Red-Horse; Donna Miranda-Begay.
2012. “Further Refledtions on
California Rain-Making Shamanism: ‘The Other Half’ of the Tübatulabal Shaman’s
Rain-Making Bundle.” Journal of California
and Great Basin Anthropology 32:127-140.
Hoveman, Alice R.
2002. Journey to Justice: The
Wintu People and the Salmon. Redding:
Turtle Bay Exploration Park.
Hudson, Travis: Thomas Blackburn; Rosario Curletti; Jan
Timbrook (eds.). 1977. The Eye of the Flute: Chumash Traditional History and Ritual as
Told by Fernando Librado Kitsepawit to John P. Harrington. Santa Barbara: Santa Barbara Natural History Museum.
Hull, Kathleen L.
2009. Pestilence and
Persistence: Yosemite Indian Demography
and Culture in Colonial California.
Berkeley: University of
California Press.
— 2015.
“Quality of Life: Native Communities within and beyond the Bounds of
Colonial Institutions in California.” In
Beyond Germs: Native Depopulation in North
America, Catherine M. Cameron, Paul Kelton, and Alan C. Swedlund, eds. Tucson: University of Arizona Press. Pp. 222-248.
Hunn, Eugene.
1991. N’Chi-Wana, The Big
River. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Jackson, Helen Hunt.
1885. A Century of Dishonor. Boston:
Roberts Bros.
Jewell, Donald P.
1987. Indians of the Feather
River: Tales and Legends of Concow Maidu
of California. Menlo Park: Ballena Press.
Johnson, John R.
2015. The Importance of
Small-Sized Fishes in Chumash Subsistence.
Paper, Society of Ethnobiology, annual meeting, Santa Barbara, May.
Jones, Terry, and Brian F. Codding. 2010.
“Historical Contingencies, Issues of Scale, and Flightless
Hypotheses: A Response to Hidlebrandt et
al.” American Antiquity 75:689-699.
Jones, Terry L. Kenneth W. Gobalet; Brian Codding. 2016.
“The Archaeology of Fish and Fishing on the Central Coast of California:
The Case for an Underexploited Resource.”
Journal of Anthropological Archaeology 41:88-108.
Jones, Terry; William R. Hildebrandt; Douglas J. Kennett;
Judith F. Porcasi. 2004. “Prehistoric Marine Mammal Overkill.” Journal of California and Great Basin Anthropology
24:69-80.
Jones, Terry L., and Klar, Kathryn A. (eds.). 2007.
California Prehistory:
Colonization, Culture, and Complextiy.
Lanham, MD: AltaMira, division of
Rowman and Littlefield.
Jones, Terry L.; Judith F. Porcasi; Jon M. Erlandson; H.
Dallas Jr.; T. A. Wake; R. Schwaderer.
2008. “The Protracted Holocene
Extinction of California’s Flightless Sea Duck (Chendytes lawi) and Its Implications for the Pleistocene Overkill
Hypothesis.” Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences 105:4105-4108.
Jones, Terry L.; Judith F. Porcasi; Jereme Gaeta; Brian F. Codding. 2008.
“The Diablo Canyon Fauna: A
Coarse-Grained Record of Trans-Holocene Foraging from the Central California
Mainland Coast.” American Antiquity 73:289-316.
Joslin, Terry.
2015. Fishing and Ecological
Resilience on California’s Channel Islands.
2015. Paper, Society for American
Archaeology, annual conference, San Francisco.
Kay, Charles E., and Randy T. Simmons (eds.). 2002.
Wilderness and Political Ecology: Aboriginal Influences and the Original State of Nature. Salt Lake City: University
of Utah Press.
Keeling, Richard.
1992a. Cry for Luck: Sacred Song and Speech among the Yurok, Hupa
and Karok Indians of Northwestern California. Berkeley: University
of California Press.
— 1992b. “Music and Culture History among the Yurok
and Neighboring Tribes of Northwestern California.” Journal of Anthropoloigical Research
48:25-48.
Kelly, William H.
1977. Cocopa Ethnography. Anthropological Papers of the University of
Arizona, 29. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.
Kennett, Douglas J.
2005. The Island
Chumash: Behavioral Ecology of a
Maritime Society. Berkeley: University
of California Press.
Kitsepawit, Fernando Librado. 1981.
The Eye of the Flute: Chumash
Traditional History and Ritual as Told by Fernando Librado Kitsepawit to John
P. Harrington. Ed. Travis Hudson, Thomas Blackburn, Rosario Curletti, and
Janice Timbrook. Santa Barbara: Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History.
Krech,
Shepard, III. 1999. The Ecological Indian: Myth and Reality. New
York: W. W.
Norton.
Kroeber, A. L.
1925. Handbook of the Indians of
California. U. S. Government, Bureau of
American Ethnology, Bulletin 78.
— 1932. “The Patwin and Their Neighbors.” Berkeley:
University of California Publication in
American Archaeology and Ethnology 29:4:253-423.
— 1972. More Mohave Myths. University of California Anthropological
Records, 27.
— 1976. Yurok Myths. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Kroeber, A. L., and Samuel Barrett. 1960.
Fishing among the indians of Northewestern California. University of California Anthropological
Records 21:1-210. Berkeley: University of California, Dept. of
Anthropology.
Kroeber, A. L., and E. W. Gifford. 1980.
Karok Myths. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Kroeber, Theodora.
1961. Ishi in Two Worlds. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Laird,
Carobeth. 1975. Encounter with an Angry
God: Recollections of My Life with John
Peabody Harrington. Banning, CA: Malki Museum Press.
— 1976.
The Chemehuevis. Banning, CA: Malki Museum
Press.
— 1984.
Mirror and Pattern. Banning, CA: Malki Museum
Press.
Lang, Julian.
1994. Ararapikva, Creation
Stories of the People: Traditional Karok
Indian Literature from Northwestern California.
Berkeley, CA: Heyday Books.
Lapena, Frank.
1978. “Wintu.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol.
8: California, Robert L. Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 324-340.
Lapeña, Queeny; Jessica Morales; Rene Vellanoweth. 2015.
The Distribution and Chronology of Abalone Middens on the California
Channel Islands. Paper, Society for
American Archaeology, annual conference, San Francisco.
LaRivers, Ira.
1994. Fish and Fisheries of
Nevada. Reno: University of Nevada
Press.
Latta, Frank F.
1977. Handbook of Yokuts
Indians. 2nd edn. Santa Cruz, CA: Bear State Books.
Lawton, Hary W.; Philip J. Wilke; Mary DeDecker;
William M. Mason. 1976. “Agriculture among the Paiute of Owens Valley.” Journal of California Anthropology 3:13-51.
Lerch, Michael. 1981.
Chukiam (All Growing Things): The
Ethnobotany of the Serrano Indians. B.A.
thesis, University of California, Riverside, Dept. of Anthropology.
Levinas, Emmanuel.
1969. Totality and Infinity. Tr. Alphonso Lingis (Fr. orig. 1961). Duquesne University
Press, Pittsburgh.
Lévi-Strauss, Claude.
1963. “The Sorcerer and His
Magic.” In Structural Anthropology. Tr.
Claire Jacobson and Brooke Grundfest Schoepf. New York: Basic Books.
Chapter 9, pp. 167-185.
Lewis,
Henry. 2003. Review of Fire,
Native Peoples, and the Natural Landscape ed. by Thomas Vale. Journal of Ethnobiology 23:161-163.
Librado,
Fernando. 1979. Breath of the Sun. Ed. by Travis Hudson. Banning, CA:
Malki Museum Press.
Lightfoot,
Kent; Edward Luby; Lisa Pesnichak.
2011. “Evolutionary Typologies
and Hunter-Gatherer Research: Rethinking
the Mounded Landscapes of Central California.”
In Hunter-Gatherer Arhcaeology as
Historical Process, Kenneth Sassaman and Donald Holly Jr., eds. Tucson:
University of Arizona Press. Pp. 55-78.
Lightfoot, Kent G., and Otis Parrish. 2009. California Indians and
Their Environment: An Introduction. Berkeley: University
of California Press.
Loeb,
Edwin M. 1926. Pomo Folkways. Berkeley:
University of California, Publications in American Archaeology and
Ethnography 19:2:149-405.
Luomala,
Katharine. 1978. “Tipai-Ipai.”
In Handbook of North
American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L. Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 502-609.
Luthin,
Herbert W. 2002. Surviving Through the Days: A California Indian Reader. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Madley, Benjamin.
2012. “When the World Was Turned
Upside Down’: California and Oregon’s Tolowa Indian Genocide, 1851-1856.” In New Directions in Genocide Research, Adam
Jones, ed. London: Routledge. Pp. 171-197.
— An American
Genocide: The United States and the california Indian Catastrophe. New Haven: Yale University Press. 692 pp.
Illus.
Margolin, Malcolm.
2005. “Indian Pedagogy: A Look at Traditional California Indian
Teaching Techniques.” In Ecologicalliteracy: Educating our children
for a sustainable world, Michael K. Stone and Zenobia Barlow, eds. Pp. 67-79.
Martin,
Paul S., and Richard Klein (eds.). 1984. Quarternay Extinctions: A Prehistoric Revolution. Tucson: University
of Arizona Press.
Martin, Paul S., and Christine R. Szuter. 1999.
War Zones and Game Sinks in Lewis and Clark’s West. Conservation Biology 13:36-45.
McCarthy,
Helen. 1993. “Managing Oaks and the Acorn Crop.” In Before
the Wilderness: Environmental Management
by Native Californians, Thomas Blackburn and M. Kat
Anderson, eds. Menlo Park, CA: Ballena Press. Pp. 213-228.
McCorriston,
Joy. 2000. “Wheat.”
In Kenneth Kiple and B. Ornelas (eds.):
The Cambridge
World History of Food. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press. Vol. 1, pp. 158-174.
McLendon, Sally, and Michael Lowy. 1978.
“Eastern Pomo and Southeastern Pomo.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L.
Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 306-323.
Meacham, A. W.
1875. Wigwam and Warpath. Boston: John Dale.
Mead, George R.
2003. The Ethnobotany of the California Indians. La Grande,
OR: E-Cat Worlds.
Miller, Virginia P.
1979. Uknomno’m: The Yuki Indians of Northern California. Socorro, NM:
Ballena Press.
Minnich, Richard A.
1983. “Fire Mosaics in Southern
California and Northern Baja California.” Science 219:1287-1294.
— 1987. “Fire Behavior in Southern California
Chaparral Before Fire Control: The Mount Wilson Burn at the Turn of the Century.” Annals of the American Association of
Geographers 77:599-618.
— 2001a. “An Integrated Model of Two Fire
Regimes.” Conservation Biology
15:1549-1153.
— 2001b.
“Fire and Elevational Zonation of Chaparral and Conifer Forests in the
Peninsular Ranges of La Frontera.” In:
Changing Plant Life of La Frontera:
Observations on Vegetation in the United States/Mexico Borderlands,
Grady L. Webster and Conrad J. Bahre,eds.
Albuquerque: University of New
Mexico Press. Pp. 120-142.
— 2008.
California’s Fading Wildflowers:
Lost Legacy and Biological Invasions.
Berkeley: University of
California Press.
Minnich, Richard A., and Ernesto Franco-Vizcaino. 2002.
“Divergence in Californian Vegetation and Fire Regimes Induced by
Differences in Fire Management across the U.S.
Mexico
Boundary. In Fernandez, Linda, and
Richard T. Carson (eds.), Both Sides of
the Border: Transboundary Environmental
Management Issues Facing Mexico
and the United States. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Pp. 385-402.
Mixco, Mauricio J.
1983. Kiliwa Texts: “When I Have
Donned My Crest of Stars.” Salt Lake
City: University of Utah Press.
Morgan, Christopher.
2012. “Modeling Modes of
Hunter-Gatherer Food Storage.” American
Antiquity 77:714-736.
Nabhan, Gary.
1982. The Desert Smells Like
Rain: A Naturalist in Papago Indian
Country. San Francisco: North Point Press.
— 1985. Gathering the Desert. Tucson:
University of Arizona Press.
— 2013. “The Wild, the Domesticated, and the
Coyote-Tainted: The Trickster and the Tricked in Hunter-Gatherer versus Farmer
Folklore.” In Explorations in Ethnobiology: The Legacy of Amadeo Rea, Marsha
Quinlan and Dana Lepofsky, eds. Society
of Ethnobiology, Contributions in Ethnobiology, 1. Pp. 129-140.
Olmsted, D. L., and Omer C. Stewart. 1978.
“Achomawi.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol.
8:
California, Robert L. Heizer, ed.
Washington, DC: Smithsonian
Institution Press. Pp. 225-235.
O’Neill, Sean. 2008. Cultural Contact and Linguistic Relativity
among the Indians of Northwestern California.
Norman, OK: University of
Oklahoma Press.
Ortiz, Beverly R., with Julia F. Parker. 1991.
It Will Live Forever: Traditional
Yosemite Inhdian Acorn Preparation. Berkeley: Heyday Books.
Pattie, James O. 1962
[orig. edn. 1831]
. The Personal
Narrative of James O. Pattie.
Philadelphia: Lippincott.
Peters, Josephine Grant, and Bev Ortiz. 2010.
After the First Full Moon in april:
A Sourcebook of Herbal Medicine from a California Indian Elder. Walnut Creek:
Left Coast Press.
Phillips, George Harwood.
1975. Chiefs and
Challengers. Berkeley: University of California Press.
— 1993. Indians and Intruders in Central California,
1760-1849. Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma Press.
— 1997. Indians and
Indian Agents: The Origins of the
Reservation System in California, 1849-1852.
Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma
Press.
Pierce, Wendy, and Gary Scholze. 2016.
“The Macrofossil and Starch Grain Evidence for the Use of Root Crops in
the Owens Valley, California,m Icuding Two Potentially Irrigated Taxa.” Journal
of California and Great Basin Anthropology 36:205-219.
Pierotti, Raymond.
2011. Indigenous Knowledge,
Ecology, and Evolutionary Biology. New
York: Routledge.
Pilling, Arnold.
1978. “Yurok.” In Handbook
of North American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L. Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 137-154.
Pinker, Steven.
2011. The Better Angels of Our
Nature: Why Violence Has Declined. New York:
Viking.
Popper, Virginia S.
2016. “Change and Persistence:
Mission Neophyte Foodways at Selected Colonial Alta California
Institutions.” Journal of California and
Great Basin Anthropology 38:5-26.
Powell, John Wesley.
1971. Anthropology of the Numa:
John Wesley Powell’s Manuscripts on the Numic Peoples of western North America
1868-1880. Don D. Fowler and Catherine
S. Fowler, eds. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press.
Powers, Stephen.
1877. Tribes of California. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution.
Preston, William.
1996. “Serpent in Eden: Dispearsal of Foreign Diseases into
Pre-mission California.” Journal of
California and Great Basin Anthropology 18:2-37.
Pyne,
Stephen J. 2004. Tending Fire: Coping with
America’s
Wildland Fires. Washington, DC: Island Press (Shearwater Books).
Raab, Mark. 1996.
“Debating Prehistory in Coastal Southern
California: Resource
Intensification Versus Political Economy.”
Journal of California and Great Basin Anthropology 18:64-80.
Reddy, Seetha.
2016. “Changing Palates and
Resources: Reginonal and Diachronic Trends in Plant Use in Prehistoric
California.” Journal of California and
Great Basin Anthropology 36:227-244.
Rhoades, Lela.
2013. Lela Rhoades, Pit River
Woman. As told to Molly Curtis. Berkeley: Heyday Books.
Rick, Torben C.; Jon M. Erlandson; Todd J. Braje; James A.
Estes; Michael H. Graham; René L. Vellanoweth. 2008. “Historical Ecology and Human Impacts on
Coastal Ecosystems of the Santa Barbara Channel Region, California.” In Human
Impacts on Ancient Marine Ecosystems: A
Global Perspective, Torben C. Rick and Jon M. Erlandson (eds.). Berkeley: University
of California Press. Pp. 77-102.
Rick, Torben C.; Jon M. Erlandson; Rene L. Vellanoweth; Todd
J. Braje; Paul W. Collins; Daniel Guthrie; Thomas W. Stafford Jr. 2009.
“Origins and Antiquity of the Island Fox (Urocyon litteralis) on California’s Channel Islands. Quarternary Research 71:93-98.
Riddle, Jeff.
1974. The Indian History of the
Modoc War. Urion.
Ross,
John Alan. 2011. The Spokan Indians. Spokane: Michael J. Ross.
Santy,
Jenna. 2016. ‘The Promise of Microbotanical Research in
alifornia: A Case Study from CA-SBA-53, a Middle Holocene Archaeological Site
along Goleta Slough.” Journal
of California and Great Basin Anthropology 36:193-204.
Sapir,
Edward. 1910. Yana Texts.
Berkeley: University of
California, Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology, 9, pp. 1-235.
— 1992.
“Kaibab Paiute and Northern Ute
Ethnographic Field Notes.” Catherine S.
Fowler and Robert C. Euler, eds. In The Collected Works of Edward Sapir. Vol. X, William Bright, ed. Berlin:
Mouton de Gruyter.
Schneider,
Joan. 1993. Aboriginal Milling-Implement Quarries in
Eastern California and Western Arizona:
A Behavioral Perspective. Ph.D.
thesis, Dept. of Anthropology, University of California, Riverside.
Shipek, Florence. 1989.
“An Example of Intensive Plant Husbandry: The Kumeyaay of Southern California.” In: Harris, D. R., and G. C. Hillman
(eds.). Foraging and Farming: The Evolution of Plant Exploitation. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press. Pp. 159-170.
Shipley, William.
1978. “Native Languages of
California.” In Handbook of North
American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L. Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 80-90.
— 1991. The Maidu Indian Myths and Stories of
Hanc’ibyjim. Berkeley: Heyday Books.
Simmons, Alan H.
2007. The Neolithic Revolution in
the Near East: Transforming the Human
landscape. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.
Smith, Erin M., and Mikael Fauvelle. 2015.
“Regional Interactions between California and the Southwest: The Western
Edge of the North American Continental System.”
American Anthropologist 117:710-721.
Spier, Robert F. G.
1978. “Monache.” In Handbook
of North American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L. Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 426-436.
Spoon, Jeremy, and Richard Arnold. 2014. “Collaborative Research and Co-Learning:
Integrating Nuwivi (Southern Paiute) Ecological Knowledge and Spirituality to
Revitalize a Fragmented Land.” Journal
for the Study of Religion, Nature and Culture 6:477-500.
Spoon, Jeremy; Richard Arnold; Newe/Nuwuvi Working
Group. 2011. Nuwu Kanee, Nuwu Tooveenup (Our Home, Our
Story): Nuwuvi (Southern Paiute) and the Spring Mountains Landscape. Portland: Portland State University and The
Mountain Institute.
— 2012a. Nuwu-Vots
(Our Footprints): Nuwuvi (Southern Paiute) and the Pahranagat Valley. Report.
Portland: Portland State University and The Mountain Institute.
— 2012b. Our Gathering Place: Newe (Western Shoshone), Nuwuvi (Southern
Paiute), and the Ash Meadows Landscape.
Report. Portland: Portland State
University and The Mountain Institute.
Spoon, Jeremy; Richard Arnold; Brian J. Lefler; Christopher
Milton. 2015. “Nuwuvi (Southern Piaute), Shifting Fire
Regimes, and the Carpenter One Fire in the Spring Mountains National Recreation
Arewa, Nevada.” Journal of Ethnobiology
35:85-110.
Spoon, Jeremy; Richard Arnold; Brian Lefler; Kendra Wendel;
Nuwuvi (Southern Paiute) Working Group; U. S. Forest Service; U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service. 2013. Collaborative Resource Stewardship Plan:
Nuwuvi (Southern Paiute), the Sheep Mountains National Recreation Area and the
Desert National Wildlife Refuge Complex. Report. Portland: Portland State University and The
Mountain Institute.
— 2014a.
Interpretive and Public Use Site
Plan for the Black Canyon Archaeological District. Report. Portland: Portland State University and The
Mountain Institute.
— 2014b. The Voices of the Rocks Sing Through Us: Nuwuvi (Southern Paiute) and Black
Canyon. Report. Portland: Portland State University and The
Mountain Institute.
Spott, Robert, and A. L. Kroeber. 1942.
Yurok Narratives. University of
California, Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology, 35:9:143-256.
Stern, Theodore.
1966. The Klamath Tribe: A People and Their Reservation. Seattle:
University of Washington Press.
Stevens, Michelle L., and Emilie M.Zelazo. 2015.
“Fire, Floodplains and Fish: The Historic Ecology of the Lower Cosumnes
River Watershed.” In Rivers, Fish, and the People: Tradition,
Science, and Historical Ecology of Fisheries in the American West, Pei-lin
Yu, ed. Salt Lake City: University of
Utah Press. Pp. 155-187.
Stevenson, Alexander E., and Virginia L. Butler. 2015.
“The Holocene History of Fish and Fisheries of the Upper Klamath Basin,
Oregon.” Journal of California and
Great Basin Anthropology 35:169-188.
Steward, Julian. 1936.
Myths of the Owens Valley Paiute.
Berkeley: University of
California, Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology, 34:5:355-440.
— 1955. Theory of Culture Change. Urbana:
University of Illinois Press.
Stewart, Omer C.; Henry Lewis; Kat Anderson. 2002.
Forgotten Fires: Native Americans
and the Transient Wilderness. Norman,
OK: University of Oklahoma Press.
Sugihara, N. G.; J. W. van Wagtendonk; K. E. Shaffer; J.
Fites-Kaufman; A. E. Thode (eds.).
2006. Fires in California’s
Ecosystems. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Sunseri, Charlotte K.
2015. “Taphonomic and Metric
Evidence for Marrow and Grease Production.”
Journal of California and Great Basin Anthropology 35:275-290.
Suntree, Susan.
2010. Sacred Sites: The Secret History of Southern
California. Lincoln: University of
Nebraska Press.
Sutton,
Mark. 1988. Insects as Food: Aboriginal Entomophagy in the Great
Basin. Socorro, NM: Ballena Press.
Swezey,
Sean L., and Robert F. Heizer.
l977. “Ritual Management of
Salmonid Fish Resources in California.” Journal of California Anthropology
4:6-29.
Thompson,
Lucy. 1991 [orig. 1916]. To the American Indian: Reminiscences of a Yurok Woman. New ed., edited and with foreword by Peter
Palmquist; introduction by Julian Lang.
Berkeley: Heyday Books.
Timbrook, Jan.
2007. Chumash Ethnobotany: Plant Knowledge among the Chumash Peoples of
Southern California. Santa Barbara and
Berkeley: Santa Barbara Museum of Natural
History and Heyday Books.
Timbrook, Jan, and John R. Johnson. 2013.
“People of the Sky: Birds in Chumash Culture.” In Explorations
in Ethnobiology: The Legacy of Amadeo Rea, Marsha Quinlan and Dana
Lepofsky, eds. Society of Ethnobiology,
Contributions in Ethnobiology, 1. Pp.
179-218.
Trafzer,
Clifford, and Jack Hyer. 1999.
“Exterminate Them!” Written
Accounts of Murders, Rapes, and Enslavement of Native Americans during the Gold
Rush. Lansing: Michigan State University.
Turner,
Nancy J.; Laurence C. Thompson; M. Terry Thompson; Annie Z. York. 1990.
Thompson Ethnobotany. Victoria, BC: Royal British
Columbia Museum.
Tushingham, Shannon, and Colin Christiansen. 2015.
“Native American Fisheries of the Northwewstern California and
Southwestern Oregon Coast: A Synthesis of Fish-Bone Data and Implications for
Late Holocene Storage and Socio-Economic Organization.” Journal of California and Great Basin
Anthropology 35:189-215.
Vale, Thomas (ed.).
2002. Fire, Native Peoples, and
the Natural Landscape. Washington,
DC: Island Press.
Walker, Deward E., Jr. 2010.
“Traditional Fishing Practices among the Northern Shoshone, Northern
Paiute, and Bannock of the Duck Valley Indian Reservation: A Progress Report.” Journal of Northwest Anthropology 44:53-62.
Walker, Deward E., Jr. (ed.). 1998.
Plateau. Handbook of North
American Indians, Vol. 12. Washington: Smithsonian Institution.
Wallace, William J.
1978. “Southern Valley
Yokuts.” In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 8: California, Robert L.
Heizer, ed. Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. Pp. 448-461.
Welch, James R.
2013. Sprouting Valley:
Historical Ethnobotany of ther Northern Pomo from Potter Valley,
California. Society of Ethnobiology,
Contributions in Ethnobiology, 2.
Whisler, Emily; Amira Ainis; Rene Vellanoweth. 2015.
Making Ancient Birds Sing: Avian Archaeology on the California Channel
Islands. Paper, Society for American
Archaeology, annual conference, San Francisco.
White, Raymond.
1963. Luiseño Social
Oganization. Berkeley: University of California Publications in American
Archaeology and Ethnology, 49:2:1-194.
Whitley, David S.
1996. The Art of the Shaman: Rock Art of California. Salt Lake City: University of Utah Press.
Wildschut,
William. 1975. Crow Indian Medicine Bundles. New York:
Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation.
Wilke,
Philip. 1988. “Bow Staves Harvested from Juniper Trees by
Indians of Nevada.” Journal of
California and Great Basin anthropology 10:3-31.
— 2013. “The Whisky Flat Pronghorn Trap Complex,
Mineral County, Nevada, United States: Preliminary Report.” Quarternary International 297:79-92.
Wilken-Robertson, Michael. 2004.
“Indigenous Groups of Baja Canlfirnia and the Environemnt.” In The
U.S.-M<exican BorderEnvironment, Tribal Environmental Issues of the Border
Region, Michael Wilken-Robertson, ed.
San Diego: San Diego State University Pres. Pp. 31-48.
— 2018. Kumeyaay Ethnobotany: Shared Heritage of the
Californias. San Diego: Sunbelt
Publications.
Wilkinson, Charles.
2010. The People Are Dancing
Again: The History of the Siletz Tribe of Western Oregon. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Wohlgemuth,
Eric. 1996. “Resource Intensification in Prehistoric
Central California: Evidence from
Archaeobotanical Data.” Journal of
California and Great Basin Anthropology 18:81-103.
Woiche, Istet.
1992. Annikadel: The History of the Universe as Told by the
Achomawi Indians of California. Recorded
and edited by C. Hart Merriam.
Tucson: University of Arizona
Press.
Wohlgemuth, Eric.
2004. 9,000 Years of Plant Use in
Native Central California: Implications of the Archaeobotanical Record
for Archaeologists, Native Peoples, and Restoration Practitioners.” Paper, Society of Ethnobiology, annual
conference, Davis, CA.
— 2016. “Early Limits to the Central California Acorn
Economy in the Lower Sacramento Valley.” Journal of California and Great Basin
Anthropology 36:181-192.
— 2017. “The California Archaeological Record and
Brodiaea Complex Conservation.”
Fremontia 44:3:42-44
Wolverton,
Steve; R. Lee Lyman; James H. Kennedy; Thomas W. La Point. 2009.
“The Terminal Pleistocene Extinctions in North America, Hypermorphic
Evolution, and the Dynamic Equilibrium Model.”
Journal of Ethnobiology 29:28-63.
Yetman, David.
2010. The Ópatas: In Search of a
Sonoran People. Tucson: University of
Arizona Press.
Yohe, Robert, and Alan P. Garfinkel. 2012.
“Great Basin Bighorn Ceremonialism:
Reflections on a Possible Sheep Shrine at the Rose Spring Site
(CA-INY-372), Rose Valley, Alta California.”
California Archaeology 4:201-224.
Zigmond, Maurice L.
1980. Kawaiisu Mythology. Socorro,
NM: Ballena Press.
— 1981. Kawaiisu Ethnobotany. Salt Lake City: University
of Utah Press.
— 1990. Kawaiisu.
Berkeley: University of
California, Publications in Linguistics, 119.